declare namespace ej { export namespace base { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/ajax.d.ts /** * Ajax class provides ability to make asynchronous HTTP request to the server * ```typescript * var ajax = new Ajax("index.html", "GET", true); * ajax.send().then( * function (value) { * console.log(value); * }, * function (reason) { * console.log(reason); * }); * ``` */ export class Ajax { /** * Specifies the URL to which request to be sent. * @default null */ url: string; /** * Specifies which HTTP request method to be used. For ex., GET, POST * @default GET */ type: string; /** * Specifies the data to be sent. * @default null */ data: string | Object; /** * A boolean value indicating whether the request should be sent asynchronous or not. * @default true */ mode: boolean; /** * Specifies the callback for creating the XMLHttpRequest object. * @default null */ httpRequest: XMLHttpRequest; /** * A boolean value indicating whether to ignore the promise reject. * @private * @default true */ emitError: boolean; private options; onLoad: (this: XMLHttpRequest, ev: Event) => Object; onProgress: (this: XMLHttpRequest, ev: Event) => Object; onError: (this: XMLHttpRequest, ev: Event) => Object; onAbort: (this: XMLHttpRequest, ev: Event) => Object; onUploadProgress: (this: XMLHttpRequest, ev: Event) => Object; private contentType; private dataType; /** * Constructor for Ajax class * @param {string|Object} options? * @param {string} type? * @param {boolean} async? * @returns defaultType */ constructor(options?: string | Object, type?: string, async?: boolean, contentType?: string); /** * Send the request to server. * @param {any} data - To send the user data * @return {Promise} */ send(data?: string | Object): Promise; /** * Specifies the callback function to be triggered before sending request to sever. * This can be used to modify the XMLHttpRequest object before it is sent. * @event */ beforeSend: Function; /** * Specifies callback function to be triggered after XmlHttpRequest is succeeded. * The callback will contain server response as the parameter. * @event */ onSuccess: Function; /** * Triggers when XmlHttpRequest is failed. * @event */ onFailure: Function; private successHandler; private failureHandler; private stateChange; /** * To get the response header from XMLHttpRequest * @param {string} key Key to search in the response header * @returns {string} */ getResponseHeader(key: string): string; } export interface HeaderOptions { readyState?: number; getResponseHeader?: Function; setRequestHeader?: Function; overrideMimeType?: Function; } /** * Specifies the ajax beforeSend event arguments * @event */ export interface BeforeSendEventArgs { /** To cancel the ajax request in beforeSend */ cancel?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/animation-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Animation */ export interface AnimationModel { /** * Specify the type of animation * @default : 'FadeIn'; */ name?: Effect; /** * Specify the duration to animate * @default : 400; */ duration?: number; /** * Specify the animation timing function * @default : 'ease'; */ timingFunction?: string; /** * Specify the delay to start animation * @default : 0; */ delay?: number; /** * Triggers when animation is in-progress * @event */ progress?: EmitType; /** * Triggers when the animation is started * @event */ begin?: EmitType; /** * Triggers when animation is completed * @event */ end?: EmitType; /** * Triggers when animation is failed due to any scripts * @event */ fail?: EmitType; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/animation.d.ts /** * Animation effect names */ export type Effect = 'FadeIn' | 'FadeOut' | 'FadeZoomIn' | 'FadeZoomOut' | 'FlipLeftDownIn' | 'FlipLeftDownOut' | 'FlipLeftUpIn' | 'FlipLeftUpOut' | 'FlipRightDownIn' | 'FlipRightDownOut' | 'FlipRightUpIn' | 'FlipRightUpOut' | 'FlipXDownIn' | 'FlipXDownOut' | 'FlipXUpIn' | 'FlipXUpOut' | 'FlipYLeftIn' | 'FlipYLeftOut' | 'FlipYRightIn' | 'FlipYRightOut' | 'SlideBottomIn' | 'SlideBottomOut' | 'SlideDown' | 'SlideLeft' | 'SlideLeftIn' | 'SlideLeftOut' | 'SlideRight' | 'SlideRightIn' | 'SlideRightOut' | 'SlideTopIn' | 'SlideTopOut' | 'SlideUp' | 'ZoomIn' | 'ZoomOut'; /** * The Animation framework provide options to animate the html DOM elements * ```typescript * let animeObject = new Animation({ * name: 'SlideLeftIn', * duration: 1000 * }); * animeObject.animate('#anime1'); * animeObject.animate('#anime2', { duration: 500 }); * ``` */ export class Animation extends Base implements INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * Specify the type of animation * @default : 'FadeIn'; */ name: Effect; /** * Specify the duration to animate * @default : 400; */ duration: number; /** * Specify the animation timing function * @default : 'ease'; */ timingFunction: string; /** * Specify the delay to start animation * @default : 0; */ delay: number; /** * Triggers when animation is in-progress * @event */ progress: EmitType; /** * Triggers when the animation is started * @event */ begin: EmitType; /** * Triggers when animation is completed * @event */ end: EmitType; /** * Triggers when animation is failed due to any scripts * @event */ fail: EmitType; /** * @private */ easing: { [key: string]: string; }; constructor(options: AnimationModel); /** * Applies animation to the current element. * @param {string | HTMLElement} element - Element which needs to be animated. * @param {AnimationModel} options - Overriding default animation settings. * @return {void} */ animate(element: string | HTMLElement, options?: AnimationModel): void; /** * Stop the animation effect on animated element. * @param {HTMLElement} element - Element which needs to be stop the animation. * @param {AnimationOptions} model - Handling the animation model at stop function. * @return {void} */ static stop(element: HTMLElement, model?: AnimationOptions): void; /** * Set delay to animation element * @param {AnimationModel} model * @returns {void} */ private static delayAnimation; /** * Triggers animation * @param {AnimationModel} model * @returns {void} */ private static applyAnimation; /** * Returns Animation Model * @param {AnimationModel} options * @returns {AnimationModel} */ private getModel; /** * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: AnimationModel, oldProp: AnimationModel): void; /** * Returns module name as animation * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * Animation event argument for progress event handler */ export interface AnimationOptions extends AnimationModel { /** * Get current time-stamp in progress EventHandler */ timeStamp?: number; /** * Get current animation element in progress EventHandler */ element?: HTMLElement; } /** * Ripple provides material theme's wave effect when an element is clicked * ```html *
* * ``` * @private * @param HTMLElement element - Target element * @param RippleOptions rippleOptions - Ripple options . */ export function rippleEffect(element: HTMLElement, rippleOptions?: RippleOptions, done?: Function): () => void; /** * Ripple method arguments to handle ripple effect * @private */ export interface RippleOptions { /** * Get selector child elements for ripple effect */ selector?: string; /** * Get ignore elements to prevent ripple effect */ ignore?: string; /** * Override the enableRipple method */ rippleFlag?: boolean; /** * Set ripple effect from center position */ isCenterRipple?: boolean; /** * Set ripple duration */ duration?: number; } export let isRippleEnabled: boolean; /** * Animation Module provides support to enable ripple effect functionality to Essential JS 2 components. * @param {boolean} isRipple Specifies the boolean value to enable or disable ripple effect. * @returns {boolean} */ export function enableRipple(isRipple: boolean): boolean; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/base.d.ts export interface DomElements extends HTMLElement { ej2_instances: Object[]; } export interface AngularEventEmitter { subscribe?: (generatorOrNext?: any, error?: any, complete?: any) => any; } export type EmitType = AngularEventEmitter & ((arg?: T, ...rest: any[]) => void); /** * Base library module is common module for Framework modules like touch,keyboard and etc., * @private */ export abstract class Base { element: ElementType; isDestroyed: boolean; protected isProtectedOnChange: boolean; protected properties: { [key: string]: Object; }; protected changedProperties: { [key: string]: Object; }; protected oldProperties: { [key: string]: Object; }; protected refreshing: boolean; protected finalUpdate: Function; protected modelObserver: Observer; protected childChangedProperties: { [key: string]: Object; }; protected abstract getModuleName(): string; protected abstract onPropertyChanged(newProperties: Object, oldProperties?: Object): void; /** Property base section */ /** * Function used to set bunch of property at a time. * @private * @param {Object} prop - JSON object which holds components properties. * @param {boolean} muteOnChange? - Specifies to true when we set properties. */ setProperties(prop: Object, muteOnChange?: boolean): void; /** * Calls for child element data bind * @param {Object} obj * @param {Object} parent * @returns {void} */ private static callChildDataBind; protected clearChanges(): void; /** * Bind property changes immediately to components */ dataBind(): void; protected saveChanges(key: string, newValue: string, oldValue: string): void; /** Event Base Section */ /** * Adds the handler to the given event listener. * @param {string} eventName - A String that specifies the name of the event * @param {Function} listener - Specifies the call to run when the event occurs. * @return {void} */ addEventListener(eventName: string, handler: Function): void; /** * Removes the handler from the given event listener. * @param {string} eventName - A String that specifies the name of the event to remove * @param {Function} listener - Specifies the function to remove * @return {void} */ removeEventListener(eventName: string, handler: Function): void; /** * Triggers the handlers in the specified event. * @private * @param {string} eventName - Specifies the event to trigger for the specified component properties. * Can be a custom event, or any of the standard events. * @param {Event} eventProp - Additional parameters to pass on to the event properties * @return {void} */ trigger(eventName: string, eventProp?: Object): void; /** * Base constructor accept options and element */ constructor(options: Object, element: ElementType | string); /** * To maintain instance in base class */ protected addInstance(): void; /** * To remove the instance from the element */ protected destroy(): void; } /** * Global function to get the component instance from the rendered element. * @param elem Specifies the HTMLElement or element id string. * @param comp Specifies the component module name or Component. */ export function getComponent(elem: HTMLElement | string, comp: string | any | T): T; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/browser.d.ts /** * Get configuration details for Browser * @private */ export class Browser { private static uA; private static extractBrowserDetail; /** * To get events from the browser * @param {string} event - type of event triggered. * @returns {Boolean} */ private static getEvent; /** * To get the Touch start event from browser * @returns {string} */ private static getTouchStartEvent; /** * To get the Touch end event from browser * @returns {string} */ private static getTouchEndEvent; /** * To get the Touch move event from browser * @returns {string} */ private static getTouchMoveEvent; /** * To cancel the touch event from browser * @returns {string} */ private static getTouchCancelEvent; /** * To get the value based on provided key and regX * @param {string} key * @param {RegExp} regX * @returns {Object} */ private static getValue; /** * Property specifies the userAgent of the browser. Default userAgent value is based on the browser. * Also we can set our own userAgent. */ static userAgent: string; /** * Property is to get the browser information like Name, Version and Language * @returns BrowserInfo */ static readonly info: BrowserInfo; /** * Property is to get whether the userAgent is based IE. */ static readonly isIE: Boolean; /** * Property is to get whether the browser has touch support. */ static readonly isTouch: Boolean; /** * Property is to get whether the browser has Pointer support. */ static readonly isPointer: Boolean; /** * Property is to get whether the browser has MSPointer support. */ static readonly isMSPointer: Boolean; /** * Property is to get whether the userAgent is device based. */ static readonly isDevice: Boolean; /** * Property is to get whether the userAgent is IOS. */ static readonly isIos: Boolean; /** * Property is to get whether the userAgent is Ios7. */ static readonly isIos7: Boolean; /** * Property is to get whether the userAgent is Android. */ static readonly isAndroid: Boolean; /** * Property is to identify whether application ran in web view. */ static readonly isWebView: Boolean; /** * Property is to get whether the userAgent is Windows. */ static readonly isWindows: Boolean; /** * Property is to get the touch start event. It returns event name based on browser. */ static readonly touchStartEvent: string; /** * Property is to get the touch move event. It returns event name based on browser. */ static readonly touchMoveEvent: string; /** * Property is to get the touch end event. It returns event name based on browser. */ static readonly touchEndEvent: string; /** * Property is to cancel the touch end event. */ static readonly touchCancelEvent: string; } export interface BrowserDetails { isAndroid?: Boolean; isDevice?: Boolean; isIE?: Boolean; isIos?: Boolean; isIos7?: Boolean; isMSPointer?: Boolean; isPointer?: Boolean; isTouch?: Boolean; isWebView?: Boolean; isWindows?: Boolean; info?: BrowserInfo; touchStartEvent?: string; touchMoveEvent?: string; touchEndEvent?: string; touchCancelEvent?: string; } export interface BrowserInfo { name?: string; version?: string; culture?: { name?: string; language?: string; }; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/child-property.d.ts /** * To detect the changes for inner properties. * @private */ export class ChildProperty { private parentObj; private controlParent; private propName; private isParentArray; protected properties: { [key: string]: Object; }; protected changedProperties: { [key: string]: Object; }; protected childChangedProperties: { [key: string]: Object; }; protected oldProperties: { [key: string]: Object; }; protected finalUpdate: Function; private callChildDataBind; constructor(parent: T, propName: string, defaultValue: Object, isArray?: boolean); /** * Updates the property changes * @param {boolean} val * @param {string} propName * @returns {void} */ private updateChange; /** * Updates time out duration */ private updateTimeOut; /** * Clears changed properties */ private clearChanges; /** * Set property changes * @param {Object} prop * @param {boolean} muteOnChange * {void} */ protected setProperties(prop: Object, muteOnChange: boolean): void; /** * Binds data */ protected dataBind(): void; /** * Saves changes to newer values * @param {string} key * @param {Object} newValue * @param {Object} oldValue * @returns {void} */ protected saveChanges(key: string, newValue: Object, oldValue: Object): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/component-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Component */ export interface ComponentModel { /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. * @default false */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * Enable or disable rendering component in right to left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Overrides the global culture and localization value for this component. Default global culture is 'en-US'. * @default '' */ locale?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/component.d.ts /** * Base class for all Essential JavaScript components */ export abstract class Component extends Base { element: ElementType; private randomId; /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * Enable or disable rendering component in right to left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Overrides the global culture and localization value for this component. Default global culture is 'en-US'. * @default '' */ locale: string; protected needsID: boolean; protected moduleLoader: ModuleLoader; protected localObserver: Observer; protected abstract render(): void; protected abstract preRender(): void; protected abstract getPersistData(): string; protected injectedModules: Function[]; protected requiredModules(): ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * Destroys the sub modules while destroying the widget */ protected destroy(): void; /** * Applies all the pending property changes and render the component again. */ refresh(): void; /** * Appends the control within the given HTML element * @param {string | HTMLElement} selector - Target element where control needs to be appended */ appendTo(selector?: string | HTMLElement): void; /** * When invoked, applies the pending property changes immediately to the component. */ dataBind(): void; /** * Attach one or more event handler to the current component context. * It is used for internal handling event internally within the component only. * @param {BoundOptions[]| string} event - It is optional type either to Set the collection of event list or the eventName. * @param {Function} handler - optional parameter Specifies the handler to run when the event occurs * @param {Object} context - optional parameter Specifies the context to be bind in the handler. * @return {void} * @private */ on(event: BoundOptions[] | string, handler?: Function, context?: Object): void; /** * To remove one or more event handler that has been attached with the on() method. * @param {BoundOptions[]| string} event - It is optional type either to Set the collection of event list or the eventName. * @param {Function} handler - optional parameter Specifies the function to run when the event occurs * @return {void} * @private */ off(event: BoundOptions[] | string, handler?: Function): void; /** * To notify the handlers in the specified event. * @param {string} property - Specifies the event to be notify. * @param {Object} argument - Additional parameters to pass while calling the handler. * @return {void} * @private */ notify(property: string, argument: Object): void; /** * Get injected modules * @private */ getInjectedModules(): Function[]; /** * Dynamically injects the required modules to the component. */ static Inject(...moduleList: Function[]): void; /** * Initialize the constructor for component base */ constructor(options?: Object, selector?: string | ElementType); /** * This is a instance method to create an element. * @private */ createElement: (tag: string, prop?: { id?: string; className?: string; innerHTML?: string; styles?: string; attrs?: { [key: string]: string; }; }) => HTMLElement; private injectModules; private detectFunction; private mergePersistData; private setPersistData; protected clearTemplate(templateName?: string[], index?: any): void; private getUniqueID; private pageID; private isHistoryChanged; protected addOnPersist(options: string[]): string; protected getActualProperties(obj: T): T; protected ignoreOnPersist(options: string[]): string; protected iterateJsonProperties(obj: { [key: string]: Object; }, ignoreList: string[]): Object; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/dom.d.ts /** * Function to create Html element. * @param tagName - Name of the tag, id and class names. * @param properties - Object to set properties in the element. * @param properties.id - To set the id to the created element. * @param properties.className - To add classes to the element. * @param properties.innerHTML - To set the innerHTML to element. * @param properties.styles - To set the some custom styles to element. * @param properties.attrs - To set the attributes to element. * @private */ export function createElement(tagName: string, properties?: { id?: string; className?: string; innerHTML?: string; styles?: string; attrs?: { [key: string]: string; }; }): HTMLElement; /** * The function used to add the classes to array of elements * @param {Element[]|NodeList} elements - An array of elements that need to add a list of classes * @param {string|string[]} classes - String or array of string that need to add an individual element as a class * @private */ export function addClass(elements: Element[] | NodeList, classes: string | string[]): Element[] | NodeList; /** * The function used to add the classes to array of elements * @param {Element[]|NodeList} elements - An array of elements that need to remove a list of classes * @param {string|string[]} classes - String or array of string that need to add an individual element as a class * @private */ export function removeClass(elements: Element[] | NodeList, classes: string | string[]): Element[] | NodeList; /** * The function used to check element is visible or not. * @param {Element|Node} element - An element the need to check visibility * @private */ export function isVisible(element: Element | Node): Boolean; /** * The function used to insert an array of elements into a first of the element. * @param {Element[]|NodeList} fromElements - An array of elements that need to prepend. * @param {Element} toElement - An element that is going to prepend. * @private */ export function prepend(fromElements: Element[] | NodeList, toElement: Element, isEval?: Boolean): Element[] | NodeList; /** * The function used to insert an array of elements into last of the element. * @param {Element[]|NodeList} fromElements - An array of elements that need to append. * @param {Element} toElement - An element that is going to prepend. * @private */ export function append(fromElements: Element[] | NodeList, toElement: Element, isEval?: Boolean): Element[] | NodeList; /** * The function used to remove the element from the * @param {Element|Node|HTMLElement} element - An element that is going to detach from the Dom * @private */ export function detach(element: Element | Node | HTMLElement): Element; /** * The function used to remove the element from Dom also clear the bounded events * @param {Element|Node|HTMLElement} element - An element remove from the Dom * @private */ export function remove(element: Element | Node | HTMLElement): void; /** * The function helps to set multiple attributes to an element * @param {Element|Node} element - An element that need to set attributes. * @param {{[key:string]:string}} attributes - JSON Object that is going to as attributes. * @private */ export function attributes(element: Element | Node, attributes: { [key: string]: string; }): Element; /** * The function selects the element from giving context. * @param {string} selector - Selector string need fetch element from the * @param {Document|Element=document} context - It is an optional type, That specifies a Dom context. * @private */ export function select(selector: string, context?: Document | Element): Element; /** * The function selects an array of element from the given context. * @param {string} selector - Selector string need fetch element from the * @param {Document|Element=document} context - It is an optional type, That specifies a Dom context. * @private */ export function selectAll(selector: string, context?: Document | Element): HTMLElement[]; /** * Returns single closest parent element based on class selector. * @param {Element} element - An element that need to find the closest element. * @param {string} selector - A classSelector of closest element. * @private */ export function closest(element: Element | Node, selector: string): Element; /** * Returns all sibling elements of the given element. * @param {Element|Node} element - An element that need to get siblings. * @private */ export function siblings(element: Element | Node): Element[]; /** * set the value if not exist. Otherwise set the existing value * @param {HTMLElement} element - An element to which we need to set value. * @param {string} property - Property need to get or set. * @param {string} value - value need to set. * @private */ export function getAttributeOrDefault(element: HTMLElement, property: string, value: string): string; /** * Set the style attributes to Html element. * @param {HTMLElement} element - Element which we want to set attributes * @param {any} attrs - Set the given attributes to element * @return {void} * @private */ export function setStyleAttribute(element: HTMLElement, attrs: { [key: string]: Object; }): void; /** * Method for add and remove classes to a dom element. * @param {Element} element - Element for add and remove classes * @param {string[]} addClasses - List of classes need to be add to the element * @param {string[]} removeClasses - List of classes need to be remove from the element * @return {void} * @private */ export function classList(element: Element, addClasses: string[], removeClasses: string[]): void; /** * Method to check whether the element matches the given selector. * @param {Element} element - Element to compare with the selector. * @param {string} selector - String selector which element will satisfy. * @return {void} * @private */ export function matches(element: Element, selector: string): boolean; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/draggable-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Position */ export interface PositionModel { /** * Specifies the left position of cursor in draggable. */ left?: number; /** * Specifies the left position of cursor in draggable. */ top?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Draggable */ export interface DraggableModel { /** * Defines the distance between the cursor and the draggable element. */ cursorAt?: PositionModel; /** * If `clone` set to true, drag operations are performed in duplicate element of the draggable element. * @default true */ clone?: boolean; /** * Defines the parent element in which draggable element movement will be restricted. */ dragArea?: HTMLElement | string; /** * Specifies the callback function for drag event. * @event */ drag?: Function; /** * Specifies the callback function for dragStart event. * @event */ dragStart?: Function; /** * Specifies the callback function for dragStop event. * @event */ dragStop?: Function; /** * Defines the minimum distance draggable element to be moved to trigger the drag operation. * @default 1 */ distance?: number; /** * Defines the child element selector which will act as drag handle. */ handle?: string; /** * Defines the child element selector which will prevent dragging of element. */ abort?: string; /** * Defines the callback function for customizing the cloned element. */ helper?: Function; /** * Defines the scope value to group sets of draggable and droppable items. * A draggable with the same scope value will be accepted by the droppable. */ scope?: string; /** * Specifies the dragTarget by which the clone element is positioned if not given current context element will be considered. * @private */ dragTarget?: string; /** * Defines the axis to limit the draggable element drag path.The possible axis path values are * * `x` - Allows drag movement in horizontal direction only. * * `y` - Allows drag movement in vertical direction only. */ axis?: DragDirection; /** * Defines the function to change the position value. * @private */ queryPositionInfo?: Function; /** * Defines whether the drag clone element will be split form the cursor pointer. * @private */ enableTailMode?: boolean; /** * Defines whether to skip the previous drag movement comparison. * @private */ skipDistanceCheck?: boolean; /** * @private */ preventDefault?: boolean; /** * Defines whether to enable autoscroll on drag movement of draggable element. * enableAutoScroll * @private */ enableAutoScroll?: boolean; /** * Defines whether to enable taphold on mobile devices. * enableAutoScroll * @private */ enableTapHold?: boolean; /** * Specifies the time delay for tap hold. * @default 750 * @private */ tapHoldThreshold?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/draggable.d.ts /** * Specifies the Direction in which drag movement happen. */ export type DragDirection = 'x' | 'y'; /** * Specifies the position coordinates */ export class Position extends ChildProperty { /** * Specifies the left position of cursor in draggable. */ left: number; /** * Specifies the left position of cursor in draggable. */ top: number; } /** * Coordinates for element position * @private */ export interface Coordinates { /** * Defines the x Coordinate of page. */ pageX: number; /** * Defines the y Coordinate of page. */ pageY: number; /** * Defines the x Coordinate of client. */ clientX: number; /** * Defines the y Coordinate of client. */ clientY: number; } /** * Interface to specify the drag data in the droppable. */ export interface DropInfo { /** * Specifies the current draggable element */ draggable?: HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the current helper element. */ helper?: HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the drag target element */ draggedElement?: HTMLElement; } export interface DropObject { target: HTMLElement; instance: DropOption; } /** * Used to access values * @private */ export interface DragPosition { left?: string; top?: string; } /** * Used for accessing the interface. * @private */ export interface Instance extends HTMLElement { /** * Specifies current instance collection in element */ ej2_instances: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; } /** * Droppable function to be invoked from draggable * @private */ export interface DropOption { /** * Used to triggers over function while draggable element is over the droppable element. */ intOver: Function; /** * Used to triggers out function while draggable element is out of the droppable element. */ intOut: Function; /** * Used to triggers out function while draggable element is dropped on the droppable element. */ intDrop: Function; /** * Specifies the information about the drag element. */ dragData: DropInfo; /** * Specifies the status of the drag of drag stop calling. */ dragStopCalled: boolean; } /** * Drag Event arguments */ export interface DragEventArgs { /** * Specifies the actual event. */ event?: MouseEvent & TouchEvent; /** * Specifies the current drag element. */ element?: HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the current target element. */ target?: HTMLElement; } /** * Draggable Module provides support to enable draggable functionality in Dom Elements. * ```html *
Draggable
* * ``` */ export class Draggable extends Base implements INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * Defines the distance between the cursor and the draggable element. */ cursorAt: PositionModel; /** * If `clone` set to true, drag operations are performed in duplicate element of the draggable element. * @default true */ clone: boolean; /** * Defines the parent element in which draggable element movement will be restricted. */ dragArea: HTMLElement | string; /** * Specifies the callback function for drag event. * @event */ drag: Function; /** * Specifies the callback function for dragStart event. * @event */ dragStart: Function; /** * Specifies the callback function for dragStop event. * @event */ dragStop: Function; /** * Defines the minimum distance draggable element to be moved to trigger the drag operation. * @default 1 */ distance: number; /** * Defines the child element selector which will act as drag handle. */ handle: string; /** * Defines the child element selector which will prevent dragging of element. */ abort: string; /** * Defines the callback function for customizing the cloned element. */ helper: Function; /** * Defines the scope value to group sets of draggable and droppable items. * A draggable with the same scope value will be accepted by the droppable. */ scope: string; /** * Specifies the dragTarget by which the clone element is positioned if not given current context element will be considered. * @private */ dragTarget: string; /** * Defines the axis to limit the draggable element drag path.The possible axis path values are * * `x` - Allows drag movement in horizontal direction only. * * `y` - Allows drag movement in vertical direction only. */ axis: DragDirection; /** * Defines the function to change the position value. * @private */ queryPositionInfo: Function; /** * Defines whether the drag clone element will be split form the cursor pointer. * @private */ enableTailMode: boolean; /** * Defines whether to skip the previous drag movement comparison. * @private */ skipDistanceCheck: boolean; /** * @private */ preventDefault: boolean; /** * Defines whether to enable autoscroll on drag movement of draggable element. * enableAutoScroll * @private */ enableAutoScroll: boolean; /** * Defines whether to enable taphold on mobile devices. * enableAutoScroll * @private */ enableTapHold: boolean; /** * Specifies the time delay for tap hold. * @default 750 * @private */ tapHoldThreshold: number; private target; private initialPosition; private relativeXPosition; private relativeYPosition; private margin; private offset; private position; private dragLimit; private borderWidth; private padding; private left; private top; private width; private height; private pageX; private diffX; private prevLeft; private prevTop; private dragProcessStarted; private tapHoldTimer; private externalInitialize; private diffY; private pageY; private helperElement; private hoverObject; private parentClientRect; droppables: { [key: string]: DropInfo; }; constructor(element: HTMLElement, options?: DraggableModel); protected bind(): void; private static getDefaultPosition; private toggleEvents; private mobileInitialize; private removeTapholdTimer; private initialize; private intDragStart; private elementInViewport; private getProcessedPositionValue; private calculateParentPosition; private intDrag; private getDragPosition; private getDocumentWidthHeight; private intDragStop; private intDestroy; onPropertyChanged(newProp: DraggableModel, oldProp: DraggableModel): void; getModuleName(): string; private setDragArea; private getProperTargetElement; private getMousePosition; private getCoordinates; private getHelperElement; private setGlobalDroppables; private checkTargetElement; private getDropInstance; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/droppable-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Droppable */ export interface DroppableModel { /** * Defines the selector for draggable element to be accepted by the droppable. */ accept?: string; /** * Defines the scope value to group sets of draggable and droppable items. * A draggable with the same scope value will only be accepted by the droppable. */ scope?: string; /** * Specifies the callback function, which will be triggered while drag element is dropped in droppable. * @event */ drop?: (args: DropEventArgs) => void; /** * Specifies the callback function, which will be triggered while drag element is moved over droppable element. * @event */ over?: Function; /** * Specifies the callback function, which will be triggered while drag element is moved out of droppable element. * @event */ out?: Function; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/droppable.d.ts /** * Droppable arguments in drop callback. * @private */ export interface DropData { /** * Specifies that current element can be dropped. */ canDrop: boolean; /** * Specifies target to drop. */ target: HTMLElement; } export interface DropEvents extends MouseEvent, TouchEvent { dropTarget?: HTMLElement; } /** * Interface for drop event args */ export interface DropEventArgs { /** * Specifies the original mouse or touch event arguments. */ event?: MouseEvent & TouchEvent; /** * Specifies the target element. */ target?: HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the dropped element. */ droppedElement?: HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the dragData */ dragData?: DropInfo; } /** * Droppable Module provides support to enable droppable functionality in Dom Elements. * ```html *
Droppable
* * ``` */ export class Droppable extends Base implements INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * Defines the selector for draggable element to be accepted by the droppable. */ accept: string; /** * Defines the scope value to group sets of draggable and droppable items. * A draggable with the same scope value will only be accepted by the droppable. */ scope: string; /** * Specifies the callback function, which will be triggered while drag element is dropped in droppable. * @event */ drop: (args: DropEventArgs) => void; /** * Specifies the callback function, which will be triggered while drag element is moved over droppable element. * @event */ over: Function; /** * Specifies the callback function, which will be triggered while drag element is moved out of droppable element. * @event */ out: Function; private mouseOver; dragData: { [key: string]: DropInfo; }; constructor(element: HTMLElement, options?: DroppableModel); protected bind(): void; private wireEvents; onPropertyChanged(newProp: DroppableModel, oldProp: DroppableModel): void; getModuleName(): string; private dragStopCalled; intOver(event: MouseEvent & TouchEvent, element?: Element): void; intOut(event: MouseEvent & TouchEvent, element?: Element): void; private intDrop; private isDropArea; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/event-handler.d.ts /** * EventHandler class provides option to add, remove, clear and trigger events to a HTML DOM element * @private * ```html *
* * ``` */ export class EventHandler { private static addOrGetEventData; /** * Add an event to the specified DOM element. * @param {any} element - Target HTML DOM element * @param {string} eventName - A string that specifies the name of the event * @param {Function} listener - Specifies the function to run when the event occurs * @param {Object} bindTo - A object that binds 'this' variable in the event handler * @param {number} debounce - Specifies at what interval given event listener should be triggered. * @return {Function} */ static add(element: Element | HTMLElement | Document, eventName: string, listener: Function, bindTo?: Object, intDebounce?: number): Function; /** * Remove an event listener that has been attached before. * @param {any} element - Specifies the target html element to remove the event * @param {string} eventName - A string that specifies the name of the event to remove * @param {Function} listener - Specifies the function to remove * @return {void} */ static remove(element: Element | HTMLElement | Document, eventName: string, listener: Function): void; /** * Clear all the event listeners that has been previously attached to the element. * @param {any} element - Specifies the target html element to clear the events * @return {void} */ static clearEvents(element: Element): void; /** * Trigger particular event of the element. * @param {any} element - Specifies the target html element to trigger the events * @param {string} eventName - Specifies the event to trigger for the specified element. * Can be a custom event, or any of the standard events. * @param {any} eventProp - Additional parameters to pass on to the event properties * @return {void} */ static trigger(element: HTMLElement, eventName: string, eventProp?: Object): void; } /** * Common Event argument for all base Essential JavaScript 2 Events. * @private */ export interface BaseEventArgs { /** * Specifies name of the event. */ name?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/hijri-parser.d.ts /*** * Hijri parser */ export namespace HijriParser { function getHijriDate(gDate: Date): Object; function toGregorian(year: number, month: number, day: number): Date; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/index.d.ts /** * Base modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/internationalization.d.ts /** * Specifies the observer used for external change detection. */ export let onIntlChange: Observer; /** * Specifies the default rtl status for EJ2 components. */ export let rightToLeft: boolean; /** * Interface for dateFormatOptions * */ export interface DateFormatOptions { /** * Specifies the skeleton for date formatting. */ skeleton?: string; /** * Specifies the type of date formatting either date, dateTime or time. */ type?: string; /** * Specifies custom date formatting to be used. */ format?: string; /** * Specifies the calendar mode other than gregorian */ calendar?: string; } /** * Interface for numberFormatOptions * */ export interface NumberFormatOptions { /** * Specifies minimum fraction digits in formatted value. */ minimumFractionDigits?: number; /** * Specifies maximum fraction digits in formatted value. */ maximumFractionDigits?: number; /** * Specifies minimum significant digits in formatted value. */ minimumSignificantDigits?: number; /** * Specifies maximum significant digits in formatted value. */ maximumSignificantDigits?: number; /** * Specifies whether to use grouping or not in formatted value, */ useGrouping?: boolean; /** * Specifies the skeleton for perform formatting. */ skeleton?: string; /** * Specifies the currency code to be used for formatting. */ currency?: string; /** * Specifies minimum integer digits in formatted value. */ minimumIntegerDigits?: number; /** * Specifies custom number format for formatting. */ format?: string; } /** * Specifies the CLDR data loaded for internationalization functionalities. * @private */ export let cldrData: Object; /** * Specifies the default culture value to be considered. * @private */ export let defaultCulture: string; /** * Specifies default currency code to be considered * @private */ export let defaultCurrencyCode: string; /** * Internationalization class provides support to parse and format the number and date object to the desired format. * ```typescript * // To set the culture globally * setCulture('en-GB'); * * // To set currency code globally * setCurrencyCode('EUR'); * * //Load cldr data * loadCldr(gregorainData); * loadCldr(timeZoneData); * loadCldr(numbersData); * loadCldr(numberSystemData); * * // To use formatter in component side * let Intl:Internationalization = new Internationalization(); * * // Date formatting * let dateFormatter: Function = Intl.getDateFormat({skeleton:'long',type:'dateTime'}); * dateFormatter(new Date('11/2/2016')); * dateFormatter(new Date('25/2/2030')); * Intl.formatDate(new Date(),{skeleton:'E'}); * * //Number formatting * let numberFormatter: Function = Intl.getNumberFormat({skeleton:'C5'}) * numberFormatter(24563334); * Intl.formatNumber(123123,{skeleton:'p2'}); * * // Date parser * let dateParser: Function = Intl.getDateParser({skeleton:'short',type:'time'}); * dateParser('10:30 PM'); * Intl.parseDate('10',{skeleton:'H'}); * ``` */ export class Internationalization { culture: string; constructor(cultureName?: string); /** * Returns the format function for given options. * @param {DateFormatOptions} options - Specifies the format options in which the format function will return. * @returns {Function} */ getDateFormat(options?: DateFormatOptions): Function; /** * Returns the format function for given options. * @param {NumberFormatOptions} options - Specifies the format options in which the format function will return. * @returns {Function} */ getNumberFormat(options?: NumberFormatOptions): Function; /** * Returns the parser function for given options. * @param {DateFormatOptions} options - Specifies the format options in which the parser function will return. * @returns {Function} * @private */ getDateParser(options?: DateFormatOptions): Function; /** * Returns the parser function for given options. * @param {NumberFormatOptions} options - Specifies the format options in which the parser function will return. * @returns {Function} */ getNumberParser(options?: NumberFormatOptions): Function; /** * Returns the formatted string based on format options. * @param {Number} value - Specifies the number to format. * @param {NumberFormatOptions} option - Specifies the format options in which the number will be formatted. * @returns {string} */ formatNumber(value: Number, option?: NumberFormatOptions): string; /** * Returns the formatted date string based on format options. * @param {Number} value - Specifies the number to format. * @param {DateFormatOptions} option - Specifies the format options in which the number will be formatted. * @returns {string} */ formatDate(value: Date, option?: DateFormatOptions): string; /** * Returns the date object for given date string and options. * @param {string} value - Specifies the string to parse. * @param {DateFormatOptions} option - Specifies the parse options in which the date string will be parsed. * @returns {Date} */ parseDate(value: string, option?: DateFormatOptions): Date; /** * Returns the number object from the given string value and options. * @param {string} value - Specifies the string to parse. * @param {NumberFormatOptions} option - Specifies the parse options in which the string number will be parsed. * @returns {number} */ parseNumber(value: string, option?: NumberFormatOptions): number; /** * Returns Native Date Time Pattern * @param {DateFormatOptions} option - Specifies the parse options for resultant date time pattern. * @param {boolean} isExcelFormat - Specifies format value to be converted to excel pattern. * @returns {string} * @private */ getDatePattern(option: DateFormatOptions, isExcelFormat?: boolean): string; /** * Returns Native Number Pattern * @param {NumberFormatOptions} option - Specifies the parse options for resultant number pattern. * @returns {string} * @private */ getNumberPattern(option: NumberFormatOptions): string; /** * Returns the First Day of the Week * @returns {number} */ getFirstDayOfWeek(): number; private getCulture; } /** * Set the default culture to all EJ2 components * @param {string} cultureName - Specifies the culture name to be set as default culture. */ export function setCulture(cultureName: string): void; /** * Set the default currency code to all EJ2 components * @param {string} currencyCode Specifies the culture name to be set as default culture. * @returns {void} */ export function setCurrencyCode(currencyCode: string): void; /** * Load the CLDR data into context * @param {Object[]} obj Specifies the CLDR data's to be used for formatting and parser. * @returns {void} */ export function loadCldr(...data: Object[]): void; /** * To enable or disable RTL functionality for all components globally. * @param {boolean} status - Optional argument Specifies the status value to enable or disable rtl option. * @returns {void} */ export function enableRtl(status?: boolean): void; /** * To get the numeric CLDR object for given culture * @param {string} locale - Specifies the locale for which numericObject to be returned. * @ignore * @private */ export function getNumericObject(locale: string, type?: string): Object; /** * To get the default date CLDR object. * @ignore * @private */ export function getDefaultDateObject(mode?: string): Object; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-IntlBase/src/intl/date-formatter.d.ts export const basicPatterns: string[]; /** * Interface for Date Format Options Module. * @private */ export interface FormatOptions { month?: Object; weekday?: Object; pattern?: string; designator?: Object; timeZone?: IntlBase.TimeZoneOptions; era?: Object; hour12?: boolean; numMapper?: NumberMapper; dateSeperator?: string; isIslamic?: boolean; } export const datePartMatcher: { [key: string]: Object; }; /** * Date Format is a framework provides support for date formatting. * @private */ export class DateFormat { /** * Returns the formatter function for given skeleton. * @param {string} - Specifies the culture name to be which formatting. * @param {DateFormatOptions} - Specific the format in which date will format. * @param {cldr} - Specifies the global cldr data collection. * @return Function. */ static dateFormat(culture: string, option: DateFormatOptions, cldr: Object): Function; /** * Returns formatted date string based on options passed. * @param {Date} value * @param {FormatOptions} options */ private static intDateFormatter; private static getCurrentDateValue; /** * Returns two digit numbers for given value and length */ private static checkTwodigitNumber; /** * Returns the value of the Time Zone. * @param {number} tVal * @param {string} pattern * @private */ static getTimeZoneValue(tVal: number, pattern: string): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/intl/date-parser.d.ts /** * Date Parser. * @private */ export class DateParser { /** * Returns the parser function for given skeleton. * @param {string} - Specifies the culture name to be which formatting. * @param {DateFormatOptions} - Specific the format in which string date will be parsed. * @param {cldr} - Specifies the global cldr data collection. * @return Function. */ static dateParser(culture: string, option: DateFormatOptions, cldr: Object): Function; /** * Returns date object for provided date options * @param {DateParts} options * @param {Date} value * @returns {Date} */ private static getDateObject; /** * Returns date parsing options for provided value along with parse and numeric options * @param {string} value * @param {ParseOptions} parseOptions * @param {NumericOptions} num * @returns {DateParts} */ private static internalDateParse; /** * Returns parsed number for provided Numeric string and Numeric Options * @param {string} value * @param {NumericOptions} option * @returns {number} */ private static internalNumberParser; /** * Returns parsed time zone RegExp for provided hour format and time zone * @param {string} hourFormat * @param {base.TimeZoneOptions} tZone * @param {string} nRegex * @returns {string} */ private static parseTimeZoneRegx; /** * Returns zone based value. * @param {boolean} flag * @param {string} val1 * @param {string} val2 * @param {NumericOptions} num * @returns {number} */ private static getZoneValue; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/intl/index.d.ts /** * Internationalization */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/intl/intl-base.d.ts /** * Date base common constants and function for date parser and formatter. */ export namespace IntlBase { const negativeDataRegex: RegExp; const customRegex: RegExp; const latnParseRegex: RegExp; const defaultCurrency: string; const islamicRegex: RegExp; interface NumericSkeleton { type?: string; isAccount?: boolean; fractionDigits?: number; } interface GenericFormatOptions { nData?: NegativeData; pData?: NegativeData; zeroData?: NegativeData; } interface GroupSize { primary?: number; secondary?: number; } interface NegativeData extends FormatParts { nlead?: string; nend?: string; groupPattern?: string; minimumFraction?: number; maximumFraction?: number; } const formatRegex: RegExp; const currencyFormatRegex: RegExp; const curWithoutNumberRegex: RegExp; const dateParseRegex: RegExp; const basicPatterns: string[]; interface Dependables { parserObject?: Object; dateObject?: Object; numericObject?: Object; } interface TimeZoneOptions { hourFormat?: string; gmtFormat?: string; gmtZeroFormat?: string; } const defaultObject: Object; const monthIndex: Object; /** * */ const month: string; const days: string; /** * Default numerber Object */ const patternMatcher: { [key: string]: Object; }; /** * Returns the resultant pattern based on the skeleton, dateObject and the type provided * @private * @param {string} skeleton * @param {Object} dateObject * @param {string} type * @returns {string} */ function getResultantPattern(skeleton: string, dateObject: Object, type: string, isIslamic?: boolean): string; interface DateObject { year?: number; month?: number; date?: number; } /** * Returns the dependable object for provided cldr data and culture * @private * @param {Object} cldr * @param {string} culture * @param {boolean} isNumber * @returns {Dependables} */ function getDependables(cldr: Object, culture: string, mode: string, isNumber?: boolean): Dependables; /** * Returns the symbol pattern for provided parameters * @private * @param {string} type * @param {string} numSystem * @param {Object} obj * @param {boolean} isAccount * @returns {string} */ function getSymbolPattern(type: string, numSystem: string, obj: Object, isAccount: boolean): string; /** * Returns proper numeric skeleton * @private * @param {string} skeleton * @returns {NumericSkeleton} */ function getProperNumericSkeleton(skeleton: string): NumericSkeleton; /** * Returns format data for number formatting like minimum fraction, maximum fraction, etc.., * @private * @param {string} pattern * @param {boolean} needFraction * @param {string} cSymbol * @param {boolean} fractionOnly * @returns {NegativeData} */ function getFormatData(pattern: string, needFraction: boolean, cSymbol: string, fractionOnly?: boolean): NegativeData; /** * Returns currency symbol based on currency code * @private * @param {Object} numericObject * @param {string} currencyCode * @returns {string} */ function getCurrencySymbol(numericObject: Object, currencyCode: string): string; /** * Returns formatting options for custom number format * @private * @param {string} format * @param {CommonOptions} dOptions * @param {Dependables} obj * @returns {GenericFormatOptions} */ function customFormat(format: string, dOptions: CommonOptions, obj: Dependables): GenericFormatOptions; /** * Returns formatting options for currency or percent type * @private * @param {string[]} parts * @param {string} actual * @param {string} symbol * @returns {NegativeData} */ function isCurrencyPercent(parts: string[], actual: string, symbol: string): NegativeData; /** * Returns culture based date separator * @private * @param {Object} dateObj * @returns {string} */ function getDateSeparator(dateObj: Object): string; /** * Returns Native Date Time pattern * @private * @param {string} culture * @param {DateFormatOptions} options * @param {Object} cldr * @returns {string} */ function getActualDateTimeFormat(culture: string, options: DateFormatOptions, cldr?: Object, isExcelFormat?: boolean): string; /** * Returns Native Number pattern * @private * @param {string} culture * @param {NumberFormatOptions} options * @param {Object} cldr * @returns {string} */ function getActualNumberFormat(culture: string, options: NumberFormatOptions, cldr?: Object): string; function getWeekData(culture: string, cldr?: Object): number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-IntlBase/src/intl/number-formatter.d.ts /** * Interface for default formatting options * @private */ export interface FormatParts extends IntlBase.NumericSkeleton, NumberFormatOptions { groupOne?: boolean; isPercent?: boolean; isCurrency?: boolean; isNegative?: boolean; groupData?: GroupDetails; groupSeparator?: string; } /** * Interface for common formatting options */ export interface CommonOptions { numberMapper?: NumberMapper; currencySymbol?: string; percentSymbol?: string; minusSymbol?: string; } /** * Interface for grouping process */ export interface GroupDetails { primary?: number; secondary?: number; } /** * Module for number formatting. * @private */ export class NumberFormat { /** * Returns the formatter function for given skeleton. * @param {string} culture - Specifies the culture name to be which formatting. * @param {NumberFormatOptions} option - Specific the format in which number will format. * @param {Object} object- Specifies the global cldr data collection. * @return Function. */ static numberFormatter(culture: string, option: NumberFormatOptions, cldr: Object): Function; /** * Returns grouping details for the pattern provided * @param {string} pattern * @returns {GroupDetails} */ static getGroupingDetails(pattern: string): GroupDetails; /** * Returns if the provided integer range is valid. * @param {number} val1 * @param {number} val2 * @param {boolean} checkbothExist * @param {boolean} isFraction * @returns {boolean} */ private static checkValueRange; /** * Check if the provided fraction range is valid * @param {number} val * @param {string} text * @param {boolean} isFraction * @returns {void} */ private static checkRange; /** * Returns formatted numeric string for provided formatting options * @param {number} value * @param {IntlBase.GenericFormatOptions} fOptions * @param {CommonOptions} dOptions * @returns {string} */ private static intNumberFormatter; /** * Returns significant digits processed numeric string * @param {number} value * @param {number} min * @param {number} max * @returns {string} */ private static processSignificantDigits; /** * Returns grouped numeric string * @param {string} val * @param {number} level1 * @param {string} sep * @param {string} decimalSymbol * @param {number} level2 * @returns {string} */ private static groupNumbers; /** * Returns fraction processed numeric string * @param {number} value * @param {number} min * @param {number} max * @returns {string} */ private static processFraction; /** * Returns integer processed numeric string * @param {string} value * @param {number} min * @returns {string} */ private static processMinimumIntegers; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-IntlBase/src/intl/number-parser.d.ts /** * interface for Numeric Formatting Parts */ export interface NumericParts { symbolRegex?: RegExp; nData?: IntlBase.NegativeData; pData?: IntlBase.NegativeData; infinity?: string; type?: string; fractionDigits?: number; isAccount?: boolean; custom?: boolean; } /** * Module for Number Parser. * @private */ export class NumberParser { /** * Returns the parser function for given skeleton. * @param {string} - Specifies the culture name to be which formatting. * @param {NumberFormatOptions} - Specific the format in which number will parsed. * @param {cldr} - Specifies the global cldr data collection. * @return Function. */ static numberParser(culture: string, option: NumberFormatOptions, cldr: Object): Function; /** * Returns parsed number for the provided formatting options * @param {string} value * @param {NumericParts} options * @param {NumericOptions} numOptions * @returns {number} */ private static getParsedNumber; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/intl/parser-base.d.ts /** * Parser */ /** * Interface for numeric Options */ export interface NumericOptions { numericPair?: Object; numericRegex?: string; numberParseRegex?: RegExp; symbolNumberSystem?: Object; symbolMatch?: Object; numberSystem?: string; } /** * Interface for numeric object */ export interface NumericObject { obj?: Object; nSystem?: string; } /** * Interface for number mapper */ export interface NumberMapper { mapper?: Object; timeSeparator?: string; numberSymbols?: Object; numberSystem?: string; } /** * Interface for parser base * @private */ export class ParserBase { static nPair: string; static nRegex: string; static numberingSystems: Object; /** * Returns the cldr object for the culture specifies * @param {Object} obj - Specifies the object from which culture object to be acquired. * @param {string} cName - Specifies the culture name. * @returns {Object} */ static getMainObject(obj: Object, cName: string): Object; /** * Returns the numbering system object from given cldr data. * @param {Object} obj - Specifies the object from which number system is acquired. * @returns {Object} */ static getNumberingSystem(obj: Object): Object; /** * Returns the reverse of given object keys or keys specified. * @param {Object} prop - Specifies the object to be reversed. * @param {number[]} keys - Optional parameter specifies the custom keyList for reversal. * @returns {Object} */ static reverseObject(prop: Object, keys?: number[]): Object; /** * Returns the symbol regex by skipping the escape sequence. * @param {string[]} props - Specifies the array values to be skipped. * @returns {RegExp} */ static getSymbolRegex(props: string[]): RegExp; private static getSymbolMatch; /** * Returns regex string for provided value * @param {string} val * @returns {string} */ private static constructRegex; /** * Returns the replaced value of matching regex and obj mapper. * @param {string} value - Specifies the values to be replaced. * @param {RegExp} regex - Specifies the regex to search. * @param {Object} obj - Specifies the object matcher to be replace value parts. * @returns {string} */ static convertValueParts(value: string, regex: RegExp, obj: Object): string; /** * Returns default numbering system object for formatting from cldr data * @param {Object} obj * @returns {NumericObject} */ static getDefaultNumberingSystem(obj: Object): NumericObject; /** * Returns the replaced value of matching regex and obj mapper. */ static getCurrentNumericOptions(curObj: Object, numberSystem: Object, needSymbols?: boolean): Object; /** * Returns number mapper object for the provided cldr data * @param {Object} curObj * @param {Object} numberSystem * @param {boolean} isNumber * @returns {NumberMapper} */ static getNumberMapper(curObj: Object, numberSystem: Object, isNumber?: boolean): NumberMapper; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/keyboard-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class KeyboardEvents */ export interface KeyboardEventsModel { /** * Specifies key combination and it respective action name. * @default null */ keyConfigs?: { [key: string]: string }; /** * Specifies on which event keyboardEvents class should listen for key press. For ex., `keyup`, `keydown` or `keypress` * @default keyup */ eventName?: string; /** * Specifies the listener when keyboard actions is performed. * @event */ keyAction?: EmitType; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/keyboard.d.ts /** * KeyboardEvents */ export interface KeyboardEventArgs extends KeyboardEvent { /** * action of the KeyboardEvent */ action: string; } /** * KeyboardEvents class enables you to bind key action desired key combinations for ex., Ctrl+A, Delete, Alt+Space etc. * ```html *
; * * ``` */ export class KeyboardEvents extends Base implements INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * Specifies key combination and it respective action name. * @default null */ keyConfigs: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Specifies on which event keyboardEvents class should listen for key press. For ex., `keyup`, `keydown` or `keypress` * @default keyup */ eventName: string; /** * Specifies the listener when keyboard actions is performed. * @event */ keyAction: EmitType; /** * Initializes the KeyboardEvents * @param {HTMLElement} element * @param {KeyboardEventsModel} options */ constructor(element: HTMLElement, options?: KeyboardEventsModel); /** * Unwire bound events and destroy the instance. * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * Function can be used to specify certain action if a property is changed * @param newProp * @param oldProp * @returns {void} * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: KeyboardEventsModel, oldProp?: KeyboardEventsModel): void; protected bind(): void; /** * To get the module name, returns 'keyboard'. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Wiring event handlers to events */ private wireEvents; /** * Unwiring event handlers to events */ private unwireEvents; /** * To handle a key press event returns null */ private keyPressHandler; private static configCache; /** * To get the key configuration data * @param {string} config - configuration data * returns {KeyData} */ private static getKeyConfigData; private static getKeyCode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/l10n.d.ts /** * L10n modules provides localized text for different culture. * ```typescript * //load global locale object common for all components. * L10n.load({ * 'fr-BE': { * 'button': { * 'check': 'vérifié' * } * } * }); * //set globale default locale culture. * tsBaseLibrary.setCulture('fr-BE'); * let instance: L10n = new L10n('button', { * check: 'checked' * }); * //Get locale text for current property. * instance.getConstant('check'); * //Change locale culture in a component. * instance.setLocale('en-US'); * ``` */ export class L10n { private static locale; private controlName; private localeStrings; private currentLocale; /** * Constructor */ constructor(controlName: string, localeStrings: Object, locale?: string); /** * Sets the locale text * @param {string} locale * @returns {void} */ setLocale(locale: string): void; /** * Sets the global locale for all components. * @param {Object} localeObject - specifies the localeObject to be set as global locale. */ static load(localeObject: Object): void; /** * Returns current locale text for the property based on the culture name and control name. * @param {string} propertyName - specifies the property for which localize text to be returned. * @return string */ getConstant(prop: string): string; /** * Returns the control constant object for current object and the locale specified. * @param {Object} curObject * @param {string} locale * @returns {Object} */ private intGetControlConstant; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/module-loader.d.ts /** * Interface for module declaration. */ export interface ModuleDeclaration { /** * Specifies the args for module declaration. */ args: Object[]; /** * Specifies the member for module declaration. */ member: string; /** * Specifies whether it is a property or not. */ isProperty?: boolean; } export interface IParent { [key: string]: any; } export class ModuleLoader { private parent; private loadedModules; constructor(parent: IParent); /** * Inject required modules in component library * @return {void} * @param {ModuleDeclaration[]} requiredModules - Array of modules to be required * @param {Function[]} moduleList - Array of modules to be injected from sample side */ inject(requiredModules: ModuleDeclaration[], moduleList: Function[]): void; /** * To remove the created object while destroying the control * @return {void} */ clean(): void; /** * Removes all unused modules * @param {ModuleDeclaration[]} moduleList * @returns {void} */ private clearUnusedModule; /** * To get the name of the member. * @param {string} name * @returns {string} */ private getMemberName; /** * Returns boolean based on whether the module specified is loaded or not * @param {string} modName * @returns {boolean} */ private isModuleLoaded; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/notify-property-change.d.ts /** * Method used to create property. General syntax below. * @param {T} defaultValue? - Specifies the default value of property. * ``` * @Property('TypeScript') * propertyName: Type; * ``` * @private */ export function Property(defaultValue?: T | Object): PropertyDecorator; /** * Method used to create complex property. General syntax below. * @param {T} defaultValue - Specifies the default value of property. * @param {Function} type - Specifies the class type of complex object. * ``` * @Complex({},Type) * propertyName: Type; * ``` * @private */ export function Complex(defaultValue: T, type: Function): PropertyDecorator; /** * Method used to create complex Factory property. General syntax below. * @param {Function} defaultType - Specifies the default value of property. * @param {Function} type - Specifies the class factory type of complex object. * ``` * @ComplexFactory(defaultType, factoryFunction) * propertyName: Type1 | Type2; * ``` * @private */ export function ComplexFactory(type: Function): PropertyDecorator; /** * Method used to create complex array property. General syntax below. * @param {T[]} defaultValue - Specifies the default value of property. * @param {Function} type - Specifies the class type of complex object. * ``` * @Collection([], Type); * propertyName: Type; * ``` * @private */ export function Collection(defaultValue: T[], type: Function): PropertyDecorator; /** * Method used to create complex factory array property. General syntax below. * @param {T[]} defaultType - Specifies the default type of property. * @param {Function} type - Specifies the class type of complex object. * ``` * @Collection([], Type); * propertyName: Type; * ``` * @private */ export function CollectionFactory(type: Function): PropertyDecorator; /** * Method used to create event property. General syntax below. * @param {Function} defaultValue? - Specifies the default value of property. * @param {boolean} isComplex? - Specifies the whether it is complex object. * ``` * @Event(()=>{return true; }) * ``` * @private */ export function Event(): PropertyDecorator; /** * NotifyPropertyChanges is triggers the call back when the property has been changed. * * ``` * @NotifyPropertyChanges * class DemoClass implements INotifyPropertyChanged { * * @Property() * property1: string; * * dataBind: () => void; * * constructor() { } * * onPropertyChanged(newProp: any, oldProp: any) { * // Called when property changed * } * } * ``` * @private */ export function NotifyPropertyChanges(classConstructor: Function): void; /** * Interface to notify the changed properties */ export interface INotifyPropertyChanged { onPropertyChanged(newProperties: Object, oldProperties?: Object): void; } /** * Method used to create builder for the components * @param {any} component -specifies the target component for which builder to be created. * @private */ export function CreateBuilder(component: T): Object; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/observer.d.ts /** * Observer is used to perform event handling based the object. * ``` * //Creating observer instance. * let observer:Observer = Observer(this); * let handler: Function = (a:number, b: number): number => {return a + b; } * //add handler to event. * observe.on('eventname', handler); * //remove handler from event. * observe.off('eventname', handler); * //notify the handlers in event. * observe.notify('eventname'); * ``` * */ export interface BoundOptions { handler?: Function; context?: Object; event?: string; id?: string; } export class Observer { private context; private ranArray; private boundedEvents; constructor(context?: Object); /** * To attach handler for given property in current context. * @param {string} property - specifies the name of the event. * @param {Function} handler - Specifies the handler function to be called while event notified. * @param {Object} context - Specifies the context binded to the handler. * @param {string} id - specifies the random generated id. * @return {void} */ on(property: string, handler: Function, context?: Object, id?: string): void; /** * To remove handlers from a event attached using on() function. * @param {string} eventName - specifies the name of the event. * @param {Function} handler - Optional argument specifies the handler function to be called while event notified. * @param {string} id - specifies the random generated id. * @return {void} */ off(property: string, handler?: Function, id?: string): void; /** * To notify the handlers in the specified event. * @param {string} property - Specifies the event to be notify. * @param {Object} args - Additional parameters to pass while calling the handler. * @return {void} */ notify(property: string, argument?: Object): void; /** * To destroy handlers in the event */ destroy(): void; /** * Returns if the property exists. */ private notExist; /** * Returns if the handler is present. */ private isHandlerPresent; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/template-engine.d.ts /** * Interface for Template Engine. */ export interface ITemplateEngine { compile: (templateString: string, helper?: Object) => (data: Object | JSON) => string; } /** * Compile the template string into template function. * @param {string} templateString - The template string which is going to convert. * @param {Object} helper? - Helper functions as an object. * @private */ export function compile(templateString: string, helper?: Object): (data: Object | JSON, component?: any, propName?: any) => NodeList; /** * Set your custom template engine for template rendering. * @param {ITemplateEngine} classObj - Class object for custom template. * @private */ export function setTemplateEngine(classObj: ITemplateEngine): void; /** * Get current template engine for template rendering. * @param {ITemplateEngine} classObj - Class object for custom template. * @private */ export function getTemplateEngine(): (template: string, helper?: Object) => (data: Object | JSON) => string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/template.d.ts /** * Template Engine */ /** * The function to set regular expression for template expression string. * @param {RegExp} value - Value expression. * @private */ export function expression(value?: RegExp): RegExp; /** * Compile the template string into template function. * @param {string} template - The template string which is going to convert. * @param {Object} helper? - Helper functions as an object. * @private */ export function compile(template: string, helper?: Object): () => string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/touch-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SwipeSettings * @private */ export interface SwipeSettingsModel { /** * Property specifies minimum distance of swipe moved. */ swipeThresholdDistance?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Touch */ export interface TouchModel { /** * Specifies the callback function for tap event. * @event */ tap?: EmitType; /** * Specifies the callback function for tapHold event. * @event */ tapHold?: EmitType; /** * Specifies the callback function for swipe event. * @event */ swipe?: EmitType; /** * Specifies the callback function for scroll event. * @event */ scroll?: EmitType; /** * Specifies the time delay for tap. * @default 350 */ tapThreshold?: number; /** * Specifies the time delay for tap hold. * @default 750 */ tapHoldThreshold?: number; /** * Customize the swipe event configuration. * @default { swipeThresholdDistance: 50 } */ swipeSettings?: SwipeSettingsModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/touch.d.ts /** * SwipeSettings is a framework module that provides support to handle swipe event like swipe up, swipe right, etc.., * @private */ export class SwipeSettings extends ChildProperty { /** * Property specifies minimum distance of swipe moved. */ swipeThresholdDistance: number; } /** * Touch class provides support to handle the touch event like tap, double tap, tap hold, etc.., * ```typescript * let node$: HTMLElement; * let touchObj: Touch = new Touch({ * element: node, * tap: function (e) { * // tap handler function code * } * tapHold: function (e) { * // tap hold handler function code * } * scroll: function (e) { * // scroll handler function code * } * swipe: function (e) { * // swipe handler function code * } * }); * ``` */ export class Touch extends Base implements INotifyPropertyChanged { private isTouchMoved; private startPoint; private movedPoint; private endPoint; private startEventData; private lastTapTime; private lastMovedPoint; private scrollDirection; private hScrollLocked; private vScrollLocked; private defaultArgs; private distanceX; private distanceY; private movedDirection; private tStampStart; private touchAction; private timeOutTap; private modeClear; private timeOutTapHold; /** * Specifies the callback function for tap event. * @event */ tap: EmitType; /** * Specifies the callback function for tapHold event. * @event */ tapHold: EmitType; /** * Specifies the callback function for swipe event. * @event */ swipe: EmitType; /** * Specifies the callback function for scroll event. * @event */ scroll: EmitType; /** * Specifies the time delay for tap. * @default 350 */ tapThreshold: number; /** * Specifies the time delay for tap hold. * @default 750 */ tapHoldThreshold: number; /** * Customize the swipe event configuration. * @default { swipeThresholdDistance: 50 } */ swipeSettings: SwipeSettingsModel; private tapCount; constructor(element: HTMLElement, options?: TouchModel); /** * @private * @param newProp * @param oldProp */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: TouchModel, oldProp: TouchModel): void; protected bind(): void; /** * To destroy the touch instance. * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private wireEvents; private unwireEvents; /** * Returns module name as touch * @returns {string} * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Returns if the HTML element is Scrollable. * @param {HTMLElement} element - HTML Element to check if Scrollable. * @returns {boolean} */ private isScrollable; private startEvent; private moveEvent; private cancelEvent; private tapHoldEvent; private endEvent; private swipeFn; private modeclear; private calcPoints; private calcScrollPoints; private getVelocity; private checkSwipe; } /** * The argument type of `Tap` Event */ export interface TapEventArgs extends BaseEventArgs { /** * Original native event Object. */ originalEvent: TouchEventArgs | MouseEventArgs; /** * Tap Count. */ tapCount?: number; } /** * The argument type of `Scroll` Event */ export interface ScrollEventArgs extends BaseEventArgs { /** * Event argument for start event. */ startEvents: TouchEventArgs | MouseEventArgs; /** * Original native event object for scroll. */ originalEvent: TouchEventArgs | MouseEventArgs; /** * X position when scroll started. */ startX: number; /** * Y position when scroll started. */ startY: number; /** * The direction scroll. */ scrollDirection: string; /** * The total traveled distance from X position */ distanceX: number; /** * The total traveled distance from Y position */ distanceY: number; /** * The velocity of scroll. */ velocity: number; } /** * The argument type of `Swipe` Event */ export interface SwipeEventArgs extends BaseEventArgs { /** * Event argument for start event. */ startEvents: TouchEventArgs | MouseEventArgs; /** * Original native event object for swipe. */ originalEvent: TouchEventArgs | MouseEventArgs; /** * X position when swipe started. */ startX: number; /** * Y position when swipe started. */ startY: number; /** * The direction swipe. */ swipeDirection: string; /** * The total traveled distance from X position */ distanceX: number; /** * The total traveled distance from Y position */ distanceY: number; /** * The velocity of swipe. */ velocity: number; } export interface TouchEventArgs extends MouseEvent { /** * A TouchList with touched points. */ changedTouches: MouseEventArgs[] | TouchEventArgs[]; /** * Cancel the default action. */ preventDefault(): void; /** * The horizontal coordinate point of client area. */ clientX: number; /** * The vertical coordinate point of client area. */ clientY: number; } export interface MouseEventArgs extends MouseEvent { /** * A TouchList with touched points. */ changedTouches: MouseEventArgs[] | TouchEventArgs[]; /** * Cancel the default action. */ preventDefault(): void; /** * The horizontal coordinate point of client area. */ clientX: number; /** * The vertical coordinate point of client area. */ clientY: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-base/src/util.d.ts /** * Common utility methods */ export interface IKeyValue extends CSSStyleDeclaration { [key: string]: any; } /** * Create Instance from constructor function with desired parameters. * @param {Function} classFunction - Class function to which need to create instance * @param {any[]} params - Parameters need to passed while creating instance * @return {any} * @private */ export function createInstance(classFunction: Function, params: any[]): any; /** * To run a callback function immediately after the browser has completed other operations. * @param {Function} handler - callback function to be triggered. * @return {Function} * @private */ export function setImmediate(handler: Function): Function; /** * To get nameSpace value from the desired object. * @param {string} nameSpace - String value to the get the inner object * @param {any} obj - Object to get the inner object value. * @return {any} * @private */ export function getValue(nameSpace: string, obj: any): any; /** * To set value for the nameSpace in desired object. * @param {string} nameSpace - String value to the get the inner object * @param {any} value - Value that you need to set. * @param {any} obj - Object to get the inner object value. * @return {void} * @private */ export function setValue(nameSpace: string, value: any, obj: any): any; /** * Delete an item from Object * @param {any} obj - Object in which we need to delete an item. * @param {string} params - String value to the get the inner object * @return {void} * @private */ export function deleteObject(obj: any, key: string): void; /** * Check weather the given argument is only object. * @param {any} obj - Object which is need to check. * @return {boolean} * @private */ export function isObject(obj: any): boolean; /** * To get enum value by giving the string. * @param {any} enumObject - Enum object. * @param {string} enumValue - Enum value to be searched * @return {any} * @private */ export function getEnumValue(enumObject: any, enumValue: string | number): any; /** * Merge the source object into destination object. * @param {any} source - source object which is going to merge with destination object * @param {any} destination - object need to be merged * @return {void} * @private */ export function merge(source: Object, destination: Object): void; /** * Extend the two object with newer one. * @param {any} copied - Resultant object after merged * @param {Object} first - First object need to merge * @param {Object} second - Second object need to merge * @return {Object} * @private */ export function extend(copied: Object, first: Object, second?: Object, deep?: boolean): Object; /** * To check whether the object is null or undefined. * @param {Object} value - To check the object is null or undefined * @return {boolean} * @private */ export function isNullOrUndefined(value: Object): boolean; /** * To check whether the object is undefined. * @param {Object} value - To check the object is undefined * @return {boolean} * @private */ export function isUndefined(value: Object): boolean; /** * To return the generated unique name * @param {string} definedName - To concatenate the unique id to provided name * @return {string} * @private */ export function getUniqueID(definedName?: string): string; /** * It limits the rate at which a function can fire. The function will fire only once every provided second instead of as quickly. * @param {Function} eventFunction - Specifies the function to run when the event occurs * @param {number} delay - A number that specifies the milliseconds for function delay call option * @return {Function} * @private */ export function debounce(eventFunction: Function, delay: number): Function; /** * To convert the object to string for query url * @param {Object} data * @returns string * @private */ export function queryParams(data: any): string; /** * To check whether the given array contains object. * @param {T[]} value- Specifies the T type array to be checked. * @private */ export function isObjectArray(value: T[]): boolean; /** * To check whether the child element is descendant to parent element or parent and child are same element. * @param{Element} - Specifies the child element to compare with parent. * @param{Element} - Specifies the parent element. * @return boolean * @private */ export function compareElementParent(child: Element, parent: Element): boolean; /** * To throw custom error message. * @param{string} - Specifies the error message to be thrown. * @private */ export function throwError(message: string): void; /** * This function is used to print given element * @param{Element} element - Specifies the print content element. * @param{Window} printWindow - Specifies the print window. * @private */ export function print(element: Element, printWindow?: Window): Window; /** * Function to normalize the units applied to the element. * @param {number|string} value * @return {string} result * @private */ export function formatUnit(value: number | string): string; /** * Function to fetch the Instances of a HTML element for the given component. * @param {string | HTMLElement} element * @param {any} component * @return {Object} inst * @private */ export function getInstance(element: string | HTMLElement, component: any): Object; /** * Function to add instances for the given element. * @param {string | HTMLElement} element * @param {Object} instance * @return {void} * @private */ export function addInstance(element: string | HTMLElement, instance: Object): void; /** * Function to generate the unique id. * @return {any} * @private */ export function uniqueID(): any; } export namespace build { } export namespace buttons { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/button/button-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Button */ export interface ButtonModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Positions the icon before/after the text content in the Button. * The possible values are: * * Left: The icon will be positioned to the left of the text content. * * Right: The icon will be positioned to the right of the text content. * @default "left" */ iconPosition?: IconPosition; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space for the Button that is used to include an icon. * Buttons can also include font icon and sprite image. * @default "" */ iconCss?: string; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the Button is `disabled` or not. * @default false. */ disabled?: boolean; /** * Allows the appearance of the Button to be enhanced and visually appealing when set to `true`. * @default false */ isPrimary?: boolean; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the Button element. The Button types, styles, and * size can be defined by using * [`this`](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/button/howto.html?lang=typescript#create-a-block-button). * @default "" */ cssClass?: string; /** * Defines the text `content` of the Button element. * @default "" */ content?: string; /** * Makes the Button toggle, when set to `true`. When you click it, the state changes from normal to active. * @default false */ isToggle?: boolean; /** * Overrides the global culture and localization value for this component. Default global culture is 'en-US'. * @private */ locale?: string; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/button/button.d.ts export type IconPosition = 'Left' | 'Right' | 'Top' | 'Bottom'; /** * The Button is a graphical user interface element that triggers an event on its click action. It can contain a text, an image, or both. * ```html * * ``` * ```typescript * * ``` */ export class Button extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private removeRippleEffect; /** * Positions the icon before/after the text content in the Button. * The possible values are: * * Left: The icon will be positioned to the left of the text content. * * Right: The icon will be positioned to the right of the text content. * @default "left" */ iconPosition: IconPosition; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space for the Button that is used to include an icon. * Buttons can also include font icon and sprite image. * @default "" */ iconCss: string; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the Button is `disabled` or not. * @default false. */ disabled: boolean; /** * Allows the appearance of the Button to be enhanced and visually appealing when set to `true`. * @default false */ isPrimary: boolean; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the Button element. The Button types, styles, and * size can be defined by using * [`this`](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/button/howto.html?lang=typescript#create-a-block-button). * @default "" */ cssClass: string; /** * Defines the text `content` of the Button element. * @default "" */ content: string; /** * Makes the Button toggle, when set to `true`. When you click it, the state changes from normal to active. * @default false */ isToggle: boolean; /** * Overrides the global culture and localization value for this component. Default global culture is 'en-US'. * @private */ locale: string; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created: base.EmitType; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @param {ButtonModel} options? * @param {string|HTMLButtonElement} element? */ constructor(options?: ButtonModel, element?: string | HTMLButtonElement); protected preRender(): void; /** * Initialize the control rendering * @returns void * @private */ render(): void; private initialize; private controlStatus; private setIconCss; protected wireEvents(): void; protected unWireEvents(): void; private btnClickHandler; /** * Destroys the widget. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; /** * Get component name. * @returns string * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @returns string * @private */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Dynamically injects the required modules to the component. * @private */ static Inject(): void; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @param {ButtonModel} newProp * @param {ButtonModel} oldProp * @returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: ButtonModel, oldProp: ButtonModel): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/button/index.d.ts /** * Button modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/check-box/check-box-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class CheckBox */ export interface CheckBoxModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Triggers when the CheckBox state has been changed by user interaction. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the CheckBox is `checked` or not. * When set to `true`, the CheckBox will be in `checked` state. * @default false */ checked?: boolean; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the CheckBox element. * You can add custom styles to the CheckBox by using this property. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the CheckBox is `disabled` or not. * When set to `true`, the CheckBox will be in `disabled` state. * @default false */ disabled?: boolean; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the CheckBox is in `indeterminate` state or not. * When set to `true`, the CheckBox will be in `indeterminate` state. * @default false */ indeterminate?: boolean; /** * Defines the caption for the CheckBox, that describes the purpose of the CheckBox. * @default '' */ label?: string; /** * Positions label `before`/`after` the CheckBox. * The possible values are: * * Before - The label is positioned to left of the CheckBox. * * After - The label is positioned to right of the CheckBox. * @default 'After' */ labelPosition?: LabelPosition; /** * Defines `name` attribute for the CheckBox. * It is used to reference form data (CheckBox value) after a form is submitted. * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * Defines `value` attribute for the CheckBox. * It is a form data passed to the server when submitting the form. * @default '' */ value?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/check-box/check-box.d.ts export type LabelPosition = 'After' | 'Before'; /** * The CheckBox is a graphical user interface element that allows you to select one or more options from the choices. * It contains checked, unchecked, and indeterminate states. * ```html * * * ``` */ export class CheckBox extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private tagName; private isFocused; private isMouseClick; private keyboardModule; private formElement; private initialCheckedValue; /** * Triggers when the CheckBox state has been changed by user interaction. * @event */ change: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created: base.EmitType; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the CheckBox is `checked` or not. * When set to `true`, the CheckBox will be in `checked` state. * @default false */ checked: boolean; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the CheckBox element. * You can add custom styles to the CheckBox by using this property. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the CheckBox is `disabled` or not. * When set to `true`, the CheckBox will be in `disabled` state. * @default false */ disabled: boolean; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the CheckBox is in `indeterminate` state or not. * When set to `true`, the CheckBox will be in `indeterminate` state. * @default false */ indeterminate: boolean; /** * Defines the caption for the CheckBox, that describes the purpose of the CheckBox. * @default '' */ label: string; /** * Positions label `before`/`after` the CheckBox. * The possible values are: * * Before - The label is positioned to left of the CheckBox. * * After - The label is positioned to right of the CheckBox. * @default 'After' */ labelPosition: LabelPosition; /** * Defines `name` attribute for the CheckBox. * It is used to reference form data (CheckBox value) after a form is submitted. * @default '' */ name: string; /** * Defines `value` attribute for the CheckBox. * It is a form data passed to the server when submitting the form. * @default '' */ value: string; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @private */ constructor(options?: CheckBoxModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement); private changeState; private clickHandler; /** * Destroys the widget. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; private focusHandler; private focusOutHandler; /** * Gets the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Gets the properties to be maintained in the persistence state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; private getWrapper; private initialize; private initWrapper; private keyUpHandler; private labelMouseHandler; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changes. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: CheckBoxModel, oldProp: CheckBoxModel): void; /** * Initialize Angular, React and Unique ID support. * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Initialize the control rendering. * @private */ protected render(): void; private setDisabled; private setText; private changeHandler; private formResetHandler; protected unWireEvents(): void; protected wireEvents(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/check-box/index.d.ts /** * CheckBox modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/chips/chip-list-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class ChipList */ export interface ChipListModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * This chips property helps to render ChipList component. * @default [] */ chips?: string[] | number[] | ChipModel[]; /** * This text property helps to render Chip component. * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * This avatarText property helps to customize avatar content. * @default '' */ avatarText?: string; /** * This avatarIconCss property helps to customize avatar element. * @default '' */ avatarIconCss?: string; /** * This leadingIconCss property helps to customize leading icon element. * @default '' */ leadingIconCss?: string; /** * This trailingIconCss property helps to customize trailing icon element. * @default '' */ trailingIconCss?: string; /** * This cssClass property helps to customize ChipList component. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * This enabled property helps to enable/disable ChipList component. * @default true */ enabled?: boolean; /** * This selectedChips property helps to select chip items. * @default [] */ selectedChips?: number[] | number; /** * This selection property enables chip selection type. * @default 'None' */ selection?: selection; /** * This enableDelete property helps to enable delete functionality. * @default false */ enableDelete?: boolean; /** * This created event will get triggered once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType; /** * This click event will get triggered once the chip is clicked. * @event */ click?: base.EmitType; /** * This delete event will get triggered before removing the chip. * @event */ delete?: base.EmitType; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/chips/chip-list.d.ts export const classNames: ClassNames; export type selection = 'Single' | 'Multiple' | 'None'; export interface ClassNames { chipSet: string; chip: string; avatar: string; text: string; icon: string; delete: string; deleteIcon: string; multiSelection: string; singleSelection: string; active: string; chipWrapper: string; iconWrapper: string; focused: string; disabled: string; rtl: string; } export interface SelectedItems { /** * It denotes the selected items text. */ texts: string[]; /** * It denotes the selected items index. */ Indexes: number[]; /** * It denotes the selected items data. */ data: string[] | number[] | ChipModel[]; /** * It denotes the selected items element. */ elements: HTMLElement[]; } export interface SelectedItem { /** * It denotes the selected item text. */ text: string; /** * It denotes the selected item index. */ index: number; /** * It denotes the selected item data. */ data: string | number | ChipModel; /** * It denotes the selected item element. */ element: HTMLElement; } export interface ClickEventArgs { /** * It denotes the clicked item text. */ text: string; /** * It denotes the clicked item index. */ index?: number; /** * It denotes the clicked item data. */ data: string | number | ChipModel; /** * It denotes the clicked item element. */ element: HTMLElement; /** * It denotes whether the clicked item is selected or not. */ selected?: boolean; /** * It denotes the event. */ event: base.MouseEventArgs | base.KeyboardEventArgs; } export interface DeleteEventArgs { /** * It denotes the deleted item text. */ text: string; /** * It denotes the deleted item index. */ index: number; /** * It denotes the deleted item data. */ data: string | number | ChipModel; /** * It denotes the deleted Item element. */ element: HTMLElement; /** * It denotes whether the item can be deleted or not. */ cancel: boolean; /** * It denotes the event. */ event: base.MouseEventArgs | base.KeyboardEventArgs; } export interface ChipDataArgs { /** * It denotes the item text. */ text: string; /** * It denotes the Item index. */ index: number; /** * It denotes the item data. */ data: string | number | ChipModel; /** * It denotes the item element. */ element: HTMLElement; } /** * A chip component is a small block of essential information, mostly used on contacts or filter tags. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * * ``` */ export class ChipList extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * This chips property helps to render ChipList component. * @default [] */ chips: string[] | number[] | ChipModel[]; /** * This text property helps to render Chip component. * @default '' */ text: string; /** * This avatarText property helps to customize avatar content. * @default '' */ avatarText: string; /** * This avatarIconCss property helps to customize avatar element. * @default '' */ avatarIconCss: string; /** * This leadingIconCss property helps to customize leading icon element. * @default '' */ leadingIconCss: string; /** * This trailingIconCss property helps to customize trailing icon element. * @default '' */ trailingIconCss: string; /** * This cssClass property helps to customize ChipList component. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * This enabled property helps to enable/disable ChipList component. * @default true */ enabled: boolean; /** * This selectedChips property helps to select chip items. * @default [] */ selectedChips: number[] | number; /** * This selection property enables chip selection type. * @default 'None' */ selection: selection; /** * This enableDelete property helps to enable delete functionality. * @default false */ enableDelete: boolean; /** * This created event will get triggered once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created: base.EmitType; /** * This click event will get triggered once the chip is clicked. * @event */ click: base.EmitType; /** * This delete event will get triggered before removing the chip. * @event */ delete: base.EmitType; constructor(options?: ChipListModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); private rippleFunctin; private type; private innerText; preRender(): void; render(): void; private createChip; private setAttributes; private setRtl; private chipCreation; private getFieldValues; private elementCreation; /** * A function that finds chip based on given input. * @param {number | HTMLElement } fields - We can pass index number or element of chip. */ find(fields: number | HTMLElement): ChipDataArgs; /** * A function that adds chip items based on given input. * @param {string[] | number[] | ChipModel[] | string | number | ChipModel} chipsData - We can pass array of string or * array of number or array of chip model or string data or number data or chip model. */ add(chipsData: string[] | number[] | ChipModel[] | string | number | ChipModel): void; /** * A function that selects chip items based on given input. * @param {number | number[] | HTMLElement | HTMLElement[]} fields - We can pass number or array of number * or chip element or array of chip element. */ select(fields: number | number[] | HTMLElement | HTMLElement[]): void; /** * A function that removes chip items based on given input. * @param {number | number[] | HTMLElement | HTMLElement[]} fields - We can pass number or array of number * or chip element or array of chip element. */ remove(fields: number | number[] | HTMLElement | HTMLElement[]): void; /** * A function that returns selected chips data. */ getSelectedChips(): SelectedItem | SelectedItems; private wireEvent; private keyHandler; private focusInHandler; private focusOutHandler; private clickHandler; private selectionHandler; private deleteHandler; /** * It is used to destroy the ChipList component. */ destroy(): void; private removeMultipleAttributes; getPersistData(): string; getModuleName(): string; onPropertyChanged(newProp: ChipList, oldProp: ChipList): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/chips/chip.d.ts /** * Represents ChipList `Chip` model class. */ export class Chip { /** * This text property helps to render ChipList component. * @default '' */ text: string; /** * This avatarText property helps to customize avatar content. * @default '' */ avatarText: string; /** * This avatarIconCss property helps to customize avatar element. * @default '' */ avatarIconCss: string; /** * This leadingIconCss property helps to customize leading icon element. * @default '' */ leadingIconCss: string; /** * This trailingIconCss property helps to customize trailing icon element. * @default '' */ trailingIconCss: string; /** * This cssClass property helps to customize ChipList component. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * This enabled property helps to enable/disable ChipList component. * @default true */ enabled: boolean; } export interface ChipModel { /** * This text property helps to render ChipList component. * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * This avatarText property helps to customize avatar content. * @default '' */ avatarText?: string; /** * This avatarIconCss property helps to customize avatar element. * @default '' */ avatarIconCss?: string; /** * This leadingIconCss property helps to customize leading icon element. * @default '' */ leadingIconCss?: string; /** * This trailingIconCss property helps to customize trailing icon element. * @default '' */ trailingIconCss?: string; /** * This cssClass property helps to customize ChipList component. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * This enabled property helps to enable/disable ChipList component. * @default true */ enabled?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/chips/index.d.ts /** * Chip modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/common/common.d.ts /** * Initialize wrapper element for angular. * @private */ export function wrapperInitialize(createElement: CreateElementArgs, tag: string, type: string, element: HTMLInputElement, WRAPPER: string, role: string): HTMLInputElement; export function getTextNode(element: HTMLElement): Node; /** * Destroy the button components. * @private */ export function destroy(ejInst: Switch | CheckBox, wrapper: Element, tagName: string): void; export function preRender(proxy: Switch | CheckBox, control: string, wrapper: string, element: HTMLInputElement, moduleName: string): void; /** * Creates CheckBox component UI with theming and ripple support. * @private */ export function createCheckBox(createElement: CreateElementArgs, enableRipple?: boolean, options?: CheckBoxUtilModel): Element; export function rippleMouseHandler(e: MouseEvent, rippleSpan: Element): void; /** * Append hidden input to given element * @private */ export function setHiddenInput(proxy: Switch | CheckBox, wrap: Element): void; export interface CheckBoxUtilModel { checked?: boolean; label?: string; enableRtl?: boolean; cssClass?: string; } export interface ChangeEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the event parameters of the CheckBox or Switch. */ event?: Event; /** Returns the checked value of the CheckBox or Switch. */ checked?: boolean; } export type CreateElementArgs = (tag: string, prop?: { id?: string; className?: string; innerHTML?: string; styles?: string; attrs?: { [key: string]: string; }; }) => HTMLElement; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/common/index.d.ts /** * Common modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/index.d.ts /** * Button all modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/radio-button/index.d.ts /** * RadioButton modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/radio-button/radio-button-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class RadioButton */ export interface RadioButtonModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * base.Event trigger when the RadioButton state has been changed by user interaction. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the RadioButton is `checked` or not. * When set to `true`, the RadioButton will be in `checked` state. * @default false */ checked?: boolean; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the RadioButton element. * You can add custom styles to the RadioButton by using this property. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the RadioButton is `disabled` or not. * When set to `true`, the RadioButton will be in `disabled` state. * @default false */ disabled?: boolean; /** * Defines the caption for the RadioButton, that describes the purpose of the RadioButton. * @default '' */ label?: string; /** * Positions label `before`/`after` the RadioButton. * The possible values are: * * Before: The label is positioned to left of the RadioButton. * * After: The label is positioned to right of the RadioButton. * @default 'After' */ labelPosition?: RadioLabelPosition; /** * Defines `name` attribute for the RadioButton. * It is used to reference form data (RadioButton value) after a form is submitted. * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * Defines `value` attribute for the RadioButton. * It is a form data passed to the server when submitting the form. * @default '' */ value?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/radio-button/radio-button.d.ts export type RadioLabelPosition = 'After' | 'Before'; /** * The RadioButton is a graphical user interface element that allows you to select one option from the choices. * It contains checked and unchecked states. * ```html * * * ``` */ export class RadioButton extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private tagName; private isKeyPressed; private formElement; private initialCheckedValue; private angularValue; /** * Event trigger when the RadioButton state has been changed by user interaction. * @event */ change: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created: base.EmitType; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the RadioButton is `checked` or not. * When set to `true`, the RadioButton will be in `checked` state. * @default false */ checked: boolean; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the RadioButton element. * You can add custom styles to the RadioButton by using this property. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the RadioButton is `disabled` or not. * When set to `true`, the RadioButton will be in `disabled` state. * @default false */ disabled: boolean; /** * Defines the caption for the RadioButton, that describes the purpose of the RadioButton. * @default '' */ label: string; /** * Positions label `before`/`after` the RadioButton. * The possible values are: * * Before: The label is positioned to left of the RadioButton. * * After: The label is positioned to right of the RadioButton. * @default 'After' */ labelPosition: RadioLabelPosition; /** * Defines `name` attribute for the RadioButton. * It is used to reference form data (RadioButton value) after a form is submitted. * @default '' */ name: string; /** * Defines `value` attribute for the RadioButton. * It is a form data passed to the server when submitting the form. * @default '' */ value: string; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @private */ constructor(options?: RadioButtonModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement); private changeHandler; private updateChange; /** * Destroys the widget. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; private focusHandler; private focusOutHandler; protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Gets the properties to be maintained in the persistence state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; private getLabel; private initialize; private initWrapper; private keyDownHandler; private labelRippleHandler; private mouseDownHandler; private formResetHandler; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changes. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: RadioButtonModel, oldProp: RadioButtonModel): void; /** * Initialize checked Property, Angular and React and Unique ID support. * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Initialize the control rendering * @private */ protected render(): void; private setDisabled; private setText; protected unWireEvents(): void; protected wireEvents(): void; } export interface ChangeArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the value of the RadioButton. */ value?: string; /** Returns the event parameters of the RadioButton. */ event?: Event; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/switch/index.d.ts /** * Switch modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/switch/switch-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Switch */ export interface SwitchModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Triggers when Switch state has been changed by user interaction. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the Switch is `checked` or not. * When set to `true`, the Switch will be in `checked` state. * @default false */ checked?: boolean; /** * You can add custom styles to the Switch by using this property. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the Switch is `disabled` or not. * When set to `true`, the Switch will be in `disabled` state. * @default false */ disabled?: boolean; /** * Defines `name` attribute for the Switch. * It is used to reference form data (Switch value) after a form is submitted. * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * Specifies a text that indicates the Switch is in checked state. * @default '' */ onLabel?: string; /** * Specifies a text that indicates the Switch is in unchecked state. * @default '' */ offLabel?: string; /** * Defines `value` attribute for the Switch. * It is a form data passed to the server when submitting the form. * @default '' */ value?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-buttons/src/switch/switch.d.ts /** * The Switch is a graphical user interface element that allows you to toggle between checked and unchecked states. * ```html * * * ``` */ export class Switch extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private tagName; private isKeyPressed; private isDrag; private delegateMouseUpHandler; private delegateKeyDownHandler; private formElement; private initialSwitchCheckedValue; /** * Triggers when Switch state has been changed by user interaction. * @event */ change: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created: base.EmitType; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the Switch is `checked` or not. * When set to `true`, the Switch will be in `checked` state. * @default false */ checked: boolean; /** * You can add custom styles to the Switch by using this property. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the Switch is `disabled` or not. * When set to `true`, the Switch will be in `disabled` state. * @default false */ disabled: boolean; /** * Defines `name` attribute for the Switch. * It is used to reference form data (Switch value) after a form is submitted. * @default '' */ name: string; /** * Specifies a text that indicates the Switch is in checked state. * @default '' */ onLabel: string; /** * Specifies a text that indicates the Switch is in unchecked state. * @default '' */ offLabel: string; /** * Defines `value` attribute for the Switch. * It is a form data passed to the server when submitting the form. * @default '' */ value: string; /** * Constructor for creating the widget. * @private */ constructor(options?: SwitchModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement); private changeState; private clickHandler; /** * Destroys the Switch widget. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; private focusHandler; private focusOutHandler; /** * Gets the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Gets the properties to be maintained in the persistence state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; private getWrapper; private initialize; private initWrapper; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changes. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: SwitchModel, oldProp: SwitchModel): void; /** * Initialize Angular, React and Unique ID support. * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Initialize control rendering. * @private */ protected render(): void; private rippleHandler; private rippleTouchHandler; private setDisabled; private setLabel; private switchFocusHandler; private switchMouseUp; private formResetHandler; /** * Toggle the Switch component state into checked/unchecked. * @returns void */ toggle(): void; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; } } export namespace calendars { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/calendar/calendar-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class CalendarBase * @private */ export interface CalendarBaseModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Gets or sets the minimum date that can be selected in the Calendar. * @default new Date(1900, 00, 01) */ min?: Date; /** * Gets or sets the maximum date that can be selected in the Calendar. * @default new Date(2099, 11, 31) */ max?: Date; /** * Gets or sets the Calendar's first day of the week. By default, the first day of the week will be based on the current culture. * @default 0 * @aspType int * > For more details about firstDayOfWeek refer to * [`First day of week`](../../calendar/how-to/first-day-of-week#change-the-first-day-of-the-week) documentation. */ firstDayOfWeek?: number; /** * Gets or sets the Calendar's Type like gregorian or islamic. * @default Gregorian */ calendarMode?: CalendarType; /** * Specifies the initial view of the Calendar when it is opened. * With the help of this property, initial view can be changed to year or decade view. * @default Month * * * * * * * * * * *
* View
* Description
* Month
* Calendar view shows the days of the month.
* Year
* Calendar view shows the months of the year.
* Decade
* Calendar view shows the years of the decade.
* * > For more details about start refer to * [`calendarView`](../../calendar/calendar-views#view-restriction)documentation. */ start?: CalendarView; /** * Sets the maximum level of view such as month, year, and decade in the Calendar. * Depth view should be smaller than the start view to restrict its view navigation. * @default Month * * * * * * * * * * *
* view
* Description
* Month
* Calendar view shows up to the days of the month.
* Year
* Calendar view shows up to the months of the year.
* Decade
* Calendar view shows up to the years of the decade.
* * > For more details about depth refer to * [`calendarView`](../../calendar/calendar-views#view-restriction)documentation. */ depth?: CalendarView; /** * Determines whether the week number of the year is to be displayed in the calendar or not. * @default false * > For more details about weekNumber refer to * [`Calendar with week number`](../../calendar/how-to/week-number#render-the-calendar-with-week-numbers)documentation. */ weekNumber?: boolean; /**      * Specifies whether the today button is to be displayed or not.      * @default true      */ showTodayButton?: boolean; /**      * When set to true, enables RTL mode of the component that displays the content in the right-to-left direction.      * @default false      */ enableRtl?: boolean; /**      * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. value      * @default false      */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * Triggers when Calendar is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType; /**      * Triggers when Calendar is destroyed.      * @event      */ destroyed?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the Calendar is navigated to another level or within the same level of view. * @event */ navigated?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when each day cell of the Calendar is rendered. * @event */ renderDayCell?: base.EmitType; } /** * Interface for a class Calendar */ export interface CalendarModel extends CalendarBaseModel{ /** * Gets or sets the selected date of the Calendar. * @default null */ value?: Date; /** * Gets or sets multiple selected dates of the calendar. * @default null */ values?: Date[]; /** * Specifies the option to enable the multiple dates selection of the calendar. * @default false */ isMultiSelection?: boolean; /** * Triggers when the Calendar value is changed. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/calendar/calendar.d.ts /** * Specifies the view of the calendar. */ export type CalendarView = 'Month' | 'Year' | 'Decade'; export type CalendarType = 'Islamic' | 'Gregorian'; /** * * @private */ export class CalendarBase extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { protected headerElement: HTMLElement; protected contentElement: HTMLElement; private calendarEleCopy; protected table: HTMLElement; protected tableHeadElement: HTMLElement; protected tableBodyElement: Element; protected nextIcon: HTMLElement; protected previousIcon: HTMLElement; protected headerTitleElement: HTMLElement; protected todayElement: HTMLElement; protected footer: HTMLElement; protected keyboardModule: base.KeyboardEvents; protected globalize: base.Internationalization; islamicModule: Islamic; protected currentDate: Date; protected navigatedArgs: NavigatedEventArgs; protected renderDayCellArgs: RenderDayCellEventArgs; protected effect: string; protected previousDate: Date; protected previousValues: number; protected navigateHandler: Function; protected navigatePreviousHandler: Function; protected navigateNextHandler: Function; protected l10: base.L10n; protected todayDisabled: boolean; protected tabIndex: string; protected todayDate: Date; protected calendarElement: HTMLElement; protected keyConfigs: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Gets or sets the minimum date that can be selected in the Calendar. * @default new Date(1900, 00, 01) */ min: Date; /** * Gets or sets the maximum date that can be selected in the Calendar. * @default new Date(2099, 11, 31) */ max: Date; /** * Gets or sets the Calendar's first day of the week. By default, the first day of the week will be based on the current culture. * @default 0 * @aspType int * > For more details about firstDayOfWeek refer to * [`First day of week`](../../calendar/how-to/first-day-of-week#change-the-first-day-of-the-week) documentation. */ firstDayOfWeek: number; /** * Gets or sets the Calendar's Type like gregorian or islamic. * @default Gregorian */ calendarMode: CalendarType; /** * Specifies the initial view of the Calendar when it is opened. * With the help of this property, initial view can be changed to year or decade view. * @default Month * * * * * * * * * * *
* View
* Description
* Month
* Calendar view shows the days of the month.
* Year
* Calendar view shows the months of the year.
* Decade
* Calendar view shows the years of the decade.
* * > For more details about start refer to * [`calendarView`](../../calendar/calendar-views#view-restriction)documentation. */ start: CalendarView; /** * Sets the maximum level of view such as month, year, and decade in the Calendar. * Depth view should be smaller than the start view to restrict its view navigation. * @default Month * * * * * * * * * * *
* view
* Description
* Month
* Calendar view shows up to the days of the month.
* Year
* Calendar view shows up to the months of the year.
* Decade
* Calendar view shows up to the years of the decade.
* * > For more details about depth refer to * [`calendarView`](../../calendar/calendar-views#view-restriction)documentation. */ depth: CalendarView; /** * Determines whether the week number of the year is to be displayed in the calendar or not. * @default false * > For more details about weekNumber refer to * [`Calendar with week number`](../../calendar/how-to/week-number#render-the-calendar-with-week-numbers)documentation. */ weekNumber: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the today button is to be displayed or not. * @default true */ showTodayButton: boolean; /** * When set to true, enables RTL mode of the component that displays the content in the right-to-left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. value * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * Triggers when Calendar is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when Calendar is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the Calendar is navigated to another level or within the same level of view. * @event */ navigated: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when each day cell of the Calendar is rendered. * @event */ renderDayCell: base.EmitType; /** * Initialized new instance of Calendar Class. * Constructor for creating the widget * @param {CalendarModel} options? * @param {string|HTMLElement} element? */ constructor(options?: CalendarBaseModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * To Initialize the control rendering. * @returns void * @private */ protected render(): void; protected validateDate(value?: Date): void; protected minMaxUpdate(value?: Date): void; protected createHeader(): void; protected createContent(): void; protected getCultureValues(): string[]; protected createContentHeader(): void; protected createContentBody(): void; protected updateFooter(): void; protected createContentFooter(): void; protected wireEvents(): void; protected todayButtonClick(value?: Date): void; protected keyActionHandle(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs, value?: Date, multiSelection?: boolean): void; protected KeyboardNavigate(number: number, currentView: number, e: KeyboardEvent, max: Date, min: Date): void; /** * Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(value?: Date): void; protected minMaxDate(localDate: Date): Date; protected renderMonths(e?: Event, value?: Date): void; protected renderDays(currentDate: Date, e?: Event, value?: Date, multiSelection?: boolean, values?: Date[]): HTMLElement[]; protected updateFocus(otherMonth: boolean, disabled: boolean, localDate: Date, tableElement: HTMLElement, currentDate: Date): void; protected renderYears(e?: Event, value?: Date): void; protected renderDecades(e?: Event, value?: Date): void; protected dayCell(localDate: Date): HTMLElement; protected firstDay(date: Date): Date; protected lastDay(date: Date, view: number): Date; protected checkDateValue(value: Date): Date; protected findLastDay(date: Date): Date; protected removeTableHeadElement(): void; protected renderTemplate(elements: HTMLElement[], count: number, classNm: string, e?: Event, value?: Date): void; protected clickHandler(e: MouseEvent, value: Date): void; protected clickEventEmitter(e: MouseEvent): void; protected contentClick(e?: MouseEvent, view?: number, element?: Element, value?: Date): void; protected switchView(view: number, e?: Event, multiSelection?: boolean): void; /** * To get component name * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * Gets the properties to be maintained upon browser refresh. * @returns string */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: CalendarBaseModel, oldProp: CalendarBaseModel, multiSelection?: boolean, values?: Date[]): void; /** * values property updated with considered disabled dates of the calendar. */ protected validateValues(multiSelection?: boolean, values?: Date[]): void; protected setValueUpdate(): void; protected copyValues(values: Date[]): Date[]; protected titleUpdate(date: Date, view: string): void; protected setActiveDescendant(): string; protected iconHandler(): void; /** * Destroys the widget. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; protected title(e?: Event): void; protected getViewNumber(stringVal: string): number; protected navigateTitle(e?: Event): void; protected previous(): void; protected navigatePrevious(e: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent): void; protected next(): void; protected navigateNext(eve: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent): void; /** * This method is used to navigate to the month/year/decade view of the Calendar. * @param {string} view - Specifies the view of the Calendar. * @param {Date} date - Specifies the focused date in a view. * @returns void */ navigateTo(view: CalendarView, date: Date): void; /** * Gets the current view of the Calendar. * @returns string */ currentView(): string; protected getDateVal(date: Date, value: Date): boolean; protected getCultureObjects(ld: Object, c: string): Object; protected getWeek(d: Date): number; protected setStartDate(date: Date, time: number): void; protected addMonths(date: Date, i: number): void; protected addYears(date: Date, i: number): void; protected getIdValue(e: MouseEvent | TouchEvent | KeyboardEvent, element: Element): Date; protected selectDate(e: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs, date: Date, node: Element, multiSelection?: boolean, values?: Date[]): void; protected checkPresentDate(dates: Date, values: Date[]): boolean; protected setAriaActiveDescendant(): void; protected previousIconHandler(disabled: boolean): void; protected renderDayCellEvent(args: RenderDayCellEventArgs): void; protected navigatedEvent(eve: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent): void; protected triggerNavigate(event: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent): void; protected nextIconHandler(disabled: boolean): void; protected compare(startDate: Date, endDate: Date, modifier: number): number; protected isMinMaxRange(date: Date): boolean; protected isMonthYearRange(date: Date): boolean; protected compareYear(start: Date, end: Date): number; protected compareDecade(start: Date, end: Date): number; protected shiftArray(array: string[], i: number): string[]; protected addDay(date: Date, i: number, e: KeyboardEvent, max: Date, min: Date): void; protected findNextTD(date: Date, column: number, max: Date, min: Date): boolean; protected getMaxDays(d: Date): number; protected setDateDecade(date: Date, year: number): void; protected setDateYear(date: Date, value: Date): void; protected compareMonth(start: Date, end: Date): number; protected checkValue(inValue: string | Date | number): string; protected checkView(): void; } /** * Represents the Calendar component that allows the user to select a date. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * * ``` */ export class Calendar extends CalendarBase { protected changedArgs: ChangedEventArgs; protected changeHandler: Function; /** * Gets or sets the selected date of the Calendar. * @default null */ value: Date; /** * Gets or sets multiple selected dates of the calendar. * @default null */ values: Date[]; /** * Specifies the option to enable the multiple dates selection of the calendar. * @default false */ isMultiSelection: boolean; /** * Triggers when the Calendar value is changed. * @event */ change: base.EmitType; /** * Initialized new instance of Calendar Class. * Constructor for creating the widget * @param {CalendarModel} options? * @param {string|HTMLElement} element? */ constructor(options?: CalendarModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * To Initialize the control rendering. * @returns void * @private */ protected render(): void; protected formResetHandler(): void; protected validateDate(): void; protected minMaxUpdate(): void; protected todayButtonClick(): void; protected keyActionHandle(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; /** * Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; createContent(): void; protected minMaxDate(localDate: Date): Date; protected renderMonths(e?: Event): void; protected renderDays(currentDate: Date, e?: Event): HTMLElement[]; protected renderYears(e?: Event): void; protected renderDecades(e?: Event): void; protected renderTemplate(elements: HTMLElement[], count: number, classNm: string, e?: Event): void; protected clickHandler(e: MouseEvent): void; protected switchView(view: number, e?: Event): void; /** * To get component name * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Gets the properties to be maintained upon browser refresh. * @returns string */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: CalendarModel, oldProp: CalendarModel): void; /** * Destroys the widget. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; /** * This method is used to navigate to the month/year/decade view of the Calendar. * @param {string} view - Specifies the view of the Calendar. * @param {Date} date - Specifies the focused date in a view. * @returns void */ navigateTo(view: CalendarView, date: Date): void; /** * Gets the current view of the Calendar. * @returns string */ currentView(): string; /** * This method is used to add the single or multiple dates to the values property of the Calendar. * @param {Date || Date[]} dates - Specifies the date or dates to be added to the values property of the Calendar. * @returns void */ addDate(dates: Date | Date[]): void; /** * This method is used to remove the single or multiple dates from the values property of the Calendar. * @param {Date || Date[]} dates - Specifies the date or dates which need to be removed from the values property of the Calendar. * @returns void */ removeDate(dates: Date | Date[]): void; protected update(): void; protected selectDate(e: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs, date: Date, element: Element): void; protected changeEvent(e: Event): void; protected triggerChange(e: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent): void; } export interface NavigatedEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Defines the current view of the Calendar. */ view?: string; /** Defines the focused date in a view. */ date?: Date; /** * Specifies the original event arguments. */ event?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent | Event; } export interface RenderDayCellEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Specifies whether to disable the current date or not. */ isDisabled?: boolean; /** Specifies the day cell element. */ element?: HTMLElement; /** Defines the current date of the Calendar. */ date?: Date; /** Defines whether the current date is out of range (less than min or greater than max) or not. */ isOutOfRange?: boolean; } export interface ChangedEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Defines the selected date of the Calendar. */ value?: Date; /** Defines the multiple selected date of the Calendar. */ values?: Date[]; /** * Specifies the original event arguments. */ event?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent | Event; /** Defines the element. */ element?: HTMLElement | HTMLInputElement; /** * If the event is triggered by interaction, it returns true. Otherwise, it returns false. */ isInteracted?: boolean; } export interface IslamicObject { year: number; date: number; month: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/calendar/index.d.ts /** * Calendar modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/calendar/islamic.d.ts export class Islamic { constructor(instance: Calendar); private calendarInstance; getModuleName(): string; islamicTitleUpdate(date: Date, view: string): void; islamicRenderDays(currentDate: Date, value?: Date, multiSelection?: boolean, values?: Date[]): HTMLElement[]; islamicIconHandler(): void; islamicNext(): void; islamicPrevious(): void; islamicRenderYears(e?: Event, value?: Date): void; islamicRenderDecade(e?: Event, value?: Date): void; islamicDayCell(localDate: Date): HTMLElement; islamicRenderTemplate(elements: HTMLElement[], count: number, classNm: string, e?: Event, value?: Date): void; islamicCompareMonth(start: Date, end: Date): number; islamicCompare(startDate: Date, endDate: Date, modifier: number): number; getIslamicDate(date: Date): any; toGregorian(year: number, month: number, date: number): Date; hijriCompareYear(start: Date, end: Date): number; hijriCompareDecade(start: Date, end: Date): number; destroy(): void; protected islamicInValue(inValue: string | Date | number): string; } export interface IslamicDateArgs { year: number; date: number; month: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/datepicker/datepicker-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class DatePicker */ export interface DatePickerModel extends CalendarModel{ /** * Specifies the width of the DatePicker component. * @default null */ width?: number | string; /** * Specifies the root CSS class of the DatePicker that allows to * customize the appearance by overriding the styles. * @default null */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies the component to act as strict. So that, it allows to enter only a valid date value within a specified range or else it * will resets to previous value. By default, strictMode is in false. * it allows invalid or out-of-range date value with highlighted error class. * @default false * > For more details refer to * [`Strict Mode`](../../datepicker/strict-mode/) documentation. */ strictMode?: boolean; /** * Specifies the format of the value that to be displayed in component. By default, the format is based on the culture. * @default null * @aspType string */ format?: string | FormatObject; /** * Specifies the component to be disabled or not. * @default true */ enabled?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets multiple selected dates of the calendar. * @default null * @private */ values?: Date[]; /** * Specifies the option to enable the multiple dates selection of the calendar. * @default false * @private */ isMultiSelection?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon in textbox. * @default true */ showClearButton?: boolean; /** * > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from * [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#datepicker). * * Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can select the value from the * popup and cannot edit in the input textbox. * @default true */ allowEdit?: boolean; /**      * When set to true, enables RTL mode of the component that displays the content in the right-to-left direction.      * @default false      */ enableRtl?: boolean; /**      * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. value      * @default false      */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * specifies the z-index value of the datePicker popup element. * @default 1000 * @aspType int */ zIndex?: number; /** * Specifies the component in readonly state. When the Component is readonly it does not allow user input. * @default false */ readonly?: boolean; /** * Specifies the placeholder text that displayed in textbox. * @default null */ placeholder?: string; /** * Specifies the placeholder text to be floated. * Possible values are: * Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available. * Always: The floating label will always float above the input. * Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType * @isEnumeration true */ floatLabelType?: inputs.FloatLabelType | string; /** * Triggers when the popup is opened. * @event */ open?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the popup is closed. * @event */ close?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the input loses the focus. * @event */ blur?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the input gets focus. * @event */ focus?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the component is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType; /**      * Triggers when the component is destroyed.      * @event      */ destroyed?: base.EmitType; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/datepicker/datepicker.d.ts export interface FormatObject { skeleton?: string; } /** * Represents the DatePicker component that allows user to select * or enter a date value. * ```html * * ``` * ```typescript * * ``` */ export class DatePicker extends Calendar implements inputs.IInput { protected popupObj: popups.Popup; protected inputWrapper: inputs.InputObject; private modal; protected inputElement: HTMLInputElement; protected popupWrapper: HTMLElement; protected changedArgs: ChangedEventArgs; protected previousDate: Date; private keyboardModules; private calendarKeyboardModules; protected previousElementValue: string; protected ngTag: string; protected dateTimeFormat: string; protected inputElementCopy: HTMLElement; protected inputValueCopy: Date; protected l10n: base.L10n; protected preventArgs: PopupObjectArgs; private isDateIconClicked; protected isAltKeyPressed: boolean; private index; private formElement; protected invalidValueString: string; private checkPreviousValue; protected formatString: string; protected tabIndex: string; protected keyConfigs: { [key: string]: string; }; protected calendarKeyConfigs: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Specifies the width of the DatePicker component. * @default null */ width: number | string; /** * Specifies the root CSS class of the DatePicker that allows to * customize the appearance by overriding the styles. * @default null */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies the component to act as strict. So that, it allows to enter only a valid date value within a specified range or else it * will resets to previous value. By default, strictMode is in false. * it allows invalid or out-of-range date value with highlighted error class. * @default false * > For more details refer to * [`Strict Mode`](../../datepicker/strict-mode/) documentation. */ strictMode: boolean; /** * Specifies the format of the value that to be displayed in component. By default, the format is based on the culture. * @default null * @aspType string */ format: string | FormatObject; /** * Specifies the component to be disabled or not. * @default true */ enabled: boolean; /** * Gets or sets multiple selected dates of the calendar. * @default null * @private */ values: Date[]; /** * Specifies the option to enable the multiple dates selection of the calendar. * @default false * @private */ isMultiSelection: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon in textbox. * @default true */ showClearButton: boolean; /** * > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from * [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#datepicker). * * Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can select the value from the * popup and cannot edit in the input textbox. * @default true */ allowEdit: boolean; /** * When set to true, enables RTL mode of the component that displays the content in the right-to-left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. value * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * specifies the z-index value of the datePicker popup element. * @default 1000 * @aspType int */ zIndex: number; /** * Specifies the component in readonly state. When the Component is readonly it does not allow user input. * @default false */ readonly: boolean; /** * Specifies the placeholder text that displayed in textbox. * @default null */ placeholder: string; /** * Specifies the placeholder text to be floated. * Possible values are: * Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available. * Always: The floating label will always float above the input. * Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType * @isEnumeration true */ floatLabelType: inputs.FloatLabelType | string; /** * Triggers when the popup is opened. * @event */ open: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the popup is closed. * @event */ close: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the input loses the focus. * @event */ blur: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the input gets focus. * @event */ focus: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the component is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType; /** * Constructor for creating the widget. */ constructor(options?: DatePickerModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement); /** * To Initialize the control rendering. * @return void * @private */ render(): void; private setAllowEdit; private updateIconState; private initialize; private createInput; protected updateInput(): void; protected minMaxUpdates(): void; private checkStringValue; protected checkInvalidValue(value: Date): void; protected bindEvents(): void; protected resetFormHandler(): void; protected restoreValue(): void; private inputChangeHandler; private bindClearEvent; protected resetHandler(e?: MouseEvent): void; private clear; private dateIconHandler; private CalendarKeyActionHandle; private inputFocusHandler; private inputBlurHandler; private documentHandler; protected inputKeyActionHandle(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected defaultAction(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected popupUpdate(): void; protected strictModeUpdate(): void; private createCalendar; private modelHeader; protected changeTrigger(event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent): void; protected navigatedEvent(): void; protected changeEvent(event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | Event): void; requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; protected selectCalendar(e?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | Event): void; protected isCalendar(): boolean; protected setWidth(width: number | string): void; /** * Shows the Calendar. * @returns void */ show(type?: null | string, e?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; /** * Hide the Calendar. * @returns void */ hide(event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | Event): void; /** * Sets the focus to widget for interaction. * @returns void */ focusIn(triggerEvent?: boolean): void; /** * Remove the focus from widget, if the widget is in focus state. * @returns void */ focusOut(): void; /** * Gets the current view of the DatePicker. * @returns string */ currentView(): string; /** * Navigates to specified month or year or decade view of the DatePicker. * @param {string} view - Specifies the view of the calendar. * @param {Date} date - Specifies the focused date in a view. * @returns void */ navigateTo(view: CalendarView, date: Date): void; /** * To destroy the widget. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; protected ensureInputAttribute(): void; /** * Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; protected validationAttribute(target: HTMLElement, inputElement: Element): void; protected checkFormat(): void; private checkHtmlAttributes; /** * To get component name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; private disabledDates; private setAriaAttributes; protected errorClass(): void; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: DatePickerModel, oldProp: DatePickerModel): void; } export interface PopupObjectArgs { /** Prevents the default action */ preventDefault?: Function; /** Defines the DatePicker popup element. */ popup?: popups.Popup; /** * Illustrates whether the current action needs to be prevented or not. */ cancel?: boolean; /** * Specifies the original event arguments. */ event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | Event; /** * Specifies the node to which the popup element to be appended. */ appendTo?: HTMLElement; } export interface PreventableEventArgs { /** Prevents the default action */ preventDefault?: Function; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/datepicker/index.d.ts /** * Datepicker modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/daterangepicker/daterangepicker-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Presets */ export interface PresetsModel { /** * Defines the label string of the preset range. */ label?: string; /** * Defines the start date of the preset range. */ start?: Date; /** * Defines the end date of the preset range */ end?: Date; } /** * Interface for a class DateRangePicker */ export interface DateRangePickerModel extends CalendarBaseModel{ /** * Gets or sets the start and end date of the Calendar. * @default null */ value?: Date[] | DateRange; /**      * Enable or disable the persisting component's state between the page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. startDate * 2. endDate * 3. value      * @default false      */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * Specifies the DateRangePicker in RTL mode that displays the content in the right-to-left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the minimum date that can be selected in the calendar-popup. * @default new Date(1900, 00, 01) */ min?: Date; /** * Gets or sets the maximum date that can be selected in the calendar-popup. * @default new Date(2099, 11, 31) */ max?: Date; /** * Overrides the global culture and localization value for this component. Default global culture is 'en-US'. * @default 'en-US' */ locale?: string; /** * Gets or sets the Calendar's first day of the week. By default, the first day of the week will be based on the current culture. * > For more details about firstDayOfWeek refer to * [`First day of week`](../../daterangepicker/customization#first-day-of-week) documentation. * @default null */ firstDayOfWeek?: number; /** * Determines whether the week number of the Calendar is to be displayed or not. * The week number is displayed in every week row. * > For more details about weekNumber refer to * [`Calendar with week number`](../../calendar/how-to/week-number#render-the-calendar-with-week-numbers)documentation. * @default false */ weekNumber?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the Calendar's Type like gregorian or islamic. * @default Gregorian * @private */ calendarMode?: CalendarType; /** * Triggers when Calendar is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType; /**      * Triggers when Calendar is destroyed.      * @event      */ destroyed?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the Calendar value is changed. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the Calendar is navigated to another view or within the same level of view. * @event */ navigated?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when each day cell of the Calendar is rendered. * @event */ renderDayCell?: base.EmitType; /** * Gets or sets the start date of the date range selection. * @default null */ startDate?: Date; /** * Gets or sets the end date of the date range selection. * @default null */ endDate?: Date; /** * Set the predefined ranges which let the user pick required range easily in a component. * > For more details refer to * [`Preset Ranges`](../../daterangepicker/customization#preset-ranges) documentation. * @default null */ presets?: PresetsModel[]; /** * Specifies the width of the DateRangePicker component. * @default '' */ width?: number | string; /** * specifies the z-index value of the dateRangePicker popup element. * @default 1000 * @aspType int */ zIndex?: number; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon * @default true */ showClearButton?: boolean; /**      * Specifies whether the today button is to be displayed or not.      * @default true * @hidden      */ showTodayButton?: boolean; /** * Specifies the initial view of the Calendar when it is opened. * With the help of this property, initial view can be changed to year or decade view. * @default Month */ start?: CalendarView; /** * Sets the maximum level of view (month, year, decade) in the Calendar. * Depth view should be smaller than the start view to restrict its view navigation. * @default Month */ depth?: CalendarView; /** * Sets the root CSS class to the DateRangePicker which allows you to customize the appearance. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Sets or gets the string that used between the start and end date string. * @default '-' */ separator?: string; /** * Specifies the minimum span of days that can be allowed in date range selection. * > For more details refer to * [`Range Span`] (../../daterangepicker/range-restriction#range-span) documentation. * @default null * @aspType int */ minDays?: number; /** * Specifies the maximum span of days that can be allowed in a date range selection. * > For more details refer to * [`Range Span`](../../daterangepicker/range-restriction#range-span) documentation. * @default null * @aspType int */ maxDays?: number; /** * Specifies the component to act as strict which allows entering only a valid date range in a DateRangePicker. * > For more details refer to * [`Strict Mode`](../../daterangepicker/range-restriction#strict-mode)documentation. * @default false */ strictMode?: boolean; /** * Sets or gets the required date format to the start and end date string. * > For more details refer to * [`Format`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/demos/#/material/daterangepicker/format.html)sample. * @aspType string * @default null */ format?: string | RangeFormatObject; /** * Specifies the component to be disabled which prevents the DateRangePicker from user interactions. * @default true */ enabled?: boolean; /** * Denies the editing the ranges in the DateRangePicker component. * @default false */ readonly?: boolean; /** * > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from * [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#daterangepicker). * * Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can base.select the value from the * popup and cannot edit in the input textbox. * @default true */ allowEdit?: boolean; /** * Specifies the placeholder text to be floated. * Possible values are: * Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available. * Always: The floating label will always float above the input. * Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType * @isEnumeration true */ floatLabelType?: inputs.FloatLabelType | string; /** * Specifies the placeholder text that need to be displayed in the DateRangePicker component. * * @default null */ placeholder?: string; /** * Triggers when the DateRangePicker is opened. * @event */ open?: base.EmitType; /**      * Triggers when the DateRangePicker is closed.      * @event      */ close?: base.EmitType; /**      * Triggers on selecting the start and end date.      * @event      */ select?: base.EmitType; /**      * Triggers when the control gets focus.      * @event      */ focus?: base.EmitType; /**      * Triggers when the control loses the focus.      * @event      */ blur?: base.EmitType; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/daterangepicker/daterangepicker.d.ts export class Presets extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Defines the label string of the preset range. */ label: string; /** * Defines the start date of the preset range. */ start: Date; /** * Defines the end date of the preset range */ end: Date; } export interface DateRange { /** Defines the start date */ start?: Date; /** Defines the end date */ end?: Date; } export interface RangeEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Defines the value */ value?: Date[] | DateRange; /** Defines the value string in the input element */ text?: string; /** Defines the start date */ startDate?: Date; /** Defines the end date */ endDate?: Date; /** Defines the day span between the range */ daySpan?: number; /** Specifies the element. */ element?: HTMLElement | HTMLInputElement; /** * Specifies the original event arguments. */ event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | TouchEvent | Event; /** * If the event is triggered by interaction, it returns true. Otherwise, it returns false. */ isInteracted?: boolean; } export interface RangePopupEventArgs { /** Defines the range string in the input element */ date: string; /** Defines the DateRangePicker model */ model: DateRangePickerModel; /** * Illustrates whether the current action needs to be prevented or not. */ cancel?: boolean; /** Defines the DatePicker popup object. */ popup?: popups.Popup; /** * Specifies the original event arguments. */ event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | Event; /** * Specifies the node to which the popup element to be appended. */ appendTo?: HTMLElement; } export interface RangeFormatObject { skeleton?: string; } /** * Represents the DateRangePicker component that allows user to select the date range from the calendar * or entering the range through the input element. * ```html * * ``` * ```typescript * * ``` */ export class DateRangePicker extends CalendarBase { private popupObj; private inputWrapper; private popupWrapper; private rightCalendar; private leftCalendar; private deviceCalendar; private leftCalCurrentDate; private initStartDate; private initEndDate; private startValue; private endValue; private modelValue; private rightCalCurrentDate; private leftCalPrevIcon; private leftCalNextIcon; private leftTitle; private rightTitle; private rightCalPrevIcon; private rightCalNextIcon; private inputKeyboardModule; protected leftKeyboardModule: base.KeyboardEvents; protected rightKeyboardModule: base.KeyboardEvents; private previousStartValue; private previousEndValue; private applyButton; private cancelButton; private startButton; private endButton; private cloneElement; private l10n; private isCustomRange; private isCustomWindow; private presetsItem; private liCollections; private activeIndex; private presetElement; private previousEleValue; private targetElement; private disabledDayCnt; private angularTag; private inputElement; private modal; private firstHiddenChild; private secondHiddenChild; private isKeyPopup; private dateDisabled; private navNextFunction; private navPrevFunction; private deviceNavNextFunction; private deviceNavPrevFunction; private isRangeIconClicked; private isMaxDaysClicked; private popupKeyboardModule; private presetKeyboardModule; private btnKeyboardModule; private virtualRenderCellArgs; private disabledDays; private isMobile; private presetKeyConfig; private keyInputConfigs; private defaultConstant; private preventBlur; private preventFocus; private valueType; private closeEventArgs; private openEventArgs; private controlDown; private startCopy; private endCopy; private formElement; private formatString; protected tabIndex: string; private invalidValueString; /** * Gets or sets the start and end date of the Calendar. * @default null */ value: Date[] | DateRange; /** * Enable or disable the persisting component's state between the page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. startDate * 2. endDate * 3. value * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * Specifies the DateRangePicker in RTL mode that displays the content in the right-to-left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the minimum date that can be selected in the calendar-popup. * @default new Date(1900, 00, 01) */ min: Date; /** * Gets or sets the maximum date that can be selected in the calendar-popup. * @default new Date(2099, 11, 31) */ max: Date; /** * Overrides the global culture and localization value for this component. Default global culture is 'en-US'. * @default 'en-US' */ locale: string; /** * Gets or sets the Calendar's first day of the week. By default, the first day of the week will be based on the current culture. * > For more details about firstDayOfWeek refer to * [`First day of week`](../../daterangepicker/customization#first-day-of-week) documentation. * @default null */ firstDayOfWeek: number; /** * Determines whether the week number of the Calendar is to be displayed or not. * The week number is displayed in every week row. * > For more details about weekNumber refer to * [`Calendar with week number`](../../calendar/how-to/week-number#render-the-calendar-with-week-numbers)documentation. * @default false */ weekNumber: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the Calendar's Type like gregorian or islamic. * @default Gregorian * @private */ calendarMode: CalendarType; /** * Triggers when Calendar is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when Calendar is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the Calendar value is changed. * @event */ change: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the Calendar is navigated to another view or within the same level of view. * @event */ navigated: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when each day cell of the Calendar is rendered. * @event */ renderDayCell: base.EmitType; /** * Gets or sets the start date of the date range selection. * @default null */ startDate: Date; /** * Gets or sets the end date of the date range selection. * @default null */ endDate: Date; /** * Set the$ predefined ranges which let the user pick required range easily in a component. * > For more details refer to * [`Preset Ranges`](../../daterangepicker/customization#preset-ranges) documentation. * @default null */ presets: PresetsModel[]; /** * Specifies the width of the DateRangePicker component. * @default '' */ width: number | string; /** * specifies the z-index value of the dateRangePicker popup element. * @default 1000 * @aspType int */ zIndex: number; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon * @default true */ showClearButton: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the today button is to be displayed or not. * @default true * @hidden */ showTodayButton: boolean; /** * Specifies the initial view of the Calendar when it is opened. * With the help of this property, initial view can be changed to year or decade view. * @default Month */ start: CalendarView; /** * Sets the maximum level of view (month, year, decade) in the Calendar. * Depth view should be smaller than the start view to restrict its view navigation. * @default Month */ depth: CalendarView; /** * Sets the root CSS class to the DateRangePicker which allows you to customize the appearance. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Sets or gets the string that used between the start and end date string. * @default '-' */ separator: string; /** * Specifies the minimum span of days that can be allowed in date range selection. * > For more details refer to * [`Range Span`] (../../daterangepicker/range-restriction#range-span) documentation. * @default null * @aspType int */ minDays: number; /** * Specifies the maximum span of days that can be allowed in a date range selection. * > For more details refer to * [`Range Span`](../../daterangepicker/range-restriction#range-span) documentation. * @default null * @aspType int */ maxDays: number; /** * Specifies the component to act as strict which allows entering only a valid date range in a DateRangePicker. * > For more details refer to * [`Strict Mode`](../../daterangepicker/range-restriction#strict-mode)documentation. * @default false */ strictMode: boolean; /** * Sets or gets the required date format to the start and end date string. * > For more details refer to * [`Format`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/demos/#/material/daterangepicker/format.html)sample. * @aspType string * @default null */ format: string | RangeFormatObject; /** * Specifies the component to be disabled which prevents the DateRangePicker from user interactions. * @default true */ enabled: boolean; /** * Denies the editing the ranges in the DateRangePicker component. * @default false */ readonly: boolean; /** * > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from * [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#daterangepicker). * * Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can select the value from the * popup and cannot edit in the input textbox. * @default true */ allowEdit: boolean; /** * Specifies the placeholder text to be floated. * Possible values are: * Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available. * Always: The floating label will always float above the input. * Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType * @isEnumeration true */ floatLabelType: inputs.FloatLabelType | string; /** * Specifies the placeholder text that need to be displayed in the DateRangePicker component. * * @default null */ placeholder: string; /** * Triggers when the DateRangePicker is opened. * @event */ open: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the DateRangePicker is closed. * @event */ close: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on selecting the start and end date. * @event */ select: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the control gets focus. * @event */ focus: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the control loses the focus. * @event */ blur: base.EmitType; /** * Constructor for creating the widget */ constructor(options?: DateRangePickerModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement); /** * To Initialize the control rendering. * @return void * @private */ protected render(): void; /** * Initialize the event handler * @returns void * @private */ protected preRender(): void; private updateValue; private initProperty; protected checkFormat(): void; private initialize; private setRangeAllowEdit; protected validationAttribute(element: HTMLElement, input: Element): void; private processPresets; protected bindEvents(): void; private updateHiddenInput; private inputChangeHandler; private bindClearEvent; protected resetHandler(e: MouseEvent): void; private restoreValue; protected formResetHandler(e: MouseEvent): void; private clear; private rangeIconHandler; private checkHtmlAttributes; private createPopup; private renderControl; private clearCalendarEvents; private updateNavIcons; private calendarIconEvent; private bindCalendarEvents; private calendarIconRipple; private deviceCalendarEvent; private deviceNavNext; private deviceNavPrevious; private updateDeviceCalendar; private deviceHeaderClick; private inputFocusHandler; private inputBlurHandler; private clearRange; private errorClass; private keyCalendarUpdate; private navInCalendar; private keyInputHandler; private keyNavigation; private inputHandler; private bindCalendarCellEvents; private removeFocusedDate; private hoverSelection; private isSameStartEnd; private updateRange; private checkMinMaxDays; private rangeArgs; private otherMonthSelect; private selectRange; private selectableDates; private updateMinMaxDays; private removeClassDisabled; private updateHeader; private removeSelection; private addSelectedAttributes; private removeSelectedAttributes; private updateCalendarElement; private navPrevMonth; private deviceNavigation; private updateControl; private navNextMonth; private compareMonths; private compareYears; private compareDecades; private isPopupOpen; protected createRangeHeader(): HTMLElement; private disableInput; private validateMinMax; private validateRangeStrict; private validateRange; private validateMinMaxDays; private renderCalendar; private isSameMonth; private isSameYear; private isSameDecade; private startMonthCurrentDate; private selectNextMonth; private selectNextYear; private selectNextDecade; private selectStartMonth; private createCalendar; private leftNavTitle; private calendarNavigation; private rightNavTitle; protected clickEventEmitter(e: MouseEvent): void; /** * Gets the current view of the Calendar. * @returns string * @private * @hidden */ currentView(): string; protected getCalendarView(view: string): CalendarView; protected navigatedEvent(e: MouseEvent): void; private createControl; private cancelFunction; private deviceHeaderUpdate; private applyFunction; private onMouseClick; private onMouseOver; private onMouseLeave; private setListSelection; private removeListSelection; private setValue; private applyPresetRange; private showPopup; private renderCustomPopup; private listRippleEffect; private createPresets; private wireListEvents; private unWireListEvents; private renderPopup; protected popupCloseHandler(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; private calendarFocus; private presetHeight; private presetKeyActionHandler; private listMoveDown; private listMoveUp; private getHoverLI; private getActiveLI; private popupKeyBoardHandler; private setScrollPosition; private popupKeyActionHandle; private documentHandler; private createInput; private setEleWidth; private refreshControl; private updateInput; protected checkInvalidRange(value: String | DateRange | Date[]): void; private getstringvalue; private checkInvalidValue; private isDateDisabled; private disabledDateRender; private virtualRenderCellEvent; private disabledDates; private setModelValue; /** * To dispatch the event manually */ protected dispatchEvent(element: HTMLElement, type: string): void; private changeTrigger; /** * This method is used to navigate to the month/year/decade view of the Calendar. * @param {string} view - Specifies the view of the Calendar. * @param {Date} date - Specifies the focused date in a view. * @returns void * @hidden */ navigateTo(view: CalendarView, date: Date): void; private navigate; /** * Sets the focus to widget for interaction. * @returns void */ focusIn(): void; /** * Remove the focus from widget, if the widget is in focus state. * @returns void */ focusOut(): void; /** * To destroy the widget. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; protected ensureInputAttribute(): void; /** * To get component name * @returns string * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Return the properties that are maintained upon browser refresh. * @returns string */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Return the selected range and day span in the DateRangePicker. * @returns Object */ getSelectedRange(): Object; /** * To open the popups.Popup container in the DateRangePicker component. * @returns void */ show(element?: HTMLElement, event?: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs | Event): void; /** * To close the popups.Popup container in the DateRangePicker component. * @returns void */ hide(event?: base.KeyboardEventArgs | MouseEvent | Event): void; private setLocale; private refreshChange; private setDate; private enableInput; private clearModelvalue; private createHiddenInput; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: DateRangePickerModel, oldProp: DateRangePickerModel): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/daterangepicker/index.d.ts /** * DateRangePicker modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/datetimepicker/datetimepicker-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class DateTimePicker */ export interface DateTimePickerModel extends DatePickerModel{ /** * Specifies the format of the time value that to be displayed in time popup list. * @default null */ timeFormat?: string; /** * Specifies the time interval between the two adjacent time values in the time popup list . * @default 30 */ step?: number; /** * Specifies the scroll bar position if there is no value is selected in the timepicker popup list or * the given value is not present in the timepicker popup list. * @default null */ scrollTo?: Date; /** * specifies the z-index value of the popup element. * @default 1000 * @aspType int */ zIndex?: number; /**      * When set to true, enables RTL mode of the component that displays the content in the right-to-left direction.      * @default false      */ enableRtl?: boolean; /**      * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. value      * @default false      */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from * [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#datetimepicker). * * Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can select the value from the * popup and cannot edit in the input textbox. * @default true */ allowEdit?: boolean; /** * Specifies the option to enable the multiple dates selection of the calendar. * @default false * @private */ isMultiSelection?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets multiple selected dates of the calendar. * @default null * @private */ values?: Date[]; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon in textbox. * @default true */ showClearButton?: boolean; /** * Specifies the placeholder text that to be is displayed in textbox. * @default null */ placeholder?: string; /** * Specifies the component to act as strict. So that, it allows to enter only a valid * date and time value within a specified range or else it * will resets to previous value. By default, strictMode is in false. * it allows invalid or out-of-range value with highlighted error class. * @default false * > For more details refer to * [`Strict Mode`](../../datetimepicker/strict-mode/) documentation. */ strictMode?: boolean; /** * Triggers when popup is opened. * @event */ open?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when popup is closed. * @event */ close?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when input loses the focus. * @event */ blur?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when input gets focus. * @event */ focus?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when DateTimePicker is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType; /**      * Triggers when DateTimePicker is destroyed.      * @event      */ destroyed?: base.EmitType; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/datetimepicker/datetimepicker.d.ts /** * Represents the DateTimePicker component that allows user to select * or enter a date time value. * ```html * * ``` * ```typescript * * ``` */ export class DateTimePicker extends DatePicker { private timeIcon; private cloneElement; private dateTimeWrapper; private rippleFn; private listWrapper; private liCollections; private timeCollections; private listTag; private selectedElement; private containerStyle; private popupObject; protected timeModal: HTMLElement; private isNavigate; protected isPreventBlur: Boolean; private timeValue; protected l10n: base.L10n; private keyboardHandler; protected inputEvent: base.KeyboardEvents; private activeIndex; private valueWithMinutes; private previousDateTime; private initValue; protected tabIndex: string; private isValidState; protected timekeyConfigure: { [key: string]: string; }; protected preventArgs: PopupObjectArgs; /** * Specifies the format of the time value that to be displayed in time popup list. * @default null */ timeFormat: string; /** * Specifies the time interval between the two adjacent time values in the time popup list . * @default 30 */ step: number; /** * Specifies the scroll bar position if there is no value is selected in the timepicker popup list or * the given value is not present in the timepicker popup list. * @default null */ scrollTo: Date; /** * specifies the z-index value of the popup element. * @default 1000 * @aspType int */ zIndex: number; /** * When set to true, enables RTL mode of the component that displays the content in the right-to-left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. value * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from * [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#datetimepicker). * * Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can select the value from the * popup and cannot edit in the input textbox. * @default true */ allowEdit: boolean; /** * Specifies the option to enable the multiple dates selection of the calendar. * @default false * @private */ isMultiSelection: boolean; /** * Gets or sets multiple selected dates of the calendar. * @default null * @private */ values: Date[]; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon in textbox. * @default true */ showClearButton: boolean; /** * Specifies the placeholder text that to be is displayed in textbox. * @default null */ placeholder: string; /** * Specifies the component to act as strict. So that, it allows to enter only a valid * date and time value within a specified range or else it * will resets to previous value. By default, strictMode is in false. * it allows invalid or out-of-range value with highlighted error class. * @default false * > For more details refer to * [`Strict Mode`](../../datetimepicker/strict-mode/) documentation. */ strictMode: boolean; /** * Triggers when popup is opened. * @event */ open: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when popup is closed. * @event */ close: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when input loses the focus. * @event */ blur: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when input gets focus. * @event */ focus: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when DateTimePicker is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when DateTimePicker is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType; /** * Constructor for creating the widget */ constructor(options?: DateTimePickerModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement); private focusHandler; /** * Sets the focus to widget for interaction. * @returns void */ focusIn(): void; /** * Remove the focus from widget, if the widget is in focus state. * @returns void */ focusOut(): void; protected blurHandler(e: MouseEvent): void; /** * To destroy the widget. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; /** * To Initialize the control rendering. * @return void * @private */ render(): void; private setValue; private validateMinMaxRange; private checkValidState; private checkErrorState; private validateValue; private disablePopupButton; private getFormattedValue; private isDateObject; private createInputElement; private renderTimeIcon; private bindInputEvents; private unBindInputEvents; private cldrTimeFormat; private cldrDateTimeFormat; private getCldrFormat; private isNullOrEmpty; protected getCultureTimeObject(ld: Object, c: string): Object; private timeHandler; private dateHandler; show(type?: string, e?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; toggle(e?: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; private listCreation; private popupCreation; private openPopup; private documentClickHandler; private isTimePopupOpen; private isDatePopupOpen; private renderPopup; private setDimension; private setPopupWidth; protected wireTimeListEvents(): void; protected unWireTimeListEvents(): void; private onMouseOver; private onMouseLeave; private setTimeHover; protected getPopupHeight(): number; protected changeEvent(e: Event): void; private updateValue; private setTimeScrollPosition; private findScrollTop; private setScrollTo; private setInputValue; private getFullDateTime; private combineDateTime; private onMouseClick; private setSelection; private setTimeActiveClass; private setTimeActiveDescendant; protected addTimeSelection(): void; protected removeTimeSelection(): void; protected removeTimeHover(className: string): void; protected getTimeHoverItem(className: string): Element[]; protected isValidLI(li: Element | HTMLElement): boolean; private calculateStartEnd; private startTime; private endTime; hide(e?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent | Event): void; private closePopup; protected preRender(): void; protected getProperty(date: DateTimePickerModel, val: string): void; protected checkAttributes(): void; requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; private getTimeActiveElement; protected createDateObj(val: Date | string): Date; private getDateObject; protected findNextTimeElement(event: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected setTimeValue(date: Date, value: Date): Date; protected timeElementValue(value: Date): Date; protected timeKeyHandler(event: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected TimeKeyActionHandle(event: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected inputKeyAction(event: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; onPropertyChanged(newProp: DateTimePickerModel, oldProp: DateTimePickerModel): void; /** * To get component name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; protected restoreValue(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/datetimepicker/index.d.ts /** * DateTimePicker modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/index.d.ts /** * Calendar all modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/timepicker/index.d.ts /** * TimePicker modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/timepicker/timepicker-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class TimePicker */ export interface TimePickerModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Gets or sets the width of the TimePicker component. The width of the popup is based on the width of the component. * @default null */ width?: string | number; /** * Specifies the root CSS class of the TimePicker that allows to * customize the appearance by overriding the styles. * @default null */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies the component to act as strict so that, it allows to enter only a valid time value within a specified range or else * resets to previous value. By default, strictMode is in false. * > For more details refer to * [`Strict Mode`](../../timepicker/strict-mode/) documentation. * @default false */ strictMode?: boolean; /** * Specifies the format of value that is to be displayed in component. By default, the format is * based on the culture. * > For more details refer to * [`Format`](../../timepicker/getting-started#setting-the-time-format) documentation. * @default null * @aspType string */ format?: string | TimeFormatObject; /** * Specifies whether the component to be disabled or not. * @default true */ enabled?: boolean; /** * Specifies the component in readonly state. * @default false */ readonly?: boolean; /** * Specifies the placeholder text to be floated. * Possible values are: * Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available. * Always: The floating label will always float above the input. * Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType * @isEnumeration true */ floatLabelType?: inputs.FloatLabelType | string; /** * Specifies the placeholder text that is displayed in textbox. * @default null */ placeholder?: string; /** * specifies the z-index value of the timePicker popup element. * @default 1000 * @aspType int */ zIndex?: number; /** * Enable or disable the persisting component's state between the page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. Value      * @default false      */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon. * @default true */ showClearButton?: boolean; /** * Specifies the time interval between the two adjacent time values in the popup list. * > For more details refer to * [`Format`](../../timepicker/getting-started#setting-the-time-format)documentation. * @default 30 * */ step?: number; /** * Specifies the scroll bar position if there is no value is selected in the popup list or * the given value is not present in the popup list. * > For more details refer to * [`Time Duration`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/demos/#/material/timepicker/list-formatting.html) sample. * @default null */ scrollTo?: Date; /** * Gets or sets the value of the component. The value is parsed based on the culture specific time format. * @default null */ value?: Date; /** * Gets or sets the minimum time value that can be allowed to select in TimePicker. * > For more details refer to * [`Time Range`](../../timepicker/time-range/) documentation. * @default 00:00 */ min?: Date; /** * Gets or sets the maximum time value that can be allowed to select in TimePicker. * > For more details refer to * [`Time Range`](../../timepicker/time-range/) documentation. * @default 00:00 */ max?: Date; /** * > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from * [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#timepicker). * * Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can select the value from the * popup and cannot edit in the input textbox. * @default true */ allowEdit?: boolean; /** * Specifies the TimePicker in RTL mode that displays the content in the right-to-left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Triggers when the value is changed. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the component is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the popup is opened. * @event */ open?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers while rendering the each popup list item. * @event */ itemRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the popup is closed. * @event */ close?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the control loses the focus. * @event */ blur?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the control gets focused. * @event */ focus?: base.EmitType; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-calendars/src/timepicker/timepicker.d.ts export interface ChangeEventArgs { /** Defines the boolean that returns true when the value is changed by user interaction, otherwise returns false. */ isInteracted?: boolean; /** Defines the selected time value of the TimePicker. */ value?: Date; /** Defines the selected time value as string. */ text?: string; /** Defines the original event arguments. */ event?: base.KeyboardEventArgs | FocusEvent | MouseEvent | Event; /** Defines the element */ element: HTMLInputElement | HTMLElement; } /** * Interface for before list item render . */ export interface ItemEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Defines the created LI element. */ element: HTMLElement; /** Defines the displayed text value in a popup list. */ text: string; /** Defines the Date object of displayed text in a popup list. */ value: Date; /** Specifies whether to disable the current time value or not. */ isDisabled: Boolean; } export interface CursorPositionDetails { /** Defines the text selection starting position. */ start: number; /** Defines the text selection end position. */ end: number; } export interface MeridianText { /** Defines the culture specific meridian text for AM. */ am: string; /** Defines the culture specific meridian text for PM. */ pm: string; } export interface TimeFormatObject { skeleton?: string; } export interface PopupEventArgs { /** Specifies the name of the event */ name?: string; /** * Illustrates whether the current action needs to be prevented or not. */ cancel?: boolean; /** Defines the TimePicker popup object. */ popup?: popups.Popup; /** * Specifies the original event arguments. */ event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | FocusEvent | Event; /** * Specifies the node to which the popup element to be appended. */ appendTo?: HTMLElement; } export namespace TimePickerBase { function createListItems(createdEl: lists.createElementParams, min: Date, max: Date, globalize: base.Internationalization, timeFormat: string, step: number): { collection: number[]; list: HTMLElement; }; } /** * TimePicker is an intuitive interface component which provides an options to select a time value * from popup list or to set a desired time value. * ``` * * * ``` */ export class TimePicker extends base.Component implements inputs.IInput { private inputWrapper; private popupWrapper; private cloneElement; private listWrapper; private listTag; private anchor; private selectedElement; private liCollections; protected inputElement: HTMLInputElement; private popupObj; protected inputEvent: base.KeyboardEvents; protected globalize: base.Internationalization; private defaultCulture; private containerStyle; private rippleFn; private l10n; private cursorDetails; private activeIndex; private timeCollections; private isNavigate; private disableItemCollection; protected isPreventBlur: boolean; private isTextSelected; private prevValue; private inputStyle; private angularTag; private valueWithMinutes; private prevDate; private initValue; private initMin; private initMax; private inputEleValue; private openPopupEventArgs; private formatString; protected tabIndex: string; private formElement; private modal; private invalidValueString; protected keyConfigure: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Gets or sets the width of the TimePicker component. The width of the popup is based on the width of the component. * @default null */ width: string | number; /** * Specifies the root CSS class of the TimePicker that allows to * customize the appearance by overriding the styles. * @default null */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies the component to act as strict so that, it allows to enter only a valid time value within a specified range or else * resets to previous value. By default, strictMode is in false. * > For more details refer to * [`Strict Mode`](../../timepicker/strict-mode/) documentation. * @default false */ strictMode: boolean; /** * Specifies the format of value that is to be displayed in component. By default, the format is * based on the culture. * > For more details refer to * [`Format`](../../timepicker/getting-started#setting-the-time-format) documentation. * @default null * @aspType string */ format: string | TimeFormatObject; /** * Specifies whether the component to be disabled or not. * @default true */ enabled: boolean; /** * Specifies the component in readonly state. * @default false */ readonly: boolean; /** * Specifies the placeholder text to be floated. * Possible values are: * Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available. * Always: The floating label will always float above the input. * Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType * @isEnumeration true */ floatLabelType: inputs.FloatLabelType | string; /** * Specifies the placeholder text that is displayed in textbox. * @default null */ placeholder: string; /** * specifies the z-index value of the timePicker popup element. * @default 1000 * @aspType int */ zIndex: number; /** * Enable or disable the persisting component's state between the page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. Value * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon. * @default true */ showClearButton: boolean; /** * Specifies the time interval between the two adjacent time values in the popup list. * > For more details refer to * [`Format`](../../timepicker/getting-started#setting-the-time-format)documentation. * @default 30 * */ step: number; /** * Specifies the scroll bar position if there is no value is selected in the popup list or * the given value is not present in the popup list. * > For more details refer to * [`Time Duration`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/demos/#/material/timepicker/list-formatting.html) sample. * @default null */ scrollTo: Date; /** * Gets or sets the value of the component. The value is parsed based on the culture specific time format. * @default null */ value: Date; /** * Gets or sets the minimum time value that can be allowed to select in TimePicker. * > For more details refer to * [`Time Range`](../../timepicker/time-range/) documentation. * @default 00:00 */ min: Date; /** * Gets or sets the maximum time value that can be allowed to select in TimePicker. * > For more details refer to * [`Time Range`](../../timepicker/time-range/) documentation. * @default 00:00 */ max: Date; /** * > Support for `allowEdit` has been provided from * [`v16.2.46`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/angular/documentation/release-notes/16.2.46/#timepicker). * * Specifies whether the input textbox is editable or not. Here the user can select the value from the * popup and cannot edit in the input textbox. * @default true */ allowEdit: boolean; /** * Specifies the TimePicker in RTL mode that displays the content in the right-to-left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Triggers when the value is changed. * @event */ change: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the component is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the popup is opened. * @event */ open: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers while rendering the each popup list item. * @event */ itemRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the popup is closed. * @event */ close: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the control loses the focus. * @event */ blur: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when the control gets focused. * @event */ focus: base.EmitType; /** * Constructor for creating the widget */ constructor(options?: TimePickerModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement); /** * Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; protected render(): void; private setTimeAllowEdit; private validateDisable; protected validationAttribute(target: HTMLElement, input: Element): void; private initialize; protected checkTimeFormat(): void; private checkDateValue; private createInputElement; private getCldrDateTimeFormat; private checkInvalidValue; private CldrFormat; destroy(): void; protected ensureInputAttribute(): void; private popupCreation; protected getPopupHeight(): number; private generateList; private renderPopup; private getFormattedValue; private getDateObject; private removeErrorClass; private checkErrorState; private validateInterval; private disableTimeIcon; private disableElement; private enableElement; private selectInputText; private getMeridianText; private getCursorSelection; private getActiveElement; private isNullOrEmpty; private setWidth; private setPopupWidth; private setScrollPosition; private findScrollTop; private setScrollTo; private getText; private getValue; private cldrDateFormat; private cldrTimeFormat; private dateToNumeric; private getExactDateTime; private setValue; private compareFormatChange; private updatePlaceHolder; private popupHandler; private mouseDownHandler; private mouseUpHandler; private focusSelection; private inputHandler; private onMouseClick; private closePopup; private checkValueChange; private onMouseOver; private setHover; private setSelection; private onMouseLeave; private scrollHandler; private setMinMax; protected validateMinMax(dateVal: Date | string, minVal: Date, maxVal: Date): Date | string; private valueIsDisable; protected validateState(val: string | Date): boolean; protected strictOperation(minimum: Date, maximum: Date, dateVal: Date | string, val: Date): Date | string; protected bindEvents(): void; protected formResetHandler(): void; private inputChangeHandler; protected unBindEvents(): void; private bindClearEvent; protected clearHandler(e: MouseEvent): void; private clear; protected setZIndex(): void; protected checkAttributes(): void; protected setCurrentDate(value: Date): Date; protected getTextFormat(): number; protected updateValue(value: string | Date, event: base.KeyboardEventArgs | FocusEvent | MouseEvent): void; protected previousState(date: Date): string; protected resetState(): void; protected objToString(val: Date): string; protected checkValue(value: string | Date): string; protected validateValue(date: Date, value: string | Date): string; protected findNextElement(event: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected elementValue(value: Date): void; private validLiElement; protected keyHandler(event: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected getCultureTimeObject(ld: Object, c: string): Object; protected getCultureDateObject(ld: Object, c: string): Object; protected wireListEvents(): void; protected unWireListEvents(): void; protected valueProcess(event: base.KeyboardEventArgs | FocusEvent | MouseEvent, value: Date): void; protected changeEvent(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs | FocusEvent | MouseEvent): void; protected updateInput(isUpdate: boolean, date: Date): void; protected setActiveDescendant(): void; protected removeSelection(): void; protected removeHover(className: string): void; protected getHoverItem(className: string): Element[]; private setActiveClass; protected addSelection(): void; protected isValidLI(li: Element | HTMLElement): boolean; protected createDateObj(val: Date | string): Date; protected TimeParse(today: string, val: Date | string): Date; protected createListItems(): void; private documentClickHandler; protected setEnableRtl(): void; protected setEnable(): void; protected getProperty(date: TimePickerModel, val: string): void; protected inputBlurHandler(e: MouseEvent): void; /** * Focuses out the TimePicker textbox element. * @returns void */ focusOut(): void; private isPopupOpen; private inputFocusHandler; /** * Focused the TimePicker textbox element. * @returns void */ focusIn(): void; /** * Hides the TimePicker popup. * @returns void */ hide(): void; /** * Opens the popup to show the list items. * @returns void */ show(event?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent | Event): void; private formatValues; private popupAlignment; /** * Gets the properties to be maintained upon browser refresh. * @returns string */ getPersistData(): string; /** * To get component name * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: TimePickerModel, oldProp: TimePickerModel): void; protected checkInValue(inValue: string | Date | number): string; } } export namespace charts { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/accumulation-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class AccumulationChart */ export interface AccumulationChartModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * The width of the chart as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, chart will render to the full width of its parent element. * @default null */ width?: string; /** * The height of the chart as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, chart will render to the full height of its parent element. * @default null */ height?: string; /** * Title for accumulation chart * @default null */ title?: string; /** * Center of pie */ center?: PieCenterModel; /** * Specifies the dataSource for the AccumulationChart. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let dataManager: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({ * url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/' * }); * let query: Query = new Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false); * let pie: AccumulationChart = new AccumulationChart({ * ... * dataSource: dataManager, * series: [{ * xName: 'Id', * yName: 'Estimate', * query: query * }], * ... * }); * pie.appendTo('#Pie'); * ``` * @default '' */ dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Options for customizing the `title` of accumulation chart. */ titleStyle?: FontModel; /** * SubTitle for accumulation chart * @default null */ subTitle?: string; /** * Options for customizing the `subtitle` of accumulation chart. */ subTitleStyle?: FontModel; /** * Options for customizing the legend of accumulation chart. */ legendSettings?: LegendSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the tooltip of accumulation chart. */ tooltip?: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Specifies whether point has to get selected or not. Takes value either 'None 'or 'Point' * @default None */ selectionMode?: AccumulationSelectionMode; /** * If set true, enables the multi selection in accumulation chart. It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point`. * @default false */ isMultiSelect?: boolean; /** * If set true, enables the animation for both chart and accumulation. * @default true */ enableAnimation?: boolean; /** * Specifies the point indexes to be selected while loading a accumulation chart. * It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point`. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let pie: AccumulationChart = new AccumulationChart({ * ... * selectionMode: 'Point', * selectedDataIndexes: [ { series: 0, point: 1}, * { series: 2, point: 3} ], * ... * }); * pie.appendTo('#Pie'); * ``` * @default [] */ selectedDataIndexes?: IndexesModel[]; /** * Options to customize the left, right, top and bottom margins of accumulation chart. */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * If set true, labels for the point will be placed smartly without overlapping. * @default true */ enableSmartLabels?: boolean; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the chart border. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * The background color of the chart, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ background?: string; /** * The configuration for series in accumulation chart. */ series?: AccumulationSeriesModel[]; /** * The configuration for annotation in chart. */ annotations?: AccumulationAnnotationSettingsModel[]; /** * Specifies the theme for accumulation chart. * @default 'Material' */ theme?: AccumulationTheme; /** * To enable export feature in chart. * @default true */ enableExport?: boolean; /** * Triggers after accumulation chart loaded. * @event */ loaded?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before accumulation chart load. * @event */ load?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the series gets rendered. * @event */ seriesRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the legend gets rendered. * @event */ legendRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the data label for series gets rendered. * @event */ textRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the tooltip for series gets rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before each points for series gets rendered. * @event */ pointRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the annotation gets rendered. * @event */ annotationRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the prints gets started. * @event */ beforePrint?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on hovering the accumulation chart. * @event */ chartMouseMove?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on clicking the accumulation chart. * @event */ chartMouseClick?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on point click. * @event */ pointClick?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on point move. * @event */ pointMove?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after animation gets completed for series. * @event */ animationComplete?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on mouse down. * @event */ chartMouseDown?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers while cursor leaves the accumulation chart. * @event */ chartMouseLeave?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on mouse up. * @event */ chartMouseUp?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after window resize. * @event */ resized?: base.EmitType; /** * Defines the currencyCode format of the accumulation chart * @private * @aspType string */ currencyCode?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/accumulation.d.ts /** * AccumulationChart file */ /** * Represents the AccumulationChart control. * ```html *
* * ``` */ export class AccumulationChart extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * `accBaseModue` is used to define the common functionalities of accumulation series * @private */ accBaseModule: AccumulationBase; /** * `pieSeriesModule` is used to render pie series. * @private */ pieSeriesModule: PieSeries; /** * `funnelSeriesModule` is used to render funnel series. * @private */ funnelSeriesModule: FunnelSeries; /** * `pyramidSeriesModule` is used to render funnel series. * @private */ pyramidSeriesModule: PyramidSeries; /** * `accumulationLegendModule` is used to manipulate and add legend in accumulation chart. */ accumulationLegendModule: AccumulationLegend; /** * `accumulationDataLabelModule` is used to manipulate and add dataLabel in accumulation chart. */ accumulationDataLabelModule: AccumulationDataLabel; /** * `accumulationTooltipModule` is used to manipulate and add tooltip in accumulation chart. */ accumulationTooltipModule: AccumulationTooltip; /** * `accumulationSelectionModule` is used to manipulate and add selection in accumulation chart. */ accumulationSelectionModule: AccumulationSelection; /** * `annotationModule` is used to manipulate and add annotation in chart. */ annotationModule: AccumulationAnnotation; /** * Export Module is used to export Accumulation chart. */ exportModule: Export; /** * The width of the chart as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, chart will render to the full width of its parent element. * @default null */ width: string; /** * The height of the chart as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, chart will render to the full height of its parent element. * @default null */ height: string; /** * Title for accumulation chart * @default null */ title: string; /** * Center of pie */ center: PieCenterModel; /** * Specifies the dataSource for the AccumulationChart. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let dataManager$: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({ * url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/' * }); * let query$: Query = new Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false); * let pie$: AccumulationChart = new AccumulationChart({ * ... * dataSource: dataManager, * series: [{ * xName: 'Id', * yName: 'Estimate', * query: query * }], * ... * }); * pie.appendTo('#Pie'); * ``` * @default '' */ dataSource: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Options for customizing the `title` of accumulation chart. */ titleStyle: FontModel; /** * SubTitle for accumulation chart * @default null */ subTitle: string; /** * Options for customizing the `subtitle` of accumulation chart. */ subTitleStyle: FontModel; /** * Options for customizing the legend of accumulation chart. */ legendSettings: LegendSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the tooltip of accumulation chart. */ tooltip: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Specifies whether point has to get selected or not. Takes value either 'None 'or 'Point' * @default None */ selectionMode: AccumulationSelectionMode; /** * If set true, enables the multi selection in accumulation chart. It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point`. * @default false */ isMultiSelect: boolean; /** * If set true, enables the animation for both chart and accumulation. * @default true */ enableAnimation: boolean; /** * Specifies the point indexes to be selected while loading a accumulation chart. * It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point`. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let pie$: AccumulationChart = new AccumulationChart({ * ... * selectionMode: 'Point', * selectedDataIndexes: [ { series: 0, point: 1}, * { series: 2, point: 3} ], * ... * }); * pie.appendTo('#Pie'); * ``` * @default [] */ selectedDataIndexes: IndexesModel[]; /** * Options to customize the left, right, top and bottom margins of accumulation chart. */ margin: MarginModel; /** * If set true, labels for the point will be placed smartly without overlapping. * @default true */ enableSmartLabels: boolean; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the chart border. */ border: BorderModel; /** * The background color of the chart, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ background: string; /** * The configuration for series in accumulation chart. */ series: AccumulationSeriesModel[]; /** * The configuration for annotation in chart. */ annotations: AccumulationAnnotationSettingsModel[]; /** * Specifies the theme for accumulation chart. * @default 'Material' */ theme: AccumulationTheme; /** * To enable1 export feature in chart. * @default true */ enableExport: boolean; /** * Triggers after accumulation chart loaded. * @event */ loaded: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before accumulation chart load. * @event */ load: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the series gets rendered. * @event */ seriesRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the legend gets rendered. * @event */ legendRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the data label for series gets rendered. * @event */ textRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the tooltip for series gets rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before each points for series gets rendered. * @event */ pointRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the annotation gets rendered. * @event */ annotationRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the prints gets started. * @event */ beforePrint: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on hovering the accumulation chart. * @event */ chartMouseMove: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on clicking the accumulation chart. * @event */ chartMouseClick: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on point click. * @event */ pointClick: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on point move. * @event */ pointMove: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after animation gets completed for series. * @event */ animationComplete: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on mouse down. * @event */ chartMouseDown: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers while cursor leaves the accumulation chart. * @event */ chartMouseLeave: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on mouse up. * @event */ chartMouseUp: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after window resize. * @event */ resized: base.EmitType; /** * Defines the currencyCode format of the accumulation chart * @private * @aspType string */ private currencyCode; /** * Animate the series bounds on data change. * @private */ animate(duration?: number): void; /** @private */ svgObject: Element; /** @private */ private animateselected; /** @public */ duration: number; /** @private */ initialClipRect: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ availableSize: svgBase.Size; /** @private */ renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer; /** @private */ intl: base.Internationalization; /** @private */ visibleSeries: AccumulationSeries[]; /** @private */ seriesCounts: number; /** @private explode radius internal property */ explodeDistance: number; /** @private Mouse position x */ mouseX: number; /** @private Mouse position y */ mouseY: number; private resizeTo; /** @private */ origin: ChartLocation; /** @private */ readonly type: AccumulationType; /** @private */ isTouch: boolean; /** @private */ redraw: boolean; /** @private */ animateSeries: boolean; private titleCollection; private subTitleCollection; /** @private */ themeStyle: IThemeStyle; private chartid; /** * Constructor for creating the AccumulationChart widget * @private */ constructor(options?: AccumulationChartModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * To create svg object, renderer and binding events for the container. */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Themeing for chart goes here */ private setTheme; /** * To render the accumulation chart elements */ protected render(): void; /** * Method to unbind events for accumulation chart */ private unWireEvents; /** * Method to bind events for the accumulation chart */ private wireEvents; /** * Method to set mouse x, y from events */ private setMouseXY; /** * Handles the mouse end. * @return {boolean} * @private */ accumulationMouseEnd(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse start. * @return {boolean} * @private */ accumulationMouseStart(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the accumulation chart resize. * @return {boolean} * @private */ accumulationResize(e: Event): boolean; /** * Handles the print method for accumulation chart control. */ print(id?: string[] | string | Element): void; /** * Applying styles for accumulation chart element */ private setStyle; /** * Method to set the annotation content dynamically for accumulation. */ setAnnotationValue(annotationIndex: number, content: string): void; /** * Handles the mouse move on accumulation chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ accumulationMouseMove(e: PointerEvent): boolean; titleTooltip(event: Event, x: number, y: number, isTouch?: boolean): void; /** * Handles the mouse click on accumulation chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ accumulationOnMouseClick(e: PointerEvent): boolean; private triggerPointEvent; /** * Handles the mouse right click on accumulation chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ accumulationRightClick(event: MouseEvent | PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse leave on accumulation chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ accumulationMouseLeave(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Method to set culture for chart */ private setCulture; /** * Method to create SVG element for accumulation chart. */ private createPieSvg; /** * To Remove the SVG from accumulation chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ removeSvg(): void; /** * Method to create the secondary element for tooltip, datalabel and annotaitons. */ private createSecondaryElement; /** * Method to find visible series based on series types */ private calculateVisibleSeries; /** * To find points from dataSource */ private processData; /** * To refresh the accumulation chart * @private */ refreshChart(): void; /** * Method to find groupped points */ private doGrouppingProcess; /** * Method to calculate bounds for accumulation chart */ private calculateBounds; private calculateLegendBounds; /** * To render elements for accumulation chart * @private */ renderElements(): void; /** * To set the left and top position for data label template for center aligned chart * @private */ setSecondaryElementPosition(): void; /** * To render the annotaitions for accumulation series. * @private */ renderAnnotation(): void; /** * Method to process the explode in accumulation chart * @private */ processExplode(): void; /** * Method to render series for accumulation chart */ private renderSeries; /** * Method to render border for accumulation chart */ private renderBorder; /** * Method to render legend for accumulation chart */ private renderLegend; /** * To process the selection in accumulation chart * @private */ processSelection(): void; /** * To render title for accumulation chart */ private renderTitle; private renderSubTitle; /** * To get the series parent element * @private */ getSeriesElement(): Element; /** * To refresh the all visible series points * @private */ refreshSeries(): void; /** * To refresh points label region and visible * @private */ refreshPoints(points: AccPoints[]): void; /** * To get Module name * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the accumulationcharts * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for control rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @private */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * To find datalabel visibility in series */ private findDatalabelVisibility; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: AccumulationChartModel, oldProp: AccumulationChartModel): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/annotation/annotation.d.ts /** * AccumulationChart annotation properties */ /** * `AccumulationAnnotation` module handles the annotation for accumulation chart. */ export class AccumulationAnnotation extends AnnotationBase { private pie; private parentElement; private annotations; /** * Constructor for accumulation chart annotation. * @private. */ constructor(control: AccumulationChart); /** * Method to render the annotation for accumulation chart * @param element */ renderAnnotations(element: Element): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the annotation. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(control: AccumulationChart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/index.d.ts /** * Pie Component items exported */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/model/acc-base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class AccumulationAnnotationSettings */ export interface AccumulationAnnotationSettingsModel { /** * Content of the annotation, which accepts the id of the custom element. * @default null */ content?: string; /** * if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` X specifies the axis value * else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate * @default '0' */ x?: string | Date | number; /** * if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` Y specifies the axis value * else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate * @default '0' */ y?: string | number; /** * Specifies the coordinate units of the annotation. They are * * Pixel - Annotation renders based on x and y pixel value. * * Point - Annotation renders based on x and y axis value. * @default 'Pixel' */ coordinateUnits?: Units; /** * Specifies the regions of the annotation. They are * * Chart - Annotation renders based on chart coordinates. * * Series - Annotation renders based on series coordinates. * @default 'Chart' */ region?: Regions; /** * Specifies the position of the annotation. They are * * Top - Align the annotation element as top side. * * Bottom - Align the annotation element as bottom side. * * Middle - Align the annotation element as mid point. * @default 'Middle' */ verticalAlignment?: Position; /** * Specifies the alignment of the annotation. They are * * Near - Align the annotation element as top side. * * Far - Align the annotation element as bottom side. * * Center - Align the annotation element as mid point. * @default 'Center' */ horizontalAlignment?: Alignment; /** * Information about annotation for assistive technology. * @default null */ description?: string; } /** * Interface for a class AccumulationDataLabelSettings */ export interface AccumulationDataLabelSettingsModel { /** * If set true, data label for series gets render. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * The DataSource field which contains the data label value. * @default null */ name?: string; /** * The background color of the data label, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 'transparent' */ fill?: string; /** * Specifies the position of data label. They are. * * Outside - Places label outside the point. * * Inside - Places label inside the point. * @default 'Inside' */ position?: AccumulationLabelPosition; /** * The roundedCornerX for the data label. It requires `border` values not to be null. * @default 5 */ rx?: number; /** * The roundedCornerY for the data label. It requires `border` values not to be null. * @default 5 */ ry?: number; /** * Option for customizing the border lines. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Option for customizing the data label text. */ font?: FontModel; /** * Options for customize the connector line in series. * This property is applicable for Pie, Funnel and Pyramid series. * The default connector length for Pie series is '4%'. For other series, it is null. */ connectorStyle?: ConnectorModel; /** * Custom template to format the data label content. Use ${point.x} and ${point.y} as a placeholder * text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null */ template?: string; } /** * Interface for a class PieCenter */ export interface PieCenterModel { /** * X value of the center. * @default '50%' */ x?: string; /** * Y value of the center. * @default '50%' */ y?: string; } /** * Interface for a class AccPoints */ export interface AccPointsModel { } /** * Interface for a class AccumulationSeries */ export interface AccumulationSeriesModel { /** * Specifies the dataSource for the series. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let dataManager$: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({ * url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/' * }); * let query$: data.Query = new data.Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false); * let pie$: AccumulationChart = new AccumulationChart({ * ... * series: [{ * dataSource: dataManager, * xName: 'Id', * yName: 'Estimate', * query: query * }], * ... * }); * pie.appendTo('#Pie'); * ``` * @default '' */ dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Specifies data.Query to select data from dataSource. This property is applicable only when the dataSource is `ej.data.DataManager`. * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * The DataSource field which contains the x value. * @default '' */ xName?: string; /** * Specifies the series name * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * The provided value will be considered as a Tooltip Mapping name * @default '' */ tooltipMappingName?: string; /** * The DataSource field which contains the y value. * @default '' */ yName?: string; /** * Specifies the series visibility. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * Options for customizing the border of the series. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Options for customizing the animation for series. */ animation?: AnimationModel; /** * The shape of the legend. Each series has its own legend shape. They are * * Circle - Renders a circle. * * Rectangle - Renders a rectangle. * * Triangle - Renders a triangle. * * Diamond - Renders a diamond. * * Cross - Renders a cross. * * HorizontalLine - Renders a horizontalLine. * * VerticalLine - Renders a verticalLine. * * Pentagon - Renders a pentagon. * * InvertedTriangle - Renders a invertedTriangle. * * SeriesType -Render a legend shape based on series type. * @default 'SeriesType' */ legendShape?: LegendShape; /** * The DataSource field that contains the color value of point * It is applicable for series * @default '' */ pointColorMapping?: string; /** * Custom style for the selected series or points. * @default null */ selectionStyle?: string; /** * AccumulationSeries y values less than groupTo are combined into single slice named others * @default null */ groupTo?: string; /** * AccumulationSeries y values less than groupMode are combined into single slice named others * @default Value */ groupMode?: GroupModes; /** * The data label for the series. */ dataLabel?: AccumulationDataLabelSettingsModel; /** * Palette for series points. * @default [] */ palettes?: string[]; /** * Start angle for a series. * @default 0 */ startAngle?: number; /** * End angle for a series. * @default null */ endAngle?: number; /** * Radius of the pie series and its values in percentage. * @default '80%' */ radius?: string; /** * When the innerRadius value is greater than 0 percentage, a donut will appear in pie series. It takes values only in percentage. * @default '0' */ innerRadius?: string; /** * Specify the type of the series in accumulation chart. * @default 'Pie' */ type?: AccumulationType; /** * To enable or disable tooltip for a series. * @default true */ enableTooltip?: boolean; /** * If set true, series points will be exploded on mouse click or touch. * @default false */ explode?: boolean; /** * Distance of the point from the center, which takes values in both pixels and percentage. * @default '30%' */ explodeOffset?: string; /** * If set true, all the points in the series will get exploded on load. * @default false */ explodeAll?: boolean; /** * Index of the point, to be exploded on load. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ explodeIndex?: number; /** * options to customize the empty points in series */ emptyPointSettings?: EmptyPointSettingsModel; /** * Defines the distance between the segments of a funnel/pyramid series. The range will be from 0 to 1 * @default 0 */ gapRatio?: number; /** * Defines the width of the funnel/pyramid with respect to the chart area * @default '80%' */ width?: string; /** * Defines the height of the funnel/pyramid with respect to the chart area * @default '80%' */ height?: string; /** * Defines the width of the funnel neck with respect to the chart area * @default '20%' */ neckWidth?: string; /** * Defines the height of the funnel neck with respect to the chart area * @default '20%' */ neckHeight?: string; /** * Defines how the values have to be reflected, whether through height/surface of the segments * @default 'Linear' */ pyramidMode?: PyramidModes; /** * The opacity of the series. * @default 1. */ opacity?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/model/acc-base.d.ts /** * AccumulationChart base file */ /** * Annotation for accumulation series */ export class AccumulationAnnotationSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Content of the annotation, which accepts the id of the custom element. * @default null */ content: string; /** * if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` X specifies the axis value * else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate * @default '0' */ x: string | Date | number; /** * if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` Y specifies the axis value * else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate * @default '0' */ y: string | number; /** * Specifies the coordinate units of the annotation. They are * * Pixel - Annotation renders based on x and y pixel value. * * Point - Annotation renders based on x and y axis value. * @default 'Pixel' */ coordinateUnits: Units; /** * Specifies the regions of the annotation. They are * * Chart - Annotation renders based on chart coordinates. * * Series - Annotation renders based on series coordinates. * @default 'Chart' */ region: Regions; /** * Specifies the position of the annotation. They are * * Top - Align the annotation element as top side. * * Bottom - Align the annotation element as bottom side. * * Middle - Align the annotation element as mid point. * @default 'Middle' */ verticalAlignment: Position; /** * Specifies the alignment of the annotation. They are * * Near - Align the annotation element as top side. * * Far - Align the annotation element as bottom side. * * Center - Align the annotation element as mid point. * @default 'Center' */ horizontalAlignment: Alignment; /** * Information about annotation for assistive technology. * @default null */ description: string; } /** * Configures the dataLabel in accumulation chart. */ export class AccumulationDataLabelSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * If set true, data label for series gets render. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * The DataSource field which contains the data label value. * @default null */ name: string; /** * The background color of the data label, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 'transparent' */ fill: string; /** * Specifies the position of data label. They are. * * Outside - Places label outside the point. * * Inside - Places label inside the point. * @default 'Inside' */ position: AccumulationLabelPosition; /** * The roundedCornerX for the data label. It requires `border` values not to be null. * @default 5 */ rx: number; /** * The roundedCornerY for the data label. It requires `border` values not to be null. * @default 5 */ ry: number; /** * Option for customizing the border lines. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Option for customizing the data label text. */ font: FontModel; /** * Options for customize the connector line in series. * This property is applicable for Pie, Funnel and Pyramid series. * The default connector length for Pie series is '4%'. For other series, it is null. */ connectorStyle: ConnectorModel; /** * Custom template to format the data label content. Use ${point.x} and ${point.y} as a placeholder * text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null */ template: string; } /** * Center value of the Pie series. */ export class PieCenter extends base.ChildProperty { /** * X value of the center. * @default '50%' */ x: string; /** * Y value of the center. * @default '50%' */ y: string; } /** * Points model for the series. */ export class AccPoints { x: Object; y: number; visible: boolean; text: string; tooltip: string; sliceRadius: string; originalText: string; /** @private */ label: string; color: string; percentage: number; symbolLocation: ChartLocation; index: number; /** @private */ midAngle: number; /** @private */ endAngle: number; /** @private */ labelAngle: number; /** @private */ region: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ labelRegion: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ labelVisible: boolean; /** @private */ labelPosition: AccumulationLabelPosition; /** @private */ yRatio: number; /** @private */ heightRatio: number; /** @private */ labelOffset: ChartLocation; regions: svgBase.Rect[]; /** @private */ isExplode: boolean; /** @private */ isClubbed: boolean; /** @private */ isSliced: boolean; /** @private */ start: number; /** @private */ degree: number; } /** * Configures the series in accumulation chart. */ export class AccumulationSeries extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Specifies the dataSource for the series. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let dataManager$: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({ * url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/' * }); * let query$: data.Query = new data.Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false); * let pie$: AccumulationChart = new AccumulationChart({ * ... * series: [{ * dataSource: dataManager, * xName: 'Id', * yName: 'Estimate', * query: query * }], * ... * }); * pie.appendTo('#Pie'); * ``` * @default '' */ dataSource: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Specifies data.Query to select data from dataSource. This property is applicable only when the dataSource is `ej.data.DataManager`. * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * The DataSource field which contains the x value. * @default '' */ xName: string; /** * Specifies the series name * @default '' */ name: string; /** * The provided value will be considered as a Tooltip Mapping name * @default '' */ tooltipMappingName: string; /** * The DataSource field which contains the y value. * @default '' */ yName: string; /** * Specifies the series visibility. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Options for customizing the border of the series. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Options for customizing the animation for series. */ animation: AnimationModel; /** * The shape of the legend. Each series has its own legend shape. They are * * Circle - Renders a circle. * * Rectangle - Renders a rectangle. * * Triangle - Renders a triangle. * * Diamond - Renders a diamond. * * Cross - Renders a cross. * * HorizontalLine - Renders a horizontalLine. * * VerticalLine - Renders a verticalLine. * * Pentagon - Renders a pentagon. * * InvertedTriangle - Renders a invertedTriangle. * * SeriesType -Render a legend shape based on series type. * @default 'SeriesType' */ legendShape: LegendShape; /** * The DataSource field that contains the color value of point * It is applicable for series * @default '' */ pointColorMapping: string; /** * Custom style for the selected series or points. * @default null */ selectionStyle: string; /** * AccumulationSeries y values less than groupTo are combined into single slice named others * @default null */ groupTo: string; /** * AccumulationSeries y values less than groupMode are combined into single slice named others * @default Value */ groupMode: GroupModes; /** * The data label for the series. */ dataLabel: AccumulationDataLabelSettingsModel; /** * Palette for series points. * @default [] */ palettes: string[]; /** * Start angle for a series. * @default 0 */ startAngle: number; /** * End angle for a series. * @default null */ endAngle: number; /** * Radius of the pie series and its values in percentage. * @default '80%' */ radius: string; /** * When the innerRadius value is greater than 0 percentage, a donut will appear in pie series. It takes values only in percentage. * @default '0' */ innerRadius: string; /** * Specify the type of the series in accumulation chart. * @default 'Pie' */ type: AccumulationType; /** * To enable or disable tooltip for a series. * @default true */ enableTooltip: boolean; /** * If set true, series points will be exploded on mouse click or touch. * @default false */ explode: boolean; /** * Distance of the point from the center, which takes values in both pixels and percentage. * @default '30%' */ explodeOffset: string; /** * If set true, all the points in the series will get exploded on load. * @default false */ explodeAll: boolean; /** * Index of the point, to be exploded on load. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ explodeIndex: number; /** * options to customize the empty points in series */ emptyPointSettings: EmptyPointSettingsModel; /** * Defines the distance between the segments of a funnel/pyramid series. The range will be from 0 to 1 * @default 0 */ gapRatio: number; /** * Defines the width of the funnel/pyramid with respect to the chart area * @default '80%' */ width: string; /** * Defines the height of the funnel/pyramid with respect to the chart area * @default '80%' */ height: string; /** * Defines the width of the funnel neck with respect to the chart area * @default '20%' */ neckWidth: string; /** * Defines the height of the funnel neck with respect to the chart area * @default '20%' */ neckHeight: string; /** * Defines how the values have to be reflected, whether through height/surface of the segments * @default 'Linear' */ pyramidMode: PyramidModes; /** * The opacity of the series. * @default 1. */ opacity: number; /** @private */ points: AccPoints[]; /** @private */ clubbedPoints: AccPoints[]; /** @private */ dataModule: Data; /** @private */ sumOfPoints: number; /** @private */ index: number; /** @private */ sumOfClub: number; /** @private */ resultData: Object; /** @private */ lastGroupTo: string; /** @private */ isRectSeries: boolean; /** @private */ clipRect: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ category: SeriesCategories; /** * To find the max bounds of the data label to place smart legend * @private */ labelBound: svgBase.Rect; /** * To find the max bounds of the accumulation segment to place smart legend * @private */ accumulationBound: svgBase.Rect; /** * Defines the funnel size * @private */ triangleSize: svgBase.Size; /** * Defines the size of the funnel neck * @private */ neckSize: svgBase.Size; /** @private To refresh the Datamanager for series */ refreshDataManager(accumulation: AccumulationChart, render: boolean): void; /** * To get points on dataManager is success * @private */ dataManagerSuccess(e: { result: Object; count: number; }, accumulation: AccumulationChart, render: boolean): void; /** @private To find points from result data */ getPoints(result: Object, accumulation: AccumulationChart): void; /** * Generate club point */ generateClubPoint(): AccPoints; /** * Method to set point index and color */ private pushPoints; /** * Method to find club point */ private isClub; /** * Method to find sum of points in the series */ private findSumOfPoints; /** * Method to set points x, y and text from data source */ private setPoints; /** * Method render the series elements for accumulation chart * @private */ renderSeries(accumulation: AccumulationChart, redraw?: boolean): void; /** * Method render the points elements for accumulation chart series. */ private renderPoints; /** * Method render the datalabel elements for accumulation chart. */ private renderDataLabel; /** * To find maximum bounds for smart legend placing * @private */ findMaxBounds(totalbound: svgBase.Rect, bound: svgBase.Rect): void; /** * To set empty point value for null points * @private */ setAccEmptyPoint(point: AccPoints, i: number, data: Object, colors: string[]): void; /** * To find point is empty */ private isEmpty; } /** * method to get series from index * @private */ export function getSeriesFromIndex(index: number, visibleSeries: AccumulationSeries[]): AccumulationSeries; /** * method to get point from index * @private */ export function pointByIndex(index: number, points: AccPoints[]): AccPoints; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/model/enum.d.ts /** * Accumulation charts Enum file */ /** * Defines the Accumulation Chart series type. */ export type AccumulationType = /** Accumulation chart Pie series type */ 'Pie' | /** Accumulation chart Funnel series type */ 'Funnel' | /** Accumulation chart Pyramid series type */ 'Pyramid'; /** * Defines the AccumulationLabelPosition. They are * * Inside - Define the data label position for the accumulation series Inside. * * Outside - Define the data label position for the accumulation series Outside. * * */ export type AccumulationLabelPosition = /** Define the data label position for the accumulation series Inside */ 'Inside' | /** Define the data label position for the accumulation series Outside */ 'Outside'; /** * Defines the ConnectorType. They are * * Line - Accumulation series Connector line type as Straight line. * * Curve - Accumulation series Connector line type as Curved line. * * */ export type ConnectorType = /** Accumulation series Connector line type as Straight line */ 'Line' | /** Accumulation series Connector line type as Curved line */ 'Curve'; /** * Defines the SelectionMode, They are. * * none - Disable the selection. * * point - To select a point. */ export type AccumulationSelectionMode = /** Disable the selection. */ 'None' | /** To select a point. */ 'Point'; /** * Defines Theme of the accumulation chart. They are * * Material - Render a accumulation chart with Material theme. * * Fabric - Render a accumulation chart with fabric theme. */ export type AccumulationTheme = /** Render a accumulation chart with Material theme. */ 'Material' | /** Render a accumulation chart with Fabric theme. */ 'Fabric' | /** Render a accumulation chart with Bootstrap theme. */ 'Bootstrap' | /** Render a accumulation chart with Highcontrast Light theme. */ 'HighContrastLight' | /** Render a accumulation chart with MaterialDark theme. */ 'MaterialDark' | /** Render a accumulation chart with FabricDark theme. */ 'FabricDark' | /** Render a accumulation chart with HighContrastDark theme. */ 'HighContrast' | /** Render a accumulation chart with HighcontrastDark theme. */ 'Highcontrast' | /** Render a accumulation chart with BootstrapDark theme. */ 'BootstrapDark' | /** Render a accumulation chart with BootstrapDark theme. */ 'Bootstrap4'; /** * Defines the empty point mode of the chart. * * Zero - Used to display empty points as zero. * * Drop - Used to ignore the empty point while rendering. * * Average - Used to display empty points as previous and next point average. */ export type AccEmptyPointMode = /** Used to display empty points as zero */ 'Zero' | /** Used to ignore the empty point while rendering */ 'Drop' | /** Used to display empty points as previous and next point average */ 'Average' | /** Used to ignore the empty point while rendering */ 'Gap'; /** * Defines the mode of the pyramid * * Linear - Height of the pyramid segments reflects the values * * Surface - Surface/Area of the pyramid segments reflects the values */ export type PyramidModes = /** Height of the pyramid segments reflects the values */ 'Linear' | /** Surface/Area of the pyramid segments reflects the values */ 'Surface'; /** * Defines the mode of the group mode * * Point - When choosing points, the selected points get grouped. * * Value - When choosing values, the points which less then values get grouped. */ export type GroupModes = /** When choosing points, the selected points get grouped */ 'Point' | /** When choosing values, the points which less then values get grouped. */ 'Value'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/model/pie-interface.d.ts /** * Interface for Accumulation chart */ /** * Accumulation Chart SeriesRender event arguments. */ export interface IAccSeriesRenderEventArgs { /** Defines the current series */ series: AccumulationSeries; /** Defines the current data object */ data: Object; /** Defines the current series name */ name: string; } /** * Accumulation Chart TextRender event arguments. */ export interface IAccTextRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current series */ series: AccumulationSeriesModel; /** Defines the current point */ point: AccPoints; /** Defines the current text */ text: string; /** Defines the current fill color */ color: string; /** Defines the current label border */ border: BorderModel; /** Defines the current text template */ template: string; /** Defines the current font */ font: FontModel; } /** * Accumulation Chart TooltipRender event arguments. */ export interface IAccTooltipRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current tooltip content */ content?: string | HTMLElement; /** Defines the current tooltip text style */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** Defines the current tooltip series */ series: AccumulationSeries; /** Defines the current tooltip point */ point: AccPoints; } /** * Accumulation Chart AnimationComplete event arguments. */ export interface IAccAnimationCompleteEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current animation series */ series: AccumulationSeries; /** Defines the accumulation chart instance */ accumulation: AccumulationChart; /** Defines the accumulation chart instance */ chart: AccumulationChart; } /** * Accumulation Chart Resize event arguments. */ export interface IAccResizeEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the Event */ name: string; /** Defines the previous size of the accumulation chart */ previousSize: svgBase.Size; /** Defines the current size of the accumulation chart */ currentSize: svgBase.Size; /** Defines the accumulation chart instance */ accumulation: AccumulationChart; /** Defines the accumulation chart instance */ chart: AccumulationChart; } /** * Accumulation Chart PointRender event arguments. */ export interface IAccPointRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current series of the point */ series: AccumulationSeries; /** Defines the current point */ point: AccPoints; /** Defines the current point fill color */ fill: string; /** Defines the current point border color */ border: BorderModel; /** Defines the current point height */ height?: number; /** Defines the current point width */ width?: number; } /** * Accumulation Chart Load or Loaded event arguments. */ export interface IAccLoadedEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the accumulation chart instance */ accumulation: AccumulationChart; /** Defines the accumulation chart instance */ chart: AccumulationChart; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/accumulation-base.d.ts /** * Accumulation Base used to do some base calculation for accumulation chart. */ export class AccumulationBase { /** @private */ constructor(accumulation: AccumulationChart); private pieCenter; /** * Gets the center of the pie * @private */ /** * Sets the center of the pie * @private */ center: ChartLocation; private pieRadius; /** * Gets the radius of the pie * @private */ /** * Sets the radius of the pie * @private */ radius: number; private pieLabelRadius; /** * Gets the label radius of the pie * @private */ /** * Sets the label radius of the pie * @private */ labelRadius: number; /** @private */ protected accumulation: AccumulationChart; /** * Checks whether the series is circular or not * @private */ protected isCircular(): boolean; /** * To check various radius pie * @private */ protected isVariousRadius(): boolean; /** * To process the explode on accumulation chart loading * @private */ processExplode(event: Event): void; /** * To invoke the explode on accumulation chart loading * @private */ invokeExplode(): void; /** * To deExplode all points in the series * @private */ deExplodeAll(index: number, animationDuration: number): void; /** * To explode point by index * @private */ explodePoints(index: number, chart: AccumulationChart, explode?: boolean): void; private getSum; private clubPointExplode; /** * To Explode points * @param index * @param point * @param explode */ private pointExplode; /** * To check point is exploded by id */ private isExplode; /** * To deExplode the point by index */ private deExplodeSlice; /** * To translate the point elements by index and position */ private setTranslate; /** * To translate the point element by id and position */ private setElementTransform; /** * To translate the point elements by index position */ private explodeSlice; /** * To Perform animation point explode * @param index * @param sliceId * @param start * @param endX * @param endY */ private performAnimation; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/dataLabel.d.ts /** * AccumulationDataLabel module used to render `dataLabel`. */ export class AccumulationDataLabel extends AccumulationBase { /** @private */ titleRect: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ areaRect: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ clearTooltip: number; private id; marginValue: number; constructor(accumulation: AccumulationChart); /** * Method to get datalabel text location. * @private */ getDataLabelPosition(point: AccPoints, dataLabel: AccumulationDataLabelSettingsModel, textSize: svgBase.Size, points: AccPoints[], parent: Element, id: string): void; /** * Method to get datalabel bound. */ private getLabelRegion; /** * Method to get datalabel smart position. */ private getSmartLabel; /** * To find trimmed datalabel tooltip needed. * @return {void} * @private */ move(e: Event, x: number, y: number, isTouch?: boolean): void; /** * To find previous valid label point */ private findPreviousPoint; /** * To find current point datalabel is overlapping with other points */ private isOverlapping; /** * To get text trimmed while exceeds the accumulation chart area. */ private textTrimming; /** * To set point label visible and region to disable. */ private setPointVisibileFalse; /** * To set datalabel angle position for outside labels */ private setOuterSmartLabel; /** * Sets smart label positions for funnel and pyramid series */ private setSmartLabelForSegments; /** * To find connector line overlapping. */ private isConnectorLineOverlapping; /** * To find two rectangle intersect */ private isLineRectangleIntersect; /** * To find two line intersect */ private isLinesIntersect; /** * To get two rectangle overlapping angles. */ private getOverlappedAngle; /** * To get connector line path */ private getConnectorPath; /** * Finds the curved path for funnel/pyramid data label connectors */ private getPolyLinePath; /** * Finds the bezier point for funnel/pyramid data label connectors */ private getBezierPoint; /** * To get label edges based on the center and label rect position. */ private getEdgeOfLabel; /** * Finds the distance between the label position and the edge/center of the funnel/pyramid */ private getLabelDistance; /** * Finds the label position / beginning of the connector(ouside funnel labels) */ private getLabelLocation; /** * Finds the beginning of connector line */ private getConnectorStartPoint; /** * To find area rect based on margin, available size. * @private */ findAreaRect(): void; /** * To render the data labels from series points. */ renderDataLabel(point: AccPoints, dataLabel: AccumulationDataLabelSettingsModel, parent: Element, points: AccPoints[], series: number, templateElement?: HTMLElement, redraw?: boolean): void; /** * To find the template element size * @param element * @param point * @param argsData */ private getTemplateSize; /** * To set the template element style * @param childElement * @param point * @param parent * @param labelColor * @param fill */ private setTemplateStyle; /** * To find saturated color for datalabel */ private getSaturatedColor; /** * Animates the data label template. * @return {void}. * @private */ doTemplateAnimation(accumulation: AccumulationChart, element: Element): void; /** * To find background color for the datalabel */ private getLabelBackground; /** * To correct the padding between datalabel regions. */ private correctLabelRegion; /** * To get the dataLabel module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the data label. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(accumulation: AccumulationChart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/funnel-series.d.ts /** * Defines the behavior of a funnel series */ /** * FunnelSeries module used to render `Funnel` Series. */ export class FunnelSeries extends TriangularBase { /** * Defines the path of a funnel segment */ private getSegmentData; /** * Renders a funnel segment * @private */ renderPoint(point: AccPoints, series: AccumulationSeries, chart: AccumulationChart, options: svgBase.PathOption, seriesGroup: Element, redraw: boolean): void; /** * To get the module name of the funnel series. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the funnel series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(accumulation: AccumulationChart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/legend.d.ts /** * AccumulationLegend module used to render `Legend` for Accumulation chart. */ export class AccumulationLegend extends BaseLegend { titleRect: svgBase.Rect; private totalRowCount; private maxColumnWidth; /** * Constructor for Accumulation Legend. * @param chart */ constructor(chart: AccumulationChart); /** * Get the legend options. * @return {void} * @private */ getLegendOptions(chart: AccumulationChart, series: AccumulationSeries[]): void; /** * To find legend bounds for accumulation chart. * @private */ getLegendBounds(availableSize: svgBase.Size, legendBounds: svgBase.Rect, legend: LegendSettingsModel): void; /** * To find maximum column size for legend */ private getMaxColumn; /** * To find available width from legend x position. */ private getAvailWidth; /** * To find legend rendering locations from legend options. * @private */ getRenderPoint(legendOption: LegendOptions, start: ChartLocation, textPadding: number, prevLegend: LegendOptions, rect: svgBase.Rect, count: number, firstLegend: number): void; /** * finding the smart legend place according to positions. * @return {void} * @private */ getSmartLegendLocation(labelBound: svgBase.Rect, legendBound: svgBase.Rect, margin: MarginModel): void; /** * To get title rect. */ private getTitleRect; /** * To get legend by index */ private legendByIndex; /** * To show or hide the legend on clicking the legend. * @return {void} */ click(event: Event): void; /** * To translate the point elements by index and position */ private sliceVisibility; /** * Slice animation * @param element * @param name * @param isVisible */ private sliceAnimate; /** * Get module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the Legend. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: AccumulationChart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/pie-base.d.ts /** * PieBase class used to do pie base calculations. */ export class PieBase extends AccumulationBase { protected startAngle: number; protected totalAngle: number; protected innerRadius: number; center: ChartLocation; radius: number; labelRadius: number; isRadiusMapped: boolean; seriesRadius: number; size: number; /** * To initialize the property values. * @private */ initProperties(chart: AccumulationChart, series: AccumulationSeries): void; getLabelRadius(series: AccumulationSeriesModel, point: AccPoints): number; /** * To find the center of the accumulation. * @private */ findCenter(accumulation: AccumulationChart, series: AccumulationSeries): void; /** * To find angles from series. */ private initAngles; /** * To calculate data-label bound * @private */ defaultLabelBound(series: AccumulationSeries, visible: boolean, position: AccumulationLabelPosition): void; /** * To calculate series bound * @private */ getSeriesBound(series: AccumulationSeries): svgBase.Rect; /** * To get rect location size from angle */ private getRectFromAngle; /** * To get path arc direction */ protected getPathArc(center: ChartLocation, start: number, end: number, radius: number, innerRadius: number): string; /** * To get pie direction */ protected getPiePath(center: ChartLocation, start: ChartLocation, end: ChartLocation, radius: number, clockWise: number): string; /** * To get doughnut direction */ protected getDoughnutPath(center: ChartLocation, start: ChartLocation, end: ChartLocation, radius: number, innerStart: ChartLocation, innerEnd: ChartLocation, innerRadius: number, clockWise: number): string; /** * Method to start animation for pie series. */ protected doAnimation(slice: Element, series: AccumulationSeries): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/pie-series.d.ts /** * AccumulationChart series file */ /** * PieSeries module used to render `Pie` Series. */ export class PieSeries extends PieBase { /** * To get path option, degree, symbolLocation from the point. * @private */ renderPoint(point: AccPoints, series: AccumulationSeries, chart: AccumulationChart, option: svgBase.PathOption, seriesGroup: Element, redraw?: boolean): void; private refresh; /** * To get path option from the point. */ private getPathOption; /** * To animate the pie series. * @private */ animateSeries(accumulation: AccumulationChart, option: AnimationModel, series: AccumulationSeries, slice: Element): void; /** * To get the module name of the Pie series. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the pie series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(accumulation: AccumulationChart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/pyramid-series.d.ts /** * Defines the behavior of a pyramid series */ /** * PyramidSeries module used to render `Pyramid` Series. */ export class PyramidSeries extends TriangularBase { /** * Defines the path of a pyramid segment */ private getSegmentData; /** * Initializes the size of the pyramid segments * @private */ protected initializeSizeRatio(points: AccPoints[], series: AccumulationSeries): void; /** * Defines the size of the pyramid segments, the surface of that will reflect the values */ private calculateSurfaceSegments; /** * Finds the height of pyramid segment */ private getSurfaceHeight; /** * Solves quadratic equation */ private solveQuadraticEquation; /** * Renders a pyramid segment */ private renderPoint; /** * To get the module name of the Pyramid series. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the pyramid series * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(accumulation: AccumulationChart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/renderer/triangular-base.d.ts /** * Defines the common behavior of funnel and pyramid series */ /** * TriangularBase is used to calculate base functions for funnel/pyramid series. */ export class TriangularBase extends AccumulationBase { /** * Initializes the properties of funnel/pyramid series * @private */ initProperties(chart: AccumulationChart, series: AccumulationSeries): void; /** * Initializes the size of the pyramid/funnel segments * @private */ protected initializeSizeRatio(points: AccPoints[], series: AccumulationSeries, reverse?: boolean): void; /** * Marks the label location from the set of points that forms a pyramid/funnel segment * @private */ protected setLabelLocation(series: AccumulationSeries, point: AccPoints, points: ChartLocation[]): void; /** * Finds the path to connect the list of points * @private */ protected findPath(locations: ChartLocation[]): string; /** * To calculate data-label bounds * @private */ defaultLabelBound(series: AccumulationSeries, visible: boolean, position: AccumulationLabelPosition, chart: AccumulationChart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/user-interaction/selection.d.ts /** * `AccumulationSelection` module handles the selection for accumulation chart. */ export class AccumulationSelection extends BaseSelection { private renderer; /** @private */ rectPoints: svgBase.Rect; selectedDataIndexes: Indexes[]; private series; constructor(accumulation: AccumulationChart); /** * To initialize the private variables */ private initPrivateVariables; /** * Invoke selection for rendered chart. * @param {AccumulationChart} chart - Define the chart to invoke the selection. * @return {void} */ invokeSelection(accumulation: AccumulationChart): void; /** * To get series selection style by series. */ private generateStyle; /** * To get elements by index, series */ private findElements; /** * To get series point element by index */ private getElementByIndex; /** * To calculate selected elements on mouse click or touch * @private */ calculateSelectedElements(accumulation: AccumulationChart, event: Event): void; /** * To perform the selection process based on index and element. */ private performSelection; /** * To select the element by index. Adding or removing selection style class name. */ private selection; /** * To redraw the selection process on accumulation chart refresh. * @private */ redrawSelection(accumulation: AccumulationChart, oldMode: AccumulationSelectionMode): void; /** * To remove the selected elements style classes by indexes. */ private removeSelectedElements; /** * To perform the selection for legend elements. * @private */ legendSelection(accumulation: AccumulationChart, series: number, pointIndex: number): void; /** * To select the element by selected data indexes. */ private selectDataIndex; /** * To remove the selection styles for multi selection process. */ private removeMultiSelectEelments; /** * To apply the opacity effect for accumulation chart series elements. */ private blurEffect; /** * To check selection elements by style class name. */ private checkSelectionElements; /** * To apply selection style for elements. */ private applyStyles; /** * To get selection style class name by id */ private getSelectionClass; /** * To remove selection style for elements. */ private removeStyles; /** * To apply or remove selected elements index. */ private addOrRemoveIndex; /** * To check two index, point and series are equal */ private checkEquals; /** * To check selected points are visibility */ private checkPointVisibility; /** * Get module name. */ getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the selection. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(accumulation: AccumulationChart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/accumulation-chart/user-interaction/tooltip.d.ts /** * `AccumulationTooltip` module is used to render tooltip for accumulation chart. */ export class AccumulationTooltip extends BaseTooltip { accumulation: AccumulationChart; constructor(accumulation: AccumulationChart); /** * @hidden */ private addEventListener; private mouseLeaveHandler; private mouseUpHandler; private mouseMoveHandler; /** * Renders the tooltip. * @param {PointerEvent} event - Mouse move event. * @return {void} */ tooltip(event: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): void; private renderSeriesTooltip; private getPieData; /** * To get series from index */ private getSeriesFromIndex; private getTooltipText; private findHeader; private parseTemplate; /** * Get module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the Tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: AccumulationChart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/annotation/annotation.d.ts /** * `ChartAnnotation` module handles the annotation for chart. */ export class ChartAnnotation extends AnnotationBase { private chart; private annotations; private parentElement; /** * Constructor for chart annotation. * @private. */ constructor(control: Chart, annotations: ChartAnnotationSettings[]); /** * Method to render the annotation for chart * @param element * @private */ renderAnnotations(element: Element): void; /** * To destroy the annotation. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(control: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/axis-helper.d.ts /** * Common axis classes * @private */ export class NiceInterval extends Double { /** * Method to calculate numeric datetime interval */ calculateDateTimeNiceInterval(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size, start: number, end: number, isChart?: boolean): number; /** * To get the skeleton for the DateTime axis. * @return {string} * @private */ getSkeleton(axis: Axis, currentValue: number, previousValue: number): string; /** * Get intervalType month format * @param currentValue * @param previousValue */ private getMonthFormat; /** * Get intervalType day label format for the axis * @param axis * @param currentValue * @param previousValue */ private getDayFormat; /** * Find label format for axis * @param axis * @param currentValue * @param previousValue * @private */ findCustomFormats(axis: Axis, currentValue: number, previousValue: number): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/axis-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Row */ export interface RowModel { /** * The height of the row as a string accept input both as '100px' and '100%'. * If specified as '100%, row renders to the full height of its chart. * @default '100%' */ height?: string; /** * Options to customize the border of the rows. */ border?: BorderModel; } /** * Interface for a class Column */ export interface ColumnModel { /** * The width of the column as a string accepts input both as like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, column renders to the full width of its chart. * @default '100%' */ width?: string; /** * Options to customize the border of the columns. */ border?: BorderModel; } /** * Interface for a class MajorGridLines */ export interface MajorGridLinesModel { /** * The width of the line in pixels. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * The dash array of the grid lines. * @default '' */ dashArray?: string; /** * The color of the major grid line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class MinorGridLines */ export interface MinorGridLinesModel { /** * The width of the line in pixels. * @default 0.7 */ width?: number; /** * The dash array of grid lines. * @default '' */ dashArray?: string; /** * The color of the minor grid line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class AxisLine */ export interface AxisLineModel { /** * The width of the line in pixels. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * The dash array of the axis line. * @default '' */ dashArray?: string; /** * The color of the axis line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class MajorTickLines */ export interface MajorTickLinesModel { /** * The width of the tick lines in pixels. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * The height of the ticks in pixels. * @default 5 */ height?: number; /** * The color of the major tick line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class MinorTickLines */ export interface MinorTickLinesModel { /** * The width of the tick line in pixels. * @default 0.7 */ width?: number; /** * The height of the ticks in pixels. * @default 5 */ height?: number; /** * The color of the minor tick line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class CrosshairTooltip */ export interface CrosshairTooltipModel { /** * If set to true, crosshair ToolTip will be visible. * @default false */ enable?: Boolean; /** * The fill color of the ToolTip accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * Options to customize the crosshair ToolTip text. */ textStyle?: FontModel; } /** * Interface for a class Axis */ export interface AxisModel { /** * Options to customize the axis label. */ labelStyle?: FontModel; /** * Options to customize the crosshair ToolTip. */ crosshairTooltip?: CrosshairTooltipModel; /** * Specifies the title of an axis. * @default '' */ title?: string; /** * Options for customizing the axis title. */ titleStyle?: FontModel; /** * Used to format the axis label that accepts any global string format like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc. * It also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label, e.g, 20°C. * @default '' */ labelFormat?: string; /** * Specifies the skeleton format in which the dateTime format will process. * @default '' */ skeleton?: string; /** * It specifies the type of format to be used in dateTime format process. * @default 'DateTime' */ skeletonType?: SkeletonType; /** * Left and right padding for the plot area in pixels. * @default 0 */ plotOffset?: number; /** * Specifies indexed category axis. * @default false */ isIndexed?: boolean; /** * The base value for logarithmic axis. It requires `valueType` to be `Logarithmic`. * @default 10 */ logBase?: number; /** * Specifies the index of the column where the axis is associated, * when the chart area is divided into multiple plot areas by using `columns`. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * columns: [{ width: '50%' }, * { width: '50%' }], * axes: [{ * name: 'xAxis 1', * columnIndex: 1, * }], * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default 0 */ columnIndex?: number; /** * Specifies the index of the row where the axis is associated, when the chart area is divided into multiple plot areas by using `rows`. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * rows: [{ height: '50%' }, * { height: '50%' }], * axes: [{ * name: 'yAxis 1', * rowIndex: 1, * }], * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default 0 */ rowIndex?: number; /** * Specifies the number of `columns` or `rows` an axis has to span horizontally or vertically. * @default 1 */ span?: number; /** * With this property, you can request axis to calculate intervals approximately equal to your specified interval. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ desiredIntervals?: number; /** * The maximum number of label count per 100 pixels with respect to the axis length. * @default 3 */ maximumLabels?: number; /** * The axis is scaled by this factor. When zoomFactor is 0.5, the chart is scaled by 200% along this axis. Value ranges from 0 to 1. * @default 1 */ zoomFactor?: number; /** * Position of the zoomed axis. Value ranges from 0 to 1. * @default 0 */ zoomPosition?: number; /** * If set to true, the axis will render at the opposite side of its default position. * @default false */ opposedPosition?: boolean; /** * If set to true, axis interval will be calculated automatically with respect to the zoomed range. * @default true */ enableAutoIntervalOnZooming?: boolean; /** * Specifies the padding for the axis range in terms of interval.They are, * * none: Padding cannot be applied to the axis. * * normal: Padding is applied to the axis based on the range calculation. * * additional: Interval of the axis is added as padding to the minimum and maximum values of the range. * * round: Axis range is rounded to the nearest possible value divided by the interval. * @default 'Auto' */ rangePadding?: ChartRangePadding; /** * Specifies the type of data the axis is handling. * * Double: Renders a numeric axis. * * DateTime: Renders a dateTime axis. * * Category: Renders a category axis. * * Logarithmic: Renders a log axis. * @default 'Double' */ valueType?: ValueType; /** * Specifies the position of labels at the edge of the axis.They are, * * None: No action will be performed. * * Hide: Edge label will be hidden. * * Shift: Shifts the edge labels. * @default 'None' */ edgeLabelPlacement?: EdgeLabelPlacement; /** * Specifies the types like `Years`, `Months`, `Days`, `Hours`, `Minutes`, `Seconds` in date time axis.They are, * * Auto: Defines the interval of the axis based on data. * * Years: Defines the interval of the axis in years. * * Months: Defines the interval of the axis in months. * * Days: Defines the interval of the axis in days. * * Hours: Defines the interval of the axis in hours. * * Minutes: Defines the interval of the axis in minutes. * @default 'Auto' */ intervalType?: IntervalType; /** * Specifies the placement of a label for category axis. They are, * * betweenTicks: Renders the label between the ticks. * * onTicks: Renders the label on the ticks. * @default 'BetweenTicks' */ labelPlacement?: LabelPlacement; /** * Specifies the placement of a ticks to the axis line. They are, * * inside: Renders the ticks inside to the axis line. * * outside: Renders the ticks outside to the axis line. * @default 'Outside' */ tickPosition?: AxisPosition; /** * Specifies the placement of a labels to the axis line. They are, * * inside: Renders the labels inside to the axis line. * * outside: Renders the labels outside to the axis line. * @default 'Outside' */ labelPosition?: AxisPosition; /** * Unique identifier of an axis. * To associate an axis with the series, set this name to the xAxisName/yAxisName properties of the series. * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * If set to true, axis label will be visible. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * Specifies the number of minor ticks per interval. * @default 0 */ minorTicksPerInterval?: number; /** * The angle to which the axis label gets rotated. * @default 0 */ labelRotation?: number; /** * Specifies the value at which the axis line has to be intersect with the vertical axis or vice versa. * @default null */ crossesAt?: Object; /** * Specifies whether axis elements like axis labels, axis title, etc has to be crossed with axis line * @default true */ placeNextToAxisLine?: boolean; /** * Specifies axis name with which the axis line has to be crossed * @default null */ crossesInAxis?: string; /** * Specifies the minimum range of an axis. * @default null */ minimum?: Object; /** * Specifies the maximum range of an axis. * @default null */ maximum?: Object; /** * Specifies the interval for an axis. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ interval?: number; /** * Specifies the maximum width of an axis label. * @default 34. */ maximumLabelWidth?: number; /** * Specifies the Trim property for an axis. * @default false */ enableTrim?: boolean; /** * Options for customizing major tick lines. */ majorTickLines?: MajorTickLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing minor tick lines. */ minorTickLines?: MinorTickLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing major grid lines. */ majorGridLines?: MajorGridLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing minor grid lines. */ minorGridLines?: MinorGridLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing axis lines. */ lineStyle?: AxisLineModel; /** * Specifies the actions like `Hide`, `Rotate45`, and `Rotate90` when the axis labels intersect with each other.They are, * * None: Shows all the labels. * * Hide: Hides the label when it intersects. * * Rotate45: Rotates the label to 45 degree when it intersects. * * Rotate90: Rotates the label to 90 degree when it intersects. * @default Hide */ labelIntersectAction?: LabelIntersectAction; /** * It specifies whether the axis to be rendered in inversed manner or not. * @default false */ isInversed?: boolean; /** * The polar radar radius position. * @default 100 */ coefficient?: number; /** * The start angle for the series. * @default 0 */ startAngle?: number; /** * Description for axis and its element. * @default null */ description?: string; /** * TabIndex value for the axis. * @default 2 */ tabIndex?: number; /** * Specifies the stripLine collection for the axis */ stripLines?: StripLineSettingsModel[]; /** * Specifies the multi level labels collection for the axis */ multiLevelLabels?: MultiLevelLabelsModel[]; /** * Border of the multi level labels. */ border?: LabelBorderModel; /** * Option to customize scrollbar with lazy loading */ scrollbarSettings?: ScrollbarSettingsModel; } /** * Interface for a class VisibleLabels * @private */ export interface VisibleLabelsModel { } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/axis.d.ts /** * Configures the `rows` of the chart. */ export class Row extends base.ChildProperty { /** * The height of the row as a string accept input both as '100px' and '100%'. * If specified as '100%, row renders to the full height of its chart. * @default '100%' */ height: string; /** * Options to customize the border of the rows. */ border: BorderModel; /** @private */ axes: Axis[]; /** @private */ computedHeight: number; /** @private */ computedTop: number; /** @private */ nearSizes: number[]; /** @private */ farSizes: number[]; /** * Measure the row size * @return {void} * @private */ computeSize(axis: Axis, clipRect: svgBase.Rect, scrollBarHeight: number): void; } /** * Configures the `columns` of the chart. */ export class Column extends base.ChildProperty { /** * The width of the column as a string accepts input both as like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, column renders to the full width of its chart. * @default '100%' */ width: string; /** * Options to customize the border of the columns. */ border: BorderModel; /** @private */ axes: Axis[]; /** @private */ computedWidth: number; /** @private */ computedLeft: number; /** @private */ nearSizes: number[]; /** @private */ farSizes: number[]; /** @private */ private padding; /** * Measure the column size * @return {void} * @private */ computeSize(axis: Axis, clipRect: svgBase.Rect, scrollBarHeight: number): void; } /** * Configures the major grid lines in the `axis`. */ export class MajorGridLines extends base.ChildProperty { /** * The width of the line in pixels. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * The dash array of the grid lines. * @default '' */ dashArray: string; /** * The color of the major grid line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ color: string; } /** * Configures the minor grid lines in the `axis`. */ export class MinorGridLines extends base.ChildProperty { /** * The width of the line in pixels. * @default 0.7 */ width: number; /** * The dash array of grid lines. * @default '' */ dashArray: string; /** * The color of the minor grid line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ color: string; } /** * Configures the axis line of a chart. */ export class AxisLine extends base.ChildProperty { /** * The width of the line in pixels. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * The dash array of the axis line. * @default '' */ dashArray: string; /** * The color of the axis line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ color: string; } /** * Configures the major tick lines. */ export class MajorTickLines extends base.ChildProperty { /** * The width of the tick lines in pixels. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * The height of the ticks in pixels. * @default 5 */ height: number; /** * The color of the major tick line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ color: string; } /** * Configures the minor tick lines. */ export class MinorTickLines extends base.ChildProperty { /** * The width of the tick line in pixels. * @default 0.7 */ width: number; /** * The height of the ticks in pixels. * @default 5 */ height: number; /** * The color of the minor tick line that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ color: string; } /** * Configures the crosshair ToolTip. */ export class CrosshairTooltip extends base.ChildProperty { /** * If set to true, crosshair ToolTip will be visible. * @default false */ enable: Boolean; /** * The fill color of the ToolTip accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * Options to customize the crosshair ToolTip text. */ textStyle: FontModel; } /** * Configures the axes in the chart. */ export class Axis extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Options to customize the axis label. */ labelStyle: FontModel; /** * Options to customize the crosshair ToolTip. */ crosshairTooltip: CrosshairTooltipModel; /** * Specifies the title of an axis. * @default '' */ title: string; /** * Options for customizing the axis title. */ titleStyle: FontModel; /** * Used to format the axis label that accepts any global string format like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc. * It also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label, e.g, 20°C. * @default '' */ labelFormat: string; /** * Specifies the skeleton format in which the dateTime format will process. * @default '' */ skeleton: string; /** * It specifies the type of format to be used in dateTime format process. * @default 'DateTime' */ skeletonType: SkeletonType; /** * Left and right padding for the plot area in pixels. * @default 0 */ plotOffset: number; /** * Specifies indexed category axis. * @default false */ isIndexed: boolean; /** * The base value for logarithmic axis. It requires `valueType` to be `Logarithmic`. * @default 10 */ logBase: number; /** * Specifies the index of the column where the axis is associated, * when the chart area is divided into multiple plot areas by using `columns`. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * columns: [{ width: '50%' }, * { width: '50%' }], * axes: [{ * name: 'xAxis 1', * columnIndex: 1, * }], * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default 0 */ columnIndex: number; /** * Specifies the index of the row where the axis is associated, when the chart area is divided into multiple plot areas by using `rows`. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * rows: [{ height: '50%' }, * { height: '50%' }], * axes: [{ * name: 'yAxis 1', * rowIndex: 1, * }], * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default 0 */ rowIndex: number; /** * Specifies the number of `columns` or `rows` an axis has to span horizontally or vertically. * @default 1 */ span: number; /** * With this property, you can request axis to calculate intervals approximately equal to your specified interval. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ desiredIntervals: number; /** * The maximum number of label count per 100 pixels with respect to the axis length. * @default 3 */ maximumLabels: number; /** * The axis is scaled by this factor. When zoomFactor is 0.5, the chart is scaled by 200% along this axis. Value ranges from 0 to 1. * @default 1 */ zoomFactor: number; /** * Position of the zoomed axis. Value ranges from 0 to 1. * @default 0 */ zoomPosition: number; /** * If set to true, the axis will render at the opposite side of its default position. * @default false */ opposedPosition: boolean; /** * If set to true, axis interval will be calculated automatically with respect to the zoomed range. * @default true */ enableAutoIntervalOnZooming: boolean; /** * Specifies the padding for the axis range in terms of interval.They are, * * none: Padding cannot be applied to the axis. * * normal: Padding is applied to the axis based on the range calculation. * * additional: Interval of the axis is added as padding to the minimum and maximum values of the range. * * round: Axis range is rounded to the nearest possible value divided by the interval. * @default 'Auto' */ rangePadding: ChartRangePadding; /** * Specifies the type of data the axis is handling. * * Double: Renders a numeric axis. * * DateTime: Renders a dateTime axis. * * Category: Renders a category axis. * * Logarithmic: Renders a log axis. * @default 'Double' */ valueType: ValueType; /** * Specifies the position of labels at the edge of the axis.They are, * * None: No action will be performed. * * Hide: Edge label will be hidden. * * Shift: Shifts the edge labels. * @default 'None' */ edgeLabelPlacement: EdgeLabelPlacement; /** * Specifies the types like `Years`, `Months`, `Days`, `Hours`, `Minutes`, `Seconds` in date time axis.They are, * * Auto: Defines the interval of the axis based on data. * * Years: Defines the interval of the axis in years. * * Months: Defines the interval of the axis in months. * * Days: Defines the interval of the axis in days. * * Hours: Defines the interval of the axis in hours. * * Minutes: Defines the interval of the axis in minutes. * @default 'Auto' */ intervalType: IntervalType; /** * Specifies the placement of a label for category axis. They are, * * betweenTicks: Renders the label between the ticks. * * onTicks: Renders the label on the ticks. * @default 'BetweenTicks' */ labelPlacement: LabelPlacement; /** * Specifies the placement of a ticks to the axis line. They are, * * inside: Renders the ticks inside to the axis line. * * outside: Renders the ticks outside to the axis line. * @default 'Outside' */ tickPosition: AxisPosition; /** * Specifies the placement of a labels to the axis line. They are, * * inside: Renders the labels inside to the axis line. * * outside: Renders the labels outside to the axis line. * @default 'Outside' */ labelPosition: AxisPosition; /** * Unique identifier of an axis. * To associate an axis with the series, set this name to the xAxisName/yAxisName properties of the series. * @default '' */ name: string; /** * If set to true, axis label will be visible. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Specifies the number of minor ticks per interval. * @default 0 */ minorTicksPerInterval: number; /** * The angle to which the axis label gets rotated. * @default 0 */ labelRotation: number; /** * Specifies the value at which the axis line has to be intersect with the vertical axis or vice versa. * @default null */ crossesAt: Object; /** * Specifies whether axis elements like axis labels, axis title, etc has to be crossed with axis line * @default true */ placeNextToAxisLine: boolean; /** * Specifies axis name with which the axis line has to be crossed * @default null */ crossesInAxis: string; /** * Specifies the minimum range of an axis. * @default null */ minimum: Object; /** * Specifies the maximum range of an axis. * @default null */ maximum: Object; /** * Specifies the interval for an axis. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ interval: number; /** * Specifies the maximum width of an axis label. * @default 34. */ maximumLabelWidth: number; /** * Specifies the Trim property for an axis. * @default false */ enableTrim: boolean; /** * Options for customizing major tick lines. */ majorTickLines: MajorTickLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing minor tick lines. */ minorTickLines: MinorTickLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing major grid lines. */ majorGridLines: MajorGridLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing minor grid lines. */ minorGridLines: MinorGridLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing axis lines. */ lineStyle: AxisLineModel; /** * Specifies the actions like `Hide`, `Rotate45`, and `Rotate90` when the axis labels intersect with each other.They are, * * None: Shows all the labels. * * Hide: Hides the label when it intersects. * * Rotate45: Rotates the label to 45 degree when it intersects. * * Rotate90: Rotates the label to 90 degree when it intersects. * @default Hide */ labelIntersectAction: LabelIntersectAction; /** * It specifies whether the axis to be rendered in inversed manner or not. * @default false */ isInversed: boolean; /** * The polar radar radius position. * @default 100 */ coefficient: number; /** * The start angle for the series. * @default 0 */ startAngle: number; /** * Description for axis and its element. * @default null */ description: string; /** * TabIndex value for the axis. * @default 2 */ tabIndex: number; /** * Specifies the stripLine collection for the axis */ stripLines: StripLineSettingsModel[]; /** * Specifies the multi level labels collection for the axis */ multiLevelLabels: MultiLevelLabelsModel[]; /** * Border of the multi level labels. */ border: LabelBorderModel; /** * Option to customize scrollbar with lazy loading */ scrollbarSettings: ScrollbarSettingsModel; /** @private */ visibleRange: VisibleRangeModel; /** @private */ visibleLabels: VisibleLabels[]; /** @private */ actualRange: VisibleRangeModel; /** @private */ series: Series[]; /** @private */ doubleRange: DoubleRange; /** @private */ maxLabelSize: svgBase.Size; /** @private */ rotatedLabel: string; /** @private */ rect: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ axisBottomLine: BorderModel; /** @private */ orientation: Orientation; /** @private */ intervalDivs: number[]; /** @private */ actualIntervalType: IntervalType; /** @private */ labels: string[]; /** @private */ format: Function; /** @private */ baseModule: Double | DateTime | Category | DateTimeCategory; /** @private */ startLabel: string; /** @private */ endLabel: string; /** @private */ angle: number; /** @private */ dateTimeInterval: number; /** @private */ isStack100: boolean; /** @private */ crossInAxis: this; /** @private */ crossAt: number; /** @private */ updatedRect: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ multiLevelLabelHeight: number; zoomingScrollBar: ScrollBar; /** @private */ scrollBarHeight: number; /** @private */ isChart: boolean; /** @private */ maxPointLength: number; constructor(parent: any, propName: string, defaultValue: Object, isArray?: boolean); /** * The function used to find tick size. * @return {number} * @private */ findTickSize(crossAxis: Axis): number; /** * The function used to find axis position. * @return {number} * @private */ isInside(range: VisibleRangeModel): boolean; /** * The function used to find label svgBase.Size. * @return {number} * @private */ findLabelSize(crossAxis: Axis, innerPadding: number): number; /** * The function used to find axis position. * @return {number} * @private */ updateCrossValue(chart: Chart): void; private findDifference; /** * Calculate visible range for axis. * @return {void} * @private */ calculateVisibleRange(size: svgBase.Size): void; /** * Triggers the event. * @return {void} * @private */ triggerRangeRender(chart: Chart, minimum: number, maximum: number, interval: number): void; /** * Calculate padding for the axis. * @return {string} * @private */ getRangePadding(chart: Chart): string; /** * Calculate maximum label width for the axis. * @return {void} * @private */ getMaxLabelWidth(chart: Chart): void; /** * To get line break text collection * @param breakLabels */ private getLineBreakText; /** * Finds the multiple rows for axis. * @return {void} */ private findMultiRows; /** * Finds the default module for axis. * @return {void} * @private */ getModule(chart: Chart): void; } /** @private */ export interface VisibleRangeModel { min?: number; max?: number; interval?: number; delta?: number; } /** @private */ export class VisibleLabels { text: string | string[]; value: number; labelStyle: FontModel; size: svgBase.Size; breakLabelSize: svgBase.Size; index: number; originalText: string; constructor(text: string | string[], value: number, labelStyle: FontModel, originalText: string | string[], size?: svgBase.Size, breakLabelSize?: svgBase.Size, index?: number); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/cartesian-panel.d.ts export class CartesianAxisLayoutPanel { private chart; private initialClipRect; private htmlObject; private element; private padding; /** @private */ leftSize: number; /** @private */ rightSize: number; /** @private */ topSize: number; /** @private */ bottomSize: number; /** @private */ seriesClipRect: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ constructor(chartModule?: Chart); /** * Measure the axis size. * @return {void} * @private */ measureAxis(rect: svgBase.Rect): void; private measureRowAxis; private measureColumnAxis; /** * Measure the column and row in chart. * @return {void} * @private */ measureDefinition(definition: Row | Column, chart: Chart, size: svgBase.Size, clipRect: svgBase.Rect): void; /** * Measure the axis. * @return {void} * @private */ private calculateAxisSize; /** * Measure the axis. * @return {void} * @private */ measure(): void; private crossAt; private updateCrossAt; private pushAxis; private arrangeAxis; private getActualColumn; private getActualRow; /** * Measure the row size. * @return {void} */ private calculateRowSize; /** * Measure the row size. * @param rect */ private calculateColumnSize; /** * To render the axis element. * @return {void} * @private */ renderAxes(): Element; /** * To render the axis scrollbar * @param chart * @param axis */ private renderScrollbar; /** * To find the axis position * @param axis */ private findAxisPosition; /** * To render the bootom line of the columns and rows * @param definition * @param index * @param isRow */ private drawBottomLine; /** * To render the axis line * @param axis * @param index * @param plotX * @param plotY * @param parent * @param rect */ private drawAxisLine; /** * To render the yAxis grid line * @param axis * @param index * @param parent * @param rect */ private drawYAxisGridLine; /** * To check the border of the axis * @param axis * @param index * @param value */ private isBorder; /** * To render the yAxis label * @param axis * @param index * @param parent * @param rect * @private */ drawYAxisLabels(axis: Axis, index: number, parent: Element, rect: svgBase.Rect): void; /** * To render the yAxis label border. * @param axis * @param index * @param parent * @param rect */ private drawYAxisBorder; /** * To render the yAxis title * @param axis * @param index * @param parent * @param rect */ private drawYAxisTitle; /** * xAxis grid line calculation performed here * @param axis * @param index * @param parent * @param rect */ private drawXAxisGridLine; /** * To calcualte the axis minor line * @param axis * @param tempInterval * @param rect * @param labelIndex */ private drawAxisMinorLine; /** * To find the numeric value of the log * @param axis * @param logPosition * @param logInterval * @param value * @param labelIndex */ private findLogNumeric; /** * To render the xAxis Labels * @param axis * @param index * @param parent * @param rect * @private */ drawXAxisLabels(axis: Axis, index: number, parent: Element, rect: svgBase.Rect): void; /** * To get axis label text * @param breakLabels * @param label * @param axis * @param intervalLength */ private getLabelText; /** * To render the x-axis label border. * @param axis * @param index * @param parent * @param axisRect */ private drawXAxisBorder; /** * To create border element of the axis * @param axis * @param index * @param labelBorder * @param parent */ private createAxisBorderElement; /** * To find the axis label of the intersect action * @param axis * @param label * @param width */ private findAxisLabel; /** * X-Axis Title function performed * @param axis * @param index * @param parent * @param rect */ private drawXAxisTitle; /** * To render the axis grid and tick lines(Both Major and Minor) * @param axis * @param index * @param gridDirection * @param gridModel * @param gridId * @param gridIndex * @param parent * @param themeColor * @param dashArray */ private renderGridLine; /** * To Find the parent node of the axis * @param chart * @param label * @param axis * @param index */ private findParentNode; /** * Create Zooming Labels Function Called here * @param chart * @param labelElement * @param axis * @param index * @param rect */ private createZoomingLabel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/category-axis.d.ts /** * `Category` module is used to render category axis. */ export class Category extends NiceInterval { /** * Constructor for the category module. * @private */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * The function to calculate the range and labels for the axis. * @return {void} */ calculateRangeAndInterval(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void; /** * Actual Range for the axis. * @private */ getActualRange(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void; /** * Padding for the axis. * @private */ applyRangePadding(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void; /** * Calculate label for the axis. * @private */ calculateVisibleLabels(axis: Axis): void; /** * Get module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the category axis. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/date-time-axis.d.ts /** * `DateTime` module is used to render datetime axis. */ export class DateTime extends NiceInterval { min: number; max: number; /** * Constructor for the dateTime module. * @private */ constructor(chart?: Chart); /** * The function to calculate the range and labels for the axis. * @return {void} */ calculateRangeAndInterval(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void; /** * Actual Range for the axis. * @private */ getActualRange(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void; /** * Apply padding for the range. * @private */ applyRangePadding(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void; private getYear; private getMonth; private getDay; private getHour; /** * Calculate visible range for axis. * @private */ protected calculateVisibleRange(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void; /** * Calculate visible labels for the axis. * @param axis * @param chart * @private */ calculateVisibleLabels(axis: Axis, chart: Chart | RangeNavigator): void; /** @private */ increaseDateTimeInterval(axis: Axis, value: number, interval: number): Date; private alignRangeStart; /** * Get module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the category axis. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/date-time-category-axis.d.ts /** * Category module is used to render category axis. */ export class DateTimeCategory extends Category { private axisSize; /** * Constructor for the category module. * @private */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * The function to calculate the range and labels for the axis. * @return {void} * @private */ calculateRangeAndInterval(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void; /** * Calculate label for the axis. * @private */ calculateVisibleLabels(axis: Axis): void; /** * get same interval */ private sameInterval; /** * Get module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the category axis. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/double-axis.d.ts /** * Numeric module is used to render numeric axis. */ export class Double { /** @private */ chart: Chart; /** @private */ min: Object; /** @private */ max: Object; private paddingInterval; /** * Constructor for the dateTime module. * @private */ constructor(chart?: Chart); /** * Numeric Nice Interval for the axis. * @private */ protected calculateNumericNiceInterval(axis: Axis, delta: number, size: svgBase.Size): number; /** * Actual Range for the axis. * @private */ getActualRange(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void; /** * Range for the axis. * @private */ initializeDoubleRange(axis: Axis): void; /** * The function to calculate the range and labels for the axis. * @return {void} * @private */ calculateRangeAndInterval(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void; /** * Calculate Range for the axis. * @private */ protected calculateRange(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void; private findMinMax; /** * Apply padding for the range. * @private */ applyRangePadding(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void; updateActualRange(axis: Axis, minimum: number, maximum: number, interval: number): void; private findAdditional; private findNormal; /** * Calculate visible range for axis. * @private */ protected calculateVisibleRange(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void; /** * Calculate label for the axis. * @private */ calculateVisibleLabels(axis: Axis, chart: Chart | RangeNavigator): void; /** * Format of the axis label. * @private */ protected getFormat(axis: Axis): string; /** * Formatted the axis label. * @private */ formatValue(axis: Axis, isCustom: boolean, format: string, tempInterval: number): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/logarithmic-axis.d.ts /** * `Logarithmic` module is used to render log axis. */ export class Logarithmic extends Double { /** * Constructor for the logerithmic module. * @private */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * The method to calculate the range and labels for the axis. * @return {void} */ calculateRangeAndInterval(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void; /** * Calculates actual range for the axis. * @private */ getActualRange(axis: Axis, size: svgBase.Size): void; /** * Calculates visible range for the axis. * @private */ protected calculateVisibleRange(size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): void; /** * Calculates log iInteval for the axis. * @private */ protected calculateLogNiceInterval(delta: number, size: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): number; /** * Calculates labels for the axis. * @private */ calculateVisibleLabels(axis: Axis, chart: Chart | RangeNavigator): void; /** * Get module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the category axis. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/multi-level-labels.d.ts /** * MultiLevel Labels src */ /** * `MultiLevelLabel` module is used to render the multi level label in chart. */ export class MultiLevelLabel { /** @private */ chart: Chart; /** @private */ xAxisPrevHeight: number[]; /** @private */ xAxisMultiLabelHeight: number[]; /** @private */ yAxisPrevHeight: number[]; /** @private */ yAxisMultiLabelHeight: number[]; /** @private */ multiElements: Element; /** * Constructor for the logerithmic module. * @private */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * Finds multilevel label height * @return {void} */ getMultilevelLabelsHeight(axis: Axis): void; /** * render x axis multi level labels * @private * @return {void} */ renderXAxisMultiLevelLabels(axis: Axis, index: number, parent: Element, axisRect: svgBase.Rect): void; /** * render x axis multi level labels border * @private * @return {void} */ private renderXAxisLabelBorder; /** * render y axis multi level labels * @private * @return {void} */ renderYAxisMultiLevelLabels(axis: Axis, index: number, parent: Element, rect: svgBase.Rect): void; /** * render y axis multi level labels border * @private * @return {void} */ private renderYAxisLabelBorder; /** * create cliprect * @return {void} * @private */ createClipRect(x: number, y: number, height: number, width: number, clipId: string, axisId: string): void; /** * create borer element * @return {void} * @private */ createBorderElement(borderIndex: number, axisIndex: number, axis: Axis, path: string): void; /** * Triggers the event. * @return {void} * @private */ triggerMultiLabelRender(axis: Axis, text: string, textStyle: FontModel, textAlignment: Alignment): IAxisMultiLabelRenderEventArgs; /** * To get the module name for `MultiLevelLabel`. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the `MultiLevelLabel` module. * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/polar-radar-panel.d.ts export class PolarRadarPanel extends LineBase { private initialClipRect; private htmlObject; private element; private centerX; private centerY; private startAngle; /** @private */ seriesClipRect: svgBase.Rect; /** * Measure the polar radar axis size. * @return {void} * @private */ measureAxis(rect: svgBase.Rect): void; private measureRowAxis; private measureColumnAxis; /** * Measure the column and row in chart. * @return {void} * @private */ measureDefinition(definition: Row | Column, chart: Chart, size: svgBase.Size, clipRect: svgBase.Rect): void; /** * Measure the axis. * @return {void} * @private */ private calculateAxisSize; /** * Measure the axis. * @return {void} * @private */ measure(): void; /** * Measure the row size. * @return {void} */ private calculateRowSize; /** * Measure the row size. * @return {void} */ private calculateColumnSize; /** * To render the axis element. * @return {void} * @private */ renderAxes(): Element; private drawYAxisLine; drawYAxisLabels(axis: Axis, index: number): void; private drawYAxisGridLine; private drawXAxisGridLine; private drawAxisMinorLine; /** * To render the axis label. * @return {void} * @private */ drawXAxisLabels(axis: Axis, index: number): void; private renderTickLine; private renderGridLine; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/axis/strip-line.d.ts /** * `StripLine` module is used to render the stripLine in chart. */ export class StripLine { /** * Finding x, y, width and height of the strip line * @param axis * @param strip line * @param seriesClipRect * @param startValue * @param segmentAxis */ private measureStripLine; /** * To get from to value from start, end, size, start from axis * @param start * @param end * @param size * @param startFromAxis * @param axis * @param strip line */ private getFromTovalue; /** * Finding end value of the strip line * @param to * @param from * @param size * @param axis * @param end * @param strip line */ private getToValue; /** * To check the strip line values within range * @param value * @param axis */ private findValue; /** * To render strip lines based start and end. * @private * @param chart * @param position * @param axes */ renderStripLine(chart: Chart, position: ZIndex, axes: Axis[]): void; /** * To draw the single line strip line * @param strip line * @param rect * @param id * @param parent * @param chart * @param axis */ private renderPath; /** * To draw the rectangle * @param strip line * @param rect * @param id * @param parent * @param chart */ private renderRectangle; /** * To create the text on strip line * @param strip line * @param rect * @param id * @param parent * @param chart * @param axis */ private renderText; private invertAlignment; /** * To find the next value of the recurrence strip line * @param axis * @param stripline * @param startValue */ private getStartValue; /** * Finding segment axis for segmented strip line * @param axes * @param axis * @param strip line */ private getSegmentAxis; /** * To render strip line on chart * @param axis * @param stripline * @param seriesClipRect * @param id * @param striplineGroup * @param chart * @param startValue * @param segmentAxis * @param count */ private renderStripLineElement; /** * To find the factor of the text * @param anchor */ private factor; /** * To find the start value of the text * @param xy * @param size * @param textAlignment */ private getTextStart; /** * To get the module name for `StripLine`. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the `StripLine` module. * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/chart-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class CrosshairSettings */ export interface CrosshairSettingsModel { /** * If set to true, crosshair line becomes visible. * @default false */ enable?: boolean; /** * DashArray for crosshair. * @default '' */ dashArray?: string; /** * Options to customize the crosshair line. */ line?: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the line type. Horizontal mode enables the horizontal line and Vertical mode enables the vertical line. They are, * * None: Hides both vertical and horizontal crosshair lines. * * Both: Shows both vertical and horizontal crosshair lines. * * Vertical: Shows the vertical line. * * Horizontal: Shows the horizontal line. * @default Both */ lineType?: LineType; } /** * Interface for a class ZoomSettings */ export interface ZoomSettingsModel { /** * If set to true, chart can be zoomed by a rectangular selecting region on the plot area. * @default false */ enableSelectionZooming?: boolean; /** * If to true, chart can be pinched to zoom in / zoom out. * @default false */ enablePinchZooming?: boolean; /** * If set to true, chart can be zoomed by using mouse wheel. * @default false */ enableMouseWheelZooming?: boolean; /** * If set to true, zooming will be performed on mouse up. It requires `enableSelectionZooming` to be true. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * zoomSettings: { * enableSelectionZooming: true, * enableDeferredZooming: false * } * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default true */ enableDeferredZooming?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to allow zooming vertically or horizontally or in both ways. They are, * * x,y: Chart can be zoomed both vertically and horizontally. * * x: Chart can be zoomed horizontally. * * y: Chart can be zoomed vertically. * It requires `enableSelectionZooming` to be true. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * zoomSettings: { * enableSelectionZooming: true, * mode: 'XY' * } * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default 'XY' */ mode?: ZoomMode; /** * Specifies the toolkit options for the zooming as follows: * * Zoom * * ZoomIn * * ZoomOut * * Pan * * Reset * @default '["Zoom", "ZoomIn", "ZoomOut", "Pan", "Reset"]' */ toolbarItems?: ToolbarItems[]; /** * Specifies whether chart needs to be panned by default. * @default false. */ enablePan?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether axis needs to have scrollbar. * @default false. */ enableScrollbar?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class Chart */ export interface ChartModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * The width of the chart as a string accepts input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, chart renders to the full width of its parent element. * @default null */ width?: string; /** * The height of the chart as a string accepts input both as '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, chart renders to the full height of its parent element. * @default null */ height?: string; /** * Title of the chart * @default '' */ title?: string; /** * Specifies the DataSource for the chart. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let dataManager$: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({ * url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/' * }); * let query$: Query = new Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false); * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * dataSource:dataManager, * series: [{ * xName: 'Id', * yName: 'Estimate', * query: query * }], * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default '' */ dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Options for customizing the title of the Chart. */ titleStyle?: FontModel; /** * SubTitle of the chart * @default '' */ subTitle?: string; /** * Options for customizing the Subtitle of the Chart. */ subTitleStyle?: FontModel; /** * Options to customize left, right, top and bottom margins of the chart. */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the chart border. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * The background color of the chart that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ background?: string; /** * Options for configuring the border and background of the chart area. */ chartArea?: ChartAreaModel; /** * Options to configure the horizontal axis. */ primaryXAxis?: AxisModel; /** * Options to configure the vertical axis. */ primaryYAxis?: AxisModel; /** * Options to split Chart into multiple plotting areas horizontally. * Each object in the collection represents a plotting area in the Chart. */ rows?: RowModel[]; /** * Options to split chart into multiple plotting areas vertically. * Each object in the collection represents a plotting area in the chart. */ columns?: ColumnModel[]; /** * Secondary axis collection for the chart. */ axes?: AxisModel[]; /** * The configuration for series in the chart. */ series?: SeriesModel[]; /** * The configuration for annotation in chart. */ annotations?: ChartAnnotationSettingsModel[]; /** * Palette for the chart series. * @default [] */ palettes?: string[]; /** * Specifies the theme for the chart. * @default 'Material' */ theme?: ChartTheme; /** * Options for customizing the tooltip of the chart. */ tooltip?: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the crosshair of the chart. */ crosshair?: CrosshairSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the legend of the chart. */ legendSettings?: LegendSettingsModel; /** * Options to enable the zooming feature in the chart. */ zoomSettings?: ZoomSettingsModel; /** * Specifies whether series or data point has to be selected. They are, * * none: Disables the selection. * * series: selects a series. * * point: selects a point. * * cluster: selects a cluster of point * * dragXY: selects points by dragging with respect to both horizontal and vertical axes * * dragX: selects points by dragging with respect to horizontal axis. * * dragY: selects points by dragging with respect to vertical axis. * @default None */ selectionMode?: SelectionMode; /** * If set true, enables the multi selection in chart. It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series` | or `Cluster`. * @default false */ isMultiSelect?: boolean; /** * To enable11 export feature in chart. * @default true */ enableExport?: boolean; /** * Specifies the point indexes to be selected while loading a chart. * It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series` | or `Cluster`. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * selectionMode: 'Point', * selectedDataIndexes: [ { series: 0, point: 1}, * { series: 2, point: 3} ], * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default [] */ selectedDataIndexes?: IndexesModel[]; /** * Specifies whether a grouping separator should be used for a number. * @default false */ useGroupingSeparator?: boolean; /** * It specifies whether the chart should be render in transposed manner or not. * @default false */ isTransposed?: boolean; /** * Defines the collection of technical indicators, that are used in financial markets */ indicators?: TechnicalIndicatorModel[]; /** * If set true, Animation process will be executed. * @default true */ enableAnimation?: boolean; /** * Description for chart. * @default null */ description?: string; /** * TabIndex value for the chart. * @default 1 */ tabIndex?: number; /** * To enable the side by side placing the points for column type series. * @default true */ enableSideBySidePlacement?: boolean; /** * Triggers after resizing of chart * @event */ resized?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the annotation gets rendered. * @event */ annotationRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the prints gets started. * @event */ beforePrint?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after chart load. * @event */ loaded?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before chart load. * @event */ load?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after animation is completed for the series. * @event */ animationComplete?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the legend is rendered. * @event */ legendRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the data label for series is rendered. * @event */ textRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before each points for the series is rendered. * @event */ pointRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the series is rendered. * @event */ seriesRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before each axis label is rendered. * @event */ axisLabelRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before each axis range is rendered. * @event */ axisRangeCalculated?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before each axis multi label is rendered. * @event */ axisMultiLabelRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the tooltip for series is rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on hovering the chart. * @event */ chartMouseMove?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on clicking the chart. * @event */ chartMouseClick?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on point click. * @event */ pointClick?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on point move. * @event */ pointMove?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when cursor leaves the chart. * @event */ chartMouseLeave?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on mouse down. * @event */ chartMouseDown?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on mouse up. * @event */ chartMouseUp?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after the drag selection is completed. * @event */ dragComplete?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after the zoom selection is completed. * @event */ zoomComplete?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when start the scroll. * @event */ scrollStart?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after the scroll end. * @event */ scrollEnd?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when change the scroll. * @event */ scrollChanged?: base.EmitType; /** * Defines the currencyCode format of the chart * @private * @aspType string */ currencyCode?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/chart.d.ts /** * Configures the crosshair in the chart. */ export class CrosshairSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * If set to true, crosshair line becomes visible. * @default false */ enable: boolean; /** * DashArray for crosshair. * @default '' */ dashArray: string; /** * Options to customize the crosshair line. */ line: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the line type. Horizontal mode enables the horizontal line and Vertical mode enables the vertical line. They are, * * None: Hides both vertical and horizontal crosshair lines. * * Both: Shows both vertical and horizontal crosshair lines. * * Vertical: Shows the vertical line. * * Horizontal: Shows the horizontal line. * @default Both */ lineType: LineType; } /** * Configures the zooming behavior for the chart. */ export class ZoomSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * If set to true, chart can be zoomed by a rectangular selecting region on the plot area. * @default false */ enableSelectionZooming: boolean; /** * If to true, chart can be pinched to zoom in / zoom out. * @default false */ enablePinchZooming: boolean; /** * If set to true, chart can be zoomed by using mouse wheel. * @default false */ enableMouseWheelZooming: boolean; /** * If set to true, zooming will be performed on mouse up. It requires `enableSelectionZooming` to be true. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * zoomSettings: { * enableSelectionZooming: true, * enableDeferredZooming: false * } * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default true */ enableDeferredZooming: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to allow zooming vertically or horizontally or in both ways. They are, * * x,y: Chart can be zoomed both vertically and horizontally. * * x: Chart can be zoomed horizontally. * * y: Chart can be zoomed vertically. * It requires `enableSelectionZooming` to be true. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * zoomSettings: { * enableSelectionZooming: true, * mode: 'XY' * } * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default 'XY' */ mode: ZoomMode; /** * Specifies the toolkit options for the zooming as follows: * * Zoom * * ZoomIn * * ZoomOut * * Pan * * Reset * @default '["Zoom", "ZoomIn", "ZoomOut", "Pan", "Reset"]' */ toolbarItems: ToolbarItems[]; /** * Specifies whether chart needs to be panned by default. * @default false. */ enablePan: boolean; /** * Specifies whether axis needs to have scrollbar. * @default false. */ enableScrollbar: boolean; } /** * Represents the Chart control. * ```html *
* * ``` */ export class Chart extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * `lineSeriesModule` is used to add line series to the chart. */ lineSeriesModule: LineSeries; /** * `multiColoredLineSeriesModule` is used to add multi colored line series to the chart. */ multiColoredLineSeriesModule: MultiColoredLineSeries; /** * `multiColoredAreaSeriesModule` is used to add multi colored area series to the chart. */ multiColoredAreaSeriesModule: MultiColoredAreaSeries; /** * `columnSeriesModule` is used to add column series to the chart. */ columnSeriesModule: ColumnSeries; /** * `ParetoSeriesModule` is used to add pareto series in the chart. */ paretoSeriesModule: ParetoSeries; /** * `areaSeriesModule` is used to add area series in the chart. */ areaSeriesModule: AreaSeries; /** * `barSeriesModule` is used to add bar series to the chart. */ barSeriesModule: BarSeries; /** * `stackingColumnSeriesModule` is used to add stacking column series in the chart. */ stackingColumnSeriesModule: StackingColumnSeries; /** * `stackingAreaSeriesModule` is used to add stacking area series to the chart. */ stackingAreaSeriesModule: StackingAreaSeries; /** * `stackingLineSeriesModule` is used to add stacking line series to the chart. */ stackingLineSeriesModule: StackingLineSeries; /** * 'CandleSeriesModule' is used to add candle series in the chart. */ candleSeriesModule: CandleSeries; /** * `stackingBarSeriesModule` is used to add stacking bar series to the chart. */ stackingBarSeriesModule: StackingBarSeries; /** * `stepLineSeriesModule` is used to add step line series to the chart. */ stepLineSeriesModule: StepLineSeries; /** * `stepAreaSeriesModule` is used to add step area series to the chart. */ stepAreaSeriesModule: StepAreaSeries; /** * `polarSeriesModule` is used to add polar series in the chart. */ polarSeriesModule: PolarSeries; /** * `radarSeriesModule` is used to add radar series in the chart. */ radarSeriesModule: RadarSeries; /** * `splineSeriesModule` is used to add spline series to the chart. */ splineSeriesModule: SplineSeries; /** * `splineAreaSeriesModule` is used to add spline area series to the chart. */ splineAreaSeriesModule: SplineAreaSeries; /** * `scatterSeriesModule` is used to add scatter series to the chart. */ scatterSeriesModule: ScatterSeries; /** * `boxAndWhiskerSeriesModule` is used to add line series to the chart. */ boxAndWhiskerSeriesModule: BoxAndWhiskerSeries; /** * `rangeColumnSeriesModule` is used to add rangeColumn series to the chart. */ rangeColumnSeriesModule: RangeColumnSeries; /** * histogramSeriesModule is used to add histogram series in chart */ histogramSeriesModule: HistogramSeries; /** * hiloSeriesModule is used to add hilo series in chart */ hiloSeriesModule: HiloSeries; /** * hiloOpenCloseSeriesModule is used to add hilo series in chart */ hiloOpenCloseSeriesModule: HiloOpenCloseSeries; /** * `waterfallSeries` is used to add waterfall series in chart. */ waterfallSeriesModule: WaterfallSeries; /** * `bubbleSeries` is used to add bubble series in chart. */ bubbleSeriesModule: BubbleSeries; /** * `rangeAreaSeriesModule` is used to add rangeArea series in chart. */ rangeAreaSeriesModule: RangeAreaSeries; /** * `tooltipModule` is used to manipulate and add tooltip to the series. */ tooltipModule: Tooltip; /** * `crosshairModule` is used to manipulate and add crosshair to the chart. */ crosshairModule: Crosshair; /** * `errorBarModule` is used to manipulate and add errorBar for series. */ errorBarModule: ErrorBar; /** * `dataLabelModule` is used to manipulate and add data label to the series. */ dataLabelModule: DataLabel; /** * `datetimeModule` is used to manipulate and add dateTime axis to the chart. */ dateTimeModule: DateTime; /** * `categoryModule` is used to manipulate and add category axis to the chart. */ categoryModule: Category; /** * `dateTimeCategoryModule` is used to manipulate date time and category axis */ dateTimeCategoryModule: DateTimeCategory; /** * `logarithmicModule` is used to manipulate and add log axis to the chart. */ logarithmicModule: Logarithmic; /** * `legendModule` is used to manipulate and add legend to the chart. */ legendModule: Legend; /** * `zoomModule` is used to manipulate and add zooming to the chart. */ zoomModule: Zoom; /** * `selectionModule` is used to manipulate and add selection to the chart. */ selectionModule: Selection; /** * `annotationModule` is used to manipulate and add annotation in chart. */ annotationModule: ChartAnnotation; /** * `stripLineModule` is used to manipulate and add stripLine in chart. */ stripLineModule: StripLine; /** * `multiLevelLabelModule` is used to manipulate and add multiLevelLabel in chart. */ multiLevelLabelModule: MultiLevelLabel; /** * 'TrendlineModule' is used to predict the market trend using trendlines */ trendLineModule: Trendlines; /** * `sMAIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using SMA approach */ sMAIndicatorModule: SmaIndicator; /** * `eMAIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using EMA approach */ eMAIndicatorModule: EmaIndicator; /** * `tMAIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using TMA approach */ tMAIndicatorModule: TmaIndicator; /** * `accumulationDistributionIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using Accumulation Distribution approach */ accumulationDistributionIndicatorModule: AccumulationDistributionIndicator; /** * `atrIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using ATR approach */ atrIndicatorModule: AtrIndicator; /** * `rSIIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using RSI approach */ rsiIndicatorModule: RsiIndicator; /** * `macdIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using Macd approach */ macdIndicatorModule: MacdIndicator; /** * `stochasticIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using Stochastic approach */ stochasticIndicatorModule: StochasticIndicator; /** * `momentumIndicatorModule` is used to predict the market trend using Momentum approach */ momentumIndicatorModule: MomentumIndicator; /** * `bollingerBandsModule` is used to predict the market trend using Bollinger approach */ bollingerBandsModule: BollingerBands; /** * ScrollBar Module is used to render scrollbar in chart while zooming. */ scrollBarModule: ScrollBar; /** * Export Module1 is used to export chart. */ exportModule: Export; /** * The width of the chart as a string accepts input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, chart renders to the full width of its parent element. * @default null */ width: string; /** * The height of the chart as a string accepts input both as '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, chart renders to the full height of its parent element. * @default null */ height: string; /** * Title of the chart * @default '' */ title: string; /** * Specifies the DataSource for the chart. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let dataManager$: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({ * url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/' * }); * let query$: Query = new Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false); * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * dataSource:dataManager, * series: [{ * xName: 'Id', * yName: 'Estimate', * query: query * }], * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default '' */ dataSource: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Options for customizing the title of the Chart. */ titleStyle: FontModel; /** * SubTitle of the chart * @default '' */ subTitle: string; /** * Options for customizing the Subtitle of the Chart. */ subTitleStyle: FontModel; /** * Options to customize left, right, top and bottom margins of the chart. */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the chart border. */ border: BorderModel; /** * The background color of the chart that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ background: string; /** * Options for configuring the border and background of the chart area. */ chartArea: ChartAreaModel; /** * Options to configure the horizontal axis. */ primaryXAxis: AxisModel; /** * Options to configure the vertical axis. */ primaryYAxis: AxisModel; /** * Options to split Chart into multiple plotting areas horizontally. * Each object in the collection represents a plotting area in the Chart. */ rows: RowModel[]; /** * Options to split chart into multiple plotting areas vertically. * Each object in the collection represents a plotting area in the chart. */ columns: ColumnModel[]; /** * Secondary axis collection for the chart. */ axes: AxisModel[]; /** * The configuration for series in the chart. */ series: SeriesModel[]; /** * The configuration for annotation in chart. */ annotations: ChartAnnotationSettingsModel[]; /** * Palette for the chart series. * @default [] */ palettes: string[]; /** * Specifies the theme for the chart. * @default 'Material' */ theme: ChartTheme; /** * Options for customizing the tooltip of the chart. */ tooltip: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the crosshair of the chart. */ crosshair: CrosshairSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the legend of the chart. */ legendSettings: LegendSettingsModel; /** * Options to enable the zooming feature in the chart. */ zoomSettings: ZoomSettingsModel; /** * Specifies whether series or data point has to be selected. They are, * * none: Disables the selection. * * series: selects a series. * * point: selects a point. * * cluster: selects a cluster of point * * dragXY: selects points by dragging with respect to both horizontal and vertical axes * * dragX: selects points by dragging with respect to horizontal axis. * * dragY: selects points by dragging with respect to vertical axis. * @default None */ selectionMode: SelectionMode; /** * If set true, enables the multi selection in chart. It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series` | or `Cluster`. * @default false */ isMultiSelect: boolean; /** * To enable111 export feature in chart. * @default true */ enableExport: boolean; /** * Specifies the point indexes to be selected while loading a chart. * It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series` | or `Cluster`. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * selectionMode: 'Point', * selectedDataIndexes: [ { series: 0, point: 1}, * { series: 2, point: 3} ], * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default [] */ selectedDataIndexes: IndexesModel[]; /** * Specifies whether a grouping separator should be used for a number. * @default false */ useGroupingSeparator: boolean; /** * It specifies whether the chart should be render in transposed manner or not. * @default false */ isTransposed: boolean; /** * Defines the collection of technical indicators, that are used in financial markets */ indicators: TechnicalIndicatorModel[]; /** * If set true, Animation process will be executed. * @default true */ enableAnimation: boolean; /** * Description for chart. * @default null */ description: string; /** * TabIndex value for the chart. * @default 1 */ tabIndex: number; /** * To enable the side by side placing the points for column type series. * @default true */ enableSideBySidePlacement: boolean; /** * Triggers after resizing of chart * @event */ resized: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the annotation gets rendered. * @event */ annotationRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the prints gets started. * @event */ beforePrint: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after chart load. * @event */ loaded: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before chart load. * @event */ load: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after animation is completed for the series. * @event */ animationComplete: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the legend is rendered. * @event */ legendRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the data label for series is rendered. * @event */ textRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before each points for the series is rendered. * @event */ pointRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the series is rendered. * @event */ seriesRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before each axis label is rendered. * @event */ axisLabelRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before each axis range is rendered. * @event */ axisRangeCalculated: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before each axis multi label is rendered. * @event */ axisMultiLabelRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the tooltip for series is rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on hovering the chart. * @event */ chartMouseMove: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on clicking the chart. * @event */ chartMouseClick: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on point click. * @event */ pointClick: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on point move. * @event */ pointMove: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when cursor leaves the chart. * @event */ chartMouseLeave: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on mouse down. * @event */ chartMouseDown: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers on mouse up. * @event */ chartMouseUp: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after the drag selection is completed. * @event */ dragComplete: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after the zoom selection is completed. * @event */ zoomComplete: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when start the scroll. * @event */ scrollStart: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after the scroll end. * @event */ scrollEnd: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers when change the scroll. * @event */ scrollChanged: base.EmitType; /** * Defines the currencyCode format of the chart * @private * @aspType string */ private currencyCode; private htmlObject; private getElement; private elementSize; private isLegend; /** @private */ stockChart: StockChart; /** * localization object * @private */ localeObject: base.L10n; /** * It contains default values of localization values */ private defaultLocalConstants; /** * Gets the current visible axis of the Chart. * @hidden */ axisCollections: Axis[]; /** * Gets the current visible series of the Chart. * @hidden */ visibleSeries: Series[]; /** * Render panel for chart. * @hidden */ chartAxisLayoutPanel: CartesianAxisLayoutPanel | PolarRadarPanel; /** * Gets all the horizontal axis of the Chart. * @hidden */ horizontalAxes: Axis[]; /** * Gets all the vertical axis of the Chart. * @hidden */ verticalAxes: Axis[]; /** * Gets the inverted chart. * @hidden */ requireInvertedAxis: boolean; /** @private */ svgObject: Element; /** @private */ isTouch: boolean; /** @private */ renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer; /** @private */ initialClipRect: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ seriesElements: Element; /** @private */ indicatorElements: Element; /** @private */ trendLineElements: Element; /** @private */ visibleSeriesCount: number; /** @private */ intl: base.Internationalization; /** @private */ dataLabelCollections: svgBase.Rect[]; /** @private */ dataLabelElements: Element; /** @private */ mouseX: number; /** @private */ mouseY: number; /** @private */ animateSeries: boolean; /** @private */ redraw: boolean; /** @public */ animated: boolean; /** @public */ duration: number; /** @private */ availableSize: svgBase.Size; /** @private */ delayRedraw: boolean; /** @private */ isDoubleTap: boolean; /** @private */ mouseDownX: number; /** @private */ mouseDownY: number; /** @private */ previousMouseMoveX: number; /** @private */ previousMouseMoveY: number; /** @private */ private threshold; /** @private */ isChartDrag: boolean; private resizeTo; /** @private */ disableTrackTooltip: boolean; /** @private */ startMove: boolean; /** @private */ yAxisElements: Element; /** @private */ radius: number; /** @private */ chartAreaType: string; /** * `markerModule` is used to manipulate and add marker to the series. * @private */ markerRender: Marker; private titleCollection; private subTitleCollection; /** @private */ themeStyle: IThemeStyle; /** @private */ scrollElement: Element; /** @private */ scrollSettingEnabled: boolean; private chartid; /** @private */ svgId: string; /** * Touch object to unwire the touch event from element */ private touchObject; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @hidden */ constructor(options?: ChartModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * To manage persist chart data */ private mergePersistChartData; /** * Initialize the event handler. */ protected preRender(): void; private initPrivateVariable; /** * To Initialize the control rendering. */ protected render(): void; /** * Gets the localized label by locale keyword. * @param {string} key * @return {string} */ getLocalizedLabel(key: string): string; /** * Animate the series bounds. * @private */ animate(duration?: number): void; /** * Refresh the chart bounds. * @private */ refreshBound(): void; /** * To calcualte the stack values */ private calculateStackValues; private renderElements; /** * To render the legend * @private */ renderAxes(): Element; /** * To render the legend */ private renderLegend; /** * To set the left and top position for data label template for center aligned chart */ private setSecondaryElementPosition; private initializeModuleElements; private hasTrendlines; private renderSeriesElements; /** * @private */ renderSeries(): void; private initializeIndicator; private initializeTrendLine; private appendElementsAfterSeries; private applyZoomkit; /** * Render annotation perform here * @param redraw * @private */ private renderAnnotation; private performSelection; private processData; private initializeDataModule; private calculateBounds; /** * Handles the print method for chart control. */ print(id?: string[] | string | Element): void; /** * Defines the trendline initialization */ private initTrendLines; private calculateAreaType; /** * Calculate the visible axis * @private */ private calculateVisibleAxis; private initAxis; private initTechnicalIndicators; /** @private */ refreshTechnicalIndicator(series: SeriesBase): void; private calculateVisibleSeries; private renderTitle; private renderSubTitle; private renderBorder; /** * @private */ renderAreaBorder(): void; /** * To add series for the chart * @param {SeriesModel[]} seriesCollection - Defines the series collection to be added in chart. * @return {void}. */ addSeries(seriesCollection: SeriesModel[]): void; /** * To Remove series for the chart * @param index - Defines the series index to be remove in chart series * @return {void} */ removeSeries(index: number): void; /** * To destroy the widget * @method destroy * @return {void}. * @member of Chart */ destroy(): void; /** * Get component name */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Method to create SVG element. */ createChartSvg(): void; /** * Method to bind events for chart */ private unWireEvents; private wireEvents; private chartRightClick; private setStyle; /** * Finds the orientation. * @return {boolean} * @private */ isOrientation(): boolean; /** * Handles the long press on chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ longPress(e?: base.TapEventArgs): boolean; /** * To find mouse x, y for aligned chart element svg position */ private setMouseXY; /** * Export method for the chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ export(type: ExportType, fileName: string): void; /** * Handles the chart resize. * @return {boolean} * @private */ chartResize(e: Event): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse move. * @return {boolean} * @private */ mouseMove(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse leave. * @return {boolean} * @private */ mouseLeave(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse leave on chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ chartOnMouseLeave(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse click on chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ chartOnMouseClick(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): boolean; private triggerPointEvent; /** * Handles the mouse move on chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ chartOnMouseMove(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): boolean; private titleTooltip; private axisTooltip; private findAxisLabel; /** * Handles the mouse down on chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ chartOnMouseDown(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse up. * @return {boolean} * @private */ mouseEnd(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse up. * @return {boolean} * @private */ chartOnMouseUp(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): boolean; /** * Method to set culture for chart */ private setCulture; /** * Method to set the annotation content dynamically for chart. */ setAnnotationValue(annotationIndex: number, content: string): void; /** * Method to set locale constants */ private setLocaleConstants; /** * Theming for chart */ private setTheme; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for control rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @private */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; private findAxisModule; private findIndicatorModules; private findTrendLineModules; private findStriplineVisibility; /** * To Remove the SVG. * @return {boolean} * @private */ removeSvg(): void; private refreshDefinition; /** * Refresh the axis default value. * @return {boolean} * @private */ refreshAxis(): void; private axisChange; /** * Get visible series by index */ private getVisibleSeries; /** * Clear visible Axis labels */ private clearVisibleAxisLabels; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: ChartModel, oldProp: ChartModel): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/index.d.ts /** * Chart component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/legend/legend.d.ts /** * `Legend` module is used to render legend for the chart. */ export class Legend extends BaseLegend { constructor(chart: Chart); /** * Binding events for legend module. */ private addEventListener; /** * UnBinding events for legend module. */ private removeEventListener; /** * To handle mosue move for legend module */ private mouseMove; /** * To handle mosue end for legend module */ private mouseEnd; /** * Get the legend options. * @return {void} * @private */ getLegendOptions(visibleSeriesCollection: Series[], chart: Chart): void; /** @private */ getLegendBounds(availableSize: svgBase.Size, legendBounds: svgBase.Rect, legend: LegendSettingsModel): void; /** @private */ getRenderPoint(legendOption: LegendOptions, start: ChartLocation, textPadding: number, prevLegend: LegendOptions, rect: svgBase.Rect, count: number, firstLegend: number): void; /** @private */ LegendClick(seriesIndex: number): void; private redrawSeriesElements; private refreshSeries; /** * To show the tooltip for the trimmed text in legend. * @return {void} */ click(event: Event): void; /** * Get module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the Legend. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/model/chart-base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class ChartAnnotationSettings */ export interface ChartAnnotationSettingsModel { /** * if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` X specifies the axis value * else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate * @default '0' */ x?: string | Date | number; /** * if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` Y specifies the axis value * else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate * @default '0' */ y?: string | number; /** * Content of the annotation, which accepts the id of the custom element. * @default null */ content?: string; /** * Specifies the alignment of the annotation. They are * * Near - Align the annotation element as left side. * * Far - Align the annotation element as right side. * * Center - Align the annotation element as mid point. * @default 'Center' */ horizontalAlignment?: Alignment; /** * Specifies the coordinate units of the annotation. They are * * Pixel - Annotation renders based on x and y pixel value. * * Point - Annotation renders based on x and y axis value. * @default 'Pixel' */ coordinateUnits?: Units; /** * Specifies the regions of the annotation. They are * * Chart - Annotation renders based on chart coordinates. * * Series - Annotation renders based on series coordinates. * @default 'Chart' */ region?: Regions; /** * Specifies the position of the annotation. They are * * Top - Align the annotation element as top side. * * Bottom - Align the annotation element as bottom side. * * Middle - Align the annotation element as mid point. * @default 'Middle' */ verticalAlignment?: Position; /** * The name of horizontal axis associated with the annotation. * It requires `axes` of chart. * @default null */ xAxisName?: string; /** * The name of vertical axis associated with the annotation. * It requires `axes` of chart. * @default null */ yAxisName?: string; /** * Information about annotation for assistive technology. * @default null */ description?: string; } /** * Interface for a class LabelBorder */ export interface LabelBorderModel { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ color?: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * Border type for labels * * Rectangle * * Without Top Border * * Without Top and BottomBorder * * Without Border * * Brace * * CurlyBrace * @default 'Rectangle' */ type?: BorderType; } /** * Interface for a class MultiLevelCategories */ export interface MultiLevelCategoriesModel { /** * Start value of the multi level labels * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ start?: number | Date | string; /** * End value of the multi level labels * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ end?: number | Date | string; /** * multi level labels text. * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * Maximum width of the text for multi level labels. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ maximumTextWidth?: number; } /** * Interface for a class StripLineSettings */ export interface StripLineSettingsModel { /** * If set true, strip line for axis renders. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * If set true, strip line get render from axis origin. * @default false */ startFromAxis?: boolean; /** * Start value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ start?: number | Date; /** * End value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ end?: number | Date; /** * Size of the strip line, when it starts from the origin. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ size?: number; /** * Color of the strip line. * @default '#808080' */ color?: string; /** * Dash Array of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ dashArray?: string; /** * Size type of the strip line * @default Auto */ sizeType?: sizeType; /** * isRepeat value of the strip line. * @default false * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ isRepeat?: boolean; /** * repeatEvery value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ repeatEvery?: number | Date; /** * repeatUntil value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ repeatUntil?: number | Date; /** * isSegmented value of the strip line * @default false * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ isSegmented?: boolean; /** * segmentStart value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ segmentStart?: number | Date; /** * segmentEnd value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ segmentEnd?: number | Date; /** * segmentAxisName of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ segmentAxisName?: string; /** * Border of the strip line. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Strip line text. * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * The angle to which the strip line text gets rotated. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ rotation?: number; /** * Defines the position of the strip line text horizontally. They are, * * Start: Places the strip line text at the start. * * Middle: Places the strip line text in the middle. * * End: Places the strip line text at the end. * @default 'Middle' */ horizontalAlignment?: Anchor; /** * Defines the position of the strip line text vertically. They are, * * Start: Places the strip line text at the start. * * Middle: Places the strip line text in the middle. * * End: Places the strip line text at the end. * @default 'Middle' */ verticalAlignment?: Anchor; /** * Options to customize the strip line text. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Specifies the order of the strip line. They are, * * Behind: Places the strip line behind the series elements. * * Over: Places the strip line over the series elements. * @default 'Behind' */ zIndex?: ZIndex; /** * Strip line Opacity * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class MultiLevelLabels */ export interface MultiLevelLabelsModel { /** * Defines the position of the multi level labels. They are, * * Near: Places the multi level labels at Near. * * Center: Places the multi level labels at Center. * * Far: Places the multi level labels at Far. * @default 'Center' */ alignment?: Alignment; /** * Defines the textOverFlow for multi level labels. They are, * * Trim: Trim textOverflow for multi level labels. * * Wrap: Wrap textOverflow for multi level labels. * * none: None textOverflow for multi level labels. * @default 'Wrap' */ overflow?: TextOverflow; /** * Options to customize the multi level labels. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Border of the multi level labels. */ border?: LabelBorderModel; /** * multi level categories for multi level labels. */ categories?: MultiLevelCategoriesModel[]; } /** * Interface for a class ScrollbarSettingsRange */ export interface ScrollbarSettingsRangeModel { /** * Specifies the minimum range of an scrollbar. * @default null */ minimum?: Date | string | number; /** * Specifies the maximum range of an scrollbar. * @default null */ maximum?: Date | string | number; } /** * Interface for a class ScrollbarSettings */ export interface ScrollbarSettingsModel { /** * Enables the scrollbar for lazy loading. * @default false */ enable?: boolean; /** * Defines the length of the points for numeric and logarithmic values. * @default null */ pointsLength?: number; /** * Specifies the range for date time values alone. */ range?: ScrollbarSettingsRangeModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/model/chart-base.d.ts /** * Configures the Annotation for chart. */ export class ChartAnnotationSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` X specifies the axis value * else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate * @default '0' */ x: string | Date | number; /** * if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` Y specifies the axis value * else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate * @default '0' */ y: string | number; /** * Content of the annotation, which accepts the id of the custom element. * @default null */ content: string; /** * Specifies the alignment of the annotation. They are * * Near - Align the annotation element as left side. * * Far - Align the annotation element as right side. * * Center - Align the annotation element as mid point. * @default 'Center' */ horizontalAlignment: Alignment; /** * Specifies the coordinate units of the annotation. They are * * Pixel - Annotation renders based on x and y pixel value. * * Point - Annotation renders based on x and y axis value. * @default 'Pixel' */ coordinateUnits: Units; /** * Specifies the regions of the annotation. They are * * Chart - Annotation renders based on chart coordinates. * * Series - Annotation renders based on series coordinates. * @default 'Chart' */ region: Regions; /** * Specifies the position of the annotation. They are * * Top - Align the annotation element as top side. * * Bottom - Align the annotation element as bottom side. * * Middle - Align the annotation element as mid point. * @default 'Middle' */ verticalAlignment: Position; /** * The name of horizontal axis associated with the annotation. * It requires `axes` of chart. * @default null */ xAxisName: string; /** * The name of vertical axis associated with the annotation. * It requires `axes` of chart. * @default null */ yAxisName: string; /** * Information about annotation for assistive technology. * @default null */ description: string; } /** * label border properties. */ export class LabelBorder extends base.ChildProperty { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ color: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * Border type for labels * * Rectangle * * Without Top Border * * Without Top and BottomBorder * * Without Border * * Brace * * CurlyBrace * @default 'Rectangle' */ type: BorderType; } /** * categories for multi level labels */ export class MultiLevelCategories extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Start value of the multi level labels * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ start: number | Date | string; /** * End value of the multi level labels * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ end: number | Date | string; /** * multi level labels text. * @default '' */ text: string; /** * Maximum width of the text for multi level labels. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ maximumTextWidth: number; } /** * Strip line properties */ export class StripLineSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * If set true, strip line for axis renders. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * If set true, strip line get render from axis origin. * @default false */ startFromAxis: boolean; /** * Start value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ start: number | Date; /** * End value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ end: number | Date; /** * Size of the strip line, when it starts from the origin. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ size: number; /** * Color of the strip line. * @default '#808080' */ color: string; /** * Dash Array of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ dashArray: string; /** * Size type of the strip line * @default Auto */ sizeType: sizeType; /** * isRepeat value of the strip line. * @default false * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ isRepeat: boolean; /** * repeatEvery value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ repeatEvery: number | Date; /** * repeatUntil value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ repeatUntil: number | Date; /** * isSegmented value of the strip line * @default false * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ isSegmented: boolean; /** * segmentStart value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ segmentStart: number | Date; /** * segmentEnd value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ segmentEnd: number | Date; /** * segmentAxisName of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ segmentAxisName: string; /** * Border of the strip line. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Strip line text. * @default '' */ text: string; /** * The angle to which the strip line text gets rotated. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ rotation: number; /** * Defines the position of the strip line text horizontally. They are, * * Start: Places the strip line text at the start. * * Middle: Places the strip line text in the middle. * * End: Places the strip line text at the end. * @default 'Middle' */ horizontalAlignment: Anchor; /** * Defines the position of the strip line text vertically. They are, * * Start: Places the strip line text at the start. * * Middle: Places the strip line text in the middle. * * End: Places the strip line text at the end. * @default 'Middle' */ verticalAlignment: Anchor; /** * Options to customize the strip line text. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Specifies the order of the strip line. They are, * * Behind: Places the strip line behind the series elements. * * Over: Places the strip line over the series elements. * @default 'Behind' */ zIndex: ZIndex; /** * Strip line Opacity * @default 1 */ opacity: number; } /** * MultiLevelLabels properties */ export class MultiLevelLabels extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Defines the position of the multi level labels. They are, * * Near: Places the multi level labels at Near. * * Center: Places the multi level labels at Center. * * Far: Places the multi level labels at Far. * @default 'Center' */ alignment: Alignment; /** * Defines the textOverFlow for multi level labels. They are, * * Trim: Trim textOverflow for multi level labels. * * Wrap: Wrap textOverflow for multi level labels. * * none: None textOverflow for multi level labels. * @default 'Wrap' */ overflow: TextOverflow; /** * Options to customize the multi level labels. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Border of the multi level labels. */ border: LabelBorderModel; /** * multi level categories for multi level labels. */ categories: MultiLevelCategoriesModel[]; } /** * Specifies range for scrollbarSettings property */ export class ScrollbarSettingsRange extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Specifies the minimum range of an scrollbar. * @default null */ minimum: Date | string | number; /** * Specifies the maximum range of an scrollbar. * @default null */ maximum: Date | string | number; } /** * Scrollbar Settings Properties for Lazy Loading */ export class ScrollbarSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Enables the scrollbar for lazy loading. * @default false */ enable: boolean; /** * Defines the length of the points for numeric and logarithmic values. * @default null */ pointsLength: number; /** * Specifies the range for date time values alone. */ range: ScrollbarSettingsRangeModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/print-export/export.d.ts /** * `ExportModule` module is used to print and export the rendered chart. */ export class Export { private chart; /** * Constructor for export module. * @private */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * Handles the export method for chart control. * @param type * @param fileName */ export(type: ExportType, fileName: string, orientation?: pdfExport.PdfPageOrientation, controls?: (Chart | AccumulationChart | RangeNavigator | StockChart)[], width?: number, height?: number): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the chart. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart | AccumulationChart | RangeNavigator): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/area-series.d.ts /** * `AreaSeries` module is used to render the area series. */ export class AreaSeries extends MultiColoredSeries { /** * Render Area series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted: boolean): void; /** * To destroy the area series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/bar-series.d.ts /** * `BarSeries` module is used to render the bar series. */ export class BarSeries extends ColumnBase { /** * Render Bar series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series): void; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * To destroy the bar series. * @return {void} * @private */ protected destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/box-and-whisker-series.d.ts /** * `BoxAndWhiskerSeries` module is used to render the box and whisker series. */ export class BoxAndWhiskerSeries extends ColumnBase { /** * Render BoxAndWhisker series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted: boolean): void; /** * update the tip region fo box plot * @param series * @param point * @param sideBySideInfo */ private updateTipRegion; /** * Update tip size to tip regions * @param series * @param point * @param region * @param isInverted */ private updateTipSize; /** * Calculation for path direction performed here * @param point * @param series * @param median * @param average */ getPathString(point: Points, series: Series, median: ChartLocation, average: ChartLocation): string; /** * Rendering for box and whisker append here. * @param series * @param point * @param rect * @param argsData * @param direction */ renderBoxAndWhisker(series: Series, point: Points, rect: svgBase.Rect, argsData: IPointRenderEventArgs, direction: string, median: number): void; /** * To find the box plot values * @param yValues * @param point * @param mode */ findBoxPlotValues(yValues: number[], point: Points, mode: BoxPlotMode): void; /** * to find the exclusive quartile values * @param yValues * @param count * @param percentile */ private getExclusiveQuartileValue; /** * to find the inclusive quartile values * @param yValues * @param count * @param percentile */ private getInclusiveQuartileValue; /** * To find the quartile values * @param yValues * @param count * @param lowerQuartile * @param upperQuartile */ private getQuartileValues; /** * To find the min, max and outlier values * @param yValues * @param lowerQuartile * @param upperQuartile * @param minimum * @param maximum * @param outliers */ private getMinMaxOutlier; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the candle series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/bubble-series.d.ts /** * `BubbleSeries` module is used to render the bubble series. */ export class BubbleSeries { /** * Render the Bubble series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted: boolean): void; /** * To destroy the Bubble. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/candle-series.d.ts /** * `CandleSeries` module is used to render the candle series. */ export class CandleSeries extends ColumnBase { /** * Render Candle series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series): void; /** * Trigger point rendering event */ protected triggerPointRenderEvent(series: Series, point: Points): IPointRenderEventArgs; /** * Find the color of the candle * @param series * @private */ private getCandleColor; /** * Finds the path of the candle shape * @param Series * @private */ getPathString(topRect: svgBase.Rect, midRect: svgBase.Rect, series: Series): string; /** * Draws the candle shape * @param series * @private */ drawCandle(series: Series, point: Points, rect: svgBase.Rect, argsData: IPointRenderEventArgs, direction: string): void; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the candle series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/chart-series-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class DataLabelSettings */ export interface DataLabelSettingsModel { /** * If set true, data label for series renders. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * The DataSource field that contains the data label value. * @default null */ name?: string; /** * The background color of the data label accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 'transparent' */ fill?: string; /** * The opacity for the background. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * Specifies the position of the data label. They are, * * Outer: Positions the label outside the point. * * top: Positions the label on top of the point. * * Bottom: Positions the label at the bottom of the point. * * Middle: Positions the label to the middle of the point. * * Auto: Positions the label based on series. * @default 'Auto' */ position?: LabelPosition; /** * The roundedCornerX for the data label. It requires `border` values not to be null. * @default 5 */ rx?: number; /** * The roundedCornerY for the data label. It requires `border` values not to be null. * @default 5 */ ry?: number; /** * Specifies the alignment for data Label. They are, * * Near: Aligns the label to the left of the point. * * Center: Aligns the label to the center of the point. * * Far: Aligns the label to the right of the point. * @default 'Center' */ alignment?: Alignment; /** * Option for customizing the border lines. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Margin configuration for the data label. */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Option for customizing the data label text. */ font?: FontModel; /** * Custom template to show the data label. Use ${point.x} and ${point.y} as a placeholder * text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null */ template?: string; } /** * Interface for a class MarkerSettings */ export interface MarkerSettingsModel { /** * If set to true the marker for series is rendered. This is applicable only for line and area type series. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * The different shape of a marker: * * Circle * * Rectangle * * Triangle * * Diamond * * HorizontalLine * * VerticalLine * * Pentagon * * InvertedTriangle * * Image * @default 'Circle' */ shape?: ChartShape; /** * The URL for the Image that is to be displayed as a marker. It requires marker `shape` value to be an `Image`. * @default '' */ imageUrl?: string; /** * The height of the marker in pixels. * @default 5 */ height?: number; /** * The width of the marker in pixels. * @default 5 */ width?: number; /** * Options for customizing the border of a marker. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * The fill color of the marker that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. By default, it will take series' color. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * The opacity of the marker. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * The data label for the series. */ dataLabel?: DataLabelSettingsModel; } /** * Interface for a class Points * @private */ export interface PointsModel { } /** * Interface for a class Trendline */ export interface TrendlineModel { /** * Defines the name of trendline * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * Defines the type of the trendline * @default 'Linear' */ type?: TrendlineTypes; /** * Defines the period, the price changes over which will be considered to predict moving average trend line * @default 2 */ period?: number; /** * Defines the polynomial order of the polynomial trendline * @default 2 */ polynomialOrder?: number; /** * Defines the period, by which the trend has to backward forecast * @default 0 */ backwardForecast?: number; /** * Defines the period, by which the trend has to forward forecast * @default 0 */ forwardForecast?: number; /** * Options to customize the animation for trendlines */ animation?: AnimationModel; /** * Options to customize the marker for trendlines */ marker?: MarkerSettingsModel; /** * Enables/disables tooltip for trendlines * @default true */ enableTooltip?: boolean; /** * Defines the intercept of the trendline * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ intercept?: number; /** * Defines the fill color of trendline * @default '' */ fill?: string; /** * Defines the width of the trendline * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * Sets the legend shape of the trendline * @default 'SeriesType' */ legendShape?: LegendShape; } /** * Interface for a class ErrorBarCapSettings */ export interface ErrorBarCapSettingsModel { /** * The width of the error bar in pixels. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * The length of the error bar in pixels. * @default 10 */ length?: number; /** * The stroke color of the cap, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ color?: string; /** * The opacity of the cap. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class ChartSegment */ export interface ChartSegmentModel { /** * Defines the starting point of region. * @default null */ value?: Object; /** * Defines the color of a region. * @default null */ color?: string; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and gaps to stroke. * @default '0' */ dashArray?: string; } /** * Interface for a class ErrorBarSettings * @private */ export interface ErrorBarSettingsModel { /** * If set true, error bar for data gets rendered. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * The type of the error bar . They are * * Fixed - Renders a fixed type error bar. * * Percentage - Renders a percentage type error bar. * * StandardDeviation - Renders a standard deviation type error bar. * * StandardError -Renders a standard error type error bar. * * Custom -Renders a custom type error bar. * @default 'Fixed' */ type?: ErrorBarType; /** * The direction of the error bar . They are * * both - Renders both direction of error bar. * * minus - Renders minus direction of error bar. * * plus - Renders plus direction error bar. * @default 'Both' */ direction?: ErrorBarDirection; /** * The mode of the error bar . They are * * Vertical - Renders a vertical error bar. * * Horizontal - Renders a horizontal error bar. * * Both - Renders both side error bar. * @default 'Vertical' */ mode?: ErrorBarMode; /** * The color for stroke of the error bar, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ color?: string; /** * The vertical error of the error bar. * @default 1 */ verticalError?: number; /** * The stroke width of the error bar.. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * The horizontal error of the error bar. * @default 1 */ horizontalError?: number; /** * The vertical positive error of the error bar. * @default 3 */ verticalPositiveError?: number; /** * The vertical negative error of the error bar. * @default 3 */ verticalNegativeError?: number; /** * The horizontal positive error of the error bar. * @default 1 */ horizontalPositiveError?: number; /** * The horizontal negative error of the error bar. * @default 1 */ horizontalNegativeError?: number; /** * Options for customizing the cap of the error bar. */ errorBarCap?: ErrorBarCapSettingsModel; } /** * Interface for a class SeriesBase */ export interface SeriesBaseModel { /** * The DataSource field that contains the x value. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ xName?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the high value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ high?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the low value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ low?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the open value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ open?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the close value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ close?: string; /** * Defines the data source field that contains the volume value in candle charts * It is applicable for financial series and technical indicators * @default '' */ volume?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the color value of point * It is applicable for series * @default '' */ pointColorMapping?: string; /** * The name of the horizontal axis associated with the series. It requires `axes` of the chart. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * columns: [{ width: '50%' }, * { width: '50%' }], * axes: [{ * name: 'xAxis 1', * columnIndex: 1, * }], * series: [{ * dataSource: data, * xName: 'x', yName: 'y', * xAxisName: 'xAxis 1', * }], * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default null */ xAxisName?: string; /** * The name of the vertical axis associated with the series. It requires `axes` of the chart. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * rows: [{ height: '50%' }, * { height: '50%' }], * axes: [{ * name: 'yAxis 1', * rowIndex: 1, * }], * series: [{ * dataSource: data, * xName: 'x', yName: 'y', * yAxisName: 'yAxis 1' * }], * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default null */ yAxisName?: string; /** * Options to customizing animation for the series. */ animation?: AnimationModel; /** * The fill color for the series that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * It also represents the color of the signal lines in technical indicators. * For technical indicators, the default value is 'blue' and for series, it has null. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * The stroke width for the series that is applicable only for `Line` type series. * It also represents the stroke width of the signal lines in technical indicators. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and gaps to stroke the lines in `Line` type series. * @default '0' */ dashArray?: string; /** * Specifies the DataSource for the series. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let dataManager$: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({ * url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/' * }); * let query$: data.Query = new data.Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false); * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * series: [{ * dataSource: dataManager, * xName: 'Id', * yName: 'Estimate', * query: query * }], * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default '' */ dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Specifies query to select data from DataSource. This property is applicable only when the DataSource is `ej.data.DataManager`. * @default '' */ query?: data.Query; /** * Defines the collection of regions that helps to differentiate a line series. */ segments?: ChartSegmentModel[]; /** * Defines the axis, based on which the line series will be split. */ segmentAxis?: Segment; /** * This property used to improve chart performance via data mapping for series dataSource. * @default false */ enableComplexProperty?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class Series */ export interface SeriesModel extends SeriesBaseModel{ /** * The name of the series visible in legend. * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the y value. * @default '' */ yName?: string; /** * Type of series to be drawn in radar or polar series. They are * 'Line' * 'Column' * 'Area' * 'Scatter' * 'Spline' * 'StackingColumn' * 'StackingArea' * 'RangeColumn' * 'SplineArea' * @default 'Line' */ drawType?: ChartDrawType; /** * Specifies whether to join start and end point of a line/area series used in polar/radar chart to form a closed path. * @default true */ isClosed?: boolean; /** * This property is used in financial charts to visualize the price movements in stock. * It defines the color of the candle/point, when the opening price is less than the closing price. * @default '#2ecd71' */ bearFillColor?: string; /** * This property is used in financial charts to visualize the price movements in stock. * It defines the color of the candle/point, when the opening price is higher than the closing price. * @default '#e74c3d' */ bullFillColor?: string; /** * This property is applicable for candle series. * It enables/disables to visually compare the current values with the previous values in stock. * @default false */ enableSolidCandles?: boolean; /** * The DataSource field that contains the size value of y * @default '' */ size?: string; /** * The bin interval of each histogram points. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ binInterval?: number; /** * The normal distribution of histogram series. * @default false */ showNormalDistribution?: boolean; /** * This property allows grouping series in `stacked column / bar` charts. * Any string value can be provided to the stackingGroup property. * If any two or above series have the same value, those series will be grouped together. * @default '' */ stackingGroup?: string; /** * Specifies the visibility of series. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * Options to customizing the border of the series. This is applicable only for `Column` and `Bar` type series. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * The opacity of the series. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * The type of the series are * * Line * * Column * * Area * * Bar * * Histogram * * StackingColumn * * StackingArea * * StackingBar * * StepLine * * StepArea * * Scatter * * Spline * * StackingColumn100 * * StackingBar100 * * StackingArea100 * * RangeColumn * * Hilo * * HiloOpenClose * * Waterfall * * RangeArea * * Bubble * * Candle * * Polar * * Radar * * BoxAndWhisker * @default 'Line' */ type?: ChartSeriesType; /** * Options for displaying and customizing error bar for individual point in a series. */ errorBar?: ErrorBarSettingsModel; /** * Options for displaying and customizing markers for individual points in a series. */ marker?: MarkerSettingsModel; /** * Defines the collection of trendlines that are used to predict the trend */ trendlines?: TrendlineModel[]; /** * If set true, the Tooltip for series will be visible. * @default true */ enableTooltip?: boolean; /** * The provided value will be considered as a Tooltip name * @default '' */ tooltipMappingName?: string; /** * The shape of the legend. Each series has its own legend shape. They are, * * Circle * * Rectangle * * Triangle * * Diamond * * Cross * * HorizontalLine * * VerticalLine * * Pentagon * * InvertedTriangle * * SeriesType * @default 'SeriesType' */ legendShape?: LegendShape; /** * Custom style for the selected series or points. * @default null */ selectionStyle?: string; /** * Minimum radius * @default 1 */ minRadius?: number; /** * Maximum radius * @default 3 */ maxRadius?: number; /** * Defines type of spline to be rendered. * @default 'Natural' */ splineType?: SplineType; /** * It defines tension of cardinal spline types * @default 0.5 */ cardinalSplineTension?: number; /** * options to customize the empty points in series */ emptyPointSettings?: EmptyPointSettingsModel; /** * If set true, the mean value for box and whisker will be visible. * @default true */ showMean?: boolean; /** * The mode of the box and whisker char series. They are, * Exclusive * Inclusive * Normal * @default 'Normal' */ boxPlotMode?: BoxPlotMode; /** * To render the column series points with particular column width. If the series type is histogram the * default value is 1 otherwise 0.7. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ columnWidth?: number; /** * To render the column series points with particular column spacing. It takes value from 0 - 1. * @default 0 */ columnSpacing?: number; /** * Defines the visual representation of the negative changes in waterfall charts. * @default '#C64E4A' */ negativeFillColor?: string; /** * Defines the visual representation of the summaries in waterfall charts. * @default '#4E81BC' */ summaryFillColor?: string; /** * Defines the collection of indexes of the intermediate summary columns in waterfall charts. * @default [] * @aspType int[] */ intermediateSumIndexes?: number[]; /** * Defines the collection of indexes of the overall summary columns in waterfall charts. * @default [] * @aspType int[] */ sumIndexes?: number[]; /** * Defines the appearance of line connecting adjacent points in waterfall charts. */ connector?: ConnectorModel; /** * To render the column series points with particular rounded corner. */ cornerRadius?: CornerRadiusModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/chart-series.d.ts /** * Configures the data label in the series. */ export class DataLabelSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * If set true, data label for series renders. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * The DataSource field that contains the data label value. * @default null */ name: string; /** * The background color of the data label accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 'transparent' */ fill: string; /** * The opacity for the background. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * Specifies the position of the data label. They are, * * Outer: Positions the label outside the point. * * top: Positions the label on top of the point. * * Bottom: Positions the label at the bottom of the point. * * Middle: Positions the label to the middle of the point. * * Auto: Positions the label based on series. * @default 'Auto' */ position: LabelPosition; /** * The roundedCornerX for the data label. It requires `border` values not to be null. * @default 5 */ rx: number; /** * The roundedCornerY for the data label. It requires `border` values not to be null. * @default 5 */ ry: number; /** * Specifies the alignment for data Label. They are, * * Near: Aligns the label to the left of the point. * * Center: Aligns the label to the center of the point. * * Far: Aligns the label to the right of the point. * @default 'Center' */ alignment: Alignment; /** * Option for customizing the border lines. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Margin configuration for the data label. */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Option for customizing the data label text. */ font: FontModel; /** * Custom template to show the data label. Use ${point.x} and ${point.y} as a placeholder * text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null */ template: string; } /** * Configures the marker in the series. */ export class MarkerSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * If set to true the marker for series is rendered. This is applicable only for line and area type series. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * The different shape of a marker: * * Circle * * Rectangle * * Triangle * * Diamond * * HorizontalLine * * VerticalLine * * Pentagon * * InvertedTriangle * * Image * @default 'Circle' */ shape: ChartShape; /** * The URL for the Image that is to be displayed as a marker. It requires marker `shape` value to be an `Image`. * @default '' */ imageUrl: string; /** * The height of the marker in pixels. * @default 5 */ height: number; /** * The width of the marker in pixels. * @default 5 */ width: number; /** * Options for customizing the border of a marker. */ border: BorderModel; /** * The fill color of the marker that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. By default, it will take series' color. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * The opacity of the marker. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * The data label for the series. */ dataLabel: DataLabelSettingsModel; } /** * Points model for the series. * @private */ export class Points { x: Object; y: Object; visible: boolean; text: string; tooltip: string; color: string; open: Object; close: Object; symbolLocations: ChartLocation[]; xValue: number; yValue: number; index: number; regions: svgBase.Rect[]; percentage: number; high: Object; low: Object; volume: Object; size: Object; isEmpty: boolean; regionData: PolarArc; minimum: number; maximum: number; upperQuartile: number; lowerQuartile: number; median: number; outliers: number[]; average: number; error: number; interior: string; marker: MarkerSettingsModel; } /** * Defines the behavior of the Trendlines */ export class Trendline extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Defines the name of trendline * @default '' */ name: string; /** * Defines the type of the trendline * @default 'Linear' */ type: TrendlineTypes; /** * Defines the period, the price changes over which will be considered to predict moving average trend line * @default 2 */ period: number; /** * Defines the polynomial order of the polynomial trendline * @default 2 */ polynomialOrder: number; /** * Defines the period, by which the trend has to backward forecast * @default 0 */ backwardForecast: number; /** * Defines the period, by which the trend has to forward forecast * @default 0 */ forwardForecast: number; /** * Options to customize the animation for trendlines */ animation: AnimationModel; /** * Options to customize the marker for trendlines */ marker: MarkerSettingsModel; /** * Enables/disables tooltip for trendlines * @default true */ enableTooltip: boolean; /** * Defines the intercept of the trendline * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ intercept: number; /** * Defines the fill color of trendline * @default '' */ fill: string; /** * Defines the width of the trendline * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * Sets the legend shape of the trendline * @default 'SeriesType' */ legendShape: LegendShape; /** @private */ targetSeries: Series; /** @private */ trendLineElement: Element; /** @private */ points: Points[]; /** @private */ clipRectElement: Element; /** @private */ clipRect: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ polynomialSlopes: number[]; /** @private */ sourceIndex: number; /** @private */ index: number; /** @private */ setDataSource(series: Series, chart: Chart): void; } /** * Configures Error bar in series. */ export class ErrorBarCapSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * The width of the error bar in pixels. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * The length of the error bar in pixels. * @default 10 */ length: number; /** * The stroke color of the cap, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ color: string; /** * The opacity of the cap. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; } export class ChartSegment extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Defines the starting point of region. * @default null */ value: Object; /** * Defines the color of a region. * @default null */ color: string; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and gaps to stroke. * @default '0' */ dashArray: string; /** @private */ startValue: number; /** @private */ endValue: number; } export class ErrorBarSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * If set true, error bar for data gets rendered. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * The type of the error bar . They are * * Fixed - Renders a fixed type error bar. * * Percentage - Renders a percentage type error bar. * * StandardDeviation - Renders a standard deviation type error bar. * * StandardError -Renders a standard error type error bar. * * Custom -Renders a custom type error bar. * @default 'Fixed' */ type: ErrorBarType; /** * The direction of the error bar . They are * * both - Renders both direction of error bar. * * minus - Renders minus direction of error bar. * * plus - Renders plus direction error bar. * @default 'Both' */ direction: ErrorBarDirection; /** * The mode of the error bar . They are * * Vertical - Renders a vertical error bar. * * Horizontal - Renders a horizontal error bar. * * Both - Renders both side error bar. * @default 'Vertical' */ mode: ErrorBarMode; /** * The color for stroke of the error bar, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ color: string; /** * The vertical error of the error bar. * @default 1 */ verticalError: number; /** * The stroke width of the error bar.. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * The horizontal error of the error bar. * @default 1 */ horizontalError: number; /** * The vertical positive error of the error bar. * @default 3 */ verticalPositiveError: number; /** * The vertical negative error of the error bar. * @default 3 */ verticalNegativeError: number; /** * The horizontal positive error of the error bar. * @default 1 */ horizontalPositiveError: number; /** * The horizontal negative error of the error bar. * @default 1 */ horizontalNegativeError: number; /** * Options for customizing the cap of the error bar. */ errorBarCap: ErrorBarCapSettingsModel; } /** * Defines the common behavior of Series and Technical Indicators */ export class SeriesBase extends base.ChildProperty { /** * The DataSource field that contains the x value. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ xName: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the high value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ high: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the low value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ low: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the open value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ open: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the close value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ close: string; /** * Defines the data source field that contains the volume value in candle charts * It is applicable for financial series and technical indicators * @default '' */ volume: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the color value of point * It is applicable for series * @default '' */ pointColorMapping: string; /** * The name of the horizontal axis associated with the series. It requires `axes` of the chart. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * columns: [{ width: '50%' }, * { width: '50%' }], * axes: [{ * name: 'xAxis 1', * columnIndex: 1, * }], * series: [{ * dataSource: data, * xName: 'x', yName: 'y', * xAxisName: 'xAxis 1', * }], * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default null */ xAxisName: string; /** * The name of the vertical axis associated with the series. It requires `axes` of the chart. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * rows: [{ height: '50%' }, * { height: '50%' }], * axes: [{ * name: 'yAxis 1', * rowIndex: 1, * }], * series: [{ * dataSource: data, * xName: 'x', yName: 'y', * yAxisName: 'yAxis 1' * }], * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default null */ yAxisName: string; /** * Options to customizing animation for the series. */ animation: AnimationModel; /** * The fill color for the series that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * It also represents the color of the signal lines in technical indicators. * For technical indicators, the default value is 'blue' and for series, it has null. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * The stroke width for the series that is applicable only for `Line` type series. * It also represents the stroke width of the signal lines in technical indicators. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and gaps to stroke the lines in `Line` type series. * @default '0' */ dashArray: string; /** * Specifies the DataSource for the series. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let dataManager$: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({ * url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/' * }); * let query$: data.Query = new data.Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false); * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * series: [{ * dataSource: dataManager, * xName: 'Id', * yName: 'Estimate', * query: query * }], * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default '' */ dataSource: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Specifies query to select data from DataSource. This property is applicable only when the DataSource is `ej.data.DataManager`. * @default '' */ query: data.Query; /** * Defines the collection of regions that helps to differentiate a line series. */ segments: ChartSegmentModel[]; /** * Defines the axis, based on which the line series will be split. */ segmentAxis: Segment; /** * This property used to improve chart performance via data mapping for series dataSource. * @default false */ enableComplexProperty: boolean; /** * Process data for the series. * @hidden */ processJsonData(): void; private pushData; /** @private */ protected dataPoint(i: number, textMappingName: string, xName: string): Points; private getObjectValue; /** * To set empty point value based on empty point mode * @private */ setEmptyPoint(point: Points, i: number): void; private findVisibility; /** * To get Y min max for the provided point seriesType XY */ private setXYMinMax; /** * To get Y min max for the provided point seriesType XY */ private setHiloMinMax; /** * Finds the type of the series * @private */ private getSeriesType; /** @private */ protected pushCategoryData(point: Points, index: number, pointX: string): void; /** * To find average of given property */ private getAverage; /** * To find the control points for spline. * @return {void} * @private */ refreshDataManager(chart: Chart): void; private dataManagerSuccess; private refreshChart; /** @private */ xMin: number; /** @private */ xMax: number; /** @private */ yMin: number; /** @private */ yMax: number; /** @private */ xAxis: Axis; /** @private */ yAxis: Axis; /** @private */ chart: Chart; /** @private */ currentViewData: Object; /** @private */ clipRect: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ xData: number[]; /** @private */ yData: number[]; /** @private */ index: number; /** @private */ dataModule: Data; /** @private */ points: Points[]; /** @private */ seriesType: SeriesValueType; /** @private */ sizeMax: number; /** @private */ private recordsCount; } /** * Configures the series in charts. */ export class Series extends SeriesBase { /** * The name of the series visible in legend. * @default '' */ name: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the y value. * @default '' */ yName: string; /** * Type of series to be drawn in radar or polar series. They are * 'Line' * 'Column' * 'Area' * 'Scatter' * 'Spline' * 'StackingColumn' * 'StackingArea' * 'RangeColumn' * 'SplineArea' * @default 'Line' */ drawType: ChartDrawType; /** * Specifies whether to join start and end point of a line/area series used in polar/radar chart to form a closed path. * @default true */ isClosed: boolean; /** * This property is used in financial charts to visualize the price movements in stock. * It defines the color of the candle/point, when the opening price is less than the closing price. * @default '#2ecd71' */ bearFillColor: string; /** * This property is used in financial charts to visualize the price movements in stock. * It defines the color of the candle/point, when the opening price is higher than the closing price. * @default '#e74c3d' */ bullFillColor: string; /** * This property is applicable for candle series. * It enables/disables to visually compare the current values with the previous values in stock. * @default false */ enableSolidCandles: boolean; /** * The DataSource field that contains the size value of y * @default '' */ size: string; /** * The bin interval of each histogram points. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ binInterval: number; /** * The normal distribution of histogram series. * @default false */ showNormalDistribution: boolean; /** * This property allows grouping series in `stacked column / bar` charts. * Any string value can be provided to the stackingGroup property. * If any two or above series have the same value, those series will be grouped together. * @default '' */ stackingGroup: string; /** * Specifies the visibility of series. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Options to customizing the border of the series. This is applicable only for `Column` and `Bar` type series. */ border: BorderModel; /** * The opacity of the series. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * The type of the series are * * Line * * Column * * Area * * Bar * * Histogram * * StackingColumn * * StackingArea * * StackingBar * * StepLine * * StepArea * * Scatter * * Spline * * StackingColumn100 * * StackingBar100 * * StackingArea100 * * RangeColumn * * Hilo * * HiloOpenClose * * Waterfall * * RangeArea * * Bubble * * Candle * * Polar * * Radar * * BoxAndWhisker * @default 'Line' */ type: ChartSeriesType; /** * Options for displaying and customizing error bar for individual point in a series. */ errorBar: ErrorBarSettingsModel; /** * Options for displaying and customizing markers for individual points in a series. */ marker: MarkerSettingsModel; /** * Defines the collection of trendlines that are used to predict the trend */ trendlines: TrendlineModel[]; /** * If set true, the Tooltip for series will be visible. * @default true */ enableTooltip: boolean; /** * The provided value will be considered as a Tooltip name * @default '' */ tooltipMappingName: string; /** * The shape of the legend. Each series has its own legend shape. They are, * * Circle * * Rectangle * * Triangle * * Diamond * * Cross * * HorizontalLine * * VerticalLine * * Pentagon * * InvertedTriangle * * SeriesType * @default 'SeriesType' */ legendShape: LegendShape; /** * Custom style for the selected series or points. * @default null */ selectionStyle: string; /** * Minimum radius * @default 1 */ minRadius: number; /** * Maximum radius * @default 3 */ maxRadius: number; /** * Defines type of spline to be rendered. * @default 'Natural' */ splineType: SplineType; /** * It defines tension of cardinal spline types * @default 0.5 */ cardinalSplineTension: number; /** * options to customize the empty points in series */ emptyPointSettings: EmptyPointSettingsModel; /** * If set true, the mean value for box and whisker will be visible. * @default true */ showMean: boolean; /** * The mode of the box and whisker char series. They are, * Exclusive * Inclusive * Normal * @default 'Normal' */ boxPlotMode: BoxPlotMode; /** * To render the column series points with particular column width. If the series type is histogram the * default value is 1 otherwise 0.7. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ columnWidth: number; /** * To render the column series points with particular column spacing. It takes value from 0 - 1. * @default 0 */ columnSpacing: number; /** * Defines the visual representation of the negative changes in waterfall charts. * @default '#C64E4A' */ negativeFillColor: string; /** * Defines the visual representation of the summaries in waterfall charts. * @default '#4E81BC' */ summaryFillColor: string; /** * Defines the collection of indexes of the intermediate summary columns in waterfall charts. * @default [] * @aspType int[] */ intermediateSumIndexes: number[]; /** * Defines the collection of indexes of the overall summary columns in waterfall charts. * @default [] * @aspType int[] */ sumIndexes: number[]; /** * Defines the appearance of line connecting adjacent points in waterfall charts. */ connector: ConnectorModel; /** * To render the column series points with particular rounded corner. */ cornerRadius: CornerRadiusModel; visibleSeriesCount: number; /** @private */ position: number; /** @private */ rectCount: number; /** @private */ seriesElement: Element; /** @private */ errorBarElement: Element; /** @private */ symbolElement: Element; /** @private */ shapeElement: Element; /** @private */ textElement: Element; /** @private */ pathElement: Element; /** @private */ sourceIndex: number; /** @private */ category: SeriesCategories; /** @private */ isRectSeries: boolean; /** @private */ clipRectElement: Element; /** @private */ stackedValues: StackValues; /** @private */ interior: string; /** @private */ histogramValues: IHistogramValues; /** @private */ drawPoints: ControlPoints[]; /** @private */ delayedAnimation: boolean; constructor(parent: any, propName: string, defaultValue: Object, isArray?: boolean); /** * Refresh the axis label. * @return {boolean} * @private */ refreshAxisLabel(): void; /** * To get the series collection. * @return {void} * @private */ findSeriesCollection(column: Column, row: Row, isStack: boolean): Series[]; /** * To get the column type series. * @return {void} * @private */ private rectSeriesInChart; /** * To calculate the stacked values. * @return {void} * @private */ calculateStackedValue(isStacking100: boolean, chart: Chart): void; private calculateStackingValues; private findPercentageOfStacking; private findFrequencies; /** @private */ renderSeries(chart: Chart): void; /** * To create seris element. * @return {void} * @private */ createSeriesElements(chart: Chart): void; /** * To append the series. * @return {void} * @private */ appendSeriesElement(element: Element, chart: Chart): void; /** * To perform animation for chart series. * @return {void} * @private */ performAnimation(chart: Chart, type: string, errorBar: ErrorBarSettingsModel, marker: MarkerSettingsModel, dataLabel: DataLabelSettingsModel): void; /** * To set border color for empty point * @private */ setPointColor(point: Points, color: string): string; /** * To set border color for empty point * @private */ setBorderColor(point: Points, border: BorderModel): BorderModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/column-base.d.ts /** * Column Series Base */ export class ColumnBase { /** * To get the position of the column series. * @return {DoubleRange} * @private */ protected getSideBySideInfo(series: Series): DoubleRange; /** * To get the rect values. * @return {svgBase.Rect} * @private */ protected getRectangle(x1: number, y1: number, x2: number, y2: number, series: Series): svgBase.Rect; /** * To get the position of each series. * @return {void} * @private */ private getSideBySidePositions; private findRectPosition; /** * Updates the symbollocation for points * @return void * @private */ protected updateSymbolLocation(point: Points, rect: svgBase.Rect, series: Series): void; /** * Update the region for the point. * @return {void} * @private */ protected updateXRegion(point: Points, rect: svgBase.Rect, series: Series): void; /** * Update the region for the point in bar series. * @return {void} * @private */ protected updateYRegion(point: Points, rect: svgBase.Rect, series: Series): void; /** * To render the marker for the series. * @return {void} * @private */ renderMarker(series: Series): void; /** * To trigger the point rendering event. * @return {void} * @private */ protected triggerEvent(series: Series, point: Points, fill: string, border: BorderModel): IPointRenderEventArgs; /** * To draw the rectangle for points. * @return {void} * @private */ protected drawRectangle(series: Series, point: Points, rect: svgBase.Rect, argsData: IPointRenderEventArgs): void; /** * To animate the series. * @return {void} * @private */ animate(series: Series): void; /** * To animate the series. * @return {void} * @private */ private animateRect; /** * To get rounded rect path direction */ private calculateRoundedRectPath; } export interface RectPosition { position: number; rectCount: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/column-series.d.ts /** * `ColumnSeries` Module used to render the column series. */ export class ColumnSeries extends ColumnBase { /** * Render Column series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series): void; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the column series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/data-label.d.ts /** * `DataLabel` module is used to render data label for the data point. */ export class DataLabel { private chart; private margin; private isShape; private locationX; private locationY; private fontBackground; private borderWidth; private markerHeight; private commonId; private yAxisInversed; private inverted; private errorHeight; private chartBackground; /** * Constructor for the data label module. * @private */ constructor(chart: Chart); private initPrivateVariables; private calculateErrorHeight; private isRectSeries; /** * Render the data label for series. * @return {void} */ render(series: Series, chart: Chart, dataLabel: DataLabelSettingsModel): void; /** * Render the data label template. * @return {void} * @private */ private createDataLabelTemplate; private calculateTextPosition; private calculatePolarRectPosition; /** * Get the label location */ private getLabelLocation; private calculateRectPosition; private calculatePathPosition; private isDataLabelShape; private calculateRectActualPosition; private calculateAlignment; private calculateTopAndOuterPosition; /** * Updates the label location */ private updateLabelLocation; private calculatePathActualPosition; /** * Animates the data label. * @param {Series} series - Data label of the series gets animated. * @return {void} */ doDataLabelAnimation(series: Series, element?: Element): void; private getPosition; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the dataLabel for series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/error-bar.d.ts /** * `ErrorBar` module is used to render the error bar for series. */ export class ErrorBar { private chart; errorHeight: number; error: number; positiveHeight: number; negativeHeight: number; /** * Constructor for the error bar module. * @private */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * Render the error bar for series. * @return {void} */ render(series: Series): void; private renderErrorBar; private findLocation; private calculateFixedValue; private calculatePercentageValue; private calculateStandardDeviationValue; private calculateStandardErrorValue; private calculateCustomValue; private getHorizontalDirection; private getVerticalDirection; private getBothDirection; private getErrorDirection; meanCalculation(series: Series, mode: ErrorBarMode): Mean; private createElement; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doErrorBarAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the errorBar for series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/hilo-open-close-series.d.ts /** * `HiloOpenCloseSeries` module is used to render the hiloOpenClose series. */ export class HiloOpenCloseSeries extends ColumnBase { /** * Render HiloOpenCloseSeries series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series): void; /** * Updates the tick region */ private updateTickRegion; /** * Trigger point rendering event */ private triggerPointRenderEvent; /** * To draw the rectangle for points. * @return {void} * @private */ protected drawHiloOpenClosePath(series: Series, point: Points, open: ChartLocation, close: ChartLocation, rect: svgBase.Rect, argsData: IPointRenderEventArgs): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * To destroy the column series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/hilo-series.d.ts /** * `HiloSeries` module is used to render the hilo series. */ export class HiloSeries extends ColumnBase { /** * Render Hiloseries. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series): void; /** * To trigger the point rendering event. * @return {void} * @private */ private triggerPointRenderEvent; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * To destroy the Hilo series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/histogram-series.d.ts /** * `HistogramSeries` Module used to render the histogram series. */ export class HistogramSeries extends ColumnSeries { /** * Render Histogram series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series): void; /** * To calculate bin interval for Histogram series. * @return number * @private */ private calculateBinInterval; /** * Add data points for Histogram series. * @return {object[]} * @private */ processInternalData(data: Object[], series: Series): Object[]; /** * Render Normal Distribution for Histogram series. * @return {void} * @private */ private renderNormalDistribution; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the histogram series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/line-base.d.ts /** * Base for line type series. */ export class LineBase { chart: Chart; private padding; /** @private */ constructor(chartModule?: Chart); /** * To improve the chart performance. * @return {void} * @private */ enableComplexProperty(series: Series): Points[]; /** * To generate the line path direction * @param firstPoint * @param secondPoint * @param series * @param isInverted * @param getPointLocation * @param startPoint */ getLineDirection(firstPoint: Points, secondPoint: Points, series: Series, isInverted: Boolean, getPointLocation: Function, startPoint: string): string; /** * To append the line path. * @return {void} * @private */ appendLinePath(options: svgBase.PathOption, series: Series, clipRect: string): void; /** * To render the marker for the series. * @return {void} * @private */ renderMarker(series: Series): void; /** * To do the progressive animation. * @return {void} * @private */ doProgressiveAnimation(series: Series, option: AnimationModel): void; /** * To store the symbol location and region * @param point * @param series * @param isInverted * @param getLocation */ storePointLocation(point: Points, series: Series, isInverted: boolean, getLocation: Function): void; /** * To do the linear animation. * @return {void} * @private */ doLinearAnimation(series: Series, animation: AnimationModel): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/line-series.d.ts /** * `LineSeries` module used to render the line series. */ export class LineSeries extends LineBase { /** * Render Line Series. * @return {void}. * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted: boolean): void; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the line series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/marker-explode.d.ts /** * Marker Module used to render the marker for line type series. */ export class MarkerExplode extends ChartData { private markerExplode; private isRemove; /** @private */ elementId: string; /** * Constructor for the marker module. * @private */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ /** * @hidden */ private mouseUpHandler; /** * @hidden */ private mouseMoveHandler; private markerMove; private drawTrackBall; /** * @hidden */ removeHighlightedMarker(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/marker.d.ts /** * Marker module used to render the marker for line type series. */ export class Marker extends MarkerExplode { /** * Constructor for the marker module. * @private */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * Render the marker for series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series): void; private renderMarker; createElement(series: Series, redraw: boolean): void; private getRangeLowPoint; /** * Animates the marker. * @return {void}. * @private */ doMarkerAnimation(series: Series): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/multi-colored-area-series.d.ts /** * `MultiColoredAreaSeries` module used to render the area series with multi color. */ export class MultiColoredAreaSeries extends MultiColoredSeries { /** * Render Area series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted: boolean): void; /** * To Store the path directions of the area */ private generatePathOption; /** * To destroy the area series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/multi-colored-base.d.ts /** * Base class for multi colored series */ export class MultiColoredSeries extends LineBase { /** * To Generate the area path direction * @param xValue * @param yValue * @param series * @param isInverted * @param getPointLocation * @param startPoint * @param startPath */ getAreaPathDirection(xValue: number, yValue: number, series: Series, isInverted: boolean, getPointLocation: Function, startPoint: ChartLocation, startPath: string): string; /** * To Generate the empty point direction * @param firstPoint * @param secondPoint * @param series * @param isInverted * @param getPointLocation */ getAreaEmptyDirection(firstPoint: ChartLocation, secondPoint: ChartLocation, series: Series, isInverted: boolean, getPointLocation: Function): string; /** * To set point color * @param points */ setPointColor(currentPoint: Points, previous: Points, series: Series, isXSegment: boolean, segments: ChartSegmentModel[]): boolean; sortSegments(series: Series, chartSegments: ChartSegmentModel[]): ChartSegmentModel[]; /** * Segment calculation performed here * @param series * @param options * @param chartSegments */ applySegmentAxis(series: Series, options: svgBase.PathOption[], segments: ChartSegmentModel[]): void; private includeSegment; /** * To create clip rect for segment axis * @param startValue * @param endValue * @param series * @param index * @param isX * @param chart */ createClipRect(startValue: number, endValue: number, series: Series, index: number, isX: boolean): string; /** * To get exact value from segment value * @param segmentValue * @param axis * @param chart */ getAxisValue(segmentValue: Object, axis: Axis, chart: Chart): number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/multi-colored-line-series.d.ts /** * `MultiColoredLineSeries` used to render the line series with multi color. */ export class MultiColoredLineSeries extends MultiColoredSeries { /** * Render Line Series. * @return {void}. * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted: boolean): void; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the line series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/pareto-series.d.ts /** * `Pareto series` module used to render the Pareto series. */ export class ParetoSeries extends ColumnBase { paretoAxes: Axis[]; /** * Defines the Line initialization */ initSeries(targetSeries: Series, chart: Chart): void; /** * Defines the Axis initialization for Line */ initAxis(paretoSeries: Series, targetSeries: Series, chart: Chart): void; /** * Render Pareto series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series): void; /** * To perform the cumulative calculation for pareto series. */ performCumulativeCalculation(json: Object, series: Series): Object[]; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the pareto series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/polar-series.d.ts /** * `PolarSeries` module is used to render the polar series. */ export class PolarSeries extends PolarRadarPanel { /** * Render Polar Series. * @return {void}. * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, inverted: boolean): void; /** * Render Column DrawType. * @return {void}. * @private */ columnDrawTypeRender(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis): void; /** * To trigger the point rendering event. * @return {void} * @private */ triggerEvent(chart: Chart, series: Series, point: Points): IPointRenderEventArgs; /** get position for column drawtypes * @return {void}. * @private */ getSeriesPosition(series: Series): void; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * To do the Polar Radar draw type column animation. * @return {void} * @private */ doPolarRadarAnimation(animateElement: Element, delay: number, duration: number, series: Series): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the polar series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/radar-series.d.ts /** * `RadarSeries` module is used to render the radar series. */ export class RadarSeries extends PolarSeries { /** * Render radar Series. * @return {void}. * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, inverted: boolean): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the radar series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/range-area-series.d.ts /** * `RangeAreaSeries` module is used to render the range area series. */ export class RangeAreaSeries extends LineBase { /** * Render RangeArea Series. * @return {void}. * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, inverted: boolean): void; /** * path for rendering the low points * @return {void}. * @private */ protected closeRangeAreaPath(visiblePoints: Points[], point: Points, series: Series, direction: string, i: number): string; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the line series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/range-column-series.d.ts /** * `RangeColumnSeries` module is used to render the range column series. */ export class RangeColumnSeries extends ColumnBase { /** * Render Range Column series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * To destroy the range column series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/scatter-series.d.ts /** * `ScatterSeries` module is used to render the scatter series. */ export class ScatterSeries { /** * Render the scatter series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted: boolean): void; /** * To append scatter element * @param series * @param point * @param argsData * @param startLocation */ private refresh; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the scatter. * @return {void} */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/spline-area-series.d.ts /** * `SplineAreaSeries` module used to render the spline area series. */ export class SplineAreaSeries extends SplineBase { /** * Render the splineArea series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted: boolean): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the spline. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/spline-base.d.ts /** * render Line series */ export class SplineBase extends LineBase { private splinePoints; /** @private */ constructor(chartModule?: Chart); /** * To find the control points for spline. * @return {void} * @private */ findSplinePoint(series: Series): void; protected getPreviousIndex(points: Points[], i: number, series: Series): number; getNextIndex(points: Points[], i: number, series: Series): number; filterEmptyPoints(series: Series): Points[]; /** * To find the natural spline. * @return {void} * @private */ findSplineCoefficients(points: Points[], series: Series): number[]; /** * To find the control points for spline. * @return {void} * @private */ getControlPoints(point1: Points, point2: Points, ySpline1: number, ySpline2: number, series: Series): ControlPoints; /** * calculate datetime interval in hours * */ protected dateTimeInterval(series: Series): number; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/spline-series.d.ts /** * `SplineSeries` module is used to render the spline series. */ export class SplineSeries extends SplineBase { /** * Render the spline series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted: boolean): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the spline. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/stacking-area-series.d.ts /** * `StackingAreaSeries` module used to render the Stacking Area series. */ export class StackingAreaSeries extends LineBase { /** * Render the Stacking area series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted: boolean): void; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * To destroy the stacking area. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To find previous visible series */ private getPreviousSeries; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/stacking-bar-series.d.ts /** * `StackingBarSeries` module is used to render the stacking bar series. */ export class StackingBarSeries extends ColumnBase { /** * Render the Stacking bar series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series): void; /** * To destroy the stacking bar. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/stacking-column-series.d.ts /** * `StackingColumnSeries` module used to render the stacking column series. */ export class StackingColumnSeries extends ColumnBase { /** * Render the Stacking column series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series): void; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * To destroy the stacking column. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/stacking-line-series.d.ts /** * `StackingLineSeries` module used to render the Stacking Line series. */ export class StackingLineSeries extends LineBase { /** * Render the Stacking line series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted: boolean): void; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * To destroy the stacking line. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/step-area-series.d.ts /** * `StepAreaSeries` Module used to render the step area series. */ export class StepAreaSeries extends LineBase { /** * Render StepArea series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted: boolean): void; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * To destroy the step Area series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/step-line-series.d.ts /** * `StepLineSeries` module is used to render the step line series. */ export class StepLineSeries extends LineBase { /** * Render the Step line series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted: boolean): void; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * To destroy the step line series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/series/waterfall-series.d.ts /** * `WaterfallSeries` module is used to render the waterfall series. */ export class WaterfallSeries extends ColumnBase { /** * Render waterfall series. * @return {void} * @private */ render(series: Series): void; /** * To check intermediateSumIndex in waterfall series. * @return boolean * @private */ private isIntermediateSum; /** * To check sumIndex in waterfall series. * @return boolean * @private */ private isSumIndex; /** * To trigger the point rendering event for waterfall series. * @return IPointRenderEventArgs * @private */ private triggerPointRenderEvent; /** * Add sumIndex and intermediateSumIndex data. * @return {object[]} * @private */ processInternalData(json: Object[], series: Series): Object[]; /** * Animates the series. * @param {Series} series - Defines the series to animate. * @return {void} */ doAnimation(series: Series): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the waterfall series. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/technical-indicators/ad-indicator.d.ts /** * `AccumulationDistributionIndicator` module is used to render accumulation distribution indicator. */ export class AccumulationDistributionIndicator extends TechnicalAnalysis { /** * Defines the predictions using accumulation distribution approach * @private */ initDataSource(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * Calculates the Accumulation Distribution values * @private */ private calculateADPoints; /** * To destroy the Accumulation Distribution Technical Indicator. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/technical-indicators/atr-indicator.d.ts /** * `AtrIndicator` module is used to render ATR indicator. */ export class AtrIndicator extends TechnicalAnalysis { /** * Defines the predictions using Average True Range approach * @private */ initDataSource(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * To calculate Average True Range indicator points * @private */ private calculateATRPoints; /** * To destroy the Average true range indicator. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/technical-indicators/bollinger-bands.d.ts /** * `BollingerBands` module is used to render bollinger band indicator. */ export class BollingerBands extends TechnicalAnalysis { /** * Initializes the series collection to represent bollinger band */ initSeriesCollection(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * Defines the predictions using Bollinger Band Approach * @private */ initDataSource(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * To destroy the Bollinger Band. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/technical-indicators/ema-indicator.d.ts /** * `EmaIndicator` module is used to render EMA indicator. */ export class EmaIndicator extends TechnicalAnalysis { /** * Defines the predictions based on EMA approach * @private */ initDataSource(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * To destroy the EMA Indicator * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/technical-indicators/indicator-base.d.ts /** * Technical Analysis module helps to predict the market trend */ export class TechnicalAnalysis extends LineBase { /** * Defines the collection of series, that are used to represent the given technical indicator * @private */ initSeriesCollection(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * Initializes the properties of the given series * @private */ protected setSeriesProperties(series: Series, indicator: TechnicalIndicator, name: string, fill: string, width: number, chart: Chart): void; /** * Creates the elements of a technical indicator * @private */ createIndicatorElements(chart: Chart, indicator: TechnicalIndicator, index: number): void; protected getDataPoint(x: Object, y: Object, sourcePoint: Points, series: Series, index: number, indicator?: TechnicalIndicator): Points; protected getRangePoint(x: Object, high: Object, low: Object, sourcePoint: Points, series: Series, index: number, indicator?: TechnicalIndicator): Points; protected setSeriesRange(points: Points[], indicator: TechnicalIndicator, series?: Series): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/technical-indicators/macd-indicator.d.ts /** * `MacdIndicator` module is used to render MACD indicator. */ export class MacdIndicator extends TechnicalAnalysis { /** * Defines the collection of series to represent the MACD indicator * @private */ initSeriesCollection(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * Defines the predictions using MACD approach * @private */ initDataSource(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * Calculates the EMA values for the given period */ private calculateEMAValues; /** * Defines the MACD Points */ private getMACDPoints; /** * Calculates the signal points */ private getSignalPoints; /** * Calculates the MACD values */ private getMACDVales; /** * Calculates the Histogram Points */ private getHistogramPoints; /** * To destroy the MACD Indicator. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/technical-indicators/momentum-indicator.d.ts /** * `MomentumIndicator` module is used to render Momentum indicator. */ export class MomentumIndicator extends TechnicalAnalysis { /** * Defines the collection of series to represent a momentum indicator * @private */ initSeriesCollection(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * Defines the predictions using momentum approach * @private */ initDataSource(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * To destroy the momentum indicator * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/technical-indicators/rsi-indicator.d.ts /** * `RsiIndicator` module is used to render RSI indicator. */ export class RsiIndicator extends TechnicalAnalysis { /** * Initializes the series collection to represent the RSI Indicator * @private */ initSeriesCollection(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * Defines the predictions using RSI approach * @private */ initDataSource(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * To destroy the RSI Indicator. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/technical-indicators/sma-indicator.d.ts /** * `SmaIndicator` module is used to render SMA indicator. */ export class SmaIndicator extends TechnicalAnalysis { /** * Defines the predictions based on SMA approach * @private */ initDataSource(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * To destroy the SMA indicator * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/technical-indicators/stochastic-indicator.d.ts /** * `StochasticIndicator` module is used to render stochastic indicator. */ export class StochasticIndicator extends TechnicalAnalysis { /** * Defines the collection of series that represents the stochastic indicator * @private */ initSeriesCollection(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * Defines the predictions based on stochastic approach * @private */ initDataSource(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * Calculates the SMA Values * @private */ private smaCalculation; /** * Calculates the period line values. * @private */ private calculatePeriod; /** * To destroy the Stocastic Indicator. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/technical-indicators/technical-indicator-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class TechnicalIndicator */ export interface TechnicalIndicatorModel extends SeriesBaseModel{ /** * Defines the type of the technical indicator * @default 'Sma' */ type?: TechnicalIndicators; /** * Defines the period, the price changes over which will be considered to predict the trend * @default 14 */ period?: number; /** * Defines the look back period, the price changes over which will define the %K value in stochastic indicators * @default 14 */ kPeriod?: number; /** * Defines the period, the price changes over which will define the %D value in stochastic indicators * @default 3 */ dPeriod?: number; /** * Defines the over-bought(threshold) values. It is applicable for RSI and stochastic indicators * @default 80 */ overBought?: number; /** * Defines the over-sold(threshold) values. It is applicable for RSI and stochastic indicators * @default 20 */ overSold?: number; /** * Sets the standard deviation values that helps to define the upper and lower bollinger bands * @default 2 */ standardDeviation?: number; /** * Defines the field to compare the current value with previous values * @default 'Close' */ field?: FinancialDataFields; /** * Sets the slow period to define the Macd line * @default 12 */ slowPeriod?: number; /** * Sets the fast period to define the Macd line * @default 26 */ fastPeriod?: number; /** * Enables/Disables the over-bought and over-sold regions * @default true */ showZones?: boolean; /** * Defines the appearance of the the MacdLine of Macd indicator * @default { color: '#ff9933', width: 2 } */ macdLine?: ConnectorModel; /** * Defines the type of the Macd indicator. * @default 'Both' */ macdType?: MacdType; /** * Defines the color of the positive bars in Macd indicators * @default '#2ecd71' */ macdPositiveColor?: string; /** * Defines the color of the negative bars in Macd indicators * @default '#e74c3d' */ macdNegativeColor?: string; /** * Options for customizing the BollingerBand in the indicator. * @default 'rgba(211,211,211,0.25)' */ bandColor?: string; /** * Defines the appearance of the upper line in technical indicators */ upperLine?: ConnectorModel; /** * Defines the appearance of lower line in technical indicators */ lowerLine?: ConnectorModel; /** * Defines the appearance of period line in technical indicators */ periodLine?: ConnectorModel; /** * Defines the name of the series, the data of which has to be depicted as indicator * @default '' */ seriesName?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/technical-indicators/technical-indicator.d.ts /** * Defines how to represent the market trend using technical indicators */ export class TechnicalIndicator extends SeriesBase { /** * Defines the type of the technical indicator * @default 'Sma' */ type: TechnicalIndicators; /** * Defines the period, the price changes over which will be considered to predict the trend * @default 14 */ period: number; /** * Defines the look back period, the price changes over which will define the %K value in stochastic indicators * @default 14 */ kPeriod: number; /** * Defines the period, the price changes over which will define the %D value in stochastic indicators * @default 3 */ dPeriod: number; /** * Defines the over-bought(threshold) values. It is applicable for RSI and stochastic indicators * @default 80 */ overBought: number; /** * Defines the over-sold(threshold) values. It is applicable for RSI and stochastic indicators * @default 20 */ overSold: number; /** * Sets the standard deviation values that helps to define the upper and lower bollinger bands * @default 2 */ standardDeviation: number; /** * Defines the field to compare the current value with previous values * @default 'Close' */ field: FinancialDataFields; /** * Sets the slow period to define the Macd line * @default 12 */ slowPeriod: number; /** * Sets the fast period to define the Macd line * @default 26 */ fastPeriod: number; /** * Enables/Disables the over-bought and over-sold regions * @default true */ showZones: boolean; /** * Defines the appearance of the the MacdLine of Macd indicator * @default { color: '#ff9933', width: 2 } */ macdLine: ConnectorModel; /** * Defines the type of the Macd indicator. * @default 'Both' */ macdType: MacdType; /** * Defines the color of the positive bars in Macd indicators * @default '#2ecd71' */ macdPositiveColor: string; /** * Defines the color of the negative bars in Macd indicators * @default '#e74c3d' */ macdNegativeColor: string; /** * Options for customizing the BollingerBand in the indicator. * @default 'rgba(211,211,211,0.25)' */ bandColor: string; /** * Defines the appearance of the upper line in technical indicators */ upperLine: ConnectorModel; /** * Defines the appearance of lower line in technical indicators */ lowerLine: ConnectorModel; /** * Defines the appearance of period line in technical indicators */ periodLine: ConnectorModel; /** * Defines the name of the series, the data of which has to be depicted as indicator * @default '' */ seriesName: string; /** @private */ targetSeries: Series[]; /** @private */ sourceSeries: Series; /** @private */ indicatorElement: Element; /** @private */ clipRectElement: Element; /** @private */ clipRect: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ setDataSource(series: Series, chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/technical-indicators/tma-indicator.d.ts /** * `TmaIndicator` module is used to render TMA indicator. */ export class TmaIndicator extends TechnicalAnalysis { /** * Defines the predictions based on TMA approach * @private */ initDataSource(indicator: TechnicalIndicator, chart: Chart): void; /** * To destroy the TMA indicator. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/trend-lines/trend-line.d.ts /** * `Trendline` module is used to render 6 types of trendlines in chart. */ export class Trendlines { /** * Defines the collection of series, that are used to represent a trendline * @private */ initSeriesCollection(trendline: Trendline, chart: Chart): void; /** * Initializes the properties of the trendline series */ private setSeriesProperties; /** * Creates the elements of a trendline */ private createTrendLineElements; /** * Defines the data point of trendline */ private getDataPoint; /** * Finds the slope and intercept of trendline */ private findSlopeIntercept; /** * Defines the points to draw the trendlines */ initDataSource(trendline: Trendline, chart: Chart): void; /** * Calculation of exponential points */ private setExponentialRange; /** * Calculation of logarithmic points */ private setLogarithmicRange; /** * Calculation of polynomial points */ private setPolynomialRange; /** * Calculation of power points */ private setPowerRange; /** * Calculation of linear points */ private setLinearRange; /** * Calculation of moving average points */ private setMovingAverageRange; /** * Calculation of logarithmic points */ private getLogarithmicPoints; /** * Defines the points based on data point */ private getPowerPoints; /** * Get the polynomial points based on polynomial slopes */ private getPolynomialPoints; /** * Defines the moving average points */ private getMovingAveragePoints; /** * Defines the linear points */ private getLinearPoints; /** * Defines the exponential points */ private getExponentialPoints; /** * Defines the points based on data point */ private getPoints; /** * Defines the polynomial value of y */ private getPolynomialYValue; /** * Defines the gauss jordan elimination */ private gaussJordanElimination; /** * Defines the trendline elements */ getTrendLineElements(series: Series, chart: Chart): void; /** * To destroy the trendline */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; /** * Get module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; } /** @private */ export interface SlopeIntercept { slope?: number; intercept?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/user-interaction/crosshair.d.ts /** * `Crosshair` module is used to render the crosshair for chart. */ export class Crosshair { private elementID; private elementSize; private crosshairInterval; private arrowLocation; private isTop; private isBottom; private isLeft; private isRight; private valueX; private valueY; private rx; private ry; private chart; /** * Constructor for crosshair module. * @private */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * @hidden */ private addEventListener; private mouseUpHandler; private mouseLeaveHandler; private mouseMoveHandler; /** * Handles the long press on chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ private longPress; /** * Renders the crosshair. * @return {void} */ crosshair(): void; private renderCrosshairLine; private renderAxisTooltip; private getAxisText; private tooltipLocation; private stopAnimation; /** * Removes the crosshair on mouse leave. * @return {void} * @private */ removeCrosshair(duration: number): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the crosshair. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/user-interaction/selection.d.ts /** * `Selection` module handles the selection for chart. * @private */ export class Selection extends BaseSelection { private renderer; private isSeriesMode; private resizing; /** @private */ rectPoints: svgBase.Rect; private closeIconId; private closeIcon; private draggedRectGroup; private draggedRect; /** @private */ selectedDataIndexes: Indexes[]; private series; private dragging; private dragRect; private rectGrabbing; private resizeMode; private chart; /** * Constructor for selection module. * @private. */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * Binding events for selection module. */ private addEventListener; /** * Chart mouse down */ private mousedown; /** * UnBinding events for selection module. */ private removeEventListener; /** * To find private variable values */ private initPrivateVariables; /** * Method to select the point and series. * @return {void} */ invokeSelection(chart: Chart): void; private generateStyle; private selectDataIndex; private getElementByIndex; private getClusterElements; private findElements; /** * To find the selected element. * @return {void} * @private */ calculateSelectedElements(event: Event): void; private performSelection; private selection; private clusterSelection; private removeMultiSelectEelments; private blurEffect; private checkSelectionElements; private applyStyles; private getSelectionClass; private removeStyles; private addOrRemoveIndex; private toEquals; /** * To redraw the selected points. * @return {void} * @private */ redrawSelection(chart: Chart, oldMode: SelectionMode): void; /** @private */ legendSelection(chart: Chart, series: number): void; private getSeriesElements; private indexFinder; /** * Drag selection that returns the selected data. * @return {void} * @private */ calculateDragSelectedElements(chart: Chart, dragRect: svgBase.Rect): void; private removeOffset; /** * Method to draw dragging rect. * @return {void} * @private */ drawDraggingRect(chart: Chart, dragRect: svgBase.Rect): void; private createCloseButton; /** * Method to remove dragged element. * @return {void} * @private */ removeDraggedElements(chart: Chart, event: Event): void; /** * Method to resize the drag rect. * @return {void} * @private */ resizingSelectionRect(chart: Chart, location: ChartLocation, tapped?: boolean): void; private findResizeMode; private changeCursorStyle; private removeSelectedElements; private setAttributes; /** * Method to move the dragged rect. * @return {void} * @private */ draggedRectMoved(chart: Chart, grabbedPoint: svgBase.Rect, doDrawing?: boolean): void; /** * To complete the selection. * @return {void} * @private */ completeSelection(e: Event): void; private getDragRect; /** @private */ dragStart(chart: Chart, seriesClipRect: svgBase.Rect, mouseDownX: number, mouseDownY: number, event: Event): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(event: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): void; /** * Get module name. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the selection. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/user-interaction/tooltip.d.ts /** * `Tooltip` module is used to render the tooltip for chart series. */ export class Tooltip extends BaseTooltip { /** * Constructor for tooltip module. * @private. */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * @hidden */ private addEventListener; private mouseUpHandler; private mouseLeaveHandler; private mouseMoveHandler; /** * Handles the long press on chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ private longPress; /** * Renders the tooltip. * @return {void} */ tooltip(): void; private findHeader; private findShapes; private renderSeriesTooltip; private findMarkerHeight; private findData; private getSymbolLocation; private getRangeArea; private getWaterfallRegion; private getTooltipText; private getTemplateText; private findMouseValue; private renderGroupedTooltip; private findSharedLocation; private getBoxLocation; private parseTemplate; private formatPointValue; private getFormat; private getIndicatorTooltipFormat; removeHighlightedMarker(data: PointData[]): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/user-interaction/zooming-toolkit.d.ts /** * Zooming Toolkit created here * @private */ export class Toolkit { private chart; private selectionColor; private fillColor; private elementOpacity; private elementId; private zoomInElements; private zoomOutElements; private zoomElements; private panElements; private iconRect; private hoveredID; private selectedID; private iconRectOverFill; private iconRectSelectionFill; /** @private */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * To create the pan button. * @return {void} * @private */ createPanButton(childElement: Element, parentElement: Element, chart: Chart): void; /** * To create the zoom button. * @return {void} * @private */ createZoomButton(childElement: Element, parentElement: Element, chart: Chart): void; /** * To create the ZoomIn button. * @return {void} * @private */ createZoomInButton(childElement: Element, parentElement: Element, chart: Chart): void; /** * To create the ZoomOut button. * @return {void} * @private */ createZoomOutButton(childElement: Element, parentElement: Element, chart: Chart): void; /** * To create the Reset button. * @return {void} * @private */ createResetButton(childElement: Element, parentElement: Element, chart: Chart, isDevice: Boolean): void; /** * To bind events. * @return {void} * @private */ wireEvents(element: Element, process: Function): void; /** * To show tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ private showTooltip; /** @private */ removeTooltip(): void; /** @private */ reset(): boolean; private zoomIn; private zoomOut; private zoom; /** @private */ pan(): boolean; private zoomInOutCalculation; private applySelection; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/user-interaction/zooming.d.ts /** * `Zooming` module handles the zooming for chart. */ export class Zoom { private chart; private zooming; private elementId; /** @private */ zoomingRect: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ toolkit: Toolkit; /** @private */ toolkitElements: Element; /** @private */ isPanning: boolean; /** @private */ isZoomed: boolean; /** @private */ isPointer: Boolean; /** @private */ pinchTarget: Element; /** @private */ isDevice: Boolean; /** @private */ browserName: string; /** @private */ touchStartList: ITouches[] | TouchList; /** @private */ touchMoveList: ITouches[] | TouchList; /** @private */ offset: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ zoomAxes: IZoomAxisRange[]; /** @private */ isIOS: Boolean; /** @private */ performedUI: boolean; private zoomkitOpacity; private wheelEvent; private cancelEvent; /** * Constructor for Zooming module. * @private. */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * Function that handles the Rectangular zooming. * @return {void} */ renderZooming(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent, chart: Chart, isTouch: boolean): void; private drawZoomingRectangle; private doPan; /** * Redraw the chart on zooming. * @return {void} * @private */ performZoomRedraw(chart: Chart): void; private refreshAxis; private doZoom; /** * Function that handles the Mouse wheel zooming. * @return {void} * @private */ performMouseWheelZooming(e: WheelEvent, mouseX: number, mouseY: number, chart: Chart, axes: AxisModel[]): void; /** * Function that handles the Pinch zooming. * @return {void} * @private */ performPinchZooming(e: TouchEvent, chart: Chart): boolean; private calculatePinchZoomFactor; private setTransform; private calculateZoomAxesRange; private showZoomingToolkit; /** * To the show the zooming toolkit. * @return {void} * @private */ applyZoomToolkit(chart: Chart, axes: AxisModel[]): void; /** * Return boolean property to show zooming toolkit. * @return {void} * @private */ isAxisZoomed(axes: AxisModel[]): boolean; private zoomToolkitMove; private zoomToolkitLeave; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * Handles the mouse wheel on chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ chartMouseWheel(e: WheelEvent): boolean; /** * @hidden */ private mouseMoveHandler; /** * @hidden */ private mouseDownHandler; /** * @hidden */ private mouseUpHandler; /** * @hidden */ private mouseCancelHandler; /** * Handles the touch pointer. * @return {boolean} * @private */ addTouchPointer(touchList: ITouches[], e: PointerEvent, touches: TouchList): ITouches[]; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the zooming. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: Chart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/utils/double-range.d.ts /** * Numeric Range. * @private */ export class DoubleRange { private mStart; private mEnd; /** @private */ readonly start: number; /** @private */ readonly end: number; /** @private */ readonly delta: number; /** @private */ readonly median: number; constructor(start: number, end: number); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/utils/enum.d.ts /** * Defines Orientation of axis. They are * * horizontal * * vertical * @private */ export type Orientation = /** Horizontal Axis. */ 'Horizontal' | /** Vertical Axis. */ 'Vertical'; /** * Defines area type of chart. They are * * none * * cartesianAxes * * polarAxes * @private */ export type ChartAreaType = /** Cartesian panel. */ 'CartesianAxes' | /** Polar panel. */ 'PolarAxes'; /** * Defines series type of chart. They are * * xy * * highLow * @private */ export type SeriesValueType = /** XY value. */ 'XY' | /** HighLow value. */ 'HighLow' | /** HighLowOpenClose value. */ 'HighLowOpenClose' | /** BoxPlot */ 'BoxPlot'; /** * Defines the range padding of axis. They are * * none - Padding cannot be applied to the axis. * * normal - Padding is applied to the axis based on the range calculation. * * additional - Interval of the axis is added as padding to the minimum and maximum values of the range. * * round - Axis range is rounded to the nearest possible value divided by the interval. */ export type ChartRangePadding = /** Padding Normal is applied for orientation vertical axis and None is applied for orientation horizontal axis */ 'Auto' | /** Padding wiil not be applied to the axis. */ 'None' | /** Padding is applied to the axis based on the range calculation. */ 'Normal' | /** Interval of the axis is added as padding to the minimum and maximum values of the range. */ 'Additional' | /** Axis range is rounded to the nearest possible value divided by the interval. */ 'Round'; /** * Defines the segment axis. They are, * * X - Segment calculation rendered based on horizontal axis * * Y - Segment calculation rendered based on vertical axis */ export type Segment = /** Segment calculation rendered based on horizontal axis */ 'X' | /** Segment calculation rendered based on verticalal axis */ 'Y'; /** * Defines the unit of Stripline Size. They are * * auto * * pixel * * year * * month * * day * * hour * * minutes * * seconds * @private */ export type sizeType = /** Auto - In numeric axis, it will consider a number and DateTime axis, it will consider as milliseconds. */ 'Auto' | /** Pixel - The stripline gets their size in pixel */ 'Pixel' | /** Years - The stipline size is based on year in the DateTime axis. */ 'Years' | /** Months - The stipline size is based on month in the DateTime axis. */ 'Months' | /** Days - The stipline size is based on day in the DateTime axis. */ 'Days' | /** Hours - The stipline size is based on hour in the DateTime axis. */ 'Hours' | /** Minutes - The stipline size is based on minutes in the DateTime axis. */ 'Minutes' | /** Seconds - The stipline size is based on seconds in the DateTime axis. */ 'Seconds'; /** * Defines the type series in chart. They are * * line - Renders the line series. * * column - Renders the column series. * * area - Renders the area series. * * pie - Renders the pie series. * * polar - Renders the polar series. * * radar - Renders the radar series. * * bar - Renders the stacking column series * * histogram - Renders the histogram series * * stackingColumn - Renders the stacking column series. * * stackingArea - Renders the stacking area series. * * stackingLine - Renders the stacking line series. * * stackingBar - Renders the stacking bar series. * * StackingColumn100 - Renders the stacking column series. * * StackingArea100 - Renders the stacking area 100 percent series * * stackingLine100 - Renders the stacking line 100 percent series. * * StackingBar100 - Renders the stacking bar 100 percent series. * * stepLine - Renders the step line series. * * stepArea - Renders the step area series. * * scatter - Renders the scatter series. * * spline - Renders the spline series * * rangeColumn - Renders the rangeColumn series. * * hilo - Renders the hilo series * * hiloOpenClose - Renders the HiloOpenClose Series * * Waterfall - Renders the Waterfall Series * * rangeArea - Renders the rangeArea series. * * Pareto-Render the Pareto series */ export type ChartSeriesType = /** Define the line series. */ 'Line' | /** Define the Column series. */ 'Column' | /** Define the Area series. */ 'Area' | /** Define the Bar series. */ 'Bar' | /** Define the Histogram series. */ 'Histogram' | /** Define the StackingColumn series. */ 'StackingColumn' | /** Define the StackingArea series. */ 'StackingArea' | /** Define the StackingLine series. */ 'StackingLine' | /** Define the StackingBar series. */ 'StackingBar' | /** Define the Stepline series. */ 'StepLine' | /** Define the Steparea series. */ 'StepArea' | /** Define the Steparea series. */ 'SplineArea' | /** Define the Scatter series. */ 'Scatter' | /** Define the Spline series. */ 'Spline' | /** Define the StackingColumn100 series */ 'StackingColumn100' | /** Define the StackingBar100 series */ 'StackingBar100' | /** Define the StackingLine100 series */ 'StackingLine100' | /** Define the StackingArea100 series */ 'StackingArea100' | /** Define the RangeColumn Series */ 'RangeColumn' | /** Define the Hilo Series */ 'Hilo' | /** Define the HiloOpenClose Series */ 'HiloOpenClose' | /** Define the Waterfall Series */ 'Waterfall' | /** Define the RangeArea Series */ 'RangeArea' | /** Define the Bubble Series */ 'Bubble' | /** Define the Candle Series */ 'Candle' | /** Define the polar series */ 'Polar' | /** Define the radar series */ 'Radar' | /** Define the Box and whisker Series */ 'BoxAndWhisker' | /** Define the multi color line series */ 'MultiColoredLine' | /** Define the multi color area series */ 'MultiColoredArea' | /** Define the Pareto series */ 'Pareto'; /** * * Type of series to be drawn in radar or polar series. They are * * line - Renders the line series. * * column - Renders the column series. * * area - Renders the area series. * * scatter - Renders the scatter series. * * spline - Renders the spline series. * * stackingColumn - Renders the stacking column series. * * stackingArea - Renders the stacking area series. * * rangeColumn - Renders the range column series. * * splineArea - Renders the spline area series. */ export type ChartDrawType = /** Define the line series. */ 'Line' | /** Define the Column series. */ 'Column' | /** Define the stacking Column series. */ 'StackingColumn' | /** Define the Area series. */ 'Area' | /** Define the Scatter series. */ 'Scatter' | /** Define the Range column series */ 'RangeColumn' | /** Define the Spline series */ 'Spline' | /** Define the Spline Area series */ 'SplineArea' | /** Define the spline series */ 'StackingArea' | /** Define the Stacking line series */ 'StackingLine'; /** * Defines the Edge Label Placement for an axis. They are * * none - No action will be perform. * * hide - Edge label will be hidden. * * shift - Shift the edge labels. */ export type EdgeLabelPlacement = /** Render the edge label in axis. */ 'None' | /** Hides the edge label in axis. */ 'Hide' | /** Shift the edge series in axis. */ 'Shift'; /** * Defines the Label Placement for category axis. They are * * betweenTicks - Render the label between the ticks. * * onTicks - Render the label on the ticks. */ export type LabelPlacement = /** Render the label between the ticks. */ 'BetweenTicks' | /** Render the label on the ticks. */ 'OnTicks'; /** * Defines the shape of marker. They are * * circle - Renders a circle. * * rectangle - Renders a rectangle. * * triangle - Renders a triangle. * * diamond - Renders a diamond. * * cross - Renders a cross. * * horizontalLine - Renders a horizontalLine. * * verticalLine - Renders a verticalLine. * * pentagon- Renders a pentagon. * * invertedTriangle - Renders a invertedTriangle. * * image - Renders a image. */ export type ChartShape = /** Render a circle. */ 'Circle' | /** Render a Rectangle. */ 'Rectangle' | /** Render a Triangle. */ 'Triangle' | /** Render a Diamond. */ 'Diamond' | /** Render a Cross. */ 'Cross' | /** Render a HorizontalLine. */ 'HorizontalLine' | /** Render a VerticalLine. */ 'VerticalLine' | /** Render a Pentagon. */ 'Pentagon' | /** Render a InvertedTriangle. */ 'InvertedTriangle' | /** Render a Image. */ 'Image'; /** * Defines the type of axis. They are * * double - Renders a numeric axis. * * dateTime - Renders a dateTime axis. * * category - Renders a category axis. * * logarithmic - Renders a log axis. * * DateTimeCategory - Renders a datetime DateTimeCategory axis */ export type ValueType = /** Define the numeric axis. */ 'Double' | /** Define the DateTime axis. */ 'DateTime' | /** Define the Category axis . */ 'Category' | /** Define the Logarithmic axis . */ 'Logarithmic' | /** Define the datetime category axis */ 'DateTimeCategory'; /** * Defines the type of error bar. They are * * fixed - Renders a fixed type error bar. * * percentage - Renders a percentage type error bar. * * standardDeviation - Renders a standard deviation type error bar. * * standardError -Renders a standard error type error bar. * * custom -Renders a custom type error bar. */ export type ErrorBarType = /** Define the Fixed type. */ 'Fixed' | /** Define the Percentage type. */ 'Percentage' | /** Define the StandardDeviation type . */ 'StandardDeviation' | /** Define the StandardError type . */ 'StandardError' | /** Define the Custom type . */ 'Custom'; /** * Defines the direction of error bar. They are * * both - Renders both direction of error bar. * * minus - Renders minus direction of error bar. * * plus - Renders plus direction error bar. */ export type ErrorBarDirection = /** Define the Both direction. */ 'Both' | /** Define the Minus direction. */ 'Minus' | /** Define the Plus direction . */ 'Plus'; /** * Defines the modes of error bar. They are * * vertical - Renders a vertical error bar. * * horizontal - Renders a horizontal error bar. * * both - Renders both side error bar. */ export type ErrorBarMode = /** Define the Vertical mode. */ 'Vertical' | /** Define the Horizontal mode. */ 'Horizontal' | /** Define the Both mode . */ 'Both'; /** * Defines the interval type of datetime axis. They are * * auto - Define the interval of the axis based on data. * * years - Define the interval of the axis in years. * * months - Define the interval of the axis in months. * * days - Define the interval of the axis in days. * * hours - Define the interval of the axis in hours. * * minutes - Define the interval of the axis in minutes. */ export type IntervalType = /** Define the interval of the axis based on data. */ 'Auto' | /** Define the interval of the axis in years. */ 'Years' | /** Define the interval of the axis in months. */ 'Months' | /** Define the interval of the axis in days. */ 'Days' | /** Define the interval of the axis in hours. */ 'Hours' | /** Define the interval of the axis in minutes. */ 'Minutes' | /** Define the interval of the axis in seconds. */ 'Seconds'; /** * Defines the mode of line in crosshair. They are * * none - Hides both vertical and horizontal crosshair line. * * both - Shows both vertical and horizontal crosshair line. * * vertical - Shows the vertical line. * * horizontal - Shows the horizontal line. */ export type LineType = /** Hides both vertical and horizontal crosshair line. */ 'None' | /** Shows both vertical and horizontal crosshair line. */ 'Both' | /** Shows the vertical line. */ 'Vertical' | /** Shows the horizontal line. */ 'Horizontal'; export type MacdType = 'Line' | 'Histogram' | 'Both'; /** * Defines the position of the legend. They are * * auto - Places the legend based on area type. * * top - Displays the legend on the top of chart. * * left - Displays the legend on the left of chart. * * bottom - Displays the legend on the bottom of chart. * * right - Displays the legend on the right of chart. * * custom - Displays the legend based on given x and y value. */ export type LegendPosition = /** Places the legend based on area type. */ 'Auto' | /** Places the legend on the top of chart. */ 'Top' | /** Places the legend on the left of chart. */ 'Left' | /** Places the legend on the bottom of chart. */ 'Bottom' | /** Places the legend on the right of chart. */ 'Right' | /** Places the legend based on given x and y. */ 'Custom'; /** * Defines the shape of legend. They are * * circle - Renders a circle. * * rectangle - Renders a rectangle. * * triangle - Renders a triangle. * * diamond - Renders a diamond. * * cross - Renders a cross. * * horizontalLine - Renders a horizontalLine. * * verticalLine - Renders a verticalLine. * * pentagon - Renders a pentagon. * * invertedTriangle - Renders a invertedTriangle. * * SeriesType -Render a legend shape based on series type. */ export type LegendShape = /** Render a circle. */ 'Circle' | /** Render a Rectangle. */ 'Rectangle' | /** Render a Triangle. */ 'Triangle' | /** Render a Diamond. */ 'Diamond' | /** Render a Cross. */ 'Cross' | /** Render a HorizontalLine. */ 'HorizontalLine' | /** Render a VerticalLine. */ 'VerticalLine' | /** Render a Pentagon. */ 'Pentagon' | /** Render a InvertedTriangle. */ 'InvertedTriangle' | /** Render a legend shape based on series type. */ 'SeriesType'; /** * Defines the zooming mode, They are. * * x,y - Chart will be zoomed with respect to both vertical and horizontal axis. * * x - Chart will be zoomed with respect to horizontal axis. * * y - Chart will be zoomed with respect to vertical axis. */ export type ZoomMode = /** Chart will be zoomed with respect to both vertical and horizontal axis. */ 'XY' | /** Chart will be zoomed with respect to horizontal axis. */ 'X' | /** Chart will be zoomed with respect to vertical axis. */ 'Y'; /** * Defines the ZoomingToolkit, They are. * * zoom - Renders the zoom button. * * zoomIn - Renders the zoomIn button. * * zoomOut - Renders the zoomOut button. * * pan - Renders the pan button. * * reset - Renders the reset button. */ export type ToolbarItems = /** Renders the zoom button. */ 'Zoom' | /** Renders the zoomIn button. */ 'ZoomIn' | /** Renders the zoomOut button. */ 'ZoomOut' | /** Renders the pan button. */ 'Pan' | /** Renders the reset button. */ 'Reset'; /** * Defines the SelectionMode, They are. * * none - Disable the selection. * * series - To select a series. * * point - To select a point. * * cluster - To select a cluster of point * * dragXY - To select points, by dragging with respect to both horizontal and vertical axis * * dragX - To select points, by dragging with respect to horizontal axis. * * dragY - To select points, by dragging with respect to vertical axis. */ export type SelectionMode = /** Disable the selection. */ 'None' | /** To select a series. */ 'Series' | /** To select a point. */ 'Point' | /** To select a cluster of point. */ 'Cluster' | /** To select points, by dragging with respect to both horizontal and vertical axis. */ 'DragXY' | /** To select points, by dragging with respect to vertical axis. */ 'DragY' | /** To select points, by dragging with respect to horizontal axis. */ 'DragX'; /** * Defines the LabelPosition, They are. * * outer - Position the label outside the point. * * top - Position the label on top of the point. * * bottom - Position the label on bottom of the point. * * middle - Position the label to middle of the point. * * auto - Position the label based on series. */ export type LabelPosition = /** Position the label outside the point. */ 'Outer' | /** Position the label on top of the point. */ 'Top' | /** Position the label on bottom of the point. */ 'Bottom' | /** Position the label to middle of the point. */ 'Middle' | /** Position the label based on series. */ 'Auto'; /** * Defines the Alignment. They are * * none - Shows all the labels. * * hide - Hide the label when it intersect. * * rotate45 - Rotate the label to 45 degree when it intersect. * * rotate90 - Rotate the label to 90 degree when it intersect. * * */ export type LabelIntersectAction = /** Shows all the labels. */ 'None' | /** Hide the label when it intersect. */ 'Hide' | /** Trim the label when it intersect. */ 'Trim' | /** Wrap the label when it intersect. */ 'Wrap' | /** Arrange the label in multiple row when it intersect. */ 'MultipleRows' | /** Rotate the label to 45 degree when it intersect. */ 'Rotate45' | /** Rotate the label to 90 degree when it intersect. */ 'Rotate90'; /** * Defines the Position. They are * * inside - Place the ticks or labels inside to the axis line. * * outside - Place the ticks or labels outside to the axis line. * * */ export type AxisPosition = /** Place the ticks or labels inside to the axis line. */ 'Inside' | /** Place the ticks or labels outside to the axis line. */ 'Outside'; /** * Defines Theme of the chart. They are * * Material - Render a chart with Material theme. * * Fabric - Render a chart with Fabric theme */ export type ChartTheme = /** Render a chart with Material theme. */ 'Material' | /** Render a chart with Fabric theme. */ 'Fabric' | /** Render a chart with Bootstrap theme. */ 'Bootstrap' | /** Render a chart with HighcontrastLight theme. */ 'HighContrastLight' | /** Render a chart with MaterialDark theme. */ 'MaterialDark' | /** Render a chart with FabricDark theme. */ 'FabricDark' | /** Render a chart with HighContrast theme. */ 'HighContrast' | /** Render a chart with Highcontrast theme. */ 'Highcontrast' | /** Render a chart with BootstrapDark theme. */ 'BootstrapDark' | /** Render a chart with Bootstrap4 theme. */ 'Bootstrap4'; /** * Specifies the order of the strip line. `Over` | `Behind`. * * Over - Places the strip line over the series elements. * * Behind - laces the strip line behind the series elements. */ export type ZIndex = /** Places the strip line over the series elements. */ 'Over' | /** Places the strip line behind the series elements. */ 'Behind'; /** * Defines the strip line text position. * * Start - Places the strip line text at the start. * * Middle - Places the strip line text in the middle. * * End - Places the strip line text at the end. */ export type Anchor = /** Places the strip line text at the start. */ 'Start' | /** Places the strip line text in the middle. */ 'Middle' | /** Places the strip line text at the end. */ 'End'; /** * Defines the empty point mode of the chart. * * Gap - Used to display empty points as space. * * Zero - Used to display empty points as zero. * * Drop - Used to ignore the empty point while rendering. * * Average - Used to display empty points as previous and next point average. */ export type EmptyPointMode = /** Used to display empty points as space */ 'Gap' | /** Used to display empty points as zero */ 'Zero' | /** Used to ignore the empty point while rendering */ 'Drop' | /** Used to display empty points as previous and next point average */ 'Average'; /** * Defines the type of technical indicators. They are * * Sma - Predicts the trend using Simple Moving Average approach * * Ema - Predicts the trend using Exponential Moving Average approach * * Tma - Predicts the trend using Triangle Moving Average approach * * Atr - Predicts the trend using Average True Range approach * * AccumulationDistribution - Predicts the trend using Accumulation Distribution approach * * Momentum - Predicts the trend using Momentum approach * * Rsi - Predicts the trend using RSI approach * * Macd - Predicts the trend using Moving Average Convergence Divergence approach * * Stochastic - Predicts the trend using Stochastic approach * * BollingerBands - Predicts the trend using Bollinger approach */ export type TechnicalIndicators = /** Predicts the trend using Simple Moving Average approach */ 'Sma' | /** Predicts the trend using Exponential Moving Average approach */ 'Ema' | /** Predicts the trend using Triangle Moving Average approach */ 'Tma' | /** Predicts the trend using Momentum approach */ 'Momentum' | /** Predicts the trend using Average True Range approach */ 'Atr' | /** Predicts the trend using Accumulation Distribution approach */ 'AccumulationDistribution' | /** Predicts the trend using Bollinger approach */ 'BollingerBands' | /** Predicts the trend using Moving Average Convergence Divergence approach */ 'Macd' | /** Predicts the trend using Stochastic approach */ 'Stochastic' | /** Predicts the trend using RSI approach */ 'Rsi'; /** * Defines the type of trendlines. They are * * Linear - Defines the linear trendline * * Exponential - Defines the exponential trendline * * Polynomial - Defines the polynomial trendline * * Power - Defines the power trendline * * Logarithmic - Defines the logarithmic trendline * * MovingAverage - Defines the moving average trendline */ export type TrendlineTypes = /** Defines the linear trendline */ 'Linear' | /** Defines the exponential trendline */ 'Exponential' | /** Defines the polynomial trendline */ 'Polynomial' | /** Defines the power trendline */ 'Power' | /** Defines the logarithmic trendline */ 'Logarithmic' | /** Defines the moving average trendline */ 'MovingAverage'; /** * Defines the financial data fields * * High - Represents the highest price in the stocks over time * * Low - Represents the lowest price in the stocks over time * * Open - Represents the opening price in the stocks over time * * Close - Represents the closing price in the stocks over time */ export type FinancialDataFields = /** Represents the highest price in the stocks over time */ 'High' | /** Represents the lowest price in the stocks over time */ 'Low' | /** Represents the opening price in the stocks over time */ 'Open' | /** Represents the closing price in the stocks over time */ 'Close'; /** * It defines type of spline. * Natural - Used to render Natural spline. * Cardinal - Used to render cardinal spline. * Clamped - Used to render Clamped spline * Monotonic - Used to render monotonic spline */ export type SplineType = /** Used to render natural spline type */ 'Natural' | /** Used to render Monotonicspline */ 'Monotonic' | /** Used to render Cardinal */ 'Cardinal' | /** Used to render Clamped */ 'Clamped'; /** * Defines the BoxPlotMode for box and whisker chart series, They are. * * exclusive - Series render based on exclusive mode. * * inclusive - Series render based on inclusive mode. * * normal - Series render based on normal mode. */ export type BoxPlotMode = /** Defines the Exclusive mode. */ 'Exclusive' | /** Defines the InClusive mode. */ 'Inclusive' | /** Defines the Normal mode. */ 'Normal'; /** * Defines the skeleton type for the axis. * * Date - it formats date only. * * DateTime - it formats date and time. * * Time - it formats time only. */ export type SkeletonType = /** Used to format date */ 'Date' | /** Used to format date and time */ 'DateTime' | /** Used to format time */ 'Time'; /** * Defines border type for multi level labels. * * Rectangle * * Brace * * WithoutBorder * * Without top Border * * Without top and bottom border * * Curly brace */ export type BorderType = /** Rectangle */ 'Rectangle' | /** Brace */ 'Brace' | /** WithoutBorder */ 'WithoutBorder' | /** WithoutTopBorder */ 'WithoutTopBorder' | /** WithoutTopandBottomBorder */ 'WithoutTopandBottomBorder' | /** CurlyBrace */ 'CurlyBrace'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/chart/utils/get-data.d.ts /** * To get the data on mouse move. * @private */ export class ChartData { /** @private */ chart: Chart; lierIndex: number; /** @private */ currentPoints: PointData[] | AccPointData[]; /** @private */ previousPoints: PointData[] | AccPointData[]; /** * Constructor for the data. * @private */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * Method to get the Data. * @private */ getData(): PointData; isSelected(chart: Chart): boolean; private getRectPoint; /** * Checks whether the region contains a point */ private checkRegionContainsPoint; /** * @private */ getClosest(series: Series, value: number): number; getClosestX(chart: Chart, series: Series): PointData; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/annotation/annotation.d.ts /** * Annotation Module handles the Annotation for chart and accumulation series. */ export class AnnotationBase { private control; private annotation; private isChart; /** * Constructor for chart and accumulation annotation * @param control */ constructor(control: Chart | AccumulationChart); /** * Method to render the annotation for chart and accumulation series. * @private * @param annotation * @param index */ render(annotation: AccumulationAnnotationSettings | ChartAnnotationSettings, index: number): HTMLElement; /** * Method to calculate the location for annotation - coordinate unit as pixel. * @private * @param location */ setAnnotationPixelValue(location: ChartLocation): boolean; /** * Method to calculate the location for annotation - coordinate unit as point. * @private * @param location */ setAnnotationPointValue(location: ChartLocation): boolean; /** * To process the annotation for accumulation chart * @param annotation * @param index * @param parentElement */ processAnnotation(annotation: ChartAnnotationSettings | AccumulationAnnotationSettings, index: number, parentElement: HTMLElement): void; /** * Method to calculate the location for annotation - coordinate unit as point in accumulation chart. * @private * @param location */ setAccumulationPointValue(location: ChartLocation): boolean; /** * Method to set the element style for accumulation / chart annotation. * @private * @param location * @param element * @param parentElement */ setElementStyle(location: ChartLocation, element: HTMLElement, parentElement: HTMLElement): void; /** * Method to calculate the alignment value for annotation. * @private * @param alignment * @param size * @param value */ setAlignmentValue(alignment: Alignment | Position, size: number, value: number): number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/common.d.ts /** * Common directory file */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/index.d.ts /** * Chart and accumulation common files */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/legend/legend-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Location */ export interface LocationModel { /** * X coordinate of the legend in pixels. * @default 0 */ x?: number; /** * Y coordinate of the legend in pixels. * @default 0 */ y?: number; } /** * Interface for a class LegendSettings */ export interface LegendSettingsModel { /** * If set to true, legend will be visible. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * The height of the legend in pixels. * @default null */ height?: string; /** * The width of the legend in pixels. * @default null */ width?: string; /** * Specifies the location of the legend, relative to the chart. * If x is 20, legend moves by 20 pixels to the right of the chart. It requires the `position` to be `Custom`. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * legendSettings: { * visible: true, * position: 'Custom', * location: { x: 100, y: 150 }, * }, * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` */ location?: LocationModel; /** * Position of the legend in the chart are, * * Auto: Places the legend based on area type. * * Top: Displays the legend at the top of the chart. * * Left: Displays the legend at the left of the chart. * * Bottom: Displays the legend at the bottom of the chart. * * Right: Displays the legend at the right of the chart. * * Custom: Displays the legend based on the given x and y values. * @default 'Auto' */ position?: LegendPosition; /** * Option to customize the padding between legend items. * @default 8 */ padding?: number; /** * Legend in chart can be aligned as follows: * * Near: Aligns the legend to the left of the chart. * * Center: Aligns the legend to the center of the chart. * * Far: Aligns the legend to the right of the chart. * @default 'Center' */ alignment?: Alignment; /** * Options to customize the legend text. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Shape height of the legend in pixels. * @default 10 */ shapeHeight?: number; /** * Shape width of the legend in pixels. * @default 10 */ shapeWidth?: number; /** * Options to customize the border of the legend. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Options to customize left, right, top and bottom margins of the chart. */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Padding between the legend shape and text. * @default 5 */ shapePadding?: number; /** * The background color of the legend that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 'transparent' */ background?: string; /** * Opacity of the legend. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * If set to true, series' visibility collapses based on the legend visibility. * @default true */ toggleVisibility?: boolean; /** * Description for legends. * @default null */ description?: string; /** * TabIndex value for the legend. * @default 3 */ tabIndex?: number; } /** * Interface for a class BaseLegend * @private */ export interface BaseLegendModel { } /** * Interface for a class LegendOptions * @private */ export interface LegendOptionsModel { } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/legend/legend.d.ts /** * Configures the location for the legend. */ export class Location extends base.ChildProperty { /** * X coordinate of the legend in pixels. * @default 0 */ x: number; /** * Y coordinate of the legend in pixels. * @default 0 */ y: number; } /** * Configures the legends in charts. */ export class LegendSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * If set to true, legend will be visible. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * The height of the legend in pixels. * @default null */ height: string; /** * The width of the legend in pixels. * @default null */ width: string; /** * Specifies the location of the legend, relative to the chart. * If x is 20, legend moves by 20 pixels to the right of the chart. It requires the `position` to be `Custom`. * ```html *
* ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * legendSettings: { * visible: true, * position: 'Custom', * location: { x: 100, y: 150 }, * }, * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` */ location: LocationModel; /** * Position of the legend in the chart are, * * Auto: Places the legend based on area type. * * Top: Displays the legend at the top of the chart. * * Left: Displays the legend at the left of the chart. * * Bottom: Displays the legend at the bottom of the chart. * * Right: Displays the legend at the right of the chart. * * Custom: Displays the legend based on the given x and y values. * @default 'Auto' */ position: LegendPosition; /** * Option to customize the padding between legend items. * @default 8 */ padding: number; /** * Legend in chart can be aligned as follows: * * Near: Aligns the legend to the left of the chart. * * Center: Aligns the legend to the center of the chart. * * Far: Aligns the legend to the right of the chart. * @default 'Center' */ alignment: Alignment; /** * Options to customize the legend text. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Shape height of the legend in pixels. * @default 10 */ shapeHeight: number; /** * Shape width of the legend in pixels. * @default 10 */ shapeWidth: number; /** * Options to customize the border of the legend. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Options to customize left, right, top and bottom margins of the chart. */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Padding between the legend shape and text. * @default 5 */ shapePadding: number; /** * The background color of the legend that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 'transparent' */ background: string; /** * Opacity of the legend. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * If set to true, series' visibility collapses based on the legend visibility. * @default true */ toggleVisibility: boolean; /** * Description for legends. * @default null */ description: string; /** * TabIndex value for the legend. * @default 3 */ tabIndex: number; } /** * Legend base class for Chart and Accumulation chart. * @private */ export class BaseLegend { protected chart: Chart | AccumulationChart; protected legend: LegendSettingsModel; protected maxItemHeight: number; protected isPaging: boolean; private clipPathHeight; totalPages: number; protected isVertical: boolean; private rowCount; private columnCount; private pageButtonSize; protected pageXCollections: number[]; protected maxColumns: number; private isTrimmed; maxWidth: number; protected legendID: string; private clipRect; private legendTranslateGroup; private currentPage; private isChartControl; protected library: Legend | AccumulationLegend; /** @private */ position: LegendPosition; /** * Gets the legend bounds in chart. * @private */ legendBounds: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ legendCollections: LegendOptions[]; /** @private */ clearTooltip: number; /** * Constructor for the dateTime module. * @private */ constructor(chart?: Chart | AccumulationChart); /** * Calculate the bounds for the legends. * @return {void} * @private */ calculateLegendBounds(rect: svgBase.Rect, availableSize: svgBase.Size): void; /** * To find legend position based on available size for chart and accumulation chart */ private getPosition; /** * To set bounds for chart and accumulation chart */ protected setBounds(computedWidth: number, computedHeight: number, legend: LegendSettingsModel, legendBounds: svgBase.Rect): void; /** * To find legend location based on position, alignment for chart and accumulation chart */ private getLocation; /** * To find legend alignment for chart and accumulation chart */ private alignLegend; /** * Renders the legend. * @return {void} * @private */ renderLegend(chart: Chart | AccumulationChart, legend: LegendSettingsModel, legendBounds: svgBase.Rect, redraw?: boolean): void; /** * To find first valid legend text index for chart and accumulation chart */ private findFirstLegendPosition; /** * To create legend rendering elements for chart and accumulation chart */ private createLegendElements; /** * To render legend symbols for chart and accumulation chart */ private renderSymbol; /** * To render legend text for chart and accumulation chart */ private renderText; /** * To render legend paging elements for chart and accumulation chart */ private renderPagingElements; /** * To translate legend pages for chart and accumulation chart */ protected translatePage(pagingText: Element, page: number, pageNumber: number): void; /** * To change legend pages for chart and accumulation chart */ protected changePage(event: Event, pageUp: boolean): void; /** * To find legend elements id based on chart or accumulation chart * @private */ generateId(option: LegendOptions, prefix: string, count: number): string; /** * To show or hide trimmed text tooltip for legend. * @return {void} * @private */ move(event: Event): void; } /** * Class for legend options * @private */ export class LegendOptions { render: boolean; text: string; fill: string; shape: LegendShape; visible: boolean; type: ChartSeriesType | AccumulationType; textSize: svgBase.Size; location: ChartLocation; pointIndex?: number; seriesIndex?: number; markerShape?: ChartShape; markerVisibility?: boolean; constructor(text: string, fill: string, shape: LegendShape, visible: boolean, type: ChartSeriesType | AccumulationType, markerShape?: ChartShape, markerVisibility?: boolean, pointIndex?: number, seriesIndex?: number); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/model/base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Connector */ export interface ConnectorModel { /** * specifies the type of the connector line. They are * * Smooth * * Line * @default 'Line' */ type?: ConnectorType; /** * Color of the connector line. * @default null */ color?: string; /** * Width of the connector line in pixels. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * Length of the connector line in pixels. * @default null */ length?: string; /** * dashArray of the connector line. * @default '' */ dashArray?: string; } /** * Interface for a class Font */ export interface FontModel { /** * FontStyle for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontStyle?: string; /** * Font size for the text. * @default '16px' */ size?: string; /** * FontWeight for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontWeight?: string; /** * Color for the text. * @default '' */ color?: string; /** * text alignment * @default 'Center' */ textAlignment?: Alignment; /** * FontFamily for the text. */ fontFamily?: string; /** * Opacity for the text. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * Specifies the chart title text overflow * @default 'Trim' */ textOverflow?: TextOverflow; } /** * Interface for a class Border */ export interface BorderModel { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ color?: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ width?: number; } /** * Interface for a class ChartArea */ export interface ChartAreaModel { /** * Options to customize the border of the chart area. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * The background of the chart area that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.. * @default 'transparent' */ background?: string; /** * The opacity for background. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Margin */ export interface MarginModel { /** * Left margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ left?: number; /** * Right margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ right?: number; /** * Top margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ top?: number; /** * Bottom margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ bottom?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Animation */ export interface AnimationModel { /** * If set to true, series gets animated on initial loading. * @default true */ enable?: boolean; /** * The duration of animation in milliseconds. * @default 1000 */ duration?: number; /** * The option to delay animation of the series. * @default 0 */ delay?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Indexes * @private */ export interface IndexesModel { /** * Specifies the series index * @default 0 * @aspType int */ series?: number; /** * Specifies the point index * @default 0 * @aspType int */ point?: number; } /** * Interface for a class CornerRadius */ export interface CornerRadiusModel { /** * Specifies the top left corner radius value * @default 0 */ topLeft?: number; /** * Specifies the top right corner radius value * @default 0 */ topRight?: number; /** * Specifies the bottom left corner radius value * @default 0 */ bottomLeft?: number; /** * Specifies the bottom right corner radius value * @default 0 */ bottomRight?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Index * @private */ export interface IndexModel { } /** * Interface for a class EmptyPointSettings */ export interface EmptyPointSettingsModel { /** * To customize the fill color of empty points. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * Options to customize the border of empty points. * @default "{color: 'transparent', width: 0}" */ border?: BorderModel; /** * To customize the mode of empty points. * @default Gap */ mode?: EmptyPointMode | AccEmptyPointMode; } /** * Interface for a class TooltipSettings */ export interface TooltipSettingsModel { /** * Enables / Disables the visibility of the tooltip. * @default false. */ enable?: boolean; /** * Enables / Disables the visibility of the marker. * @default true. */ enableMarker?: boolean; /** * If set to true, a single ToolTip will be displayed for every index. * @default false. */ shared?: boolean; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * Header for tooltip. * @default null */ header?: string; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 0.75 */ opacity?: number; /** * Options to customize the ToolTip text. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Format the ToolTip content. * @default null. */ format?: string; /** * Custom template to format the ToolTip content. Use ${x} and ${y} as the placeholder text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null. */ template?: string; /** * If set to true, ToolTip will animate while moving from one point to another. * @default true. */ enableAnimation?: boolean; /** * Options to customize tooltip borders. */ border?: BorderModel; } /** * Interface for a class Periods */ export interface PeriodsModel { /** * IntervalType of button * @default 'Years' */ intervalType?: RangeIntervalType; /** * Count value for the button * @default 1 */ interval?: number; /** * Text to be displayed on the button * @default null */ text?: string; /** * To select the default period * @default false */ selected?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class PeriodSelectorSettings */ export interface PeriodSelectorSettingsModel { /** * Height for the period selector * @default 43 */ height?: number; /** * vertical position of the period selector * @default 'Bottom' */ position?: PeriodSelectorPosition; /** * Buttons */ periods?: PeriodsModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/model/base.d.ts /** * Defines the appearance of the connectors */ export class Connector extends base.ChildProperty { /** * specifies the type of the connector line. They are * * Smooth * * Line * @default 'Line' */ type: ConnectorType; /** * Color of the connector line. * @default null */ color: string; /** * Width of the connector line in pixels. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * Length of the connector line in pixels. * @default null */ length: string; /** * dashArray of the connector line. * @default '' */ dashArray: string; } /** * Configures the fonts in charts. */ export class Font extends base.ChildProperty { /** * FontStyle for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontStyle: string; /** * Font size for the text. * @default '16px' */ size: string; /** * FontWeight for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontWeight: string; /** * Color for the text. * @default '' */ color: string; /** * text alignment * @default 'Center' */ textAlignment: Alignment; /** * FontFamily for the text. */ fontFamily: string; /** * Opacity for the text. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * Specifies the chart title text overflow * @default 'Trim' */ textOverflow: TextOverflow; } /** * Configures the borders in the chart. */ export class Border extends base.ChildProperty { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ color: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ width: number; } /** * Configures the chart area. */ export class ChartArea extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Options to customize the border of the chart area. */ border: BorderModel; /** * The background of the chart area that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.. * @default 'transparent' */ background: string; /** * The opacity for background. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; } /** * Configures the chart margins. */ export class Margin extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Left margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ left: number; /** * Right margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ right: number; /** * Top margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ top: number; /** * Bottom margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ bottom: number; } /** * Configures the animation behavior for chart series. */ export class Animation extends base.ChildProperty { /** * If set to true, series gets animated on initial loading. * @default true */ enable: boolean; /** * The duration of animation in milliseconds. * @default 1000 */ duration: number; /** * The option to delay animation of the series. * @default 0 */ delay: number; } /** @private */ export class Indexes extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Specifies the series index * @default 0 * @aspType int */ series: number; /** * Specifies the point index * @default 0 * @aspType int */ point: number; } /** * Column series rounded corner options */ export class CornerRadius extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Specifies the top left corner radius value * @default 0 */ topLeft: number; /** * Specifies the top right corner radius value * @default 0 */ topRight: number; /** * Specifies the bottom left corner radius value * @default 0 */ bottomLeft: number; /** * Specifies the bottom right corner radius value * @default 0 */ bottomRight: number; } /** * @private */ export class Index { series: number; point: number; constructor(seriesIndex: number, pointIndex?: number); } /** * Configures the Empty Points of series */ export class EmptyPointSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * To customize the fill color of empty points. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * Options to customize the border of empty points. * @default "{color: 'transparent', width: 0}" */ border: BorderModel; /** * To customize the mode of empty points. * @default Gap */ mode: EmptyPointMode | AccEmptyPointMode; } /** * Configures the ToolTips in the chart. */ export class TooltipSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Enables / Disables the visibility of the tooltip. * @default false. */ enable: boolean; /** * Enables / Disables the visibility of the marker. * @default true. */ enableMarker: boolean; /** * If set to true, a single ToolTip will be displayed for every index. * @default false. */ shared: boolean; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * Header for tooltip. * @default null */ header: string; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 0.75 */ opacity: number; /** * Options to customize the ToolTip text. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Format the ToolTip content. * @default null. */ format: string; /** * Custom template to format the ToolTip content. Use ${x} and ${y} as the placeholder text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null. */ template: string; /** * If set to true, ToolTip will animate while moving from one point to another. * @default true. */ enableAnimation: boolean; /** * Options to customize tooltip borders. */ border: BorderModel; } /** * button settings in period selector */ export class Periods extends base.ChildProperty { /** * IntervalType of button * @default 'Years' */ intervalType: RangeIntervalType; /** * Count value for the button * @default 1 */ interval: number; /** * Text to be displayed on the button * @default null */ text: string; /** * To select the default period * @default false */ selected: boolean; } /** * Period Selector Settings */ export class PeriodSelectorSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Height for the period selector * @default 43 */ height: number; /** * vertical position of the period selector * @default 'Bottom' */ position: PeriodSelectorPosition; /** * Buttons */ periods: PeriodsModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/model/constants.d.ts /** * Specifies the chart constant value */ /** @private */ export const loaded: string; /** @private */ export const load: string; /** @private */ export const animationComplete: string; /** @private */ export const legendRender: string; /** @private */ export const textRender: string; /** @private */ export const pointRender: string; /** @private */ export const seriesRender: string; /** @private */ export const axisLabelRender: string; /** @private */ export const axisRangeCalculated: string; /** @private */ export const axisMultiLabelRender: string; /** @private */ export const tooltipRender: string; /** @private */ export const chartMouseMove: string; /** @private */ export const chartMouseClick: string; /** @private */ export const pointClick: string; /** @private */ export const pointMove: string; /** @private */ export const chartMouseLeave: string; /** @private */ export const chartMouseDown: string; /** @private */ export const chartMouseUp: string; /** @private */ export const zoomComplete: string; /** @private */ export const dragComplete: string; /** @private */ export const resized: string; /** @private */ export const beforePrint: string; /** @private */ export const annotationRender: string; /** @private */ export const scrollStart: string; /** @private */ export const scrollEnd: string; /** @private */ export const scrollChanged: string; /** @private */ export const stockEventRender: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/model/data.d.ts /** * data module is used to generate query and dataSource */ export class Data { private dataManager; private query; /** * Constructor for data module * @private */ constructor(dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager, query?: data.Query); /** * The function used to initialize dataManager and query * @return {void} * @private */ initDataManager(dataSource: Object | data.DataManager, query: data.Query): void; /** * The function used to generate updated data.Query from chart model * @return {void} * @private */ generateQuery(): data.Query; /** * The function used to get dataSource by executing given data.Query * @param {data.Query} query - A data.Query that specifies to generate dataSource * @return {void} * @private */ getData(query: data.Query): Promise; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/model/interface.d.ts export interface IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the event */ name: string; /** Defines the event cancel status */ cancel: boolean; } export interface ISelectorRenderArgs { /** Defines the thumb size of the slider */ thumbSize: number; /** Defines the selector appending element */ element: HTMLElement; /** Defines the selector width */ width: number; /** Defines the selector height */ height: number; } export interface ILegendRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current legend text */ text: string; /** Defines the current legend fill color */ fill: string; /** Defines the current legend shape */ shape: LegendShape; /** Defines the current legend marker shape */ markerShape?: ChartShape; } export interface IAccLegendRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current legend shape */ shape: LegendShape; /** Defines the current legend fill color */ fill: string; /** Defines the current legend text */ text: string; } export interface ITextRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current series of the label */ series: SeriesModel; /** Defines the current point of the label */ point: Points; /** Defines the current text */ text: string; /** Defines the current label fill color */ color: string; /** Defines the current label border */ border: BorderModel; /** Defines the current label template */ template: string; /** Defines the current font */ font: FontModel; } export interface IAnnotationRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current annotation content */ content: HTMLElement; /** Defines the current annotation location */ location: ChartLocation; } export interface IZoomCompleteEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the zoomed axis */ axis: AxisModel; /** Defines the previous zoom factor */ previousZoomFactor: number; /** Defines the previous zoom position */ previousZoomPosition: number; /** Defines the current zoom factor */ currentZoomFactor: number; /** Defines the current zoom position */ currentZoomPosition: number; } export interface IPointRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current series of the point */ series: Series; /** Defines the current point */ point: Points; /** Defines the current point fill color */ fill: string; /** Defines the current point border */ border: BorderModel; /** Defines the current point height */ height?: number; /** Defines the current point width */ width?: number; /** Defines the current point marker shape */ shape?: ChartShape; } export interface ISeriesRenderEventArgs { /** Defines the current series */ series: Series; /** Defines the current series data object */ data: Object; /** Defines name of the event */ name: string; /** Defines the current series fill */ fill: string; } export interface IAxisLabelRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current axis */ axis: Axis; /** Defines axis current label text */ text: string; /** Defines axis current label value */ value: number; /** Defines axis current label font style */ labelStyle: FontModel; } export interface IAxisRangeCalculatedEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current axis */ axis: Axis; /** Defines axis current range */ minimum: number; /** Defines axis current range */ maximum: number; /** Defines axis current interval */ interval: number; } export interface IAxisMultiLabelRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current axis */ axis: Axis; /** Defines axis current label text */ text: string; /** Defines font style for multi labels */ textStyle: FontModel; /** Defines text alignment for multi labels */ alignment: Alignment; } export interface ITooltipRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines tooltip text collections */ text?: string; /** Defines tooltip text style */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** Defines current tooltip series */ series: Series | AccumulationSeries; /** Defines current tooltip point */ point: Points | AccPoints; } export interface IMouseEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines current mouse event target id */ target: string; /** Defines current mouse x location */ x: number; /** Defines current mouse y location */ y: number; } export interface IPointEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current series */ series: SeriesModel; /** Defines the current point */ point: Points; /** Defines the point index */ pointIndex: number; /** Defines the series index */ seriesIndex: number; /** Defines the current chart instance */ chart: Chart; /** Defines current mouse x location */ x: number; /** Defines current mouse y location */ y: number; } /** @private */ export interface IFontMapping { size?: string; color?: string; fontWeight?: string; fontStyle?: string; fontFamily?: string; opacity?: number; } /** @private */ export interface ITouches { pageX?: number; pageY?: number; pointerId?: number; } /** @private */ export interface IShapes { renderOption?: Object; functionName?: string; } /** @private */ export interface IZoomAxisRange { actualMin?: number; actualDelta?: number; min?: number; delta?: number; } export interface IDragCompleteEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines current selected Data X, Y values */ selectedDataValues: { x: string; y: number; }[][]; } export interface ILoadedEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current chart instance */ chart: Chart; } export interface IAnimationCompleteEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines the current animation series */ series: Series; } export interface IPrintEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { htmlContent: Element; } export interface IResizeEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the Event */ name: string; /** Defines the previous size of the accumulation chart */ previousSize: svgBase.Size; /** Defines the current size of the accumulation chart */ currentSize: svgBase.Size; /** Defines the accumulation chart instance */ chart: Chart | AccumulationChart | StockChart; } export interface IResizeRangeNavigatorEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the Event */ name: string; /** Defines the previous size of the accumulation chart */ previousSize: svgBase.Size; /** Defines the current size of the accumulation chart */ currentSize: svgBase.Size; /** Defines the range navigator instance */ rangeNavigator: RangeNavigator; } /** @private */ export interface IBoxPlotQuartile { minimum: number; maximum: number; outliers: number[]; upperQuartile: number; lowerQuartile: number; average: number; median: number; } /** @private */ /** * Specifies the Theme style for chart and accumulation. */ export interface IThemeStyle { axisLabel: string; axisTitle: string; axisLine: string; majorGridLine: string; minorGridLine: string; majorTickLine: string; minorTickLine: string; chartTitle: string; legendLabel: string; background: string; areaBorder: string; errorBar: string; crosshairLine: string; crosshairFill: string; crosshairLabel: string; tooltipFill: string; tooltipBoldLabel: string; tooltipLightLabel: string; tooltipHeaderLine: string; markerShadow: string; selectionRectFill: string; selectionRectStroke: string; selectionCircleStroke: string; } /** @private */ /** * Specifies the Theme style for scrollbar. */ export interface IScrollbarThemeStyle { backRect: string; thumb: string; circle: string; circleHover: string; arrow: string; grip: string; arrowHover?: string; backRectBorder?: string; } /** * Defines the scroll events */ export interface IScrollEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the event */ name?: string; /** Defines the current Zoom Position */ zoomPosition?: number; /** Defines the current Zoom Factor */ zoomFactor?: number; /** Defines the current range */ range?: VisibleRangeModel; /** Defines the previous Zoom Position */ previousZoomPosition?: number; /** Defines the previous Zoom Factor */ previousZoomFactor?: number; /** Defines the previous range */ previousRange?: VisibleRangeModel; /** Defines the current scroll axis */ axis?: Axis; /** Defines axis previous range */ previousAxisRange?: ScrollbarSettingsRangeModel; /** Defines axis current range */ currentRange?: ScrollbarSettingsRangeModel; } export interface IRangeSelectorRenderEventArgs extends IChartEventArgs { /** Defines selector collections */ selector: navigations.ItemModel[]; /** enable custom format for calendar */ enableCustomFormat: boolean; /** content fro calendar format */ content: string; } /** * Period selector component interface * @private */ export interface IPeriodSelectorControl { /** * Element for the control */ element: HTMLElement; /** * Series min value. */ seriesXMin: number; /** * Series max value. */ seriesXMax: number; /** * Start value for the axis. */ startValue: number; /** * End value for the axis. */ endValue: number; /** * Range slider instance. */ rangeSlider: RangeSlider; /** * To disable the range selector. */ disableRangeSelector: boolean; /** * To config period selector settings. */ periods: PeriodsModel[]; /** * Range navigator */ rangeNavigatorControl: RangeNavigator; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/model/theme.d.ts /** * Specifies Chart Themes */ export namespace Theme { /** @private */ let axisLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let axisTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let chartTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let chartSubTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let crosshairLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let tooltipLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let legendLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let stripLineLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let stockEventFont: IFontMapping; } /** @private */ export function getSeriesColor(theme: ChartTheme | AccumulationTheme): string[]; /** @private */ export function getThemeColor(theme: ChartTheme | AccumulationTheme): IThemeStyle; /** @private */ export function getScrollbarThemeColor(theme: ChartTheme): IScrollbarThemeStyle; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/period-selector/period-selector.d.ts /** * Period selector class */ export class PeriodSelector { periodSelectorSize: svgBase.Rect; periodSelectorDiv: Element; control: IPeriodSelectorControl; toolbar: navigations.Toolbar; datePicker: calendars.DateRangePicker; triggerChange: boolean; private nodes; calendarId: string; selectedIndex: number; datePickerTriggered: boolean; rootControl: StockChart | RangeNavigator; constructor(control: RangeNavigator | StockChart); /** * To set the control values * @param control */ setControlValues(control: RangeNavigator | StockChart): void; /** * To initialize the period selector properties */ appendSelector(options: ISelectorRenderArgs, x?: number): void; /** * renderSelector div * @param control */ renderSelectorElement(control?: RangeNavigator, options?: ISelectorRenderArgs, x?: number): void; /** * renderSelector elements */ renderSelector(): void; private updateCustomElement; /** * To set and deselect the acrive style * @param buttons */ private setSelectedStyle; /** * Button click handling */ private buttonClick; /** * * @param type updatedRange for selector * @param end * @param interval */ changedRange(type: RangeIntervalType, end: number, interval: number): Date; /** * Get module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the period selector. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/scrollbar/scrollbar-elements.d.ts /** * Create scrollbar svg. * @return {void} */ export function createScrollSvg(scrollbar: ScrollBar, renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer): void; /** * Scrollbar elements renderer */ export class ScrollElements { /** @private */ thumbRectX: number; /** @private */ thumbRectWidth: number; /** @private */ leftCircleEle: Element; /** @private */ rightCircleEle: Element; /** @private */ leftArrowEle: Element; /** @private */ rightArrowEle: Element; /** @private */ gripCircle: Element; /** @private */ slider: Element; /** @private */ chartId: string; /** * Constructor for scroll elements * @param scrollObj */ constructor(chart: Chart); /** * Render scrollbar elements. * @return {void} * @private */ renderElements(scroll: ScrollBar, renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer): Element; /** * Method to render back rectangle of scrollbar * @param scroll */ private backRect; /** * Method to render arrows * @param scroll */ private arrows; /** * Methods to set the arrow width * @param thumbRectX * @param thumbRectWidth * @param height */ setArrowDirection(thumbRectX: number, thumbRectWidth: number, height: number): void; /** * Method to render thumb * @param scroll * @param renderer * @param parent */ thumb(scroll: ScrollBar, renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer, parent: Element): void; /** * Method to render circles * @param scroll * @param renderer * @param parent */ private renderCircle; /** * Method to render grip elements * @param scroll * @param renderer * @param parent */ private thumbGrip; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/scrollbar/scrollbar.d.ts /** * Scrollbar Base */ export class ScrollBar { axis: Axis; component: Chart; zoomFactor: number; zoomPosition: number; svgObject: Element; width: number; height: number; /** @private */ elements: Element[]; /** @private */ isVertical: boolean; /** @private */ isThumbDrag: boolean; /** @private */ mouseX: number; /** @private */ mouseY: number; /** @private */ startX: number; /** @private */ scrollX: number; /** @private */ scrollY: number; /** @private */ animateDuration: number; /** @private */ browserName: string; /** @private */ isPointer: Boolean; /** @private */ isScrollUI: boolean; /** @private */ scrollbarThemeStyle: IScrollbarThemeStyle; /** @private */ actualRange: number; /** @private */ scrollRange: VisibleRangeModel; /** @private */ isLazyLoad: boolean; /** @private */ previousStart: number; /** @private */ previousEnd: number; private scrollElements; private isResizeLeft; private isResizeRight; private previousXY; private previousWidth; private previousRectX; private mouseMoveListener; private mouseUpListener; private valueType; axes: Axis[]; private startZoomPosition; private startZoomFactor; private startRange; private scrollStarted; private isScrollEnd; /** * Constructor for creating scrollbar * @param component * @param axis */ constructor(component: Chart, axis?: Axis); /** * To Mouse x and y position * @param e */ private getMouseXY; /** * Method to bind events for scrollbar svg object * @param element */ private wireEvents; /** * Method to remove events for srcollbar svg object * @param element */ private unWireEvents; /** * Handles the mouse down on scrollbar * @param e */ scrollMouseDown(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To check the matched string * @param id * @param match */ private isExist; /** * To check current poisition is within scrollbar region * @param currentX */ private isWithIn; /** * Method to find move length of thumb * @param mouseXY * @param thumbX * @param circleRadius */ private moveLength; /** * Method to calculate zoom factor and position * @param currentX * @param currentWidth */ private setZoomFactorPosition; /** * Handles the mouse move on scrollbar * @param e */ scrollMouseMove(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * Handles the mouse wheel on scrollbar * @param e */ scrollMouseWheel(e: WheelEvent): void; /** * Handles the mouse up on scrollbar * @param e */ scrollMouseUp(e: PointerEvent): void; calculateMouseWheelRange(scrollThumbX: number, scrollThumbWidth: number): IScrollEventArgs; /** * Range calculation for lazy loading */ calculateLazyRange(scrollThumbX: number, scrollThumbWidth: number, thumbMove?: string): IScrollEventArgs; /** * Get start and end values */ private getStartEnd; /** * To render scroll bar * @private */ render(isScrollExist: boolean): Element; /** * Theming for scrollabr */ private getTheme; /** * Method to remove existing scrollbar */ removeScrollSvg(): void; /** * Method to set cursor fpr scrollbar * @param target */ private setCursor; /** * Method to set theme for sollbar * @param target */ private setTheme; /** * To check current axis * @param target * @param ele */ private isCurrentAxis; /** * Method to resize thumb * @param e */ private resizeThumb; /** * Method to position the scrollbar thumb * @param currentX * @param currentWidth */ private positionThumb; /** * Method to get default values */ private getDefaults; /** * Lazy load default values */ getLazyDefaults(axis: Axis): void; /** * Method to get log range */ getLogRange(axis: Axis): ScrollbarSettingsRangeModel; /** * Method for injecting scrollbar module * @param axis * @param component */ injectTo(axis: Axis, component: Chart): void; /** * Method to destroy scrollbar */ destroy(): void; /** * Method to get scrollbar module name */ getModuleName(): string; private getArgs; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/user-interaction/selection.d.ts /** * Selection Module handles the selection for chart. * @private */ export class BaseSelection { protected styleId: string; protected unselected: string; protected control: Chart | AccumulationChart; constructor(control: Chart | AccumulationChart); /** * To create selection styles for series */ protected seriesStyles(): void; /** * To concat indexes */ protected concatIndexes(userIndexes: IndexesModel[], localIndexes: Indexes[]): Indexes[]; /** * Selected points series visibility checking on legend click */ protected checkVisibility(selectedIndexes: Indexes[]): boolean; /** * To add svg element style class * @private */ addSvgClass(element: Element, className: string): void; /** * To remove svg element style class * @private */ removeSvgClass(element: Element, className: string): void; /** * To get children from parent element */ protected getChildren(parent: Element): Element[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/user-interaction/tooltip.d.ts /** * Tooltip Module used to render the tooltip for series. */ export class BaseTooltip extends ChartData { element: HTMLElement; elementSize: svgBase.Size; textStyle: FontModel; isRemove: boolean; toolTipInterval: number; textElements: Element[]; inverted: boolean; formattedText: string[]; header: string; /** @private */ valueX: number; /** @private */ valueY: number; control: AccumulationChart | Chart; text: string[]; svgTooltip: svgBase.Tooltip; /** * Constructor for tooltip module. * @private. */ constructor(chart: Chart | AccumulationChart); getElement(id: string): HTMLElement; /** * Renders the tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ getTooltipElement(isTooltip: boolean): HTMLDivElement; private createElement; pushData(data: PointData | AccPointData, isFirst: boolean, tooltipDiv: HTMLDivElement, isChart: boolean): boolean; removeHighlight(chart: Chart | AccumulationChart): void; highlightPoint(series: Series | AccumulationSeries, pointIndex: number, highlight: boolean): void; highlightPoints(): void; createTooltip(chart: Chart | AccumulationChart, isFirst: boolean, header: string, location: ChartLocation, clipLocation: ChartLocation, point: Points | AccPoints, shapes: ChartShape[], offset: number, bounds: svgBase.Rect, extraPoints?: PointData[], templatePoint?: Points | AccPoints): void; private findPalette; private findColor; updatePreviousPoint(extraPoints: PointData[]): void; fadeOut(data: PointData[], chart: Chart | AccumulationChart): void; removeHighlightedMarker(data: PointData[]): void; triggerEvent(point: PointData | AccPointData, isFirst: boolean, textCollection: string, firstText?: boolean): boolean; removeText(): void; stopAnimation(): void; /** * Removes the tooltip on mouse leave. * @return {void} * @private */ removeTooltip(duration: number): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/utils/enum.d.ts /** * Defines Coordinate units of an annotation. They are * * Pixel * * Point */ export type Units = /** Specifies the pixel value */ 'Pixel' | /** Specifies the axis value. */ 'Point'; /** * Defines the Alignment. They are * * near - Align the element to the left. * * center - Align the element to the center. * * far - Align the element to the right. * * */ export type Alignment = /** Define the left alignment. */ 'Near' | /** Define the center alignment. */ 'Center' | /** Define the right alignment. */ 'Far'; /** @private */ export type SeriesCategories = /** Defines the trenline */ 'TrendLine' | /** Defines the indicator */ 'Indicator' | /** Defines the normal series */ 'Series' | /** Defines the Pareto series */ 'Pareto'; /** * Defines regions of an annotation. They are * * Chart * * Series */ export type Regions = /** Specifies the chart coordinates */ 'Chart' | /** Specifies the series coordinates */ 'Series'; /** * Defines the Position. They are * * top - Align the element to the top. * * middle - Align the element to the center. * * bottom - Align the element to the bottom. * * */ export type Position = /** Define the top position. */ 'Top' | /** Define the middle position. */ 'Middle' | /** Define the bottom position. */ 'Bottom'; /** * Defines the export file format. * * PNG - export the image file format as png. * * JPEG - export the image file format as jpeg. */ export type ExportType = /** Used to export a image as png format */ 'PNG' | /** Used to export a image as jpeg format */ 'JPEG' | /** Used to export a file as svg format */ 'SVG' | /** Used to export a file as pdf format */ 'PDF' | /** Used to print the chart */ 'Print'; /** * Defines the Text overflow. * * None - Shown the chart title with overlap if exceed. * * Wrap - Shown the chart title with wrap if exceed. * * Trim - Shown the chart title with trim if exceed. */ export type TextOverflow = /** Used to show the chart title with overlap to other element */ 'None' | /** Used to show the chart title with Wrap support */ 'Wrap' | /** Used to show the chart title with Trim */ 'Trim'; /** * Defines the interval type of datetime axis. They are * * auto - Define the interval of the axis based on data. * * quarter - Define the interval of the axis based on data. * * years - Define the interval of the axis in years. * * months - Define the interval of the axis in months. * * weeks - Define the interval of the axis in weeks * * days - Define the interval of the axis in days. * * hours - Define the interval of the axis in hours. * * minutes - Define the interval of the axis in minutes. */ export type RangeIntervalType = /** Define the interval of the axis based on data. */ 'Auto' | /** Define the interval of the axis in years. */ 'Years' | /** Define the interval of the axis based on quarter */ 'Quarter' | /** Define the interval of the axis in months. */ 'Months' | /** Define the intervl of the axis in weeks */ 'Weeks' | /** Define the interval of the axis in days. */ 'Days' | /** Define the interval of the axis in hours. */ 'Hours' | /** Define the interval of the axis in minutes. */ 'Minutes' | /** Define the interval of the axis in seconds. */ 'Seconds'; /** * Period selector position * *Top * *Bottom */ export type PeriodSelectorPosition = /** Top position */ 'Top' | /** Bottom position */ 'Bottom'; /** * Flag type for stock events */ export type FlagType = /** Circle */ 'Circle' | /** Square */ 'Square' | /** Flag */ 'Flag' | /** Pin type flags */ 'Pin' | /** Triangle Up */ 'Triangle' | /** Triangle Down */ 'InvertedTriangle' | /** Triangle Right */ 'TriangleRight' | /** Triangle Left */ 'TriangleLeft' | /** Arrow Up */ 'ArrowUp' | /** Arrow down */ 'ArrowDown' | /** Arrow Left */ 'ArrowLeft' | /** Arrow right */ 'ArrowRight' | /** Text type */ 'Text'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/utils/export.d.ts export class ExportUtils { private control; private printWindow; /** * Constructor for chart and accumulation annotation * @param control */ constructor(control: Chart | AccumulationChart | RangeNavigator | StockChart); /** * To print the accumulation and chart elements * @param elements */ print(elements?: string[] | string | Element): void; /** * To get the html string of the chart and accumulation * @param elements * @private */ getHTMLContent(elements?: string[] | string | Element): Element; /** * To export the file as image/svg format * @param type * @param fileName */ export(type: ExportType, fileName: string, orientation?: pdfExport.PdfPageOrientation, controls?: (Chart | AccumulationChart | RangeNavigator | StockChart)[], width?: number, height?: number): void; /** * To trigger the download element * @param fileName * @param type * @param url */ triggerDownload(fileName: string, type: ExportType, url: string, isDownload: boolean): void; /** * To get the maximum size value * @param controls * @param name */ private getControlsValue; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/common/utils/helper.d.ts /** * Function to sort the dataSource, by default it sort the data in ascending order. * @param {Object} data * @param {string} fields * @param {boolean} isDescending * @returns Object */ export function sort(data: Object[], fields: string[], isDescending?: boolean): Object[]; /** @private */ export function rotateTextSize(font: FontModel, text: string, angle: number, chart: Chart): svgBase.Size; /** @private */ export function removeElement(id: string | Element): void; /** @private */ export function logBase(value: number, base: number): number; /** @private */ export function showTooltip(text: string, x: number, y: number, areaWidth: number, id: string, element: Element, isTouch?: boolean): void; /** @private */ export function inside(value: number, range: VisibleRangeModel): boolean; /** @private */ export function withIn(value: number, range: VisibleRangeModel): boolean; /** @private */ export function logWithIn(value: number, axis: Axis): number; /** @private */ export function withInRange(previousPoint: Points, currentPoint: Points, nextPoint: Points, series: Series): boolean; /** @private */ export function sum(values: number[]): number; /** @private */ export function subArraySum(values: Object[], first: number, last: number, index: number[], series: Series): number; /** @private */ export function subtractThickness(rect: svgBase.Rect, thickness: Thickness): svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ export function subtractRect(rect: svgBase.Rect, thickness: svgBase.Rect): svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ export function degreeToLocation(degree: number, radius: number, center: ChartLocation): ChartLocation; /** @private */ export function getAngle(center: ChartLocation, point: ChartLocation): number; /** @private */ export function subArray(values: number[], index: number): number[]; /** @private */ export function valueToCoefficient(value: number, axis: Axis): number; /** @private */ export function TransformToVisible(x: number, y: number, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted?: boolean, series?: Series): ChartLocation; /** * method to find series, point index by element id * @private */ export function indexFinder(id: string, isPoint?: boolean): Index; /** @private */ export function CoefficientToVector(coefficient: number, startAngle: number): ChartLocation; /** @private */ export function valueToPolarCoefficient(value: number, axis: Axis): number; /** @private */ export class Mean { verticalStandardMean: number; horizontalStandardMean: number; verticalSquareRoot: number; horizontalSquareRoot: number; verticalMean: number; horizontalMean: number; constructor(verticalStandardMean: number, verticalSquareRoot: number, horizontalStandardMean: number, horizontalSquareRoot: number, verticalMean: number, horizontalMean: number); } /** @private */ export class PolarArc { startAngle: number; endAngle: number; innerRadius: number; radius: number; currentXPosition: number; constructor(startAngle?: number, endAngle?: number, innerRadius?: number, radius?: number, currentXPosition?: number); } /** @private */ export function createTooltip(id: string, text: string, top: number, left: number, fontSize: string): void; /** @private */ export function createZoomingLabels(chart: Chart, axis: Axis, parent: Element, index: number, isVertical: boolean, rect: svgBase.Rect): Element; /** @private */ export function withInBounds(x: number, y: number, bounds: svgBase.Rect, width?: number, height?: number): boolean; /** @private */ export function getValueXByPoint(value: number, size: number, axis: Axis): number; /** @private */ export function getValueYByPoint(value: number, size: number, axis: Axis): number; /** @private */ export function findClipRect(series: Series): void; /** @private */ export function firstToLowerCase(str: string): string; /** @private */ export function getMinPointsDelta(axis: Axis, seriesCollection: Series[]): number; /** @private */ export function getAnimationFunction(effect: string): Function; /** * Animation base.Effect Calculation Started Here * @param currentTime * @param startValue * @param endValue * @param duration * @private */ export function linear(currentTime: number, startValue: number, endValue: number, duration: number): number; /** * Animation base.Effect Calculation End * @private */ export function markerAnimate(element: Element, delay: number, duration: number, series: Series | AccumulationSeries, pointIndex: number, point: ChartLocation, isLabel: boolean): void; /** * Animate the rect element */ export function animateRectElement(element: Element, delay: number, duration: number, currentRect: svgBase.Rect, previousRect: svgBase.Rect): void; /** * Animation after legend click a path * @param element element to be animated * @param direction current direction of the path * @param previousDirection previous direction of the path */ export function pathAnimation(element: Element, direction: string, redraw: boolean, previousDirection?: string, animateduration?: number): void; /** * To append the clip rect element * @param redraw * @param options * @param renderer * @param clipPath */ export function appendClipElement(redraw: boolean, options: svgBase.BaseAttibutes, renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer, clipPath?: string): Element; /** * Triggers the event. * @return {void} * @private */ export function triggerLabelRender(chart: Chart | RangeNavigator, tempInterval: number, text: string, labelStyle: FontModel, axis: Axis): void; /** * The function used to find whether the range is set. * @return {boolean} * @private */ export function setRange(axis: Axis): boolean; /** * Calculate desired interval for the axis. * @return {void} * @private */ export function getActualDesiredIntervalsCount(availableSize: svgBase.Size, axis: Axis): number; /** * Animation for template * @private */ export function templateAnimate(element: Element, delay: number, duration: number, name: base.Effect, isRemove?: boolean): void; /** @private */ export function drawSymbol(location: ChartLocation, shape: string, size: svgBase.Size, url: string, options: svgBase.PathOption, label: string): Element; /** @private */ export function calculateShapes(location: ChartLocation, size: svgBase.Size, shape: string, options: svgBase.PathOption, url: string): IShapes; /** @private */ export function getRectLocation(startLocation: ChartLocation, endLocation: ChartLocation, outerRect: svgBase.Rect): svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ export function minMax(value: number, min: number, max: number): number; /** @private */ export function getElement(id: string): Element; /** @private */ export function getTemplateFunction(template: string): Function; /** @private */ export function createTemplate(childElement: HTMLElement, pointIndex: number, content: string, chart: Chart | AccumulationChart | RangeNavigator, point?: Points | AccPoints, series?: Series | AccumulationSeries): HTMLElement; /** @private */ export function getFontStyle(font: FontModel): string; /** @private */ export function measureElementRect(element: HTMLElement, redraw?: boolean): ClientRect; /** @private */ export function findlElement(elements: NodeList, id: string): Element; /** @private */ export function getPoint(x: number, y: number, xAxis: Axis, yAxis: Axis, isInverted?: boolean, series?: Series): ChartLocation; /** @private */ export function appendElement(child: Element, parent: Element, redraw?: boolean, animate?: boolean, x?: string, y?: string): void; /** * Method to append child element * @param parent * @param childElement * @param isReplace */ export function appendChildElement(parent: Element | HTMLElement, childElement: Element | HTMLElement, redraw?: boolean, isAnimate?: boolean, x?: string, y?: string, start?: ChartLocation, direction?: string, forceAnimate?: boolean, isRect?: boolean, previousRect?: svgBase.Rect, animateduration?: number): void; /** @private */ export function getDraggedRectLocation(x1: number, y1: number, x2: number, y2: number, outerRect: svgBase.Rect): svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ export function checkBounds(start: number, size: number, min: number, max: number): number; /** @private */ export function getLabelText(currentPoint: Points, series: Series, chart: Chart): string[]; /** @private */ export function stopTimer(timer: number): void; /** @private */ export function isCollide(rect: svgBase.Rect, collections: svgBase.Rect[], clipRect: svgBase.Rect): boolean; /** @private */ export function isOverlap(currentRect: svgBase.Rect, rect: svgBase.Rect): boolean; /** @private */ export function containsRect(currentRect: svgBase.Rect, rect: svgBase.Rect): boolean; /** @private */ export function calculateRect(location: ChartLocation, textSize: svgBase.Size, margin: MarginModel): svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ export function convertToHexCode(value: ColorValue): string; /** @private */ export function componentToHex(value: number): string; /** @private */ export function convertHexToColor(hex: string): ColorValue; /** @private */ export function colorNameToHex(color: string): string; /** @private */ export function getSaturationColor(color: string, factor: number): string; /** @private */ export function getMedian(values: number[]): number; /** @private */ export function calculateLegendShapes(location: ChartLocation, size: svgBase.Size, shape: string, options: svgBase.PathOption): IShapes; /** @private */ export function textTrim(maxWidth: number, text: string, font: FontModel): string; /** * To trim the line break label * @param maxWidth * @param text * @param font */ export function lineBreakLabelTrim(maxWidth: number, text: string, font: FontModel): string[]; /** @private */ export function stringToNumber(value: string, containerSize: number): number; /** @private */ export function redrawElement(redraw: boolean, id: string, options?: svgBase.PathAttributes | svgBase.RectAttributes | svgBase.CircleAttributes, renderer?: svgBase.SvgRenderer): Element; /** @private */ export function animateRedrawElement(element: Element | HTMLElement, duration: number, start: ChartLocation, end: ChartLocation, x?: string, y?: string): void; /** @private */ export function textElement(option: svgBase.TextOption, font: FontModel, color: string, parent: HTMLElement | Element, isMinus?: boolean, redraw?: boolean, isAnimate?: boolean, forceAnimate?: boolean, animateduration?: number): Element; /** * Method to calculate the width and height of the chart */ export function calculateSize(chart: Chart | AccumulationChart | RangeNavigator | StockChart): void; export function createSvg(chart: Chart | AccumulationChart | RangeNavigator): void; /** * To calculate chart title and height * @param title * @param style * @param width */ export function getTitle(title: string, style: FontModel, width: number): string[]; /** * Method to calculate x position of title */ export function titlePositionX(rect: svgBase.Rect, titleStyle: FontModel): number; /** * Method to find new text and element size based on textOverflow */ export function textWrap(currentLabel: string, maximumWidth: number, font: FontModel): string[]; /** @private */ export class CustomizeOption { id: string; constructor(id?: string); } /** @private */ export class StackValues { startValues?: number[]; endValues?: number[]; constructor(startValue?: number[], endValue?: number[]); } /** @private */ export class RectOption extends svgBase.PathOption { x: number; y: number; height: number; width: number; rx: number; ry: number; transform: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, border: BorderModel, opacity: number, rect: svgBase.Rect, rx?: number, ry?: number, transform?: string, dashArray?: string); } /** @private */ export class CircleOption extends svgBase.PathOption { cy: number; cx: number; r: number; constructor(id: string, fill: string, border: BorderModel, opacity: number, cx: number, cy: number, r: number); } /** @private */ export class PolygonOption { id: string; points: string; fill: string; constructor(id: string, points: string, fill: string); } /** @private */ export class ChartLocation { x: number; y: number; constructor(x: number, y: number); } /** @private */ export class Thickness { left: number; right: number; top: number; bottom: number; constructor(left: number, right: number, top: number, bottom: number); } /** @private */ export class ColorValue { r: number; g: number; b: number; constructor(r?: number, g?: number, b?: number); } /** @private */ export class PointData { point: Points; series: Series; lierIndex: number; constructor(point: Points, series: Series, index?: number); } /** @private */ export class AccPointData { point: AccPoints; series: AccumulationSeries; constructor(point: AccPoints, series: AccumulationSeries, index?: number); } /** @private */ export class ControlPoints { controlPoint1: ChartLocation; controlPoint2: ChartLocation; constructor(controlPoint1: ChartLocation, controlPoint2: ChartLocation); } /** @private */ export interface IHistogramValues { sDValue?: number; mean?: number; binWidth?: number; yValues?: number[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/components.d.ts /** * Export Chart, Accumulation, Smithchart, Sparkline and Range Navigator */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/index.d.ts /** * Chart components exported. */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/range-navigator/index.d.ts /** * Range Navigator component export methods */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/range-navigator/model/range-base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class RangeNavigatorSeries */ export interface RangeNavigatorSeriesModel { /** * It defines the data source for a series. * @default null */ dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager; /** * It defines the xName for the series * @default null */ xName?: string; /** * It defines the yName for the series * @default null */ yName?: string; /** * It defines the query for the data source * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * It defines the series type of the range navigator * @default 'Line' */ type?: RangeNavigatorType; /** * Options to customizing animation for the series. */ animation?: AnimationModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the series border. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * The fill color for the series that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * It also represents the color of the signal lines in technical indicators. * For technical indicators, the default value is 'blue' and for series, it has null. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * The stroke width for the series that is applicable only for `Line` type series. * It also represents the stroke width of the signal lines in technical indicators. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * The opacity for the background. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and gaps to stroke the lines in `Line` type series. * @default '0' */ dashArray?: string; } /** * Interface for a class ThumbSettings */ export interface ThumbSettingsModel { /** * width of thumb * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ width?: number; /** * height of thumb * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ height?: number; /** * border for the thumb */ border?: BorderModel; /** * fill color for the thumb * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * type of thumb * @default `Circle` */ type?: ThumbType; } /** * Interface for a class StyleSettings */ export interface StyleSettingsModel { /** * thumb settings */ thumb?: ThumbSettingsModel; /** * Selected region color * @default null */ selectedRegionColor?: string; /** * Un Selected region color * @default null */ unselectedRegionColor?: string; } /** * Interface for a class RangeTooltipSettings */ export interface RangeTooltipSettingsModel { /** * Enables / Disables the visibility of the tooltip. * @default false. */ enable?: boolean; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 0.85 */ opacity?: number; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * Format the ToolTip content. * @default null. */ format?: string; /** * Options to customize the ToolTip text. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Custom template to format the ToolTip content. Use ${value} as the placeholder text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null. */ template?: string; /** * Options to customize tooltip borders. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * It defines display mode for tooltip * @default 'OnDemand' */ displayMode?: TooltipDisplayMode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/range-navigator/model/range-base.d.ts /** * Series class for the range navigator */ export class RangeNavigatorSeries extends base.ChildProperty { /** * It defines the data source for a series. * @default null */ dataSource: Object | data.DataManager; /** * It defines the xName for the series * @default null */ xName: string; /** * It defines the yName for the series * @default null */ yName: string; /** * It defines the query for the data source * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * It defines the series type of the range navigator * @default 'Line' */ type: RangeNavigatorType; /** * Options to customizing animation for the series. */ animation: AnimationModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the series border. */ border: BorderModel; /** * The fill color for the series that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * It also represents the color of the signal lines in technical indicators. * For technical indicators, the default value is 'blue' and for series, it has null. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * The stroke width for the series that is applicable only for `Line` type series. * It also represents the stroke width of the signal lines in technical indicators. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * The opacity for the background. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and gaps to stroke the lines in `Line` type series. * @default '0' */ dashArray: string; /** @private */ seriesElement: Element; /** @private */ clipRectElement: Element; /** @private */ clipRect: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ xAxis: Axis; /** @private */ yAxis: Axis; /** @private */ points: DataPoint[]; /** @private */ interior: string; /** @private */ index: number; /** @private */ chart: RangeNavigator; } /** * Thumb settings */ export class ThumbSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * width of thumb * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ width: number; /** * height of thumb * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ height: number; /** * border for the thumb */ border: BorderModel; /** * fill color for the thumb * @default null */ fill: string; /** * type of thumb * @default `Circle` */ type: ThumbType; } /** * Style settings */ export class StyleSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * thumb settings */ thumb: ThumbSettingsModel; /** * Selected region color * @default null */ selectedRegionColor: string; /** * Un Selected region color * @default null */ unselectedRegionColor: string; } export class RangeTooltipSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * Enables / Disables the visibility of the tooltip. * @default false. */ enable: boolean; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 0.85 */ opacity: number; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * Format the ToolTip content. * @default null. */ format: string; /** * Options to customize the ToolTip text. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Custom template to format the ToolTip content. Use ${value} as the placeholder text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null. */ template: string; /** * Options to customize tooltip borders. */ border: BorderModel; /** * It defines display mode for tooltip * @default 'OnDemand' */ displayMode: TooltipDisplayMode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/range-navigator/model/range-navigator-interface.d.ts /** * Interface for range navigator */ /** * interface for load event */ export interface ILoadEventArgs { /** name of the event */ name: string; /** rangeNavigator */ rangeNavigator: RangeNavigator; } /** * interface for loaded event */ export interface IRangeLoadedEventArgs { /** name of the event */ name: string; /** rangeNavigator */ rangeNavigator: RangeNavigator; } export interface IRangeTooltipRenderEventArgs extends IRangeEventArgs { /** Defines tooltip text collections */ text?: string[]; /** Defines tooltip text style */ textStyle?: FontModel; } /** * Interface for label render event */ export interface ILabelRenderEventsArgs { /** name of the event */ name: string; /** labelStyle */ labelStyle: FontModel; /** region */ region: svgBase.Rect; /** text */ text: string; /** cancel for the event */ cancel: boolean; /** value */ value: number; } /** * Interface for Theme Style */ export interface IRangeStyle { gridLineColor: string; axisLineColor: string; labelFontColor: string; unselectedRectColor: string; thumpLineColor: string; thumbBackground: string; thumbHoverColor: string; gripColor: string; selectedRegionColor: string; background: string; tooltipBackground: string; tooltipFontColor: string; thumbWidth: number; thumbHeight: number; } /** * Interface for range events */ export interface IRangeEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the event */ name: string; /** Defined the whether event has to trigger */ cancel: boolean; } /** * Interface for changed events */ export interface IChangedEventArgs extends IRangeEventArgs { /** Defines the start value */ start: number | Date; /** Defines the end value */ end: number | Date; /** Defines the selected data */ selectedData: DataPoint[]; /** Defined the zoomPosition of the range navigator */ zoomPosition: number; /** Defined the zoomFactor of the range navigator */ zoomFactor: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/range-navigator/range-navigator-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class RangeNavigator */ export interface RangeNavigatorModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * The width of the range navigator as a string accepts input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, range navigator renders to the full width of its parent element. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ width?: string; /** * The height of the chart as a string accepts input both as '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, range navigator renders to the full height of its parent element. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ height?: string; /** * It defines the data source for a range navigator. * @default null */ dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager; /** * It defines the xName for the range navigator. * @default null */ xName?: string; /** * It defines the yName for the range navigator. * @default null */ yName?: string; /** * It defines the query for the data source. * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * It defines the configuration of series in the range navigator */ series?: RangeNavigatorSeriesModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the tooltip of the chart. */ tooltip?: RangeTooltipSettingsModel; /** * Minimum value for the axis * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ minimum?: number | Date; /** * Maximum value for the axis * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ maximum?: number | Date; /** * interval value for the axis * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ interval?: number; /** * IntervalType for the dateTime axis * @default 'Auto' */ intervalType?: RangeIntervalType; /** * Specifies, when the axis labels intersect with each other.They are, * * None: Shows all the labels. * * Hide: Hides the label when it intersects. * @default Hide */ labelIntersectAction?: RangeLabelIntersectAction; /** * base value for log axis * @default 10 */ logBase?: number; /** * ValueType for the axis * @default 'Double' */ valueType?: RangeValueType; /** * Label positions for the axis * @default 'Outside' */ labelPosition?: AxisPosition; /** * Duration of the animation * @default 500 */ animationDuration?: number; /** * Enable grouping for the labels * @default false */ enableGrouping?: boolean; /** * Enable deferred update for the range navigator * @default false */ enableDeferredUpdate?: boolean; /** * To render the period selector with out range navigator. * @default false */ disableRangeSelector?: boolean; /** * Enable snapping for range navigator sliders * @default false */ allowSnapping?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether a grouping separator should be used for a number. * @default false */ useGroupingSeparator?: boolean; /** * GroupBy property for the axis * @default `Auto` */ groupBy?: RangeIntervalType; /** * Tick Position for the axis * @default 'Outside' */ tickPosition?: AxisPosition; /** * Label style for the labels */ labelStyle?: FontModel; /** * MajorGridLines */ majorGridLines?: MajorGridLinesModel; /** * MajorTickLines */ majorTickLines?: MajorTickLinesModel; /** * Navigator style settings */ navigatorStyleSettings?: StyleSettingsModel; /** * Period selector settings */ periodSelectorSettings?: PeriodSelectorSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the chart border. */ navigatorBorder?: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the theme for the range navigator. * @default 'Material' */ theme?: ChartTheme; /** * Selected range for range navigator. * @default [] */ value?: number[] | Date[]; /** * Used to format the axis label that accepts any global string format like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc. * It also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label, e.g, 20°C. * @default '' */ labelFormat?: string; /** * Specifies the skeleton format in which the dateTime format will process. * @default '' */ skeleton?: string; /** * It specifies the type of format to be used in dateTime format process. * @default 'DateTime' */ skeletonType?: SkeletonType; /** * It specifies the label alignment for secondary axis labels * @default 'Middle' */ secondaryLabelAlignment?: LabelAlignment; /** * Margin for the range navigator * @default */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Triggers before the range navigator rendering * @event */ load?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after the range navigator rendering * @event */ loaded?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after the range navigator resized * @event */ resized?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the label rendering * @event */ labelRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after change the slider. * @event */ changed?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the tooltip for series is rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the range navigator selector rendering * @event */ selectorRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the prints gets started. * @event */ beforePrint?: base.EmitType; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/range-navigator/range-navigator.d.ts /** * Range Navigator */ export class RangeNavigator extends base.Component { /** * `lineSeriesModule` is used to add line series to the chart. */ lineSeriesModule: LineSeries; /** * `areaSeriesModule` is used to add area series in the chart. */ areaSeriesModule: AreaSeries; /** * `stepLineSeriesModule` is used to add stepLine series in the chart. */ stepLineSeriesModule: StepLineSeries; /** * `datetimeModule` is used to manipulate and add dateTime axis to the chart. */ dateTimeModule: DateTime; /** * `doubleModule` is used to manipulate and add double axis to the chart. */ doubleModule: Double; /** * `logarithmicModule` is used to manipulate and add log axis to the chart. */ logarithmicModule: Logarithmic; /** * `tooltipModule` is used to manipulate and add tooltip to the series. */ rangeTooltipModule: RangeTooltip; /** * `periodSelectorModule` is used to add period selector un range navigator */ periodSelectorModule: PeriodSelector; /** * The width of the range navigator as a string accepts input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, range navigator renders to the full width of its parent element. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ width: string; /** * The height of the chart as a string accepts input both as '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, range navigator renders to the full height of its parent element. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ height: string; /** * It defines the data source for a range navigator. * @default null */ dataSource: Object | data.DataManager; /** * It defines the xName for the range navigator. * @default null */ xName: string; /** * It defines the yName for the range navigator. * @default null */ yName: string; /** * It defines the query for the data source. * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * It defines the configuration of series in the range navigator */ series: RangeNavigatorSeriesModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the tooltip of the chart. */ tooltip: RangeTooltipSettingsModel; /** * Minimum value for the axis * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ minimum: number | Date; /** * Maximum value for the axis * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ maximum: number | Date; /** * interval value for the axis * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ interval: number; /** * IntervalType for the dateTime axis * @default 'Auto' */ intervalType: RangeIntervalType; /** * Specifies, when the axis labels intersect with each other.They are, * * None: Shows all the labels. * * Hide: Hides the label when it intersects. * @default Hide */ labelIntersectAction: RangeLabelIntersectAction; /** * base value for log axis * @default 10 */ logBase: number; /** * ValueType for the axis * @default 'Double' */ valueType: RangeValueType; /** * Label positions for the axis * @default 'Outside' */ labelPosition: AxisPosition; /** * Duration of the animation * @default 500 */ animationDuration: number; /** * Enable grouping for the labels * @default false */ enableGrouping: boolean; /** * Enable deferred update for the range navigator * @default false */ enableDeferredUpdate: boolean; /** * To render the period selector with out range navigator. * @default false */ disableRangeSelector: boolean; /** * Enable snapping for range navigator sliders * @default false */ allowSnapping: boolean; /** * Specifies whether a grouping separator should be used for a number. * @default false */ useGroupingSeparator: boolean; /** * GroupBy property for the axis * @default `Auto` */ groupBy: RangeIntervalType; /** * Tick Position for the axis * @default 'Outside' */ tickPosition: AxisPosition; /** * Label style for the labels */ labelStyle: FontModel; /** * MajorGridLines */ majorGridLines: MajorGridLinesModel; /** * MajorTickLines */ majorTickLines: MajorTickLinesModel; /** * Navigator style settings */ navigatorStyleSettings: StyleSettingsModel; /** * Period selector settings */ periodSelectorSettings: PeriodSelectorSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the chart border. */ navigatorBorder: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the theme for the range navigator. * @default 'Material' */ theme: ChartTheme; /** * Selected range for range navigator. * @default [] */ value: number[] | Date[]; /** * Used to format the axis label that accepts any global string format like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc. * It also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label, e.g, 20°C. * @default '' */ labelFormat: string; /** * Specifies the skeleton format in which the dateTime format will process. * @default '' */ skeleton: string; /** * It specifies the type of format to be used in dateTime format process. * @default 'DateTime' */ skeletonType: SkeletonType; /** * It specifies the label alignment for secondary axis labels * @default 'Middle' */ secondaryLabelAlignment: LabelAlignment; /** * Margin for the range navigator * @default */ margin: MarginModel; /** @private */ themeStyle: IRangeStyle; /** * Triggers before the range navigator rendering * @event */ load: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after the range navigator rendering * @event */ loaded: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after the range navigator resized * @event */ resized: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the label rendering * @event */ labelRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after change the slider. * @event */ changed: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the tooltip for series is rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the range navigator selector rendering * @event */ selectorRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the prints gets started. * @event */ beforePrint: base.EmitType; /** @private */ renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer; /** @private */ svgObject: HTMLElement; /** @private */ intl: base.Internationalization; /** @private */ bounds: svgBase.Rect; /** @private */ availableSize: svgBase.Size; /** @private */ startValue: number; /** @private */ endValue: number; /** @private */ mouseX: number; /** @private */ mouseDownX: number; /** @private */ rangeSlider: RangeSlider; /** @private */ chartSeries: RangeSeries; /** @private */ rangeAxis: RangeNavigatorAxis; /** @private */ private resizeTo; /** @private */ dataModule: Data; /** @private */ labels: ILabelRenderEventsArgs[]; /** @private */ animateSeries: boolean; /** @private */ format: Function; private chartid; /** @private */ stockChart: StockChart; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @hidden */ constructor(options?: RangeNavigatorModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Starting point of the control initialization */ preRender(): void; /** * To initialize the private variables */ private initPrivateVariables; /** * Method to set culture for chart */ private setCulture; /** * to initialize the slider */ private setSliderValue; /** * To render the range navigator */ render(): void; /** * Theming for rangeNavigator */ private setTheme; /** * Method to create SVG for Range Navigator */ private createRangeSvg; /** * Bounds calculation for widget performed. */ private calculateBounds; /** * Creating Chart for range navigator */ renderChart(): void; /** * To render period selector value */ private renderPeriodSelector; /** * Creating secondary range navigator */ createSecondaryElement(): void; /** * Slider Calculation ane rendering performed here */ private renderSlider; /** * To Remove the SVG. * @return {boolean} * @private */ removeSvg(): void; /** Wire, UnWire and Event releated calculation Started here */ /** * Method to un-bind events for range navigator */ private unWireEvents; /** * Method to bind events for range navigator */ private wireEvents; /** * Handles the widget resize. * @return {boolean} * @private */ rangeResize(e: Event): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse move. * @return {boolean} * @private */ mouseMove(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse leave. * @return {boolean} * @private */ mouseLeave(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse click on range navigator. * @return {boolean} * @private */ rangeOnMouseClick(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the print method for range navigator control. */ print(id?: string[] | string | Element): void; /** * Handles the export method for range navigator control. * @param type * @param fileName */ export(type: ExportType, fileName: string, orientation?: pdfExport.PdfPageOrientation, controls?: (Chart | AccumulationChart | RangeNavigator)[], width?: number, height?: number): void; /** * Creating a background element to the svg object */ private renderChartBackground; /** * Handles the mouse down on range navigator. * @return {boolean} * @private */ rangeOnMouseDown(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse up. * @return {boolean} * @private */ mouseEnd(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * To find mouse x, y for aligned range navigator element svg position */ private setMouseX; /** Wire, UnWire and Event releated calculation End here */ /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; /** * OnProperty change method calling here * @param newProp * @param oldProp */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: RangeNavigatorModel, oldProp: RangeNavigatorModel): void; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for control rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @private */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * To get the module name of the widget */ getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the widget * @method destroy * @return {void}. * @member of rangeNavigator */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/range-navigator/renderer/chart-render.d.ts /** * To render Chart series */ export class RangeSeries extends NiceInterval { private dataSource; private xName; private yName; private query; xMin: number; xMax: number; private yMin; private yMax; private yAxis; xAxis: Axis; private seriesLength; private chartGroup; constructor(range: RangeNavigator); /** * To render light weight and data manager process * @param control */ renderChart(control: RangeNavigator): void; private processDataSource; /** * data manager process calculated here * @param e */ private dataManagerSuccess; /** * Process JSON data from data source * @param control * @param len */ private processJsonData; private processXAxis; /** * Process yAxis for range navigator * @param control */ private processYAxis; /** * Process Light weight control * @param control * @private */ renderSeries(control: RangeNavigator): void; /** * Append series elements in element */ appendSeriesElements(control: RangeNavigator): void; private createSeriesElement; private calculateGroupingBounds; private drawSeriesBorder; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/range-navigator/renderer/range-axis.d.ts /** * class for axis */ export class RangeNavigatorAxis extends DateTime { constructor(range: RangeNavigator); actualIntervalType: RangeIntervalType; rangeNavigator: RangeNavigator; firstLevelLabels: VisibleLabels[]; secondLevelLabels: VisibleLabels[]; lowerValues: number[]; gridLines: Element; /** * To render grid lines of axis */ renderGridLines(): void; /** * To render of axis labels */ renderAxisLabels(): void; /** * To find secondary level label type * @param type */ private getSecondaryLabelType; /** * To find labels for date time axis * @param axis */ private findAxisLabels; /** * To find date time formats for Quarter and week interval type * @param text * @param axis * @param index */ private dateFormats; /** * To find the y co-ordinate for axis labels * @param control - rangeNavigator * @param isSecondary sets true if the axis is secondary axis */ private findLabelY; /** * It places the axis labels and returns border for secondary axis labels * @param axis axis for the lables placed * @param pointY y co-ordinate for axis labels * @param id id for the axis elements * @param control range navigator * @param labelElement parent element in which axis labels appended */ private placeAxisLabels; /** * To check label is intersected with successive label or not */ private isIntersect; /** * To find suitable label format for Quarter and week Interval types * @param axis * @param control */ private findSuitableFormat; /** * Alignment position for secondary level labels in date time axis * @param axis * @param index */ private findAlignment; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/range-navigator/renderer/slider.d.ts /** * Class for slider */ export class RangeSlider { private leftUnSelectedElement; private rightUnSelectedElement; private selectedElement; private leftSlider; private rightSlider; private control; /** @private */ isDrag: boolean; private elementId; currentSlider: string; startX: number; endX: number; private sliderWidth; currentStart: number; currentEnd: number; private previousMoveX; private thumpPadding; private thumbColor; points: DataPoint[]; leftRect: svgBase.Rect; rightRect: svgBase.Rect; midRect: svgBase.Rect; private labelIndex; private thumbVisible; private thumpY; sliderY: number; /** @private */ isIOS: Boolean; constructor(range: RangeNavigator); /** * Render Slider elements for range navigator * @param range */ render(range: RangeNavigator): void; /** * Thumb creation performed * @param render * @param bounds * @param parent * @param id */ createThump(render: svgBase.SvgRenderer, bounds: svgBase.Rect, parent: Element, id: string, sliderGroup?: Element): void; /** * Set slider value for range navigator * @param start * @param end */ setSlider(start: number, end: number, trigger: boolean, showTooltip: boolean): void; /** * Trigger changed event * @param range */ private triggerEvent; /** * @hidden */ private addEventListener; /** * @hidden */ private removeEventListener; /** * Move move handler perfomed here * @hidden * @param e */ private mouseMoveHandler; /** * To get the range value * @param x */ private getRangeValue; /** * Moused down handler for slider perform here * @param e */ private mouseDownHandler; /** * To get the current slider element * @param id */ private getCurrentSlider; /** * Mouse up handler performed here * @param e */ private mouseUpHandler; /** * Allow Snapping perfomed here * @param control * @param start * @param end */ private setAllowSnapping; /** * Animation Calculation for slider navigation * @param start * @param end */ performAnimation(start: number, end: number, control: RangeNavigator, animationDuration?: number): void; /** * Mouse Cancel Handler */ private mouseCancelHandler; /** * Destroy Method Calling here */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/range-navigator/user-interaction/tooltip.d.ts /** * `Tooltip` module is used to render the tooltip for chart series. */ export class RangeTooltip { leftTooltip: svgBase.Tooltip; rightTooltip: svgBase.Tooltip; private elementId; toolTipInterval: number; private control; /** * Constructor for tooltip module. * @private. */ constructor(range: RangeNavigator); /** * Left tooltip method called here * @param rangeSlider */ renderLeftTooltip(rangeSlider: RangeSlider): void; /** * get the content size * @param value */ private getContentSize; /** * Right tooltip method called here * @param rangeSlider */ renderRightTooltip(rangeSlider: RangeSlider): void; /** * Tooltip element creation * @param id */ private createElement; /** * Tooltip render called here * @param bounds * @param parent * @param pointX * @param value */ private renderTooltip; /** * Tooltip content processed here * @param value */ private getTooltipContent; /** * Fadeout animation performed here */ private fadeOutTooltip; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(chart: RangeNavigator): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/range-navigator/utils/enum.d.ts /** * It defines type of series in the range navigator. * * line * * column * * area * @private */ export type RangeNavigatorType = /** Line type */ 'Line' | /** Area type */ 'Area' | /** StepLine type */ 'StepLine'; /** * It defines type of thump in the range navigator. * * circle * * rectangle * @private */ export type ThumbType = /** Circle type */ 'Circle' | /** Rectangle type */ 'Rectangle'; /** * It defines display mode for the range navigator tooltip. * * always * * OnDemand * @private */ export type TooltipDisplayMode = /** Tooltip will be shown always */ 'Always' | /** Tooltip will be shown only in mouse move */ 'OnDemand'; /** * It defines the value Type for the axis used * * double * * category * * dateTime * * logarithmic * @private */ export type RangeValueType = /** Double axis */ 'Double' | /** Datetime axis */ 'DateTime' | /** Logarithmic axis */ 'Logarithmic'; /** * Label alignment of the axis * *Near * *Middle * *Far * @private */ export type LabelAlignment = /** Near alignment */ 'Near' | /** Middle alignment */ 'Middle' | /** Far Alignment */ 'Far'; /** * Defines the intersect action. They are * * none - Shows all the labels. * * hide - Hide the label when it intersect. * * */ export type RangeLabelIntersectAction = /** Shows all the labels. */ 'None' | /** Hide the label when it intersect. */ 'Hide'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/range-navigator/utils/helper.d.ts /** * Methods for calculating coefficient. */ /** @private */ export function rangeValueToCoefficient(value: number, range: VisibleRangeModel, inversed: boolean): number; /** @private */ export function getXLocation(x: number, range: VisibleRangeModel, size: number, inversed: boolean): number; /** @private */ export function getRangeValueXByPoint(value: number, size: number, range: VisibleRangeModel, inversed: boolean): number; /** @private */ export function getExactData(points: DataPoint[], start: number, end: number): DataPoint[]; /** @private */ export function getNearestValue(values: number[], point: number): number; /** @private */ export class DataPoint { x: Object; y: Object; xValue?: number; yValue?: number; private visible?; constructor(x: Object, y: Object, xValue?: number, yValue?: number, visible?: boolean); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/range-navigator/utils/theme.d.ts /** * */ export namespace RangeNavigatorTheme { /** @private */ let axisLabelFont$: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let tooltipLabelFont$: IFontMapping; } /** @private */ export function getRangeThemeColor(theme: ChartTheme, range: RangeNavigator): IRangeStyle; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/axis/axis-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SmithchartMajorGridLines */ export interface SmithchartMajorGridLinesModel { /** * width of the major grid lines * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * The dash array of the major grid lines. * @default '' */ dashArray?: string; /** * visibility of major grid lines. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * option for customizing the majorGridLine color * @default null */ color?: string; /** * opacity of major grid lines. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class SmithchartMinorGridLines */ export interface SmithchartMinorGridLinesModel { /** * width of the minor grid lines * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * The dash array of the minor grid lines. * @default '' */ dashArray?: string; /** * visibility of minor grid lines. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * option for customizing the minorGridLine color * @default null */ color?: string; /** * count of minor grid lines. * @default 8 */ count?: number; } /** * Interface for a class SmithchartAxisLine */ export interface SmithchartAxisLineModel { /** * visibility of axis line. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * width of the axis lines * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * option for customizing the axisLine color * @default null */ color?: string; /** * The dash array of the axis line. * @default '' */ dashArray?: string; } /** * Interface for a class SmithchartAxis */ export interface SmithchartAxisModel { /** * visibility of axis. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * position of axis line. * @default Outside */ labelPosition?: AxisLabelPosition; /** * axis labels will be hide when overlap with each other. * @default Hide */ labelIntersectAction?: SmithchartLabelIntersectAction; /** * Options for customizing major grid lines. */ majorGridLines?: SmithchartMajorGridLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing minor grid lines. */ minorGridLines?: SmithchartMinorGridLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing axis lines. */ axisLine?: SmithchartAxisLineModel; /** * Options for customizing font. */ labelStyle?: SmithchartFontModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/axis/axis.d.ts /** * Configures the major Grid lines in the `axis`. */ export class SmithchartMajorGridLines extends base.ChildProperty { /** * width of the major grid lines * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * The dash array of the major grid lines. * @default '' */ dashArray: string; /** * visibility of major grid lines. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * option for customizing the majorGridLine color * @default null */ color: string; /** * opacity of major grid lines. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; } /** * Configures the major grid lines in the `axis`. */ export class SmithchartMinorGridLines extends base.ChildProperty { /** * width of the minor grid lines * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * The dash array of the minor grid lines. * @default '' */ dashArray: string; /** * visibility of minor grid lines. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * option for customizing the minorGridLine color * @default null */ color: string; /** * count of minor grid lines. * @default 8 */ count: number; } /** * Configures the axis lines in the `axis`. */ export class SmithchartAxisLine extends base.ChildProperty { /** * visibility of axis line. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * width of the axis lines * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * option for customizing the axisLine color * @default null */ color: string; /** * The dash array of the axis line. * @default '' */ dashArray: string; } export class SmithchartAxis extends base.ChildProperty { /** * visibility of axis. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * position of axis line. * @default Outside */ labelPosition: AxisLabelPosition; /** * axis labels will be hide when overlap with each other. * @default Hide */ labelIntersectAction: SmithchartLabelIntersectAction; /** * Options for customizing major grid lines. */ majorGridLines: SmithchartMajorGridLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing minor grid lines. */ minorGridLines: SmithchartMinorGridLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing axis lines. */ axisLine: SmithchartAxisLineModel; /** * Options for customizing font. */ labelStyle: SmithchartFontModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/axis/axisrender.d.ts /** * */ export class AxisRender { areaRadius: number; circleLeftX: number; circleTopY: number; circleCenterX: number; circleCenterY: number; radialLabels: number[]; radialLabelCollections: LabelCollection[]; horizontalLabelCollections: HorizontalLabelCollection[]; majorHGridArcPoints: GridArcPoints[]; minorHGridArcPoints: GridArcPoints[]; majorRGridArcPoints: GridArcPoints[]; minorGridArcPoints: GridArcPoints[]; labelCollections: RadialLabelCollections[]; direction: Direction; renderArea(smithchart: Smithchart, bounds: SmithchartRect): void; private updateHAxis; private updateRAxis; private measureHorizontalAxis; private measureRadialAxis; private calculateChartArea; private calculateCircleMargin; private maximumLabelLength; private calculateAxisLabels; private isOverlap; private calculateXAxisRange; private calculateRAxisRange; private measureHMajorGridLines; private measureRMajorGridLines; private circleXYRadianValue; private calculateMajorArcStartEndPoints; private calculateHMajorArcStartEndPoints; private calculateMinorArcStartEndPoints; intersectingCirclePoints(x1: number, y1: number, r1: number, x2: number, y2: number, r2: number, renderType: RenderType): Point; private updateHMajorGridLines; private updateRMajorGridLines; private updateHAxisLine; private updateRAxisLine; private drawHAxisLabels; private drawRAxisLabels; private calculateRegion; private updateHMinorGridLines; private updateRMinorGridLines; private calculateGridLinesPath; private measureHMinorGridLines; private measureRMinorGridLines; private minorGridLineArcIntersectCircle; private circlePointPosition; private setLabelsInsidePosition; private setLabelsOutsidePosition; private arcRadius; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/index.d.ts /** * */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/legend/legend-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class LegendTitle */ export interface LegendTitleModel { /** * visibility for legend title. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * text for legend title. * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * description for legend title. * @default '' */ description?: string; /** * alignment for legend title. * @default Center */ textAlignment?: SmithchartAlignment; /** * options for customizing font */ textStyle?: SmithchartFont; } /** * Interface for a class LegendLocation */ export interface LegendLocationModel { /** * x location for legend. * @default 0 */ x?: number; /** * y location for legend. * @default 0 */ y?: number; } /** * Interface for a class LegendItemStyleBorder */ export interface LegendItemStyleBorderModel { /** * border width for legend item. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * border color for legend item. * @default null */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class LegendItemStyle */ export interface LegendItemStyleModel { /** * specify the width for legend item. * @default 10 */ width?: number; /** * specify the height for legend item. * @default 10 */ height?: number; /** * options for customizing legend item style border */ border?: LegendItemStyleBorderModel; } /** * Interface for a class LegendBorder */ export interface LegendBorderModel { /** * border width for legend. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * border color for legend. * @default null */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class SmithchartLegendSettings */ export interface SmithchartLegendSettingsModel { /** * visibility for legend. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * position for legend. * @default 'bottom' */ position?: string; /** * alignment for legend. * @default Center */ alignment?: SmithchartAlignment; /** * width for legend. * @default null */ width?: number; /** * height for legend. * @default null */ height?: number; /** * shape for legend. * @default 'circle' */ shape?: string; /** * rowCount for legend. * @default null */ rowCount?: number; /** * columnCount for legend. * @default null */ columnCount?: number; /** * spacing between legend item. * @default 8 */ itemPadding?: number; /** * Padding between the legend shape and text. * @default 5 */ shapePadding?: number; /** * description for legend * @default '' */ description?: string; /** * If set to true, series' visibility collapses based on the legend visibility. * @default true */ toggleVisibility?: boolean; /** * options for customizing legend title */ title?: LegendTitleModel; /** * options for customizing legend location */ location?: LegendLocationModel; /** * options for customizing legend item style */ itemStyle?: LegendItemStyleModel; /** * options for customizing legend border */ border?: LegendBorderModel; /** * options for customizing font */ textStyle?: SmithchartFont; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/legend/legend.d.ts export class LegendTitle extends base.ChildProperty { /** * visibility for legend title. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * text for legend title. * @default '' */ text: string; /** * description for legend title. * @default '' */ description: string; /** * alignment for legend title. * @default Center */ textAlignment: SmithchartAlignment; /** * options for customizing font */ textStyle: SmithchartFont; } export class LegendLocation extends base.ChildProperty { /** * x location for legend. * @default 0 */ x: number; /** * y location for legend. * @default 0 */ y: number; } export class LegendItemStyleBorder extends base.ChildProperty { /** * border width for legend item. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * border color for legend item. * @default null */ color: string; } export class LegendItemStyle extends base.ChildProperty { /** * specify the width for legend item. * @default 10 */ width: number; /** * specify the height for legend item. * @default 10 */ height: number; /** * options for customizing legend item style border */ border: LegendItemStyleBorderModel; } export class LegendBorder extends base.ChildProperty { /** * border width for legend. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * border color for legend. * @default null */ color: string; } export class SmithchartLegendSettings extends base.ChildProperty { /** * visibility for legend. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * position for legend. * @default 'bottom' */ position: string; /** * alignment for legend. * @default Center */ alignment: SmithchartAlignment; /** * width for legend. * @default null */ width: number; /** * height for legend. * @default null */ height: number; /** * shape for legend. * @default 'circle' */ shape: string; /** * rowCount for legend. * @default null */ rowCount: number; /** * columnCount for legend. * @default null */ columnCount: number; /** * spacing between legend item. * @default 8 */ itemPadding: number; /** * Padding between the legend shape and text. * @default 5 */ shapePadding: number; /** * description for legend * @default '' */ description: string; /** * If set to true, series' visibility collapses based on the legend visibility. * @default true */ toggleVisibility: boolean; /** * options for customizing legend title */ title: LegendTitleModel; /** * options for customizing legend location */ location: LegendLocationModel; /** * options for customizing legend item style */ itemStyle: LegendItemStyleModel; /** * options for customizing legend border */ border: LegendBorderModel; /** * options for customizing font */ textStyle: SmithchartFont; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/legend/legendrender.d.ts /** * */ export class SmithchartLegend { legendActualBounds: SmithchartRect; legendSeries: LegendSeries[]; legendGroup: Element; /** * legend rendering */ legendItemGroup: Element; renderLegend(smithchart: Smithchart): SmithchartRect; private calculateLegendBounds; private _getLegendSize; private _drawLegend; private drawLegendBorder; private drawLegendTitle; private drawLegendItem; private drawLegendShape; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the legend. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(smithchart: Smithchart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/model/constant.d.ts /** * Specifies smithchart animationComplete event name. * @private */ export const animationComplete$: string; /** * Specifies smithchart legendRender event name. * @private */ export const legendRender$: string; /** * Specifies smithchart titleRender event name. * @private */ export const titleRender: string; /** * Specifies smithchart subtitleRender event name. * @private */ export const subtitleRender: string; /** * Specifies smithchart textRender event name. * @private */ export const textRender$: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/model/interface.d.ts /** * Specifies Smithchart Events * @private */ export interface ISmithchartEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the event */ name: string; /** Defines the event cancel status */ cancel: boolean; } export interface ISmithchartPrintEventArgs extends ISmithchartEventArgs { htmlContent: Element; } /** * Specifies the Load Event arguments. */ export interface ISmithchartLoadEventArgs extends ISmithchartEventArgs { /** Defines the current Smithchart instance */ smithchart: Smithchart; } /** * Specifies the Loaded Event arguments. */ export interface ISmithchartLoadedEventArgs extends ISmithchartEventArgs { /** Defines the current Smithchart instance */ smithchart: Smithchart; } export interface ISmithchartAnimationCompleteEventArgs extends ISmithchartEventArgs { /** * smithchart instance event argument */ smithchart?: Smithchart; } export interface ISmithchartLegendRenderEventArgs extends ISmithchartEventArgs { /** Defines the current legend text */ text: string; /** Defines the current legend fill color */ fill: string; /** Defines the current legend shape */ shape: string; } export interface ITitleRenderEventArgs extends ISmithchartEventArgs { /** Defines the current title text */ text: string; /** Defines the current title text x location */ x: number; /** Defines the current title text y location */ y: number; } export interface ISubTitleRenderEventArgs extends ISmithchartEventArgs { /** Defines the current subtitle text */ text: string; /** Defines the current subtitle text x location */ x: number; /** Defines the current subtitle text y location */ y: number; } export interface ISmithchartTextRenderEventArgs extends ISmithchartEventArgs { /** Defines the current datalabel text */ text: string; /** Defines the current datalabel text x location */ x: number; /** Defines the current datalabel text y location */ y: number; /** Defines the current datalabel seriesIndex */ seriesIndex: number; /** Defines the current datalabel pointIndex */ pointIndex: number; } export interface ISmithchartAxisLabelRenderEventArgs extends ISmithchartEventArgs { /** Defines the current axis label text */ text: string; /** Defines the current axis label x location */ x: number; /** Defines the current axis label y location */ y: number; } export interface ISmithchartSeriesRenderEventArgs extends ISmithchartEventArgs { /** Defines name of the event */ text: string; /** Defines the current series fill */ fill: string; } export interface ISmithchartLegendRenderEventArgs extends ISmithchartEventArgs { /** Defines the current legend text */ text: string; /** Defines the current legend fill color */ fill: string; /** Defines the current legend shape */ shape: string; } /** @private */ export interface ISmithchartFontMapping { size?: string; color?: string; fontWeight?: string; fontStyle?: string; fontFamily?: string; } export interface ISmithchartThemeStyle { axisLabel: string; axisLine: string; majorGridLine: string; minorGridLine: string; chartTitle: string; legendLabel: string; background: string; areaBorder: string; tooltipFill: string; dataLabel: string; tooltipBoldLabel: string; tooltipLightLabel: string; tooltipHeaderLine: string; fontFamily?: string; fontSize?: string; labelFontFamily?: string; tooltipFillOpacity?: number; tooltipTextOpacity?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/model/theme.d.ts /** * */ export namespace Theme { /** @private */ let axisLabelFont$: ISmithchartFontMapping; /** @private */ let smithchartTitleFont: ISmithchartFontMapping; /** @private */ let smithchartSubtitleFont: ISmithchartFontMapping; /** @private */ let dataLabelFont: ISmithchartFontMapping; /** @private */ let legendLabelFont$: ISmithchartFontMapping; } /** @private */ export function getSeriesColor(theme: SmithchartTheme): string[]; /** @private */ export function getThemeColor(theme: SmithchartTheme): ISmithchartThemeStyle; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/series/datalabel.d.ts export class DataLabel1 { textOptions: DataLabelTextOptions[]; labelOptions: LabelOption[]; private margin; private connectorFlag; private prevLabel; private allPoints; drawDataLabel(smithchart: Smithchart, seriesindex: number, groupElement: Element, pointsRegion: PointRegion[], bounds: SmithchartRect): void; calculateSmartLabels(points: object, seriesIndex: number): void; private compareDataLabels; private isCollide; private resetValues; drawConnectorLines(smithchart: Smithchart, seriesIndex: number, index: number, currentPoint: DataLabelTextOptions, groupElement: Element): void; private drawDatalabelSymbol; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/series/marker.d.ts /** * */ export class Marker1 { drawMarker(smithchart: Smithchart, seriesindex: number, groupElement: Element, pointsRegion: PointRegion[]): void; private drawSymbol; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/series/series-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SeriesTooltipBorder */ export interface SeriesTooltipBorderModel { /** * border width for tooltip. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * border color for tooltip * @default null */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class SeriesTooltip */ export interface SeriesTooltipModel { /** * visibility of tooltip. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * color for tooltip . * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * opacity for tooltip. * @default 0.95 */ opacity?: number; /** * template for tooltip * @default '' */ template?: string; /** * options for customizing tooltip border */ border?: SeriesTooltipBorderModel; } /** * Interface for a class SeriesMarkerBorder */ export interface SeriesMarkerBorderModel { /** * border width for marker border. * @default 3 */ width?: number; /** * border color for marker border. * @default 'white' */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class SeriesMarkerDataLabelBorder */ export interface SeriesMarkerDataLabelBorderModel { /** * border width for data label border. * @default 0.1 */ width?: number; /** * border color for data label color. * @default 'white' */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class SeriesMarkerDataLabelConnectorLine */ export interface SeriesMarkerDataLabelConnectorLineModel { /** * border width for data label connector line. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * border color for data label connector line. * @default null */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class SeriesMarkerDataLabel */ export interface SeriesMarkerDataLabelModel { /** * visibility for data label. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * showing template for data label template * @default '' */ template?: string; /** * color for data label. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * opacity for data label. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * options for customizing data label border */ border?: SeriesMarkerDataLabelBorderModel; /** * options for customizing data label connector line */ connectorLine?: SeriesMarkerDataLabelConnectorLineModel; /** * options for customizing font */ textStyle?: SmithchartFontModel; } /** * Interface for a class SeriesMarker */ export interface SeriesMarkerModel { /** * visibility for marker. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * shape for marker. * @default 'circle' */ shape?: string; /** * width for marker. * @default 6 */ width?: number; /** * height for marker. * @default 6 */ height?: number; /** * Url for the image that is to be displayed as marker * @default '' */ imageUrl?: string; /** * color for marker. * @default '' */ fill?: string; /** * opacity for marker. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * options for customizing marker border */ border?: SeriesMarkerBorderModel; /** * options for customizing marker data label */ dataLabel?: SeriesMarkerDataLabelModel; } /** * Interface for a class SmithchartSeries */ export interface SmithchartSeriesModel { /** * visibility for series. * @default 'visible' */ visibility?: string; /** * points for series. * @default [] */ points?: { resistance: number, reactance: number}[]; /** * resistance name for dataSource * @default '' */ resistance?: string; /** * reactance name for dataSource * @default '' */ reactance?: string; /** * Specifies the dataSource * @default null */ dataSource?: Object; /** * The name of the series visible in legend. * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * color for series. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * enable or disable the animation of series. * @default false */ enableAnimation?: boolean; /** * perform animation of series based on animation duration. * @default '2000ms' */ animationDuration?: string; /** * avoid the overlap of dataLabels. * @default false */ enableSmartLabels?: boolean; /** * width for series. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * opacity for series. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * options for customizing marker */ marker?: SeriesMarkerModel; /** * options for customizing tooltip */ tooltip?: SeriesTooltipModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/series/series.d.ts export class SeriesTooltipBorder extends base.ChildProperty { /** * border width for tooltip. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * border color for tooltip * @default null */ color: string; } export class SeriesTooltip extends base.ChildProperty { /** * visibility of tooltip. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * color for tooltip . * @default null */ fill: string; /** * opacity for tooltip. * @default 0.95 */ opacity: number; /** * template for tooltip * @default '' */ template: string; /** * options for customizing tooltip border */ border: SeriesTooltipBorderModel; } export class SeriesMarkerBorder extends base.ChildProperty { /** * border width for marker border. * @default 3 */ width: number; /** * border color for marker border. * @default 'white' */ color: string; } export class SeriesMarkerDataLabelBorder extends base.ChildProperty { /** * border width for data label border. * @default 0.1 */ width: number; /** * border color for data label color. * @default 'white' */ color: string; } export class SeriesMarkerDataLabelConnectorLine extends base.ChildProperty { /** * border width for data label connector line. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * border color for data label connector line. * @default null */ color: string; } export class SeriesMarkerDataLabel extends base.ChildProperty { /** * visibility for data label. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * showing template for data label template * @default '' */ template: string; /** * color for data label. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * opacity for data label. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * options for customizing data label border */ border: SeriesMarkerDataLabelBorderModel; /** * options for customizing data label connector line */ connectorLine: SeriesMarkerDataLabelConnectorLineModel; /** * options for customizing font */ textStyle: SmithchartFontModel; } export class SeriesMarker extends base.ChildProperty { /** * visibility for marker. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * shape for marker. * @default 'circle' */ shape: string; /** * width for marker. * @default 6 */ width: number; /** * height for marker. * @default 6 */ height: number; /** * Url for the image that is to be displayed as marker * @default '' */ imageUrl: string; /** * color for marker. * @default '' */ fill: string; /** * opacity for marker. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * options for customizing marker border */ border: SeriesMarkerBorderModel; /** * options for customizing marker data label */ dataLabel: SeriesMarkerDataLabelModel; } export class SmithchartSeries extends base.ChildProperty { /** * visibility for series. * @default 'visible' */ visibility: string; /** * points for series. * @default [] */ points: { resistance: number; reactance: number; }[]; /** * resistance name for dataSource * @default '' */ resistance: string; /** * reactance name for dataSource * @default '' */ reactance: string; /** * Specifies the dataSource * @default null */ dataSource: Object; /** * The name of the series visible in legend. * @default '' */ name: string; /** * color for series. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * enable or disable the animation of series. * @default false */ enableAnimation: boolean; /** * perform animation of series based on animation duration. * @default '2000ms' */ animationDuration: string; /** * avoid the overlap of dataLabels. * @default false */ enableSmartLabels: boolean; /** * width for series. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * opacity for series. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * options for customizing marker */ marker: SeriesMarkerModel; /** * options for customizing tooltip */ tooltip: SeriesTooltipModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/series/seriesrender.d.ts /** * */ export class SeriesRender { xValues: number[]; yValues: number[]; pointsRegion: PointRegion[][]; lineSegments: LineSegment[]; location: Point[][]; clipRectElement: Element; private dataLabel; private processData; draw(smithchart: Smithchart, axisRender: AxisRender, bounds: SmithchartRect): void; private drawSeries; private animateDataLabelTemplate; private performAnimation; getLocation(seriesindex: number, pointIndex: number): Point; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/series/tooltip.d.ts /** * */ /** * To render tooltip */ export class TooltipRender { private mouseX; private mouseY; private locationX; private locationY; /** To define the tooltip element */ tooltipElement: svgBase.Tooltip; smithchartMouseMove(smithchart: Smithchart, e: PointerEvent): svgBase.Tooltip; private setMouseXY; private createTooltip; private closestPointXY; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the legend. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(smithchart: Smithchart): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/smithchart-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Smithchart */ export interface SmithchartModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * render type of smithchart. * @default Impedance */ renderType?: RenderType; /** * width for smithchart. * @default '' */ width?: string; /** * height for smithchart. * @default '' */ height?: string; /** * theme for smithchart. * @default Material */ theme?: SmithchartTheme; /** * options for customizing margin */ margin?: SmithchartMarginModel; /** * options for customizing margin */ font?: SmithchartFontModel; /** * options for customizing border */ border?: SmithchartBorderModel; /** * options for customizing title */ title?: TitleModel; /** * options for customizing series */ series?: SmithchartSeriesModel[]; /** * options for customizing legend */ legendSettings?: SmithchartLegendSettingsModel; /** * Options to configure the horizontal axis. */ horizontalAxis?: SmithchartAxisModel; /** * Options to configure the vertical axis. */ radialAxis?: SmithchartAxisModel; /** * The background color of the smithchart. */ background?: string; /** * Spacing between elements * @default 10 */ elementSpacing?: number; /** * Spacing between elements * @default 1 */ radius?: number; /** * Triggers before the prints gets started. * @event */ beforePrint?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after the animation completed. * @event */ animationComplete?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before smithchart rendered. * @event */ load?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after smithchart rendered. * @event */ loaded?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the legend is rendered. * @event */ legendRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the title is rendered. * @event */ titleRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the sub-title is rendered. * @event */ subtitleRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the datalabel text is rendered. * @event */ textRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the axis label is rendered * @event */ axisLabelRender?: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the series is rendered. * @event */ seriesRender?: base.EmitType; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/smithchart.d.ts /** * Represents the Smithchart control. * ```html *
* * ``` */ export class Smithchart extends base.Component implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * legend bounds */ legendBounds: SmithchartRect; /** * area bounds */ bounds: SmithchartRect; /** * `smithchartLegendModule` is used to add legend to the smithchart. */ smithchartLegendModule: SmithchartLegend; /** * `tooltipRenderModule` is used to add tooltip to the smithchart. */ tooltipRenderModule: TooltipRender; /** * render type of smithchart. * @default Impedance */ renderType: RenderType; /** * width for smithchart. * @default '' */ width: string; /** * height for smithchart. * @default '' */ height: string; /** * theme for smithchart. * @default Material */ theme: SmithchartTheme; /** @private */ seriesrender: SeriesRender; /** @private */ themeStyle: ISmithchartThemeStyle; /** @private */ availableSize: SmithchartSize; /** * options for customizing margin */ margin: SmithchartMarginModel; /** * options for customizing margin */ font: SmithchartFontModel; /** * options for customizing border */ border: SmithchartBorderModel; /** * options for customizing title */ title: TitleModel; /** * options for customizing series */ series: SmithchartSeriesModel[]; /** * options for customizing legend */ legendSettings: SmithchartLegendSettingsModel; /** * Options to configure the horizontal axis. */ horizontalAxis: SmithchartAxisModel; /** * Options to configure the vertical axis. */ radialAxis: SmithchartAxisModel; /** * svg renderer object. * @private */ renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer; /** @private */ svgObject: Element; /** @private */ animateSeries: boolean; /** @private */ seriesColors: string[]; chartArea: SmithchartRect; /** * Resize the smithchart */ private resizeTo; private isTouch; private fadeoutTo; /** * The background color of the smithchart. */ background: string; /** * Spacing between elements * @default 10 */ elementSpacing: number; /** * Spacing between elements * @default 1 */ radius: number; /** * Triggers before the prints gets started. * @event */ beforePrint: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after the animation completed. * @event */ animationComplete: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before smithchart rendered. * @event */ load: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers after smithchart rendered. * @event */ loaded: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the legend is rendered. * @event */ legendRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the title is rendered. * @event */ titleRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the sub-title is rendered. * @event */ subtitleRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the datalabel text is rendered. * @event */ textRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the axis label is rendered * @event */ axisLabelRender: base.EmitType; /** * Triggers before the series is rendered. * @event */ seriesRender: base.EmitType; /** * Get component name */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Method to create SVG element. */ private createChartSvg; private renderTitle; private renderSubtitle; /** * @private * Render the smithchart border */ private renderBorder; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: SmithchartModel, oldProp: SmithchartModel): void; /** * Constructor for creating the Smithchart widget */ constructor(options?: SmithchartModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Initialize the event handler. */ protected preRender(): void; private initPrivateVariable; /** * To Initialize the control rendering. */ private setTheme; protected render(): void; private createSecondaryElement; /** * To destroy the widget * @method destroy * @return {void}. * @member of smithChart */ destroy(): void; /** * To bind event handlers for smithchart. */ private wireEVents; mouseMove(e: PointerEvent): void; mouseEnd(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To handle the click event for the smithchart. */ smithchartOnClick(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To unbind event handlers from smithchart. */ private unWireEVents; print(id?: string[] | string | Element): void; /** * Handles the export method for chart control. * @param type * @param fileName */ export(type: SmithchartExportType, fileName: string, orientation?: pdfExport.PdfPageOrientation): void; /** * To handle the window resize event on smithchart. */ smithchartOnResize(e: Event): boolean; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for smithchart rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @private */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * To Remove the SVG. * @return {boolean} * @private */ removeSvg(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/title/title-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Subtitle */ export interface SubtitleModel { /** * visibility for sub title. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * text for sub title. * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * description for sub title. * @default '' */ description?: string; /** * text alignment for sub title. * @default Far */ textAlignment?: SmithchartAlignment; /** * trim the sub title. * @default true */ enableTrim?: boolean; /** * maximum width of the sub title. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ maximumWidth?: number; /** * options for customizing sub title font */ textStyle?: SmithchartFontModel; } /** * Interface for a class Title */ export interface TitleModel { /** * visibility for title. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * text for title. * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * description for title. * @default '' */ description?: string; /** * text alignment for title. * @default Center */ textAlignment?: SmithchartAlignment; /** * trim the title. * @default true */ enableTrim?: boolean; /** * maximum width of the sub title * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ maximumWidth?: number; /** * options for customizing sub title */ subtitle?: SubtitleModel; /** * options for customizing title font */ font?: SmithchartFontModel; /** * options for customizing title text */ textStyle?: SmithchartFontModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/title/title.d.ts export class Subtitle extends base.ChildProperty { /** * visibility for sub title. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * text for sub title. * @default '' */ text: string; /** * description for sub title. * @default '' */ description: string; /** * text alignment for sub title. * @default Far */ textAlignment: SmithchartAlignment; /** * trim the sub title. * @default true */ enableTrim: boolean; /** * maximum width of the sub title. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ maximumWidth: number; /** * options for customizing sub title font */ textStyle: SmithchartFontModel; } export class Title extends base.ChildProperty { /** * visibility for title. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * text for title. * @default '' */ text: string; /** * description for title. * @default '' */ description: string; /** * text alignment for title. * @default Center */ textAlignment: SmithchartAlignment; /** * trim the title. * @default true */ enableTrim: boolean; /** * maximum width of the sub title * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ maximumWidth: number; /** * options for customizing sub title */ subtitle: SubtitleModel; /** * options for customizing title font */ font: SmithchartFontModel; /** * options for customizing title text */ textStyle: SmithchartFontModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/utils/area.d.ts /** * */ export class AreaBounds { yOffset: number; calculateAreaBounds(smithchart: Smithchart, title: TitleModel, bounds: SmithchartRect): SmithchartRect; private getLegendSpace; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/utils/enum.d.ts /** * Defines Theme of the smithchart. They are * * Material - Render a smithchart with Material theme. * * Fabric - Render a smithchart with Fabric theme */ export type SmithchartTheme = /** Render a smithchart with Material theme. */ 'Material' | /** Render a smithchart with Fabric theme. */ 'Fabric' | /** Render a smithchart with Bootstrap theme. */ 'Bootstrap' | /** Render a smithchart with Highcontrast Light theme. */ 'HighContrastLight' | /** Render a smithchart with Material Dark theme. */ 'MaterialDark' | /** Render a smithchart with Fabric Dark theme. */ 'FabricDark' | /** Render a smithchart with Highcontrast Dark theme. */ 'Highcontrast' | /** Render a smithchart with Highcontrast Dark theme. */ 'HighContrast' | /** Render a smithchart with Bootstrap Dark theme. */ 'BootstrapDark' | /** Render a smithchart with Bootstrap4 theme. */ 'Bootstrap4'; /** * Defines render type of smithchart. They are * * Impedance - Render a smithchart with Impedance type. * * Admittance - Render a smithchart with Admittance type. */ export type RenderType = /** Render a smithchart with Impedance type. */ 'Impedance' | /** Render a smithchart with Admittance type. */ 'Admittance'; export type AxisLabelPosition = /** Render a axis label with label position as outside. */ 'Outside' | /** Render a axis label with label position as outside. */ 'Inside'; export type SmithchartLabelIntersectAction = /** Hide the overlapped axis label. */ 'Hide' | /** Render the overlapped axis label */ 'None'; /** * Defines the Alignment. They are * * near - Align the element to the left. * * center - Align the element to the center. * * far - Align the element to the right. * * */ export type SmithchartAlignment = /** Define the left alignment. */ 'Near' | /** Define the center alignment. */ 'Center' | /** Define the right alignment. */ 'Far'; export type SmithchartExportType = /** Used to export a image as png format */ 'PNG' | /** Used to export a image as jpeg format */ 'JPEG' | /** Used to export a file as svg format */ 'SVG' | /** Used to export a file as pdf format */ 'PDF'; /** * Specifies TreeMap beforePrint event name. * @private */ export const smithchartBeforePrint: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/utils/export.d.ts /** * Annotation Module handles the Annotation for Maps */ export class ExportUtils1 { private control; private smithchartPrint; /** * Constructor for Maps * @param control */ constructor(control: Smithchart); /** * To print the Maps * @param elements */ print(elements?: string[] | string | Element): void; /** * To get the html string of the Maps * @param svgElements * @private */ getHTMLContent(svgElements?: string[] | string | Element): Element; /** * To export the file as image/svg format * @param type * @param fileName */ export(exportType: SmithchartExportType, fileName: string, orientation?: pdfExport.PdfPageOrientation): void; /** * To trigger the download element * @param fileName * @param type * @param url */ triggerDownload(fileName: string, exportType: SmithchartExportType, url: string, isDownload: boolean): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/utils/helper.d.ts export function createSvg(smithchart: Smithchart): void; export function getElement(id: string): Element; /** * @private * Trim the title text */ export function textTrim(maxwidth: number, text: string, font: SmithchartFontModel): string; /** * Function to compile the template function for maps. * @returns Function * @private */ export function getTemplateFunction(templateString: string): Function; export function convertElementFromLabel(element: Element, labelId: string, data: object, index: number, smithchart: Smithchart): HTMLElement; export function _getEpsilonValue(): number; /** * Method to calculate the width and height of the smithchart */ export function calculateSize(smithchart: Smithchart): void; /** * Animation for template * @private */ export function templateAnimate(smithchart: Smithchart, element: Element, delay: number, duration: number, name: base.Effect): void; /** @private */ export function stringToNumber(value: string, containerSize: number): number; /** * Internal use of path options * @private */ export class PathOption { id: string; opacity: number; fill: string; stroke: string; ['stroke-width']: number; ['stroke-dasharray']: string; d: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, width: number, color: string, opacity?: number, dashArray?: string, d?: string); } /** * Internal use of rectangle options * @private */ export class RectOption1 extends PathOption { x: number; y: number; height: number; width: number; transform: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, border: SmithchartBorderModel, opacity: number, rect: SmithchartRect); } /** * Internal use of circle options * @private */ export class CircleOption1 extends PathOption { cy: number; cx: number; r: number; ['stroke-dasharray']: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, border: SmithchartBorderModel, opacity: number, cx: number, cy: number, r: number, dashArray: string); } export function measureText(text: string, font: SmithchartFontModel): SmithchartSize; /** * Internal use of text options * @private */ export class TextOption { id: string; anchor: string; text: string; x: number; y: number; constructor(id?: string, x?: number, y?: number, anchor?: string, text?: string); } /** * To remove element by id */ export function removeElement(id: string): void; /** * Animation base.Effect Calculation Started Here * @param currentTime * @param startValue * @param endValue * @param duration * @private */ export function linear(currentTime: number, startValue: number, endValue: number, duration: number): number; export function reverselinear(currentTime: number, startValue: number, endValue: number, duration: number): number; /** @private */ export function getAnimationFunction(effect: string): Function; /** * Internal rendering of text * @private */ export function renderTextElement(options: TextOption, font: SmithchartFontModel, color: string, parent: HTMLElement | Element): Element; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/utils/utils-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SmithchartFont */ export interface SmithchartFontModel { /** * font family for text. */ fontFamily?: string; /** * font style for text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontStyle?: string; /** * font weight for text. * @default 'Regular' */ fontWeight?: string; /** * Color for the text. * @default '' */ color?: string; /** * font size for text. * @default '12px' */ size?: string; /** * font opacity for text. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class SmithchartMargin */ export interface SmithchartMarginModel { /** * top margin of chartArea. * @default 10 */ top?: number; /** * bottom margin of chartArea. * @default 10 */ bottom?: number; /** * right margin of chartArea. * @default 10 */ right?: number; /** * left margin of chartArea. * @default 10 */ left?: number; } /** * Interface for a class SmithchartBorder */ export interface SmithchartBorderModel { /** * width for smithchart border. * @default 0 */ width?: number; /** * opacity for smithchart border. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * color for smithchart border . * @default 'transparent' */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class SmithchartRect */ export interface SmithchartRectModel { } /** * Interface for a class LabelCollection */ export interface LabelCollectionModel { } /** * Interface for a class LegendSeries */ export interface LegendSeriesModel { } /** * Interface for a class LabelRegion */ export interface LabelRegionModel { } /** * Interface for a class HorizontalLabelCollection */ export interface HorizontalLabelCollectionModel extends LabelCollectionModel{ } /** * Interface for a class RadialLabelCollections */ export interface RadialLabelCollectionsModel extends HorizontalLabelCollectionModel{ } /** * Interface for a class LineSegment */ export interface LineSegmentModel { } /** * Interface for a class PointRegion */ export interface PointRegionModel { } /** * Interface for a class Point */ export interface PointModel { } /** * Interface for a class ClosestPoint */ export interface ClosestPointModel { } /** * Interface for a class MarkerOptions */ export interface MarkerOptionsModel { } /** * Interface for a class SmithchartLabelPosition */ export interface SmithchartLabelPositionModel { } /** * Interface for a class Direction */ export interface DirectionModel { } /** * Interface for a class DataLabelTextOptions */ export interface DataLabelTextOptionsModel { } /** * Interface for a class LabelOption */ export interface LabelOptionModel { } /** * Interface for a class SmithchartSize * @private */ export interface SmithchartSizeModel { } /** * Interface for a class GridArcPoints * @private */ export interface GridArcPointsModel { } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/smithchart/utils/utils.d.ts export class SmithchartFont extends base.ChildProperty<SmithchartFont> { /** * font family for text. */ fontFamily: string; /** * font style for text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontStyle: string; /** * font weight for text. * @default 'Regular' */ fontWeight: string; /** * Color for the text. * @default '' */ color: string; /** * font size for text. * @default '12px' */ size: string; /** * font opacity for text. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; } export class SmithchartMargin extends base.ChildProperty<SmithchartMargin> { /** * top margin of chartArea. * @default 10 */ top: number; /** * bottom margin of chartArea. * @default 10 */ bottom: number; /** * right margin of chartArea. * @default 10 */ right: number; /** * left margin of chartArea. * @default 10 */ left: number; } export class SmithchartBorder extends base.ChildProperty<SmithchartBorder> { /** * width for smithchart border. * @default 0 */ width: number; /** * opacity for smithchart border. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * color for smithchart border . * @default 'transparent' */ color: string; } /** * Internal use of type rect */ export class SmithchartRect { /** x value for rect */ x: number; y: number; width: number; height: number; constructor(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number); } export class LabelCollection { centerX: number; centerY: number; radius: number; value: number; } export class LegendSeries { text: string; seriesIndex: number; shape: string; fill: string; bounds: SmithchartSize; } export class LabelRegion { bounds: SmithchartRect; labelText: string; } export class HorizontalLabelCollection extends LabelCollection { region: LabelRegion; } export class RadialLabelCollections extends HorizontalLabelCollection { angle: number; } export class LineSegment { x1: number; x2: number; y1: number; y2: number; } export class PointRegion { point: Point; x: number; y: number; } /** * Smithchart internal class for point */ export class Point { x: number; y: number; } export class ClosestPoint { location: Point; index: number; } export class MarkerOptions { id: string; fill: string; opacity: number; borderColor: string; borderWidth: number; constructor(id?: string, fill?: string, borderColor?: string, borderWidth?: number, opacity?: number); } export class SmithchartLabelPosition { textX: number; textY: number; x: number; y: number; } export class Direction { counterclockwise: number; clockwise: number; } export class DataLabelTextOptions { id: string; x: number; y: number; text: string; fill: string; font: SmithchartFontModel; xPosition: number; yPosition: number; width: number; height: number; location: Point; labelOptions: SmithchartLabelPosition; visible: boolean; connectorFlag: boolean; } export class LabelOption { textOptions: DataLabelTextOptions[]; } /** @private */ export class SmithchartSize { height: number; width: number; constructor(width: number, height: number); } export class GridArcPoints { startPoint: Point; endPoint: Point; rotationAngle: number; sweepDirection: number; isLargeArc: boolean; size: SmithchartSize; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/sparkline/index.d.ts /** * Exporting all modules from Sparkline Component */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/sparkline/model/base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SparklineBorder */ export interface SparklineBorderModel { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. */ color?: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. */ width?: number; } /** * Interface for a class SparklineFont */ export interface SparklineFontModel { /** * Font size for the text. */ size?: string; /** * Color for the text. */ color?: string; /** * FontFamily for the text. */ fontFamily?: string; /** * FontWeight for the text. */ fontWeight?: string; /** * FontStyle for the text. */ fontStyle?: string; /** * Opacity for the text. */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class TrackLineSettings */ export interface TrackLineSettingsModel { /** * Toggle the tracker line visibility. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * To config the tracker line color. */ color?: string; /** * To config the tracker line width. * @default 1 */ width?: number; } /** * Interface for a class SparklineTooltipSettings */ export interface SparklineTooltipSettingsModel { /** * Toggle the tooltip visibility. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * To customize the tooltip fill color. */ fill?: string; /** * To customize the tooltip template. */ template?: string; /** * To customize the tooltip format. */ format?: string; /** * To configure tooltip border color and width. */ border?: SparklineBorderModel; /** * To configure tooltip text styles. */ // tslint:disable-next-line textStyle?: SparklineFontModel; /** * To configure the tracker line options. */ trackLineSettings?: TrackLineSettingsModel; } /** * Interface for a class ContainerArea */ export interface ContainerAreaModel { /** * To configure Sparkline background color. * @default 'transparent' */ background?: string; /** * To configure Sparkline border color and width. */ border?: SparklineBorderModel; } /** * Interface for a class LineSettings */ export interface LineSettingsModel { /** * To toggle the axis line visibility. * @default `false` */ visible?: boolean; /** * To configure the sparkline axis line color. */ color?: string; /** * To configure the sparkline axis line dashArray. * @default '' */ dashArray?: string; /** * To configure the sparkline axis line width. * @default 1. */ width?: number; /** * To configure the sparkline axis line opacity. * @default 1. */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class RangeBandSettings */ export interface RangeBandSettingsModel { /** * To configure sparkline start range * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ startRange?: number; /** * To configure sparkline end range * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ endRange?: number; /** * To configure sparkline rangeband color */ color?: string; /** * To configure sparkline rangeband opacity * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class AxisSettings */ export interface AxisSettingsModel { /** * To configure Sparkline x axis min value. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ minX?: number; /** * To configure Sparkline x axis max value. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ maxX?: number; /** * To configure Sparkline y axis min value. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ minY?: number; /** * To configure Sparkline y axis max value. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ maxY?: number; /** * To configure Sparkline horizontal axis line position. * @default 0 */ value?: number; /** * To configure Sparkline axis line settings. */ lineSettings?: LineSettingsModel; } /** * Interface for a class Padding */ export interface PaddingModel { /** * To configure Sparkline left padding. * @default 5 */ left?: number; /** * To configure Sparkline right padding. * @default 5 */ right?: number; /** * To configure Sparkline bottom padding. * @default 5 */ bottom?: number; /** * To configure Sparkline top padding. * @default 5 */ top?: number; } /** * Interface for a class SparklineMarkerSettings */ export interface SparklineMarkerSettingsModel { /** * To toggle the marker visibility. * @default `[]`. */ visible?: VisibleType[]; /** * To configure the marker opacity. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * To configure the marker size. * @default 5 */ size?: number; /** * To configure the marker fill color. * @default '#00bdae' */ fill?: string; /** * To configure Sparkline marker border color and width. */ border?: SparklineBorderModel; } /** * Interface for a class LabelOffset */ export interface LabelOffsetModel { /** * To move the datalabel horizontally. */ x?: number; /** * To move the datalabel vertically. */ y?: number; } /** * Interface for a class SparklineDataLabelSettings */ export interface SparklineDataLabelSettingsModel { /** * To toggle the dataLabel visibility. * @default `[]`. */ visible?: VisibleType[]; /** * To configure the dataLabel opacity. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * To configure the dataLabel fill color. * @default 'transparent' */ fill?: string; /** * To configure the dataLabel format the value. * @default '' */ format?: string; /** * To configure Sparkline dataLabel border color and width. */ border?: SparklineBorderModel; /** * To configure Sparkline dataLabel text styles. */ // tslint:disable-next-line textStyle?: SparklineFontModel; /** * To configure Sparkline dataLabel offset. */ offset?: LabelOffsetModel; /** * To change the edge dataLabel placement. * @default 'None'. */ edgeLabelMode?: EdgeLabelMode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/sparkline/model/base.d.ts /** * Sparkline base API Class declarations. */ /** * Configures the borders in the Sparkline. */ export class SparklineBorder extends base.ChildProperty<SparklineBorder> { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. */ color: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. */ width: number; } /** * Configures the fonts in sparklines. */ export class SparklineFont extends base.ChildProperty<SparklineFont> { /** * Font size for the text. */ size: string; /** * Color for the text. */ color: string; /** * FontFamily for the text. */ fontFamily: string; /** * FontWeight for the text. */ fontWeight: string; /** * FontStyle for the text. */ fontStyle: string; /** * Opacity for the text. */ opacity: number; } /** * To configure the tracker line settings. */ export class TrackLineSettings extends base.ChildProperty<TrackLineSettings> { /** * Toggle the tracker line visibility. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * To config the tracker line color. */ color: string; /** * To config the tracker line width. * @default 1 */ width: number; } /** * To configure the tooltip settings for sparkline. */ export class SparklineTooltipSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SparklineTooltipSettings> { /** * Toggle the tooltip visibility. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * To customize the tooltip fill color. */ fill: string; /** * To customize the tooltip template. */ template: string; /** * To customize the tooltip format. */ format: string; /** * To configure tooltip border color and width. */ border: SparklineBorderModel; /** * To configure tooltip text styles. */ textStyle: SparklineFontModel; /** * To configure the tracker line options. */ trackLineSettings: TrackLineSettingsModel; } /** * To configure the sparkline container area customization */ export class ContainerArea extends base.ChildProperty<ContainerArea> { /** * To configure Sparkline background color. * @default 'transparent' */ background: string; /** * To configure Sparkline border color and width. */ border: SparklineBorderModel; } /** * To configure axis line settings */ export class LineSettings extends base.ChildProperty<LineSettings> { /** * To toggle the axis line visibility. * @default `false` */ visible: boolean; /** * To configure the sparkline axis line color. */ color: string; /** * To configure the sparkline axis line dashArray. * @default '' */ dashArray: string; /** * To configure the sparkline axis line width. * @default 1. */ width: number; /** * To configure the sparkline axis line opacity. * @default 1. */ opacity: number; } /** * To configure the sparkline rangeband */ export class RangeBandSettings extends base.ChildProperty<RangeBandSettings> { /** * To configure sparkline start range * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ startRange: number; /** * To configure sparkline end range * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ endRange: number; /** * To configure sparkline rangeband color */ color: string; /** * To configure sparkline rangeband opacity * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ opacity: number; } /** * To configure the sparkline axis */ export class AxisSettings extends base.ChildProperty<AxisSettings> { /** * To configure Sparkline x axis min value. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ minX: number; /** * To configure Sparkline x axis max value. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ maxX: number; /** * To configure Sparkline y axis min value. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ minY: number; /** * To configure Sparkline y axis max value. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ maxY: number; /** * To configure Sparkline horizontal axis line position. * @default 0 */ value: number; /** * To configure Sparkline axis line settings. */ lineSettings: LineSettingsModel; } /** * To configure the sparkline padding. */ export class Padding extends base.ChildProperty<Padding> { /** * To configure Sparkline left padding. * @default 5 */ left: number; /** * To configure Sparkline right padding. * @default 5 */ right: number; /** * To configure Sparkline bottom padding. * @default 5 */ bottom: number; /** * To configure Sparkline top padding. * @default 5 */ top: number; } /** * To configure the sparkline marker options. */ export class SparklineMarkerSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SparklineMarkerSettings> { /** * To toggle the marker visibility. * @default `[]`. */ visible: VisibleType[]; /** * To configure the marker opacity. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * To configure the marker size. * @default 5 */ size: number; /** * To configure the marker fill color. * @default '#00bdae' */ fill: string; /** * To configure Sparkline marker border color and width. */ border: SparklineBorderModel; } /** * To configure the datalabel offset */ export class LabelOffset extends base.ChildProperty<LabelOffset> { /** * To move the datalabel horizontally. */ x: number; /** * To move the datalabel vertically. */ y: number; } /** * To configure the sparkline dataLabel options. */ export class SparklineDataLabelSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SparklineDataLabelSettings> { /** * To toggle the dataLabel visibility. * @default `[]`. */ visible: VisibleType[]; /** * To configure the dataLabel opacity. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * To configure the dataLabel fill color. * @default 'transparent' */ fill: string; /** * To configure the dataLabel format the value. * @default '' */ format: string; /** * To configure Sparkline dataLabel border color and width. */ border: SparklineBorderModel; /** * To configure Sparkline dataLabel text styles. */ textStyle: SparklineFontModel; /** * To configure Sparkline dataLabel offset. */ offset: LabelOffsetModel; /** * To change the edge dataLabel placement. * @default 'None'. */ edgeLabelMode: EdgeLabelMode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/sparkline/model/enum.d.ts /** * Sparkline Enum */ /** * Specifies the sparkline types. * `Line`, `Column`, `WinLoss`, `Pie` and `Area`. */ export type SparklineType = /** Define the Sparkline Line type series. */ 'Line' | /** Define the Sparkline Column type series. */ 'Column' | /** Define the Sparkline WinLoss type series. */ 'WinLoss' | /** Define the Sparkline Pie type series. */ 'Pie' | /** Define the Sparkline Area type series. */ 'Area'; /** * Specifies the sparkline data value types. * `Numeric`, `Category` and `DateTime`. */ export type SparklineValueType = /** Define the Sparkline Numeric value type series. */ 'Numeric' | /** Define the Sparkline Category value type series. */ 'Category' | /** Define the Sparkline DateTime value type series. */ 'DateTime'; /** * Specifies the sparkline marker | datalabel visible types. * `All`, `High`, `Low`, `Start`, `End`, `Negative` and `None`. */ export type VisibleType = /** Define the Sparkline marker | datalabel Visbile All type */ 'All' | /** Define the Sparkline marker | datalabel Visbile High type */ 'High' | /** Define the Sparkline marker | datalabel Visbile Low type */ 'Low' | /** Define the Sparkline marker | datalabel Visbile Start type */ 'Start' | /** Define the Sparkline marker | datalabel Visbile End type */ 'End' | /** Define the Sparkline marker | datalabel Visbile Negative type */ 'Negative'; /** * Defines Theme of the sparkline. They are * * Material - Render a sparkline with Material theme. * * Fabric - Render a sparkline with Fabric theme * * Bootstrap - Render a sparkline with Bootstrap theme * * HighContrast - Render a sparkline with HighContrast theme * * Dark - Render a sparkline with Dark theme */ export type SparklineTheme = /** Render a sparkline with Material theme. */ 'Material' | /** Render a sparkline with Fabric theme. */ 'Fabric' | /** Render a sparkline with Bootstrap theme. */ 'Bootstrap' | /** Render a sparkline with HighContrast Light theme. */ 'HighContrastLight' | /** Render a sparkline with Material Dark theme. */ 'MaterialDark' | /** Render a sparkline with Fabric Dark theme. */ 'FabricDark' | /** Render a sparkline with Highcontrast Dark theme. */ 'Highcontrast' | /** Render a sparkline with Highcontrast Dark theme. */ 'HighContrast' | /** Render a sparkline with Bootstrap Dark theme. */ 'BootstrapDark' | /** Render a sparkline with Bootstrap4 theme. */ 'Bootstrap4'; /** * Defines edge data label placement for datalabel, if exceeds the sparkline area horizontally. * * None - Edge data label shown as clipped text. * * Shift - Edge data label moved inside the sparkline area. * * Hide - Edge data label will hide, if exceeds the sparkline area. */ export type EdgeLabelMode = /** Edge data label shown as clipped text */ 'None' | /** Edge data label moved inside the sparkline area */ 'Shift' | /** Edge data label will hide, if exceeds the sparkline area */ 'Hide'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/sparkline/model/interface.d.ts /** * Sparkline interface file. */ /** * Specifies sparkline Events * @private */ export interface ISparklineEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the event */ name: string; /** Defines the event cancel status */ cancel: boolean; } /** * Specifies the interface for themes. */ export interface IThemes { /** Defines the color of the axis line */ axisLineColor: string; /** Defines the color of the range band */ rangeBandColor: string; /** Defines the font color of the data labels */ dataLabelColor: string; /** Defines the background color of the tooltip */ tooltipFill: string; /** Defines the font color of the tooltip */ tooltipFontColor: string; /** Defines the background color of the sparkline */ background: string; /** Defines the color of the tracker line */ trackerLineColor: string; /** Defines the font style of the text */ fontFamily?: string; /** Defines the tooltip fill color opacity */ tooltipFillOpacity?: number; /** Defines the tooltip text opacity */ tooltipTextOpacity?: number; /** Defines the label font style */ labelFontFamily?: string; } /** * Specifies the Loaded Event arguments. */ export interface ISparklineLoadedEventArgs extends ISparklineEventArgs { /** Defines the current sparkline instance */ sparkline: Sparkline; } /** * Specifies the Load Event arguments. */ export interface ISparklineLoadEventArgs extends ISparklineEventArgs { /** Defines the current sparkline instance */ sparkline: Sparkline; } /** * Specifies the axis rendering Event arguments. */ export interface IAxisRenderingEventArgs extends ISparklineEventArgs { /** Defines the current sparkline instance */ sparkline: Sparkline; /** Defines the sparkline axis min x */ minX: number; /** Defines the sparkline axis max x */ maxX: number; /** Defines the sparkline axis min y */ minY: number; /** Defines the sparkline axis max y */ maxY: number; /** Defines the sparkline axis value */ value: number; /** Defines the sparkline axis line color */ lineColor: string; /** Defines the sparkline axis line width */ lineWidth: number; } /** * Specifies the sparkline series rendering Event arguments. */ export interface ISeriesRenderingEventArgs extends ISparklineEventArgs { /** Defines the current sparkline instance */ sparkline: Sparkline; /** Defines the sparkline series fill color */ fill: string; /** Defines the sparkline series line width for applicable line and area. */ lineWidth: number; /** Defines the current sparkline series border */ border: SparklineBorderModel; } /** * Specifies the sparkline point related Event arguments. */ export interface ISparklinePointEventArgs extends ISparklineEventArgs { /** Defines the current sparkline instance */ sparkline: Sparkline; /** Defines the current sparkline point index */ pointIndex: number; /** Defines the current sparkline point fill color */ fill: string; /** Defines the current sparkline point border */ border: SparklineBorderModel; } /** * Specifies the sparkline mouse related Event arguments. */ export interface ISparklineMouseEventArgs extends ISparklineEventArgs { /** Defines the current sparkline instance */ sparkline: Sparkline; /** Defines the current sparkline mouse event */ event: PointerEvent | MouseEvent; } /** * Specifies the sparkline mouse point region Event arguments. */ export interface IPointRegionEventArgs extends ISparklineEventArgs { /** Defines the current sparkline instance */ sparkline: Sparkline; /** Defines the sparkline point index region event */ pointIndex: number; /** Defines the current sparkline mouse event */ event: PointerEvent | MouseEvent; } /** * Specifies the sparkline datalabel rendering Event arguments. */ export interface IDataLabelRenderingEventArgs extends ISparklineEventArgs { /** Defines the current sparkline instance */ sparkline: Sparkline; /** Defines the current sparkline label text */ text: string; /** Defines the current sparkline label text location x */ x: number; /** Defines the current sparkline label text location y */ y: number; /** Defines the current sparkline label text color */ color: string; /** Defines the current sparkline label rect fill color */ fill: string; /** Defines the current sparkline label rect border */ border: SparklineBorderModel; /** Defines the current sparkline label point index */ pointIndex: number; } /** * Specifies the sparkline marker rendering Event arguments. */ export interface IMarkerRenderingEventArgs extends ISparklineEventArgs { /** Defines the current sparkline instance */ sparkline: Sparkline; /** Defines the current sparkline marker location x */ x: number; /** Defines the current sparkline marker location y */ y: number; /** Defines the sparkline marker radius */ size: number; /** Defines the current sparkline marker fill color */ fill: string; /** Defines the current sparkline marker border */ border: SparklineBorderModel; /** Defines the current sparkline label point index */ pointIndex: number; } /** * Sparkline Resize event arguments. */ export interface ISparklineResizeEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the Event */ name: string; /** Defines the previous size of the sparkline */ previousSize: Size; /** Defines the current size of the sparkline */ currentSize: Size; /** Defines the sparkline instance */ sparkline: Sparkline; } /** * Sparkline tooltip event args. */ export interface ITooltipRenderingEventArgs extends ISparklineEventArgs { /** Defines tooltip text */ text?: string[]; /** Defines tooltip text style */ textStyle?: SparklineFontModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/sparkline/rendering/sparkline-renderer.d.ts /** * Sparkline rendering calculation file */ export class SparklineRenderer { /** * To process sparkline instance internally. */ private sparkline; private min; private maxLength; private unitX; private unitY; private axisColor; private axisWidth; private axisValue; private pointRegions; private clipId; /** * To get visible points options internally. * @private */ visiblePoints: SparkValues[]; private axisHeight; /** * To process highpoint index color for tooltip customization * @private */ highPointIndex: number; /** * To process low point index color for tooltip customization * @private */ lowPointIndex: number; /** * To process start point index color for tooltip customization * @private */ startPointIndex: number; /** * To process end point index color for tooltip customization * @private */ endPointIndex: number; /** * To process negative point index color for tooltip customization * @private */ negativePointIndexes: number[]; /** * Sparkline data calculations * @param sparkline */ constructor(sparkline: Sparkline); /** * To process the sparkline data */ processData(data?: Object[]): void; /** * To process sparkline category data. */ private processCategory; /** * To process sparkline DateTime data. */ private processDateTime; /** * To render sparkline series. * @private */ renderSeries(): void; /** * To render a range band */ private rangeBand; /** * To render line series */ private renderLine; /** * To render pie series */ private renderPie; /** * To get special point color and option for Pie series. */ private getPieSpecialPoint; /** * To render area series */ private renderArea; /** * To render column series */ private renderColumn; /** * To render WinLoss series */ private renderWinLoss; private renderMarker; /** * To get special point color and option. */ private getSpecialPoint; /** * To render data label for sparkline. */ private renderLabel; private arrangeLabelPosition; /** * To get special point color and option. */ private getLabelVisible; /** * To format text */ private formatter; /** * To calculate min max for x and y axis */ private axisCalculation; /** * To find x axis interval. */ private getInterval; /** * To calculate axis ranges internally. */ private findRanges; /** * To render the sparkline axis */ private drawAxis; /** * To trigger point render event */ private triggerPointRender; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/sparkline/rendering/sparkline-tooltip.d.ts /** * Sparkline Tooltip Module */ export class SparklineTooltip { /** * Sparkline instance in tooltip. */ private sparkline; /** * Sparkline current point index. */ private pointIndex; /** * Sparkline tooltip timer. */ private clearTooltip; constructor(sparkline: Sparkline); /** * @hidden */ private addEventListener; private mouseLeaveHandler; private mouseUpHandler; private fadeOut; /** * To remove tooltip and tracker elements. * @private */ removeTooltipElements(): void; private mouseMoveHandler; private processTooltip; /** * To render tracker line */ private renderTrackerLine; /** * To render line series */ private renderTooltip; /** * To get tooltip format. */ private getFormat; private formatValue; /** * To remove tracker line. */ private removeTracker; /** * To remove tooltip element. */ private removeTooltip; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the tooltip. */ destroy(sparkline: Sparkline): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/sparkline/sparkline-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Sparkline */ export interface SparklineModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * To configure Sparkline width. */ width?: string; /** * To configure Sparkline height. */ height?: string; /** * To configure Sparkline points border color and width. */ border?: SparklineBorderModel; /** * To configure Sparkline series type. * @default 'Line' */ type?: SparklineType; /** * To configure sparkline data source. * @default [] */ dataSource?: Object[]; /** * To configure sparkline series value type. * @default 'Numeric' */ valueType?: SparklineValueType; /** * To configure sparkline series xName. * @default null */ xName?: string; /** * To configure sparkline series yName. * @default null */ yName?: string; /** * To configure sparkline series fill. * @default '#00bdae' */ fill?: string; /** * To configure sparkline series highest y value point color. * @default '' */ highPointColor?: string; /** * To configure sparkline series lowest y value point color. * @default '' */ lowPointColor?: string; /** * To configure sparkline series first x value point color. * @default '' */ startPointColor?: string; /** * To configure sparkline series last x value point color. * @default '' */ endPointColor?: string; /** * To configure sparkline series negative y value point color. * @default '' */ negativePointColor?: string; /** * To configure sparkline winloss series tie y value point color. * @default '' */ tiePointColor?: string; /** * To configure sparkline series color palette. It applicable to column and pie type series. * @default [] */ palette?: string[]; /** * To configure sparkline line series width. * @default '1' */ lineWidth?: number; /** * To configure sparkline line series opacity. * @default '1' */ opacity?: number; /** * To apply internationalization for sparkline. * @default null */ format?: string; /** * To enable the separator * @default false */ useGroupingSeparator?: boolean; /** * To configure Sparkline tooltip settings. */ tooltipSettings?: SparklineTooltipSettingsModel; /** * To configure Sparkline container area customization. */ containerArea?: ContainerAreaModel; /** * To configure Sparkline axis line customization. */ rangeBandSettings?: RangeBandSettingsModel[]; /** * To configure Sparkline container area customization. */ axisSettings?: AxisSettingsModel; /** * To configure Sparkline marker configuration. */ markerSettings?: SparklineMarkerSettingsModel; /** * To configure Sparkline dataLabel configuration. */ dataLabelSettings?: SparklineDataLabelSettingsModel; /** * To configure Sparkline container area customization. */ padding?: PaddingModel; /** * To configure sparkline theme. * @default 'Material' */ theme?: SparklineTheme; /** * Triggers after sparkline rendered. * @event */ loaded?: base.EmitType<ISparklineLoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before sparkline render. * @event */ load?: base.EmitType<ISparklineLoadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before sparkline tooltip render. * @event */ tooltipInitialize?: base.EmitType<ITooltipRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before sparkline series render. * @event */ seriesRendering?: base.EmitType<ISeriesRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before sparkline axis render. * @event */ axisRendering?: base.EmitType<IAxisRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before sparkline points render. * @event */ pointRendering?: base.EmitType<ISparklinePointEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while mouse move on the sparkline point region. * @event */ pointRegionMouseMove?: base.EmitType<IPointRegionEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while mouse click on the sparkline point region. * @event */ pointRegionMouseClick?: base.EmitType<IPointRegionEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while mouse move on the sparkline container. * @event */ sparklineMouseMove?: base.EmitType<ISparklineMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while mouse click on the sparkline container. * @event */ sparklineMouseClick?: base.EmitType<ISparklineMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the sparkline datalabel render. * @event */ dataLabelRendering?: base.EmitType<IDataLabelRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the sparkline marker render. * @event */ markerRendering?: base.EmitType<IMarkerRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on resizing the sparkline. * @event */ resize?: base.EmitType<ISparklineResizeEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/sparkline/sparkline.d.ts /** * Represents the Sparkline control. * ```html * <div id="sparkline"/> * <script> * var sparkline = new Sparkline(); * sparkline.appendTo("#sparkline"); * </script> * ``` */ export class Sparkline extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { sparklineTooltipModule: SparklineTooltip; /** * To configure Sparkline width. */ width: string; /** * To configure Sparkline height. */ height: string; /** * To configure Sparkline points border color and width. */ border: SparklineBorderModel; /** * To configure Sparkline series type. * @default 'Line' */ type: SparklineType; /** * To configure sparkline data source. * @default [] */ dataSource: Object[]; /** * To configure sparkline series value type. * @default 'Numeric' */ valueType: SparklineValueType; /** * To configure sparkline series xName. * @default null */ xName: string; /** * To configure sparkline series yName. * @default null */ yName: string; /** * To configure sparkline series fill. * @default '#00bdae' */ fill: string; /** * To configure sparkline series highest y value point color. * @default '' */ highPointColor: string; /** * To configure sparkline series lowest y value point color. * @default '' */ lowPointColor: string; /** * To configure sparkline series first x value point color. * @default '' */ startPointColor: string; /** * To configure sparkline series last x value point color. * @default '' */ endPointColor: string; /** * To configure sparkline series negative y value point color. * @default '' */ negativePointColor: string; /** * To configure sparkline winloss series tie y value point color. * @default '' */ tiePointColor: string; /** * To configure sparkline series color palette. It applicable to column and pie type series. * @default [] */ palette: string[]; /** * To configure sparkline line series width. * @default '1' */ lineWidth: number; /** * To configure sparkline line series opacity. * @default '1' */ opacity: number; /** * To apply internationalization for sparkline. * @default null */ format: string; /** * To enable the separator * @default false */ useGroupingSeparator: boolean; /** * To configure Sparkline tooltip settings. */ tooltipSettings: SparklineTooltipSettingsModel; /** * To configure Sparkline container area customization. */ containerArea: ContainerAreaModel; /** * To configure Sparkline axis line customization. */ rangeBandSettings: RangeBandSettingsModel[]; /** * To configure Sparkline container area customization. */ axisSettings: AxisSettingsModel; /** * To configure Sparkline marker configuration. */ markerSettings: SparklineMarkerSettingsModel; /** * To configure Sparkline dataLabel configuration. */ dataLabelSettings: SparklineDataLabelSettingsModel; /** * To configure Sparkline container area customization. */ padding: PaddingModel; /** * To configure sparkline theme. * @default 'Material' */ theme: SparklineTheme; /** * Triggers after sparkline rendered. * @event */ loaded: base.EmitType<ISparklineLoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before sparkline render. * @event */ load: base.EmitType<ISparklineLoadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before sparkline tooltip render. * @event */ tooltipInitialize: base.EmitType<ITooltipRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before sparkline series render. * @event */ seriesRendering: base.EmitType<ISeriesRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before sparkline axis render. * @event */ axisRendering: base.EmitType<IAxisRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before sparkline points render. * @event */ pointRendering: base.EmitType<ISparklinePointEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while mouse move on the sparkline point region. * @event */ pointRegionMouseMove: base.EmitType<IPointRegionEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while mouse click on the sparkline point region. * @event */ pointRegionMouseClick: base.EmitType<IPointRegionEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while mouse move on the sparkline container. * @event */ sparklineMouseMove: base.EmitType<ISparklineMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while mouse click on the sparkline container. * @event */ sparklineMouseClick: base.EmitType<ISparklineMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the sparkline datalabel render. * @event */ dataLabelRendering: base.EmitType<IDataLabelRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the sparkline marker render. * @event */ markerRendering: base.EmitType<IMarkerRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on resizing the sparkline. * @event */ resize: base.EmitType<ISparklineResizeEventArgs>; /** * svg renderer object. * @private */ renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer; /** * sparkline renderer object. * @private */ sparklineRenderer: SparklineRenderer; /** * sparkline svg element's object * @private */ svgObject: Element; /** @private */ isDevice: Boolean; /** @private */ isTouch: Boolean; /** @private */ mouseX: number; /** @private */ mouseY: number; /** * resize event timer * @private */ resizeTo: number; /** * Sparkline available height, width * @private */ availableSize: Size; /** * Sparkline theme support * @private */ sparkTheme: IThemes; /** * localization object * @private */ localeObject: base.L10n; /** * To process sparkline data internally. * @private */ sparklineData: Object[]; /** * It contains default values of localization values */ private defaultLocalConstants; /** * Internal use of internationalization instance. * @private */ intl: base.Internationalization; /** * Constructor for creating the Sparkline widget */ constructor(options?: SparklineModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Initializing pre-required values for sparkline. */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Sparkline Elements rendering starting. */ protected render(): void; /** * To render sparkline elements */ renderSparkline(): void; /** * Create secondary element for the tooltip */ private createDiv; /** * To set the left and top position for data label template for sparkline */ private setSecondaryElementPosition; /** * @private * Render the sparkline border */ private renderBorder; /** * To create svg element for sparkline */ private createSVG; /** * To Remove the Sparkline SVG object */ private removeSvg; /** * Method to set culture for sparkline */ private setCulture; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for sparkline rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @private */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * Method to unbind events for sparkline chart */ private unWireEvents; /** * Method to bind events for the sparkline */ private wireEvents; /** * Sparkline resize event. * @private */ sparklineResize(e: Event): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse move on sparkline. * @return {boolean} * @private */ sparklineMove(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse click on sparkline. * @return {boolean} * @private */ sparklineClick(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * To check mouse event target is point region or not. */ private isPointRegion; /** * Handles the mouse end. * @return {boolean} * @private */ sparklineMouseEnd(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse leave on sparkline. * @return {boolean} * @private */ sparklineMouseLeave(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Method to set mouse x, y from events */ private setSparklineMouseXY; /** * To change rendering while property value modified. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: SparklineModel, oldProp: SparklineModel): void; /** * To render sparkline series and appending. */ private refreshSparkline; /** * Get component name */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Destroy the component */ destroy(): void; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/sparkline/utils/helper.d.ts /** * Sparkline control helper file */ /** * sparkline internal use of `Size` type */ export class Size { /** * height of the size */ height: number; width: number; constructor(width: number, height: number); } /** * To find the default colors based on theme. * @private */ export function getThemeColor(theme: SparklineTheme): IThemes; /** * To find number from string * @private */ export function stringToNumber(value: string, containerSize: number): number; /** * Method to calculate the width and height of the sparkline */ export function calculateSize(sparkline: Sparkline): void; /** * Method to create svg for sparkline. */ export function createSvg(sparkline: Sparkline): void; /** * Internal use of type rect * @private */ export class Rect { x: number; y: number; height: number; width: number; constructor(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number); } /** * Internal use of path options * @private */ export class PathOption1 { opacity: number; id: string; stroke: string; fill: string; ['stroke-dasharray']: string; ['stroke-width']: number; d: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, width: number, color: string, opacity?: number, dashArray?: string, d?: string); } /** * Sparkline internal rendering options * @private */ export interface SparkValues { x?: number; y?: number; height?: number; width?: number; percent?: number; degree?: number; location?: { x: number; y: number; }; markerPosition?: number; xVal?: number; yVal?: number; } /** * Internal use of rectangle options * @private */ export class RectOption11 extends PathOption { rect: Rect; topLeft: number; topRight: number; bottomLeft: number; bottomRight: number; constructor(id: string, fill: string, border: SparklineBorderModel, opacity: number, rect: Rect, tl?: number, tr?: number, bl?: number, br?: number); } /** * Internal use of circle options * @private */ export class CircleOption11 extends PathOption { cy: number; cx: number; r: number; ['stroke-dasharray']: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, border: SparklineBorderModel, opacity: number, cx: number, cy: number, r: number, dashArray: string); } /** * Internal use of append shape element * @private */ export function appendShape(shape: Element, element: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of Circle * @private */ export function drawCircle(sparkline: Sparkline, options: CircleOption, element?: Element): Element; /** * To get rounded rect path direction */ export function calculateRoundedRectPath(r: Rect, topLeft: number, topRight: number, bottomLeft: number, bottomRight: number): string; /** * Internal rendering of Rectangle * @private */ export function drawRectangle(sparkline: Sparkline, options: RectOption, element?: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of Path * @private */ export function drawPath(sparkline: Sparkline, options: PathOption, element?: Element): Element; /** * Function to measure the height and width of the text. * @param {string} text * @param {SparklineFontModel} font * @param {string} id * @returns no * @private */ export function measureText(text: string, font: SparklineFontModel): Size; /** * Internal use of text options * @private */ export class TextOption1 { id: string; anchor: string; text: string; transform: string; x: number; y: number; baseLine: string; constructor(id?: string, x?: number, y?: number, anchor?: string, text?: string, baseLine?: string, transform?: string); } /** * Internal rendering of text * @private */ export function renderTextElement(options: TextOption, font: SparklineFontModel, color: string, parent: HTMLElement | Element): Element; /** * To remove element by id */ export function removeElement(id: string): void; /** * To find the element by id */ export function getIdElement(id: string): Element; /** * To find point within the bounds. */ export function withInBounds(x: number, y: number, bounds: Rect): boolean; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/stock-chart/index.d.ts /** * Financial chart exports */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/stock-chart/model/base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class StockChartFont */ export interface StockChartFontModel { /** * Color for the text. * @default '' */ color?: string; /** * Font size for the text. * @default '16px' */ size?: string; /** * FontFamily for the text. */ fontFamily?: string; /** * FontStyle for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontStyle?: string; /** * FontWeight for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontWeight?: string; /** * Opacity for the text. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * Specifies the chart title text overflow * @default 'Trim' */ textOverflow?: TextOverflow; /** * text alignment * @default 'Center' */ textAlignment?: Alignment; } /** * Interface for a class StockChartBorder */ export interface StockChartBorderModel { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ color?: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ width?: number; } /** * Interface for a class StockChartArea */ export interface StockChartAreaModel { /** * Options to customize the border of the chart area. */ border?: StockChartBorderModel; /** * The background of the chart area that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.. * @default 'transparent' */ background?: string; /** * The opacity for background. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class StockMargin */ export interface StockMarginModel { /** * Left margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ left?: number; /** * Right margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ right?: number; /** * Top margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ top?: number; /** * Bottom margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ bottom?: number; } /** * Interface for a class StockChartStripLineSettings */ export interface StockChartStripLineSettingsModel { /** * If set true, strip line get render from axis origin. * @default false */ startFromAxis?: boolean; /** * If set true, strip line for axis renders. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * Start value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ start?: number | Date; /** * Color of the strip line. * @default '#808080' */ color?: string; /** * End value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ end?: number | Date; /** * Size of the strip line, when it starts from the origin. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ size?: number; /** * Size type of the strip line * @default Auto */ sizeType?: sizeType; /** * Dash Array of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ dashArray?: string; /** * isRepeat value of the strip line. * @default false * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ isRepeat?: boolean; /** * repeatEvery value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ repeatEvery?: number | Date; /** * isSegmented value of the strip line * @default false * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ isSegmented?: boolean; /** * repeatUntil value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ repeatUntil?: number | Date; /** * segmentStart value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ segmentStart?: number | Date; /** * segmentAxisName of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ segmentAxisName?: string; /** * segmentEnd value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ segmentEnd?: number | Date; /** * Strip line Opacity * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * Strip line text. * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * Border of the strip line. */ border?: StockChartBorderModel; /** * The angle to which the strip line text gets rotated. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ rotation?: number; /** * Specifies the order of the strip line. They are, * * Behind: Places the strip line behind the series elements. * * Over: Places the strip line over the series elements. * @default 'Behind' */ zIndex?: ZIndex; /** * Defines the position of the strip line text horizontally. They are, * * Start: Places the strip line text at the start. * * Middle: Places the strip line text in the middle. * * End: Places the strip line text at the end. * @default 'Middle' */ horizontalAlignment?: Anchor; /** * Defines the position of the strip line text vertically. They are, * * Start: Places the strip line text at the start. * * Middle: Places the strip line text in the middle. * * End: Places the strip line text at the end. * @default 'Middle' */ verticalAlignment?: Anchor; /** * Options to customize the strip line text. */ textStyle?: StockChartFontModel; /** * The option to delay animation of the series. * @default 0 */ delay?: number; /** * If set to true, series gets animated on initial loading. * @default true */ enable?: boolean; /** * The duration of animation in milliseconds. * @default 1000 */ duration?: number; } /** * Interface for a class StockEmptyPointSettings */ export interface StockEmptyPointSettingsModel { /** * To customize the fill color of empty points. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * To customize the mode of empty points. * @default Gap */ mode?: EmptyPointMode; /** * Options to customize the border of empty points. * @default "{color: 'transparent', width: 0}" */ border?: StockChartBorderModel; } /** * Interface for a class StockChartConnector */ export interface StockChartConnectorModel { /** * specifies the type of the connector line. They are * * Smooth * * Line * @default 'Line' */ type?: ConnectorType; /** * Length of the connector line in pixels. * @default null */ length?: string; /** * Color of the connector line. * @default null */ color?: string; /** * dashArray of the connector line. * @default '' */ dashArray?: string; /** * Width of the connector line in pixels. * @default 1 */ width?: number; } /** * Interface for a class StockSeries */ export interface StockSeriesModel { /** * The DataSource field that contains the x value. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ xName?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the y value. * @default '' */ yName?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the open value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ open?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the close value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ close?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the high value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ high?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the low value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ low?: string; /** * Defines the data source field that contains the volume value in candle charts * It is applicable for financial series and technical indicators * @default '' */ volume?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the color value of point * It is applicable for series * @default '' */ pointColorMapping?: string; /** * Options to customizing animation for the series. */ animation?: AnimationModel; /** * The name of the horizontal axis associated with the series. It requires `axes` of the chart. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default null */ xAxisName?: string; /** * The name of the vertical axis associated with the series. It requires `axes` of the chart. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default null */ yAxisName?: string; /** * The fill color for the series that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * It also represents the color of the signal lines in technical indicators. * For technical indicators, the default value is 'blue' and for series, it has null. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and gaps to stroke the lines in `Line` type series. * @default '0' */ dashArray?: string; /** * The stroke width for the series that is applicable only for `Line` type series. * It also represents the stroke width of the signal lines in technical indicators. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * The name of the series visible in legend. * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * Specifies the DataSource for the series. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager. * @default '' */ dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Specifies query to select data from DataSource. This property is applicable only when the DataSource is `ej.data.DataManager`. * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * This property is used in financial charts to visualize the price movements in stock. * It defines the color of the candle/point, when the opening price is higher than the closing price. * @default '#e74c3d' */ bullFillColor?: string; /** * This property is used in stock charts to visualize the price movements in stock. * It defines the color of the candle/point, when the opening price is less than the closing price. * @default '#2ecd71' */ bearFillColor?: string; /** * This property is applicable for candle series. * It enables/disables to visually compare the current values with the previous values in stock. * @default false */ enableSolidCandles?: boolean; /** * Specifies the visibility of series. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * Options to customizing the border of the series. This is applicable only for `Column` and `Bar` type series. */ border?: StockChartBorderModel; /** * The opacity of the series. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * The type of the series are * * Line * * Column * * Area * * Spline * * Hilo * * HiloOpenClose * * Candle * @default 'Candle' */ type?: ChartSeriesType; /** * Options for displaying and customizing markers for individual points in a series. */ marker?: MarkerSettingsModel; /** * Defines the collection of trendlines that are used to predict the trend */ trendlines?: TrendlineModel[]; /** * If set true, the Tooltip for series will be visible. * @default true */ enableTooltip?: boolean; /** * The provided value will be considered as a Tooltip name * @default '' */ tooltipMappingName?: string; /** * Custom style for the selected series or points. * @default null */ selectionStyle?: string; /** * It defines tension of cardinal spline types * @default 0.5 */ cardinalSplineTension?: number; /** * To render the column series points with particular rounded corner. */ cornerRadius?: CornerRadiusModel; /** * options to customize the empty points in series */ emptyPointSettings?: EmptyPointSettingsModel; /** * To render the column series points with particular column width. If the series type is histogram the * default value is 1 otherwise 0.7. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ columnWidth?: number; /** * To render the column series points with particular column spacing. It takes value from 0 - 1. * @default 0 */ columnSpacing?: number; } /** * Interface for a class StockChartIndicator */ export interface StockChartIndicatorModel { /** * Defines the type of the technical indicator * @default 'Sma' */ type?: TechnicalIndicators; /** * Defines the period, the price changes over which will be considered to predict the trend * @default 14 */ period?: number; /** * Defines the period, the price changes over which will define the %D value in stochastic indicators * @default 3 */ dPeriod?: number; /** * Defines the look back period, the price changes over which will define the %K value in stochastic indicators * @default 14 */ kPeriod?: number; /** * Defines the over-bought(threshold) values. It is applicable for RSI and stochastic indicators * @default 80 */ overBought?: number; /** * Defines the over-sold(threshold) values. It is applicable for RSI and stochastic indicators * @default 20 */ overSold?: number; /** * Defines the field to compare the current value with previous values * @default 'Close' */ field?: FinancialDataFields; /** * Sets the standard deviation values that helps to define the upper and lower bollinger bands * @default 2 */ standardDeviation?: number; /** * Sets the slow period to define the Macd line * @default 12 */ slowPeriod?: number; /** * Enables/Disables the over-bought and over-sold regions * @default true */ showZones?: boolean; /** * Sets the fast period to define the Macd line * @default 26 */ fastPeriod?: number; /** * Defines the appearance of the the MacdLine of Macd indicator * @default { color: '#ff9933', width: 2 } */ macdLine?: StockChartConnectorModel; /** * Defines the type of the Macd indicator. * @default 'Both' */ macdType?: MacdType; /** * Defines the color of the negative bars in Macd indicators * @default '#e74c3d' */ macdNegativeColor?: string; /** * Defines the color of the positive bars in Macd indicators * @default '#2ecd71' */ macdPositiveColor?: string; /** * Options for customizing the BollingerBand in the indicator. * @default 'rgba(211,211,211,0.25)' */ bandColor?: string; /** * Defines the appearance of the upper line in technical indicators */ upperLine?: StockChartConnectorModel; /** * Defines the name of the series, the data of which has to be depicted as indicator * @default '' */ seriesName?: string; /** * Defines the appearance of period line in technical indicators */ periodLine?: StockChartConnectorModel; /** * Defines the appearance of lower line in technical indicators */ lowerLine?: ConnectorModel; /** * The DataSource field that contains the high value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ high?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the open value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ open?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the low value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ low?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the x value. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ xName?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the close value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ close?: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the color value of point * It is applicable for series * @default '' */ pointColorMapping?: string; /** * Defines the data source field that contains the volume value in candle charts * It is applicable for financial series and technical indicators * @default '' */ volume?: string; /** * The name of the horizontal axis associated with the series. It requires `axes` of the chart. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * ```html * <div id='Chart'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * columns: [{ width: '50%' }, * { width: '50%' }], * axes: [{ * name: 'xAxis 1', * columnIndex: 1, * }], * series: [{ * dataSource: data, * xName: 'x', yName: 'y', * xAxisName: 'xAxis 1', * }], * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default null */ xAxisName?: string; /** * The name of the vertical axis associated with the series. It requires `axes` of the chart. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * ```html * <div id='Chart'></div> * ``` * @default null */ yAxisName?: string; /** * Options to customizing animation for the series. */ animation?: AnimationModel; /** * The fill color for the series that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * It also represents the color of the signal lines in technical indicators. * For technical indicators, the default value is 'blue' and for series, it has null. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and gaps to stroke the lines in `Line` type series. * @default '0' */ dashArray?: string; /** * The stroke width for the series that is applicable only for `Line` type series. * It also represents the stroke width of the signal lines in technical indicators. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * Specifies query to select data from DataSource. This property is applicable only when the DataSource is `ej.data.DataManager`. * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * Specifies the DataSource for the series. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager. * ```html * <div id='Chart'></div> * ``` * @default '' */ dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager; } /** * Interface for a class StockChartAxis */ export interface StockChartAxisModel { /** * Options to customize the crosshair ToolTip. */ crosshairTooltip?: CrosshairTooltipModel; /** * Options to customize the axis label. */ labelStyle?: StockChartFontModel; /** * Specifies the title of an axis. * @default '' */ title?: string; /** * Options for customizing the axis title. */ titleStyle?: StockChartFontModel; /** * Used to format the axis label that accepts any global string format like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc. * It also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label, e.g, 20°C. * @default '' */ labelFormat?: string; /** * It specifies the type of format to be used in dateTime format process. * @default 'DateTime' */ skeletonType?: SkeletonType; /** * Specifies the skeleton format in which the dateTime format will process. * @default '' */ skeleton?: string; /** * Left and right padding for the plot area in pixels. * @default 0 */ plotOffset?: number; /** * The base value for logarithmic axis. It requires `valueType` to be `Logarithmic`. * @default 10 */ logBase?: number; /** * Specifies the index of the row where the axis is associated, when the chart area is divided into multiple plot areas by using `rows`. * ```html * <div id='Chart'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * rows: [{ height: '50%' }, * { height: '50%' }], * axes: [{ * name: 'yAxis 1', * rowIndex: 1, * }], * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default 0 */ rowIndex?: number; /** * Specifies the number of `columns` or `rows` an axis has to span horizontally or vertically. * @default 1 */ span?: number; /** * The maximum number of label count per 100 pixels with respect to the axis length. * @default 3 */ maximumLabels?: number; /** * With this property, you can request axis to calculate intervals approximately equal to your specified interval. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ desiredIntervals?: number; /** * The axis is scaled by this factor. When zoomFactor is 0.5, the chart is scaled by 200% along this axis. Value ranges from 0 to 1. * @default 1 */ zoomFactor?: number; /** * Position of the zoomed axis. Value ranges from 0 to 1. * @default 0 */ zoomPosition?: number; /** * If set to true, the axis will render at the opposite side of its default position. * @default false */ opposedPosition?: boolean; /** * If set to true, axis interval will be calculated automatically with respect to the zoomed range. * @default true */ enableAutoIntervalOnZooming?: boolean; /** * Specifies the type of data the axis is handling. * * Double: Renders a numeric axis. * * DateTime: Renders a dateTime axis. * * Category: Renders a category axis. * * Logarithmic: Renders a log axis. * @default 'Double' */ valueType?: ValueType; /** * Specifies the padding for the axis range in terms of interval.They are, * * none: Padding cannot be applied to the axis. * * normal: Padding is applied to the axis based on the range calculation. * * additional: Interval of the axis is added as padding to the minimum and maximum values of the range. * * round: Axis range is rounded to the nearest possible value divided by the interval. * @default 'Auto' */ rangePadding?: ChartRangePadding; /** * Specifies the position of labels at the edge of the axis.They are, * * None: No action will be performed. * * Hide: Edge label will be hidden. * * Shift: Shifts the edge labels. * @default 'None' */ edgeLabelPlacement?: EdgeLabelPlacement; /** * Specifies the placement of a label for category axis. They are, * * betweenTicks: Renders the label between the ticks. * * onTicks: Renders the label on the ticks. * @default 'BetweenTicks' */ labelPlacement?: LabelPlacement; /** * Specifies the types like `Years`, `Months`, `Days`, `Hours`, `Minutes`, `Seconds` in date time axis.They are, * * Auto: Defines the interval of the axis based on data. * * Years: Defines the interval of the axis in years. * * Months: Defines the interval of the axis in months. * * Days: Defines the interval of the axis in days. * * Hours: Defines the interval of the axis in hours. * * Minutes: Defines the interval of the axis in minutes. * @default 'Auto' */ intervalType?: IntervalType; /** * Specifies the placement of a ticks to the axis line. They are, * * inside: Renders the ticks inside to the axis line. * * outside: Renders the ticks outside to the axis line. * @default 'Outside' */ tickPosition?: AxisPosition; /** * Unique identifier of an axis. * To associate an axis with the series, set this name to the xAxisName/yAxisName properties of the series. * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * Specifies the placement of a labels to the axis line. They are, * * inside: Renders the labels inside to the axis line. * * outside: Renders the labels outside to the axis line. * @default 'Outside' */ labelPosition?: AxisPosition; /** * If set to true, axis label will be visible. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * The angle to which the axis label gets rotated. * @default 0 */ labelRotation?: number; /** * Specifies the number of minor ticks per interval. * @default 0 */ minorTicksPerInterval?: number; /** * Specifies the value at which the axis line has to be intersect with the vertical axis or vice versa. * @default null */ crossesAt?: Object; /** * Specifies axis name with which the axis line has to be crossed * @default null */ crossesInAxis?: string; /** * Specifies whether axis elements like axis labels, axis title, etc has to be crossed with axis line * @default true */ placeNextToAxisLine?: boolean; /** * Specifies the minimum range of an axis. * @default null */ minimum?: Object; /** * Specifies the interval for an axis. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ interval?: number; /** * Specifies the maximum range of an axis. * @default null */ maximum?: Object; /** * Specifies the maximum width of an axis label. * @default 34. */ maximumLabelWidth?: number; /** * Options for customizing major tick lines. */ majorTickLines?: MajorTickLinesModel; /** * Specifies the Trim property for an axis. * @default false */ enableTrim?: boolean; /** * Options for customizing minor tick lines. */ minorTickLines?: MinorTickLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing minor grid lines. */ minorGridLines?: MinorGridLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing major grid lines. */ majorGridLines?: MajorGridLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing axis lines. */ lineStyle?: AxisLineModel; /** * It specifies whether the axis to be rendered in inversed manner or not. * @default false */ isInversed?: boolean; /** * Specifies the actions like `Hide`, `Rotate45`, and `Rotate90` when the axis labels intersect with each other.They are, * * None: Shows all the labels. * * Hide: Hides the label when it intersects. * * Rotate45: Rotates the label to 45 degree when it intersects. * * Rotate90: Rotates the label to 90 degree when it intersects. * @default Hide */ labelIntersectAction?: LabelIntersectAction; /** * The polar radar radius position. * @default 100 */ coefficient?: number; /** * The start angle for the series. * @default 0 */ startAngle?: number; /** * TabIndex value for the axis. * @default 2 */ tabIndex?: number; /** * Specifies the stripLine collection for the axis */ stripLines?: StockChartStripLineSettingsModel[]; /** * Description for axis and its element. * @default null */ description?: string; } /** * Interface for a class StockChartRow */ export interface StockChartRowModel { /** * The height of the row as a string accept input both as '100px' and '100%'. * If specified as '100%, row renders to the full height of its chart. * @default '100%' */ height?: string; /** * Options to customize the border of the rows. */ border?: StockChartBorderModel; } /** * Interface for a class StockChartTrendline */ export interface StockChartTrendlineModel { /** * Defines the period, the price changes over which will be considered to predict moving average trend line * @default 2 */ period?: number; /** * Defines the name of trendline * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * Defines the type of the trendline * @default 'Linear' */ type?: TrendlineTypes; /** * Defines the polynomial order of the polynomial trendline * @default 2 */ polynomialOrder?: number; /** * Defines the period, by which the trend has to forward forecast * @default 0 */ forwardForecast?: number; /** * Defines the period, by which the trend has to backward forecast * @default 0 */ backwardForecast?: number; /** * Options to customize the animation for trendlines */ animation?: AnimationModel; /** * Enables/disables tooltip for trendlines * @default true */ enableTooltip?: boolean; /** * Options to customize the marker for trendlines */ marker?: MarkerSettingsModel; /** * Defines the intercept of the trendline * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ intercept?: number; /** * Defines the fill color of trendline * @default '' */ fill?: string; /** * Sets the legend shape of the trendline * @default 'SeriesType' */ legendShape?: LegendShape; /** * Defines the width of the trendline * @default 1 */ width?: number; } /** * Interface for a class StockChartAnnotationSettings */ export interface StockChartAnnotationSettingsModel { /** * if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` Y specifies the axis value * else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate * @default '0' */ y?: string | number; /** * if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` X specifies the axis value * else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate * @default '0' */ x?: string | Date | number; /** * Content of the annotation, which accepts the id of the custom element. * @default null */ content?: string; /** * Specifies the regions of the annotation. They are * * Chart - Annotation renders based on chart coordinates. * * Series - Annotation renders based on series coordinates. * @default 'Chart' */ region?: Regions; /** * Specifies the alignment of the annotation. They are * * Near - Align the annotation element as left side. * * Far - Align the annotation element as right side. * * Center - Align the annotation element as mid point. * @default 'Center' */ horizontalAlignment?: Alignment; /** * Specifies the coordinate units of the annotation. They are * * Pixel - Annotation renders based on x and y pixel value. * * Point - Annotation renders based on x and y axis value. * @default 'Pixel' */ coordinateUnits?: Units; /** * Specifies the position of the annotation. They are * * Top - Align the annotation element as top side. * * Bottom - Align the annotation element as bottom side. * * Middle - Align the annotation element as mid point. * @default 'Middle' */ verticalAlignment?: Position; /** * The name of vertical axis associated with the annotation. * It requires `axes` of chart. * @default null */ yAxisName?: string; /** * Information about annotation for assistive technology. * @default null */ description?: string; /** * The name of horizontal axis associated with the annotation. * It requires `axes` of chart. * @default null */ xAxisName?: string; } /** * Interface for a class StockChartIndexes */ export interface StockChartIndexesModel { /** * Specifies index of point * @default 0 * @aspType int */ point?: number; /** * Specifies index of series * @default 0 * @aspType int */ series?: number; } /** * Interface for a class StockEventsSettings */ export interface StockEventsSettingsModel { /** * Specifies type of stock events * * Circle * * Square * * Flag * * Text * * Sign * * Triangle * * InvertedTriangle * * ArrowUp * * ArrowDown * * ArrowLeft * * ArrowRight * @default 'Circle' */ type?: FlagType; /** * Specifies the text for the stock chart text. */ text?: string; /** * Specifies the description for the chart which renders in tooltip for stock event. */ description?: string; /** * Date value of stock event in which stock event shows. */ date?: Date; /** * Options to customize the border of the stock events. */ border?: StockChartBorderModel; /** * The background of the stock event that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 'transparent' */ background?: string; /** * Enables the stock events to be render on series. If it disabled, stock event rendered on primaryXAxis. * @default true */ showOnSeries?: boolean; /** * Corresponding values in which stock event placed. * * Close * * Open * * High * * Close * @default 'close' */ placeAt?: string; /** * Options to customize the styles for stock events text. */ textStyle?: StockChartFontModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/stock-chart/model/base.d.ts export class StockChartFont extends base.ChildProperty<StockChartFont> { /** * Color for the text. * @default '' */ color: string; /** * Font size for the text. * @default '16px' */ size: string; /** * FontFamily for the text. */ fontFamily: string; /** * FontStyle for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontStyle: string; /** * FontWeight for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontWeight: string; /** * Opacity for the text. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * Specifies the chart title text overflow * @default 'Trim' */ textOverflow: TextOverflow; /** * text alignment * @default 'Center' */ textAlignment: Alignment; } /** * Border */ export class StockChartBorder extends base.ChildProperty<StockChartBorder> { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ color: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ width: number; } /** * Configures the chart area. */ export class StockChartArea extends base.ChildProperty<StockChartArea> { /** * Options to customize the border of the chart area. */ border: StockChartBorderModel; /** * The background of the chart area that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string.. * @default 'transparent' */ background: string; /** * The opacity for background. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; } /** * Configures the chart margins. */ export class StockMargin extends base.ChildProperty<StockMargin> { /** * Left margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ left: number; /** * Right margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ right: number; /** * Top margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ top: number; /** * Bottom margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ bottom: number; } /** * StockChart strip line settings */ export class StockChartStripLineSettings extends base.ChildProperty<StockChartStripLineSettings> { /** * If set true, strip line get render from axis origin. * @default false */ startFromAxis: boolean; /** * If set true, strip line for axis renders. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Start value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ start: number | Date; /** * Color of the strip line. * @default '#808080' */ color: string; /** * End value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ end: number | Date; /** * Size of the strip line, when it starts from the origin. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ size: number; /** * Size type of the strip line * @default Auto */ sizeType: sizeType; /** * Dash Array of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ dashArray: string; /** * isRepeat value of the strip line. * @default false * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ isRepeat: boolean; /** * repeatEvery value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ repeatEvery: number | Date; /** * isSegmented value of the strip line * @default false * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ isSegmented: boolean; /** * repeatUntil value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ repeatUntil: number | Date; /** * segmentStart value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ segmentStart: number | Date; /** * segmentAxisName of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ segmentAxisName: string; /** * segmentEnd value of the strip line. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ segmentEnd: number | Date; /** * Strip line Opacity * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * Strip line text. * @default '' */ text: string; /** * Border of the strip line. */ border: StockChartBorderModel; /** * The angle to which the strip line text gets rotated. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ rotation: number; /** * Specifies the order of the strip line. They are, * * Behind: Places the strip line behind the series elements. * * Over: Places the strip line over the series elements. * @default 'Behind' */ zIndex: ZIndex; /** * Defines the position of the strip line text horizontally. They are, * * Start: Places the strip line text at the start. * * Middle: Places the strip line text in the middle. * * End: Places the strip line text at the end. * @default 'Middle' */ horizontalAlignment: Anchor; /** * Defines the position of the strip line text vertically. They are, * * Start: Places the strip line text at the start. * * Middle: Places the strip line text in the middle. * * End: Places the strip line text at the end. * @default 'Middle' */ verticalAlignment: Anchor; /** * Options to customize the strip line text. */ textStyle: StockChartFontModel; } export class StockEmptyPointSettings extends base.ChildProperty<StockEmptyPointSettings> { /** * To customize the fill color of empty points. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * To customize the mode of empty points. * @default Gap */ mode: EmptyPointMode; /** * Options to customize the border of empty points. * @default "{color: 'transparent', width: 0}" */ border: StockChartBorderModel; } export class StockChartConnector extends base.ChildProperty<StockChartConnector> { /** * specifies the type of the connector line. They are * * Smooth * * Line * @default 'Line' */ type: ConnectorType; /** * Length of the connector line in pixels. * @default null */ length: string; /** * Color of the connector line. * @default null */ color: string; /** * dashArray of the connector line. * @default '' */ dashArray: string; /** * Width of the connector line in pixels. * @default 1 */ width: number; } /** * Configures the Annotation for chart. */ export class StockSeries extends base.ChildProperty<StockSeries> { /** * The DataSource field that contains the x value. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ xName: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the y value. * @default '' */ yName: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the open value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ open: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the close value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ close: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the high value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ high: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the low value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ low: string; /** * Defines the data source field that contains the volume value in candle charts * It is applicable for financial series and technical indicators * @default '' */ volume: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the color value of point * It is applicable for series * @default '' */ pointColorMapping: string; /** * Options to customizing animation for the series. */ animation: AnimationModel; /** * The name of the horizontal axis associated with the series. It requires `axes` of the chart. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default null */ xAxisName: string; /** * The name of the vertical axis associated with the series. It requires `axes` of the chart. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default null */ yAxisName: string; /** * The fill color for the series that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * It also represents the color of the signal lines in technical indicators. * For technical indicators, the default value is 'blue' and for series, it has null. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and gaps to stroke the lines in `Line` type series. * @default '0' */ dashArray: string; /** * The stroke width for the series that is applicable only for `Line` type series. * It also represents the stroke width of the signal lines in technical indicators. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * The name of the series visible in legend. * @default '' */ name: string; /** * Specifies the DataSource for the series. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager. * @default '' */ dataSource: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Specifies query to select data from DataSource. This property is applicable only when the DataSource is `ej.data.DataManager`. * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * This property is used in financial charts to visualize the price movements in stock. * It defines the color of the candle/point, when the opening price is higher than the closing price. * @default '#e74c3d' */ bullFillColor: string; /** * This property is used in stock charts to visualize the price movements in stock. * It defines the color of the candle/point, when the opening price is less than the closing price. * @default '#2ecd71' */ bearFillColor: string; /** * This property is applicable for candle series. * It enables/disables to visually compare the current values with the previous values in stock. * @default false */ enableSolidCandles: boolean; /** * Specifies the visibility of series. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Options to customizing the border of the series. This is applicable only for `Column` and `Bar` type series. */ border: StockChartBorderModel; /** * The opacity of the series. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * The type of the series are * * Line * * Column * * Area * * Spline * * Hilo * * HiloOpenClose * * Candle * @default 'Candle' */ type: ChartSeriesType; /** * Options for displaying and customizing markers for individual points in a series. */ marker: MarkerSettingsModel; /** * Defines the collection of trendlines that are used to predict the trend */ trendlines: TrendlineModel[]; /** * If set true, the Tooltip for series will be visible. * @default true */ enableTooltip: boolean; /** * The provided value will be considered as a Tooltip name * @default '' */ tooltipMappingName: string; /** * Custom style for the selected series or points. * @default null */ selectionStyle: string; /** * It defines tension of cardinal spline types * @default 0.5 */ cardinalSplineTension: number; /** * To render the column series points with particular rounded corner. */ cornerRadius: CornerRadiusModel; /** * options to customize the empty points in series */ emptyPointSettings: EmptyPointSettingsModel; /** * To render the column series points with particular column width. If the series type is histogram the * default value is 1 otherwise 0.7. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ columnWidth: number; /** * To render the column series points with particular column spacing. It takes value from 0 - 1. * @default 0 */ columnSpacing: number; } export interface IStockChartEventArgs { /** name of the event */ name: string; /** stock chart */ stockChart: StockChart; } /** * Interface for changed events */ export interface IRangeChangeEventArgs { /** name of the event */ name: string; /** Defines the start value */ start: number | Date; /** Defines the end value */ end: number | Date; /** Defines the data source */ data: Object[]; /** Defines the selected data */ selectedData: Object[]; /** Defined the zoomPosition of the Stock chart */ zoomPosition: number; /** Defined the zoomFactor of the stock chart */ zoomFactor: number; } /** Stock event render event */ export interface IStockEventRenderArgs { /** stockChart */ stockChart: StockChart; /** Event text */ text: string; /** Event shape */ type: FlagType; /** Defines the name of the event */ name: string; /** Defines the event cancel status */ cancel: boolean; /** Defines the stock series */ series: StockSeries; } export class StockChartIndicator extends base.ChildProperty<StockChartIndicator> { /** * Defines the type of the technical indicator * @default 'Sma' */ type: TechnicalIndicators; /** * Defines the period, the price changes over which will be considered to predict the trend * @default 14 */ period: number; /** * Defines the period, the price changes over which will define the %D value in stochastic indicators * @default 3 */ dPeriod: number; /** * Defines the look back period, the price changes over which will define the %K value in stochastic indicators * @default 14 */ kPeriod: number; /** * Defines the over-bought(threshold) values. It is applicable for RSI and stochastic indicators * @default 80 */ overBought: number; /** * Defines the over-sold(threshold) values. It is applicable for RSI and stochastic indicators * @default 20 */ overSold: number; /** * Defines the field to compare the current value with previous values * @default 'Close' */ field: FinancialDataFields; /** * Sets the standard deviation values that helps to define the upper and lower bollinger bands * @default 2 */ standardDeviation: number; /** * Sets the slow period to define the Macd line * @default 12 */ slowPeriod: number; /** * Enables/Disables the over-bought and over-sold regions * @default true */ showZones: boolean; /** * Sets the fast period to define the Macd line * @default 26 */ fastPeriod: number; /** * Defines the appearance of the the MacdLine of Macd indicator * @default { color: '#ff9933', width: 2 } */ macdLine: StockChartConnectorModel; /** * Defines the type of the Macd indicator. * @default 'Both' */ macdType: MacdType; /** * Defines the color of the negative bars in Macd indicators * @default '#e74c3d' */ macdNegativeColor: string; /** * Defines the color of the positive bars in Macd indicators * @default '#2ecd71' */ macdPositiveColor: string; /** * Options for customizing the BollingerBand in the indicator. * @default 'rgba(211,211,211,0.25)' */ bandColor: string; /** * Defines the appearance of the upper line in technical indicators */ upperLine: StockChartConnectorModel; /** * Defines the name of the series, the data of which has to be depicted as indicator * @default '' */ seriesName: string; /** * Defines the appearance of period line in technical indicators */ periodLine: StockChartConnectorModel; /** * Defines the appearance of lower line in technical indicators */ lowerLine: ConnectorModel; /** * The DataSource field that contains the high value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ high: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the open value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ open: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the low value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ low: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the x value. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ xName: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the close value of y * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * @default '' */ close: string; /** * The DataSource field that contains the color value of point * It is applicable for series * @default '' */ pointColorMapping: string; /** * Defines the data source field that contains the volume value in candle charts * It is applicable for financial series and technical indicators * @default '' */ volume: string; /** * The name of the horizontal axis associated with the series. It requires `axes` of the chart. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * ```html * <div id='Chart'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * columns: [{ width: '50%' }, * { width: '50%' }], * axes: [{ * name: 'xAxis 1', * columnIndex: 1, * }], * series: [{ * dataSource: data, * xName: 'x', yName: 'y', * xAxisName: 'xAxis 1', * }], * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default null */ xAxisName: string; /** * The name of the vertical axis associated with the series. It requires `axes` of the chart. * It is applicable for series and technical indicators * ```html * <div id='Chart'></div> * ``` * @default null */ yAxisName: string; /** * Options to customizing animation for the series. */ animation: AnimationModel; /** * The fill color for the series that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * It also represents the color of the signal lines in technical indicators. * For technical indicators, the default value is 'blue' and for series, it has null. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and gaps to stroke the lines in `Line` type series. * @default '0' */ dashArray: string; /** * The stroke width for the series that is applicable only for `Line` type series. * It also represents the stroke width of the signal lines in technical indicators. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * Specifies query to select data from DataSource. This property is applicable only when the DataSource is `ej.data.DataManager`. * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * Specifies the DataSource for the series. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager. * ```html * <div id='Chart'></div> * ``` * @default '' */ dataSource: Object | data.DataManager; } export class StockChartAxis extends base.ChildProperty<StockChartAxis> { /** * Options to customize the crosshair ToolTip. */ crosshairTooltip: CrosshairTooltipModel; /** * Options to customize the axis label. */ labelStyle: StockChartFontModel; /** * Specifies the title of an axis. * @default '' */ title: string; /** * Options for customizing the axis title. */ titleStyle: StockChartFontModel; /** * Used to format the axis label that accepts any global string format like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc. * It also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label, e.g, 20°C. * @default '' */ labelFormat: string; /** * It specifies the type of format to be used in dateTime format process. * @default 'DateTime' */ skeletonType: SkeletonType; /** * Specifies the skeleton format in which the dateTime format will process. * @default '' */ skeleton: string; /** * Left and right padding for the plot area in pixels. * @default 0 */ plotOffset: number; /** * The base value for logarithmic axis. It requires `valueType` to be `Logarithmic`. * @default 10 */ logBase: number; /** * Specifies the index of the row where the axis is associated, when the chart area is divided into multiple plot areas by using `rows`. * ```html * <div id='Chart'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * rows: [{ height: '50%' }, * { height: '50%' }], * axes: [{ * name: 'yAxis 1', * rowIndex: 1, * }], * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default 0 */ rowIndex: number; /** * Specifies the number of `columns` or `rows` an axis has to span horizontally or vertically. * @default 1 */ span: number; /** * The maximum number of label count per 100 pixels with respect to the axis length. * @default 3 */ maximumLabels: number; /** * With this property, you can request axis to calculate intervals approximately equal to your specified interval. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ desiredIntervals: number; /** * The axis is scaled by this factor. When zoomFactor is 0.5, the chart is scaled by 200% along this axis. Value ranges from 0 to 1. * @default 1 */ zoomFactor: number; /** * Position of the zoomed axis. Value ranges from 0 to 1. * @default 0 */ zoomPosition: number; /** * If set to true, the axis will render at the opposite side of its default position. * @default false */ opposedPosition: boolean; /** * If set to true, axis interval will be calculated automatically with respect to the zoomed range. * @default true */ enableAutoIntervalOnZooming: boolean; /** * Specifies the type of data the axis is handling. * * Double: Renders a numeric axis. * * DateTime: Renders a dateTime axis. * * Category: Renders a category axis. * * Logarithmic: Renders a log axis. * @default 'Double' */ valueType: ValueType; /** * Specifies the padding for the axis range in terms of interval.They are, * * none: Padding cannot be applied to the axis. * * normal: Padding is applied to the axis based on the range calculation. * * additional: Interval of the axis is added as padding to the minimum and maximum values of the range. * * round: Axis range is rounded to the nearest possible value divided by the interval. * @default 'Auto' */ rangePadding: ChartRangePadding; /** * Specifies the position of labels at the edge of the axis.They are, * * None: No action will be performed. * * Hide: Edge label will be hidden. * * Shift: Shifts the edge labels. * @default 'None' */ edgeLabelPlacement: EdgeLabelPlacement; /** * Specifies the placement of a label for category axis. They are, * * betweenTicks: Renders the label between the ticks. * * onTicks: Renders the label on the ticks. * @default 'BetweenTicks' */ labelPlacement: LabelPlacement; /** * Specifies the types like `Years`, `Months`, `Days`, `Hours`, `Minutes`, `Seconds` in date time axis.They are, * * Auto: Defines the interval of the axis based on data. * * Years: Defines the interval of the axis in years. * * Months: Defines the interval of the axis in months. * * Days: Defines the interval of the axis in days. * * Hours: Defines the interval of the axis in hours. * * Minutes: Defines the interval of the axis in minutes. * @default 'Auto' */ intervalType: IntervalType; /** * Specifies the placement of a ticks to the axis line. They are, * * inside: Renders the ticks inside to the axis line. * * outside: Renders the ticks outside to the axis line. * @default 'Outside' */ tickPosition: AxisPosition; /** * Unique identifier of an axis. * To associate an axis with the series, set this name to the xAxisName/yAxisName properties of the series. * @default '' */ name: string; /** * Specifies the placement of a labels to the axis line. They are, * * inside: Renders the labels inside to the axis line. * * outside: Renders the labels outside to the axis line. * @default 'Outside' */ labelPosition: AxisPosition; /** * If set to true, axis label will be visible. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * The angle to which the axis label gets rotated. * @default 0 */ labelRotation: number; /** * Specifies the number of minor ticks per interval. * @default 0 */ minorTicksPerInterval: number; /** * Specifies the value at which the axis line has to be intersect with the vertical axis or vice versa. * @default null */ crossesAt: Object; /** * Specifies axis name with which the axis line has to be crossed * @default null */ crossesInAxis: string; /** * Specifies whether axis elements like axis labels, axis title, etc has to be crossed with axis line * @default true */ placeNextToAxisLine: boolean; /** * Specifies the minimum range of an axis. * @default null */ minimum: Object; /** * Specifies the interval for an axis. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ interval: number; /** * Specifies the maximum range of an axis. * @default null */ maximum: Object; /** * Specifies the maximum width of an axis label. * @default 34. */ maximumLabelWidth: number; /** * Options for customizing major tick lines. */ majorTickLines: MajorTickLinesModel; /** * Specifies the Trim property for an axis. * @default false */ enableTrim: boolean; /** * Options for customizing minor tick lines. */ minorTickLines: MinorTickLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing minor grid lines. */ minorGridLines: MinorGridLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing major grid lines. */ majorGridLines: MajorGridLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing axis lines. */ lineStyle: AxisLineModel; /** * It specifies whether the axis to be rendered in inversed manner or not. * @default false */ isInversed: boolean; /** * Specifies the actions like `Hide`, `Rotate45`, and `Rotate90` when the axis labels intersect with each other.They are, * * None: Shows all the labels. * * Hide: Hides the label when it intersects. * * Rotate45: Rotates the label to 45 degree when it intersects. * * Rotate90: Rotates the label to 90 degree when it intersects. * @default Hide */ labelIntersectAction: LabelIntersectAction; /** * The polar radar radius position. * @default 100 */ coefficient: number; /** * The start angle for the series. * @default 0 */ startAngle: number; /** * TabIndex value for the axis. * @default 2 */ tabIndex: number; /** * Specifies the stripLine collection for the axis */ stripLines: StockChartStripLineSettingsModel[]; /** * Description for axis and its element. * @default null */ description: string; } /** * StockChart row */ export class StockChartRow extends base.ChildProperty<StockChartRow> { /** * The height of the row as a string accept input both as '100px' and '100%'. * If specified as '100%, row renders to the full height of its chart. * @default '100%' */ height: string; /** * Options to customize the border of the rows. */ border: StockChartBorderModel; } export class StockChartTrendline extends base.ChildProperty<StockChartTrendline> { /** * Defines the period, the price changes over which will be considered to predict moving average trend line * @default 2 */ period: number; /** * Defines the name of trendline * @default '' */ name: string; /** * Defines the type of the trendline * @default 'Linear' */ type: TrendlineTypes; /** * Defines the polynomial order of the polynomial trendline * @default 2 */ polynomialOrder: number; /** * Defines the period, by which the trend has to forward forecast * @default 0 */ forwardForecast: number; /** * Defines the period, by which the trend has to backward forecast * @default 0 */ backwardForecast: number; /** * Options to customize the animation for trendlines */ animation: AnimationModel; /** * Enables/disables tooltip for trendlines * @default true */ enableTooltip: boolean; /** * Options to customize the marker for trendlines */ marker: MarkerSettingsModel; /** * Defines the intercept of the trendline * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ intercept: number; /** * Defines the fill color of trendline * @default '' */ fill: string; /** * Sets the legend shape of the trendline * @default 'SeriesType' */ legendShape: LegendShape; /** * Defines the width of the trendline * @default 1 */ width: number; } export class StockChartAnnotationSettings extends base.ChildProperty<StockChartAnnotationSettings> { /** * if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` Y specifies the axis value * else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate * @default '0' */ y: string | number; /** * if set coordinateUnit as `Pixel` X specifies the axis value * else is specifies pixel or percentage of coordinate * @default '0' */ x: string | Date | number; /** * Content of the annotation, which accepts the id of the custom element. * @default null */ content: string; /** * Specifies the regions of the annotation. They are * * Chart - Annotation renders based on chart coordinates. * * Series - Annotation renders based on series coordinates. * @default 'Chart' */ region: Regions; /** * Specifies the alignment of the annotation. They are * * Near - Align the annotation element as left side. * * Far - Align the annotation element as right side. * * Center - Align the annotation element as mid point. * @default 'Center' */ horizontalAlignment: Alignment; /** * Specifies the coordinate units of the annotation. They are * * Pixel - Annotation renders based on x and y pixel value. * * Point - Annotation renders based on x and y axis value. * @default 'Pixel' */ coordinateUnits: Units; /** * Specifies the position of the annotation. They are * * Top - Align the annotation element as top side. * * Bottom - Align the annotation element as bottom side. * * Middle - Align the annotation element as mid point. * @default 'Middle' */ verticalAlignment: Position; /** * The name of vertical axis associated with the annotation. * It requires `axes` of chart. * @default null */ yAxisName: string; /** * Information about annotation for assistive technology. * @default null */ description: string; /** * The name of horizontal axis associated with the annotation. * It requires `axes` of chart. * @default null */ xAxisName: string; } export class StockChartIndexes extends base.ChildProperty<StockChartIndexes> { /** * Specifies index of point * @default 0 * @aspType int */ point: number; /** * Specifies index of series * @default 0 * @aspType int */ series: number; } /** * Configures the Stock events for stock chart. */ export class StockEventsSettings extends base.ChildProperty<StockEventsSettings> { /** * Specifies type of stock events * * Circle * * Square * * Flag * * Text * * Sign * * Triangle * * InvertedTriangle * * ArrowUp * * ArrowDown * * ArrowLeft * * ArrowRight * @default 'Circle' */ type: FlagType; /** * Specifies the text for the stock chart text. */ text: string; /** * Specifies the description for the chart which renders in tooltip for stock event. */ description: string; /** * Date value of stock event in which stock event shows. */ date: Date; /** * Options to customize the border of the stock events. */ border: StockChartBorderModel; /** * The background of the stock event that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 'transparent' */ background: string; /** * Enables the stock events to be render on series. If it disabled, stock event rendered on primaryXAxis. * @default true */ showOnSeries: boolean; /** * Corresponding values in which stock event placed. * * Close * * Open * * High * * Close * @default 'close' */ placeAt: string; /** * Options to customize the styles for stock events text. */ textStyle: StockChartFontModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/stock-chart/renderer/cartesian-chart.d.ts /** @private */ export class CartesianChart { private stockChart; cartesianChartSize: svgBase.Size; constructor(chart: StockChart); initializeChart(): void; private findMargin; private findSeriesCollection; calculateChartSize(): svgBase.Size; private calculateUpdatedRange; /** * Cartesian chart refreshes based on start and end value * @param stockChart * @param start * @param end */ cartesianChartRefresh(stockChart: StockChart, start: number, end: number, data?: Object[]): void; private copyObject; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/stock-chart/renderer/range-selector.d.ts /** @private */ export class RangeSelector { private stockChart; constructor(stockChart: StockChart); initializeRangeNavigator(): void; private findMargin; private findSeriesCollection; private calculateChartSize; /** * Performs slider change * @param start * @param end */ sliderChange(start: number, end: number): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/stock-chart/renderer/stock-events.d.ts /** * Used for stock event calculations. */ /** * @private */ export class StockEvents extends BaseTooltip { constructor(stockChart: StockChart); private stockChart; private chartId; /** @private */ stockEventTooltip: svgBase.Tooltip; /** @private */ symbolLocations: ChartLocation[][]; private pointIndex; private seriesIndex; /** * @private * To render stock events in chart */ renderStockEvents(): Element; private findClosePoint; private createStockElements; renderStockEventTooltip(targetId: string): void; /** * Remove the stock event tooltip * @param duration */ removeStockEventTooltip(duration: number): void; private findArrowpaths; private applyHighLights; private removeHighLights; private setOpacity; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/stock-chart/renderer/toolbar-selector.d.ts /** * Period selector for range navigator */ /** @private */ export class ToolBarSelector { private stockChart; private indicatorDropDown; private trendlineDropDown; private selectedSeries; private selectedIndicator; private selectedTrendLine; constructor(chart: StockChart); initializePeriodSelector(): void; /** * This method returns itemModel for dropdown button * @param type */ private getDropDownItems; /** * This method changes the type of series while selectind series in dropdown button */ private addedSeries; initializeSeriesSelector(): void; private trendline; private indicators; private secondayIndicators; resetButton(): void; initializeTrendlineSelector(): void; initializeIndicatorSelector(): void; private getIndicator; createIndicatorAxes(type: TechnicalIndicators, args: splitbuttons.MenuEventArgs): void; tickMark(args: splitbuttons.MenuEventArgs): string; printButton(): void; exportButton(): void; calculateAutoPeriods(): PeriodsModel[]; private findRange; /** * Text elements added to while export the chart * It details about the seriesTypes, indicatorTypes and Trendlines selected in chart. */ private addExportSettings; /** @private */ private textElementSpan; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/stock-chart/stock-chart-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class StockChart */ export interface StockChartModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * The width of the stockChart as a string accepts input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, stockChart renders to the full width of its parent element. * @default null */ width?: string; /** * The height of the stockChart as a string accepts input both as '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, stockChart renders to the full height of its parent element. * @default null */ height?: string; /** * Specifies the DataSource for the stockChart. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager. * ```html * <div id='financial'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let dataManager$: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({ * url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/' * }); * let query$: Query = new Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false); * let financial: stockChart = new stockChart({ * ... * dataSource:dataManager, * series: [{ * xName: 'Id', * yName: 'Estimate', * query: query * }], * ... * }); * financial.appendTo('#financial'); * ``` * @default '' */ dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Options to customize left, right, top and bottom margins of the stockChart. */ margin?: StockMarginModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the stockChart border. */ border?: StockChartBorderModel; /** * The background color of the stockChart that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ background?: string; /** * Specifies the theme for the stockChart. * @default 'Material' */ theme?: ChartTheme; /** * Options to configure the horizontal axis. */ primaryXAxis?: StockChartAxisModel; /** * Options for configuring the border and background of the stockChart area. */ chartArea?: StockChartAreaModel; /** * Options to configure the vertical axis. */ primaryYAxis?: StockChartAxisModel; /** * Options to split stockChart into multiple plotting areas horizontally. * Each object in the collection represents a plotting area in the stockChart. */ rows?: StockChartRowModel[]; /** * Secondary axis collection for the stockChart. */ axes?: StockChartAxisModel[]; /** * The configuration for series in the stockChart. */ series?: StockSeriesModel[]; /** * The configuration for stock events in the stockChart. */ stockEvents?: StockEventsSettingsModel[]; /** * It specifies whether the stockChart should be render in transposed manner or not. * @default false */ isTransposed?: boolean; /** * Title of the chart * @default '' */ title?: string; /** * Options for customizing the title of the Chart. */ // tslint:disable-next-line:max-line-length titleStyle?: StockChartFontModel; /** * Defines the collection of technical indicators, that are used in financial markets */ indicators?: StockChartIndicatorModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the tooltip of the chart. */ tooltip?: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the crosshair of the chart. */ crosshair?: CrosshairSettingsModel; /** * Options to enable the zooming feature in the chart. */ zoomSettings?: ZoomSettingsModel; /** * It specifies whether the periodSelector to be rendered in financial chart * @default true */ enablePeriodSelector?: boolean; /** * Custom Range * @default true */ enableCustomRange?: boolean; /** * If set true, enables the animation in chart. * @default false */ isSelect?: boolean; /** * It specifies whether the range navigator to be rendered in financial chart * @default true */ enableSelector?: boolean; /** * To configure period selector options. */ periods?: PeriodsModel[]; /** * The configuration for annotation in chart. */ annotations?: StockChartAnnotationSettingsModel[]; /** * Triggers before render the selector * @event */ selectorRender?: base.EmitType<IRangeSelectorRenderEventArgs>; /** * Specifies whether series or data point has to be selected. They are, * * none: Disables the selection. * * series: selects a series. * * point: selects a point. * * cluster: selects a cluster of point * * dragXY: selects points by dragging with respect to both horizontal and vertical axes * * dragX: selects points by dragging with respect to horizontal axis. * * dragY: selects points by dragging with respect to vertical axis. * @default None */ selectionMode?: SelectionMode; /** * If set true, enables the multi selection in chart. It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series` | or `Cluster`. * @default false */ isMultiSelect?: boolean; /** * Triggers before the range navigator rendering * @event */ load?: base.EmitType<IStockChartEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after the range navigator rendering * @event */ loaded?: base.EmitType<IStockChartEventArgs>; /** * Triggers if the range is changed * @event */ rangeChange?: base.EmitType<IRangeChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each axis label is rendered. * @event */ axisLabelRender?: base.EmitType<IAxisLabelRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the tooltip for series is rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender?: base.EmitType<ITooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the series is rendered. * @event */ seriesRender?: base.EmitType<ISeriesRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the series is rendered. * @event */ stockEventRender?: base.EmitType<IStockEventRenderArgs>; /** * Specifies the point indexes to be selected while loading a chart. * It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series` | or `Cluster`. * ```html * <div id='Chart'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * selectionMode: 'Point', * selectedDataIndexes: [ { series: 0, point: 1}, * { series: 2, point: 3} ], * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default [] */ selectedDataIndexes?: StockChartIndexesModel[]; /** * It specifies the types of series in financial chart. */ seriesType?: ChartSeriesType[]; /** * It specifies the types of indicators in financial chart. */ indicatorType?: TechnicalIndicators[]; /** * It specifies the types of Export types in financial chart. */ exportType?: ExportType[]; /** * It specifies the types of trendline types in financial chart. */ trendlineType?: TrendlineTypes[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-charts/src/stock-chart/stock-chart.d.ts /** * Stock Chart */ export class StockChart extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * The width of the stockChart as a string accepts input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, stockChart renders to the full width of its parent element. * @default null */ width: string; /** * The height of the stockChart as a string accepts input both as '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, stockChart renders to the full height of its parent element. * @default null */ height: string; /** * Specifies the DataSource for the stockChart. It can be an array of JSON objects or an instance of data.DataManager. * ```html * <div id='financial'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let dataManager$: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager({ * url: 'http://mvc.syncfusion.com/Services/Northwnd.svc/Tasks/' * }); * let query$: Query = new Query().take(50).where('Estimate', 'greaterThan', 0, false); * let financial$: stockChart = new stockChart({ * ... * dataSource:dataManager, * series: [{ * xName: 'Id', * yName: 'Estimate', * query: query * }], * ... * }); * financial.appendTo('#financial'); * ``` * @default '' */ dataSource: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Options to customize left, right, top and bottom margins of the stockChart. */ margin: StockMarginModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the stockChart border. */ border: StockChartBorderModel; /** * The background color of the stockChart that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ background: string; /** * Specifies the theme for the stockChart. * @default 'Material' */ theme: ChartTheme; /** * Options to configure the horizontal axis. */ primaryXAxis: StockChartAxisModel; /** * Options for configuring the border and background of the stockChart area. */ chartArea: StockChartAreaModel; /** * Options to configure the vertical axis. */ primaryYAxis: StockChartAxisModel; /** * Options to split stockChart into multiple plotting areas horizontally. * Each object in the collection represents a plotting area in the stockChart. */ rows: StockChartRowModel[]; /** * Secondary axis collection for the stockChart. */ axes: StockChartAxisModel[]; /** * The configuration for series in the stockChart. */ series: StockSeriesModel[]; /** * The configuration for stock events in the stockChart. */ stockEvents: StockEventsSettingsModel[]; /** * It specifies whether the stockChart should be render in transposed manner or not. * @default false */ isTransposed: boolean; /** * Title of the chart * @default '' */ title: string; /** * Options for customizing the title of the Chart. */ titleStyle: StockChartFontModel; /** * Defines the collection of technical indicators, that are used in financial markets */ indicators: StockChartIndicatorModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the tooltip of the chart. */ tooltip: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the crosshair of the chart. */ crosshair: CrosshairSettingsModel; /** * Options to enable the zooming feature in the chart. */ zoomSettings: ZoomSettingsModel; /** * It specifies whether the periodSelector to be rendered in financial chart * @default true */ enablePeriodSelector: boolean; /** * Custom Range * @default true */ enableCustomRange: boolean; /** * If set true, enables the animation in chart. * @default false */ isSelect: boolean; /** * It specifies whether the range navigator to be rendered in financial chart * @default true */ enableSelector: boolean; /** * To configure period selector options. */ periods: PeriodsModel[]; /** * The configuration for annotation in chart. */ annotations: StockChartAnnotationSettingsModel[]; /** * Triggers before render the selector * @event */ selectorRender: base.EmitType<IRangeSelectorRenderEventArgs>; /** * Specifies whether series or data point has to be selected. They are, * * none: Disables the selection. * * series: selects a series. * * point: selects a point. * * cluster: selects a cluster of point * * dragXY: selects points by dragging with respect to both horizontal and vertical axes * * dragX: selects points by dragging with respect to horizontal axis. * * dragY: selects points by dragging with respect to vertical axis. * @default None */ selectionMode: SelectionMode; /** * If set true, enables the multi selection in chart. It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series` | or `Cluster`. * @default false */ isMultiSelect: boolean; /** * Triggers before the range navigator rendering * @event */ load: base.EmitType<IStockChartEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after the range navigator rendering * @event */ loaded: base.EmitType<IStockChartEventArgs>; /** * Triggers if the range is changed * @event */ rangeChange: base.EmitType<IRangeChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each axis label is rendered. * @event */ axisLabelRender: base.EmitType<IAxisLabelRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the tooltip for series is rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender: base.EmitType<ITooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the series is rendered. * @event */ seriesRender: base.EmitType<ISeriesRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the series is rendered. * @event */ stockEventRender: base.EmitType<IStockEventRenderArgs>; /** * Specifies the point indexes to be selected while loading a chart. * It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series` | or `Cluster`. * ```html * <div id='Chart'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let chart$: Chart = new Chart({ * ... * selectionMode: 'Point', * selectedDataIndexes: [ { series: 0, point: 1}, * { series: 2, point: 3} ], * ... * }); * chart.appendTo('#Chart'); * ``` * @default [] */ selectedDataIndexes: StockChartIndexesModel[]; /** * It specifies the types of series in financial chart. */ seriesType: ChartSeriesType[]; /** * It specifies the types of indicators in financial chart. */ indicatorType: TechnicalIndicators[]; /** * It specifies the types of Export types in financial chart. */ exportType: ExportType[]; /** * It specifies the types of trendline types in financial chart. */ trendlineType: TrendlineTypes[]; /** @private */ startValue: number; /** @private */ isSingleAxis: boolean; /** @private */ endValue: number; /** @private */ seriesXMax: number; /** @private */ seriesXMin: number; /** @private */ currentEnd: number; /** Overall SVG */ mainObject: Element; /** @private */ selectorObject: Element; /** @private */ chartObject: Element; /** @private */ svgObject: Element; /** @private */ isTouch: boolean; /** @private */ renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer; /** @private */ animateSeries: boolean; /** @private */ availableSize: svgBase.Size; /** @private */ titleSize: svgBase.Size; /** @private */ chartSize: svgBase.Size; /** @private */ intl: base.Internationalization; /** @private */ isDoubleTap: boolean; /** @private */ private threshold; /** @private */ isChartDrag: boolean; resizeTo: number; /** @private */ disableTrackTooltip: boolean; /** @private */ startMove: boolean; /** @private */ yAxisElements: Element; /** @private */ themeStyle: IThemeStyle; /** @private */ scrollElement: Element; private chartid; /** @private */ tempDataSource: Object[]; /** @private */ tempSeriesType: ChartSeriesType[]; /** @private */ chart: Chart; /** @private */ rangeNavigator: RangeNavigator; /** @private */ periodSelector: PeriodSelector; /** @private */ cartesianChart: CartesianChart; /** @private */ rangeSelector: RangeSelector; /** @private */ toolbarSelector: ToolBarSelector; /** @private */ stockEvent: StockEvents; /** private */ zoomChange: boolean; /** @private */ mouseDownX: number; /** @private */ mouseDownY: number; /** @private */ previousMouseMoveX: number; /** @private */ previousMouseMoveY: number; /** @private */ mouseDownXPoint: number; /** @private */ mouseUpXPoint: number; /** @private */ allowPan: boolean; /** @private */ onPanning: boolean; /** @private */ referenceXAxis: Axis; /** @private */ mouseX: number; /** @private */ mouseY: number; /** @private */ indicatorElements: Element; /** @private */ trendlinetriggered: boolean; /** @private */ periodSelectorHeight: number; /** @private */ toolbarHeight: number; /** @private */ stockChartTheme: IThemeStyle; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @hidden */ constructor(options?: StockChartModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: StockChartModel, oldProp: StockChartModel): void; /** * To change the range for chart */ rangeChanged(updatedStart: number, updatedEnd: number): void; /** * Pre render for financial Chart */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Method to bind events for chart */ private unWireEvents; private wireEvents; private initPrivateVariable; /** * Method to set culture for chart */ private setCulture; private storeDataSource; /** * To Initialize the control rendering. */ protected render(): void; /** * To set styles to resolve mvc width issue. * @param element */ private setStyle; private drawSVG; private createSecondaryElements; /** * Render period selector */ renderPeriodSelector(): void; private chartRender; /** * To render range Selector */ private renderRangeSelector; /** * Get component name */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; /** * To Remove the SVG. * @return {boolean} * @private */ removeSvg(): void; /** * Module Injection for components */ chartModuleInjection(): void; /** * find range for financal chart */ private findRange; /** * Handles the chart resize. * @return {boolean} * @private */ stockChartResize(e: Event): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse down on chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ stockChartOnMouseDown(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse up. * @return {boolean} * @private */ stockChartMouseEnd(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse up. * @return {boolean} * @private */ stockChartOnMouseUp(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): boolean; /** * To find mouse x, y for aligned chart element svg position */ private setMouseXY; /** * Handles the mouse move. * @return {boolean} * @private */ stockChartMouseMove(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse move on chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ chartOnMouseMove(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse click on chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ stockChartOnMouseClick(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): boolean; private stockChartRightClick; /** * Handles the mouse leave. * @return {boolean} * @private */ stockChartMouseLeave(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse leave on chart. * @return {boolean} * @private */ stockChartOnMouseLeave(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): boolean; /** * Destroy method */ destroy(): void; private renderBorder; /** * Render title for chart */ private renderTitle; private findTitleColor; /** * @private */ calculateStockEvents(): void; } } export namespace circulargauge { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/annotations/annotations.d.ts /** * Annotation Module handles the Annotation of the axis. */ export class Annotations { private gauge; private elementId; /** * Constructor for Annotation module. * @private. */ constructor(gauge: CircularGauge); /** * Method to render the annotation for circular gauge. */ renderAnnotation(axis: Axis, index: number): void; /** * Method to create annotation template for circular gauge. */ createTemplate(element: HTMLElement, annotationIndex: number, axisIndex: number): void; /** * Method to update the annotation location for circular gauge. */ private updateLocation; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the annotation. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(gauge: CircularGauge): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/axes/axis-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Line */ export interface LineModel { /** * The width of the line in pixels. * @default 2 */ width?: number; /** * The dash array of the axis line. * @default '' */ dashArray?: string; /** * The color of the axis line, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class Label */ export interface LabelModel { /** * The font of the axis labels */ font?: FontModel; /** * To format the axis label, which accepts any global string format like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc. * Also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label e.g. 20°C. * @default '' */ format?: string; /** * Specifies the position of the labels. They are, * * inside - Places the labels inside the axis. * * outside - Places the labels outside of the axis. * @default Inside */ position?: Position; /** * Specifies the label of an axis, which must get hide when an axis makes a complete circle. They are * * first - Hides the 1st label on intersect. * * last - Hides the last label on intersect. * * none - Places both the labels. * @default None */ hiddenLabel?: HiddenLabel; /** * if set true, the labels will get rotated along the axis. * @default false */ autoAngle?: boolean; /** * If set true, labels takes the range color. * @default false */ useRangeColor?: boolean; /** * Distance of the labels from axis in pixel. * @default 0 */ offset?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Range */ export interface RangeModel { /** * Specifies the minimum value of the range. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ start?: number; /** * Specifies the maximum value of the range. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ end?: number; /** * The radius of the range in pixels or in percentage. * @default null */ radius?: string; /** * Specifies the start width of the ranges * @default '10' */ startWidth?: number | string; /** * Specifies the end width of the ranges * @default '10' */ endWidth?: number | string; /** * Specifies the color of the ranges * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ color?: string; /** * Specifies the rounded corner radius for ranges. * @default 0 */ roundedCornerRadius?: number; /** * Specifies the opacity for ranges. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Tick */ export interface TickModel { /** * The width of the ticks in pixels. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ width?: number; /** * The height of the line in pixels. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ height?: number; /** * Specifies the interval of the tick line. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ interval?: number; /** * Distance of the ticks from axis in pixel. * @default 0 */ offset?: number; /** * The color of the tick line, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ color?: string; /** * Specifies the position of the ticks. They are * * inside - Places the ticks inside the axis. * * outside - Places the ticks outside of the axis. * @default Inside */ position?: Position; /** * If set true, major ticks takes the range color. * @default false */ useRangeColor?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class Cap */ export interface CapModel { /** * The color of the cap. * @default null */ color?: string; /** * Options for customizing the border of the cap. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Radius of the cap in pixels. * @default 8 */ radius?: number; } /** * Interface for a class NeedleTail */ export interface NeedleTailModel { /** * The color of the back needle. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ color?: string; /** * Options for customizing the border of the back needle. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * The radius of the back needle in pixels or in percentage. * @default '0%' */ length?: string; } /** * Interface for a class Animation */ export interface AnimationModel { /** * If set true, pointers get animate on initial loading. * @default true */ enable?: boolean; /** * Duration of animation in milliseconds. * @default 1000 */ duration?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Annotation */ export interface AnnotationModel { /** * Content of the annotation, which accepts the id of the custom element. * @default null */ content?: string; /** * Angle for annotation with respect to axis. * @default 90 */ angle?: number; /** * Radius for annotation with respect to axis. * @default '50%' */ radius?: string; /** * Order of an annotation in an axis. * @default '-1' */ zIndex?: string; /** * Rotates the annotation along the axis. * @default false */ autoAngle?: boolean; /** * Options for customizing the annotation text. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Information about annotation for assistive technology. * @default null */ description?: string; } /** * Interface for a class Pointer */ export interface PointerModel { /** * Specifies the value of the pointer. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ value?: number; /** * Specifies the type of pointer for an axis. * * needle - Renders a needle. * * marker - Renders a marker. * * rangeBar - Renders a rangeBar. * @default Needle */ type?: PointerType; /** * Specifies the rounded corner radius for pointer. * @default 0 */ roundedCornerRadius?: number; /** * The URL for the Image that is to be displayed as pointer. * It requires marker shape value to be Image. * @default null */ imageUrl?: string; /** * Length of the pointer in pixels or in percentage. * @default null */ radius?: string; /** * Width of the pointer in pixels. * @default 20 */ pointerWidth?: number; /** * Options for customizing the cap */ cap?: CapModel; /** * Options for customizing the back needle. */ needleTail?: NeedleTailModel; /** * The color of the pointer. */ color?: string; /** * Options for customizing the border of the needle. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Configures the animation of pointers. */ animation?: AnimationModel; /** * Specifies the shape of the marker. They are * * circle - Renders a circle. * * rectangle - Renders a rectangle. * * triangle - Renders a triangle. * * diamond - Renders a diamond. * * invertedTriangle - Renders a invertedTriangle. * * image - Renders a image. * @default Circle */ markerShape?: GaugeShape; /** * The height of the marker in pixels. * @default 5 */ markerHeight?: number; /** * Information about pointer for assistive technology. * @default null */ description?: string; /** * The width of the marker in pixels. * @default 5 */ markerWidth?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Axis */ export interface AxisModel { /** * Specifies the minimum value of an axis. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ minimum?: number; /** * Specifies the maximum value of an axis. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ maximum?: number; /** * Specifies the last label to be shown * @default false */ showLastLabel?: boolean; /** * Specifies the rounding Off value in the label * @default null */ roundingPlaces?: number; /** * Radius of an axis in pixels or in percentage. * @default null */ radius?: string; /** * Options for customizing the axis lines. */ lineStyle?: LineModel; /** * Options for customizing the ranges of an axis */ ranges?: RangeModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the pointers of an axis */ pointers?: PointerModel[]; /** * ‘Annotation’ module is used to handle annotation action for an axis. */ annotations?: AnnotationModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the major tick lines. */ majorTicks?: TickModel; /** * Options for customizing the minor tick lines. */ minorTicks?: TickModel; /** * The start angle of an axis * @default 200 */ startAngle?: number; /** * The end angle of an axis * @default 160 */ endAngle?: number; /** * Specifies the direction of an axis. They are * * clockWise - Renders the axis in clock wise direction. * * antiClockWise - Renders the axis in anti-clock wise direction. * @default ClockWise */ direction?: GaugeDirection; /** * The background color of the axis, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ background?: string; /** * Specifies the range gap property by pixel value. * @default null */ rangeGap?: number; /** * Specifies the start and end range gap. * @default false */ startAndEndRangeGap?: boolean; /** * Options to customize the axis label. */ labelStyle?: LabelModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/axes/axis-panel.d.ts export class AxisLayoutPanel { private gauge; private farSizes; private axisRenderer; pointerRenderer: PointerRenderer; constructor(gauge: CircularGauge); /** * Measure the calculate the axis size and radius. * @return {void} * @private */ measureAxis(rect: Rect): void; /** * Measure to calculate the axis radius of the circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ private calculateAxesRadius; /** * Measure to calculate the axis size. * @return {void} * @private */ private measureAxisSize; /** * Calculate the axis values of the circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ private calculateAxisValues; /** * Calculate the visible range of an axis. * @return {void} * @private */ private calculateVisibleRange; /** * Calculate the numeric intervals of an axis range. * @return {void} * @private */ private calculateNumericInterval; /** * Calculate the nice interval of an axis range. * @return {void} * @private */ private calculateNiceInterval; /** * Calculate the visible labels of an axis. * @return {void} * @private */ private calculateVisibleLabels; /** * Measure the axes available size. * @return {void} * @private */ private computeSize; /** * To render the Axis element of the circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ renderAxes(animate?: boolean): void; /** * Calculate maximum label width for the axis. * @return {void} */ private getMaxLabelWidth; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/axes/axis-renderer.d.ts /** * Specifies the Axis rendering for circular gauge */ export class AxisRenderer { private majorValues; private gauge; /** * Constructor for axis renderer. * @private. */ constructor(gauge: CircularGauge); /** * Method to render the axis element of the circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ drawAxisOuterLine(axis: Axis, index: number, element: Element, gauge: CircularGauge): void; /** * Method to render the axis line of the circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ drawAxisLine(axis: Axis, index: number, element: Element, gauge: CircularGauge): void; /** * Method to render the axis labels of the circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ drawAxisLabels(axis: Axis, index: number, element: Element, gauge: CircularGauge): void; /** * Method to find the anchor of the axis label. * @private */ private findAnchor; /** * Method to render the axis minor tick lines of the circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ drawMinorTickLines(axis: Axis, index: number, element: Element, gauge: CircularGauge): void; /** * Method to render the axis major tick lines of the circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ drawMajorTickLines(axis: Axis, index: number, element: Element, gauge: CircularGauge): void; /** * Method to calcualte the tick elements for the circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ calculateTicks(value: number, options: Tick, axis: Axis): string; /** * Method to render the axis range of the circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ drawAxisRange(axis: Axis, index: number, element: Element, gauge: CircularGauge): void; /** * Method to calculate the radius of the axis range. * @return {void} */ private calculateRangeRadius; /** * Method to get the range color of the circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ setRangeColor(axis: Axis): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/axes/axis.d.ts /** * Configures the axis line. */ export class Line extends base.ChildProperty<Line> { /** * The width of the line in pixels. * @default 2 */ width: number; /** * The dash array of the axis line. * @default '' */ dashArray: string; /** * The color of the axis line, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. */ color: string; } /** * Configures the axis label. */ export class Label extends base.ChildProperty<Label> { /** * The font of the axis labels */ font: FontModel; /** * To format the axis label, which accepts any global string format like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc. * Also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label e.g. 20°C. * @default '' */ format: string; /** * Specifies the position of the labels. They are, * * inside - Places the labels inside the axis. * * outside - Places the labels outside of the axis. * @default Inside */ position: Position; /** * Specifies the label of an axis, which must get hide when an axis makes a complete circle. They are * * first - Hides the 1st label on intersect. * * last - Hides the last label on intersect. * * none - Places both the labels. * @default None */ hiddenLabel: HiddenLabel; /** * if set true, the labels will get rotated along the axis. * @default false */ autoAngle: boolean; /** * If set true, labels takes the range color. * @default false */ useRangeColor: boolean; /** * Distance of the labels from axis in pixel. * @default 0 */ offset: number; } /** * Configures the ranges of an axis. */ export class Range extends base.ChildProperty<Range> { /** * Specifies the minimum value of the range. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ start: number; /** * Specifies the maximum value of the range. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ end: number; /** * The radius of the range in pixels or in percentage. * @default null */ radius: string; /** * Specifies the start width of the ranges * @default '10' */ startWidth: number | string; /** * Specifies the end width of the ranges * @default '10' */ endWidth: number | string; /** * Specifies the color of the ranges * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ color: string; /** * Specifies the rounded corner radius for ranges. * @default 0 */ roundedCornerRadius: number; /** * Specifies the opacity for ranges. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** @private */ currentRadius: number; /** @private */ rangeColor: string; } /** * Configures the major and minor tick lines of an axis. */ export class Tick extends base.ChildProperty<Tick> { /** * The width of the ticks in pixels. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ width: number; /** * The height of the line in pixels. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ height: number; /** * Specifies the interval of the tick line. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ interval: number; /** * Distance of the ticks from axis in pixel. * @default 0 */ offset: number; /** * The color of the tick line, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ color: string; /** * Specifies the position of the ticks. They are * * inside - Places the ticks inside the axis. * * outside - Places the ticks outside of the axis. * @default Inside */ position: Position; /** * If set true, major ticks takes the range color. * @default false */ useRangeColor: boolean; } /** * Configures the needle cap in pointer. */ export class Cap extends base.ChildProperty<Cap> { /** * The color of the cap. * @default null */ color: string; /** * Options for customizing the border of the cap. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Radius of the cap in pixels. * @default 8 */ radius: number; } /** * Configures the back needle in pointers. */ export class NeedleTail extends base.ChildProperty<NeedleTail> { /** * The color of the back needle. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ color: string; /** * Options for customizing the border of the back needle. */ border: BorderModel; /** * The radius of the back needle in pixels or in percentage. * @default '0%' */ length: string; } /** * Configures the animation of pointers. */ export class Animation extends base.ChildProperty<Animation> { /** * If set true, pointers get animate on initial loading. * @default true */ enable: boolean; /** * Duration of animation in milliseconds. * @default 1000 */ duration: number; } /** * ‘Annotation’ module is used to handle annotation action for an axis. */ export class Annotation extends base.ChildProperty<Annotation> { /** * Content of the annotation, which accepts the id of the custom element. * @default null */ content: string; /** * Angle for annotation with respect to axis. * @default 90 */ angle: number; /** * Radius for annotation with respect to axis. * @default '50%' */ radius: string; /** * Order of an annotation in an axis. * @default '-1' */ zIndex: string; /** * Rotates the annotation along the axis. * @default false */ autoAngle: boolean; /** * Options for customizing the annotation text. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Information about annotation for assistive technology. * @default null */ description: string; } /** * Configures the pointers of an axis. */ export class Pointer extends base.ChildProperty<Pointer> { /** * Specifies the value of the pointer. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ value: number; /** * Specifies the type of pointer for an axis. * * needle - Renders a needle. * * marker - Renders a marker. * * rangeBar - Renders a rangeBar. * @default Needle */ type: PointerType; /** * Specifies the rounded corner radius for pointer. * @default 0 */ roundedCornerRadius: number; /** * The URL for the Image that is to be displayed as pointer. * It requires marker shape value to be Image. * @default null */ imageUrl: string; /** * Length of the pointer in pixels or in percentage. * @default null */ radius: string; /** * Width of the pointer in pixels. * @default 20 */ pointerWidth: number; /** * Options for customizing the cap */ cap: CapModel; /** * Options for customizing the back needle. */ needleTail: NeedleTailModel; /** * The color of the pointer. */ color: string; /** * Options for customizing the border of the needle. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Configures the animation of pointers. */ animation: AnimationModel; /** * Specifies the shape of the marker. They are * * circle - Renders a circle. * * rectangle - Renders a rectangle. * * triangle - Renders a triangle. * * diamond - Renders a diamond. * * invertedTriangle - Renders a invertedTriangle. * * image - Renders a image. * @default Circle */ markerShape: GaugeShape; /** * The height of the marker in pixels. * @default 5 */ markerHeight: number; /** * Information about pointer for assistive technology. * @default null */ description: string; /** * The width of the marker in pixels. * @default 5 */ markerWidth: number; /** @private */ currentValue: number; /** @private */ pathElement: Element[]; /** @private */ currentRadius: number; } /** * Configures an axis in a gauge. */ export class Axis extends base.ChildProperty<Axis> { /** * Specifies the minimum value of an axis. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ minimum: number; /** * Specifies the maximum value of an axis. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ maximum: number; /** * Specifies the last label to be shown * @default false */ showLastLabel: boolean; /** * Specifies the rounding Off value in the label * @default null */ roundingPlaces: number; /** * Radius of an axis in pixels or in percentage. * @default null */ radius: string; /** * Options for customizing the axis lines. */ lineStyle: LineModel; /** * Options for customizing the ranges of an axis */ ranges: RangeModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the pointers of an axis */ pointers: PointerModel[]; /** * ‘Annotation’ module is used to handle annotation action for an axis. */ annotations: AnnotationModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the major tick lines. */ majorTicks: TickModel; /** * Options for customizing the minor tick lines. */ minorTicks: TickModel; /** * The start angle of an axis * @default 200 */ startAngle: number; /** * The end angle of an axis * @default 160 */ endAngle: number; /** * Specifies the direction of an axis. They are * * clockWise - Renders the axis in clock wise direction. * * antiClockWise - Renders the axis in anti-clock wise direction. * @default ClockWise */ direction: GaugeDirection; /** * The background color of the axis, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ background: string; /** * Specifies the range gap property by pixel value. * @default null */ rangeGap: number; /** * Specifies the start and end range gap. * @default false */ startAndEndRangeGap: boolean; /** * Options to customize the axis label. */ labelStyle: LabelModel; /** @private */ currentRadius: number; /** @private */ visibleRange: VisibleRangeModel; /** @private */ visibleLabels: VisibleLabels[]; /** @private */ maxLabelSize: Size; /** @private */ rect: Rect; /** @private */ nearSize: number; /** @private */ farSize: number; } /** @private */ export interface VisibleRangeModel { min?: number; max?: number; interval?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/axes/pointer-renderer.d.ts /** * Specifies the Axis rendering for circular gauge */ export class PointerRenderer { private gauge; /** * Constructor for pointer renderer. * @private. */ constructor(gauge: CircularGauge); /** * Method to render the axis pointers of the circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ drawPointers(axis: Axis, axisIndex: number, element: Element, gauge: CircularGauge, animate?: boolean): void; /** * Measure the pointer length of the circular gauge. * @return {void} */ private calculatePointerRadius; /** * Method to render the needle pointer of the ciruclar gauge. * @return {void} */ private drawNeedlePointer; /** * Method to set the pointer value of the circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ setPointerValue(axis: Axis, pointer: Pointer, value: number): void; /** * Method to render the marker pointer of the ciruclar gauge. * @return {void} */ private drawMarkerPointer; /** * Method to render the range bar pointer of the ciruclar gauge. * @return {void} */ private drawRangeBarPointer; /** * Method to perform the animation of the pointer in circular gauge. * @return {void} */ private doPointerAnimation; /** * Perform the needle and marker pointer animation for circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ performNeedleAnimation(element: HTMLElement, start: number, end: number, axis: Axis, pointer: Pointer, radius?: number, innerRadius?: number): void; /** * Perform the range bar pointer animation for circular gauge. * @return {void} * @private */ performRangeBarAnimation(element: HTMLElement, start: number, end: number, axis: Axis, pointer: Pointer, radius: number, innerRadius?: number): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/circular-gauge-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class CircularGauge */ export interface CircularGaugeModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * The width of the circular gauge as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, gauge will render to the full width of its parent element. * @default null */ width?: string; /** * The height of the circular gauge as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, gauge will render to the full height of its parent element. * @default null */ height?: string; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the gauge border. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * The background color of the gauge, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ background?: string; /** * Title for gauge * @default '' */ title?: string; /** * Options for customizing the title of Gauge. */ titleStyle?: FontModel; /** * Options to customize the left, right, top and bottom margins of the gauge. */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Options for customizing the axes of gauge */ axes?: AxisModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the tooltip of gauge. */ tooltip?: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * If set true, pointers can able to drag on interaction. * @default false */ enablePointerDrag?: boolean; /** * X coordinate of the circular gauge center point, which takes values either in pixels or in percentage. * @default null */ centerX?: string; /** * Y coordinate of the circular gauge center point, which takes values either in pixels or in percentage. * @default null */ centerY?: string; /** * To place the half or quarter circle in center position, if values not specified for centerX and centerY. * @default false */ moveToCenter?: boolean; /** * Specifies the theme for circular gauge. * * Material - Gauge render with material theme. * * Fabric - Gauge render with fabric theme. * @default Material */ theme?: GaugeTheme; /** * Specifies whether a grouping separator should be used for a number. * @default false */ useGroupingSeparator?: boolean; /** * Information about gauge for assistive technology. * @default null */ description?: string; /** * TabIndex value for the gauge. * @default 1 */ tabIndex?: number; /** * Triggers after gauge loaded. * @event */ loaded?: base.EmitType<ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before gauge load. * @event */ load?: base.EmitType<ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after animation gets completed for pointers. * @event */ animationComplete?: base.EmitType<IAnimationCompleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each axis label gets rendered. * @event */ axisLabelRender?: base.EmitType<IAxisLabelRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the radius gets rendered * @event */ radiusCalculate?: base.EmitType<IRadiusCalculateEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each annotation gets rendered. * @event */ annotationRender?: base.EmitType<IAnnotationRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the tooltip for pointer gets rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender?: base.EmitType<ITooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the pointer is dragged. * @event */ dragStart?: base.EmitType<IPointerDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while dragging the pointers. * @event */ dragMove?: base.EmitType<IPointerDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after the pointer is dragged. * @event */ dragEnd?: base.EmitType<IPointerDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on hovering the circular gauge. * @event */ gaugeMouseMove?: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while cursor leaves the circular gauge. * @event */ gaugeMouseLeave?: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on mouse down. * @event */ gaugeMouseDown?: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on mouse up. * @event */ gaugeMouseUp?: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after window resize. * @event */ resized?: base.EmitType<IResizeEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/circular-gauge.d.ts /** * Circular Gauge */ /** * Represents the Circular gauge control. * ```html * <div id="gauge"/> * <script> * var gaugeObj = new CircularGauge(); * gaugeObj.appendTo("#gauge"); * </script> * ``` */ export class CircularGauge extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * annotationModule is used to add annotation in gauge. */ annotationsModule: Annotations; /** * `tooltipModule` is used to show the tooltip to the circular gauge.. */ tooltipModule: GaugeTooltip; /** * The width of the circular gauge as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, gauge will render to the full width of its parent element. * @default null */ width: string; /** * The height of the circular gauge as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, gauge will render to the full height of its parent element. * @default null */ height: string; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the gauge border. */ border: BorderModel; /** * The background color of the gauge, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ background: string; /** * Title for gauge * @default '' */ title: string; /** * Options for customizing the title of Gauge. */ titleStyle: FontModel; /** * Options to customize the left, right, top and bottom margins of the gauge. */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Options for customizing the axes of gauge */ axes: AxisModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the tooltip of gauge. */ tooltip: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * If set true, pointers can able to drag on interaction. * @default false */ enablePointerDrag: boolean; /** * X coordinate of the circular gauge center point, which takes values either in pixels or in percentage. * @default null */ centerX: string; /** * Y coordinate of the circular gauge center point, which takes values either in pixels or in percentage. * @default null */ centerY: string; /** * To place the half or quarter circle in center position, if values not specified for centerX and centerY. * @default false */ moveToCenter: boolean; /** * Specifies the theme for circular gauge. * * Material - Gauge render with material theme. * * Fabric - Gauge render with fabric theme. * @default Material */ theme: GaugeTheme; /** * Specifies whether a grouping separator should be used for a number. * @default false */ useGroupingSeparator: boolean; /** * Information about gauge for assistive technology. * @default null */ description: string; /** * TabIndex value for the gauge. * @default 1 */ tabIndex: number; /** * Triggers after gauge loaded. * @event */ loaded: base.EmitType<ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before gauge load. * @event */ load: base.EmitType<ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after animation gets completed for pointers. * @event */ animationComplete: base.EmitType<IAnimationCompleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each axis label gets rendered. * @event */ axisLabelRender: base.EmitType<IAxisLabelRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the radius gets rendered * @event */ radiusCalculate: base.EmitType<IRadiusCalculateEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each annotation gets rendered. * @event */ annotationRender: base.EmitType<IAnnotationRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the tooltip for pointer gets rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender: base.EmitType<ITooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the pointer is dragged. * @event */ dragStart: base.EmitType<IPointerDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while dragging the pointers. * @event */ dragMove: base.EmitType<IPointerDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after the pointer is dragged. * @event */ dragEnd: base.EmitType<IPointerDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on hovering the circular gauge. * @event */ gaugeMouseMove: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while cursor leaves the circular gauge. * @event */ gaugeMouseLeave: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on mouse down. * @event */ gaugeMouseDown: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on mouse up. * @event */ gaugeMouseUp: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after window resize. * @event */ resized: base.EmitType<IResizeEventArgs>; /** @private */ renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer; /** @private */ svgObject: Element; /** @private */ availableSize: Size; /** @private */ intl: base.Internationalization; /** @private */ private resizeTo; /** @private */ midPoint: GaugeLocation; /** @private */ activePointer: Pointer; /** @private */ activeAxis: Axis; /** @private */ gaugeRect: Rect; /** @private */ animatePointer: boolean; /** @private */ /** * Render axis panel for gauge. * @hidden */ gaugeAxisLayoutPanel: AxisLayoutPanel; /** * @private */ themeStyle: IThemeStyle; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @hidden */ constructor(options?: CircularGaugeModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * To create svg object, renderer and binding events for the container. */ protected preRender(): void; /** * To render the circular gauge elements */ protected render(): void; private setTheme; /** * Method to unbind events for circular gauge */ private unWireEvents; /** * Method to bind events for circular gauge */ private wireEvents; /** * Handles the mouse move. * @return {boolean} * @private */ mouseMove(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse leave. * @return {boolean} * @private */ mouseLeave(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse right click. * @return {boolean} * @private */ gaugeRightClick(event: MouseEvent | PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the pointer draf while mouse move on gauge. * @private */ pointerDrag(location: GaugeLocation): void; /** * Handles the mouse down on gauge. * @return {boolean} * @private */ gaugeOnMouseDown(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse end. * @return {boolean} * @private */ mouseEnd(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse event arguments. * @return {IMouseEventArgs} * @private */ private getMouseArgs; /** * Handles the gauge resize. * @return {boolean} * @private */ gaugeResize(e: Event): boolean; /** * Applying styles for circular gauge elements */ private setGaugeStyle; /** * Method to set culture for gauge */ private setCulture; /** * Methods to create svg element for circular gauge. */ private createSvg; /** * To Remove the SVG from circular gauge. * @return {boolean} * @private */ removeSvg(): void; /** * To initialize the circular gauge private variable. * @private */ private initPrivateVariable; /** * To calculate the size of the circular gauge element. */ private calculateSvgSize; /** * Method to calculate the availble size for circular gauge. */ private calculateBounds; /** * To render elements for circular gauge */ private renderElements; /** * Method to render the title for circular gauge. */ private renderTitle; /** * Method to render the border for circular gauge. */ private renderBorder; /** * Method to set the pointer value dynamically for circular gauge. */ setPointerValue(axisIndex: number, pointerIndex: number, value: number): void; /** * Method to set the annotation content dynamically for circular gauge. */ setAnnotationValue(axisIndex: number, annotationIndex: number, content: string): void; /** * Method to set the range values dynamically for circular gauge. */ setRangeValue(axisIndex: number, rangeIndex: number, start: number, end: number): void; /** * To destroy the widget * @method destroy * @return {void} * @member of Circular-Gauge */ destroy(): void; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for control rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @private */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: CircularGaugeModel, oldProp: CircularGaugeModel): void; /** * Get component name for circular gauge * @private */ getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/index.d.ts /** * Circular Gauge component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/model/base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Border */ export interface BorderModel { /** * The color of the border, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. */ color?: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ width?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Font */ export interface FontModel { /** * Font size for text. * @default '16px' */ size?: string; /** * Color for text. */ color?: string; /** * FontFamily for text. * @default 'segoe UI' */ fontFamily?: string; /** * FontWeight for text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontWeight?: string; /** * FontStyle for text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontStyle?: string; /** * Opacity for text. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Margin */ export interface MarginModel { /** * Left margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ left?: number; /** * Right margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ right?: number; /** * Top margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ top?: number; /** * Bottom margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ bottom?: number; } /** * Interface for a class TooltipSettings */ export interface TooltipSettingsModel { /** * Enable / Disable the visibility of tooltip. * @default false */ enable?: boolean; /** * The fill color of the tooltip, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * Options to customize the tooltip text. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Format of the tooltip content. * @default null */ format?: string; /** * Custom template to format the tooltip content. Use ${x} and ${y} as a placeholder text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null */ template?: string; /** * If set true, tooltip will animate, while moving from one point to another. * @default true */ enableAnimation?: boolean; /** * Options to customize the border for tooltip. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Options to show the tooltip position on pointer * @default false */ showAtMousePosition?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/model/base.d.ts /** * Configures the borders in circular gauge. */ export class Border extends base.ChildProperty<Border> { /** * The color of the border, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. */ color: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ width: number; } /** * Configures the fonts in circular gauge. */ export class Font extends base.ChildProperty<Font> { /** * Font size for text. * @default '16px' */ size: string; /** * Color for text. */ color: string; /** * FontFamily for text. * @default 'segoe UI' */ fontFamily: string; /** * FontWeight for text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontWeight: string; /** * FontStyle for text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontStyle: string; /** * Opacity for text. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; } /** * Configures the margin of circular gauge. */ export class Margin extends base.ChildProperty<Margin> { /** * Left margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ left: number; /** * Right margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ right: number; /** * Top margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ top: number; /** * Bottom margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ bottom: number; } /** * Configures the tooltip in circular gauge. */ export class TooltipSettings extends base.ChildProperty<TooltipSettings> { /** * Enable / Disable the visibility of tooltip. * @default false */ enable: boolean; /** * The fill color of the tooltip, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * Options to customize the tooltip text. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Format of the tooltip content. * @default null */ format: string; /** * Custom template to format the tooltip content. Use ${x} and ${y} as a placeholder text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null */ template: string; /** * If set true, tooltip will animate, while moving from one point to another. * @default true */ enableAnimation: boolean; /** * Options to customize the border for tooltip. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Options to show the tooltip position on pointer * @default false */ showAtMousePosition: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/model/constants.d.ts /** * Specifies the gauge constant value */ /** @private */ export const loaded: string; /** @private */ export const load: string; /** @private */ export const animationComplete: string; /** @private */ export const axisLabelRender: string; /** @private */ export const radiusCalculate: string; /** @private */ export const tooltipRender: string; /** @private */ export const annotationRender: string; /** @private */ export const gaugeMouseMove: string; /** @private */ export const gaugeMouseLeave: string; /** @private */ export const gaugeMouseDown: string; /** @private */ export const gaugeMouseUp: string; /** @private */ export const dragStart: string; /** @private */ export const dragMove: string; /** @private */ export const dragEnd: string; /** @private */ export const resized: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/model/interface.d.ts /** * interface doc */ /** * Specifies Circular-Gauge Events */ export interface ICircularGaugeEventArgs { /** * name of the event */ name: string; /** * to cancel the event */ cancel: boolean; } /** * Specifies Loaded event arguments for circular gauge. */ export interface ILoadedEventArgs extends ICircularGaugeEventArgs { /** * gauge event argument */ gauge: CircularGauge; } /** * Specifies AnimationComplete event arguments for circular gauge. */ export interface IAnimationCompleteEventArgs extends ICircularGaugeEventArgs { /** * axis event argument */ axis: Axis; /** * pointer event argument */ pointer: Pointer; } /** * Specifies AxisLabelRender event arguments for circular gauge. */ export interface IAxisLabelRenderEventArgs extends ICircularGaugeEventArgs { /** * axis event argument */ axis: Axis; /** * text event argument */ text: string; /** * value event argument */ value: number; } /** * Specifies radiusRender event arguments for circular gauge */ export interface IRadiusCalculateEventArgs extends ICircularGaugeEventArgs { /** * Instance of Circular gauge component */ gauge: CircularGauge; /** * current radius event argument */ currentRadius: number; /** * axis event argument */ axis: Axis; /** * midpoint event argument */ midPoint: GaugeLocation; } /** * Specifies TooltipRender event arguments for circular gauge. */ export interface ITooltipRenderEventArgs extends ICircularGaugeEventArgs { /** * Instance of linear gauge component. */ gauge: CircularGauge; /** * Tooltip event */ event: PointerEvent; /** * Render the tooltip content */ content?: string; /** * Tooltip configuration */ tooltip?: TooltipSettings; /** * Render the tooltip location */ location?: GaugeLocation; /** * event argument axis */ axis: Axis; /** * event argument pointer */ pointer: Pointer; } /** * Specifies AnnotationRender event arguments for circular gauge. */ export interface IAnnotationRenderEventArgs extends ICircularGaugeEventArgs { /** * content event argument */ content?: string; /** * textStyle event argument */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * axis event argument */ axis: Axis; /** * annotation event argument */ annotation: Annotation; } /** * Specifies DragStart, DragMove and DragEnd events arguments for circular gauge. */ export interface IPointerDragEventArgs { /** * name event argument */ name: string; /** * axis event argument */ axis: Axis; /** * pointer event argument */ pointer: Pointer; /** * currentValue event argument */ currentValue: number; /** * previousValue event argument */ previousValue?: number; } /** * Specifies Resize event arguments for circular gauge. */ export interface IResizeEventArgs { /** * name event argument */ name: string; /** * previousSize event argument */ previousSize: Size; /** * currentSize event argument */ currentSize: Size; /** * gauge event argument */ gauge: CircularGauge; } /** * Specifies Mouse events arguments for circular gauge. */ export interface IMouseEventArgs extends ICircularGaugeEventArgs { /** * target event argument */ target: Element; /** * x event argument */ x: number; /** * y event argument */ y: number; } /** * Specifies visible point */ export interface IVisiblePointer { /** * axisIndex event argument */ axisIndex?: number; /** * pointerIndex event argument */ pointerIndex?: number; } /** * Specifies font mapping */ export interface IFontMapping { /** * size event argument */ size?: string; /** * color event argument */ color?: string; /** * fontWeight event argument */ fontWeight?: string; /** * fontStyle event argument */ fontStyle?: string; /** * fontFamily event argument */ fontFamily?: string; } export interface IThemeStyle { backgroundColor: string; titleFontColor: string; tooltipFillColor: string; tooltipFontColor: string; lineColor: string; labelColor: string; majorTickColor: string; minorTickColor: string; pointerColor: string; needleColor: string; needleTailColor: string; capColor: string; fontFamily?: string; fontSize?: string; labelFontFamily?: string; tooltipFillOpacity?: number; tooltipTextOpacity?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/model/theme.d.ts /** * Specifies gauge Themes */ export namespace Theme { /** @private */ let axisLabelFont: IFontMapping; } /** @private */ export function getRangePalette(theme: string): string[]; /** @private */ export function getThemeStyle(theme: GaugeTheme): IThemeStyle; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/user-interaction/tooltip.d.ts /** * Tooltip Module handles the tooltip of the circular gauge */ export class GaugeTooltip { private gauge; private tooltipEle; private currentAxis; private tooltip; private currentPointer; private borderStyle; private textStyle; private svgTooltip; private tooltipId; private tooltipPosition; private arrowInverted; private tooltipRect; private clearTimeout; private pointerEle; /** * Constructor for Tooltip module. * @private. */ constructor(gauge: CircularGauge); /** * Method to render the tooltip for circular gauge. */ renderTooltip(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * Method to find the position of the tooltip anchor for circular gauge. */ private findPosition; removeTooltip(): void; mouseUpHandler(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To bind events for tooltip module */ addEventListener(): void; /** * To unbind events for tooltip module */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(gauge: CircularGauge): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/utils/enum.d.ts /** * Defines position of the axis ticks / labels. They are * * inside * * outside * @private */ export type Position = /** Inside position of the tick line / axis label. */ 'Inside' | /** Outside position of the tick line / axis label. */ 'Outside'; /** * Defines Pointer type of the axis. They are * * needle * * marker * * rangeBar * @private */ export type PointerType = /** Specifies the pointer type as needle. */ 'Needle' | /** Specifies the pointer type as marker. */ 'Marker' | /** Specifies the pointer type as range bar. */ 'RangeBar'; /** * Defines Direction of the gauge. They are * * ClockWise * * AntiClockWise * @private */ export type GaugeDirection = /** Renders the axis in clock wise direction. */ 'ClockWise' | /** Renders the axis in anti-clock wise direction. */ 'AntiClockWise'; /** * Defines Theme of the gauge. They are * * Material * * Fabric * @private */ export type GaugeTheme = /** Render a gauge with Material theme. */ 'Material' | /** Render a gauge with Bootstrap theme. */ 'Bootstrap' | /** Render a gauge with Highcontrast light theme. */ 'HighContrastLight' | /** Render a gauge with Fabric theme. */ 'Fabric' | /** Render a chart with Material Dark theme. */ 'MaterialDark' | /** Render a chart with Fabric Dark theme. */ 'FabricDark' | /** Render a chart with Highcontrast Dark theme. */ 'Highcontrast' | /** Render a chart with Highcontrast Dark theme. */ 'HighContrast' | /** Render a chart with Bootstrap Dark theme. */ 'BootstrapDark' | /** Render a chart with Bootstrap 4 theme. */ 'Bootstrap4'; /** * Defines Hidden label of the axis. They are * * First * * Last * @private */ export type HiddenLabel = /** Hides the 1st label on intersect. */ 'First' | /** Hides the last label on intersect. */ 'Last' | /** Places both the labels. */ 'None'; /** * Defines the shape of marker. They are * * circle - Renders a circle. * * rectangle - Renders a rectangle. * * triangle - Renders a triangle. * * diamond - Renders a diamond. * * cross - Renders a cross. * * horizontalLine - Renders a horizontalLine. * * verticalLine - Renders a verticalLine. * * pentagon- Renders a pentagon. * * invertedTriangle - Renders a invertedTriangle. * * image - Renders a image. */ export type GaugeShape = /** Render a circle. */ 'Circle' | /** Render a Rectangle. */ 'Rectangle' | /** Render a Triangle. */ 'Triangle' | /** Render a Diamond. */ 'Diamond' | /** Render a InvertedTriangle. */ 'InvertedTriangle' | /** Render a Image. */ 'Image'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/circular-gauge/utils/helper.d.ts /** * Function to measure the height and width of the text. * @param {string} text * @param {FontModel} font * @param {string} id * @returns Size * @private */ export function measureText(text: string, font: FontModel): Size; /** * Function to find number from string * * @returns number * @private */ export function toPixel(value: string, maxDimension: number): number; /** * Function to get the style from FontModel. * @returns string * @private */ export function getFontStyle(font: FontModel): string; /** * Function to set style to the element. * @private */ export function setStyles(element: HTMLElement, fill: string, border: BorderModel): void; /** * Function to measure the element rect. * @returns ClientRect * @private */ export function measureElementRect(element: HTMLElement): ClientRect; /** * Function to convert the number from string. * @returns number * @private */ export function stringToNumber(value: string, containerSize: number): number; /** * Function to create the text element. * @returns Element * @private */ export function textElement(options: TextOption, font: FontModel, color: string, parent: HTMLElement | Element, styles?: string): Element; /** * Function to append the path to the element. * @returns Element * @private */ export function appendPath(options: PathOption, element: Element, gauge: CircularGauge, functionName?: string): Element; /** * Function to calculate the sum of array values. * @returns number * @private */ export function calculateSum(from: number, to: number, values: number[]): number; /** * Function to calculate the value for linear animation effect * @param currentTime * @param startValue * @param endValue * @param duration * @private */ export function linear(currentTime: number, startValue: number, endValue: number, duration: number): number; /** * Function to get the angle from value for circular gauge. * @returns number * @private */ export function getAngleFromValue(value: number, maximumValue: number, minimumValue: number, startAngle: number, endAngle: number, isClockWise: boolean): number; /** * Function to get the degree for circular gauge. * @returns number * @private */ export function getDegree(startAngle: number, endAngle: number): number; /** * Function to get the value from angle for circular gauge. * @returns number * @private */ export function getValueFromAngle(angle: number, maximumValue: number, minimumValue: number, startAngle: number, endAngle: number, isClockWise: boolean): number; /** * Function to check whether it's a complete circle for circular gauge. * @returns boolean * @private */ export function isCompleteAngle(startAngle: number, endAngle: number): boolean; /** * Function to get angle from location for circular gauge. * @returns number * @private */ export function getAngleFromLocation(center: GaugeLocation, point: GaugeLocation): number; /** * Function to get the location from angle for circular gauge. * @returns GaugeLocation * @private */ export function getLocationFromAngle(degree: number, radius: number, center: GaugeLocation): GaugeLocation; /** * Function to get the path direction of the circular gauge. * @returns string * @private */ export function getPathArc(center: GaugeLocation, start: number, end: number, radius: number, startWidth?: number, endWidth?: number): string; /** * Function to get the range path direction of the circular gauge. * @returns string * @private */ export function getRangePath(start: GaugeLocation, end: GaugeLocation, innerStart: GaugeLocation, innerEnd: GaugeLocation, radius: number, startRadius: number, endRadius: number, clockWise: number): string; /** * Function to get the rounded path direction of the circular gauge. * @returns string * @private */ export function getRoundedPathArc(center: GaugeLocation, actualStart: number, actualEnd: number, oldStart: number, oldEnd: number, radius: number, startWidth?: number, endWidth?: number): string; /** * Function to get the rounded range path direction of the circular gauge. * @returns string * @private */ export function getRoundedPath(start: GaugeLocation, end: GaugeLocation, outerOldEnd: GaugeLocation, innerOldEnd: GaugeLocation, outerOldStart: GaugeLocation, innerOldStart: GaugeLocation, innerStart: GaugeLocation, innerEnd: GaugeLocation, radius: number, startRadius: number, endRadius: number, clockWise: number): string; /** * Function to calculate the complete path arc of the circular gauge. * @returns string * @private */ export function getCompleteArc(center: GaugeLocation, start: number, end: number, radius: number, innerRadius: number): string; /** * Function to get the circular path direction of the circular gauge. * @returns string * @private */ export function getCirclePath(start: GaugeLocation, end: GaugeLocation, radius: number, clockWise: number): string; /** * Function to get the complete path direction of the circular gauge. * @returns string * @private */ export function getCompletePath(center: GaugeLocation, start: GaugeLocation, end: GaugeLocation, radius: number, innerStart: GaugeLocation, innerEnd: GaugeLocation, innerRadius: number, clockWise: number): string; /** * Function to get element from id. * @returns Element * @private */ export function getElement(id: string): Element; /** * Function to compile the template function for circular gauge. * @returns Function * @private */ export function getTemplateFunction(template: string): Function; /** * Function to remove the element from id. * @private */ export function removeElement(id: string): void; /** * Function to get current point for circular gauge using element id. * @returns IVisiblePointer * @private */ export function getPointer(targetId: string, gauge: CircularGauge): IVisiblePointer; export function getElementSize(template: string, gauge: CircularGauge, parent: HTMLElement): Size; /** * Function to get the mouse position * @param pageX * @param pageY * @param element */ export function getMousePosition(pageX: number, pageY: number, element: Element): GaugeLocation; /** * Function to convert the label using formar for cirular gauge. * @returns string * @private */ export function getLabelFormat(format: string): string; /** * Function to calculate the marker shape for circular gauge. * @returns PathOption * @private */ export function calculateShapes(location: GaugeLocation, shape: string, size: Size, url: string, options: PathOption): PathOption; /** * Function to get range color from value for circular gauge. * @returns string * @private */ export function getRangeColor(value: number, ranges: Range[], color: string): string; /** @private */ export class CustomizeOption { id: string; constructor(id?: string); } /** @private */ export class PathOption extends CustomizeOption { opacity: number; fill: string; stroke: string; ['stroke-width']: number; ['stroke-dasharray']: string; d: string; transform: string; style: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, width: number, color: string, opacity?: number, dashArray?: string, d?: string, transform?: string, style?: string); } /** @private */ export class RectOption extends CustomizeOption { x: number; y: number; height: number; width: number; opacity: number; fill: string; stroke: string; ['stroke-width']: number; constructor(id: string, fill: string, border: BorderModel, opacity: number, rect: Rect); } /** * Internal class size */ export class Size { /** * Specifies the height. */ height: number; /** * Specifies the width. */ width: number; constructor(width: number, height: number); } /** @private */ export class GaugeLocation { x: number; y: number; constructor(x: number, y: number); } /** @private */ export class Rect { x: number; y: number; height: number; width: number; constructor(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number); } /** @private */ export class TextOption extends CustomizeOption { anchor: string; text: string; transform: string; x: number; y: number; baseLine: string; constructor(id?: string, x?: number, y?: number, anchor?: string, text?: string, transform?: string, baseLine?: string); } /** @private */ export class VisibleLabels { text: string; value: number; size: Size; constructor(text: string, value: number, size?: Size); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-circulargauge/src/index.d.ts /** * Circular Gauge component exported. */ } export namespace compression { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-compression/src/compression-writer.d.ts /** * represent compression stream writer * ```typescript * let compressedWriter = new CompressedStreamWriter(); * let text: string = 'Hello world!!!'; * compressedWriter.write(text, 0, text.length); * compressedWriter.close(); * ``` */ export class CompressedStreamWriter { private static isHuffmanTreeInitiated; private stream; private pendingBuffer; private pendingBufLength; private pendingBufCache; private pendingBufBitsInCache; private treeLiteral; private treeDistances; private treeCodeLengths; private bufferPosition; private arrLiterals; private arrDistances; private extraBits; private currentHash; private hashHead; private hashPrevious; private matchStart; private matchLength; private matchPrevAvail; private blockStart; private stringStart; private lookAhead; private dataWindow; private inputBuffer; private totalBytesIn; private inputOffset; private inputEnd; private windowSize; private windowMask; private hashSize; private hashMask; private hashShift; private maxDist; private checkSum; private noWrap; /** * get compressed data */ readonly compressedData: Uint8Array[]; readonly getCompressedString: string; /** * Initializes compressor and writes ZLib header if needed. * @param {boolean} noWrap - optional if true, ZLib header and checksum will not be written. */ constructor(noWrap?: boolean); /** * Compresses data and writes it to the stream. * @param {Uint8Array} data - data to compress * @param {number} offset - offset in data * @param {number} length - length of the data * @returns {void} */ write(data: Uint8Array | string, offset: number, length: number): void; /** * write ZLib header to the compressed data * @return {void} */ writeZLibHeader(): void; /** * Write Most Significant Bytes in to stream * @param {number} s - check sum value */ pendingBufferWriteShortBytes(s: number): void; private compressData; private compressSlow; private discardMatch; private matchPreviousAvailable; private matchPreviousBest; private lookAheadCompleted; private huffmanIsFull; private fillWindow; private slideWindow; private insertString; private findLongestMatch; private updateHash; private huffmanTallyLit; private huffmanTallyDist; private huffmanFlushBlock; private huffmanFlushStoredBlock; private huffmanLengthCode; private huffmanDistanceCode; private huffmanSendAllTrees; private huffmanReset; private huffmanCompressBlock; /** * write bits in to internal buffer * @param {number} b - source of bits * @param {number} count - count of bits to write */ pendingBufferWriteBits(b: number, count: number): void; private pendingBufferFlush; private pendingBufferFlushBits; private pendingBufferWriteByteBlock; private pendingBufferWriteShort; private pendingBufferAlignToByte; /** * Huffman Tree literal calculation * @private */ static initHuffmanTree(): void; /** * close the stream and write all pending buffer in to stream * @returns {void} */ close(): void; /** * release allocated un-managed resource * @returns {void} */ destroy(): void; } /** * represent the Huffman Tree */ export class CompressorHuffmanTree { private codeFrequency; private codes; private codeLength; private lengthCount; private codeMinCount; private codeCount; private maxLength; private writer; private static reverseBits; static huffCodeLengthOrders: number[]; readonly treeLength: number; readonly codeLengths: Uint8Array; readonly codeFrequencies: Uint16Array; /** * Create new Huffman Tree * @param {CompressedStreamWriter} writer instance * @param {number} elementCount - element count * @param {number} minCodes - minimum count * @param {number} maxLength - maximum count */ constructor(writer: CompressedStreamWriter, elementCount: number, minCodes: number, maxLength: number); setStaticCodes(codes: Int16Array, lengths: Uint8Array): void; /** * reset all code data in tree * @returns {void} */ reset(): void; /** * write code to the compressor output stream * @param {number} code - code to be written * @returns {void} */ writeCodeToStream(code: number): void; /** * calculate code from their frequencies * @returns {void} */ buildCodes(): void; static bitReverse(value: number): number; /** * calculate length of compressed data * @returns {number} */ getEncodedLength(): number; /** * calculate code frequencies * @param {CompressorHuffmanTree} blTree * @returns {void} */ calculateBLFreq(blTree: CompressorHuffmanTree): void; /** * @param {CompressorHuffmanTree} blTree - write tree to output stream * @returns {void} */ writeTree(blTree: CompressorHuffmanTree): void; /** * Build huffman tree * @returns {void} */ buildTree(): void; private constructHuffmanTree; private buildLength; private recreateTree; private calculateOptimalCodeLength; } /** * Checksum calculator, based on Adler32 algorithm. */ export class ChecksumCalculator { private static checkSumBitOffset; private static checksumBase; private static checksumIterationCount; /** * Updates checksum by calculating checksum of the * given buffer and adding it to current value. * @param {number} checksum - current checksum. * @param {Uint8Array} buffer - data byte array. * @param {number} offset - offset in the buffer. * @param {number} length - length of data to be used from the stream. * @returns {number} */ static checksumUpdate(checksum: number, buffer: Uint8Array, offset: number, length: number): number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-compression/src/index.d.ts /** * export ZipArchive class */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-compression/src/zip-archive.d.ts /** * class provide compression library * ```typescript * let archive = new ZipArchive(); * archive.compressionLevel = 'Normal'; * let archiveItem = new ZipArchiveItem(archive, 'directoryName\fileName.txt'); * archive.addItem(archiveItem); * archive.save(fileName.zip); * ``` */ export class ZipArchive { private files; private level; /** * gets compression level */ /** * sets compression level */ compressionLevel: CompressionLevel; /** * gets items count */ readonly length: number; /** * constructor for creating ZipArchive instance */ constructor(); /** * add new item to archive * @param {ZipArchiveItem} item - item to be added * @returns {void} */ addItem(item: ZipArchiveItem): void; /** * add new directory to archive * @param directoryName directoryName to be created * @returns {void} */ addDirectory(directoryName: string): void; /** * gets item at specified index * @param {number} index - item index * @returns {ZipArchiveItem} */ getItem(index: number): ZipArchiveItem; /** * determines whether an element is in the collection * @param {string | ZipArchiveItem} item - item to search * @returns {boolean} */ contains(item: string | ZipArchiveItem): boolean; /** * save archive with specified file name * @param {string} fileName save archive with specified file name * @returns {Promise<ZipArchive>} */ save(fileName: string): Promise<ZipArchive>; /** * Save archive as blob * @return {Promise<Blob>} */ saveAsBlob(): Promise<Blob>; private saveInternal; /** * release allocated un-managed resource * @returns {void} */ destroy(): void; private getCompressedData; private compressData; private constructZippedObject; private writeHeader; private writeZippedContent; private writeCentralDirectory; private writeFooter; private getArrayBuffer; private getBytes; private getModifiedTime; private getModifiedDate; private calculateCrc32Value; /** * construct cyclic redundancy code table * @private */ static initCrc32Table(): void; } /** * Class represent unique ZipArchive item * ```typescript * let archiveItem = new ZipArchiveItem(archive, 'directoryName\fileName.txt'); * ``` */ export class ZipArchiveItem { data: Blob | ArrayBuffer; private fileName; /** * Get the name of archive item * @returns string */ /** * Set the name of archive item * @param {string} value */ name: string; /** * constructor for creating {ZipArchiveItem} instance * @param {Blob|ArrayBuffer} data file data * @param {itemName} itemName absolute file path */ constructor(data: Blob | ArrayBuffer, itemName: string); /** * release allocated un-managed resource * @returns {void} */ destroy(): void; } export interface CompressedData { fileName: string; compressedData: Uint8Array[] | string; uncompressedDataSize: number; compressedSize: number; crc32Value: number; compressionType: string; isDirectory: boolean; } export interface ZippedObject { localHeader: string; centralDir: string; compressedData: CompressedData; } /** * Compression level. */ export type CompressionLevel = 'NoCompression' | 'Normal'; } export namespace data { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-data/src/adaptors.d.ts /** * Adaptors are specific data source type aware interfaces that are used by DataManager to communicate with DataSource. * This is the base adaptor class that other adaptors can extend. * @hidden */ export class Adaptor { /** * Specifies the datasource option. * @default null */ dataSource: DataOptions; updateType: string; updateKey: string; /** * It contains the datamanager operations list like group, searches, etc., * @default null * @hidden */ pvt: PvtOptions; /** * Constructor for Adaptor class * @param {DataOptions} ds? * @hidden * @returns aggregates */ constructor(ds?: DataOptions); protected options: RemoteOptions; /** * Returns the data from the query processing. * @param {Object} data * @param {DataOptions} ds? * @param {Query} query? * @param {XMLHttpRequest} xhr? * @returns Object */ processResponse(data: Object, ds?: DataOptions, query?: Query, xhr?: XMLHttpRequest): Object; /** * Specifies the type of adaptor. * @default Adaptor */ type: Object; } /** * JsonAdaptor is used to process JSON data. It contains methods to process the given JSON data based on the queries. * @hidden */ export class JsonAdaptor extends Adaptor { /** * Process the JSON data based on the provided queries. * @param {DataManager} dataManager * @param {Query} query * @returns Object */ processQuery(dataManager: DataManager, query: Query): Object; /** * Performs batch update in the JSON array which add, remove and update records. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {CrudOptions} changes * @param {RemoteArgs} e */ batchRequest(dm: DataManager, changes: CrudOptions, e: RemoteArgs): CrudOptions; /** * Performs filter operation with the given data and where query. * @param {Object[]} ds * @param {{validate:Function}} e */ onWhere(ds: Object[], e: { validate: Function; }): Object[]; /** * Returns aggregate function based on the aggregate type. * @param {Object[]} ds * @param {{field:string} e * @param {string}} type */ onAggregates(ds: Object[], e: { field: string; type: string; }): Function; /** * Performs search operation based on the given query. * @param {Object[]} ds * @param {QueryOptions} e */ onSearch(ds: Object[], e: QueryOptions): Object[]; /** * Sort the data with given direction and field. * @param {Object[]} ds * @param {{comparer:(a:Object} e * @param {Object} b */ onSortBy(ds: Object[], e: { comparer: (a: Object, b: Object) => number; fieldName: string; }, query: Query): Object[]; /** * Group the data based on the given query. * @param {Object[]} ds * @param {QueryOptions} e * @param {Query} query */ onGroup(ds: Object[], e: QueryOptions, query: Query): Object[]; /** * Retrieves records based on the given page index and size. * @param {Object[]} ds * @param {{pageSize:number} e * @param {number}} pageIndex * @param {Query} query */ onPage(ds: Object[], e: { pageSize: number; pageIndex: number; }, query: Query): Object[]; /** * Retrieves records based on the given start and end index from query. * @param {Object[]} ds * @param {{start:number} e * @param {number}} end */ onRange(ds: Object[], e: { start: number; end: number; }): Object[]; /** * Picks the given count of records from the top of the datasource. * @param {Object[]} ds * @param {{nos:number}} e */ onTake(ds: Object[], e: { nos: number; }): Object[]; /** * Skips the given count of records from the data source. * @param {Object[]} ds * @param {{nos:number}} e */ onSkip(ds: Object[], e: { nos: number; }): Object[]; /** * Selects specified columns from the data source. * @param {Object[]} ds * @param {{fieldNames:string}} e */ onSelect(ds: Object[], e: { fieldNames: string[] | Function; }): Object[]; /** * Inserts new record in the table. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {Object} data * @param {number} position */ insert(dm: DataManager, data: Object, tableName?: string, query?: Query, position?: number): Object; /** * Remove the data from the dataSource based on the key field value. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {string} keyField * @param {Object} value * @param {string} tableName? * @returns null */ remove(dm: DataManager, keyField: string, value: Object, tableName?: string): Object; /** * Updates existing record and saves the changes to the table. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {string} keyField * @param {Object} value * @param {string} tableName? * @returns null */ update(dm: DataManager, keyField: string, value: Object, tableName?: string): void; } /** * URL Adaptor of DataManager can be used when you are required to use remote service to retrieve data. * It interacts with server-side for all DataManager Queries and CRUD operations. * @hidden */ export class UrlAdaptor extends Adaptor { /** * Process the query to generate request body. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {Query} query * @param {Object[]} hierarchyFilters? * @returns p */ processQuery(dm: DataManager, query: Query, hierarchyFilters?: Object[]): Object; private getRequestQuery; /** * Convert the object from processQuery to string which can be added query string. * @param {Object} req * @param {Query} query * @param {DataManager} dm */ convertToQueryString(request: Object, query: Query, dm: DataManager): string; /** * Return the data from the data manager processing. * @param {DataResult} data * @param {DataOptions} ds? * @param {Query} query? * @param {XMLHttpRequest} xhr? * @param {Object} request? * @param {CrudOptions} changes? */ processResponse(data: DataResult, ds?: DataOptions, query?: Query, xhr?: XMLHttpRequest, request?: Object, changes?: CrudOptions): DataResult; /** * Add the group query to the adaptor`s option. * @param {Object[]} e * @returns void */ onGroup(e: QueryOptions[]): QueryOptions[]; /** * Add the aggregate query to the adaptor`s option. * @param {Aggregates[]} e * @returns void */ onAggregates(e: Aggregates[]): void; /** * Prepare the request body based on the newly added, removed and updated records. * The result is used by the batch request. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {CrudOptions} changes * @param {Object} e */ batchRequest(dm: DataManager, changes: CrudOptions, e: Object, query: Query, original?: Object): Object; /** * Method will trigger before send the request to server side. * Used to set the custom header or modify the request options. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {XMLHttpRequest} request * @returns void */ beforeSend(dm: DataManager, request: XMLHttpRequest): void; /** * Prepare and returns request body which is used to insert a new record in the table. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {Object} data * @param {string} tableName */ insert(dm: DataManager, data: Object, tableName: string, query: Query): Object; /** * Prepare and return request body which is used to remove record from the table. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {string} keyField * @param {number|string} value * @param {string} tableName */ remove(dm: DataManager, keyField: string, value: number | string, tableName: string, query: Query): Object; /** * Prepare and return request body which is used to update record. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {string} keyField * @param {Object} value * @param {string} tableName */ update(dm: DataManager, keyField: string, value: Object, tableName: string, query: Query): Object; /** * To generate the predicate based on the filtered query. * @param {Object[]|string[]|number[]} data * @param {Query} query * @hidden */ getFiltersFrom(data: Object[] | string[] | number[], query: Query): Predicate; protected getAggregateResult(pvt: PvtOptions, data: DataResult, args: DataResult, groupDs?: Object[], query?: Query): DataResult; protected getQueryRequest(query: Query): Requests; addParams(options: { dm: DataManager; query: Query; params: ParamOption[]; reqParams: { [key: string]: Object; }; }): void; } /** * OData Adaptor that is extended from URL Adaptor, is used for consuming data through OData Service. * @hidden */ export class ODataAdaptor extends UrlAdaptor { protected getModuleName(): string; protected options: RemoteOptions; constructor(props?: RemoteOptions); /** * Generate request string based on the filter criteria from query. * @param {Predicate} pred * @param {boolean} requiresCast? */ onPredicate(predicate: Predicate, query: Query | boolean, requiresCast?: boolean): string; addParams(options: { dm: DataManager; query: Query; params: ParamOption[]; reqParams: { [key: string]: Object; }; }): void; /** * Generate request string based on the multiple filter criteria from query. * @param {Predicate} pred * @param {boolean} requiresCast? */ onComplexPredicate(predicate: Predicate, query: Query, requiresCast?: boolean): string; /** * Generate query string based on the multiple filter criteria from query. * @param {Predicate} filter * @param {boolean} requiresCast? */ onEachWhere(filter: Predicate, query: Query, requiresCast?: boolean): string; /** * Generate query string based on the multiple filter criteria from query. * @param {string[]} filters */ onWhere(filters: string[]): string; /** * Generate query string based on the multiple search criteria from query. * @param {{fields:string[]} e * @param {string} operator * @param {string} key * @param {boolean}} ignoreCase */ onEachSearch(e: { fields: string[]; operator: string; key: string; ignoreCase: boolean; }): void; /** * Generate query string based on the search criteria from query. * @param {Object} e */ onSearch(e: Object): string; /** * Generate query string based on multiple sort criteria from query. * @param {QueryOptions} e */ onEachSort(e: QueryOptions): string; /** * Returns sort query string. * @param {string[]} e */ onSortBy(e: string[]): string; /** * Adds the group query to the adaptor option. * @param {Object[]} e * @returns string */ onGroup(e: QueryOptions[]): QueryOptions[]; /** * Returns the select query string. * @param {string[]} e */ onSelect(e: string[]): string; /** * Add the aggregate query to the adaptor option. * @param {Object[]} e * @returns string */ onAggregates(e: Object[]): string; /** * Returns the query string which requests total count from the data source. * @param {boolean} e * @returns string */ onCount(e: boolean): string; /** * Method will trigger before send the request to server side. * Used to set the custom header or modify the request options. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {XMLHttpRequest} request * @param {base.Ajax} settings? */ beforeSend(dm: DataManager, request: XMLHttpRequest, settings?: base.Ajax): void; /** * Returns the data from the query processing. * @param {DataResult} data * @param {DataOptions} ds? * @param {Query} query? * @param {XMLHttpRequest} xhr? * @param {base.Ajax} request? * @param {CrudOptions} changes? * @returns aggregateResult */ processResponse(data: DataResult, ds?: DataOptions, query?: Query, xhr?: XMLHttpRequest, request?: base.Ajax, changes?: CrudOptions): Object; /** * Converts the request object to query string. * @param {Object} req * @param {Query} query * @param {DataManager} dm * @returns tableName */ convertToQueryString(request: Object, query: Query, dm: DataManager): string; private localTimeReplacer; /** * Prepare and returns request body which is used to insert a new record in the table. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {Object} data * @param {string} tableName? */ insert(dm: DataManager, data: Object, tableName?: string): Object; /** * Prepare and return request body which is used to remove record from the table. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {string} keyField * @param {number} value * @param {string} tableName? */ remove(dm: DataManager, keyField: string, value: number, tableName?: string): Object; /** * Updates existing record and saves the changes to the table. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {string} keyField * @param {Object} value * @param {string} tableName? * @returns this */ update(dm: DataManager, keyField: string, value: Object, tableName?: string, query?: Query, original?: Object): Object; /** * Prepare the request body based on the newly added, removed and updated records. * The result is used by the batch request. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {CrudOptions} changes * @param {RemoteArgs} e * @returns {Object} */ batchRequest(dm: DataManager, changes: CrudOptions, e: RemoteArgs, query: Query, original?: CrudOptions): Object; /** * Generate the string content from the removed records. * The result will be send during batch update. * @param {Object[]} arr * @param {RemoteArgs} e * @returns this */ generateDeleteRequest(arr: Object[], e: RemoteArgs, dm: DataManager): string; /** * Generate the string content from the inserted records. * The result will be send during batch update. * @param {Object[]} arr * @param {RemoteArgs} e */ generateInsertRequest(arr: Object[], e: RemoteArgs, dm: DataManager): string; /** * Generate the string content from the updated records. * The result will be send during batch update. * @param {Object[]} arr * @param {RemoteArgs} e */ generateUpdateRequest(arr: Object[], e: RemoteArgs, dm: DataManager, org?: Object[]): string; protected static getField(prop: string): string; private generateBodyContent; protected processBatchResponse(data: DataResult, query?: Query, xhr?: XMLHttpRequest, request?: base.Ajax, changes?: CrudOptions): CrudOptions | DataResult; compareAndRemove(data: Object, original: Object, key?: string): Object; } /** * The OData v4 is an improved version of OData protocols. * The DataManager uses the ODataV4Adaptor to consume OData v4 services. * @hidden */ export class ODataV4Adaptor extends ODataAdaptor { /** * @hidden */ protected getModuleName(): string; protected options: RemoteOptions; constructor(props?: RemoteOptions); /** * Returns the query string which requests total count from the data source. * @param {boolean} e * @returns string */ onCount(e: boolean): string; /** * Generate request string based on the filter criteria from query. * @param {Predicate} pred * @param {boolean} requiresCast? */ onPredicate(predicate: Predicate, query: Query | boolean, requiresCast?: boolean): string; /** * Generate query string based on the multiple search criteria from query. * @param {{fields:string[]} e * @param {string} operator * @param {string} key * @param {boolean}} ignoreCase */ onEachSearch(e: { fields: string[]; operator: string; key: string; ignoreCase: boolean; }): void; /** * Generate query string based on the search criteria from query. * @param {Object} e */ onSearch(e: Object): string; /** * Returns the expand query string. * @param {string} e */ onExpand(e: { selects: string[]; expands: string[]; }): string; /** * Returns the groupby query string. * @param {string} e */ onDistinct(distinctFields: string[]): Object; /** * Returns the select query string. * @param {string[]} e */ onSelect(e: string[]): string; /** * Method will trigger before send the request to server side. * Used to set the custom header or modify the request options. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {XMLHttpRequest} request * @param {base.Ajax} settings * @returns void */ beforeSend(dm: DataManager, request: XMLHttpRequest, settings: base.Ajax): void; /** * Returns the data from the query processing. * @param {DataResult} data * @param {DataOptions} ds? * @param {Query} query? * @param {XMLHttpRequest} xhr? * @param {base.Ajax} request? * @param {CrudOptions} changes? * @returns aggregateResult */ processResponse(data: DataResult, ds?: DataOptions, query?: Query, xhr?: XMLHttpRequest, request?: base.Ajax, changes?: CrudOptions): Object; } /** * The Web API is a programmatic interface to define the request and response messages system that is mostly exposed in JSON or XML. * The DataManager uses the WebApiAdaptor to consume Web API. * Since this adaptor is targeted to interact with Web API created using OData endpoint, it is extended from ODataAdaptor * @hidden */ export class WebApiAdaptor extends ODataAdaptor { protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Prepare and returns request body which is used to insert a new record in the table. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {Object} data * @param {string} tableName? */ insert(dm: DataManager, data: Object, tableName?: string): Object; /** * Prepare and return request body which is used to remove record from the table. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {string} keyField * @param {number} value * @param {string} tableName? */ remove(dm: DataManager, keyField: string, value: number, tableName?: string): Object; /** * Prepare and return request body which is used to update record. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {string} keyField * @param {Object} value * @param {string} tableName? */ update(dm: DataManager, keyField: string, value: Object, tableName?: string): Object; /** * Method will trigger before send the request to server side. * Used to set the custom header or modify the request options. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {XMLHttpRequest} request * @param {base.Ajax} settings * @returns void */ beforeSend(dm: DataManager, request: XMLHttpRequest, settings: base.Ajax): void; /** * Returns the data from the query processing. * @param {DataResult} data * @param {DataOptions} ds? * @param {Query} query? * @param {XMLHttpRequest} xhr? * @param {base.Ajax} request? * @param {CrudOptions} changes? * @returns aggregateResult */ processResponse(data: DataResult, ds?: DataOptions, query?: Query, xhr?: XMLHttpRequest, request?: base.Ajax, changes?: CrudOptions): Object; } /** * WebMethodAdaptor can be used by DataManager to interact with web method. * @hidden */ export class WebMethodAdaptor extends UrlAdaptor { /** * Prepare the request body based on the query. * The query information can be accessed at the WebMethod using variable named `value`. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {Query} query * @param {Object[]} hierarchyFilters? * @returns application */ processQuery(dm: DataManager, query: Query, hierarchyFilters?: Object[]): Object; } /** * RemoteSaveAdaptor, extended from JsonAdaptor and it is used for binding local data and performs all DataManager queries in client-side. * It interacts with server-side only for CRUD operations. * @hidden */ export class RemoteSaveAdaptor extends JsonAdaptor { /** * @hidden */ constructor(); insert(dm: DataManager, data: Object, tableName: string, query: Query): Object; remove(dm: DataManager, keyField: string, val: Object, tableName?: string, query?: Query): Object; update(dm: DataManager, keyField: string, val: Object, tableName: string, query?: Query): Object; processResponse(data: CrudOptions, ds?: DataOptions, query?: Query, xhr?: XMLHttpRequest, request?: base.Ajax, changes?: CrudOptions, e?: RemoteArgs): Object; /** * Prepare the request body based on the newly added, removed and updated records. * Also perform the changes in the locally cached data to sync with the remote data. * The result is used by the batch request. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {CrudOptions} changes * @param {RemoteArgs} e */ batchRequest(dm: DataManager, changes: CrudOptions, e: RemoteArgs): Object; addParams(options: { dm: DataManager; query: Query; params: ParamOption[]; reqParams: { [key: string]: Object; }; }): void; } /** * Cache Adaptor is used to cache the data of the visited pages. It prevents new requests for the previously visited pages. * You can configure cache page size and duration of caching by using cachingPageSize and timeTillExpiration properties of the DataManager * @hidden */ export class CacheAdaptor extends UrlAdaptor { private cacheAdaptor; private pageSize; private guidId; private isCrudAction; private isInsertAction; /** * Constructor for CacheAdaptor class. * @param {CacheAdaptor} adaptor? * @param {number} timeStamp? * @param {number} pageSize? * @hidden */ constructor(adaptor?: CacheAdaptor, timeStamp?: number, pageSize?: number); /** * It will generate the key based on the URL when we send a request to server. * @param {string} url * @param {Query} query? * @hidden */ generateKey(url: string, query: Query): string; /** * Process the query to generate request body. * If the data is already cached, it will return the cached data. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {Query} query? * @param {Object[]} hierarchyFilters? */ processQuery(dm: DataManager, query?: Query, hierarchyFilters?: Object[]): Object; /** * Returns the data from the query processing. * It will also cache the data for later usage. * @param {DataResult} data * @param {DataManager} ds? * @param {Query} query? * @param {XMLHttpRequest} xhr? * @param {base.Ajax} request? * @param {CrudOptions} changes? */ processResponse(data: DataResult, ds?: DataManager, query?: Query, xhr?: XMLHttpRequest, request?: base.Ajax, changes?: CrudOptions): DataResult; /** * Method will trigger before send the request to server side. Used to set the custom header or modify the request options. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {XMLHttpRequest} request * @param {base.Ajax} settings? */ beforeSend(dm: DataManager, request: XMLHttpRequest, settings?: base.Ajax): void; /** * Updates existing record and saves the changes to the table. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {string} keyField * @param {Object} value * @param {string} tableName */ update(dm: DataManager, keyField: string, value: Object, tableName: string): Object; /** * Prepare and returns request body which is used to insert a new record in the table. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {Object} data * @param {string} tableName? */ insert(dm: DataManager, data: Object, tableName?: string): Object; /** * Prepare and return request body which is used to remove record from the table. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {string} keyField * @param {Object} value * @param {string} tableName? */ remove(dm: DataManager, keyField: string, value: Object, tableName?: string): Object[]; /** * Prepare the request body based on the newly added, removed and updated records. * The result is used by the batch request. * @param {DataManager} dm * @param {CrudOptions} changes * @param {RemoteArgs} e */ batchRequest(dm: DataManager, changes: CrudOptions, e: RemoteArgs): CrudOptions; } /** * @hidden */ export interface CrudOptions { changedRecords?: Object[]; addedRecords?: Object[]; deletedRecords?: Object[]; changed?: Object[]; added?: Object[]; deleted?: Object[]; action?: string; table?: string; key?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface PvtOptions { groups?: QueryOptions[]; aggregates?: Aggregates[]; search?: Object | Predicate; changeSet?: number; searches?: Object[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface DataResult { nodeType?: number; addedRecords?: Object[]; d?: DataResult | Object[]; Count?: number; count?: number; result?: Object; results?: Object[] | DataResult; aggregate?: DataResult; aggregates?: Aggregates; value?: Object; Items?: Object[] | DataResult; keys?: string[]; groupDs?: Object[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface Requests { sorts: QueryOptions[]; groups: QueryOptions[]; filters: QueryOptions[]; searches: QueryOptions[]; aggregates: QueryOptions[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface RemoteArgs { guid?: string; url?: string; key?: string; cid?: number; cSet?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface RemoteOptions { from?: string; requestType?: string; sortBy?: string; select?: string; skip?: string; group?: string; take?: string; search?: string; count?: string; where?: string; aggregates?: string; expand?: string; accept?: string; multipartAccept?: string; batch?: string; changeSet?: string; batchPre?: string; contentId?: string; batchContent?: string; changeSetContent?: string; batchChangeSetContentType?: string; updateType?: string; localTime?: boolean; apply?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-data/src/index.d.ts /** * Data modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-data/src/manager.d.ts /** * DataManager is used to manage and manipulate relational data. */ export class DataManager { /** @hidden */ adaptor: AdaptorOptions; /** @hidden */ defaultQuery: Query; /** @hidden */ dataSource: DataOptions; /** @hidden */ dateParse: boolean; /** @hidden */ ready: Promise<base.Ajax>; private isDataAvailable; private requests; /** * Constructor for DataManager class * @param {DataOptions|JSON[]} dataSource? * @param {Query} query? * @param {AdaptorOptions|string} adaptor? * @hidden */ constructor(dataSource?: DataOptions | JSON[] | Object[], query?: Query, adaptor?: AdaptorOptions | string); /** * Overrides DataManager's default query with given query. * @param {Query} query - Defines the new default query. */ setDefaultQuery(query: Query): DataManager; /** * Executes the given query with local data source. * @param {Query} query - Defines the query to retrieve data. */ executeLocal(query?: Query): Object[]; /** * Executes the given query with either local or remote data source. * It will be executed as asynchronously and returns Promise object which will be resolved or rejected after action completed. * @param {Query|Function} query - Defines the query to retrieve data. * @param {Function} done - Defines the callback function and triggers when the Promise is resolved. * @param {Function} fail - Defines the callback function and triggers when the Promise is rejected. * @param {Function} always - Defines the callback function and triggers when the Promise is resolved or rejected. */ executeQuery(query: Query | Function, done?: Function, fail?: Function, always?: Function): Promise<base.Ajax>; private static getDeferedArgs; private static nextTick; private extendRequest; private makeRequest; private beforeSend; /** * Save bulk changes to the given table name. * User can add a new record, edit an existing record, and delete a record at the same time. * If the datasource from remote, then updated in a single post. * @param {Object} changes - Defines the CrudOptions. * @param {string} key - Defines the column field. * @param {string|Query} tableName - Defines the table name. * @param {Query} query - Sets default query for the DataManager. */ saveChanges(changes: Object, key?: string, tableName?: string | Query, query?: Query, original?: Object): Promise<Object> | Object; /** * Inserts new record in the given table. * @param {Object} data - Defines the data to insert. * @param {string|Query} tableName - Defines the table name. * @param {Query} query - Sets default query for the DataManager. */ insert(data: Object, tableName?: string | Query, query?: Query, position?: number): Object | Promise<Object>; /** * Removes data from the table with the given key. * @param {string} keyField - Defines the column field. * @param {Object} value - Defines the value to find the data in the specified column. * @param {string|Query} tableName - Defines the table name * @param {Query} query - Sets default query for the DataManager. */ remove(keyField: string, value: Object, tableName?: string | Query, query?: Query): Object | Promise<Object>; /** * Updates existing record in the given table. * @param {string} keyField - Defines the column field. * @param {Object} value - Defines the value to find the data in the specified column. * @param {string|Query} tableName - Defines the table name * @param {Query} query - Sets default query for the DataManager. */ update(keyField: string, value: Object, tableName?: string | Query, query?: Query, original?: Object): Object | Promise<Object>; private doAjaxRequest; } /** * Deferred is used to handle asynchronous operation. */ export class Deferred { /** * Resolve a Deferred object and call doneCallbacks with the given args. */ resolve: Function; /** * Reject a Deferred object and call failCallbacks with the given args. */ reject: Function; /** * Promise is an object that represents a value that may not be available yet, but will be resolved at some point in the future. */ promise: Promise<Object>; /** * Defines the callback function triggers when the Deferred object is resolved. */ then: Function; /** * Defines the callback function triggers when the Deferred object is rejected. */ catch: Function; } /** * @hidden */ export interface DataOptions { url?: string; adaptor?: AdaptorOptions; insertUrl?: string; removeUrl?: string; updateUrl?: string; crudUrl?: string; batchUrl?: string; json?: Object[]; headers?: Object[]; accept?: boolean; data?: JSON; timeTillExpiration?: number; cachingPageSize?: number; enableCaching?: boolean; requestType?: string; key?: string; crossDomain?: boolean; jsonp?: string; dataType?: string; offline?: boolean; requiresFormat?: boolean; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ReturnOption { result?: ReturnOption; count?: number; url?: string; aggregates?: Aggregates; } /** * @hidden */ export interface RequestOptions { xhr?: XMLHttpRequest; count?: number; result?: ReturnOption; request?: base.Ajax; aggregates?: Aggregates; actual?: Object; virtualSelectRecords?: Object; error?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface AdaptorOptions { processQuery?: Function; processResponse?: Function; beforeSend?: Function; batchRequest?: Function; insert?: Function; remove?: Function; update?: Function; key?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-data/src/query.d.ts /** * Query class is used to build query which is used by the DataManager to communicate with datasource. */ export class Query { /** @hidden */ queries: QueryOptions[]; /** @hidden */ key: string; /** @hidden */ fKey: string; /** @hidden */ fromTable: string; /** @hidden */ lookups: string[]; /** @hidden */ expands: Object[]; /** @hidden */ sortedColumns: Object[]; /** @hidden */ groupedColumns: Object[]; /** @hidden */ subQuerySelector: Function; /** @hidden */ subQuery: Query; /** @hidden */ isChild: boolean; /** @hidden */ params: ParamOption[]; /** @hidden */ isCountRequired: boolean; /** @hidden */ dataManager: DataManager; /** @hidden */ distincts: string[]; /** * Constructor for Query class. * @param {string|string[]} from? * @hidden */ constructor(from?: string | string[]); /** * Sets the primary key. * @param {string} field - Defines the column field. */ setKey(field: string): Query; /** * Sets default DataManager to execute query. * @param {DataManager} dataManager - Defines the DataManager. */ using(dataManager: DataManager): Query; /** * Executes query with the given DataManager. * @param {DataManager} dataManager - Defines the DataManager. * @param {Function} done - Defines the success callback. * @param {Function} fail - Defines the failure callback. * @param {Function} always - Defines the callback which will be invoked on either success or failure. * * <pre> * let dataManager: DataManager = new DataManager([{ ID: '10' }, { ID: '2' }, { ID: '1' }, { ID: '20' }]); * let query: Query = new Query(); * query.sortBy('ID', (x: string, y: string): number => { return parseInt(x, 10) - parseInt(y, 10) }); * let promise: Promise< Object > = query.execute(dataManager); * promise.then((e: { result: Object }) => { }); * </pre> */ execute(dataManager?: DataManager, done?: Function, fail?: Function, always?: Function): Promise<Object>; /** * Executes query with the local datasource. * @param {DataManager} dataManager - Defines the DataManager. */ executeLocal(dataManager?: DataManager): Object[]; /** * Creates deep copy of the Query object. */ clone(): Query; /** * Specifies the name of table to retrieve data in query execution. * @param {string} tableName - Defines the table name. */ from(tableName: string): Query; /** * Adds additional parameter which will be sent along with the request which will be generated while DataManager execute. * @param {string} key - Defines the key of additional parameter. * @param {Function|string} value - Defines the value for the key. */ addParams(key: string, value: Function | string | null): Query; /** * @hidden */ distinct(fields: string | string[]): Query; /** * Expands the related table. * @param {string|Object[]} tables */ expand(tables: string | Object[]): Query; /** * Filter data with given filter criteria. * @param {string|Predicate} fieldName - Defines the column field or Predicate. * @param {string} operator - Defines the operator how to filter data. * @param {string|number|boolean} value - Defines the values to match with data. * @param {boolean} ignoreCase - If ignore case set to false, then filter data with exact match or else * filter data with case insensitive. */ where(fieldName: string | Predicate | Predicate[], operator?: string, value?: string | Date | number | boolean | null, ignoreCase?: boolean, ignoreAccent?: boolean): Query; /** * Search data with given search criteria. * @param {string|number|boolean} searchKey - Defines the search key. * @param {string|string[]} fieldNames - Defines the collection of column fields. * @param {string} operator - Defines the operator how to search data. * @param {boolean} ignoreCase - If ignore case set to false, then filter data with exact match or else * filter data with case insensitive. */ search(searchKey: string | number | boolean, fieldNames?: string | string[], operator?: string, ignoreCase?: boolean, ignoreAccent?: boolean): Query; /** * Sort the data with given sort criteria. * By default, sort direction is ascending. * @param {string|string[]} fieldName - Defines the single or collection of column fields. * @param {string|Function} comparer - Defines the sort direction or custom sort comparer function. */ sortBy(fieldName: string | string[], comparer?: string | Function, isFromGroup?: boolean): Query; /** * Sorts data in descending order. * @param {string} fieldName - Defines the column field. */ sortByDesc(fieldName: string): Query; /** * Groups data with the given field name. * @param {string} fieldName - Defines the column field. */ group(fieldName: string, fn?: Function, format?: string | base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions): Query; /** * Gets data based on the given page index and size. * @param {number} pageIndex - Defines the current page index. * @param {number} pageSize - Defines the no of records per page. */ page(pageIndex: number, pageSize: number): Query; /** * Gets data based on the given start and end index. * @param {number} start - Defines the start index of the datasource. * @param {number} end - Defines the end index of the datasource. */ range(start: number, end: number): Query; /** * Gets data from the top of the data source based on given number of records count. * @param {number} nos - Defines the no of records to retrieve from datasource. */ take(nos: number): Query; /** * Skips data with given number of records count from the top of the data source. * @param {number} nos - Defines the no of records skip in the datasource. */ skip(nos: number): Query; /** * Selects specified columns from the data source. * @param {string|string[]} fieldNames - Defines the collection of column fields. */ select(fieldNames: string | string[]): Query; /** * Gets the records in hierarchical relationship from two tables. It requires the foreign key to relate two tables. * @param {Query} query - Defines the query to relate two tables. * @param {Function} selectorFn - Defines the custom function to select records. */ hierarchy(query: Query, selectorFn: Function): Query; /** * Sets the foreign key which is used to get data from the related table. * @param {string} key - Defines the foreign key. */ foreignKey(key: string): Query; /** * It is used to get total number of records in the DataManager execution result. */ requiresCount(): Query; /** * Aggregate the data with given type and field name. * @param {string} type - Defines the aggregate type. * @param {string} field - Defines the column field to aggregate. */ aggregate(type: string, field: string): Query; /** * Pass array of filterColumn query for performing filter operation. * @param {QueryOptions[]} queries * @param {string} name * @hidden */ static filterQueries(queries: QueryOptions[], name: string): QueryOptions[]; /** * To get the list of queries which is already filtered in current data source. * @param {Object[]} queries * @param {string[]} singles * @hidden */ static filterQueryLists(queries: Object[], singles: string[]): Object; } /** * Predicate class is used to generate complex filter criteria. * This will be used by DataManager to perform multiple filtering operation. */ export class Predicate { /** @hidden */ field: string; /** @hidden */ operator: string; /** @hidden */ value: string | number | Date | boolean | Predicate | Predicate[] | null; /** @hidden */ condition: string; /** @hidden */ ignoreCase: boolean; /** @hidden */ ignoreAccent: boolean; /** @hidden */ isComplex: boolean; /** @hidden */ predicates: Predicate[]; /** @hidden */ comparer: Function; [x: string]: string | number | Date | boolean | Predicate | Predicate[] | Function | null; /** * Constructor for Predicate class. * @param {string|Predicate} field * @param {string} operator * @param {string|number|boolean|Predicate|Predicate[]} value * @param {boolean=false} ignoreCase * @hidden */ constructor(field: string | Predicate, operator: string, value: string | number | Date | boolean | Predicate | Predicate[] | null, ignoreCase?: boolean, ignoreAccent?: boolean); /** * Adds n-number of new predicates on existing predicate with “and” condition. * @param {Object[]} args - Defines the collection of predicates. */ static and(...args: Object[]): Predicate; /** * Adds new predicate on existing predicate with “and” condition. * @param {string} field - Defines the column field. * @param {string} operator - Defines the operator how to filter data. * @param {string} value - Defines the values to match with data. * @param {boolean} ignoreCase? - If ignore case set to false, then filter data with exact match or else * filter data with case insensitive. */ and(field: string | Predicate, operator?: string, value?: string | number | Date | null, ignoreCase?: boolean, ignoreAccent?: boolean): Predicate; /** * Adds n-number of new predicates on existing predicate with “or” condition. * @param {Object[]} args - Defines the collection of predicates. */ static or(...args: Object[]): Predicate; /** * Adds new predicate on existing predicate with “or” condition. * @param {string} field - Defines the column field. * @param {string} operator - Defines the operator how to filter data. * @param {string} value - Defines the values to match with data. * @param {boolean} ignoreCase? - If ignore case set to false, then filter data with exact match or else * filter data with case insensitive. */ or(field: string | Predicate, operator?: string, value?: string | number | null, ignoreCase?: boolean, ignoreAccent?: boolean): Predicate; /** * Converts plain JavaScript object to Predicate object. * @param {Predicate[]|Predicate} json - Defines single or collection of Predicate. */ static fromJson(json: Predicate[] | Predicate): Predicate[]; /** * Validate the record based on the predicates. * @param {Object} record - Defines the datasource record. */ validate(record: Object): boolean; /** * Converts predicates to plain JavaScript. * This method is uses Json stringify when serializing Predicate object. */ toJson(): Object; private static combinePredicates; private static combine; private static fromJSONData; } /** * @hidden */ export interface QueryOptions { fn?: string; e?: QueryOptions; fieldNames?: string | string[]; operator?: string; searchKey?: string | number | boolean; ignoreCase?: boolean; ignoreAccent?: boolean; comparer?: string | Function; format?: string | base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions; direction?: string; pageIndex?: number; pageSize?: number; start?: number; end?: number; nos?: number; field?: string; fieldName?: string; type?: Object; name?: string | string[]; filter?: Object; key?: string; value?: string | number | Date | boolean | Predicate | Predicate[]; isComplex?: boolean; predicates?: Predicate[]; condition?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface QueryList { onSelect?: QueryOptions; onPage?: QueryOptions; onSkip?: QueryOptions; onTake?: QueryOptions; onRange?: QueryOptions; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ParamOption { key: string; value?: string | null; fn?: Function; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-data/src/util.d.ts /** * Data manager common utility methods. * @hidden */ export class DataUtil { /** * Specifies the value which will be used to adjust the date value to server timezone. * @default null */ static serverTimezoneOffset: number; /** * Returns the value by invoking the provided parameter function. * If the paramater is not of type function then it will be returned as it is. * @param {Function|string|string[]|number} value * @param {Object} inst? * @hidden */ static getValue<T>(value: T | Function, inst?: Object): T; /** * Returns true if the input string ends with given string. * @param {string} input * @param {string} substr */ static endsWith(input: string, substr: string): boolean; /** * Returns true if the input string starts with given string. * @param {string} str * @param {string} startstr */ static startsWith(input: string, start: string): boolean; /** * To return the sorting function based on the string. * @param {string} order * @hidden */ static fnSort(order: string): Function; /** * Comparer function which is used to sort the data in ascending order. * @param {string|number} x * @param {string|number} y * @returns number */ static fnAscending(x: string | number, y: string | number): number; /** * Comparer function which is used to sort the data in descending order. * @param {string|number} x * @param {string|number} y * @returns number */ static fnDescending(x: string | number, y: string | number): number; private static extractFields; /** * Select objects by given fields from jsonArray. * @param {Object[]} jsonArray * @param {string[]} fields */ static select(jsonArray: Object[], fields: string[]): Object[]; /** * Group the input data based on the field name. * It also performs aggregation of the grouped records based on the aggregates paramater. * @param {Object[]} jsonArray * @param {string} field? * @param {Object[]} agg? * @param {number} level? * @param {Object[]} groupDs? */ static group(jsonArray: Object[], field?: string, aggregates?: Object[], level?: number, groupDs?: Object[], format?: Function): Object[]; /** * It is used to categorize the multiple items based on a specific field in jsonArray. * The hierarchical queries are commonly required when you use foreign key binding. * @param {string} fKey * @param {string} from * @param {Object[]} source * @param {Group} lookup? * @param {string} pKey? * @hidden */ static buildHierarchy(fKey: string, from: string, source: Group, lookup?: Group, pKey?: string): void; /** * Throw error with the given string as message. * @param {string} er */ static throwError: Function; static aggregates: Aggregates; /** * The method used to get the field names which started with specified characters. * @param {Object} obj * @param {string[]} fields? * @param {string} prefix? * @hidden */ static getFieldList(obj: Object, fields?: string[], prefix?: string): string[]; /** * Gets the value of the property in the given object. * The complex object can be accessed by providing the field names concatenated with dot(.). * @param {string} nameSpace - The name of the property to be accessed. * @param {Object} from - Defines the source object. */ static getObject(nameSpace: string, from: Object): Object; /** * To set value for the nameSpace in desired object. * @param {string} nameSpace - String value to the get the inner object. * @param {Object} value - Value that you need to set. * @param {Object} obj - Object to get the inner object value. * @return { [key: string]: Object; } | Object * @hidden */ static setValue(nameSpace: string, value: Object | null, obj: Object): { [key: string]: Object; } | Object; /** * Sort the given data based on the field and comparer. * @param {Object[]} ds - Defines the input data. * @param {string} field - Defines the field to be sorted. * @param {Function} comparer - Defines the comparer function used to sort the records. */ static sort(ds: Object[], field: string, comparer: Function): Object[]; static ignoreDiacritics(value: string | number | boolean): string | Object; private static merge; private static getVal; private static toLowerCase; /** * Specifies the Object with filter operators. */ static operatorSymbols: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Specifies the Object with filter operators which will be used for OData filter query generation. * * It will be used for date/number type filter query. */ static odBiOperator: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Specifies the Object with filter operators which will be used for OData filter query generation. * It will be used for string type filter query. */ static odUniOperator: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Specifies the Object with filter operators which will be used for ODataV4 filter query generation. * It will be used for string type filter query. */ static odv4UniOperator: { [key: string]: string; }; static diacritics: { [key: string]: string; }; static fnOperators: Operators; /** * To perform the filter operation with specified adaptor and returns the result. * @param {Object} adaptor * @param {string} fnName * @param {Object} param1? * @param {Object} param2? * @hidden */ static callAdaptorFunction(adaptor: Object, fnName: string, param1?: Object, param2?: Object): Object; static getAddParams(adp: Object, dm: DataManager, query: Query): Object; /** * To perform the parse operation on JSON data, like convert to string from JSON or convert to JSON from string. */ static parse: ParseOption; /** * Checks wheather the given input is a plain object or not. * @param {Object|Object[]} obj */ static isPlainObject(obj: Object | Object[]): boolean; /** * Returns true when the browser cross origin request. */ static isCors(): boolean; /** * Generate random GUID value which will be prefixed with the given value. * @param {string} prefix */ static getGuid(prefix: string): string; /** * Checks wheather the given value is null or not. * @param {string|Object} val * @returns boolean */ static isNull(val: string | Object): boolean; /** * To get the required items from collection of objects. * @param {Object[]} array * @param {string} field * @param {Function} comparer * @returns Object * @hidden */ static getItemFromComparer(array: Object[], field: string, comparer: Function): Object; /** * To get distinct values of Array or Array of Objects. * @param {Object[]} json * @param {string} field * @param {boolean} requiresCompleteRecord * @returns Object[] * * distinct array of objects is return when requiresCompleteRecord set as true. * @hidden */ static distinct(json: Object[], fieldName: string, requiresCompleteRecord?: boolean): Object[]; /** * @hidden */ static dateParse: DateParseOption; } /** * @hidden */ export interface Aggregates { sum?: Function; average?: Function; min?: Function; max?: Function; truecount?: Function; falsecount?: Function; count?: Function; type?: string; field?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface Operators { equal?: Function; notequal?: Function; lessthan?: Function; greaterthan?: Function; lessthanorequal?: Function; greaterthanorequal?: Function; contains?: Function; notnull?: Function; isnull?: Function; startswith?: Function; endswith?: Function; processSymbols?: Function; processOperator?: Function; } /** * @hidden */ export interface Group { GroupGuid?: string; level?: number; childLevels?: number; records?: Object[]; key?: string; count?: number; items?: Object[]; aggregates?: Object; field?: string; result?: Object; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ParseOption { parseJson?: Function; iterateAndReviveArray?: Function; iterateAndReviveJson?: Function; jsonReviver?: (key: string, value: Object) => Object; isJson?: Function; isGuid?: Function; replacer?: Function; jsonReplacer?: Function; arrayReplacer?: Function; } /** * @hidden */ export interface DateParseOption { addSelfOffset?: (input: Date) => Date; toUTC?: (input: Date) => Date; toTimeZone?: (input: Date, offset?: number, utc?: boolean) => Date; toLocalTime?: (input: Date) => string; } } export namespace diagrams { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/core/appearance-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Thickness */ export interface ThicknessModel { } /** * Interface for a class Margin */ export interface MarginModel { /** * Sets the space to be left from the left side of the immediate parent of an element * @default 0 */ left?: number; /** * Sets the space to be left from the right side of the immediate parent of an element * @default 0 */ right?: number; /** * Sets the space to be left from the top side of the immediate parent of an element * @default 0 */ top?: number; /** * Sets the space to be left from the bottom side of the immediate parent of an element * @default 0 */ bottom?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Shadow */ export interface ShadowModel { /** * Defines the angle of Shadow * @default 45 */ angle?: number; /** * Defines the distance of Shadow * @default 5 */ distance?: number; /** * Defines the opacity of Shadow * @default 0.7 */ opacity?: number; /** * Defines the color of Shadow * @default '' */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class Stop */ export interface StopModel { /** * Sets the color to be filled over the specified region * @default '' */ color?: string; /** * Sets the position where the previous color transition ends and a new color transition starts * @default 0 */ offset?: number; /** * Describes the transparency level of the region * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Gradient */ export interface GradientModel { /** * Defines the stop collection of gradient * @default [] */ stops?: StopModel[]; /** * Defines the type of gradient * * Linear - Sets the type of the gradient as Linear * * Radial - Sets the type of the gradient as Radial * @default 'None' */ type?: GradientType; /** * Defines the id of gradient * @default '' */ id?: string; } /** * Interface for a class LinearGradient */ export interface LinearGradientModel extends GradientModel{ /** * Defines the x1 value of linear gradient * @default 0 */ x1?: number; /** * Defines the x2 value of linear gradient * @default 0 */ x2?: number; /** * Defines the y1 value of linear gradient * @default 0 */ y1?: number; /** * Defines the y2 value of linear gradient * @default 0 */ y2?: number; } /** * Interface for a class RadialGradient */ export interface RadialGradientModel extends GradientModel{ /** * Defines the cx value of radial gradient * @default 0 */ cx?: number; /** * Defines the cy value of radial gradient * @default cy */ cy?: number; /** * Defines the fx value of radial gradient * @default 0 */ fx?: number; /** * Defines the fy value of radial gradient * @default fy */ fy?: number; /** * Defines the r value of radial gradient * @default 50 */ r?: number; } /** * Interface for a class ShapeStyle */ export interface ShapeStyleModel { /** * Sets the fill color of a shape/path * @default 'white' */ fill?: string; /** * Sets the stroke color of a shape/path * @default 'black' */ strokeColor?: string; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and spaces to stroke the path/shape * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ``` * let nodes: NodeModel[] = [{ id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * style: { fill: 'red', strokeColor: 'blue', strokeWidth: 5, * strokeDashArray: '2 2', opacity: 0.6 } as ShapeStyleModel, * }]; * let diagram: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '' */ strokeDashArray?: string; /** * Defines the stroke width of the path/shape * @default 1 */ strokeWidth?: number; /** * Sets the opacity of a shape/path * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * Defines the gradient of a shape/path * @default null * @aspType object */ gradient?: GradientModel | LinearGradientModel | RadialGradientModel; } /** * Interface for a class StrokeStyle */ export interface StrokeStyleModel extends ShapeStyleModel{ /** * Sets the fill color of a shape/path * @default 'transparent' */ fill?: string; } /** * Interface for a class TextStyle */ export interface TextStyleModel extends ShapeStyleModel{ /** * Sets the font color of a text * @default 'black' */ color?: string; /** * Sets the font type of a text * @default 'Arial' */ fontFamily?: string; /** * Defines the font size of a text * @default 12 */ fontSize?: number; /** * Enables/disables the italic style of text * @default false */ italic?: boolean; /** * Enables/disables the bold style of text * @default false */ bold?: boolean; /** * Defines how the white space and new line characters have to be handled * * PreserveAll - Preserves all empty spaces and empty lines * * CollapseSpace - Collapses the consequent spaces into one * * CollapseAll - Collapses all consequent empty spaces and empty lines * @default 'CollapseSpace' */ whiteSpace?: WhiteSpace; /** * Defines how the text should be wrapped, when the text size exceeds some specific bounds * * WrapWithOverflow - Wraps the text so that no word is broken * * Wrap - Wraps the text and breaks the word, if necessary * * NoWrap - Text will no be wrapped * @default 'WrapWithOverflow' */ textWrapping?: TextWrap; /** * Defines how the text should be aligned within its bounds * * Left - Aligns the text at the left of the text bounds * * Right - Aligns the text at the right of the text bounds * * Center - Aligns the text at the center of the text bounds * * Justify - Aligns the text in a justified manner * @default 'Center' */ textAlign?: TextAlign; /** * Defines how the text should be decorated. For example, with underline/over line * * Overline - Decorates the text with a line above the text * * Underline - Decorates the text with an underline * * LineThrough - Decorates the text by striking it with a line * * None - Text will not have any specific decoration * @default 'None' */ textDecoration?: TextDecoration; /** * Defines how to handle the text when it exceeds the given size. * * Wrap - Wraps the text to next line, when it exceeds its bounds * * Ellipsis - It truncates the overflown text and represents the clipping with an ellipsis * * Clip - It clips the overflow text * @default 'Wrap' */ textOverflow?: TextOverflow; /** * Sets the fill color of a shape/path * @default 'transparent' */ fill?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/core/appearance.d.ts /** * Layout Model module defines the styles and types to arrange objects in containers */ export class Thickness { /** * Sets the left value of the thickness * @default 0 */ left: number; /** * Sets the right value of the thickness * @default 0 */ right: number; /** * Sets the top value of the thickness * @default 0 */ top: number; /** * Sets the bottom value of the thickness * @default 0 */ bottom: number; constructor(left: number, right: number, top: number, bottom: number); } /** * Defines the space to be left between an object and its immediate parent */ export class Margin extends base.ChildProperty<Margin> { /** * Sets the space to be left from the left side of the immediate parent of an element * @default 0 */ left: number; /** * Sets the space to be left from the right side of the immediate parent of an element * @default 0 */ right: number; /** * Sets the space to be left from the top side of the immediate parent of an element * @default 0 */ top: number; /** * Sets the space to be left from the bottom side of the immediate parent of an element * @default 0 */ bottom: number; } /** * Defines the Shadow appearance of the objects * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, * constraints: NodeConstraints.Default | NodeConstraints.Shadow, * shadow: { angle: 45, distance: 5, opacity: 0.7, color: 'grey'} * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ export class Shadow extends base.ChildProperty<Shadow> { /** * Defines the angle of Shadow * @default 45 */ angle: number; /** * Defines the distance of Shadow * @default 5 */ distance: number; /** * Defines the opacity of Shadow * @default 0.7 */ opacity: number; /** * Defines the color of Shadow * @default '' */ color: string; } /** * Defines the different colors and the region of color transitions * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let stopscol: StopModel[] = []; * let stops1: StopModel = { color: 'white', offset: 0, opacity: 0.7 }; * stopscol.push(stops1); * let stops2: StopModel = { color: 'red', offset: 0, opacity: 0.3 }; * stopscol.push(stops2); * let gradient: RadialGradientModel = { cx: 50, cy: 50, fx: 50, fy: 50, stops: stopscol, type: 'Radial' }; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, * style: { gradient: gradient } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ export class Stop extends base.ChildProperty<Stop> { /** * Sets the color to be filled over the specified region * @default '' */ color: string; /** * Sets the position where the previous color transition ends and a new color transition starts * @default 0 */ offset: number; /** * Describes the transparency level of the region * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * @private * Returns the name of class Stop */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Paints the node with a smooth transition from one color to another color */ export class Gradient extends base.ChildProperty<Gradient> { /** * Defines the stop collection of gradient * @default [] */ stops: StopModel[]; /** * Defines the type of gradient * * Linear - Sets the type of the gradient as Linear * * Radial - Sets the type of the gradient as Radial * @default 'None' */ type: GradientType; /** * Defines the id of gradient * @default '' */ id: string; } /** * Defines the linear gradient of styles * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let stopscol: StopModel[] = []; * let stops1: StopModel = { color: 'white', offset: 0, opacity: 0.7 }; * stopscol.push(stops1); * let stops2: StopModel = { color: 'red', offset: 0, opacity: 0.3 }; * stopscol.push(stops2); * let gradient: LinearGradientModel = { x1: 0, x2: 50, y1: 0, y2: 50, stops: stopscol, type: 'Linear' }; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, * style: { gradient: gradient } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ /** * Paints the node with linear color transitions */ export class LinearGradient extends Gradient { /** * Defines the x1 value of linear gradient * @default 0 */ x1: number; /** * Defines the x2 value of linear gradient * @default 0 */ x2: number; /** * Defines the y1 value of linear gradient * @default 0 */ y1: number; /** * Defines the y2 value of linear gradient * @default 0 */ y2: number; } /** * A focal point defines the beginning of the gradient, and a circle defines the end point of the gradient * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let stopscol: StopModel[] = []; * let stops1: StopModel = { color: 'white', offset: 0, opacity: 0.7 }; * stopscol.push(stops1); * let stops2: StopModel = { color: 'red', offset: 0, opacity: 0.3 }; * stopscol.push(stops2); * let gradient: RadialGradientModel = { cx: 50, cy: 50, fx: 50, fy: 50, stops: stopscol, type: 'Radial' }; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, * style: { gradient: gradient } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ export class RadialGradient extends Gradient { /** * Defines the cx value of radial gradient * @default 0 */ cx: number; /** * Defines the cy value of radial gradient * @default cy */ cy: number; /** * Defines the fx value of radial gradient * @default 0 */ fx: number; /** * Defines the fy value of radial gradient * @default fy */ fy: number; /** * Defines the r value of radial gradient * @default 50 */ r: number; } /** * Defines the style of shape/path */ export class ShapeStyle extends base.ChildProperty<ShapeStyle> { /** * Sets the fill color of a shape/path * @default 'white' */ fill: string; /** * Sets the stroke color of a shape/path * @default 'black' */ strokeColor: string; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and spaces to stroke the path/shape * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ``` * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * style: { fill: 'red', strokeColor: 'blue', strokeWidth: 5, * strokeDashArray: '2 2', opacity: 0.6 } as ShapeStyleModel, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '' */ strokeDashArray: string; /** * Defines the stroke width of the path/shape * @default 1 */ strokeWidth: number; /** * Sets the opacity of a shape/path * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * Defines the gradient of a shape/path * @default null * @aspType object */ gradient: GradientModel | LinearGradientModel | RadialGradientModel; } /** * Defines the stroke style of a path */ export class StrokeStyle extends ShapeStyle { /** * Sets the fill color of a shape/path * @default 'transparent' */ fill: string; } /** * Defines the appearance of text * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let style: TextStyleModel = { strokeColor: 'black', opacity: 0.5, whiteSpace:'CollapseSpace', strokeWidth: 1 }; * let node: NodeModel; * node = { * ... * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations : [{ * content: 'text', style: style }]; * ... * }; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: [node], * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ export class TextStyle extends ShapeStyle { /** * Sets the font color of a text * @default 'black' */ color: string; /** * Sets the font type of a text * @default 'Arial' */ fontFamily: string; /** * Defines the font size of a text * @default 12 */ fontSize: number; /** * Enables/disables the italic style of text * @default false */ italic: boolean; /** * Enables/disables the bold style of text * @default false */ bold: boolean; /** * Defines how the white space and new line characters have to be handled * * PreserveAll - Preserves all empty spaces and empty lines * * CollapseSpace - Collapses the consequent spaces into one * * CollapseAll - Collapses all consequent empty spaces and empty lines * @default 'CollapseSpace' */ whiteSpace: WhiteSpace; /** * Defines how the text should be wrapped, when the text size exceeds some specific bounds * * WrapWithOverflow - Wraps the text so that no word is broken * * Wrap - Wraps the text and breaks the word, if necessary * * NoWrap - Text will no be wrapped * @default 'WrapWithOverflow' */ textWrapping: TextWrap; /** * Defines how the text should be aligned within its bounds * * Left - Aligns the text at the left of the text bounds * * Right - Aligns the text at the right of the text bounds * * Center - Aligns the text at the center of the text bounds * * Justify - Aligns the text in a justified manner * @default 'Center' */ textAlign: TextAlign; /** * Defines how the text should be decorated. For example, with underline/over line * * Overline - Decorates the text with a line above the text * * Underline - Decorates the text with an underline * * LineThrough - Decorates the text by striking it with a line * * None - Text will not have any specific decoration * @default 'None' */ textDecoration: TextDecoration; /** * Defines how to handle the text when it exceeds the given size. * * Wrap - Wraps the text to next line, when it exceeds its bounds * * Ellipsis - It truncates the overflown text and represents the clipping with an ellipsis * * Clip - It clips the overflow text * @default 'Wrap' */ textOverflow: TextOverflow; /** * Sets the fill color of a shape/path * @default 'transparent' */ fill: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/core/containers/canvas.d.ts /** * Canvas module is used to define a plane(canvas) and to arrange the children based on margin */ export class Canvas extends Container { /** * Not applicable for canvas * @private */ measureChildren: boolean; /** * Measures the minimum space that the canvas requires * @param availableSize */ measure(availableSize: Size): Size; /** * Arranges the child elements of the canvas */ arrange(desiredSize: Size, isStack?: boolean): Size; /** * Aligns the child element based on its parent * @param child * @param childSize * @param parentSize * @param x * @param y */ private alignChildBasedOnParent; /** * Aligns the child elements based on a point * @param child * @param x * @param y */ private alignChildBasedOnaPoint; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/core/containers/container.d.ts /** * Container module is used to group related objects */ export class Container extends DiagramElement { /** * Gets/Sets the space between the container and its immediate children */ padding: Thickness; /** * Gets/Sets the collection of child elements */ children: DiagramElement[]; private desiredBounds; /** @private */ measureChildren: boolean; /** * returns whether the container has child elements or not */ hasChildren(): boolean; /** @private */ prevRotateAngle: number; /** * Measures the minimum space that the container requires * * @param availableSize */ measure(availableSize: Size): Size; /** * Arranges the container and its children * @param desiredSize */ arrange(desiredSize: Size): Size; /** * Stretches the child elements based on the size of the container * @param size */ protected stretchChildren(size: Size): void; /** * Considers the padding of the element when measuring its desired size * @param size */ protected applyPadding(size: Size): void; /** * Finds the offset of the child element with respect to the container * @param child * @param center */ protected findChildOffsetFromCenter(child: DiagramElement, center: PointModel): void; private GetChildrenBounds; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/core/containers/grid.d.ts /** * Grid panel is used to arrange the children in a table like structure */ export class GridPanel extends Container { private childTable; /** @private */ rowDefinitions(): RowDefinition[]; private rowDefns; /** @private */ columnDefinitions(): ColumnDefinition[]; private colDefns; /** @private */ rows: GridRow[]; cellStyle: ShapeStyleModel; private desiredRowHeight; private desiredCellWidth; addObject(obj: DiagramElement, rowId?: number, columnId?: number, rowSpan?: number, columnSpan?: number): void; private addObjectToCell; /** @private */ updateProperties(offsetX: number, offsetY: number, width: number, height: number): void; /** @private */ setDefinitions(rows: RowDefinition[], columns: ColumnDefinition[]): void; /** @private */ private addCellInRow; /** @private */ private calculateSize; /** @private */ updateRowHeight(rowId: number, height: number, isConsiderChild: boolean, padding?: number): void; private setTextRefresh; /** @private */ updateColumnWidth(colId: number, width: number, isConsiderChild: boolean, padding?: number): void; private calculateCellWidth; private calculateCellHeight; private calculateCellSizeBasedOnChildren; private calculateCellWidthBasedOnChildren; private calculateCellHeightBasedOnChildren; /** @private */ addRow(rowId: number, rowDefn: RowDefinition, isMeasure: boolean): void; /** @private */ addColumn(columnId: number, column: ColumnDefinition, isMeasure?: boolean): void; /** @private */ removeRow(rowId: number): void; /** @private */ removeColumn(columnId: number): void; /** @private */ updateRowIndex(currentIndex: number, newIndex: number): void; /** @private */ updateColumnIndex(startRowIndex: number, currentIndex: number, newIndex: number): void; /** @private */ measure(availableSize: Size): Size; /** @private */ arrange(desiredSize: Size, isChange?: boolean): Size; } /** @private */ export class RowDefinition { height: number; } /** @private */ export class ColumnDefinition { width: number; } /** @private */ export class GridRow { cells: GridCell[]; } /** @private */ export class GridCell extends Canvas { columnSpan: number; rowSpan: number; desiredCellWidth: number; desiredCellHeight: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/core/containers/stack-panel.d.ts /** * StackPanel module is used to arrange its children in a line */ export class StackPanel extends Container { /** * Gets/Sets the orientation of the stack panel */ orientation: Orientation; /** * Not applicable for canvas * to avoid the child size updation with respect to parent ser true * @private */ measureChildren: boolean; /** * Measures the minimum space that the panel needs * @param availableSize */ measure(availableSize: Size): Size; /** * Arranges the child elements of the stack panel * @param desiredSize */ arrange(desiredSize: Size): Size; /** * Measures the minimum space that the panel needs * @param availableSize */ private measureStackPanel; private arrangeStackPanel; private updateHorizontalStack; private updateVerticalStack; private arrangeHorizontalStack; private arrangeVerticalStack; protected stretchChildren(size: Size): void; private applyChildMargin; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/core/elements/diagram-element.d.ts /** * DiagramElement module defines the basic unit of diagram */ export class DiagramElement { /** * Sets the unique id of the element */ id: string; /** * Sets/Gets the reference point of the element * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let stackPanel: StackPanel = new StackPanel(); * stackPanel.offsetX = 300; stackPanel.offsetY = 200; * stackPanel.width = 100; stackPanel.height = 100; * stackPanel.style.fill = 'red'; * stackPanel.pivot = { x: 0.5, y: 0.5 }; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * basicElements: [stackPanel], * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ pivot: PointModel; /** * Sets or gets whether the content of the element needs to be measured */ protected isDirt: boolean; /** * set to true during print and eport */ /** @private */ isExport: boolean; /** * set scaling value for print and export */ /** @private */ exportScaleValue: PointModel; /** * set scaling value for print and export */ /** @private */ exportScaleOffset: PointModel; /** * Check whether style need to be apply or not */ /** @private */ canApplyStyle: boolean; /** * Sets or gets whether the content of the element to be visible */ visible: boolean; /** * Sets/Gets the x-coordinate of the element */ offsetX: number; /** * Sets/Gets the y-coordinate of the element */ offsetY: number; /** * Set the corner of the element */ cornerRadius: number; /** * Sets/Gets the minimum height of the element */ minHeight: number; /** * Sets/Gets the minimum width of the element */ minWidth: number; /** * Sets/Gets the maximum width of the element */ maxWidth: number; /** * Sets/Gets the maximum height of the element */ maxHeight: number; /** * Sets/Gets the width of the element */ width: number; /** * Sets/Gets the height of the element */ height: number; /** * Sets/Gets the rotate angle of the element */ rotateAngle: number; /** * Sets/Gets the margin of the element */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Sets/Gets how the element has to be horizontally arranged with respect to its immediate parent * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent * * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent */ horizontalAlignment: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Sets/Gets how the element has to be vertically arranged with respect to its immediate parent * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent * * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent */ verticalAlignment: VerticalAlignment; /** * Sets/Gets the mirror image of diagram element in both horizontal and vertical directions * * FlipHorizontal - Translate the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * FlipVertical - Rotate the diagram element throughout its immediate parent */ flip: FlipDirection; /** * Sets whether the element has to be aligned with respect to a point/with respect to its immediate parent * * Point - Diagram elements will be aligned with respect to a point * * Object - Diagram elements will be aligned with respect to its immediate parent */ relativeMode: RelativeMode; /** * Sets whether the element has to be transformed based on its parent or not * * Self - Sets the transform type as Self * * Parent - Sets the transform type as Parent */ transform: Transform; /** * Sets the style of the element */ style: ShapeStyleModel; /** * Gets the parent id for the element */ parentId: string; /** * Gets the minimum size that is required by the element */ desiredSize: Size; /** * Gets the size that the element will be rendered */ actualSize: Size; /** * Gets the rotate angle that is set to the immediate parent of the element */ parentTransform: number; /** @private */ preventContainer: boolean; /** * Gets/Set the boolean value for the element */ isSvgRender: boolean; /** * Gets/Sets the boundary of the element */ bounds: Rect; /** * Gets/Sets the corners of the rectangular bounds */ corners: Corners; /** * Defines the appearance of the shadow of the element */ shadow: ShadowModel; /** * Defines the description of the diagram element */ description: string; /** * Defines whether the element has to be measured or not */ staticSize: boolean; /** * check whether the element is rect or not */ isRectElement: boolean; /** @private */ isCalculateDesiredSize: boolean; /** * Set the offset values for container in flipping */ /** @private */ flipOffset: PointModel; /** * Defines whether the element is group or port */ /** @private */ elementActions: ElementAction; /** * Sets the offset of the element with respect to its parent * @param x * @param y * @param mode */ setOffsetWithRespectToBounds(x: number, y: number, mode: UnitMode): void; /** * Gets the position of the element with respect to its parent * @param size */ getAbsolutePosition(size: Size): PointModel; private position; private unitMode; /** @private */ float: boolean; /** * used to set the outer bounds value * @private */ outerBounds: Rect; private floatingBounds; /** * Measures the minimum space that the element requires * @param availableSize */ measure(availableSize: Size): Size; /** * Arranges the element * @param desiredSize */ arrange(desiredSize: Size): Size; /** * Updates the bounds of the element */ updateBounds(): void; /** * Validates the size of the element with respect to its minimum and maximum size * @param desiredSize * @param availableSize */ protected validateDesiredSize(desiredSize: Size, availableSize: Size): Size; } /** @private */ export interface Corners { topLeft: PointModel; topCenter: PointModel; topRight: PointModel; middleLeft: PointModel; center: PointModel; middleRight: PointModel; bottomLeft: PointModel; bottomCenter: PointModel; bottomRight: PointModel; left: number; right: number; top: number; bottom: number; width: number; height: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/core/elements/html-element.d.ts /** * HTMLElement defines the basic html elements */ export class DiagramHtmlElement extends DiagramElement { /** * set the id for each element */ constructor(nodeId: string, diagramId: string, annotationId?: string); private data; /** * Gets the node id for the element */ nodeId: string; /** * defines the id of the annotation on rendering template on label. * @private */ annotationId: string; /** * defines the constraints of the annotation on rendering template on label. * @private */ constraints: AnnotationConstraints; /** * Gets the diagram id for the html element */ diagramId: string; /** * Gets or sets the geometry of the html element */ /** * Gets or sets the value of the html element */ content: string | HTMLElement; /** * defines geometry of the html element * @private */ template: HTMLElement; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/core/elements/image-element.d.ts /** * ImageElement defines a basic image elements */ export class ImageElement extends DiagramElement { /** * set the id for each element */ constructor(); /** * sets or gets the image source */ private imageSource; /** * Gets the source for the image element */ /** * Sets the source for the image element */ source: string; /** * sets scaling factor of the image */ imageScale: Scale; /** * sets the alignment of the image */ imageAlign: ImageAlignment; /** * Sets how to stretch the image */ stretch: Stretch; /** * Saves the actual size of the image */ contentSize: Size; /** * Measures minimum space that is required to render the image * @param availableSize */ measure(availableSize: Size): Size; /** * Arranges the image * @param desiredSize */ arrange(desiredSize: Size): Size; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/core/elements/native-element.d.ts /** * NativeElement defines the basic native elements */ export class DiagramNativeElement extends DiagramElement { /** * set the id for each element */ constructor(nodeId: string, diagramId: string); private data; /** * set the node id */ nodeId: string; /** * set the diagram id */ diagramId: string; /** @private */ /** * sets the geometry of the native element */ content: string | SVGElement; /** * defines geometry of the native element * @private */ template: SVGElement; /** * sets scaling factor of the Native Element */ scale: Stretch; /** * Saves the actual size of the Native Element * @private */ contentSize: Size; /** * Saves the top left point of the Native Element * @private */ templatePosition: PointModel; /** * Measures minimum space that is required to render the Native Element * @param availableSize */ measure(availableSize: Size): Size; /** * Arranges the Native Element * @param desiredSize */ arrange(desiredSize: Size): Size; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/core/elements/path-element.d.ts /** * PathElement takes care of how to align the path based on offsetX and offsetY */ export class PathElement extends DiagramElement { /** * set the id for each element */ constructor(); /** * Gets or sets the geometry of the path element */ private pathData; /** * Gets the geometry of the path element */ /** * Sets the geometry of the path element */ data: string; /** * Gets/Sets whether the path has to be transformed to fit the given x,y, width, height */ transformPath: boolean; /** * Gets/Sets the equivalent path, that will have the origin as 0,0 */ absolutePath: string; /** @private */ canMeasurePath: boolean; /** @private */ absoluteBounds: Rect; private points; private pointTimer; /** @private */ getPoints(): PointModel[]; /** * Measures the minimum space that is required to render the element * @param availableSize */ measure(availableSize: Size): Size; /** * Arranges the path element * @param desiredSize */ arrange(desiredSize: Size): Size; /** * Translates the path to 0,0 and scales the path based on the actual size * @param pathData * @param bounds * @param actualSize */ updatePath(pathData: string, bounds: Rect, actualSize: Size): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/core/elements/text-element.d.ts /** * TextElement is used to display text/annotations */ export class TextElement extends DiagramElement { /** * set the id for each element */ constructor(); /** * sets or gets the image source */ private textContent; /** @private */ canMeasure: boolean; /** @private */ isLaneOrientation: boolean; /** @private */ canConsiderBounds: boolean; /** * sets the constraints for the text element */ constraints: AnnotationConstraints; /** * sets the hyperlink color to blue */ hyperlink: HyperlinkModel; /** @private */ doWrap: boolean; /** * gets the content for the text element */ /** * sets the content for the text element */ content: string; private textNodes; /** * sets the content for the text element */ /** * gets the content for the text element */ childNodes: SubTextElement[]; private textWrapBounds; /** * gets the wrapBounds for the text */ /** * sets the wrapBounds for the text */ wrapBounds: TextBounds; /** @private */ refreshTextElement(): void; /** * Defines the appearance of the text element */ style: TextStyleModel; /** * Measures the minimum size that is required for the text element * @param availableSize */ measure(availableSize: Size): Size; /** * Arranges the text element * @param desiredSize */ arrange(desiredSize: Size): Size; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/data-binding/data-binding.d.ts /** * data source defines the basic unit of diagram */ export class DataBinding { /** * Constructor for the data binding module. * @private */ constructor(); /** * To destroy the data binding module * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** @private */ dataTable: Object; /** * Initialize nodes and connectors when we have a data as JSON * @param data * @param diagram * @private */ initData(data: DataSourceModel, diagram: Diagram): void; /** * Initialize nodes and connector when we have a data as remote url * @param data * @param diagram * @private */ initSource(data: DataSourceModel, diagram: Diagram): void; private applyDataSource; /** * updateMultipleRootNodes method is used to update the multiple Root Nodes * @param object * @param rootnodes * @param mapper * @param data */ private updateMultipleRootNodes; /** * Get the node values * @param mapper * @param item * @param diagram */ private applyNodeTemplate; private renderChildNodes; private containsConnector; /** * collectionContains method is used to check wthear the node is already present in collection or not * @param node * @param diagram * @param id * @param parentId */ private collectionContains; /** * Get the Connector values * @param sourceNode * @param targetNode * @param diagram */ private applyConnectorTemplate; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Diagram */ export interface DiagramModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Defines the width of the diagram model. * ```html * <div id='diagram'/> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * width:'1000px', height:'500px' }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '100%' */ width?: string | number; /** * Defines the diagram rendering mode. * * SVG - Renders the diagram objects as SVG elements * * Canvas - Renders the diagram in a canvas * @default 'SVG' */ mode?: RenderingMode; /** * Defines the height of the diagram model. * @default '100%' */ height?: string | number; /** * Defines type of menu that appears when you perform right-click operation * An object to customize the context menu of diagram * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * contextMenuSettings: { show: true }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ contextMenuSettings?: ContextMenuSettingsModel; /** * Constraints are used to enable/disable certain behaviors of the diagram. * * None - Disables DiagramConstraints constraints * * Bridging - Enables/Disables Bridging support for connector * * UndoRedo - Enables/Disables the Undo/Redo support * * popups.Tooltip - Enables/Disables popups.Tooltip support * * UserInteraction - Enables/Disables editing diagram interactively * * ApiUpdate - Enables/Disables editing diagram through code * * PageEditable - Enables/Disables editing diagrams both interactively and through code * * Zoom - Enables/Disables Zoom support for the diagram * * PanX - Enables/Disable PanX support for the diagram * * PanY - Enables/Disable PanY support for the diagram * * Pan - Enables/Disable Pan support the diagram * @default 'Default' * @aspNumberEnum */ constraints?: DiagramConstraints; /** * Defines the precedence of the interactive tools. They are, * * None - Disables selection, zooming and drawing tools * * SingleSelect - Enables/Disables single select support for the diagram * * MultipleSelect - Enables/Disable MultipleSelect select support for the diagram * * ZoomPan - Enables/Disable ZoomPan support for the diagram * * DrawOnce - Enables/Disable ContinuousDraw support for the diagram * * ContinuousDraw - Enables/Disable ContinuousDraw support for the diagram * @default 'Default' * @aspNumberEnum */ tool?: DiagramTools; /** * Defines the direction of the bridge that is inserted when the segments are intersected * * Top - Defines the direction of the bridge as Top * * Bottom - Defines the direction of the bridge as Bottom * * Left - Sets the bridge direction as left * * Right - Sets the bridge direction as right * @default top */ bridgeDirection?: BridgeDirection; /** * Defines the background color of the diagram * @default transparent */ backgroundColor?: String; /** * Defines the gridlines and defines how and when the objects have to be snapped * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let horizontalGridlines: GridlinesModel = {lineColor: 'black', lineDashArray: '1,1' }; * let verticalGridlines: GridlinesModel = {lineColor: 'black', lineDashArray: '1,1'}; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * snapSettings: { horizontalGridlines, verticalGridlines, constraints: SnapConstraints.ShowLines, * snapObjectDistance: 5, snapAngle: 5 }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ snapSettings?: SnapSettingsModel; /** * Defines the properties of both horizontal and vertical guides/rulers to measure the diagram area. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let arrange: Function = (args: IArrangeTickOptions) => { * if (args.tickInterval % 10 == 0) { * args.tickLength = 25; * } * } * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * rulerSettings: { showRulers: true, * horizontalRuler: { segmentWidth: 50, orientation: 'Horizontal', interval: 10, arrangeTick: arrange }, * verticalRuler: {segmentWidth: 200,interval: 20, thickness: 20, * tickAlignment: 'LeftOrTop', segmentWidth: 50, markerColor: 'red' } * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ rulerSettings?: RulerSettingsModel; /** * Page settings enable to customize the appearance, width, and height of the Diagram page. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * pageSettings: { width: 800, height: 600, orientation: 'Landscape', * background: { color: 'blue' }, boundaryConstraints: 'Infinity'}, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ pageSettings?: PageSettingsModel; /** * Defines the serialization settings of diagram. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * serializationSettings: { preventDefaults: true }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ serializationSettings?: SerializationSettingsModel; /** * Defines the collection of nodes * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' * }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Path Element' }] * } * ]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ nodes?: NodeModel[]; /** * Defines the object to be drawn using drawing tool * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * drawingObject : {id: 'connector3', type: 'Straight'}, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ drawingObject?: NodeModel | ConnectorModel; /** * Defines a collection of objects, used to create link between two points, nodes or ports to represent the relationships between them * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let connectors: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default [] */ connectors?: ConnectorModel[]; /** * Defines the basic elements for the diagram * @default [] * @hidden */ basicElements?: DiagramElement[]; /** * Defines the tooltip that should be shown when the mouse hovers over a node or connector * An object that defines the description, appearance and alignments of tooltip * @default {} */ tooltip?: DiagramTooltipModel; /** * Configures the data source that is to be bound with diagram * @default {} */ dataSourceSettings?: DataSourceModel; /** * Allows the user to save custom information/data about diagram * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ addInfo?: Object; /** * Customizes the undo redo functionality * @default undefined */ historyManager?: History; /** * Helps to return the default properties of node * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' * }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Ellipse' }] * } * ]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * getNodeDefaults: (node: NodeModel) => { * let obj: NodeModel = {}; * if (obj.width === undefined) { * obj.width = 145; * } * obj.style = { fill: '#357BD2', strokeColor: 'white' }; * obj.annotations = [{ style: { color: 'white', fill: 'transparent' } }]; * return obj; * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ getNodeDefaults?: Function | string; /** * Helps to return the default properties of connector * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let connectors: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, * getConnectorDefaults: (connector: ConnectorModel, diagram: Diagram) => { * let connObj: ConnectorModel = {}; * connObj.targetDecorator ={ shape :'None' }; * connObj.type = 'Orthogonal'; * return connObj; * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ getConnectorDefaults?: Function | string; /** * setNodeTemplate helps to customize the content of a node * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let getTextElement: Function = (text: string) => { * let textElement: TextElement = new TextElement(); * textElement.width = 50; * textElement.height = 20; * textElement.content = text; * return textElement; * }; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100 * } * ]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * setNodeTemplate : setNodeTemplate, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * function setNodeTemplate() { * setNodeTemplate: (obj: NodeModel, diagram: Diagram): StackPanel => { * if (obj.id === 'node2') { * let table: StackPanel = new StackPanel(); * table.orientation = 'Horizontal'; * let column1: StackPanel = new StackPanel(); * column1.children = []; * column1.children.push(getTextElement('Column1')); * addRows(column1); * let column2: StackPanel = new StackPanel(); * column2.children = []; * column2.children.push(getTextElement('Column2')); * addRows(column2); * table.children = [column1, column2]; * return table; * } * return null; * } * ... * } * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ setNodeTemplate?: Function | string; /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let connector1: ConnectorModel = { * id: 'connector1', type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 100 },targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 200 }, * annotations: [{ 'content': 'label', 'offset': 0, 'alignment': 'Center' }] * }; * let connector2: ConnectorModel = { * id: 'connector2', type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 400, y: 400 }, targetPoint: { x: 600, y: 600 }, * }; * let diagram$: Diagram; * diagram = new Diagram({ * width: 1000, height: 1000, * connectors: [connector1, connector2], * snapSettings: { constraints: SnapConstraints.ShowLines }, * getDescription: getAccessibility * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * function getAccessibility(obj: ConnectorModel, diagram: Diagram): string { * let value: string; * if (obj instanceof Connector) { * value = 'clicked on Connector'; * } else if (obj instanceof TextElement) { * value = 'clicked on annotation'; * } * else if (obj instanceof Decorator) { * value = 'clicked on Decorator'; * } * else { value = undefined; } * return value; * } * ``` */ getDescription?: Function | string; /** * Allows to get the custom properties that have to be serialized * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Path Element' }] * } * ]; * let connectors: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, nodes: nodes, * getCustomProperty: (key: string) => { * if (key === 'nodes') { * return ['description']; * } * return null; * } * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ getCustomProperty?: Function | string; /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * function getTool(action: string): ToolBase { * let tool: ToolBase; * if (action === 'userHandle1') { * tool = new CloneTool(diagram.commandHandler, true); * } * return tool; * } * class CloneTool extends ToolBase { * public mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void { * super.mouseDown(args); * diagram.copy(); * diagram.paste(); * } * } * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' }, * }]; * let connectors: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let handles: UserHandleModel[] = [ * { name: 'handle', margin: { top: 0, bottom: 0, left: 0, right: 0 }, offset: 0, * pathData: 'M 376.892,225.284L 371.279,211.95L 376.892,198.617L 350.225,211.95L 376.892,225.284 Z', * side: 'Top', horizontalAlignment: 'Center', verticalAlignment: 'Center', * pathColor: 'yellow' }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, nodes: nodes, * selectedItems: { constraints: SelectorConstraints.All, userHandles: handles }, * getCustomTool: getTool * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ getCustomTool?: Function | string; /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * function getCursor(action: string, active: boolean): string { * let cursor: string; * if (active && action === 'Drag') { * cursor = '-webkit-grabbing'; * } else if (action === 'Drag') { * cursor = '-webkit-grab' * } * return cursor; * } * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' }, * }]; * let handle: UserHandleModel[] = [ * { name: 'handle', margin: { top: 0, bottom: 0, left: 0, right: 0 }, offset: 0, * pathData: 'M 376.892,225.284L 371.279,211.95L 376.892,198.617L 350.225,211.95L 376.892,225.284 Z', * side: 'Top', horizontalAlignment: 'Center', verticalAlignment: 'Center', * pathColor: 'yellow' }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * selectedItems: { constraints: SelectorConstraints.All, userHandles: handle }, * getCustomCursor: getCursor * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ getCustomCursor?: Function | string; /** * Helps to set the undo and redo node selection * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let connectors: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, * updateSelection: (object: ConnectorModel | NodeModel, diagram: Diagram) => { * let objectCollection = []; * objectCollection.push(obejct); * diagram.select(objectCollection); * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ updateSelection?: Function | string; /** * Defines the collection of selected items, size and position of the selector * @default {} */ selectedItems?: SelectorModel; /** * Defines the current zoom value, zoom factor, scroll status and view port size of the diagram * @default {} */ scrollSettings?: ScrollSettingsModel; /** * Layout is used to auto-arrange the nodes in the Diagram area * @default {} */ layout?: LayoutModel; /** * Defines a set of custom commands and binds them with a set of desired key gestures * @default {} */ commandManager?: CommandManagerModel; /** * Triggers after diagram is populated from the external data source * @event */ dataLoaded?: base.EmitType<IDataLoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a symbol is dragged into diagram from symbol palette * @event */ dragEnter?: base.EmitType<IDragEnterEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a symbol is dragged outside of the diagram. * @event */ dragLeave?: base.EmitType<IDragLeaveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a symbol is dragged over diagram * @event */ dragOver?: base.EmitType<IDragOverEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a node, connector or diagram is clicked * @event */ click?: base.EmitType<IClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a change is reverted or restored(undo/redo) * @event */ historyChange?: base.EmitType<IHistoryChangeArgs>; /** * Triggers when a node, connector or diagram model is clicked twice * @event */ doubleClick?: base.EmitType<IDoubleClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when editor got focus at the time of node’s label or text node editing. * @event */ textEdit?: base.EmitType<ITextEditEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the diagram is zoomed or panned * @event */ scrollChange?: base.EmitType<IScrollChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the selection is changed in diagram * @event */ selectionChange?: base.EmitType<ISelectionChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a node is resized * @event */ sizeChange?: base.EmitType<ISizeChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the connection is changed * @event */ connectionChange?: base.EmitType<IConnectionChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the connector's source point is changed * @event */ sourcePointChange?: base.EmitType<IEndChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the connector's target point is changed * @event */ targetPointChange?: base.EmitType<IEndChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers once the node or connector property changed. * @event */ propertyChange?: base.EmitType<IPropertyChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while dragging the elements in diagram * @event */ positionChange?: base.EmitType<IDraggingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after animation is completed for the diagram elements. * @event */ animationComplete?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the diagram elements are rotated * @event */ rotateChange?: base.EmitType<IRotationEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a node/connector is added/removed to/from the diagram. * @event */ collectionChange?: base.EmitType<ICollectionChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the state of the expand and collapse icon change for a node. * @event */ expandStateChange?: base.EmitType<IExpandStateChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggered when the diagram is rendered completely. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggered when mouse enters a node/connector. * @event */ mouseEnter?: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggered when mouse leaves node/connector. * @event */ mouseLeave?: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggered when mouse hovers a node/connector. * @event */ mouseOver?: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before opening the context menu * @event */ contextMenuOpen?: base.EmitType<navigations.BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before rendering the context menu item * @event */ contextMenuBeforeItemRender?: base.EmitType<navigations.MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a context menu item is clicked * @event */ contextMenuClick?: base.EmitType<navigations.MenuEventArgs>; /** * A collection of JSON objects where each object represents a layer. Layer is a named category of diagram shapes. * @default [] */ layers?: LayerModel[]; /** * Triggers when a symbol is dragged and dropped from symbol palette to drawing area * @event */ drop?: base.EmitType<IDropEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram.d.ts /** * Represents the Diagram control * ```html * <div id='diagram'/> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * width:'1000px', height:'500px' }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ export class Diagram extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * `organizationalChartModule` is used to arrange the nodes in a organizational chart like struture * @private */ organizationalChartModule: HierarchicalTree; /** * `mindMapChartModule` is used to arrange the nodes in a mind map like structure */ mindMapChartModule: MindMap; /** * `radialTreeModule` is used to arrange the nodes in a radial tree like structure */ radialTreeModule: RadialTree; /** * `complexHierarchicalTreeModule` is used to arrange the nodes in a hierarchical tree like structure * @private */ complexHierarchicalTreeModule: ComplexHierarchicalTree; /** * `dataBindingModule` is used to populate nodes from given data source * @private */ dataBindingModule: DataBinding; /** * `snappingModule` is used to Snap the objects * @private */ snappingModule: Snapping; /** * `printandExportModule` is used to print or export the objects * @private */ printandExportModule: PrintAndExport; /** * `bpmnModule` is used to add built-in BPMN Shapes to diagrams * @private */ bpmnModule: BpmnDiagrams; /** * 'symmetricalLayoutModule' is usd to render layout in symmetrical method * @private */ symmetricalLayoutModule: SymmetricLayout; /** * `bridgingModule` is used to add bridges to connectors * @private */ bridgingModule: ConnectorBridging; /** * `undoRedoModule` is used to revert and restore the changes * @private */ undoRedoModule: UndoRedo; /** * `layoutAnimateModule` is used to revert and restore the changes * @private */ layoutAnimateModule: LayoutAnimation; /** * 'contextMenuModule' is used to manipulate context menu * @private */ contextMenuModule: DiagramContextMenu; /** * `connectorEditingToolModule` is used to edit the segments for connector * @private */ connectorEditingToolModule: ConnectorEditing; /** * Defines the width of the diagram model. * ```html * <div id='diagram'/> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * width:'1000px', height:'500px' }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '100%' */ width: string | number; /** * Defines the diagram rendering mode. * * SVG - Renders the diagram objects as SVG elements * * Canvas - Renders the diagram in a canvas * @default 'SVG' */ mode: RenderingMode; /** * Defines the height of the diagram model. * @default '100%' */ height: string | number; /** * Defines type of menu that appears when you perform right-click operation * An object to customize the context menu of diagram * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * contextMenuSettings: { show: true }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ contextMenuSettings: ContextMenuSettingsModel; /** * Constraints are used to enable/disable certain behaviors of the diagram. * * None - Disables DiagramConstraints constraints * * Bridging - Enables/Disables Bridging support for connector * * UndoRedo - Enables/Disables the Undo/Redo support * * popups.Tooltip - Enables/Disables popups.Tooltip support * * UserInteraction - Enables/Disables editing diagram interactively * * ApiUpdate - Enables/Disables editing diagram through code * * PageEditable - Enables/Disables editing diagrams both interactively and through code * * Zoom - Enables/Disables Zoom support for the diagram * * PanX - Enables/Disable PanX support for the diagram * * PanY - Enables/Disable PanY support for the diagram * * Pan - Enables/Disable Pan support the diagram * @default 'Default' * @aspNumberEnum */ constraints: DiagramConstraints; /** * Defines the precedence of the interactive tools. They are, * * None - Disables selection, zooming and drawing tools * * SingleSelect - Enables/Disables single select support for the diagram * * MultipleSelect - Enables/Disable MultipleSelect select support for the diagram * * ZoomPan - Enables/Disable ZoomPan support for the diagram * * DrawOnce - Enables/Disable ContinuousDraw support for the diagram * * ContinuousDraw - Enables/Disable ContinuousDraw support for the diagram * @default 'Default' * @aspNumberEnum */ tool: DiagramTools; /** * Defines the direction of the bridge that is inserted when the segments are intersected * * Top - Defines the direction of the bridge as Top * * Bottom - Defines the direction of the bridge as Bottom * * Left - Sets the bridge direction as left * * Right - Sets the bridge direction as right * @default top */ bridgeDirection: BridgeDirection; /** * Defines the background color of the diagram * @default transparent */ backgroundColor: String; /** * Defines the gridlines and defines how and when the objects have to be snapped * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let horizontalGridlines$: GridlinesModel = {lineColor: 'black', lineDashArray: '1,1' }; * let verticalGridlines$: GridlinesModel = {lineColor: 'black', lineDashArray: '1,1'}; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * snapSettings: { horizontalGridlines, verticalGridlines, constraints: SnapConstraints.ShowLines, * snapObjectDistance: 5, snapAngle: 5 }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ snapSettings: SnapSettingsModel; /** * Defines the properties of both horizontal and vertical guides/rulers to measure the diagram area. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let arrange$: Function = (args: IArrangeTickOptions) => { * if (args.tickInterval % 10 == 0) { * args.tickLength = 25; * } * } * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * rulerSettings: { showRulers: true, * horizontalRuler: { segmentWidth: 50, orientation: 'Horizontal', interval: 10, arrangeTick: arrange }, * verticalRuler: {segmentWidth: 200,interval: 20, thickness: 20, * tickAlignment: 'LeftOrTop', segmentWidth: 50, markerColor: 'red' } * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ rulerSettings: RulerSettingsModel; /** * Page settings enable to customize the appearance, width, and height of the Diagram page. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * pageSettings: { width: 800, height: 600, orientation: 'Landscape', * background: { color: 'blue' }, boundaryConstraints: 'Infinity'}, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ pageSettings: PageSettingsModel; /** * Defines the serialization settings of diagram. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * serializationSettings: { preventDefaults: true }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ serializationSettings: SerializationSettingsModel; /** * Defines the collection of nodes * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' * }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Path Element' }] * } * ]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ nodes: NodeModel[]; /** * Defines the object to be drawn using drawing tool * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * drawingObject : {id: 'connector3', type: 'Straight'}, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ drawingObject: NodeModel | ConnectorModel; /** * Defines a collection of objects, used to create link between two points, nodes or ports to represent the relationships between them * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default [] */ connectors: ConnectorModel[]; /** * Defines the basic elements for the diagram * @default [] * @hidden */ basicElements: DiagramElement[]; /** * Defines the tooltip that should be shown when the mouse hovers over a node or connector * An object that defines the description, appearance and alignments of tooltip * @default {} */ tooltip: DiagramTooltipModel; /** * Configures the data source that is to be bound with diagram * @default {} */ dataSourceSettings: DataSourceModel; /** * Allows the user to save custom information/data about diagram * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ addInfo: Object; /** * Customizes the undo redo functionality * @default undefined */ historyManager: History; /** * Helps to return the default properties of node * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' * }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Ellipse' }] * } * ]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * getNodeDefaults: (node: NodeModel) => { * let obj$: NodeModel = {}; * if (obj.width === undefined) { * obj.width = 145; * } * obj.style = { fill: '#357BD2', strokeColor: 'white' }; * obj.annotations = [{ style: { color: 'white', fill: 'transparent' } }]; * return obj; * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ getNodeDefaults: Function | string; /** * Helps to return the default properties of connector * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, * getConnectorDefaults: (connector: ConnectorModel, diagram: Diagram) => { * let connObj$: ConnectorModel = {}; * connObj.targetDecorator ={ shape :'None' }; * connObj.type = 'Orthogonal'; * return connObj; * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ getConnectorDefaults: Function | string; /** * setNodeTemplate helps to customize the content of a node * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let getTextElement$: Function = (text: string) => { * let textElement$: TextElement = new TextElement(); * textElement.width = 50; * textElement.height = 20; * textElement.content = text; * return textElement; * }; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100 * } * ]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * setNodeTemplate : setNodeTemplate, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * function setNodeTemplate() { * setNodeTemplate: (obj: NodeModel, diagram: Diagram): StackPanel => { * if (obj.id === 'node2') { * let table$: StackPanel = new StackPanel(); * table.orientation = 'Horizontal'; * let column1$: StackPanel = new StackPanel(); * column1.children = []; * column1.children.push(getTextElement('Column1')); * addRows(column1); * let column2$: StackPanel = new StackPanel(); * column2.children = []; * column2.children.push(getTextElement('Column2')); * addRows(column2); * table.children = [column1, column2]; * return table; * } * return null; * } * ... * } * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ setNodeTemplate: Function | string; /** * Allows to set accessibility content for diagram objects * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let connector1$: ConnectorModel = { * id: 'connector1', type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 100 },targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 200 }, * annotations: [{ 'content': 'label', 'offset': 0, 'alignment': 'Center' }] * }; * let connector2$: ConnectorModel = { * id: 'connector2', type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 400, y: 400 }, targetPoint: { x: 600, y: 600 }, * }; * let diagram$: Diagram; * diagram = new Diagram({ * width: 1000, height: 1000, * connectors: [connector1, connector2], * snapSettings: { constraints: SnapConstraints.ShowLines }, * getDescription: getAccessibility * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * function getAccessibility(obj: ConnectorModel, diagram: Diagram): string { * let value$: string; * if (obj instanceof Connector) { * value = 'clicked on Connector'; * } else if (obj instanceof TextElement) { * value = 'clicked on annotation'; * } * else if (obj instanceof Decorator) { * value = 'clicked on Decorator'; * } * else { value = undefined; } * return value; * } * ``` */ getDescription: Function | string; /** * Allows to get the custom properties that have to be serialized * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Path Element' }] * } * ]; * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, nodes: nodes, * getCustomProperty: (key: string) => { * if (key === 'nodes') { * return ['description']; * } * return null; * } * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ getCustomProperty: Function | string; /** * Allows the user to set custom tool that corresponds to the given action * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * function getTool(action: string): ToolBase { * let tool$: ToolBase; * if (action === 'userHandle1') { * tool = new CloneTool(diagram.commandHandler, true); * } * return tool; * } * class CloneTool extends ToolBase { * public mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void { * super.mouseDown(args); * diagram.copy(); * diagram.paste(); * } * } * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' }, * }]; * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let handles$: UserHandleModel[] = [ * { name: 'handle', margin: { top: 0, bottom: 0, left: 0, right: 0 }, offset: 0, * pathData: 'M 376.892,225.284L 371.279,211.95L 376.892,198.617L 350.225,211.95L 376.892,225.284 Z', * side: 'Top', horizontalAlignment: 'Center', verticalAlignment: 'Center', * pathColor: 'yellow' }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, nodes: nodes, * selectedItems: { constraints: SelectorConstraints.All, userHandles: handles }, * getCustomTool: getTool * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ getCustomTool: Function | string; /** * Allows the user to set custom cursor that corresponds to the given action * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * function getCursor(action: string, active: boolean): string { * let cursor$: string; * if (active && action === 'Drag') { * cursor = '-webkit-grabbing'; * } else if (action === 'Drag') { * cursor = '-webkit-grab' * } * return cursor; * } * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' }, * }]; * let handle$: UserHandleModel[] = [ * { name: 'handle', margin: { top: 0, bottom: 0, left: 0, right: 0 }, offset: 0, * pathData: 'M 376.892,225.284L 371.279,211.95L 376.892,198.617L 350.225,211.95L 376.892,225.284 Z', * side: 'Top', horizontalAlignment: 'Center', verticalAlignment: 'Center', * pathColor: 'yellow' }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * selectedItems: { constraints: SelectorConstraints.All, userHandles: handle }, * getCustomCursor: getCursor * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ getCustomCursor: Function | string; /** * Helps to set the undo and redo node selection * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, * updateSelection: (object: ConnectorModel | NodeModel, diagram: Diagram) => { * let objectCollection$ = []; * objectCollection.push(obejct); * diagram.select(objectCollection); * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ updateSelection: Function | string; /** @private */ version: number; /** * Defines the collection of selected items, size and position of the selector * @default {} */ selectedItems: SelectorModel; /** * Defines the current zoom value, zoom factor, scroll status and view port size of the diagram * @default {} */ scrollSettings: ScrollSettingsModel; /** * Layout is used to auto-arrange the nodes in the Diagram area * @default {} */ layout: LayoutModel; /** * Defines a set of custom commands and binds them with a set of desired key gestures * @default {} */ commandManager: CommandManagerModel; /** * Triggers after diagram is populated from the external data source * @event */ dataLoaded: base.EmitType<IDataLoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a symbol is dragged into diagram from symbol palette * @event */ dragEnter: base.EmitType<IDragEnterEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a symbol is dragged outside of the diagram. * @event */ dragLeave: base.EmitType<IDragLeaveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a symbol is dragged over diagram * @event */ dragOver: base.EmitType<IDragOverEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a node, connector or diagram is clicked * @event */ click: base.EmitType<IClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a change is reverted or restored(undo/redo) * @event */ historyChange: base.EmitType<IHistoryChangeArgs>; /** * Triggers when a node, connector or diagram model is clicked twice * @event */ doubleClick: base.EmitType<IDoubleClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when editor got focus at the time of node’s label or text node editing. * @event */ textEdit: base.EmitType<ITextEditEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the diagram is zoomed or panned * @event */ scrollChange: base.EmitType<IScrollChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the selection is changed in diagram * @event */ selectionChange: base.EmitType<ISelectionChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a node is resized * @event */ sizeChange: base.EmitType<ISizeChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the connection is changed * @event */ connectionChange: base.EmitType<IConnectionChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the connector's source point is changed * @event */ sourcePointChange: base.EmitType<IEndChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the connector's target point is changed * @event */ targetPointChange: base.EmitType<IEndChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers once the node or connector property changed. * @event */ propertyChange: base.EmitType<IPropertyChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while dragging the elements in diagram * @event */ positionChange: base.EmitType<IDraggingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after animation is completed for the diagram elements. * @event */ animationComplete: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the diagram elements are rotated * @event */ rotateChange: base.EmitType<IRotationEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a node/connector is added/removed to/from the diagram. * @event */ collectionChange: base.EmitType<ICollectionChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the state of the expand and collapse icon change for a node. * @event */ expandStateChange: base.EmitType<IExpandStateChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggered when the diagram is rendered completely. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggered when mouse enters a node/connector. * @event */ mouseEnter: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggered when mouse leaves node/connector. * @event */ mouseLeave: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggered when mouse hovers a node/connector. * @event */ mouseOver: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before opening the context menu * @event */ contextMenuOpen: base.EmitType<navigations.BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before rendering the context menu item * @event */ contextMenuBeforeItemRender: base.EmitType<navigations.MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a context menu item is clicked * @event */ contextMenuClick: base.EmitType<navigations.MenuEventArgs>; /** * A collection of JSON objects where each object represents a layer. Layer is a named category of diagram shapes. * @default [] */ layers: LayerModel[]; /** * Triggers when a symbol is dragged and dropped from symbol palette to drawing area * @event */ drop: base.EmitType<IDropEventArgs>; /** @private */ preventUpdate: boolean; /** @hidden */ /** @private */ localeObj: base.L10n; private defaultLocale; /** @private */ currentDrawingObject: Node | Connector; /** @private */ currentSymbol: Node | Connector; /** @private */ diagramRenderer: DiagramRenderer; private gridlineSvgLayer; private renderer; /** @private */ tooltipObject: popups.Tooltip; /** @private */ hRuler: Ruler; /** @private */ vRuler: Ruler; /** @private */ droppable: base.Droppable; /** @private */ diagramCanvas: HTMLElement; /** @private */ diagramLayer: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGGElement; private diagramLayerDiv; private adornerLayer; private eventHandler; /** @private */ scroller: DiagramScroller; /** @private */ spatialSearch: SpatialSearch; /** @private */ commandHandler: CommandHandler; /** @private */ layerZIndex: number; /** @private */ layerZIndexTable: {}; /** @private */ nameTable: {}; /** @private */ pathTable: {}; /** @private */ connectorTable: {}; /** @private */ groupTable: {}; /** @private */ private htmlLayer; /** @private */ diagramActions: DiagramAction; /** @private */ commands: {}; /** @private */ activeLabel: ActiveLabel; /** @private */ activeLayer: LayerModel; /** @private */ serviceLocator: ServiceLocator; /** @private */ views: string[]; /** @private */ isLoading: Boolean; /** @private */ textEditing: Boolean; /** @private */ isTriggerEvent: Boolean; /** @private */ preventNodesUpdate: Boolean; /** @private */ preventConnectorsUpdate: Boolean; /** @private */ selectionConnectorsList: ConnectorModel[]; /** @private */ deleteVirtualObject: boolean; /** @private */ realActions: RealAction; /** @private */ previousSelectedObject: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; private crudDeleteNodes; /** @private */ selectedObject: { helperObject: NodeModel; actualObject: NodeModel; }; /** * Constructor for creating the widget */ constructor(options?: DiagramModel, element?: HTMLElement | string); private clearCollection; /** * Updates the diagram control when the objects are changed * @param newProp Lists the new values of the changed properties * @param oldProp Lists the old values of the changed properties */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: DiagramModel, oldProp: DiagramModel): void; private updateSnapSettings; private updateRulerSettings; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @return {string} */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Initialize nodes, connectors and renderer */ protected preRender(): void; private initializePrivateVariables; private initializeServices; /** * Method to set culture for chart */ private setCulture; /** * Renders the diagram control with nodes and connectors */ render(): void; private renderInitialCrud; /** * Returns the module name of the diagram */ getModuleName(): string; /** * @private * Returns the name of class Diagram */ getClassName(): string; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for control rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @private */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * Destroys the diagram control */ destroy(): void; /** * Wires the mouse events with diagram control */ private wireEvents; /** * Unwires the mouse events from diagram control */ private unWireEvents; /** * Selects the given collection of objects * @param objects Defines the collection of nodes and connectors to be selected * @param multipleSelection Defines whether the existing selection has to be cleared or not */ select(objects: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], multipleSelection?: boolean): void; /** * Selects the all the objects. */ selectAll(): void; /** * Removes the given object from selection list * @param obj Defines the object to be unselected */ unSelect(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): void; /** * Removes all elements from the selection list */ clearSelection(): void; /** * Update the diagram clipboard dimension */ updateViewPort(): void; private cutCommand; /** * Removes the selected nodes and connectors from diagram and moves them to diagram clipboard */ cut(): void; /** * Add a process into the sub-process */ addProcess(process: NodeModel, parentId: string): void; /** * Remove a process from the sub-process */ removeProcess(id: string): void; private pasteCommand; /** * Adds the given objects/ the objects in the diagram clipboard to diagram control * @param obj Defines the objects to be added to diagram */ paste(obj?: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]): void; /** * fit the diagram to the page with respect to mode and region */ fitToPage(options?: IFitOptions): void; /** * bring the specified bounds into the viewport */ bringIntoView(bound: Rect): void; /** * bring the specified bounds to the center of the viewport */ bringToCenter(bound: Rect): void; private copyCommand; /** * Copies the selected nodes and connectors to diagram clipboard */ copy(): Object; /** * Group the selected nodes and connectors in diagram */ group(): void; /** * UnGroup the selected nodes and connectors in diagram */ unGroup(): void; /** * send the selected nodes or connectors back */ sendToBack(): void; /** * set the active layer * @param layerName defines the name of the layer which is to be active layer */ setActiveLayer(layerName: string): void; /** * add the layer into diagram * @param layer defines the layer model which is to be added * @param layerObject defines the object of the layer */ addLayer(layer: LayerModel, layerObject?: Object[]): void; /** * remove the layer from diagram * @param layerId define the id of the layer */ removeLayer(layerId: string): void; /** * move objects from the layer to another layer from diagram * @param objects define the objects id of string array */ moveObjects(objects: string[], targetLayer?: string): void; /** * move the layer backward * @param layerName define the name of the layer */ sendLayerBackward(layerName: string): void; /** * move the layer forward * @param layerName define the name of the layer */ bringLayerForward(layerName: string): void; /** * clone a layer with its object * @param layerName define the name of the layer */ cloneLayer(layerName: string): void; /** * bring the selected nodes or connectors to front */ bringToFront(): void; /** * send the selected nodes or connectors forward */ moveForward(): void; /** * send the selected nodes or connectors back */ sendBackward(): void; /** * gets the node or connector having the given name */ getObject(name: string): {}; /** * gets the active layer back */ getActiveLayer(): LayerModel; private nudgeCommand; /** * Moves the selected objects towards the given direction * @param direction Defines the direction by which the objects have to be moved * @param x Defines the distance by which the selected objects have to be horizontally moved * @param y Defines the distance by which the selected objects have to be vertically moved */ nudge(direction: NudgeDirection, x?: number, y?: number): void; /** * Drags the given object by the specified pixels * @param obj Defines the nodes/connectors to be dragged * @param tx Defines the distance by which the given objects have to be horizontally moved * @param ty Defines the distance by which the given objects have to be vertically moved */ drag(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel | SelectorModel, tx: number, ty: number): void; /** * Scales the given objects by the given ratio * @param obj Defines the objects to be resized * @param sx Defines the ratio by which the objects have to be horizontally scaled * @param sy Defines the ratio by which the objects have to be vertically scaled * @param pivot Defines the reference point with respect to which the objects will be resized */ scale(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel | SelectorModel, sx: number, sy: number, pivot: PointModel): boolean; /** * Rotates the given nodes/connectors by the given angle * @param obj Defines the objects to be rotated * @param angle Defines the angle by which the objects have to be rotated * @param pivot Defines the reference point with reference to which the objects have to be rotated */ rotate(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel | SelectorModel, angle: number, pivot?: PointModel): boolean; /** * Moves the source point of the given connector * @param obj Defines the connector, the end points of which has to be moved * @param tx Defines the distance by which the end point has to be horizontally moved * @param ty Defines the distance by which the end point has to be vertically moved */ dragSourceEnd(obj: ConnectorModel, tx: number, ty: number): void; /** * Moves the target point of the given connector * @param obj Defines the connector, the end points of which has to be moved * @param tx Defines the distance by which the end point has to be horizontally moved * @param ty Defines the distance by which the end point has to be vertically moved */ dragTargetEnd(obj: ConnectorModel, tx: number, ty: number): void; /** * Finds all the objects that is under the given mouse position * @param position Defines the position, the objects under which has to be found * @param source Defines the object, the objects under which has to be found */ findObjectsUnderMouse(position: PointModel, source?: IElement): IElement[]; /** * Finds the object that is under the given mouse position * @param objects Defines the collection of objects, from which the object has to be found. * @param action Defines the action, using which the relevant object has to be found. * @param inAction Defines the active state of the action. */ findObjectUnderMouse(objects: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], action: Actions, inAction: boolean): IElement; /** * Finds the object that is under the given active object (Source) * @param objects Defines the collection of objects, from which the object has to be found. * @param action Defines the action, using which the relevant object has to be found. * @param inAction Defines the active state of the action. */ findTargetObjectUnderMouse(objects: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], action: Actions, inAction: boolean, position: PointModel, source?: IElement): IElement; /** * Finds the child element of the given object at the given position * @param obj Defines the object, the child element of which has to be found * @param position Defines the position, the child element under which has to be found */ findElementUnderMouse(obj: IElement, position: PointModel): DiagramElement; /** * Defines the action to be done, when the mouse hovers the given element of the given object * @param obj Defines the object under mouse * @param wrapper Defines the target element of the object under mouse * @param position Defines the current mouse position * @private */ findActionToBeDone(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, wrapper: DiagramElement, position: PointModel, target?: NodeModel | PointPortModel | ShapeAnnotationModel | PathAnnotationModel): Actions; /** * Returns the tool that handles the given action * @param action Defines the action that is going to be performed */ getTool(action: string): ToolBase; /** * Defines the cursor that corresponds to the given action * @param action Defines the action that is going to be performed */ getCursor(action: string, active: boolean): string; /** * Initializes the undo redo actions * @private */ initHistory(): void; /** * Adds the given change in the diagram control to the track * @param entry Defines the entry/information about a change in diagram */ addHistoryEntry(entry: HistoryEntry): void; /** @private */ historyChangeTrigger(entry: HistoryEntry): void; /** * Starts grouping the actions that will be undone/restored as a whole */ startGroupAction(): void; /** * Closes grouping the actions that will be undone/restored as a whole */ endGroupAction(): void; /** * Restores the last action that is performed */ undo(): void; /** * Restores the last undone action */ redo(): void; /** * Aligns the group of objects to with reference to the first object in the group * @param objects Defines the objects that have to be aligned * @param option Defines the factor, by which the objects have to be aligned */ align(option: AlignmentOptions, objects?: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], type?: AlignmentMode): void; /** * Arranges the group of objects with equal intervals, but within the group of objects * @param objects Defines the objects that have to be equally spaced * @param option Defines the factor to distribute the shapes */ distribute(option: DistributeOptions, objects?: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]): void; /** * Scales the given objects to the size of the first object in the group * @param objects Defines the collection of objects that have to be scaled * @param option Defines whether the node has to be horizontally scaled, vertically scaled or both */ sameSize(option: SizingOptions, objects?: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]): void; /** * Scales the diagram control by the given factor * @param factor Defines the factor by which the diagram is zoomed * @param focusedPoint Defines the point with respect to which the diagram has to be zoomed */ zoom(factor: number, focusedPoint?: PointModel): void; /** * Scales the diagram control by the given factor * @param options used to define the zoom factor, focus point and zoom type. * */ zoomTo(options: ZoomOptions): void; /** * Pans the diagram control to the given horizontal and vertical offsets * @param horizontalOffset Defines the horizontal distance to which the diagram has to be scrolled * @param verticalOffset Defines the vertical distance to which the diagram has to be scrolled */ pan(horizontalOffset: number, verticalOffset: number, focusedPoint?: PointModel): void; /** * Resets the zoom and scroller offsets to default values */ reset(): void; /** @private */ triggerEvent(eventName: DiagramEvent, args: Object): void; private updateEventValue; /** * Adds the given object to diagram control * @param obj Defines the object that has to be added to diagram */ add(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, group?: boolean): Node | Connector; private updateSvgNodes; /** @private */ updateProcesses(node: (Node | Connector)): void; /** @private */ moveSvgNode(nodeId: string): void; /** * Adds the given annotation to the given node * @param annotation Defines the annotation to be added * @param node Defines the node to which the annotation has to be added */ addTextAnnotation(annotation: BpmnAnnotationModel, node: NodeModel): void; /** * Splice the InEdge and OutEdge of the for the node with respect to corresponding connectors that is deleting */ private spliceConnectorEdges; /** * Remove the dependent connectors if the node is deleted * @private */ removeDependentConnector(node: Node): void; /** @private */ removeObjectsFromLayer(obj: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)): void; /** @private */ removeElements(currentObj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): void; private removeCommand; /** * Removes the given object from diagram * @param obj Defines the object that has to be removed from diagram */ remove(obj?: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): void; private isStackChild; /** @private */ deleteChild(node: NodeModel | ConnectorModel | string, parentNode?: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ addChild(node: NodeModel, child: string | NodeModel | ConnectorModel, index?: number): void; /** * Clears all nodes and objects in the diagram */ clear(): void; private clearObjects; private startEditCommad; /** * Specified annotation to edit mode * @param node Defines node/connector that contains the annotation to be edited * @param id Defines annotation id to be edited in the node */ startTextEdit(node?: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, id?: string): void; private updateNodeExpand; private updateConnectorAnnotation; /** * Automatically updates the diagram objects based on the type of the layout */ doLayout(): ILayout; /** * Serializes the diagram control as a string */ saveDiagram(): string; /** * Converts the given string as a Diagram Control * @param data Defines the behavior of the diagram to be loaded */ loadDiagram(data: string): Object; /** * To get the html diagram content * @param styleSheets defines the collection of style files to be considered while exporting. */ getDiagramContent(styleSheets?: StyleSheetList): string; /** * To export diagram native/html image * @param image defines image content to be exported. * @param options defines the image properties. */ exportImage(image: string, options: IExportOptions): void; /** * To print native/html nodes of diagram * @param image defines image content. * @param options defines the properties of the image */ printImage(image: string, options: IExportOptions): void; /** * To limit the history entry of the diagram * @param stackLimit defines stackLimit of the history manager. */ setStackLimit(stackLimit: number): void; /** * To clear history of the diagram */ clearHistory(): void; /** * To get the bound of the diagram */ getDiagramBounds(): Rect; /** * To export Diagram * @param options defines the how the image to be exported. */ exportDiagram(options: IExportOptions): string | SVGElement; /** * To print Diagram * @param optons defines how the image to be printed. */ print(options: IPrintOptions): void; /** * Add ports at the run time */ addPorts(obj: NodeModel, ports: PointPortModel[]): void; /** * Add constraints at run time */ addConstraints(constraintsType: number, constraintsValue: number): number; /** * Remove constraints at run time */ removeConstraints(constraintsType: number, constraintsValue: number): number; /** * Add Labels at the run time */ addLabels(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, labels: ShapeAnnotationModel[] | PathAnnotation[] | PathAnnotationModel[]): void; /** * Add dynamic Lanes to swimLane at runtime */ addLanes(node: NodeModel, lane: LaneModel[], index?: number): void; /** * Add a phase to a swimLane at runtime */ addPhases(node: NodeModel, phases: PhaseModel[]): void; private removelabelExtension; /** * Remove Labels at the run time */ removeLabels(obj: Node | ConnectorModel, labels: ShapeAnnotationModel[] | PathAnnotationModel[]): void; private removePortsExtenion; /** * Remove Ports at the run time */ removePorts(obj: Node, ports: PointPortModel[]): void; /** * @private * @param real * @param rulerSize */ getSizeValue(real: string | number, rulerSize?: number): string; private renderRulers; private intOffPageBackground; private initDiagram; private renderBackgroundLayer; private renderGridLayer; private renderDiagramLayer; private initLayers; private renderAdornerLayer; private renderPortsExpandLayer; private renderHTMLLayer; private renderNativeLayer; /** @private */ createSvg(id: string, width: string | Number, height: string | Number): SVGElement; private initObjects; /** @private */ initLayerObjects(): void; private addToLayer; private updateLayer; private updateScrollSettings; private initData; private generateData; private makeData; private initNodes; private initConnectors; private setZIndex; private initializeDiagramLayers; /** @private */ resetTool(): void; private initObjectExtend; /** @private */ initObject(obj: IElement, layer?: LayerModel, independentObj?: boolean, group?: boolean): void; private getConnectedPort; private scaleObject; private updateDefaultLayoutIcons; private updateDefaultLayoutIcon; /** * @private */ updateGroupOffset(node: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, isUpdateSize?: boolean): void; private initNode; private updateChildPosition; private canExecute; private updateStackProperty; private initViews; private initCommands; private overrideCommands; private initCommandManager; /** @private */ updateNodeEdges(node: Node): void; /** @private */ private updateIconVisibility; /** @private */ updateEdges(obj: Connector): void; /** @private */ refreshDiagram(): void; private updateCanupdateStyle; private getZindexPosition; /** @private */ updateDiagramObject(obj: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel), canIgnoreIndex?: boolean): void; /** @private */ updateGridContainer(grid: GridPanel): void; /** @private */ getObjectsOfLayer(objectArray: string[]): (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; /** @private */ refreshDiagramLayer(): void; /** @private */ refreshCanvasLayers(view?: View): void; private renderBasicElement; private refreshElements; private renderTimer; /** @private */ refreshCanvasDiagramLayer(view: View): void; /** @private */ updatePortVisibility(node: Node, portVisibility: PortVisibility, inverse?: Boolean): void; /** @private */ refreshSvgDiagramLayer(view: View): void; /** @private */ removeVirtualObjects(clearIntervalVal: Object): void; /** @private */ updateTextElementValue(object: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): void; /** @private */ updateVirtualObjects(collection: string[], remove: boolean, tCollection?: string[]): void; /** @private */ renderDiagramElements(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, renderer: DiagramRenderer, htmlLayer: HTMLElement, transform?: boolean, fromExport?: boolean, isOverView?: boolean): void; /** @private */ updateBridging(isLoad?: boolean): void; /** @private */ setCursor(cursor: string): void; /** @private */ clearCanvas(view: View): void; /** @private */ updateScrollOffset(): void; /** @private */ setOffset(offsetX: number, offsetY: number): void; /** @private */ setSize(width: number, height: number): void; /** @private */ transformLayers(): void; /** * Defines how to remove the Page breaks * @private */ removePageBreaks(): void; /** * Defines how the page breaks has been rendered * @private */ renderPageBreaks(bounds?: Rect): void; private validatePageSize; /** * @private */ setOverview(overview: View, id?: string): void; private renderNodes; private updateThumbConstraints; /** @private */ renderSelector(multipleSelection: boolean, isSwimLane?: boolean): void; /** @private */ updateSelector(): void; /** @private */ renderSelectorForAnnotation(selectorModel: Selector, selectorElement: (SVGElement | HTMLCanvasElement)): void; /** @private */ drawSelectionRectangle(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number): void; /** * @private */ renderHighlighter(element: DiagramElement): void; /** * @private */ clearHighlighter(): void; /** @private */ getNodesConnectors(selectedItems: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]): (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; /** @private */ clearSelectorLayer(): void; /** @private */ getWrapper(nodes: Container, id: string): DiagramElement; /** @private */ getEndNodeWrapper(node: NodeModel, connector: ConnectorModel, source: boolean): DiagramElement; private containsMargin; private focusOutEdit; private endEditCommand; /** * @private */ endEdit(): void; /** @private */ canLogChange(): boolean; private modelChanged; private resetDiagramActions; /** @private */ removeNode(node: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): void; /** @private */ deleteGroup(node: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ updateObject(actualObject: Node | Connector, oldObject: Node | Connector, changedProp: Node | Connector): void; private nodePropertyChangeExtend; private swimLaneNodePropertyChange; /** @private */ nodePropertyChange(actualObject: Node, oldObject: Node, node: Node, isLayout?: boolean, rotate?: boolean): void; private updatePorts; private updateFlipOffset; private updateUMLActivity; private updateConnectorProperties; /** @private */ updateConnectorEdges(actualObject: Node): void; private connectorProprtyChangeExtend; /** @private */ connectorPropertyChange(actualObject: Connector, oldProp: Connector, newProp: Connector, disableBridging?: boolean): void; private findInOutConnectPorts; private getPoints; /** * update the opacity and visibility for the node once the layout animation starts */ /** @private */ updateNodeProperty(element: Container, visible?: boolean, opacity?: number): void; /** * checkSelected Item for Connector * @private */ checkSelectedItem(actualObject: Connector | Node): boolean; /** * Updates the visibility of the diagram container * @private */ private updateDiagramContainerVisibility; /** * Updates the visibility of the node/connector * @private */ updateElementVisibility(element: Container, obj: Connector | Node, visible: boolean): void; private updateAnnotations; /** @private */ updateAnnotation(changedObject: AnnotationModel, actualAnnotation: ShapeAnnotationModel, nodes: Container, actualObject?: Object, canUpdateSize?: boolean): void; private updateAnnotationContent; private updateAnnotationWrapper; /** @private */ updatePort(changedObject: PointPortModel, actualPort: PointPortModel, nodes: Container): void; /** @private */ updateIcon(actualObject: Node): void; private getPortContainer; private updateTooltip; /** @private */ updateQuad(obj: IElement): void; /** @private */ removeFromAQuad(obj: IElement): void; /** @private */ updateGroupSize(node: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): void; private updatePage; /** @private */ protectPropertyChange(enable: boolean): void; /** @private */ updateShadow(nodeShadow: ShadowModel, changedShadow: ShadowModel): void; /** @private */ updateMargin(node: Node, changes: Node): void; private initDroppables; private removeChildInNodes; private findChild; private getChildren; private addChildNodes; /** * Inserts newly added element into the database */ insertData(node?: Node | Connector): object; /** * updates the user defined element properties into the existing database */ updateData(node?: Node | Connector): object; /** * Removes the user deleted element from the existing database */ removeData(node?: Node | Connector): object; private crudOperation; private processCrudCollection; private parameterMap; private getNewUpdateNodes; private getDeletedNodes; private raiseAjaxPost; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/data-source-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class CrudAction */ export interface CrudActionModel { /** * set an URL to get a data from database * @default '' */ read?: string; /** * set an URL to add a data into database * @default '' */ create?: string; /** * set an URL to update the existing data in database * @default '' */ update?: string; /** * set an URL to remove an data in database * @default '' */ destroy?: string; /** * Add custom fields to node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ customFields?: Object[]; } /** * Interface for a class ConnectionDataSource */ export interface ConnectionDataSourceModel { /** * set an id for connector dataSource * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * define sourceID to connect with connector * @default '' */ sourceID?: string; /** * define targetID to connect with connector * @default '' */ targetID?: string; /** * define sourcePoint to render connector startPoint * @default null */ sourcePointX?: number; /** * define sourcePoint to render connector startPoint * @default null */ sourcePointY?: number; /** * define targetPoint to render connector targetPoint * @default null */ targetPointX?: number; /** * define targetPoint to render connector targetPoint * @default null */ targetPointY?: number; /** * Sets the data source either as a collection of objects or as an URL of data.DataManager * @default null */ dataManager?: data.DataManager; /** * Add CrudAction to connector data source * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ crudAction?: CrudActionModel; } /** * Interface for a class DataSource */ export interface DataSourceModel { /** * Sets the unique id of the data source items * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * Sets the data source either as a collection of objects or as an URL of data.DataManager * @default null */ dataManager?: data.DataManager; /** * Sets the unique id of the root data source item * @default '' */ root?: string; /** * Sets the unique id that defines the relationship between the data source items * @default '' */ parentId?: string; /** * Binds the custom data with the node model * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ data?: Object[]; /** * Binds the custom data with node model * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ doBinding?: Function | string; /** * Add CrudAction to data source * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ crudAction?: CrudActionModel; /** * define connectorDataSource collection * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ connectionDataSource?: ConnectionDataSourceModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/data-source.d.ts /** * Configures the data source that is to be bound with diagram * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let data: object[] = [ * { Name: "Elizabeth", Role: "Director" }, * { Name: "Christina", ReportingPerson: "Elizabeth", Role: "Manager" }, * { Name: "Yoshi", ReportingPerson: "Christina", Role: "Lead" }, * { Name: "Philip", ReportingPerson: "Christina", Role: "Lead" }, * { Name: "Yang", ReportingPerson: "Elizabeth", Role: "Manager" }, * { Name: "Roland", ReportingPerson: "Yang", Role: "Lead" }, * { Name: "Yvonne", ReportingPerson: "Yang", Role: "Lead" } * ]; * let items: data.DataManager = new data.DataManager(data as JSON[]); * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * layout: { * type: 'OrganizationalChart' * }, * dataSourceSettings: { * id: 'Name', parentId: 'ReportingPerson', dataManager: items, * } * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ export class CrudAction extends base.ChildProperty<CrudAction> { /** * set an URL to get a data from database * @default '' */ read: string; /** * set an URL to add a data into database * @default '' */ create: string; /** * set an URL to update the existing data in database * @default '' */ update: string; /** * set an URL to remove an data in database * @default '' */ destroy: string; /** * Add custom fields to node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ customFields: Object[]; } export class ConnectionDataSource extends base.ChildProperty<ConnectionDataSource> { /** * set an id for connector dataSource * @default '' */ id: string; /** * define sourceID to connect with connector * @default '' */ sourceID: string; /** * define targetID to connect with connector * @default '' */ targetID: string; /** * define sourcePoint to render connector startPoint * @default null */ sourcePointX: number; /** * define sourcePoint to render connector startPoint * @default null */ sourcePointY: number; /** * define targetPoint to render connector targetPoint * @default null */ targetPointX: number; /** * define targetPoint to render connector targetPoint * @default null */ targetPointY: number; /** * Sets the data source either as a collection of objects or as an URL of data.DataManager * @default null */ dataManager: data.DataManager; /** * Add CrudAction to connector data source * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ crudAction: CrudActionModel; } export class DataSource extends base.ChildProperty<DataSource> { /** * Sets the unique id of the data source items * @default '' */ id: string; /** * Sets the data source either as a collection of objects or as an URL of data.DataManager * @default null */ dataManager: data.DataManager; /** * Sets the unique id of the root data source item * @default '' */ root: string; /** * Sets the unique id that defines the relationship between the data source items * @default '' */ parentId: string; /** * Binds the custom data with the node model * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ data: Object[]; /** * Binds the custom data with node model * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ doBinding: Function | string; /** * Add CrudAction to data source * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ crudAction: CrudActionModel; /** * define connectorDataSource collection * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ connectionDataSource: ConnectionDataSourceModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/grid-lines-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Gridlines */ export interface GridlinesModel { /** * Sets the line color of gridlines * @default '' */ lineColor?: string; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke horizontal grid lines * @default '' */ lineDashArray?: string; /** * A pattern of lines and gaps that defines a set of horizontal/vertical gridlines * @default [1.25, 18.75, 0.25, 19.75, 0.25, 19.75, 0.25, 19.75, 0.25, 19.75] */ lineIntervals?: number[]; /** * Specifies a set of intervals to snap the objects * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * snapSettings: { * horizontalGridlines: { lineIntervals: [0.95, 9.05, 0.2, 9.75], snapIntervals: [10] }, * verticalGridlines: { lineIntervals: [0.95, 9.05, 0.2, 9.75], snapIntervals: [10] } * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default [20] */ snapIntervals?: number[]; } /** * Interface for a class SnapSettings */ export interface SnapSettingsModel { /** * Defines the horizontal gridlines * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let horizontalGridlines$: GridlinesModel = {lineColor: 'black', lineDashArray: '1,1' }; * let verticalGridlines$: GridlinesModel = {lineColor: 'black', lineDashArray: '1,1'}; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * snapSettings: { horizontalGridlines, verticalGridlines, constraints: SnapConstraints.ShowLines, * snapObjectDistance: 5, snapAngle: 5 }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ horizontalGridlines?: GridlinesModel; /** * Defines the vertical gridlines * @default {} */ verticalGridlines?: GridlinesModel; /** * Constraints for gridlines and snapping * * None - Snapping does not happen * * ShowHorizontalLines - Displays only the horizontal gridlines in diagram. * * ShowVerticalLines - Displays only the Vertical gridlines in diagram. * * ShowLines - Display both Horizontal and Vertical gridlines. * * SnapToHorizontalLines - Enables the object to snap only with horizontal gridlines. * * SnapToVerticalLines - Enables the object to snap only with horizontal gridlines. * * SnapToLines - Enables the object to snap with both horizontal and Vertical gridlines. * * snapToObject - Enables the object to snap with the other objects in the diagram. * @default 'All' * @aspNumberEnum */ constraints?: SnapConstraints; /** * Defines the angle by which the object needs to be snapped * @default 5 */ snapAngle?: number; /** * Sets the minimum distance between the selected object and the nearest object * @default 5 */ snapObjectDistance?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/grid-lines.d.ts /** * Provides a visual guidance while dragging or arranging the objects on the Diagram surface */ export class Gridlines extends base.ChildProperty<Gridlines> { /** * Sets the line color of gridlines * @default '' */ lineColor: string; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke horizontal grid lines * @default '' */ lineDashArray: string; /** * A pattern of lines and gaps that defines a set of horizontal/vertical gridlines * @default [1.25, 18.75, 0.25, 19.75, 0.25, 19.75, 0.25, 19.75, 0.25, 19.75] */ lineIntervals: number[]; /** * Specifies a set of intervals to snap the objects * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * snapSettings: { * horizontalGridlines: { lineIntervals: [0.95, 9.05, 0.2, 9.75], snapIntervals: [10] }, * verticalGridlines: { lineIntervals: [0.95, 9.05, 0.2, 9.75], snapIntervals: [10] } * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default [20] */ snapIntervals: number[]; /** @private */ scaledIntervals: number[]; } /** * Defines the gridlines and defines how and when the objects have to be snapped * @default {} */ export class SnapSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SnapSettings> { /** * Defines the horizontal gridlines * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let horizontalGridlines$: GridlinesModel = {lineColor: 'black', lineDashArray: '1,1' }; * let verticalGridlines$: GridlinesModel = {lineColor: 'black', lineDashArray: '1,1'}; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * snapSettings: { horizontalGridlines, verticalGridlines, constraints: SnapConstraints.ShowLines, * snapObjectDistance: 5, snapAngle: 5 }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ horizontalGridlines: GridlinesModel; /** * Defines the vertical gridlines * @default {} */ verticalGridlines: GridlinesModel; /** * Constraints for gridlines and snapping * * None - Snapping does not happen * * ShowHorizontalLines - Displays only the horizontal gridlines in diagram. * * ShowVerticalLines - Displays only the Vertical gridlines in diagram. * * ShowLines - Display both Horizontal and Vertical gridlines. * * SnapToHorizontalLines - Enables the object to snap only with horizontal gridlines. * * SnapToVerticalLines - Enables the object to snap only with horizontal gridlines. * * SnapToLines - Enables the object to snap with both horizontal and Vertical gridlines. * * snapToObject - Enables the object to snap with the other objects in the diagram. * @default 'All' * @aspNumberEnum */ constraints: SnapConstraints; /** * Defines the angle by which the object needs to be snapped * @default 5 */ snapAngle: number; /** * Sets the minimum distance between the selected object and the nearest object * @default 5 */ snapObjectDistance: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/history.d.ts /** * Interface for a class HistoryEntry */ export interface HistoryEntry { /** * Sets the type of the entry to be stored */ type?: EntryType; /** * Sets the changed values to be stored */ redoObject?: NodeModel | ConnectorModel | SelectorModel | DiagramModel; /** * Sets the changed values to be stored */ undoObject?: NodeModel | ConnectorModel | SelectorModel | DiagramModel | ShapeAnnotation | PathAnnotation | PointPortModel; /** * Sets the changed values to be stored in table */ childTable?: {}; /** * Sets the category for the entry */ category?: EntryCategory; /** * Sets the next the current object */ next?: HistoryEntry; /** * Sets the previous of the current object */ previous?: HistoryEntry; /** * Sets the type of the object is added or remove */ changeType?: EntryChangeType; /** * Set the value for undo action is activated */ isUndo?: boolean; /** * Used to stored the entry or not */ cancel?: boolean; /** * Used to stored the which annotation or port to be changed */ objectId?: string; /** * Used to indicate last phase to be changed. */ isLastPhase?: boolean; /** * Used to stored the previous phase. */ previousPhase?: PhaseModel; } export interface History { /** * set the history entry can be undo */ canUndo?: boolean; /** * Set the history entry can be redo */ canRedo?: boolean; /** * Set the current entry object */ currentEntry?: HistoryEntry; /** * Stores a history entry to history list */ push?: Function; /** * Used for custom undo option */ undo?: Function; /** * Used for custom redo option */ redo?: Function; /** * Used to intimate the group action is start */ startGroupAction?: Function; /** * Used to intimate the group action is end */ endGroupAction?: Function; /** * Used to decide to stored the changes to history */ canLog?: Function; /** * Used to store the undoStack */ undoStack?: HistoryEntry[]; /** * Used to store the redostack */ redoStack?: HistoryEntry[]; /** * Used to restrict or limits the number of history entry will be stored on the history list */ stackLimit?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/keyboard-commands-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class KeyGesture */ export interface KeyGestureModel { /** * Sets the key value, on recognition of which the command will be executed. * * none - no key * * Number0 = The 0 key * * Number1 = The 1 key * * Number2 = The 2 key * * Number3 = The 3 key * * Number4 = The 4 key * * Number5 = The 5 key * * Number6 = The 6 key * * Number7 = The 7 key * * Number8 = The 8 key * * Number9 = The 9 key * * Number0 = The 0 key * * BackSpace = The BackSpace key * * F1 = The f1 key * * F2 = The f2 key * * F3 = The f3 key * * F4 = The f4 key * * F5 = The f5 key * * F6 = The f6 key * * F7 = The f7 key * * F8 = The f8 key * * F9 = The f9 key * * F10 = The f10 key * * F11 = The f11 key * * F12 = The f12 key * * A = The a key * * B = The b key * * C = The c key * * D = The d key * * E = The e key * * F = The f key * * G = The g key * * H = The h key * * I = The i key * * J = The j key * * K = The k key * * L = The l key * * M = The m key * * N = The n key * * O = The o key * * P = The p key * * Q = The q key * * R = The r key * * S = The s key * * T = The t key * * U = The u key * * V = The v key * * W = The w key * * X = The x key * * Y = The y key * * Z = The z key * * Left = The left key * * Right = The right key * * Top = The top key * * Bottom = The bottom key * * Escape = The Escape key * * Tab = The tab key * * Delete = The delete key * * Enter = The enter key * * The Space key * * The page up key * * The page down key * * The end key * * The home key * * The Minus * * The Plus * * The Star * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @aspNumberEnum * @default undefined */ key?: Keys; /** * Sets a combination of key modifiers, on recognition of which the command will be executed. * * None - no modifiers are pressed * * Control - ctrl key * * Meta - meta key im mac * * Alt - alt key * * Shift - shift key * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @aspNumberEnum * @default undefined */ keyModifiers?: KeyModifiers; } /** * Interface for a class Command */ export interface CommandModel { /** * Defines the name of the command * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * Check the command is executable at the moment or not * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ canExecute?: Function | string; /** * Defines what to be executed when the key combination is recognized * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ execute?: Function | string; /** * Defines a combination of keys and key modifiers, on recognition of which the command will be executed * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let node$: NodeModel; * node = { * ... * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations : [{ content: 'text' }]; * ... * }; * * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes:[node], * commandManager:{ * commands:[{ * name:'customCopy', * parameter : 'node', * canExecute:function(){ * if(diagram.selectedItems.nodes.length>0 || diagram.selectedItems.connectors.length>0){ * return true; * } * return false; * }, * execute:function(){ * for(let i=0; i<diagram.selectedItems.nodes.length; i++){ * diagram.selectedItems.nodes[i].style.fill = 'red'; * } * diagram.dataBind(); * }, * gesture:{ * key:Keys.G, keyModifiers:KeyModifiers.Shift | KeyModifiers.Alt * } * }] * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ gesture?: KeyGestureModel; /** * Defines any additional parameters that are required at runtime * @default '' */ parameter?: string; } /** * Interface for a class CommandManager */ export interface CommandManagerModel { /** * Stores the multiple command names with the corresponding command objects * @default [] */ commands?: CommandModel[]; } /** * Interface for a class ContextMenuSettings */ export interface ContextMenuSettingsModel { /** * Enables/Disables the context menu items * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ show?: boolean; /** * Shows only the custom context menu items * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ showCustomMenuOnly?: boolean; /** * Defines the custom context menu items * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * contextMenuSettings: { show: true, items: [{ * text: 'delete', id: 'delete', target: '.e-diagramcontent', iconCss: 'e-copy' * }], * showCustomMenuOnly: false, * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ items?: ContextMenuItemModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/keyboard-commands.d.ts /** * Defines the combination of keys and modifier keys */ export class KeyGesture extends base.ChildProperty<KeyGesture> { /** * Sets the key value, on recognition of which the command will be executed. * * none - no key * * Number0 = The 0 key * * Number1 = The 1 key * * Number2 = The 2 key * * Number3 = The 3 key * * Number4 = The 4 key * * Number5 = The 5 key * * Number6 = The 6 key * * Number7 = The 7 key * * Number8 = The 8 key * * Number9 = The 9 key * * Number0 = The 0 key * * BackSpace = The BackSpace key * * F1 = The f1 key * * F2 = The f2 key * * F3 = The f3 key * * F4 = The f4 key * * F5 = The f5 key * * F6 = The f6 key * * F7 = The f7 key * * F8 = The f8 key * * F9 = The f9 key * * F10 = The f10 key * * F11 = The f11 key * * F12 = The f12 key * * A = The a key * * B = The b key * * C = The c key * * D = The d key * * E = The e key * * F = The f key * * G = The g key * * H = The h key * * I = The i key * * J = The j key * * K = The k key * * L = The l key * * M = The m key * * N = The n key * * O = The o key * * P = The p key * * Q = The q key * * R = The r key * * S = The s key * * T = The t key * * U = The u key * * V = The v key * * W = The w key * * X = The x key * * Y = The y key * * Z = The z key * * Left = The left key * * Right = The right key * * Top = The top key * * Bottom = The bottom key * * Escape = The Escape key * * Tab = The tab key * * Delete = The delete key * * Enter = The enter key * * The Space key * * The page up key * * The page down key * * The end key * * The home key * * The Minus * * The Plus * * The Star * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @aspNumberEnum * @default undefined */ key: Keys; /** * Sets a combination of key modifiers, on recognition of which the command will be executed. * * None - no modifiers are pressed * * Control - ctrl key * * Meta - meta key im mac * * Alt - alt key * * Shift - shift key * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @aspNumberEnum * @default undefined */ keyModifiers: KeyModifiers; } /** * Defines a command and a key gesture to define when the command should be executed */ export class Command extends base.ChildProperty<Command> { /** * Defines the name of the command * @default '' */ name: string; /** * Check the command is executable at the moment or not * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ canExecute: Function | string; /** * Defines what to be executed when the key combination is recognized * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ execute: Function | string; /** * Defines a combination of keys and key modifiers, on recognition of which the command will be executed * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let node$: NodeModel; * node = { * ... * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations : [{ content: 'text' }]; * ... * }; * * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes:[node], * commandManager:{ * commands:[{ * name:'customCopy', * parameter : 'node', * canExecute:function(){ * if(diagram.selectedItems.nodes.length>0 || diagram.selectedItems.connectors.length>0){ * return true; * } * return false; * }, * execute:function(){ *$ for(let i=0; i<diagram.selectedItems.nodes.length; i++){ * diagram.selectedItems.nodes[i].style.fill = 'red'; * } * diagram.dataBind(); * }, * gesture:{ * key:Keys.G, keyModifiers:KeyModifiers.Shift | KeyModifiers.Alt * } * }] * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ gesture: KeyGestureModel; /** * Defines any additional parameters that are required at runtime * @default '' */ parameter: string; /** * @private * Returns the name of class Command */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the collection of commands and the corresponding key gestures */ export class CommandManager extends base.ChildProperty<CommandManager> { /** * Stores the multiple command names with the corresponding command objects * @default [] */ commands: CommandModel[]; } /** * Defines the behavior of the context menu items */ export class ContextMenuSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ContextMenuSettings> { /** * Enables/Disables the context menu items * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ show: boolean; /** * Shows only the custom context menu items * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ showCustomMenuOnly: boolean; /** * Defines the custom context menu items * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * contextMenuSettings: { show: true, items: [{ * text: 'delete', id: 'delete', target: '.e-diagramcontent', iconCss: 'e-copy' * }], * showCustomMenuOnly: false, * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ items: ContextMenuItemModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/layer-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Layer */ export interface LayerModel { /** * Defines the id of a diagram layer * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * Enables or disables the visibility of objects in a particular layer * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * Enables or disables editing objects in a particular layer * @default false */ lock?: boolean; /** * Defines the collection of the objects that are added to a particular layer * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ objects?: string[]; /** * Defines the description of the layer * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' * }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Path Element' }] * } * ]; * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, nodes: nodes, * layers: [{ id: 'layer1', visible: true, objects: ['node1', 'node2', 'connector1'] }], * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ addInfo?: Object; /** * Defines the zOrder of the layer * @default -1 */ zIndex?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/layer.d.ts /** * A collection of JSON objects where each object represents a layer. * Layer is a named category of diagram shapes. */ export class Layer extends base.ChildProperty<Layer> { /** * Defines the id of a diagram layer * @default '' */ id: string; /** * Enables or disables the visibility of objects in a particular layer * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Enables or disables editing objects in a particular layer * @default false */ lock: boolean; /** * Defines the collection of the objects that are added to a particular layer * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ objects: string[]; /** * Defines the description of the layer * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' * }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Path Element' }] * } * ]; * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, nodes: nodes, * layers: [{ id: 'layer1', visible: true, objects: ['node1', 'node2', 'connector1'] }], * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ addInfo: Object; /** * Defines the zOrder of the layer * @default -1 */ zIndex: number; /** @private */ objectZIndex: number; /** @private */ zIndexTable: {}; constructor(parent: any, propName: string, defaultValue: Object, isArray?: boolean); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/page-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Background */ export interface BackgroundModel { /** * Defines the source of the background image * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let background: BackgroundModel = { source: 'https://www.w3schools.com/images/w3schools_green.jpg', * scale: 'Slice', align: 'XMinYMin' }; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * pageSettings: { width: 800, height: 600, orientation: 'Landscape', * background: background }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '' */ source?: string; /** * Defines the background color of diagram * @default 'transparent' */ color?: string; /** * Defines how the background image should be scaled/stretched * * None - Scale value will be set as None for the image * * Meet - Scale value Meet will be set for the image * * Slice - Scale value Slice will be set for the image * @default 'None' */ scale?: Scale; /** * Defines how to align the background image over the diagram area. * * None - Alignment value will be set as none * * XMinYMin - smallest X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * * XMidYMin - midpoint X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * * XMaxYMin - maximum X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * * XMinYMid - smallest X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * * XMidYMid - midpoint X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * * XMaxYMid - maximum X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * * XMinYMax - smallest X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port * * XMidYMax - midpoint X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port * * XMaxYMax - maximum X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port * @default 'None' */ align?: ImageAlignment; } /** * Interface for a class PageSettings */ export interface PageSettingsModel { /** * Sets the width of a diagram Page * @default null */ width?: number; /** * Sets the height of a diagram Page * @default null */ height?: number; /** * Sets the margin of a diagram page * @default new Margin(0,0,0,0) */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Sets the orientation of the pages in a diagram * * Landscape - Display with page Width is more than the page Height. * * Portrait - Display with page Height is more than the page width. * @default 'Landscape' */ orientation?: PageOrientation; /** * Defines the editable region of the diagram * * Infinity - Allow the interactions to take place at the infinite height and width * * Diagram - Allow the interactions to take place around the diagram height and width * * Page - Allow the interactions to take place around the page height and width * @default 'Infinity' */ boundaryConstraints?: BoundaryConstraints; /** * Defines the background color and image of diagram * @default 'transparent' */ background?: BackgroundModel; /** * Sets whether multiple pages can be created to fit all nodes and connectors * @default false */ multiplePage?: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the page break lines * @default false */ showPageBreaks?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class ScrollSettings */ export interface ScrollSettingsModel { /** * Defines horizontal offset of the scroller * @default 0 */ horizontalOffset?: number; /** * Defines vertical offset of the scroller * @default 0 */ verticalOffset?: number; /** * Defines the currentZoom value of diagram * @default 1 */ currentZoom?: number; /** * Allows to read the viewport width of the diagram * @default 0 */ viewPortWidth?: number; /** * Allows to read the viewport height of the diagram * @default 0 */ viewPortHeight?: number; /** * Defines the minimum zoom value of the diagram * @default 0.2 */ minZoom?: number; /** * Defines the maximum zoom value of the scroller * @default 30 */ maxZoom?: number; /** * Defines the scrollable region of diagram. * * Diagram - Enables scrolling to view the diagram content * * Infinity - Diagram will be extended, when we try to scroll the diagram * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * scrollSettings: { canAutoScroll: true, scrollLimit: 'Infinity', * scrollableArea : new Rect(0, 0, 300, 300), horizontalOffset : 0 * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'Diagram' */ scrollLimit?: ScrollLimit; /** * Defines the scrollable area of diagram. Applicable, if the scroll limit is “limited”. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ scrollableArea?: Rect; /** * Enables or Disables the auto scroll option * @default false */ canAutoScroll?: boolean; /** * Defines the maximum distance to be left between the object and the scroll bar to trigger auto scrolling * @default { left: 15, right: 15, top: 15, bottom: 15 } */ autoScrollBorder?: MarginModel; /** * Defines the maximum distance to be left between the object and the edge of the page. * @default { left: 0, right: 0, top: 0, bottom: 0 } */ padding?: MarginModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/page-settings.d.ts /** * Defines the size and appearance of the diagram page */ export class Background extends base.ChildProperty<Background> { /** * Defines the source of the background image * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let background$: BackgroundModel = { source: 'https://www.w3schools.com/images/w3schools_green.jpg', * scale: 'Slice', align: 'XMinYMin' }; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * pageSettings: { width: 800, height: 600, orientation: 'Landscape', * background: background }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '' */ source: string; /** * Defines the background color of diagram * @default 'transparent' */ color: string; /** * Defines how the background image should be scaled/stretched * * None - Scale value will be set as None for the image * * Meet - Scale value Meet will be set for the image * * Slice - Scale value Slice will be set for the image * @default 'None' */ scale: Scale; /** * Defines how to align the background image over the diagram area. * * None - Alignment value will be set as none * * XMinYMin - smallest X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * * XMidYMin - midpoint X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * * XMaxYMin - maximum X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * * XMinYMid - smallest X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * * XMidYMid - midpoint X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * * XMaxYMid - maximum X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * * XMinYMax - smallest X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port * * XMidYMax - midpoint X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port * * XMaxYMax - maximum X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port * @default 'None' */ align: ImageAlignment; } /** * Defines the size and appearance of diagram page * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * pageSettings: { width: 800, height: 600, orientation: 'Landscape', * background: { color: 'blue' }, boundaryConstraints: 'Infinity', * multiplePage: true, showPageBreaks: true, }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ export class PageSettings extends base.ChildProperty<PageSettings> { /** * Sets the width of a diagram Page * @default null */ width: number; /** * Sets the height of a diagram Page * @default null */ height: number; /** * Sets the margin of a diagram page * @default new Margin(0,0,0,0) */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Sets the orientation of the pages in a diagram * * Landscape - Display with page Width is more than the page Height. * * Portrait - Display with page Height is more than the page width. * @default 'Landscape' */ orientation: PageOrientation; /** * Defines the editable region of the diagram * * Infinity - Allow the interactions to take place at the infinite height and width * * Diagram - Allow the interactions to take place around the diagram height and width * * Page - Allow the interactions to take place around the page height and width * @default 'Infinity' */ boundaryConstraints: BoundaryConstraints; /** * Defines the background color and image of diagram * @default 'transparent' */ background: BackgroundModel; /** * Sets whether multiple pages can be created to fit all nodes and connectors * @default false */ multiplePage: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the page break lines * @default false */ showPageBreaks: boolean; } /** * Diagram ScrollSettings module handles the scroller properties of the diagram */ export class ScrollSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ScrollSettings> { /** * Defines horizontal offset of the scroller * @default 0 */ horizontalOffset: number; /** * Defines vertical offset of the scroller * @default 0 */ verticalOffset: number; /** * Defines the currentZoom value of diagram * @default 1 */ currentZoom: number; /** * Allows to read the viewport width of the diagram * @default 0 */ viewPortWidth: number; /** * Allows to read the viewport height of the diagram * @default 0 */ viewPortHeight: number; /** * Defines the minimum zoom value of the diagram * @default 0.2 */ minZoom: number; /** * Defines the maximum zoom value of the scroller * @default 30 */ maxZoom: number; /** * Defines the scrollable region of diagram. * * Diagram - Enables scrolling to view the diagram content * * Infinity - Diagram will be extended, when we try to scroll the diagram * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * scrollSettings: { canAutoScroll: true, scrollLimit: 'Infinity', * scrollableArea : new Rect(0, 0, 300, 300), horizontalOffset : 0 * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'Diagram' */ scrollLimit: ScrollLimit; /** * Defines the scrollable area of diagram. Applicable, if the scroll limit is “limited”. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ scrollableArea: Rect; /** * Enables or Disables the auto scroll option * @default false */ canAutoScroll: boolean; /** * Defines the maximum distance to be left between the object and the scroll bar to trigger auto scrolling * @default { left: 15, right: 15, top: 15, bottom: 15 } */ autoScrollBorder: MarginModel; /** * Defines the maximum distance to be left between the object and the edge of the page. * @default { left: 0, right: 0, top: 0, bottom: 0 } */ padding: MarginModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/ruler-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class DiagramRuler */ export interface DiagramRulerModel { /** * Defines the number of intervals to be present on each segment of the ruler. * @default 5 */ interval?: number; /** * Defines the textual description of the ruler segment, and the appearance of the ruler ticks of the ruler. * @default 100 */ segmentWidth?: number; /** * Defines the orientation of the ruler * @default 'Horizontal' */ orientation?: RulerOrientation; /** * Defines and sets the tick alignment of the ruler scale. * @default 'RightOrBottom' */ tickAlignment?: TickAlignment; /** * Defines the color of the ruler marker brush. * @default 'red' */ markerColor?: string; /** * Defines the height of the ruler. * @default 25 */ thickness?: number; /** * Defines the method which is used to position and arrange the tick elements of the ruler. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let arrange$: Function = (args: IArrangeTickOptions) => { * if (args.tickInterval % 10 == 0) { * args.tickLength = 25; * } * } * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * rulerSettings: { showRulers: true, * horizontalRuler: { segmentWidth: 50, orientation: 'Horizontal', interval: 10, arrangeTick: arrange }, * verticalRuler: {segmentWidth: 200,interval: 20, thickness: 20, * tickAlignment: 'LeftOrTop', segmentWidth: 50, markerColor: 'red' } * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default null */ arrangeTick?: Function | string; } /** * Interface for a class RulerSettings */ export interface RulerSettingsModel { /** * Enables or disables both horizontal and vertical ruler. * @default 'false' */ showRulers?: Boolean; /** * Updates the gridlines relative to the ruler ticks. * @default 'true' */ dynamicGrid?: Boolean; /** * Defines the appearance of horizontal ruler * @default {} */ horizontalRuler?: DiagramRulerModel; /** * Defines the appearance of vertical ruler * @default {} */ verticalRuler?: DiagramRulerModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/ruler-settings.d.ts /** * Defines the properties of both horizontal and vertical guides/rulers to measure the diagram area. */ export abstract class DiagramRuler extends base.ChildProperty<DiagramRuler> { /** * Defines the number of intervals to be present on each segment of the ruler. * @default 5 */ interval: number; /** * Defines the textual description of the ruler segment, and the appearance of the ruler ticks of the ruler. * @default 100 */ segmentWidth: number; /** * Defines the orientation of the ruler * @default 'Horizontal' */ orientation: RulerOrientation; /** * Defines and sets the tick alignment of the ruler scale. * @default 'RightOrBottom' */ tickAlignment: TickAlignment; /** * Defines the color of the ruler marker brush. * @default 'red' */ markerColor: string; /** * Defines the height of the ruler. * @default 25 */ thickness: number; /** * Defines the method which is used to position and arrange the tick elements of the ruler. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let arrange$: Function = (args: IArrangeTickOptions) => { * if (args.tickInterval % 10 == 0) { * args.tickLength = 25; * } * } * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * rulerSettings: { showRulers: true, * horizontalRuler: { segmentWidth: 50, orientation: 'Horizontal', interval: 10, arrangeTick: arrange }, * verticalRuler: {segmentWidth: 200,interval: 20, thickness: 20, * tickAlignment: 'LeftOrTop', segmentWidth: 50, markerColor: 'red' } * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default null */ arrangeTick: Function | string; } /** * Defines the ruler settings of diagram * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * rulerSettings: { showRulers: true, * horizontalRuler: { segmentWidth: 50,interval: 10 }, * verticalRuler: {segmentWidth: 200,interval: 20} * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ export class RulerSettings extends base.ChildProperty<RulerSettings> { /** * Enables or disables both horizontal and vertical ruler. * @default 'false' */ showRulers: Boolean; /** * Updates the gridlines relative to the ruler ticks. * @default 'true' */ dynamicGrid: Boolean; /** * Defines the appearance of horizontal ruler * @default {} */ horizontalRuler: DiagramRulerModel; /** * Defines the appearance of vertical ruler * @default {} */ verticalRuler: DiagramRulerModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/serialization-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SerializationSettings */ export interface SerializationSettingsModel { /** * Enables or Disables serialization of default values. * @default 'false' */ preventDefaults?: Boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/diagram/serialization-settings.d.ts /** * Defines the serialization settings of diagram * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * serializationSettings: { preventDefaults: true }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ export class SerializationSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SerializationSettings> { /** * Enables or Disables serialization of default values. * @default 'false' */ preventDefaults: Boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/enum/enum.d.ts /** * enum module defines the public enumerations */ /** * Defines how the diagram elements have to be aligned with respect to its immediate parent * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent * * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent */ export type HorizontalAlignment = /** * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent */ 'Stretch' | /** * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent */ 'Left' | /** * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent */ 'Right' | /** * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent */ 'Center' | /** * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent */ 'Auto'; /** * Defines how the diagram elements have to be aligned with respect to its immediate parent * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent * * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent */ export type VerticalAlignment = /** * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent */ 'Stretch' | /** * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent */ 'Top' | /** * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent */ 'Bottom' | /** * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent */ 'Center' | /** * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent */ 'Auto'; /** * Defines how the diagram elements have to be flipped with respect to its immediate parent * * FlipHorizontal - Translate the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * FlipVertical - Rotate the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Both - Rotate and Translate the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * None - Set the flip Direction as None */ export type FlipDirection = /** * FlipHorizontal - Translate the diagram element throughout its immediate parent */ 'Horizontal' | /** * FlipVertical - Rotate the diagram element throughout its immediate parent */ 'Vertical' | /** * Both - Rotate and Translate the diagram element throughout its immediate parent */ 'Both' | /** * None - Set the flip Direction as None */ 'None'; /** * Defines the orientation of the Page * Landscape - Display with page Width is more than the page Height. * Portrait - Display with page Height is more than the page width. */ export type PageOrientation = /** * Landscape - Display with page Width is more than the page Height */ 'Landscape' | /** * Portrait - Display with page Height is more than the page width */ 'Portrait'; /** * Defines the orientation of the layout * * TopToBottom - Renders the layout from top to bottom * * BottomToTop - Renders the layout from bottom to top * * LeftToRight - Renders the layout from left to right * * RightToLeft - Renders the layout from right to left */ export type LayoutOrientation = /** * TopToBottom - Renders the layout from top to bottom */ 'TopToBottom' | /** * BottomToTop - Renders the layout from bottom to top */ 'BottomToTop' | /** * LeftToRight - Renders the layout from left to right */ 'LeftToRight' | /** * RightToLeft - Renders the layout from right to left */ 'RightToLeft'; /** * Defines the types of the automatic layout * * None - None of the layouts is applied * * HierarchicalTree - Defines the type of the layout as Hierarchical Tree * * OrganizationalChart - Defines the type of the layout as Organizational Chart * * ComplexHierarchicalTree - Defines the type of the layout as complex HierarchicalTree * * RadialTree - Defines the type of the layout as Radial tree */ export type LayoutType = /** * None - None of the layouts is applied */ 'None' | /** * HierarchicalTree - Defines the type of the layout as Hierarchical Tree */ 'HierarchicalTree' | /** * RadialTree - Defines the type of the layout as Radial Tree */ 'RadialTree' | /** * OrganizationalChart - Defines the type of the layout as Organizational Chart */ 'OrganizationalChart' | /** * SymmetricalLayout - Defines the type of the layout as SymmetricalLayout */ 'SymmetricalLayout' | /** * ComplexHierarchicalTree - Defines the type of the layout as complex HierarchicalTree */ 'ComplexHierarchicalTree' | /** * MindMap - Defines the type of the layout as MindMap */ 'MindMap'; /** * Alignment position * Left - Sets the branch type as Left * Right - Sets the branch type as Right */ export type BranchTypes = /** * Left - Sets the branch type as Left */ 'Left' | /** * Right - Sets the branch type as Right */ 'Right'; /** * Defines how the first segments have to be defined in a layout * Auto - Defines the first segment direction based on the type of the layout * Orientation - Defines the first segment direction based on the orientation of the layout * Custom - Defines the first segment direction dynamically by the user */ export type ConnectionDirection = /** * Auto - Defines the first segment direction based on the type of the layout */ 'Auto' | /** * Orientation - Defines the first segment direction based on the orientation of the layout */ 'Orientation' | /** * Custom - Defines the first segment direction dynamically by the user */ 'Custom'; /** * Defines where the user handles have to be aligned * Top - Aligns the user handles at the top of an object * Bottom - Aligns the user handles at the bottom of an object * Left - Aligns the user handles at the left of an object * Right - Aligns the user handles at the right of an object */ export type Side = /** * Top - Aligns the user handles at the top of an object */ 'Top' | /** * Bottom - Aligns the user handles at the bottom of an object */ 'Bottom' | /** * Left - Aligns the user handles at the left of an object */ 'Left' | /** * Right - Aligns the user handles at the right of an object */ 'Right'; /** * Defines how the connectors have to be routed in a layout * Default - Routes the connectors like a default diagram * Layout - Routes the connectors based on the type of the layout */ export type ConnectorSegments = /** * Default - Routes the connectors like a default diagram */ 'Default' | /** * Layout - Routes the connectors based on the type of the layout */ 'Layout'; /** * Defines how the annotations have to be aligned with respect to its immediate parent * Center - Aligns the annotation at the center of a connector segment * Before - Aligns the annotation before a connector segment * After - Aligns the annotation after a connector segment */ export type AnnotationAlignment = /** * Center - Aligns the annotation at the center of a connector segment */ 'Center' | /** * Before - Aligns the annotation before a connector segment */ 'Before' | /** * After - Aligns the annotation after a connector segment */ 'After'; /** * Defines the type of the port * Point - Sets the type of the port as Point * Path - Sets the type of the port as Path * Dynamic - Sets the type of the port as Dynamic */ export type PortTypes = /** * Point - Sets the type of the port as Point */ 'Point' | /** * Path - Sets the type of the port as Path */ 'Path' | /** * Dynamic - Sets the type of the port as Dynamic */ 'Dynamic'; /** * Defines the type of the annotation * Shape - Sets the annotation type as Shape * Path - Sets the annotation type as Path */ export type AnnotationTypes = /** * Shape - Sets the annotation type as Shape */ 'Shape' | /** * Path - Sets the annotation type as Path */ 'Path'; /** * File Format type for export. * JPG - Save the file in JPG Format * PNG - Saves the file in PNG Format * BMP - Save the file in BMP Format * SVG - save the file in SVG format * @IgnoreSingular */ export type FileFormats = /** JPG-Save the file in JPG Format */ 'JPG' | /** PNG - Save the file in PNG Format */ 'PNG' | /** BMP - Save the file in BMP format */ 'BMP' | /** SVG - Saves the file in SVG format */ 'SVG'; /** * Defines whether the diagram has to be exported as an image or it has to be converted as image url * Download * Data * @IgnoreSingular */ export type ExportModes = /** Download - Download the image */ 'Download' | /** Data - Converted as image url */ 'Data'; /** * Defines the region that has to be drawn as an image * PageSettings - With the given page settings image has to be exported. * Content - The diagram content is export * CustomBounds - Exported with given bounds. * @IgnoreSingular */ export type DiagramRegions = /** PageSettings - With the given page settings image has to be exported. */ 'PageSettings' | 'Content' | /** CustomBounds - Exported with given bounds. */ 'CustomBounds'; /** * Constraints to define when a port has to be visible * Visible - Always shows the port * Hidden - Always hides the port * Hover - Shows the port when the mouse hovers over a node * Connect - Shows the port when a connection end point is dragged over a node * Default - By default the ports will be visible when a node is hovered and being tried to connect * @aspNumberEnum */ export enum PortVisibility { /** Always shows the port */ Visible = 1, /** Always hides the port */ Hidden = 2, /** Shows the port when the mouse hovers over a node */ Hover = 4, /** Shows the port when a connection end point is dragged over a node */ Connect = 8 } /** * Defines the constraints to Enables / Disables some features of Snapping. * None - Snapping does not happen * ShowHorizontalLines - Displays only the horizontal gridlines in diagram. * ShowVerticalLines - Displays only the Vertical gridlines in diagram. * ShowLines - Display both Horizontal and Vertical gridlines. * SnapToHorizontalLines - Enables the object to snap only with horizontal gridlines. * SnapToVerticalLines - Enables the object to snap only with horizontal gridlines. * SnapToLines - Enables the object to snap with both horizontal and Vertical gridlines. * snapToObject - Enables the object to snap with the other objects in the diagram. * @IgnoreSingular * @aspNumberEnum */ export enum SnapConstraints { /** None - Snapping does not happen */ None = 0, /** ShowHorizontalLines - Displays only the horizontal gridlines in diagram. */ ShowHorizontalLines = 1, /** ShowVerticalLines - Displays only the Vertical gridlines in diagram */ ShowVerticalLines = 2, /** ShowLines - Display both Horizontal and Vertical gridlines */ ShowLines = 3, /** SnapToHorizontalLines - Enables the object to snap only with horizontal gridlines */ SnapToHorizontalLines = 4, /** SnapToVerticalLines - Enables the object to snap only with horizontal gridlines */ SnapToVerticalLines = 8, /** SnapToLines - Enables the object to snap with both horizontal and Vertical gridlines */ SnapToLines = 12, /** SnapToObject - Enables the object to snap with the other objects in the diagram. */ SnapToObject = 16, /** Shows gridlines and enables snapping */ All = 31 } /** * Defines the visibility of the selector handles * None - Hides all the selector elements * ConnectorSourceThumb - Shows/hides the source thumb of the connector * ConnectorTargetThumb - Shows/hides the target thumb of the connector * ResizeSouthEast - Shows/hides the bottom right resize handle of the selector * ResizeSouthWest - Shows/hides the bottom left resize handle of the selector * ResizeNorthEast - Shows/hides the top right resize handle of the selector * ResizeNorthWest - Shows/hides the top left resize handle of the selector * ResizeEast - Shows/hides the middle right resize handle of the selector * ResizeWest - Shows/hides the middle left resize handle of the selector * ResizeSouth - Shows/hides the bottom center resize handle of the selector * ResizeNorth - Shows/hides the top center resize handle of the selector * Rotate - Shows/hides the rotate handle of the selector * UserHandles - Shows/hides the user handles of the selector * Resize - Shows/hides all resize handles of the selector * @aspNumberEnum * @IgnoreSingular */ export enum SelectorConstraints { /** Hides all the selector elements */ None = 1, /** Shows/hides the source thumb of the connector */ ConnectorSourceThumb = 2, /** Shows/hides the target thumb of the connector */ ConnectorTargetThumb = 4, /** Shows/hides the bottom right resize handle of the selector */ ResizeSouthEast = 8, /** Shows/hides the bottom left resize handle of the selector */ ResizeSouthWest = 16, /** Shows/hides the top right resize handle of the selector */ ResizeNorthEast = 32, /** Shows/hides the top left resize handle of the selector */ ResizeNorthWest = 64, /** Shows/hides the middle right resize handle of the selector */ ResizeEast = 128, /** Shows/hides the middle left resize handle of the selector */ ResizeWest = 256, /** Shows/hides the bottom center resize handle of the selector */ ResizeSouth = 512, /** Shows/hides the top center resize handle of the selector */ ResizeNorth = 1024, /** Shows/hides the rotate handle of the selector */ Rotate = 2048, /** Shows/hides the user handles of the selector */ UserHandle = 4096, /** Shows/hides the default tooltip of nodes and connectors */ ToolTip = 8192, /** Shows/hides all resize handles of the selector */ ResizeAll = 2046, /** Shows all handles of the selector */ All = 16382 } /** * Defines the type of the panel * None - Defines that the panel will not rearrange its children. Instead, it will be positioned based on its children. * Canvas - Defines the type of the panel as Canvas * Stack - Defines the type of the panel as Stack * Grid - Defines the type of the panel as Grid * WrapPanel - Defines the type of the panel as WrapPanel */ export type Panels = /** None - Defines that the panel will not rearrange its children. Instead, it will be positioned based on its children. */ 'None' | /** Canvas - Defines the type of the panel as Canvas */ 'Canvas' | /** Stack - Defines the type of the panel as Stack */ 'Stack' | /** Grid - Defines the type of the panel as Grid */ 'Grid' | /** WrapPanel - Defines the type of the panel as WrapPanel */ 'WrapPanel'; /** * Defines the orientation * Horizontal - Sets the orientation as Horizontal * Vertical - Sets the orientation as Vertical */ export type Orientation = /** Horizontal - Sets the orientation as Horizontal */ 'Horizontal' | /** Vertical - Sets the orientation as Vertical */ 'Vertical'; /** * Defines the orientation * Horizontal - Sets the orientation as Horizontal * Vertical - Sets the orientation as Vertical */ export type ContainerTypes = /** Canvas - Sets the ContainerTypes as Canvas */ 'Canvas' | /** Stack - Sets the ContainerTypes as Stack */ 'Stack' | /** Grid - Sets the ContainerTypes as Grid */ 'Grid'; /** * Defines the reference with respect to which the diagram elements have to be aligned * Point - Diagram elements will be aligned with respect to a point * Object - Diagram elements will be aligned with respect to its immediate parent */ export type RelativeMode = /** Point - Diagram elements will be aligned with respect to a point */ 'Point' | /** Object - Diagram elements will be aligned with respect to its immediate parent */ 'Object'; /** * Defines how to wrap the text when it exceeds the element bounds * WrapWithOverflow - Wraps the text so that no word is broken * Wrap - Wraps the text and breaks the word, if necessary * NoWrap - Text will no be wrapped */ export type TextWrap = /** WrapWithOverflow - Wraps the text so that no word is broken */ 'WrapWithOverflow' | /** Wrap - Wraps the text and breaks the word, if necessary */ 'Wrap' | /** NoWrap - Text will no be wrapped */ 'NoWrap'; /** * Defines how to handle the text when it exceeds the element bounds * Wrap - Wraps the text to next line, when it exceeds its bounds * Ellipsis - It truncates the overflown text and represents the clipping with an ellipsis * Clip - It clips the overflow text */ export type TextOverflow = /** Wrap - Wraps the text to next line, when it exceeds its bounds */ 'Wrap' | /** Ellipsis - It truncates the overflown text and represents the clipping with an ellipsis */ 'Ellipsis' | /** Clip - It clips the overflow text */ 'Clip'; /** * Defines the mode of the alignment based on which the elements should be aligned * Object - Aligns the objects based on the first object in the selected list * Selector - Aligns the objects based on the the selector bounds */ export type AlignmentMode = /** Object - Aligns the objects based on the first object in the selected list */ 'Object' | /** Selector - Aligns the objects based on the the selector bounds */ 'Selector'; /** * Defines the alignment options * Left - Aligns the objects at the left of the selector bounds * Right - Aligns the objects at the right of the selector bounds * Center - Aligns the objects at the horizontal center of the selector bounds * Top - Aligns the objects at the top of the selector bounds * Bottom - Aligns the objects at the bottom of the selector bounds * Middle - Aligns the objects at the vertical center of the selector bounds */ export type AlignmentOptions = /** Left - Aligns the objects at the left of the selector bounds */ 'Left' | /** Right - Aligns the objects at the right of the selector bounds */ 'Right' | /** Center - Aligns the objects at the horizontal center of the selector bounds */ 'Center' | /** Top - Aligns the objects at the top of the selector bounds */ 'Top' | /** Bottom - Aligns the objects at the bottom of the selector bounds */ 'Bottom' | /** Middle - Aligns the objects at the vertical center of the selector bounds */ 'Middle'; /** * Defines the distribution options * RightToLeft - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the right and left sides of the adjacent objects * Left - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the left sides of the adjacent objects * Right - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the right sides of the adjacent objects * Center - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the center of the adjacent objects * BottomToTop - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the bottom and top sides of the adjacent objects * Top - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the top sides of the adjacent objects * Bottom - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the bottom sides of the adjacent objects * Middle - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the vertical center of the adjacent objects */ export type DistributeOptions = /** RightToLeft - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the right and left sides of the adjacent objects */ 'RightToLeft' | /** Left - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the left sides of the adjacent objects */ 'Left' | /** Right - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the right sides of the adjacent objects */ 'Right' | /** Center - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the center of the adjacent objects */ 'Center' | /** BottomToTop - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the bottom and top sides of the adjacent objects */ 'BottomToTop' | /** Top - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the top sides of the adjacent objects */ 'Top' | /** Bottom - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the bottom sides of the adjacent objects */ 'Bottom' | /** Middle - Distributes the objects based on the distance between the vertical center of the adjacent objects */ 'Middle'; /** * Defines the sizing options * Width - Scales the width of the selected objects * Height - Scales the height of the selected objects * Size - Scales the selected objects both vertically and horizontally */ export type SizingOptions = /** Width - Scales the width of the selected objects */ 'Width' | /** Height - Scales the height of the selected objects */ 'Height' | /** Size - Scales the selected objects both vertically and horizontally */ 'Size'; /** * Defines how to handle the empty space and empty lines of a text * PreserveAll - Preserves all empty spaces and empty lines * CollapseSpace - Collapses the consequent spaces into one * CollapseAll - Collapses all consequent empty spaces and empty lines */ export type WhiteSpace = /** PreserveAll - Preserves all empty spaces and empty lines */ 'PreserveAll' | /** CollapseSpace - Collapses the consequent spaces into one */ 'CollapseSpace' | /** CollapseAll - Collapses all consequent empty spaces and empty lines */ 'CollapseAll'; /** * Defines how to handle the rubber band selection * CompleteIntersect - Selects the objects that are contained within the selected region * PartialIntersect - Selects the objects that are partially intersected with the selected region */ export type RubberBandSelectionMode = /** CompleteIntersect - Selects the objects that are contained within the selected region */ 'CompleteIntersect' | /** PartialIntersect - Selects the objects that are partially intersected with the selected region */ 'PartialIntersect'; /** * Defines the rendering mode of the diagram * SVG - Renders the diagram objects as SVG elements * Canvas - Renders the diagram in a canvas */ export type RenderingMode = /** SVG - Renders the diagram objects as SVG elements */ 'SVG' | /** Canvas - Renders the diagram in a canvas */ 'Canvas'; /** * Defines how to decorate the text * Overline - Decorates the text with a line above the text * Underline - Decorates the text with an underline * LineThrough - Decorates the text by striking it with a line * None - Text will not have any specific decoration */ export type TextDecoration = /** Overline - Decorates the text with a line above the text */ 'Overline' | /** Underline - Decorates the text with an underline */ 'Underline' | /** LineThrough - Decorates the text by striking it with a line */ 'LineThrough' | /** None - Text will not have any specific decoration */ 'None'; /** * Defines how the text has to be aligned * Left - Aligns the text at the left of the text bounds * Right - Aligns the text at the right of the text bounds * Center - Aligns the text at the center of the text bounds * Justify - Aligns the text in a justified manner */ export type TextAlign = /** Left - Aligns the text at the left of the text bounds */ 'Left' | /** Right - Aligns the text at the right of the text bounds */ 'Right' | /** Center - Aligns the text at the center of the text bounds */ 'Center' | /** Justify - Aligns the text in a justified manner */ 'Justify'; /** * Defines the constraints to enable/disable certain features of connector. * * None - Interaction of the connectors cannot be done. * * Select - Selects the connector. * * Delete - Delete the connector. * * Drag - Drag the connector. * * DragSourceEnd - Drag the source end of the connector. * * DragTargetEnd - Drag the target end of the connector. * * DragSegmentThump - Drag the segment thumb of the connector. * * AllowDrop - Allow to drop a node. * * Bridging - Creates bridge on intersection of two connectors. * * BridgeObstacle - * * InheritBridging - Creates bridge on intersection of two connectors. * * PointerEvents - Sets the pointer events. * * Tooltip - Displays a tooltip for the connectors. * * InheritToolTip - Displays a tooltip for the connectors. * * Interaction - Features of the connector used for interaction. * * ReadOnly - Enables ReadOnly * * Default - Default features of the connector. * @aspNumberEnum * @IgnoreSingular */ export enum ConnectorConstraints { /** Disable all connector Constraints. */ None = 1, /** Enables connector to be selected. */ Select = 2, /** Enables connector to be Deleted. */ Delete = 4, /** Enables connector to be Dragged. */ Drag = 8, /** Enables connectors source end to be selected. */ DragSourceEnd = 16, /** Enables connectors target end to be selected. */ DragTargetEnd = 32, /** Enables control point and end point of every segment in a connector for editing. */ DragSegmentThumb = 64, /** Enables AllowDrop constraints to the connector. */ AllowDrop = 128, /** Enables bridging to the connector. */ Bridging = 256, /** Enables or Disables Bridge Obstacles with overlapping of connectors. */ BridgeObstacle = 512, /** Enables bridging to the connector. */ InheritBridging = 1024, /** Used to set the pointer events. */ PointerEvents = 2048, /** Enables or disables tool tip for the connectors */ Tooltip = 4096, /** Enables or disables tool tip for the connectors */ InheritTooltip = 8192, /** Enables Interaction. */ Interaction = 4218, /** Enables ReadOnly */ ReadOnly = 16384, /** Enables all constraints. */ Default = 11838 } /** * Enables/Disables the annotation constraints * ReadOnly - Enables/Disables the ReadOnly Constraints * InheritReadOnly - Enables/Disables the InheritReadOnly Constraints * Select -Enables/Disable select support for the annotation * Drag - Enables/Disable drag support for the annotation * Resize - Enables/Disable resize support for the annotation * Rotate - Enables/Disable rotate support for the annotation * Interaction - Enables annotation to inherit the interaction option * None - Disable all annotation constraints * @aspNumberEnum * @IgnoreSingular */ export enum AnnotationConstraints { /** Enables/Disables the ReadOnly Constraints */ ReadOnly = 2, /** Enables/Disables the InheritReadOnly Constraints */ InheritReadOnly = 4, /** Enables/Disable select support for the annotation */ Select = 8, /** Enables/Disable drag support for the annotation */ Drag = 16, /** Enables/Disable resize support for the annotation */ Resize = 32, /** Enables/Disable rotate support for the annotation */ Rotate = 64, /** Enables annotation to inherit the interaction option */ Interaction = 120, /** Disable all annotation Constraints */ None = 0 } /** * Enables/Disables certain features of node * None - Disable all node Constraints * Select - Enables node to be selected * Drag - Enables node to be Dragged * Rotate - Enables node to be Rotate * Shadow - Enables node to display shadow * PointerEvents - Enables node to provide pointer option * Delete - Enables node to delete * InConnect - Enables node to provide in connect option * OutConnect - Enables node to provide out connect option * Individual - Enables node to provide individual resize option * Expandable - Enables node to provide Expandable option * AllowDrop - Enables node to provide allow to drop option * Inherit - Enables node to inherit the interaction option * ResizeNorthEast - Enable ResizeNorthEast of the node * ResizeEast - Enable ResizeEast of the node * ResizeSouthEast - Enable ResizeSouthEast of the node * ResizeSouth - Enable ResizeSouthWest of the node * ResizeSouthWest - Enable ResizeSouthWest of the node * ResizeSouth - Enable ResizeSouth of the node * ResizeSouthWest - Enable ResizeSouthWest of the node * ResizeWest - Enable ResizeWest of the node * ResizeNorth - Enable ResizeNorth of the node * Resize - Enables the Aspect ratio fo the node * AspectRatio - Enables the Aspect ratio fo the node * Tooltip - Enables or disables tool tip for the Nodes * InheritTooltip - Enables or disables tool tip for the Nodes * ReadOnly - Enables the ReadOnly support for Annotation * Default - Enables all constraints * @aspNumberEnum * @IgnoreSingular */ export enum NodeConstraints { /** Disable all node Constraints. */ None = 0, /** Enables node to be selected. */ Select = 2, /** Enables node to be Dragged. */ Drag = 4, /** Enables node to be Rotate. */ Rotate = 8, /** Enables node to display shadow. */ Shadow = 16, /** Enables node to provide pointer option */ PointerEvents = 32, /** Enables node to delete */ Delete = 64, /** Enables node to provide in connect option */ InConnect = 128, /** Enables node to provide out connect option */ OutConnect = 256, /** Enables node to provide individual resize option */ Individual = 512, /** Enables node to provide Expandable option */ Expandable = 1024, /** Enables node to provide allow to drop option */ AllowDrop = 2048, /** Enables node to inherit the interaction option */ Inherit = 78, /** Enable ResizeNorthEast of the node */ ResizeNorthEast = 4096, /** Enable ResizeEast of the node */ ResizeEast = 8192, /** Enable ResizeSouthEast of the node */ ResizeSouthEast = 16384, /** Enable ResizeSouth of the node */ ResizeSouth = 32768, /** Enable ResizeSouthWest of the node */ ResizeSouthWest = 65536, /** Enable ResizeWest of the node */ ResizeWest = 131072, /** Enable ResizeNorthWest of the node */ ResizeNorthWest = 262144, /** Enable ResizeNorth of the node */ ResizeNorth = 524288, /** Enable Resize of the node */ Resize = 1044480, /** Enables the Aspect ratio fo the node */ AspectRatio = 1048576, /** hide all resize support for node */ HideThumbs = 16777216, /** Enables or disables tool tip for the Nodes */ Tooltip = 2097152, /** Enables or disables tool tip for the Nodes */ InheritTooltip = 4194304, /** Enables the ReadOnly support for Annotation */ ReadOnly = 8388608, /** Enables all constraints */ Default = 5240814 } /** Enables/Disables The element actions * None - Diables all element actions are none * ElementIsPort - Enable element action is port * ElementIsGroup - Enable element action as Group * @private */ export enum ElementAction { /** Disables all element actions are none */ None = 0, /** Enable the element action is Port */ ElementIsPort = 2, /** Enable the element action as Group */ ElementIsGroup = 4 } /** Enables/Disables the handles of the selector * Rotate - Enable Rotate Thumb * ConnectorSource - Enable Connector source point * ConnectorTarget - Enable Connector target point * ResizeNorthEast - Enable ResizeNorthEast Resize * ResizeEast - Enable ResizeEast Resize * ResizeSouthEast - Enable ResizeSouthEast Resize * ResizeSouth - Enable ResizeSouth Resize * ResizeSouthWest - Enable ResizeSouthWest Resize * ResizeWest - Enable ResizeWest Resize * ResizeNorthWest - Enable ResizeNorthWest Resize * ResizeNorth - Enable ResizeNorth Resize * Default - Enables all constraints * @private */ export enum ThumbsConstraints { /** Enable Rotate Thumb */ Rotate = 2, /** Enable Connector source point */ ConnectorSource = 4, /** Enable Connector target point */ ConnectorTarget = 8, /** Enable ResizeNorthEast Resize */ ResizeNorthEast = 16, /** Enable ResizeEast Resize */ ResizeEast = 32, /** Enable ResizeSouthEast Resize */ ResizeSouthEast = 64, /** Enable ResizeSouth Resize */ ResizeSouth = 128, /** Enable ResizeSouthWest Resize */ ResizeSouthWest = 256, /** Enable ResizeWest Resize */ ResizeWest = 512, /** Enable ResizeNorthWest Resize */ ResizeNorthWest = 1024, /** Enable ResizeNorth Resize */ ResizeNorth = 2048, /** Enables all constraints */ Default = 4094 } /** * Enables/Disables certain features of diagram * None - Disable DiagramConstraints constraints * Bridging - Enables/Disable Bridging support for connector * UndoRedo - Enables/Disable the Undo/Redo support * Tooltip - Enables/Disable Tooltip support * UserInteraction - Enables/Disable UserInteraction support for the diagram * ApiUpdate - Enables/Disable ApiUpdate support for the diagram * PageEditable - Enables/Disable PageEditable support for the diagram * Zoom - Enables/Disable Zoom support for the diagram * PanX - Enables/Disable PanX support for the diagram * PanY - Enables/Disable PanY support for the diagram * Pan - Enables/Disable Pan support the diagram * ZoomTextEdit - Enables/Disables zooming the text box while editing the text * Virtualization - Enables/Disable Virtualization support the diagram * Default - Enables/Disable all constraints * @aspNumberEnum * @IgnoreSingular */ export enum DiagramConstraints { /** Disable DiagramConstraints constraints */ None = 1, /** Enables/Disable Bridging support for connector */ Bridging = 2, /** Enables/Disable the Undo/Redo support */ UndoRedo = 4, /** Enables/Disable Tooltip support */ Tooltip = 8, /** Enables/Disable UserInteraction support for the diagram */ UserInteraction = 16, /** Enables/Disable ApiUpdate support for the diagram */ ApiUpdate = 32, /** Enables/Disable PageEditable support for the diagram */ PageEditable = 48, /** Enables/Disable Zoom support for the diagram */ Zoom = 64, /** Enables/Disable PanX support for the diagram */ PanX = 128, /** Enables/Disable PanY support for the diagram */ PanY = 256, /** Enables/Disable Pan support the diagram */ Pan = 384, /** Enables/Disables zooming the text box while editing the text */ ZoomTextEdit = 512, /** Enables/Disable Virtualization support the diagram */ Virtualization = 1024, /** Enables/Disable all constraints */ Default = 500 } /** * Activates the diagram tools * None - Enables/Disable single select support for the diagram * SingleSelect - Enables/Disable single select support for the diagram * MultipleSelect - Enables/Disable MultipleSelect select support for the diagram * ZoomPan - Enables/Disable ZoomPan support for the diagram * DrawOnce - Enables/Disable continuousDraw support for the diagram * ContinuousDraw - Enables/Disable continuousDraw support for the diagram * Default - Enables/Disable all constraints * @aspNumberEnum * @IgnoreSingular */ export enum DiagramTools { /** Disable all constraints */ None = 0, /** Enables/Disable single select support for the diagram */ SingleSelect = 1, /** Enables/Disable MultipleSelect select support for the diagram */ MultipleSelect = 2, /** Enables/Disable ZoomPan support for the diagram */ ZoomPan = 4, /** Enables/Disable DrawOnce support for the diagram */ DrawOnce = 8, /** Enables/Disable continuousDraw support for the diagram */ ContinuousDraw = 16, /** Enables/Disable all constraints */ Default = 3 } /** * Defines the bridge direction * Top - Defines the direction of the bridge as Top * Bottom - Defines the direction of the bridge as Bottom * Left - Sets the bridge direction as left * Right - Sets the bridge direction as right */ export type BridgeDirection = /** Top - Defines the direction of the bridge as Top */ 'Top' | /** Bottom - Defines the direction of the bridge as Bottom */ 'Bottom' | /** Left - Sets the bridge direction as left */ 'Left' | /** Right - Sets the bridge direction as right */ 'Right'; /** * Defines the type of the gradient * Linear - Sets the type of the gradient as Linear * Radial - Sets the type of the gradient as Radial */ export type GradientType = /** None - Sets the type of the gradient as None */ 'None' | /** Linear - Sets the type of the gradient as Linear */ 'Linear' | /** Radial - Sets the type of the gradient as Radial */ 'Radial'; /** * Defines the shape of a node * Path - Sets the type of the node as Path * Text - Sets the type of the node as Text * Image - Sets the type of the node as Image * Basic - Sets the type of the node as Basic * Flow - Sets the type of the node as Flow * Bpmn - Sets the type of the node as Bpmn * Native - Sets the type of the node as Native * HTML - Sets the type of the node as HTML */ export type Shapes = /** Path - Sets the type of the node as Path */ 'Path' | /** Text - Sets the type of the node as Text */ 'Text' | /** Image - Sets the type of the node as Image */ 'Image' | /** Basic - Sets the type of the node as Basic */ 'Basic' | /** Flow - Sets the type of the node as Flow */ 'Flow' | /** Bpmn - Sets the type of the node as Bpmn */ 'Bpmn' | /** Native - Sets the type of the node as Native */ 'Native' | /** HTML - Sets the type of the node as HTML */ 'HTML' | /** UMLActivity - Sets the type of the node as UMLActivity */ 'UmlActivity' | /** UMLClassifier - Sets the type of the node as UMLClassifier */ 'UmlClassifier' | /** SwimLane - Sets the type of the node as SwimLane */ 'SwimLane'; /** * None - Scale value will be set as None for the image * Meet - Scale value Meet will be set for the image * Slice - Scale value Slice will be set for the image */ export type Scale = /** None - Scale value will be set as None for the image */ 'None' | /** Meet - Scale value Meet will be set for the image */ 'Meet' | /** Slice - Scale value Slice will be set for the image */ 'Slice'; /** * None - Alignment value will be set as none * XMinYMin - smallest X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * XMidYMin - midpoint X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * XMaxYMin - maximum X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * XMinYMid - smallest X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * XMidYMid - midpoint X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * XMaxYMid - maximum X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * XMinYMax - smallest X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port * XMidYMax - midpoint X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port * XMaxYMax - maximum X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port */ export type ImageAlignment = /** None - Alignment value will be set as none */ 'None' | /** XMinYMin - smallest X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port */ 'XMinYMin' | /** XMidYMin - midpoint X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port */ 'XMidYMin' | /** XMaxYMin - maximum X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port */ 'XMaxYMin' | /** XMinYMid - smallest X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port */ 'XMinYMid' | /** XMidYMid - midpoint X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port */ 'XMidYMid' | /** XMaxYMid - maximum X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port */ 'XMaxYMid' | /** XMinYMax - smallest X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port */ 'XMinYMax' | /** XMidYMax - midpoint X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port */ 'XMidYMax' | /** XMaxYMax - maximum X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port */ 'XMaxYMax'; /** * Defines the type of the flow shape * Process - Sets the type of the flow shape as Process * Decision - Sets the type of the flow shape as Decision * Document - Sets the type of the flow shape as Document * PreDefinedProcess - Sets the type of the flow shape as PreDefinedProcess * Terminator - Sets the type of the flow shape as Terminator * PaperTap - Sets the type of the flow shape as PaperTap * DirectData - Sets the type of the flow shape as DirectData * SequentialData - Sets the type of the flow shape as SequentialData * MultiData - Sets the type of the flow shape as MultiData * Collate - Sets the type of the flow shape as Collate * SummingJunction - Sets the type of the flow shape as SummingJunction * Or - Sets the type of the flow shape as Or * InternalStorage - Sets the type of the flow shape as InternalStorage * Extract - Sets the type of the flow shape as Extract * ManualOperation - Sets the type of the flow shape as ManualOperation * Merge - Sets the type of the flow shape as Merge * OffPageReference - Sets the type of the flow shape as OffPageReference * SequentialAccessStorage - Sets the type of the flow shape as SequentialAccessStorage * Annotation - Sets the type of the flow shape as Annotation * Annotation2 - Sets the type of the flow shape as Annotation2 * Data - Sets the type of the flow shape as Data * Card - Sets the type of the flow shape as Card * Delay - Sets the type of the flow shape as Delay * Preparation - Sets the type of the flow shape as Preparation * Display - Sets the type of the flow shape as Display * ManualInput - Sets the type of the flow shape as ManualInput * LoopLimit - Sets the type of the flow shape as LoopLimit * StoredData - Sets the type of the flow shape as StoredData */ export type FlowShapes = /** Process - Sets the type of the flow shape as Process */ 'Process' | /** Decision - Sets the type of the flow shape as Decision */ 'Decision' | /** Document - Sets the type of the flow shape as Document */ 'Document' | /** PreDefinedProcess - Sets the type of the flow shape as PreDefinedProcess */ 'PreDefinedProcess' | /** Terminator - Sets the type of the flow shape as Terminator */ 'Terminator' | /** PaperTap - Sets the type of the flow shape as PaperTap */ 'PaperTap' | /** DirectData - Sets the type of the flow shape as DirectData */ 'DirectData' | /** SequentialData - Sets the type of the flow shape as SequentialData */ 'SequentialData' | /** Sort - Sets the type of the flow shape as Sort */ 'Sort' | /** MultiDocument - Sets the type of the flow shape as MultiDocument */ 'MultiDocument' | /** Collate - Sets the type of the flow shape as Collate */ 'Collate' | /** SummingJunction - Sets the type of the flow shape as SummingJunction */ 'SummingJunction' | /** Or - Sets the type of the flow shape as Or */ 'Or' | /** InternalStorage - Sets the type of the flow shape as InternalStorage */ 'InternalStorage' | /** Extract - Sets the type of the flow shape as Extract */ 'Extract' | /** ManualOperation - Sets the type of the flow shape as ManualOperation */ 'ManualOperation' | /** Merge - Sets the type of the flow shape as Merge */ 'Merge' | /** OffPageReference - Sets the type of the flow shape as OffPageReference */ 'OffPageReference' | /** SequentialAccessStorage - Sets the type of the flow shape as SequentialAccessStorage */ 'SequentialAccessStorage' | /** Annotation - Sets the type of the flow shape as Annotation */ 'Annotation' | /** Annotation2 - Sets the type of the flow shape as Annotation2 */ 'Annotation2' | /** Data - Sets the type of the flow shape as Data */ 'Data' | /** Card - Sets the type of the flow shape as Card */ 'Card' | /** Delay - Sets the type of the flow shape as Delay */ 'Delay' | /** Preparation - Sets the type of the flow shape as Preparation */ 'Preparation' | /** Display - Sets the type of the flow shape as Display */ 'Display' | /** ManualInput - Sets the type of the flow shape as ManualInput */ 'ManualInput' | /** LoopLimit - Sets the type of the flow shape as LoopLimit */ 'LoopLimit' | /** StoredData - Sets the type of the flow shape as StoredData */ 'StoredData'; /** * Defines the basic shapes * Rectangle - Sets the type of the basic shape as Rectangle * Ellipse - Sets the type of the basic shape as Ellipse * Hexagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Hexagon * Parallelogram - Sets the type of the basic shape as Parallelogram * Triangle - Sets the type of the basic shape as Triangle * Plus - Sets the type of the basic shape as Plus * Star - Sets the type of the basic shape as Star * Pentagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Pentagon * Heptagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Heptagon * Octagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Octagon * Trapezoid - Sets the type of the basic shape as Trapezoid * Decagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Decagon * RightTriangle - Sets the type of the basic shape as RightTriangle * Cylinder - Sets the type of the basic shape as Cylinder * Diamond - Sets the type of the basic shape as Diamond */ export type BasicShapes = /** Rectangle - Sets the type of the basic shape as Rectangle */ 'Rectangle' | /** Ellipse - Sets the type of the basic shape as Ellipse */ 'Ellipse' | /** Hexagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Hexagon */ 'Hexagon' | /** Parallelogram - Sets the type of the basic shape as Parallelogram */ 'Parallelogram' | /** Triangle - Sets the type of the basic shape as Triangle */ 'Triangle' | /** Plus - Sets the type of the basic shape as Plus */ 'Plus' | /** Star - Sets the type of the basic shape as Star */ 'Star' | /** Pentagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Pentagon */ 'Pentagon' | /** Heptagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Heptagon */ 'Heptagon' | /** Octagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Octagon */ 'Octagon' | /** Trapezoid - Sets the type of the basic shape as Trapezoid */ 'Trapezoid' | /** Decagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Decagon */ 'Decagon' | /** RightTriangle - Sets the type of the basic shape as RightTriangle */ 'RightTriangle' | /** Cylinder - Sets the type of the basic shape as Cylinder */ 'Cylinder' | /** Diamond - Sets the type of the basic shape as Diamond */ 'Diamond' | /** Polygon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Polygon */ 'Polygon'; /** * Defines the type of the Bpmn Shape * Event - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Event * Gateway - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Gateway * Message - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Message * DataObject - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as DataObject * DataSource - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as DataSource * Activity - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Activity * Group - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Group * TextAnnotation - Represents the shape as Text Annotation */ export type BpmnShapes = /** Event - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Event */ 'Event' | /** Gateway - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Gateway */ 'Gateway' | /** Message - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Message */ 'Message' | /** DataObject - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as DataObject */ 'DataObject' | /** DataSource - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as DataSource */ 'DataSource' | /** Activity - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Activity */ 'Activity' | /** Group - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Group */ 'Group' | /** TextAnnotation - Represents the shape as Text Annotation */ 'TextAnnotation'; /** * Defines the type of the UMLActivity Shape * Action - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as Action * Decision - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as Decision * MergeNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as MergeNode * InitialNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as InitialNode * FinalNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as FinalNode * ForkNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as ForkNode * JoinNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as JoinNode * TimeEvent - Represents the UMLActivity shape as TimeEvent * @IgnoreSingular */ export type UmlActivityShapes = /** Action - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as Action */ 'Action' | /** Decision - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as Decision */ 'Decision' | /** MergeNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as MergeNode */ 'MergeNode' | /** InitialNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as InitialNode */ 'InitialNode' | /** FinalNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as FinalNode */ 'FinalNode' | /** ForkNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as ForkNode */ 'ForkNode' | /** JoinNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as JoinNode */ 'JoinNode' | /** TimeEvent - Represents the shape as TimeEvent */ 'TimeEvent' | /** AcceptingEvent - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as AcceptingEvent */ 'AcceptingEvent' | /** SendSignal - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as SendSignal */ 'SendSignal' | /** ReceiveSignal - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as ReceiveSignal */ 'ReceiveSignal' | /** StructuredNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as StructuredNode */ 'StructuredNode' | /** Note - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as Note */ 'Note'; /** * Defines the type of the UMLActivity flows * Object - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Flow as Object * Control - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Flow as Control * Exception - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Flow as Exception * @IgnoreSingular */ export type UmlActivityFlows = /** Object - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Flow as Object */ 'Object' | /** Control - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Flow as Control */ 'Control' | /** Exception - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Flow as Exception */ 'Exception'; /** * Defines the type of the Bpmn Events * Start - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as Start * Intermediate - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as Intermediate * End - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as End * NonInterruptingStart - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as NonInterruptingStart * NonInterruptingIntermediate - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as NonInterruptingIntermediate * ThrowingIntermediate - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as ThrowingIntermediate */ export type BpmnEvents = /** Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as Start */ 'Start' | /** Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as Intermediate */ 'Intermediate' | /** Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as End */ 'End' | /** Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as NonInterruptingStart */ 'NonInterruptingStart' | /** Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as NonInterruptingIntermediate */ 'NonInterruptingIntermediate' | /** Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as ThrowingIntermediate */ 'ThrowingIntermediate'; /** * Defines the type of the Bpmn Triggers * None - Sets the type of the trigger as None * Message - Sets the type of the trigger as Message * Timer - Sets the type of the trigger as Timer * Escalation - Sets the type of the trigger as Escalation * Link - Sets the type of the trigger as Link * Error - Sets the type of the trigger as Error * Compensation - Sets the type of the trigger as Compensation * Signal - Sets the type of the trigger as Signal * Multiple - Sets the type of the trigger as Multiple * Parallel - Sets the type of the trigger as Parallel * Cancel - Sets the type of the trigger as Cancel * Conditional - Sets the type of the trigger as Conditional * Terminate - Sets the type of the trigger as Terminate */ export type BpmnTriggers = /** None - Sets the type of the trigger as None */ 'None' | /** Message - Sets the type of the trigger as Message */ 'Message' | /** Timer - Sets the type of the trigger as Timer */ 'Timer' | /** Escalation - Sets the type of the trigger as Escalation */ 'Escalation' | /** Link - Sets the type of the trigger as Link */ 'Link' | /** Error - Sets the type of the trigger as Error */ 'Error' | /** Compensation - Sets the type of the trigger as Compensation */ 'Compensation' | /** Signal - Sets the type of the trigger as Signal */ 'Signal' | /** Multiple - Sets the type of the trigger as Multiple */ 'Multiple' | /** Parallel - Sets the type of the trigger as Parallel */ 'Parallel' | /** Cancel - Sets the type of the trigger as Cancel */ 'Cancel' | /** Conditional - Sets the type of the trigger as Conditional */ 'Conditional' | /** Terminate - Sets the type of the trigger as Terminate */ 'Terminate'; /** * Defines the type of the Bpmn gateways * None - Sets the type of the gateway as None * Exclusive - Sets the type of the gateway as Exclusive * Inclusive - Sets the type of the gateway as Inclusive * Parallel - Sets the type of the gateway as Parallel * Complex - Sets the type of the gateway as Complex * EventBased - Sets the type of the gateway as EventBased * ExclusiveEventBased - Sets the type of the gateway as ExclusiveEventBased * ParallelEventBased - Sets the type of the gateway as ParallelEventBased */ export type BpmnGateways = /** None - Sets the type of the gateway as None */ 'None' | /** Exclusive - Sets the type of the gateway as Exclusive */ 'Exclusive' | /** Inclusive - Sets the type of the gateway as Inclusive */ 'Inclusive' | /** Parallel - Sets the type of the gateway as Parallel */ 'Parallel' | /** Complex - Sets the type of the gateway as Complex */ 'Complex' | /** EventBased - Sets the type of the gateway as EventBased */ 'EventBased' | /** ExclusiveEventBased - Sets the type of the gateway as ExclusiveEventBased */ 'ExclusiveEventBased' | /** ParallelEventBased - Sets the type of the gateway as ParallelEventBased */ 'ParallelEventBased'; /** * Defines the type of the Bpmn Data Objects * None - Sets the type of the data object as None * Input - Sets the type of the data object as Input * Output - Sets the type of the data object as Output */ export type BpmnDataObjects = /** None - Sets the type of the data object as None */ 'None' | /** Input - Sets the type of the data object as Input */ 'Input' | /** Output - Sets the type of the data object as Output */ 'Output'; /** * Defines the type of the Bpmn Activity * None - Sets the type of the Bpmn Activity as None * Task - Sets the type of the Bpmn Activity as Task * SubProcess - Sets the type of the Bpmn Activity as SubProcess */ export type BpmnActivities = /** None - Sets the type of the Bpmn Activity as None */ 'None' | /** Task - Sets the type of the Bpmn Activity as Task */ 'Task' | /** SubProcess - Sets the type of the Bpmn Activity as SubProcess */ 'SubProcess'; /** * Defines the type of the Bpmn Loops * None - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as None * Standard - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as Standard * ParallelMultiInstance - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as ParallelMultiInstance * SequenceMultiInstance - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as SequenceMultiInstance */ export type BpmnLoops = /** None - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as None */ 'None' | /** Standard - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as Standard */ 'Standard' | /** ParallelMultiInstance - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as ParallelMultiInstance */ 'ParallelMultiInstance' | /** SequenceMultiInstance - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as SequenceMultiInstance */ 'SequenceMultiInstance'; /** * Defines the type of the Bpmn Tasks * None - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as None * Service - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Service * Receive - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Receive * Send - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Send * InstantiatingReceive - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as InstantiatingReceive * Manual - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Manual * BusinessRule - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as BusinessRule * User - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as User * Script - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Script */ export type BpmnTasks = /** None - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as None */ 'None' | /** Service - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Service */ 'Service' | /** Receive - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Receive */ 'Receive' | /** Send - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Send */ 'Send' | /** InstantiatingReceive - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as InstantiatingReceive */ 'InstantiatingReceive' | /** Manual - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Manual */ 'Manual' | /** BusinessRule - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as BusinessRule */ 'BusinessRule' | /** User - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as User */ 'User' | /** Script - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Script */ 'Script'; /** * Defines the type of the Bpmn Subprocess * None - Sets the type of the Sub process as None * Transaction - Sets the type of the Sub process as Transaction * Event - Sets the type of the Sub process as Event */ export type BpmnSubProcessTypes = /** None - Sets the type of the Sub process as None */ 'None' | /** Transaction - Sets the type of the Sub process as Transaction */ 'Transaction' | /** Event - Sets the type of the Sub process as Event */ 'Event'; /** * Defines the type of the Bpmn boundary * Default - Sets the type of the boundary as Default * Call - Sets the type of the boundary as Call * Event - Sets the type of the boundary as Event */ export type BpmnBoundary = /** Default - Sets the type of the boundary as Default */ 'Default' | /** Call - Sets the type of the boundary as Call */ 'Call' | /** Event - Sets the type of the boundary as Event */ 'Event'; /** * Defines the connection shapes * Bpmn - Sets the type of the connection shape as Bpmn */ export type ConnectionShapes = /** None - Sets the type of the connection shape as None */ 'None' | /** Bpmn - Sets the type of the connection shape as Bpmn */ 'Bpmn' | /** UMLActivity - Sets the type of the connection shape as UMLActivity */ 'UmlActivity' | /** UMLClassifier - Sets the type of the connection shape as UMLClassifier */ 'UmlClassifier'; /** * Defines the type of the Bpmn flows * Sequence - Sets the type of the Bpmn Flow as Sequence * Association - Sets the type of the Bpmn Flow as Association * Message - Sets the type of the Bpmn Flow as Message */ export type BpmnFlows = /** Sequence - Sets the type of the Bpmn Flow as Sequence */ 'Sequence' | /** Association - Sets the type of the Bpmn Flow as Association */ 'Association' | /** Message - Sets the type of the Bpmn Flow as Message */ 'Message'; /** * Defines the type of the Bpmn Association Flows * Default - Sets the type of Association flow as Default * Directional - Sets the type of Association flow as Directional * BiDirectional - Sets the type of Association flow as BiDirectional */ export type BpmnAssociationFlows = /** Default - Sets the type of Association flow as Default */ 'Default' | /** Directional - Sets the type of Association flow as Directional */ 'Directional' | /** BiDirectional - Sets the type of Association flow as BiDirectional */ 'BiDirectional'; /** * Defines the type of the Bpmn Message Flows * Default - Sets the type of the Message flow as Default * InitiatingMessage - Sets the type of the Message flow as InitiatingMessage * NonInitiatingMessage - Sets the type of the Message flow as NonInitiatingMessage */ export type BpmnMessageFlows = /** Default - Sets the type of the Message flow as Default */ 'Default' | /** InitiatingMessage - Sets the type of the Message flow as InitiatingMessage */ 'InitiatingMessage' | /** NonInitiatingMessage - Sets the type of the Message flow as NonInitiatingMessage */ 'NonInitiatingMessage'; /** * Defines the type of the Bpmn Sequence flows * Default - Sets the type of the sequence flow as Default * Normal - Sets the type of the sequence flow as Normal * Conditional - Sets the type of the sequence flow as Conditional */ export type BpmnSequenceFlows = /** Default - Sets the type of the sequence flow as Default */ 'Default' | /** Normal - Sets the type of the sequence flow as Normal */ 'Normal' | /** Conditional - Sets the type of the sequence flow as Conditional */ 'Conditional'; /** * Defines the segment type of the connector * Straight - Sets the segment type as Straight * Orthogonal - Sets the segment type as Orthogonal * Polyline - Sets the segment type as Polyline * Bezier - Sets the segment type as Bezier */ export type Segments = /** Straight - Sets the segment type as Straight */ 'Straight' | /** Orthogonal - Sets the segment type as Orthogonal */ 'Orthogonal' | /** Polyline - Sets the segment type as Polyline */ 'Polyline' | /** Bezier - Sets the segment type as Bezier */ 'Bezier'; /** * Defines the decorator shape of the connector * None - Sets the decorator shape as None * Arrow - Sets the decorator shape as Arrow * Diamond - Sets the decorator shape as Diamond * Path - Sets the decorator shape as Path * OpenArrow - Sets the decorator shape as OpenArrow * Circle - Sets the decorator shape as Circle * Square - Sets the decorator shape as Square * Fletch - Sets the decorator shape as Fletch * OpenFetch - Sets the decorator shape as OpenFetch * IndentedArrow - Sets the decorator shape as Indented Arrow * OutdentedArrow - Sets the decorator shape as Outdented Arrow * DoubleArrow - Sets the decorator shape as DoubleArrow */ export type DecoratorShapes = /** None - Sets the decorator shape as None */ 'None' | /** Arrow - Sets the decorator shape as Arrow */ 'Arrow' | /** Diamond - Sets the decorator shape as Diamond */ 'Diamond' | /** OpenArrow - Sets the decorator shape as OpenArrow */ 'OpenArrow' | /** Circle - Sets the decorator shape as Circle */ 'Circle' | /** Square - Sets the decorator shape as Square */ 'Square' | /** Fletch - Sets the decorator shape as Fletch */ 'Fletch' | /** OpenFetch - Sets the decorator shape as OpenFetch */ 'OpenFetch' | /** IndentedArrow - Sets the decorator shape as Indented Arrow */ 'IndentedArrow' | /** OutdentedArrow - Sets the decorator shape as Outdented Arrow */ 'OutdentedArrow' | /** DoubleArrow - Sets the decorator shape as DoubleArrow */ 'DoubleArrow' | /** Custom - Sets the decorator shape as Custom */ 'Custom'; /** * Defines the shape of the ports * X - Sets the decorator shape as X * Circle - Sets the decorator shape as Circle * Square - Sets the decorator shape as Square * Custom - Sets the decorator shape as Custom */ export type PortShapes = /** X - Sets the decorator shape as X */ 'X' | /** Circle - Sets the decorator shape as Circle */ 'Circle' | /** Square - Sets the decorator shape as Square */ 'Square' | /** Custom - Sets the decorator shape as Custom */ 'Custom'; /** * Defines the unit mode * Absolute - Sets the unit mode type as Absolute * Fraction - Sets the unit mode type as Fraction */ export type UnitMode = /** Absolute - Sets the unit mode type as Absolute */ 'Absolute' | /** Fraction - Sets the unit mode type as Fraction */ 'Fraction'; /** * Defines the property change entry type * PositionChanged - Sets the entry type as PositionChanged * Align - Sets the entry type as Align * Distribute - Sets the entry type as Distribute * SizeChanged - Sets the entry type as SizeChanged * Sizing - Sets the entry type as Sizing * RotationChanged - Sets the entry type as RotationChanged * ConnectionChanged - Sets the entry type as ConnectionChanged * PropertyChanged - Sets the entry type as PropertyChanged * CollectionChanged - Sets the entry type as CollectionChanged * StartGroup - Sets the entry type as StartGroup * EndGroup - Sets the entry type as EndGroup * Group - Sets the entry type as Group * UnGroup - Sets the entry type as UnGroup * SegmentChanged - Sets the entry type as SegmentChanged * LabelCollectionChanged - Sets the entry type as LabelCollectionChanged * PortCollectionChanged - Sets the entry type as PortCollectionChanged */ export type EntryType = /** PositionChanged - Sets the entry type as PositionChanged */ 'PositionChanged' | /** Align - Sets the entry type as Align */ 'Align' | /** Distribute - Sets the entry type as Distribute */ 'Distribute' | /** SizeChanged - Sets the entry type as SizeChanged */ 'SizeChanged' | /** Sizing - Sets the entry type as Sizing */ 'Sizing' | /** RotationChanged - Sets the entry type as RotationChanged */ 'RotationChanged' | /** ConnectionChanged - Sets the entry type as ConnectionChanged */ 'ConnectionChanged' | /** PropertyChanged - Sets the entry type as PropertyChanged */ 'PropertyChanged' | /** CollectionChanged - Sets the entry type as CollectionChanged */ 'CollectionChanged' | /** StartGroup - Sets the entry type as StartGroup */ 'StartGroup' | /** EndGroup - Sets the entry type as EndGroup */ 'EndGroup' | /** Group - Sets the entry type as Group */ 'Group' | /** UnGroup - Sets the entry type as UnGroup */ 'UnGroup' | /** SegmentChanged - Sets the entry type as SegmentChanged */ 'SegmentChanged' | /** LabelCollectionChanged - Sets the entry type as LabelCollectionChanged */ 'LabelCollectionChanged' | /** PortCollectionChanged - Sets the entry type as PortCollectionChanged */ 'PortCollectionChanged' | /** PortPositionChanged - Sets the entry type as PortPositionChanged */ 'PortPositionChanged' | /** AnnotationPropertyChanged - Sets the entry type as AnnotationPropertyChanged */ 'AnnotationPropertyChanged' | /** ChildCollectionChanged - Sets the entry type as ChildCollectionChanged used for add and remove a child collection in a container */ 'ChildCollectionChanged' | /** StackNodeChanged - Sets the entry type as StackNodePositionChanged */ 'StackChildPositionChanged' | /** ColumnWidthChanged - Sets the entry type as ColumnWidthChanged */ 'ColumnWidthChanged' | /** RowHeightChanged - Sets the entry type as RowHeightChanged */ 'RowHeightChanged' | /** LanePositionChanged - Sets the entry type as LanePositionChanged */ 'LanePositionChanged' | /** PhaseCollectionChanged - Sets the entry type as PhaseCollectionChanged */ 'PhaseCollectionChanged' | /** LaneCollectionChanged - Sets the entry type as LaneCollectionChanged */ 'LaneCollectionChanged'; /** * Defines the entry category type * Internal - Sets the entry category type as Internal * External - Sets the entry category type as External */ export type EntryCategory = /** Internal - Sets the entry category type as Internal */ 'Internal' | /** External - Sets the entry category type as External */ 'External'; /** * Defines the entry change type * Insert - Sets the entry change type as Insert * Remove - Sets the entry change type as Remove */ export type EntryChangeType = /** Insert - Sets the entry change type as Insert */ 'Insert' | /** Remove - Sets the entry change type as Remove */ 'Remove'; /** * Defines the container/canvas transform * Self - Sets the transform type as Self * Parent - Sets the transform type as Parent */ export enum Transform { /** Self - Sets the transform type as Self */ Self = 1, /** Parent - Sets the transform type as Parent */ Parent = 2 } /** * Defines the nudging direction * Left - Nudge the object in the left direction * Right - Nudge the object in the right direction * Up - Nudge the object in the up direction * Down - Nudge the object in the down direction */ export type NudgeDirection = /** Left - Nudge the object in the left direction */ 'Left' | /** Right - Nudge the object in the right direction */ 'Right' | /** Up - Nudge the object in the up direction */ 'Up' | /** Down - Nudge the object in the down direction */ 'Down'; /** * Defines the diagrams stretch * None - Sets the stretch type for diagram as None * Stretch - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Stretch * Meet - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Meet * Slice - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Slice */ export type Stretch = /** None - Sets the stretch type for diagram as None */ 'None' | /** Stretch - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Stretch */ 'Stretch' | /** Meet - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Meet */ 'Meet' | /** Slice - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Slice */ 'Slice'; /** * Defines the BoundaryConstraints for the diagram * Infinity - Allow the interactions to take place at the infinite height and width * Diagram - Allow the interactions to take place around the diagram height and width * Page - Allow the interactions to take place around the page height and width */ export type BoundaryConstraints = /** Infinity - Allow the interactions to take place at the infinite height and width */ 'Infinity' | /** Diagram - Allow the interactions to take place around the diagram height and width */ 'Diagram' | /** Page - Allow the interactions to take place around the page height and width */ 'Page'; /** * Defines the rendering mode for diagram * Canvas - Sets the rendering mode type as Canvas * Svg - Sets the rendering mode type as Svg */ export enum RenderMode { /** Canvas - Sets the rendering mode type as Canvas */ Canvas = 0, /** Svg - Sets the rendering mode type as Svg */ Svg = 1 } /** * Defines the objects direction * Left - Sets the direction type as Left * Right - Sets the direction type as Right * Top - Sets the direction type as Top * Bottom - Sets the direction type as Bottom */ export type Direction = /** Left - Sets the direction type as Left */ 'Left' | /** Right - Sets the direction type as Right */ 'Right' | /** Top - Sets the direction type as Top */ 'Top' | /** Bottom - Sets the direction type as Bottom */ 'Bottom'; /** * Defines the scrollable region of diagram * Diagram - Enables scrolling to view the diagram content * Infinity - Diagram will be extended, when we try to scroll the diagram */ export type ScrollLimit = /** Diagram - Enables scrolling to view the diagram content */ 'Diagram' | /** Infinity - Diagram will be extended, when we try to scroll the diagram */ 'Infinity' | /** Limited - Diagram scrolling will be limited */ 'Limited'; /** * Sets a combination of key modifiers, on recognition of which the command will be executed.They are * * None - no modifiers are pressed * * Control - ctrl key * * Meta - meta key im mac * * Alt - alt key * * Shift - shift key * @aspNumberEnum * @IgnoreSingular */ export enum KeyModifiers { /** No modifiers are pressed */ None = 0, /** The CTRL key */ Control = 1, /** The Meta key pressed in Mac */ Meta = 1, /** The ALT key */ Alt = 2, /** The Shift key */ Shift = 4 } /** * Sets the key value, on recognition of which the command will be executed. They are * * none - no key * * Number0 = The 0 key * * Number1 = The 1 key * * Number2 = The 2 key * * Number3 = The 3 key * * Number4 = The 4 key * * Number5 = The 5 key * * Number6 = The 6 key * * Number7 = The 7 key * * Number8 = The 8 key * * Number9 = The 9 key * * Number0 = The 0 key * * BackSpace = The BackSpace key * * F1 = The f1 key * * F2 = The f2 key * * F3 = The f3 key * * F4 = The f4 key * * F5 = The f5 key * * F6 = The f6 key * * F7 = The f7 key * * F8 = The f8 key * * F9 = The f9 key * * F10 = The f10 key * * F11 = The f11 key * * F12 = The f12 key * * A = The a key * * B = The b key * * C = The c key * * D = The d key * * E = The e key * * F = The f key * * G = The g key * * H = The h key * * I = The i key * * J = The j key * * K = The k key * * L = The l key * * M = The m key * * N = The n key * * O = The o key * * P = The p key * * Q = The q key * * R = The r key * * S = The s key * * T = The t key * * U = The u key * * V = The v key * * W = The w key * * X = The x key * * Y = The y key * * Z = The z key * * Left = The left key * * Right = The right key * * Top = The top key * * Bottom = The bottom key * * Escape = The Escape key * * Tab = The tab key * * Delete = The delete key * * Enter = The enter key * * The Space key * * The page up key * * The page down key * * The end key * * The home key * * The Minus * * The Plus * * The Star * @aspNumberEnum * @IgnoreSingular */ export enum Keys { /** No key pressed */ None, /** The 0 key */ Number0 = 0, /** The 1 key */ Number1 = 1, /** The 2 key */ Number2 = 2, /** The 3 key */ Number3 = 3, /** The 4 key */ Number4 = 4, /** The 5 key */ Number5 = 5, /** The 6 key */ Number6 = 6, /** The 7 key */ Number7 = 7, /** The 8 key */ Number8 = 8, /** The 9 key */ Number9 = 9, /** The A key */ A = 65, /** The B key */ B = 66, /** The C key */ C = 67, /** The D key */ D = 68, /** The E key */ E = 69, /** The F key */ F = 70, /** The G key */ G = 71, /** The H key */ H = 72, /** The I key */ I = 73, /** The J key */ J = 74, /** The K key */ K = 75, /** The L key */ L = 76, /** The M key */ M = 77, /** The N key */ N = 78, /** The O key */ O = 79, /** The P key */ P = 80, /** The Q key */ Q = 81, /** The R key */ R = 82, /** The S key */ S = 83, /** The T key */ T = 84, /** The U key */ U = 85, /** The V key */ V = 86, /** The W key */ W = 87, /** The X key */ X = 88, /** The Y key */ Y = 89, /** The Z key */ Z = 90, /** The left arrow key */ Left = 37, /** The up arrow key */ Up = 38, /** The right arrow key */ Right = 39, /** The down arrow key */ Down = 40, /** The Escape key */ Escape = 27, /** The Space key */ Space = 32, /** The page up key */ PageUp = 33, /** The Space key */ PageDown = 34, /** The Space key */ End = 35, /** The Space key */ Home = 36, /** The delete key */ Delete = 46, /** The tab key */ Tab = 9, /** The enter key */ Enter = 13, /** The BackSpace key */ BackSpace = 8, /** The F1 key */ F1 = 112, /** The F2 key */ F2 = 113, /** The F3 key */ F3 = 114, /** The F4 key */ F4 = 115, /** The F5 key */ F5 = 116, /** The F6 key */ F6 = 117, /** The F7 key */ F7 = 118, /** The F8 key */ F8 = 119, /** The F9 key */ F9 = 120, /** The F10 key */ F10 = 121, /** The F111 key */ F11 = 122, /** The F12 key */ F12 = 123, /** The Star */ Star = 56, /** The Plus */ Plus = 187, /** The Minus */ Minus = 189 } /** * Enables/Disables certain actions of diagram * * Render - Indicates the diagram is in render state. * * PublicMethod - Indicates the diagram public method is in action. * * ToolAction - Indicates the diagram Tool is in action. * * UndoRedo - Indicates the diagram undo/redo is in action. * * TextEdit - Indicates the text editing is in progress. * * Group - Indicates the group is in progress. * * Clear - Indicates diagram have clear all. * * PreventClearSelection - prevents diagram from clear selection */ export enum DiagramAction { /** Indicates the diagram is in render state.r */ Render = 2, /** Indicates the diagram public method is in action. */ PublicMethod = 4, /** Indicates the diagram Tool is in action. */ ToolAction = 8, /** Indicates the diagram undo/redo is in action. */ UndoRedo = 16, /** Indicates the text editing is in progress. */ TextEdit = 32, /** Indicates the group is in progress. */ Group = 64, /** Indicates diagram have clear all. */ Clear = 128, /** prevents diagram from clear selection. */ PreventClearSelection = 256, /** Indicates whether drag or rotate tool has been activated */ Interactions = 512, /** Use to prevent the history during some action in diagram */ PreventHistory = 1024, /** Use to prevent the icon while expand a node in diagram */ PreventIconsUpdate = 2048 } /** * Defines the Selector type to be drawn * None - Draws Normal selector with resize handles * Symbol - Draws only the rectangle for the selector */ export enum RendererAction { /** None - Draws Normal selector with resize handles */ None = 2, /** DrawSelectorBorder - Draws only the Border for the selector */ DrawSelectorBorder = 4, /** PreventRenderSelector - Avoid the render of selector during interaction */ PreventRenderSelector = 8 } export enum RealAction { None = 0, PreventDrag = 2, PreventScale = 4, PreventDataInit = 8, /** Indicates when the diagram is scrolled horizontal using scroll bar */ hScrollbarMoved = 16, /** Indicates when the diagram is scrolled vertical using scroll bar */ vScrollbarMoved = 32 } /** @private */ export enum NoOfSegments { Zero = 0, One = 1, Two = 2, Three = 3, Four = 4, Five = 5 } /** @private */ export type SourceTypes = 'HierarchicalData' | 'MindMap'; /** * Defines the relative mode of the tooltip * Object - sets the tooltip position relative to the node * Mouse - sets the tooltip position relative to the mouse */ export type TooltipRelativeMode = /** Object - sets the tooltip position relative to the node */ 'Object' | /** Mouse - sets the tooltip position relative to the mouse */ 'Mouse'; /** * Collections of icon content shapes. * None * Minus - sets the icon shape as minus * Plus - sets the icon shape as Plus * ArrowUp - sets the icon shape as ArrowUp * ArrowDown - sets the icon shape as ArrowDown * Template - sets the icon shape based on the given custom template * Path - sets the icon shape based on the given custom Path */ export type IconShapes = /** None - sets the icon shape as None */ 'None' | /** Minus - sets the icon shape as minus */ 'Minus' | /** Plus - sets the icon shape as Plus */ 'Plus' | /** ArrowUp - sets the icon shape as ArrowUp */ 'ArrowUp' | /** ArrowDown - sets the icon shape as ArrowDown */ 'ArrowDown' | /** Template - sets the icon shape based on the given custom template */ 'Template' | /** Path - sets the icon shape based on the given custom Path */ 'Path'; /** * Defines the collection of sub tree orientations in an organizational chart * Vertical - Aligns the child nodes in vertical manner * Horizontal - Aligns the child nodes in horizontal manner */ export type SubTreeOrientation = /** Vertical - Aligns the child nodes in vertical manner */ 'Vertical' | /** Horizontal - Aligns the child nodes in horizontal manner */ 'Horizontal'; /** * Defines the collection of sub tree alignments in an organizational chart * Left - Aligns the child nodes at the left of the parent in a horizontal/vertical sub tree * Right - Aligns the child nodes at the right of the parent in a horizontal/vertical sub tree * Center - Aligns the child nodes at the center of the parent in a horizontal sub tree * Alternate - Aligns the child nodes at both left and right sides of the parent in a vertical sub tree * Balanced - Aligns the child nodes in multiple rows to balance the width and height of the horizontal sub tree */ export type SubTreeAlignments = /** Left - Aligns the child nodes at the left of the parent in a horizontal/vertical sub tree */ 'Left' | /** Right - Aligns the child nodes at the right of the parent in a horizontal/vertical sub tree */ 'Right' | /** Center - Aligns the child nodes at the center of the parent in a horizontal sub tree */ 'Center' | /** Alternate - Aligns the child nodes at both left and right sides of the parent in a vertical sub tree */ 'Alternate' | /** Balanced - Aligns the child nodes in multiple rows to balance the width and height of the horizontal sub tree */ 'Balanced'; /** * events of diagram * @private */ export enum DiagramEvent { 'collectionChange' = 0, 'rotateChange' = 1, 'positionChange' = 2, 'propertyChange' = 3, 'selectionChange' = 4, 'sizeChange' = 5, 'drop' = 6, 'sourcePointChange' = 7, 'targetPointChange' = 8, 'connectionChange' = 9, 'animationComplete' = 10, 'click' = 11, 'doubleClick' = 12, 'scrollChange' = 13, 'dragEnter' = 14, 'dragLeave' = 15, 'dragOver' = 16, 'textEdit' = 17, 'paletteSelectionChange' = 18, 'historyChange' = 19, 'mouseEnter' = 20, 'mouseLeave' = 21, 'mouseOver' = 22, 'expandStateChange' = 23 } /** * Defines the zoom type * ZoomIn - Zooms in the diagram control * ZoomOut - Zooms out the diagram control */ export type ZoomTypes = /** ZoomIn - Zooms in the diagram control */ 'ZoomIn' | /** ZoomOut - Zooms out the diagram control */ 'ZoomOut'; /** * Defines how the diagram has to fit into view * Page - Fits the diagram content within the viewport * Width - Fits the width of the diagram content within the viewport * Height - Fits the height of the diagram content within the viewport */ export type FitModes = /** Page - Fits the diagram content within the viewport */ 'Page' | /** Width - Fits the width of the diagram content within the viewport */ 'Width' | /** Height - Fits the height of the diagram content within the viewport */ 'Height'; /** Enables/Disables certain features of port connection * @aspNumberEnum * @IgnoreSingular */ export enum PortConstraints { /** Disable all constraints */ None = 1, /** Enables connections with connector */ Drag = 2, /** Enables to create the connection when mouse hover on the port */ Draw = 4, /** Enables to only connect the target end of connector */ InConnect = 8, /** Enables to only connect the source end of connector */ OutConnect = 16, /** Enables all constraints */ Default = 24 } /** * Defines the type of the object * Port - Sets the port type as object * Annotations - Sets the annotation type as object */ export type ObjectTypes = /** Port - Sets the port type as object */ 'Port' | /** Annotations - Sets the annotation type as object */ 'Annotations'; /** * Defines the selection change state * Interaction - Sets the selection change state as Interaction * Commands - Sets the selection change state as Commands * Keyboard - Sets the selection change state as Keyboard * Unknown - Sets the selection change state as Unknown */ export type SelectionChangeCause = /** Interaction - Sets the selection change state as Interaction */ 'Interaction' | /** Commands - Sets the selection change state as Commands */ 'Commands' | /** Keyboard - Sets the selection change state as Keyboard */ 'Keyboard' | /** Unknown - Sets the selection change state as Unknown */ 'Unknown'; /** * Defines the change state * Changing - Sets the event state as Changing * Changed - Sets the event state as Changed * canceled - Sets the event state as canceled */ export type EventState = /** Changing - Sets the event state as Changing */ 'Changing' | /** Changed - Sets the event state as Changed */ 'Changed' | /** canceled - Sets the event state as canceled */ 'Cancelled'; /** * Defines the state of the interactions such as drag, resize and rotate * Start - Sets the interaction state as Start * Progress - Sets the interaction state as Progress * Completed - Sets the interaction state as Completed */ export type State = /** Start - Sets the interaction state as Start */ 'Start' | /** Progress - Sets the interaction state as Progress */ 'Progress' | /** Completed - Sets the interaction state as Completed */ 'Completed'; /** * Defines whether an object is added/removed from diagram * Addition - Sets the ChangeType as Addition * Removal - Sets the ChangeType as Removal */ export type ChangeType = /** Addition - Sets the ChangeType as Addition */ 'Addition' | /** Removal - Sets the ChangeType as Removal */ 'Removal'; /** * Defines the accessibility element * NodeModel - Sets the accessibility element as NodeModel * ConnectorModel - Sets the accessibility element as ConnectorModel * PortModel - Sets the accessibility element as PortModel * TextElement - Sets the accessibility element as TextElement * IconShapeModel - Sets the accessibility element as IconShapeModel * DecoratorModel - Sets the accessibility element as DecoratorModel */ export type accessibilityElement = /** NodeModel - Sets the accessibility element as NodeModel */ 'NodeModel' | /** ConnectorModel - Sets the accessibility element as ConnectorModel */ 'ConnectorModel' | /** PortModel - Sets the accessibility element as PortModel */ 'PortModel' | /** TextElement - Sets the accessibility element as TextElement */ 'TextElement' | /** IconShapeModel - Sets the accessibility element as IconShapeModel */ 'IconShapeModel' | /** DecoratorModel - Sets the accessibility element as DecoratorModel */ 'DecoratorModel'; /** * Defines the context menu click * contextMenuClick - Sets the context menu click as contextMenuClick */ export const contextMenuClick: string; /** * Defines the context menu open * contextMenuOpen - Sets the context menu open as contextMenuOpen */ export const contextMenuOpen: string; /** * Defines the context menu Before Item Render * contextMenuBeforeItemRender - Sets the context menu open as contextMenuBeforeItemRender */ export const contextMenuBeforeItemRender: string; /** * Detect the status of Crud operation performed in the diagram */ export type Status = 'None' | 'New' | 'Update'; /** * Enables/Disables scope of the uml shapes * * Public - Indicates the scope is public. * * Protected - Indicates the scope is protected. * * Private - Indicates the scope is private. * * Package - Indicates the scope is package. */ export type UmlScope = 'Public' | 'Protected' | 'Private' | 'Package'; /** * Enables/Disables shape of the uml classifier shapes * * Package - Indicates the scope is public. * * Class - Indicates the scope is protected. * * Interface - Indicates the scope is private. * * Enumeration - Indicates the scope is package. * * CollapsedPackage - Indicates the scope is public. * * Inheritance - Indicates the scope is protected. * * Association - Indicates the scope is private. * * Aggregation - Indicates the scope is package. * * Composition - Indicates the scope is public. * * Realization - Indicates the scope is protected. * * DirectedAssociation - Indicates the scope is private. * * Dependency - Indicates the scope is package. */ export type ClassifierShape = 'Class' | 'Interface' | 'Enumeration' | 'Inheritance' | 'Association' | 'Aggregation' | 'Composition' | 'Realization' | 'Dependency'; /** * Defines the direction the uml connectors * * Default - Indicates the direction is Default. * * Directional - Indicates the direction is single Directional. * * BiDirectional - Indicates the direction is BiDirectional. */ export type AssociationFlow = 'Default' | 'Directional' | 'BiDirectional'; /** * Define the Multiplicity of uml connector shapes * * OneToOne - Indicates the connector multiplicity is OneToOne. * * OneToMany - Indicates the connector multiplicity is OneToMany. * * ManyToOne - Indicates the connector multiplicity is ManyToOne. * * ManyToOne - Indicates the connector multiplicity is ManyToOne. */ export type Multiplicity = 'OneToOne' | 'OneToMany' | 'ManyToOne' | 'ManyToOne'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/index.d.ts /** * Diagram component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/interaction/actions.d.ts /** * Finds the action to be taken for the object under mouse * */ /** @private */ export function findToolToActivate(obj: Object, wrapper: DiagramElement, position: PointModel, diagram: Diagram, touchStart?: ITouches[] | TouchList, touchMove?: ITouches[] | TouchList, target?: NodeModel | PointPortModel | ShapeAnnotationModel | PathAnnotationModel): Actions; /** @private */ export function findPortToolToActivate(diagram: Diagram, target?: NodeModel | PointPortModel, touchStart?: ITouches[] | TouchList, touchMove?: ITouches[] | TouchList): Actions; /** @private */ export function contains(mousePosition: PointModel, corner: PointModel, padding: number): boolean; /** @private */ export function hasSelection(diagram: Diagram): boolean; /** @private */ export function hasSingleConnection(diagram: Diagram): boolean; /** @private */ export function isSelected(diagram: Diagram, element: Object, firstLevel?: boolean, wrapper?: DiagramElement): boolean; /** @private */ export type Actions = 'None' | 'Select' | 'Drag' | 'ResizeWest' | 'ConnectorSourceEnd' | 'ConnectorTargetEnd' | 'ResizeEast' | 'ResizeSouth' | 'ResizeNorth' | 'ResizeSouthEast' | 'ResizeSouthWest' | 'ResizeNorthEast' | 'ResizeNorthWest' | 'Rotate' | 'ConnectorEnd' | 'Custom' | 'Draw' | 'Pan' | 'BezierSourceThumb' | 'BezierTargetThumb' | 'LayoutAnimation' | 'PinchZoom' | 'Hyperlink' | 'SegmentEnd' | 'OrthoThumb' | 'PortDrag' | 'PortDraw' | 'LabelSelect' | 'LabelDrag' | 'LabelResizeSouthEast' | 'LabelResizeSouthWest' | 'LabelResizeNorthEast' | 'LabelResizeNorthWest' | 'LabelResizeSouth' | 'LabelResizeNorth' | 'LabelResizeWest' | 'LabelResizeEast' | 'LabelRotate'; /** @private */ export function getCursor(cursor: Actions, angle: number): string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/interaction/command-manager.d.ts /** * Defines the behavior of commands */ export class CommandHandler { /** @private */ clipboardData: ClipBoardObject; /** @private */ connectorsTable: Object[]; /** @private */ processTable: {}; /** @private */ isContainer: boolean; private state; private diagram; private childTable; private parentTable; /** @private */ readonly snappingModule: Snapping; /** @private */ readonly layoutAnimateModule: LayoutAnimation; constructor(diagram: Diagram); /** @private */ startTransaction(protectChange: boolean): void; /** @private */ endTransaction(protectChange: boolean): void; /** * @private */ showTooltip(node: IElement, position: PointModel, content: string, toolName: string, isTooltipVisible: boolean): void; /** * @private */ closeTooltip(): void; /** * @private */ canEnableDefaultTooltip(): boolean; /** * @private */ updateSelector(): void; /** * @private */ triggerEvent(event: DiagramEvent, args: Object): void; /** * @private */ dragOverElement(args: MouseEventArgs, currentPosition: PointModel): void; /** * @private */ disConnect(obj: IElement, endPoint?: string): void; private connectionEventChange; /** * @private */ findTarget(element: DiagramElement, argsTarget: IElement, source?: boolean, connection?: boolean): NodeModel | PointPortModel | ShapeAnnotationModel | PathAnnotationModel; /** * @private */ canDisconnect(endPoint: string, args: MouseEventArgs, targetPortId: string, targetNodeId: string): boolean; /** * @private */ changeAnnotationDrag(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** * @private */ connect(endPoint: string, args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ cut(): void; /** @private */ addLayer(layer: LayerModel, objects?: Object[]): void; /** @private */ getObjectLayer(objectName: string): LayerModel; /** @private */ getLayer(layerName: string): LayerModel; /** @private */ removeLayer(layerId: string): void; /** @private */ moveObjects(objects: string[], targetLayer?: string): void; /** @private */ cloneLayer(layerName: string): void; /** @private */ copy(): Object; /** @private */ copyObjects(): Object[]; private copyProcesses; /** @private */ group(): void; /** @private */ unGroup(obj?: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ paste(obj: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]): void; private getNewObject; private cloneConnector; private cloneNode; private getAnnotation; private cloneSubProcesses; private cloneGroup; /** @private */ translateObject(obj: Node | Connector, groupnodeID?: string): void; /** * @private */ drawObject(obj: Node | Connector): Node | Connector; /** * @private */ addObjectToDiagram(obj: Node | Connector): void; /** * @private */ addText(obj: Node | Connector, currentPosition: PointModel): void; /** @private */ selectObjects(obj: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], multipleSelection?: boolean, oldValue?: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]): void; /** * @private */ findParent(node: Node): Node; private selectProcesses; private selectGroup; /** * @private */ private selectBpmnSubProcesses; /** * @private */ private hasProcesses; /** @private */ select(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, multipleSelection?: boolean, preventUpdate?: boolean): void; /** @private */ labelSelect(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, textWrapper: DiagramElement): void; /** @private */ unSelect(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): void; /** @private */ getChildElements(child: DiagramElement[]): string[]; private moveSvgNode; /** @private */ sendLayerBackward(layerName: string): void; /** @private */ bringLayerForward(layerName: string): void; /** @private */ sendToBack(): void; /** @private */ bringToFront(): void; /** @private */ sortByZIndex(nodeArray: Object[], sortID?: string): Object[]; /** @private */ sendForward(): void; /** @private */ sendBackward(): void; /** @private */ updateNativeNodeIndex(nodeId: string, targetID?: string): void; /** @private */ initSelectorWrapper(): void; /** @private */ doRubberBandSelection(region: Rect): void; private clearSelectionRectangle; /** @private */ dragConnectorEnds(endPoint: string, obj: IElement, point: PointModel, segment: BezierSegmentModel, target?: IElement, targetPortId?: string): boolean; /** @private */ getSelectedObject(): (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; /** @private */ clearSelection(triggerAction?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ removeStackHighlighter(): void; /** * @private */ renderStackHighlighter(args: MouseEventArgs, target?: IElement): void; /** @private */ drag(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, tx: number, ty: number): void; /** @private */ connectorSegmentChange(actualObject: Node, existingInnerBounds: Rect, isRotate: boolean): void; /** @private */ updateEndPoint(connector: Connector): void; /** @private */ dragSourceEnd(obj: ConnectorModel, tx: number, ty: number, preventUpdate?: boolean, point?: PointModel, endPoint?: string, update?: boolean, target?: NodeModel, targetPortId?: string, isDragSource?: boolean, segment?: BezierSegmentModel): boolean; /** * Upadte the connector segments when change the source node */ private changeSegmentLength; /** * Change the connector endPoint to port */ private changeSourceEndToPort; /** * @private * Remove terinal segment in initial */ removeTerminalSegment(connector: Connector, changeTerminal?: boolean): void; /** * Change the connector endPoint from point to node */ private changeSourceEndToNode; /** * Translate the bezier points during the interaction */ private translateBezierPoints; /** @private */ dragTargetEnd(obj: ConnectorModel, tx: number, ty: number, preventUpdate?: boolean, point?: PointModel, endPoint?: string, update?: boolean, segment?: OrthogonalSegmentModel | BezierSegmentModel | StraightSegmentModel): boolean; /** @private */ dragControlPoint(obj: ConnectorModel, tx: number, ty: number, preventUpdate?: boolean, segmentNumber?: number): boolean; /** @private */ rotateObjects(parent: NodeModel | SelectorModel, objects: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], angle: number, pivot?: PointModel, includeParent?: boolean): void; /** @private */ snapConnectorEnd(currentPosition: PointModel): PointModel; /** @private */ snapAngle(angle: number): number; /** @private */ rotatePoints(conn: Connector, angle: number, pivot: PointModel): void; private updateInnerParentProperties; /** @private */ scale(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, sw: number, sh: number, pivot: PointModel, refObject?: IElement): boolean; /** @private */ getAllDescendants(node: NodeModel, nodes: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], includeParent?: boolean, innerParent?: boolean): (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; /** @private */ getChildren(node: NodeModel, nodes: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]): (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; /** @private */ cloneChild(id: string): NodeModel; /** @private */ scaleObject(sw: number, sh: number, pivot: PointModel, obj: IElement, element: DiagramElement, refObject: IElement): void; /** @private */ portDrag(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, portElement: DiagramElement, tx: number, ty: number): void; /** @private */ labelDrag(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, textElement: DiagramElement, tx: number, ty: number): void; private updatePathAnnotationOffset; private getRelativeOffset; private dragLimitValue; private updateLabelMargin; private boundsInterSects; private intersect; private getPointAtLength; private getInterceptWithSegment; /** @private */ getAnnotationChanges(object: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, label: ShapeAnnotation | PathAnnotation): Object; /** @private */ getPortChanges(object: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, port: PointPort): Object; /** @private */ labelRotate(object: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, label: ShapeAnnotation | PathAnnotation, currentPosition: PointModel, selector: Selector): void; /** @private */ labelResize(node: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, label: ShapeAnnotation | PathAnnotationModel, deltaWidth: number, deltaHeight: number, pivot: PointModel, selector: Selector): void; /** @private */ getSubProcess(source: IElement): SelectorModel; /** @private */ checkBoundaryConstraints(tx: number, ty: number, nodeBounds?: Rect): boolean; /** @private */ dragSelectedObjects(tx: number, ty: number): boolean; /** @private */ scaleSelectedItems(sx: number, sy: number, pivot: PointModel): boolean; /** @private */ rotateSelectedItems(angle: number): boolean; /** @private */ hasSelection(): boolean; /** @private */ isSelected(element: IElement): boolean; /** * initExpand is used for layout expand and collapse interaction */ initExpand(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ expandNode(node: Node, diagram?: Diagram): ILayout; private getparentexpand; /** * Setinterval and Clear interval for layout animation */ /** @private */ expandCollapse(source: Node, visibility: boolean, diagram: Diagram): void; /** * @private */ updateNodeDimension(obj: Node | Connector, rect?: Rect): void; /** * @private */ updateConnectorPoints(obj: Node | Connector, rect?: Rect): void; /** @private */ drawSelectionRectangle(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number): void; /** @private */ startGroupAction(): void; /** @private */ endGroupAction(): void; /** @private */ removeChildFromBPmn(child: IElement, newTarget: IElement, oldTarget: IElement): void; /** @private */ isDroppable(source: IElement, targetNodes: IElement): boolean; /** * @private */ renderHighlighter(args: MouseEventArgs, connectHighlighter?: boolean, source?: boolean): void; /** @private */ mouseOver(source: IElement, target: IElement, position: PointModel): boolean; /** * @private */ snapPoint(startPoint: PointModel, endPoint: PointModel, tx: number, ty: number): PointModel; /** * @private */ removeSnap(): void; /** @private */ dropAnnotation(source: IElement, target: IElement): void; /** @private */ drop(source: IElement, target: IElement, position: PointModel): void; /** @private */ addHistoryEntry(entry: HistoryEntry): void; /** @private */ align(objects: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], option: AlignmentOptions, type: AlignmentMode): void; /** @private */ distribute(objects: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], option: DistributeOptions): void; /** @private */ sameSize(objects: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], option: SizingOptions): void; private storeObject; /** @private */ scroll(scrollX: number, scrollY: number, focusPoint?: PointModel): void; /** * @private */ drawHighlighter(element: IElement): void; /** * @private */ removeHighlighter(): void; /** * @private */ renderContainerHelper(node: NodeModel | SelectorModel): NodeModel | ConnectorModel; /** * @private */ isParentAsContainer(node: NodeModel, isChild?: boolean): boolean; /** * @private */ dropChildToContainer(parent: NodeModel, node: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ checkSelection(selector: SelectorModel, corner: string): void; /** @private */ zoom(scale: number, scrollX: number, scrollY: number, focusPoint?: PointModel): void; } /** @private */ export interface TransactionState { element: SelectorModel; backup: ObjectState; } /** @private */ export interface ClipBoardObject { pasteIndex?: number; clipObject?: Object; childTable?: {}; processTable?: {}; } /** @private */ export interface ObjectState { offsetX?: number; offsetY?: number; width?: number; height?: number; pivot?: PointModel; angle?: number; } /** @private */ export interface Distance { minDistance?: number; } /** @private */ export interface IsDragArea { x?: boolean; y?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/interaction/connector-editing.d.ts /** * Multiple segments editing for Connector */ export class ConnectorEditing extends ToolBase { private endPoint; private selectedSegment; private segmentIndex; constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler, endPoint: string); /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; private removePrevSegment; private findSegmentDirection; private removeNextSegment; private addOrRemoveSegment; private findIndex; private dragOrthogonalSegment; private addSegments; private insertFirstSegment; private updateAdjacentSegments; private addTerminalSegment; private updatePortSegment; private updatePreviousSegment; private changeSegmentDirection; private updateNextSegment; private updateFirstSegment; private updateLastSegment; /** * To destroy the connector editing module * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/interaction/container-interaction.d.ts /** * Interaction for Container */ /** @private */ export function updateCanvasBounds(diagram: Diagram, obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, position: PointModel, isBoundsUpdate: boolean): boolean; export function removeChildInContainer(diagram: Diagram, obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, position: PointModel, isBoundsUpdate: boolean): void; /** @private */ export function findBounds(obj: NodeModel, columnIndex: number, isHeader: boolean): Rect; /** @private */ export function createHelper(diagram: Diagram, obj: Node): Node; /** @private */ export function renderContainerHelper(diagram: Diagram, obj: SelectorModel | NodeModel): NodeModel | ConnectorModel; /** @private */ export function checkParentAsContainer(diagram: Diagram, obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, isChild?: boolean): boolean; /** @private */ export function checkChildNodeInContainer(diagram: Diagram, obj: NodeModel): void; /** * @private */ export function addChildToContainer(diagram: Diagram, parent: NodeModel, node: NodeModel, isUndo?: boolean): void; export function updateLaneBoundsAfterAddChild(container: NodeModel, swimLane: NodeModel, node: NodeModel, diagram: Diagram, isBoundsUpdate?: boolean): boolean; /** @private */ export function renderStackHighlighter(element: DiagramElement, isVertical: Boolean, position: PointModel, diagram: Diagram, isUml?: boolean, isSwimlane?: boolean): void; /** @private */ export function moveChildInStack(sourceNode: Node, target: Node, diagram: Diagram, action: Actions): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/interaction/event-handlers.d.ts /** * This module handles the mouse and touch events */ export class DiagramEventHandler { private currentAction; /** @private */ focus: boolean; private action; private isBlocked; private blocked; private commandHandler; private isMouseDown; private inAction; private resizeTo; private currentPosition; private timeOutValue; private doingAutoScroll; private prevPosition; private diagram; private objectFinder; private tool; private eventArgs; private lastObjectUnderMouse; private hoverElement; private hoverNode; private isScrolling; private initialEventArgs; /** @private */ touchStartList: ITouches[] | TouchList; /** @private */ touchMoveList: ITouches[] | TouchList; /** @private */ constructor(diagram: Diagram, commandHandler: CommandHandler); /** @private */ getMousePosition(e: MouseEvent | PointerEvent | TouchEvent): PointModel; /** * @private */ windowResize(evt: Event): boolean; /** * @private */ updateViewPortSize(element: HTMLElement): void; /** @private */ canHideResizers(): boolean; /** @private */ private updateCursor; private isForeignObject; private isMetaKey; private renderUmlHighLighter; private isDeleteKey; private isMouseOnScrollBar; /** @private */ updateVirtualization(): void; mouseDown(evt: PointerEvent): void; /** @private */ mouseMoveExtend(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent, obj: IElement): void; /** @private */ checkAction(obj: IElement): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent, touches: TouchList): void; private checkAutoScroll; /** @private */ mouseUp(evt: PointerEvent): void; addSwimLaneObject(selectedNode: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ mouseLeave(evt: PointerEvent): void; /** @private */ mouseWheel(evt: WheelEvent): void; /** @private */ keyDown(evt: KeyboardEvent): void; private startAutoScroll; private doAutoScroll; private mouseEvents; private elementEnter; private elementLeave; private altKeyPressed; private ctrlKeyPressed; private shiftKeyPressed; /** @private */ scrolled(evt: PointerEvent): void; /** @private */ doubleClick(evt: PointerEvent): void; /** * @private */ itemClick(actualTarget: NodeModel, diagram: Diagram): NodeModel; /** * @private */ inputChange(evt: inputs.InputArgs): void; /** * @private */ isAddTextNode(node: Node | Connector, focusOut?: boolean): boolean; private checkEditBoxAsTarget; private getMouseEventArgs; /** @private */ resetTool(): void; /** @private */ getTool(action: Actions): ToolBase; /** @private */ getCursor(action: Actions): string; /** @private */ findElementUnderMouse(obj: IElement, position: PointModel): DiagramElement; /** @private */ findObjectsUnderMouse(position: PointModel, source?: IElement): IElement[]; /** @private */ findObjectUnderMouse(objects: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], action: Actions, inAction: boolean): IElement; /** @private */ findTargetUnderMouse(objects: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], action: Actions, inAction: boolean, position: PointModel, source?: IElement): IElement; /** @private */ findActionToBeDone(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, wrapper: DiagramElement, position: PointModel, target?: NodeModel | PointPortModel | ShapeAnnotationModel | PathAnnotationModel): Actions; private updateContainerBounds; private updateContainerProperties; private updateLaneChildNode; private updateContainerPropertiesExtend; private addUmlNode; } /** @private */ export interface Info { ctrlKey?: boolean; shiftKey?: boolean; } /** @private */ export interface MouseEventArgs { position?: PointModel; source?: IElement; sourceWrapper?: DiagramElement; target?: IElement; targetWrapper?: DiagramElement; info?: Info; startTouches?: TouchList | ITouches[]; moveTouches?: TouchList | ITouches[]; clickCount?: number; actualObject?: IElement; } /** @private */ export interface HistoryLog { hasStack?: boolean; isPreventHistory?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/interaction/scroller.d.ts /** */ export class DiagramScroller { /** @private */ transform: TransformFactor; /** @private */ oldCollectionObjects: string[]; /** @private */ removeCollection: string[]; private diagram; private objects; private vPortWidth; private vPortHeight; private currentZoomFActor; private hOffset; private vOffset; private scrolled; /** @private */ /** @private */ viewPortHeight: number; /** @private */ /** @private */ currentZoom: number; /** @private */ /** @private */ viewPortWidth: number; /** @private */ /** @private */ horizontalOffset: number; /** @private */ /** @private */ verticalOffset: number; private diagramWidth; private diagramHeight; /** @private */ scrollerWidth: number; private hScrollSize; private vScrollSize; constructor(diagram: Diagram); /** @private */ updateScrollOffsets(hOffset?: number, vOffset?: number): void; /** @private */ setScrollOffset(hOffset: number, vOffset: number): void; /** @private */ getObjects(coll1: string[], coll2: string[]): string[]; /** @private */ virtualizeElements(): void; /** @private */ setSize(): void; /** @private */ setViewPortSize(width: number, height: number): void; /** * To get page pageBounds * @private */ getPageBounds(boundingRect?: boolean, region?: DiagramRegions, hasPadding?: boolean): Rect; /** * To get page break when PageBreak is set as true * @private */ getPageBreak(pageBounds: Rect): Segment[]; /** @private */ zoom(factor: number, deltaX?: number, deltaY?: number, focusPoint?: PointModel): void; /** @private */ fitToPage(options?: IFitOptions): void; /** @private */ bringIntoView(rect: Rect): void; /** @private */ bringToCenter(bounds: Rect): void; private applyScrollLimit; } /** @private */ export interface TransformFactor { tx: number; ty: number; scale: number; } export interface Segment { x1: number; y1: number; x2: number; y2: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/interaction/selector-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class UserHandle */ export interface UserHandleModel { /** * Defines the name of user Handle * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * Defines the path data of user Handle * @default '' */ pathData?: string; /** * Defines the background color of user Handle * @default 'black' */ backgroundColor?: string; /** * Defines the position of user Handle * * Top - Aligns the user handles at the top of an object * * Bottom - Aligns the user handles at the bottom of an object * * Left - Aligns the user handles at the left of an object * * Right - Aligns the user handles at the right of an object * @default 'top' */ side?: Side; /** * Defines the borderColor of user Handle * @default '' */ borderColor?: string; /** * Defines the borderWidth of user Handle * @default 0.5 */ borderWidth?: number; /** * Defines the size of user Handle * @default 25 */ size?: number; /** * Defines the path color of user Handle * @default 'white' */ pathColor?: string; /** * Defines the displacement of user Handle * @default 10 */ displacement?: number; /** * Defines the visible of user Handle * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * Defines the offset of user Handle * @default 0 */ offset?: number; /** * Defines the margin of the user handle * @default new Margin(0,0,0,0) */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Defines the horizontal alignment of the user handle * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent * * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ horizontalAlignment?: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Defines the vertical alignment of the user handle * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent * * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ verticalAlignment?: VerticalAlignment; } /** * Interface for a class Selector */ export interface SelectorModel { /** * Defines the size and position of the container * @default null */ wrapper?: Container; /** * Defines the collection of selected nodes */ nodes?: NodeModel[]; /** * Defines the collection of selected connectors */ connectors?: ConnectorModel[]; /** * Sets/Gets the width of the container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ width?: number; /** * Sets/Gets the height of the container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height?: number; /** * Sets the rotate angle of the container * @default 0 */ rotateAngle?: number; /** * Sets the positionX of the container * @default 0 */ offsetX?: number; /** * Sets the positionY of the container * @default 0 */ offsetY?: number; /** * Sets the pivot of the selector * @default { x: 0.5, y: 0.5 } */ pivot?: PointModel; /** * Defines how to pick the objects to be selected using rubber band selection * * CompleteIntersect - Selects the objects that are contained within the selected region * * PartialIntersect - Selects the objects that are partially intersected with the selected region * @default 'CompleteIntersect' */ rubberBandSelectionMode?: RubberBandSelectionMode; /** * Defines the collection of user handle * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' * }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Path Element' }] * } * ]; * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let handle$: UserHandleModel[] = [ * { name: 'handle', margin: { top: 0, bottom: 0, left: 0, right: 0 }, offset: 0, * pathData: 'M 376.892,225.284L 371.279,211.95L 376.892,198.617L 350.225,211.95L 376.892,225.284 Z', * side: 'Top', horizontalAlignment: 'Center', verticalAlignment: 'Center', * pathColor: 'yellow' }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, nodes: nodes, * selectedItems: { constraints: SelectorConstraints.All, userHandles: handle }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default [] */ userHandles?: UserHandleModel[]; /** * Controls the visibility of selector. * * None - Hides all the selector elements * * ConnectorSourceThumb - Shows/hides the source thumb of the connector * * ConnectorTargetThumb - Shows/hides the target thumb of the connector * * ResizeSouthEast - Shows/hides the bottom right resize handle of the selector * * ResizeSouthWest - Shows/hides the bottom left resize handle of the selector * * ResizeNorthEast - Shows/hides the top right resize handle of the selector * * ResizeNorthWest - Shows/hides the top left resize handle of the selector * * ResizeEast - Shows/hides the middle right resize handle of the selector * * ResizeWest - Shows/hides the middle left resize handle of the selector * * ResizeSouth - Shows/hides the bottom center resize handle of the selector * * ResizeNorth - Shows/hides the top center resize handle of the selector * * Rotate - Shows/hides the rotate handle of the selector * * UserHandles - Shows/hides the user handles of the selector * * Resize - Shows/hides all resize handles of the selector * @default 'All' * @aspNumberEnum */ constraints?: SelectorConstraints; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/interaction/selector.d.ts /** * A collection of frequently used commands that will be added around the selector * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' * }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Path Element' }] * } * ]; * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let handle$: UserHandleModel[] = [ * { name: 'handle', margin: { top: 0, bottom: 0, left: 0, right: 0 }, offset: 0, * pathData: 'M 376.892,225.284L 371.279,211.95L 376.892,198.617L 350.225,211.95L 376.892,225.284 Z', * side: 'Top', horizontalAlignment: 'Center', verticalAlignment: 'Center', * pathColor: 'yellow' }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, nodes: nodes, * selectedItems: { constraints: SelectorConstraints.All, userHandles: handle }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ export class UserHandle extends base.ChildProperty<UserHandle> { /** * Defines the name of user Handle * @default '' */ name: string; /** * Defines the path data of user Handle * @default '' */ pathData: string; /** * Defines the background color of user Handle * @default 'black' */ backgroundColor: string; /** * Defines the position of user Handle * * Top - Aligns the user handles at the top of an object * * Bottom - Aligns the user handles at the bottom of an object * * Left - Aligns the user handles at the left of an object * * Right - Aligns the user handles at the right of an object * @default 'top' */ side: Side; /** * Defines the borderColor of user Handle * @default '' */ borderColor: string; /** * Defines the borderWidth of user Handle * @default 0.5 */ borderWidth: number; /** * Defines the size of user Handle * @default 25 */ size: number; /** * Defines the path color of user Handle * @default 'white' */ pathColor: string; /** * Defines the displacement of user Handle * @default 10 */ displacement: number; /** * Defines the visible of user Handle * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Defines the offset of user Handle * @default 0 */ offset: number; /** * Defines the margin of the user handle * @default new Margin(0,0,0,0) */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Defines the horizontal alignment of the user handle * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent * * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ horizontalAlignment: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Defines the vertical alignment of the user handle * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent * * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ verticalAlignment: VerticalAlignment; /** * @private * Returns the name of class UserHandle */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the size and position of selected items and defines the appearance of selector */ export class Selector extends base.ChildProperty<Selector> implements IElement { /** * Defines the size and position of the container * @default null */ wrapper: Container; /** * Defines the collection of selected nodes */ nodes: NodeModel[]; /** * Defines the collection of selected connectors */ connectors: ConnectorModel[]; /** * @private */ annotation: ShapeAnnotationModel | PathAnnotationModel; /** * Sets/Gets the width of the container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ width: number; /** * Sets/Gets the height of the container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height: number; /** * Sets the rotate angle of the container * @default 0 */ rotateAngle: number; /** * Sets the positionX of the container * @default 0 */ offsetX: number; /** * Sets the positionY of the container * @default 0 */ offsetY: number; /** * Sets the pivot of the selector * @default { x: 0.5, y: 0.5 } */ pivot: PointModel; /** * Defines how to pick the objects to be selected using rubber band selection * * CompleteIntersect - Selects the objects that are contained within the selected region * * PartialIntersect - Selects the objects that are partially intersected with the selected region * @default 'CompleteIntersect' */ rubberBandSelectionMode: RubberBandSelectionMode; /** * Defines the collection of user handle * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' * }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Path Element' }] * } * ]; * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let handle$: UserHandleModel[] = [ * { name: 'handle', margin: { top: 0, bottom: 0, left: 0, right: 0 }, offset: 0, * pathData: 'M 376.892,225.284L 371.279,211.95L 376.892,198.617L 350.225,211.95L 376.892,225.284 Z', * side: 'Top', horizontalAlignment: 'Center', verticalAlignment: 'Center', * pathColor: 'yellow' }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, nodes: nodes, * selectedItems: { constraints: SelectorConstraints.All, userHandles: handle }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default [] */ userHandles: UserHandleModel[]; /** * Controls the visibility of selector. * * None - Hides all the selector elements * * ConnectorSourceThumb - Shows/hides the source thumb of the connector * * ConnectorTargetThumb - Shows/hides the target thumb of the connector * * ResizeSouthEast - Shows/hides the bottom right resize handle of the selector * * ResizeSouthWest - Shows/hides the bottom left resize handle of the selector * * ResizeNorthEast - Shows/hides the top right resize handle of the selector * * ResizeNorthWest - Shows/hides the top left resize handle of the selector * * ResizeEast - Shows/hides the middle right resize handle of the selector * * ResizeWest - Shows/hides the middle left resize handle of the selector * * ResizeSouth - Shows/hides the bottom center resize handle of the selector * * ResizeNorth - Shows/hides the top center resize handle of the selector * * Rotate - Shows/hides the rotate handle of the selector * * UserHandles - Shows/hides the user handles of the selector * * Resize - Shows/hides all resize handles of the selector * @default 'All' * @aspNumberEnum */ constraints: SelectorConstraints; /** * set the constraint of the container * * Rotate - Enable Rotate Thumb * * ConnectorSource - Enable Connector source point * * ConnectorTarget - Enable Connector target point * * ResizeNorthEast - Enable ResizeNorthEast Resize * * ResizeEast - Enable ResizeEast Resize * * ResizeSouthEast - Enable ResizeSouthEast Resize * * ResizeSouth - Enable ResizeSouth Resize * * ResizeSouthWest - Enable ResizeSouthWest Resize * * ResizeWest - Enable ResizeWest Resize * * ResizeNorthWest - Enable ResizeNorthWest Resize * * ResizeNorth - Enable ResizeNorth Resize * @private * @aspNumberEnum */ thumbsConstraints: ThumbsConstraints; /** * Initializes the UI of the container */ init(diagram: Diagram): Container; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/interaction/spatial-search/quad.d.ts /** * Quad helps to maintain a set of objects that are contained within the particular region */ /** @private */ export class Quad { /** @private */ objects: IGroupable[]; /** @private */ left: number; /** @private */ top: number; /** @private */ width: number; /** @private */ height: number; /** @private */ first: Quad; /** @private */ second: Quad; /** @private */ third: Quad; /** @private */ fourth: Quad; /** @private */ parent: Quad; private spatialSearch; /** @private */ constructor(left: number, top: number, width: number, height: number, spatialSearching: SpatialSearch); /** @private */ findQuads(currentViewPort: Rect, quads: Quad[]): void; private isIntersect; /** @private */ selectQuad(): Quad; private getQuad; /** @private */ isContained(): boolean; /** @private */ addIntoAQuad(node: IGroupable): Quad; private add; } /** @private */ export interface QuadSet { target?: Quad; source?: Quad; } /** @private */ export interface QuadAddition { quad?: Quad; isAdded?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/interaction/spatial-search/spatial-search.d.ts /** * Spatial search module helps to effectively find the objects over diagram */ export class SpatialSearch { private topElement; private bottomElement; private rightElement; private leftElement; private quadSize; private quadTable; private objectTable; /** @private */ parentQuad: Quad; private pageLeft; private pageRight; private pageTop; private pageBottom; /** @private */ childLeft: number; /** @private */ childTop: number; /** @private */ childRight: number; /** @private */ childBottom: number; /** @private */ childNode: IGroupable; /** @private */ constructor(objectTable: Object); /** @private */ removeFromAQuad(node: IGroupable): void; private update; private addIntoAQuad; /** @private */ private objectIndex; /** @private */ updateQuad(node: IGroupable): boolean; private isWithinPageBounds; /** @private */ findQuads(region: Rect): Quad[]; /** @private */ findObjects(region: Rect): IGroupable[]; /** @private */ updateBounds(node: IGroupable): boolean; private findBottom; private findRight; private findLeft; private findTop; /** @private */ setCurrentNode(node: IGroupable): void; /** @private */ getPageBounds(originX?: number, originY?: number): Rect; /** @private */ getQuad(node: IGroupable): Quad; } /** @private */ export interface IGroupable { id: string; outerBounds: Rect; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/interaction/tool.d.ts /** * Defines the interactive tools */ export class ToolBase { /** * Initializes the tool * @param command Command that is corresponding to the current action */ constructor(command: CommandHandler, protectChange?: boolean); /** * Command that is corresponding to the current action */ protected commandHandler: CommandHandler; /** * Sets/Gets whether the interaction is being done */ protected inAction: boolean; /** * Sets/Gets the protect change */ protected isProtectChange: boolean; /** * Sets/Gets the current mouse position */ protected currentPosition: PointModel; /** * Sets/Gets the previous mouse position */ prevPosition: PointModel; /** * Sets/Gets the initial mouse position */ protected startPosition: PointModel; /** * Sets/Gets the current element that is under mouse */ protected currentElement: IElement; /** @private */ blocked: boolean; protected isTooltipVisible: boolean; /** @private */ childTable: {}; /** * Sets/Gets the previous object when mouse down */ protected undoElement: SelectorModel; protected undoParentElement: SelectorModel; protected startAction(currentElement: IElement): void; /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; protected endAction(): void; /** @private */ mouseWheel(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseLeave(args: MouseEventArgs): void; protected updateSize(shape: SelectorModel | NodeModel, startPoint: PointModel, endPoint: PointModel, corner: string, initialBounds: Rect, angle?: number): Rect; protected getPivot(corner: string): PointModel; } /** * Helps to select the objects */ export class SelectTool extends ToolBase { private action; constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler, protectChange: boolean, action?: Actions); /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseLeave(args: MouseEventArgs): void; } /** * Helps to edit the selected connectors */ export class ConnectTool extends ToolBase { protected endPoint: string; /** @private */ selectedSegment: BezierSegment; constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler, endPoint: string); /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; /** @private */ mouseLeave(args: MouseEventArgs): void; private getTooltipContent; private checkConnect; /** @private */ endAction(): void; } /** * Drags the selected objects */ export class MoveTool extends ToolBase { /** * Sets/Gets the previous mouse position */ prevPosition: PointModel; private initialOffset; /** @private */ currentTarget: IElement; private objectType; private portId; private source; constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler, objType?: ObjectTypes); /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs, isPreventHistory?: boolean): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; private getTooltipContent; /** @private */ mouseLeave(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ endAction(): void; } /** * Rotates the selected objects */ export class RotateTool extends ToolBase { constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler); /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; private getTooltipContent; /** @private */ mouseLeave(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ endAction(): void; } /** * Scales the selected objects */ export class ResizeTool extends ToolBase { /** * Sets/Gets the previous mouse position */ prevPosition: PointModel; private corner; /** @private */ initialOffset: PointModel; /** @private */ initialBounds: Rect; constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler, corner: string); /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs, isPreventHistory?: boolean): boolean; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; /** @private */ mouseLeave(args: MouseEventArgs): void; private getTooltipContent; private getChanges; /** * Updates the size with delta width and delta height using scaling. */ /** * Aspect ratio used to resize the width or height based on resizing the height or width */ private scaleObjects; } /** * Draws a node that is defined by the user */ export class NodeDrawingTool extends ToolBase { /** @private */ drawingObject: Node | Connector; /** @private */ sourceObject: Node | Connector; constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler, sourceObject: Node | Connector); /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ endAction(): void; /** @private */ mouseLeave(args: MouseEventArgs): void; } /** * Draws a connector that is defined by the user */ export class ConnectorDrawingTool extends ConnectTool { /** @private */ drawingObject: Node | Connector; /** @private */ sourceObject: Node | Connector; constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler, endPoint: string, sourceObject: Node | Connector); /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ endAction(): void; /** @private */ mouseLeave(args: MouseEventArgs): void; } export class TextDrawingTool extends ToolBase { /** @private */ drawingNode: Node | Connector; constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler); /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ endAction(): void; } /** * Pans the diagram control on drag */ export class ZoomPanTool extends ToolBase { private zooming; constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler, zoom: boolean); /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ endAction(): void; private getDistance; private updateTouch; } /** * Animate the layout during expand and collapse */ export class ExpandTool extends ToolBase { constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler); /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; } /** * Opens the annotation hypeLink at mouse up */ export class LabelTool extends ToolBase { constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler); /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; } /** * Draws a Polygon shape node dynamically using polygon Tool */ export class PolygonDrawingTool extends ToolBase { /** @private */ drawingObject: Node | Connector; startPoint: PointModel; constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler); /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs, dblClickArgs?: IDoubleClickEventArgs | IClickEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseWheel(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ endAction(): void; } /** * Draws a PolyLine Connector dynamically using PolyLine Drawing Tool */ export class PolyLineDrawingTool extends ToolBase { /** @private */ drawingObject: Node | Connector; constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler); /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseWheel(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ endAction(): void; } export class LabelDragTool extends ToolBase { private annotationId; constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler); /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseLeave(args: MouseEventArgs): void; } export class LabelResizeTool extends ToolBase { private corner; private annotationId; private initialBounds; constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler, corner: Actions); /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseLeave(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ resizeObject(args: MouseEventArgs): void; } export class LabelRotateTool extends ToolBase { private annotationId; constructor(commandHandler: CommandHandler); /** @private */ mouseDown(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseMove(args: MouseEventArgs): boolean; /** @private */ mouseUp(args: MouseEventArgs): void; /** @private */ mouseLeave(args: MouseEventArgs): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/layout/complex-hierarchical-tree.d.ts /** * Connects diagram objects with layout algorithm */ export class ComplexHierarchicalTree { /** * Constructor for the hierarchical tree layout module * @private */ constructor(); /** * To destroy the hierarchical tree module * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** @private */ doLayout(nodes: INode[], nameTable: {}, layout: Layout, viewPort: PointModel): void; } /** * Defines the properties of layout * @private */ export interface LayoutProp { orientation?: string; horizontalSpacing?: number; verticalSpacing?: number; marginX: number; marginY: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/layout/hierarchical-tree.d.ts /** * Hierarchical Tree and Organizational Chart */ export class HierarchicalTree { /** * Constructor for the organizational chart module. * @private */ constructor(); /** * To destroy the organizational chart * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Defines the layout animation * */ isAnimation: boolean; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** @private */ updateLayout(nodes: INode[], nameTable: Object, layoutProp: Layout, viewport: PointModel, uniqueId: string, action?: DiagramAction): ILayout; private doLayout; private getBounds; private updateTree; private updateLeafNode; private setUpLayoutInfo; private translateSubTree; private updateRearBounds; private shiftSubordinates; private setDepthSpaceForAssitants; private setBreadthSpaceForAssistants; private getDimensions; private hasChild; private updateHorizontalTree; private updateHorizontalTreeWithMultipleRows; private updateLeftTree; private alignRowsToCenter; private updateRearBoundsOfTree; private splitRows; private updateVerticalTree; private splitChildrenInRows; private extend; private findOffset; private uniteRects; private spaceLeftFromPrevSubTree; private findIntersectingLevels; private findLevel; private getParentNode; private updateEdges; private updateAnchor; private updateConnectors; private updateSegments; private updateSegmentsForBalancedTree; private get3Points; private get5Points; private getSegmentsFromPoints; private getSegmentsForMultipleRows; private updateSegmentsForHorizontalOrientation; private updateNodes; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/layout/layout-base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Layout */ export interface LayoutModel { /** * Sets the name of the node with respect to which all other nodes will be translated * @default '' */ fixedNode?: string; /** * Sets the space that has to be horizontally left between the nodes * @default 30 */ horizontalSpacing?: number; /** * Sets the space that has to be Vertically left between the nodes * @default 30 */ verticalSpacing?: number; /** * Sets the Maximum no of iteration of the symmetrical layout * @default 30 */ maxIteration?: number; /** * Defines the Edge attraction and vertex repulsion forces, i.e., the more sibling nodes repel each other * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * layout: { type: 'SymmetricalLayout', springLength: 80, springFactor: 0.8, * maxIteration: 500, margin: { left: 20, top: 20 } }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 40 */ springFactor?: number; /** * Sets how long edges should be, ideally of the symmetrical layout * @default 50 */ springLength?: number; /** * * Defines the space between the viewport and the layout * @default { left: 50, top: 50, right: 0, bottom: 0 } */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Defines how the layout has to be horizontally aligned * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent * * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Auto' */ horizontalAlignment?: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Defines how the layout has to be vertically aligned * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent * * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Auto' */ verticalAlignment?: VerticalAlignment; /** * Defines the orientation of layout * * TopToBottom - Renders the layout from top to bottom * * BottomToTop - Renders the layout from bottom to top * * LeftToRight - Renders the layout from left to right * * RightToLeft - Renders the layout from right to left * @default 'TopToBottom' */ orientation?: LayoutOrientation; /** * Sets how to define the connection direction (first segment direction & last segment direction). * * Auto - Defines the first segment direction based on the type of the layout * * Orientation - Defines the first segment direction based on the orientation of the layout * * Custom - Defines the first segment direction dynamically by the user * @default 'Auto' */ connectionDirection?: ConnectionDirection; /** * Sets whether the segments have to be customized based on the layout or not * * Default - Routes the connectors like a default diagram * * Layout - Routes the connectors based on the type of the layout * @default 'Default' */ connectorSegments?: ConnectorSegments; /** * Defines the type of the layout * * None - None of the layouts is applied * * HierarchicalTree - Defines the type of the layout as Hierarchical Tree * * OrganizationalChart - Defines the type of the layout as Organizational Chart * * ComplexHierarchicalTree - Defines the type of the layout as complex HierarchicalTree * * RadialTree - Defines the type of the layout as Radial tree * @default 'None' */ type?: LayoutType; /** * getLayoutInfo is used to configure every subtree of the organizational chart * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' * }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Path Element' }] * } * ]; * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, nodes: nodes, * layout: { * enableAnimation: true, * type: 'OrganizationalChart', margin: { top: 20 }, * getLayoutInfo: (node: Node, tree: TreeInfo) => { * if (!tree.hasSubTree) { * tree.orientation = 'Vertical'; * tree.type = 'Alternate'; * } * } * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ getLayoutInfo?: Function | string; /** * Defines whether an object should be at the left/right of the mind map. Applicable only for the direct children of the root node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ getBranch?: Function | string; /** * Aligns the layout within the given bounds * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ bounds?: Rect; /** * Enables/Disables animation option when a node is expanded/collapsed * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' * }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Path Element' }] * } * ]; * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * connectors: connectors, nodes: nodes, * ... * layout: { * enableAnimation: true, orientation: 'TopToBottom', * type: 'OrganizationalChart', margin: { top: 20 }, * horizontalSpacing: 30, verticalSpacing: 30, * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default true */ enableAnimation?: boolean; /** * Defines the root of the hierarchical tree layout * @default '' */ root?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/layout/layout-base.d.ts /** * Defines the behavior of the automatic layouts */ export class Layout extends base.ChildProperty<Layout> { /** * Sets the name of the node with respect to which all other nodes will be translated * @default '' */ fixedNode: string; /** * Sets the space that has to be horizontally left between the nodes * @default 30 */ horizontalSpacing: number; /** * Sets the space that has to be Vertically left between the nodes * @default 30 */ verticalSpacing: number; /** * Sets the Maximum no of iteration of the symmetrical layout * @default 30 */ maxIteration: number; /** * Defines the Edge attraction and vertex repulsion forces, i.e., the more sibling nodes repel each other * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * layout: { type: 'SymmetricalLayout', springLength: 80, springFactor: 0.8, * maxIteration: 500, margin: { left: 20, top: 20 } }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 40 */ springFactor: number; /** * Sets how long edges should be, ideally of the symmetrical layout * @default 50 */ springLength: number; /** * * Defines the space between the viewport and the layout * @default { left: 50, top: 50, right: 0, bottom: 0 } */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Defines how the layout has to be horizontally aligned * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent * * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Auto' */ horizontalAlignment: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Defines how the layout has to be vertically aligned * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent * * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Auto' */ verticalAlignment: VerticalAlignment; /** * Defines the orientation of layout * * TopToBottom - Renders the layout from top to bottom * * BottomToTop - Renders the layout from bottom to top * * LeftToRight - Renders the layout from left to right * * RightToLeft - Renders the layout from right to left * @default 'TopToBottom' */ orientation: LayoutOrientation; /** * Sets how to define the connection direction (first segment direction & last segment direction). * * Auto - Defines the first segment direction based on the type of the layout * * Orientation - Defines the first segment direction based on the orientation of the layout * * Custom - Defines the first segment direction dynamically by the user * @default 'Auto' */ connectionDirection: ConnectionDirection; /** * Sets whether the segments have to be customized based on the layout or not * * Default - Routes the connectors like a default diagram * * Layout - Routes the connectors based on the type of the layout * @default 'Default' */ connectorSegments: ConnectorSegments; /** * Defines the type of the layout * * None - None of the layouts is applied * * HierarchicalTree - Defines the type of the layout as Hierarchical Tree * * OrganizationalChart - Defines the type of the layout as Organizational Chart * * ComplexHierarchicalTree - Defines the type of the layout as complex HierarchicalTree * * RadialTree - Defines the type of the layout as Radial tree * @default 'None' */ type: LayoutType; /** * getLayoutInfo is used to configure every subtree of the organizational chart * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' * }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Path Element' }] * } * ]; * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors, nodes: nodes, * layout: { * enableAnimation: true, * type: 'OrganizationalChart', margin: { top: 20 }, * getLayoutInfo: (node: Node, tree: TreeInfo) => { * if (!tree.hasSubTree) { * tree.orientation = 'Vertical'; * tree.type = 'Alternate'; * } * } * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ getLayoutInfo: Function | string; /** * Defines whether an object should be at the left/right of the mind map. Applicable only for the direct children of the root node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ getBranch: Function | string; /** * Aligns the layout within the given bounds * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ bounds: Rect; /** * Enables/Disables animation option when a node is expanded/collapsed * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }] * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Basic', shape: 'Ellipse' * }, * annotations: [{ content: 'Path Element' }] * } * ]; * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector1', * type: 'Straight', * sourcePoint: { x: 100, y: 300 }, * targetPoint: { x: 200, y: 400 }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * connectors: connectors, nodes: nodes, * ... * layout: { * enableAnimation: true, orientation: 'TopToBottom', * type: 'OrganizationalChart', margin: { top: 20 }, * horizontalSpacing: 30, verticalSpacing: 30, * }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default true */ enableAnimation: boolean; /** * Defines the root of the hierarchical tree layout * @default '' */ root: string; } /** * Defines the properties of the node */ export interface INode { id: string; offsetX: number; offsetY: number; actualSize: { width: number; height: number; }; inEdges: string[]; outEdges: string[]; pivot: PointModel; excludeFromLayout: boolean; isExpanded: boolean; data: Object; treeBounds?: Bounds; differenceX?: number; differenceY?: number; visited?: boolean; } /** * Defines the properties of the connector */ export interface IConnector { id: string; sourceID: string; targetID: string; visited?: boolean; visible?: boolean; points?: PointModel[]; type?: Segments; segments?: OrthogonalSegmentModel[] | StraightSegmentModel[] | BezierSegmentModel[]; } export interface Bounds { x: number; y: number; right: number; bottom: number; canMoveBy?: number; } export interface TreeInfo { orientation?: SubTreeOrientation; type?: SubTreeAlignments; offset?: number; enableRouting?: boolean; children?: string[]; assistants?: string[]; level?: number; hasSubTree?: boolean; rows?: number; } /** * Contains the properties of the diagram layout */ export interface ILayout { anchorX?: number; anchorY?: number; maxLevel?: number; nameTable?: Object; /** * Provides firstLevelNodes node of the diagram layout * @default undefined */ firstLevelNodes?: INode[]; /** * Provides centerNode node of the diagram layout * @default undefined */ centerNode?: null; /** * Provides type of the diagram layout * @default undefined */ type?: string; /** * Provides orientation of the diagram layout * @default undefined */ orientation?: string; graphNodes?: {}; rootNode?: INode; updateView?: boolean; /** * Provides vertical spacing of the diagram layout * @default undefined */ verticalSpacing?: number; /** * Provides horizontal spacing of the diagram layout * @default undefined */ horizontalSpacing?: number; levels?: LevelBounds[]; /** * Provides horizontal alignment of the diagram layout * @default undefined */ horizontalAlignment?: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Provides horizontal alignment of the diagram layout * @default undefined */ verticalAlignment?: VerticalAlignment; /** * Provides fixed of the diagram layout * @default undefined */ fixedNode?: string; /** * Provides the layout bounds * @default undefined */ bounds?: Rect; getLayoutInfo?: Function; getBranch?: Function; getConnectorSegments?: Function; level?: number; /** * Defines the layout margin values * @default undefined */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Defines objects on the layout * @default undefined */ objects?: INode[]; /** * Defines the root of the hierarchical tree layout * @default undefined */ root?: string; } /** @private */ export interface LevelBounds { rBounds: Bounds; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/layout/mind-map.d.ts /** * Layout for mind-map tree */ export class MindMap { /** * Constructor for the organizational chart module. * @private */ constructor(); /** * To destroy the organizational chart * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Defines the layout animation * */ isAnimation: boolean; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** @private */ updateLayout(nodes: INode[], nameTable: Object, layoutProp: Layout, viewPort: PointModel, uniqueId: string, root?: string): void; private checkRoot; private updateMindMapBranch; private getBranch; private excludeFromLayout; private findFirstLevelNodes; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/layout/radial-tree.d.ts /** * Radial Tree */ export class RadialTree { /** * Constructor for the organizational chart module. * @private */ constructor(); /** * To destroy the organizational chart * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** @private */ updateLayout(nodes: INode[], nameTable: Object, layoutProp: Layout, viewport: PointModel): void; private doLayout; private updateEdges; private depthFirstAllignment; private populateLevels; private transformToCircleLayout; private updateAnchor; private updateNodes; private setUpLayoutInfo; } /** * Defines the properties of layout * @private */ export interface IRadialLayout { anchorX?: number; anchorY?: number; maxLevel?: number; nameTable?: Object; firstLevelNodes?: INode[]; layoutNodes?: INodeInfo[]; centerNode?: INode; type?: string; orientation?: string; graphNodes?: {}; verticalSpacing?: number; horizontalSpacing?: number; levels?: LevelBoundary[]; horizontalAlignment?: HorizontalAlignment; verticalAlignment?: VerticalAlignment; fixedNode?: string; bounds?: Rect; level?: number; margin?: MarginModel; objects?: INode[]; root?: string; } /** * Defines the node arrangement in radial manner * @private */ export interface INodeInfo { level?: number; visited?: boolean; children?: INode[]; x?: number; y?: number; min?: number; max?: number; width?: number; height?: number; segmentOffset?: number; actualCircumference?: number; radius?: number; circumference?: number; nodes?: INode[]; ratio?: number; } /** @private */ export interface LevelBoundary { rBounds: Bounds; radius: number; height: number; nodes: INode[]; node: INodeInfo; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/layout/symmetrical-layout.d.ts export class GraphForceNode { /** * @private */ velocityX: number; /** * @private */ velocityY: number; /** * @private */ location: PointModel; /** * @private */ nodes: IGraphObject[]; /** * @private */ graphNode: IGraphObject; constructor(gnNode: IGraphObject); /** * @private */ applyChanges(): void; } /** * SymmetricalLayout */ export class SymmetricLayout { private cdCOEF; private cfMAXVELOCITY; private cnMAXITERACTION; private cnSPRINGLENGTH; private mszMaxForceVelocity; /** * @private */ springLength: number; /** * @private */ springFactor: number; /** * @private */ maxIteration: number; private selectedNode; constructor(); /** * @private */ destroy(): void; protected getModuleName(): string; private doGraphLayout; private preLayoutNodes; /** * @private */ doLayout(graphLayoutManager: GraphLayoutManager): void; private makeSymmetricLayout; private appendForces; private resetGraphPosition; private convertGraphNodes; /** * @private */ getForceNode(gnNode: IGraphObject): GraphForceNode; private updateNeigbour; private lineAngle; private pointDistance; private calcRelatesForce; /** * @private */ updateLayout(nodeCollection: IGraphObject[], connectors: IGraphObject[], symmetricLayout: SymmetricLayout, nameTable: Object, layout: Layout, viewPort: PointModel): void; private calcNodesForce; private calcForce; } export class GraphLayoutManager { private mhelperSelectedNode; private visitedStack; private cycleEdgesCollection; private nameTable; /** * @private */ nodes: IGraphObject[]; private graphObjects; private connectors; private passedNodes; /** * @private */ selectedNode: IGraphObject; /** * @private */ updateLayout(nodeCollection: IGraphObject[], connectors: IGraphObject[], symmetricLayout: SymmetricLayout, nameTable: Object, layout: Layout, viewPort: PointModel): boolean; /** * @private */ getModelBounds(lNodes: IGraphObject[]): Rect; private updateLayout1; private getNodesToPosition; private selectNodes; private selectConnectedNodes; private exploreRelatives; private exploreRelatives1; private getConnectedRelatives; private dictionaryContains; private dictionaryLength; private getConnectedChildren; private getConnectedParents; private setNode; private findNode; private addGraphNode; private isConnectedToAnotherNode; private searchEdgeCollection; private exploreGraphEdge; private addNode; private detectCyclesInGraph; private getUnVisitedChildNodes; } export interface ITreeInfo extends INode, IConnector { graphType?: graphType; parents?: IGraphObject[]; children?: IGraphObject[]; tag?: GraphForceNode; center?: PointModel; Added?: boolean; isCycleEdge: boolean; visible?: boolean; GraphNodes?: {}; LeftMargin?: number; TopMargin?: number; location?: PointModel; Bounds?: Rect; } export interface IGraphObject extends INode, IConnector { treeInfo?: ITreeInfo; } export type graphType = 'Node' | 'Connector'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/annotation-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Hyperlink */ export interface HyperlinkModel { /** * Sets the fill color of the hyperlink * @default 'blue' */ color?: string; /** * Defines the content for hyperlink * @default '' */ content?: string; /** * Defines the link for hyperlink * @default '' */ link?: string; /** * Defines how the link should be decorated. For example, with underline/over line * * Overline - Decorates the text with a line above the text * * Underline - Decorates the text with an underline * * LineThrough - Decorates the text by striking it with a line * * None - Text will not have any specific decoration * @default 'None' */ textDecoration?: TextDecoration; } /** * Interface for a class Annotation */ export interface AnnotationModel { /** * Sets the textual description of the node/connector * @default '' */ content?: string; /** * Sets the textual description of the node/connector * @default 'undefined' */ template?: string | HTMLElement; /** * Defines the visibility of the label * @default true */ visibility?: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the default behaviors of the label. * * ReadOnly - Enables/Disables the ReadOnly Constraints * * InheritReadOnly - Enables/Disables the InheritReadOnly Constraints * @default 'InheritReadOnly' * @aspNumberEnum */ constraints?: AnnotationConstraints; /** * Sets the hyperlink of the label * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ id: 'label1', * content: 'Default Shape', style: { color: 'red' }, * hyperlink: { link: 'https://www.google.com', color : 'blue', textDecoration : 'Overline', content : 'google' } * }, {content: 'text', constraints: ~AnnotationConstraints.InheritReadOnly * }], * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ hyperlink?: HyperlinkModel; /** * Defines the unique id of the annotation * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * Sets the width of the text * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ width?: number; /** * Sets the height of the text * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height?: number; /** * Sets the rotate angle of the text * @default 0 */ rotateAngle?: number; /** * Defines the appearance of the text * @default new TextStyle() */ style?: TextStyleModel; /** * Sets the horizontal alignment of the text with respect to the parent node/connector * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent * * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ horizontalAlignment?: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Sets the vertical alignment of the text with respect to the parent node/connector * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent * * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ verticalAlignment?: VerticalAlignment; /** * Sets the space to be left between an annotation and its parent node/connector * @default new Margin(0,0,0,0) */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Sets the space to be left between an annotation and its parent node/connector * @default new Margin(20,20,20,20) */ dragLimit?: MarginModel; /** * Sets the type of the annotation * * Shape - Sets the annotation type as Shape * * Path - Sets the annotation type as Path * @default 'Shape' */ type?: AnnotationTypes; /** * Allows the user to save custom information/data about an annotation * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let addInfo: {} = { content: 'label' }; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ id: 'label1', * content: 'text', constraints: ~AnnotationConstraints.InheritReadOnly, addInfo: addInfo * }], * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ addInfo?: Object; } /** * Interface for a class ShapeAnnotation */ export interface ShapeAnnotationModel extends AnnotationModel{ /** * Sets the position of the annotation with respect to its parent bounds * @default { x: 0.5, y: 0.5 } */ offset?: PointModel; } /** * Interface for a class PathAnnotation */ export interface PathAnnotationModel extends AnnotationModel{ /** * Sets the segment offset of annotation * @default 0.5 */ offset?: number; /** * Sets the displacement of an annotation from its actual position * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ displacement?: PointModel; /** * Sets the segment alignment of annotation * * Center - Aligns the annotation at the center of a connector segment * * Before - Aligns the annotation before a connector segment * * After - Aligns the annotation after a connector segment * @default Center */ alignment?: AnnotationAlignment; /** * Enable/Disable the angle based on the connector segment * @default false */ segmentAngle?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/annotation.d.ts /** * Defines the hyperlink for the annotations in the nodes/connectors */ export class Hyperlink extends base.ChildProperty<Hyperlink> { /** * Sets the fill color of the hyperlink * @default 'blue' */ color: string; /** * Defines the content for hyperlink * @default '' */ content: string; /** * Defines the link for hyperlink * @default '' */ link: string; /** * Defines how the link should be decorated. For example, with underline/over line * * Overline - Decorates the text with a line above the text * * Underline - Decorates the text with an underline * * LineThrough - Decorates the text by striking it with a line * * None - Text will not have any specific decoration * @default 'None' */ textDecoration: TextDecoration; } /** * Defines the textual description of nodes/connectors */ export class Annotation extends base.ChildProperty<Annotation> { /** * Sets the textual description of the node/connector * @default '' */ content: string; /** * Sets the textual description of the node/connector * @default 'undefined' */ template: string | HTMLElement; /** * Defines the visibility of the label * @default true */ visibility: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the default behaviors of the label. * * ReadOnly - Enables/Disables the ReadOnly Constraints * * InheritReadOnly - Enables/Disables the InheritReadOnly Constraints * @default 'InheritReadOnly' * @aspNumberEnum */ constraints: AnnotationConstraints; /** * Sets the hyperlink of the label * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ id: 'label1', * content: 'Default Shape', style: { color: 'red' }, * hyperlink: { link: 'https://www.google.com', color : 'blue', textDecoration : 'Overline', content : 'google' } * }, {content: 'text', constraints: ~AnnotationConstraints.InheritReadOnly * }], * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ hyperlink: HyperlinkModel; /** * Defines the unique id of the annotation * @default '' */ id: string; /** * Sets the width of the text * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ width: number; /** * Sets the height of the text * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height: number; /** * Sets the rotate angle of the text * @default 0 */ rotateAngle: number; /** * Defines the appearance of the text * @default new TextStyle() */ style: TextStyleModel; /** * Sets the horizontal alignment of the text with respect to the parent node/connector * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent * * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ horizontalAlignment: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Sets the vertical alignment of the text with respect to the parent node/connector * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent * * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ verticalAlignment: VerticalAlignment; /** * Sets the space to be left between an annotation and its parent node/connector * @default new Margin(0,0,0,0) */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Sets the space to be left between an annotation and its parent node/connector * @default new Margin(20,20,20,20) */ dragLimit: MarginModel; /** * Sets the type of the annotation * * Shape - Sets the annotation type as Shape * * Path - Sets the annotation type as Path * @default 'Shape' */ type: AnnotationTypes; /** * Allows the user to save custom information/data about an annotation * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let addInfo$: {} = { content: 'label' }; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ id: 'label1', * content: 'text', constraints: ~AnnotationConstraints.InheritReadOnly, addInfo: addInfo * }], * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ addInfo: Object; } /** * Defines the textual description of nodes/connectors with respect to bounds */ export class ShapeAnnotation extends Annotation { /** * Sets the position of the annotation with respect to its parent bounds * @default { x: 0.5, y: 0.5 } */ offset: PointModel; constructor(parent: any, propName: string, defaultValue: Object, isArray?: boolean); /** * @private * Returns the module of class ShapeAnnotation */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the connector annotation */ export class PathAnnotation extends Annotation { /** * Sets the segment offset of annotation * @default 0.5 */ offset: number; /** * Sets the displacement of an annotation from its actual position * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ displacement: PointModel; /** * Sets the segment alignment of annotation * * Center - Aligns the annotation at the center of a connector segment * * Before - Aligns the annotation before a connector segment * * After - Aligns the annotation after a connector segment * @default Center */ alignment: AnnotationAlignment; /** * Enable/Disable the angle based on the connector segment * @default false */ segmentAngle: boolean; constructor(parent: any, propName: string, defaultValue: Object, isArray?: boolean); /** * @private * Returns the module of class PathAnnotation */ getClassName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/bpmn.d.ts /** * BPMN Diagrams contains the BPMN functionalities */ export class BpmnDiagrams { /** @private */ annotationObjects: {}; /** @private */ readonly textAnnotationConnectors: ConnectorModel[]; /** @private */ getTextAnnotationConn(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): ConnectorModel[]; /** @private */ getSize(node: NodeModel, content: DiagramElement): Size; /** @private */ initBPMNContent(content: DiagramElement, node: Node, diagram: Diagram): DiagramElement; /** @private */ getBPMNShapes(node: Node): PathElement; /** @private */ /** @private */ getBPMNGatewayShape(node: Node): Canvas; /** @private */ getBPMNDataObjectShape(node: Node): Canvas; /** @private */ getBPMNTaskShape(node: Node): Canvas; /** @private */ getBPMNEventShape(node: Node, subEvent: BpmnSubEventModel, sub?: boolean, id?: string): Canvas; private setEventVisibility; private setSubProcessVisibility; /** @private */ getBPMNSubProcessShape(node: Node): Canvas; private getBPMNSubEvent; private getBPMNSubProcessTransaction; /** @private */ getBPMNSubProcessLoopShape(node: Node): PathElement; /** @private */ drag(obj: Node, tx: number, ty: number, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ dropBPMNchild(target: Node, source: Node, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ updateDocks(obj: Node, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ removeBpmnProcesses(currentObj: Node, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ removeChildFromBPMN(wrapper: Container, name: string): void; /** @private */ removeProcess(id: string, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ addProcess(process: NodeModel, parentId: string, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ getChildrenBound(node: NodeModel, excludeChild: string, diagram: Diagram): Rect; /** @private */ updateSubProcessess(bound: Rect, obj: NodeModel, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ getBPMNCompensationShape(node: Node, compensationNode: PathElement): PathElement; /** @private */ getBPMNActivityShape(node: Node): Canvas; /** @private */ getBPMNSubprocessEvent(node: Node, subProcessEventsShapes: Canvas, events: BpmnSubEventModel): void; /** @private */ getBPMNAdhocShape(node: Node, adhocNode: PathElement, subProcess?: BpmnSubProcessModel): PathElement; /** @private */ private getBPMNTextAnnotation; /** @private */ private renderBPMNTextAnnotation; /** @private */ getTextAnnotationWrapper(node: NodeModel, id: string): TextElement; /** @private */ addAnnotation(node: NodeModel, annotation: BpmnAnnotationModel, diagram: Diagram): ConnectorModel; private clearAnnotations; /** @private */ checkAndRemoveAnnotations(node: NodeModel, diagram: Diagram): boolean; private removeAnnotationObjects; private setAnnotationPath; /** @private */ isBpmnTextAnnotation(activeLabel: ActiveLabel, diagram: Diagram): NodeModel; /** @private */ updateTextAnnotationContent(parentNode: NodeModel, activeLabel: ActiveLabel, text: string, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ updateQuad(actualObject: Node, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ updateTextAnnotationProp(actualObject: Node, oldObject: Node, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ private getSubprocessChildCount; /** @private */ private getTaskChildCount; /** @private */ private setStyle; /** @private */ updateBPMN(changedProp: Node, oldObject: Node, actualObject: Node, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ updateBPMNGateway(node: Node, changedProp: Node): void; /** @private */ updateBPMNDataObject(node: Node, newObject: Node, oldObject: Node): void; /** @private */ getEvent(node: Node, oldObject: Node, event: string, child0: DiagramElement, child1: DiagramElement, child2: DiagramElement): void; /** @private */ private updateEventVisibility; /** @private */ updateBPMNEvent(node: Node, newObject: Node, oldObject: Node): void; /** @private */ updateBPMNEventTrigger(node: Node, newObject: Node): void; /** @private */ updateBPMNActivity(node: Node, newObject: Node, oldObject: Node, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ updateBPMNActivityTask(node: Node, newObject: Node): void; /** @private */ updateBPMNActivityTaskLoop(node: Node, newObject: Node, x: number, subChildCount: number, area: number, start: number): void; /** @private */ private updateChildMargin; /** @private */ updateBPMNActivitySubProcess(node: Node, newObject: Node, oldObject: Node, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ updateBPMNSubProcessEvent(node: Node, newObject: Node, oldObject: Node, diagram: Diagram): void; private updateBPMNSubEvent; private updateBPMNSubProcessTransaction; /** @private */ getEventSize(events: BpmnSubEventModel, wrapperChild: Canvas): void; /** @private */ updateBPMNSubProcessAdhoc(node: Node, oldObject: Node, subProcess: BpmnSubProcessModel, x: number, subChildCount: number, area: number): void; /** @private */ updateBPMNSubProcessBoundary(node: Node, subProcess: BpmnSubProcessModel): void; /** @private */ updateElementVisibility(node: Node, visible: boolean, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ updateBPMNSubProcessCollapsed(node: Node, oldObject: Node, subProcess: BpmnSubProcessModel, x: number, subChildCount: number, area: number, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ updateBPMNSubProcessCompensation(node: Node, oldObject: Node, subProcess: BpmnSubProcessModel, x: number, subChildCount: number, area: number): void; /** @private */ updateBPMNSubProcessLoop(node: Node, oldObject: Node, subProcess: BpmnSubProcessModel, x: number, subChildCount: number, area: number): void; /** @private */ updateBPMNConnector(actualObject: Connector, oldObject: Connector, connection: Connector, diagram: Diagram): Connector; /** @private */ getSequence(actualObject: Connector, oldObject: Connector, connection: Connector, diagram: Diagram): Connector; /** @private */ getAssociation(actualObject: Connector, oldObject: Connector, connection: Connector, diagram: Diagram): Connector; /** @private */ getMessage(actualObject: Connector, oldObject: Connector, connection: Connector, diagram: Diagram): Connector; private setSizeForBPMNEvents; /** @private */ updateAnnotationDrag(node: NodeModel, diagram: Diagram, tx: number, ty: number): boolean; private getAnnotationPathAngle; private setSizeForBPMNGateway; private setSizeForBPMNDataObjects; private setSizeForBPMNActivity; private updateDiagramContainerVisibility; /** * Constructor for the BpmnDiagrams module * @private */ constructor(); /** * To destroy the BpmnDiagrams module * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } export function getBpmnShapePathData(shape: string): string; export function getBpmnTriggerShapePathData(shape: string): string; export function getBpmnGatewayShapePathData(shape: string): string; export function getBpmnTaskShapePathData(shape: string): string; export function getBpmnLoopShapePathData(shape: string): string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/connector-bridging.d.ts /** * ConnectorBridging defines the bridging behavior */ /** @private */ export class ConnectorBridging { /** @private */ updateBridging(conn: Connector, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ firstBridge(bridgeList: BridgeSegment[], connector: Connector, bridgeSpacing: number): void; /** @private */ createSegment(st: PointModel, end: PointModel, angle: number, direction: BridgeDirection, index: number, conn: Connector, diagram: Diagram): ArcSegment; /** @private */ createBridgeSegment(startPt: PointModel, endPt: PointModel, angle: number, bridgeSpace: number, sweep: number): string; /** @private */ sweepDirection(angle: number, bridgeDirection: BridgeDirection, connector: Connector, diagram: Diagram): number; /** @private */ getPointAtLength(length: number, pts: PointModel[]): PointModel; /** @private */ protected getPoints(connector: Connector): PointModel[]; private intersectsRect; /** @private */ intersect(points1: PointModel[], points2: PointModel[], self: boolean, bridgeDirection: BridgeDirection, zOrder: boolean): PointModel[]; /** @private */ inter1(startPt: PointModel, endPt: PointModel, pts: PointModel[], zOrder: boolean, bridgeDirection: BridgeDirection): PointModel[]; private checkForHorizontalLine; private isEmptyPoint; private getLengthAtFractionPoint; private getSlope; /** @private */ angleCalculation(startPt: PointModel, endPt: PointModel): number; private lengthCalculation; /** * Constructor for the bridging module * @private */ constructor(); /** * To destroy the bridging module * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/connector-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Decorator */ export interface DecoratorModel { /** * Sets the width of the decorator * @default 10 */ width?: number; /** * Sets the height of the decorator * @default 10 */ height?: number; /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector', type: 'Straight', sourcePoint: { x: 500, y: 100 }, targetPoint: { x: 600, y: 200 }, * sourceDecorator: { * style: { fill: 'black' }, * shape: 'Arrow', * pivot: { x: 0, y: 0.5 }}, * targetDecorator: { * shape: 'Diamond', * style: { fill: 'blue' }, * pivot: { x: 0, y: 0.5 }} * },]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ shape?: DecoratorShapes; /** * Defines the appearance of the decorator * @default new ShapeStyle() */ style?: ShapeStyleModel; /** * Defines the position of the decorator with respect to the source/target point of the connector */ pivot?: PointModel; /** * Defines the geometry of the decorator shape * @default '' */ pathData?: string; } /** * Interface for a class Vector */ export interface VectorModel { /** * Defines the angle between the connector end point and control point of the bezier segment * @default 0 */ angle?: number; /** * Defines the distance between the connector end point and control point of the bezier segment * @default 0 */ distance?: number; } /** * Interface for a class ConnectorShape */ export interface ConnectorShapeModel { /** * Defines the application specific type of connector * * Bpmn - Sets the type of the connection shape as Bpmn * @default 'None' */ type?: ConnectionShapes; } /** * Interface for a class ActivityFlow */ export interface ActivityFlowModel extends ConnectorShapeModel{ /** * Defines the type of the UMLActivity flows * Object - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Flow as Object * Control - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Flow as Control * Exception - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Flow as Exception * @default 'Object' * @IgnoreSingular */ flow?: UmlActivityFlows; /** * Defines the height of the exception flow. * @default '50' */ exceptionFlowHeight?: number; } /** * Interface for a class BpmnFlow */ export interface BpmnFlowModel extends ConnectorShapeModel{ /** * Sets the type of the Bpmn flows * * Sequence - Sets the type of the Bpmn Flow as Sequence * * Association - Sets the type of the Bpmn Flow as Association * * Message - Sets the type of the Bpmn Flow as Message * @default 'Sequence' */ flow?: BpmnFlows; /** * Sets the type of the Bpmn Sequence flows * * Default - Sets the type of the sequence flow as Default * * Normal - Sets the type of the sequence flow as Normal * * Conditional - Sets the type of the sequence flow as Conditional * @default 'Normal' */ sequence?: BpmnSequenceFlows; /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [ * { * id: 'node1', width: 60, height: 60, offsetX: 75, offsetY: 90, * shape: { type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Event', event: { event: 'Start', trigger: 'Message' } }, * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 75, height: 70, offsetX: 210, offsetY: 90, * shape: { type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Gateway', gateway: { type: 'None' } }, * }]; * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector', type: 'Straight', sourceID: 'node1', targetID: 'node2', * shape: { type: 'Bpmn', flow: 'Message', message: 'InitiatingMessage' } as BpmnFlowModel * },]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, connectors: connectors * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ message?: BpmnMessageFlows; /** * Sets the type of the Bpmn association flows * * Default - Sets the type of Association flow as Default * * Directional - Sets the type of Association flow as Directional * * BiDirectional - Sets the type of Association flow as BiDirectional * @default '' */ association?: BpmnAssociationFlows; } /** * Interface for a class ConnectorSegment */ export interface ConnectorSegmentModel { /** * Defines the type of the segment * * Straight - Sets the segment type as Straight * * Orthogonal - Sets the segment type as Orthogonal * * Bezier - Sets the segment type as Bezier * @default 'Straight' */ type?: Segments; } /** * Interface for a class StraightSegment */ export interface StraightSegmentModel extends ConnectorSegmentModel{ /** * Sets the end point of the connector segment * @default new Point(0,0) */ point?: PointModel; } /** * Interface for a class BezierSegment */ export interface BezierSegmentModel extends StraightSegmentModel{ /** * Sets the first control point of the connector * @default {} */ point1?: PointModel; /** * Sets the second control point of the connector * @default {} */ point2?: PointModel; /** * Defines the length and angle between the source point and the first control point of the diagram * @default {} */ vector1?: VectorModel; /** * Defines the length and angle between the target point and the second control point of the diagram * @default {} */ vector2?: VectorModel; } /** * Interface for a class OrthogonalSegment */ export interface OrthogonalSegmentModel extends ConnectorSegmentModel{ /** * Defines the length of orthogonal segment * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'link2', sourcePoint: { x: 0, y: 0 }, targetPoint: { x: 40, y: 40 }, type: 'Orthogonal', * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', * flow: 'Message', * association: 'directional' * }, style: { * strokeDashArray: '2,2' * }, * segments: [{ type: 'Orthogonal', length: 30, direction: 'Bottom' }, * { type: 'Orthogonal', length: 80, direction: 'Right' }] * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 0 */ length?: number; /** * Sets the direction of orthogonal segment * * Left - Sets the direction type as Left * * Right - Sets the direction type as Right * * Top - Sets the direction type as Top * * Bottom - Sets the direction type as Bottom * @default null */ direction?: Direction; } /** * Interface for a class MultiplicityLabel */ export interface MultiplicityLabelModel { /** * Defines the type of the Classifier Multiplicity * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ optional?: boolean; /** * Defines the type of the Classifier Multiplicity * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ lowerBounds?: string; /** * Defines the type of the Classifier Multiplicity * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ upperBounds?: string; } /** * Interface for a class ClassifierMultiplicity */ export interface ClassifierMultiplicityModel { /** * Defines the type of the Classifier Multiplicity * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ type?: Multiplicity; /** * Defines the type of the Classifier Multiplicity * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ target?: MultiplicityLabelModel; /** * Defines the type of the Classifier Multiplicity * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ source?: MultiplicityLabelModel; } /** * Interface for a class RelationShip */ export interface RelationShipModel extends ConnectorShapeModel{ /** * Defines the type of the UMLConnector * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ type?: ConnectionShapes; /** * Defines the association direction * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ relationship?: ClassifierShape; /** * Defines the association direction * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ associationType?: AssociationFlow; /** * Defines the type of the Classifier Multiplicity * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ multiplicity?: ClassifierMultiplicityModel; } /** * Interface for a class Connector */ export interface ConnectorModel extends NodeBaseModel{ /** * Defines the shape of the connector * @default 'Bpmn' * @aspType object */ shape?: ConnectorShapeModel | BpmnFlowModel | RelationShipModel; /** * Defines the constraints of connector * * None - Interaction of the connectors cannot be done. * * Select - Selects the connector. * * Delete - Delete the connector. * * Drag - Drag the connector. * * DragSourceEnd - Drag the source end of the connector. * * DragTargetEnd - Drag the target end of the connector. * * DragSegmentThump - Drag the segment thumb of the connector. * * AllowDrop - Allow to drop a node. * * Bridging - Creates bridge on intersection of two connectors. * * InheritBridging - Creates bridge on intersection of two connectors. * * PointerEvents - Sets the pointer events. * * Tooltip - Displays a tooltip for the connectors. * * InheritToolTip - Displays a tooltip for the connectors. * * Interaction - Features of the connector used for interaction. * * ReadOnly - Enables ReadOnly * @default 'None' * @aspNumberEnum */ constraints?: ConnectorConstraints; /** * Defines the bridgeSpace of connector * @default 10 */ bridgeSpace?: number; /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector', type: 'Straight', sourcePoint: { x: 500, y: 100 }, targetPoint: { x: 600, y: 200 }, * annotations: [{ content: 'No', offset: 0, alignment: 'After' }] * ]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ annotations?: PathAnnotationModel[]; /** * Sets the beginning point of the connector * @default new Point(0,0) */ sourcePoint?: PointModel; /** * Sets the end point of the connector * @default new Point(0,0) */ targetPoint?: PointModel; /** * Defines the segments * @default [] * @aspType object */ segments?: (OrthogonalSegmentModel | StraightSegmentModel | BezierSegmentModel)[]; /** * Sets the source node/connector object of the connector * @default null */ sourceID?: string; /** * Sets the target node/connector object of the connector * @default null */ targetID?: string; /** * Sets the connector padding value * @default 10 */ hitPadding?: number; /** * Defines the type of the connector * * Straight - Sets the segment type as Straight * * Orthogonal - Sets the segment type as Orthogonal * * Bezier - Sets the segment type as Bezier * @default 'Straight' */ type?: Segments; /** * Sets the corner radius of the connector * @default 0 */ cornerRadius?: number; /** * Defines the source decorator of the connector * @default new Decorator() */ sourceDecorator?: DecoratorModel; /** * Defines the target decorator of the connector * @default new Decorator() */ targetDecorator?: DecoratorModel; /** * defines the tooltip for the connector * @default new DiagramToolTip(); */ tooltip?: DiagramTooltipModel; /** * Sets the unique id of the source port of the connector * @default '' */ sourcePortID?: string; /** * Sets the unique id of the target port of the connector * @default '' */ targetPortID?: string; /** * Sets the source padding of the connector * @default 0 */ sourcePadding?: number; /** * Sets the target padding of the connector * @default 0 */ targetPadding?: number; /** * Defines the appearance of the connection path * @default '' */ style?: StrokeStyleModel; /** * Defines the UI of the connector * @default null */ wrapper?: Container; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/connector.d.ts /** * Decorators are used to decorate the end points of the connector with some predefined path geometry */ export class Decorator extends base.ChildProperty<Decorator> { /** * Sets the width of the decorator * @default 10 */ width: number; /** * Sets the height of the decorator * @default 10 */ height: number; /** * Sets the shape of the decorator * * None - Sets the decorator shape as None * * Arrow - Sets the decorator shape as Arrow * * Diamond - Sets the decorator shape as Diamond * * Path - Sets the decorator shape as Path * * OpenArrow - Sets the decorator shape as OpenArrow * * Circle - Sets the decorator shape as Circle * * Square - Sets the decorator shape as Square * * Fletch - Sets the decorator shape as Fletch * * OpenFetch - Sets the decorator shape as OpenFetch * * IndentedArrow - Sets the decorator shape as Indented Arrow * * OutdentedArrow - Sets the decorator shape as Outdented Arrow * * DoubleArrow - Sets the decorator shape as DoubleArrow * @default 'Arrow' */ /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector', type: 'Straight', sourcePoint: { x: 500, y: 100 }, targetPoint: { x: 600, y: 200 }, * sourceDecorator: { * style: { fill: 'black' }, * shape: 'Arrow', * pivot: { x: 0, y: 0.5 }}, * targetDecorator: { * shape: 'Diamond', * style: { fill: 'blue' }, * pivot: { x: 0, y: 0.5 }} * },]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ shape: DecoratorShapes; /** * Defines the appearance of the decorator * @default new ShapeStyle() */ style: ShapeStyleModel; /** * Defines the position of the decorator with respect to the source/target point of the connector */ pivot: PointModel; /** * Defines the geometry of the decorator shape * @default '' */ pathData: string; } /** * Describes the length and angle between the control point and the start point of bezier segment */ export class Vector extends base.ChildProperty<Vector> { /** * Defines the angle between the connector end point and control point of the bezier segment * @default 0 */ angle: number; /** * Defines the distance between the connector end point and control point of the bezier segment * @default 0 */ distance: number; } /** * Sets the type of the connector */ export class ConnectorShape extends base.ChildProperty<ConnectorShape> { /** * Defines the application specific type of connector * * Bpmn - Sets the type of the connection shape as Bpmn * @default 'None' */ type: ConnectionShapes; } /** * Sets the type of the flow in a BPMN Process */ export class ActivityFlow extends ConnectorShape { /** * Defines the type of the UMLActivity flows * Object - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Flow as Object * Control - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Flow as Control * Exception - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Flow as Exception * @default 'Object' * @IgnoreSingular */ flow: UmlActivityFlows; /** * Defines the height of the exception flow. * @default '50' */ exceptionFlowHeight: number; } /** * Sets the type of the flow in a BPMN Process */ export class BpmnFlow extends ConnectorShape { /** * Sets the type of the Bpmn flows * * Sequence - Sets the type of the Bpmn Flow as Sequence * * Association - Sets the type of the Bpmn Flow as Association * * Message - Sets the type of the Bpmn Flow as Message * @default 'Sequence' */ flow: BpmnFlows; /** * Sets the type of the Bpmn Sequence flows * * Default - Sets the type of the sequence flow as Default * * Normal - Sets the type of the sequence flow as Normal * * Conditional - Sets the type of the sequence flow as Conditional * @default 'Normal' */ sequence: BpmnSequenceFlows; /** * Sets the type of the Bpmn message flows * * Default - Sets the type of the Message flow as Default * * InitiatingMessage - Sets the type of the Message flow as InitiatingMessage * * NonInitiatingMessage - Sets the type of the Message flow as NonInitiatingMessage * @default '' */ /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [ * { * id: 'node1', width: 60, height: 60, offsetX: 75, offsetY: 90, * shape: { type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Event', event: { event: 'Start', trigger: 'Message' } }, * }, * { * id: 'node2', width: 75, height: 70, offsetX: 210, offsetY: 90, * shape: { type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Gateway', gateway: { type: 'None' } }, * }]; * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector', type: 'Straight', sourceID: 'node1', targetID: 'node2', * shape: { type: 'Bpmn', flow: 'Message', message: 'InitiatingMessage' } as BpmnFlowModel * },]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, connectors: connectors * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ message: BpmnMessageFlows; /** * Sets the type of the Bpmn association flows * * Default - Sets the type of Association flow as Default * * Directional - Sets the type of Association flow as Directional * * BiDirectional - Sets the type of Association flow as BiDirectional * @default '' */ association: BpmnAssociationFlows; } /** * Defines the behavior of connector segments */ export class ConnectorSegment extends base.ChildProperty<ConnectorSegment> { /** * Defines the type of the segment * * Straight - Sets the segment type as Straight * * Orthogonal - Sets the segment type as Orthogonal * * Bezier - Sets the segment type as Bezier * @default 'Straight' */ type: Segments; /** * @private */ points: PointModel[]; /** * @private */ isTerminal: boolean; constructor(parent: any, propName: string, defaultValue: Object, isArray?: boolean); } /** * Defines the behavior of straight segments */ export class StraightSegment extends ConnectorSegment { /** * Sets the end point of the connector segment * @default new Point(0,0) */ point: PointModel; /** * @private * Returns the name of class StraightSegment */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of bezier segments */ export class BezierSegment extends StraightSegment { /** * @private * Sets the first control point of the bezier connector */ bezierPoint1: PointModel; /** * @private * Sets the second control point of the bezier connector */ bezierPoint2: PointModel; /** * Sets the first control point of the connector * @default {} */ point1: PointModel; /** * Sets the second control point of the connector * @default {} */ point2: PointModel; /** * Defines the length and angle between the source point and the first control point of the diagram * @default {} */ vector1: VectorModel; /** * Defines the length and angle between the target point and the second control point of the diagram * @default {} */ vector2: VectorModel; /** * @private * Returns the name of class BezierSegment */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of orthogonal segments */ export class OrthogonalSegment extends ConnectorSegment { /** * Defines the length of orthogonal segment * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'link2', sourcePoint: { x: 0, y: 0 }, targetPoint: { x: 40, y: 40 }, type: 'Orthogonal', * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', * flow: 'Message', * association: 'directional' * }, style: { * strokeDashArray: '2,2' * }, * segments: [{ type: 'Orthogonal', length: 30, direction: 'Bottom' }, * { type: 'Orthogonal', length: 80, direction: 'Right' }] * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 0 */ length: number; /** * Sets the direction of orthogonal segment * * Left - Sets the direction type as Left * * Right - Sets the direction type as Right * * Top - Sets the direction type as Top * * Bottom - Sets the direction type as Bottom * @default null */ direction: Direction; /** * @private * Returns the module of class OrthogonalSegment */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Get the direction of the control points while the bezier is connected to the node */ export function getDirection(bounds: Rect, points: PointModel, excludeBounds: boolean): string; export function isEmptyVector(element: VectorModel): boolean; /** * Get the bezier points if control points are not given. */ export function getBezierPoints(sourcePoint: PointModel, targetPoint: PointModel, direction?: string): PointModel; /** * Get the bezier curve bounds. */ export function getBezierBounds(startPoint: PointModel, controlPoint1: PointModel, controlPoint2: PointModel, endPoint: PointModel, connector: Connector): Rect; /** * Get the intermediate bezier curve for point over connector */ export function bezierPoints(connector: ConnectorModel, startPoint: PointModel, point1: PointModel, point2: PointModel, endPoint: PointModel, i: number, max: number): PointModel; /** * Defines the behavior of the UMLActivity Classifier multiplicity connection defaults */ export class MultiplicityLabel extends base.ChildProperty<MultiplicityLabel> { /** * Defines the type of the Classifier Multiplicity * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ optional: boolean; /** * Defines the type of the Classifier Multiplicity * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ lowerBounds: string; /** * Defines the type of the Classifier Multiplicity * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ upperBounds: string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the UMLActivity Classifier multiplicity connection defaults */ export class ClassifierMultiplicity extends base.ChildProperty<ClassifierMultiplicity> { /** * Defines the type of the Classifier Multiplicity * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ type: Multiplicity; /** * Defines the type of the Classifier Multiplicity * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ target: MultiplicityLabelModel; /** * Defines the type of the Classifier Multiplicity * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ source: MultiplicityLabelModel; } /** * Defines the behavior of the UMLActivity shape */ export class RelationShip extends ConnectorShape { /** * Defines the type of the UMLConnector * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ type: ConnectionShapes; /** * Defines the association direction * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ relationship: ClassifierShape; /** * Defines the association direction * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ associationType: AssociationFlow; /** * Defines the type of the Classifier Multiplicity * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ multiplicity: ClassifierMultiplicityModel; } /** * Connectors are used to create links between nodes */ export class Connector extends NodeBase implements IElement { /** * Defines the shape of the connector * @default 'Bpmn' * @aspType object */ shape: ConnectorShapeModel | BpmnFlowModel | RelationShipModel; /** * Defines the constraints of connector * * None - Interaction of the connectors cannot be done. * * Select - Selects the connector. * * Delete - Delete the connector. * * Drag - Drag the connector. * * DragSourceEnd - Drag the source end of the connector. * * DragTargetEnd - Drag the target end of the connector. * * DragSegmentThump - Drag the segment thumb of the connector. * * AllowDrop - Allow to drop a node. * * Bridging - Creates bridge on intersection of two connectors. * * InheritBridging - Creates bridge on intersection of two connectors. * * PointerEvents - Sets the pointer events. * * Tooltip - Displays a tooltip for the connectors. * * InheritToolTip - Displays a tooltip for the connectors. * * Interaction - Features of the connector used for interaction. * * ReadOnly - Enables ReadOnly * @default 'None' * @aspNumberEnum */ constraints: ConnectorConstraints; /** * Defines the bridgeSpace of connector * @default 10 */ bridgeSpace: number; /** * Defines the collection of textual annotations of connectors * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let connectors$: ConnectorModel[] = [{ * id: 'connector', type: 'Straight', sourcePoint: { x: 500, y: 100 }, targetPoint: { x: 600, y: 200 }, * annotations: [{ content: 'No', offset: 0, alignment: 'After' }] * ]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * connectors: connectors * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ annotations: PathAnnotationModel[]; /** * Sets the beginning point of the connector * @default new Point(0,0) */ sourcePoint: PointModel; /** * Sets the end point of the connector * @default new Point(0,0) */ targetPoint: PointModel; /** * Defines the segments * @default [] * @aspType object */ segments: (OrthogonalSegmentModel | StraightSegmentModel | BezierSegmentModel)[]; /** * Sets the source node/connector object of the connector * @default null */ sourceID: string; /** * Sets the target node/connector object of the connector * @default null */ targetID: string; /** * Sets the connector padding value * @default 10 */ hitPadding: number; /** * Defines the type of the connector * * Straight - Sets the segment type as Straight * * Orthogonal - Sets the segment type as Orthogonal * * Bezier - Sets the segment type as Bezier * @default 'Straight' */ type: Segments; /** * Sets the corner radius of the connector * @default 0 */ cornerRadius: number; /** * Defines the source decorator of the connector * @default new Decorator() */ sourceDecorator: DecoratorModel; /** * Defines the target decorator of the connector * @default new Decorator() */ targetDecorator: DecoratorModel; /** * defines the tooltip for the connector * @default new DiagramToolTip(); */ tooltip: DiagramTooltipModel; /** * Sets the unique id of the source port of the connector * @default '' */ sourcePortID: string; /** * Sets the unique id of the target port of the connector * @default '' */ targetPortID: string; /** * Sets the source padding of the connector * @default 0 */ sourcePadding: number; /** * Sets the target padding of the connector * @default 0 */ targetPadding: number; /** * Defines the appearance of the connection path * @default '' */ style: StrokeStyleModel; /** @private */ parentId: string; /** * Defines the UI of the connector * @default null */ wrapper: Container; /** @private */ bridges: Bridge[]; /** @private */ sourceWrapper: DiagramElement; /** @private */ targetWrapper: DiagramElement; /** @private */ sourcePortWrapper: DiagramElement; /** @private */ targetPortWrapper: DiagramElement; /** @private */ intermediatePoints: PointModel[]; /** @private */ status: Status; constructor(parent: any, propName: string, defaultValue: Object, isArray?: boolean); /** @private */ init(diagram: any): Canvas; private getConnectorRelation; private getBpmnSequenceFlow; /** @private */ getUMLObjectFlow(): void; /** @private */ getUMLExceptionFlow(segment: PathElement): void; private getBpmnAssociationFlow; private getBpmnMessageFlow; /** @private */ distance(pt1: PointModel, pt2: PointModel): number; /** @private */ findPath(sourcePt: PointModel, targetPt: PointModel): Object; /** @private */ getAnnotationElement(annotation: PathAnnotation, points: PointModel[], bounds: Rect, getDescription: Function | string, diagramId: string): TextElement | DiagramHtmlElement; /** @private */ updateAnnotation(annotation: PathAnnotation, points: PointModel[], bounds: Rect, textElement: TextElement | DiagramHtmlElement, canRefresh?: number): void; /** @private */ getConnectorPoints(type: Segments, points?: PointModel[], layoutOrientation?: LayoutOrientation): PointModel[]; /** @private */ private clipDecorator; /** @private */ clipDecorators(connector: Connector, pts: PointModel[]): PointModel[]; /** @private */ updateSegmentElement(connector: Connector, points: PointModel[], element: PathElement): PathElement; /** @private */ getSegmentElement(connector: Connector, segmentElement: PathElement): PathElement; /** @private */ getDecoratorElement(offsetPoint: PointModel, adjacentPoint: PointModel, decorator: DecoratorModel, isSource: Boolean, getDescription?: Function): PathElement; private bridgePath; /** @private */ updateDecoratorElement(element: DiagramElement, pt: PointModel, adjacentPoint: PointModel, decorator: DecoratorModel): void; /** @private */ getSegmentPath(connector: Connector, points: PointModel[]): string; /** @private */ updateShapeElement(connector: Connector): void; /** @private */ updateShapePosition(connector: Connector, element: DiagramElement): void; /** @hidden */ scale(sw: number, sh: number, width: number, height: number, refObject?: DiagramElement): PointModel; /** * @private * Returns the name of class Connector */ getClassName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/context-menu.d.ts /** * @private */ export const menuClass: ContextMenuClassList; /** * @private */ export interface ContextMenuClassList { copy: string; paste: string; content: string; undo: string; redo: string; cut: string; selectAll: string; grouping: string; group: string; unGroup: string; bringToFront: string; sendToBack: string; moveForward: string; sendBackward: string; order: string; } /** * 'ContextMenu module used to handle context menu actions.' * @private */ export class DiagramContextMenu { private element; /** @private */ contextMenu: navigations.ContextMenu; private defaultItems; /** * @private */ disableItems: string[]; /** * @private */ hiddenItems: string[]; private parent; private l10n; private serviceLocator; private localeText; private eventArgs; /** * @private */ isOpen: boolean; constructor(parent?: Diagram, service?: ServiceLocator); /** * @hidden * @private */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden * @private */ removeEventListener(): void; private render; private getMenuItems; private contextMenuOpen; private BeforeItemRender; private contextMenuItemClick; private contextMenuOnClose; private getLocaleText; private updateItemStatus; private ensureItems; private contextMenuBeforeOpen; private ensureTarget; /** * To destroy the Context menu. * @method destroy * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; private getModuleName; private generateID; private getKeyFromId; private buildDefaultItems; private getDefaultItems; private setLocaleKey; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/dictionary/basic-shapes.d.ts /** * BasicShapeDictionary defines the shape of the built-in basic shapes */ /** @private */ export function getBasicShape(shape: string): string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/dictionary/common.d.ts /** * ShapeDictionary defines the shape of the default nodes and ports */ /** @private */ export function getPortShape(shape: PortShapes): string; /** @private */ export function getDecoratorShape(shape: DecoratorShapes, decorator: DecoratorModel): string; /** * @private * @param icon * sets the path data for different icon shapes */ export function getIconShape(icon: IconShapeModel): string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/dictionary/flow-shapes.d.ts /** * FlowShapeDictionary defines the shape of the built-in flow shapes */ /** @private */ export function getFlowShape(shape: string): string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/dictionary/umlactivity-shapes.d.ts /** * UMLActivityShapeDictionary defines the shape of the built-in uml activity shapes */ /** @private */ export function getUMLActivityShape(shape: string): string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/icon-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class IconShape */ export interface IconShapeModel { /** * Defines the shape of the icon. * None * Minus - sets the icon shape as minus * Plus - sets the icon shape as Plus * ArrowUp - sets the icon shape as ArrowUp * ArrowDown - sets the icon shape as ArrowDown * Template - sets the icon shape based on the given custom template * Path - sets the icon shape based on the given custom Path * @default 'None' */ shape?: IconShapes; /** * Sets the fill color of an icon. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }], * expandIcon: { height: 20, width: 20, shape: "ArrowDown", fill: 'red' }, * collapseIcon: { height: 20, width: 20, shape: "ArrowUp" }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'white' */ fill?: string; /** * Defines how the Icon has to be horizontally aligned. * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent * * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Auto' */ horizontalAlignment?: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Defines how the Icon has to be Vertically aligned. * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent * * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Auto' */ verticalAlignment?: VerticalAlignment; /** * Defines the width of the icon. * @default 10 */ width?: number; /** * Defines the height of the icon. * @default 10 */ height?: number; /** * Defines the offset of the icon. * @default new Point(0.5,1) */ offset?: PointModel; /** * Sets the border color of an icon. * @default '' */ borderColor?: string; /** * Defines the border width of the icon. * @default 1 */ borderWidth?: number; /** * Defines the space that the icon has to be moved from its actual position * @default new Margin(0,0,0,0) */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Defines the geometry of a path * @default '' */ pathData?: string; /** * Defines the custom content of the icon * @default '' */ content?: string; /** * Defines the corner radius of the icon border * @default 0 */ cornerRadius?: number; /** * Defines the space that the icon has to be moved from the icon border * @default new Margin(2,2,2,2) */ padding?: MarginModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/icon.d.ts /** * Defines the behavior of default IconShapes */ export class IconShape extends base.ChildProperty<IconShape> { /** * Defines the shape of the icon. * None * Minus - sets the icon shape as minus * Plus - sets the icon shape as Plus * ArrowUp - sets the icon shape as ArrowUp * ArrowDown - sets the icon shape as ArrowDown * Template - sets the icon shape based on the given custom template * Path - sets the icon shape based on the given custom Path * @default 'None' */ shape: IconShapes; /** * Sets the fill color of an icon. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * annotations: [{ content: 'Default Shape' }], * expandIcon: { height: 20, width: 20, shape: "ArrowDown", fill: 'red' }, * collapseIcon: { height: 20, width: 20, shape: "ArrowUp" }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'white' */ fill: string; /** * Defines how the Icon has to be horizontally aligned. * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent * * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Auto' */ horizontalAlignment: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Defines how the Icon has to be Vertically aligned. * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent * * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Auto' */ verticalAlignment: VerticalAlignment; /** * Defines the width of the icon. * @default 10 */ width: number; /** * Defines the height of the icon. * @default 10 */ height: number; /** * Defines the offset of the icon. * @default new Point(0.5,1) */ offset: PointModel; /** * Sets the border color of an icon. * @default '' */ borderColor: string; /** * Defines the border width of the icon. * @default 1 */ borderWidth: number; /** * Defines the space that the icon has to be moved from its actual position * @default new Margin(0,0,0,0) */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Defines the geometry of a path * @default '' */ pathData: string; /** * Defines the custom content of the icon * @default '' */ content: string; /** * Defines the corner radius of the icon border * @default 0 */ cornerRadius: number; /** * Defines the space that the icon has to be moved from the icon border * @default new Margin(2,2,2,2) */ padding: MarginModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/interface/IElement.d.ts /** * IElement interface defines the base of the diagram objects (node/connector) */ export interface IElement { /** returns the wrapper of the diagram element */ wrapper: Container; init(diagram: Diagram, getDescription?: Function): void; } /** * IDataLoadedEventArgs defines the event arguments after data is loaded */ export interface IDataLoadedEventArgs { /** returns the id of the diagram */ diagram: Diagram; } /** * ISelectionChangeEventArgs notifies when the node/connector are select * */ export interface ISelectionChangeEventArgs { /** returns the collection of nodes and connectors that have to be removed from selection list */ oldValue: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; /** returns the collection of nodes and connectors that have to be added to selection list */ newValue: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; /** * Triggers before and after adding the selection to the object * in the diagram which can be differentiated through `state` argument. * We can cancel the event only before the selection of the object */ state: EventState; /** returns the actual cause of the event */ cause: DiagramAction; /** returns whether the item is added or removed from the selection list */ type: ChangeType; /** returns whether or not to cancel the selection change event */ cancel: boolean; } /** * ISizeChangeEventArgs notifies when the node are resized * */ export interface ISizeChangeEventArgs { /** returns the node that is selected for resizing */ source: SelectorModel; /** returns the state of the event */ state: State; /** returns the previous width, height, offsetX and offsetY values of the element that is being resized */ oldValue: SelectorModel; /** returns the new width, height, offsetX and offsetY values of the element that is being resized */ newValue: SelectorModel; /** specify whether or not to cancel the event */ cancel: boolean; } /** * IRotationEventArgs notifies when the node/connector are rotated * */ export interface IRotationEventArgs { /** returns the node that is selected for rotation */ source: SelectorModel; /** returns the state of the event */ state: State; /** returns the previous rotation angle */ oldValue: SelectorModel; /** returns the new rotation angle */ newValue: SelectorModel; /** returns whether to cancel the change or not */ cancel: boolean; } /** * ICollectionChangeEventArgs notifies while the node/connector are added or removed * */ export interface ICollectionChangeEventArgs { /** returns the selected element */ element: NodeModel | ConnectorModel; /** returns the action of diagram */ cause: DiagramAction; /** returns the state of the event */ state: EventState; /** returns the type of the collection change */ type: ChangeType; /** returns whether to cancel the change or not */ cancel: boolean; } /** * IPropertyChangeEventArgs notifies when the node/connector property changed * */ export interface IPropertyChangeEventArgs { /** returns the selected element */ element: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; /** returns the action is nudge or not */ cause: DiagramAction; /** returns the old value of the property that is being changed */ oldValue: DiagramModel; /** returns the new value of the node property that is being changed */ newValue: DiagramModel; } /** * IDraggingEventArgs notifies when the node/connector are dragged * */ export interface IDraggingEventArgs { /** returns the node or connector that is being dragged */ source: SelectorModel; /** returns the state of drag event (Starting, dragging, completed) */ state: State; /** returns the previous node or connector that is dragged */ oldValue: SelectorModel; /** returns the current node or connector that is being dragged */ newValue: SelectorModel; /** returns the target node or connector that is dragged */ target: NodeModel | ConnectorModel; /** returns the offset of the selected items */ targetPosition: PointModel; /** returns the object that can be dropped over the element */ allowDrop: boolean; /** returns whether to cancel the change or not */ cancel: boolean; } /** * IConnectionChangeEventArgs notifies when the connector are connect or disconnect * */ export interface IConnectionChangeEventArgs { /** returns the new source node or target node of the connector */ connector: ConnectorModel; /** returns the previous source or target node of the element */ oldValue: Connector | { nodeId: string; portId: string; }; /** returns the current source or target node of the element */ newValue: Connector | { nodeId: string; portId: string; }; /** returns the connector end */ connectorEnd: string; /** returns the state of connection end point dragging(starting, dragging, completed) */ state: EventState; /** returns whether to cancel the change or not */ cancel: boolean; } /** * IEndChangeEventArgs notifies when the connector end point are resized * */ export interface IEndChangeEventArgs { /** returns the connector, the target point of which is being dragged */ connector: ConnectorModel; /** returns the previous target node of the element */ oldValue: PointModel; /** returns the current target node of the element */ newValue: PointModel; /** returns the target node of the element */ targetNode: string; /** returns the target port of the element */ targetPort: string; /** returns the state of connection end point dragging(starting, dragging, completed) */ state: State; /** returns whether to cancel the change or not */ cancel: boolean; } /** * Animation notifies when the animation is take place * */ export interface Animation { /** returns the current animation status */ state: State; } /** * IClickEventArgs notifies while click on the objects or diagram * */ export interface IClickEventArgs { /** returns the object that is clicked or id of the diagram */ element: SelectorModel | Diagram; /** returns the object position that is actually clicked */ position: PointModel; /** returns the number of times clicked */ count: number; /** returns the actual object that is clicked or id of the diagram */ actualObject: SelectorModel | Diagram; } /** * IDoubleClickEventArgs notifies while double click on the diagram or its objects * */ export interface IDoubleClickEventArgs { /** returns the object that is clicked or id of the diagram */ source: SelectorModel | Diagram; /** returns the object position that is actually clicked */ position: PointModel; /** returns the number of times clicked */ count: number; } export interface IMouseEventArgs { /** returns a parent node of the target node or connector */ element: NodeModel | ConnectorModel | SelectorModel; /** returns when mouse hover to the target node or connector */ actualObject: Object; /** returns the target object over which the selected object is dragged */ targets: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; } /** * scrollArgs notifies when the scroller had updated * */ export interface ScrollValues { /** returns the horizontaloffset of the scroller */ HorizontalOffset: number; /** returns the verticalOffset of the scroller */ VerticalOffset: number; /** returns the CurrentZoom of the scroller */ CurrentZoom: number; /** returns the ViewportWidth of the scroller */ ViewportWidth: number; /** returns the ViewportHeight of the scroller */ ViewportHeight: number; } /** * IScrollChangeEventArgs notifies when the scroller has changed * */ export interface IScrollChangeEventArgs { /** returns the object that is clicked or id of the diagram */ source: SelectorModel | Diagram; /** returns the previous delay value between subsequent auto scrolls */ oldValue: ScrollValues; /** returns the new delay value between subsequent auto scrolls */ newValue: ScrollValues; } /** * IPaletteSelectionChangeArgs notifies when the selection objects change in the symbol palette * */ export interface IPaletteSelectionChangeArgs { /** returns the old palette item that is selected */ oldValue: string; /** returns the new palette item that is selected */ newValue: string; } /** * IDragEnterEventArgs notifies when the element enter into the diagram from symbol palette * */ export interface IDragEnterEventArgs { /** returns the node or connector that is to be dragged into diagram */ source: Object; /** returns the node or connector that is dragged into diagram */ element: NodeModel | ConnectorModel; /** returns the id of the diagram */ diagram: DiagramModel; /** parameter returns whether to add or remove the symbol from diagram */ cancel: boolean; } /** * IDragLeaveEventArgs notifies when the element leaves from the diagram * */ export interface IDragLeaveEventArgs { /** returns the id of the diagram */ diagram: DiagramModel; /** returns the node or connector that is dragged outside of the diagram */ element: SelectorModel; } /** * IDragOverEventArgs notifies when an element drag over another diagram element * */ export interface IDragOverEventArgs { /** returns the id of the diagram */ diagram: DiagramModel; /** returns the node or connector that is dragged over diagram */ element: SelectorModel; /** returns the node/connector over which the symbol is dragged */ target: SelectorModel; /** returns the mouse position of the node/connector */ mousePosition: PointModel; } /** * ITextEditEventArgs notifies when the label of an element under goes editing */ export interface ITextEditEventArgs { /** returns the old text value of the element */ oldValue: string; /** returns the new text value of the element that is being changed */ newValue: string; /** returns whether or not to cancel the event */ cancel: boolean; } /** * IHistoryChangeArgs notifies when the label of an element under goes editing * */ export interface IHistoryChangeArgs { /** returns a collection of objects that are changed in the last undo/redo */ source: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; /** returns an array of objects, where each object represents the changes made in last undo/redo */ change: SelectorModel; /** returns the cause of the event */ cause: string; } /** * IDropEventArgs notifies when the element is dropped in the diagram * */ export interface IDropEventArgs { /** returns node or connector that is being dropped */ element: NodeModel | ConnectorModel | SelectorModel; /** returns the object from where the element is dragged */ source?: Object; /** returns the object over which the object will be dropped */ target: NodeModel | ConnectorModel | DiagramModel; /** returns the position of the object */ position: PointModel; /** returns whether or not to cancel the drop event */ cancel: boolean; } /** @private */ export interface StackEntryObject { targetIndex?: number; target?: NodeModel; sourceIndex?: number; source?: NodeModel; } /** * IExpandStateChangeEventArgs notifies when the icon is changed * @private */ export interface IExpandStateChangeEventArgs { /** returns node that is being changed the icon */ element?: NodeModel; /** returns whether or not to expanded */ state?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/interface/interfaces.d.ts /** * Defines the context menu item model. */ export interface ContextMenuItemModel extends navigations.MenuItemModel { /** * Define the target to show the menu item. */ target?: string; } export interface ZoomOptions { /** * Sets the factor by which we can zoom in or zoom out */ zoomFactor?: number; /** Allows to read the focus value of diagram */ focusPoint?: PointModel; /** Defines the zoom type as zoomIn or ZoomOut */ type?: ZoomTypes; } /** * Defines the intensity of the color as an integer between 0 and 255. */ export interface ColorValue { /** * Defines the intensity of the red color as an integer between 0 and 255. */ r?: number; /** * Defines the intensity of the green color as an integer between 0 and 255. */ g?: number; /** * Defines the intensity of the blue color as an integer between 0 and 255. */ b?: number; } /** * Defines the options to export diagrams */ export interface IPrintOptions { /** * Sets the width of the page to be printed * @default null */ pageWidth?: number; /** * Sets the height of the page to be printed * @default null */ pageHeight?: number; /** * Sets the margin of the page to be printed * @default new Margin(0,0,0,0) */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Sets the orientation of the page to be printed * * Landscape - Display with page Width is more than the page Height. * * Portrait - Display with page Height is more than the page width. * @default 'Landscape' */ pageOrientation?: PageOrientation; /** * Defines whether the diagram has to be exported as single or multiple images * @default false */ multiplePage?: boolean; /** * Sets the region for the print settings * * PageSettings - The region to be exported/printed will be based on the given page settings * * Content - Only the content of the diagram control will be exported * * CustomBounds - The region to be exported will be explicitly defined * @default 'PageSettings' */ region?: DiagramRegions; /** * Sets the aspect ratio of the exported image * * None - Sets the stretch type for diagram as None * * Stretch - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Stretch * * Meet - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Meet * * Slice - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Slice * @default Stretch */ stretch?: Stretch; } /** * Defines the options to export diagrams */ export interface IExportOptions extends IPrintOptions { /** * Sets the file name of the exported image * @default('') */ fileName?: string; /** * Sets the file format to save the file * * JPG - Save the file in JPG Format * * PNG - Saves the file in PNG Format * * BMP - Save the file in BMP Format * * SVG - save the file in SVG format * @default('') */ format?: FileFormats; /** * Sets the Mode for the file to be downloaded * * Download - Downloads the diagram as image * * Data - Sends the diagram as ImageUrl * @default('') */ mode?: ExportModes; /** * Sets the region that has to be exported * @default (0) */ bounds?: Rect; /** * Sets the printOptions that has to be printed * @default false */ printOptions?: boolean; } /** Interface to cancel the diagram context menu click event */ export interface DiagramMenuEventArgs extends navigations.MenuEventArgs { cancel?: boolean; } /** Defines the event before opening the context menu */ export interface DiagramBeforeMenuOpenEventArgs extends navigations.BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs { /** Defines the hidden items of the diagram context menu */ hiddenItems: string[]; } /** * Defines how the diagram has to be fit into the viewport */ export interface IFitOptions { /** * Defines whether the diagram has to be horizontally/vertically fit into the viewport */ mode?: FitModes; /** * Defines the region that has to be fit into the viewport */ region?: DiagramRegions; /** * Defines the space to be left between the viewport and the content */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Enables/Disables zooming to fit the smaller content into larger viewport */ canZoomIn?: boolean; /** * Defines the custom region that has to be fit into the viewport */ customBounds?: Rect; } /** @private */ export interface ITouches { pageX?: number; pageY?: number; pointerId?: number; } /** @private */ export interface View { mode: RenderingMode; removeDocument: Function; updateView: Function; renderDocument: Function; element: HTMLElement; contentWidth?: number; contentHeight?: number; diagramLayer: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGGElement; id: string; diagramRenderer: DiagramRenderer; } /** @private */ export interface ActiveLabel { id: string; parentId: string; isGroup: boolean; } /** @private */ export interface IDataSource { dataSource: object; isBinding: boolean; nodes: NodeModel[]; connectors: ConnectorModel[]; } /** @private */ export interface IFields { id: string; sourceID: string; targetID: string; sourcePointX: number; sourcePointY: number; targetPointX: number; targetPointY: number; crudAction: { customFields: string[]; }; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/layout-animation.d.ts /** * Layout Animation function to enable or disable layout animation */ export class LayoutAnimation { private protectChange; /** * Layout expand function for animation of expand and collapse */ expand(animation: boolean, objects: ILayout, node: Node, diagram: Diagram): void; /** * Setinterval and Clear interval for layout animation */ /** @private */ layoutAnimation(objValue: ILayout, layoutTimer: Object, stop: boolean, diagram: Diagram, node?: NodeModel): void; /** * update the node opacity for the node and connector once the layout animation starts */ updateOpacity(source: Node, value: number, diagram: Diagram): void; /** * To destroy the LayoutAnimate module * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/node-base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class NodeBase */ export interface NodeBaseModel { /** * Represents the unique id of nodes/connectors * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * Defines the visual order of the node/connector in DOM * @default -1 */ zIndex?: number; /** * Defines the space to be left between the node and its immediate parent * @default {} */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Sets the visibility of the node/connector * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * Defines the collection of connection points of nodes/connectors * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ ports?: PointPortModel[]; /** * Defines whether the node is expanded or not * @default true */ isExpanded?: boolean; /** * defines the tooltip for the node * @default {} */ tooltip?: DiagramTooltipModel; /** * Defines the expanded state of a node * @default {} */ expandIcon?: IconShapeModel; /** * Defines the collapsed state of a node * @default {} */ collapseIcon?: IconShapeModel; /** * Defines whether the node should be automatically positioned or not. Applicable, if layout option is enabled. * @default false */ excludeFromLayout?: boolean; /** * Allows the user to save custom information/data about a node/connector * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ addInfo?: Object; /** * Flip the element in Horizontal/Vertical directions * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default None */ flip?: FlipDirection; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/node-base.d.ts /** * Defines the common behavior of nodes, connectors and groups */ export abstract class NodeBase extends base.ChildProperty<NodeBase> { /** * Represents the unique id of nodes/connectors * @default '' */ id: string; /** * Defines the visual order of the node/connector in DOM * @default -1 */ zIndex: number; /** * Defines the space to be left between the node and its immediate parent * @default {} */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Sets the visibility of the node/connector * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Defines the collection of connection points of nodes/connectors * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ ports: PointPortModel[]; /** * Defines whether the node is expanded or not * @default true */ isExpanded: boolean; /** * defines the tooltip for the node * @default {} */ tooltip: DiagramTooltipModel; /** * Defines the expanded state of a node * @default {} */ expandIcon: IconShapeModel; /** * Defines the collapsed state of a node * @default {} */ collapseIcon: IconShapeModel; /** * Defines whether the node should be automatically positioned or not. Applicable, if layout option is enabled. * @default false */ excludeFromLayout: boolean; /** * Allows the user to save custom information/data about a node/connector * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ addInfo: Object; /** * Flip the element in Horizontal/Vertical directions * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default None */ flip: FlipDirection; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/node-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Shape */ export interface ShapeModel { /** * Defines the type of node shape * * Path - Sets the type of the node as Path * * Text - Sets the type of the node as Text * * Image - Sets the type of the node as Image * * Basic - Sets the type of the node as Basic * * Flow - Sets the type of the node as Flow * * Bpmn - Sets the type of the node as Bpmn * * Native - Sets the type of the node as Native * * HTML - Sets the type of the node as HTML * * UMLActivity - Sets the type of the node as UMLActivity * @default 'Basic' */ type?: Shapes; } /** * Interface for a class Path */ export interface PathModel extends ShapeModel{ /** * Defines the type of node shape * @default 'Basic' */ type?: Shapes; /** * Defines the geometry of a path * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'Path', data: 'M540.3643,137.9336L546.7973,159.7016L570.3633,159.7296'+ * 'L550.7723,171.9366L558.9053,194.9966L540.3643,179.4996L521.8223,194.9966L529.9553,171.9366'+ * 'L510.3633,159.7296L533.9313,159.7016L540.3643,137.9336z' } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '' */ data?: string; } /** * Interface for a class Native */ export interface NativeModel extends ShapeModel{ /** * Defines the type of node shape. * @default 'Basic' */ type?: Shapes; /** * Defines the geometry of a native element. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, * shape: { scale: 'Stretch', * type: 'Native', content: '<g><path d='M90,43.841c0,24.213-19.779,43.841-44.182,43.841c-7.747,0-15.025-1.98-21.357-5.455'+ * 'L0,90l7.975-23.522' + * 'c-4.023-6.606-6.34-14.354-6.34-22.637C1.635,19.628,21.416,0,45.818,0C70.223,0,90,19.628,90,43.841z M45.818,6.982' + * 'c-20.484,0-37.146,16.535-37.146,36.859c0,8.065,2.629,15.534,7.076,21.61L11.107,79.14l14.275-4.537' + * 'c5.865,3.851,12.891,6.097,20.437,6.097c20.481,0,37.146-16.533,37.146-36.857S66.301,6.982,45.818,6.982z M68.129,53.938' + * 'c-0.273-0.447-0.994-0.717-2.076-1.254c-1.084-0.537-6.41-3.138-7.4-3.495c-0.993-0.358-1.717-0.538-2.438,0.537' + * 'c-0.721,1.076-2.797,3.495-3.43,4.212c-0.632,0.719-1.263,0.809-2.347,0.271c-1.082-0.537-4.571-1.673-8.708-5.333' + * 'c-3.219-2.848-5.393-6.364-6.025-7.441c-0.631-1.075-0.066-1.656,0.475-2.191c0.488-0.482,1.084-1.255,1.625-1.882' + * 'c0.543-0.628,0.723-1.075,1.082-1.793c0.363-0.717,0.182-1.344-0.09-1.883c-0.27-0.537-2.438-5.825-3.34-7.977' + * 'c-0.902-2.15-1.803-1.792-2.436-1.792c-0.631,0-1.354-0.09-2.076-0.09c-0.722,0-1.896,0.269-2.889,1.344' + * 'c-0.992,1.076-3.789,3.676-3.789,8.963c0,5.288,3.879,10.397,4.422,11.113c0.541,0.716,7.49,11.92,18.5,16.223' + * 'C58.2,65.771,58.2,64.336,60.186,64.156c1.984-0.179,6.406-2.599,7.312-5.107C68.398,56.537,68.398,54.386,68.129,53.938z'>'+ * '</path></g>', * } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '' */ content?: string | SVGElement; /** * Defines the scale of the native element. * * None - Sets the stretch type for diagram as None * * Stretch - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Stretch * * Meet - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Meet * * Slice - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Slice * @default 'Stretch' */ scale?: Stretch; } /** * Interface for a class Html */ export interface HtmlModel extends ShapeModel{ /** * Defines the type of node shape. * @default 'Basic' */ type?: Shapes; /** * Defines the geometry of a html element. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'HTML', * content: '<div style='background:red; height:100%; width:100%; '><input type='button' value='{{:value}}' /></div>' } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '' */ content?: string | HTMLElement; } /** * Interface for a class Image */ export interface ImageModel extends ShapeModel{ /** * Defines the type of node shape * @default 'Basic' */ type?: Shapes; /** * Defines the source of the image * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'Image', source: 'https://www.w3schools.com/images/w3schools_green.jpg' } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '' */ source?: string; /** * Allows to stretch the image as you desired (either to maintain proportion or to stretch) * * None - Scale value will be set as None for the image * * Meet - Scale value Meet will be set for the image * * Slice - Scale value Slice will be set for the image * @default '' */ scale?: Scale; /** * Defines the alignment of the image within the node boundary. * * None - Alignment value will be set as none * * XMinYMin - smallest X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * * XMidYMin - midpoint X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * * XMaxYMin - maximum X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * * XMinYMid - smallest X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * * XMidYMid - midpoint X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * * XMaxYMid - maximum X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * * XMinYMax - smallest X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port * * XMidYMax - midpoint X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port * * XMaxYMax - maximum X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port * @default 'None' */ align?: ImageAlignment; } /** * Interface for a class Text */ export interface TextModel extends ShapeModel{ /** * Defines the type of node shape * @default 'Basic' */ type?: Shapes; /** * Defines the content of a text * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'Text', content: 'Text Element' } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '' */ content?: string; /** * Defines the space to be let between the node and its immediate parent * @default 0 */ margin?: MarginModel; } /** * Interface for a class BasicShape */ export interface BasicShapeModel extends ShapeModel{ /** * Defines the type of node shape * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let shape: BasicShapeModel = { type: 'Basic', shape: 'Rectangle' }; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, shape: shape * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'Basic' */ type?: Shapes; /** * Defines the type of the basic shape * * Rectangle - Sets the type of the basic shape as Rectangle * * Ellipse - Sets the type of the basic shape as Ellipse * * Hexagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Hexagon * * Parallelogram - Sets the type of the basic shape as Parallelogram * * Triangle - Sets the type of the basic shape as Triangle * * Plus - Sets the type of the basic shape as Plus * * Star - Sets the type of the basic shape as Star * * Pentagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Pentagon * * Heptagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Heptagon * * Octagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Octagon * * Trapezoid - Sets the type of the basic shape as Trapezoid * * Decagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Decagon * * RightTriangle - Sets the type of the basic shape as RightTriangle * * Cylinder - Sets the type of the basic shape as Cylinder * * Diamond - Sets the type of the basic shape as Diamond * @default 'Rectangle' */ shape?: BasicShapes; /** * Sets the corner of the node * @default 0 */ cornerRadius?: number; /** * Defines the collection of points to draw a polygon * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ points?: PointModel[]; } /** * Interface for a class FlowShape */ export interface FlowShapeModel extends ShapeModel{ /** * Defines the type of node shape * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'Flow', shape: 'Terminator' }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'Basic' */ type?: Shapes; /** * Defines the type of the flow shape * * Process - Sets the type of the flow shape as Process * * Decision - Sets the type of the flow shape as Decision * * Document - Sets the type of the flow shape as Document * * PreDefinedProcess - Sets the type of the flow shape as PreDefinedProcess * * Terminator - Sets the type of the flow shape as Terminator * * PaperTap - Sets the type of the flow shape as PaperTap * * DirectData - Sets the type of the flow shape as DirectData * * SequentialData - Sets the type of the flow shape as SequentialData * * MultiData - Sets the type of the flow shape as MultiData * * Collate - Sets the type of the flow shape as Collate * * SummingJunction - Sets the type of the flow shape as SummingJunction * * Or - Sets the type of the flow shape as Or * * InternalStorage - Sets the type of the flow shape as InternalStorage * * Extract - Sets the type of the flow shape as Extract * * ManualOperation - Sets the type of the flow shape as ManualOperation * * Merge - Sets the type of the flow shape as Merge * * OffPageReference - Sets the type of the flow shape as OffPageReference * * SequentialAccessStorage - Sets the type of the flow shape as SequentialAccessStorage * * Annotation - Sets the type of the flow shape as Annotation * * Annotation2 - Sets the type of the flow shape as Annotation2 * * Data - Sets the type of the flow shape as Data * * Card - Sets the type of the flow shape as Card * * Delay - Sets the type of the flow shape as Delay * * Preparation - Sets the type of the flow shape as Preparation * * Display - Sets the type of the flow shape as Display * * ManualInput - Sets the type of the flow shape as ManualInput * * LoopLimit - Sets the type of the flow shape as LoopLimit * * StoredData - Sets the type of the flow shape as StoredData * @default '' */ shape?: FlowShapes; } /** * Interface for a class BpmnGateway */ export interface BpmnGatewayModel { /** * Defines the type of the BPMN Gateway * * None - Sets the type of the gateway as None * * Exclusive - Sets the type of the gateway as Exclusive * * Inclusive - Sets the type of the gateway as Inclusive * * base.Complex - Sets the type of the gateway as base.Complex * * EventBased - Sets the type of the gateway as EventBased * * ExclusiveEventBased - Sets the type of the gateway as ExclusiveEventBased * * ParallelEventBased - Sets the type of the gateway as ParallelEventBased * @default 'None' */ type?: BpmnGateways; } /** * Interface for a class BpmnDataObject */ export interface BpmnDataObjectModel { /** * Defines the type of the BPMN data object * * None - Sets the type of the data object as None * * Input - Sets the type of the data object as Input * * Output - Sets the type of the data object as Output * @default 'None' */ type?: BpmnDataObjects; /** * Sets whether the data object is a collection or not * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'DataObject', * dataObject: { collection: false, type: 'Input' } * } as BpmnShapeModel, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default false */ collection?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class BpmnTask */ export interface BpmnTaskModel { /** * Defines the type of the task * * None - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as None * * Service - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Service * * Receive - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Receive * * Send - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Send * * InstantiatingReceive - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as InstantiatingReceive * * Manual - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Manual * * BusinessRule - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as BusinessRule * * User - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as User * * Script - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Script * @default 'None' */ type?: BpmnTasks; /** * Defines the type of the BPMN loops * * None - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as None * * Standard - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as Standard * * ParallelMultiInstance - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as ParallelMultiInstance * * SequenceMultiInstance - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as SequenceMultiInstance * @default 'None' */ loop?: BpmnLoops; /** * Sets whether the task is global or not * @default false */ call?: boolean; /** * Sets whether the task is triggered as a compensation of another specific activity * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Activity', activity: { * activity: 'Task', * task: { call: true, compensation: false, type: 'Service', loop: 'ParallelMultiInstance' } * }} as BpmnShapeModel, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default false */ compensation?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class BpmnEvent */ export interface BpmnEventModel { /** * * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Event', * event: { event: 'Start', trigger: 'None' } } as BpmnShapeModel, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ event?: BpmnEvents; /** * Defines the type of the trigger * * None - Sets the type of the trigger as None * * Message - Sets the type of the trigger as Message * * Escalation - Sets the type of the trigger as Escalation * * Link - Sets the type of the trigger as Link * * Error - Sets the type of the trigger as Error * * Compensation - Sets the type of the trigger as Compensation * * Signal - Sets the type of the trigger as Signal * * Multiple - Sets the type of the trigger as Multiple * * Parallel - Sets the type of the trigger as Parallel * * Cancel - Sets the type of the trigger as Cancel * * Conditional - Sets the type of the trigger as Conditional * * Terminate - Sets the type of the trigger as Terminate * @default 'None' */ trigger?: BpmnTriggers; } /** * Interface for a class BpmnSubEvent */ export interface BpmnSubEventModel { /** * Defines the type of the trigger * * None - Sets the type of the trigger as None * * Message - Sets the type of the trigger as Message * * Escalation - Sets the type of the trigger as Escalation * * Link - Sets the type of the trigger as Link * * Error - Sets the type of the trigger as Error * * Compensation - Sets the type of the trigger as Compensation * * Signal - Sets the type of the trigger as Signal * * Multiple - Sets the type of the trigger as Multiple * * Parallel - Sets the type of the trigger as Parallel * * Cancel - Sets the type of the trigger as Cancel * * Conditional - Sets the type of the trigger as Conditional * * Terminate - Sets the type of the trigger as Terminate * @default 'None' */ trigger?: BpmnTriggers; /** * Sets the type of the BPMN Event * * Start - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as Start * * Intermediate - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as Intermediate * * End - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as End * * NonInterruptingStart - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as NonInterruptingStart * * NonInterruptingIntermediate - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as NonInterruptingIntermediate * * ThrowingIntermediate - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as ThrowingIntermediate * @default 'Start' */ event?: BpmnEvents; /** * Sets the id of the BPMN sub event * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * Defines the position of the sub event * @default new Point(0.5,0.5) */ offset?: PointModel; /** * Defines the collection of textual annotations of the sub events * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ annotations?: ShapeAnnotationModel[]; /** * Defines the collection of connection points of the sub events * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ ports?: PointPortModel[]; /** * Sets the width of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ width?: number; /** * Sets the height of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height?: number; /** * Defines the space to be left between the node and its immediate parent * @default 0 */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Sets how to horizontally align a node with respect to its immediate parent * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent * * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ horizontalAlignment?: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Sets how to vertically align a node with respect to its immediate parent * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent * * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ verticalAlignment?: VerticalAlignment; /** * Sets the visibility of the sub event * @default true */ visible?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class BpmnTransactionSubProcess * @private */ export interface BpmnTransactionSubProcessModel { /** * Defines the size and position of the success port */ success?: BpmnSubEventModel; /** * Defines the size and position of the failure port */ failure?: BpmnSubEventModel; /** * Defines the size and position of the cancel port */ cancel?: BpmnSubEventModel; } /** * Interface for a class BpmnSubProcess */ export interface BpmnSubProcessModel { /** * Defines the type of the sub process * * None - Sets the type of the Sub process as None * * Transaction - Sets the type of the Sub process as Transaction * * Event - Sets the type of the Sub process as Event * @default 'None' */ type?: BpmnSubProcessTypes; /** * Defines whether the sub process is without any prescribed order or not * @default false */ adhoc?: boolean; /** * * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Activity', activity: { * activity: 'SubProcess', * subProcess: { adhoc: false, boundary: 'Default', collapsed: true } * }, * } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ boundary?: BpmnBoundary; /** * Defines the whether the task is triggered as a compensation of another task * @default false */ compensation?: boolean; /** * Defines the type of the BPMNLoop * * None - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as None * * Standard - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as Standard * * ParallelMultiInstance - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as ParallelMultiInstance * * SequenceMultiInstance - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as SequenceMultiInstance * @default 'None' */ loop?: BpmnLoops; /** * Defines the whether the shape is collapsed or not * @default true */ collapsed?: boolean; /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let node1: NodeModel = { * id: 'node1', width: 190, height: 190, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 200, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Activity', activity: { * activity: 'SubProcess', * subProcess: { * type: 'Event', loop: 'ParallelMultiInstance', * compensation: true, adhoc: false, boundary: 'Event', collapsed: true, * events: [{ * height: 20, width: 20, offset: { x: 0, y: 0 }, margin: { left: 10, top: 10 }, * horizontalAlignment: 'Left', * verticalAlignment: 'Top', * annotations: [{ * id: 'label3', margin: { bottom: 10 }, * horizontalAlignment: 'Center', * verticalAlignment: 'Top', * content: 'Event', offset: { x: 0.5, y: 1 }, * style: { * color: 'black', fontFamily: 'Fantasy', fontSize: 8 * } * }], * event: 'Intermediate', trigger: 'Error' * }] * } * } * } * }; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ events?: BpmnSubEventModel[]; /** * Defines the transaction sub process */ transaction?: BpmnTransactionSubProcessModel; /** * Defines the transaction sub process * @default [] */ processes?: string[]; } /** * Interface for a class BpmnActivity */ export interface BpmnActivityModel { /** * Defines the type of the activity * * None - Sets the type of the Bpmn Activity as None * * Task - Sets the type of the Bpmn Activity as Task * * SubProcess - Sets the type of the Bpmn Activity as SubProcess * @default 'Task' */ activity?: BpmnActivities; /** * Defines the BPMN task * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Activity', activity: { * activity: 'Task', task: { * type: 'Service' * } * } * }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'new BPMNTask()' */ task?: BpmnTaskModel; /** * Defines the type of the SubProcesses * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Activity', activity: { * activity: 'SubProcess', * subProcess: { collapsed: true } as BpmnSubProcessModel * } * }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'None' */ subProcess?: BpmnSubProcessModel; } /** * Interface for a class BpmnAnnotation */ export interface BpmnAnnotationModel { /** * Sets the text to annotate the bpmn shape * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * Sets the id of the BPMN sub event * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * Sets the angle between the bpmn shape and the annotation * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ angle?: number; /** * Sets the height of the text * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height?: number; /** * Sets the width of the text * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ width?: number; /** * Sets the distance between the bpmn shape and the annotation * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ length?: number; } /** * Interface for a class BpmnShape */ export interface BpmnShapeModel extends ShapeModel{ /** * Defines the type of node shape * @default 'Bpmn' */ type?: Shapes; /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Gateway', * gateway: { type: 'EventBased' } as BpmnGatewayModel * } as BpmnShapeModel, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ shape?: BpmnShapes; /** * Defines the type of the BPMN Event shape * @default 'None' */ event?: BpmnEventModel; /** * Defines the type of the BPMN Gateway shape * @default 'None' */ gateway?: BpmnGatewayModel; /** * Defines the type of the BPMN DataObject shape * @default 'None' */ dataObject?: BpmnDataObjectModel; /** * Defines the type of the BPMN Activity shape * @default 'None' */ activity?: BpmnActivityModel; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation * @default 'None' */ annotation?: BpmnAnnotationModel; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation collection * @default 'None' */ annotations?: BpmnAnnotationModel[]; } /** * Interface for a class UmlActivityShape */ export interface UmlActivityShapeModel extends ShapeModel{ /** * Defines the type of node shape * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let shape: UmlActivityShapeModel = { type: 'UMLActivity', shape: 'Action' }; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, shape: shape * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'Basic' */ type?: Shapes; /** * Defines the type of the UMLActivity shape * * Action - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as Action * * Decision - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as Decision * * MergeNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as MergeNode * * InitialNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as InitialNode * * FinalNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as FinalNode * * ForkNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as ForkNode * * JoinNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as JoinNode * * TimeEvent - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as TimeEvent * * AcceptingEvent - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as AcceptingEvent * * SendSignal - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as SendSignal * * ReceiveSignal - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as ReceiveSignal * * StructuredNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as StructuredNode * * Note - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as Note * @default 'Rectangle' * @IgnoreSingular */ shape?: UmlActivityShapes; } /** * Interface for a class MethodArguments */ export interface MethodArgumentsModel { /** * Defines the name of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ name?: string; /** * Defines the type of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ type?: string; /** * Sets the shape style of the node * @default new ShapeStyle() * @aspType object */ style?: ShapeStyleModel | TextStyleModel; } /** * Interface for a class UmlClassAttribute */ export interface UmlClassAttributeModel extends MethodArgumentsModel{ /** * Defines the type of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ scope?: UmlScope; /** * Defines the separator of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ isSeparator?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class UmlClassMethod */ export interface UmlClassMethodModel extends UmlClassAttributeModel{ /** * Defines the type of the arguments * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ parameters?: MethodArgumentsModel[]; } /** * Interface for a class UmlClass */ export interface UmlClassModel { /** * Defines the name of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ name?: string; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation collection * @default 'None' */ attributes?: UmlClassAttributeModel[]; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation collection * @default 'None' */ methods?: UmlClassMethodModel[]; /** * Sets the shape style of the node * @default new ShapeStyle() * @aspType object */ style?: TextStyleModel; } /** * Interface for a class UmlInterface */ export interface UmlInterfaceModel extends UmlClassModel{ /** * Defines the separator of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ isSeparator?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class UmlEnumerationMember */ export interface UmlEnumerationMemberModel { /** * Defines the value of the member * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ name?: string; /** * Defines the value of the member * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ value?: string; /** * Defines the separator of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ isSeparator?: boolean; /** * Sets the shape style of the node * @default new ShapeStyle() * @aspType object */ style?: ShapeStyleModel | TextStyleModel; } /** * Interface for a class UmlEnumeration */ export interface UmlEnumerationModel { /** * Defines the name of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ name?: string; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation collection * @default 'None' */ members?: UmlEnumerationMemberModel[]; /** * Sets the shape style of the node * @default new ShapeStyle() * @aspType object */ style?: ShapeStyleModel | TextStyleModel; } /** * Interface for a class UmlClassifierShape */ export interface UmlClassifierShapeModel extends ShapeModel{ /** * Defines the type of node shape * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let shape: UmlActivityShapeModel = { type: 'UMLActivity', shape: 'Action' }; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, shape: shape * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'Basic' */ type?: Shapes; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation collection * @default 'None' */ class?: UmlClassModel; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation collection * @default 'None' */ interface?: UmlInterfaceModel; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation collection * @default 'None' */ enumeration?: UmlEnumerationModel; /** * Defines the type of classifier * @default 'Class' * @IgnoreSingular */ classifier?: ClassifierShape; } /** * Interface for a class Node */ export interface NodeModel extends NodeBaseModel{ /** * Defines the collection of textual annotations of nodes/connectors * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ annotations?: ShapeAnnotationModel[]; /** * Sets the x-coordinate of the position of the node * @default 0 */ offsetX?: number; /** * Sets the y-coordinate of the position of the node * @default 0 */ offsetY?: number; /** * Sets the reference point, that will act as the offset values(offsetX, offsetY) of a node * @default new Point(0.5,0.5) */ pivot?: PointModel; /** * Sets the width of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ width?: number; /** * Sets the height of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height?: number; /** * Sets the minimum width of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ minWidth?: number; /** * Sets the minimum height of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ minHeight?: number; /** * Sets the maximum width of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ maxWidth?: number; /** * Sets the maximum height of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ maxHeight?: number; /** * Sets the rotate angle of the node * @default 0 */ rotateAngle?: number; /** * Sets the shape style of the node * @default new ShapeStyle() * @aspType object */ style?: ShapeStyleModel | TextStyleModel; /** * Sets the background color of the shape * @default 'transparent' */ backgroundColor?: string; /** * Sets the border color of the node * @default 'none' */ borderColor?: string; /** * Sets the border width of the node * @default 0 */ borderWidth?: number; /** * Sets the data source of the node */ data?: Object; /** * Defines the shape of a node * @default Basic Shape * @aspType object */ shape?: ShapeModel | FlowShapeModel | BasicShapeModel | ImageModel | PathModel | TextModel | BpmnShapeModel | NativeModel | HtmlModel | UmlActivityShapeModel | UmlClassifierShapeModel | SwimLaneModel; /** * Sets or gets the UI of a node * @default null */ wrapper?: Container; /** * Enables/Disables certain features of nodes * * None - Disable all node Constraints * * Select - Enables node to be selected * * Drag - Enables node to be Dragged * * Rotate - Enables node to be Rotate * * Shadow - Enables node to display shadow * * PointerEvents - Enables node to provide pointer option * * Delete - Enables node to delete * * InConnect - Enables node to provide in connect option * * OutConnect - Enables node to provide out connect option * * Individual - Enables node to provide individual resize option * * Expandable - Enables node to provide Expandable option * * AllowDrop - Enables node to provide allow to drop option * * Inherit - Enables node to inherit the interaction option * * ResizeNorthEast - Enable ResizeNorthEast of the node * * ResizeEast - Enable ResizeEast of the node * * ResizeSouthEast - Enable ResizeSouthEast of the node * * ResizeSouth - Enable ResizeSouthWest of the node * * ResizeSouthWest - Enable ResizeSouthWest of the node * * ResizeSouth - Enable ResizeSouth of the node * * ResizeSouthWest - Enable ResizeSouthWest of the node * * ResizeWest - Enable ResizeWest of the node * * ResizeNorth - Enable ResizeNorth of the node * * Resize - Enables the Aspect ratio fo the node * * AspectRatio - Enables the Aspect ratio fo the node * * Tooltip - Enables or disables tool tip for the Nodes * * InheritTooltip - Enables or disables tool tip for the Nodes * * ReadOnly - Enables the ReadOnly support for Annotation * @default 'Default' * @aspNumberEnum */ constraints?: NodeConstraints; /** * Defines the shadow of a shape/path * @default null */ shadow?: ShadowModel; /** * Defines the children of group element * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ children?: string[]; /** * Defines the type of the container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ container?: ChildContainerModel; /** * Sets the horizontalAlignment of the node * @default 'Stretch' */ horizontalAlignment?: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Sets the verticalAlignment of the node * @default 'Stretch' */ verticalAlignment?: VerticalAlignment; /** * Used to define the rows for the grid container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ rows?: RowDefinition[]; /** * Used to define the column for the grid container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ columns?: ColumnDefinition[]; /** * Used to define a index of row in the grid * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ rowIndex?: number; /** * Used to define a index of column in the grid * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ columnIndex?: number; /** * Merge the row use the property in the grid container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ rowSpan?: number; /** * Merge the column use the property in the grid container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ columnSpan?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Header */ export interface HeaderModel { /** * Sets the id of the header * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * Sets the content of the header * @default '' */ annotation?: Annotation; /** * Sets the style of the header * @default '' */ style?: ShapeStyleModel; /** * Sets the height of the header * @default 50 */ height?: number; /** * Sets the width of the header * @default 50 */ width?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Lane */ export interface LaneModel { /** * Sets the id of the lane * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * Sets style of the lane * @default '' */ style?: ShapeStyleModel; /** * Defines the collection of child nodes * @default [] */ children?: NodeModel[]; /** * Defines the height of the phase * @default 100 */ height?: number; /** * Defines the height of the phase * @default 100 */ width?: number; /** * Defines the collection of header in the phase. * @default new Header() */ header?: HeaderModel; } /** * Interface for a class Phase */ export interface PhaseModel { /** * Sets the id of the phase * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * Sets the style of the lane * @default '' */ style?: ShapeStyleModel; /** * Sets the header collection of the phase * @default new Header() */ header?: HeaderModel; /** * Sets the offset of the lane * @default 100 */ offset?: number; } /** * Interface for a class SwimLane */ export interface SwimLaneModel extends ShapeModel{ /** * Defines the type of node shape. * @default 'Basic' */ type?: Shapes; /** * Defines the size of phase. * @default 20 */ phaseSize?: number; /** * Defines the collection of phases. * @default 'undefined' */ phases?: PhaseModel[]; /** * Defines the orientation of the swimLane * @default 'Horizontal' */ orientation?: Orientation; /** * Defines the collection of lanes * @default 'undefined' */ lanes?: LaneModel[]; /** * Defines the collection of header * @default 'undefined' */ header?: HeaderModel; /** * Defines the whether the shape is a lane or not * @default false */ isLane?: boolean; /** * Defines the whether the shape is a phase or not * @default false */ isPhase?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class ChildContainer * @private */ export interface ChildContainerModel { /** * Defines the type of the container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default Canvas */ type?: ContainerTypes; /** * Defines the type of the swimLane orientation. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ orientation?: Orientation; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/node.d.ts /** * Defines the behavior of default shape */ export class Shape extends base.ChildProperty<Shape> { /** * Defines the type of node shape * * Path - Sets the type of the node as Path * * Text - Sets the type of the node as Text * * Image - Sets the type of the node as Image * * Basic - Sets the type of the node as Basic * * Flow - Sets the type of the node as Flow * * Bpmn - Sets the type of the node as Bpmn * * Native - Sets the type of the node as Native * * HTML - Sets the type of the node as HTML * * UMLActivity - Sets the type of the node as UMLActivity * @default 'Basic' */ type: Shapes; } /** * Defines the behavior of path shape */ export class Path extends Shape { /** * Defines the type of node shape * @default 'Basic' */ type: Shapes; /** * Defines the geometry of a path * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'Path', data: 'M540.3643,137.9336L546.7973,159.7016L570.3633,159.7296'+ * 'L550.7723,171.9366L558.9053,194.9966L540.3643,179.4996L521.8223,194.9966L529.9553,171.9366'+ * 'L510.3633,159.7296L533.9313,159.7016L540.3643,137.9336z' } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '' */ data: string; /** * @private * Returns the name of class Path */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of Native shape */ export class Native extends Shape { /** * Defines the type of node shape. * @default 'Basic' */ type: Shapes; /** * Defines the geometry of a native element. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, * shape: { scale: 'Stretch', * type: 'Native', content: '<g><path d='M90,43.841c0,24.213-19.779,43.841-44.182,43.841c-7.747,0-15.025-1.98-21.357-5.455'+ * 'L0,90l7.975-23.522' + * 'c-4.023-6.606-6.34-14.354-6.34-22.637C1.635,19.628,21.416,0,45.818,0C70.223,0,90,19.628,90,43.841z M45.818,6.982' + * 'c-20.484,0-37.146,16.535-37.146,36.859c0,8.065,2.629,15.534,7.076,21.61L11.107,79.14l14.275-4.537' + * 'c5.865,3.851,12.891,6.097,20.437,6.097c20.481,0,37.146-16.533,37.146-36.857S66.301,6.982,45.818,6.982z M68.129,53.938' + * 'c-0.273-0.447-0.994-0.717-2.076-1.254c-1.084-0.537-6.41-3.138-7.4-3.495c-0.993-0.358-1.717-0.538-2.438,0.537' + * 'c-0.721,1.076-2.797,3.495-3.43,4.212c-0.632,0.719-1.263,0.809-2.347,0.271c-1.082-0.537-4.571-1.673-8.708-5.333' + * 'c-3.219-2.848-5.393-6.364-6.025-7.441c-0.631-1.075-0.066-1.656,0.475-2.191c0.488-0.482,1.084-1.255,1.625-1.882' + * 'c0.543-0.628,0.723-1.075,1.082-1.793c0.363-0.717,0.182-1.344-0.09-1.883c-0.27-0.537-2.438-5.825-3.34-7.977' + * 'c-0.902-2.15-1.803-1.792-2.436-1.792c-0.631,0-1.354-0.09-2.076-0.09c-0.722,0-1.896,0.269-2.889,1.344' + * 'c-0.992,1.076-3.789,3.676-3.789,8.963c0,5.288,3.879,10.397,4.422,11.113c0.541,0.716,7.49,11.92,18.5,16.223' + * 'C58.2,65.771,58.2,64.336,60.186,64.156c1.984-0.179,6.406-2.599,7.312-5.107C68.398,56.537,68.398,54.386,68.129,53.938z'>'+ * '</path></g>', * } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '' */ content: string | SVGElement; /** * Defines the scale of the native element. * * None - Sets the stretch type for diagram as None * * Stretch - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Stretch * * Meet - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Meet * * Slice - Sets the stretch type for diagram as Slice * @default 'Stretch' */ scale: Stretch; /** * @private * Returns the name of class Native */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of html shape */ export class Html extends Shape { /** * Defines the type of node shape. * @default 'Basic' */ type: Shapes; /** * Defines the geometry of a html element. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'HTML', * content: '<div style='background:red; height:100%; width:100%; '><input type='button' value='{{:value}}' /></div>' } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '' */ content: string | HTMLElement; /** * @private * Returns the name of class Html */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of image shape */ export class Image extends Shape { /** * Defines the type of node shape * @default 'Basic' */ type: Shapes; /** * Defines the source of the image * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'Image', source: 'https://www.w3schools.com/images/w3schools_green.jpg' } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '' */ source: string; /** * Allows to stretch the image as you desired (either to maintain proportion or to stretch) * * None - Scale value will be set as None for the image * * Meet - Scale value Meet will be set for the image * * Slice - Scale value Slice will be set for the image * @default '' */ scale: Scale; /** * Defines the alignment of the image within the node boundary. * * None - Alignment value will be set as none * * XMinYMin - smallest X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * * XMidYMin - midpoint X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * * XMaxYMin - maximum X value of the view port and smallest Y value of the view port * * XMinYMid - smallest X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * * XMidYMid - midpoint X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * * XMaxYMid - maximum X value of the view port and midpoint Y value of the view port * * XMinYMax - smallest X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port * * XMidYMax - midpoint X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port * * XMaxYMax - maximum X value of the view port and maximum Y value of the view port * @default 'None' */ align: ImageAlignment; /** * @private * Returns the name of class Image */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the text shape */ export class Text extends Shape { /** * Defines the type of node shape * @default 'Basic' */ type: Shapes; /** * Defines the content of a text * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'Text', content: 'Text Element' } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes: nodes * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default '' */ content: string; /** * Defines the space to be let between$ the node and its immediate parent * @default 0 */ margin: MarginModel; /** * @private * Returns the name of class Text */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the basic shape */ export class BasicShape extends Shape { /** * Defines the type of node shape * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let shape$: BasicShapeModel = { type: 'Basic', shape: 'Rectangle' }; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, shape: shape * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'Basic' */ type: Shapes; /** * Defines the type of the basic shape * * Rectangle - Sets the type of the basic shape as Rectangle * * Ellipse - Sets the type of the basic shape as Ellipse * * Hexagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Hexagon * * Parallelogram - Sets the type of the basic shape as Parallelogram * * Triangle - Sets the type of the basic shape as Triangle * * Plus - Sets the type of the basic shape as Plus * * Star - Sets the type of the basic shape as Star * * Pentagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Pentagon * * Heptagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Heptagon * * Octagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Octagon * * Trapezoid - Sets the type of the basic shape as Trapezoid * * Decagon - Sets the type of the basic shape as Decagon * * RightTriangle - Sets the type of the basic shape as RightTriangle * * Cylinder - Sets the type of the basic shape as Cylinder * * Diamond - Sets the type of the basic shape as Diamond * @default 'Rectangle' */ shape: BasicShapes; /** * Sets the corner of the node * @default 0 */ cornerRadius: number; /** * Defines the collection of points to draw a polygon * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ points: PointModel[]; /** * @private * Returns the name of class BasicShape */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the flow shape */ export class FlowShape extends Shape { /** * Defines the type of node shape * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { type: 'Flow', shape: 'Terminator' }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'Basic' */ type: Shapes; /** * Defines the type of the flow shape * * Process - Sets the type of the flow shape as Process * * Decision - Sets the type of the flow shape as Decision * * Document - Sets the type of the flow shape as Document * * PreDefinedProcess - Sets the type of the flow shape as PreDefinedProcess * * Terminator - Sets the type of the flow shape as Terminator * * PaperTap - Sets the type of the flow shape as PaperTap * * DirectData - Sets the type of the flow shape as DirectData * * SequentialData - Sets the type of the flow shape as SequentialData * * MultiData - Sets the type of the flow shape as MultiData * * Collate - Sets the type of the flow shape as Collate * * SummingJunction - Sets the type of the flow shape as SummingJunction * * Or - Sets the type of the flow shape as Or * * InternalStorage - Sets the type of the flow shape as InternalStorage * * Extract - Sets the type of the flow shape as Extract * * ManualOperation - Sets the type of the flow shape as ManualOperation * * Merge - Sets the type of the flow shape as Merge * * OffPageReference - Sets the type of the flow shape as OffPageReference * * SequentialAccessStorage - Sets the type of the flow shape as SequentialAccessStorage * * Annotation - Sets the type of the flow shape as Annotation * * Annotation2 - Sets the type of the flow shape as Annotation2 * * Data - Sets the type of the flow shape as Data * * Card - Sets the type of the flow shape as Card * * Delay - Sets the type of the flow shape as Delay * * Preparation - Sets the type of the flow shape as Preparation * * Display - Sets the type of the flow shape as Display * * ManualInput - Sets the type of the flow shape as ManualInput * * LoopLimit - Sets the type of the flow shape as LoopLimit * * StoredData - Sets the type of the flow shape as StoredData * @default '' */ shape: FlowShapes; /** * @private * Returns the name of class FlowShape */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the bpmn gateway shape */ export class BpmnGateway extends base.ChildProperty<BpmnGateway> { /** * Defines the type of the BPMN Gateway * * None - Sets the type of the gateway as None * * Exclusive - Sets the type of the gateway as Exclusive * * Inclusive - Sets the type of the gateway as Inclusive * * Complex - Sets the type of the gateway as Complex * * EventBased - Sets the type of the gateway as EventBased * * ExclusiveEventBased - Sets the type of the gateway as ExclusiveEventBased * * ParallelEventBased - Sets the type of the gateway as ParallelEventBased * @default 'None' */ type: BpmnGateways; /** * @private * Returns the name of class BpmnGateway */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the bpmn data object */ export class BpmnDataObject extends base.ChildProperty<BpmnDataObject> { /** * Defines the type of the BPMN data object * * None - Sets the type of the data object as None * * Input - Sets the type of the data object as Input * * Output - Sets the type of the data object as Output * @default 'None' */ type: BpmnDataObjects; /** * Sets whether the data object is a collection or not * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'DataObject', * dataObject: { collection: false, type: 'Input' } * } as BpmnShapeModel, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default false */ collection: boolean; /** * @private * Returns the name of class BpmnDataObject */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the bpmn task shape */ export class BpmnTask extends base.ChildProperty<BpmnTask> { /** * Defines the type of the task * * None - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as None * * Service - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Service * * Receive - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Receive * * Send - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Send * * InstantiatingReceive - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as InstantiatingReceive * * Manual - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Manual * * BusinessRule - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as BusinessRule * * User - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as User * * Script - Sets the type of the Bpmn Tasks as Script * @default 'None' */ type: BpmnTasks; /** * Defines the type of the BPMN loops * * None - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as None * * Standard - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as Standard * * ParallelMultiInstance - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as ParallelMultiInstance * * SequenceMultiInstance - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as SequenceMultiInstance * @default 'None' */ loop: BpmnLoops; /** * Sets whether the task is global or not * @default false */ call: boolean; /** * Sets whether the task is triggered as a compensation of another specific activity * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Activity', activity: { * activity: 'Task', * task: { call: true, compensation: false, type: 'Service', loop: 'ParallelMultiInstance' } * }} as BpmnShapeModel, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default false */ compensation: boolean; } /** * Defines the behavior of the bpmn Event shape */ export class BpmnEvent extends base.ChildProperty<BpmnEvent> { /** * Sets the type of the BPMN Event * * Start - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as Start * * Intermediate - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as Intermediate * * End - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as End * * NonInterruptingStart - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as NonInterruptingStart * * NonInterruptingIntermediate - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as NonInterruptingIntermediate * * ThrowingIntermediate - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as ThrowingIntermediate * @default 'Start' */ /** * * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Event', * event: { event: 'Start', trigger: 'None' } } as BpmnShapeModel, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ event: BpmnEvents; /** * Defines the type of the trigger * * None - Sets the type of the trigger as None * * Message - Sets the type of the trigger as Message * * Escalation - Sets the type of the trigger as Escalation * * Link - Sets the type of the trigger as Link * * Error - Sets the type of the trigger as Error * * Compensation - Sets the type of the trigger as Compensation * * Signal - Sets the type of the trigger as Signal * * Multiple - Sets the type of the trigger as Multiple * * Parallel - Sets the type of the trigger as Parallel * * Cancel - Sets the type of the trigger as Cancel * * Conditional - Sets the type of the trigger as Conditional * * Terminate - Sets the type of the trigger as Terminate * @default 'None' */ trigger: BpmnTriggers; /** * @private * Returns the name of class BpmnEvent */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the bpmn sub event */ export class BpmnSubEvent extends base.ChildProperty<BpmnSubEvent> { /** * Defines the type of the trigger * * None - Sets the type of the trigger as None * * Message - Sets the type of the trigger as Message * * Escalation - Sets the type of the trigger as Escalation * * Link - Sets the type of the trigger as Link * * Error - Sets the type of the trigger as Error * * Compensation - Sets the type of the trigger as Compensation * * Signal - Sets the type of the trigger as Signal * * Multiple - Sets the type of the trigger as Multiple * * Parallel - Sets the type of the trigger as Parallel * * Cancel - Sets the type of the trigger as Cancel * * Conditional - Sets the type of the trigger as Conditional * * Terminate - Sets the type of the trigger as Terminate * @default 'None' */ trigger: BpmnTriggers; /** * Sets the type of the BPMN Event * * Start - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as Start * * Intermediate - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as Intermediate * * End - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as End * * NonInterruptingStart - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as NonInterruptingStart * * NonInterruptingIntermediate - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as NonInterruptingIntermediate * * ThrowingIntermediate - Sets the type of the Bpmn Event as ThrowingIntermediate * @default 'Start' */ event: BpmnEvents; /** * Sets the id of the BPMN sub event * @default '' */ id: string; /** * Defines the position of the sub event * @default new Point(0.5,0.5) */ offset: PointModel; /** * Defines the collection of textual annotations of the sub events * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ annotations: ShapeAnnotationModel[]; /** * Defines the collection of connection points of the sub events * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ ports: PointPortModel[]; /** * Sets the width of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ width: number; /** * Sets the height of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height: number; /** * Defines the space to be left between the node and its immediate parent * @default 0 */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Sets how to horizontally align a node with respect to its immediate parent * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent * * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ horizontalAlignment: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Sets how to vertically align a node with respect to its immediate parent * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent * * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ verticalAlignment: VerticalAlignment; /** * Sets the visibility of the sub event * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * @private * Returns the name of class BpmnSubEvent */ getClassName(): string; } export class BpmnTransactionSubProcess extends base.ChildProperty<BpmnTransactionSubProcess> { /** * Defines the size and position of the success port */ success: BpmnSubEventModel; /** * Defines the size and position of the failure port */ failure: BpmnSubEventModel; /** * Defines the size and position of the cancel port */ cancel: BpmnSubEventModel; } /** * Defines the behavior of the BPMNSubProcess */ export class BpmnSubProcess extends base.ChildProperty<BpmnSubProcess> { /** * Defines the type of the sub process * * None - Sets the type of the Sub process as None * * Transaction - Sets the type of the Sub process as Transaction * * Event - Sets the type of the Sub process as Event * @default 'None' */ type: BpmnSubProcessTypes; /** * Defines whether the sub process is without any prescribed order or not * @default false */ adhoc: boolean; /** * Defines the boundary type of the BPMN process * * Default - Sets the type of the boundary as Default * * Call - Sets the type of the boundary as Call * * Event - Sets the type of the boundary as Event * @default 'Default' */ /** * * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Activity', activity: { * activity: 'SubProcess', * subProcess: { adhoc: false, boundary: 'Default', collapsed: true } * }, * } * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ boundary: BpmnBoundary; /** * Defines the whether the task is triggered as a compensation of another task * @default false */ compensation: boolean; /** * Defines the type of the BPMNLoop * * None - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as None * * Standard - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as Standard * * ParallelMultiInstance - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as ParallelMultiInstance * * SequenceMultiInstance - Sets the type of the Bpmn loop as SequenceMultiInstance * @default 'None' */ loop: BpmnLoops; /** * Defines the whether the shape is collapsed or not * @default true */ collapsed: boolean; /** * Defines the collection of events of the BPMN sub event * @default 'undefined' */ /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let node1$: NodeModel = { * id: 'node1', width: 190, height: 190, offsetX: 300, offsetY: 200, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Activity', activity: { * activity: 'SubProcess', * subProcess: { * type: 'Event', loop: 'ParallelMultiInstance', * compensation: true, adhoc: false, boundary: 'Event', collapsed: true, * events: [{ * height: 20, width: 20, offset: { x: 0, y: 0 }, margin: { left: 10, top: 10 }, * horizontalAlignment: 'Left', * verticalAlignment: 'Top', * annotations: [{ * id: 'label3', margin: { bottom: 10 }, * horizontalAlignment: 'Center', * verticalAlignment: 'Top', * content: 'Event', offset: { x: 0.5, y: 1 }, * style: { * color: 'black', fontFamily: 'Fantasy', fontSize: 8 * } * }], * event: 'Intermediate', trigger: 'Error' * }] * } * } * } * }; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ events: BpmnSubEventModel[]; /** * Defines the transaction sub process */ transaction: BpmnTransactionSubProcessModel; /** * Defines the transaction sub process * @default [] */ processes: string[]; } /** * Defines the behavior of the bpmn activity shape */ export class BpmnActivity extends base.ChildProperty<BpmnActivity> { /** * Defines the type of the activity * * None - Sets the type of the Bpmn Activity as None * * Task - Sets the type of the Bpmn Activity as Task * * SubProcess - Sets the type of the Bpmn Activity as SubProcess * @default 'Task' */ activity: BpmnActivities; /** * Defines the BPMN task * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Activity', activity: { * activity: 'Task', task: { * type: 'Service' * } * } * }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'new BPMNTask()' */ task: BpmnTaskModel; /** * Defines the type of the SubProcesses * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Activity', activity: { * activity: 'SubProcess', * subProcess: { collapsed: true } as BpmnSubProcessModel * } * }, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'None' */ subProcess: BpmnSubProcessModel; /** * @private * Returns the name of class BpmnActivity */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the bpmn annotation */ export class BpmnAnnotation extends base.ChildProperty<BpmnAnnotation> { constructor(parent: any, propName: string, defaultValue: Object, isArray?: boolean); /** * Sets the text to annotate the bpmn shape * @default '' */ text: string; /** * Sets the id of the BPMN sub event * @default '' */ id: string; /** * Sets the angle between the bpmn shape and the annotation * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ angle: number; /** * Sets the height of the text * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height: number; /** * Sets the width of the text * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ width: number; /** * Sets the distance between the bpmn shape and the annotation * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ length: number; /** @private */ nodeId: string; /** * @private * Returns the name of class BpmnAnnotation */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the bpmn shape */ export class BpmnShape extends Shape { /** * Defines the type of node shape * @default 'Bpmn' */ type: Shapes; /** * Defines the type of the BPMN shape * * Event - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Event * * Gateway - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Gateway * * Message - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Message * * DataObject - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as DataObject * * DataSource - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as DataSource * * Activity - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Activity * * Group - Sets the type of the Bpmn Shape as Group * * TextAnnotation - Represents the shape as Text Annotation * @default 'Event' */ /** * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * shape: { * type: 'Bpmn', shape: 'Gateway', * gateway: { type: 'EventBased' } as BpmnGatewayModel * } as BpmnShapeModel, * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` */ shape: BpmnShapes; /** * Defines the type of the BPMN Event shape * @default 'None' */ event: BpmnEventModel; /** * Defines the type of the BPMN Gateway shape * @default 'None' */ gateway: BpmnGatewayModel; /** * Defines the type of the BPMN DataObject shape * @default 'None' */ dataObject: BpmnDataObjectModel; /** * Defines the type of the BPMN Activity shape * @default 'None' */ activity: BpmnActivityModel; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation * @default 'None' */ annotation: BpmnAnnotationModel; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation collection * @default 'None' */ annotations: BpmnAnnotationModel[]; /** * @private * Returns the name of class BpmnShape */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the UMLActivity shape */ export class UmlActivityShape extends Shape { /** * Defines the type of node shape * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let shape$: UmlActivityShapeModel = { type: 'UMLActivity', shape: 'Action' }; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, shape: shape * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'Basic' */ type: Shapes; /** * Defines the type of the UMLActivity shape * * Action - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as Action * * Decision - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as Decision * * MergeNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as MergeNode * * InitialNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as InitialNode * * FinalNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as FinalNode * * ForkNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as ForkNode * * JoinNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as JoinNode * * TimeEvent - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as TimeEvent * * AcceptingEvent - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as AcceptingEvent * * SendSignal - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as SendSignal * * ReceiveSignal - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as ReceiveSignal * * StructuredNode - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as StructuredNode * * Note - Sets the type of the UMLActivity Shape as Note * @default 'Rectangle' * @IgnoreSingular */ shape: UmlActivityShapes; /** * @private * Returns the name of class UmlActivityShape */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the uml class method */ export class MethodArguments extends base.ChildProperty<MethodArguments> { /** * Defines the name of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ name: string; /** * Defines the type of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ type: string; /** * Sets the shape style of the node * @default new ShapeStyle() * @aspType object */ style: ShapeStyleModel | TextStyleModel; /** * @private * Returns the name of class MethodArguments */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the uml class attributes */ export class UmlClassAttribute extends MethodArguments { /** * Defines the type of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ scope: UmlScope; /** * Defines the separator of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ isSeparator: boolean; /** * @private * Returns the name of class UmlClassAttribute */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the uml class method */ export class UmlClassMethod extends UmlClassAttribute { /** * Defines the type of the arguments * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ parameters: MethodArgumentsModel[]; /** * @private * Returns the name of class UmlClassMethod */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the uml class shapes */ export class UmlClass extends base.ChildProperty<UmlClass> { /** * Defines the name of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ name: string; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation collection * @default 'None' */ attributes: UmlClassAttributeModel[]; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation collection * @default 'None' */ methods: UmlClassMethodModel[]; /** * Sets the shape style of the node * @default new ShapeStyle() * @aspType object */ style: TextStyleModel; /** * @private * Returns the name of class UmlClass */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the uml interface shapes */ export class UmlInterface extends UmlClass { /** * Defines the separator of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ isSeparator: boolean; /** * @private * Returns the name of class UmlInterface */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the uml interface shapes */ export class UmlEnumerationMember extends base.ChildProperty<UmlEnumerationMember> { /** * Defines the value of the member * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ name: string; /** * Defines the value of the member * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ value: string; /** * Defines the separator of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ isSeparator: boolean; /** * Sets the shape style of the node * @default new ShapeStyle() * @aspType object */ style: ShapeStyleModel | TextStyleModel; /** * @private * Returns the name of class UmlEnumerationMember */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the uml interface shapes */ export class UmlEnumeration extends base.ChildProperty<UmlEnumeration> { /** * Defines the name of the attributes * @default '' * @IgnoreSingular */ name: string; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation collection * @default 'None' */ members: UmlEnumerationMemberModel[]; /** * Sets the shape style of the node * @default new ShapeStyle() * @aspType object */ style: ShapeStyleModel | TextStyleModel; /** * @private * Returns the name of class UmlEnumeration */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of the UMLActivity shape */ export class UmlClassifierShape extends Shape { /** * Defines the type of node shape * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let shape$: UmlActivityShapeModel = { type: 'UMLActivity', shape: 'Action' }; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, shape: shape * }]; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default 'Basic' */ type: Shapes; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation collection * @default 'None' */ class: UmlClassModel; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation collection * @default 'None' */ interface: UmlInterfaceModel; /** * Defines the text of the bpmn annotation collection * @default 'None' */ enumeration: UmlEnumerationModel; /** * Defines the type of classifier * @default 'Class' * @IgnoreSingular */ classifier: ClassifierShape; /** * @private * Returns the name of class UmlClassifierShape */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of nodes */ export class Node extends NodeBase implements IElement { /** * Defines the collection of textual annotations of nodes/connectors * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ annotations: ShapeAnnotationModel[]; /** * Sets the x-coordinate of the position of the node * @default 0 */ offsetX: number; /** * Sets the y-coordinate of the position of the node * @default 0 */ offsetY: number; /** * Sets the reference point, that will act as the offset values(offsetX, offsetY) of a node * @default new Point(0.5,0.5) */ pivot: PointModel; /** * Sets the width of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ width: number; /** * Sets the height of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height: number; /** * Sets the minimum width of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ minWidth: number; /** * Sets the minimum height of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ minHeight: number; /** * Sets the maximum width of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ maxWidth: number; /** * Sets the maximum height of the node * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ maxHeight: number; /** * Sets the rotate angle of the node * @default 0 */ rotateAngle: number; /** * Sets the shape style of the node * @default new ShapeStyle() * @aspType object */ style: ShapeStyleModel | TextStyleModel; /** * Sets the background color of the shape * @default 'transparent' */ backgroundColor: string; /** * Sets the border color of the node * @default 'none' */ borderColor: string; /** * Sets the border width of the node * @default 0 */ borderWidth: number; /** * Sets the data source of the node */ data: Object; /** * Defines the shape of a node * @default Basic Shape * @aspType object */ shape: ShapeModel | FlowShapeModel | BasicShapeModel | ImageModel | PathModel | TextModel | BpmnShapeModel | NativeModel | HtmlModel | UmlActivityShapeModel | UmlClassifierShapeModel | SwimLaneModel; /** * Sets or gets the UI of a node * @default null */ wrapper: Container; /** * Enables/Disables certain features of nodes * * None - Disable all node Constraints * * Select - Enables node to be selected * * Drag - Enables node to be Dragged * * Rotate - Enables node to be Rotate * * Shadow - Enables node to display shadow * * PointerEvents - Enables node to provide pointer option * * Delete - Enables node to delete * * InConnect - Enables node to provide in connect option * * OutConnect - Enables node to provide out connect option * * Individual - Enables node to provide individual resize option * * Expandable - Enables node to provide Expandable option * * AllowDrop - Enables node to provide allow to drop option * * Inherit - Enables node to inherit the interaction option * * ResizeNorthEast - Enable ResizeNorthEast of the node * * ResizeEast - Enable ResizeEast of the node * * ResizeSouthEast - Enable ResizeSouthEast of the node * * ResizeSouth - Enable ResizeSouthWest of the node * * ResizeSouthWest - Enable ResizeSouthWest of the node * * ResizeSouth - Enable ResizeSouth of the node * * ResizeSouthWest - Enable ResizeSouthWest of the node * * ResizeWest - Enable ResizeWest of the node * * ResizeNorth - Enable ResizeNorth of the node * * Resize - Enables the Aspect ratio fo the node * * AspectRatio - Enables the Aspect ratio fo the node * * Tooltip - Enables or disables tool tip for the Nodes * * InheritTooltip - Enables or disables tool tip for the Nodes * * ReadOnly - Enables the ReadOnly support for Annotation * @default 'Default' * @aspNumberEnum */ constraints: NodeConstraints; /** * Defines the shadow of a shape/path * @default null */ shadow: ShadowModel; /** * Defines the children of group element * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ children: string[]; /** * Defines the type of the container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ container: ChildContainerModel; /** * Sets the horizontalAlignment of the node * @default 'Stretch' */ horizontalAlignment: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Sets the verticalAlignment of the node * @default 'Stretch' */ verticalAlignment: VerticalAlignment; /** * Used to define the rows for the grid container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ rows: RowDefinition[]; /** * Used to define the column for the grid container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ columns: ColumnDefinition[]; /** * Used to define a index of row in the grid * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ rowIndex: number; /** * Used to define a index of column in the grid * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ columnIndex: number; /** * Merge the row use the property in the grid container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ rowSpan: number; /** * Merge the column use the property in the grid container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ columnSpan: number; /** @private */ isCanvasUpdate: boolean; /** @private */ status: Status; /** @private */ parentId: string; /** @private */ processId: string; /** @private */ umlIndex: number; /** @private */ outEdges: string[]; /** @private */ inEdges: string[]; /** @private */ isHeader: boolean; /** @private */ isLane: boolean; /** @private */ isPhase: boolean; /** @private */ readonly actualSize: Size; constructor(parent: any, propName: string, defaultValue: Object, isArray?: boolean); /** * Allows to initialize the UI of a node */ /** @private */ init(diagram: any): DiagramElement; /** @private */ initContainer(): Container; /** @private */ initPorts(accessibilityContent: Function | string, container: Container): void; private getIconOffet; /** @private */ initIcons(accessibilityContent: Function | string, layout: LayoutModel, container: Container, diagramId: string): void; /** @private */ initAnnotations(accessibilityContent: Function | string, container: Container, diagramId: string, virtualize?: boolean): void; /** @private */ initPortWrapper(ports: Port): DiagramElement; /** @private */ initAnnotationWrapper(annotation: Annotation, diagramId?: string, virtualize?: boolean, value?: number): DiagramElement; private initIconContainer; private initIconSymbol; /** * @private * Returns the name of class Node */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of header in swimLane */ export class Header extends base.ChildProperty<Shape> { /** * Sets the id of the header * @default '' */ id: string; /** * Sets the content of the header * @default '' */ annotation: Annotation; /** * Sets the style of the header * @default '' */ style: ShapeStyleModel; /** * Sets the height of the header * @default 50 */ height: number; /** * Sets the width of the header * @default 50 */ width: number; } /** * Defines the behavior of lane in swimLane */ export class Lane extends base.ChildProperty<Shape> { /** * Sets the id of the lane * @default '' */ id: string; /** * Sets style of the lane * @default '' */ style: ShapeStyleModel; /** * Defines the collection of child nodes * @default [] */ children: NodeModel[]; /** * Defines the height of the phase * @default 100 */ height: number; /** * Defines the height of the phase * @default 100 */ width: number; /** * Defines the collection of header in the phase. * @default new Header() */ header: HeaderModel; /** * @private * Returns the name of class Lane */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of phase in swimLane */ export class Phase extends base.ChildProperty<Shape> { /** * Sets the id of the phase * @default '' */ id: string; /** * Sets the style of the lane * @default '' */ style: ShapeStyleModel; /** * Sets the header collection of the phase * @default new Header() */ header: HeaderModel; /** * Sets the offset of the lane * @default 100 */ offset: number; /** * @private * Returns the name of class Phase */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of swimLane shape */ export class SwimLane extends Shape { /** * Defines the type of node shape. * @default 'Basic' */ type: Shapes; /** * Defines the size of phase. * @default 20 */ phaseSize: number; /** * Defines the collection of phases. * @default 'undefined' */ phases: PhaseModel[]; /** * Defines the orientation of the swimLane * @default 'Horizontal' */ orientation: Orientation; /** * Defines the collection of lanes * @default 'undefined' */ lanes: LaneModel[]; /** * Defines the collection of header * @default 'undefined' */ header: HeaderModel; /** * Defines the whether the shape is a lane or not * @default false */ isLane: boolean; /** * Defines the whether the shape is a phase or not * @default false */ isPhase: boolean; /** * @private * Defines space between children and lane */ padding: number; /** * @private * Defines header by user or not */ hasHeader: boolean; /** * @private * Returns the name of class Phase */ getClassName(): string; } /** * Defines the behavior of container */ /** @private */ export class ChildContainer { /** * Defines the type of the container * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default Canvas */ type: ContainerTypes; /** * Defines the type of the swimLane orientation. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ orientation: Orientation; /** * @private * Returns the name of class ChildContainer */ getClassName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/port-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Port */ export interface PortModel { /** * Defines the unique id of the port * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * Sets the horizontal alignment of the port with respect to its immediate parent(node/connector) * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent * * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ horizontalAlignment?: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Sets the vertical alignment of the port with respect to its immediate parent(node/connector) * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent * * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ verticalAlignment?: VerticalAlignment; /** * Defines the space that the port has to be moved from its actual position * @default new Margin(0,0,0,0) */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Sets the width of the port * @default 12 */ width?: number; /** * Sets the height of the port * @default 12 */ height?: number; /** * Defines the appearance of the port * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let port: PointPortModel[] = * [{ id: 'port1', visibility: PortVisibility.Visible, shape: 'Circle', offset: { x: 0, y: 0 } },]; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * }]; * nodes.ports = port; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ style?: ShapeStyleModel; /** * Defines the type of the port shape * * X - Sets the decorator shape as X * * Circle - Sets the decorator shape as Circle * * Square - Sets the decorator shape as Square * * Custom - Sets the decorator shape as Custom * @default 'Square' */ shape?: PortShapes; /** * Defines the type of the port visibility * * Visible - Always shows the port * * Hidden - Always hides the port * * Hover - Shows the port when the mouse hovers over a node * * Connect - Shows the port when a connection end point is dragged over a node * @default 'Connect' * @aspNumberEnum */ visibility?: PortVisibility; /** * Defines the geometry of the port * @default '' */ pathData?: string; /** * Defines the constraints of port * @default 'Default' * @aspNumberEnum */ constraints?: PortConstraints; /** * Allows the user to save custom information/data about a port * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ addInfo?: Object; } /** * Interface for a class PointPort */ export interface PointPortModel extends PortModel{ /** * Defines the position of the port with respect to the boundaries of nodes/connector * @default new Point(0.5,0.5) */ offset?: PointModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/port.d.ts /** * Defines the behavior of connection ports */ export abstract class Port extends base.ChildProperty<Port> { /** * Defines the unique id of the port * @default '' */ id: string; /** * Sets the horizontal alignment of the port with respect to its immediate parent(node/connector) * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Left - Aligns the diagram element at the left of its immediate parent * * Right - Aligns the diagram element at the right of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ horizontalAlignment: HorizontalAlignment; /** * Sets the vertical alignment of the port with respect to its immediate parent(node/connector) * * Stretch - Stretches the diagram element throughout its immediate parent * * Top - Aligns the diagram element at the top of its immediate parent * * Bottom - Aligns the diagram element at the bottom of its immediate parent * * Center - Aligns the diagram element at the center of its immediate parent * * Auto - Aligns the diagram element based on the characteristics of its immediate parent * @default 'Center' */ verticalAlignment: VerticalAlignment; /** * Defines the space that the port has to be moved from its actual position * @default new Margin(0,0,0,0) */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Sets the width of the port * @default 12 */ width: number; /** * Sets the height of the port * @default 12 */ height: number; /** * Defines the appearance of the port * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let port$: PointPortModel[] = * [{ id: 'port1', visibility: PortVisibility.Visible, shape: 'Circle', offset: { x: 0, y: 0 } },]; * let nodes$: NodeModel[] = [{ * id: 'node1', width: 100, height: 100, offsetX: 100, offsetY: 100, * }]; * nodes.ports = port; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * nodes : nodes, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * ``` * @default {} */ style: ShapeStyleModel; /** * Defines the type of the port shape * * X - Sets the decorator shape as X * * Circle - Sets the decorator shape as Circle * * Square - Sets the decorator shape as Square * * Custom - Sets the decorator shape as Custom * @default 'Square' */ shape: PortShapes; /** * Defines the type of the port visibility * * Visible - Always shows the port * * Hidden - Always hides the port * * Hover - Shows the port when the mouse hovers over a node * * Connect - Shows the port when a connection end point is dragged over a node * @default 'Connect' * @aspNumberEnum */ visibility: PortVisibility; /** * Defines the geometry of the port * @default '' */ pathData: string; /** * Defines the constraints of port * @default 'Default' * @aspNumberEnum */ constraints: PortConstraints; /** * Allows the user to save custom information/data about a port * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ addInfo: Object; } /** * Defines the behavior of a port, that sticks to a point */ export class PointPort extends Port { /** * Defines the position of the port with respect to the boundaries of nodes/connector * @default new Point(0.5,0.5) */ offset: PointModel; constructor(parent: any, propName: string, defaultValue: Object, isArray?: boolean); /** * @private * Returns the name of class PointPort */ getClassName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/service.d.ts /** * ServiceLocator * @hidden */ export class ServiceLocator { private services; register<T>(name: string, type: T): void; getService<T>(name: string): T; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/snapping.d.ts /** * Snapping */ export class Snapping { private line; private diagram; private render; constructor(diagram: Diagram); /** @private */ canSnap(): boolean; /** * Snap to object * @private */ snapPoint(diagram: Diagram, selectedObject: SelectorModel, towardsLeft: boolean, towardsTop: boolean, delta: PointModel, startPoint: PointModel, endPoint: PointModel): PointModel; /** * @private */ round(value: number, snapIntervals: number[], scale: number): number; /** * Snap to Object */ private snapObject; /** * @private */ snapConnectorEnd(point: PointModel): PointModel; private canBeTarget; private snapSize; /** * Snap to object on top * @private */ snapTop(horizontalSnap: Snap, verticalSnap: Snap, snapLine: SVGElement, deltaX: number, deltaY: number, shape: SelectorModel, ended: boolean, initialBoundsT: Rect): number; /** * Snap to object on right * @private */ snapRight(horizontalSnap: Snap, verticalSnap: Snap, snapLine: SVGElement, deltaX: number, deltaY: number, shape: SelectorModel, ended: boolean, initialBound: Rect): number; /** * Snap to object on left * @private */ snapLeft(horizontalSnap: Snap, verticalSnap: Snap, snapLine: SVGElement, deltaX: number, deltaY: number, shape: SelectorModel, ended: boolean, initialBoundsB: Rect): number; /** * Snap to object on bottom * @private */ snapBottom(horizontalSnap: Snap, verticalSnap: Snap, snapLine: SVGElement, deltaX: number, deltaY: number, shape: SelectorModel | DiagramElement, ended: boolean, initialRect: Rect): number; /** * To create the same width and same size lines */ private createGuidelines; /** * To create the alignment lines */ private renderAlignmentLines; /** * To create Horizontal spacing lines */ private createHSpacingLines; /** * To create vertical spacing lines */ private createVSpacingLines; /** * Add the Horizontal spacing lines */ private addHSpacingLines; /** * Add the vertical spacing lines */ private addVSpacingLines; /** * To add same width lines */ private addSameWidthLines; /** * To add same height lines */ private addSameHeightLines; /** * Render spacing lines */ private renderSpacingLines; /** * To Create Snap object with position, initial bounds, and final bounds * @private */ createSnapObject(targetBounds: Rect, bounds: Rect, snap: string): SnapObject; /** * Calculate the snap angle * @private */ snapAngle(diagram: Diagram, angle: number): number; /** * Check whether the node to be snapped or not. */ private canConsider; /** * Find the total number of nodes in diagram using SpatialSearch */ private findNodes; private intersectsRect; private getAdornerLayerSvg; /** * To remove grid lines on mouse move and mouse up * @private */ removeGuidelines(diagram: Diagram): void; /** * Sort the objects by its distance */ private sortByDistance; /** * To find nodes that are equally placed at left of the selected node */ private findEquallySpacedNodesAtLeft; /** * To find nodes that are equally placed at right of the selected node */ private findEquallySpacedNodesAtRight; private findEquallySpacedNodesAtTop; /** * To find nodes that are equally placed at bottom of the selected node */ private findEquallySpacedNodesAtBottom; /** * To get Adoner layer to draw snapLine * @private */ getLayer(): SVGElement; /** * Constructor for the snapping module * @private */ /** * To destroy the snapping module * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } export interface Snap { snapped: boolean; offset: number; left?: boolean; bottom?: boolean; right?: boolean; top?: boolean; } /** * @private */ export interface SnapObject { start: PointModel; end: PointModel; offsetX: number; offsetY: number; type: string; } /** * @private */ export interface Objects { obj: DiagramElement; distance: number; } /** * @private */ export interface SnapSize { source: NodeModel; difference: number; offset: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/swim-lane.d.ts /** * Swim lanes are used to visualize cross functional flow charts */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/tooltip-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class DiagramTooltip */ export interface DiagramTooltipModel { /** * Defines the content of the popups.Tooltip * @default '' */ content?: string | HTMLElement; /** * Defines the position of the popups.Tooltip * @default 'TopLeft' */ position?: popups.Position; /** * Defines the relative mode of the popups.Tooltip * * Object - sets the tooltip position relative to the node * * Mouse - sets the tooltip position relative to the mouse * @default 'Mouse' */ relativeMode?: TooltipRelativeMode; /** * Defines if the popups.Tooltip has tip pointer or not * @default true */ showTipPointer?: boolean; /** * Sets the width of the popups.Tooltip * @default 'auto' */ width?: number | string; /** * Sets the height of the popups.Tooltip * @default 'auto' */ height?: number | string; /** * Allows to set the same or different animation option for the popups.Tooltip, when it is opened or closed. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * constraints: DiagramConstraints.Default | DiagramConstraints.popups.Tooltip, * tooltip: { content: getcontent(), position: 'TopLeft', relativeMode: 'Object', * animation: { open: { effect: 'FadeZoomIn', delay: 0 }, * close: { effect: 'FadeZoomOut', delay: 0 } } }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * function getcontent(): => { * ... * } * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default { open: { effect: 'FadeIn', duration: 150, delay: 0 }, close: { effect: 'FadeOut', duration: 150, delay: 0 } } */ animation?: popups.AnimationModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/tooltip.d.ts /** * Defines the tooltip that should be shown when the mouse hovers over node. * An object that defines the description, appearance and alignments of tooltip */ export abstract class DiagramTooltip extends base.ChildProperty<DiagramTooltip> { /** * Defines the content of the popups.Tooltip * @default '' */ content: string | HTMLElement; /** * Defines the position of the popups.Tooltip * @default 'TopLeft' */ position: popups.Position; /** * Defines the relative mode of the popups.Tooltip * * Object - sets the tooltip position relative to the node * * Mouse - sets the tooltip position relative to the mouse * @default 'Mouse' */ relativeMode: TooltipRelativeMode; /** * Defines if the popups.Tooltip has tip pointer or not * @default true */ showTipPointer: boolean; /** * Sets the width of the popups.Tooltip * @default 'auto' */ width: number | string; /** * Sets the height of the popups.Tooltip * @default 'auto' */ height: number | string; /** * Allows to set the same or different animation option for the popups.Tooltip, when it is opened or closed. * ```html * <div id='diagram'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * ... * constraints: DiagramConstraints.Default | DiagramConstraints.popups.Tooltip, * tooltip: { content: getcontent(), position: 'TopLeft', relativeMode: 'Object', * animation: { open: { effect: 'FadeZoomIn', delay: 0 }, * close: { effect: 'FadeZoomOut', delay: 0 } } }, * ... * }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * function getcontent(): => { * ... * } * ``` * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default { open: { effect: 'FadeIn', duration: 150, delay: 0 }, close: { effect: 'FadeOut', duration: 150, delay: 0 } } */ animation: popups.AnimationModel; } /** * @private * defines the popups.Tooltip. * @param diagram */ export function initTooltip(diagram: Diagram): popups.Tooltip; /** * @private * updates the contents of the tooltip. * @param diagram * @param node */ export function updateTooltip(diagram: Diagram, node?: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): popups.Tooltip; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/objects/undo-redo.d.ts /** * Undo redo function used for revert and restore the changes */ export class UndoRedo { private groupUndo; private childTable; private historyCount; private hasGroup; private groupCount; /** @private */ initHistory(diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ addHistoryEntry(entry: HistoryEntry, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ applyLimit(list: HistoryEntry, stackLimit: number, diagram: Diagram, limitHistory?: boolean): void; /** @private */ clearHistory(diagram: Diagram): void; private setEntryLimit; private limitHistoryStack; private removeFromStack; /** @private */ undo(diagram: Diagram): void; private getHistoryList; private getHistroyObject; private undoGroupAction; private undoEntry; private checkNodeObject; private group; private unGroup; private ignoreProperty; private getProperty; private recordLaneOrPhaseCollectionChanged; private recordAnnotationChanged; private recordChildCollectionChanged; private recordStackPositionChanged; private recordGridSizeChanged; private recordLanePositionChanged; private recordPortChanged; private recordPropertyChanged; private recordSegmentChanged; private segmentChanged; private recordPositionChanged; private positionChanged; private recordSizeChanged; private sizeChanged; private recordRotationChanged; private rotationChanged; private recordConnectionChanged; private connectionChanged; private recordCollectionChanged; private recordLabelCollectionChanged; private recordPortCollectionChanged; /** @private */ redo(diagram: Diagram): void; private redoGroupAction; private redoEntry; private getUndoEntry; private getRedoEntry; /** * Constructor for the undo redo module * @private */ constructor(); /** * To destroy the undo redo module * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/primitives/matrix.d.ts /** * Matrix module is used to transform points based on offsets, angle */ /** @private */ export enum MatrixTypes { Identity = 0, Translation = 1, Scaling = 2, Unknown = 4 } /** @private */ export class Matrix { /** @private */ m11: number; /** @private */ m12: number; /** @private */ m21: number; /** @private */ m22: number; /** @private */ offsetX: number; /** @private */ offsetY: number; /** @private */ type: MatrixTypes; constructor(m11: number, m12: number, m21: number, m22: number, offsetX: number, offsetY: number, type?: MatrixTypes); } /** @private */ export function identityMatrix(): Matrix; /** @private */ export function transformPointByMatrix(matrix: Matrix, point: PointModel): PointModel; /** @private */ export function transformPointsByMatrix(matrix: Matrix, points: PointModel[]): PointModel[]; /** @private */ export function rotateMatrix(matrix: Matrix, angle: number, centerX: number, centerY: number): void; /** @private */ export function scaleMatrix(matrix: Matrix, scaleX: number, scaleY: number, centerX?: number, centerY?: number): void; /** @private */ export function translateMatrix(matrix: Matrix, offsetX: number, offsetY: number): void; /** @private */ export function multiplyMatrix(matrix1: Matrix, matrix2: Matrix): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/primitives/point-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Point */ export interface PointModel { /** * Sets the x-coordinate of a position * @default 0 */ x?: number; /** * Sets the y-coordinate of a position * @default 0 */ y?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/primitives/point.d.ts /** * Defines and processes coordinates */ export class Point extends base.ChildProperty<Point> { /** * Sets the x-coordinate of a position * @default 0 */ x: number; /** * Sets the y-coordinate of a position * @default 0 */ y: number; /** @private */ static equals(point1: PointModel, point2: PointModel): boolean; /** * check whether the points are given */ static isEmptyPoint(point: PointModel): boolean; /** @private */ static transform(point: PointModel, angle: number, length: number): PointModel; /** @private */ static findLength(s: PointModel, e: PointModel): number; /** @private */ static findAngle(point1: PointModel, point2: PointModel): number; /** @private */ static distancePoints(pt1: PointModel, pt2: PointModel): number; /** @private */ static getLengthFromListOfPoints(points: PointModel[]): number; /** @private */ static adjustPoint(source: PointModel, target: PointModel, isStart: boolean, length: number): PointModel; /** @private */ static direction(pt1: PointModel, pt2: PointModel): string; /** * @private * Returns the name of class Point */ getClassName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/primitives/rect.d.ts /** * Rect defines and processes rectangular regions */ export class Rect { /** * Sets the x-coordinate of the starting point of a rectangular region * @default 0 */ x: number; /** * Sets the y-coordinate of the starting point of a rectangular region * @default 0 */ y: number; /** * Sets the width of a rectangular region * @default 0 */ width: number; /** * Sets the height of a rectangular region * @default 0 */ height: number; constructor(x?: number, y?: number, width?: number, height?: number); /** @private */ static empty: Rect; /** @private */ readonly left: number; /** @private */ readonly right: number; /** @private */ readonly top: number; /** @private */ readonly bottom: number; /** @private */ readonly topLeft: PointModel; /** @private */ readonly topRight: PointModel; /** @private */ readonly bottomLeft: PointModel; /** @private */ readonly bottomRight: PointModel; /** @private */ readonly middleLeft: PointModel; /** @private */ readonly middleRight: PointModel; /** @private */ readonly topCenter: PointModel; /** @private */ readonly bottomCenter: PointModel; /** @private */ readonly center: PointModel; /** @private */ equals(rect1: Rect, rect2: Rect): boolean; /** @private */ uniteRect(rect: Rect): Rect; /** @private */ unitePoint(point: PointModel): void; /** @private */ Inflate(padding: number): Rect; /** @private */ intersects(rect: Rect): boolean; /** @private */ containsRect(rect: Rect): boolean; /** @private */ containsPoint(point: PointModel, padding?: number): boolean; /** @private */ static toBounds(points: PointModel[]): Rect; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/primitives/size.d.ts /** * Size defines and processes the size(width/height) of the objects */ export class Size { /** * Sets the height of an object * @default 0 */ height: number; /** * Sets the width of an object * @default 0 */ width: number; constructor(width?: number, height?: number); /** @private */ isEmpty(): boolean; /** @private */ clone(): Size; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/print-settings.d.ts /** * Print and Export Settings */ export class PrintAndExport { private diagram; constructor(diagram: Diagram); /** * To Export the diagram * @private */ exportDiagram(options: IExportOptions): string | SVGElement; private setCanvas; private canvasMultiplePage; private exportImage; /** @private */ getObjectsBound(options?: IExportOptions): Rect; /** @private */ getDiagramBounds(mode?: string, options?: IExportOptions): Rect; private setScaleValueforCanvas; private diagramAsSvg; private setTransform; private diagramAsCanvas; private updateWrapper; private updateObjectValue; private isImageExportable; private getPrintCanvasStyle; private getMultipleImage; private printImage; /** * To print the image * @private */ print(options: IExportOptions): void; private printImages; /** @private */ getDiagramContent(styleSheets?: StyleSheetList): string; /** @private */ exportImages(image: string, options: IExportOptions): void; /** * To destroy the Print and Export module * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/rendering/canvas-interface.d.ts /** * canvas interface */ /** @private */ export interface StyleAttributes { fill: string; stroke: string; strokeWidth: number; dashArray: string; opacity: number; shadow?: ShadowModel; gradient?: GradientModel; class?: string; } /** @private */ export interface BaseAttributes extends StyleAttributes { id: string; x: number; y: number; width: number; height: number; angle: number; pivotX: number; pivotY: number; visible: boolean; description?: string; canApplyStyle?: boolean; flip?: FlipDirection; } /** @private */ export interface LineAttributes extends BaseAttributes { startPoint: PointModel; endPoint: PointModel; } /** @private */ export interface CircleAttributes extends BaseAttributes { centerX: number; centerY: number; radius: number; id: string; } /** @private */ export interface Alignment { vAlign?: string; hAlign?: string; } /** @private */ export interface SegmentInfo { point?: PointModel; index?: number; angle?: number; } /** @private */ export interface RectAttributes extends BaseAttributes { cornerRadius?: number; } /** @private */ export interface PathAttributes extends BaseAttributes { data: string; } /** @private */ export interface ImageAttributes extends BaseAttributes { source: string; sourceX: number; sourceY: number; sourceWidth: number; sourceHeight: number; scale: Scale; alignment: ImageAlignment; } /** @private */ export interface NativeAttributes extends BaseAttributes { content: SVGElement; scale: Stretch; } /** @private */ export interface TextAttributes extends BaseAttributes { whiteSpace: string; content: string; breakWord: string; fontSize: number; textWrapping: TextWrap; fontFamily: string; bold: boolean; italic: boolean; textAlign: string; color: string; textOverflow: TextOverflow; textDecoration: string; doWrap: boolean; wrapBounds: TextBounds; childNodes: SubTextElement[]; } /** @private */ export interface SubTextElement { text: string; x: number; dy: number; width: number; } /** @private */ export interface TextBounds { x: number; width: number; } /** @private */ export interface PathSegment { command?: string; angle?: number; largeArc?: boolean; x2?: number; sweep?: boolean; x1?: number; y1?: number; y2?: number; x0?: number; y0?: number; x?: number; y?: number; r1?: number; r2?: number; centp?: { x?: number; y?: number; }; xAxisRotation?: number; rx?: number; ry?: number; a1?: number; ad?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/rendering/canvas-renderer.d.ts /** * Canvas Renderer */ /** @private */ export class CanvasRenderer implements IRenderer { /** @private */ static getContext(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement): CanvasRenderingContext2D; private static setCanvasSize; /** @private */ renderGradient(options: StyleAttributes, ctx: CanvasRenderingContext2D, x?: number, y?: number): CanvasRenderingContext2D; /** @private */ renderShadow(options: BaseAttributes, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement, collection?: Object[]): void; /** @private */ static createCanvas(id: string, width: number, height: number): HTMLCanvasElement; private setStyle; private rotateContext; private setFontStyle; /** @private */ parseDashArray(dashArray: string): number[]; /** @private */ drawRectangle(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement, options: RectAttributes): void; /** @private */ drawPath(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement, options: PathAttributes): void; /** @private */ renderPath(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement, options: PathAttributes, collection: Object[]): void; /** @private */ drawText(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement, options: TextAttributes, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, ariaLabel?: Object, diagramId?: string, scaleValue?: number): void; private loadImage; /** @private */ drawImage(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement, obj: ImageAttributes, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, fromPalette?: boolean): void; private image; private getSliceOffset; private getMeetOffset; private m; private r; private a; /** @private */ labelAlign(text: TextAttributes, wrapBounds: TextBounds, childNodes: SubTextElement[]): PointModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/rendering/IRenderer.d.ts /** * IRenderer interface defines the base of the SVG and Canvas renderer. */ /** @private */ export interface IRenderer { renderShadow(options: BaseAttributes, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, collection: Object[]): void; parseDashArray(dashArray: string): number[]; drawRectangle(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, options: RectAttributes, diagramId: string, onlyRect?: boolean, isSelector?: boolean, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, ariaLabel?: Object): void; drawPath(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, options: PathAttributes, diagramId: string, isSelector?: boolean, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, ariaLabel?: Object): void; renderPath(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, options: PathAttributes, collection: Object[]): void; drawText(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, options: TextAttributes, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, ariaLabel?: Object, diagramId?: string, scaleValue?: number): void; drawImage(canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement | ImageElement, obj: ImageAttributes, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, fromPalette?: boolean): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/rendering/renderer.d.ts /** * Renderer module is used to render basic diagram elements */ /** @private */ export class DiagramRenderer { /** @private */ renderer: IRenderer; private diagramId; /** @private */ isSvgMode: Boolean; private svgRenderer; private nativeSvgLayer; private diagramSvgLayer; private iconSvgLayer; /** @private */ adornerSvgLayer: SVGSVGElement; /** @private */ rendererActions: RendererAction; private element; private transform; constructor(name: string, svgRender: IRenderer, isSvgMode: Boolean); /** @private */ setCursor(canvas: HTMLElement, cursor: string): void; /** @private */ setLayers(): void; private getAdornerLayer; private getParentSvg; private getParentElement; private getGroupElement; /** @private */ renderElement(element: DiagramElement, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, htmlLayer: HTMLElement, transform?: TransformFactor, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, createParent?: boolean, fromPalette?: boolean, indexValue?: number): void; /** @private */ drawSelectionRectangle(x: number, y: number, w: number, h: number, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, t: TransformFactor): void; /** * @private */ renderHighlighter(element: DiagramElement, canvas: SVGElement, transform: TransformFactor): void; /** * @private */ renderStackHighlighter(element: DiagramElement, canvas: SVGElement, transform: TransformFactor, isVertical: Boolean, position: PointModel, isUml?: boolean, isSwimlane?: boolean): void; /** @private */ drawLine(canvas: SVGElement, options: LineAttributes): void; /** @private */ drawPath(canvas: SVGElement, options: PathAttributes): void; /** @private */ renderResizeHandle(element: DiagramElement, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, constraints: ThumbsConstraints, currentZoom: number, selectorConstraints?: SelectorConstraints, transform?: TransformFactor, canMask?: boolean, enableNode?: number, nodeConstraints?: boolean, isSwimlane?: boolean): void; /** @private */ renderEndPointHandle(selector: ConnectorModel, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, constraints: ThumbsConstraints, selectorConstraints: SelectorConstraints, transform: TransformFactor, connectedSource: boolean, connectedTarget?: boolean, isSegmentEditing?: boolean): void; /** @private */ renderOrthogonalThumbs(id: string, selector: DiagramElement, segment: OrthogonalSegment, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, visibility: boolean, t: TransformFactor): void; /** @private */ renderOrthogonalThumb(id: string, selector: DiagramElement, x: number, y: number, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, visible: boolean, orientation: string, t: TransformFactor): void; /** @private */ renderPivotLine(element: DiagramElement, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, transform?: TransformFactor, selectorConstraints?: SelectorConstraints, canMask?: boolean): void; /** @private */ renderBezierLine(id: string, wrapper: DiagramElement, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, start: PointModel, end: PointModel, transform?: TransformFactor): void; /** @private */ renderCircularHandle(id: string, selector: DiagramElement, cx: number, cy: number, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, visible: boolean, enableSelector?: number, t?: TransformFactor, connected?: boolean, canMask?: boolean, ariaLabel?: Object, count?: number, className?: string): void; /** @private */ renderBorder(selector: DiagramElement, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, transform?: TransformFactor, enableNode?: number, isBorderTickness?: boolean, isSwimlane?: boolean): void; /** @private */ renderUserHandler(selectorItem: SelectorModel, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, transform?: TransformFactor): void; /** @private */ renderRotateThumb(wrapper: DiagramElement, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, transform?: TransformFactor, selectorConstraints?: SelectorConstraints, canMask?: boolean): void; /** @private */ renderPathElement(element: PathElement, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, transform?: TransformFactor, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, fromPalette?: boolean): void; /** @private */ renderSvgGridlines(snapSettings: SnapSettingsModel, gridSvg: SVGElement, t: TransformFactor, rulerSettings: RulerSettingsModel, hRuler: RulerModel, vRuler: RulerModel): void; private horizontalSvgGridlines; private verticalSvgGridlines; /** @private */ updateGrid(snapSettings: SnapSettingsModel, svgGrid: SVGSVGElement, transform: TransformFactor, rulerSettings: RulerSettingsModel, hRuler: RulerModel, vRuler: RulerModel): void; private updateLineIntervals; private scaleSnapInterval; /** @private */ renderTextElement(element: TextElement, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, transform?: TransformFactor, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, fromPalette?: boolean): void; private renderNativeElement; private renderHTMLElement; /** @private */ renderImageElement(element: ImageElement, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, transform?: TransformFactor, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, fromPalette?: boolean): void; /** @private */ renderContainer(group: Container, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, htmlLayer: HTMLElement, transform?: TransformFactor, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, createParent?: boolean, fromPalette?: boolean, indexValue?: number): void; renderFlipElement(element: DiagramElement, canvas: SVGElement | HTMLCanvasElement, flip: FlipDirection): void; /** @private */ hasNativeParent(children: DiagramElement[], count?: number): DiagramElement; /** @private */ renderRect(element: DiagramElement, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, transform?: TransformFactor, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement): void; /** @private */ drawRect(canvas: SVGElement, options: RectAttributes): void; /** @private */ getBaseAttributes(element: DiagramElement, transform?: TransformFactor): BaseAttributes; /** @private */ static renderSvgBackGroundImage(background: BackgroundModel, diagramElement: HTMLElement, x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number): void; /** @private */ transformLayers(transform: TransformFactor, svgMode: boolean): boolean; /** @private */ updateNode(element: DiagramElement, diagramElementsLayer: HTMLCanvasElement, htmlLayer: HTMLElement, transform?: TransformFactor, insertIndex?: number): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/rendering/svg-renderer.d.ts /** * SVG Renderer */ /** @private */ export class SvgRenderer implements IRenderer { /** @private */ renderShadow(options: BaseAttributes, canvas: SVGElement, collection?: Object[], parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement): void; /** @private */ parseDashArray(dashArray: string): number[]; /** @private */ drawRectangle(svg: SVGElement, options: RectAttributes, diagramId: string, onlyRect?: boolean, isSelector?: Boolean, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, ariaLabel?: Object): void; /** @private */ updateSelectionRegion(gElement: SVGElement, options: RectAttributes): void; /** @private */ createGElement(elementType: string, attribute: Object): SVGGElement; /** @private */ drawLine(gElement: SVGElement, options: LineAttributes): void; /** @private */ drawCircle(gElement: SVGElement, options: CircleAttributes, enableSelector?: number, ariaLabel?: Object): void; /** @private */ drawPath(svg: SVGElement, options: PathAttributes, diagramId: string, isSelector?: Boolean, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, ariaLabel?: Object): void; /** @private */ renderPath(svg: SVGElement, options: PathAttributes, collection: Object[]): void; private setSvgFontStyle; /** @private */ drawText(canvas: SVGElement, options: TextAttributes, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, ariaLabel?: Object, diagramId?: string): void; /** @private */ drawImage(canvas: SVGElement | HTMLCanvasElement, obj: ImageAttributes, parentSvg?: SVGSVGElement, fromPalette?: boolean): void; /** @private */ drawHTMLContent(element: DiagramHtmlElement, canvas: HTMLElement, transform?: TransformFactor, value?: boolean, indexValue?: number): void; /** @private */ drawNativeContent(element: DiagramNativeElement, canvas: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGElement, height: number, width: number, parentSvg: SVGSVGElement): void; private setNativTransform; /** * used to crop the given native element into a rectangle of the given size * @private * @param node * @param group * @param height * @param width * @param parentSvg */ drawClipPath(node: DiagramNativeElement, group: SVGElement, height: number, width: number, parentSvg: SVGSVGElement): SVGElement; /** @private */ renderGradient(options: StyleAttributes, svg: SVGElement, diagramId?: string): SVGElement; /** @private */ createLinearGradient(linear: LinearGradientModel): SVGElement; /** @private */ createRadialGradient(radial: RadialGradientModel): SVGElement; /** @private */ setSvgStyle(svg: SVGElement, style: StyleAttributes, diagramId?: string): void; /** @private */ svgLabelAlign(text: TextAttributes, wrapBound: TextBounds, childNodes: SubTextElement[]): PointModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/ruler/ruler.d.ts /** * defines the helper methods for the ruler */ /** * @private */ export function renderOverlapElement(diagram: Diagram): void; /** * @private */ export function renderRuler(diagram: Diagram, isHorizontal: Boolean): void; /** * @private */ export function updateRuler(diagram: Diagram): void; /** * @private */ export function removeRulerElements(diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ export function getRulerSize(diagram: Diagram): Size; /** @private */ export function getRulerGeometry(diagram: Diagram): Size; /** * @private */ export function removeRulerMarkers(): void; export function drawRulerMarkers(diagram: Diagram, currentPoint: PointModel): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/utility/base-util.d.ts /** * Implements the basic functionalities */ /** @private */ export function randomId(): string; /** @private */ export function cornersPointsBeforeRotation(ele: DiagramElement): Rect; /** @private */ export function getBounds(element: DiagramElement): Rect; /** @private */ export function cloneObject(obj: Object, additionalProp?: Function | string, key?: string): Object; /** @private */ export function getInternalProperties(propName: string): string[]; /** @private */ export function cloneArray(sourceArray: Object[], additionalProp?: Function | string, key?: string): Object[]; /** @private */ export function extendObject(options: Object, childObject: Object): Object; /** @private */ export function extendArray(sourceArray: Object[], childArray: Object[]): Object[]; /** @private */ export function textAlignToString(value: TextAlign): string; /** @private */ export function wordBreakToString(value: TextWrap | TextDecoration): string; export function bBoxText(textContent: string, options: TextAttributes): number; /** @private */ export function middleElement(i: number, j: number): number; /** @private */ export function overFlow(text: string, options: TextAttributes): string; /** @private */ export function whiteSpaceToString(value: WhiteSpace, wrap: TextWrap): string; /** @private */ export function rotateSize(size: Size, angle: number): Size; /** @private */ export function rotatePoint(angle: number, pivotX: number, pivotY: number, point: PointModel): PointModel; /** @private */ export function getOffset(topLeft: PointModel, obj: DiagramElement): PointModel; /** * Get function */ export function getFunction(value: Function | string): Function; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/utility/connector.d.ts /** * Connector modules are used to dock and update the connectors */ /** @private */ export function findConnectorPoints(element: Connector, layoutOrientation?: LayoutOrientation): PointModel[]; /** @private */ export function swapBounds(object: DiagramElement, bounds: Corners, outerBounds: Rect): Corners; /** @private */ export function findAngle(s: PointModel, e: PointModel): number; /** @private */ export function findPoint(cor: Corners, direction: string): PointModel; /** @private */ export function getIntersection(ele: Connector, bounds: DiagramElement, sPt: PointModel, tPt: PointModel, isTar: boolean): PointModel; /** @private */ export function getIntersectionPoints(thisSegment: Segment, pts: Object[], minimal: boolean, point: PointModel): PointModel; /** @private */ export function orthoConnection2Segment(source: End, target: End): PointModel[]; export function getPortDirection(point: PointModel, corner: Corners, bounds: Rect, closeEdge: boolean): Direction; /** @private */ export function getOuterBounds(obj: Connector): Rect; export function getOppositeDirection(direction: string): string; /** @private */ export interface Intersection { enabled: boolean; intersectPt: PointModel; } /** @private */ export interface LengthFraction { lengthFractionIndex: number; fullLength: number; segmentIndex: number; pointIndex: number; } /** @private */ export interface BridgeSegment { bridgeStartPoint: PointModel[]; bridges: Bridge[]; segmentIndex: number; } /** @private */ export interface ArcSegment { angle: number; endPoint: PointModel; path: string; segmentPointIndex: number; startPoint: PointModel; sweep: number; target: string; rendered: boolean; } /** @private */ export interface Bridge { angle: number; endPoint: PointModel; path: string; segmentPointIndex: number; startPoint: PointModel; sweep: number; target: string; rendered: boolean; } /** @private */ export interface End { corners: Corners; point: PointModel; direction: Direction; margin: MarginModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/utility/constraints-util.d.ts /** * constraints-util module contains the common constraints */ /** @private */ export function canSelect(node: ConnectorModel | NodeModel | PathAnnotationModel | ShapeAnnotationModel): number; /** @private */ export function canMove(node: ConnectorModel | NodeModel | SelectorModel | ShapeAnnotationModel | PathAnnotationModel): number; /** @private */ export function canEnablePointerEvents(node: ConnectorModel | NodeModel, diagram: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canDelete(node: ConnectorModel | NodeModel): number; /** @private */ export function canBridge(connector: Connector, diagram: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canDragSourceEnd(connector: Connector): number; /** @private */ export function canDragTargetEnd(connector: Connector): number; /** @private */ export function canDragSegmentThumb(connector: Connector): number; /** @private */ export function canRotate(node: NodeModel | ShapeAnnotationModel | PathAnnotationModel): number; /** @private */ export function canShadow(node: NodeModel): number; /** @private */ export function canInConnect(node: NodeModel): number; /** @private */ export function canPortInConnect(port: PointPortModel): number; /** @private */ export function canOutConnect(node: NodeModel): number; /** @private */ export function canPortOutConnect(port: PointPortModel): number; /** @private */ export function canResize(node: NodeModel | ShapeAnnotationModel | PathAnnotationModel, direction?: string): number; /** @private */ export function canAllowDrop(node: ConnectorModel | NodeModel): number; /** @private */ export function canVitualize(diagram: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canEnableToolTip(node: ConnectorModel | NodeModel, diagram: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canSingleSelect(model: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canMultiSelect(model: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canZoomPan(model: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canContinuousDraw(model: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canDrawOnce(model: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function defaultTool(model: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canZoom(model: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canPan(model: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canUserInteract(model: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canApiInteract(model: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canPanX(model: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canPanY(model: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canZoomTextEdit(diagram: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canPageEditable(model: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function enableReadOnly(annotation: AnnotationModel, node: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): number; /** @private */ export function canDraw(port: PointPortModel | NodeModel, diagram: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canDrag(port: PointPortModel | NodeModel, diagram: Diagram): number; /** @private */ export function canPreventClearSelection(diagramActions: DiagramAction): boolean; /** @private */ export function canDrawThumbs(rendererActions: RendererAction): boolean; /** @private */ export function avoidDrawSelector(rendererActions: RendererAction): boolean; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/utility/diagram-util.d.ts /** @private */ export function completeRegion(region: Rect, selectedObjects: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]): (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; /** @private */ export function findNodeByName(nodes: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], name: string): boolean; /** * @private */ export function findObjectType(drawingObject: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): string; /** * @private */ export function setSwimLaneDefaults(child: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, node: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): void; /** * @private */ export function setUMLActivityDefaults(child: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, node: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): void; /** @private */ export function findNearestPoint(reference: PointModel, start: PointModel, end: PointModel): PointModel; /** @private */ export function isDiagramChild(htmlLayer: HTMLElement): boolean; /** @private */ export function groupHasType(node: NodeModel, type: Shapes, nameTable: {}): boolean; /** @private */ export function isPointOverConnector(connector: ConnectorModel, reference: PointModel): boolean; /** @private */ export function intersect3(lineUtil1: Segment, lineUtil2: Segment): Intersection; /** @private */ export function intersect2(start1: PointModel, end1: PointModel, start2: PointModel, end2: PointModel): PointModel; /** @private */ export function getLineSegment(x1: number, y1: number, x2: number, y2: number): Segment; /** @private */ export function getPoints(element: DiagramElement, corners: Corners, padding?: number): PointModel[]; /** * @private * sets the offset of the tooltip. * @param diagram * @param mousePosition * @param node */ export function getTooltipOffset(diagram: Diagram, mousePosition: PointModel, node: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): PointModel; /** @private */ export function sort(objects: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], option: DistributeOptions): (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; /** @private */ export function getAnnotationPosition(pts: PointModel[], annotation: PathAnnotation, bound: Rect): SegmentInfo; /** @private */ export function getOffsetOfConnector(points: PointModel[], annotation: PathAnnotation, bounds: Rect): SegmentInfo; /** @private */ export function getAlignedPosition(annotation: PathAnnotation): number; /** @private */ export function alignLabelOnSegments(obj: PathAnnotation, ang: number, pts: PointModel[]): Alignment; /** @private */ export function getBezierDirection(src: PointModel, tar: PointModel): string; /** @private */ export function removeChildNodes(node: NodeModel, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ export function serialize(model: Diagram): string; /** @private */ export function deserialize(model: string, diagram: Diagram): Object; /** @private */ export function upgrade(dataObj: Diagram): Diagram; /** @private */ export function updateStyle(changedObject: TextStyleModel, target: DiagramElement): void; /** @private */ export function updateHyperlink(changedObject: HyperlinkModel, target: DiagramElement, actualAnnotation: AnnotationModel): void; /** @private */ export function updateShapeContent(content: DiagramElement, actualObject: Node, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ export function updateShape(node: Node, actualObject: Node, oldObject: Node, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ export function updateContent(newValues: Node, actualObject: Node, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ export function updateUmlActivityNode(actualObject: Node, newValues: Node): void; /** @private */ export function getUMLFinalNode(node: Node): Canvas; /** @private */ export function getUMLActivityShapes(umlActivityShape: PathElement, content: DiagramElement, node: Node): DiagramElement; /** @private */ export function removeGradient(svgId: string): void; /** @private */ export function removeItem(array: String[], item: string): void; /** @private */ export function updateConnector(connector: Connector, points: PointModel[]): void; /** @private */ export function getUserHandlePosition(selectorItem: SelectorModel, handle: UserHandleModel, transform?: TransformFactor): PointModel; /** @private */ export function canResizeCorner(selectorConstraints: SelectorConstraints, action: string, thumbsConstraints: ThumbsConstraints, selectedItems: Selector): boolean; /** @private */ export function canShowCorner(selectorConstraints: SelectorConstraints, action: string): boolean; /** @private */ export function checkPortRestriction(port: PointPortModel, portVisibility: PortVisibility): number; /** @private */ export function findAnnotation(node: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, id: string): ShapeAnnotationModel | PathAnnotationModel | TextModel; /** @private */ export function findPort(node: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, id: string): PointPortModel; /** @private */ export function getInOutConnectPorts(node: NodeModel, isInConnect: boolean): PointPortModel; /** @private */ export function findObjectIndex(node: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, id: string, annotation?: boolean): string; /** @private */ export function getObjectFromCollection(obj: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[], id: string): boolean; /** @private */ export function scaleElement(element: DiagramElement, sw: number, sh: number, refObject: DiagramElement): void; /** @private */ export function arrangeChild(obj: Node, x: number, y: number, nameTable: {}, drop: boolean, diagram: Diagram | SymbolPalette): void; /** @private */ export function insertObject(obj: NodeModel | ConnectorModel, key: string, collection: Object[]): void; /** @private */ export function getElement(element: DiagramHtmlElement | DiagramNativeElement): Object; /** @private */ export function getPoint(x: number, y: number, w: number, h: number, angle: number, offsetX: number, offsetY: number, cornerPoint: PointModel): PointModel; /** * Get the object as Node | Connector * @param obj */ export let getObjectType: Function; /** @private */ export let flipConnector: Function; /** @private */ export let updatePortEdges: Function; /** @private */ export let alignElement: Function; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/utility/dom-util.d.ts /** * Defines the functionalities that need to access DOM */ /** @private */ export function findSegmentPoints(element: PathElement): PointModel[]; export function getChildNode(node: SVGElement): SVGElement[] | HTMLCollection; export function translatePoints(element: PathElement, points: PointModel[]): PointModel[]; /** @private */ export function measurePath(data: string): Rect; export function measureHtmlText(style: TextStyleModel, content: string, width: number, height: number, maxWidth?: number): Size; /** @private */ export function measureText(text: TextElement, style: TextStyleModel, content: string, maxWidth?: number, textValue?: string): Size; /** @private */ export function measureImage(source: string, contentSize: Size): Size; /** @private */ export function measureNativeContent(nativeContent: SVGElement): Rect; /** * @private */ export function measureNativeSvg(nativeContent: SVGElement): Rect; /** @private */ export function updatePath(element: PathElement, bounds: Rect, child: PathElement, options?: BaseAttributes): string; /** @private */ export function getDiagramLayerSvg(diagramId: string): SVGSVGElement; /** @private */ export function getDiagramElement(elementId: string, contentId?: string): HTMLElement; /** @private */ export function getDomIndex(viewId: string, elementId: string, layer: string): number; /** * @private */ export function getAdornerLayerSvg(diagramId: string): SVGSVGElement; /** @private */ export function getSelectorElement(diagramId: string): SVGElement; /** * @private */ export function getAdornerLayer(diagramId: string): SVGElement; /** @private */ export function getDiagramLayer(diagramId: string): SVGElement; /** @private */ export function getPortLayerSvg(diagramId: string): SVGSVGElement; /** @private */ export function getNativeLayerSvg(diagramId: string): SVGSVGElement; /** @private */ export function getGridLayerSvg(diagramId: string): SVGSVGElement; /** @private */ export function getBackgroundLayerSvg(diagramId: string): SVGSVGElement; /** @private */ export function getBackgroundImageLayer(diagramId: string): SVGSVGElement; /** @private */ export function getBackgroundLayer(diagramId: string): SVGSVGElement; /** @private */ export function getGridLayer(diagramId: string): SVGElement; /** @private */ export function getNativeLayer(diagramId: string): SVGElement; /** @private */ export function getHTMLLayer(diagramId: string): HTMLElement; /** @private */ export function createHtmlElement(elementType: string, attribute: Object): HTMLElement; /** @private */ export function createSvgElement(elementType: string, attribute: Object): SVGElement; /** @hidden */ export function parentsUntil(elem: Element, selector: string, isID?: boolean): Element; export function hasClass(element: HTMLElement, className: string): boolean; /** @hidden */ export function getScrollerWidth(): number; /** * Handles the touch pointer. * @return {boolean} * @private */ export function addTouchPointer(touchList: ITouches[], e: PointerEvent, touches: TouchList): ITouches[]; /** * removes the element from dom * @param elementId */ export function removeElement(elementId: string, contentId?: string): void; export function getContent(element: DiagramHtmlElement | DiagramNativeElement, isHtml: boolean): HTMLElement | SVGElement; /** @private */ export function setAttributeSvg(svg: SVGElement, attributes: Object): void; /** @private */ export function setAttributeHtml(element: HTMLElement, attributes: Object): void; /** @private */ export function createMeasureElements(): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/utility/path-util.d.ts /** * These utility methods help to process the data and to convert it to desired dimensions */ /** @private */ export function processPathData(data: string): Object[]; /** @private */ export function parsePathData(data: string): Object[]; /** * Used to find the path for rounded rect */ export function getRectanglePath(cornerRadius: number, height: number, width: number): string; /** * Used to find the path for polygon shapes */ export function getPolygonPath(collection: PointModel[]): string; /** @private */ export function pathSegmentCollection(collection: Object[]): Object[]; /** @private */ export function transformPath(arr: Object[], sX: number, sY: number, s: boolean, bX: number, bY: number, iX: number, iY: number): string; /** @private */ export function updatedSegment(segment: PathSegment, char: string, obj: PathSegment, isScale: boolean, sX: number, sY: number): Object; /** @private */ export function scalePathData(val: number, scaleFactor: number, oldOffset: number, newOffset: number): number; /** @private */ export function splitArrayCollection(arrayCollection: Object[]): Object[]; /** @private */ export function getPathString(arrayCollection: Object[]): string; /** @private */ export function getString(obj: PathSegment): string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/utility/swim-lane-util.d.ts /** * SwimLane modules are used to rendering and interaction. */ /** @private */ export function initSwimLane(grid: GridPanel, diagram: Diagram, node: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ export function addObjectToGrid(diagram: Diagram, grid: GridPanel, parent: NodeModel, object: NodeModel, isHeader?: boolean, isPhase?: boolean, isLane?: boolean, canvas?: string): Container; /** @private */ export function headerDefine(grid: GridPanel, diagram: Diagram, object: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ export function phaseDefine(grid: GridPanel, diagram: Diagram, object: NodeModel, indexValue: number, orientation: boolean, phaseIndex: number): void; /** @private */ export function laneCollection(grid: GridPanel, diagram: Diagram, object: NodeModel, indexValue: number, laneIndex: number, orientation: boolean): void; /** @private */ export function createRow(row: RowDefinition[], height: number): void; /** @private */ export function createColumn(width: number): ColumnDefinition; /** @private */ export function initGridRow(row: RowDefinition[], orientation: boolean, object: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ export function initGridColumns(columns: ColumnDefinition[], orientation: boolean, object: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ export function getConnectors(diagram: Diagram, grid: GridPanel, rowIndex: number, isRowUpdate: boolean): string[]; /** @private */ export function swimLaneMeasureAndArrange(obj: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ export function ChangeLaneIndex(diagram: Diagram, obj: NodeModel, startRowIndex: number): void; /** @private */ export function arrangeChildNodesInSwimLane(diagram: Diagram, obj: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ export function updateChildOuterBounds(grid: GridPanel, obj: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ export function checkLaneSize(obj: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ export function checkPhaseOffset(obj: NodeModel, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ export function updateConnectorsProperties(connectors: string[], diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ export function laneInterChanged(diagram: Diagram, obj: NodeModel, target: NodeModel, position?: PointModel): void; /** @private */ export function updateSwimLaneObject(diagram: Diagram, obj: Node, swimLane: NodeModel, helperObject: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ export function findLaneIndex(swimLane: NodeModel, laneObj: NodeModel): number; /** @private */ export function findPhaseIndex(phase: NodeModel, swimLane: NodeModel): number; /** @private */ export function findStartLaneIndex(swimLane: NodeModel): number; /** @private */ export function updatePhaseMaxWidth(parent: NodeModel, diagram: Diagram, wrapper: Canvas, columnIndex: number): void; /** @private */ export function updateHeaderMaxWidth(diagram: Diagram, swimLane: NodeModel): void; /** @private */ export function addLane(diagram: Diagram, parent: NodeModel, lane: LaneModel, count?: number): void; export function addPhase(diagram: Diagram, parent: NodeModel, newPhase: PhaseModel): void; export function addLastPhase(phaseIndex: number, parent: NodeModel, entry: HistoryEntry, grid: GridPanel, orientation: boolean, newPhase: PhaseModel): void; export function addHorizontalPhase(diagram: Diagram, node: NodeModel, grid: GridPanel, index: number, orientation: boolean): void; export function addVerticalPhase(diagram: Diagram, node: NodeModel, grid: GridPanel, rowIndex: number, orientation: boolean): void; export function arrangeChildInGrid(diagram: Diagram, nextCell: GridCell, gridCell: GridCell, rect: Rect, parentWrapper: Container, orientation: boolean, prevCell?: GridCell): void; export function swimLaneSelection(diagram: Diagram, node: NodeModel, corner: string): void; export function pasteSwimLane(swimLane: NodeModel, diagram: Diagram, clipboardData?: ClipBoardObject, laneNode?: NodeModel, isLane?: boolean, isUndo?: boolean): NodeModel; export function gridSelection(diagram: Diagram, selectorModel: SelectorModel, id?: string, isSymbolDrag?: boolean): Canvas; export function removeLaneChildNode(diagram: Diagram, swimLaneNode: NodeModel, currentObj: NodeModel, isChildNode?: NodeModel): void; export function getGridChildren(obj: DiagramElement): DiagramElement; export function removeSwimLane(diagram: Diagram, obj: NodeModel): void; export function removeLane(diagram: Diagram, lane: NodeModel, swimLane: NodeModel): void; export function removeChildren(diagram: Diagram, canvas: Canvas): void; export function removePhase(diagram: Diagram, phase: NodeModel, swimLane: NodeModel): void; export function removeHorizontalPhase(diagram: Diagram, grid: GridPanel, phase: NodeModel): void; export function removeVerticalPhase(diagram: Diagram, grid: GridPanel, phase: NodeModel, phaseIndex: number, swimLane: NodeModel): void; /** * @private */ export function considerSwimLanePadding(diagram: Diagram, node: NodeModel, padding: number): void; /** * @private */ export function checkLaneChildrenOffset(swimLane: NodeModel): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/diagram/utility/uml-util.d.ts /** * These utility methods help to process the data and to convert it to desired dimensions */ /** @private */ export function getULMClassifierShapes(content: DiagramElement, node: NodeModel, diagram: Diagram): DiagramElement; /** @private */ export function getClassNodes(node: Node, diagram: Diagram, classifier: UmlClassModel, textWrap: TextWrap): void; /** @private */ export function getClassMembers(node: Node, diagram: Diagram, classifier: UmlClassModel, textWrap: TextWrap): void; /** @private */ export function addSeparator(stack: Node, diagram: Diagram): void; /** @private */ export function getStyle(stack: Node, node: UmlClassModel): TextStyleModel; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/index.d.ts /** * Diagram component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/overview/index.d.ts /** * Overview Components */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/overview/overview-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Overview */ export interface OverviewModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Defines the width of the overview * @default '100%' */ width?: string | number; /** * Defines the height of the overview * @default '100%' */ height?: string | number; /** * Defines the ID of the overview * @default '' */ sourceID?: string; /** * Triggers after render the diagram elements * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/overview/overview.d.ts /** * Overview control allows you to see a preview or an overall view of the entire content of a Diagram. * This helps you to look at the overall picture of a large Diagram * To navigate, pan, or zoom, on a particular position of the page. * ```html * <div id='diagram'/> * <div id="overview"></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let overview: Overview; * let diagram$: Diagram = new Diagram({ * width:'1000px', height:'500px' }); * diagram.appendTo('#diagram'); * let options: OverviewModel = {}; * options.sourceID = 'diagram'; * options.width = '250px'; * options.height = '500px'; * overview = new Overview(options); * overview.appendTo('#overview'); * ``` */ export class Overview extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * Defines the width of the overview * @default '100%' */ width: string | number; /** * Defines the height of the overview * @default '100%' */ height: string | number; /** * Defines the ID of the overview * @default '' */ sourceID: string; /** * Triggers after render the diagram elements * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; private parent; private canvas; private svg; /** @private */ mode: RenderingMode; /** @private */ id: string; private actionName; private startPoint; private currentPoint; private prevPoint; private resizeDirection; private scale; private inAction; private viewPortRatio; private horizontalOffset; private verticalOffset; /** @private */ contentWidth: number; /** @private */ contentHeight: number; /** @private */ diagramLayer: HTMLCanvasElement | SVGGElement; private diagramLayerDiv; private model; private helper; private resizeTo; private event; /** @private */ diagramRenderer: DiagramRenderer; constructor(options?: OverviewModel, element?: HTMLElement | string); /** * Updates the overview control when the objects are changed * @param newProp Lists the new values of the changed properties * @param oldProp Lists the old values of the changed properties */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: OverviewModel, oldProp: OverviewModel): void; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @return {string} */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Initialize nodes, connectors and renderer */ protected preRender(): void; protected render(): void; private getSizeValue; private renderCanvas; private setParent; private getDiagram; private unWireEvents; private wireEvents; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ renderDocument(view: Overview): void; /** @private */ removeDocument(view: Overview): void; private renderHtmlLayer; private renderNativeLayer; private addOverviewRectPanel; private renderOverviewCorner; private updateOverviewRectangle; private updateHelper; private updateOverviewrect; private updateOverviewCorner; private translateOverviewRectangle; private renderOverviewRect; private scrollOverviewRect; private updateParentView; /** @private */ updateView(view: Overview): void; private scrolled; private updateCursor; private mouseMove; private documentMouseUp; private windowResize; /** @private */ mouseDown(evt: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): void; private mouseUp; private initHelper; private mousePosition; /** * To destroy the Overview * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/ruler/index.d.ts /** * Exported Ruler files */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/ruler/objects/interface/interfaces.d.ts /** * defines the interface for the rulers */ /** @private */ export interface IArrangeTickOptions { ruler?: Ruler; tickLength?: number; tickInterval?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/ruler/ruler-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Ruler */ export interface RulerModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Defines the unique interval of the ruler. * @default 5 */ interval?: number; /** * Sets the segment width of the ruler. * @default 100 */ segmentWidth?: number; /** * Defines the orientation of the ruler. * @default 'Horizontal' */ orientation?: RulerOrientation; /** * Defines the alignment of the tick in the ruler. * @default 'RightOrBottom' */ tickAlignment?: TickAlignment; /** * Defines the color of the marker. * @default 'red' */ markerColor?: string; /** * Defines the thickness of the ruler. * @default 25 */ thickness?: number; /** * Sets the segment width of the ruler. * @default null */ arrangeTick?: Function | string; /** * Defines the length of the ruler. * @default 400 */ length?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/ruler/ruler.d.ts /** * Set of TickAlignment available for Ruler. */ export type TickAlignment = 'LeftOrTop' | 'RightOrBottom'; /** * Set of orientations available for Ruler. */ export type RulerOrientation = 'Horizontal' | 'Vertical'; /** * Represents the Ruler component that measures the Diagram objects, indicate positions, and align Diagram elements. * ```html * <div id='ruler'>Show Ruler</div> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var rulerObj = new Ruler({ showRuler: true }); * rulerObj.appendTo('#ruler'); * </script> * ``` */ export class Ruler extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * Defines the unique interval of the ruler. * @default 5 */ interval: number; /** * Sets the segment width of the ruler. * @default 100 */ segmentWidth: number; /** * Defines the orientation of the ruler. * @default 'Horizontal' */ orientation: RulerOrientation; /** * Defines the alignment of the tick in the ruler. * @default 'RightOrBottom' */ tickAlignment: TickAlignment; /** * Defines the color of the marker. * @default 'red' */ markerColor: string; /** * Defines the thickness of the ruler. * @default 25 */ thickness: number; /** * Sets the segment width of the ruler. * @default null */ arrangeTick: Function | string; /** * Defines the length of the ruler. * @default 400 */ length: number; /** @private */ offset: number; /** @private */ scale: number; /** @private */ startValue: number; /** @private */ defStartValue: number; /** @private */ hRulerOffset: number; /** @private */ vRulerOffset: number; /** * Constructor for creating the Ruler base.Component */ constructor(options?: RulerModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Initializes the values of private members. * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Renders the rulers. * @private */ render(): void; /** * Core method to return the component name. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the ruler * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @return {string} */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Refreshes the ruler when the Ruler properties are updated * @param options */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: RulerModel, oldProp: RulerModel): void; private updateRulerGeometry; private renderRulerSpace; private updateRuler; private updateSegments; private updateSegment; private updateTickLabel; private getNewSegment; private createNewTicks; private getLinePoint; private createTick; private createTickLabel; /** * @private * @param scale */ updateSegmentWidth(scale: number): number; private createMarkerLine; /** * @private * @param rulerObj * @param currentPoint */ drawRulerMarker(rulerObj: HTMLElement, currentPoint: PointModel, offset: number): void; private getRulerGeometry; private getRulerSize; private getRulerSVG; /** * Method to bind events for the ruler */ private wireEvents; /** * Method to unbind events for the ruler */ private unWireEvents; } export interface RulerSegment { segment: SVGElement; label: SVGTextElement; } export interface Trans { trans: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/symbol-palette/index.d.ts /** * Exported symbol palette files */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/symbol-palette/symbol-palette-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Palette */ export interface PaletteModel { /** * Defines the unique id of a symbol group * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * Sets the height of the symbol group * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height?: number; /** * Sets whether the palette items to be expanded or not * @default true */ expanded?: boolean; /** * Defines the content of the symbol group * @default '' */ iconCss?: string; /** * Defines the title of the symbol group * @default '' */ title?: string; /** * Defines the collection of predefined symbols * @aspType object */ symbols?: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; } /** * Interface for a class SymbolPreview */ export interface SymbolPreviewModel { /** * Sets the preview width of the symbols * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ width?: number; /** * Sets the preview height of the symbols * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height?: number; /** * Defines the distance to be left between the cursor and symbol * @default {} */ offset?: PointModel; } /** * Interface for a class SymbolPalette */ export interface SymbolPaletteModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Configures the key, when it pressed the symbol palette will be focused * @default 'S' */ accessKey?: string; /** * Defines the width of the symbol palette * @default '100%' */ width?: string | number; /** * Defines the height of the symbol palette * @default '100%' */ height?: string | number; /** * Defines the collection of symbol groups * @default [] */ palettes?: PaletteModel[]; /** * ```html * <div id="symbolpalette"></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let palette: SymbolPalette = new SymbolPalette({ * expandMode: 'Multiple', * palettes: [ * { id: 'flow', expanded: false, symbols: getFlowShapes(), title: 'Flow Shapes' }, * ], * width: '100%', height: '100%', symbolHeight: 50, symbolWidth: 50, * symbolPreview: { height: 100, width: 100 }, * enableSearch: true, * getNodeDefaults: setPaletteNodeDefaults, * symbolMargin: { left: 12, right: 12, top: 12, bottom: 12 }, * getSymbolInfo: (symbol: NodeModel): SymbolInfo => { * return { fit: true }; * } * }); * palette.appendTo('#symbolpalette'); * export function getFlowShapes(): NodeModel[] { * let flowShapes: NodeModel[] = [ * { id: 'Terminator', shape: { type: 'Flow', shape: 'Terminator' }, style: { strokeWidth: 2 } }, * { id: 'Process', shape: { type: 'Flow', shape: 'Process' }, style: { strokeWidth: 2 } }, * { id: 'Decision', shape: { type: 'Flow', shape: 'Decision' }, style: { strokeWidth: 2 } } * ]; * return flowShapes; * } * function setPaletteNodeDefaults(node: NodeModel): void { * if (node.id === 'Terminator' || node.id === 'Process') { * node.width = 130; * node.height = 65; * } else { * node.width = 50; * node.height = 50; * } * node.style.strokeColor = '#3A3A3A'; * } * ``` */ getSymbolInfo?: Function | string; /** * Defines the symbols to be added in search palette * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ filterSymbols?: Function | string; /** * Defines the content of a symbol * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ getSymbolTemplate?: Function | string; /** * Defines the width of the symbol * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ symbolWidth?: number; /** * Defines the height of the symbol * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ symbolHeight?: number; /** * Defines the space to be left around a symbol * @default {left:10,right:10,top:10,bottom:10} */ symbolMargin?: MarginModel; /** * Defines whether the symbols can be dragged from palette or not * @default true */ allowDrag?: boolean; /** * Defines the size and position of the symbol preview * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ symbolPreview?: SymbolPreviewModel; /** * Enables/Disables search option in symbol palette * @default false */ enableSearch?: boolean; /** * Enables/Disables animation when the palette header is expanded/collapsed */ enableAnimation?: boolean; /** * Defines how many palettes can be at expanded mode at a time * @default 'Multiple' */ expandMode?: navigations.ExpandMode; /** * Triggers after the selection changes in the symbol palette * @event */ paletteSelectionChange?: base.EmitType<IPaletteSelectionChangeArgs>; /** * Helps to return the default properties of node */ getNodeDefaults?: Function | string; /** * Helps to return the default properties of connector */ getConnectorDefaults?: Function | string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-diagrams/src/symbol-palette/symbol-palette.d.ts /** * A palette allows to display a group of related symbols and it textually annotates the group with its header. */ export class Palette extends base.ChildProperty<Palette> { /** * Defines the unique id of a symbol group * @default '' */ id: string; /** * Sets the height of the symbol group * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height: number; /** * Sets whether the palette items to be expanded or not * @default true */ expanded: boolean; /** * Defines the content of the symbol group * @default '' */ iconCss: string; /** * Defines the title of the symbol group * @default '' */ title: string; /** * Defines the collection of predefined symbols * @aspType object */ symbols: (NodeModel | ConnectorModel)[]; /** @private */ isInteraction: boolean; } /** * customize the preview size and position of the individual palette items. */ export class SymbolPreview extends base.ChildProperty<SymbolPreview> { /** * Sets the preview width of the symbols * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ width: number; /** * Sets the preview height of the symbols * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height: number; /** * Defines the distance to be left between the cursor and symbol * @default {} */ offset: PointModel; } /** * Represents the Symbol Palette base.Component. * ```html * <div id="symbolpalette"></div> * <script> * var palette = new SymbolPalatte({ allowDrag:true }); * palette.appendTo("#symbolpalette"); * </script> * ``` */ /** * The symbol palette control allows to predefine the frequently used nodes and connectors * and to drag and drop those nodes/connectors to drawing area */ export class SymbolPalette extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * Configures the key, when it pressed the symbol palette will be focused * @default 'S' */ accessKey: string; /** * Defines the width of the symbol palette * @default '100%' */ width: string | number; /** * Defines the height of the symbol palette * @default '100%' */ height: string | number; /** * Defines the collection of symbol groups * @default [] */ palettes: PaletteModel[]; /** * Defines the size, appearance and description of a symbol * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ /** * ```html * <div id="symbolpalette"></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let palette$: SymbolPalette = new SymbolPalette({ * expandMode: 'Multiple', * palettes: [ * { id: 'flow', expanded: false, symbols: getFlowShapes(), title: 'Flow Shapes' }, * ], * width: '100%', height: '100%', symbolHeight: 50, symbolWidth: 50, * symbolPreview: { height: 100, width: 100 }, * enableSearch: true, * getNodeDefaults: setPaletteNodeDefaults, * symbolMargin: { left: 12, right: 12, top: 12, bottom: 12 }, * getSymbolInfo: (symbol: NodeModel): SymbolInfo => { * return { fit: true }; * } * }); * palette.appendTo('#symbolpalette'); * export function getFlowShapes(): NodeModel[] { * let flowShapes$: NodeModel[] = [ * { id: 'Terminator', shape: { type: 'Flow', shape: 'Terminator' }, style: { strokeWidth: 2 } }, * { id: 'Process', shape: { type: 'Flow', shape: 'Process' }, style: { strokeWidth: 2 } }, * { id: 'Decision', shape: { type: 'Flow', shape: 'Decision' }, style: { strokeWidth: 2 } } * ]; * return flowShapes; * } * function setPaletteNodeDefaults(node: NodeModel): void { * if (node.id === 'Terminator' || node.id === 'Process') { * node.width = 130; * node.height = 65; * } else { * node.width = 50; * node.height = 50; * } * node.style.strokeColor = '#3A3A3A'; * } * ``` */ getSymbolInfo: Function | string; /** * Defines the symbols to be added in search palette * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ filterSymbols: Function | string; /** * Defines the content of a symbol * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ getSymbolTemplate: Function | string; /** * Defines the width of the symbol * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ symbolWidth: number; /** * Defines the height of the symbol * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ symbolHeight: number; /** * Defines the space to be left around a symbol * @default {left:10,right:10,top:10,bottom:10} */ symbolMargin: MarginModel; /** * Defines whether the symbols can be dragged from palette or not * @default true */ allowDrag: boolean; /** * Defines the size and position of the symbol preview * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ symbolPreview: SymbolPreviewModel; /** * Enables/Disables search option in symbol palette * @default false */ enableSearch: boolean; /** * Enables/Disables animation when the palette header is expanded/collapsed */ enableAnimation: boolean; /** * Defines how many palettes can be at expanded mode at a time * @default 'Multiple' */ expandMode: navigations.ExpandMode; /** * Triggers after the selection changes in the symbol palette * @event */ paletteSelectionChange: base.EmitType<IPaletteSelectionChangeArgs>; /** * `bpmnModule` is used to add built-in BPMN Shapes to diagrams * @private */ bpmnModule: BpmnDiagrams; /** * Helps to return the default properties of node */ getNodeDefaults: Function | string; /** * Helps to return the default properties of connector */ getConnectorDefaults: Function | string; /** @private */ selectedSymbols: NodeModel | ConnectorModel; /** @private */ symbolTable: {}; /** @private */ childTable: {}; private diagramRenderer; private svgRenderer; private accordionElement; private highlightedSymbol; private selectedSymbol; private info; private timer; private draggable; private laneTable; /** * Constructor for creating the component * @hidden */ constructor(options?: SymbolPaletteModel, element?: Element); /** * Refreshes the panel when the symbol palette properties are updated * @param newProp Defines the new values of the changed properties * @param oldProp Defines the old values of the changed properties */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: SymbolPaletteModel, oldProp: SymbolPaletteModel): void; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @return {string} */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Initialize nodes, connectors and renderer */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Renders nodes and connectors in the symbol palette */ render(): void; /** * To get Module name * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for control rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @private */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * To destroy the symbol palette * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * Method to initialize the items in the symbols */ private initSymbols; /** * Method to create the palette */ private renderPalette; /** * Used to add the palette item as nodes or connectors in palettes */ addPaletteItem(paletteName: string, paletteSymbol: NodeModel | ConnectorModel): void; /** * Used to remove the palette item as nodes or connectors in palettes */ removePaletteItem(paletteName: string, symbolId: string): void; /** * Method to create the symbols in canvas */ private prepareSymbol; private getContainer; /** * Method to get the symbol text description * @return {void} * @private */ private getSymbolDescription; /** * Method to renders the symbols * @return {void} * @private */ private renderSymbols; /** * Method to clone the symbol for previewing the symbols * @return {void} * @private */ private getSymbolPreview; private measureAndArrangeSymbol; private updateSymbolSize; /** * Method to create canvas and render the symbol * @return {void} * @private */ private getSymbolContainer; private getGroupParent; private getHtmlSymbol; private getSymbolSize; private getMousePosition; private mouseMove; private mouseUp; private keyUp; private mouseDown; private keyDown; private initDraggable; /** * helper method for draggable * @return {void} * @private */ private helper; private dragStart; private dragStop; private scaleSymbol; private scaleChildren; private measureChild; private scaleGroup; private refreshPalettes; private updatePalettes; private createTextbox; private searchPalette; private createSearchPalette; /** * Method to bind events for the symbol palette */ private wireEvents; /** * Method to unbind events for the symbol palette */ private unWireEvents; } /** * Defines the size and description of a symbol */ export interface SymbolInfo { /** * Defines the width of the symbol to be drawn over the palette * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ width?: number; /** * Defines the height of the symbol to be drawn over the palette * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ height?: number; /** * Defines whether the symbol has to be fit inside the size, that is defined by the symbol palette * @default true */ fit?: boolean; /** * Define the template of the symbol that is to be drawn over the palette * @default null */ template?: DiagramElement; /** * Define the text to be displayed and how that is to be handled. * @default null */ description?: SymbolDescription; /** * Define the text to be displayed when mouse hover on the shape. * @default '' */ tooltip?: string; } /** * Defines the textual description of a symbol */ export interface SymbolDescription { /** * Defines the symbol description * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default undefined */ text?: string; /** * Defines how to handle the text when its size exceeds the given symbol size * * Wrap - Wraps the text to next line, when it exceeds its bounds * * Ellipsis - It truncates the overflown text and represents the clipping with an ellipsis * * Clip - It clips the overflow text * @default ellipsis */ overflow?: TextOverflow; /** * Defines how to wrap the text * * WrapWithOverflow - Wraps the text so that no word is broken * * Wrap - Wraps the text and breaks the word, if necessary * * NoWrap - Text will no be wrapped * @default Wrap */ wrap?: TextWrap; } } export namespace documenteditor { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor-container/document-editor-container-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class DocumentEditorContainer */ export interface DocumentEditorContainerModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Show or hide properties pane. */ showPropertiesPane?: boolean; /** * Enable or disable toolbar in document editor container. */ enableToolbar?: boolean; /** * Restrict editing operation. */ restrictEditing?: boolean; /** * Enable local paste */ enableLocalPaste?: boolean; /** * Sfdt service URL. */ serviceUrl?: string; /** * Triggers when the component is created * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor-container/document-editor-container.d.ts /** * Document Editor container component. */ export class DocumentEditorContainer extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * Show or hide properties pane. */ showPropertiesPane: boolean; /** * Enable or disable toolbar in document editor container. */ enableToolbar: boolean; /** * Restrict editing operation. */ restrictEditing: boolean; /** * Enable local paste */ enableLocalPaste: boolean; /** * Sfdt service URL. */ serviceUrl: string; /** * Triggers when the component is created * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Document editor container's toolbar module */ toolbarModule: Toolbar; /** * @private */ localObj: base.L10n; /** * Document Editor instance */ documentEditor: DocumentEditor; /** * @private */ toolbarContainer: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ editorContainer: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ propertiesPaneContainer: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ statusBarElement: HTMLElement; /** * Text Properties * @private */ textProperties: TextProperties; /** * Header footer Properties * @private */ headerFooterProperties: HeaderFooterProperties; /** * Image Properties Pane * @private */ imageProperties: ImageProperties; /** * @private */ tocProperties: TocProperties; /** * @private */ tableProperties: TableProperties; /** * @private */ statusBar: StatusBar; /** * @private */ containerTarget: HTMLElement; /** * Initialize the constructor of DocumentEditorContainer */ constructor(options?: DocumentEditorContainerModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * default locale * @private */ defaultLocale: Object; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newModel: DocumentEditorContainerModel, oldModel: DocumentEditorContainerModel): void; /** * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * @private */ protected render(): void; /** * @private */ getPersistData(): string; protected requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; private initContainerElement; private initializeDocumentEditor; /** * @private */ showHidePropertiesPane(show: boolean): void; /** * @private */ onContentChange(): void; /** * @private */ onDocumentChange(): void; /** * @private */ onSelectionChange(): void; /** * @private */ private onZoomFactorChange; /** * @private */ private onRequestNavigate; /** * @private */ private onViewChange; /** * Destroys all managed resources used by this object. */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor-container/index.d.ts /** * export document editor container */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor-container/properties-pane/header-footer-pane.d.ts /** * Represents document editor header and footer. */ /** * @private */ export class HeaderFooterProperties { element: HTMLElement; private container; private firstPage; private oddOrEven; private pageNumber; private pageCount; private headerFromTop; private footerFromTop; private isHeaderTopApply; private isFooterTopApply; private isRtl; /** * @private */ readonly documentEditor: DocumentEditor; readonly toolbar: Toolbar; constructor(container: DocumentEditorContainer, isRtl?: boolean); initHeaderFooterPane(): void; showHeaderFooterPane(isShow: boolean): void; private initializeHeaderFooter; private createDivTemplate; private wireEvents; private onClose; private changeFirstPageOptions; private changeoddOrEvenOptions; private changeHeaderValue; private onHeaderValue; private onFooterValue; private changeFooterValue; onSelectionChange(): void; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor-container/properties-pane/image-properties-pane.d.ts /** * Image Property pane * @private */ export class ImageProperties { private container; private elementId; element: HTMLElement; private widthElement; private heightElement; private widthNumericBox; private heightNumericBox; private aspectRatioBtn; private isMaintainAspectRatio; private isWidthApply; private isHeightApply; private isRtl; readonly documentEditor: DocumentEditor; constructor(container: DocumentEditorContainer, isRtl?: boolean); private initializeImageProperties; private initImageProp; private createImagePropertiesDiv; wireEvents: () => void; private onImageWidth; private onImageHeight; private applyImageWidth; private applyImageHeight; private onAspectRatioBtnClick; showImageProperties(isShow: boolean): void; updateImageProperties(): void; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor-container/properties-pane/paragraph-properties.d.ts /** * Paragraph Properties * @private */ export class Paragraph { private container; private textProperties; private leftAlignment; private rightAlignment; private centerAlignment; private justify; private increaseIndent; private decreaseIndent; private lineSpacing; private style; private isRetrieving; private styleName; appliedBulletStyle: string; appliedNumberingStyle: string; appliedLineSpacing: string; private noneNumberTag; private numberList; private lowLetter; private upLetter; private lowRoman; private upRoman; private noneBulletTag; private dotBullet; private circleBullet; private squareBullet; private flowerBullet; private arrowBullet; private tickBullet; localObj: base.L10n; private isRtl; private splitButtonClass; readonly documentEditor: DocumentEditor; constructor(container: DocumentEditorContainer); initializeParagraphPropertiesDiv(wholeDiv: HTMLElement, isRtl?: boolean): void; private createSeperator; private createDivElement; private createButtonTemplate; private createLineSpacingDropdown; private createNumberListDropButton; private updateSelectedBulletListType; private updateSelectedNumberedListType; private removeSelectedList; private applyLastAppliedNumbering; private applyLastAppliedBullet; private createBulletListDropButton; private createNumberListTag; private createNumberNoneListTag; private createBulletListTag; private createStyleDropDownList; private updateOptions; updateStyleNames(): void; private closeStyleValue; private createStyle; private constructStyleDropItems; private parseStyle; wireEvent(): void; unwireEvents(): void; private leftAlignmentAction; private lineSpacingAction; private setLineSpacing; private selectStyleValue; private applyStyleValue; private rightAlignmentAction; private centerAlignmentAction; private justifyAction; private increaseIndentAction; private decreaseIndentAction; private numberedNoneClick; private numberedNumberDotClick; private numberedUpRomanClick; private numberedUpLetterClick; private numberedLowLetterClick; private numberedLowRomanClick; private bulletDotClick; private bulletCircleClick; private bulletSquareClick; private bulletFlowerClick; private bulletArrowClick; private bulletTickClick; onSelectionChange(): void; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor-container/properties-pane/status-bar.d.ts /** * Represents document editor status bar. * @private */ export class StatusBar { private container; private statusBarDiv; private pageCount; private zoom; private pageNumberLabel; private editablePageNumber; startPage: number; localObj: base.L10n; readonly documentEditor: DocumentEditor; readonly editorPageCount: number; constructor(parentElement: HTMLElement, docEditor: DocumentEditorContainer); private initializeStatusBar; private onZoom; updateZoomContent: () => void; private setZoomValue; /** * Updates page count. */ updatePageCount: () => void; /** * Updates page number. */ updatePageNumber: () => void; updatePageNumberOnViewChange: (args: ViewChangeEventArgs) => void; private wireEvents; private updateDocumentEditorPageNumber; private destroy; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor-container/properties-pane/table-of-content-pane.d.ts /** * TOC Properties pane * @private */ export class TocProperties { private container; element: HTMLElement; private elementId; private template1Div; private showPageNumber; private rightalignPageNumber; private hyperlink; private borderBtn; private updateBtn; private cancelBtn; private borderLevelStyle; headerDiv: HTMLElement; private closeButton; private prevContext; localObj: base.L10n; private isRtl; /** * @private */ readonly documentEditor: DocumentEditor; /** * @private */ readonly toolbar: Toolbar; constructor(container: DocumentEditorContainer, isRtl?: boolean); private initializeTocPane; private updateTocProperties; private wireEvents; private onClose; private tocHeaderDiv; private initTemplates; private template1; private tocOptionsDiv; private createDropdownOption; createDropDownButton(id: string, parentDiv: HTMLElement, iconCss: string, content: string[], selectedIndex: number): dropdowns.DropDownList; private contentStylesDropdown; private checkboxContent; private buttonDiv; showTocPane: (isShow: boolean, previousContextType?: ContextType) => void; private onInsertToc; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor-container/properties-pane/table-properties-pane.d.ts /** * Represents table properties * @private */ export class TableProperties { private container; private tableProperties; propertiesTab: navigations.Tab; private elementId; tableTextProperties: TextProperties; imageProperty: ImageProperties; private shadingBtn; private borderBtn; private borderSize; private tableOutlineBorder; private tableAllBorder; private tableCenterBorder; private tableLeftBorder; private tableCenterVerticalBorder; private tableRightBorder; private tableTopBorder; private tableCenterHorizontalBorder; private tableBottomBorder; private horizontalMerge; private insertRowAbove; private insertRowBelow; private insertColumnLeft; private insertColumnRight; private deleteRow; private deleteColumn; private topMargin; private bottomMargin; private leftMargin; private rightMargin; private alignBottom; private alignCenterHorizontal; private alignTop; private borderSizeColorElement; element: HTMLElement; private prevContext; private textProperties; private isTopMarginApply; private isRightMarginApply; private isBottomMarginApply; private isLeftMarginApply; private borderColor; private parentElement; localObj: base.L10n; private isRtl; private groupButtonClass; readonly documentEditor: DocumentEditor; constructor(container: DocumentEditorContainer, imageProperty: ImageProperties, textProperties: TextProperties, isRtl?: boolean); private initializeTablePropPane; private addTablePropertyTab; private onTabSelection; private wireEvent; private getBorder; private onOutlineBorder; private onAllBorder; private onInsideBorder; private onLeftBorder; private onVerticalBorder; private onRightBorder; private onTopBorder; private onHorizontalBorder; private onBottomBorder; private onTopMargin; private onBottomMargin; private onLeftMargin; private onRightMargin; private applyTopMargin; private applyBottomMargin; private applyLeftMargin; private applyRightMargin; private applyAlignTop; private applyAlignBottom; private applyAlignCenterHorizontal; private onMergeCell; private onInsertRowAbove; private onInsertRowBelow; private onInsertColumnLeft; private onInsertColumnRight; private onDeleteRow; private onDeleteColumn; onSelectionChange: () => void; private changeBackgroundColor; private initFillColorDiv; private initBorderStylesDiv; private initCellDiv; private initInsertOrDelCell; private initCellMargin; private initAlignText; private createCellMarginTextBox; private createBorderSizeDropDown; private onBorderSizeChange; private createDropdownOption; createDropDownButton: (id: string, styles: string, parentDiv: HTMLElement, iconCss: string, content: string, items?: splitbuttons.ItemModel[], target?: HTMLElement) => splitbuttons.DropDownButton; private createButtonTemplate; private createColorPickerTemplate; showTableProperties: (isShow: boolean) => void; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor-container/properties-pane/text-properties-pane.d.ts /** * Text Properties pane * @private */ export class TextProperties { element: HTMLElement; private container; private text; private paragraph; private isInitial; readonly documentEditor: DocumentEditor; constructor(container: DocumentEditorContainer, id: string, isTableProperties: boolean, isRtl?: boolean); updateStyles(): void; appliedHighlightColor: string; appliedBulletStyle: string; appliedNumberingStyle: string; showTextProperties: (isShow: boolean) => void; private initializeTextProperties; private generateUniqueID; wireEvents(): void; onSelectionChange(): void; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor-container/properties-pane/text-properties.d.ts /** * Text Properties * @private */ export class Text { private container; private textProperties; private bold; private italic; private underline; private strikethrough; private subscript; private superscript; private fontColor; private highlightColor; private highlightColorElement; private fontColorInputElement; private highlightColorInputElement; private clearFormat; private fontSize; private fontFamily; private isRetrieving; appliedHighlightColor: string; localObj: base.L10n; private isRtl; readonly documentEditor: DocumentEditor; constructor(container: DocumentEditorContainer, isRtl?: boolean); initializeTextPropertiesDiv(wholeDiv: HTMLElement, isRtl?: boolean): void; private createHighlightColorSplitButton; private openPopup; private closePopup; private initializeHighlightColorElement; private createHightlighColorPickerDiv; private onHighLightColor; private applyHighlightColorAsBackground; private removeSelectedColorDiv; private applyHighlightColor; private getHighLightColor; private createDiv; private createButtonTemplate; private createFontColorPicker; /** * Adds file colot elements to parent div. */ private createColorTypeInput; private createDropDownListForSize; private createDropDownListForFamily; wireEvent(): void; unwireEvents(): void; private boldAction; private italicAction; private underlineAction; private strikethroughAction; private clearFormatAction; private subscriptAction; private superscriptAction; private changeFontColor; private changeFontFamily; private changeFontSize; onSelectionChange(): void; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor-container/tool-bar/index.d.ts /** * Export toolbar module */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor-container/tool-bar/tool-bar.d.ts /** * Toolbar Module */ export class Toolbar { /** * @private */ toolbar: navigations.Toolbar; /** * @private */ container: DocumentEditorContainer; /** * @private */ filePicker: HTMLInputElement; /** * @private */ imagePicker: HTMLInputElement; /** * @private */ propertiesPaneButton: buttons.Button; /** * @private */ showPropertiesPane: boolean; /** * @private */ showHeaderProperties: boolean; /** * @private */ previousContext: string; /** * @private */ readonly documentEditor: DocumentEditor; /** * @private */ constructor(container: DocumentEditorContainer); private getModuleName; /** * @private */ private render; private showHidePropertiesPane; private onWrapText; private wireEvent; private initToolbarItems; private clickHandler; private toggleLocalPaste; private toggleEditing; private toggleButton; private togglePropertiesPane; private onDropDownButtonSelect; private onFileChange; private convertToSfdt; private onImageChange; private insertImage; /** * @private */ enableDisableToolBarItem(enable: boolean): void; /** * @private */ enableDisableUndoRedo(): void; private onToc; /** * @private */ enableDisablePropertyPaneButton(isShow: boolean): void; /** * @private */ showPropertiesPaneOnSelection: () => void; private showProperties; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/base/dictionary.d.ts /** * @private */ export interface DictionaryInfo<K, V> { } /** * @private */ export class Dictionary<K, V> implements DictionaryInfo<K, V> { private keysInternal; private valuesInternal; /** * @private */ readonly length: number; /** * @private */ readonly keys: K[]; /** * @private */ add(key: K, value: V): number; /** * @private */ get(key: K): V; /** * @private */ set(key: K, value: V): void; /** * @private */ remove(key: K): boolean; /** * @private */ containsKey(key: K): boolean; /** * @private */ clear(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/base/events-helper.d.ts /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about documentChange event. */ export interface DocumentChangeEventArgs { /** * Specifies the source DocumentEditor instance which triggers this documentChange event. */ source: DocumentEditor; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about viewChange event. */ export interface ViewChangeEventArgs { /** * Specifies the page number that starts in the view port. */ startPage: number; /** * Specifies the page number that ends in the view port. */ endPage: number; /** * Specifies the source DocumentEditor instance which triggers this viewChange event. */ source: DocumentEditor; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about zoomFactorChange event. */ export interface ZoomFactorChangeEventArgs { /** * Specifies the source DocumentEditor instance which triggers this zoomFactorChange event. */ source: DocumentEditor; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about selectionChange event. */ export interface SelectionChangeEventArgs { /** * Specifies the source DocumentEditor instance which triggers this selectionChange event. */ source: DocumentEditor; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about requestNavigate event. */ export interface RequestNavigateEventArgs { /** * Specifies the navigation link. */ navigationLink: string; /** * Specifies the link type. */ linkType: HyperlinkType; /** * Specifies the local reference if any. */ localReference: string; /** * Specifies whether the event is handled or not. */ isHandled: boolean; /** * Specifies the source DocumentEditor instance which triggers this requestNavigate event. */ source: DocumentEditor; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about contentChange event. */ export interface ContentChangeEventArgs { /** * Specifies the source DocumentEditor instance which triggers this contentChange event. */ source: DocumentEditor; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about key down event. */ export interface DocumentEditorKeyDownEventArgs { /** * Key down event argument */ event: KeyboardEvent; /** * Specifies whether the event is handled or not */ isHandled: boolean; /** * Specifies the source DocumentEditor instance which triggers this key down event. */ source: DocumentEditor; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about searchResultsChange event. */ export interface SearchResultsChangeEventArgs { /** * Specifies the source DocumentEditor instance which triggers this searchResultsChange event. */ source: DocumentEditor; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about customContentMenu event. */ export interface CustomContentMenuEventArgs { /** * Specifies the id of selected custom context menu item. */ id: string; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about BeforeOpenCloseCustomContentMenu event. */ export interface BeforeOpenCloseCustomContentMenuEventArgs { /** * Specifies the array of added custom context menu item ids. */ ids: string[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/base/index.d.ts /** * export types */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/base/types.d.ts /** * Specified the hyperlink type. */ export type HyperlinkType = /** * Specifies the link to a file. The link that starts with "file:///". */ 'File' | /** * Specifies the link to a web page. The link that starts with "http://", "https://", "www." etc. */ 'WebPage' | /** * Specifies the link to an e-mail. The link that starts with "mailto:". */ 'Email' | /** * Specifies the link to a bookmark. The link that refers to a bookmark. */ 'Bookmark'; /** * Enum underline for character format */ export type Underline = 'None' | 'Single' | 'Words' | 'Double' | 'Dotted' | 'Thick' | 'Dash' | 'DashLong' | 'DotDash' | 'DotDotDash' | 'Wavy' | 'DottedHeavy' | 'DashHeavy' | 'DashLongHeavy' | 'DotDashHeavy' | 'DotDotDashHeavy' | 'WavyHeavy' | 'WavyDouble'; /** * enum strikethrough for character format */ export type Strikethrough = 'None' | 'SingleStrike' | 'DoubleStrike'; /** * enum baseline alignment for character format */ export type BaselineAlignment = 'Normal' | 'Superscript' | 'Subscript'; /** * enum highlight color for character format */ export type HighlightColor = 'NoColor' | 'Yellow' | 'BrightGreen' | 'Turquoise' | 'Pink' | 'Blue' | 'Red' | 'DarkBlue' | 'Teal' | 'Green' | 'Violet' | 'DarkRed' | 'DarkYellow' | 'Gray50' | 'Gray25' | 'Black'; /** * Enum LineSpacingType For Paragraph Format Preservation */ export type LineSpacingType = /** * The line spacing can be greater than or equal to, but never less than, * the value specified in the LineSpacing property. */ 'AtLeast' | /** * The line spacing never changes from the value specified in the LineSpacing property, * even if a larger font is used within the paragraph. */ 'Exactly' | /** * The line spacing is specified in the LineSpacing property as the number of lines. * Single line spacing equals 12 points. */ 'Multiple'; /** * Enum TextAlignment For Paragraph Format Preservation */ export type TextAlignment = /** * Text is centered within the container. */ 'Center' | /** * Text is aligned to the left edge of the container. */ 'Left' | /** * Text is aligned to the right edge of the container. */ 'Right' | /** * Text is justified within the container. */ 'Justify'; /** * Enum for Header Footer */ export type HeaderFooterType = 'EvenHeader' | 'OddHeader' | 'EvenFooter' | 'OddFooter' | 'FirstPageHeader' | 'FirstPageFooter'; /** * Enum for List type */ export type ListType = 'None' | 'Bullet' | 'Numbering' | 'OutlineNumbering'; /** * Enum for List Level Pattern */ export type ListLevelPattern = 'Arabic' | 'UpRoman' | 'LowRoman' | 'UpLetter' | 'LowLetter' | 'Ordinal' | 'Number' | 'OrdinalText' | 'LeadingZero' | 'Bullet' | 'FarEast' | 'Special' | 'None'; /** * Enum for follow character type */ export type FollowCharacterType = 'Tab' | 'Space' | 'None'; export type TableAlignment = 'Left' | 'Center' | 'Right'; export type WidthType = 'Auto' | 'Percent' | 'Point'; export type CellVerticalAlignment = 'Top' | 'Center' | 'Bottom'; export type HeightType = 'Auto' | 'AtLeast' | 'Exactly'; export type LineStyle = 'None' | 'Single' | 'Dot' | 'DashSmallGap' | 'DashLargeGap' | //dashed 'DashDot' | //dotDash 'DashDotDot' | //dotDotDash 'Double' | 'Triple' | 'ThinThickSmallGap' | 'ThickThinSmallGap' | 'ThinThickThinSmallGap' | 'ThinThickMediumGap' | 'ThickThinMediumGap' | 'ThinThickThinMediumGap' | 'ThinThickLargeGap' | 'ThickThinLargeGap' | 'ThinThickThinLargeGap' | 'SingleWavy' | //wave. 'DoubleWavy' | //doubleWave. 'DashDotStroked' | 'Emboss3D' | 'Engrave3D' | 'Outset' | 'Inset' | 'Thick' | 'Cleared'; export type TextureStyle = 'TextureNone' | 'Texture2Pt5Percent' | 'Texture5Percent' | 'Texture7Pt5Percent' | 'Texture10Percent' | 'Texture12Pt5Percent' | 'Texture15Percent' | 'Texture17Pt5Percent' | 'Texture20Percent' | 'Texture22Pt5Percent' | 'Texture25Percent' | 'Texture27Pt5Percent' | 'Texture30Percent' | 'Texture32Pt5Percent' | 'Texture35Percent' | 'Texture37Pt5Percent' | 'Texture40Percent' | 'Texture42Pt5Percent' | 'Texture45Percent' | 'Texture47Pt5Percent' | 'Texture50Percent' | 'Texture52Pt5Percent' | 'Texture55Percent' | 'Texture57Pt5Percent' | 'Texture60Percent' | 'Texture62Pt5Percent' | 'Texture65Percent' | 'Texture67Pt5Percent' | 'Texture70Percent' | 'Texture72Pt5Percent' | 'Texture75Percent' | 'Texture77Pt5Percent' | 'Texture80Percent' | 'Texture82Pt5Percent' | 'Texture85Percent' | 'Texture87Pt5Percent' | 'Texture90Percent' | 'Texture92Pt5Percent' | 'Texture95Percent' | 'Texture97Pt5Percent' | 'TextureSolid' | 'TextureDarkHorizontal' | 'TextureDarkVertical' | 'TextureDarkDiagonalDown' | 'TextureDarkDiagonalUp' | 'TextureDarkCross' | 'TextureDarkDiagonalCross' | 'TextureHorizontal' | 'TextureVertical' | 'TextureDiagonalDown' | 'TextureDiagonalUp' | 'TextureCross' | 'TextureDiagonalCross'; /** * Format type. */ export type FormatType = /** * Microsoft Word Open XML Format. */ 'Docx' | /** * HTML Format. */ 'Html' | /** * Plain Text Format. */ 'Txt' | /** * Syncfusion Document Text Format. */ 'Sfdt'; /** * Enum for find option */ export type FindOption = 'None' | 'WholeWord' | 'CaseSensitive' | 'CaseSensitiveWholeWord'; /** * WColor interface * @private */ export interface WColor { r: number; g: number; b: number; } export type OutlineLevel = 'Level1' | 'Level2' | 'Level3' | 'Level4' | 'Level5' | 'Level6' | 'Level7' | 'Level8' | 'Level9' | 'BodyText'; /** * Specifies style type. */ export type StyleType = /** * Paragraph style. */ 'Paragraph' | /** * Character style. */ 'Character'; /** * Specifies table row placement. * @private */ export type RowPlacement = 'Above' | 'Below'; /** * Specifies table column placement. * @private */ export type ColumnPlacement = 'Left' | 'Right'; /** * Specifies the tab justification. */ export type TabJustification = /** * Bar */ 'Bar' | /** * Center */ 'Center' | /** * Decimal */ 'Decimal' | /** * Left */ 'Left' | /** * List */ 'List' | /** * Right */ 'Right'; /** * Specifies the tab leader. */ export type TabLeader = /** * None */ 'None' | /** * Dotted */ 'Dot' | /** * Hyphenated */ 'Hyphen' | /** * Underscore */ 'Underscore'; /** * Specifies the page fit type. */ export type PageFitType = /** * Fits the page to 100%. */ 'None' | /** * Fits atleast one page in view. */ 'FitOnePage' | /** * Fits the page to its width in view. */ 'FitPageWidth'; /** * Specifies the context type at selection. */ export type ContextType = 'Text' | 'Image' | 'List' | 'TableText' | 'TableImage' | 'HeaderText' | 'HeaderImage' | 'HeaderTableText' | 'HeaderTableImage' | 'FooterText' | 'FooterImage' | 'FooterTableText' | 'FooterTableImage' | 'TableOfContents'; /** * Specifies the border type to be applied. */ export type BorderType = /** * Outside border. */ 'OutsideBorders' | /** * All border. */ 'AllBorders' | /** * Insider borders. */ 'InsideBorders' | /** * Left border. */ 'LeftBorder' | /** * Inside vertical border. */ 'InsideVerticalBorder' | /** * Right border. */ 'RightBorder' | /** * Top border. */ 'TopBorder' | /** * Insider horizontal border. */ 'InsideHorizontalBorder' | /** * Bottom border. */ 'BottomBorder' | /** * No border. */ 'NoBorder'; /** * Specifies the dialog type. */ export type DialogType = /** * Specifies hyperlink dialog. */ 'Hyperlink' | /** * Specifies table dialog. */ 'Table' | /** * Specifies bookmark dialog. */ 'Bookmark' | /** * Specifies table of contents dialog. */ 'TableOfContents' | /** * Specifies page setup dialog. */ 'PageSetup' | /** * Specifies list dialog. */ 'List' | /** * Specifies style dialog. */ 'Style' | /** * Specifies styles dialog. */ 'Styles' | /** * Specifies paragraph dialog. */ 'Paragraph' | /** * Specifies font dialog. */ 'Font' | /** * Specifies table properties dialog. */ 'TableProperties' | /** * Specifies borders and shading dialog. */ 'BordersAndShading' | /** * Specifies table options dialog. */ 'TableOptions'; /** * @private * Action type */ export type Action = 'Insert' | 'Delete' | 'BackSpace' | 'Selection' | 'MultiSelection' | 'Enter' | 'ImageResizing' | 'ReplaceAll' | 'Cut' | 'CharacterFormat' | 'Bold' | 'Italic' | 'FontSize' | 'FontFamily' | 'FontColor' | 'HighlightColor' | 'BaselineAlignment' | 'Strikethrough' | 'Underline' | 'InsertHyperlink' | 'InsertBookmark' | 'InsertElements' | 'DeleteBookmark' | 'Underline' | 'FontColor' | 'InsertInline' | 'RemoveHyperlink' | 'AutoFormatHyperlink' | 'TextAlignment' | 'LeftIndent' | 'AfterSpacing' | 'BeforeSpacing' | 'RightIndent' | 'LeftIndent' | 'FirstLineIndent' | 'LineSpacing' | 'LineSpacingType' | 'TextAlignment' | 'ListFormat' | 'ParagraphFormat' | 'SectionFormat' | 'List' | 'InsertRowAbove' | 'InsertRowBelow' | 'DeleteTable' | 'DeleteRow' | 'DeleteColumn' | 'InsertColumnLeft' | 'InsertColumnRight' | 'Paste' | 'TableFormat' | 'RowFormat' | 'CellFormat' | 'TableProperties' | 'Paste' | 'DeleteCells' | 'ClearCells' | 'InsertTable' | 'RowResizing' | 'CellResizing' | 'MergeCells' | 'ClearFormat' | 'ClearCharacterFormat' | 'ClearParagraphFormat' | 'AutoList' | 'BordersAndShading' | 'TableMarginsSelection' | 'CellMarginsSelection' | 'CellOptions' | 'TableOptions' | 'TableAlignment' | 'TableLeftIndent' | 'CellSpacing' | 'DefaultCellLeftMargin' | 'DefaultCellRightMargin' | 'TablePreferredWidthType' | 'TablePreferredWidth' | 'CellPreferredWidthType' | 'CellPreferredWidth' | 'DefaultCellTopMargin' | 'DefaultCellBottomMargin' | 'CellContentVerticalAlignment' | 'CellLeftMargin' | 'CellRightMargin' | 'CellTopMargin' | 'CellBottomMargin' | 'RowHeight' | 'RowHeightType' | 'RowHeader' | 'AllowBreakAcrossPages' | 'PageHeight' | 'PageWidth' | 'LeftMargin' | 'RightMargin' | 'TopMargin' | 'BottomMargin' | 'DefaultCellSpacing' | 'ListCharacterFormat' | 'ContinueNumbering' | 'RestartNumbering' | 'ListSelect' | 'Shading' | 'Borders' | 'TOC' | 'StyleName' | 'ApplyStyle' | 'SectionBreak' | 'PageBreak' | 'IMEInput' | 'TableAutoFitToContents' | 'TableAutoFitToWindow' | 'TableFixedColumnWidth' | 'ParagraphBidi' | 'TableBidi'; export type BiDirectionalOverride = 'None' | 'LTR' | 'RTL'; export type AutoFitType = 'FitToContents' | 'FitToWindow' | 'FixedColumnWidth'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/base/unique-format.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WUniqueFormat { propertiesHash: Dictionary<number, object>; referenceCount: number; uniqueFormatType: number; constructor(type: number); /** * @private */ isEqual(source: Dictionary<number, object>, property: string, modifiedValue: object): boolean; private isNotEqual; /** * @private */ static getPropertyType(uniqueFormatType: number, property: string): number; private static getRowFormatType; private static getListFormatType; private static getTableFormatType; private static getListLevelType; private static getShadingPropertyType; private static getCellFormatPropertyType; private static getBorderPropertyType; private static getCharacterFormatPropertyType; private static getParaFormatPropertyType; private static getSectionFormatType; /** * @private */ isBorderEqual(source: Dictionary<number, object>, modifiedProperty: string, modifiedValue: Object): boolean; /** * @private */ isCharacterFormatEqual(source: Dictionary<number, object>, modifiedProperty: string, modifiedValue: object): boolean; private isParagraphFormatEqual; /** * @private */ isCellFormatEqual(source: Dictionary<number, object>, modifiedProperty: string, modifiedValue: Object): boolean; /** * @private */ isShadingEqual(source: Dictionary<number, object>, modifiedProperty: string, modifiedValue: Object): boolean; /** * @private */ isRowFormatEqual(source: Dictionary<number, object>, modifiedProperty: string, modifiedValue: Object): boolean; /** * @private */ isListFormatEqual(source: Dictionary<number, object>, modifiedProperty: string, modifiedValue: Object): boolean; /** * @private */ isTableFormatEqual(source: Dictionary<number, object>, modifiedProperty: string, modifiedValue: Object): boolean; /** * @private */ isListLevelEqual(source: Dictionary<number, object>, modifiedProperty: string, modifiedValue: Object): boolean; /** * @private */ isSectionFormatEqual(source: Dictionary<number, object>, modifiedProperty: string, modifiedValue: Object): boolean; /** * @private */ cloneItems(format: WUniqueFormat, property: string, value: object, uniqueFormatType: number): void; /** * @private */ mergeProperties(format: WUniqueFormat): Dictionary<number, object>; /** * @private */ cloneProperties(): Dictionary<number, object>; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/base/unique-formats.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WUniqueFormats { /** * @private */ items: WUniqueFormat[]; constructor(); /** * @private */ addUniqueFormat(format: Dictionary<number, object>, type: number): WUniqueFormat; /** * @private */ updateUniqueFormat(uniqueFormat: WUniqueFormat, property: string, value: object): WUniqueFormat; /** * @private */ remove(uniqueFormat: WUniqueFormat): void; /** * @private */ clear(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/document-editor-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class DocumentEditor */ export interface DocumentEditorModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Gets or sets the zoom factor in document editor. * @default 1 */ zoomFactor?: number; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether the document editor is in read only state or not. * @default true */ isReadOnly?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether print needs to be enabled or not. * @default false */ enablePrint?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether selection needs to be enabled or not. * @default false */ enableSelection?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether editor needs to be enabled or not. * @default false */ enableEditor?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether editor history needs to be enabled or not. * @default false */ enableEditorHistory?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether Sfdt export needs to be enabled or not. * @default false */ enableSfdtExport?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether word export needs to be enabled or not. * @default false */ enableWordExport?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether text export needs to be enabled or not. * @default false */ enableTextExport?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether options pane is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableOptionsPane?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether context menu is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableContextMenu?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether hyperlink dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableHyperlinkDialog?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether bookmark dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableBookmarkDialog?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether table of contents dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableTableOfContentsDialog?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether search module is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableSearch?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether paragraph dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableParagraphDialog?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether list dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableListDialog?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether table properties dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableTablePropertiesDialog?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether borders and shading dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableBordersAndShadingDialog?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether margin dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enablePageSetupDialog?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether font dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableStyleDialog?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether font dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableFontDialog?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether table options dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableTableOptionsDialog?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether table dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableTableDialog?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether image resizer is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableImageResizer?: boolean; /** * Triggers whenever document changes in the document editor. * @event */ documentChange?: base.EmitType<DocumentChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers whenever container view changes in the document editor. * @event */ viewChange?: base.EmitType<ViewChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers whenever zoom factor changes in the document editor. * @event */ zoomFactorChange?: base.EmitType<ZoomFactorChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers whenever selection changes in the document editor. * @event */ selectionChange?: base.EmitType<SelectionChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers whenever hyperlink is clicked or tapped in the document editor. * @event */ requestNavigate?: base.EmitType<RequestNavigateEventArgs>; /** * Triggers whenever content changes in the document editor. * @event */ contentChange?: base.EmitType<ContentChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers whenever key is pressed in the document editor. * @event */ keyDown?: base.EmitType<DocumentEditorKeyDownEventArgs>; /** * Triggers whenever search results changes in the document editor. * @event */ searchResultsChange?: base.EmitType<SearchResultsChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the component is created * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers while selecting the custom context-menu option. * @event */ customContextMenuSelect?: base.EmitType<CustomContentMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before opening the custom context-menu option. * @event */ customContextMenuBeforeOpen?: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseCustomContentMenuEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/document-editor.d.ts /** * The Document editor component is used to draft, save or print rich text contents as page by page. */ export class DocumentEditor extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private enableHeaderFooterIn; /** * @private */ enableHeaderAndFooter: boolean; /** * @private */ viewer: LayoutViewer; /** * @private */ isShiftingEnabled: boolean; /** * @private */ isLayoutEnabled: boolean; /** * @private */ isPastingContent: boolean; /** * @private */ parser: SfdtReader; private isDocumentLoadedIn; private disableHistoryIn; /** * @private */ findResultsList: string[]; /** * Gets or sets the name of the document. */ documentName: string; /** * @private */ printModule: Print; /** * @private */ sfdtExportModule: SfdtExport; /** * @private */ selectionModule: Selection; /** * @private */ editorModule: Editor; /** * @private */ wordExportModule: WordExport; /** * @private */ textExportModule: TextExport; /** * @private */ editorHistoryModule: EditorHistory; /** * @private */ tableOfContentsDialogModule: TableOfContentsDialog; /** * @private */ tablePropertiesDialogModule: TablePropertiesDialog; /** * @private */ bordersAndShadingDialogModule: BordersAndShadingDialog; /** * @private */ listDialogModule: ListDialog; /** * @private */ styleDialogModule: StyleDialog; /** * @private */ cellOptionsDialogModule: CellOptionsDialog; /** * @private */ tableOptionsDialogModule: TableOptionsDialog; /** * @private */ tableDialogModule: TableDialog; /** * @private */ pageSetupDialogModule: PageSetupDialog; /** * @private */ paragraphDialogModule: ParagraphDialog; /** * @private */ optionsPaneModule: OptionsPane; /** * @private */ hyperlinkDialogModule: HyperlinkDialog; /** * @private */ bookmarkDialogModule: BookmarkDialog; /** * @private */ stylesDialogModule: StylesDialog; /** * @private */ contextMenuModule: ContextMenu; /** * @private */ imageResizerModule: ImageResizer; /** * @private */ searchModule: Search; /** * Gets or sets the zoom factor in document editor. * @default 1 */ zoomFactor: number; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether the document editor is in read only state or not. * @default true */ isReadOnly: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether print needs to be enabled or not. * @default false */ enablePrint: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether selection needs to be enabled or not. * @default false */ enableSelection: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether editor needs to be enabled or not. * @default false */ enableEditor: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether editor history needs to be enabled or not. * @default false */ enableEditorHistory: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether Sfdt export needs to be enabled or not. * @default false */ enableSfdtExport: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether word export needs to be enabled or not. * @default false */ enableWordExport: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether text export needs to be enabled or not. * @default false */ enableTextExport: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether options pane is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableOptionsPane: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether context menu is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableContextMenu: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether hyperlink dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableHyperlinkDialog: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether bookmark dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableBookmarkDialog: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether table of contents dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableTableOfContentsDialog: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether search module is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableSearch: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether paragraph dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableParagraphDialog: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether list dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableListDialog: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether table properties dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableTablePropertiesDialog: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether borders and shading dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableBordersAndShadingDialog: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether margin dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enablePageSetupDialog: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether font dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableStyleDialog: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether font dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableFontDialog: boolean; /** * @private */ fontDialogModule: FontDialog; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether table options dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableTableOptionsDialog: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether table dialog is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableTableDialog: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether image resizer is enabled or not. * @default false */ enableImageResizer: boolean; /** * Triggers whenever document changes in the document editor. * @event */ documentChange: base.EmitType<DocumentChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers whenever container view changes in the document editor. * @event */ viewChange: base.EmitType<ViewChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers whenever zoom factor changes in the document editor. * @event */ zoomFactorChange: base.EmitType<ZoomFactorChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers whenever selection changes in the document editor. * @event */ selectionChange: base.EmitType<SelectionChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers whenever hyperlink is clicked or tapped in the document editor. * @event */ requestNavigate: base.EmitType<RequestNavigateEventArgs>; /** * Triggers whenever content changes in the document editor. * @event */ contentChange: base.EmitType<ContentChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers whenever key is pressed in the document editor. * @event */ keyDown: base.EmitType<DocumentEditorKeyDownEventArgs>; /** * Triggers whenever search results changes in the document editor. * @event */ searchResultsChange: base.EmitType<SearchResultsChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the component is created * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers while selecting the custom context-menu option. * @event */ customContextMenuSelect: base.EmitType<CustomContentMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before opening the custom context-menu option. * @event */ customContextMenuBeforeOpen: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseCustomContentMenuEventArgs>; /** * Gets or Sets a value indicating whether tab key can be accepted as input or not. * @default false */ acceptTab: boolean; /** * Gets or Sets a value indicating whether holding Ctrl key is required to follow hyperlink on click. The default value is true. */ useCtrlClickToFollowHyperlink: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the page outline color. */ pageOutline: string; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether to enable cursor in document editor on read only state or not. The default value is false. */ enableCursorOnReadOnly: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether local paste needs to be enabled or not. */ enableLocalPaste: boolean; /** * @private */ characterFormat: CharacterFormatProperties; /** * @private */ paragraphFormat: ParagraphFormatProperties; /** * Gets the total number of pages. */ readonly pageCount: number; /** * Gets the selection object of the document editor. * @returns Selection * @default undefined */ readonly selection: Selection; /** * Gets the editor object of the document editor. * @returns Editor * @default undefined */ readonly editor: Editor; /** * Gets the editor history object of the document editor. * @returns EditorHistory */ readonly editorHistory: EditorHistory; /** * Gets the search object of the document editor. * @returns { Search } */ readonly search: Search; /** * Gets the context menu object of the document editor. * @returns ContextMenu */ readonly contextMenu: ContextMenu; /** * @private */ readonly containerId: string; /** * @private */ isDocumentLoaded: boolean; /** * Determines whether history needs to be enabled or not. * @default - false * @private */ readonly enableHistoryMode: boolean; /** * Gets the start text position in the document. * @default undefined * @private */ readonly documentStart: TextPosition; /** * Gets the end text position in the document. * @default undefined * @private */ readonly documentEnd: TextPosition; /** * @private */ readonly isReadOnlyMode: boolean; /** * Specifies to enable image resizer option * default - false * @private */ readonly enableImageResizerMode: boolean; /** * Initialize the constructor of DocumentEditor */ constructor(options?: DocumentEditorModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); protected preRender(): void; protected render(): void; /** * Get component name * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(model: DocumentEditorModel, oldProp: DocumentEditorModel): void; private localizeDialogs; /** * Set the default character format for document editor * @param characterFormat */ setDefaultCharacterFormat(characterFormat: CharacterFormatProperties): void; /** * Set the default paragraph format for document editor * @param paragraphFormat */ setDefaultParagraphFormat(paragraphFormat: ParagraphFormatProperties): void; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; private clearPreservedCollectionsInViewer; /** * @private */ getDocumentEditorElement(): HTMLElement; /** * @private */ fireContentChange(): void; /** * @private */ fireDocumentChange(): void; /** * @private */ fireSelectionChange(): void; /** * @private */ fireZoomFactorChange(): void; /** * @private */ fireViewChange(): void; /** * @private */ fireCustomContextMenuSelect(item: string): void; /** * @private */ fireCustomContextMenuBeforeOpen(item: string[]): void; /** * Shows the Paragraph dialog * @private */ showParagraphDialog(paragraphFormat?: WParagraphFormat): void; /** * Shows the margin dialog * @private */ showPageSetupDialog(): void; /** * Shows the font dialog * @private */ showFontDialog(characterFormat?: WCharacterFormat): void; /** * Shows the cell option dialog * @private */ showCellOptionsDialog(): void; /** * Shows the table options dialog. * @private */ showTableOptionsDialog(): void; /** * Shows insert table dialog * @private */ showTableDialog(): void; /** * Shows the table of content dialog * @private */ showTableOfContentsDialog(): void; /** * Shows the style dialog * @private */ showStyleDialog(): void; /** * Shows the hyperlink dialog * @private */ showHyperlinkDialog(): void; /** * Shows the bookmark dialog. * @private */ showBookmarkDialog(): void; /** * Shows the styles dialog. * @private */ showStylesDialog(): void; /** * Shows the List dialog * @private */ showListDialog(): void; /** * Shows the table properties dialog * @private */ showTablePropertiesDialog(): void; /** * Shows the borders and shading dialog * @private */ showBordersAndShadingDialog(): void; protected requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * @private */ defaultLocale: Object; /** * Opens the given Sfdt text. * @param {string} sfdtText. */ open(sfdtText: string): void; /** * Scrolls view to start of the given page number if exists. * @param {number} pageNumber. * @returns void */ scrollToPage(pageNumber: number): boolean; /** * Enables all the modules. * @returns void */ enableAllModules(): void; /** * Resizes the component and its sub elements based on given size or container size. * @param width * @param height */ resize(width?: number, height?: number): void; /** * Shifts the focus to the document. */ focusIn(): void; /** * Fits the page based on given fit type. * @param {PageFitType} pageFitType? - Default value of ‘pageFitType’ parameter is 'None' * @returns void */ fitPage(pageFitType?: PageFitType): void; /** * Prints the document. * @param {Window} printWindow? - Default value of 'printWindow' parameter is undefined. */ print(printWindow?: Window): void; /** * Serialize the data to JSON string. */ serialize(): string; /** * Saves the document. * @param {string} fileName * @param {FormatType} formatType */ save(fileName: string, formatType?: FormatType): void; /** * Saves the document as blob. * @param {FormatType} formatType */ saveAsBlob(formatType?: FormatType): Promise<Blob>; /** * Opens a blank document. */ openBlank(): void; /** * Gets the style names based on given style type. * @param styleType */ getStyleNames(styleType?: StyleType): string[]; /** * Gets the style objects on given style type. * @param styleType */ getStyles(styleType?: StyleType): Object[]; /** * Shows the dialog. * @param {DialogType} dialogType * @returns void */ showDialog(dialogType: DialogType): void; /** * Shows the options pane. */ showOptionsPane(): void; /** * Destroys all managed resources used by this object. */ destroy(): void; private destroyDependentModules; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/context-menu.d.ts /** * Context navigations.ContextMenu class */ export class ContextMenu { private viewer; /** * @private */ contextMenuInstance: navigations.ContextMenu; /** * @private */ contextMenu: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ menuItems: navigations.MenuItemModel[]; /** * @private */ customMenuItems: navigations.MenuItemModel[]; /** * @private */ locale: base.L10n; /** * @private */ ids: string[]; /** * @private */ enableCustomContextMenu: boolean; /** * @private */ enableCustomContextMenuBottom: boolean; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); /** * Gets module name. */ private getModuleName; /** * Initialize context menu. * @param localValue Localize value. * @private */ initContextMenu(localValue: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; /** * Disable browser context menu. */ private disableBrowserContextmenu; /** * Handles context menu items. * @param {string} item Specifies which item is selected. * @private */ handleContextMenuItem(item: string): void; /** * To add and customize custom context menu * @param {navigations.MenuItemModel[]} items -To add custom menu item * @param {boolean} isEnable? -To hide existing menu item and show custom menu item alone * @param {boolean} isBottom? -To show the custom menu item in bottom of the existing item */ addCustomMenu(items: navigations.MenuItemModel[], isEnable?: boolean, isBottom?: boolean): void; /** * Context navigations.ContextMenu Items. * @param {navigations.MenuItemModel[]} menuItems -To add MenuItem to context menu * @private */ addMenuItems(menuItems: navigations.MenuItemModel[]): navigations.MenuItemModel[]; /** * Handles on context menu key pressed. * @param {PointerEvent} event * @private */ onContextMenuInternal: (event: PointerEvent) => void; private showHideElements; /** * Disposes the internal objects which are maintained. * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/bookmark-dialog.d.ts /** * The Bookmark dialog is used to add, navigate or delete bookmarks. */ export class BookmarkDialog { /** * @private */ owner: LayoutViewer; private target; private listviewInstance; private textBoxInput; private addButton; private deleteButton; private gotoButton; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * @private */ initBookmarkDialog(localValue: base.L10n, bookmarks: string[], isRtl?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ show(): void; /** * @private */ onKeyUpOnTextBox: (event: KeyboardEvent) => void; private enableOrDisableButton; private addBookmark; private selectHandler; private focusTextBox; private removeObjects; private gotoBookmark; private deleteBookmark; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/borders-and-shading-dialog.d.ts /** * The Borders and Shading dialog is used to modify borders and shading options for selected table or cells. */ export class BordersAndShadingDialog { private owner; private dialog; private target; private tableFormatIn; private cellFormatIn; private applyTo; private cellFormat; private tableFormat; private borderStyle; private borderColorPicker; private noneDiv; private boxDiv; private allDiv; private customDiv; private noneDivTransparent; private boxDivTransparent; private allDivTransparent; private customDivTransparent; private previewDiv; private previewRightDiagonalDiv; private previewLeftDiagonalDiv; private previewVerticalDiv; private previewHorizontalDiv; private previewDivTopTopContainer; private previewDivTopTop; private previewDivTopCenterContainer; private previewDivTopCenter; private previewDivTopBottomContainer; private previewDivTopBottom; private previewDivLeftDiagonalContainer; private previewDivLeftDiagonal; private previewDivBottomLeftContainer; private previewDivBottomLeft; private previewDivBottomcenterContainer; private previewDivBottomcenter; private previewDivBottomRightContainer; private previewDivBottomRight; private previewDivDiagonalRightContainer; private previewDivDiagonalRight; private previewDivTopTopTransParent; private previewDivTopCenterTransParent; private previewDivTopBottomTransParent; private previewDivLeftDiagonalTransParent; private previewDivBottomLeftTransparent; private previewDivBottomcenterTransparent; private previewDivBottomRightTransparent; private previewDivDiagonalRightTransparent; private shadingContiner; private shadingColorPicker; private ulelementShading; private borderWidth; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); private getModuleName; /** * @private */ initBordersAndShadingsDialog(localeValue: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; private applyBordersShadingsProperties; private applyFormat; private getBorder; private checkClassName; /** * @private */ closeDialog: () => void; private closeBordersShadingsDialog; /** * @private */ show(): void; private handleSettingCheckBoxAction; private updateClassForSettingDivElements; private setSettingPreviewDivElement; private isShowHidePreviewTableElements; private handlePreviewCheckBoxAction; private handlePreviewCheckBoxShowHide; private showHidePreviewDivElements; private setPropertyPreviewDivElement; private applyTableCellPreviewBoxes; private applyPreviewTableBackgroundColor; private applyPreviewTableBorderColor; private loadBordersShadingsPropertiesDialog; private cloneBorders; private getLineStyle; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/bullets-and-numbering-dialog.d.ts /** * The Bullets and Numbering dialog is used to apply list format for a paragraph style. */ export class BulletsAndNumberingDialog { private owner; private target; private isBullet; private symbol; private fontFamily; private numberFormat; private listLevelPattern; private listFormat; private abstractList; /** * @private */ constructor(layoutViewer: LayoutViewer); /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * @private */ initNumberingBulletDialog(locale: base.L10n): void; private createNumberList; private createNumberListTag; private createNumberNoneListTag; private createBulletListTag; private createBulletList; /** * @private */ showNumberBulletDialog(listFormat: WListFormat, abstractList: WAbstractList): void; /** * @private */ numberListClick: (args: any) => void; private setActiveElement; /** * @private */ bulletListClick: (args: any) => void; /** * @private */ loadNumberingBulletDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ closeNumberingBulletDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ onCancelButtonClick: () => void; /** * @private */ onOkButtonClick: () => void; /** * @private */ unWireEventsAndBindings(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/cell-options-dialog.d.ts /** * The Cell options dialog is used to modify margins of selected cells. */ export class CellOptionsDialog { /** * @private */ owner: LayoutViewer; /** * @private */ dialog: popups.Dialog; /** * @private */ target: HTMLElement; private sameAsTableCheckBox; /** * @private */ sameAsTable: boolean; /** * @private */ topMarginBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ leftMarginBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ bottomMarginBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ rightMarginBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ cellFormatIn: WCellFormat; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); /** * @private */ readonly cellFormat: WCellFormat; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * @private */ initCellMarginsDialog(localValue: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ show(): void; /** * @private */ removeEvents: () => void; /** * @private */ changeSameAsTable: () => void; /** * @private */ loadCellMarginsDialog(): void; private loadCellProperties; /** * @private */ applyTableCellProperties: () => void; /** * @private */ applySubCellOptions(cellFormat: WCellFormat): void; /** * @private */ applyCellmarginsValue(row: TableRowWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition, cellFormat: WCellFormat): void; private applyCellMarginsInternal; /** * @private */ applyCellMarginsForCells(row: TableRowWidget, cellFormat: WCellFormat): void; /** * @private */ iterateCells(cells: TableCellWidget[], cellFormat: WCellFormat): void; /** * @private */ applySubCellMargins(sourceFormat: WCellFormat, cellFormat: WCellFormat): void; /** * @private */ applyTableOptions(cellFormat: WCellFormat): void; /** * @private */ closeCellMarginsDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * @private */ static getCellMarginDialogElements(dialog: CellOptionsDialog | TableOptionsDialog, div: HTMLDivElement, locale: base.L10n): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/font-dialog.d.ts /** * The Font dialog is used to modify formatting of selected text. */ export class FontDialog { private fontStyleInternal; private owner; private target; private fontNameList; private fontStyleText; private fontSizeText; private colorPicker; private fontColorDiv; private underlineDrop; private strikethroughBox; private doublestrikethrough; private superscript; private subscript; private bold; private italic; private underline; private strikethrough; private baselineAlignment; private fontSize; private fontFamily; private fontColor; /** * @private */ characterFormat: WCharacterFormat; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ fontStyle: string; /** * @private */ constructor(layoutViewer: LayoutViewer); /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; private createInputElement; /** * @private */ initFontDialog(locale: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; private getFontSizeDiv; private getFontDiv; /** * @private */ showFontDialog(characterFormat?: WCharacterFormat): void; /** * @private */ loadFontDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ closeFontDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ onCancelButtonClick: () => void; /** * @private */ onInsertFontFormat: () => void; /** * Applies character format * @param {Selection} selection * @param {WCharacterFormat} format * @private */ onCharacterFormat(selection: Selection, format: WCharacterFormat): void; /** * @private */ enableCheckBoxProperty(args: any): void; private fontSizeUpdate; private fontStyleUpdate; private fontFamilyUpdate; private underlineUpdate; private fontColorUpdate; private singleStrikeUpdate; private doubleStrikeUpdate; private superscriptUpdate; private subscriptUpdate; /** * @private */ unWireEventsAndBindings(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/hyperlink-dialog.d.ts /** * The Hyperlink dialog is used to insert or edit hyperlink at selection. */ export class HyperlinkDialog { private displayText; private navigationUrl; private displayTextBox; private addressText; private urlTextBox; private insertButton; private bookmarkDropdown; private bookmarkCheckbox; private bookmarkDiv; private target; /** * @private */ owner: LayoutViewer; private bookmarks; private localObj; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * @private */ initHyperlinkDialog(localValue: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ show(): void; /** * @private */ hide(): void; /** * @private */ onKeyUpOnUrlBox: (event: KeyboardEvent) => void; /** * @private */ onKeyUpOnDisplayBox: () => void; private enableOrDisableInsertButton; /** * @private */ onInsertButtonClick: () => void; /** * @private */ onCancelButtonClick: () => void; /** * @private */ loadHyperlinkDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ closeHyperlinkDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ onInsertHyperlink(): void; private onUseBookmarkChange; private onBookmarkchange; /** * @private */ clearValue(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/index.d.ts /** * Export dialogs */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/list-dialog.d.ts /** * The List dialog is used to create or modify lists. */ export class ListDialog { /** * @private */ dialog: popups.Dialog; private target; /** * @private */ owner: LayoutViewer; private viewModel; private startAt; private textIndent; private alignedAt; private listLevelElement; private followNumberWith; private numberStyle; private numberFormat; private restartBy; private formatInfoToolTip; private numberFormatDiv; /** * @private */ isListCharacterFormat: boolean; /** * @private */ readonly listLevel: WListLevel; /** * @private */ readonly list: WList; /** * @private */ readonly levelNumber: number; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * @private */ showListDialog(): void; /** * Shows the table properties dialog * @private */ initListDialog(locale: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; private wireAndBindEvent; private onTextIndentChanged; private onStartValueChanged; private onListLevelValueChanged; private onNumberFormatChanged; private onAlignedAtValueChanged; private updateRestartLevelBox; private onFollowCharacterValueChanged; private onLevelPatternValueChanged; private listPatternConverter; private followCharacterConverter; private loadListDialog; private updateDialogValues; private showFontDialog; private onApplyList; private onCancelButtonClick; private closeListDialog; private disposeBindingForListUI; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/list-view-model.d.ts /** * List view model implementation * @private */ export class ListViewModel { private listIn; private levelNumberIn; /** * @private */ dialog: ListDialog; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ levelNumber: number; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ list: WList; /** * @private */ readonly listLevel: WListLevel; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ listLevelPattern: ListLevelPattern; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ followCharacter: FollowCharacterType; /** * @private */ constructor(); private createList; private addListLevels; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/page-setup-dialog.d.ts /** * The Page setup dialog is used to modify formatting of selected sections. */ export class PageSetupDialog { private target; /** * @private */ owner: LayoutViewer; /** * @private */ topMarginBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ bottomMarginBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ leftMarginBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ rightMarginBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ widthBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ heightBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ headerBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ footerBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; private paperSize; private checkBox1; private checkBox2; private landscape; private portrait; private isPortrait; private marginTab; private paperTab; private layoutTab; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); private getModuleName; /** * @private */ initPageSetupDialog(locale: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ initMarginProperties(element: HTMLDivElement, locale: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ initPaperSizeProperties(element: HTMLDivElement, locale: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ initLayoutProperties(element: HTMLDivElement, locale: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ show(): void; /** * @private */ loadPageSetupDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ closePageSetupDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ onCancelButtonClick: () => void; /** * @private */ keyUpInsertPageSettings: (event: KeyboardEvent) => void; /** * @private */ applyPageSetupProperties: () => void; /** * @private */ changeByPaperSize: (event: dropdowns.ChangeEventArgs) => void; /** * @private */ onPortrait: (event: buttons.ChangeArgs) => void; /** * @private */ onLandscape: (event: buttons.ChangeArgs) => void; /** * @private */ unWireEventsAndBindings: () => void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/paragraph-dialog.d.ts /** * The Paragraph dialog is used to modify formatting of selected paragraphs. */ export class ParagraphDialog { /** * @private */ owner: LayoutViewer; private target; private alignment; private lineSpacing; private special; private leftIndentIn; private rightIndentIn; private byIn; private beforeSpacingIn; private afterSpacingIn; private atIn; private rtlButton; private ltrButton; private leftIndent; private rightIndent; private beforeSpacing; private afterSpacing; private textAlignment; private firstLineIndent; private lineSpacingIn; private lineSpacingType; private paragraphFormat; private bidi; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * @private */ initParagraphDialog(locale: base.L10n): void; /** * @private */ keyUpParagraphSettings: (event: KeyboardEvent) => void; private changeBeforeSpacing; private changeAfterSpacing; private changeLeftIndent; private changeRightIndent; private changeLineSpacingValue; private changeFirstLineIndent; private changeByTextAlignment; private changeBidirectional; private changeAlignmentByBidi; /** * @private */ changeByValue: (event: dropdowns.ChangeEventArgs) => void; /** * @private */ changeBySpacing: (event: dropdowns.ChangeEventArgs) => void; /** * @private */ loadParagraphDialog: () => void; private getAlignmentValue; /** * @private */ applyParagraphFormat: () => void; /** * Applies Paragraph Format * @param {WParagraphFormat} paragraphFormat * @private */ onParagraphFormat(paragraphFormat: WParagraphFormat): void; /** * @private */ closeParagraphDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ show(paragraphFormat?: WParagraphFormat): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/style-dialog.d.ts /** * The Style dialog is used to create or modify styles. */ export class StyleDialog { private owner; private target; private styleType; private styleBasedOn; private styleParagraph; private onlyThisDocument; private template; private isEdit; private editStyleName; private style; private abstractList; private numberingBulletDialog; private okButton; private styleNameElement; private isUserNextParaUpdated; private fontFamily; private fontSize; private characterFormat; private paragraphFormat; private localObj; private bold; private italic; private underline; private fontColor; private leftAlign; private rightAlign; private centerAlign; private justify; private singleLineSpacing; private doubleLineSpacing; private onePointFiveLineSpacing; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * @private */ initStyleDialog(localValue: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; private createFormatDropdown; private openDialog; private createFontOptions; private setBoldProperty; private setItalicProperty; private setUnderlineProperty; private fontButtonClicked; private fontSizeUpdate; private fontFamilyChanged; private fontColorUpdate; private createParagraphOptions; private setLeftAlignment; private setRightAlignment; private setCenterAlignment; private setJustifyAlignment; private createButtonElement; private increaseBeforeAfterSpacing; private decreaseBeforeAfterSpacing; private toggleDisable; /** * @private */ updateNextStyle: (args: FocusEvent) => void; /** * @private */ updateOkButton: () => void; /** * @private */ styleTypeChange: (args: any) => void; private styleBasedOnChange; /** * @private */ styleParagraphChange: (args: any) => void; /** * @private */ showFontDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ showParagraphDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ showNumberingBulletDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ show(styleName?: string, header?: string): void; /** * @private */ onOkButtonClick: () => void; private updateList; private createLinkStyle; private loadStyleDialog; /** * @private */ updateCharacterFormat(characterFormat?: WCharacterFormat): void; /** * @private */ updateParagraphFormat(paragraphFOrmat?: WParagraphFormat): void; private enableOrDisableOkButton; private getTypeValue; private updateStyleNames; private getStyle; /** * @private */ onCancelButtonClick: () => void; /** * @private */ closeStyleDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/styles-dialog.d.ts /** * The Styles dialog is used to create or modify styles. */ export class StylesDialog { /** * @private */ owner: LayoutViewer; private target; private listviewInstance; private styleName; private localValue; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * @private */ initStylesDialog(localValue: base.L10n, styles: string[], isRtl?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ show(): void; private updateStyleNames; private defaultStyleName; private modifyStyles; private selectHandler; private hideObjects; private addNewStyles; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/table-dialog.d.ts /** * The Table dialog is used to insert table at selection. */ export class TableDialog { private columnsCountBox; private rowsCountBox; private target; /** * @private */ owner: LayoutViewer; private columnValueTexBox; private rowValueTextBox; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); private getModuleName; /** * @private */ initTableDialog(localValue: base.L10n): void; /** * @private */ show(): void; /** * @private */ keyUpInsertTable: (event: KeyboardEvent) => void; /** * @private */ onCancelButtonClick: () => void; /** * @private */ onInsertTableClick: () => void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/table-of-contents-dialog.d.ts /** * The Table of contents dialog is used to insert or edit table of contents at selection. */ export class TableOfContentsDialog { private target; /** * @private */ owner: LayoutViewer; private pageNumber; private rightAlign; private tabLeader; private showLevel; private hyperlink; private style; private heading1; private heading2; private heading3; private heading4; private heading5; private heading6; private heading7; private heading8; private heading9; private normal; private outline; private textBoxInput; private listViewInstance; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); private getModuleName; /** * @private */ initTableOfContentDialog(locale: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; private styleLocaleValue; /** * @private */ show(): void; /** * @private */ loadTableofContentDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ closeTableOfContentDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ onCancelButtonClick: () => void; private selectHandler; private showStyleDialog; private changeShowLevelValue; private changeByValue; private reset; private changeStyle; private checkLevel; private getElementValue; private changeHeadingStyle; /** * @private */ changePageNumberValue: (args: any) => void; /** * @private */ changeRightAlignValue: (args: any) => void; /** * @private */ changeStyleValue: (args: any) => void; private getHeadingLevel; private applyLevelSetting; /** * @private */ applyTableOfContentProperties: () => void; /** * @private */ unWireEventsAndBindings: () => void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/table-options-dialog.d.ts /** * The Table options dialog is used to modify default cell margins and cell spacing of selected table. */ export class TableOptionsDialog { /** * @private */ owner: LayoutViewer; /** * @private */ dialog: popups.Dialog; /** * @private */ target: HTMLElement; private cellspacingTextBox; private allowSpaceCheckBox; private cellSpaceTextBox; /** * @private */ leftMarginBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ topMarginBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ rightMarginBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ bottomMarginBox: inputs.NumericTextBox; /** * @private */ tableFormatIn: WTableFormat; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); /** * @private */ readonly tableFormat: WTableFormat; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * @private */ initTableOptionsDialog(localValue: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ loadCellMarginsDialog(): void; /** * @private */ applyTableCellProperties: () => void; /** * @private */ applySubTableOptions(tableFormat: WTableFormat): void; /** * @private */ applyTableOptionsHelper(tableFormat: WTableFormat): void; /** * @private */ applyTableOptionsHistory(tableFormat: WTableFormat): void; /** * @private */ applySubTableOptionsHelper(tableFormat: WTableFormat): void; /** * @private */ applyTableOptions(tableFormat: WTableFormat): void; /** * @private */ closeCellMarginsDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ show(): void; /** * @private */ changeAllowSpaceCheckBox: () => void; /** * @private */ removeEvents: () => void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/dialogs/table-properties-dialog.d.ts /** * The Table properties dialog is used to modify properties of selected table. */ export class TablePropertiesDialog { private dialog; private target; private cellAlignment; private tableAlignment; private owner; private preferCheckBox; private tableWidthType; private preferredWidth; private rowHeightType; private rowHeightCheckBox; private rowHeight; private cellWidthType; private preferredCellWidthCheckBox; private preferredCellWidth; private tableTab; private rowTab; private cellTab; private left; private center; private right; private leftIndent; private allowRowBreak; private repeatHeader; private cellTopAlign; private cellCenterAlign; private cellBottomAlign; private indentingLabel; private hasTableWidth; private hasCellWidth; private bidi; /** * @private */ isTableBordersAndShadingUpdated: boolean; /** * @private */ isCellBordersAndShadingUpdated: boolean; private tableFormatIn; private rowFormatInternal; private cellFormatIn; private tableWidthBox; private rowHeightBox; private cellWidthBox; private leftIndentBox; private bordersAndShadingButton; private tableOptionButton; private cellOptionButton; private rowHeightValue; private tabObj; private rtlButton; private ltrButton; private localValue; /** * @private */ isCellOptionsUpdated: Boolean; /** * @private */ isTableOptionsUpdated: Boolean; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ cellFormat: WCellFormat; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ tableFormat: WTableFormat; /** * @private */ readonly rowFormat: WRowFormat; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); private getModuleName; /** * @private */ initTablePropertyDialog(localValue: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ show(): void; private onBeforeOpen; /** * @private */ onCloseTablePropertyDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ applyTableProperties: () => void; /** * @private */ calculateGridValue(table: TableWidget): void; /** * @private */ applyTableSubProperties: () => void; /** * @private */ loadTableProperties(): void; /** * @private */ unWireEvent: () => void; /** * @private */ wireEvent(): void; /** * @private */ closeTablePropertiesDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ initTableProperties(element: HTMLDivElement, localValue: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; private changeBidirectional; /** * @private */ onTableWidthChange(): void; /** * @private */ onTableWidthTypeChange(): void; /** * @private */ onLeftIndentChange(): void; private setTableProperties; private activeTableAlignment; /** * @private */ changeTableCheckBox: () => void; /** * @private */ changeTableAlignment: (event: Event) => void; /** * @private */ getTableAlignment(): string; /** * @private */ updateClassForAlignmentProperties(element: HTMLElement): void; /** * @private */ initTableRowProperties(element: HTMLDivElement, localValue: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; private setTableRowProperties; /** * @private */ onRowHeightChange(): void; /** * @private */ onRowHeightTypeChange(): void; /** * @private */ changeTableRowCheckBox: () => void; /** * @private */ onAllowBreakAcrossPage(): void; /** * @private */ onRepeatHeader(): void; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ initTableCellProperties(element: HTMLDivElement, localValue: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; private setTableCellProperties; /** * @private */ updateClassForCellAlignment(element: HTMLElement): void; /** * @private */ formatNumericTextBox(textBox: inputs.NumericTextBox, format: WidthType, value: number): void; /** * @private */ getCellAlignment(): string; /** * @private */ changeTableCellCheckBox: () => void; /** * @private */ onCellWidthChange(): void; /** * @private */ onCellWidthTypeChange(): void; /** * @private */ changeCellAlignment: (event: Event) => void; /** * @private */ showTableOptionsDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ showBordersShadingsPropertiesDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ showCellOptionsDialog: () => void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/editor-history/base-history-info.d.ts /** * @private */ export class BaseHistoryInfo { private ownerIn; private actionIn; private removedNodesIn; private modifiedPropertiesIn; private modifiedNodeLength; private selectionStartIn; private selectionEndIn; private insertPositionIn; private endPositionIn; private currentPropertyIndex; private ignoredWord; private viewer; /** * gets the owner control * @private */ readonly owner: DocumentEditor; /** * gets or sets action * @private */ readonly editorHistory: EditorHistory; /** * gets or sets action * @private */ action: Action; /** * gets modified properties * @returns Object * @private */ readonly modifiedProperties: Object[]; /** * @private */ readonly removedNodes: IWidget[]; /** * Gets or Sets the selection start * @private */ selectionStart: string; /** * Gets or Sets the selection end * @private */ selectionEnd: string; /** * Gets or sets the insert position * @private */ insertPosition: string; /** * Gets or sets end position * @private */ endPosition: string; constructor(node: DocumentEditor); /** * Update the selection * @param selection * @private */ updateSelection(): void; setBookmarkInfo(bookmark: BookmarkElementBox): void; private revertBookmark; /** * Reverts this instance * @private */ revert(): void; private highlightListText; private removeContent; private revertModifiedProperties; private redoAction; /** * Revert the modified nodes * @param {WNode[]} deletedNodes * @param {boolean} isRedoAction * @param {string} start * @param {boolean} isEmptySelection */ private revertModifiedNodes; private insertRemovedNodes; private revertResizing; private revertTableDialogProperties; getTextPosition(hierarchicalIndex: string): TextPosition; /** * Add modified properties for section format * @param {WSectionFormat} format * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @private */ addModifiedPropertiesForSection(format: WSectionFormat, property: string, value: Object): Object; /** * Add the modified properties for character format * @param {WCharacterFormat} format * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @private */ addModifiedProperties(format: WCharacterFormat, property: string, value: Object): Object; /** * Add the modified properties for paragraph format * @param {WParagraphFormat} format * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @private */ addModifiedPropertiesForParagraphFormat(format: WParagraphFormat, property: string, value: Object): Object; /** * @private */ addModifiedPropertiesForContinueNumbering(paragraphFormat: WParagraphFormat, value: Object): Object; /** * @param listFormat * @param value * @private */ addModifiedPropertiesForRestartNumbering(listFormat: WListFormat, value: Object): Object; /** * Add modified properties for list format * @param {WListLevel} listLevel * @private */ addModifiedPropertiesForList(listLevel: WListLevel): Object; /** * Revert the properties * @param {SelectionRange} selectionRange */ private revertProperties; /** * Add modified properties for cell options dialog * @param {WCellFormat} format * @param {WTable} table * @private */ addModifiedCellOptions(applyFormat: WCellFormat, format: WCellFormat, table: TableWidget): WCellFormat; private copyCellOptions; /** * Add modified properties for cell options dialog * @param {WTableFormat} format * @private */ addModifiedTableOptions(format: WTableFormat): void; private copyTableOptions; private getProperty; private getCharacterPropertyValue; /** * Add modified properties for table format * @param {WTableFormat} format * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @private */ addModifiedTableProperties(format: WTableFormat, property: string, value: Object): Object; /** * Add modified properties for row format * @param {WRowFormat} rowFormat * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @private */ addModifiedRowProperties(rowFormat: WRowFormat, property: string, value: Object): Object; /** * Add modified properties for cell format * @param {WCellFormat} cellFormat * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @private */ addModifiedCellProperties(cellFormat: WCellFormat, property: string, value: Object): Object; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/editor-history/editor-history.d.ts /** * `EditorHistory` Module class is used to handle history preservation */ export class EditorHistory { private undoLimitIn; private redoLimitIn; private undoStackIn; private redoStackIn; private historyInfoStack; private owner; /** * @private */ isUndoing: boolean; /** * @private */ isRedoing: boolean; /** * @private */ currentBaseHistoryInfo: BaseHistoryInfo; /** * @private */ currentHistoryInfo: HistoryInfo; /** * @private */ modifiedParaFormats: Dictionary<BaseHistoryInfo, ModifiedParagraphFormat[]>; private viewer; /** * gets undo stack * @private */ readonly undoStack: BaseHistoryInfo[]; /** * gets redo stack * @private */ readonly redoStack: BaseHistoryInfo[]; /** * Gets or Sets the limit of undo operations can be done. */ undoLimit: number; /** * Gets or Sets the limit of redo operations can be done. */ redoLimit: number; /** * @private */ constructor(node: DocumentEditor); /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Determines whether undo operation can be done. * @returns boolean */ canUndo(): boolean; /** * Determines whether redo operation can be done. * @returns boolean */ canRedo(): boolean; /** * initialize EditorHistory * @param {Selection} selection * @param {Action} action * @param {SelectionRange} selectionRange * @private */ initializeHistory(action: Action): void; /** * Initialize complex history * @param {Selection} selection * @param {Action} action * @private */ initComplexHistory(selection: Selection, action: Action): void; /** * @private */ initResizingHistory(startingPoint: Point, tableResize: TableResizer): void; /** * Update resizing history * @param {Point} point * @param {Selection} selection * @private */ updateResizingHistory(point: Point, tableResize: TableResizer): void; /** * Record the changes * @param {BaseHistoryInfo} baseHistoryInfo * @private */ recordChanges(baseHistoryInfo: BaseHistoryInfo): void; /** * update EditorHistory * @private */ updateHistory(): void; /** * @private */ isHandledComplexHistory(): boolean; /** * Update complex history * @private */ updateComplexHistory(): void; /** * @private */ updateComplexHistoryInternal(): void; /** * update list changes for history preservation * @param {Selection} selection * @param {WAbstractList} currentAbstractList * @param {WList} list * @private */ updateListChangesInHistory(currentAbstractList: WAbstractList, list: WList): Dictionary<number, ModifiedLevel>; /** * Apply list changes * @param {Selection} selection * @param {Dictionary<number, ModifiedLevel>} modifiedLevelsInternal * @private */ applyListChanges(selection: Selection, modifiedLevelsInternal: Dictionary<number, ModifiedLevel>): void; /** * Update list changes * @param {Dictionary<number, ModifiedLevel>} modifiedCollection * @param {Selection} selection * @private */ updateListChanges(modifiedCollection: Dictionary<number, ModifiedLevel>): void; /** * Revert list changes * @param {Selection} selection */ private revertListChanges; /** * Reverts the last editing action. */ undo(): void; /** * Performs the last reverted action. */ redo(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; private clearHistory; private clearUndoStack; private clearRedoStack; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/editor-history/history-helper.d.ts /** * @private */ export interface BookmarkInfo extends IWidget { bookmark: BookmarkElementBox; startIndex: number; endIndex: number; } /** * @private */ export class ModifiedLevel { private ownerListLevelIn; private modifiedListLevelIn; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ ownerListLevel: WListLevel; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ modifiedListLevel: WListLevel; constructor(owner: WListLevel, modified: WListLevel); /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class ModifiedParagraphFormat { private ownerFormatIn; private modifiedFormatIn; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ ownerFormat: WParagraphFormat; /** * hidden */ /** * @private */ modifiedFormat: WParagraphFormat; constructor(ownerFormat: WParagraphFormat, modifiedFormat: WParagraphFormat); /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class RowHistoryFormat { startingPoint: Point; rowFormat: WRowFormat; rowHeightType: HeightType; displacement: number; constructor(startingPoint: Point, rowFormat: WRowFormat); revertChanges(isRedo: boolean, owner: DocumentEditor): void; } /** * @private */ export class TableHistoryInfo { tableHolder: WTableHolder; tableFormat: TableFormatHistoryInfo; rows: RowFormatHistoryInfo[]; tableHierarchicalIndex: string; startingPoint: Point; owner: DocumentEditor; constructor(table: TableWidget, owner: DocumentEditor); copyProperties(table: TableWidget): void; destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class TableFormatHistoryInfo { leftIndent: number; preferredWidth: number; preferredWidthType: WidthType; allowAutoFit: boolean; constructor(); } /** * @private */ export class RowFormatHistoryInfo { gridBefore: number; gridAfter: number; gridBeforeWidth: number; gridBeforeWidthType: WidthType; gridAfterWidth: number; gridAfterWidthType: WidthType; cells: CellFormatHistoryInfo[]; constructor(); } /** * @private */ export class CellFormatHistoryInfo { columnSpan: number; columnIndex: number; preferredWidth: number; preferredWidthType: WidthType; constructor(); } /** * @private */ export class CellHistoryFormat { /** * @private */ startingPoint: Point; /** * @private */ startIndex: number; /** * @private */ endIndex: number; /** * @private */ tableHierarchicalIndex: string; /** * @private */ startX: number; /** * @private */ startY: number; /** * @private */ displacement: number; constructor(point: Point); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/editor-history/history-info.d.ts /** * EditorHistory preservation class */ /** * @private */ export class HistoryInfo extends BaseHistoryInfo { /** * @private */ modifiedActions: BaseHistoryInfo[]; private isChildHistoryInfo; /** * @private */ readonly hasAction: boolean; constructor(node: DocumentEditor, isChild: boolean); /** * Adds the modified actions * @param {BaseHistoryInfo} baseHistoryInfo * @private */ addModifiedAction(baseHistoryInfo: BaseHistoryInfo): void; /** * Reverts this instance * @private */ revert(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/editor-history/index.d.ts /** * EditorHistory implementation */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/editor/editor-helper.d.ts /** * @private */ export class HelperMethods { /** * @private */ static wordBefore: string; /** * @private */ static wordAfter: string; /** * @private */ static wordSplitCharacters: string[]; /** * Inserts text at specified index in string. * @param {string} spanText * @param {number} index * @param {string} text * @private */ static insert(spanText: string, index: number, text: string): string; /** * Removes text from specified index in string. * @param {string} text * @param {number} index * @param {number} length * @private */ static remove(text: string, index: number, length: number): string; /** * Returns the index of word split character in a string. * @param {string} text * @param {string[]} wordSplitCharacter * @private */ static indexOfAny(text: string, wordSplitCharacter: string[]): any; /** * Returns the last index of word split character in a string. * @param {string} text * @param {string[]} wordSplitCharacter * @private */ static lastIndexOfAny(text: string, wordSplitCharacter: string[]): number; /** * Adds css styles to document header. * @param {string} css * @private */ static addCssStyle(css: string): void; /** * Gets highlight color code. * @param {HighlightColor} highlightColor * @private */ static getHighlightColorCode(highlightColor: HighlightColor): string; /** * Converts point to pixel. * @param {number} point * @private */ static convertPointToPixel(point: number): number; /** * Converts pixel to point. * @param {number} pixel * @private */ static convertPixelToPoint(pixel: number): number; /** * Return true if field linked * @private */ static isLinkedFieldCharacter(inline: ElementBox): boolean; /** * Removes white space in a string. * @param {string} text * @private */ static removeSpace(text: string): string; /** * Trims white space at start of the string. * @param {string} text * @private */ static trimStart(text: string): string; /** * Trims white space at end of the string. * @param {string} text * @private */ static trimEnd(text: string): string; /** * Checks whether string ends with whitespace. * @param {string} text * @private */ static endsWith(text: string): boolean; /** * Return specified number of string count * @private */ static addSpace(length: number): string; /** * @private * Write Characterformat * @param {any} characterFormat * @param {boolean} isInline * @param {WCharacterFormat} format */ static writeCharacterFormat(characterFormat: any, isInline: boolean, format: WCharacterFormat): void; /** * Rounds the values with specified decimal digits. * @param {number} value * @param {number} decimalDigits * @private */ static round(value: number, decimalDigits: number): number; static ReverseString(text: string): string; /** * @private */ static formatClippedString(base64ImageString: string): ImageInfo; private static startsWith; } /** * @private */ export class Point { private xIn; private yIn; /** * Gets or sets x value. * @private */ x: number; /** * Gets or sets y value. * @private */ y: number; constructor(xPosition: number, yPosition: number); /** * @private */ copy(point: Point): void; /** * Destroys the internal objects maintained. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export interface SubWidthInfo { subWidth: number; spaceCount: number; } /** * @private */ export interface LineElementInfo { topMargin: number; bottomMargin: number; addSubWidth: boolean; whiteSpaceCount: number; } /** * @private */ export interface Color { r: number; g: number; b: number; } /** * @private */ export interface CaretHeightInfo { height: number; topMargin: number; isItalic?: boolean; } /** * @private */ export interface SizeInfo { width: number; height: number; topMargin: number; bottomMargin: number; } /** * @private */ export interface FirstElementInfo { element: ElementBox; left: number; } /** * @private */ export interface IndexInfo { index: string; } /** * @private */ export interface ImagePointInfo { selectedElement: HTMLElement; resizePosition: string; } /** * @private */ export interface HyperlinkTextInfo { displayText: string; isNestedField: boolean; format: WCharacterFormat; } /** * @private */ export interface BodyWidgetInfo { bodyWidget: BodyWidget; index: number; } /** * @private */ export interface ParagraphInfo { paragraph: ParagraphWidget; offset: number; } /** * @private */ export interface CellInfo { start: number; end: number; } /** * @private */ export interface FieldCodeInfo { isNested: boolean; isParsed: boolean; } /** * @private */ export interface LineInfo { line: LineWidget; offset: number; } /** * @private */ export interface ElementInfo { element: ElementBox; index: number; } /** * @private */ export interface TextPositionInfo { element: ElementBox; index: number; caretPosition: Point; isImageSelected: boolean; } /** * @private */ export interface CellCountInfo { count: number; cellFormats: WCellFormat[]; } /** * @private */ export interface BlockInfo { node: Widget; position: IndexInfo; } /** * @private */ export interface WidthInfo { minimumWordWidth: number; maximumWordWidth: number; } /** * @private */ export interface RtlInfo { isRtl: boolean; id: number; } /** * @private */ export interface ImageInfo { extension: string; formatClippedString: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/editor/editor.d.ts /** * Editor module */ export class Editor { /** * @private */ viewer: LayoutViewer; private nodes; private editHyperlinkInternal; private startOffset; private startParagraph; private endOffset; private endParagraph; /** * @private */ isHandledComplex: boolean; /** * @private */ tableResize: TableResizer; /** * @private */ tocStyles: TocLevelSettings; private refListNumber; private incrementListNumber; private removedBookmarkElements; /** * @private */ tocBookmarkId: number; /** * @private */ copiedData: string; private animationTimer; private pageRefFields; /** * @private */ isInsertingTOC: boolean; /** * Initialize the editor module * @param {LayoutViewer} viewer * @private */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); private readonly editorHistory; /** * @private */ isBordersAndShadingDialog: boolean; private readonly selection; private readonly owner; private getModuleName; insertField(code: string, result?: string): void; /** * To update style for paragraph * @param style - style name * @param clearDirectFormatting - Removes manual formatting (formatting not applied using a style) * from the selected text, to match the formatting of the applied style. Default value is false. */ applyStyle(style: string, clearDirectFormatting?: boolean): void; /** * Moves the selected content in the document editor control to clipboard. */ cut(): void; /** * Notify content change event * @private */ fireContentChange(): void; /** * Update physical location for text position * @private */ updateSelectionTextPosition(isSelectionChanged: boolean): void; /** * @private */ onTextInputInternal: (event: KeyboardEvent) => void; /** * Predict text * @private */ predictText(): void; /** * Gets prefix and suffix. * @private */ getPrefixAndSuffix(): void; /** * Fired on paste. * @param {ClipboardEvent} event * @private */ onPaste: (event: ClipboardEvent) => void; /** * key action * @private */ onKeyDownInternal(event: KeyboardEvent, ctrl: boolean, shift: boolean, alt: boolean): void; /** * @private */ handleShiftEnter(): void; /** * Handles back key. * @private */ handleBackKey(): void; /** * Handles delete * @private */ handleDelete(): void; /** * Handles enter key. * @private */ handleEnterKey(): void; /** * @private */ handleTextInput(text: string): void; /** * Copies to format. * @param {WCharacterFormat} format * @private */ copyInsertFormat(format: WCharacterFormat, copy: boolean): WCharacterFormat; /** * Inserts the specified text at cursor position * @param {string} text - text to insert */ insertText(text: string): void; /** * @private */ insertTextInternal(text: string, isReplace: boolean): void; /** * @private */ insertIMEText(text: string, isUpdate: boolean): void; /** * Insert Section break at cursor position */ insertSectionBreak(): void; /** * @private */ insertSection(selection: Selection, selectFirstBlock: boolean): BlockWidget; private splitBodyWidget; private insertRemoveHeaderFooter; private updateBlockIndex; private updateSectionIndex; private checkAndConvertList; private getListLevelPattern; private autoConvertList; private checkNumberFormat; private checkLeadingZero; private getPageFromBlockWidget; /** * @private */ insertTextInline(element: ElementBox, selection: Selection, text: string, index: number): void; private insertFieldBeginText; private insertBookMarkText; private insertFieldSeparatorText; private insertFieldEndText; private insertImageText; /** * @private */ private isListTextSelected; private checkAndConvertToHyperlink; private autoFormatHyperlink; private appylingHyperlinkFormat; private createHyperlinkElement; private insertHyperlinkfield; private unLinkFieldCharacter; private getCharacterFormat; /** * Insert Hyperlink * @param {string} url * @param {string} displayText * @param {boolean} remove * @private */ insertHyperlink(url: string, displayText: string, remove: boolean, isBookmark?: boolean): void; private insertHyperlinkInternal; private insertHyperlinkByFormat; private initInsertInline; /** * @private */ insertElementInCurrentLine(selection: Selection, inline: ElementBox, isReLayout: boolean): void; /** * Edit Hyperlink * @param {Selection} selection * @param {string} url * @param {string} displayText * @private */ editHyperlink(selection: Selection, url: string, displayText: string, isBookmark?: boolean): boolean; private insertClonedFieldResult; private getClonedFieldResultWithSel; private getClonedFieldResult; /** * Removes the hyperlink if selection is within hyperlink. */ removeHyperlink(): void; /** * Paste copied clipboard content on Paste event * @param {ClipboardEvent} event * @param {any} pasteWindow? * @private */ pasteInternal(event: ClipboardEvent, pasteWindow?: any): void; /** * Pastes the data present in local clipboard if any. */ pasteLocal(): void; private getBlocks; private pasteContents; private pasteContentsInternal; private pasteContent; private pasteCopiedData; /** * Insert Table on undo * @param {WTable} table * @param {WTable} newTable * @param {boolean} moveRows * @private */ insertTableInternal(table: TableWidget, newTable: TableWidget, moveRows: boolean): void; /** * Insert Table on undo * @param {Selection} selection * @param {WBlock} block * @param {WTable} table * @private */ insertBlockTable(selection: Selection, block: BlockWidget, table: TableWidget): void; /** * On cut handle selected content remove and relayout * @param {Selection} selection * @param {TextPosition} startPosition * @param {TextPosition} endPosition * @private */ handleCut(selection: Selection): void; private insertInlineInternal; private insertElement; private insertElementInternal; /** * Insert Block on undo * @param {Selection} selection * @param {WBlock} block * @private */ insertBlock(block: BlockWidget): void; /** * Insert new Block on specific index * @param {Selection} selection * @param {BlockWidget} block * @private */ insertBlockInternal(block: BlockWidget): void; /** * Inserts the image with specified size at cursor position in the document editor. * @param {string} imageString Base64 string, web URL or file URL. * @param {number} width? Image width * @param {number} height? Image height */ insertImage(imageString: string, width?: number, height?: number): void; /** * Inserts a table of specified size at cursor position * in the document editor. * @param {number} rows Default value of ‘rows’ parameter is 1. * @param {number} columns Default value of ‘columns’ parameter is 1. */ insertTable(rows?: number, columns?: number): void; /** * Inserts the specified number of rows to the table above or below to the row at cursor position. * @param {boolean} above The above parameter is optional and if omitted, * it takes the value as false and inserts below the row at cursor position. * @param {number} count The count parameter is optional and if omitted, it takes the value as 1. */ insertRow(above?: boolean, count?: number): void; /** * Fits the table based on AutoFitType. * @param {AutoFitType} - auto fit type */ autoFitTable(fitType: AutoFitType): void; private updateCellFormatForInsertedRow; private updateRowspan; private insertTableRows; /** * Inserts the specified number of columns to the table left or right to the column at cursor position. * @param {number} left The left parameter is optional and if omitted, it takes the value as false and * inserts to the right of column at cursor position. * @param {number} count The count parameter is optional and if omitted, it takes the value as 1. */ insertColumn(left?: boolean, count?: number): void; /** * Creates table with specified rows and columns. * @private */ createTable(rows: number, columns: number): TableWidget; private createRowAndColumn; private createColumn; private getColumnCountToInsert; private getRowCountToInsert; private getOwnerCell; private getOwnerRow; private getOwnerTable; /** * Merge Selected cells * @private */ mergeSelectedCellsInTable(): void; private mergeSelectedCells; private mergeBorders; private updateBlockIndexAfterMerge; /** * Determines whether merge cell operation can be done. */ canMergeCells(): boolean; private canMergeSelectedCellsInTable; private checkCellWidth; private checkCellWithInSelection; private checkPrevOrNextCellIsWithinSel; private checkCurrentCell; private checkRowSpannedCells; /** * @private */ insertNewParagraphWidget(newParagraph: ParagraphWidget, insertAfter: boolean): void; private insertParagraph; private moveInlines; /** * @private */ moveContent(lineWidget: LineWidget, startOffset: number, endOffset: number, insertIndex: number, paragraph: ParagraphWidget): number; /** * update complex changes when history is not preserved * @param {number} action? * @param {string} start? * @param {string} end? * @private */ updateComplexWithoutHistory(action?: number, start?: string, end?: string): void; /** * reLayout * @param selection * @param isSelectionChanged * @private */ reLayout(selection: Selection, isSelectionChanged?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ updateHeaderFooterWidget(): void; /** * @private */ updateHeaderFooterWidgetToPage(node: HeaderFooterWidget): void; /** * @private */ updateHeaderFooterWidgetToPageInternal(page: Page, widget: HeaderFooterWidget, isHeader: boolean): void; /** * @private */ removeFieldInWidget(widget: Widget): void; /** * @private */ removeFieldInBlock(block: BlockWidget): void; /** * @private */ removeFieldTable(table: TableWidget): void; /** * @private */ shiftPageContent(type: HeaderFooterType, sectionFormat: WSectionFormat): void; /** * @private */ checkAndShiftFromBottom(page: Page, footerWidget: HeaderFooterWidget): void; /** * Change HighlightColor * @param {HighlightColor} highlightColor * Applies character format for selection. * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @param {boolean} update * @private */ onApplyCharacterFormat(property: string, value: Object, update?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ applyCharacterFormatForListText(selection: Selection, property: string, values: Object, update: boolean): void; private applyListCharacterFormatByValue; /** * @private */ updateListCharacterFormat(selection: Selection, property: string, value: Object): void; private updateListTextSelRange; /** * @private */ getListLevel(paragraph: ParagraphWidget): WListLevel; private updateInsertPosition; /** * preserve paragraph and offset value for selection * @private */ setOffsetValue(selection: Selection): void; /** * Toggles the highlight color property of selected contents. * @param {HighlightColor} highlightColor Default value of ‘underline’ parameter is Yellow. */ toggleHighlightColor(highlightColor?: HighlightColor): void; /** * Toggles the subscript formatting of selected contents. */ toggleSubscript(): void; /** * Toggles the superscript formatting of selected contents. */ toggleSuperscript(): void; /** * Toggles the text alignment property of selected contents. * @param {TextAlignment} textAlignment Default value of ‘textAlignment parameter is TextAlignment.Left. */ /** * Increases the left indent of selected paragraphs to a factor of 36 points. */ increaseIndent(): void; /** * Decreases the left indent of selected paragraphs to a factor of 36 points. */ decreaseIndent(): void; /** * Clears the list format for selected paragraphs. */ clearList(): void; /** * Applies the bullet list to selected paragraphs. * @param {string} bullet Bullet character * @param {string} fontFamily Bullet font family */ applyBullet(bullet: string, fontFamily: string): void; /** * Applies the numbering list to selected paragraphs. * @param numberFormat “%n” representations in ‘numberFormat’ parameter will be replaced by respective list level’s value. * `“%1)” will be displayed as “1)” ` * @param listLevelPattern Default value of ‘listLevelPattern’ parameter is ListLevelPattern.Arabic */ applyNumbering(numberFormat: string, listLevelPattern?: ListLevelPattern): void; /** * Toggles the baseline alignment property of selected contents. * @param {Selection} selection * @param {BaselineAlignment} baseAlignment */ toggleBaselineAlignment(baseAlignment: BaselineAlignment): void; /** * Clears the formatting. */ clearFormatting(): void; /** * Toggles the specified property. If property is assigned already. Then property will be changed * @param {Selection} selection * @param {number} type * @param {Object} value * @private */ updateProperty(type: number, value: Object): void; private getCompleteStyles; /** * Initialize default styles * @private */ intializeDefaultStyles(): void; /** * Creates a new instance of Style. */ createStyle(styleString: string): void; /** * Create a Style. * @private */ createStyleIn(styleString: string): Object; /** * @private */ getUniqueStyleName(name: string): string; private getUniqueName; /** * Update Character format for selection * @private */ updateSelectionCharacterFormatting(property: string, values: Object, update: boolean): void; /** * Update character format for selection range * @param {SelectionRange} selectionRange * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @returns void * @private */ updateCharacterFormat(property: string, value: Object): void; private updateCharacterFormatWithUpdate; private applyCharFormatSelectedContent; private applyCharFormatForSelectedPara; private splittedLastParagraph; private getNextParagraphForCharacterFormatting; private applyCharFormat; /** * Toggles the bold property of selected contents. */ toggleBold(): void; /** * Toggles the bold property of selected contents. */ toggleItalic(): void; private getCurrentSelectionValue; /** * Toggles the underline property of selected contents. * @param underline Default value of ‘underline’ parameter is Single. */ toggleUnderline(underline?: Underline): void; /** * Toggles the strike through property of selected contents. * @param {Strikethrough} strikethrough Default value of strikethrough parameter is SingleStrike. */ toggleStrikethrough(strikethrough?: Strikethrough): void; private updateFontSize; private applyCharFormatInline; private formatInline; private applyCharFormatCell; private applyCharFormatForSelectedCell; private applyCharFormatRow; private applyCharFormatForTable; private applyCharFormatForSelTable; private applyCharFormatForTableCell; private updateSelectedCellsInTable; private getCharacterFormatValueOfCell; /** * Apply Character format for selection * @private */ applyCharFormatValueInternal(selection: Selection, format: WCharacterFormat, property: string, value: Object): void; private copyInlineCharacterFormat; private applyCharFormatValue; /** * @private */ onImageFormat(elementBox: ImageElementBox, width: number, height: number): void; /** * Toggles the text alignment of selected paragraphs. * @param {TextAlignment} textAlignment */ toggleTextAlignment(textAlignment: TextAlignment): void; /** * Applies paragraph format for the selection ranges. * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @param {boolean} update * @param {boolean} isSelectionChanged * @private */ onApplyParagraphFormat(property: string, value: Object, update: boolean, isSelectionChanged: boolean): void; /** * Update the list level * @param {boolean} increaseLevel * @private */ updateListLevel(increaseLevel: boolean): void; /** * Applies list * @param {WList} list * @param {number} listLevelNumber * @private */ onApplyListInternal(list: WList, listLevelNumber: number): void; /** * Apply paragraph format to selection range * @private */ updateSelectionParagraphFormatting(property: string, value: Object, update: boolean): void; private getIndentIncrementValue; private getIndentIncrementValueInternal; private updateParagraphFormatInternal; /** * Update paragraph format on undo * @param {SelectionRange} selectionRange * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @param {boolean} update * @private */ updateParagraphFormat(property: string, value: Object, update: boolean): void; private applyParaFormatSelectedContent; /** * Apply Paragraph format * @private */ applyParaFormatProperty(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, property: string, value: Object, update: boolean): void; private copyParagraphFormat; private onListFormatChange; private updateListParagraphFormat; /** * Copies list level paragraph format * @param {WParagraphFormat} oldFormat * @param {WParagraphFormat} newFormat * @private */ copyFromListLevelParagraphFormat(oldFormat: WParagraphFormat, newFormat: WParagraphFormat): void; /** * @private */ applyContinueNumbering(selection: Selection): void; /** * @private */ applyContinueNumberingInternal(selection: Selection): void; /** * @private */ getContinueNumberingInfo(paragraph: ParagraphWidget): ContinueNumberingInfo; /** * @private */ revertContinueNumbering(selection: Selection, format: WParagraphFormat): void; private changeListId; private getParagraphFormat; private checkNumberArabic; /** * @private */ applyRestartNumbering(selection: Selection): void; /** * @private */ restartListAt(selection: Selection): void; /** * @private */ restartListAtInternal(selection: Selection, listId: number): void; private changeRestartNumbering; private createListLevels; private applyParaFormat; private applyCharacterStyle; private applyParaFormatInCell; private applyParaFormatCellInternal; private getParaFormatValueInCell; private applyParagraphFormatRow; private applyParaFormatTableCell; private applyParaFormatTable; private getNextParagraphForFormatting; private applyParagraphFormatTableInternal; /** * Apply section format selection changes * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @private */ onApplySectionFormat(property: string, value: Object): void; /** * Update section format * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @returns TextPosition * @private */ updateSectionFormat(property: string, value: Object): void; /** * Apply table format property changes * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @private */ onApplyTableFormat(property: string, value: Object): void; private getTableFormatAction; /** * Apply table row format property changes * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @private */ onApplyTableRowFormat(property: string, value: Object): void; private getRowAction; /** * Apply table cell property changes * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @private */ onApplyTableCellFormat(property: string, value: Object): void; private getTableCellAction; private applyPropertyValueForSection; /** * @private */ layoutWholeDocument(): void; private combineSection; private combineSectionChild; private updateSelectionTableFormat; /** * Update Table Format on undo * @param {Selection} selection * @param {SelectionRange} selectionRange * @param {string} property * @param {object} value * @private */ updateTableFormat(selection: Selection, property: string, value: object): void; /** * update cell format on undo * @param {Selection} selection * @param {SelectionRange} selectionRange * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @private */ updateCellFormat(selection: Selection, property: string, value: Object): void; /** * update row format on undo * @param {Selection} selection * @param {SelectionRange} selectionRange * @param {string} property * @param {Object} value * @private */ updateRowFormat(selection: Selection, property: string, value: Object): void; private initHistoryPosition; private startSelectionReLayouting; private reLayoutSelectionOfTable; private reLayoutSelection; private reLayoutSelectionOfBlock; /** * @private */ layoutItemBlock(block: BlockWidget, shiftNextWidget: boolean): void; /** * @private */ removeSelectedContents(selection: Selection): boolean; private removeSelectedContentInternal; private removeSelectedContent; private deleteSelectedContent; /** * Merge the selected cells. */ mergeCells(): void; /** * Deletes the entire table at selection. */ deleteTable(): void; /** * Deletes the selected column(s). */ deleteColumn(): void; /** * Deletes the selected row(s). */ deleteRow(): void; private removeRow; private updateTable; private getParagraphForSelection; private deletePara; private deleteSection; private combineSectionInternal; /** * @private */ checkAndInsertBlock(block: BlockWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition, editAction: number, previousParagraph: BlockWidget): ParagraphWidget; private splitParagraph; /** * @private */ removeBlock(block: BlockWidget): void; private removeField; private addRemovedNodes; private deleteBlock; private deleteTableCell; private deleteCellsInTable; private deleteCell; private deleteContainer; private deleteTableBlock; private splitTable; private updateEditPosition; /** * @private */ deleteContent(table: TableWidget, selection: Selection, editAction: number): void; private setActionInternal; private checkClearCells; private isEndInAdjacentTable; private cloneTableToHistoryInfo; private insertParagraphPaste; private removeInlines; /** * @private */ removeContent(lineWidget: LineWidget, startOffset: number, endOffset: number): void; /** * @private */ removeEmptyLine(paragraph: ParagraphWidget): void; /** * clone the list level * @param {WListLevel} source * @private */ cloneListLevel(source: WListLevel): WListLevel; /** * Copies the list level * @param {WListLevel} destination * @param {WListLevel} listLevel * @private */ copyListLevel(destination: WListLevel, listLevel: WListLevel): void; /** * Clone level override * @param {WLevelOverride} source * @private */ cloneLevelOverride(source: WLevelOverride): WLevelOverride; /** * Update List Paragraph * @private */ updateListParagraphs(): void; /** * @private */ updateListParagraphsInBlock(block: BlockWidget): void; /** * Applies list format * @param {WList} list * @private */ onApplyList(list: WList): void; /** * Applies bullets or numbering list * @param {string} format * @param {ListLevelPattern} listLevelPattern * @param {string} fontFamily * @private */ applyBulletOrNumbering(format: string, listLevelPattern: ListLevelPattern, fontFamily: string): void; private addListLevels; /** * Insert page break at cursor position */ insertPageBreak(): void; /** * @private */ onEnter(isInsertPageBreak?: boolean): void; private splitParagraphInternal; /** * @private */ updateNextBlocksIndex(block: BlockWidget, increaseIndex: boolean): void; private updateIndex; private updateEndPosition; /** * @private */ onBackSpace(): void; /** * @private */ insertRemoveBookMarkElements(): boolean; /** * @private */ deleteSelectedContents(selection: Selection, isBackSpace: boolean): boolean; /** * @private */ singleBackspace(selection: Selection, isRedoing: boolean): void; private setPositionForHistory; private removeAtOffset; /** * @private */ onDelete(): void; /** * Remove single character on right of cursor position * @param {Selection} selection * @param {boolean} isRedoing * @private */ singleDelete(selection: Selection, isRedoing: boolean): void; private singleDeleteInternal; private deleteParagraphMark; private updateEditPositionOnMerge; private checkEndPosition; private checkInsertPosition; private checkIsNotRedoing; private deleteSelectedContentInternal; /** * Init EditorHistory * @private */ initHistory(action: Action): void; /** * Init Complex EditorHistory * @private */ initComplexHistory(action: Action): void; /** * Insert image * @param {string} base64String * @param {number} width * @param {number} height * @private */ insertPicture(base64String: string, width: number, height: number): void; private insertPictureInternal; private fitImageToPage; /** * @private */ insertInlineInSelection(selection: Selection, elementBox: ElementBox): void; /** * @private */ onPortrait(): void; /** * @private */ onLandscape(): void; private copyValues; /** * @private */ changeMarginValue(property: string): void; /** * @private */ onPaperSize(property: string): void; /** * @private */ updateListItemsTillEnd(blockAdv: BlockWidget, updateNextBlockList: boolean): void; /** * @private */ updateWholeListItems(block: BlockWidget): void; private updateListItems; private updateListItemsForTable; private updateListItemsForRow; private updateListItemsForCell; /** * @private */ updateRenderedListItems(block: BlockWidget): void; private updateRenderedListItemsForTable; private updateRenderedListItemsForRow; private updateRenderedListItemsForCell; private updateListItemsForPara; private updateRenderedListItemsForPara; /** * Get logical offset of paragraph. * @private */ getParagraphInfo(position: TextPosition): ParagraphInfo; /** * @private */ getParagraphInfoInternal(line: LineWidget, lineOffset: number): ParagraphInfo; /** * Get offset value to update in selection * @private */ getOffsetValue(selection: Selection): void; /** * Get offset value to update in selection * @private */ getLineInfo(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, offset: number): LineInfo; /** * @private */ setPositionParagraph(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, offset: number, skipSelectionChange: boolean): void; /** * @private */ setPositionForCurrentIndex(textPosition: TextPosition, editPosition: string): void; /** * @private */ insertPageNumber(numberFormat?: string): void; /** * @private */ insertPageCount(numberFormat?: string): void; private createFields; /** * @private */ insertBookmark(name: string): void; /** * @private */ deleteBookmark(bookmarkName: string): void; /** * @private */ deleteBookmarkInternal(bookmark: BookmarkElementBox): void; /** * @private */ getSelectionInfo(): SelectionInfo; /** * @private */ insertElements(endElements: ElementBox[], startElements?: ElementBox[]): void; /** * @private */ insertElementsInternal(position: TextPosition, elements: ElementBox[]): void; /** * @private */ getHierarchicalIndex(block: Widget, offset: string): string; /** * @private */ getBlock(position: IndexInfo): BlockInfo; /** * Return Block relative to position * @private */ getBlockInternal(widget: Widget, position: IndexInfo): BlockInfo; /** * @private */ getParagraph(position: IndexInfo): ParagraphInfo; /** * Get paragraph relative to position * @private */ private getParagraphInternal; private getBodyWidget; private getHeaderFooterWidget; /** * @private */ getBodyWidgetInternal(sectionIndex: number, blockIndex: number): BodyWidget; /** * @private */ getBlockByIndex(container: Widget, blockIndex: number): Widget; /** * @private */ updateHistoryPosition(position: TextPosition | string, isInsertPosition: boolean): void; /** * Applies the borders based on given settings. * @param {BorderSettings} settings */ applyBorders(settings: BorderSettings): void; private applyAllBorders; private applyInsideBorders; /** * @private */ getTopBorderCellsOnSelection(): TableCellWidget[]; /** * @private */ getLeftBorderCellsOnSelection(): TableCellWidget[]; /** * @private */ getRightBorderCellsOnSelection(): TableCellWidget[]; /** * @private */ getBottomBorderCellsOnSelection(): TableCellWidget[]; /** * @private */ clearAllBorderValues(borders: WBorders): void; private clearBorder; /** * @private */ getAdjacentCellToApplyBottomBorder(): TableCellWidget[]; private getAdjacentBottomBorderOnEmptyCells; /** * @private */ getAdjacentCellToApplyRightBorder(): TableCellWidget[]; private getSelectedCellsNextWidgets; /** * @private */ getBorder(borderColor: string, lineWidth: number, borderStyle: LineStyle): WBorder; /** * Applies borders * @param {WBorders} sourceBorders * @param {WBorders} applyBorders * @private */ applyBordersInternal(sourceBorders: WBorders, applyBorders: WBorders): void; /** * Apply shading to table * @param {WShading} sourceShading * @param {WShading} applyShading * @private */ applyShading(sourceShading: WShading, applyShading: WShading): void; private applyBorder; /** * Apply Table Format changes * @param {Selection} selection * @param {WTableFormat} format * @private */ onTableFormat(format: WTableFormat): void; /** * @private */ applyTableFormat(table: TableWidget, property: string, value: object): void; private applyTablePropertyValue; private handleTableFormat; private updateGridForTableDialog; /** * Applies Row Format Changes * @param {Selection} selection * @param {WRowFormat} format * @param {WRow} row * @private */ onRowFormat(format: WRowFormat): void; private applyRowFormat; private applyRowPropertyValue; private handleRowFormat; /** * Applies Cell Format changes * @param {Selection} selection * @param {WCellFormat} format * @param {WCell} cell * @private */ onCellFormat(format: WCellFormat): void; /** * @private */ updateCellMargins(selection: Selection, value: WCellFormat): void; /** * @private */ updateFormatForCell(selection: Selection, property: string, value: Object): void; /** * @private */ getSelectedCellInColumn(table: TableWidget, rowStartIndex: number, columnIndex: number, rowEndIndex: number): TableCellWidget[]; private getColumnCells; /** * @private */ getTableWidth(table: TableWidget): number; private applyCellPropertyValue; private handleCellFormat; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; private isTocField; /** * Updates the table of contents. * @private */ updateToc(tocField?: FieldElementBox): void; private getTocSettings; private decodeTSwitch; /** * Inserts, modifies or updates the table of contents based on given settings. * @param {TableOfContentsSettings} tableOfContentsSettings */ insertTableOfContents(tableOfContentsSettings?: TableOfContentsSettings): void; private appendEmptyPara; private constructTocFieldCode; private constructTSwitch; /** * Appends the end filed to the given line. */ private appendEndField; private validateTocSettings; /** * Builds the TOC * @private */ buildToc(tocSettings: TableOfContentsSettings, fieldCode: string, isFirstPara: boolean, isStartParagraph?: boolean): ParagraphWidget[]; private createOutlineLevels; /** * Creates TOC heading styles * @param start - lower heading level * @param end - higher heading level */ private createHeadingLevels; /** * Checks the current style is heading style. */ private isHeadingStyle; private isOutlineLevelStyle; /** * Creates TOC field element. */ private createTocFieldElement; /** * Updates TOC para */ private createTOCWidgets; /** * Inserts toc hyperlink. */ private insertTocHyperlink; /** * Inserts toc page number. */ private insertTocPageNumber; private updatePageRef; /** * Inserts toc bookmark. */ private insertTocBookmark; /** * Generates bookmark id. */ private generateBookmarkName; /** * Change cell content alignment * @private */ onCellContentAlignment(verticalAlignment: CellVerticalAlignment, textAlignment: TextAlignment): void; } /** * @private */ export interface SelectionInfo { start: TextPosition; end: TextPosition; startElementInfo: ElementInfo; endElementInfo: ElementInfo; isEmpty: boolean; } /** * @private */ export interface ContinueNumberingInfo { currentList: WList; listLevelNumber: number; listPattern: ListLevelPattern; } /** * Specifies the settings for border. */ export interface BorderSettings { /** * Specifies the border type. */ type: BorderType; /** * Specifies the border color. */ borderColor?: string; /** * Specifies the line width. */ lineWidth?: number; /** * Specifies the border style. */ borderStyle?: LineStyle; } /** * @private */ export interface TocLevelSettings { [key: string]: number; } /** * @private */ export interface PageRefFields { [key: string]: FieldTextElementBox; } /** * Specifies the settings for table of contents. */ export interface TableOfContentsSettings { /** * Specifies the start level. */ startLevel?: number; /** * Specifies the end level. */ endLevel?: number; /** * Specifies whether hyperlink can be included. */ includeHyperlink?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether page number can be included. */ includePageNumber?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the page number can be right aligned. */ rightAlign?: boolean; /** * Specifies the tab leader. */ tabLeader?: TabLeader; /** * @private */ levelSettings?: TocLevelSettings; /** * Specifies whether outline levels can be included. */ includeOutlineLevels?: boolean; } /** * Defines the character format properties of document editor */ export interface CharacterFormatProperties { /** * Defines the bold formatting */ bold?: boolean; /** * Defines the italic formatting */ italic?: boolean; /** * Defines the font size */ fontSize?: number; /** * Defines the font family */ fontFamily?: string; /** * Defines the underline property */ underline?: Underline; /** * Defines the strikethrough */ strikethrough?: Strikethrough; /** * Defines the subscript or superscript property */ baselineAlignment?: BaselineAlignment; /** * Defines the highlight color */ highlightColor?: HighlightColor; /** * Defines the font color */ fontColor?: string; /** * Defines the bidirectional property */ bidi?: boolean; } /** * Defines the paragraph format properties of document editor */ export interface ParagraphFormatProperties { /** * Defines the left indent */ leftIndent?: number; /** * Defines the right indent */ rightIndent?: number; /** * Defines the first line indent */ firstLineIndent?: number; /** * Defines the text alignment property */ textAlignment?: TextAlignment; /** * Defines the spacing value after the paragraph */ afterSpacing?: number; /** * Defines the spacing value before the paragraph */ beforeSpacing?: number; /** * Defines the spacing between the lines */ lineSpacing?: number; /** * Defines the spacing type(AtLeast,Exactly or Multiple) between the lines */ lineSpacingType?: LineSpacingType; /** * Defines the bidirectional property of paragraph */ bidi?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/editor/image-resizer.d.ts /** * Image resizer implementation. */ export class ImageResizer { /** * @private */ owner: DocumentEditor; private currentImageElementBoxIn; /** * @private */ resizeContainerDiv: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ topLeftRect: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ topMiddleRect: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ topRightRect: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ bottomLeftRect: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ bottomMiddleRect: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ bottomRightRect: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ leftMiddleRect: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ rightMiddleRect: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ topLeftRectParent: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ topMiddleRectParent: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ topRightRectParent: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ bottomLeftRectParent: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ bottomMiddleRectParent: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ bottomRightRectParent: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ leftMiddleRectParent: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ rightMiddleRectParent: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ resizeMarkSizeIn: number; /** * @private */ selectedImageWidget: Dictionary<IWidget, SelectedImageInfo>; /** * @private */ baseHistoryInfo: BaseHistoryInfo; private imageResizerDiv; /** * @private */ isImageResizing: boolean; /** * @private */ isImageResizerVisible: boolean; private viewer; /** * @private */ currentPage: Page; /** * @private */ isImageMoveToNextPage: boolean; /** * @private */ imageResizerDivElement: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ imageResizerPoints: ImageResizingPoints; /** * @private */ selectedResizeElement: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ topValue: number; /** * @private */ leftValue: number; /** * Gets or Sets the current image element box. * @private */ /** * @private */ currentImageElementBox: ImageElementBox; /** * Gets or Sets the resize mark size. * @private */ /** * @private */ resizeMarkSize: number; /** * Constructor for image resizer module. * @param {DocumentEditor} node * @param {LayoutViewer} viewer * @private */ constructor(node: DocumentEditor, viewer: LayoutViewer); /** * Gets module name. */ private getModuleName; /** * Sets image resizer position. * @param {number} x - Specifies for image resizer left value. * @param {number} y - Specifies for image resizer top value. * @param {number} width - Specifies for image resizer width value. * @param {number} height - Specifies for image resizer height value. * @private */ setImageResizerPositions(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number): void; /** * Creates image resizer DOM element. * @private */ initializeImageResizer(): void; /** * Position an image resizer * @param {ImageElementBox} elementBox - Specifies the image position. * @private */ positionImageResizer(elementBox: ImageElementBox): void; /** * Shows the image resizer. * @private */ showImageResizer(): void; /** * Hides the image resizer. * @private */ hideImageResizer(): void; /** * Initialize the resize marks. * @param {HTMLElement} resizeDiv - Specifies to appending resizer container div element. * @param {ImageResizer} imageResizer - Specifies to creating div element of each position. * @private */ initResizeMarks(resizeDiv: HTMLElement, imageResizer: ImageResizer): HTMLDivElement; /** * Sets the image resizer position. * @param {number} left - Specifies for image resizer left value. * @param {number} top - Specifies for image resizer top value. * @param {number} width - Specifies for image resizer width value. * @param {number} height - Specifies for image resizer height value. * @param {ImageResizer} imageResizer - Specifies for image resizer. * @private */ setImageResizerPosition(left: number, top: number, width: number, height: number, imageResizer: ImageResizer): void; /** * Sets the image resizing points. * @param {ImageResizer} imageResizer - Specifies for position of each resizing elements. * @private */ setImageResizingPoints(imageResizer: ImageResizer): void; /** * Initialize the resize container div element. * @param {ImageResizer} imageResizer - Specifies for creating resize container div element. * @private */ initResizeContainerDiv(imageResizer: ImageResizer): void; /** * Apply the properties of each resize rectangle element. * @param {HTMLDivElement} resizeRectElement - Specifies for applying properties to resize rectangle element. * @private */ applyProperties(resizeRectElement: HTMLDivElement): void; /** * Handles an image resizing. * @param {number} x - Specifies for left value while resizing. * @param {number} y - Specifies for top value while resizing. */ private handleImageResizing; /** * Handles image resizing on mouse. * @param {MouseEvent} event - Specifies for image resizing using mouse event. * @private */ handleImageResizingOnMouse(event: MouseEvent): void; private topMiddleResizing; private leftMiddleResizing; private topRightResizing; private topLeftResizing; private bottomRightResizing; private bottomLeftResizing; private getOuterResizingPoint; private getInnerResizingPoint; /** * Handles image resizing on touch. * @param {TouchEvent} touchEvent - Specifies for image resizing using touch event. * @private */ handleImageResizingOnTouch(touchEvent: TouchEvent): void; /** * Gets the image point of mouse. * @param {Point} touchPoint - Specifies for resizer cursor position. * @private */ getImagePoint(touchPoint: Point): ImagePointInfo; private applyPropertiesForMouse; /** * Gets the image point of touch. * @param {Point} touchPoints - Specifies for resizer cursor position. * @private */ getImagePointOnTouch(touchPoints: Point): ImagePointInfo; private applyPropertiesForTouch; /** * @private */ mouseUpInternal(): void; /** * Initialize history for image resizer. * @param {ImageResizer} imageResizer - Specifies for image resizer. * @param {WImage} imageContainer - Specifies for an image. * @private */ initHistoryForImageResizer(imageContainer: ImageElementBox): void; /** * Updates histroy for image resizer. * @private */ updateHistoryForImageResizer(): void; /** * Updates image resize container when applying zooming * @private */ updateImageResizerPosition(): void; /** * Dispose the internal objects which are maintained. * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class ImageResizingPoints { /** * @private */ resizeContainerDiv: Point; /** * @private */ topLeftRectParent: Point; /** * @private */ topMiddleRectParent: Point; /** * @private */ topRightRectParent: Point; /** * @private */ bottomLeftRectParent: Point; /** * @private */ bottomMiddleRectParent: Point; /** * @private */ bottomRightRectParent: Point; /** * @private */ leftMiddleRectParent: Point; /** * @private */ rightMiddleRectParent: Point; /** * Constructor for image resizing points class. */ constructor(); } /** * @private */ export class SelectedImageInfo { private heightIn; private widthIn; /** * Gets or Sets the height value. * @private */ /** * @private */ height: number; /** * Gets or Sets the width value. * @private */ /** * @private */ width: number; /** * Constructor for selected image info class. * @param {number} height - Specifies for height value. * @param {number} width - Specifies for width value. */ constructor(height: number, width: number); } /** * @private */ export interface LeftTopInfo { left: number; top: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/editor/index.d.ts /** * Editor Export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/editor/table-resizer.d.ts /** * @private */ export class TableResizer { owner: DocumentEditor; resizeNode: number; resizerPosition: number; currentResizingTable: TableWidget; startingPoint: Point; /** * @private */ readonly viewer: LayoutViewer; /** * @private */ constructor(node: DocumentEditor); /** * Gets module name. */ private getModuleName; /** * @private */ updateResizingHistory(touchPoint: Point): void; handleResize(point: Point): void; /** * @private */ isInRowResizerArea(touchPoint: Point): boolean; isInCellResizerArea(touchPoint: Point): boolean; /** * Gets cell resizer position. * @param {Point} point * @private */ getCellReSizerPosition(touchPoint: Point): number; /** * Gets cell resizer position. * @param {TableCellWidget} cellWidget * @param {Point} touchPoint */ private getCellReSizerPositionInternal; private getRowReSizerPosition; /** * To handle Table Row and cell resize * @param touchPoint * @private */ handleResizing(touchPoint: Point): void; resizeTableRow(dragValue: number): void; /** * Gets the table widget from given cursor point * @param cursorPoint */ private getTableWidget; private getTableWidgetFromWidget; /** * Return the table cell widget from the given cursor point * @param cursorPoint * @private */ getTableCellWidget(cursorPoint: Point): TableCellWidget; updateRowHeight(row: TableRowWidget, dragValue: number): void; resizeTableCellColumn(dragValue: number): void; /** * Resize Selected Cells */ private resizeColumnWithSelection; /** * Resize selected cells at resizer position 0 */ private resizeColumnAtStart; private updateWidthForCells; /** * Resize selected cells at last column */ private resizeColumnAtLastColumnIndex; /** * Resize selected cells at middle column */ private resizeCellAtMiddle; updateGridValue(table: TableWidget, isUpdate: boolean, dragValue?: number): void; private getColumnCells; private updateGridBefore; private getLeastGridBefore; private increaseOrDecreaseWidth; private changeWidthOfCells; private updateRowsGridAfterWidth; private getRowWidth; private getMaxRowWidth; private isColumnSelected; applyProperties(table: TableWidget, tableHistoryInfo: TableHistoryInfo): void; /** * Return table row width */ private getActualWidth; setPreferredWidth(table: TableWidget): void; private updateCellPreferredWidths; /** * Update grid before width value */ private updateGridBeforeWidth; /** * Update grid after width value */ updateGridAfterWidth(width: number, row: TableRowWidget): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/format/border.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WBorder { private uniqueBorderFormat; private static uniqueBorderFormats; private static uniqueFormatType; ownerBase: WBorders; color: string; lineStyle: LineStyle; lineWidth: number; shadow: boolean; space: number; hasNoneStyle: boolean; constructor(node?: WBorders); private getPropertyValue; private setPropertyValue; private initializeUniqueBorder; private addUniqueBorderFormat; private static getPropertyDefaultValue; getLineWidth(): number; private getBorderLineWidthArray; getBorderWeight(): number; private getBorderNumber; private getNumberOfLines; getPrecedence(): number; private hasValue; cloneFormat(): WBorder; destroy(): void; copyFormat(border: WBorder): void; static clear(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/format/borders.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WBorders implements IWidget { private leftIn; private rightIn; private topIn; private bottomIn; private horizontalIn; private verticalIn; private diagonalUpIn; private diagonalDownIn; private lineWidthIn; private valueIn; ownerBase: Object; left: WBorder; right: WBorder; top: WBorder; bottom: WBorder; horizontal: WBorder; vertical: WBorder; diagonalUp: WBorder; diagonalDown: WBorder; constructor(node?: Object); destroy(): void; cloneFormat(): WBorders; copyFormat(borders: WBorders): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/format/cell-format.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WCellFormat { private uniqueCellFormat; private static uniqueCellFormats; private static uniqueFormatType; borders: WBorders; shading: WShading; ownerBase: Object; leftMargin: number; rightMargin: number; topMargin: number; bottomMargin: number; cellWidth: number; columnSpan: number; rowSpan: number; preferredWidth: number; verticalAlignment: CellVerticalAlignment; preferredWidthType: WidthType; constructor(node?: Object); getPropertyValue(property: string): Object; private setPropertyValue; private initializeUniqueCellFormat; private addUniqueCellFormat; private static getPropertyDefaultValue; containsMargins(): boolean; destroy(): void; cloneFormat(): WCellFormat; hasValue(property: string): boolean; copyFormat(format: WCellFormat): void; static clear(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/format/character-format.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WCharacterFormat { uniqueCharacterFormat: WUniqueFormat; private static uniqueCharacterFormats; private static uniqueFormatType; ownerBase: Object; baseCharStyle: WStyle; bold: boolean; italic: boolean; fontSize: number; fontFamily: string; underline: Underline; strikethrough: Strikethrough; baselineAlignment: BaselineAlignment; highlightColor: HighlightColor; fontColor: string; bidi: boolean; bdo: BiDirectionalOverride; boldBidi: boolean; italicBidi: boolean; fontSizeBidi: number; fontFamilyBidi: string; constructor(node?: Object); getPropertyValue(property: string): Object; private getDefaultValue; private documentCharacterFormat; private checkBaseStyle; private checkCharacterStyle; private setPropertyValue; private initializeUniqueCharacterFormat; private addUniqueCharacterFormat; private static getPropertyDefaultValue; isEqualFormat(format: WCharacterFormat): boolean; isSameFormat(format: WCharacterFormat): boolean; cloneFormat(): WCharacterFormat; private hasValue; clearFormat(): void; destroy(): void; copyFormat(format: WCharacterFormat): void; updateUniqueCharacterFormat(format: WCharacterFormat): void; static clear(): void; ApplyStyle(baseCharStyle: WStyle): void; /** * For internal use * @private */ getValue(property: string): Object; /** * For internal use * @private */ mergeFormat(format: WCharacterFormat): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/format/index.d.ts /** * Formats Modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/format/list-format.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WListFormat { private uniqueListFormat; private static uniqueListFormats; private static uniqueFormatType; ownerBase: Object; baseStyle: WStyle; list: WList; listId: number; listLevelNumber: number; readonly listLevel: WListLevel; constructor(node?: Object); private getPropertyValue; private setPropertyValue; private initializeUniqueListFormat; private addUniqueListFormat; private static getPropertyDefaultValue; copyFormat(format: WListFormat): void; hasValue(property: string): boolean; clearFormat(): void; destroy(): void; static clear(): void; ApplyStyle(baseStyle: WStyle): void; /** * For internal use * @private */ getValue(property: string): Object; /** * For internal use * @private */ mergeFormat(format: WListFormat): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/format/paragraph-format.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WTabStop { private positionIn; private deletePositionIn; private justification; private leader; position: number; deletePosition: number; tabJustification: TabJustification; tabLeader: TabLeader; destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class WParagraphFormat { uniqueParagraphFormat: WUniqueFormat; private static uniqueParagraphFormats; private static uniqueFormatType; listFormat: WListFormat; ownerBase: Object; baseStyle: WStyle; tabs: WTabStop[]; getUpdatedTabs(): WTabStop[]; private hasTabStop; leftIndent: number; rightIndent: number; firstLineIndent: number; beforeSpacing: number; afterSpacing: number; lineSpacing: number; lineSpacingType: LineSpacingType; textAlignment: TextAlignment; outlineLevel: OutlineLevel; bidi: boolean; constructor(node?: Object); private getListFormatParagraphFormat; getPropertyValue(property: string): Object; private getDefaultValue; private documentParagraphFormat; private setPropertyValue; private initializeUniqueParagraphFormat; private addUniqueParaFormat; private static getPropertyDefaultValue; clearFormat(): void; destroy(): void; copyFormat(format: WParagraphFormat): void; updateUniqueParagraphFormat(format: WParagraphFormat): void; cloneFormat(): WParagraphFormat; private hasValue; static clear(): void; ApplyStyle(baseStyle: WStyle): void; /** * For internal use * @private */ getValue(property: string): Object; /** * For internal use * @private */ mergeFormat(format: WParagraphFormat): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/format/row-format.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WRowFormat { private uniqueRowFormat; private static uniqueRowFormats; private static uniqueFormatType; /** * @private */ borders: WBorders; /** * @private */ ownerBase: TableRowWidget; /** * @private */ beforeWidth: number; /** * @private */ afterWidth: number; gridBefore: number; gridBeforeWidth: number; gridBeforeWidthType: WidthType; gridAfter: number; gridAfterWidth: number; gridAfterWidthType: WidthType; allowBreakAcrossPages: boolean; isHeader: boolean; height: number; heightType: HeightType; constructor(node?: TableRowWidget); getPropertyValue(property: string): Object; private setPropertyValue; private initializeUniqueRowFormat; private addUniqueRowFormat; private static getPropertyDefaultValue; cloneFormat(): WRowFormat; hasValue(property: string): boolean; copyFormat(format: WRowFormat): void; destroy(): void; static clear(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/format/section-format.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WSectionFormat { private uniqueSectionFormat; private static uniqueSectionFormats; private static uniqueFormatType; ownerBase: Object; headerDistance: number; footerDistance: number; differentFirstPage: boolean; differentOddAndEvenPages: boolean; pageHeight: number; rightMargin: number; pageWidth: number; leftMargin: number; bottomMargin: number; topMargin: number; bidi: boolean; constructor(node?: Object); destroy(): void; private hasValue; private static getPropertyDefaultValue; getPropertyValue(property: string): Object; private setPropertyValue; private initializeUniqueSectionFormat; private addUniqueSectionFormat; copyFormat(format: WSectionFormat, history?: EditorHistory): void; updateUniqueSectionFormat(format: WSectionFormat): void; cloneFormat(): WSectionFormat; static clear(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/format/shading.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WShading { private uniqueShadingFormat; private static uniqueShadingFormats; private static uniqueFormatType; ownerBase: Object; backgroundColor: string; foregroundColor: string; textureStyle: TextureStyle; constructor(node?: Object); private getPropertyValue; private setPropertyValue; private static getPropertyDefaultValue; private initializeUniqueShading; private addUniqueShading; destroy(): void; cloneFormat(): WShading; copyFormat(shading: WShading): void; private hasValue; static clear(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/format/style.d.ts /** * @private */ export abstract class WStyle { ownerBase: Object; type: StyleType; next: WStyle; basedOn: WStyle; link: WStyle; name: string; } /** * @private */ export class WParagraphStyle extends WStyle { /** * Specifies the paragraph format * @default undefined */ paragraphFormat: WParagraphFormat; /** * Specifies the character format * @default undefined */ characterFormat: WCharacterFormat; constructor(node?: Object); destroy(): void; copyStyle(paraStyle: WParagraphStyle): void; } /** * @private */ export class WCharacterStyle extends WStyle { /** * Specifies the character format * @default undefined */ characterFormat: WCharacterFormat; constructor(node?: Object); destroy(): void; copyStyle(charStyle: WCharacterStyle): void; } /** * @private */ export class WStyles { private collection; readonly length: number; remove(item: WParagraphStyle | WCharacterStyle): void; push(item: WParagraphStyle | WCharacterStyle): number; getItem(index: number): Object; indexOf(item: WParagraphStyle | WCharacterStyle): number; contains(item: WParagraphStyle | WCharacterStyle): boolean; clear(): void; findByName(name: string, type?: StyleType): Object; getStyleNames(type?: StyleType): string[]; getStyles(type?: StyleType): Object[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/format/table-format.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WTableFormat { private uniqueTableFormat; private static uniqueTableFormats; private static uniqueFormatType; borders: WBorders; shading: WShading; ownerBase: TableWidget; allowAutoFit: boolean; cellSpacing: number; leftMargin: number; topMargin: number; rightMargin: number; bottomMargin: number; leftIndent: number; tableAlignment: TableAlignment; preferredWidth: number; preferredWidthType: WidthType; bidi: boolean; constructor(owner?: TableWidget); getPropertyValue(property: string): Object; private setPropertyValue; private initializeUniqueTableFormat; private addUniqueTableFormat; private static getPropertyDefaultValue; private assignTableMarginValue; initializeTableBorders(): void; destroy(): void; cloneFormat(): WTableFormat; hasValue(property: string): boolean; copyFormat(format: WTableFormat): void; static clear(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/index.d.ts /** * Document Editor implementation */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/list/abstract-list.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WAbstractList { private abstractListIdIn; levels: WListLevel[]; abstractListId: number; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/list/index.d.ts /** * List implementation */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/list/level-override.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WLevelOverride { startAt: number; levelNumber: number; overrideListLevel: WListLevel; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/list/list-level.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WListLevel { static dotBullet: string; static squareBullet: string; static arrowBullet: string; static circleBullet: string; private uniqueListLevel; private static uniqueListLevels; private static uniqueFormatType; paragraphFormat: WParagraphFormat; characterFormat: WCharacterFormat; ownerBase: WAbstractList | WLevelOverride; listLevelPattern: ListLevelPattern; followCharacter: FollowCharacterType; startAt: number; numberFormat: string; restartLevel: number; constructor(node: WAbstractList | WLevelOverride); getPropertyValue(property: string): Object; setPropertyValue(property: string, value: Object): void; initializeUniqueWListLevel(property: string, propValue: object): void; addUniqueWListLevel(property: string, modifiedProperty: string, propValue: object, uniqueCharFormatTemp: Dictionary<number, object>): void; static getPropertyDefaultValue(property: string): Object; destroy(): void; static clear(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/list/list.d.ts /** * @private */ export class WList { listId: number; sourceListId: number; abstractListId: number; abstractList: WAbstractList; levelOverrides: WLevelOverride[]; getListLevel(levelNumber: number): WListLevel; getLevelOverride(levelNumber: number): WLevelOverride; destroy(): void; mergeList(list: WList): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/print.d.ts /** * Print class */ export class Print { /** * Gets module name. */ private getModuleName; /** * Prints the current viewer * @param viewer * @param printWindow * @private */ print(viewer: PageLayoutViewer, printWindow?: Window): void; /** * Opens print window and displays current page to print. * @private */ printWindow(viewer: PageLayoutViewer, browserUserAgent: string, printWindow?: Window): void; /** * Generates print content. * @private */ generatePrintContent(viewer: PageLayoutViewer, element: HTMLDivElement): void; /** * Gets page width. * @param pages * @private */ getPageWidth(pages: Page[]): number; /** * Gets page height. * @private */ getPageHeight(pages: Page[]): number; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/search/index.d.ts /** * Search Export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/search/options-pane.d.ts /** * Options Pane class. */ export class OptionsPane { private viewer; /** * @private */ optionsPane: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ isOptionsPaneShow: boolean; private resultsListBlock; private messageDiv; private results; private searchInput; private searchDiv; private searchTextBoxContainer; private replaceWith; private findDiv; private replaceDiv; private replaceButton; private replaceAllButton; private occurrenceDiv; private findOption; private matchCase; private wholeWord; private searchText; private resultsText; private messageDivText; private replaceButtonText; private replaceAllButtonText; private focusedIndex; private focusedElement; private resultContainer; private navigateToPreviousResult; private navigateToNextResult; private closeButton; private isOptionsPane; private findTab; private findTabButton; private replaceTabButton; private searchIcon; private matchDiv; private replacePaneText; private findPaneText; private matchDivReplaceText; private matchInput; private wholeInput; private regularInput; /** * @private */ tabInstance: navigations.Tab; private findTabContentDiv; private replaceTabContentDiv; private findTabButtonHeader; private replaceTabButtonHeader; /** * @private */ isReplace: boolean; private localeValue; /** * Constructor for Options pane module * @param {LayoutViewer} layoutViewer * @private */ constructor(layoutViewer: LayoutViewer); /** * Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; /** * Initialize the options pane. * @param {base.L10n} localeValue - Specifies the localization based on culture. * @private */ initOptionsPane(localeValue: base.L10n, isRtl?: boolean): void; /** * Create replace pane instances. */ private createReplacePane; /** * Gets selected tab item which tab is selected. * @param {navigations.SelectEventArgs} args - Specifies which tab will be opened. * @private */ selectedTabItem: (args: navigations.SelectEventArgs) => void; private searchOptionChange; private navigateSearchResult; /** * Apply find option based on whole words value. * @param {buttons.ChangeEventArgs} args - Specifies the search options value. * @private */ wholeWordsChange: (args: buttons.ChangeEventArgs) => void; /** * Apply find option based on match value. * @param {buttons.ChangeEventArgs} args - Specifies the search options value. * @private */ matchChange: (args: buttons.ChangeEventArgs) => void; /** * Apply find options based on regular value. * @param {buttons.ChangeEventArgs} args - Specifies the search options value. * @private */ /** * Binding events from the element when optins pane creation. * @private */ onWireEvents: () => void; /** * Fires on key down actions done. * @private */ onKeyDownInternal(): void; /** * Enable find pane only. * @private */ onFindPane: () => void; private getMessageDivHeight; private onEnableDisableReplaceButton; /** * Enable replace pane only. * @private */ onReplacePane: () => void; /** * Fires on key down on options pane. * @param {KeyboardEvent} event - Specifies the focus of current element. * @private */ onKeyDownOnOptionPane: (event: KeyboardEvent) => void; /** * Fires on replace. * @private */ onReplaceButtonClick: () => void; /** * Fires on replace all. * @private */ onReplaceAllButtonClick: () => void; /** * Replace all. * @private */ replaceAll(): void; /** * Fires on search icon. * @private */ searchIconClickInternal: () => void; /** * Fires on getting next results. * @private */ navigateNextResultButtonClick: () => void; /** * Fires on getting previous results. * @private */ navigatePreviousResultButtonClick: () => void; /** * Scrolls to position. * @param {HTMLElement} list - Specifies the list element. * @private */ scrollToPosition(list: HTMLElement): void; /** * Fires on key down * @param {KeyboardEvent} event - Speficies key down actions. * @private */ onKeyDown: (event: KeyboardEvent) => void; /** * Clear the focus elements. * @private */ clearFocusElement(): void; /** * Close the optios pane. * @private */ close: () => void; /** * Fires on results list block. * @param {MouseEvent} args - Specifies which list was clicked. * @private */ resultListBlockClick: (args: MouseEvent) => void; /** * Show or hide option pane based on boolean value. * @param {boolean} show - Specifies showing or hiding the options pane. * @private */ showHideOptionsPane(show: boolean): void; /** * Clears search results. * @private */ clearSearchResultItems(): void; /** * Dispose the internal objects which are maintained. * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Dispose the internal objects which are maintained. */ private destroyInternal; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/search/search-results.d.ts /** * Search Result info */ export class SearchResults { private searchModule; /** * Gets the length of search results. */ readonly length: number; /** * Gets the index of current search result. */ /** * Set the index of current search result. */ index: number; /** * @private */ constructor(search: Search); /** * Replace text in current search result. * @param textToReplace text to replace * @private */ replace(textToReplace: string): void; /** * Replace all the instance of search result. * @param textToReplace text to replace */ replaceAll(textToReplace: string): void; /** * @private */ navigate(index: number): void; /** * Clears all the instance of search result. */ clear(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/search/search.d.ts /** * Search module */ export class Search { private owner; /** * @private */ textSearch: TextSearch; /** * @private */ textSearchResults: TextSearchResults; /** * @private */ searchResultsInternal: SearchResults; /** * @private */ searchHighlighters: Dictionary<LineWidget, SearchWidgetInfo[]>; private isHandledOddPageHeader; private isHandledEvenPageHeader; private isHandledOddPageFooter; private isHandledEvenPageFooter; /** * @private */ readonly viewer: LayoutViewer; /** * Gets the search results object. */ readonly searchResults: SearchResults; /** * @private */ constructor(owner: DocumentEditor); /** * Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; /** * Finds the immediate occurrence of specified text from cursor position in the document. * @param {string} text * @param {FindOption} findOption? - Default value of ‘findOptions’ parameter is 'None'. * @private */ find(text: string, findOptions?: FindOption): void; /** * Finds all occurrence of specified text in the document. * @param {string} text * @param {FindOption} findOption? - Default value of ‘findOptions’ parameter is 'None'. */ findAll(text: string, findOptions?: FindOption): void; /** * Replace the searched string with specified string * @param {string} replaceText * @param {TextSearchResult} result * @param {TextSearchResults} results * @private */ replace(replaceText: string, result: TextSearchResult, results: TextSearchResults): number; /** * Find the textToFind string in current document and replace the specified string. * @param {string} textToFind * @param {string} textToReplace * @param {FindOption} findOptions? - Default value of ‘findOptions’ parameter is FindOption.None. * @private */ replaceInternal(textToReplace: string, findOptions?: FindOption): void; /** * Replace all the searched string with specified string * @param {string} replaceText * @param {TextSearchResults} results * @private */ replaceAll(replaceText: string, results: TextSearchResults): number; /** * Find the textToFind string in current document and replace the specified string. * @param {string} textToFind * @param {string} textToReplace * @param {FindOption} findOptions? - Default value of ‘findOptions’ parameter is FindOption.None. * @private */ replaceAllInternal(textToReplace: string, findOptions?: FindOption): void; /** * @private */ navigate(textSearchResult: TextSearchResult): void; /** * @private */ highlight(textSearchResults: TextSearchResults): void; /** * @private */ highlightResult(result: TextSearchResult): void; /** * Highlight search result * @private */ highlightSearchResult(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * @private */ createHighlightBorder(lineWidget: LineWidget, width: number, left: number, top: number): void; /** * Adds search highlight border. * @private */ addSearchHighlightBorder(lineWidget: LineWidget): SearchWidgetInfo; /** * @private */ highlightSearchResultParaWidget(widget: ParagraphWidget, startIndex: number, endLine: LineWidget, endElement: ElementBox, endIndex: number): void; /** * @private */ addSearchResultItems(result: string): void; /** * @private */ addFindResultView(textSearchResults: TextSearchResults): void; /** * @private */ addFindResultViewForSearch(result: TextSearchResult): void; /** * Clears search highlight. * @private */ clearSearchHighlight(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/search/text-search-result.d.ts /** * @private */ export class TextSearchResult { private startIn; private endIn; private owner; /** * @private */ isHeader: boolean; /** * @private */ isFooter: boolean; readonly viewer: LayoutViewer; start: TextPosition; end: TextPosition; readonly text: string; constructor(owner: DocumentEditor); destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/search/text-search-results.d.ts /** * @private */ export class TextSearchResults { innerList: TextSearchResult[]; currentIndex: number; private owner; readonly length: number; readonly currentSearchResult: TextSearchResult; constructor(owner: DocumentEditor); addResult(): TextSearchResult; clearResults(): void; indexOf(result: TextSearchResult): number; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/search/text-search.d.ts /** * @private */ export class TextSearch { private wordBefore; private wordAfter; private owner; private isHeader; private isFooter; readonly viewer: LayoutViewer; constructor(owner: DocumentEditor); find(pattern: string | RegExp, findOption?: FindOption): TextSearchResult; findNext(pattern: string | RegExp, findOption?: FindOption, hierarchicalPosition?: string): TextSearchResult; stringToRegex(textToFind: string, option: FindOption): RegExp; isPatternEmpty(pattern: RegExp): boolean; findAll(pattern: string | RegExp, findOption?: FindOption, hierarchicalPosition?: string): TextSearchResults; private findDocument; private findInlineText; private findInline; private getTextPosition; } /** * @private */ export class SearchWidgetInfo { private leftInternal; private widthInternal; left: number; width: number; constructor(left: number, width: number); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/selection/index.d.ts /** * Selection Export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/selection/selection-format.d.ts /** * Selection character format implementation */ export class SelectionCharacterFormat { /** * @private */ selection: Selection; private boldIn; private italicIn; private underlineIn; private strikeThroughIn; private baselineAlignmentIn; private highlightColorIn; private fontSizeIn; private fontFamilyIn; private fontColorIn; /** * @private */ boldBidi: boolean; /** * @private */ italicBidi: boolean; /** * @private */ fontSizeBidi: number; /** * @private */ fontFamilyBidi: string; /** * @private */ bidi: boolean; /** * @private */ private bdo; /** * @private */ styleName: string; /** * Gets or sets the font size of selected contents. */ fontSize: number; /** * Gets or sets the font family of selected contents. */ fontFamily: string; /** * Gets or sets the font color of selected contents. */ fontColor: string; /** * Gets or sets the bold formatting of selected contents. */ bold: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the italic formatting of selected contents. */ italic: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the strikethrough property of selected contents. */ strikethrough: Strikethrough; /** * Gets or sets the baseline alignment property of selected contents. */ baselineAlignment: BaselineAlignment; /** * Gets or sets the underline style of selected contents. */ underline: Underline; /** * Gets or sets the highlight color of selected contents. */ highlightColor: HighlightColor; /** * @private */ constructor(selection: Selection); private getPropertyValue; /** * Notifies whenever property gets changed. * @param {string} propertyName */ private notifyPropertyChanged; /** * Copies the source format. * @param {WCharacterFormat} format * @returns void * @private */ copyFormat(format: WCharacterFormat): void; /** * Combines the format. * @param {WCharacterFormat} format * @private */ combineFormat(format: WCharacterFormat): void; /** * Clones the format. * @param {SelectionCharacterFormat} selectionCharacterFormat * @returns void * @private */ cloneFormat(selectionCharacterFormat: SelectionCharacterFormat): void; /** * Checks whether current format is equal to the source format or not. * @param {SelectionCharacterFormat} format * @returns boolean * @private */ isEqualFormat(format: SelectionCharacterFormat): boolean; /** * Clears the format. * @returns void * @private */ clearFormat(): void; /** * Destroys the maintained resources. * @returns void * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * Selection paragraph format implementation */ export class SelectionParagraphFormat { private selection; private leftIndentIn; private rightIndentIn; private beforeSpacingIn; private afterSpacingIn; private textAlignmentIn; private firstLineIndentIn; private lineSpacingIn; private lineSpacingTypeIn; private bidiIn; /** * @private */ listId: number; private listLevelNumberIn; private viewer; /** * @private */ styleName: string; /** * Gets or Sets the left indent for selected paragraphs. * @default undefined */ leftIndent: number; /** * Gets or Sets the right indent for selected paragraphs. * @default undefined */ rightIndent: number; /** * Gets or Sets the first line indent for selected paragraphs. * @default undefined */ firstLineIndent: number; /** * Gets or Sets the text alignment for selected paragraphs. * @default undefined */ textAlignment: TextAlignment; /** * Gets or Sets the after spacing for selected paragraphs. * @default undefined */ afterSpacing: number; /** * Gets or Sets the before spacing for selected paragraphs. * @default undefined */ beforeSpacing: number; /** * Gets or Sets the line spacing for selected paragraphs. * @default undefined */ lineSpacing: number; /** * Gets or Sets the line spacing type for selected paragraphs. * @default undefined */ lineSpacingType: LineSpacingType; /** * Gets or Sets the list level number for selected paragraphs. * @default undefined */ listLevelNumber: number; /** * Gets or Sets the bidirectional property for selected paragraphs */ bidi: boolean; /** * Gets the list text for selected paragraphs. */ readonly listText: string; /** * @private */ constructor(selection: Selection, viewer: LayoutViewer); private getPropertyValue; /** * Notifies whenever the property gets changed. * @param {string} propertyName */ private notifyPropertyChanged; /** * Copies the format. * @param {WParagraphFormat} format * @returns void * @private */ copyFormat(format: WParagraphFormat): void; /** * Copies to format. * @param {WParagraphFormat} format * @private */ copyToFormat(format: WParagraphFormat): void; /** * Combines the format. * @param {WParagraphFormat} format * @private */ combineFormat(format: WParagraphFormat): void; /** * Clears the format. * @returns void * @private */ clearFormat(): void; /** * Gets the clone of list at current selection. * @returns WList * @private */ getList(): WList; /** * Modifies the list at current selection. * @param {WList} listAdv * @private */ setList(listAdv: WList): void; /** * Destroys the managed resources. * @returns void * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * Selection section format implementation */ export class SelectionSectionFormat { private selection; private differentFirstPageIn; private differentOddAndEvenPagesIn; private headerDistanceIn; private footerDistanceIn; private pageHeightIn; private pageWidthIn; private leftMarginIn; private topMarginIn; private rightMarginIn; private bottomMarginIn; /** * private */ bidi: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the page height. */ pageHeight: number; /** * Gets or sets the page width. */ pageWidth: number; /** * Gets or sets the page left margin. */ leftMargin: number; /** * Gets or sets the page bottom margin. */ bottomMargin: number; /** * Gets or sets the page top margin. */ topMargin: number; /** * Gets or sets the page right margin. */ rightMargin: number; /** * Gets or sets the header distance. */ headerDistance: number; /** * Gets or sets the footer distance. */ footerDistance: number; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether the section has different first page. */ differentFirstPage: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether the section has different odd and even page. */ differentOddAndEvenPages: boolean; /** * @private */ constructor(selection: Selection); /** * Copies the format. * @param {WSectionFormat} format * @returns void * @private */ copyFormat(format: WSectionFormat): void; private notifyPropertyChanged; private getPropertyvalue; /** * Combines the format. * @param {WSectionFormat} format * @private */ combineFormat(format: WSectionFormat): void; /** * Clears the format. * @returns void * @private */ clearFormat(): void; /** * Destroys the managed resources. * @returns void * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * Selection table format implementation */ export class SelectionTableFormat { private selection; private tableIn; private leftIndentIn; private backgroundIn; private tableAlignmentIn; private cellSpacingIn; private leftMarginIn; private rightMarginIn; private topMarginIn; private bottomMarginIn; private preferredWidthIn; private preferredWidthTypeIn; private bidiIn; /** * Gets or sets the table. * @private */ table: TableWidget; /** * Gets or Sets the left indent for selected table. * @private */ leftIndent: number; /** * Gets or Sets the default top margin of cell for selected table. * @default undefined */ topMargin: number; /** * Gets or Sets the background for selected table. * @default undefined */ background: string; /** * Gets or Sets the table alignment for selected table. * @default undefined */ tableAlignment: TableAlignment; /** * Gets or Sets the default left margin of cell for selected table. * @default undefined */ leftMargin: number; /** * Gets or Sets the default bottom margin of cell for selected table. * @default undefined */ bottomMargin: number; /** * Gets or Sets the cell spacing for selected table. * @default undefined */ cellSpacing: number; /** * Gets or Sets the default right margin of cell for selected table. * @default undefined */ rightMargin: number; /** * Gets or Sets the preferred width for selected table. * @default undefined */ preferredWidth: number; /** * Gets or Sets the preferred width type for selected table. * @default undefined */ preferredWidthType: WidthType; /** * Gets or sets the bidi property */ bidi: boolean; /** * @private */ constructor(selection: Selection); private getPropertyValue; private notifyPropertyChanged; /** * Copies the format. * @param {WTableFormat} format Format to copy. * @returns void * @private */ copyFormat(format: WTableFormat): void; /** * Clears the format. * @returns void * @private */ clearFormat(): void; /** * Destroys the managed resources. * @returns void * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * Selection cell format implementation */ export class SelectionCellFormat { private selection; private verticalAlignmentIn; private leftMarginIn; private rightMarginIn; private topMarginIn; private bottomMarginIn; private backgroundIn; private preferredWidthIn; private preferredWidthTypeIn; /** * Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the selected cells. * @default undefined */ verticalAlignment: CellVerticalAlignment; /** * Gets or Sets the left margin for selected cells. * @default undefined */ leftMargin: number; /** * Gets or Sets the right margin for selected cells. * @default undefined */ rightMargin: number; /** * Gets or Sets the top margin for selected cells. * @default undefined */ topMargin: number; /** * Gets or Sets the bottom margin for selected cells. * @default undefined */ bottomMargin: number; /** * Gets or Sets the background for selected cells. * @default undefined */ /* tslint:enable */ background: string; /** * Gets or Sets the preferred width type for selected cells. * @default undefined */ preferredWidthType: WidthType; /** * Gets or Sets the preferred width for selected cells. * @default undefined */ preferredWidth: number; /** * @private */ constructor(selection: Selection); private notifyPropertyChanged; private getPropertyValue; /** * Copies the format. * @param {WCellFormat} format Source Format to copy. * @returns void * @private */ copyFormat(format: WCellFormat): void; /** * Clears the format. * @returns void * @private */ clearCellFormat(): void; /** * Combines the format. * @param {WCellFormat} format * @private */ combineFormat(format: WCellFormat): void; /** * Clears the format. * @returns void * @private */ clearFormat(): void; /** * Destroys the manages resources. * @returns void * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * Selection row format implementation */ export class SelectionRowFormat { private selection; private heightIn; private heightTypeIn; private isHeaderIn; private allowRowBreakAcrossPagesIn; /** * Gets or Sets the height for selected rows. * @default undefined */ height: number; /** * Gets or Sets the height type for selected rows. * @default undefined */ heightType: HeightType; /** * Gets or Sets a value indicating whether the selected rows are header rows or not. * @default undefined */ isHeader: boolean; /** * Gets or Sets a value indicating whether to allow break across pages for selected rows. * @default undefined */ allowBreakAcrossPages: boolean; /** * @private */ constructor(selection: Selection); private notifyPropertyChanged; private getPropertyValue; /** * Copies the format. * @param {WRowFormat} format * @returns void * @private */ copyFormat(format: WRowFormat): void; /** * Combines the format. * @param {WRowFormat} format * @private */ combineFormat(format: WRowFormat): void; /** * Clears the row format. * @returns void * @private */ clearRowFormat(): void; /** * Clears the format. * @returns void * @private */ clearFormat(): void; /** * Destroys the managed resources. * @returns void * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * Selection image format implementation */ export class SelectionImageFormat { /** * @private */ image: ImageElementBox; /** * @private */ selection: Selection; /** * Gets the width of the image. */ readonly width: number; /** * Gets the height of the image. */ readonly height: number; /** * @private */ constructor(selection: Selection); /** * Resizes the image based on given size. * @param width * @param height */ resize(width: number, height: number): void; /** * Update image width and height * @private */ updateImageFormat(width: number, height: number): void; /** * @private */ copyImageFormat(image: ImageElementBox): void; /** * @private */ clearImageFormat(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/selection/selection-helper.d.ts /** * @private */ export class TextPosition { /** * @private */ currentWidget: LineWidget; /** * @private */ offset: number; /** * @private */ owner: DocumentEditor; /** * @private */ location: Point; private viewer; /** * @private */ isUpdateLocation: boolean; /** * @private */ readonly paragraph: ParagraphWidget; /** * @private */ readonly isAtParagraphStart: boolean; /** * @private */ readonly isAtParagraphEnd: boolean; /** * @private */ readonly isCurrentParaBidi: boolean; /** * @private */ readonly selection: Selection; /** * Gets the hierarchical position of logical text position in the document * @returns {string} */ readonly hierarchicalPosition: string; constructor(owner: DocumentEditor); /** * Return clone of current text position * @private */ clone(): TextPosition; /** * @private */ containsRtlText(widget: LineWidget): boolean; /** * Set text position for paragraph and inline * @private */ setPositionForSelection(line: LineWidget, element: ElementBox, index: number, physicalLocation: Point): void; /** * Set text position * @private */ setPositionFromLine(line: LineWidget, offset: number, location?: Point): void; /** * Set text position * @private */ setPosition(line: LineWidget, positionAtStart: boolean): void; /** * Set position for text position * @private */ setPositionInternal(textPosition: TextPosition): void; /** * Set position for current index * @private */ setPositionForCurrentIndex(hierarchicalIndex: string): void; /** * Get Page */ getPage(position: IndexInfo): Page; /** * @private */ getParagraphWidget(position: IndexInfo): LineWidget; /** * @private */ getLineWidget(widget: Widget, position: IndexInfo, page?: Page): LineWidget; /** * Update physical location of paragraph * @private */ updatePhysicalPosition(moveNextLine: boolean): void; /** * Return true if text position are in same paragraph and offset * @private */ isAtSamePosition(textPosition: TextPosition): boolean; /** * Return true if text position is in same paragraph * @private */ isInSameParagraph(textPosition: TextPosition): boolean; /** * Return true is current text position exist before given text position * @private */ isExistBefore(textPosition: TextPosition): boolean; /** * Return true is current text position exist after given text position * @private */ isExistAfter(textPosition: TextPosition): boolean; /** * Return hierarchical index of current text position * @private */ getHierarchicalIndexInternal(): string; /** * @private */ getHierarchicalIndex(line: LineWidget, hierarchicalIndex: string): string; /** * @private */ setPositionParagraph(line: LineWidget, offsetInLine: number): void; /** * @private */ setPositionForLineWidget(lineWidget: LineWidget, offset: number): void; /** * move to next text position * @private */ moveNextPosition(isNavigate?: boolean): void; /** * Move text position to previous paragraph inside table * @private */ moveToPreviousParagraphInTable(selection: Selection): void; private updateOffsetToNextParagraph; private updateOffsetToPrevPosition; /** * Moves the text position to start of the next paragraph. */ moveToNextParagraphStartInternal(): void; /** * Move to previous position * @private */ movePreviousPosition(): void; /** * Move to next position * @private */ moveNextPositionInternal(fieldBegin: FieldElementBox): void; /** * Move text position backward * @private */ moveBackward(): void; /** * Move text position forward * @private */ moveForward(): void; /** * Move to given inline * @private */ moveToInline(inline: ElementBox, index: number): void; /** * Return true is start element exist before end element * @private */ static isForwardSelection(start: string, end: string): boolean; /** * Move to previous position offset * @private */ movePreviousPositionInternal(fieldEnd: FieldElementBox): void; /** * Moves the text position to start of the word. * @private */ moveToWordStartInternal(type: number): void; /** * Get next word offset * @private */ getNextWordOffset(inline: ElementBox, indexInInline: number, type: number, isInField: boolean, endSelection: boolean, endPosition: TextPosition, excludeSpace: boolean): void; /** * get next word offset from field begin * @private */ getNextWordOffsetFieldBegin(fieldBegin: FieldElementBox, indexInInline: number, type: number, isInField: boolean, endSelection: boolean, endPosition: TextPosition, excludeSpace: boolean): void; /** * get next word offset from image * @private */ getNextWordOffsetImage(image: ImageElementBox, indexInInline: number, type: number, isInField: boolean, endSelection: boolean, endPosition: TextPosition, excludeSpace: boolean): void; /** * get next word offset from span */ private getNextWordOffsetSpan; /** * get next word offset from field separator * @private */ private getNextWordOffsetFieldSeperator; /** * get next word offset from field end * @private */ private getNextWordOffsetFieldEnd; /** * Get previous word offset * @private */ private getPreviousWordOffset; private getPreviousWordOffsetBookMark; /** * get previous word offset from field end * @private */ private getPreviousWordOffsetFieldEnd; /** * get previous word offset from field separator * @private */ private getPreviousWordOffsetFieldSeparator; /** * get previous word offset from field begin * @private */ private getPreviousWordOffsetFieldBegin; /** * get previous word offset from image * @private */ private getPreviousWordOffsetImage; /** * Get previous word offset from span * @private */ private getPreviousWordOffsetSpan; /** * set previous word offset in span * @private */ private setPreviousWordOffset; /** * Validate if text position is in field forward * @private */ validateForwardFieldSelection(currentIndex: string, selectionEndIndex: string): void; /** * Validate if text position is in field backward * @private */ validateBackwardFieldSelection(currentIndex: string, selectionEndIndex: string): void; /** * @private */ paragraphStartInternal(selection: Selection, moveToPreviousParagraph: boolean): void; /** * @private */ calculateOffset(): void; /** * Moves the text position to start of the paragraph. * @private */ moveToParagraphStartInternal(selection: Selection, moveToPreviousParagraph: boolean): void; /** * Moves the text position to end of the paragraph. * @private */ moveToParagraphEndInternal(selection: Selection, moveToNextParagraph: boolean): void; /** * @private */ moveUp(selection: Selection, left: number): void; /** * @private */ moveDown(selection: Selection, left: number): void; /** * Moves the text position to start of the line. * @private */ moveToLineStartInternal(selection: Selection, moveToPreviousLine: boolean): void; /** * Check paragraph is inside table * @private */ moveToNextParagraphInTableCheck(): boolean; /** * Moves the text position to end of the word. * @private */ moveToWordEndInternal(type: number, excludeSpace: boolean): void; /** * move text position to next paragraph inside table * @private */ moveToNextParagraphInTable(): void; /** * Moves the text position to start of the previous paragraph. */ moveToPreviousParagraph(selection: Selection): void; /** * Move to previous line from current position * @private */ moveToPreviousLine(selection: Selection, left: number): void; /** * @private */ moveToLineEndInternal(selection: Selection, moveToNextLine: boolean): void; /** * Move to next line * @private */ moveToNextLine(left: number): void; /** * Move upward in table * @private */ private moveUpInTable; /** * Move down inside table * @private */ private moveDownInTable; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class SelectionWidgetInfo { private leftIn; private widthIn; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ left: number; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ width: number; constructor(left: number, width: number); /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class Hyperlink { private linkInternal; private localRef; private typeInternal; private opensNewWindow; /** * Gets navigation link. * @returns string * @private */ readonly navigationLink: string; /** * Gets the local reference if any. * @returns string * @private */ readonly localReference: string; /** * Gets hyper link type. * @returns HyperLinkType * @private */ readonly linkType: HyperlinkType; constructor(fieldBeginAdv: FieldElementBox, selection: Selection); /** * Parse field values * @param {string} value * @returns Void */ private parseFieldValues; private parseFieldValue; private setLinkType; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class ImageFormat { /** * @private */ width: number; /** * @private */ height: number; /** * Constructor for image format class * @param imageContainer - Specifies for image width and height values. */ constructor(imageContainer: ImageElementBox); /** * Dispose the internal objects which are maintained. * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/selection/selection.d.ts /** * Selection */ export class Selection { /** * @private */ owner: DocumentEditor; /** * @private */ upDownSelectionLength: number; /** * @private */ isSkipLayouting: boolean; /** * @private */ isImageSelected: boolean; private viewer; private contextTypeInternal; /** * @private */ caret: HTMLDivElement; /** * @private */ isRetrieveFormatting: boolean; private characterFormatIn; private paragraphFormatIn; private sectionFormatIn; private tableFormatIn; private cellFormatIn; private rowFormatIn; private imageFormatInternal; /** * @private */ skipFormatRetrieval: boolean; private startInternal; private endInternal; private htmlWriterIn; private toolTipElement; private toolTipObject; private toolTipField; private isMoveDownOrMoveUp; /** * @private */ editPosition: string; /** * @private */ selectedWidgets: Dictionary<IWidget, object>; /** * @private */ readonly htmlWriter: HtmlExport; /** * Gets the start text position of last range in the selection * @returns {TextPosition} * @private */ /** * @private */ start: TextPosition; /** * Gets the instance of selection character format. * @default undefined * @return {SelectionCharacterFormat} */ readonly characterFormat: SelectionCharacterFormat; /** * Gets the instance of selection paragraph format. * @default undefined * @return {SelectionParagraphFormat} */ readonly paragraphFormat: SelectionParagraphFormat; /** * Gets the instance of selection section format. * @default undefined * @return {SelectionSectionFormat} */ readonly sectionFormat: SelectionSectionFormat; /** * Gets the instance of selection table format. * @default undefined * @return {SelectionTableFormat} */ readonly tableFormat: SelectionTableFormat; /** * Gets the instance of selection cell format. * @default undefined * @return {SelectionCellFormat} */ readonly cellFormat: SelectionCellFormat; /** * Gets the instance of selection row format. * @default undefined * @returns SelectionRowFormat */ readonly rowFormat: SelectionRowFormat; /** * Gets the instance of selection image format. * @default undefined * @returns SelectionImageFormat */ readonly imageFormat: SelectionImageFormat; /** * Gets the start text position of selection range. * @private */ /** * For internal use * @private */ end: TextPosition; /** * Gets the page number where the selection ends. * @private */ readonly startPage: number; /** * Gets the page number where the selection ends. * @private */ readonly endPage: number; /** * Determines whether the selection direction is forward or not. * @default false * @returns {boolean} * @private */ readonly isForward: boolean; /** * Determines whether the start and end positions are same or not. * @default false * @returns {boolean} * @private */ readonly isEmpty: boolean; /** * Gets the text within selection. * @default '' * @returns {string} */ readonly text: string; /** * Gets the context type of the selection. */ readonly contextType: ContextType; /** * @private */ readonly isCleared: boolean; /** * @private */ constructor(documentEditor: DocumentEditor); private getModuleName; /** * Moves the selection to the header of current page. */ goToHeader(): void; /** * Moves the selection to the footer of current page. */ goToFooter(): void; /** * Closes the header and footer region. */ closeHeaderFooter(): void; /** * Moves the selection to the start of specified page number. */ goToPage(pageNumber: number): void; /** * Selects the entire table if the context is within table. */ selectTable(): void; /** * Selects the entire row if the context is within table. */ selectRow(): void; /** * Selects the entire column if the context is within table. */ selectColumn(): void; /** * Selects the entire cell if the context is within table. */ selectCell(): void; /** * Select content based on selection settings */ select(selectionSettings: SelectionSettings): void; /** * Toggles the bold property of selected contents. * @private */ toggleBold(): void; /** * Toggles the italic property of selected contents. * @private */ toggleItalic(): void; /** * Toggles the underline property of selected contents. * @param underline Default value of ‘underline’ parameter is Single. * @private */ toggleUnderline(underline?: Underline): void; /** * Toggles the strike through property of selected contents. * @param {Strikethrough} strikethrough Default value of strikethrough parameter is SingleStrike. * @private */ toggleStrikethrough(strikethrough?: Strikethrough): void; /** * Toggles the highlight color property of selected contents. * @param {HighlightColor} highlightColor Default value of ‘underline’ parameter is Yellow. * @private */ toggleHighlightColor(highlightColor?: HighlightColor): void; /** * Toggles the subscript formatting of selected contents. * @private */ toggleSubscript(): void; /** * Toggles the superscript formatting of selected contents. * @private */ toggleSuperscript(): void; /** * Toggles the text alignment property of selected contents. * @param {TextAlignment} textAlignment Default value of ‘textAlignment parameter is TextAlignment.Left. * @private */ toggleTextAlignment(textAlignment: TextAlignment): void; /** * Increases the left indent of selected paragraphs to a factor of 36 points. * @private */ increaseIndent(): void; /** * Decreases the left indent of selected paragraphs to a factor of 36 points. * @private */ decreaseIndent(): void; /** * Fires the `requestNavigate` event if current selection context is in hyperlink. */ navigateHyperlink(): void; /** * Navigate Hyperlink * @param fieldBegin * @private */ fireRequestNavigate(fieldBegin: FieldElementBox): void; /** * Copies the hyperlink URL if the context is within hyperlink. */ copyHyperlink(): void; /** * @private */ highlightSelection(isSelectionChanged: boolean): void; /** * @private */ createHighlightBorder(lineWidget: LineWidget, width: number, left: number, top: number, isElementBoxHighlight: boolean): void; /** * Create selection highlight inside table * @private */ createHighlightBorderInsideTable(cellWidget: TableCellWidget): void; /** * @private */ clipSelection(page: Page, pageTop: number): void; /** * Add selection highlight * @private */ addSelectionHighlight(canvasContext: CanvasRenderingContext2D, widget: LineWidget, top: number): void; /** * @private */ private renderDashLine; /** * Add Selection highlight inside table * @private */ addSelectionHighlightTable(canvasContext: CanvasRenderingContext2D, tableCellWidget: TableCellWidget): void; /** * Remove Selection highlight * @private */ removeSelectionHighlight(widget: IWidget): void; /** * Select Current word * @private */ selectCurrentWord(): void; /** * Select current paragraph * @private */ selectCurrentParagraph(): void; /** * Select current word range * @private */ selectCurrentWordRange(startPosition: TextPosition, endPosition: TextPosition, excludeSpace: boolean): void; /** * Extend selection to paragraph start * @private */ extendToParagraphStart(): void; /** * Extend selection to paragraph end * @private */ extendToParagraphEnd(): void; /** * Move to next text position * @private */ moveNextPosition(): void; /** * Move to next paragraph * @private */ moveToNextParagraph(): void; /** * Move to previous text position * @private */ movePreviousPosition(): void; /** * Move to previous paragraph * @private */ moveToPreviousParagraph(): void; /** * Extend selection to previous line * @private */ extendToPreviousLine(): void; /** * Extend selection to line end * @private */ extendToLineEnd(): void; /** * Extend to line start * @private */ extendToLineStart(): void; /** * @private */ moveUp(): void; /** * @private */ moveDown(): void; private updateForwardSelection; private updateBackwardSelection; /** * @private */ getFirstBlockInFirstCell(table: TableWidget): BlockWidget; /** * @private */ getFirstCellInRegion(row: TableRowWidget, startCell: TableCellWidget, selectionLength: number, isMovePrevious: boolean): TableCellWidget; /** * @private */ getFirstParagraph(tableCell: TableCellWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get last block in last cell * @private */ getLastBlockInLastCell(table: TableWidget): BlockWidget; /** * Move to line start * @private */ moveToLineStart(): void; /** * Move to line end * @private */ moveToLineEnd(): void; /** * Get Page top * @private */ getPageTop(page: Page): number; /** * Move text position to cursor point * @private */ moveTextPosition(cursorPoint: Point, textPosition: TextPosition): void; /** * Get document start position * @private */ getDocumentStart(): TextPosition; /** * Get document end position * @private */ getDocumentEnd(): TextPosition; /** * @private * Handles control end key. */ handleControlEndKey(): void; /** * @private * Handles control home key. */ handleControlHomeKey(): void; /** * @private * Handles control left key. */ handleControlLeftKey(): void; /** * @private * Handles control right key. */ handleControlRightKey(): void; /** * Handles control down key. * @private */ handleControlDownKey(): void; /** * Handles control up key. * @private */ handleControlUpKey(): void; /** * @private * Handles shift left key. */ handleShiftLeftKey(): void; /** * Handles shift up key. * @private */ handleShiftUpKey(): void; /** * Handles shift right key. * @private */ handleShiftRightKey(): void; /** * Handles shift down key. * @private */ handleShiftDownKey(): void; /** * @private * Handles control shift left key. */ handleControlShiftLeftKey(): void; /** * Handles control shift up key. * @private */ handleControlShiftUpKey(): void; /** * Handles control shift right key * @private */ handleControlShiftRightKey(): void; /** * Handles control shift down key. * @private */ handleControlShiftDownKey(): void; /** * Handles left key. * @private */ handleLeftKey(): void; /** * Handles up key. * @private */ handleUpKey(): void; /** * Handles right key. * @private */ handleRightKey(): void; /** * Handles end key. * @private */ handleEndKey(): void; /** * Handles home key. * @private */ handleHomeKey(): void; /** * Handles down key. * @private */ handleDownKey(): void; /** * Handles shift end key. * @private */ handleShiftEndKey(): void; /** * Handles shift home key. * @private */ handleShiftHomeKey(): void; /** * Handles control shift end key. * @private */ handleControlShiftEndKey(): void; /** * Handles control shift home key. * @private */ handleControlShiftHomeKey(): void; /** * Handles tab key. * @param isNavigateInCell * @param isShiftTab * @private */ handleTabKey(isNavigateInCell: boolean, isShiftTab: boolean): void; private selectPreviousCell; private selectNextCell; /** * Select given table cell * @private */ selectTableCellInternal(tableCell: TableCellWidget, clearMultiSelection: boolean): void; /** * Select while table * @private */ private selectTableInternal; /** * Select single column * @private */ selectColumnInternal(): void; /** * Select single row * @private */ selectTableRow(): void; /** * Select single cell * @private */ selectTableCell(): void; /** * @private * Selects the entire document. */ selectAll(): void; /** * Extend selection backward * @private */ extendBackward(): void; /** * Extent selection forward * @private */ extendForward(): void; /** * Extend selection to word start and end * @private */ extendToWordStartEnd(): boolean; /** * Extend selection to word start * @private */ extendToWordStart(isNavigation: boolean): void; /** * Extent selection to word end * @private */ extendToWordEnd(isNavigation: boolean): void; /** * Extend selection to next line * @private */ extendToNextLine(): void; private getTextPosition; /** * Get Selected text * @private */ getText(includeObject: boolean): string; /** * Get selected text * @private */ getTextInternal(start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition, includeObject: boolean): string; /** * @private */ getListTextElementBox(paragarph: ParagraphWidget): ListTextElementBox; /** * @private */ getTextInline(inlineElement: ElementBox, endParagraphWidget: ParagraphWidget, endInline: ElementBox, endIndex: number, includeObject: boolean): string; /** * Returns field code. * @private * @param fieldBegin */ getFieldCode(fieldBegin: FieldElementBox): string; private getFieldCodeInternal; /** * @private */ getTocFieldInternal(): FieldElementBox; /** * Get next paragraph in bodyWidget * @private */ getNextParagraph(section: BodyWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * @private */ getPreviousParagraph(section: BodyWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get first paragraph in cell * @private */ getFirstParagraphInCell(cell: TableCellWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get first paragraph in first cell * @private */ getFirstParagraphInFirstCell(table: TableWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get last paragraph in last cell * @private */ getLastParagraphInLastCell(table: TableWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get last paragraph in first row * @private */ getLastParagraphInFirstRow(table: TableWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get Next start inline * @private */ getNextStartInline(line: LineWidget, offset: number): ElementBox; /** * Get previous text inline * @private */ getPreviousTextInline(inline: ElementBox): ElementBox; /** * Get next text inline * @private */ getNextTextInline(inline: ElementBox): ElementBox; /** * Get container table * @private */ getContainerTable(block: BlockWidget): TableWidget; /** * @private */ isExistBefore(start: BlockWidget, block: BlockWidget): boolean; /** * @private */ isExistAfter(start: BlockWidget, block: BlockWidget): boolean; /** * Return true if current inline in exist before inline * @private */ isExistBeforeInline(currentInline: ElementBox, inline: ElementBox): boolean; /** * Return true id current inline is exist after inline * @private */ isExistAfterInline(currentInline: ElementBox, inline: ElementBox): boolean; /** * Get next rendered block * @private */ getNextRenderedBlock(block: BlockWidget): BlockWidget; /** * Get next rendered block * @private */ getPreviousRenderedBlock(block: BlockWidget): BlockWidget; /** * Get Next paragraph in block * @private */ getNextParagraphBlock(block: BlockWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * @private */ getFirstBlockInNextHeaderFooter(block: BlockWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * @private */ getLastBlockInPreviousHeaderFooter(block: BlockWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get previous paragraph in block * @private */ getPreviousParagraphBlock(block: BlockWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get first paragraph in block * @private */ getFirstParagraphBlock(block: BlockWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get last paragraph in block * @private */ getLastParagraphBlock(block: BlockWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Return true if paragraph has valid inline * @private */ hasValidInline(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, start: ElementBox, end: ElementBox): boolean; /** * Get paragraph length * @private */ getParagraphLength(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, endLine?: LineWidget, elementInfo?: ElementInfo): number; /** * Get Line length * @private */ getLineLength(line: LineWidget, elementInfo?: ElementInfo): number; /** * Get line information * @private */ getLineInfo(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, offset: number): LineInfo; /** * @private */ getElementInfo(line: LineWidget, offset: number): ElementInfo; /** * Get paragraph start offset * @private */ getStartOffset(paragraph: ParagraphWidget): number; /** * @private */ getStartLineOffset(line: LineWidget): number; /** * Get previous paragraph from selection * @private */ getPreviousSelectionCell(cell: TableCellWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get previous paragraph selection in selection * @private */ getPreviousSelectionRow(row: TableRowWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * @private */ getNextSelectionBlock(block: BlockWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get next paragraph from selected cell * @private */ getNextSelectionCell(cell: TableCellWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get next paragraph in selection * @private */ getNextSelectionRow(row: TableRowWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get next block with selection * @private */ getNextSelection(section: BodyWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * @private */ getNextParagraphSelection(row: TableRowWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * @private */ getPreviousSelectionBlock(block: BlockWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get previous paragraph in selection * @private */ getPreviousSelection(section: BodyWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * @private */ getPreviousParagraphSelection(row: TableRowWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get last cell in the selected region * @private */ getLastCellInRegion(row: TableRowWidget, startCell: TableCellWidget, selLength: number, isMovePrev: boolean): TableCellWidget; /** * Get Container table * @private */ getCellInTable(table: TableWidget, tableCell: TableCellWidget): TableCellWidget; /** * Get first paragraph in last row * @private */ getFirstParagraphInLastRow(table: TableWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get previous valid offset * @private */ getPreviousValidOffset(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, offset: number): number; /** * Get next valid offset * @private */ getNextValidOffset(line: LineWidget, offset: number): number; /** * Get paragraph mark size info * @private */ getParagraphMarkSize(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, topMargin: number, bottomMargin: number): SizeInfo; /** * @private */ getPhysicalPositionInternal(line: LineWidget, offset: number, moveNextLine: boolean): Point; /** * Highlight selected content * @private */ highlightSelectedContent(start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * @private */ highlight(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; private highlightNextBlock; /** * Get start line widget * @private */ getStartLineWidget(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, start: TextPosition, startElement: ElementBox, selectionStartIndex: number): ElementInfo; /** * Get end line widget * @private */ getEndLineWidget(end: TextPosition, endElement: ElementBox, selectionEndIndex: number): ElementInfo; /** * Get line widget * @private */ getLineWidgetInternal(line: LineWidget, offset: number, moveToNextLine: boolean): LineWidget; /** * Get last line widget * @private */ getLineWidgetParagraph(offset: number, line: LineWidget): LineWidget; /** * Highlight selected cell * @private */ highlightCells(table: TableWidget, startCell: TableCellWidget, endCell: TableCellWidget): void; /** * highlight selected table * @private */ highlightTable(table: TableWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * Get cell left * @private */ getCellLeft(row: TableRowWidget, cell: TableCellWidget): number; /** * Get next paragraph for row * @private */ getNextParagraphRow(row: BlockWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get previous paragraph from row * @private */ getPreviousParagraphRow(row: TableRowWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Return true if row contain cell * @private */ containsRow(row: TableRowWidget, tableCell: TableCellWidget): boolean; /** * Highlight selected row * @private */ highlightRow(row: TableRowWidget, start: number, end: number): void; /** * @private */ highlightInternal(row: TableRowWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * Get last paragraph in cell * @private */ getLastParagraph(cell: TableCellWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Return true is source cell contain cell * @private */ containsCell(sourceCell: TableCellWidget, cell: TableCellWidget): boolean; /** * Return true if cell is selected * @private */ isCellSelected(cell: TableCellWidget, startPosition: TextPosition, endPosition: TextPosition): boolean; /** * Return Container cell * @private */ getContainerCellOf(cell: TableCellWidget, tableCell: TableCellWidget): TableCellWidget; /** * Get Selected cell * @private */ getSelectedCell(cell: TableCellWidget, containerCell: TableCellWidget): TableCellWidget; /** * @private */ getSelectedCells(): TableCellWidget[]; /** * Get Next paragraph from cell * @private */ getNextParagraphCell(cell: TableCellWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get previous paragraph from cell * @private */ getPreviousParagraphCell(cell: TableCellWidget): ParagraphWidget; /** * Get cell's container cell * @private */ getContainerCell(cell: TableCellWidget): TableCellWidget; /** * Highlight selected cell * @private */ highlightCell(cell: TableCellWidget, selection: Selection, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * @private */ highlightContainer(cell: TableCellWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * Get previous valid element * @private */ getPreviousValidElement(inline: ElementBox): ElementBox; /** * Get next valid element * @private */ getNextValidElement(inline: ElementBox): ElementBox; /** * Return next valid inline with index * @private */ validateTextPosition(inline: ElementBox, index: number): ElementInfo; /** * Get inline physical location * @private */ getPhysicalPositionInline(inline: ElementBox, index: number, moveNextLine: boolean): Point; /** * Get field character position * @private */ getFieldCharacterPosition(firstInline: ElementBox): Point; /** * @private */ getNextValidElementForField(firstInline: ElementBox): ElementBox; /** * Get paragraph end position * @private */ getEndPosition(widget: ParagraphWidget): Point; /** * Get element box * @private */ getElementBox(currentInline: ElementBox, index: number, moveToNextLine: boolean): ElementInfo; /** * @private */ getPreviousTextElement(inline: ElementBox): ElementBox; /** * Get next text inline * @private */ getNextTextElement(inline: ElementBox): ElementBox; /** * @private */ getNextRenderedElementBox(inline: ElementBox, indexInInline: number): ElementBox; /** * @private */ getElementBoxInternal(inline: ElementBox, index: number): ElementInfo; /** * Get Line widget * @private */ getLineWidget(inline: ElementBox, index: number): LineWidget; /** * @private */ getLineWidgetInternalInline(inline: ElementBox, index: number, moveToNextLine: boolean): LineWidget; /** * Get next line widget * @private */ private getNextLineWidget; /** * Get Caret height * @private */ getCaretHeight(inline: ElementBox, index: number, format: WCharacterFormat, isEmptySelection: boolean, topMargin: number, isItalic: boolean): CaretHeightInfo; /** * Get field characters height * @private */ getFieldCharacterHeight(startInline: FieldElementBox, format: WCharacterFormat, isEmptySelection: boolean, topMargin: number, isItalic: boolean): CaretHeightInfo; /** * Get rendered inline * @private */ getRenderedInline(inline: FieldElementBox, inlineIndex: number): ElementInfo; /** * Get rendered field * @private */ getRenderedField(fieldBegin: FieldElementBox): FieldElementBox; /** * Return true is inline is tha last inline * @private */ isLastRenderedInline(inline: ElementBox, index: number): boolean; /** * Get page * @private */ getPage(widget: Widget): Page; /** * Clear Selection highlight * @private */ clearSelectionHighlightInSelectedWidgets(): boolean; /** * Clear selection highlight * @private */ clearChildSelectionHighlight(widget: Widget): void; /** * Get line widget from paragraph widget * @private */ getLineWidgetBodyWidget(widget: Widget, point: Point): LineWidget; /** * Get line widget from paragraph widget * @private */ getLineWidgetParaWidget(widget: ParagraphWidget, point: Point): LineWidget; /** * highlight paragraph widget * @private */ highlightParagraph(widget: ParagraphWidget, startIndex: number, endLine: LineWidget, endElement: ElementBox, endIndex: number): void; /** * Get line widget form table widget * @private */ getLineWidgetTableWidget(widget: TableWidget, point: Point): LineWidget; /** * Get line widget fom row * @private */ getLineWidgetRowWidget(widget: TableRowWidget, point: Point): LineWidget; /** * @private */ getFirstBlock(cell: TableCellWidget): BlockWidget; /** * Highlight selected cell widget * @private */ highlightCellWidget(widget: TableCellWidget): void; /** * Clear selection highlight * @private */ clearSelectionHighlight(widget: IWidget): void; /** * Get line widget from cell widget * @private */ getLineWidgetCellWidget(widget: TableCellWidget, point: Point): LineWidget; /** * update text position * @private */ updateTextPosition(widget: LineWidget, point: Point): void; /** * @private */ updateTextPositionIn(widget: LineWidget, inline: ElementBox, index: number, caretPosition: Point, includeParagraphMark: boolean): TextPositionInfo; /** * Get text length if the line widget * @private */ getTextLength(widget: LineWidget, element: ElementBox): number; /** * Get Line widget left * @private */ getLeft(widget: LineWidget): number; /** * Get line widget top * @private */ getTop(widget: LineWidget): number; /** * Get first element the widget * @private */ getFirstElement(widget: LineWidget, left: number): FirstElementInfo; /** * Return inline index * @private */ getIndexInInline(elementBox: ElementBox): number; /** * Return true if widget is first inline of paragraph * @private */ isParagraphFirstLine(widget: LineWidget): boolean; /** * @private */ isParagraphLastLine(widget: LineWidget): boolean; /** * Return line widget width * @private */ getWidth(widget: LineWidget, includeParagraphMark: boolean): number; /** * Return line widget left * @private */ getLeftInternal(widget: LineWidget, elementBox: ElementBox, index: number): number; /** * Return line widget start offset * @private */ getLineStartLeft(widget: LineWidget): number; /** * Update text position * @private */ updateTextPositionWidget(widget: LineWidget, point: Point, textPosition: TextPosition, includeParagraphMark: boolean): void; /** * Clear selection highlight * @private */ clearSelectionHighlightLineWidget(widget: LineWidget): void; /** * Return first element from line widget * @private */ getFirstElementInternal(widget: LineWidget): ElementBox; /** * Select content between given range * @private */ selectRange(startPosition: TextPosition, endPosition: TextPosition): void; /** * Selects current paragraph * @private */ selectParagraph(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, positionAtStart: boolean): void; /** * @private */ setPositionForBlock(block: BlockWidget, selectFirstBlock: boolean): TextPosition; /** * Select content in given text position * @private */ selectContent(textPosition: TextPosition, clearMultiSelection: boolean): void; /** * Select paragraph * @private */ selectInternal(lineWidget: LineWidget, element: ElementBox, index: number, physicalLocation: Point): void; /** * @private */ selects(lineWidget: LineWidget, offset: number, skipSelectionChange: boolean): void; /** * Select content between start and end position * @private */ selectPosition(startPosition: TextPosition, endPosition: TextPosition): void; /** * Notify selection change event * @private */ fireSelectionChanged(isSelectionChanged: boolean): void; /** * Retrieve all current selection format * @private */ retrieveCurrentFormatProperties(): void; /** * @private */ retrieveImageFormat(start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; private setCurrentContextType; /** * Retrieve selection table format * @private */ retrieveTableFormat(start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * Retrieve selection cell format * @private */ retrieveCellFormat(start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * Retrieve selection row format * @private */ retrieveRowFormat(start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * Get selected cell format * @private */ getCellFormat(table: TableWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * Get selected row format * @private */ getRowFormat(table: TableWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * Return table with given text position * @private */ getTable(startPosition: TextPosition, endPosition: TextPosition): TableWidget; private getContainerWidget; /** * Retrieve selection section format * @private */ retrieveSectionFormat(start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * Retrieve selection paragraph format * @private */ retrieveParagraphFormat(start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * @private */ getParagraphFormatForSelection(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, selection: Selection, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * @private */ getParagraphFormatInternalInParagraph(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * @private */ getParagraphFormatInternalInBlock(block: BlockWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * @private */ getParagraphFormatInternalInTable(table: TableWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * Get paragraph format in cell * @private */ getParagraphFormatInCell(cell: TableCellWidget): void; /** * @private */ getParagraphFormatInBlock(block: BlockWidget): void; /** * @private */ getParagraphFormatInTable(tableAdv: TableWidget): void; /** * @private */ getParagraphFormatInParagraph(paragraph: ParagraphWidget): void; /** * Get paragraph format in cell * @private */ getParagraphFormatInternalInCell(cellAdv: TableCellWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * @private */ getParaFormatForCell(table: TableWidget, startCell: TableCellWidget, endCell: TableCellWidget): void; /** * Get paragraph format ins row * @private */ getParagraphFormatInRow(tableRow: TableRowWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * Retrieve Selection character format * @private */ retrieveCharacterFormat(start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * @private */ getCharacterFormatForSelection(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, selection: Selection, startPosition: TextPosition, endPosition: TextPosition): void; /** * Get Character format * @private */ getCharacterFormatForTableRow(tableRowAdv: TableRowWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * Get Character format in table * @private */ getCharacterFormatInTableCell(tableCell: TableCellWidget, selection: Selection, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * @private */ getCharacterFormatInternalInTable(table: TableWidget, startCell: TableCellWidget, endCell: TableCellWidget, startPosition: TextPosition, endPosition: TextPosition): void; /** * Get character format with in selection * @private */ getCharacterFormat(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; private setCharacterFormat; /** * @private */ getCharacterFormatForBlock(block: BlockWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * @private */ getCharacterFormatInTable(table: TableWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * Get character format in selection * @private */ getCharacterFormatForSelectionCell(cell: TableCellWidget, start: TextPosition, end: TextPosition): void; /** * @private */ getCharacterFormatInternal(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, selection: Selection): void; /** * Get next valid character format from inline * @private */ getNextValidCharacterFormat(inline: ElementBox): WCharacterFormat; /** * Get next valid paragraph format from field * @private */ getNextValidCharacterFormatOfField(fieldBegin: FieldElementBox): WCharacterFormat; /** * Return true if cursor point with in selection range * @private */ checkCursorIsInSelection(widget: IWidget, point: Point): boolean; /** * Copy paragraph for to selection paragraph format * @private */ copySelectionParagraphFormat(): WParagraphFormat; /** * Get hyperlink display text * @private */ getHyperlinkDisplayText(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, fieldSeparator: FieldElementBox, fieldEnd: FieldElementBox, isNestedField: boolean, format: WCharacterFormat): HyperlinkTextInfo; /** * Navigates hyperlink on mouse Event. * @private */ navigateHyperLinkOnEvent(cursorPoint: Point, isTouchInput: boolean): void; /** * @private */ getLinkText(fieldBegin: FieldElementBox): string; /** * Set Hyperlink content to tool tip element * @private */ setHyperlinkContentToToolTip(fieldBegin: FieldElementBox, widget: LineWidget, xPos: number): void; /** * Show hyperlink tooltip * @private */ showToolTip(x: number, y: number): void; /** * Hide tooltip object * @private */ hideToolTip(): void; /** * Return hyperlink field * @private */ getHyperLinkFieldInCurrentSelection(widget: LineWidget, cursorPosition: Point): FieldElementBox; /** * Return field if paragraph contain hyperlink field * @private */ getHyperlinkField(): FieldElementBox; /** * @private */ getHyperLinkFields(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, checkedFields: FieldElementBox[]): FieldElementBox; /** * @private */ getHyperLinkFieldInternal(paragraph: Widget, inline: ElementBox, fields: FieldElementBox[]): FieldElementBox; /** * @private */ getBlock(currentIndex: string): BlockWidget; /** * Return Block relative to position * @private */ getBlockInternal(widget: Widget, position: string): BlockWidget; /** * Return true if inline is in field result * @private */ inlineIsInFieldResult(fieldBegin: FieldElementBox, inline: ElementBox): boolean; /** * Retrieve true if paragraph is in field result * @private */ paragraphIsInFieldResult(fieldBegin: FieldElementBox, paragraph: ParagraphWidget): boolean; /** * Return true if image is In field * @private */ isImageField(): boolean; /** * @private */ isTableSelected(): boolean; /** * Select List Text * @private */ selectListText(): void; /** * Manually select the list text * @private */ highlightListText(linewidget: LineWidget): void; /** * @private */ updateImageSize(imageFormat: ImageFormat): void; /** * Gets selected table content * @private */ private getSelectedCellsInTable; /** * Copies the selected content to clipboard. */ copy(): void; /** * @private */ copySelectedContent(isCut: boolean): void; /** * Copy content to clipboard * @private */ copyToClipboard(htmlContent: string): boolean; /** * Shows caret in current selection position. * @private */ showCaret(): void; /** * To set the editable div caret position * @private */ setEditableDivCaretPosition(index: number): void; /** * Hides caret. * @private */ hideCaret: () => void; /** * Initializes caret. * @private */ initCaret(): void; /** * Updates caret position. * @private */ updateCaretPosition(): void; /** * @private */ getRect(position: TextPosition): Point; /** * Gets current selected page * @private */ getSelectionPage(position: TextPosition): Page; /** * Updates caret size. * @private */ updateCaretSize(textPosition: TextPosition, skipUpdate?: boolean): CaretHeightInfo; /** * Updates caret to page. * @private */ updateCaretToPage(startPosition: TextPosition, endPage: Page): void; /** * Gets caret bottom position. * @private */ getCaretBottom(textPosition: TextPosition, isEmptySelection: boolean): number; /** * Checks for cursor visibility. * @param isTouch * @private */ checkForCursorVisibility(): void; /** * Keyboard shortcuts * @private */ onKeyDownInternal(event: KeyboardEvent, ctrl: boolean, shift: boolean, alt: boolean): void; /** * @private */ checkAndEnableHeaderFooter(point: Point, pagePoint: Point): boolean; /** * @private */ isCursorInsidePageRect(point: Point, page: Page): boolean; /** * @private */ isCursorInHeaderRegion(point: Point, page: Page): boolean; /** * @private */ isCursorInFooterRegion(point: Point, page: Page): boolean; /** * @private */ enableHeadersFootersRegion(widget: HeaderFooterWidget): boolean; shiftBlockOnHeaderFooterEnableDisable(): void; /** * @private */ updateTextPositionForBlockContainer(widget: BlockContainer): void; /** * Disable Header footer * @private */ disableHeaderFooter(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Navigates to the specified bookmark. * @param name * @param moveToStart * @private */ navigateBookmark(name: string, moveToStart?: boolean): void; /** * Selects the specified bookmark. * @param name */ selectBookmark(name: string): void; /** * Returns the toc field from the selection. * @private */ getTocField(): FieldElementBox; /** * Returns true if the paragraph has toc style. */ private isTocStyle; /** * @private */ getElementsForward(lineWidget: LineWidget, startElement: ElementBox, endElement: ElementBox, bidi: boolean): ElementBox[]; /** * @private */ getElementsBackward(lineWidget: LineWidget, startElement: ElementBox, endElement: ElementBox, bidi: boolean): ElementBox[]; } /** * Specifies the settings for selection. */ export interface SelectionSettings { /** * Specifies selection left position */ x: number; /** * Specifies selection top position */ y: number; /** * Specifies whether to extend or update selection */ extend?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/viewer/index.d.ts /** * Viewer Export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/viewer/layout.d.ts /** * @private */ export class Layout { private viewer; private value; /** * @private */ allowLayout: boolean; /** * @private */ isInitialLoad: boolean; private fieldBegin; private maxTextHeight; private maxBaseline; private maxTextBaseline; private isFieldCode; private isRTLLayout; /** * @private */ isBidiReLayout: boolean; /** * viewer definition */ constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); /** * @private */ layout(): void; /** * Releases un-managed and - optionally - managed resources. */ destroy(): void; /** * Layouts the items * @private */ layoutItems(sections: BodyWidget[]): void; /** * Layouts the items * @param section * @param viewer * @private */ layoutSection(section: BodyWidget, index: number, viewer: LayoutViewer, ownerWidget?: Widget): void; /** * Layouts the header footer items * @param section * @param viewer * @private */ layoutHeaderFooter(section: BodyWidget, viewer: PageLayoutViewer, page: Page): void; /** * @private */ updateHeaderFooterToParent(node: HeaderFooterWidget): HeaderFooterWidget; private linkFieldInHeaderFooter; /** * @private */ linkFieldInParagraph(widget: ParagraphWidget): void; /** * @private */ linkFieldInTable(widget: TableWidget): void; /** * Layouts the header footer items. * @param viewer * @param hfModule * @private */ layoutHeaderFooterItems(viewer: LayoutViewer, widget: HeaderFooterWidget): HeaderFooterWidget; /** * Shifts the child location * @param shiftTop * @param bodyWidget */ private shiftChildLocation; /** * Shifts the child location for table widget. * @param tableWidget * @param shiftTop */ private shiftChildLocationForTableWidget; /** * Shifts the child location for table row widget. * @param rowWidget * @param shiftTop */ private shiftChildLocationForTableRowWidget; /** * Shifts the child location for table cell widget. * @param cellWidget * @param shiftTop */ private shiftChildLocationForTableCellWidget; /** * Layouts specified block. * @param block * @private */ layoutBlock(block: BlockWidget, index: number, moveToLine?: boolean): BlockWidget; /** * Adds paragraph widget. * @param area */ private addParagraphWidget; /** * Adds line widget. * @param paragraph */ private addLineWidget; /** * Layouts specified paragraph. * @private * @param paragraph */ layoutParagraph(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, lineIndex: number): BlockWidget; private clearLineMeasures; private moveElementFromNextLine; private layoutLine; private layoutElement; /** * Return true if paragraph has valid inline * @private */ hasValidElement(paragraph: ParagraphWidget): boolean; private updateFieldText; private checkLineWidgetWithClientArea; private checkAndSplitTabOrLineBreakCharacter; /** * @private */ moveFromNextPage(line: LineWidget): void; private cutClientWidth; private layoutFieldCharacters; /** * Layouts empty line widget. */ private layoutEmptyLineWidget; /** * @private */ layoutListItems(paragraph: ParagraphWidget): void; /** * Layouts list. * @param viewer */ private layoutList; /** * Adds body widget. * @param area * @param section * @private */ addBodyWidget(area: Rect, widget?: BodyWidget): BodyWidget; /** * Adds list level. * @param abstractList */ private addListLevels; private addSplittedLineWidget; /** * Adds element to line. * @param element */ private addElementToLine; /** * Splits element for client area. * @param element */ private splitElementForClientArea; /** * Splits by word * @param elementBox * @param text * @param width * @param characterFormat */ private splitByWord; /** * Splits by character. * @param textElement * @param text * @param width * @param characterFormat */ private splitByCharacter; /** * Splits text element word by word. * @param textElement */ private splitTextElementWordByWord; /** * Splits text for client area. * @param element * @param text * @param width * @param characterFormat */ private splitTextForClientArea; /** * Handle tab or line break character splitting * @param {LayoutViewer} viewer * @param {TextElementBox} span * @param {number} index * @param {string} spiltBy * @private */ splitByLineBreakOrTab(viewer: LayoutViewer, span: TextElementBox, index: number, spiltBy: string): void; /** * Moves to next line. */ private moveToNextLine; private updateLineWidget; /** * @param viewer */ private moveToNextPage; /** * Aligns line elements * @param element * @param topMargin * @param bottomMargin * @param maxDescent * @param addSubWidth * @param subWidth * @param textAlignment * @param whiteSpaceCount * @param isLastElement */ private alignLineElements; /** * Updates widget to page. * @param viewer * @param block * @private */ updateWidgetToPage(viewer: LayoutViewer, paragraphWidget: ParagraphWidget): void; /** * @private */ shiftFooterChildLocation(widget: HeaderFooterWidget, viewer: LayoutViewer): void; /** * Checks previous element. * @param characterFormat */ private checkPreviousElement; /** * @private */ clearListElementBox(paragraph: ParagraphWidget): void; /** * Gets list number. * @param listFormat * @param document * @private */ getListNumber(listFormat: WListFormat): string; /** * Gets list start value * @param listLevelNumber * @param list * @private */ getListStartValue(listLevelNumber: number, list: WList): number; /** * Updates list values. * @param list * @param listLevelNumber * @param document */ private updateListValues; /** * Gets list text * @param listAdv * @param listLevelNumber * @param currentListLevel * @param document */ private getListText; /** * Gets the roman letter. * @param number * @private */ getAsLetter(number: number): string; /** * Gets list text using list level pattern. * @param listLevel * @param listValue * @private */ getListTextListLevel(listLevel: WListLevel, listValue: number): string; /** * Generate roman number for the specified number. * @param number * @param magnitude * @param letter */ private generateNumber; /** * Gets list value prefixed with zero, if less than 10 * @param listValue */ private getAsLeadingZero; /** * Gets the roman number * @param number * @private */ getAsRoman(number: number): string; /** * Gets the list level * @param list * @param listLevelNumber * @private */ getListLevel(list: WList, listLevelNumber: number): WListLevel; /** * Gets tab width * @param paragraph * @param viewer */ private getTabWidth; /** * Returns the right tab width * @param index - index of starting inline * @param lineWidget - current line widget * @param paragraph - current paragraph widget */ private getRightTabWidth; /** * Gets split index by word. * @param clientActiveWidth * @param text * @param width * @param characterFormat */ private getSplitIndexByWord; /** * Gets split index by character * @param totalClientWidth * @param clientActiveAreaWidth * @param text * @param width * @param characterFormat */ private getTextSplitIndexByCharacter; /** * Gets sub width. * @param justify * @param spaceCount * @param firstLineIndent */ private getSubWidth; /** * Gets before spacing. * @param paragraph * @private */ getBeforeSpacing(paragraph: ParagraphWidget): number; /** * Gets line spacing. * @param paragraph * @param maxHeight * @private */ getLineSpacing(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, maxHeight: number): number; /** * Checks whether current line is first line in a paragraph. * @param paragraph */ private isParagraphFirstLine; /** * Checks whether current line is last line in a paragraph. * @param paragraph */ private isParagraphLastLine; /** * Gets text index after space. * @param text * @param startIndex */ private getTextIndexAfterSpace; /** * @private */ moveNextWidgetsToTable(tableWidget: TableWidget[], rowWidgets: TableRowWidget[], moveFromNext: boolean): void; /** * Adds table cell widget. * @param cell * @param area * @param maxCellMarginTop * @param maxCellMarginBottom */ private addTableCellWidget; /** * Adds specified row widget to table. * @param viewer * @param tableRowWidget * @param row */ private addWidgetToTable; /** * Updates row height by spanned cell. * @param tableWidget * @param rowWidget * @param insertIndex * @param row * @private */ updateRowHeightBySpannedCell(tableWidget: TableWidget, row: TableRowWidget, insertIndex: number): void; /** * Updates row height. * @param prevRowWidget * @param rowWidget * @param row */ private updateRowHeight; private updateSpannedRowCollection; /** * Updates row height by cell spacing * @param rowWidget * @param viewer * @param row */ private updateRowHeightByCellSpacing; /** * Checks whether row span is end. * @param row * @param viewer */ private isRowSpanEnd; /** * Checks whether vertical merged cell to continue or not. * @param row * @private */ isVerticalMergedCellContinue(row: TableRowWidget): boolean; /** * Splits widgets. * @param tableRowWidget * @param viewer * @param splittedWidget * @param row */ private splitWidgets; /** * Gets splitted widget for row. * @param bottom * @param tableRowWidget */ private getSplittedWidgetForRow; /** * Updates widget to table. * @param row * @param viewer */ updateWidgetsToTable(tableWidgets: TableWidget[], rowWidgets: TableRowWidget[], row: TableRowWidget): void; /** * Gets header. * @param table * @private */ getHeader(table: TableWidget): TableRowWidget; /** * Gets header height. * @param ownerTable * @param row */ private getHeaderHeight; /** * Updates widgets to row. * @param cell */ private updateWidgetToRow; /** * Updates height for row widget. * @param viewer * @param isUpdateVerticalPosition * @param rowWidget */ private updateHeightForRowWidget; /** * Updates height for cell widget. * @param viewer * @param cellWidget */ private updateHeightForCellWidget; /** * Gets row height. * @param row * @private */ getRowHeight(row: TableRowWidget, rowCollection: TableRowWidget[]): number; /** * splits spanned cell widget. * @param cellWidget * @param viewer */ private splitSpannedCellWidget; /** * Inserts splitted cell widgets. * @param viewer * @param rowWidget */ private insertSplittedCellWidgets; /** * Inserts spanned row widget. * @param rowWidget * @param viewer * @param left * @param index */ private insertRowSpannedWidget; /** * Inserts empty splitted cell widgets. * @param rowWidget * @param left * @param index */ private insertEmptySplittedCellWidget; /** * Gets spllited widget. * @param bottom * @param splitMinimalWidget * @param cellWidget */ private getSplittedWidget; /** * Gets list level pattern * @param value * @private */ getListLevelPattern(value: number): ListLevelPattern; /** * Creates cell widget. * @param cell */ private createCellWidget; /** * Create Table Widget */ private createTableWidget; /** * Gets splitted widget for paragraph. * @param bottom * @param paragraphWidget */ private getSplittedWidgetForPara; /** * Gets splitted table widget. * @param bottom * @param tableWidget * @private */ getSplittedWidgetForTable(bottom: number, tableCollection: TableWidget[], tableWidget: TableWidget): TableWidget; /** * Checks whether first line fits for paragraph or not. * @param bottom * @param paraWidget */ private isFirstLineFitForPara; /** * Checks whether first line fits for table or not. * @param bottom * @param tableWidget * @private */ isFirstLineFitForTable(bottom: number, tableWidget: TableWidget): boolean; /** * Checks whether first line fits for row or not. * @param bottom * @param rowWidget */ private isFirstLineFitForRow; /** * Checks whether first line fits for cell or not. * @param bottom * @param cellWidget */ private isFirstLineFitForCell; /** * Updates widget location. * @param widget * @param table */ private updateWidgetLocation; /** * Updates child location for table. * @param top * @param tableWidget * @private */ updateChildLocationForTable(top: number, tableWidget: TableWidget): void; /** * Updates child location for row. * @param top * @param rowWidget * @private */ updateChildLocationForRow(top: number, rowWidget: TableRowWidget): void; /** * Updates child location for cell. * @param top * @param cellWidget */ private updateChildLocationForCell; /** * Updates cell vertical position. * @param cellWidget * @param isUpdateToTop * @param isInsideTable * @private */ updateCellVerticalPosition(cellWidget: TableCellWidget, isUpdateToTop: boolean, isInsideTable: boolean): void; /** * Updates cell content vertical position. * @param cellWidget * @param displacement * @param isUpdateToTop */ private updateCellContentVerticalPosition; /** * Updates table widget location. * @param tableWidget * @param location * @param isUpdateToTop */ private updateTableWidgetLocation; /** * Gets displacement. * @param cellWidget * @param isUpdateToTop */ private getDisplacement; /** * Gets cell content height. * @param cellWidget */ private getCellContentHeight; /** * Gets table left borders. * @param borders * @private */ getTableLeftBorder(borders: WBorders): WBorder; /** * Gets table right border. * @param borders * @private */ getTableRightBorder(borders: WBorders): WBorder; /** * Get table top border. * @param borders * @private */ getTableTopBorder(borders: WBorders): WBorder; /** * Gets table bottom border. * @param borders * @private */ getTableBottomBorder(borders: WBorders): WBorder; /** * Get diagonal cell up border. * @param tableCell * @private */ getCellDiagonalUpBorder(tableCell: TableCellWidget): WBorder; /** * Gets diagonal cell down border * @param tableCell * @private */ getCellDiagonalDownBorder(tableCell: TableCellWidget): WBorder; /** * Gets table width. * @param table * @private */ getTableWidth(table: TableWidget): number; /** * @private */ layoutNextItemsBlock(blockAdv: BlockWidget, viewer: LayoutViewer): void; /** * @private */ updateClientAreaForLine(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, startLineWidget: LineWidget, elementIndex: number): void; /** * @private */ getParentTable(block: BlockWidget): TableWidget; /** * @private */ reLayoutParagraph(paragraphWidget: ParagraphWidget, lineIndex: number, elementBoxIndex: number, isBidi?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ reLayoutTable(block: BlockWidget): void; /** * @private */ clearTableWidget(table: TableWidget, clearPosition: boolean, clearHeight: boolean, clearGrid?: boolean): void; /** * @private */ clearRowWidget(row: TableRowWidget, clearPosition: boolean, clearHeight: boolean, clearGrid: boolean): void; /** * @private */ clearCellWidget(cell: TableCellWidget, clearPosition: boolean, clearHeight: boolean, clearGrid: boolean): void; /** * @param blockIndex * @param bodyWidget * @param block * @private */ layoutBodyWidgetCollection(blockIndex: number, bodyWidget: Widget, block: BlockWidget, shiftNextWidget: boolean): void; private checkAndGetBlock; /** * Layouts table. * @param table * @private */ layoutTable(table: TableWidget, startIndex: number): BlockWidget; /** * Adds table widget. * @param area * @param table * @private */ addTableWidget(area: Rect, table: TableWidget[], create?: boolean): TableWidget; /** * Updates widget to page. * @param table * @private */ updateWidgetsToPage(tables: TableWidget[], rows: TableRowWidget[], table: TableWidget, endRowWidget?: TableRowWidget): void; /** * Updates height for table widget. * @param viewer * @param tableWidget * @private */ updateHeightForTableWidget(tables: TableWidget[], rows: TableRowWidget[], tableWidget: TableWidget, endRowWidget?: TableRowWidget): void; /** * Layouts table row. * @param row * @private */ layoutRow(tableWidget: TableWidget[], row: TableRowWidget): TableRowWidget; /** * @param area * @param row */ private addTableRowWidget; /** * Gets maximum top or bottom cell margin. * @param row * @param topOrBottom */ private getMaxTopOrBottomCellMargin; /** * Layouts cell * @param cell * @param maxCellMarginTop * @param maxCellMarginBottom */ private layoutCell; /** * @private */ shiftLayoutedItems(): void; /** * @private */ updateFieldElements(): void; private reLayoutOrShiftWidgets; private shiftWidgetsBlock; private shiftWidgetsForPara; /** * @private */ shiftTableWidget(table: TableWidget, viewer: LayoutViewer): TableWidget; /** * @private */ shiftRowWidget(tables: TableWidget[], row: TableRowWidget): TableRowWidget; /** * @private */ shiftCellWidget(cell: TableCellWidget, maxCellMarginTop: number, maxCellMarginBottom: number): void; /** * @private */ shiftParagraphWidget(paragraph: ParagraphWidget): void; private shiftWidgetsForTable; private updateVerticalPositionToTop; private splitWidget; private getMaxElementHeight; private createOrGetNextBodyWidget; private isFitInClientArea; private shiftToPreviousWidget; private updateParagraphWidgetInternal; private shiftNextWidgets; /** * @private */ updateContainerWidget(widget: Widget, bodyWidget: BodyWidget, index: number, destroyAndScroll: boolean): void; private getBodyWidgetOfPreviousBlock; /** * @private */ moveBlocksToNextPage(block: BlockWidget): BodyWidget; private createSplitBody; /** * Relayout Paragraph from specified line widget * @param paragraph Paragraph to reLayout * @param lineIndex start line index to reLayout * @private */ reLayoutLine(paragraph: ParagraphWidget, lineIndex: number, isBidi: boolean): void; isContainsRtl(lineWidget: LineWidget): boolean; reArrangeElementsForRtl(line: LineWidget, isParaBidi: boolean): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/viewer/page.d.ts /** * @private */ export class Rect { /** * @private */ width: number; /** * @private */ height: number; /** * @private */ x: number; /** * @private */ y: number; /** * @private */ readonly right: number; /** * @private */ readonly bottom: number; constructor(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number); } /** * @private */ export class Margin { /** * @private */ left: number; /** * @private */ top: number; /** * @private */ right: number; /** * @private */ bottom: number; constructor(leftMargin: number, topMargin: number, rightMargin: number, bottomMargin: number); /** * @private */ clone(): Margin; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export interface IWidget { } /** * @private */ export abstract class Widget implements IWidget { /** * @private */ childWidgets: IWidget[]; /** * @private */ x: number; /** * @private */ y: number; /** * @private */ width: number; /** * @private */ height: number; /** * @private */ margin: Margin; /** * @private */ containerWidget: Widget; /** * @private */ index: number; /** * @private */ readonly indexInOwner: number; /** * @private */ readonly firstChild: IWidget; /** * @private */ readonly lastChild: IWidget; /** * @private */ readonly previousWidget: Widget; /** * @private */ readonly nextWidget: Widget; /** * @private */ readonly previousRenderedWidget: Widget; /** * @private */ readonly nextRenderedWidget: Widget; /** * @private */ readonly previousSplitWidget: Widget; /** * @private */ readonly nextSplitWidget: Widget; /** * @private */ abstract equals(widget: Widget): boolean; /** * @private */ abstract getTableCellWidget(point: Point): TableCellWidget; /** * @private */ getPreviousSplitWidgets(): Widget[]; /** * @private */ getSplitWidgets(): Widget[]; /** * @private */ combineWidget(viewer: LayoutViewer): Widget; private combine; /** * @private */ addWidgets(childWidgets: IWidget[]): void; /** * @private */ removeChild(index: number): void; /** * @private */ abstract destroyInternal(viewer: LayoutViewer): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export abstract class BlockContainer extends Widget { /** * @private */ page: Page; /** * @private */ sectionFormatIn: WSectionFormat; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ sectionFormat: WSectionFormat; /** * @private */ readonly sectionIndex: number; /** * @private */ getHierarchicalIndex(hierarchicalIndex: string): string; } /** * @private */ export class BodyWidget extends BlockContainer { /** * Initialize the constructor of BodyWidget */ constructor(); /** * @private */ equals(widget: Widget): boolean; /** * @private */ getHierarchicalIndex(hierarchicalIndex: string): string; /** * @private */ getTableCellWidget(touchPoint: Point): TableCellWidget; /** * @private */ destroyInternal(viewer: LayoutViewer): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export interface HeaderFooters { [key: number]: HeaderFooterWidget; } /** * @private */ export class HeaderFooterWidget extends BlockContainer { /** * @private */ headerFooterType: HeaderFooterType; /** * @private */ isEmpty: boolean; constructor(type: HeaderFooterType); /** * @private */ getTableCellWidget(point: Point): TableCellWidget; /** * @private */ equals(widget: Widget): boolean; /** * @private */ clone(): HeaderFooterWidget; /** * @private */ destroyInternal(viewer: LayoutViewer): void; } /** * @private */ export abstract class BlockWidget extends Widget { /** * @private */ leftBorderWidth: number; /** * @private */ rightBorderWidth: number; /** * @private */ topBorderWidth: number; /** * @private */ bottomBorderWidth: number; /** * @private */ readonly bodyWidget: BlockContainer; /** * @private */ readonly leftIndent: number; /** * @private */ readonly rightIndent: number; /** * @private */ readonly isInsideTable: boolean; /** * @private */ readonly isInHeaderFooter: boolean; /** * @private */ readonly associatedCell: TableCellWidget; /** * Check whether the paragraph contains only page break. * @private */ isPageBreak(): boolean; /** * @private */ getHierarchicalIndex(hierarchicalIndex: string): string; /** * @private */ abstract getMinimumAndMaximumWordWidth(minimumWordWidth: number, maximumWordWidth: number): WidthInfo; /** * @private */ abstract clone(): BlockWidget; /** * @private */ getIndex(): number; /** * @private */ getContainerWidth(): number; /** * @private */ readonly bidi: boolean; } /** * @private */ export class ParagraphWidget extends BlockWidget { /** * @private */ paragraphFormat: WParagraphFormat; /** * @private */ characterFormat: WCharacterFormat; /** * @private */ readonly isEndsWithPageBreak: boolean; /** * Initialize the constructor of ParagraphWidget */ constructor(); /** * @private */ equals(widget: Widget): boolean; /** * @private */ isEmpty(): boolean; /** * @private */ getInline(offset: number, indexInInline: number): ElementInfo; /** * @private */ getLength(): number; /** * @private */ getTableCellWidget(point: Point): TableCellWidget; /** * @private */ getMinimumAndMaximumWordWidth(minimumWordWidth: number, maximumWordWidth: number): WidthInfo; private measureParagraph; /** * @private */ clone(): ParagraphWidget; /** * @private */ destroyInternal(viewer: LayoutViewer): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class TableWidget extends BlockWidget { private flags; /** * @private */ leftMargin: number; /** * @private */ topMargin: number; /** * @private */ rightMargin: number; /** * @private */ bottomMargin: number; /** * @private */ tableFormat: WTableFormat; /** * @private */ spannedRowCollection: Dictionary<number, number>; /** * @private */ tableHolder: WTableHolder; /** * @private */ headerHeight: number; /** * @private */ description: string; /** * @private */ title: string; /** * @private */ tableCellInfo: Dictionary<number, Dictionary<number, number>>; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ isGridUpdated: boolean; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ continueHeader: boolean; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ header: boolean; isBidiTable: boolean; constructor(); /** * @private */ equals(widget: Widget): boolean; /** * @private */ combineRows(viewer: LayoutViewer): void; /** * @private */ contains(tableCell: TableCellWidget): boolean; /** * @private */ getOwnerWidth(isBasedOnViewer: boolean): number; /** * @private */ getTableWidth(): number; /** * @private */ getTableClientWidth(clientWidth: number): number; /** * @private */ getCellWidth(preferredWidth: number, preferredWidthType: WidthType, containerWidth: number, cell: TableCellWidget): number; /** * @private */ fitCellsToClientArea(clientWidth: number): void; /** * @private */ getTableCellWidget(point: Point): TableCellWidget; /** * @private */ calculateGrid(): void; private updateColumnSpans; /** * @private */ getMinimumAndMaximumWordWidth(minimumWordWidth: number, maximumWordWidth: number): WidthInfo; /** * @private */ checkTableColumns(): void; /** * @private */ isAutoFit(): boolean; /** * @private */ buildTableColumns(): void; /** * @private */ setWidthToCells(tableWidth: number, isAutoWidth: boolean): void; /** * @private */ updateProperties(updateAllowAutoFit: boolean, currentSelectedTable: TableWidget, autoFitBehavior: AutoFitType): void; /** * @private */ getMaxRowWidth(clientWidth: number): number; /** * @private */ updateWidth(dragValue: number): void; /** * @private */ convertPointToPercent(tablePreferredWidth: number, ownerWidth: number): number; updateChildWidgetLeft(left: number): void; /** * Shift the widgets for right to left aligned table. * @private */ shiftWidgetsForRtlTable(clientArea: Rect, tableWidget: TableWidget): void; /** * @private */ clone(): TableWidget; /** * @private */ static getTableOf(node: WBorders): TableWidget; /** * @private */ fitChildToClientArea(): void; /** * @private */ getColumnCellsForSelection(startCell: TableCellWidget, endCell: TableCellWidget): TableCellWidget[]; /** * Splits width equally for all the cells. * @param tableClientWidth * @private */ splitWidthToTableCells(tableClientWidth: number): void; /** * @private */ insertTableRowsInternal(tableRows: TableRowWidget[], startIndex: number): void; /** * @private */ updateRowIndex(startIndex: number): void; /** * @private */ getCellStartOffset(cell: TableCellWidget): number; /** * @private */ destroyInternal(viewer: LayoutViewer): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class TableRowWidget extends BlockWidget { /** * @private */ topBorderWidth: number; /** * @private */ bottomBorderWidth: number; /** * @private */ rowFormat: WRowFormat; /** * @private */ readonly rowIndex: number; /** * @private */ readonly ownerTable: TableWidget; /** * @private */ readonly nextRow: TableRowWidget; constructor(); /** * @private */ equals(widget: Widget): boolean; /** * @private */ combineCells(viewer: LayoutViewer): void; /** * @private */ static getRowOf(node: WBorders): TableRowWidget; /** * @private */ getCell(rowIndex: number, cellIndex: number): TableCellWidget; /** * @private */ splitWidthToRowCells(tableClientWidth: number): void; /** * @private */ getGridCount(tableGrid: number[], cell: TableCellWidget, index: number, containerWidth: number): number; private getOffsetIndex; private getCellOffset; /** * @private */ updateRowBySpannedCells(): void; /** * @private */ getPreviousRowSpannedCells(include?: boolean): TableCellWidget[]; /** * @private */ getTableCellWidget(point: Point): TableCellWidget; /** * @private */ getMinimumAndMaximumWordWidth(minimumWordWidth: number, maximumWordWidth: number): WidthInfo; /** * @private */ destroyInternal(viewer: LayoutViewer): void; /** * @private */ clone(): TableRowWidget; /** * Updates the child widgets left. * @param left * @private */ updateChildWidgetLeft(left: number): void; /** * Shift the widgets for RTL table. * @param clientArea * @param tableWidget * @param rowWidget * @private */ shiftWidgetForRtlTable(clientArea: Rect, tableWidget: TableWidget, rowWidget: TableRowWidget): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class TableCellWidget extends BlockWidget { /** * @private */ rowIndex: number; /** * @private */ cellFormat: WCellFormat; /** * @private */ columnIndex: number; private sizeInfoInternal; /** * @private */ readonly ownerColumn: WColumn; /** * @private */ readonly leftMargin: number; /** * @private */ readonly topMargin: number; /** * @private */ readonly rightMargin: number; /** * @private */ readonly bottomMargin: number; /** * @private */ readonly cellIndex: number; /** * @private */ readonly ownerTable: TableWidget; /** * @private */ readonly ownerRow: TableRowWidget; /** * @private */ readonly sizeInfo: ColumnSizeInfo; constructor(); /** * @private */ equals(widget: Widget): boolean; /** * @private */ getContainerTable(): TableWidget; /** * @private */ getPreviousSplitWidget(): TableCellWidget; /** * @private */ getNextSplitWidget(): TableCellWidget; /** * @private */ getTableCellWidget(point: Point): TableCellWidget; /** * @private */ updateWidth(preferredWidth: number): void; /** * @private */ getCellWidth(): number; /** * @private */ convertPointToPercent(cellPreferredWidth: number): number; /** * @private */ static getCellLeftBorder(tableCell: TableCellWidget): WBorder; /** * @private */ getLeftBorderWidth(): number; /** * @private */ getRightBorderWidth(): number; /** * @private */ getCellSpacing(): number; /** * @private */ getCellSizeInfo(isAutoFit: boolean): ColumnSizeInfo; /** * @private */ getMinimumPreferredWidth(): number; /** * @private */ getPreviousCellLeftBorder(leftBorder: WBorder, previousCell: TableCellWidget): WBorder; /** * @private */ getBorderBasedOnPriority(border: WBorder, adjacentBorder: WBorder): WBorder; /** * @private */ getLeftBorderToRenderByHierarchy(leftBorder: WBorder, rowBorders: WBorders, tableBorders: WBorders): WBorder; /** * @private */ static getCellRightBorder(tableCell: TableCellWidget): WBorder; /** * @private */ getAdjacentCellRightBorder(rightBorder: WBorder, nextCell: TableCellWidget): WBorder; /** * @private */ getRightBorderToRenderByHierarchy(rightBorder: WBorder, rowBorders: WBorders, tableBorders: WBorders): WBorder; /** * @private */ static getCellTopBorder(tableCell: TableCellWidget): WBorder; /** * @private */ getPreviousCellTopBorder(topBorder: WBorder, previousTopCell: TableCellWidget): WBorder; /** * @private */ getTopBorderToRenderByHierarchy(topBorder: WBorder, rowBorders: WBorders, tableBorders: WBorders): WBorder; /** * @private */ static getCellBottomBorder(tableCell: TableCellWidget): WBorder; /** * @private */ getAdjacentCellBottomBorder(bottomBorder: WBorder, nextBottomCell: TableCellWidget): WBorder; /** * @private */ getBottomBorderToRenderByHierarchy(bottomBorder: WBorder, rowBorders: WBorders, tableBorders: WBorders): WBorder; private convertHexToRGB; /** * @private */ static getCellOf(node: WBorders): TableCellWidget; /** * Updates the Widget left. * @private */ updateWidgetLeft(x: number): void; /** * @private */ updateChildWidgetLeft(left: number): void; /** * @private */ getMinimumAndMaximumWordWidth(minimumWordWidth: number, maximumWordWidth: number): WidthInfo; /** * @private */ destroyInternal(viewer: LayoutViewer): void; /** * @private */ clone(): TableCellWidget; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class LineWidget implements IWidget { /** * @private */ children: ElementBox[]; /** * @private */ paragraph: ParagraphWidget; /** * @private */ x: number; /** * @private */ y: number; /** * @private */ width: number; /** * @private */ height: number; /** * @private */ readonly indexInOwner: number; /** * @private */ readonly nextLine: LineWidget; /** * @private */ readonly previousLine: LineWidget; /** * @private */ readonly isEndsWithPageBreak: boolean; /** * Initialize the constructor of LineWidget */ constructor(paragraphWidget: ParagraphWidget); /** * @private */ isFirstLine(): boolean; /** * @private */ isLastLine(): boolean; /** * @private */ getOffset(inline: ElementBox, index: number): number; /** * @private */ getEndOffset(): number; /** * @private */ getInline(offset: number, indexInInline: number, bidi?: boolean): ElementInfo; /** * @private */ getHierarchicalIndex(hierarchicalIndex: string): string; /** * @private */ clone(): LineWidget; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export abstract class ElementBox { /** * @private */ x: number; /** * @private */ y: number; /** * @private */ width: number; /** * @private */ height: number; /** * @private */ margin: Margin; /** * @private */ line: LineWidget; /** * @private */ characterFormat: WCharacterFormat; /** * @private */ static objectCharacter: string; /** * @private */ isRightToLeft: boolean; /** * @private */ readonly isPageBreak: boolean; /** * @private */ linkFieldCharacter(viewer: LayoutViewer): void; /** * @private */ linkFieldTraversingBackward(line: LineWidget, fieldEnd: FieldElementBox, previousNode: ElementBox): boolean; /** * @private */ linkFieldTraversingForward(line: LineWidget, fieldBegin: FieldElementBox, previousNode: ElementBox): boolean; /** * @private */ linkFieldTraversingBackwardSeparator(line: LineWidget, fieldSeparator: FieldElementBox, previousNode: ElementBox): boolean; /** * @private */ readonly length: number; /** * @private */ readonly indexInOwner: number; /** * @private */ readonly previousElement: ElementBox; /** * @private */ readonly nextElement: ElementBox; /** * @private */ readonly nextNode: ElementBox; /** * @private */ readonly previousNode: ElementBox; /** * @private */ readonly paragraph: ParagraphWidget; /** * Initialize the constructor of ElementBox */ constructor(); /** * @private */ abstract getLength(): number; /** * @private */ abstract clone(): ElementBox; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class FieldElementBox extends ElementBox { /** * @private */ fieldType: number; /** * @private */ hasFieldEnd: boolean; private fieldBeginInternal; private fieldSeparatorInternal; private fieldEndInternal; fieldBegin: FieldElementBox; fieldSeparator: FieldElementBox; fieldEnd: FieldElementBox; constructor(type: number); /** * @private */ getLength(): number; /** * @private */ clone(): FieldElementBox; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class TextElementBox extends ElementBox { /** * @private */ baselineOffset: number; /** * @private */ text: string; constructor(); /** * @private */ getLength(): number; /** * @private */ clone(): TextElementBox; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class FieldTextElementBox extends TextElementBox { /** * @private */ fieldBegin: FieldElementBox; private fieldText; text: string; constructor(); /** * @private */ clone(): FieldTextElementBox; } /** * @private */ export class TabElementBox extends TextElementBox { /** * @private */ tabText: string; /** * @private */ tabLeader: TabLeader; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; constructor(); /** * @private */ clone(): TabElementBox; } /** * @private */ export class BookmarkElementBox extends ElementBox { private bookmarkTypeIn; private refereneceIn; private nameIn; /** * @private */ readonly bookmarkType: number; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ name: string; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ reference: BookmarkElementBox; constructor(type: number); /** * @private */ getLength(): number; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Clones the bookmark element box. * @param element - book mark element */ /** * @private */ clone(): BookmarkElementBox; } /** * @private */ export class ImageElementBox extends ElementBox { private imageStr; private imgElement; private isInlineImageIn; /** * @private */ isMetaFile: boolean; /** * @private */ readonly isInlineImage: boolean; /** * @private */ readonly element: HTMLImageElement; /** * @private */ readonly length: number; /** * @private */ /** * @private */ imageString: string; constructor(isInlineImage?: boolean); /** * @private */ getLength(): number; /** * @private */ clone(): ImageElementBox; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class ListTextElementBox extends ElementBox { /** * @private */ baselineOffset: number; /** * @private */ text: string; /** * @private */ listLevel: WListLevel; /** * @private */ isFollowCharacter: boolean; constructor(listLevel: WListLevel, isListFollowCharacter: boolean); /** * @private */ getLength(): number; /** * @private */ clone(): ListTextElementBox; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class Page { /** * Specifies the Viewer * @private */ viewer: LayoutViewer; /** * Specifies the Bonding Rectangle * @private */ boundingRectangle: Rect; /** * @private */ repeatHeaderRowTableWidget: boolean; /** * Specifies the bodyWidgets * @default [] * @private */ bodyWidgets: BodyWidget[]; /** * @private */ headerWidget: HeaderFooterWidget; /** * @private */ footerWidget: HeaderFooterWidget; /** * @private */ readonly index: number; /** * @private */ readonly previousPage: Page; /** * @private */ readonly nextPage: Page; /** * @private */ readonly sectionIndex: number; /** * Initialize the constructor of Page */ constructor(); destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class WTableHolder { private tableColumns; /** * @private */ tableWidth: number; readonly columns: WColumn[]; /** * @private */ resetColumns(): void; /** * @private */ getPreviousSpannedCellWidth(previousColumnIndex: number, curColumnIndex: number): number; /** * @private */ addColumns(currentColumnIndex: number, columnSpan: number, width: number, sizeInfo: ColumnSizeInfo, offset: number): void; /** * @private */ getTotalWidth(type: number): number; /** * @private */ isFitColumns(containerWidth: number, preferredTableWidth: number, isAutoWidth: boolean): boolean; /** * @private */ autoFitColumn(containerWidth: number, preferredTableWidth: number, isAuto: boolean, isNestedTable: boolean): void; /** * @private */ fitColumns(containerWidth: number, preferredTableWidth: number, isAutoWidth: boolean): void; /** * @private */ getCellWidth(columnIndex: number, columnSpan: number, preferredTableWidth: number): number; /** * @private */ validateColumnWidths(): void; /** * @private */ clone(): WTableHolder; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class WColumn { /** * @private */ preferredWidth: number; /** * @private */ minWidth: number; /** * @private */ maxWidth: number; /** * @private */ endOffset: number; /** * @private */ minimumWordWidth: number; /** * @private */ maximumWordWidth: number; /** * @private */ minimumWidth: number; /** * @private */ clone(): WColumn; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * @private */ export class ColumnSizeInfo { /** * @private */ minimumWordWidth: number; /** * @private */ maximumWordWidth: number; /** * @private */ minimumWidth: number; /** * @private */ hasMinimumWidth: boolean; /** * @private */ hasMinimumWordWidth: boolean; /** * @private */ hasMaximumWordWidth: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/viewer/render.d.ts /** * @private */ export class Renderer { isPrinting: boolean; private pageLeft; private pageTop; private viewer; private pageCanvasIn; private isFieldCode; /** * Gets page canvas. * @private */ readonly pageCanvas: HTMLCanvasElement; /** * Gets selection canvas. */ private readonly selectionCanvas; /** * Gets page context. */ private readonly pageContext; /** * Gets selection context. */ private readonly selectionContext; constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); /** * Gets the color. * @private */ getColor(color: string): string; /** * Renders widgets. * @param {Page} page * @param {number} left * @param {number} top * @param {number} width * @param {number} height * @private */ renderWidgets(page: Page, left: number, top: number, width: number, height: number): void; /** * Sets page size. * @param {Page} page */ private setPageSize; /** * Renders header footer widget. * @param {Page} page * @param {HeaderFooterWidget} headFootWidget */ private renderHFWidgets; private renderHeaderSeparator; private getHeaderFooterType; /** * @private */ renderDashLine(ctx: CanvasRenderingContext2D, x: number, y: number, width: number, fillStyle: string, isSmallDash: boolean): void; private renderHeaderFooterMark; private renderHeaderFooterMarkText; /** * Renders body widget. * @param {Page} page * @param {BodyWidget} bodyWidget */ private render; /** * Renders block widget. * @param {Page} page * @param {Widget} widget */ private renderWidget; /** * Renders header. * @param {Page} page * @param {TableWidget} widget * @param {WRow} header * @private */ renderHeader(page: Page, widget: TableWidget, header: TableRowWidget): void; /** * Renders paragraph widget. * @param {Page} page * @param {ParagraphWidget} paraWidget */ private renderParagraphWidget; /** * Renders table widget. * @param {Page} page * @param {TableWidget} tableWidget */ private renderTableWidget; /** * Renders table row widget. * @param {Page} page * @param {Widget} rowWidget */ private renderTableRowWidget; /** * Renders table cell widget. * @param {Page} page * @param {TableCellWidget} cellWidget */ private renderTableCellWidget; /** * Renders line widget. * @param {LineWidget} lineWidget * @param {Page} page * @param {number} left * @param {number} top */ private renderLine; private toSkipFieldCode; /** * Gets underline y position. * @param {LineWidget} lineWidget * @private */ getUnderlineYPosition(lineWidget: LineWidget): number; /** * Renders list element box * @param {ListTextElementBox} elementBox * @param {number} left * @param {number} top * @param {number} underlineY */ private renderListTextElementBox; /** * Renders text element box. * @param {TextElementBox} elementBox * @param {number} left * @param {number} top * @param {number} underlineY */ private renderTextElementBox; /** * Returns tab leader */ private getTabLeader; /** * Returns tab leader string. */ private getTabLeaderString; /** * Clips the rectangle with specified position. * @param {number} xPos * @param {number} yPos * @param {number} width * @param {number} height */ private clipRect; /** * Renders underline. * @param {ElementBox} elementBox * @param {number} left * @param {number} top * @param {number} underlineY * @param {string} color * @param {Underline} underline * @param {BaselineAlignment} baselineAlignment */ private renderUnderline; /** * Renders strike through. * @param {ElementBox} elementBox * @param {number} left * @param {number} top * @param {Strikethrough} strikethrough * @param {string} color * @param {BaselineAlignment} baselineAlignment */ private renderStrikeThrough; /** * Renders image element box. * @param {ImageElementBox} elementBox * @param {number} left * @param {number} top * @param {number} underlineY */ private renderImageElementBox; /** * Renders table outline. * @param {TableWidget} tableWidget */ private renderTableOutline; /** * Renders table cell outline. * @param {LayoutViewer} viewer * @param {TableCellWidget} cellWidget */ private renderTableCellOutline; /** * Renders cell background. * @param {number} height * @param {TableCellWidget} cellWidget */ private renderCellBackground; /** * Renders single border. * @param {WBorder} border * @param {number} startX * @param {number} startY * @param {number} endX * @param {number} endY * @param {number} lineWidth */ private renderSingleBorder; /** * Gets scaled value. * @param {number} value * @param {number} type * @private */ getScaledValue(value: number, type?: number): number; /** * Destroys the internal objects which is maintained. */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/viewer/sfdt-reader.d.ts /** * @private */ export class SfdtReader { private viewer; private fieldSeparator; private isPageBreakInsideTable; private readonly isPasting; constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); /** * @private * @param json */ convertJsonToDocument(json: string): BodyWidget[]; private parseStyles; parseStyle(data: any, style: any, styles: WStyles): void; private getStyle; private parseAbstractList; private parseListLevel; private parseList; private parseLevelOverride; private parseSections; /** * @private */ parseHeaderFooter(data: any, headersFooters: any): HeaderFooters; private parseTextBody; parseBody(data: any, blocks: BlockWidget[], container?: Widget): void; private parseTable; private parseRowGridValues; private parseParagraph; private parseTableFormat; private parseCellFormat; private parseCellMargin; private parseRowFormat; private parseBorders; private parseBorder; private parseShading; /** * @private */ parseCharacterFormat(sourceFormat: any, characterFormat: WCharacterFormat, writeInlineFormat?: boolean): void; private getColor; /** * @private */ parseParagraphFormat(sourceFormat: any, paragraphFormat: WParagraphFormat): void; private parseListFormat; private parseSectionFormat; private parseTabStop; private validateImageUrl; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/viewer/text-helper.d.ts /** * @private */ export interface TextSizeInfo { Height?: number; BaselineOffset?: number; Width?: number; } /** * @private */ export interface TextHeightInfo { [key: string]: TextSizeInfo; } /** * @private */ export class TextHelper { private owner; private context; private paragraphMarkInfo; private readonly paragraphMark; private readonly lineBreakMark; constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); /** * @private */ getParagraphMarkWidth(characterFormat: WCharacterFormat): number; /** * @private */ getParagraphMarkSize(characterFormat: WCharacterFormat): TextSizeInfo; /** * @private */ getTextSize(elementBox: TextElementBox, characterFormat: WCharacterFormat): number; /** * @private */ getHeight(characterFormat: WCharacterFormat): TextSizeInfo; /** * @private */ getFormatText(characterFormat: WCharacterFormat): string; /** * @private */ getHeightInternal(characterFormat: WCharacterFormat): TextSizeInfo; /** * @private */ measureTextExcludingSpaceAtEnd(text: string, characterFormat: WCharacterFormat): number; /** * @private */ getWidth(text: string, characterFormat: WCharacterFormat): number; setText(textToRender: string, isBidi: boolean, bdo: BiDirectionalOverride, isRender?: boolean): string; /** * @private */ applyStyle(spanElement: HTMLSpanElement, characterFormat: WCharacterFormat): void; /** * @private */ measureText(text: string, characterFormat: WCharacterFormat): TextSizeInfo; /** * @private */ updateTextSize(elementBox: ListTextElementBox, paragraph: ParagraphWidget): void; /** * @private */ isRTLText(text: string): boolean; /** * @private */ getRtlLanguage(text: string): RtlInfo; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/viewer/viewer.d.ts /** * @private */ export abstract class LayoutViewer { /** * @private */ owner: DocumentEditor; private visibleBoundsIn; /** * @private */ pageContainer: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ viewerContainer: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ optionsPaneContainer: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ pages: Page[]; /** * @private */ clientActiveArea: Rect; /** * @private */ clientArea: Rect; /** * @private */ textWrap: boolean; /** * @private */ currentPage: Page; private selectionStartPageIn; private selectionEndPageIn; /** * @private */ iframe: HTMLIFrameElement; /** * @private */ editableDiv: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ fieldStacks: FieldElementBox[]; /** * @private */ splittedCellWidgets: TableCellWidget[]; /** * @private */ tableLefts: number[]; private tapCount; private timer; private isTimerStarted; /** * @private */ isFirstLineFitInShiftWidgets: boolean; /** * @private */ preZoomFactor: number; /** * @private */ preDifference: number; /** * @private */ fieldEndParagraph: ParagraphWidget; /** * @private */ fieldToLayout: FieldElementBox; /** * @private */ backgroundColor: string; /** * @private */ layout: Layout; /** * @private */ render: Renderer; /** * @private */ containerTop: number; /** * @private */ containerLeft: number; private containerCanvasIn; private selectionCanvasIn; /** * @private */ zoomModule: Zoom; /** * @private */ isMouseDown: boolean; /** * @private */ isSelectionChangedOnMouseMoved: boolean; /** * @private */ isControlPressed: boolean; /** * @private */ touchStart: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ touchEnd: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ isTouchInput: boolean; /** * @private */ useTouchSelectionMark: boolean; /** * @private */ touchDownOnSelectionMark: number; /** * @private */ textHelper: TextHelper; /** * @private */ isComposingIME: boolean; /** * @private */ lastComposedText: string; /** * @private */ isCompositionStart: boolean; /** * @private */ isCompositionUpdated: boolean; /** * @private */ isCompositionCanceled: boolean; /** * @private */ isCompositionEnd: boolean; /** * @private */ prefix: string; /** * @private */ suffix: string; private dialogInternal; private dialogTarget; private dialogInternal2; /** * @private */ fields: FieldElementBox[]; /** * @private */ blockToShift: BlockWidget; /** * @private */ heightInfoCollection: TextHeightInfo; private animationTimer; /** * @private */ isListTextSelected: boolean; /** * @private */ selectionLineWidget: LineWidget; /** * @private */ characterFormat: WCharacterFormat; /** * @private */ paragraphFormat: WParagraphFormat; /** * @private */ renderedLists: Dictionary<WAbstractList, Dictionary<number, number>>; /** * @private */ headersFooters: HeaderFooters[]; private fieldSeparator; /** * @private */ defaultTabWidth: number; /** * @private */ lists: WList[]; /** * @private */ abstractLists: WAbstractList[]; /** * @private */ styles: WStyles; /** * @private */ listParagraphs: ParagraphWidget[]; /** * @private */ preDefinedStyles: Dictionary<string, string>; /** * @private */ isRowOrCellResizing: boolean; /** * @private */ bookmarks: Dictionary<string, BookmarkElementBox>; private isMouseDownInFooterRegion; private pageFitTypeIn; /** * @private */ fieldCollection: FieldElementBox[]; /** * @private */ isPageField: boolean; /** * @private */ mouseDownOffset: Point; /** * @private */ protected zoomX: number; /** * @private */ protected zoomY: number; private zoomFactorInternal; /** * If movecaretposition is 1, Home key is pressed * If moveCaretPosition is 2, End key is pressed * @private */ moveCaretPosition: number; /** * @private */ isTextInput: boolean; /** * Gets container canvas. * @private */ readonly containerCanvas: HTMLCanvasElement; /** * Gets selection canvas. * @private */ readonly selectionCanvas: HTMLCanvasElement; /** * Gets container context. * @private */ readonly containerContext: CanvasRenderingContext2D; /** * Gets selection context. * @private */ readonly selectionContext: CanvasRenderingContext2D; /** * Gets the current rendering page. */ readonly currentRenderingPage: Page; /** * Gets visible bounds. * @private */ readonly visibleBounds: Rect; /** * Gets or sets zoom factor. * @private */ zoomFactor: number; /** * Gets the selection. * @private */ readonly selection: Selection; /** * Gets or sets selection start page. * @private */ selectionStartPage: Page; /** * Gets or sets selection end page. * @private */ selectionEndPage: Page; /** * Gets the initialized default dialog. * @private */ readonly dialog: popups.Dialog; /** * Gets the initialized default dialog. * @private */ readonly dialog2: popups.Dialog; /** * Gets or sets page fit type. * @private */ pageFitType: PageFitType; constructor(owner: DocumentEditor); private initalizeStyles; /** * @private */ clearDocumentItems(): void; /** * @private */ setDefaultDocumentFormat(): void; private setDefaultCharacterValue; private setDefaultParagraphValue; /** * @private */ getAbstractListById(id: number): WAbstractList; /** * @private */ getListById(id: number): WList; /** * @private */ static getListLevelNumber(listLevel: WListLevel): number; /** * Gets the bookmarks. * @private */ getBookmarks(includeHidden?: boolean): string[]; /** * Initializes components. * @private */ initializeComponents(): void; /** * @private */ private createEditableDiv; /** * @private */ private createEditableIFrame; /** * Wires events and methods. */ private wireEvent; /** * @private */ private onTextInput; /** * Fires when composition starts. * @private */ private compositionStart; /** * Fires on every input during composition. * @private */ private compositionUpdated; /** * Fires when user selects a character/word and finalizes the input. * @private */ private compositionEnd; private getEditableDivTextContent; /** * @private */ positionEditableTarget(): void; private onImageResizer; private onKeyPressInternal; private onTextInputInternal; /** * Fired on paste. * @param {ClipboardEvent} event * @private */ onPaste: (event: ClipboardEvent) => void; /** * Initializes dialog template. */ private initDialog; /** * Initializes dialog template. */ private initDialog2; /** * Fires when editable div loses focus. * @private */ onFocusOut: () => void; /** * Updates focus to editor area. * @private */ updateFocus: () => void; /** * Clears the context. * @private */ clearContent(): void; /** * Fired when the document gets changed. * @param {WordDocument} document */ onDocumentChanged(sections: BodyWidget[]): void; /** * Fires on scrolling. */ private scrollHandler; /** * Fires when the window gets resized. * @private */ onWindowResize: () => void; /** * @private */ onContextMenu: (event: PointerEvent) => void; /** * Initialize touch ellipse. */ private initTouchEllipse; /** * Updates touch mark position. * @private */ updateTouchMarkPosition(): void; /** * Called on mouse down. * @param {MouseEvent} event * @private */ onMouseDownInternal: (event: MouseEvent) => void; /** * Called on mouse move. * @param {MouseEvent} event * @private */ onMouseMoveInternal: (event: MouseEvent) => void; /** * Fired on double tap. * @param {MouseEvent} event * @private */ onDoubleTap: (event: MouseEvent) => void; /** * Called on mouse up. * @param {MouseEvent} event * @private */ onMouseUpInternal: (event: MouseEvent) => void; private isSelectionInListText; /** * Check whether touch point is inside the rectangle or not. * @param x * @param y * @param width * @param height * @param touchPoint * @private */ isInsideRect(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number, touchPoint: Point): boolean; /** * @private */ getLeftValue(widget: LineWidget): number; /** * Checks whether left mouse button is pressed or not. */ private isLeftButtonPressed; /** * Fired on touch start. * @param {TouchEvent} event * @private */ onTouchStartInternal: (event: Event) => void; /** * Fired on touch move. * @param {TouchEvent} event * @private */ onTouchMoveInternal: (event: TouchEvent) => void; /** * Fired on touch up. * @param {TouchEvent} event * @private */ onTouchUpInternal: (event: TouchEvent) => void; /** * Gets touch offset value. */ private getTouchOffsetValue; /** * Fired on pinch zoom in. * @param {TouchEvent} event */ private onPinchInInternal; /** * Fired on pinch zoom out. * @param {TouchEvent} event */ private onPinchOutInternal; /** * Gets page width. * @private */ getPageWidth(page: Page): number; /** * Removes specified page. * @private */ removePage(page: Page): void; /** * Updates viewer size on window resize. * @private */ updateViewerSize(): void; /** * Updates viewer size. */ private updateViewerSizeInternal; /** * Updates client area for block. * @private */ updateClientAreaForBlock(block: BlockWidget, beforeLayout: boolean, tableCollection?: TableWidget[]): void; private tableAlignmentForBidi; /** * Updates client active area left. * @private */ cutFromLeft(x: number): void; /** * Updates client active area top. * @private */ cutFromTop(y: number): void; /** * Updates client width. * @private */ updateClientWidth(width: number): void; /** * Inserts page in specified index. * @private */ insertPage(index: number, page: Page): void; /** * Updates client area. * @private */ updateClientArea(sectionFormat: WSectionFormat, page: Page): void; /** * Updates client area left or top position. * @private */ updateClientAreaTopOrLeft(tableWidget: TableWidget, beforeLayout: boolean): void; /** * Updates client area for table. * @private */ updateClientAreaForTable(tableWidget: TableWidget): void; /** * Updates client area for row. * @private */ updateClientAreaForRow(row: TableRowWidget, beforeLayout: boolean): void; /** * Updates client area for cell. * @private */ updateClientAreaForCell(cell: TableCellWidget, beforeLayout: boolean): void; /** * Updates the client area based on widget. * @private */ updateClientAreaByWidget(widget: ParagraphWidget): void; /** * Updates client area location. * @param widget * @param area * @private */ updateClientAreaLocation(widget: Widget, area: Rect): void; /** * Updates text position for selection. * @param cursorPoint * @param tapCount * @param clearMultiSelection * @private */ updateTextPositionForSelection(cursorPoint: Point, tapCount: number): void; /** * Scrolls to specified position. * @param startPosition * @param endPosition * @private */ scrollToPosition(startPosition: TextPosition, endPosition: TextPosition): void; /** * Gets line widget using cursor point. * @private */ getLineWidget(cursorPoint: Point): LineWidget; /** * Gets line widget. * @private */ getLineWidgetInternal(cursorPoint: Point, isMouseDragged: boolean): LineWidget; /** * @private */ isBlockInHeader(block: Widget): boolean; /** * Clears selection highlight. * @private */ clearSelectionHighlight(): void; /** * Fired on keyup event. * @private */ onKeyUpInternal: (event: KeyboardEvent) => void; /** * Fired on keydown. * @private */ onKeyDownInternal: (event: KeyboardEvent) => void; /** * @private */ removeEmptyPages(): void; /** * @private */ scrollToBottom(): void; /** * Returns the field code result. * @private */ getFieldResult(fieldBegin: FieldElementBox, page: Page): string; /** * Returns field text. */ private getFieldText; /** * Destroys the internal objects maintained for control. */ destroy(): void; /** * Un-Wires events and methods */ private unWireEvent; /** * @private */ abstract createNewPage(section: BodyWidget, index?: number): Page; /** * @private */ abstract renderVisiblePages(): void; /** * @private */ abstract updateScrollBars(): void; /** * private */ abstract scrollToPage(pageIndex: number): void; protected abstract updateCursor(event: MouseEvent): void; /** * @private */ abstract findFocusedPage(point: Point, updateCurrentPage: boolean): Point; /** * @private */ abstract onPageFitTypeChanged(pageFitType: PageFitType): void; } /** * @private */ export class PageLayoutViewer extends LayoutViewer { private pageLeft; /** * @private */ pageGap: number; /** * @private */ visiblePages: Page[]; /** * Initialize the constructor of PageLayoutViewer */ constructor(owner: DocumentEditor); /** * Creates new page. * @private */ createNewPage(section: BodyWidget, index?: number): Page; /** * Updates cursor. */ protected updateCursor(event: MouseEvent): void; /** * Finds focused page. * @private */ findFocusedPage(currentPoint: Point, updateCurrentPage: boolean): Point; /** * Fired when page fit type changed. * @private */ onPageFitTypeChanged(pageFitType: PageFitType): void; /** * @private */ handleZoom(): void; /** * Gets current page header footer. * @private */ getCurrentPageHeaderFooter(section: BodyWidget, isHeader: boolean): HeaderFooterWidget; /** * Get header footer type * @private */ getHeaderFooterType(section: BodyWidget, isHeader: boolean): HeaderFooterType; /** * Gets current header footer. * @param type * @param section * @private */ getCurrentHeaderFooter(type: HeaderFooterType, sectionIndex: number): HeaderFooterWidget; private createHeaderFooterWidget; /** * Gets header footer. * @param type * @private */ getHeaderFooter(type: HeaderFooterType): number; /** * Updates header footer client area. * @private */ updateHFClientArea(sectionFormat: WSectionFormat, isHeader: boolean): void; /** * @private */ updateHCFClientAreaWithTop(sectionFormat: WSectionFormat, isHeader: boolean, page: Page): void; /** * Scrolls to the specified page * @private */ scrollToPage(pageIndex: number): void; /** * Updates scroll bars. * @private */ updateScrollBars(): void; updateScrollBarPosition(containerWidth: number, containerHeight: number, viewerWidth: number, viewerHeight: number, width: number, height: number): void; /** * Updates visible pages. * @private */ updateVisiblePages(): void; /** * Adds visible pages. */ private addVisiblePage; /** * Render specified page widgets. */ private renderPage; /** * Renders visible pages. * @private */ renderVisiblePages(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/viewer/zooming.d.ts /** * @private */ export class Zoom { private viewer; setZoomFactor(value: number): void; constructor(viewer: LayoutViewer); private onZoomFactorChanged; private zoom; onMouseWheelInternal: (event: WheelEvent) => void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/writer/html-export.d.ts /** * @private */ export class HtmlExport { private document; private characterFormat; private paragraphFormat; /** * @private */ fieldCheck: number; /** * @private */ writeHtml(document: any): string; /** * @private */ serializeSection(section: any): string; /** * @private */ serializeParagraph(paragraph: any): string; /** * @private */ serializeInlines(paragraph: any, blockStyle: string): string; /** * @private */ serializeSpan(spanText: string, characterFormat: WCharacterFormat): string; /** * @private */ serializeImageContainer(image: any): string; /** * @private */ serializeCell(cell: any): string; /** * @private */ serializeTable(table: any): string; /** * @private */ serializeRow(row: any): string; /** * @private */ serializeParagraphStyle(paragraph: any, className: string, isList: boolean): string; /** * @private */ serializeInlineStyle(characterFormat: WCharacterFormat, className: string): string; /** * @private */ serializeTableBorderStyle(borders: any): string; /** * @private */ serializeCellBordersStyle(borders: any): string; /** * @private */ serializeBorderStyle(border: any, borderPosition: string): string; /** * @private */ convertBorderLineStyle(lineStyle: LineStyle): string; /** * @private */ serializeCharacterFormat(characterFormat: any): string; /** * @private */ serializeParagraphFormat(paragraphFormat: any, isList: boolean): string; /** * @private */ createAttributesTag(tagValue: string, localProperties: string[]): string; /** * @private */ createTag(tagValue: string): string; /** * @private */ endTag(tagValue: string): string; /** * @private */ createTableStartTag(table: any): string; /** * @private */ createTableEndTag(): string; /** * @private */ createRowStartTag(row: any): string; /** * @private */ createRowEndTag(row: any): string; /** * @private */ decodeHtmlNames(text: string): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/writer/index.d.ts /** * Export Export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/writer/sfdt-export.d.ts /** * Exports the document to Sfdt format. */ export class SfdtExport { private endLine; private endOffset; private endCell; private startColumnIndex; private endColumnIndex; private lists; private viewer; private document; private writeInlineStyles; /** * @private */ constructor(owner: LayoutViewer); private getModuleName; private clear; /** * Serialize the data as Syncfusion document text. * @private */ serialize(): string; /** * @private */ saveAsBlob(viewer: LayoutViewer): Promise<Blob>; /** * @private */ write(line?: LineWidget, startOffset?: number, endLine?: LineWidget, endOffset?: number, writeInlineStyles?: boolean): any; private writeBodyWidget; private writeHeaderFooters; private writeHeaderFooter; private createSection; private writeBlock; private writeNextBlock; private writeParagraph; private writeInlines; private writeInline; private writeLines; private writeLine; private createParagraph; /** * @private */ writeCharacterFormat(format: WCharacterFormat, isInline?: boolean): any; private writeParagraphFormat; private writeTabs; /** * @private */ writeListFormat(format: WListFormat, isInline?: boolean): any; private writeTable; private writeRow; private writeCell; private createTable; private createRow; private createCell; private writeShading; private writeBorder; private writeBorders; private writeCellFormat; private writeRowFormat; private writeTableFormat; private writeStyles; private writeStyle; private writeLists; private writeAbstractList; private writeList; private writeListLevel; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/writer/text-export.d.ts /** * Exports the document to Text format. */ export class TextExport { private getModuleName; private text; private curSectionIndex; private sections; private document; private lastPara; private mSections; private inField; /** * @private */ save(viewer: LayoutViewer, fileName: string): void; /** * @private */ saveAsBlob(viewer: LayoutViewer): Promise<Blob>; private serialize; private setDocument; private writeInternal; private writeBody; private writeParagraph; private writeTable; private writeHeadersFooters; private writeHeaderFooter; private writeSectionEnd; private writeNewLine; private writeText; private updateLastParagraph; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/implementation/writer/word-export.d.ts /** * Exports the document to Word format. */ export class WordExport { private getModuleName; private documentPath; private stylePath; private numberingPath; private settingsPath; private headerPath; private footerPath; private imagePath; private appPath; private corePath; private contentTypesPath; private generalRelationPath; private wordRelationPath; private headerRelationPath; private footerRelationPath; private xmlContentType; private fontContentType; private documentContentType; private settingsContentType; private footerContentType; private headerContentType; private numberingContentType; private stylesContentType; private webSettingsContentType; private appContentType; private coreContentType; private customContentType; private customXmlContentType; private relationContentType; private tableStyleContentType; private settingsRelType; private footerRelType; private headerRelType; private documentRelType; private numberingRelType; private stylesRelType; private fontRelType; private tableStyleRelType; private coreRelType; private appRelType; private customRelType; private imageRelType; private hyperlinkRelType; private controlRelType; private packageRelType; private customXmlRelType; private customUIRelType; private attachedTemplateRelType; private wNamespace; private wpNamespace; private pictureNamespace; private aNamespace; private a14Namespace; private rNamespace; private rpNamespace; private vNamespace; private oNamespace; private xmlNamespace; private w10Namespace; private cpNamespace; private dcNamespace; private docPropsNamespace; private veNamespace; private mNamespace; private wneNamespace; private customPropsNamespace; private vtNamespace; private chartNamespace; private slNamespace; private dtNamespace; private wmlNamespace; private w14Namespace; private wpCanvasNamespace; private wpDrawingNamespace; private wpGroupNamespace; private wpInkNamespace; private wpShapeNamespace; private w15Namespace; private diagramNamespace; private eNamespace; private pNamespace; private certNamespace; private cRelationshipsTag; private cRelationshipTag; private cIdTag; private cTypeTag; private cTargetTag; private cUserShapesTag; private cExternalData; private twipsInOnePoint; private twentiethOfPoint; private borderMultiplier; private percentageFactor; private emusPerPoint; private cConditionalTableStyleTag; private cTableFormatTag; private cTowFormatTag; private cCellFormatTag; private cParagraphFormatTag; private cCharacterFormatTag; private packageType; private relsPartPath; private documentRelsPartPath; private webSettingsPath; private wordMLDocumentPath; private wordMLStylePath; private wordMLNumberingPath; private wordMLSettingsPath; private wordMLHeaderPath; private wordMLFooterPath; private wordMLCommentsPath; private wordMLImagePath; private wordMLFootnotesPath; private wordMLEndnotesPath; private wordMLAppPath; private wordMLCorePath; private wordMLCustomPath; private wordMLFontTablePath; private wordMLChartsPath; private wordMLDefaultEmbeddingPath; private wordMLEmbeddingPath; private wordMLDrawingPath; private wordMLThemePath; private wordMLFontsPath; private wordMLDiagramPath; private wordMLControlPath; private wordMLVbaProject; private wordMLVbaData; private wordMLVbaProjectPath; private wordMLVbaDataPath; private wordMLWebSettingsPath; private wordMLCustomItemProp1Path; private wordMLFootnoteRelPath; private wordMLEndnoteRelPath; private wordMLSettingsRelPath; private wordMLNumberingRelPath; private wordMLFontTableRelPath; private wordMLCustomXmlPropsRelType; private wordMLControlRelType; private wordMLDiagramContentType; private section; private lastSection; private blockOwner; private paragraph; private table; private row; private headerFooter; private document; private mSections; private mLists; private mAbstractLists; private mStyles; private defCharacterFormat; private defParagraphFormat; private defaultTabWidthValue; private mRelationShipID; private mDocPrID; private mDifferentFirstPage; private mHeaderFooterColl; private mVerticalMerge; private mGridSpans; private mDocumentImages; private mExternalLinkImages; private mHeaderFooterImages; private mArchive; private mBookmarks; private readonly bookmarks; private readonly documentImages; private readonly externalImages; private readonly headerFooterImages; private readonly headersFooters; /** * @private */ save(viewer: LayoutViewer, fileName: string): void; /** * @private */ saveAsBlob(viewer: LayoutViewer): Promise<Blob>; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; private serialize; private setDocument; private clearDocument; private serializeDocument; private writeCommonAttributeStrings; private writeDup; private writeCustom; private serializeDocumentBody; private serializeSection; private serializeSectionProperties; private serializeColumns; private serializePageSetup; private serializePageSize; private serializePageMargins; private serializeSectionType; private serializeHFReference; private addHeaderFooter; private serializeBodyItems; private serializeBodyItem; private serializeParagraph; private serializeParagraphItems; private serializeBiDirectionalOverride; private serializeBookMark; private getBookmarkId; private serializePicture; private serializeDrawing; private serializeInlinePicture; private startsWith; private serializeDrawingGraphics; private updateShapeId; private addImageRelation; private updateHFImageRels; private serializeTable; private serializeTableGrid; private serializeTableRows; private serializeRow; private serializeRowFormat; private serializeCells; private serializeCell; private serializeCellFormat; private serializeCellWidth; private serializeCellMerge; private createMerge; private serializeColumnSpan; private checkMergeCell; private serializeGridSpan; private serializeTableCellDirection; private serializeCellVerticalAlign; private serializeGridColumns; private serializeTableFormat; private serializeShading; private getTextureStyle; private serializeTableBorders; private serializeBorders; private serializeTblLayout; private serializeBorder; private getBorderStyle; private serializeTableIndentation; private serializeCellSpacing; private serializeTableWidth; private serializeTableAlignment; private serializeFieldCharacter; private serializeTextRange; private serializeParagraphFormat; private serializeTabs; private serializeTab; private getTabLeader; private getTabJustification; private serializeListFormat; private serializeParagraphAlignment; private serializeParagraphSpacing; private serializeIndentation; private serializeStyles; private serializeDefaultStyles; private serializeDocumentStyles; private serializeCharacterFormat; private getColor; private getUnderlineStyle; private getHighlightColor; private serializeBoolProperty; private serializeNumberings; private serializeAbstractListStyles; private serializeListInstances; private generateHex; private roundToTwoDecimal; private serializeListLevel; private getLevelPattern; private serializeLevelText; private serializeLevelFollow; private serializeSettings; private serializeCoreProperties; private serializeAppProperties; private serializeFontTable; private serializeSettingsRelation; private serializeHeaderFooters; private serializeHeaderFooter; private serializeHeader; private serializeHFRelations; private writeHFCommonAttributes; private serializeFooter; private serializeDocumentRelations; private serializeImagesRelations; /** * @private */ encodedString(input: string): Uint8Array; private serializeExternalLinkImages; private serializeHeaderFooterRelations; private serializeHFRelation; private serializeRelationShip; private getNextRelationShipID; private serializeGeneralRelations; private serializeContentTypes; private serializeHFContentTypes; private serializeHeaderFootersContentType; private serializeOverrideContentType; private serializeDefaultContentType; private resetRelationShipID; private close; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/document-editor/index.d.ts /** * export document editor */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-documenteditor/src/index.d.ts /** * export document editor modules */ } export namespace dropdowns { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/auto-complete/auto-complete-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class AutoComplete */ export interface AutoCompleteModel extends ComboBoxModel{ /** * The `fields` property maps the columns of the data table and binds the data to the component. * * text - Maps the text column from data table for each list item * * value - Maps the value column from data table for each list item * * iconCss - Maps the icon class column from data table for each list item * * groupBy - Group the list items with it's related items by mapping groupBy field * * > For more details about the field mapping refer to [`Data binding`](../../auto-complete/data-binding) documentation. * @default { value: null, iconCss: null, groupBy: null} */ fields?: FieldSettingsModel; /** * When set to ‘false’, consider the [`case-sensitive`](../../auto-complete/filtering/#case-sensitive-filtering) * on performing the search to find suggestions. * By default consider the casing. * @default true */ ignoreCase?: boolean; /** * Allows you to either show or hide the popup button on the component. * @default false */ showPopupButton?: boolean; /** * When set to ‘true’, highlight the searched characters on suggested list items. * > For more details about the highlight refer to [`Custom highlight search`](../../auto-complete/how-to/custom-search) documentation. * @default false */ highlight?: boolean; /** * Supports the [`specified number`](../../auto-complete/filtering#filter-item-count) * of list items on the suggestion popup. * @default 20 */ suggestionCount?: number; /** * Allows additional HTML base.attributes such as title, name, etc., and * accepts n number of base.attributes in a key-value pair format. * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/html-base.attributes-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/html-base.attributes-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default {} */ htmlAttributes?: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Accepts the external `query` * that execute along with data processing. * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/query-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/query-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * Allows you to set [`the minimum search character length'] * (../../auto-complete/filtering#limit-the-minimum-filter-character), * the search action will perform after typed minimum characters. * @default 1 */ minLength?: number; /** * Determines on which filter type, the component needs to be considered on search action. * The available [`FilterType`](../../auto-complete/filtering/#change-the-filter-type) * and its supported data types are * * <table> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * FilterType<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Description<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Supported Types<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * StartsWith<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Checks whether a value begins with the specified value.<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * String<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * EndsWith<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Checks whether a value ends with specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * <br/>String<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Contains<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Checks whether a value contains with specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * <br/>String<br/></td></tr> * </table> * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/filter-type-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/filter-type-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * The default value set to `Contains`, all the suggestion items which contain typed characters to listed in the suggestion popup. * @default 'Contains' */ filterType?: FilterType; /** * Triggers on typing a character in the component. * @event */ filtering?: base.EmitType<FilteringEventArgs>; /** * Not applicable to this component. * @default null * @private */ index?: number; /** * Specifies whether to display the floating label above the input element. * Possible values are: * * Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available. * * Always: The floating label will always float above the input. * * Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/float-label-type-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/float-label-type-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType * @isEnumeration true */ floatLabelType?: inputs.FloatLabelType; /** * Not applicable to this component. * @default null * @private */ valueTemplate?: string; /** * Not applicable to this component. * @default null * @private */ filterBarPlaceholder?: string; /** * Not applicable to this component. * @default false * @private */ allowFiltering?: boolean; /** * Not applicable to this component. * @default null * @private */ text?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/auto-complete/auto-complete.d.ts export type FilterType = 'Contains' | 'StartsWith' | 'EndsWith'; /** * The AutoComplete component provides the matched suggestion list when type into the input, * from which the user can select one. * ```html * <input id="list" type="text"/> * ``` * ```typescript * let atcObj:AutoComplete = new AutoComplete(); * atcObj.appendTo("#list"); * ``` */ export class AutoComplete extends ComboBox { private isFiltered; /** * The `fields` property maps the columns of the data table and binds the data to the component. * * text - Maps the text column from data table for each list item * * value - Maps the value column from data table for each list item * * iconCss - Maps the icon class column from data table for each list item * * groupBy - Group the list items with it's related items by mapping groupBy field * * > For more details about the field mapping refer to [`Data binding`](../../auto-complete/data-binding) documentation. * @default { value: null, iconCss: null, groupBy: null} */ fields: FieldSettingsModel; /** * When set to ‘false’, consider the [`case-sensitive`](../../auto-complete/filtering/#case-sensitive-filtering) * on performing the search to find suggestions. * By default consider the casing. * @default true */ ignoreCase: boolean; /** * Allows you to either show or hide the popup button on the component. * @default false */ showPopupButton: boolean; /** * When set to ‘true’, highlight the searched characters on suggested list items. * > For more details about the highlight refer to [`Custom highlight search`](../../auto-complete/how-to/custom-search) documentation. * @default false */ highlight: boolean; /** * Supports the [`specified number`](../../auto-complete/filtering#filter-item-count) * of list items on the suggestion popup. * @default 20 */ suggestionCount: number; /** * Allows additional HTML attributes such as title, name, etc., and * accepts n number of attributes in a key-value pair format. * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/html-attributes-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/html-attributes-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default {} */ htmlAttributes: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Accepts the external `query` * that execute along with data processing. * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/query-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/query-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * Allows you to set [`the minimum search character length'] * (../../auto-complete/filtering#limit-the-minimum-filter-character), * the search action will perform after typed minimum characters. * @default 1 */ minLength: number; /** * Determines on which filter type, the component needs to be considered on search action. * The available [`FilterType`](../../auto-complete/filtering/#change-the-filter-type) * and its supported data types are * * <table> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * FilterType<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Description<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Supported Types<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * StartsWith<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Checks whether a value begins with the specified value.<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * String<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * EndsWith<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Checks whether a value ends with specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * <br/>String<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Contains<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Checks whether a value contains with specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * <br/>String<br/></td></tr> * </table> * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/filter-type-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/filter-type-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * The default value set to `Contains`, all the suggestion items which contain typed characters to listed in the suggestion popup. * @default 'Contains' */ filterType: FilterType; /** * Triggers on typing a character in the component. * @event */ filtering: base.EmitType<FilteringEventArgs>; /** * Not applicable to this component. * @default null * @private */ index: number; /** * Specifies whether to display the floating label above the input element. * Possible values are: * * Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available. * * Always: The floating label will always float above the input. * * Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/float-label-type-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="autocomplete/float-label-type-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType * @isEnumeration true */ floatLabelType: inputs.FloatLabelType; /** * Not applicable to this component. * @default null * @private */ valueTemplate: string; /** * Not applicable to this component. * @default null * @private */ filterBarPlaceholder: string; /** * Not applicable to this component. * @default false * @private */ allowFiltering: boolean; /** * Not applicable to this component. * @default null * @private */ text: string; /** * * Constructor for creating the widget */ constructor(options?: AutoCompleteModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; protected getLocaleName(): string; protected getNgDirective(): string; protected getQuery(query: data.Query): data.Query; protected searchLists(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; private filterAction; protected clear(e?: MouseEvent, property?: AutoCompleteModel): void; protected onActionComplete(ulElement: HTMLElement, list: { [key: string]: Object; }[], e?: Object, isUpdated?: boolean): void; private postBackAction; protected setSelection(li: Element, e: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs | TouchEvent): void; protected listOption(dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[], fieldsSettings: FieldSettingsModel): FieldSettingsModel; protected isFiltering(): boolean; protected renderPopup(): void; protected isEditTextBox(): boolean; protected isPopupButton(): boolean; protected isSelectFocusItem(element: Element): boolean; /** * Search the entered text and show it in the suggestion list if available. * @returns void. */ showPopup(): void; /** * Hides the popup if it is in open state. * @returns void. */ hidePopup(): void; /** * Dynamically change the value of properties. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: AutoCompleteModel, oldProp: AutoCompleteModel): void; /** * Return the module name of this component. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * To initialize the control rendering * @private */ render(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/auto-complete/index.d.ts /** * export all modules from current location */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/combo-box/combo-box-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class ComboBox */ export interface ComboBoxModel extends DropDownListModel{ /** * Specifies whether suggest a first matched item in input when searching. No action happens when no matches found. * @default false */ autofill?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the component allows user defined value which does not exist in data source. * @default true */ allowCustom?: boolean; /** * Allows additional HTML attributes such as title, name, etc., and * accepts n number of attributes in a key-value pair format. * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/html-attributes-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/html-attributes-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default {} */ htmlAttributes?: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * When allowFiltering is set to true, show the filter bar (search box) of the component. * The filter action retrieves matched items through the `filtering` event based on * the characters typed in the search TextBox. * If no match is found, the value of the `noRecordsTemplate` property will be displayed. * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/allow-filtering-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/allow-filtering-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default false */ allowFiltering?: boolean; /** * Accepts the external `data.Query` * that execute along with [`data processing`](../../combo-box/data-binding). * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/query-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/query-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * Gets or sets the index of the selected item in the component. * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/index-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/index-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default null */ index?: number; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear button. * When the clear button is clicked, `value`, `text`, and `index` properties are reset to null. * @default true */ showClearButton?: boolean; /** * Triggers on set a * [`custom value`](../../combo-box/getting-started#custom-values) to this component. * @event */ customValueSpecifier?: base.EmitType<CustomValueSpecifierEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on typing a character in the component. * > For more details about the filtering refer to [`Filtering`](../../combo-box/filtering) documentation. * @event */ filtering?: base.EmitType<FilteringEventArgs>; /** * Not applicable to this component. * @default null * @private */ valueTemplate?: string; /** * Specifies whether to display the floating label above the input element. * Possible values are: * * Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available. * * Always: The floating label will always float above the input. * * Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/float-label-type-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/float-label-type-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType * @isEnumeration true */ floatLabelType?: inputs.FloatLabelType; /** * Not applicable to this component. * @default null * @private */ filterBarPlaceholder?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/combo-box/combo-box.d.ts /** * The ComboBox component allows the user to type a value or choose an option from the list of predefined options. * ```html * <select id="list"> * <option value='1'>Badminton</option> * <option value='2'>Basketball</option> * <option value='3'>Cricket</option> * <option value='4'>Football</option> * <option value='5'>Tennis</option> * </select> * ``` * ```typescript * let games:ComboBox = new ComboBox(); * games.appendTo("#list"); * ``` */ export class ComboBox extends DropDownList { /** * Specifies whether suggest a first matched item in input when searching. No action happens when no matches found. * @default false */ autofill: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the component allows user defined value which does not exist in data source. * @default true */ allowCustom: boolean; /** * Allows additional HTML attributes such as title, name, etc., and * accepts n number of attributes in a key-value pair format. * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/html-attributes-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/html-attributes-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default {} */ htmlAttributes: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * When allowFiltering is set to true, show the filter bar (search box) of the component. * The filter action retrieves matched items through the `filtering` event based on * the characters typed in the search TextBox. * If no match is found, the value of the `noRecordsTemplate` property will be displayed. * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/allow-filtering-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/allow-filtering-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default false */ allowFiltering: boolean; /** * Accepts the external `data.Query` * that execute along with [`data processing`](../../combo-box/data-binding). * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/query-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/query-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * Gets or sets the index of the selected item in the component. * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/index-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/index-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default null */ index: number; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear button. * When the clear button is clicked, `value`, `text`, and `index` properties are reset to null. * @default true */ showClearButton: boolean; /** * Triggers on set a * [`custom value`](../../combo-box/getting-started#custom-values) to this component. * @event */ customValueSpecifier: base.EmitType<CustomValueSpecifierEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on typing a character in the component. * > For more details about the filtering refer to [`Filtering`](../../combo-box/filtering) documentation. * @event */ filtering: base.EmitType<FilteringEventArgs>; /** * Not applicable to this component. * @default null * @private */ valueTemplate: string; /** * Specifies whether to display the floating label above the input element. * Possible values are: * * Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available. * * Always: The floating label will always float above the input. * * Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/float-label-type-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="combobox/float-label-type-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType * @isEnumeration true */ floatLabelType: inputs.FloatLabelType; /** * Not applicable to this component. * @default null * @private */ filterBarPlaceholder: string; /** * *Constructor for creating the component */ constructor(options?: ComboBoxModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; protected getLocaleName(): string; protected wireEvent(): void; private preventBlur; protected onBlur(e: MouseEvent): void; protected targetElement(): HTMLElement | HTMLInputElement; protected setOldText(text: string): void; protected setOldValue(value: string | number): void; private valueMuteChange; protected updateValues(): void; protected updateIconState(): void; protected getAriaAttributes(): { [key: string]: string; }; protected searchLists(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected getNgDirective(): string; protected setSearchBox(): inputs.InputObject; protected onActionComplete(ulElement: HTMLElement, list: { [key: string]: Object; }[], e?: Object, isUpdated?: boolean): void; protected getFocusElement(): Element; protected setValue(e?: base.KeyboardEventArgs): boolean; protected checkCustomValue(): void; /** * Shows the spinner loader. * @returns void. */ showSpinner(): void; /** * Hides the spinner loader. * @returns void. */ hideSpinner(): void; protected setAutoFill(activeElement: Element, isHover?: boolean): void; private isAndroidAutoFill; protected clear(e?: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs, property?: ComboBoxModel): void; protected isSelectFocusItem(element: Element): boolean; private inlineSearch; protected incrementalSearch(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; private setAutoFillSelection; protected getValueByText(text: string): string | number | boolean; protected unWireEvent(): void; protected setSelection(li: Element, e: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs | TouchEvent): void; protected selectCurrentItem(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected setHoverList(li: Element): void; private targetFocus; protected dropDownClick(e: MouseEvent): void; private customValue; /** * Dynamically change the value of properties. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: ComboBoxModel, oldProp: ComboBoxModel): void; /** * To initialize the control rendering. * @private */ render(): void; /** * Return the module name of this component. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Hides the popup if it is in open state. * @returns void. */ hidePopup(): void; /** * Sets the focus to the component for interaction. * @returns void. */ focusIn(): void; } export interface CustomValueSpecifierEventArgs { /** * Gets the typed custom text to make a own text format and assign it to `item` argument. */ text: string; /** * Sets the text custom format data for set a `value` and `text`. */ item: { [key: string]: string | Object; }; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/combo-box/index.d.ts /** * export all modules from current location */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/common/highlight-search.d.ts export type HightLightType = 'Contains' | 'StartsWith' | 'EndsWith'; /** * Function helps to find which highlightSearch is to call based on your data. * @param {HTMLElement} element - Specifies an li element. * @param {string} query - Specifies the string to be highlighted. * @param {boolean} ignoreCase - Specifies the ignoreCase option. * @param {HightLightType} type - Specifies the type of highlight. */ export function highlightSearch(element: HTMLElement, query: string, ignoreCase: boolean, type?: HightLightType): void; /** * Function helps to remove highlighted element based on your data. * @param {HTMLElement} content - Specifies an content element. */ export function revertHighlightSearch(content: HTMLElement): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/common/incremental-search.d.ts /** * IncrementalSearch module file */ export type SearchType = 'StartsWith' | 'Equal'; /** * Search and focus the list item based on key code matches with list text content * @param { number } keyCode - Specifies the key code which pressed on keyboard events. * @param { HTMLElement[]] } items - Specifies an array of HTMLElement, from which matches find has done. * @param { number } selectedIndex - Specifies the selected item in list item, so that search will happen * after selected item otherwise it will do from initial. * @param { boolean } ignoreCase - Specifies the case consideration when search has done. */ export function incrementalSearch(keyCode: number, items: HTMLElement[], selectedIndex: number, ignoreCase: boolean): Element; export function Search(inputVal: string, items: HTMLElement[], searchType: SearchType, ignoreCase?: boolean): { [key: string]: Element | number; }; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/common/index.d.ts /** * Common source */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/drop-down-base/drop-down-base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class FieldSettings */ export interface FieldSettingsModel { /** * Maps the text column from data table for each list item * @default null */ text?: string; /** * Maps the value column from data table for each list item * @default null */ value?: string; /** * Maps the icon class column from data table for each list item. * @default null */ iconCss?: string; /** * Group the list items with it's related items by mapping groupBy field. * @default null */ groupBy?: string; /** * Allows additional attributes such as title, disabled, etc., to configure the elements * in various ways to meet the criteria. * @default null */ htmlAttributes?: string; } /** * Interface for a class DropDownBase */ export interface DropDownBaseModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * The `fields` property maps the columns of the data table and binds the data to the component. * * text - Maps the text column from data table for each list item. * * value - Maps the value column from data table for each list item. * * iconCss - Maps the icon class column from data table for each list item. * * groupBy - Group the list items with it's related items by mapping groupBy field. * ```html * <input type="text" tabindex="1" id="list"> </input> * ``` * ```typescript * let customers: DropDownList = new DropDownList({ * dataSource:new data.DataManager({ url:'http://js.syncfusion.com/demos/ejServices/Wcf/Northwind.svc/' }), * query: new data.Query().from('Customers').select(['ContactName', 'CustomerID']).take(5), * fields: { text: 'ContactName', value: 'CustomerID' }, * placeholder: 'Select a customer' * }); * customers.appendTo("#list"); * ``` * @default {text: null, value: null, iconCss: null, groupBy: null} */ fields?: FieldSettingsModel; /** * When set to true, enables RTL mode of the component that * displays the content in the right-to-left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. * If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. value * @default false */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to each list item present in the popup. * We have built-in `template engine` * * which provides options to base.compile template string into a executable function. * For EX: We have expression evolution as like ES6 expression string literals. * @default null */ itemTemplate?: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the group headers present in the popup list. * @default null */ groupTemplate?: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to popup list of component * when no data is available on the component. * @default 'No Records Found' */ noRecordsTemplate?: string; /** * Accepts the template and assigns it to the popup list content of the component * when the data fetch request from the remote server fails. * @default 'The Request Failed' */ actionFailureTemplate?: string; /** * Specifies the `sortOrder` to sort the data source. The available type of sort orders are * * `None` - The data source is not sorting. * * `Ascending` - The data source is sorting with ascending order. * * `Descending` - The data source is sorting with descending order. * @default None */ sortOrder?: lists.SortOrder; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the component is enabled or not. * @default true */ enabled?: boolean; /** * Accepts the list items either through local or remote service and binds it to the component. * It can be an array of JSON Objects or an instance of * `data.DataManager`. * @default [] */ dataSource?: { [key: string]: Object }[] | data.DataManager | string[] | number[] | boolean[]; /** * Accepts the external `data.Query` * which will execute along with the data processing. * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * specifies the z-index value of the component popup element. * @default 1000 */ zIndex?: number; /** * ignoreAccent set to true, then ignores the diacritic characters or accents when filtering. */ ignoreAccent?: boolean; /** * Overrides the global culture and localization value for this component. Default global culture is 'en-US'. * @default 'en-US' */ locale?: string; /** * Triggers before fetching data from the remote server. * @event */ actionBegin?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers after data is fetched successfully from the remote server. * @event */ actionComplete?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the data fetch request from the remote server fails. * @event */ actionFailure?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when an item in the popup is selected by the user either with mouse/tap or with keyboard navigation. * @event */ select?: base.EmitType<SelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when data source is populated in the popup list.. * @event */ dataBound?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the component is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /**      * Triggers when the component is destroyed.      * @event      */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/drop-down-base/drop-down-base.d.ts export class FieldSettings extends base.ChildProperty<FieldSettings> { /** * Maps the text column from data table for each list item * @default null */ text: string; /** * Maps the value column from data table for each list item * @default null */ value: string; /** * Maps the icon class column from data table for each list item. * @default null */ iconCss: string; /** * Group the list items with it's related items by mapping groupBy field. * @default null */ groupBy: string; /** * Allows additional attributes such as title, disabled, etc., to configure the elements * in various ways to meet the criteria. * @default null */ htmlAttributes: string; } export const dropDownBaseClasses: DropDownBaseClassList; export interface DropDownBaseClassList { root: string; rtl: string; content: string; selected: string; hover: string; noData: string; fixedHead: string; focus: string; li: string; disabled: string; group: string; grouping: string; } export interface SelectEventArgs { /** * If the event is triggered by interaction, it returns true. Otherwise, it returns false. */ isInteracted: boolean; /** * Returns the selected list item */ item: HTMLLIElement; /** * Returns the selected item as JSON Object from the data source. */ itemData: FieldSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the original event arguments. */ e: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | TouchEvent; /** * Illustrates whether the current action needs to be prevented or not. */ cancel?: boolean; } /** * DropDownBase component will generate the list items based on given data and act as base class to drop-down related components */ export class DropDownBase extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { protected listData: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | string[] | boolean[] | number[]; protected ulElement: HTMLElement; protected liCollections: HTMLElement[]; private bindEvent; private scrollTimer; protected list: HTMLElement; protected fixedHeaderElement: HTMLElement; protected keyboardModule: base.KeyboardEvents; protected enableRtlElements: HTMLElement[]; protected rippleFun: Function; protected l10n: base.L10n; protected item: HTMLLIElement; protected itemData: { [key: string]: Object; } | string | number | boolean; protected isActive: boolean; protected isRequested: boolean; protected isDataFetched: boolean; protected queryString: string; private sortedData; /** * The `fields` property maps the columns of the data table and binds the data to the component. * * text - Maps the text column from data table for each list item. * * value - Maps the value column from data table for each list item. * * iconCss - Maps the icon class column from data table for each list item. * * groupBy - Group the list items with it's related items by mapping groupBy field. * ```html * <input type="text" tabindex="1" id="list"> </input> * ``` * ```typescript * let customers$: DropDownList = new DropDownList({ * dataSource:new data.DataManager({ url:'http://js.syncfusion.com/demos/ejServices/Wcf/Northwind.svc/' }), * query: new data.Query().from('Customers').select(['ContactName', 'CustomerID']).take(5), * fields: { text: 'ContactName', value: 'CustomerID' }, * placeholder: 'Select a customer' * }); * customers.appendTo("#list"); * ``` * @default {text: null, value: null, iconCss: null, groupBy: null} */ fields: FieldSettingsModel; /** * When set to true, enables RTL mode of the component that * displays the content in the right-to-left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. * If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. value * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to each list item present in the popup. * We have built-in `template engine` * * which provides options to compile template string into a executable function. * For EX: We have expression evolution as like ES6 expression string literals. * @default null */ itemTemplate: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the group headers present in the popup list. * @default null */ groupTemplate: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to popup list of component * when no data is available on the component. * @default 'No Records Found' */ noRecordsTemplate: string; /** * Accepts the template and assigns it to the popup list content of the component * when the data fetch request from the remote server fails. * @default 'The Request Failed' */ actionFailureTemplate: string; /** * Specifies the `sortOrder` to sort the data source. The available type of sort orders are * * `None` - The data source is not sorting. * * `Ascending` - The data source is sorting with ascending order. * * `Descending` - The data source is sorting with descending order. * @default None */ sortOrder: lists.SortOrder; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the component is enabled or not. * @default true */ enabled: boolean; /** * Accepts the list items either through local or remote service and binds it to the component. * It can be an array of JSON Objects or an instance of * `data.DataManager`. * @default [] */ dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | data.DataManager | string[] | number[] | boolean[]; /** * Accepts the external `data.Query` * which will execute along with the data processing. * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * specifies the z-index value of the component popup element. * @default 1000 */ zIndex: number; /** * ignoreAccent set to true, then ignores the diacritic characters or accents when filtering. */ ignoreAccent: boolean; /** * Overrides the global culture and localization value for this component. Default global culture is 'en-US'. * @default 'en-US' */ locale: string; /** * Triggers before fetching data from the remote server. * @event */ actionBegin: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers after data is fetched successfully from the remote server. * @event */ actionComplete: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the data fetch request from the remote server fails. * @event */ actionFailure: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when an item in the popup is selected by the user either with mouse/tap or with keyboard navigation. * @event */ select: base.EmitType<SelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when data source is populated in the popup list.. * @event */ dataBound: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the component is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * * Constructor for DropDownBase class */ constructor(options?: DropDownBaseModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); protected getPropObject(prop: string, newProp: { [key: string]: string; }, oldProp: { [key: string]: string; }): { [key: string]: Object; }; protected getValueByText(text: string, ignoreCase?: boolean, ignoreAccent?: boolean): string | number | boolean; private checkValueCase; private checkingAccent; private checkIgnoreCase; private checkNonIgnoreCase; private getItemValue; protected l10nUpdate(actionFailure?: boolean): void; protected getLocaleName(): string; protected getTextByValue(value: string | number | boolean): string; protected getFormattedValue(value: string): string | number | boolean; /** * Sets RTL to dropdownbase wrapper */ protected setEnableRtl(): void; /** * Initialize the base.Component. */ private initialize; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in persisted state. */ protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Sets the enabled state to DropDownBase. */ protected setEnabled(): void; /** * Sets the enabled state to DropDownBase. */ protected updateDataAttribute(value: { [key: string]: string; }): void; private renderItemsBySelect; private getJSONfromOption; /** * Execute before render the list items * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Creates the list items of DropDownBase component. */ private setListData; private bindChildItems; protected updateListValues(): void; protected findListElement(list: HTMLElement, findNode: string, attribute: string, value: string | boolean | number): HTMLElement; private raiseDataBound; private remainingItems; private emptyDataRequest; protected showSpinner(): void; protected hideSpinner(): void; protected onActionFailure(e: Object): void; protected onActionComplete(ulElement: HTMLElement, list: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | boolean[] | string[] | number[], e?: Object): void; protected postRender(listElement: HTMLElement, list: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | number[] | string[] | boolean[], bindEvent: boolean): void; /** * Get the query to do the data operation before list item generation. */ protected getQuery(query: data.Query): data.Query; /** * To render the template content for group header element. */ private renderGroupTemplate; /** * To create the ul li list items */ private createListItems; protected listOption(dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | string[] | number[] | boolean[], fields: FieldSettingsModel): FieldSettingsModel; protected setFloatingHeader(e: Event): void; private scrollStop; /** * To render the list items */ private renderItems; protected templateListItem(dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[], fields: FieldSettingsModel): HTMLElement; protected typeOfData(items: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | string[] | number[] | boolean[]): { [key: string]: Object; }; protected setFixedHeader(): void; private getSortedDataSource; /** * Return the index of item which matched with given value in data source */ protected getIndexByValue(value: string | number | boolean): number; /** * To dispatch the event manually */ protected dispatchEvent(element: HTMLElement, type: string): void; /** * To set the current fields */ protected setFields(): void; /** * reset the items list. */ protected resetList(dataSource?: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | data.DataManager | string[] | number[] | boolean[], fields?: FieldSettingsModel, query?: data.Query): void; protected updateSelection(): void; protected renderList(): void; protected updateDataSource(props?: DropDownBaseModel): void; protected setUpdateInitial(props: string[], newProp: { [key: string]: string; }): void; /** * When property value changes happened, then onPropertyChanged method will execute the respective changes in this component. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: DropDownBaseModel, oldProp: DropDownBaseModel): void; /** * Build and render the component * @private */ render(isEmptyData?: boolean): void; /** * Return the module name of this component. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Gets all the list items bound on this component. * @returns Element[]. */ getItems(): Element[]; /** * Adds a new item to the popup list. By default, new item appends to the list as the last item, * but you can insert based on the index parameter. * @param { Object[] } items - Specifies an array of JSON data or a JSON data. * @param { number } itemIndex - Specifies the index to place the newly added item in the popup list. * @return {void}. */ addItem(items: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | { [key: string]: Object; } | string | boolean | number | string[] | boolean[] | number[], itemIndex?: number): void; protected validationAttribute(target: HTMLElement, hidden: Element): void; protected setZIndex(): void; protected updateActionCompleteData(li: HTMLElement, item: { [key: string]: Object; }): void; /** * Gets the data Object that matches the given value. * @param { string | number } value - Specifies the value of the list item. * @returns Object. */ getDataByValue(value: string | number | boolean): { [key: string]: Object; } | string | number | boolean; /** * Removes the component from the DOM and detaches all its related event handlers. It also removes the attributes and classes. * @method destroy * @return {void}. */ destroy(): void; } export interface ResultData { result: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; } export interface FilteringEventArgs { /** * To prevent the internal filtering action. */ preventDefaultAction: boolean; /** * Gets the `keyup` event arguments. */ baseEventArgs: Object; /** * Illustrates whether the current action needs to be prevented or not. */ cancel: boolean; /** * Search text value. */ text: string; /** * To filter the data from given data source by using query * @param {Object[] | data.DataManager } dataSource - Set the data source to filter. * @param {data.Query} query - Specify the query to filter the data. * @param {FieldSettingsModel} fields - Specify the fields to map the column in the data table. * @return {void}. */ updateData(dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | data.DataManager | string[] | number[] | boolean[], query?: data.Query, fields?: FieldSettingsModel): void; } export interface PopupEventArgs { /** * Specifies the popup Object. */ popup: popups.Popup; /** * Illustrates whether the current action needs to be prevented or not. */ cancel?: boolean; /** * Specifies the animation Object. */ animation?: base.AnimationModel; } export interface FocusEventArgs { /** * Specifies the focus interacted. */ isInteracted?: boolean; /** * Specifies the event. */ event?: MouseEvent | FocusEvent | TouchEvent | KeyboardEvent; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/drop-down-base/index.d.ts /** * export all modules from current location */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/drop-down-list/drop-down-list-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class DropDownList */ export interface DropDownListModel extends DropDownBaseModel{ /** * Sets CSS classes to the root element of the component that allows customization of appearance. * @default null */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies the width of the component. By default, the component width sets based on the width of * its parent container. You can also set the width in pixel values. * @default '100%' * @aspType string */ width?: string | number; /** * Specifies the height of the popup list. * > For more details about the popup configuration refer to * [`popups.Popup Configuration`](../../drop-down-list/getting-started#configure-the-popup-list) documentation. * @default '300px' * @aspType string */ popupHeight?: string | number; /** * Specifies the width of the popup list. By default, the popup width sets based on the width of * the component. * > For more details about the popup configuration refer to * [`popups.Popup Configuration`](../../drop-down-list/getting-started#configure-the-popup-list) documentation. * @default '100%' * @aspType string */ popupWidth?: string | number; /** * Specifies a short hint that describes the expected value of the DropDownList component. * @default null */ placeholder?: string; /** * Accepts the value to be displayed as a watermark text on the filter bar. * @default null */ filterBarPlaceholder?: string; /** * Allows additional HTML base.attributes such as title, name, etc., and * accepts n number of base.attributes in a key-value pair format. * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/html-base.attributes-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/html-base.attributes-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default {} */ htmlAttributes?: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Accepts the external `data.Query` * that execute along with data processing. * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/query-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/query-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the selected list item in the input element of the component. * For more details about the available template options refer to * [`Template`](../../drop-down-list/templates) documentation. * * We have built-in `template engine` * which provides options to base.compile template string into a executable function. * For EX: We have expression evolution as like ES6 expression string literals. * @default null */ valueTemplate?: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the header container of the popup list. * > For more details about the available template options refer to [`Template`](../../drop-down-list/templates) documentation. * @default null */ headerTemplate?: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the footer container of the popup list. * > For more details about the available template options refer to [`Template`](../../drop-down-list/templates) documentation. * @default null */ footerTemplate?: string; /** * When allowFiltering is set to true, show the filter bar (search box) of the component. * The filter action retrieves matched items through the `filtering` event based on * the characters typed in the search TextBox. * * If no match is found, the value of the `noRecordsTemplate` property will be displayed. * > For more details about the filtering refer to [`Filtering`](../../drop-down-list/filtering) documentation. * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/allow-filtering-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/allow-filtering-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default false */ allowFiltering?: boolean; /** * When set to true, the user interactions on the component are disabled. * @default false */ readonly?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the display text of the selected item in the component. * @default null */ text?: string; /** * Gets or sets the value of the selected item in the component. * @default null */ value?: number | string | boolean; /** * Gets or sets the index of the selected item in the component. * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/index-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/index-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default null */ index?: number; /** * Specifies whether to display the floating label above the input element. * Possible values are: * * Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available. * * Always: The floating label will always float above the input. * * Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/float-label-type-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/float-label-type-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType * @isEnumeration true */ floatLabelType?: inputs.FloatLabelType; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear button. * When the clear button is clicked, `value`, `text`, and `index` properties are reset to null. * @default false */ showClearButton?: boolean; /** * Triggers on typing a character in the filter bar when the * [`allowFiltering`](./api-dropDownList.html#allowfiltering) * is enabled. * > For more details about the filtering refer to [`Filtering`](../../drop-down-list/filtering) documentation. * * @event */ filtering?: base.EmitType<FilteringEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when an item in a popup is selected or when the model value is changed by user. * Use change event to * [`Configure the Cascading DropDownList`](../../drop-down-list/how-to/cascading) * @event */ change?: base.EmitType<ChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the popup before opens. * @event */ beforeOpen?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the popup opens. * @event */ open?: base.EmitType<PopupEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the popup is closed. * @event */ close?: base.EmitType<PopupEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when focus moves out from the component. * @event */ blur?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the component is focused. * @event */ focus?: base.EmitType<Object>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/drop-down-list/drop-down-list.d.ts export interface ChangeEventArgs extends SelectEventArgs { /** * Returns the selected value */ value: number | string | boolean; /** * Returns the previous selected list item */ previousItem: HTMLLIElement; /** * Returns the previous selected item as JSON Object from the data source. */ previousItemData: FieldSettingsModel; /** * Returns the root element of the component. */ element: HTMLElement; } export const dropDownListClasses: DropDownListClassList; /** * The DropDownList component contains a list of predefined values from which you can * choose a single value. * ```html * <input type="text" tabindex="1" id="list"> </input> * ``` * ```typescript * let dropDownListObj:DropDownList = new DropDownList(); * dropDownListObj.appendTo("#list"); * ``` */ export class DropDownList extends DropDownBase implements inputs.IInput { protected inputWrapper: inputs.InputObject; protected inputElement: HTMLInputElement; private valueTempElement; private listObject; private header; private footer; protected selectedLI: HTMLElement; protected previousSelectedLI: HTMLElement; protected previousItemData: { [key: string]: Object; } | string | number | boolean; private listHeight; protected hiddenElement: HTMLSelectElement; protected isPopupOpen: boolean; private isDocumentClick; protected isInteracted: boolean; private isFilterFocus; protected beforePopupOpen: boolean; protected initial: boolean; private initRemoteRender; private searchBoxHeight; private popupObj; private backIconElement; private clearIconElement; private containerStyle; protected previousValue: string | number | boolean; protected activeIndex: number; protected filterInput: HTMLInputElement; private searchKeyModule; private tabIndex; private isNotSearchList; protected isTyped: boolean; protected isSelected: boolean; protected preventFocus: boolean; protected preventAutoFill: boolean; protected queryString: string; protected isValidKey: boolean; protected typedString: string; protected isEscapeKey: boolean; private isPreventBlur; protected isTabKey: boolean; private actionCompleteData; protected prevSelectPoints: { [key: string]: number; }; protected isSelectCustom: boolean; protected isDropDownClick: boolean; protected preventAltUp: boolean; private searchKeyEvent; private filterInputObj; protected spinnerElement: HTMLElement; protected keyConfigure: { [key: string]: string; }; protected isCustomFilter: boolean; private isSecondClick; /** * Sets CSS classes to the root element of the component that allows customization of appearance. * @default null */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies the width of the component. By default, the component width sets based on the width of * its parent container. You can also set the width in pixel values. * @default '100%' * @aspType string */ width: string | number; /** * Specifies the height of the popup list. * > For more details about the popup configuration refer to * [`Popup Configuration`](../../drop-down-list/getting-started#configure-the-popup-list) documentation. * @default '300px' * @aspType string */ popupHeight: string | number; /** * Specifies the width of the popup list. By default, the popup width sets based on the width of * the component. * > For more details about the popup configuration refer to * [`Popup Configuration`](../../drop-down-list/getting-started#configure-the-popup-list) documentation. * @default '100%' * @aspType string */ popupWidth: string | number; /** * Specifies a short hint that describes the expected value of the DropDownList component. * @default null */ placeholder: string; /** * Accepts the value to be displayed as a watermark text on the filter bar. * @default null */ filterBarPlaceholder: string; /** * Allows additional HTML attributes such as title, name, etc., and * accepts n number of attributes in a key-value pair format. * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/html-attributes-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/html-attributes-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default {} */ htmlAttributes: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Accepts the external `data.Query` * that execute along with data processing. * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/query-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/query-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the selected list item in the input element of the component. * For more details about the available template options refer to * [`Template`](../../drop-down-list/templates) documentation. * * We have built-in `template engine` * which provides options to compile template string into a executable function. * For EX: We have expression evolution as like ES6 expression string literals. * @default null */ valueTemplate: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the header container of the popup list. * > For more details about the available template options refer to [`Template`](../../drop-down-list/templates) documentation. * @default null */ headerTemplate: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the footer container of the popup list. * > For more details about the available template options refer to [`Template`](../../drop-down-list/templates) documentation. * @default null */ footerTemplate: string; /** * When allowFiltering is set to true, show the filter bar (search box) of the component. * The filter action retrieves matched items through the `filtering` event based on * the characters typed in the search TextBox. * * If no match is found, the value of the `noRecordsTemplate` property will be displayed. * > For more details about the filtering refer to [`Filtering`](../../drop-down-list/filtering) documentation. * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/allow-filtering-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/allow-filtering-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default false */ allowFiltering: boolean; /** * When set to true, the user interactions on the component are disabled. * @default false */ readonly: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the display text of the selected item in the component. * @default null */ text: string; /** * Gets or sets the value of the selected item in the component. * @default null */ value: number | string | boolean; /** * Gets or sets the index of the selected item in the component. * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/index-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/index-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default null */ index: number; /** * Specifies whether to display the floating label above the input element. * Possible values are: * * Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available. * * Always: The floating label will always float above the input. * * Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/float-label-type-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dropdownlist/float-label-type-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType * @isEnumeration true */ floatLabelType: inputs.FloatLabelType; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear button. * When the clear button is clicked, `value`, `text`, and `index` properties are reset to null. * @default false */ showClearButton: boolean; /** * Triggers on typing a character in the filter bar when the * [`allowFiltering`](./api-dropDownList.html#allowfiltering) * is enabled. * > For more details about the filtering refer to [`Filtering`](../../drop-down-list/filtering) documentation. * * @event */ filtering: base.EmitType<FilteringEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when an item in a popup is selected or when the model value is changed by user. * Use change event to * [`Configure the Cascading DropDownList`](../../drop-down-list/how-to/cascading) * @event */ change: base.EmitType<ChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the popup before opens. * @event */ beforeOpen: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the popup opens. * @event */ open: base.EmitType<PopupEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the popup is closed. * @event */ close: base.EmitType<PopupEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when focus moves out from the component. * @event */ blur: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the component is focused. * @event */ focus: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * * Constructor for creating the DropDownList component. */ constructor(options?: DropDownListModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Initialize the event handler. * @private */ protected preRender(): void; private initializeData; protected setZIndex(): void; protected renderList(isEmptyData?: boolean): void; private floatLabelChange; protected resetHandler(e: MouseEvent): void; protected resetFocusElement(): void; protected clear(e?: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs, properties?: DropDownListModel): void; private resetSelection; private setHTMLAttributes; protected getAriaAttributes(): { [key: string]: string; }; protected setEnableRtl(): void; private setEnable; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. */ protected getPersistData(): string; protected getLocaleName(): string; private preventTabIndex; protected targetElement(): HTMLElement | HTMLInputElement; protected getNgDirective(): string; protected getElementByText(text: string): Element; protected getElementByValue(value: string | number | boolean): Element; private initValue; protected updateValues(): void; protected onBlur(e: MouseEvent): void; protected focusOutAction(): void; protected onFocusOut(): void; protected onFocus(e?: FocusEvent | MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | TouchEvent): void; private resetValueHandler; protected wireEvent(): void; protected bindCommonEvent(): void; private bindClearEvent; protected unBindCommonEvent(): void; protected updateIconState(): void; /** * Event binding for list */ private wireListEvents; private onSearch; protected onMouseClick(e: MouseEvent): void; private onMouseOver; private setHover; private onMouseLeave; private removeHover; protected isValidLI(li: Element | HTMLElement): boolean; protected incrementalSearch(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; /** * Hides the spinner loader. * @returns void. */ hideSpinner(): void; /** * Shows the spinner loader. * @returns void. */ showSpinner(): void; protected keyActionHandler(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected selectCurrentItem(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected isSelectFocusItem(element: Element): boolean; private getPageCount; private pageUpSelection; private pageDownSelection; protected unWireEvent(): void; /** * Event un binding for list items. */ private unWireListEvents; protected onDocumentClick(e: MouseEvent): void; private activeStateChange; private focusDropDown; protected dropDownClick(e: MouseEvent): void; protected cloneElements(): void; protected updateSelectedItem(li: Element, e: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | TouchEvent, preventSelect?: boolean): boolean; protected activeItem(li: Element): void; protected setValue(e?: base.KeyboardEventArgs): boolean; protected setSelection(li: Element, e: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs | TouchEvent): void; private setValueTemplate; protected removeSelection(): void; protected getItemData(): { [key: string]: string; }; /** * To trigger the change event for list. */ protected onChangeEvent(eve: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | TouchEvent): void; private detachChanges; protected detachChangeEvent(eve: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | TouchEvent): void; protected setHiddenValue(): void; /** * Filter bar implementation */ protected onFilterUp(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected onFilterDown(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected removeFillSelection(): void; protected getSelectionPoints(): { [key: string]: number; }; protected searchLists(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; private filteringAction; protected setSearchBox(popupElement: HTMLElement): inputs.InputObject; protected onInput(): void; protected onActionFailure(e: Object): void; protected onActionComplete(ulElement: HTMLElement, list: { [key: string]: Object; }[], e?: Object, isUpdated?: boolean): void; private addNewItem; protected updateActionCompleteData(li: HTMLElement, item: { [key: string]: Object; }): void; private focusIndexItem; protected updateSelection(): void; protected removeFocus(): void; protected renderPopup(): void; private checkCollision; private getOffsetValue; private createPopup; private isEmptyList; protected getFocusElement(): void; private isFilterLayout; private scrollHandler; private setSearchBoxPosition; private setPopupPosition; private setWidth; private scrollBottom; private scrollTop; protected isEditTextBox(): boolean; protected isFiltering(): boolean; protected isPopupButton(): boolean; protected setScrollPosition(e?: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; private clearText; private listScroll; private closePopup; private destroyPopup; private clickOnBackIcon; /** * To Initialize the control rendering * @private */ render(): void; private setFooterTemplate; private setHeaderTemplate; protected setOldText(text: string): void; protected setOldValue(value: string | number | boolean): void; protected refreshPopup(): void; protected updateDataSource(props?: DropDownListModel): void; protected checkCustomValue(): void; /** * Dynamically change the value of properties. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: DropDownListModel, oldProp: DropDownListModel): void; private checkValidLi; private setSelectionData; private setCssClass; /** * Return the module name. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Opens the popup that displays the list of items. * @returns void. */ showPopup(): void; /** * Hides the popup if it is in an open state. * @returns void. */ hidePopup(): void; /** * Sets the focus on the component for interaction. * @returns void. */ focusIn(e?: FocusEvent | MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | TouchEvent): void; /** * Moves the focus from the component if the component is already focused. * @returns void. */ focusOut(): void; /** * Removes the component from the DOM and detaches all its related event handlers. Also it removes the attributes and classes. * @method destroy * @return {void}. */ destroy(): void; /** * Gets all the list items bound on this component. * @returns Element[]. */ getItems(): Element[]; } export interface DropDownListClassList { root: string; hover: string; selected: string; rtl: string; base: string; disable: string; input: string; inputFocus: string; li: string; icon: string; iconAnimation: string; value: string; focus: string; device: string; backIcon: string; filterBarClearIcon: string; filterInput: string; filterParent: string; mobileFilter: string; footer: string; header: string; clearIcon: string; clearIconHide: string; popupFullScreen: string; disableIcon: string; hiddenElement: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/drop-down-list/index.d.ts /** * export all modules from current location */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/index.d.ts /** * export all modules from current location */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/list-box/index.d.ts /** * export all modules from current location */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/list-box/list-box-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SelectionSettings */ export interface SelectionSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the selection modes. The possible values are * * `Single`: Allows you to select a single item in the ListBox. * * `Multiple`: Allows you to select more than one item in the ListBox. * @default 'Multiple' */ mode?: SelectionMode; /** * If 'showCheckbox' is set to true, then 'checkbox' will be visualized in the list item. * @default false */ showCheckbox?: boolean; /** * Allows you to either show or hide the selectAll option on the component. * @default false */ showSelectAll?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class ToolbarSettings */ export interface ToolbarSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the list of tools for dual ListBox. * The predefined tools are 'moveUp', 'moveDown', 'lists.moveTo', 'moveFrom', 'moveAllTo', and 'moveAllFrom'. * @default [] */ items?: string[]; /** * Positions the toolbar before/after the ListBox. * The possible values are: * * Left: The toolbar will be positioned to the left of the ListBox. * * Right: The toolbar will be positioned to the right of the ListBox. * @default 'Right' */ position?: ToolBarPosition; } /** * Interface for a class ListBox */ export interface ListBoxModel extends DropDownBaseModel{ /** * Sets the CSS classes to root element of this component, which helps to customize the * complete styles. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Sets the specified item to the selected state or gets the selected item in the ListBox. * @default [] * @aspType object */ value?: string[]; /** * Sets the height of the ListBox component. * @default '' */ height?: number | string; /** * If 'allowDragAndDrop' is set to true, then you can perform drag and drop of the list item. * ListBox contains same 'scope' property enables drag and drop between multiple ListBox. * @default false */ allowDragAndDrop?: boolean; /** * Defines the scope value to group sets of draggable and droppable ListBox. * A draggable with the same scope value will be accepted by the droppable. * @default '' */ scope?: string; /** * Triggers while rendering each list item. * @event */ beforeItemRender?: base.EmitType<BeforeItemRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while selecting the list item. * @event */ select?: base.EmitType<SelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after dragging the list item. * @event */ dragStart?: base.EmitType<DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while dragging the list item. * @event */ drag?: base.EmitType<DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before dropping the list item on another list item. * @event */ drop?: base.EmitType<DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when data source is populated in the list. * @event * @private */ dataBound?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the group headers present in the list. * @default null * @private */ groupTemplate?: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to list of component * when no data is available on the component. * @default 'No Records Found' * @private */ noRecordsTemplate?: string; /** * Accepts the template and assigns it to the list content of the component * when the data fetch request from the remote server fails. * @default 'The Request Failed' * @private */ actionFailureTemplate?: string; /** * specifies the z-index value of the component popup element. * @default 1000 * @private */ zIndex?: number; /** * ignoreAccent set to true, then ignores the diacritic characters or accents when filtering. * @private */ ignoreAccent?: boolean; /** * Specifies the toolbar items and its position. * @default { items: [], position: 'Right' } */ toolbarSettings?: ToolbarSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the selection mode and its type. * @default { mode: 'Multiple', type: 'Default' } */ selectionSettings?: SelectionSettingsModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/list-box/list-box.d.ts export type SelectionMode = 'Multiple' | 'Single'; export type ToolBarPosition = 'Left' | 'Right'; export class SelectionSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SelectionSettings> { /** * Specifies the selection modes. The possible values are * * `Single`: Allows you to select a single item in the ListBox. * * `Multiple`: Allows you to select more than one item in the ListBox. * @default 'Multiple' */ mode: SelectionMode; /** * If 'showCheckbox' is set to true, then 'checkbox' will be visualized in the list item. * @default false */ showCheckbox: boolean; /** * Allows you to either show or hide the selectAll option on the component. * @default false */ showSelectAll: boolean; } export class ToolbarSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ToolbarSettings> { /** * Specifies the list of tools for dual ListBox. * The predefined tools are 'moveUp', 'moveDown', 'moveTo', 'moveFrom', 'moveAllTo', and 'moveAllFrom'. * @default [] */ items: string[]; /** * Positions the toolbar before/after the ListBox. * The possible values are: * * Left: The toolbar will be positioned to the left of the ListBox. * * Right: The toolbar will be positioned to the right of the ListBox. * @default 'Right' */ position: ToolBarPosition; } /** * The ListBox is a graphical user interface component used to display a list of items. * Users can select one or more items in the list using a checkbox or by keyboard selection. * It supports sorting, grouping, reordering, and drag and drop of items. * ```html * <select id="listbox"> * <option value='1'>Badminton</option> * <option value='2'>Basketball</option> * <option value='3'>Cricket</option> * <option value='4'>Football</option> * <option value='5'>Tennis</option> * </select> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var listObj = new ListBox(); * listObj.appendTo("#listbox"); * </script> * ``` */ export class ListBox extends DropDownBase { private prevSelIdx; private listCurrentOptions; private checkBoxSelectionModule; private tBListBox; private initLoad; private spinner; private initialSelectedOptions; private showSelectAll; private selectAllText; private unSelectAllText; private popupWrapper; /** * Sets the CSS classes to root element of this component, which helps to customize the * complete styles. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Sets the specified item to the selected state or gets the selected item in the ListBox. * @default [] * @aspType object */ value: string[]; /** * Sets the height of the ListBox component. * @default '' */ height: number | string; /** * If 'allowDragAndDrop' is set to true, then you can perform drag and drop of the list item. * ListBox contains same 'scope' property enables drag and drop between multiple ListBox. * @default false */ allowDragAndDrop: boolean; /** * Defines the scope value to group sets of draggable and droppable ListBox. * A draggable with the same scope value will be accepted by the droppable. * @default '' */ scope: string; /** * Triggers while rendering each list item. * @event */ beforeItemRender: base.EmitType<BeforeItemRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while selecting the list item. * @event */ select: base.EmitType<SelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after dragging the list item. * @event */ dragStart: base.EmitType<DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while dragging the list item. * @event */ drag: base.EmitType<DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before dropping the list item on another list item. * @event */ drop: base.EmitType<DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when data source is populated in the list. * @event * @private */ dataBound: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the group headers present in the list. * @default null * @private */ groupTemplate: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to list of component * when no data is available on the component. * @default 'No Records Found' * @private */ noRecordsTemplate: string; /** * Accepts the template and assigns it to the list content of the component * when the data fetch request from the remote server fails. * @default 'The Request Failed' * @private */ actionFailureTemplate: string; /** * specifies the z-index value of the component popup element. * @default 1000 * @private */ zIndex: number; /** * ignoreAccent set to true, then ignores the diacritic characters or accents when filtering. * @private */ ignoreAccent: boolean; /** * Specifies the toolbar items and its position. * @default { items: [], position: 'Right' } */ toolbarSettings: ToolbarSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the selection mode and its type. * @default { mode: 'Multiple', type: 'Default' } */ selectionSettings: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * Constructor for creating the ListBox component. */ constructor(options?: ListBoxModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Build and render the component * @private */ render(): void; private initWrapper; private initDraggable; private initToolbar; private createButtons; private setHeight; private setCssClass; private setEnable; protected showSpinner(): void; protected hideSpinner(): void; protected onActionComplete(ulElement: HTMLElement, list: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | boolean[] | string[] | number[], e?: Object): void; private triggerDragStart; private triggerDrag; private dragEnd; private getComponent; protected listOption(dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | string[] | number[] | boolean[], fields: FieldSettingsModel): FieldSettingsModel; private triggerBeforeItemRender; requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * This method is used to enable or disable the items in the ListBox based on the items and enable argument. * @param items Text items that needs to be enabled/disabled. * @param enable Set `true`/`false` to enable/disable the list items. * @returns void */ enableItems(items: string[], enable?: boolean): void; /** * Based on the state parameter, specified list item will be selected/deselected. * @param items Array of text value of the item. * @param state Set `true`/`false` to select/un select the list items. * @returns void */ selectItems(items: string[], state?: boolean): void; /** * Based on the state parameter, entire list item will be selected/deselected. * @param state Set `true`/`false` to select/un select the entire list items. * @returns void */ selectAll(state?: boolean): void; /** * Adds a new item to the list. By default, new item appends to the list as the last item, * but you can insert based on the index parameter. * @param { Object[] } items - Specifies an array of JSON data or a JSON data. * @param { number } itemIndex - Specifies the index to place the newly added item in the list. * @return {void}. */ addItems(items: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | { [key: string]: Object; }, itemIndex?: number): void; private selectAllItems; private wireEvents; private unwireEvents; private clickHandler; private selectHandler; private toolbarClickHandler; private moveUpDown; private moveTo; private moveFrom; private moveData; private moveAllTo; private moveAllFrom; private moveAllData; private changeData; private getSelectedItems; private getScopedListBox; private getDragArgs; private keyDownHandler; private upDownKeyHandler; private focusOutHandler; private getValidIndex; private updateSelectedOptions; private setSelection; private updateSelectTag; private updateToolBarState; private getSelectTag; private getToolElem; private formResetHandler; /** * Return the module name. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. */ protected getPersistData(): string; destroy(): void; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: ListBoxModel, oldProp: ListBoxModel): void; } /** * Interface for before item render event. */ export interface BeforeItemRenderEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { element: Element; item: { [key: string]: Object; }; } /** * Interface for drag and drop event. */ export interface DragEventArgs { elements: Element[]; items: Object[]; target?: Element; } /** * Interface for select event args. */ export interface ListBoxSelectEventArgs { element: Element; item: Object; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/multi-select/checkbox-selection.d.ts /** * The Multiselect enable CheckBoxSelection call this inject module. */ export class CheckBoxSelection { private parent; private checkAllParent; private selectAllSpan; filterInput: HTMLInputElement; private filterInputObj; private backIconElement; private clearIconElement; private checkWrapper; list: HTMLElement; private activeLi; private activeEle; constructor(parent?: IMulitSelect); getModuleName(): string; addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; listOption(args: { [key: string]: Object; }): void; private setPlaceholder; private checboxCreate; private setSelectAll; destroy(): void; listSelection(args: IUpdateListArgs): void; private validateCheckNode; private clickHandler; private changeState; protected setSearchBox(args: IUpdateListArgs): inputs.InputObject | void; private clickOnBackIcon; private clearText; private setDeviceSearchBox; private setSearchBoxPosition; protected targetElement(): string; private onBlur; protected onDocumentClick(e: MouseEvent): void; private getFocus; private checkSelectAll; private setLocale; private getActiveList; private setReorder; } export interface ItemCreatedArgs { curData: { [key: string]: Object; }; item: HTMLElement; text: string; } export interface IUpdateListArgs { module: string; enable: boolean; li: HTMLElement; e: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs; popupElement: HTMLElement; value: string; index: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/multi-select/float-label.d.ts /** * Function to create Float Label element. * @param overAllWrapper - overall wrapper of multiselect. * @param element - the given html element. * @param inputElement - specify the input wrapper. * @param value - Value of the MultiSelect. * @param floatLabelType - Specify the FloatLabel Type. * @param placeholder - Specify the PlaceHolder text. */ export function createFloatLabel(overAllWrapper: HTMLDivElement, searchWrapper: HTMLElement, element: HTMLElement, inputElement: HTMLInputElement, value: number[] | string[] | boolean[], floatLabelType: inputs.FloatLabelType, placeholder: string): void; /** * Function to update status of the Float Label element. * @param value - Value of the MultiSelect. * @param label - float label element. */ export function updateFloatLabelState(value: string[] | number[] | boolean[], label: HTMLElement): void; /** * Function to remove Float Label element. * @param overAllWrapper - overall wrapper of multiselect. * @param componentWrapper - wrapper element of multiselect. * @param searchWrapper - search wrapper of multiselect. * @param inputElement - specify the input wrapper. * @param value - Value of the MultiSelect. * @param floatLabelType - Specify the FloatLabel Type. * @param placeholder - Specify the PlaceHolder text. */ export function removeFloating(overAllWrapper: HTMLDivElement, componentWrapper: HTMLDivElement, searchWrapper: HTMLElement, inputElement: HTMLInputElement, value: number[] | string[] | boolean[], floatLabelType: inputs.FloatLabelType, placeholder: string): void; /** * Function to set the placeholder to the element. * @param value - Value of the MultiSelect. * @param inputElement - specify the input wrapper. * @param placeholder - Specify the PlaceHolder text. */ export function setPlaceHolder(value: number[] | string[] | boolean[], inputElement: HTMLInputElement, placeholder: string): void; /** * Function for focusing the Float Element. * @param overAllWrapper - overall wrapper of multiselect. * @param componentWrapper - wrapper element of multiselect. */ export function floatLabelFocus(overAllWrapper: HTMLDivElement, componentWrapper: HTMLDivElement): void; /** * Function to focus the Float Label element. * @param overAllWrapper - overall wrapper of multiselect. * @param componentWrapper - wrapper element of multiselect. * @param value - Value of the MultiSelect. * @param floatLabelType - Specify the FloatLabel Type. * @param placeholder - Specify the PlaceHolder text. */ export function floatLabelBlur(overAllWrapper: HTMLDivElement, componentWrapper: HTMLDivElement, value: number[] | string[] | boolean[], floatLabelType: inputs.FloatLabelType, placeholder: string): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/multi-select/index.d.ts /** * export all modules from current location */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/multi-select/interface.d.ts /** * Specifies mulitselct interfaces. * @hidden */ export interface IMulitSelect extends base.Component<HTMLElement> { listCurrentOptions?: { [key: string]: Object; }; inputElement?: HTMLInputElement; popupWrapper?: HTMLDivElement; selectAll?(state?: boolean): void; selectAllHeight?: number; searchBoxHeight?: number; onInput?(): void; filterInput?: HTMLInputElement; KeyUp?(e?: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; onKeyDown?(e?: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; mainList?: HTMLElement; list?: HTMLElement; targetElement?(): string; targetInputElement?: HTMLInputElement | string; selectAllText?: string; unSelectAllText?: string; popupObj?: popups.Popup; onDocumentFocus?: boolean; selectAllItems?(status: boolean, event?: MouseEvent): void; hidePopup?(): void; refreshPopup?(): void; refreshListItems?(data?: string): void; filterBarPlaceholder?: string; overAllWrapper?: HTMLDivElement; searchWrapper?: HTMLElement; componentWrapper?: HTMLDivElement; templateList?: { [key: string]: Object; }; itemTemplate?: string; headerTemplate?: string; mobFilter?: boolean; header?: HTMLElement; updateDelimView?(): void; updateValueState?(event?: base.KeyboardEventArgs | MouseEvent, newVal?: [string | number], oldVal?: [string | number]): void; tempValues?: [number | string]; value?: [number | string]; refreshInputHight?(): void; refreshPlaceHolder?(): void; ulElement?: HTMLElement; hiddenElement?: HTMLSelectElement; dispatchEvent?(element?: HTMLElement, type?: string): void; inputFocus?: boolean; enableSelectionOrder?: boolean; focusAtFirstListItem(): void; isPopupOpen(): boolean; showSelectAll: boolean; scrollFocusStatus: boolean; focused: boolean; onBlur(eve?: MouseEvent): void; keyAction?: boolean; removeFocus?(): void; getLocaleName?(): string; filterParent: HTMLElement; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/multi-base.select/multi-base.select-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class MultiSelect */ export interface MultiSelectModel extends DropDownBaseModel{ /** * Sets the CSS classes to root element of this component which helps to customize the * complete styles. * @default null */ cssClass?: string; /** * Gets or sets the width of the component. By default, it sizes based on its parent. * container dimension. * @default '100%' * @aspType string */ width?: string | number; /** * Gets or sets the height of the popup list. By default it renders based on its list item. * > For more details about the popup configuration refer to * [`popups.Popup Configuration`](../../multi-base.select/getting-started/#configure-the-popup-list) documentation. * * @default '300px' * @aspType string */ popupHeight?: string | number; /** * Gets or sets the width of the popup list and percentage values has calculated based on input width. * > For more details about the popup configuration refer to * [`popups.Popup Configuration`](../../multi-base.select/getting-started/#configure-the-popup-list) documentation. * * @default '100%' * @aspType string */ popupWidth?: string | number; /** * Gets or sets the placeholder in the component to display the given information * in input when no item selected. * @default null */ placeholder?: string; /** * Accepts the value to be displayed as a watermark text on the filter bar. * @default null */ filterBarPlaceholder?: string; /** * Gets or sets the additional attribute to `HtmlAttributes` property in MultiSelect, * which helps to add attribute like title, name etc, input should be key value pair. * * {% codeBlock src="multiselect/html-base.attributes-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="multiselect/html-base.attributes-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default {} */ htmlAttributes?: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the selected list item in the input element of the component. * For more details about the available template options refer to * [`Template`](../../multi-base.select/templates.html) documentation. * * We have built-in `template engine` * which provides options to base.compile template string into a executable function. * For EX: We have expression evolution as like ES6 expression string literals. * @default null */ valueTemplate?: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the header container of the popup list. * > For more details about the available template options refer to [`Template`](../../multi-base.select/templates) documentation. * * @default null */ headerTemplate?: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the footer container of the popup list. * > For more details about the available template options refer to [`Template`](../../multi-base.select/templates) documentation. * * @default null */ footerTemplate?: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to each list item present in the popup. * > For more details about the available template options refer to [`Template`](../../multi-base.select/templates) documentation. * * We have built-in `template engine` * which provides options to base.compile template string into a executable function. * For EX: We have expression evolution as like ES6 expression string literals. * @default null */ itemTemplate?: string; /** * To enable the filtering option in this component. * Filter action performs when type in search box and collect the matched item through `filtering` event. * If searching character does not match, `noRecordsTemplate` property value will be shown. * * {% codeBlock src="multiselect/allow-filtering-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="multiselect/allow-filtering-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default null */ allowFiltering?: boolean; /** * Allows user to add a * [`custom value`](../../multi-base.select/custom-value), the value which is not present in the suggestion list. * @default false */ allowCustomValue?: boolean; /** * Enables close icon with the each selected item. * @default true */ showClearButton?: boolean; /** * Sets limitation to the value selection. * based on the limitation, list selection will be prevented. * @default 1000 */ maximumSelectionLength?: number; /** * Gets or sets the `readonly` to input or not. Once enabled, just you can copy or highlight * the text however tab key action will perform. * * @default false */ readonly?: boolean; /** * Selects the list item which maps the data `text` field in the component. * @default null */ text?: string; /** * Selects the list item which maps the data `value` field in the component. * @default null */ value?: number[] | string[] | boolean[]; /** * Hides the selected item from the list item. * @default true */ hideSelectedItem?: boolean; /** * Based on the property, when item get base.select popup visibility state will changed. * @default true */ closePopupOnSelect?: boolean; /** * configures visibility mode for component interaction. * * - `Box` - selected items will be visualized in chip. * * - `Delimiter` - selected items will be visualized in text content. * * - `Default` - on `focus in` component will act in `box` mode. * on `blur` component will act in `delimiter` mode. * * - `CheckBox` - The 'checkbox' will be visualized in list item. * * {% codeBlock src="multiselect/visual-mode-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="multiselect/visual-mode-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default Default */ mode?: visualMode; /** * Sets the delimiter character for 'default' and 'delimiter' visibility modes. * @default ',' */ delimiterChar?: string; /** * Sets [`case sensitive`](../../multi-base.select/filtering/#case-sensitive-filtering) * option for filter operation. * @default true */ ignoreCase?: boolean; /** * Allows you to either show or hide the DropDown button on the component * * @default false */ showDropDownIcon?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to display the floating label above the input element. * Possible values are: * * Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available. * * Always: The floating label will always float above the input. * * Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. * * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType * @isEnumeration true */ floatLabelType?: inputs.FloatLabelType; /** * Allows you to either show or hide the selectAll option on the component. * * @default false */ showSelectAll?: boolean; /** * Specifies the selectAllText to be displayed on the component. * * @default 'base.select All' */ selectAllText?: string; /** * Specifies the UnSelectAllText to be displayed on the component. * * @default 'base.select All' */ unSelectAllText?: string; /** * Reorder the selected items in popup visibility state. * * @default true */ enableSelectionOrder?: boolean; /** * Whether to automatically open the popup when the control is clicked. * @default true */ openOnClick?: boolean; /** * Fires each time when selection changes happened in list items after model and input value get affected. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType<MultiSelectChangeEventArgs>; /** * Fires before the selected item removed from the widget. * @event */ removing?: base.EmitType<RemoveEventArgs>; /** * Fires after the selected item removed from the widget. * @event */ removed?: base.EmitType<RemoveEventArgs>; /** * Fires after base.select all process completion. * @event */ selectedAll?: base.EmitType<ISelectAllEventArgs>; /** * Fires when popup opens before animation. * @event */ beforeOpen?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Fires when popup opens after animation completion. * @event */ open?: base.EmitType<PopupEventArgs>; /** * Fires when popup close after animation completion. * @event */ close?: base.EmitType<PopupEventArgs>; /** * base.Event triggers when the input get focus-out. * @event */ blur?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * base.Event triggers when the input get focused. * @event */ focus?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * base.Event triggers when the chip selection. * @event */ chipSelection?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers event,when user types a text in search box. * > For more details about filtering, refer to [`Filtering`](../../multi-base.select/filtering) documentation. * * @event */ filtering?: base.EmitType<FilteringEventArgs>; /** * Fires before set the selected item as chip in the component. * > For more details about chip customization refer [`Chip Customization`](../../multi-base.select/chip-customization) * * @event */ tagging?: base.EmitType<TaggingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the [`customValue`](../../multi-base.select/custom-value) is selected. * @event */ customValueSelection?: base.EmitType<CustomValueEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-dropdowns/src/multi-select/multi-select.d.ts export interface RemoveEventArgs extends SelectEventArgs { } /** * The Multiselect allows the user to pick a more than one value from list of predefined values. * ```html * <select id="list"> * <option value='1'>Badminton</option> * <option value='2'>Basketball</option> * <option value='3'>Cricket</option> * <option value='4'>Football</option> * <option value='5'>Tennis</option> * </select> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var multiselectObj = new Multiselect(); * multiselectObj.appendTo("#list"); * </script> * ``` */ export class MultiSelect extends DropDownBase implements inputs.IInput { private spinnerElement; private selectAllAction; private setInitialValue; private setDynValue; private listCurrentOptions; private targetInputElement; private selectAllHeight?; private searchBoxHeight?; private mobFilter?; private isFiltered; private isFirstClick; private focused; private initial; private backCommand; private keyAction; /** * Sets the CSS classes to root element of this component which helps to customize the * complete styles. * @default null */ cssClass: string; /** * Gets or sets the width of the component. By default, it sizes based on its parent. * container dimension. * @default '100%' * @aspType string */ width: string | number; /** * Gets or sets the height of the popup list. By default it renders based on its list item. * > For more details about the popup configuration refer to * [`Popup Configuration`](../../multi-select/getting-started/#configure-the-popup-list) documentation. * * @default '300px' * @aspType string */ popupHeight: string | number; /** * Gets or sets the width of the popup list and percentage values has calculated based on input width. * > For more details about the popup configuration refer to * [`Popup Configuration`](../../multi-select/getting-started/#configure-the-popup-list) documentation. * * @default '100%' * @aspType string */ popupWidth: string | number; /** * Gets or sets the placeholder in the component to display the given information * in input when no item selected. * @default null */ placeholder: string; /** * Accepts the value to be displayed as a watermark text on the filter bar. * @default null */ filterBarPlaceholder: string; /** * Gets or sets the additional attribute to `HtmlAttributes` property in MultiSelect, * which helps to add attribute like title, name etc, input should be key value pair. * * {% codeBlock src="multiselect/html-attributes-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="multiselect/html-attributes-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default {} */ htmlAttributes: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the selected list item in the input element of the component. * For more details about the available template options refer to * [`Template`](../../multi-select/templates.html) documentation. * * We have built-in `template engine` * which provides options to compile template string into a executable function. * For EX: We have expression evolution as like ES6 expression string literals. * @default null */ valueTemplate: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the header container of the popup list. * > For more details about the available template options refer to [`Template`](../../multi-select/templates) documentation. * * @default null */ headerTemplate: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to the footer container of the popup list. * > For more details about the available template options refer to [`Template`](../../multi-select/templates) documentation. * * @default null */ footerTemplate: string; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it to each list item present in the popup. * > For more details about the available template options refer to [`Template`](../../multi-select/templates) documentation. * * We have built-in `template engine` * which provides options to compile template string into a executable function. * For EX: We have expression evolution as like ES6 expression string literals. * @default null */ itemTemplate: string; /** * To enable the filtering option in this component. * Filter action performs when type in search box and collect the matched item through `filtering` event. * If searching character does not match, `noRecordsTemplate` property value will be shown. * * {% codeBlock src="multiselect/allow-filtering-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="multiselect/allow-filtering-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default null */ allowFiltering: boolean; /** * Allows user to add a * [`custom value`](../../multi-select/custom-value), the value which is not present in the suggestion list. * @default false */ allowCustomValue: boolean; /** * Enables close icon with the each selected item. * @default true */ showClearButton: boolean; /** * Sets limitation to the value selection. * based on the limitation, list selection will be prevented. * @default 1000 */ maximumSelectionLength: number; /** * Gets or sets the `readonly` to input or not. Once enabled, just you can copy or highlight * the text however tab key action will perform. * * @default false */ readonly: boolean; /** * Selects the list item which maps the data `text` field in the component. * @default null */ text: string; /** * Selects the list item which maps the data `value` field in the component. * @default null */ value: number[] | string[] | boolean[]; /** * Hides the selected item from the list item. * @default true */ hideSelectedItem: boolean; /** * Based on the property, when item get select popup visibility state will changed. * @default true */ closePopupOnSelect: boolean; /** * configures visibility mode for component interaction. * * - `Box` - selected items will be visualized in chip. * * - `Delimiter` - selected items will be visualized in text content. * * - `Default` - on `focus in` component will act in `box` mode. * on `blur` component will act in `delimiter` mode. * * - `CheckBox` - The 'checkbox' will be visualized in list item. * * {% codeBlock src="multiselect/visual-mode-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="multiselect/visual-mode-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default Default */ mode: visualMode; /** * Sets the delimiter character for 'default' and 'delimiter' visibility modes. * @default ',' */ delimiterChar: string; /** * Sets [`case sensitive`](../../multi-select/filtering/#case-sensitive-filtering) * option for filter operation. * @default true */ ignoreCase: boolean; /** * Allows you to either show or hide the DropDown button on the component * * @default false */ showDropDownIcon: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to display the floating label above the input element. * Possible values are: * * Never: The label will never float in the input when the placeholder is available. * * Always: The floating label will always float above the input. * * Auto: The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. * * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType.Never * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Inputs.inputs.FloatLabelType * @isEnumeration true */ floatLabelType: inputs.FloatLabelType; /** * Allows you to either show or hide the selectAll option on the component. * * @default false */ showSelectAll: boolean; /** * Specifies the selectAllText to be displayed on the component. * * @default 'select All' */ selectAllText: string; /** * Specifies the UnSelectAllText to be displayed on the component. * * @default 'select All' */ unSelectAllText: string; /** * Reorder the selected items in popup visibility state. * * @default true */ enableSelectionOrder: boolean; /** * Whether to automatically open the popup when the control is clicked. * @default true */ openOnClick: boolean; /** * Fires each time when selection changes happened in list items after model and input value get affected. * @event */ change: base.EmitType<MultiSelectChangeEventArgs>; /** * Fires before the selected item removed from the widget. * @event */ removing: base.EmitType<RemoveEventArgs>; /** * Fires after the selected item removed from the widget. * @event */ removed: base.EmitType<RemoveEventArgs>; /** * Fires after select all process completion. * @event */ selectedAll: base.EmitType<ISelectAllEventArgs>; /** * Fires when popup opens before animation. * @event */ beforeOpen: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Fires when popup opens after animation completion. * @event */ open: base.EmitType<PopupEventArgs>; /** * Fires when popup close after animation completion. * @event */ close: base.EmitType<PopupEventArgs>; /** * Event triggers when the input get focus-out. * @event */ blur: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Event triggers when the input get focused. * @event */ focus: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Event triggers when the chip selection. * @event */ chipSelection: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers event,when user types a text in search box. * > For more details about filtering, refer to [`Filtering`](../../multi-select/filtering) documentation. * * @event */ filtering: base.EmitType<FilteringEventArgs>; /** * Fires before set the selected item as chip in the component. * > For more details about chip customization refer [`Chip Customization`](../../multi-select/chip-customization) * * @event */ tagging: base.EmitType<TaggingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the [`customValue`](../../multi-select/custom-value) is selected. * @event */ customValueSelection: base.EmitType<CustomValueEventArgs>; /** * Constructor for creating the DropDownList widget. */ constructor(option?: MultiSelectModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); private isValidKey; private mainList; ulElement: HTMLElement; private mainData; private mainListCollection; private customValueFlag; private inputElement; private componentWrapper; private overAllWrapper; private searchWrapper; private viewWrapper; private chipCollectionWrapper; private overAllClear; private dropIcon; private hiddenElement; private delimiterWrapper; private popupObj; private inputFocus; private header; private footer; private initStatus; private popupWrapper; private keyCode; private beforePopupOpen; private remoteCustomValue; private filterAction; private remoteFilterAction; private selectAllEventData; private selectAllEventEle; private filterParent; private enableRTL; requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; private updateHTMLAttribute; private updateReadonly; private updateClearButton; private updateCssClass; private onPopupShown; private loadTemplate; private setScrollPosition; private focusAtFirstListItem; private focusAtLastListItem; protected getAriaAttributes(): { [key: string]: string; }; private updateListARIA; private ensureAriaDisabled; private removelastSelection; protected onActionFailure(e: Object): void; protected targetElement(): string; private getForQuery; protected onActionComplete(ulElement: HTMLElement, list: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | number[] | boolean[] | string[], e?: Object, isUpdated?: boolean): void; private updateActionList; private refreshSelection; private hideGroupItem; private checkSelectAll; private openClick; private KeyUp; protected getQuery(query: data.Query): data.Query; private dataUpdater; private tempQuery; private tempValues; private checkForCustomValue; protected getNgDirective(): string; private wrapperClick; private enable; private scrollFocusStatus; private keyDownStatus; private onBlur; private checkPlaceholderSize; private refreshInputHight; private validateValues; private updateValueState; private getPagingCount; private pageUpSelection; private pageDownSelection; getItems(): Element[]; private focusIn; private showDelimWrapper; private hideDelimWrapper; private expandTextbox; private isPopupOpen; private refreshPopup; private checkTextLength; private popupKeyActions; private updateAriaAttribute; private homeNavigation; private onKeyDown; private arrowDown; private arrowUp; private spaceKeySelection; private checkBackCommand; private keyNavigation; private selectByKey; private escapeAction; private scrollBottom; private scrollTop; private selectListByKey; private refreshListItems; private removeSelectedChip; private moveByTop; private moveByList; private moveBy; private chipClick; private removeChipSelection; private addChipSelection; private onChipRemove; private makeTextBoxEmpty; private refreshPlaceHolder; private removeValue; private updateMainList; private removeChip; private updateChipStatus; private addValue; private checkMaxSelection; private dispatchSelect; private addChip; private removeChipFocus; private onMobileChipInteraction; private getChip; private calcPopupWidth; private mouseIn; private mouseOut; protected listOption(dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[], fields: FieldSettingsModel): FieldSettingsModel; private renderPopup; private setHeaderTemplate; private setFooterTemplate; private ClearAll; private windowResize; private resetValueHandler; protected wireEvent(): void; private onInput; protected preRender(): void; protected getLocaleName(): string; private initializeData; private updateData; private initialTextUpdate; private initialValueUpdate; protected isValidLI(li: Element | HTMLElement): boolean; protected updateListSelection(li: Element, e: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs, length?: number): void; protected removeListSelection(): void; private removeHover; private removeFocus; private addListHover; private addListFocus; private addListSelection; private updateDelimeter; private onMouseClick; private onMouseOver; private onMouseLeave; private onListMouseDown; private onDocumentClick; private wireListEvents; private unwireListEvents; private hideOverAllClear; private showOverAllClear; /** * Shows the spinner loader. * @returns void. */ showSpinner(): void; /** * Hides the spinner loader. * @returns void. */ hideSpinner(): void; private updateDelimView; private updateRemainWidth; private updateRemainTemplate; private updateRemainingText; private getOverflowVal; private unWireEvent; private selectAllItem; private textboxValueUpdate; protected setZIndex(): void; protected updateDataSource(prop?: MultiSelectModel): void; private onLoadSelect; protected selectAllItems(state: boolean, event?: MouseEvent): void; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. */ protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Dynamically change the value of properties. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: MultiSelectModel, oldProp: MultiSelectModel): void; private reInitializePoup; private updateVal; /** * Hides the popup, if the popup in a open state. * @returns void */ hidePopup(): void; /** * Shows the popup, if the popup in a closed state. * @returns void */ showPopup(): void; /** * Based on the state parameter, entire list item will be selected/deselected. * parameter * `true` - Selects entire list items. * `false` - Un Selects entire list items. * @returns void */ selectAll(state: boolean): void; getModuleName(): string; /** * To Initialize the control rendering * @private */ render(): void; private checkInitialValue; private checkAutoFocus; private setFloatLabelType; private dropDownIcon; private initialUpdate; /** * Removes the component from the DOM and detaches all its related event handlers. Also it removes the attributes and classes. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; } export interface CustomValueEventArgs { /** * Gets the newly added data. */ newData: Object; /** * Illustrates whether the current action needs to be prevented or not. */ cancel: boolean; } export interface TaggingEventArgs { /** * If the event is triggered by interaction, it returns true. Otherwise, it returns false. */ isInteracted: boolean; /** * Returns the selected item as JSON Object from the data source. */ itemData: FieldSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the original event arguments. */ e: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | TouchEvent; /** * To set the classes to chip element * @param { string } classes - Specify the classes to chip element. * @return {void}. */ setClass: Function; } export interface MultiSelectChangeEventArgs { /** * If the event is triggered by interaction, it returns true. Otherwise, it returns false. */ isInteracted: boolean; /** * Returns the component initial Value. */ oldValue: number[] | string[] | boolean[]; /** * Returns the updated component Values. */ value: number[] | string[] | boolean[]; /** * Specifies the original event arguments. */ e: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | TouchEvent; /** * Returns the root element of the component. */ element: HTMLElement; } export type visualMode = 'Default' | 'Delimiter' | 'Box' | 'CheckBox'; export interface ISelectAllEventArgs { /** * If the event is triggered by interaction, it returns true. Otherwise, it returns false. */ isInteracted: boolean; /** * Returns the selected list items. */ items: HTMLLIElement[]; /** * Returns the selected items as JSON Object from the data source. */ itemData: FieldSettingsModel[]; /** * Specifies the original event arguments. */ event: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | TouchEvent; /** * Specifies whether it is selectAll or deSelectAll. */ isChecked?: boolean; } } export namespace excelExport { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-excel-export/src/blob-helper.d.ts /** * BlobHelper class * @private */ export class BlobHelper { private parts; private blob; append(part: any): void; getBlob(): Blob; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-excel-export/src/cell-style.d.ts /** * CellStyle class * @private */ export class CellStyle { name: string; index: number; backColor: string; numFmtId: number; borders: Borders; fontName: string; fontSize: number; fontColor: string; italic: boolean; bold: boolean; hAlign: HAlignType; indent: number; rotation: number; vAlign: VAlignType; underline: boolean; wrapText: boolean; numberFormat: string; type: string; isGlobalStyle: boolean; constructor(); } /** * Font Class * @private */ export class Font { b: boolean; i: boolean; u: boolean; sz: number; name: string; color: string; constructor(); } /** * CellXfs class * @private */ export class CellXfs { numFmtId: number; fontId: number; fillId: number; borderId: number; xfId: number; applyAlignment: number; alignment: Alignment; } /** * Alignment class * @private */ export class Alignment { horizontal: string; vertical: string; wrapText: number; indent: number; rotation: number; } /** * CellStyleXfs class * @private */ export class CellStyleXfs { numFmtId: number; fontId: number; fillId: number; borderId: number; alignment: Alignment; } /** * CellStyles class * @private */ export class CellStyles { name: string; xfId: number; constructor(); } /** * NumFmt class * @private */ export class NumFmt { numFmtId: number; formatCode: string; constructor(); constructor(id: number, code: string); } /** * Border class * @private */ export class Border { lineStyle: LineStyle; color: string; constructor(); constructor(mLine: LineStyle, mColor: string); } /** * Borders class * @private */ export class Borders { left: Border; right: Border; bottom: Border; top: Border; all: Border; constructor(); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-excel-export/src/cell.d.ts /** * Worksheet class * @private */ export class Cell { index: number; rowSpan: number; colSpan: number; value: string | Date | number | boolean; formula: string; cellStyle: CellStyle; styleIndex: number; sharedStringIndex: number; saveType: string; type: string; refName: string; } /** * Cells class * @private */ export class Cells extends Array { add: (cell: Cell) => void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-excel-export/src/column.d.ts /** * Column class * @private */ export class Column { index: number; width: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-excel-export/src/csv-helper.d.ts /** * CsvHelper class * @private */ export class CsvHelper { private isMicrosoftBrowser; private buffer; private csvStr; private formatter; private globalStyles; constructor(json: any); private parseWorksheet; private parseRows; private parseRow; private parseCell; private parseCellValue; /** * Saves the file with specified name and sends the file to client browser * @param {string} fileName- file name to save. * @param {Blob} buffer- the content to write in file */ save(fileName: string): void; saveAsBlob(): Blob; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-excel-export/src/enum.d.ts /** * LineStyle */ export type LineStyle = 'thin' | 'thick' | 'medium' | 'none'; /** * HAlignType */ export type HAlignType = 'center ' | 'justify' | 'left' | 'right' | 'general'; /** * VAlignType */ export type VAlignType = 'bottom' | 'center' | 'top'; /** * HyperLinkType */ export type HyperLinkType = 'none' | 'url' | 'file' | 'unc' | 'workbook'; /** * SaveType */ export type SaveType = 'xlsx' | 'csv'; /** * CellType * @private */ export type CellType = /** * Cell containing a boolean. */ 'b' | /** * Cell containing an error. */ 'e' | /** * Cell containing an (inline) rich string. */ 'inlineStr' | /** * Cell containing a number. */ 'n' | /** * Cell containing a shared string. */ 's' | /** * Cell containing a formula string. */ 'str' | /** * Cell containing a formula. */ 'f'; /** * BlobSaveType */ export type BlobSaveType = /** * MIME Type for .csv file */ 'text/csv' | /** * MIME Type for .xlsx file */ 'application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-excel-export/src/index.d.ts /** * index class */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-excel-export/src/row.d.ts /** * Row class * @private */ export class Row { height: number; index: number; cells: Cells; spans: string; grouping: Grouping; } /** * Rows class * @private */ export class Rows extends Array { add: (row: Row) => void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-excel-export/src/value-formatter.d.ts /** * ValueFormatter class to globalize the value. * @private */ export class ValueFormatter { private intl; constructor(cultureName?: string); getFormatFunction(format: base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions): Function; toView(value: number | Date, format: Function): string | Object; displayText(value: any, format: base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-excel-export/src/workbook.d.ts /** * Workbook class */ export class Workbook { private mArchive; private sharedString; private sharedStringCount; cellStyles: Map<string, CellStyles>; mergedCellsStyle: Map<string, { x: number; y: number; styleIndex: number; }>; private worksheets; private builtInProperties; private mFonts; private mBorders; private mFills; private mNumFmt; private mStyles; private mCellXfs; private mCellStyleXfs; private mergeCells; private csvHelper; private mSaveType; private mHyperLinks; private unitsProportions; private hyperlinkStyle; private printTitles; private culture; private currency; private intl; private globalStyles; constructor(json: any, saveType: SaveType, culture?: string, currencyString?: string); private parserBuiltInProperties; private parserWorksheets; private mergeOptions; private applyProperties; private getCellName; private getColumnName; private parserPrintTitle; private parserFreezePanes; private parserColumns; private parserRows; private insertMergedCellsStyle; private createCell; private parserRow; private parseGrouping; private parseCells; private applyGlobalStyle; private parserCellStyle; private switchNumberFormat; private getNumberFormat; private parserBorder; private processCellStyle; private processNumFormatId; private isNewFont; private isNewBorder; private isAllBorder; private compareStyle; private contains; private getCellValueType; private parseCellType; saveAsBlob(blobSaveType: BlobSaveType): Promise<{ blobData: Blob; }>; save(fileName: string, proxyUrl?: string): void; private saveInternal; private saveWorkbook; private saveWorksheets; private saveWorksheet; private pixelsToColumnWidth; private trunc; private pixelsToRowHeight; private saveSheetRelations; private saveSheetView; private saveSharedString; private processString; private saveStyles; private updateCellXfsStyleXfs; private saveNumberFormats; private saveFonts; private saveFills; private saveBorders; private saveCellStyles; private saveCellStyleXfs; private saveCellXfs; private saveAlignment; private saveApp; private saveCore; private saveTopLevelRelation; private saveWorkbookRelation; private saveContentType; private addToArchive; private processMergeCells; private updatedMergedCellStyles; /** * Returns the tick count corresponding to the given year, month, and day. * @param year number value of year * @param month number value of month * @param day number value of day */ private dateToTicks; /** * Return the tick count corresponding to the given hour, minute, second. * @param hour number value of hour * @param minute number value if minute * @param second number value of second */ private timeToTicks; /** * Checks if given year is a leap year. * @param year Year value. */ isLeapYear(year: number): boolean; /** * Converts `DateTime` to the equivalent OLE Automation date. */ private toOADate; } /** * BuiltInProperties Class * @private */ export class BuiltInProperties { author: string; comments: string; category: string; company: string; manager: string; subject: string; title: string; createdDate: Date; modifiedDate: Date; tags: string; status: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-excel-export/src/worksheet.d.ts /** * Worksheet class * @private */ export class Worksheet { isSummaryRowBelow: boolean; index: number; columns: Column[]; rows: Rows; freezePanes: FreezePane; name: string; showGridLines: boolean; mergeCells: MergeCells; hyperLinks: HyperLink[]; } /** * Hyperlink class * @private */ export class HyperLink { ref: string; rId: number; toolTip: string; location: string; display: string; target: string; type: HyperLinkType; } /** * Grouping class * @private */ export class Grouping { outlineLevel: number; isCollapsed: boolean; isHidden: boolean; } /** * FreezePane class * @private */ export class FreezePane { row: number; column: number; leftCell: string; } /** * MergeCell * @private */ export class MergeCell { ref: string; x: number; width: number; y: number; height: number; } /** * MergeCells class * @private */ export class MergeCells extends Array { add: (mergeCell: MergeCell) => MergeCell; static isIntersecting(base: MergeCell, compare: MergeCell): boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-excel-export/src/worksheets.d.ts /** * Worksheets class * @private */ export class Worksheets extends Array<Worksheet> { } } export namespace fileUtils { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-file-utils/src/encoding.d.ts /** * Encoding class: Contains the details about encoding type, whether to write a Unicode byte order mark (BOM). * ```typescript * let encoding : Encoding = new Encoding(); * encoding.type = 'Utf8'; * encoding.getBytes('Encoding', 0, 5); * ``` */ export class Encoding { private emitBOM; private encodingType; /** * Gets a value indicating whether to write a Unicode byte order mark * @returns boolean- true to specify that a Unicode byte order mark is written; otherwise, false */ readonly includeBom: boolean; /** * Gets the encoding type. * @returns EncodingType */ /** * Sets the encoding type. * @param {EncodingType} value */ type: EncodingType; /** * Initializes a new instance of the Encoding class. A parameter specifies whether to write a Unicode byte order mark * @param {boolean} includeBom?-true to specify that a Unicode byte order mark is written; otherwise, false. */ constructor(includeBom?: boolean); /** * Initialize the includeBom to emit BOM or Not * @param {boolean} includeBom */ private initBOM; /** * Calculates the number of bytes produced by encoding the characters in the specified string * @param {string} chars - The string containing the set of characters to encode * @returns {number} - The number of bytes produced by encoding the specified characters */ getByteCount(chars: string): number; /** * Return the Byte of character * @param {number} codePoint * @returns {number} */ private utf8Len; /** * for 4 byte character return surrogate pair true, otherwise false * @param {number} codeUnit * @returns {boolean} */ private isHighSurrogate; /** * for 4byte character generate the surrogate pair * @param {number} highCodeUnit * @param {number} lowCodeUnit */ private toCodepoint; /** * private method to get the byte count for specific charindex and count * @param {string} chars * @param {number} charIndex * @param {number} charCount */ private getByteCountInternal; /** * Encodes a set of characters from the specified string into the ArrayBuffer. * @param {string} s- The string containing the set of characters to encode * @param {number} charIndex-The index of the first character to encode. * @param {number} charCount- The number of characters to encode. * @returns {ArrayBuffer} - The ArrayBuffer that contains the resulting sequence of bytes. */ getBytes(s: string, charIndex: number, charCount: number): ArrayBuffer; /** * Decodes a sequence of bytes from the specified ArrayBuffer into the string. * @param {ArrayBuffer} bytes- The ArrayBuffer containing the sequence of bytes to decode. * @param {number} index- The index of the first byte to decode. * @param {number} count- The number of bytes to decode. * @returns {string} - The string that contains the resulting set of characters. */ getString(bytes: ArrayBuffer, index: number, count: number): string; private getBytesOfAnsiEncoding; private getBytesOfUtf8Encoding; private getBytesOfUnicodeEncoding; private getStringOfUtf8Encoding; private getStringofUnicodeEncoding; /** * To clear the encoding instance * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; } /** * EncodingType : Specifies the encoding type */ export type EncodingType = /** * Specifies the Ansi encoding */ 'Ansi' | /** * Specifies the utf8 encoding */ 'Utf8' | /** * Specifies the Unicode encoding */ 'Unicode'; /** * To check the object is null or undefined and throw error if it is null or undefined * @param {Object} value - object to check is null or undefined * @return {boolean} * @throws {ArgumentException} - if the value is null or undefined * @private */ export function validateNullOrUndefined(value: Object, message: string): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-file-utils/src/index.d.ts /** * file utils modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-file-utils/src/save.d.ts /** * Save class provide method to save file * ```typescript * let blob : Blob = new Blob([''], { type: 'text/plain' }); * Save.save('fileName.txt',blob); */ export class Save { static isMicrosoftBrowser: boolean; /** * Initialize new instance of {save} */ constructor(); /** * Saves the file with specified name and sends the file to client browser * @param {string} fileName- file name to save. * @param {Blob} buffer- the content to write in file * @param {boolean} isMicrosoftBrowser- specify whether microsoft browser or not * @returns {void} */ static save(fileName: string, buffer: Blob): void; private static saveInternal; /** * * @param {string} extension - get mime type of the specified extension * @private */ static getMimeType(extension: string): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-file-utils/src/stream-writer.d.ts /** * StreamWriter class contains the implementation for writing characters to a file in a particular encoding * ```typescript * let writer = new StreamWriter(); * writer.write('Hello World'); * writer.save('Sample.txt'); * writer.dispose(); * ``` */ export class StreamWriter { private bufferBlob; private bufferText; private enc; /** * Gets the content written to the StreamWriter as Blob. * @returns Blob */ readonly buffer: Blob; /** * Gets the encoding. * @returns Encoding */ readonly encoding: Encoding; /** * Initializes a new instance of the StreamWriter class by using the specified encoding. * @param {Encoding} encoding?- The character encoding to use. */ constructor(encoding?: Encoding); private init; /** * Private method to set Byte Order Mark(BOM) value based on EncodingType */ private setBomByte; /** * Saves the file with specified name and sends the file to client browser * @param {string} fileName - The file name to save * @returns {void} */ save(fileName: string): void; /** * Writes the specified string. * @param {string} value - The string to write. If value is null or undefined, nothing is written. * @returns {void} */ write(value: string): void; private flush; /** * Writes the specified string followed by a line terminator * @param {string} value - The string to write. If value is null or undefined, nothing is written * @returns {void} */ writeLine(value: string): void; /** * Releases the resources used by the StreamWriter * @returns {void} */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-file-utils/src/xml-writer.d.ts /** * specifies current write state of XmlWriter */ export type XmlWriteState = 'Initial' | 'StartDocument' | 'EndDocument' | 'StartElement' | 'EndElement' | 'ElementContent'; /** * specifies namespace kind */ export type NamespaceKind = 'Written' | 'NeedToWrite' | 'Implied' | 'Special'; /** * XmlWriter class provide method to create XML data */ export class XmlWriter { private bufferText; private bufferBlob; private currentState; private namespaceStack; private elementStack; private contentPos; private attributeStack; /** * Gets the content written to the {XmlWriter} as Blob. * @returns {Blob} */ readonly buffer: Blob; /** * Initialize new instance of {XmlWriter} */ constructor(); /** * Writes processing instruction with a space between the name and text * @param {string} name - name of the processing instruction * @param {string} text - text to write in the processing instruction * @throws ArgumentException * @throws InvalidArgumentException * @throws InvalidOperationException */ writeProcessingInstruction(name: string, text: string): void; /** * Writes Xml declaration with version and standalone attribute * @param {boolean} standalone - if true it write standalone=yes else standalone=no * @throws InvalidOperation */ writeStartDocument(standalone?: boolean): void; /** * Closes any open tag or attribute and write the state back to start */ writeEndDocument(): void; /** * Writes the specified start tag and associates it with the given namespace and prefix. * @param {string} prefix - namespace prefix of element * @param {string} localName -localName of element * @param {string} namespace - namespace URI associate with element * @throws ArgumentException * @throws InvalidOperationException */ writeStartElement(prefix: string, localName: string, namespace: string): void; /** * Closes one element and pop corresponding namespace scope */ writeEndElement(): void; /** * Writes an element with the specified prefix, local name, namespace URI, and value. * @param {string} prefix - namespace prefix of element * @param {string} localName - localName of element * @param {string} namespace - namespace URI associate with element * @param {string} value - value of element */ writeElementString(prefix: string, localName: string, namespace: string, value: string): void; /** * Writes out the attribute with the specified prefix, local name, namespace URI, and value * @param {string} prefix - namespace prefix of element * @param {string} localName - localName of element * @param {string} namespace - namespace URI associate with element * @param {string} value - value of element */ writeAttributeString(prefix: string, localName: string, namespace: string, value: string): void; /** * Writes the given text content * @param {string} text - text to write * @throws InvalidOperationException */ writeString(text: string): void; /** * Write given text as raw data * @param {string} text - text to write * @throws InvalidOperationException */ writeRaw(text: string): void; private writeInternal; /** * Saves the file with specified name and sends the file to client browser * @param {string} fileName - file name */ save(fileName: string): void; /** * Releases the resources used by XmlWriter. */ destroy(): void; private flush; private writeProcessingInstructionInternal; private writeStartAttribute; private writeStartAttributePrefixAndNameSpace; private writeStartAttributeSpecialAttribute; private writeEndAttribute; private writeStartElementInternal; private writeEndElementInternal; private writeStartAttributeInternal; private writeNamespaceDeclaration; private writeStartNamespaceDeclaration; private writeStringInternal; private startElementContent; private rawText; private addNamespace; private lookupPrefix; private lookupNamespace; private lookupNamespaceIndex; private pushNamespaceImplicit; private pushNamespaceExplicit; private addAttribute; private skipPushAndWrite; private checkName; } /** * class for managing namespace collection */ export class Namespace { /** * specifies namespace's prefix */ prefix: string; /** * specifies namespace URI */ namespaceUri: string; /** * specifies namespace kind */ kind: NamespaceKind; /** * set value for current namespace instance * @param {string} prefix namespace's prefix * @param {string} namespaceUri namespace URI * @param {string} kind namespace kind */ set(prefix: string, namespaceUri: string, kind: NamespaceKind): void; /** * Releases the resources used by Namespace */ destroy(): void; } /** * class for managing element collection */ export class XmlElement { /** * specifies previous namespace top */ previousTop: number; /** * specifies element prefix */ prefix: string; /** * specifies element localName */ localName: string; /** * specified namespace URI */ namespaceUri: string; /** * set value of current element * @param {string} prefix - element prefix * @param {string} localName - element local name * @param {string} namespaceUri -namespace URI * @param {string} previousTop - previous namespace top */ set(prefix: string, localName: string, namespaceUri: string, previousTop: number): void; /** * Releases the resources used by XmlElement */ destroy(): void; } /** * class for managing attribute collection */ export class XmlAttribute { /** * specifies namespace's prefix */ prefix: string; /** * specifies namespace URI */ namespaceUri: string; /** * specifies attribute local name */ localName: string; /** * set value of current attribute * @param {string} prefix - namespace's prefix * @param {string} namespaceUri - namespace URI * @param {string} localName - attribute localName */ set(prefix: string, localName: string, namespaceUri: string): void; /** * get whether the attribute is duplicate or not * @param {string} prefix - namespace's prefix * @param {string} namespaceUri - namespace URI * @param {string} localName - attribute localName */ isDuplicate(prefix: string, localName: string, namespaceUri: string): boolean; /** * Releases the resources used by XmlAttribute */ destroy(): void; } } export namespace filemanager { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/actions/breadcrumb-bar.d.ts /** * BreadCrumbBar module */ export class BreadCrumbBar { private parent; addressPath: string; addressBarLink: string; private treeView; searchObj: inputs.TextBox; private subMenuObj; private keyboardModule; private keyConfigs; /** * constructor for addressbar module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IFileManager); private onPropertyChanged; private render; onPathChange(): void; private updateBreadCrumbBar; private onFocus; private onKeyUp; private onBlur; private subMenuSelectOperations; private addSubMenuAttributes; private searchEventBind; private searchChangeHandler; private addressPathClickHandler; private onShowInput; private updatePath; private onUpdatePath; private onCreateEnd; private onDeleteEnd; private removeSearchValue; private onResize; private liClick; private addEventListener; private keyActionHandler; private removeEventListener; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; /** * Destroys the PopUpMenu module. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private onSearchTextChange; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/actions/index.d.ts /** * File Manager actions modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/actions/toolbar.d.ts /** * `Toolbar` module is used to handle Toolbar actions. */ export class Toolbar { private parent; private items; private buttonObj; private layoutBtnObj; private default; private single; private multiple; private selection; toolbarObj: navigations.Toolbar; /** * Constructor for the Toolbar module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IFileManager); private render; private getItems; private onClicked; private toolbarCreateHandler; private updateSortByButton; private getPupupId; private layoutChange; private updateLayout; private toolbarItemData; private getId; private addEventListener; private reRenderToolbar; private onSelectionChanged; private hideItems; private hideStatus; private showPaste; private hidePaste; private onLayoutChange; private removeEventListener; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; private onPropertyChanged; /** * Destroys the Toolbar module. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * Enables or disables the specified Toolbar items. * @param {string[]} items - Specifies an array of items to be enabled or disabled. * @param {boolean} isEnable - Determines whether the Toolbar items should to be enabled or disabled. */ enableItems(items: string[], isEnable?: boolean): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/base/classes.d.ts /** * Specifies the File Manager internal ID's */ export const TOOLBAR_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const LAYOUT_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const TREE_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const LARGEICON_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const DIALOG_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const ALT_DIALOG_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const IMG_DIALOG_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const EXTN_DIALOG_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const UPLOAD_DIALOG_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTEXT_MENU_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const SORTBY_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const VIEW_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const SPLITTER_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTENT_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const BREADCRUMBBAR_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const UPLOAD_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const SEARCH_ID: string; /** * Specifies the File Manager internal class names */ export const ROOT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTROL: string; /** @hidden */ export const CHECK_SELECT: string; /** @hidden */ export const ROOT_POPUP: string; /** @hidden */ export const MOBILE: string; /** @hidden */ export const MULTI_SELECT: string; /** @hidden */ export const FILTER: string; /** @hidden */ export const LAYOUT: string; /** @hidden */ export const LAYOUT_CONTENT: string; /** @hidden */ export const LARGE_ICONS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TB_ITEM: string; /** @hidden */ export const LIST_ITEM: string; /** @hidden */ export const LIST_TEXT: string; /** @hidden */ export const LIST_PARENT: string; /** @hidden */ export const TB_OPTION_TICK: string; /** @hidden */ export const TB_OPTION_DOT: string; /** @hidden */ export const BLUR: string; /** @hidden */ export const ACTIVE: string; /** @hidden */ export const HOVER: string; /** @hidden */ export const FOCUS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CHECK: string; /** @hidden */ export const FRAME: string; /** @hidden */ export const CB_WRAP: string; /** @hidden */ export const ROW: string; /** @hidden */ export const ROWCELL: string; /** @hidden */ export const EMPTY: string; /** @hidden */ export const EMPTY_CONTENT: string; /** @hidden */ export const EMPTY_INNER_CONTENT: string; /** @hidden */ export const FOLDER: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_IMAGE: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_MUSIC: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_VIDEO: string; /** @hidden */ export const LARGE_ICON: string; /** @hidden */ export const LARGE_EMPTY_FOLDER: string; /** @hidden */ export const LARGE_EMPTY_FOLDER_TWO: string; /** @hidden */ export const LARGE_ICON_FOLDER: string; /** @hidden */ export const SELECTED_ITEMS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TEXT_CONTENT: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_HEADER: string; /** @hidden */ export const TEMPLATE_CELL: string; /** @hidden */ export const TREE_VIEW: string; /** @hidden */ export const MENU_ITEM: string; /** @hidden */ export const MENU_ICON: string; /** @hidden */ export const SUBMENU_ICON: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_VIEW: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_VIEW: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_OPEN: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_UPLOAD: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_CUT: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_COPY: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_PASTE: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_DELETE: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_RENAME: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_NEWFOLDER: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_DETAILS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_SHORTBY: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_REFRESH: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_SELECTALL: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_DOWNLOAD: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_OPTIONS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_GRID: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_LARGE: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_BREADCRUMB: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_CLEAR: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICONS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DETAILS_LABEL: string; /** @hidden */ export const ERROR_CONTENT: string; /** @hidden */ export const STATUS: string; /** @hidden */ export const BREADCRUMBS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RTL: string; /** @hidden */ export const DISPLAY_NONE: string; /** @hidden */ export const COLLAPSED: string; /** @hidden */ export const FULLROW: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_COLLAPSIBLE: string; /** @hidden */ export const SPLIT_BAR: string; /** @hidden */ export const HEADER_CHECK: string; /** @hidden */ export const OVERLAY: string; /** @hidden */ export const VALUE: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/base/constant.d.ts /** * Specifies the File Manager internal variables */ /** @hidden */ export const isFile: string; /** * Specifies the File Manager internal events */ /** @hidden */ export const modelChanged: string; /** @hidden */ export const initialEnd: string; /** @hidden */ export const finalizeEnd: string; /** @hidden */ export const createEnd: string; /** @hidden */ export const deleteEnd: string; /** @hidden */ export const refreshEnd: string; /** @hidden */ export const resizeEnd: string; /** @hidden */ export const splitterResize: string; /** @hidden */ export const pathChanged: string; /** @hidden */ export const destroy: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeRequest: string; /** @hidden */ export const upload: string; /** @hidden */ export const afterRequest: string; /** @hidden */ export const download: string; /** @hidden */ export const uiRefresh: string; /** @hidden */ export const search: string; /** @hidden */ export const openInit: string; /** @hidden */ export const openEnd: string; /** @hidden */ export const selectionChanged: string; /** @hidden */ export const selectAllInit: string; /** @hidden */ export const clearAllInit: string; /** @hidden */ export const clearPathInit: string; /** @hidden */ export const layoutChange: string; /** @hidden */ export const sortByChange: string; /** @hidden */ export const nodeExpand: string; /** @hidden */ export const renameInit: string; /** @hidden */ export const renameEnd: string; /** @hidden */ export const showPaste: string; /** @hidden */ export const hidePaste: string; /** @hidden */ export const hideLayout: string; /** @hidden */ export const updateTreeSelection: string; /** @hidden */ export const treeSelect: string; /** @hidden */ export const sortColumn: string; /** @hidden */ export const pathColumn: string; /** @hidden */ export const searchTextChange: string; /** @hidden */ export const downloadInit: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/base/file-manager-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class FileManager */ export interface FileManagerModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Specifies the AJAX settings of the file manager. * @default { * getImageUrl: null; * url: null; * uploadUrl: null; * downloadUrl: null; * } */ ajaxSettings?: AjaxSettingsModel; /** * Enables or disables the multiple files selection of the file manager. * @default true */ allowMultiSelection?: boolean; /** * Specifies the context menu settings of the file manager. * @default { * file: ['Open', '|', 'Delete', 'Rename', '|', 'Details'], * folder: ['Open', '|', 'Delete', 'Rename', '|', 'Details'], * layout: ['SortBy', 'View', 'Refresh', '|', 'NewFolder', 'Upload', '|', 'Details', '|', 'SelectAll'], * visible: true, * } */ contextMenuSettings?: ContextMenuSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the root CSS class of the file manager that allows to customize the appearance by overriding the styles. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies the details view settings of the file manager. * @default { * Columns: [{ * field: 'name', headerText: 'Name', minWidth: 120, width: 'auto', customAttributes: { class: 'e-fe-grid-name' }, * template: '<span class="e-fe-text" title="${name}">${name}</span>'},{field: 'size', headerText: 'Size', * minWidth: 50, width: '110', template: '<span class="e-fe-size">${size}</span>'}, * { field: 'dateModified', headerText: 'DateModified', * minWidth: 50, width: '190'} * ] * } */ detailsViewSettings?: DetailsViewSettingsModel; /** * Enables or disables persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following APIs will persist. * 1. `view` - Represents the previous view of the file manager. * @default false */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * When set to true, enables RTL mode of the component that displays the content in the right-to-left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Specifies the height of the file manager. * @default '400px' */ height?: string | number; /** * Specifies the initial view of the file manager. * With the help of this property, initial view can be changed to details or largeicons view. * @default 'LargeIcons' */ view?: viewType; /** * Specifies the navigationpane settings of the file manager. * @default { * maxWidth: '650px', * minWidth: '240px', * visible: true, * } */ navigationPaneSettings?: NavigationPaneSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the current path of the file manager. * @default '/' */ path?: string; /** * Specifies the search settings of the file manager. * @default { * allowSearchOnTyping: true, * filterType: 'contains', * ignoreCase: true * } */ searchSettings?: SearchSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the selected folders and files name of the file manager * @default [] */ selectedItems?: string[]; /** * Show or hide the file extension in file manager. * @default true */ showFileExtension?: boolean; /** * Show or hide the files and folders that are marked as hidden. * @default false */ showHiddenItems?: boolean; /** * Shows or hides the thumbnail images in largeicons view. * @default true */ showThumbnail?: boolean; /** * Specifies the group of items aligned horizontally in the toolbar. * @default { * items: ['NewFolder', 'Upload', 'Delete', 'Download', 'Rename', 'SortBy', 'Refresh', 'Selection', 'View', 'Details'], * visible: true * } */ toolbarSettings?: ToolbarSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the upload settings for the file manager. * @default null */ uploadSettings?: UploadSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the width of the file manager. * @default '100%' */ width?: string | number; /** * Triggers before the file/folder is rendered. * @event */ beforeFileLoad?: base.EmitType<FileBeforeLoadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the file/folder is opened. * @event */ beforeFileOpen?: base.EmitType<FileOpenEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the AJAX request send to the server. * @event */ beforeSend?: base.EmitType<FileBeforeSendEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the file manager component is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the file manager component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the file/folder is selected/unselected. * @event */ fileSelect?: base.EmitType<FileSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the context menu item is clicked. * @event */ menuClick?: base.EmitType<FileMenuClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the context menu is opened. * @event */ menuOpen?: base.EmitType<FileMenuOpenEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the AJAX request is failed. * @event */ onError?: base.EmitType<FileOnErrorEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the AJAX request is success. * @event */ onSuccess?: base.EmitType<FileOnSuccessEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the toolbar item is clicked. * @event */ toolbarClick?: base.EmitType<FileToolbarClickEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/base/file-manager.d.ts /** * The FileManager component allows users to access and manage the file system through the web browser. It can performs the * functionalities like add, rename, search, sort, upload and delete files or folders. And also it * provides an easy way of dynamic injectable modules like toolbar, navigationpane, detailsview, largeiconsview. * ```html * <div id="file"></div> * ``` * ```typescript, * let feObj: FileManager = new FileManager(); * feObj.appendTo('#file'); * ``` */ export class FileManager extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** @hidden */ toolbarModule: Toolbar; /** @hidden */ detailsviewModule: DetailsView; /** @hidden */ navigationpaneModule: ITreeView; /** @hidden */ largeiconsviewModule: LargeIconsView; /** @hidden */ contextmenuModule: IContextMenu; /** @hidden */ breadcrumbbarModule: BreadCrumbBar; private keyboardModule; private keyConfigs; originalPath: string; pathId: string[]; expandedId: string; itemData: Object[]; visitedData: Object; visitedItem: Element; toolbarSelection: boolean; targetPath: string; feParent: Object[]; feFiles: Object[]; activeElements: NodeListOf<Element>; activeModule: string; treeObj: navigations.TreeView; dialogObj: popups.Dialog; viewerObj: popups.Dialog; extDialogObj: popups.Dialog; selectedNodes: string[]; duplicateItems: string[]; previousPath: string[]; nextPath: string[]; fileAction: string; replaceItems: string[]; createdItem: { [key: string]: Object; }; renamedItem: { [key: string]: Object; }; uploadItem: string[]; fileLength: number; deleteRecords: string[]; fileView: string; isDevice: Boolean; isMobile: Boolean; isBigger: Boolean; isFile: boolean; nodeNames: Object[]; sortOrder: SortOrder; sortBy: string; cutNodes: Object[]; pasteNodes: Object[]; currentItemText: string; renameText: string; parentPath: string; enablePaste: boolean; splitterObj: layouts.Splitter; persistData: boolean; singleSelection: string; breadCrumbBarNavigation: HTMLElement; localeObj: base.L10n; uploadObj: inputs.Uploader; uploadDialogObj: popups.Dialog; private isOpened; searchedItems: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** * Specifies the AJAX settings of the file manager. * @default { * getImageUrl: null; * url: null; * uploadUrl: null; * downloadUrl: null; * } */ ajaxSettings: AjaxSettingsModel; /** * Enables or disables the multiple files selection of the file manager. * @default true */ allowMultiSelection: boolean; /** * Specifies the context menu settings of the file manager. * @default { * file: ['Open', '|', 'Delete', 'Rename', '|', 'Details'], * folder: ['Open', '|', 'Delete', 'Rename', '|', 'Details'], * layout: ['SortBy', 'View', 'Refresh', '|', 'NewFolder', 'Upload', '|', 'Details', '|', 'SelectAll'], * visible: true, * } */ contextMenuSettings: ContextMenuSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the root CSS class of the file manager that allows to customize the appearance by overriding the styles. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies the details view settings of the file manager. * @default { * Columns: [{ * field: 'name', headerText: 'Name', minWidth: 120, width: 'auto', customAttributes: { class: 'e-fe-grid-name' }, * template: '<span class="e-fe-text" title="${name}">${name}</span>'},{field: 'size', headerText: 'Size', * minWidth: 50, width: '110', template: '<span class="e-fe-size">${size}</span>'}, * { field: 'dateModified', headerText: 'DateModified', * minWidth: 50, width: '190'} * ] * } */ detailsViewSettings: DetailsViewSettingsModel; /** * Enables or disables persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following APIs will persist. * 1. `view` - Represents the previous view of the file manager. * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * When set to true, enables RTL mode of the component that displays the content in the right-to-left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Specifies the height of the file manager. * @default '400px' */ height: string | number; /** * Specifies the initial view of the file manager. * With the help of this property, initial view can be changed to details or largeicons view. * @default 'LargeIcons' */ view: viewType; /** * Specifies the navigationpane settings of the file manager. * @default { * maxWidth: '650px', * minWidth: '240px', * visible: true, * } */ navigationPaneSettings: NavigationPaneSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the current path of the file manager. * @default '/' */ path: string; /** * Specifies the search settings of the file manager. * @default { * allowSearchOnTyping: true, * filterType: 'contains', * ignoreCase: true * } */ searchSettings: SearchSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the selected folders and files name of the file manager * @default [] */ selectedItems: string[]; /** * Show or hide the file extension in file manager. * @default true */ showFileExtension: boolean; /** * Show or hide the files and folders that are marked as hidden. * @default false */ showHiddenItems: boolean; /** * Shows or hides the thumbnail images in largeicons view. * @default true */ showThumbnail: boolean; /** * Specifies the group of items aligned horizontally in the toolbar. * @default { * items: ['NewFolder', 'Upload', 'Delete', 'Download', 'Rename', 'SortBy', 'Refresh', 'Selection', 'View', 'Details'], * visible: true * } */ toolbarSettings: ToolbarSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the upload settings for the file manager. * @default null */ uploadSettings: UploadSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the width of the file manager. * @default '100%' */ width: string | number; /** * Triggers before the file/folder is rendered. * @event */ beforeFileLoad: base.EmitType<FileBeforeLoadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the file/folder is opened. * @event */ beforeFileOpen: base.EmitType<FileOpenEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the AJAX request send to the server. * @event */ beforeSend: base.EmitType<FileBeforeSendEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the file manager component is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the file manager component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the file/folder is selected/unselected. * @event */ fileSelect: base.EmitType<FileSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the context menu item is clicked. * @event */ menuClick: base.EmitType<FileMenuClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the context menu is opened. * @event */ menuOpen: base.EmitType<FileMenuOpenEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the AJAX request is failed. * @event */ onError: base.EmitType<FileOnErrorEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the AJAX request is success. * @event */ onSuccess: base.EmitType<FileOnSuccessEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the toolbar item is clicked. * @event */ toolbarClick: base.EmitType<FileToolbarClickEventArgs>; constructor(options?: FileManagerModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Get component name. * @returns string * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Initialize the event handler */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Gets the properties to be maintained upon browser refresh.. * @returns string * @hidden */ getPersistData(): string; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for component rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @hidden */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * To Initialize the control rendering * @private */ protected render(): void; private ensurePath; private initialize; private addWrapper; private adjustHeight; private splitterResize; private splitterAdjust; private addCssClass; private showSpinner; private hideSpinner; private onContextMenu; private checkMobile; private renderFileUpload; private renderUploadBox; private updateUploader; private onOpen; private onClose; private onUploading; private onRemoving; private onClearing; private onSelected; private onUploadSuccess; private onUploadFailure; private onInitialEnd; private addEventListeners; private removeEventListeners; private resizeHandler; private keyActionHandler; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; private setPath; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @param {FileManager} newProp * @param {FileManager} oldProp * @returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: FileManagerModel, oldProp: FileManagerModel): void; private ajaxSettingSetModel; private localeSetModelOption; /** * Triggers when the component is destroyed. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; /** * Disables the specified toolbar items of the file manager. * @param {items: string[]} items - Specifies an array of items to be disabled. * @returns void */ disableToolbarItems(items: string[]): void; /** * Enables the specified toolbar items of the file manager. * @param {items: string[]} items - Specifies an array of items to be enabled. * @returns void */ enableToolbarItems(items: string[]): void; /** * Refresh the folder files of the file manager. * @returns void */ refreshFiles(): void; /** * To select node names for performing file operations * @public * @hidden */ fileOperation(nodes: Object[], operation?: string): void; /** * Gets details of file's / folder's * @hidden */ getDetails(): void; /** * Performs paste operation * @hidden */ pasteHandler(): void; /** * Performs delete operation * @hidden */ deleteHandler(items: Object[]): void; /** * Specifies the direction of FileManager */ private setRtl; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/base/index.d.ts /** * File Manager base modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/base/interface.d.ts export type viewType = 'LargeIcons' | 'Details'; export type SortOrder = 'Ascending' | 'Descending'; /** * Interfaces for File Manager */ export interface IToolBarItems { template?: string; tooltipText?: string; } export interface FileMenuOpenEventArgs { element?: HTMLElement; fileDetails?: Object; items?: navigations.MenuItemModel[]; menuModule?: navigations.ContextMenu; parentItem?: navigations.MenuItemModel; cancel?: boolean; target?: Element; } export interface NotifyArgs { module?: string; newProp?: FileManagerModel; oldProp?: FileManagerModel; target?: Element; selectedNode?: string; } export interface ReadArgs { cwd?: { [key: string]: Object; }; files?: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; error?: ErrorArgs; details?: Object; id?: string; } export interface MouseArgs { target?: Element; } export interface UploadArgs { files?: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; error?: Object[]; details?: Object; } export interface ErrorArgs { code?: string; message?: string; fileExists?: string[]; } export interface DialogOptions { header?: string; content?: string; buttons?: popups.ButtonPropsModel[]; open?: base.EmitType<Object>; } export interface SearchArgs { files?: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; error?: Object[]; details?: Object; } export interface FileDetails { created?: string; isFile: boolean; location: string; modified: string; name: string; size: number; icon: string; multipleFiles: boolean; } export interface DownloadArgs { files?: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; error?: Object[]; details?: Object; } export interface FileBeforeSendEventArgs { /** * Return the name of the AJAX action will be performed. */ action?: string; /** * Return the AJAX details which are send to server. */ ajaxSettings?: Object; /** * If you want to cancel this event then, set cancel as true. Otherwise, false. */ cancel?: boolean; } export interface FileOnSuccessEventArgs { /** * Return the name of the AJAX action will be performed. */ action?: string; /** * Return the AJAX details which are send to server. */ result?: Object; } export interface FileOnErrorEventArgs { /** * Return the name of the AJAX action will be performed. */ action?: string; /** * Return the AJAX details which are send to server. */ error?: Object; } export interface FileBeforeLoadEventArgs { /** * Return the current rendering item. */ element?: HTMLElement; /** * Return the current rendering item as JSON object. */ fileDetails?: Object; /** * Return the name of the rendering module in File Manager. */ module?: string; } export interface FileOpenEventArgs { /** * If you want to cancel this event then, set cancel as true. Otherwise, false. */ cancel?: boolean; /** * Return the currently selected item as JSON object. */ fileDetails?: Object; } export interface FileSelectEventArgs { /** * Return the name of action like select or un-select. */ action?: string; /** * Return the currently selected item as JSON object. */ fileDetails?: Object; } export interface FileToolbarClickEventArgs { /** * If you want to cancel this event then, set cancel as true. Otherwise, false. */ cancel: boolean; /** * Return the currently selected folder/file item as JSON object. */ fileDetails: Object; /** * Return the currently clicked toolbar item as JSON object. */ item: navigations.ItemModel; } export interface FileMenuClickEventArgs { /** * If you want to cancel this event then, set cancel as true. Otherwise, false. */ cancel?: Boolean; /** * Return the currently clicked context menu item. */ element?: HTMLElement; /** * Return the currently selected folder/file item as JSON object. */ fileDetails?: Object; /** * Return the currently clicked context menu item as JSON object. */ item?: navigations.MenuItemModel; } export interface IFileManager extends base.Component<HTMLElement> { pathId: string[]; originalPath: string; expandedId: string; itemData: Object[]; visitedData: Object; visitedItem: Element; feParent: Object[]; feFiles: Object; ajaxSettings: AjaxSettingsModel; toolbarSettings: ToolbarSettingsModel; dialogObj: popups.Dialog; viewerObj: popups.Dialog; extDialogObj: popups.Dialog; splitterObj: layouts.Splitter; breadCrumbBarNavigation: HTMLElement; searchSettings: SearchSettingsModel; activeElements: NodeListOf<Element>; contextMenuSettings: ContextMenuSettingsModel; contextmenuModule?: IContextMenu; navigationPaneSettings: NavigationPaneSettingsModel; targetPath: string; activeModule: string; selectedNodes: string[]; deleteHandler: Function; previousPath: string[]; nextPath: string[]; navigationpaneModule: ITreeView; largeiconsviewModule: LargeIconsView; breadcrumbbarModule: BreadCrumbBar; toolbarSelection: boolean; fileOperation: Function; getDetails: Function; pasteHandler: Function; duplicateItems: string[]; fileAction: string; replaceItems: string[]; createdItem: { [key: string]: Object; }; renamedItem: { [key: string]: Object; }; uploadItem: string[]; fileLength: number; detailsviewModule: DetailsView; toolbarModule: Toolbar; fileView: string; isDevice: Boolean; isMobile: Boolean; isBigger: Boolean; isFile: boolean; allowMultiSelection: boolean; selectedItems: string[]; nodeNames: Object[]; sortOrder: SortOrder; sortBy: string; cutNodes: Object[]; pasteNodes: Object[]; currentItemText: string; renameText: string; parentPath: string; view: viewType; enablePaste: boolean; showThumbnail: boolean; enableRtl: boolean; path: string; showFileExtension: boolean; enablePersistence: boolean; showHiddenItems: boolean; persistData: boolean; singleSelection: string; localeObj: base.L10n; uploadObj: inputs.Uploader; cssClass: string; searchedItems: Object[]; } export interface ITreeView extends base.Component<HTMLElement> { treeObj: navigations.TreeView; treeNodes: string[]; moveNode: Function; removeNode: Function; removeNodes: string[]; copyNode: Function; duplicateFiles: Function; copyNodes: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; rootNode: string; rootID: string; activeNode: Element; } export interface IContextMenu extends base.Component<HTMLElement> { contextMenu: navigations.ContextMenu; contextMenuBeforeOpen: Function; items: navigations.MenuItemModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/common/index.d.ts /** * File Manager common operations */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/common/operations.d.ts /** * Function to read the content from given path in File Manager. * @private */ export function read(parent: IFileManager, event: string, path: string): void; /** * Function to create new folder in File Manager. * @private */ export function createFolder(parent: IFileManager, itemName: string): void; export function rename(parent: IFileManager, itemNewName: string): void; /** * Function to paste file's and folder's in File Manager. * @private */ export function paste(parent: IFileManager, path: string, names: string[], targetPath: string, pasteOperation: string, navigationPane?: ITreeView, replaceItems?: string[]): void; /** * Function to delete file's and folder's in File Manager. * @private */ export function Delete(parent: IFileManager, items: string[], path: string, operation: string, treeView: ITreeView): void; /** * Function to get details of file's and folder's in File Manager. * @private */ export function GetDetails(parent: IFileManager, itemNames: string[], path: string, operation: string): void; export function Search(parent: IFileManager, event: string, path: string, searchString: string, showHiddenItems?: boolean, caseSensitive?: boolean): void; export function Download(parent: IFileManager, selectedRecords: Array<any>): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/common/utility.d.ts /** * Utility file for common actions */ export function copyPath(file: IFileManager): void; export function updatePath(node: HTMLLIElement, text: string, instance: IFileManager): void; export function getPath(element: Element | Node, text: string): string; export function getPathId(node: Element): string[]; export function getParents(element: Element, text: string, isId: boolean): string[]; export function treeNodes(tree: ITreeView, gridFiles?: Object[], action?: string): void; export function activeElement(action: string, isGrid?: boolean, file?: IFileManager): Object[]; export function addBlur(nodes: Element): void; export function removeBlur(file?: IFileManager, hover?: string): void; export function getModule(element: Element, file?: IFileManager): void; export function refresh(parent: IFileManager): void; export function openAction(parent: IFileManager): void; export function getFileObject(parent: IFileManager): Object; export function getPathObject(parent: IFileManager): Object; export function copyFiles(parent: IFileManager): void; export function cutFiles(parent: IFileManager): void; export function fileType(file: Object): string; export function getImageUrl(parent: IFileManager, item: Object): string; export function getSortedData(parent: IFileManager, items: Object[]): Object[]; export function getItemObject(parent: IFileManager, item: Element): Object; export function getObject(parent: IFileManager, name: string): Object; export function createEmptyElement(parent: IFileManager, operation: string, element: HTMLElement): void; export function getDirectories(files: Object[]): Object[]; export function setNodeId(result: ReadArgs, rootId: string): void; export function setDateObject(args: Object[]): void; export function getLocaleText(parent: IFileManager, text: string): string; export function getCssClass(parent: IFileManager, css: string): string; export function sortbyClickHandler(parent: IFileManager, args: navigations.MenuEventArgs): void; export function getSortField(id: string): string; export function setNextPath(parent: IFileManager, path: string): void; export function openSearchFolder(parent: IFileManager, data: Object): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/index.d.ts /** * File Manager modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/layout/details-view.d.ts /** * GridView module */ export class DetailsView { element: HTMLElement; private parent; private keyboardModule; private keyConfigs; private selectedItem; private sortItem; private isInteracted; private clickObj; private sortSelectedNodes; private emptyArgs; gridObj: grids.Grid; pasteOperation: boolean; uploadOperation: boolean; private count; private isRendered; /** * Constructor for the GridView module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: FileManager); private render; private getColumns; private adjustHeight; private renderCheckBox; private onRowDataBound; private onActionBegin; private onHeaderCellInfo; private onBeforeDataBound; private maintainBlur; private onDataBound; private selectRecords; private onSortColumn; private onPropertyChanged; private onPathChanged; private checkEmptyDiv; private onOpenInit; /** * Triggers when double click on the grid record * @public */ DblClickEvents(args: grids.RecordDoubleClickEventArgs): void; openContent(data: Object): void; private onLayoutChange; private onSearchFiles; private changeData; private onFinalizeEnd; private onCreateEnd; private onRenameInit; private onDeleteEnd; private onRefreshEnd; private onHideLayout; private onSelectAllInit; private onClearAllInit; private onSelectionChanged; private onBeforeRequest; private onAfterRequest; private addEventListener; private removeEventListener; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; /** * Destroys the GridView module. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * grids.Grid row selected event * @private */ private onSelected; private onPathColumn; private selectedRecords; /** * grids.Grid row de-selected event * @private */ private onDeSelection; private triggerSelect; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; private wireClickEvent; private removeSelection; /** * grids.Grid keyDown event * @private */ private keyDown; /** * Get selected grid records * @public */ gridSelectNodes(): Object[]; private updateRenameData; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/layout/index.d.ts /** * File Manager layout modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/layout/large-icons-view.d.ts /** * LargeIcons module */ export class LargeIconsView { private parent; element: HTMLElement; listObj: lists.ListBaseOptions; private listView; private keyboardModule; private keyboardDownModule; private keyConfigs; private itemList; private items; private clickObj; private perRow; private startItem; private multiSelect; listElements: HTMLElement; pasteOperation: boolean; uploadOperation: boolean; private count; private isRendered; private tapCount; private tapEvent; private isSetModel; /** * Constructor for the LargeIcons module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IFileManager); private render; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; private adjustHeight; private onItemCreated; private renderCheckbox; private onLayoutChange; private checkItem; private renderList; private onFinalizeEnd; private onCreateEnd; private onDeleteEnd; private onRefreshEnd; private onRenameInit; private onRenameEnd; private onPathChanged; private onOpenInit; private onHideLayout; private onSelectAllInit; private onClearAllInit; private onBeforeRequest; private onAfterRequest; private onSearch; private removeEventListener; private addEventListener; private onPropertyChanged; /** * Destroys the LargeIcons module. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; private onMouseOver; private wireClickEvent; private doTapAction; private clickHandler; /** @hidden */ doSelection(target: Element, e: base.TouchEventArgs | base.MouseEventArgs | base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; private dblClickHandler; private clearSelection; private resetMultiSelect; private doOpenAction; private updateType; private keydownActionHandler; private keyActionHandler; private updateRenameData; private getVisitedItem; private getFocusedItem; private getActiveItem; private getFirstItem; private getLastItem; private navigateItem; private navigateDown; private navigateRight; private getNextItem; private setFocus; private cut; private copy; private escapeKey; private spaceKey; private ctrlAKey; private csEndKey; private csHomeKey; private csDownKey; private csLeftKey; private csRightKey; private csUpKey; private addActive; private removeActive; private addFocus; private checkState; private clearSelect; private resizeHandler; private getItemCount; private triggerSelect; private selectItems; private getIndexes; private getItemObject; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/layout/navigation-pane.d.ts /** * `TreeView` module is used to handle Navigation actions. */ export class NavigationPane { private parent; treeObj: navigations.TreeView; private fileObj; private treeInterface; activeNode: Element; private keyboardModule; private keyConfigs; private expandNodeTarget; rootNode: string; treeNodes: string[]; removeNodes: string[]; copyNodes: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; touchClickObj: base.Touch; expandTree: boolean; /** * Constructor for the TreeView module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IFileManager); private onInit; private onDrowNode; private addChild; /** * Tree node selection event * @private */ private onNodeSelected; /** * Tree node expand event * @private */ private onNodeExpand; private onNodeExpanded; private onNodeEditing; private onPathChanged; private updateTree; private removeChildNodes; private onOpenEnd; private onOpenInit; private onInitialEnd; private onFinalizeEnd; private onCreateEnd; private onDeleteEnd; private onRefreshEnd; private onRenameInit; private onRenameEnd; private onPropertyChanged; private onDownLoadInit; private onSelectionChanged; private onClearPathInit; private addEventListener; private removeEventListener; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; /** * Destroys the TreeView module. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; private keyDown; private updateRenameData; private updateActionData; /** * Move tree folders on cut operation * @public */ moveNode(): void; /** * Remove tree folders on delete operation * @public */ removeNode(): void; /** * Add tree folders on copy operation * @public */ copyNode(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/ajax-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class AjaxSettings */ export interface AjaxSettingsModel { /** * Specifies URL to download the files from server. * @default null */ downloadUrl?: string; /** * Specifies URL to get the images from server. * @default null */ getImageUrl?: string; /** * Specifies URL to upload the files to server. * @default null */ uploadUrl?: string; /** * Specifies URL to read the files from server. * @default null */ url?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/ajax-settings.d.ts /** * Specifies the Ajax settings of the File Manager. */ export class AjaxSettings extends base.ChildProperty<AjaxSettings> { /** * Specifies URL to download the files from server. * @default null */ downloadUrl: string; /** * Specifies URL to get the images from server. * @default null */ getImageUrl: string; /** * Specifies URL to upload the files to server. * @default null */ uploadUrl: string; /** * Specifies URL to read the files from server. * @default null */ url: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/contextMenu-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class ContextMenuSettings */ export interface ContextMenuSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the array of string or object that is used to configure file items. * @default fileItems */ file?: string[]; /** * An array of string or object that is used to configure folder items. * @default folderItems */ folder?: string[]; /** * An array of string or object that is used to configure layout items. * @default layoutItems */ layout?: string[]; /** * Enable or disable the ContextMenu. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/contextMenu-settings.d.ts export const fileItems: string[]; export const folderItems: string[]; export const layoutItems: string[]; /** * Specifies the ContextMenu settings of the File Manager. */ export class ContextMenuSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ContextMenuSettings> { /** * Specifies the array of string or object that is used to configure file items. * @default fileItems */ file: string[]; /** * An array of string or object that is used to configure folder items. * @default folderItems */ folder: string[]; /** * An array of string or object that is used to configure layout items. * @default layoutItems */ layout: string[]; /** * Enable or disable the ContextMenu. * @default true */ visible: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/default-locale.d.ts /** * Specifies the default locale of FileManager component */ export let defaultLocale: Object; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/details-view-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class DetailsViewSettings */ export interface DetailsViewSettingsModel { /** * If `columnResizing` is set to true, Grid columns can be resized. * @default true */ columnResizing?: boolean; /** * Specifies the customizable details view * @default { * Columns: [{ * field: 'name', headerText: 'Name', minWidth: 120, width: 'auto', customAttributes: { class: 'e-fe-grid-name' }, * template: '<span class="e-fe-text" title="${name}">${name}</span>'},{field: 'size', headerText: 'Size', * minWidth: 50, width: '110', template: '<span class="e-fe-size">${size}</span>'}, * { field: 'dateModified', headerText: 'DateModified', * minWidth: 50, width: '190'} * ] * } */ columns?: grids.ColumnModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/details-view-settings.d.ts /** * Specifies the columns in the details view of the file manager. */ export const columnArray: grids.ColumnModel[]; /** * Specifies the grid settings of the File Manager. */ export class DetailsViewSettings extends base.ChildProperty<DetailsViewSettings> { /** * If `columnResizing` is set to true, Grid columns can be resized. * @default true */ columnResizing: boolean; /** * Specifies the customizable details view * @default { * Columns: [{ * field: 'name', headerText: 'Name', minWidth: 120, width: 'auto', customAttributes: { class: 'e-fe-grid-name' }, * template: '<span class="e-fe-text" title="${name}">${name}</span>'},{field: 'size', headerText: 'Size', * minWidth: 50, width: '110', template: '<span class="e-fe-size">${size}</span>'}, * { field: 'dateModified', headerText: 'DateModified', * minWidth: 50, width: '190'} * ] * } */ columns: grids.ColumnModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/index.d.ts /** * FileExplorer common modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/navigation-pane-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class NavigationPaneSettings */ export interface NavigationPaneSettingsModel { /** * specifies the maximum width of navigationpane. * @default '650px' */ maxWidth?: string | number; /** * Specifies the minimum width of navigationpane. * @default '240px' */ minWidth?: string | number; /** * Enable or disable the navigation pane. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/navigation-pane-settings.d.ts /** * Specifies the navigationpane settings of the File Manager. */ export class NavigationPaneSettings extends base.ChildProperty<NavigationPaneSettings> { /** * specifies the maximum width of navigationpane. * @default '650px' */ maxWidth: string | number; /** * Specifies the minimum width of navigationpane. * @default '240px' */ minWidth: string | number; /** * Enable or disable the navigation pane. * @default true */ visible: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/search-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SearchSettings */ export interface SearchSettingsModel { /** * Enable or disable the allowSearchOnTyping. * @default true */ allowSearchOnTyping?: boolean; /** * Specifies the filter type while searching the content. * @default 'contains' */ filterType?: FilterType; /** * If ignoreCase is set to false, searches files that match exactly, * else searches files that are case insensitive(uppercase and lowercase letters treated the same). * @default true */ ignoreCase?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/search-settings.d.ts export type FilterType = 'contains' | 'startWith' | 'endsWith'; /** * Specifies the Ajax settings of the File Manager. */ export class SearchSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SearchSettings> { /** * Enable or disable the allowSearchOnTyping. * @default true */ allowSearchOnTyping: boolean; /** * Specifies the filter type while searching the content. * @default 'contains' */ filterType: FilterType; /** * If ignoreCase is set to false, searches files that match exactly, * else searches files that are case insensitive(uppercase and lowercase letters treated the same). * @default true */ ignoreCase: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/toolbar-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class ToolbarSettings */ export interface ToolbarSettingsModel { /** * An array of string or object that is used to configure the toolbar items. * @default toolbarItems */ items?: string[]; /** * Enable or disable the toolbar rendering in the file manager component * @default true */ visible?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/toolbar-settings.d.ts export const toolbarItems: string[]; /** * Specifies the Toolbar settings of the FileManager. */ export class ToolbarSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ToolbarSettings> { /** * An array of string or object that is used to configure the toolbar items. * @default toolbarItems */ items: string[]; /** * Enable or disable the toolbar rendering in the file manager component * @default true */ visible: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/upload-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class UploadSettings */ export interface UploadSettingsModel { /** * By default, the FileManager component initiates automatic upload when the files are added in upload queue. * If you want to manipulate the files before uploading to server, disable the autoUpload property. * The buttons "upload" and "clear" will be hided from file list when autoUpload property is true. * @default true */ autoUpload?: boolean; /** * Specifies the minimum file size to be uploaded in bytes. * The property used to make sure that you cannot upload empty files and small files. * @default 0 */ minFileSize?: number; /** * Specifies the maximum allowed file size to be uploaded in bytes. * The property used to make sure that you cannot upload too large files. * @default 30000000 */ maxFileSize?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/models/upload-settings.d.ts /** * Specifies the Ajax settings of the File Manager. */ export class UploadSettings extends base.ChildProperty<UploadSettings> { /** * By default, the FileManager component initiates automatic upload when the files are added in upload queue. * If you want to manipulate the files before uploading to server, disable the autoUpload property. * The buttons "upload" and "clear" will be hided from file list when autoUpload property is true. * @default true */ autoUpload: boolean; /** * Specifies the minimum file size to be uploaded in bytes. * The property used to make sure that you cannot upload empty files and small files. * @default 0 */ minFileSize: number; /** * Specifies the maximum allowed file size to be uploaded in bytes. * The property used to make sure that you cannot upload too large files. * @default 30000000 */ maxFileSize: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/pop-up/context-menu.d.ts /** * ContextMenu module */ export class ContextMenu { private parent; private targetElement; contextMenu: navigations.ContextMenu; private keyConfigs; private keyboardModule; /** * Constructor for the ContextMenu module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IFileManager); private render; onBeforeItemRender(args: splitbuttons.MenuEventArgs): void; onBeforeOpen(args: navigations.BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs): void; /** @hidden */ getTargetView(target: Element): string; private setFolderItem; private setFileItem; private setLayoutItem; private onSelect; private changeLayout; private onPropertyChanged; private addEventListener; private removeEventListener; private keyActionHandler; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; /** * Destroys the ContextMenu module. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ private destroy; private getItemData; private getMenuId; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/pop-up/dialog.d.ts /** * Function to create the dialog for new folder in File Manager. * @private */ export function createDialog(parent: IFileManager, text: string, e?: ReadArgs | inputs.SelectedEventArgs, details?: FileDetails, replaceItems?: string[]): void; export function createImageDialog(parent: IFileManager, header: string, imageUrl: string): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/file-manager/pop-up/index.d.ts /** * File Manager pop-up modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-filemanager/src/index.d.ts /** * File Manager all modules */ } export namespace gantt { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/components.d.ts /** * Gantt Component */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/actions.d.ts /** * Gantt Action Modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/cell-edit.d.ts /** * To handle cell edit action on default columns and custom columns */ export class CellEdit { private parent; /** * @private */ isCellEdit: boolean; constructor(ganttObj: Gantt); /** * Bind all editing related properties from Gantt to TreeGrid */ private bindTreeGridProperties; /** * Ensure current cell was editable or not * @param args */ private ensureEditCell; /** * To render edit dialog and to focus on notes tab * @param args */ private openNotesEditor; /** * Initiate cell save action on Gantt with arguments from TreeGrid * @param args * @param editedObj * @private */ initiateCellEdit(args: object, editedObj: object): void; /** * To update task name cell with new value * @param args */ private taskNameEdited; /** * To update task notes cell with new value * @param args */ private notedEdited; /** * To update task start date cell with new value * @param args */ private startDateEdited; /** * To update task end date cell with new value * @param args */ private endDateEdited; /** * To update duration cell with new value * @param args */ private durationEdited; /** * To update progress cell with new value * @param args */ private progressEdited; /** * To update baselines with new baseline start date and baseline end date * @param args */ private baselineEdited; /** * To update task's resource cell with new value * @param args * @param editedObj */ private resourceEdited; /** * To update task's predecessor cell with new value * @param editedArgs * @param cellEditArgs */ private dependencyEdited; /** * To compare start date and end date from Gantt record * @param ganttRecord */ private compareDatesFromRecord; /** * To start method save action with edited cell value * @param args */ private updateEditedRecord; /** * To remove all public private properties * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/chart-scroll.d.ts /** * To handle scroll event on chart and from TreeGrid * @hidden */ export class ChartScroll { private parent; private element; previousScroll: { top: number; left: number; }; /** * Constructor for the scrolling. * @hidden */ constructor(parent: Gantt); /** * Bind event */ private addEventListeners; /** * Unbind events */ private removeEventListeners; /** * * @param args */ private gridScrollHandler; /** * Scroll event handler */ private onScroll; /** * To set height for chart scroll container * @param height - To set height for scroll container in chart side * @private */ setHeight(height: string | number): void; /** * To set width for chart scroll container * @param width - To set width to scroll container * @private */ setWidth(width: string | number): void; /** * To set scroll top for chart scroll container * @param scrollTop - To set scroll top for scroll container * @private */ setScrollTop(scrollTop: number): void; /** * To set scroll left for chart scroll container * @param scrollLeft - To set scroll left for scroll container */ setScrollLeft(scrollLeft: number): void; /** * Destroy scroll related elements and unbind the events * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/column-reorder.d.ts /** * To handle column reorder action from TreeGrid */ export class Reorder { parent: Gantt; constructor(gantt: Gantt); /** * Get module name */ private getModuleName; /** * To bind reorder events. * @return {void} * @private */ private bindEvents; /** * To destroy the column-reorder. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/column-resize.d.ts /** * Column resize action related code goes here */ export class Resize { parent: Gantt; constructor(gantt: Gantt); /** * Get module name */ private getModuleName; /** * To bind resize events. * @return {void} * @private */ private bindEvents; /** * To destroy the column-resizer. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/connector-line-edit.d.ts /** * File for handling connector line edit operation in Gantt. */ export class ConnectorLineEdit { private parent; private connectorLineElement; constructor(ganttObj?: Gantt); /** * To update connector line edit element. * @return {void} * @private */ updateConnectorLineEditElement(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To get hovered connector line element. * @return {void} * @private */ private getConnectorLineHoverElement; /** * To highlight connector line while hover. * @return {void} * @private */ private highlightConnectorLineElements; /** * To add connector line highlight class. * @return {void} * @private */ private addHighlight; /** * To remove connector line highlight class. * @return {void} * @private */ private removeHighlight; /** * To remove connector line highlight class. * @return {void} * @private */ getEditedConnectorLineString(records: IGanttData[]): string; /** * To refresh connector line object collections * @param parentGanttRecord * @param childGanttRecord * @param predecessor * @private */ updateConnectorLineObject(parentGanttRecord: IGanttData, childGanttRecord: IGanttData, predecessor: IPredecessor): IConnectorLineObject; /** * Tp refresh connector lines of edited records * @param editedRecord * @private */ refreshEditedRecordConnectorLine(editedRecord: IGanttData[]): void; /** * Method to remove connector line from DOM * @param records * @private */ removePreviousConnectorLines(records: IGanttData[] | object): void; private removeConnectorLineById; private idFromPredecessor; private predecessorValidation; /** * To validate predecessor relations * @param ganttRecord * @param predecessorString * @private */ validatePredecessorRelation(ganttRecord: IGanttData, predecessorString: string): boolean; /** * To add dependency for Task * @param ganttRecord * @param predecessorString * @private */ addPredecessor(ganttRecord: IGanttData, predecessorString: string): void; /** * To remove dependency from task * @param ganttRecord * @private */ removePredecessor(ganttRecord: IGanttData): void; /** * To modify current dependency values of Task * @param ganttRecord * @param predecessorString * @private */ updatePredecessor(ganttRecord: IGanttData, predecessorString: string): boolean; private updatePredecessorHelper; private checkParentRelation; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/day-markers.d.ts /** * */ export class DayMarkers { private parent; private nonworkingDayRender; private eventMarkerRender; constructor(parent: Gantt); private wireEvents; private propertyChanged; private refreshMarkers; private updateHeight; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/dependency.d.ts /** * Predecessor calculation goes here */ export class Dependency { private parent; private dateValidateModule; validationPredecessor: IPredecessor[]; constructor(gantt: Gantt); /** * Method to populate predecessor collections in records * @private */ ensurePredecessorCollection(): void; /** * * @param ganttData * @param ganttProp * @private */ ensurePredecessorCollectionHelper(ganttData: IGanttData, ganttProp: ITaskData): void; /** * * @param ganttData Method to check parent dependency in predecessor * @param fromId */ private checkIsParent; /** * Get predecessor collection object from predecessor string value * @param predecessorValue * @param ganttRecord * @private */ calculatePredecessor(predecessorValue: string | number, ganttRecord?: IGanttData): IPredecessor[]; /** * Get predecessor value as string with offset values * @param data * @private */ getPredecessorStringValue(data: IGanttData): string; private getOffsetDurationUnit; /** * Update predecessor object in both from and to tasks collection * @private */ updatePredecessors(): void; /** * To update predecessor collection to successor tasks * @param ganttRecord * @param predecessorsCollection * @private */ updatePredecessorHelper(ganttRecord: IGanttData, predecessorsCollection?: IGanttData[]): void; /** * Method to validate date of tasks with predecessor values for all records * @private */ updatedRecordsDateByPredecessor(): void; /** * To validate task date values with dependency * @param ganttRecord * @private */ validatePredecessorDates(ganttRecord: IGanttData): void; /** * Method to validate task with predecessor * @param parentGanttRecord * @param childGanttRecord */ private validateChildGanttRecord; /** * * @param ganttRecord * @param predecessorsCollection */ private getPredecessorDate; /** * Get validated start date as per predecessor type * @param ganttRecord * @param parentGanttRecord * @param predecessor */ private getValidatedStartDate; /** * * @param date * @param predecessor * @param isMilestone * @param record */ private updateDateByOffset; /** * * @param records * @private */ createConnectorLinesCollection(records: IGanttData[]): void; /** * * @param predecessorsCollection */ private addPredecessorsCollection; /** * * @param childGanttRecord * @param previousValue * @param validationOn * @private */ validatePredecessor(childGanttRecord: IGanttData, previousValue: IPredecessor[], validationOn: string): void; /** * Predecessor link validation dialog template * @param args * @private */ validationDialogTemplate(args: object): HTMLElement; /** * To render validation dialog * @return {void} * @private */ renderValidationDialog(): void; private validationDialogOkButton; private validationDialogCancelButton; private validationDialogClose; /** * Validate and apply the predecessor option from validation dialog * @param buttonType * @return {void} * @private */ applyPredecessorOption(): void; private calculateOffset; /** * Update predecessor value with user selection option in predecessor validation dialog * @param args * @return {void} */ private removePredecessors; /** * To open predecessor validation dialog * @param args * @return {void} * @private */ openValidationDialog(args: object): void; /** * Method to get validate able predecessor alone from record * @param record * @private */ getValidPredecessor(record: IGanttData): IPredecessor[]; /** * To validate the types while editing the taskbar * @param args * @return {boolean} * @private */ validateTypes(ganttRecord: IGanttData): object; /** * Method to remove and update new predecessor collection in successor record * @param data * @private */ addRemovePredecessor(data: IGanttData): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/dialog-edit.d.ts /** * * @hidden */ export class DialogEdit { private isEdit; private dialog; private dialogObj; private preTableCollection; private preTaskIds; private l10n; private parent; private rowIndex; private types; private editedRecord; private rowData; private beforeOpenArgs; private inputs; private updatedEditFields; private updatedAddFields; private addedRecord; private dialogEditValidationFlag; /** * Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent: Gantt); private wireEvents; private dblClickHandler; /** * Method to validate add and edit dialog fields property. */ private processDialogFields; private validateDialogFields; /** * Method to get general column fields */ private getGeneralColumnFields; /** * Method to get custom column fields */ private getCustomColumnFields; /** * Get default dialog fields when fields are not defined for add and edit dialogs */ private getDefaultDialogFields; /** * @private */ openAddDialog(): void; /** * * @return {Date} * @private */ getMinimumStartDate(): Date; /** * @private */ composeAddRecord(): IGanttData; /** * @private */ openToolbarEditDialog(): void; /** * @param taskId * @private */ openEditDialog(taskId: number | string | Object): void; private createDialog; private buttonClick; /** * @private */ dialogClose(): void; private resetValues; private destroyDialogInnerElements; private destroyCustomField; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Method to get current edit dialog fields value */ private getEditFields; private createTab; private getFieldsModel; private createInputModel; private validateScheduleFields; private updateScheduleFields; private validateDuration; private validateStartDate; private validateEndDate; /** * * @param columnName * @param value * @param currentData * @private */ validateScheduleValuesByCurrentField(columnName: string, value: string, currentData: IGanttData): boolean; private getPredecessorModel; private getResourcesModel; private getNotesModel; private createDivElement; private createInputElement; private renderTabItems; private renderGeneralTab; private isCheckIsDisabled; private renderPredecessorTab; private renderResourceTab; private renderCustomTab; private renderNotesTab; private renderInputElements; private taskNameCollection; private predecessorEditCollection; private updatePredecessorDropDownData; private validSuccessorTasks; private getPredecessorType; private initiateDialogSave; private updateGeneralTab; private updateScheduleProperties; private updatePredecessorTab; private updateResourceTab; private updateNotesTab; private updateCustomTab; } export type Inputs = buttons.CheckBox | dropdowns.DropDownList | inputs.TextBox | inputs.NumericTextBox | calendars.DatePicker | calendars.DateTimePicker | inputs.MaskedTextBox; export interface IPreData { id?: string; name?: string; type?: string; offset?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/edit.d.ts /** * Gantt Edit Module */ export class Edit { private parent; validatedChildItems: IGanttData[]; private isFromDeleteMethod; private targetedRecords; private confirmDialog; private taskbarMoved; private predecessorUpdated; newlyAddedRecordBackup: IGanttData; isBreakLoop: Boolean; addRowSelectedItem: IGanttData; cellEditModule: CellEdit; taskbarEditModule: TaskbarEdit; dialogModule: DialogEdit; constructor(parent?: Gantt); private getModuleName; private recordDoubleClick; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * @private */ deletedTaskDetails: IGanttData[]; /** * Method to update task with new values */ updateRecordByID(data: Object): void; /** * * @param data * @param ganttData * @param isFromDialog * @private */ validateUpdateValues(data: Object, ganttData: IGanttData, isFromDialog?: boolean): void; private validateScheduleValues; private validateScheduleByTwoValues; private isTaskbarMoved; private isPredecessorUpdated; /** * Method to check need to open predecessor validate dialog * @param data */ private isCheckPredecessor; /** * Method to update all dependent record on edit action * @param args * @private */ initiateUpdateAction(args: ITaskbarEditedEventArgs): void; /** * * @param data method to trigger validate predecessor link by dialog */ private validateTaskEvent; private resetValidateArgs; /** * * @param args - Edited event args like taskbar editing, dialog editing, cell editing * @private */ updateEditedTask(args: ITaskbarEditedEventArgs): void; /** * To update parent records while perform drag action. * @return {void} * @private */ updateParentChildRecord(data: IGanttData): void; /** * * @param data * @param newStartDate */ private calculateDateByRoundOffDuration; /** * To update progress value of parent tasks * @param cloneParent * @private */ updateParentProgress(cloneParent: IParent): void; /** * Method to revert cell edit action * @param args * @private */ revertCellEdit(args: object): void; /** * * @return {void} * @private */ reUpdatePreviousRecords(isRefreshChart?: boolean, isRefreshGrid?: boolean): void; /** * Copy previous task data value to edited task data * @param existing * @param newValue */ private copyTaskData; /** * To update schedule date on editing. * @return {void} * @private */ private updateScheduleDatesOnEditing; /** * * @param ganttRecord */ private updateChildItems; /** * To get updated child records. * @param parentRecord * @param childLists */ private getUpdatableChildRecords; private initiateSaveAction; private dmSuccess; private dmFailure; /** * Method for save action success for local and remote data */ private saveSuccess; private resetEditProperties; private endEditAction; private saveFailed; /** * To render delete confirmation dialog * @return {void} */ private renderDeleteConfirmDialog; private closeConfirmDialog; private confirmDeleteOkButton; /** * @private */ startDeleteAction(): void; private deleteSelectedItems; /** * Public method for deleting a record * @param taskDetail * @private */ deleteRecord(taskDetail: number | string | number[] | string[] | IGanttData | IGanttData[]): void; /** * To update 'targetedRecords collection' from given array collection * @param taskDetailArray */ private updateTargetedRecords; private deleteRow; private removePredecessorOnDelete; private updatePredecessorValues; private deleteChildRecords; private removeFromDataSource; private removeData; private initiateDeleteAction; private deleteSuccess; /** * * @return {number | string} * @private */ getNewTaskId(): number | string; /** * * @return {void} * @private */ private prepareNewlyAddedData; /** * * @return {IGanttData} * @private */ private updateNewlyAddedDataBeforeAjax; /** * * @return {number} * @private */ private getChildCount; /** * * @return {number} * @private */ private getVisibleChildRecordCount; /** * * @return {void} * @private */ private updatePredecessorOnIndentOutdent; /** * * @return {string} * @private */ private predecessorToString; /** * * @return {void} * @private */ private backUpAndPushNewlyAddedRecord; /** * * @return {ITaskAddedEventArgs} * @private */ private recordCollectionUpdate; /** * * @return {ITaskAddedEventArgs} * @private */ private constructTaskAddedEventArgs; /** * * @return {void} * @private */ private addSuccess; /** * * @return {void} * @private */ private updateRealDataSource; /** * * @return {boolean | void} * @private */ private addDataInRealDataSource; /** * * @return {void} * @private */ addRecord(data?: Object | IGanttData, rowPosition?: RowPosition, rowIndex?: number): void; private RefreshNewlyAddedRecord; /** * * @return {void} * @private */ private removeAddedRecord; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/filter.d.ts export class Filter { parent: Gantt; private filterMenuElement; constructor(gantt: Gantt); private getModuleName; private updateModel; private addEventListener; /** * Remove filter menu while opening column chooser menu * @param args */ private columnMenuOpen; private actionBegin; private actionComplete; private setPosition; private updateFilterMenuPosition; private removeEventListener; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/selection.d.ts /** * Column reorder action related code goes here */ export class Selection { parent: Gantt; selectedRowIndex: number; isMultiCtrlRequest: boolean; isMultiShiftRequest: boolean; isSelectionFromChart: Boolean; private actualTarget; private prevRowIndex; selectedRowIndexes: number[]; enableSelectMultiTouch: boolean; startIndex: number; endIndex: number; constructor(gantt: Gantt); /** * Get module name */ private getModuleName; private wireEvents; private selectRowByIndex; /** * To bind selection events. * @return {void} * @private */ private bindEvents; private rowSelecting; private rowSelected; private rowDeselecting; private rowDeselected; private cellSelecting; private cellSelected; private cellDeselecting; private cellDeselected; /** * Selects a cell by the given index. * @param {grids.IIndex} cellIndex - Defines the row and column indexes. * @param {boolean} isToggle - If set to true, then it toggles the selection. * @return {void} */ selectCell(cellIndex: grids.IIndex, isToggle?: boolean): void; /** * Selects a row by given index. * @param {number} index - Defines the row index. * @param {boolean} isToggle - If set to true, then it toggles the selection. * @return {void} */ selectRow(index: number, isToggle?: boolean): void; /** * Selects a collection of rows by indexes. * @param {number[]} rowIndexes - Specifies the row indexes. * @return {void} */ selectRows(records: number[]): void; /** * Gets the collection of selected row indexes. * @return {number[]} */ getSelectedRowIndexes(): number[]; /** * Gets the collection of selected row and cell indexes. * @return {number[]} */ getSelectedRowCellIndexes(): grids.ISelectedCell[]; /** * Gets the collection of selected records. * @return {Object[]} */ getSelectedRecords(): Object[]; /** * To get the selected records for cell selection * @return {IGanttData[]} */ getCellSelectedRecords(): IGanttData[]; /** * Gets the collection of selected rows. * @return {Element[]} */ getSelectedRows(): Element[]; /** * Deselects the current selected rows and cells. * @return {void} */ clearSelection(): void; private highlightSelectedRows; /** * Select rows with existing row selection by passing row indexes. * @return {void} * @hidden */ addRowsToSelection(index: number): void; private getselectedrowsIndex; /** * Selects a range of rows from start and end row indexes. * @param {number} startIndex - Specifies the start row index. * @param {number} endIndex - Specifies the end row index. * @return {void} */ selectRowsByRange(startIndex: number, endIndex?: number): void; private addClass; private removeClass; private showPopup; private hidePopUp; private popUpClickHandler; /** * @return {void} * @private */ private mouseUpHandler; /** * To destroy the column-resizer. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/sort.d.ts /** * Sort operation in Gantt */ export class Sort { parent: Gantt; constructor(gantt: Gantt); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; /** * @private */ private addEventListener; /** * @hidden */ private removeEventListener; /** * Destroys the Sorting of TreeGrid. * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * * @param columnName * @param direction * @param isMultiSort */ sortColumn(columnName: string, direction: grids.SortDirection, isMultiSort?: boolean): void; /** * method for clear all sorted columns */ clearSorting(): void; /** * The function used to update sortSettings of TreeGrid. * @return {void} * @hidden */ private updateModel; /** * To clear sorting for specific column * @param columnName */ removeSortColumn(columnName: string): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/taskbar-edit.d.ts /** * File for handling taskbar editing operation in Gantt. */ export class TaskbarEdit { protected parent: Gantt; taskBarEditElement: Element; taskBarEditRecord: IGanttData; taskBarEditAction: string; roundOffDuration: boolean; private mouseDownX; private mouseDownY; mouseMoveX: number; mouseMoveY: number; previousItem: ITaskData; previousItemProperty: string[]; taskbarEditedArgs: ITaskbarEditedEventArgs; private progressBorderRadius; private scrollTimer; timerCount: number; dragMouseLeave: boolean; tooltipPositionX: number; isMouseDragged: boolean; private falseLine; connectorSecondElement: Element; connectorSecondRecord: IGanttData; connectorSecondAction: string; fromPredecessorText: string; toPredecessorText: string; finalPredecessor: string; drawPredecessor: boolean; private highlightedSecondElement; private editTooltip; constructor(ganttObj?: Gantt); private wireEvents; /** * To initialize the public property. * @return {void} * @private */ private initPublicProp; private mouseDownHandler; private mouseLeaveHandler; /** * To update taskbar edited elements on mouse down action. * @return {void} * @private */ updateTaskBarEditElement(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To show/hide taskbar editing elements. * @return {void} * @private */ showHideTaskBarEditingElements(element: Element, secondElement: Element, fadeConnectorLine?: boolean): void; /** * To get taskbar edit actions. * @return {string} * @private */ private getTaskBarAction; /** * To update property while perform mouse down. * @return {void} * @private */ private updateMouseDownProperties; private isMouseDragCheck; /** * To handle mouse move action in chart * @param e * @private */ mouseMoveAction(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * Method to update taskbar editing action on mous move. * @return {void} * @private */ taskBarEditingAction(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To update property while perform mouse move. * @return {void} * @private */ private updateMouseMoveProperties; /** * To start the scroll timer. * @return {void} * @private */ startScrollTimer(direction: string): void; /** * To stop the scroll timer. * @return {void} * @private */ stopScrollTimer(): void; /** * To update left and width while perform taskbar drag operation. * @return {void} * @private */ private enableDragging; /** * To update left and width while perform progress resize operation. * @return {void} * @private */ private performProgressResize; /** * To update left and width while perform taskbar left resize operation. * @return {void} * @private */ private enableLeftResizing; /** * Update mouse position and edited item value * @param e * @param item */ private updateEditPosition; /** * To update milestone property. * @return {void} * @private */ private updateIsMilestone; /** * To update left and width while perform taskbar right resize operation. * @return {void} * @private */ private enableRightResizing; /** * To updated startDate and endDate while perform taskbar edit operation. * @return {void} * @private */ private updateEditedItem; /** * To get roundoff enddate. * @return {number} * @private */ private getRoundOffEndLeft; /** * To get roundoff startdate. * @return {number} * @private */ getRoundOffStartLeft(ganttRecord: ITaskData, isRoundOff: Boolean): number; /** * To get date by left value. * @return {Date} * @private */ getDateByLeft(left: number): Date; /** * To get timezone offset. * @return {number} * @private */ private getDefaultTZOffset; /** * To check whether the date is in DST. * @return {boolean} * @private */ private isInDst; /** * To set item position. * @return {void} * @private */ private setItemPosition; /** * To handle mouse up event in chart * @param e * @private */ mouseUpHandler(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To perform taskbar edit operation. * @return {void} * @private */ taskBarEditedAction(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To cancel the taskbar edt action. * @return {void} * @private */ cancelTaskbarEditActionInMouseLeave(): void; /** * To trigger taskbar edited event. * @return {void} * @private */ taskbarEdited(arg: ITaskbarEditedEventArgs): void; /** * To get progress in percentage. * @return {number} * @private */ private getProgressPercent; /** * false line implementation. * @return {void} * @private */ private drawFalseLine; /** * * @param isRemoveConnectorPointDisplay * @private */ removeFalseLine(isRemoveConnectorPointDisplay: boolean): void; /** * * @param e * @private */ updateConnectorLineSecondProperties(e: PointerEvent): void; private triggerDependencyEvent; private unWireEvents; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/actions/toolbar.d.ts /** * Toolbar action related code goes here */ export class Toolbar { private parent; private predefinedItems; private id; toolbar: navigations.Toolbar; private items; element: HTMLElement; private searchElement; constructor(parent: Gantt); private getModuleName; /** * @private */ renderToolbar(): void; private createToolbar; private wireEvent; private unWireEvent; private keyUpHandler; private focusHandler; private blurHandler; /** * Method to set value for search input box * @hidden */ updateSearchTextBox(): void; private getItems; private getItem; private getItemObject; private toolbarClickHandler; /** * To refresh toolbar items bases current state of tasks */ refreshToolbarItems(): void; /** * Enables or disables ToolBar items. * @param {string[]} items - Defines the collection of itemID of ToolBar items. * @param {boolean} isEnable - Defines the items to be enabled or disabled. * @return {void} * @hidden */ enableItems(items: string[], isEnable: boolean): void; /** * Destroys the Sorting of TreeGrid. * @method destroy * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/base/common.d.ts /** * Gantt base related properties */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/base/constant.d.ts /** * This file was to define all public and internal events */ /** @hidden */ export const load: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowDataBound: string; /** @hidden */ export const queryCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const toolbarClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const keyPressed: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/base/css-constants.d.ts /** * CSS Constants */ /** @hidden */ export const root: string; export const ganttChartPane: string; export const treeGridPane: string; export const splitter: string; export const ganttChart: string; export const chartBodyContainer: string; export const toolbar: string; export const chartScrollElement: string; export const chartBodyContent: string; export const scrollContent: string; export const taskTable: string; export const zeroSpacing: string; export const timelineHeaderContainer: string; export const timelineHeaderTableContainer: string; export const timelineHeaderTableBody: string; export const timelineTopHeaderCell: string; export const timelineHeaderCellLabel: string; export const weekendHeaderCell: string; export const timelineSingleHeaderCell: string; export const timelineSingleHeaderOuterDiv: string; export const leftLabelContainer: string; export const leftLabelInnerDiv: string; export const rightLabelContainer: string; export const rightLabelInnerDiv: string; export const taskBarMainContainer: string; export const parentTaskBarInnerDiv: string; export const parentProgressBarInnerDiv: string; export const taskLabel: string; export const childTaskBarInnerDiv: string; export const childProgressBarInnerDiv: string; export const milestoneTop: string; export const milestoneBottom: string; export const baselineBar: string; export const baselineMilestoneContainer: string; export const baselineMilestoneDiv: string; export const baselineMilestoneTop: string; export const baselineMilestoneBottom: string; export const chartRowCell: string; export const chartRow: string; export const rowExpand: string; export const rowCollapse: string; export const taskBarLeftResizer: string; export const taskBarRightResizer: string; export const childProgressResizer: string; export const progressBarHandler: string; export const progressHandlerElement: string; export const progressBarHandlerAfter: string; export const icon: string; export const traceMilestone: string; export const traceChildTaskBar: string; export const traceChildProgressBar: string; export const traceParentTaskBar: string; export const traceParentProgressBar: string; export const traceUnscheduledTask: string; export const taskIndicatorDiv: string; export const leftResizeGripper: string; export const rightResizeGripper: string; export const progressResizeGripper: string; export const label: string; export const eventMarkersContainer: string; export const eventMarkersChild: string; export const eventMarkersSpan: string; export const nonworkingContainer: string; export const holidayContainer: string; export const holidayElement: string; export const holidayLabel: string; export const weekendContainer: string; export const weekend: string; export const unscheduledTaskbarLeft: string; export const unscheduledTaskbarRight: string; export const unscheduledTaskbar: string; export const unscheduledMilestoneTop: string; export const unscheduledMilestoneBottom: string; export const dependencyViewContainer: string; export const connectorLineContainer: string; export const connectorLine: string; export const connectorLineRightArrow: string; export const connectorLineLeftArrow: string; export const connectorLineZIndex: string; export const connectorLineHover: string; export const connectorLineHoverZIndex: string; export const connectorLineRightArrowHover: string; export const connectorLineLeftArrowHover: string; export const connectorTouchPoint: string; export const connectorPointLeft: string; export const connectorPointRight: string; export const connectorPointLeftHover: string; export const connectorPointRightHover: string; export const falseLine: string; export const connectorTooltipTaskName: string; export const connectorTooltipFalse: string; export const connectorTooltipTrue: string; export const rightConnectorPointOuterDiv: string; export const leftConnectorPointOuterDiv: string; export const connectorPointAllowBlock: string; export const ganttTooltip: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/base/date-processor.d.ts /** * */ export class DateProcessor { protected parent: Gantt; constructor(parent: Gantt); /** * */ private isValidateNonWorkDays; /** * Method to convert given date value as valid start date * @param date * @param ganttProp * @param validateAsMilestone * @private */ checkStartDate(date: Date, ganttProp?: ITaskData, validateAsMilestone?: boolean): Date; /** * To update given date value to valid end date * @param date * @param ganttProp * @private */ checkEndDate(date: Date, ganttProp?: ITaskData): Date; /** * To validate the baseline start date * @param date * @private */ checkBaselineStartDate(date: Date): Date; /** * To validate baseline end date * @param date * @private */ checkBaselineEndDate(date: Date): Date; /** * To calculate start date value from duration and end date * @param ganttData * @private */ calculateStartDate(ganttData: IGanttData): void; /** * * @param ganttData * @private */ calculateEndDate(ganttData: IGanttData): void; /** * To calculate duration from start date and end date * @param ganttData */ calculateDuration(ganttData: IGanttData): void; /** * * @param sDate Method to get total nonworking time between two date values * @param eDate * @param isAutoSchedule * @param isCheckTimeZone */ private getNonworkingTime; /** * * @param startDate * @param endDate * @param durationUnit * @param isAutoSchedule * @param isCheckTimeZone * @private */ getDuration(startDate: Date, endDate: Date, durationUnit: string, isAutoSchedule: boolean, isCheckTimeZone?: boolean): number; /** * * @param duration * @param durationUnit */ private getDurationAsSeconds; /** * To get date from start date and duration * @param startDate * @param duration * @param durationUnit * @param ganttProp * @param validateAsMilestone * @private */ getEndDate(startDate: Date, duration: number, durationUnit: string, ganttProp: ITaskData, validateAsMilestone: boolean): Date; /** * * @param endDate To calculate start date vale from end date and duration * @param duration * @param durationUnit * @param ganttProp * @private */ getStartDate(endDate: Date, duration: number, durationUnit: string, ganttProp: ITaskData): Date; /** * @private */ protected getProjectStartDate(ganttProp: ITaskData, isLoad?: boolean): Date; /** * @private * @param ganttProp */ getValidStartDate(ganttProp: ITaskData): Date; /** * * @param ganttProp * @private */ getValidEndDate(ganttProp: ITaskData): Date; /** * @private */ getSecondsPerDay(): number; /** * * @param value * @param isFromDialog * @private */ getDurationValue(value: string | number, isFromDialog?: boolean): Object; /** * * @param date */ protected getNextWorkingDay(date: Date): Date; /** * get weekend days between two dates without including args dates * @param startDate * @param endDate */ protected getWeekendCount(startDate: Date, endDate: Date): number; /** * * @param startDate * @param endDate * @param isCheckTimeZone */ protected getNumberOfSeconds(startDate: Date, endDate: Date, isCheckTimeZone: boolean): number; /** * * @param startDate * @param endDate */ protected getHolidaysCount(startDate: Date, endDate: Date): number; /** * @private */ getHolidayDates(): number[]; private isOnHolidayOrWeekEnd; /** * To calculate non working times in given date * @param startDate * @param endDate */ protected getNonWorkingSecondsOnDate(startDate: Date, endDate: Date): number; /** * * @param date */ protected getPreviousWorkingDay(date: Date): Date; /** * To get non-working day indexes. * @return {void} * @private */ getNonWorkingDayIndex(): void; /** * * @param seconds * @param date * @private */ setTime(seconds: number, date: Date): void; /** * */ protected getTimeDifference(startDate: Date, endDate: Date, isCheckTimeZone?: boolean): number; /** * */ protected updateDateWithTimeZone(sDate: Date, eDate: Date): void; /** * * @param date */ protected getSecondsInDecimal(date: Date): number; /** * @param date * @private */ getDateFromFormat(date: string | Date): Date; /** * @private */ compareDates(date1: Date, date2: Date): number; /** * * @param duration * @param durationUnit * @private */ getDurationString(duration: number, durationUnit: string): string; /** * * @param editArgs * @private */ calculateProjectDates(editArgs?: Object): void; /** * * @param startDate * @param endDate */ private updateProjectDatesByEventMarker; private updateProjectDatesByHolidays; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/base/enum.d.ts /** * To define duration unit for whole project */ export type DurationUnit = /** To define unit value of duration as minute */ 'Minute' | /** To define unit value of duration as hour */ 'Hour' | /** To define unit value of duration as day */ 'Day'; /** * @hidden */ export enum DurationUnits { Minute = "minute", Hour = "hour", Day = "day" } /** * To define grid lines in Gantt */ export type GridLine = /** Define horizontal lines */ 'Horizontal' | /** Define vertical lines */ 'Vertical' | /** Define both horizontal and vertical lines */ 'Both' | /** Define no lines */ 'None'; /** * To define toolbar items in Gantt */ export type ToolbarItem = /** Add new record */ 'Add' | /** Delete selected record */ 'Delete' | /** Update edited record */ 'Update' | /** Cancel the edited state */ 'Cancel' | /** Edit the selected record */ 'Edit' | /** Searches the grid records by given key */ 'Search' | /** Expand all the parents */ 'ExpandAll' | /** Collapse all the parents */ 'CollapseAll' | /** Move HScroll to PrevTimeSpan */ 'PrevTimeSpan' | /** Move HScroll to nextTimeSpan */ 'NextTimeSpan'; /** * Defines the schedule header mode. They are * * none - Define the default mode header. * * week - Define the week mode header. * * day - Define the day mode header. * * hours - Define the hours mode header. * * minute - Define the minutes mode header. */ export type TimelineViewMode = /** Default. */ 'None' | /** Define the week mode header. */ 'Week' | /** Define the day mode header. */ 'Day' | /** Define the hour mode header. */ 'Hour' | /** Define the month mode header. */ 'Month' | /** Define the year mode header. */ 'Year' | /** Define the minutes mode header. */ 'Minutes'; /** * Defines modes of editing. * * Auto * * Dialog */ export type EditMode = /** Defines Cell editing in TreeGrid and dialog in chart side */ 'Auto' | /** Defines EditMode as Dialog */ 'Dialog'; /** * To define edit type value for columns * @hidden */ export enum EditType { Boolean = "booleanedit", DropDown = "dropdownedit", DatePicker = "datepickeredit", DateTimePicker = "datetimepickeredit", Masked = "maskededit", Numeric = "numericedit", String = "stringedit" } /** * Defines tab container type in add or edit dialog */ export type DialogFieldType = /** Defines tab container type as general */ 'General' | /** Defines tab as dependency editor */ 'Dependency' | /** Defines tab as resources editor */ 'Resources' | /** Defines tab as notes editor */ 'Notes' | /** Defines tab as custom column editor */ 'Custom'; /** * Defines filter type of Gantt */ export type FilterType = /** Defines filter type as menu */ 'Menu'; /** * To define hierarchy mode on filter action */ export type FilterHierarchyMode = /** Shows the filtered record with parent record */ 'Parent' | /** Shows the filtered record with child record */ 'Child' | /** Shows the filtered record with both parent and child record */ 'Both' | /** Shows only filtered record */ 'None'; /** * To define hierarchy mode on search action */ export type SearchHierarchyMode = /** Shows the filtered record with parent record */ 'Parent' | /** Shows the filtered record with child record */ 'Child' | /** Shows the filtered record with both parent and child record */ 'Both' | /** Shows only filtered record */ 'None'; /** * To define initial view of Gantt */ export type SplitterView = /** Shows grid side and side of Gantt */ 'Default' | /** Shows grid side alone in Gantt */ 'Grid' | /** Shows chart side alone in Gantt */ 'Chart'; /** * To define new position for add action */ export type RowPosition = /** Defines new row position as top of all rows */ 'Top' | /** Defines new row position as bottom of all rows */ 'Bottom' | /** Defines new row position as above the selected row */ 'Above' | /** Defines new row position as below the selected row */ 'Below' | /** Defines new row position as child to the selected row */ 'Child'; /** * Defines directions of Sorting. They are * * Ascending * * Descending */ export type SortDirection = /** Defines SortDirection as Ascending */ 'Ascending' | /** Defines SortDirection as Descending */ 'Descending'; /** * @hidden */ export type CObject = { [key: string]: Object; }; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/base/gantt-chart.d.ts /** * module to render gantt chart - project view */ export class GanttChart { private parent; chartElement: HTMLElement; chartTimelineContainer: HTMLElement; chartBodyContainer: HTMLElement; chartBodyContent: HTMLElement; scrollElement: HTMLElement; scrollObject: ChartScroll; isExpandCollapseFromChart: boolean; isExpandAll: boolean; keyboardModule: base.KeyboardEvents; constructor(parent: Gantt); private addEventListener; private renderChartContents; /** * Method to render top level containers in Gantt chart * @private */ renderChartContainer(): void; /** * method to render timeline, holidays, weekends at load time */ private renderInitialContents; private renderChartElements; /** * @private */ renderTimelineContainer(): void; /** * initiate chart container */ private renderBodyContainers; private updateWidthAndHeight; /** * Method to update bottom border for chart rows */ updateLastRowBottomWidth(): void; private removeEventListener; /** * Click event handler in chart side */ private ganttChartMouseDown; /** * * @param e */ private scrollToTarget; /** * To focus selected task in chart side * @private */ updateScrollLeft(scrollLeft: number): void; /** * Method trigger while perform mouse up action. * @return {void} * @private */ private documentMouseUp; /** * Method trigger while perform mouse leave action. * @return {void} * @private */ private ganttChartLeave; /** * Method trigger while perform mouse move action. * @return {void} * @private */ private ganttChartMove; /** * Double click handler for chart * @param e */ private doubleClickHandler; /** * @private */ getRecordByTarget(e: PointerEvent): IGanttData; /** * To get gantt chart row elements * @return {NodeListOf<Element>} * @private */ getChartRows(): NodeListOf<Element>; /** * Expand Collapse operations from gantt chart side * @return {void} * @param target * @private */ private chartExpandCollapseRequest; /** * @private */ reRenderConnectorLines(): void; /** * To collapse gantt rows * @return {void} * @param args * @private */ collapseGanttRow(args: object): void; /** * To expand gantt rows * @return {void} * @param args * @private */ expandGanttRow(args: object): void; /** * On expand collapse operation row properties will be updated here. * @return {void} * @param action * @param rowElement * @param record * @param isChild * @private */ private expandCollapseChartRows; /** * Public method to expand or collapse all the rows of Gantt * @return {void} * @param action * @private */ expandCollapseAll(action: string): void; /** * Public method to expand particular level of rows. * @return {void} * @param level * @private */ expandAtLevel(level: number): void; /** * Public method to collapse particular level of rows. * @return {void} * @param level * @private */ collapseAtLevel(level: number): void; /** * Event Binding for gantt chart click */ private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; /** * To get record by taskbar element. * @return {IGanttData} * @private */ getRecordByTaskBar(target: Element): IGanttData; /** * To get index by taskbar element. * @return {number} * @private */ getIndexByTaskBar(target: Element): number; private destroy; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/base/gantt-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Gantt */ export interface GanttModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Enables or disables the key board interaction of Gantt. * @hidden * @default true */ allowKeyboard?: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the focusing the task bar on click action * * @default true */ autoFocusTasks?: boolean; /** * If `allowSelection` is set to true, it allows selection of (highlight row) Gantt chart rows by clicking it. * @default true */ allowSelection?: boolean; /** * If `allowSorting` is set to true, it allows sorting of gantt chart tasks when column header is clicked. * @default false */ allowSorting?: boolean; /** * If `enablePredecessorValidation` is set to true, it allows to validate the predecessor link. * @default true */ enablePredecessorValidation?: boolean; /** * If `showColumnMenu` set to true, then it will enable the column menu options in each columns. * @default false */ showColumnMenu?: boolean; /** * If `collapseAllParentTasks` set to true, then root tasks are rendered with collapsed state. * @default false */ collapseAllParentTasks?: boolean; /** * If `highlightWeekends` set to true, then all weekend days are highlighted in week - day timeline mode. * @default false */ highlightWeekends?: boolean; /** * To define expander column index in Grid * @default 0 * @aspType int */ treeColumnIndex?: number; /** * It is used to render Gantt chart rows and tasks. * `dataSource` value was defined as array of JavaScript objects or instances of `data.DataManager` * @default [] */ dataSource?: Object[] | data.DataManager; /** * `durationUnit` Specifies the duration unit for each tasks whether day or hour or minute * * `day`: Sets the duration unit as day. * * `hour`: Sets the duration unit as hour. * * `minute`: Sets the duration unit as minute. * @default day */ durationUnit?: DurationUnit; /** * Defines the external [`data.Query`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-query.html) * that will be executed along with data processing. * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * Specifies the dateFormat for Gantt, given format is displayed in tooltip and Grid cells. */ dateFormat?: string; /** * Defines the height of the Gantt component container * @default 'auto' */ height?: number | string; /** * If `renderBaseline` is set to `true`, then baselines are rendered for tasks. * @default false */ renderBaseline?: boolean; /** * Configures the grid lines in tree grid and gantt chart */ gridLines?: GridLine; /** * Defines the right, left and inner task labels in task bar. */ labelSettings?: LabelSettingsModel; /** * The task bar template that renders customized child task bars from the given template. * @default null */ taskbarTemplate?: string; /** * The parent task bar template that renders customized parent task bars from the given template. * @default null */ parentTaskbarTemplate?: string; /** * The milestone template that renders customized milestone task from the given template. * @default null */ milestoneTemplate?: string; /** * Defines the baseline bar color */ baselineColor?: string; /** * Defines the width of the Gantt component container * @default 'auto' */ width?: number | string; /** * `toolbar` defines the toolbar items of the Gantt. * It contains built-in and custom toolbar items. * If an array value is assigned, it is considered as the list of built-in and custom toolbar items in the Gantt's toolbar. * <br><br> * The available built-in toolbar items are: * * Add: Adds a new record. * * Edit: Edits the selected task. * * Update: Updates the edited task. * * Delete: Deletes the selected task. * * Cancel: Cancels the edit state. * * Search: Searches tasks by the given key. * * ExpandAll: Expands all the task of Gantt. * * CollapseAll: Collapses all the task of Gantt. * * PrevTimeSpan: Extends timeline with one unit before the timeline start date. * * NextTimeSpan: Extends timeline with one unit after the timeline finish date. * @default null */ toolbar?: (ToolbarItem | string | navigations.ItemModel)[]; /** * Defines workweek of project * @default ['Monday', 'Tuesday', 'Wednesday', 'Thursday', 'Friday'] */ workWeek?: string[]; /** * Defines weekend days are considered as working day or not. * @default false */ includeWeekend?: boolean; /** * Enables or disables rendering of unscheduled tasks in Gantt. * @default false */ allowUnscheduledTasks?: boolean; /** * To show notes column cell values inside the cell or in tooltip * @default false */ showInlineNotes?: boolean; /** * Defines height value for grid rows and chart rows in Gantt * @default 36 * @aspType int */ rowHeight?: number; /** * Defines height of taskbar element in Gantt * @aspType int? */ taskbarHeight?: number; /** * Defines start date of the project, if `projectStartDate` value not set then it will be calculated from data source. * @default null */ projectStartDate?: Date | string; /** * Defines end date of the project, if `projectEndDate` value not set then it will be calculated from data source. * @default null */ projectEndDate?: Date | string; /** * Defines mapping property to get resource id value from resource collection. * @default null */ resourceIDMapping?: string; /** * Defines mapping property to get resource name value from resource collection. * @default null */ resourceNameMapping?: string; /** * Defines resource collection assigned for projects. * @default [] */ resources?: Object[]; /** * Defines background color of dependency lines. * @default null */ connectorLineBackground?: string; /** * Defines width of dependency lines. * @default 1 * @aspType int */ connectorLineWidth?: number; /** * Defines column collection displayed in grid * If the `columns` declaration was empty then `columns` are automatically populated from `taskSettings` value. * @default [] */ columns?: Column[] | string[] | ColumnModel[]; /** * Defines the tabs and fields to be included in the add dialog. * If the value was empty, then it will be calculated from `taskSettings` and `columns` value. * @default [] */ addDialogFields?: AddDialogFieldSettingsModel[]; /** * Defines the tabs and fields to be included in the edit dialog. * If the value was empty, then it will be calculated from `taskSettings` and `columns` value. * @default [] */ editDialogFields?: EditDialogFieldSettingsModel[]; /** * The `selectedRowIndex` allows you to select a row at initial rendering. * You can also get the currently selected row index. * @default -1 * @aspType int */ selectedRowIndex?: number; /** * Defines customized working time of project */ dayWorkingTime?: DayWorkingTimeModel[]; /** * Defines holidays presented in project timeline. * @default [] */ holidays?: HolidayModel[]; /** * Defines events and status of project throughout the timeline. * @default [] */ eventMarkers?: EventMarkerModel[]; /** * Defines mapping properties to find task values such as id, start date, end date, duration and progress values from data source. */ taskFields?: TaskFieldsModel; /** * Configures timeline settings of Gantt. * Defines default timeline modes or customized top tier mode and bottom tier mode or single tier only. */ timelineSettings?: TimelineSettingsModel; /** * Configures the sort settings of the Gantt. * @default {columns:[]} */ sortSettings?: SortSettingsModel; /** * Configures edit settings of Gantt. * @default { allowAdding: false, allowEditing: false, allowDeleting: false, mode:'Auto', * showDeleteConfirmDialog: false } */ editSettings?: EditSettingsModel; /** * Enables or disables default tooltip of Gantt element and defines customized tooltip for Gantt elements. * @default { showTooltip: true } */ tooltipSettings?: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Configures the selection settings. * @default {mode: 'Row', type: 'Single'} */ selectionSettings?: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * Enables or disables filtering support in Gantt * @default false */ allowFiltering?: boolean; /** * If `allowReordering` is set to true, Gantt columns can be reordered. * Reordering can be done by drag and drop of a particular column from one index to another index. * @default false */ allowReordering?: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` is set to true, Gantt columns can be resized. * @default false */ allowResizing?: boolean; /** * Configures the filter settings for Gantt. * @default {columns: [], type: 'Menu' } */ filterSettings?: FilterSettingsModel; /** * Configures the search settings for Gantt */ searchSettings?: SearchSettingsModel; /** * Configures the splitter settings for Gantt. */ splitterSettings?: SplitterSettingsModel; /** * This will be triggered after the taskbar element is appended to the Gantt element.      * @event      */ queryTaskbarInfo?: base.EmitType<IQueryTaskbarInfoEventArgs>; /** * This will be triggered before the row getting collapsed.      * @event      */ collapsing?: base.EmitType<object>; /** * This will be triggered after the row getting collapsed.      * @event      */ collapsed?: base.EmitType<object>; /** * This will be triggered before the row getting expanded.      * @event      */ expanding?: base.EmitType<object>; /** * This will be triggered after the row getting expanded.      * @event      */ expanded?: base.EmitType<object>; /** * Triggers when Gantt actions such as sorting, filtering, searching etc., starts. * @event */ /* tslint:disable-next-line */ actionBegin?: base.EmitType<object | grids.PageEventArgs | grids.FilterEventArgs | grids.SortEventArgs | ITimeSpanEventArgs | IDependencyEventArgs | ITaskAddedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when Gantt actions such as sorting, filtering, searching etc. are completed. * @event */ actionComplete?: base.EmitType<grids.FilterEventArgs | grids.SortEventArgs | ITaskAddedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when actions are failed. * @event */ actionFailure?: base.EmitType<grids.FilterEventArgs | grids.SortEventArgs>; /** * This will be triggered taskbar was dragged and dropped on new position      * @event      */ taskbarEdited?: base.EmitType<ITaskbarEditedEventArgs>; /**      * Triggered before the Gantt control gets rendered.      * @event      */ load?: base.EmitType<object>; /** * This event will be triggered when taskbar was in dragging state.      * @event      */ taskbarEditing?: base.EmitType<ITaskbarEditedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when data source is populated in the Grid.      * @event      */ dataBound?: base.EmitType<object>; /** * Triggers when column resize starts. * @event */ resizeStart?: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers on column resizing. * @event */ resizing?: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers when column resize ends. * @event */ resizeStop?: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers when splitter resizing starts * @event */ splitterResizeStart?: base.EmitType<layouts.ResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when splitter bar was dragging * @event */ splitterResizing?: base.EmitType<layouts.ResizingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when splitter resizing action completed * @event */ splitterResized?: base.EmitType<ISplitterResizedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when column header element drag (move) starts. * @event */ columnDragStart?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when column header element is dragged (moved) continuously. * @event */ columnDrag?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a column header element is dropped on the target column. * @event */ columnDrop?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before tooltip get rendered      * @event      */ beforeTooltipRender?: base.EmitType<BeforeTooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before row selection occurs. * @event */ rowSelecting?: base.EmitType<grids.RowSelectingEventArgs>; /**     * Triggers after a row is selected.      * @event      */ rowSelected?: base.EmitType<grids.RowSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before deselecting the selected row. * @event */ rowDeselecting?: base.EmitType<grids.RowDeselectEventArgs>; /**     * Triggers when a selected row is deselected.      * @event      */ rowDeselected?: base.EmitType<grids.RowDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before any cell selection occurs. * @event */ cellSelecting?: base.EmitType<grids.CellSelectingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after a cell is selected. * @event */ cellSelected?: base.EmitType<grids.CellSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the selected cell is deselecting. * @event */ cellDeselecting?: base.EmitType<grids.CellDeselectEventArgs>; /**   * Triggers when a particular selected cell is deselected.    * @event    */ cellDeselected?: base.EmitType<grids.CellDeselectEventArgs>; /** * This will be triggered before the header cell element is appended to the Grid element.      * @event      */ queryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.QueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * This will be triggered before the header cell element is appended to the Grid element.      * @event      */ headerCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.HeaderCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * This will be triggered before the row element is appended to the Grid element.      * @event      */ rowDataBound?: base.EmitType<grids.RowDataBoundEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before column menu opens.      * @event      */ columnMenuOpen?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnMenuOpenEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when toolbar item was clicked * @event */ toolbarClick?: base.EmitType<navigations.ClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when click on column menu.      * @event      */ columnMenuClick?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnMenuClickEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/base/gantt.d.ts /** * * Represents the Gantt chart component. * ```html * <div id='gantt'></div> * <script> * var ganttObject = new Gantt({ * taskFields: { id: 'taskId', name: 'taskName', startDate: 'startDate', duration: 'duration' } * }); * ganttObject.appendTo('#gantt'); * </script> * ``` */ export class Gantt extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** @hidden */ chartPane: HTMLElement; /** @hidden */ treeGridPane: HTMLElement; /** @hidden */ splitterElement: HTMLElement; /** @hidden */ toolbarModule: Toolbar; /** @hidden */ ganttChartModule: GanttChart; /** @hidden */ treeGridModule: GanttTreeGrid; /** @hidden */ chartRowsModule: ChartRows; /** @hidden */ connectorLineModule: ConnectorLine; /** @hidden */ connectorLineEditModule: ConnectorLineEdit; /** @hidden */ splitterModule: Splitter; /** @hidden */ treeGrid: treegrid.TreeGrid; /** @hidden */ controlId: string; /** @hidden */ ganttHeight: number; /** @hidden */ ganttWidth: number; /** @hidden */ predecessorModule: Dependency; /** @hidden */ localeObj: base.L10n; /** @hidden */ dataOperation: TaskProcessor; /** @hidden */ flatData: IGanttData[]; /** @hidden */ currentViewData: IGanttData[]; /** @hidden */ ids: string[]; /** @hidden */ previousRecords: object; /** @hidden */ editedRecords: IGanttData[]; /** @hidden */ isOnEdit: boolean; /** @hidden */ isOnDelete: boolean; /** @hidden */ secondsPerDay: number; /** @hidden */ nonWorkingHours: number[]; /** @hidden */ workingTimeRanges: IWorkingTimeRange[]; /** @hidden */ nonWorkingTimeRanges: IWorkingTimeRange[]; /** @hidden */ defaultStartTime?: number; /** @hidden */ defaultEndTime?: number; /** @hidden */ nonWorkingDayIndex?: number[]; /** @hidden */ durationUnitTexts?: Object; /** @hidden */ durationUnitEditText?: Object; /** @hidden */ isMileStoneEdited?: Object; /** @hidden */ chartVerticalLineContainer?: HTMLElement; /** @hidden */ updatedConnectorLineCollection?: IConnectorLineObject[]; /** @hidden */ connectorLineIds?: string[]; /** @hidden */ predecessorsCollection?: IGanttData[]; /** @hidden */ isInPredecessorValidation?: boolean; /** @hidden */ isValidationEnabled?: boolean; /** @hidden */ isLoad?: boolean; /** @hidden */ editedTaskBarItem?: IGanttData; /** @hidden */ validationDialogElement?: popups.Dialog; /** @hidden */ currentEditedArgs?: IValidateArgs; /** @hidden */ dialogValidateMode?: IValidateMode; /** @hidden */ perDayWidth?: number; /** @hidden */ cloneProjectStartDate?: Date; /** @hidden */ cloneProjectEndDate?: Date; /** @hidden */ totalHolidayDates?: number[]; /** @hidden */ columnMapping?: { [key: string]: string; }; /** @hidden */ ganttColumns: ColumnModel[]; /** @hidden */ contentHeight: number; /** * The `sortModule` is used to manipulate sorting operation in Gantt. */ sortModule: Sort; /** * The `filterModule` is used to manipulate sorting operation in Gantt. */ filterModule: Filter; /** @hidden */ scrollBarLeft: number; /** @hidden */ isTimelineRoundOff: boolean; /** @hidden */ columnByField: Object; /** @hidden */ customColumns: string[]; /** * The `editModule` is used to manipulate sorting operation in Gantt. */ editModule: Edit; /** * The `selectionModule` is used to manipulate sorting operation in Gantt. */ selectionModule: Selection; /** * The `dayMarkersModule` is used to manipulate sorting operation in Gantt. */ dayMarkersModule: DayMarkers; /** @hidden */ isConnectorLineUpdate: boolean; /** @hidden */ tooltipModule: Tooltip; /** @hidden */ globalize: base.Internationalization; /** @hidden */ keyConfig: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * The `keyboardModule` is used to manipulate sorting operation in Gantt. */ keyboardModule: base.KeyboardEvents; /** @hidden */ staticSelectedRowIndex: number; /** * Enables or disables the key board interaction of Gantt. * @hidden * @default true */ allowKeyboard: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the focusing the task bar on click action * * @default true */ autoFocusTasks: boolean; /** * If `allowSelection` is set to true, it allows selection of (highlight row) Gantt chart rows by clicking it. * @default true */ allowSelection: boolean; /** * If `allowSorting` is set to true, it allows sorting of gantt chart tasks when column header is clicked. * @default false */ allowSorting: boolean; /** * If `enablePredecessorValidation` is set to true, it allows to validate the predecessor link. * @default true */ enablePredecessorValidation: boolean; /** * If `showColumnMenu` set to true, then it will enable the column menu options in each columns. * @default false */ showColumnMenu: boolean; /** * If `collapseAllParentTasks` set to true, then root tasks are rendered with collapsed state. * @default false */ collapseAllParentTasks: boolean; /** * If `highlightWeekends` set to true, then all weekend days are highlighted in week - day timeline mode. * @default false */ highlightWeekends: boolean; /** * To define expander column index in Grid * @default 0 * @aspType int */ treeColumnIndex: number; /** * It is used to render Gantt chart rows and tasks. * `dataSource` value was defined as array of JavaScript objects or instances of `data.DataManager` * @default [] */ dataSource: Object[] | data.DataManager; /** * `durationUnit` Specifies the duration unit for each tasks whether day or hour or minute * * `day`: Sets the duration unit as day. * * `hour`: Sets the duration unit as hour. * * `minute`: Sets the duration unit as minute. * @default day */ durationUnit: DurationUnit; /** * Defines the external [`data.Query`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-query.html) * that will be executed along with data processing. * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * Specifies the dateFormat for Gantt, given format is displayed in tooltip and Grid cells. */ dateFormat: string; /** * Defines the height of the Gantt component container * @default 'auto' */ height: number | string; /** * If `renderBaseline` is set to `true`, then baselines are rendered for tasks. * @default false */ renderBaseline: boolean; /** * Configures the grid lines in tree grid and gantt chart */ gridLines: GridLine; /** * Defines the right, left and inner task labels in task bar. */ labelSettings: LabelSettingsModel; /** * The task bar template that renders customized child task bars from the given template. * @default null */ taskbarTemplate: string; /** * The parent task bar template that renders customized parent task bars from the given template. * @default null */ parentTaskbarTemplate: string; /** * The milestone template that renders customized milestone task from the given template. * @default null */ milestoneTemplate: string; /** * Defines the baseline bar color */ baselineColor: string; /** * Defines the width of the Gantt component container * @default 'auto' */ width: number | string; /** * `toolbar` defines the toolbar items of the Gantt. * It contains built-in and custom toolbar items. * If an array value is assigned, it is considered as the list of built-in and custom toolbar items in the Gantt's toolbar. * <br><br> * The available built-in toolbar items are: * * Add: Adds a new record. * * Edit: Edits the selected task. * * Update: Updates the edited task. * * Delete: Deletes the selected task. * * Cancel: Cancels the edit state. * * Search: Searches tasks by the given key. * * ExpandAll: Expands all the task of Gantt. * * CollapseAll: Collapses all the task of Gantt. * * PrevTimeSpan: Extends timeline with one unit before the timeline start date. * * NextTimeSpan: Extends timeline with one unit after the timeline finish date. * @default null */ toolbar: (ToolbarItem | string | navigations.ItemModel)[]; /** * Defines workweek of project * @default ['Monday', 'Tuesday', 'Wednesday', 'Thursday', 'Friday'] */ workWeek: string[]; /** * Defines weekend days are considered as working day or not. * @default false */ includeWeekend: boolean; /** * Enables or disables rendering of unscheduled tasks in Gantt. * @default false */ allowUnscheduledTasks: boolean; /** * To show notes column cell values inside the cell or in tooltip * @default false */ showInlineNotes: boolean; /** * Defines height value for grid rows and chart rows in Gantt * @default 36 * @aspType int */ rowHeight: number; /** * Defines height of taskbar element in Gantt * @aspType int? */ taskbarHeight: number; /** * Defines start date of the project, if `projectStartDate` value not set then it will be calculated from data source. * @default null */ projectStartDate: Date | string; /** * Defines end date of the project, if `projectEndDate` value not set then it will be calculated from data source. * @default null */ projectEndDate: Date | string; /** * Defines mapping property to get resource id value from resource collection. * @default null */ resourceIDMapping: string; /** * Defines mapping property to get resource name value from resource collection. * @default null */ resourceNameMapping: string; /** * Defines resource collection assigned for projects. * @default [] */ resources: Object[]; /** * Defines background color of dependency lines. * @default null */ connectorLineBackground: string; /** * Defines width of dependency lines. * @default 1 * @aspType int */ connectorLineWidth: number; /** * Defines column collection displayed in grid * If the `columns` declaration was empty then `columns` are automatically populated from `taskSettings` value. * @default [] */ columns: Column[] | string[] | ColumnModel[]; /** * Defines the tabs and fields to be included in the add dialog. * If the value was empty, then it will be calculated from `taskSettings` and `columns` value. * @default [] */ addDialogFields: AddDialogFieldSettingsModel[]; /** * Defines the tabs and fields to be included in the edit dialog. * If the value was empty, then it will be calculated from `taskSettings` and `columns` value. * @default [] */ editDialogFields: EditDialogFieldSettingsModel[]; /** * The `selectedRowIndex` allows you to select a row at initial rendering. * You can also get the currently selected row index. * @default -1 * @aspType int */ selectedRowIndex: number; /** * Defines customized working time of project */ dayWorkingTime: DayWorkingTimeModel[]; /** * Defines holidays presented in project timeline. * @default [] */ holidays: HolidayModel[]; /** * Defines events and status of project throughout the timeline. * @default [] */ eventMarkers: EventMarkerModel[]; /** * Defines mapping properties to find task values such as id, start date, end date, duration and progress values from data source. */ taskFields: TaskFieldsModel; /** * Configures timeline settings of Gantt. * Defines default timeline modes or customized top tier mode and bottom tier mode or single tier only. */ timelineSettings: TimelineSettingsModel; /** * Configures the sort settings of the Gantt. * @default {columns:[]} */ sortSettings: SortSettingsModel; /** * Configures edit settings of Gantt. * @default { allowAdding: false, allowEditing: false, allowDeleting: false, mode:'Auto', * showDeleteConfirmDialog: false } */ editSettings: EditSettingsModel; /** * Enables or disables default tooltip of Gantt element and defines customized tooltip for Gantt elements. * @default { showTooltip: true } */ tooltipSettings: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Configures the selection settings. * @default {mode: 'Row', type: 'Single'} */ selectionSettings: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * Enables or disables filtering support in Gantt * @default false */ allowFiltering: boolean; /** * If `allowReordering` is set to true, Gantt columns can be reordered. * Reordering can be done by drag and drop of a particular column from one index to another index. * @default false */ allowReordering: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` is set to true, Gantt columns can be resized. * @default false */ allowResizing: boolean; /** * Configures the filter settings for Gantt. * @default {columns: [], type: 'Menu' } */ filterSettings: FilterSettingsModel; /** * Configures the search settings for Gantt */ searchSettings: SearchSettingsModel; /** * Configures the splitter settings for Gantt. */ splitterSettings: SplitterSettingsModel; /** * @private */ timelineModule: Timeline; /** * @private */ dateValidationModule: DateProcessor; /** * @private */ isTreeGridRendered: boolean; /** * @private */ isGanttChartRendered: boolean; /** * This will be triggered after the taskbar element is appended to the Gantt element. * @event */ queryTaskbarInfo: base.EmitType<IQueryTaskbarInfoEventArgs>; /** * This will be triggered before the row getting collapsed. * @event */ collapsing: base.EmitType<object>; /** * This will be triggered after the row getting collapsed. * @event */ collapsed: base.EmitType<object>; /** * This will be triggered before the row getting expanded. * @event */ expanding: base.EmitType<object>; /** * This will be triggered after the row getting expanded. * @event */ expanded: base.EmitType<object>; /** * Triggers when Gantt actions such as sorting, filtering, searching etc., starts. * @event */ actionBegin: base.EmitType<object | grids.PageEventArgs | grids.FilterEventArgs | grids.SortEventArgs | ITimeSpanEventArgs | IDependencyEventArgs | ITaskAddedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when Gantt actions such as sorting, filtering, searching etc. are completed. * @event */ actionComplete: base.EmitType<grids.FilterEventArgs | grids.SortEventArgs | ITaskAddedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when actions are failed. * @event */ actionFailure: base.EmitType<grids.FilterEventArgs | grids.SortEventArgs>; /** * This will be triggered taskbar was dragged and dropped on new position * @event */ taskbarEdited: base.EmitType<ITaskbarEditedEventArgs>; /** * Triggered before the Gantt control gets rendered. * @event */ load: base.EmitType<object>; /** * This event will be triggered when taskbar was in dragging state. * @event */ taskbarEditing: base.EmitType<ITaskbarEditedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when data source is populated in the Grid. * @event */ dataBound: base.EmitType<object>; /** * Triggers when column resize starts. * @event */ resizeStart: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers on column resizing. * @event */ resizing: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers when column resize ends. * @event */ resizeStop: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers when splitter resizing starts * @event */ splitterResizeStart: base.EmitType<layouts.ResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when splitter bar was dragging * @event */ splitterResizing: base.EmitType<layouts.ResizingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when splitter resizing action completed * @event */ splitterResized: base.EmitType<ISplitterResizedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when column header element drag (move) starts. * @event */ columnDragStart: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when column header element is dragged (moved) continuously. * @event */ columnDrag: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a column header element is dropped on the target column. * @event */ columnDrop: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before tooltip get rendered * @event */ beforeTooltipRender: base.EmitType<BeforeTooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before row selection occurs. * @event */ rowSelecting: base.EmitType<grids.RowSelectingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after a row is selected. * @event */ rowSelected: base.EmitType<grids.RowSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before deselecting the selected row. * @event */ rowDeselecting: base.EmitType<grids.RowDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a selected row is deselected. * @event */ rowDeselected: base.EmitType<grids.RowDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before any cell selection occurs. * @event */ cellSelecting: base.EmitType<grids.CellSelectingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after a cell is selected. * @event */ cellSelected: base.EmitType<grids.CellSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the selected cell is deselecting. * @event */ cellDeselecting: base.EmitType<grids.CellDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a particular selected cell is deselected. * @event */ cellDeselected: base.EmitType<grids.CellDeselectEventArgs>; /** * This will be triggered before the header cell element is appended to the Grid element. * @event */ queryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.QueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * This will be triggered before the header cell element is appended to the Grid element. * @event */ headerCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.HeaderCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * This will be triggered before the row element is appended to the Grid element. * @event */ rowDataBound: base.EmitType<grids.RowDataBoundEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before column menu opens. * @event */ columnMenuOpen: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnMenuOpenEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when toolbar item was clicked * @event */ toolbarClick: base.EmitType<navigations.ClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when click on column menu. * @event */ columnMenuClick: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnMenuClickEventArgs>; constructor(options?: GanttModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * To get the module name * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * To perform key interaction in Gantt * @private */ onKeyPress(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void | boolean; /** * For internal use only - Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; private initProperties; /** * To validate height and width */ private validateDimentionValue; /** * To calculate dimensions of Gantt control */ private calculateDimensions; /** * @private */ protected render(): void; /** * To show spinner */ showSpinner(): void; /** * To hide spinner */ hideSpinner(): void; /** * @private */ renderGantt(): void; private wireEvents; private keyActionHandler; /** * @private */ protected renderToolbar(): void; /** * @private */ protected renderTreeGrid(): void; private updateCurrentViewData; /** * @private */ updateContentHeight(): void; /** * To get expand status. * @return {boolean} * @private */ getExpandStatus(data: IGanttData): boolean; /** * Get expanded records from given record collection * @param records */ getExpandedRecords(records: IGanttData[]): IGanttData[]; /** * * @param date * @param format */ getFormatedDate(date: Date, format?: string): string; /** * Get duration value as string combined with duration and unit values */ getDurationString(duration: number, durationUnit: string): string; /** * * @param args * @private */ treeDataBound(args: object): void; /** * Called internally, if any of the property value changed. * @param newProp * @param oldProp * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: GanttModel, oldProp: GanttModel): void; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @return {string} * @private */ getPersistData(): string; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * public method to get taskbarHeight. * @return {number} * @public */ getTaskbarHeight(): number; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for component rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @hidden */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * Sorts a column with the given options. * @param {string} columnName - Defines the column name to be sorted. * @param {SortDirection} direction - Defines the direction of sorting field. * @param {boolean} isMultiSort - Specifies whether the previous sorted columns are to be maintained. * @return {void} */ sortColumn(columnName: string, direction: SortDirection, isMultiSort?: boolean): void; /** * Clears all the sorted columns of the Gantt. * @return {void} */ clearSorting(): void; /** * To validate and render chart horizontal and vertical lines in the Gantt * @return {void} * @hidden */ renderChartGridLines(): void; /** * To update height of the Grid lines in the Gantt chart side. * @return {void} * @private */ updateGridLineContainerHeight(): void; /** * To render vertical lines in the Gantt chart side. * @return {void} */ private renderChartVerticalLines; /** * Remove sorted columns of the Gantt. * @return {void} */ getDefaultLocale(): Object; /** * To clear sorted records with specific to particular column * @param columnName */ removeSortColumn(columnName: string): void; /** * * @param args * @private */ actionBeginTask(args: object): boolean | void; /** * To move horizontal scroll bar of Gantt to specific date */ scrollToDate(date: string): void; /** * To move horizontal scroll bar of Gantt to specific date */ scrollToTask(taskId: string): void; /** * To set scroll left and top in chart side * @param left * @param top */ updateChartScrollOffset(left: number, top: number): void; /** * Get parent task by clone parent item * @param cloneParent */ getParentTask(cloneParent: IParent): IGanttData; /** * Filters treegrid.TreeGrid row by column name with the given options. * @param {string} fieldName - Defines the field name of the column. * @param {string} filterOperator - Defines the operator to filter records. * @param {string | number | Date | boolean} filterValue - Defines the value used to filter records. * @param {string} predicate - Defines the relationship between one filter query and another by using AND or OR predicate. * @param {boolean} matchCase - If match case is set to true, treegrid.TreeGrid filters the records with exact match.if false, it filters case * insensitive records (uppercase and lowercase letters treated the same). * @param {boolean} ignoreAccent - If ignoreAccent set to true, * then filter ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * @param {string} actualFilterValue - Defines the actual filter value for the filter column. * @param {string} actualOperator - Defines the actual filter operator for the filter column. * @return {void} */ filterByColumn(fieldName: string, filterOperator: string, filterValue: string | number | Date | boolean, predicate?: string, matchCase?: boolean, ignoreAccent?: boolean): void; /** * Clears all the filtered columns in Gantt. * @return {void} */ clearFiltering(): void; /** * Removes filtered column by field name. * @param {string} field - Defines column field name to remove filter. * @return {void} * @hidden */ removeFilteredColsByField(field: string): void; /** * Method to set holidays and non working days in date time and date picker controls * @return {void} * @private */ renderWorkingDayCell(args: calendars.RenderDayCellEventArgs): void; /** * To update timeline at start point with one unit. * @return {void} * @public */ previousTimeSpan(mode?: string): void; /** * To update timeline at end point with one unit. * @return {void} * @public */ nextTimeSpan(mode?: string): void; /** * To validate project start date and end date. * @return {void} * @public */ updateProjectDates(startDate: Date, endDate: Date, isTimelineRoundOff: boolean): void; /** * Changes the treegrid.TreeGrid column positions by field names. * @return {void} * @public */ reorderColumns(fromFName: string, toFName: string): void; /** * Method to clear edited collections in gantt set edit flag value * @private */ initiateEditAction(isStart: boolean): void; /** * * @param field Method to update value in Gantt record and make clone record for this * @param record * @private */ setRecordValue(field: string, value: any, record: IGanttData | ITaskData, isTaskData?: boolean): void; private makeCloneData; /** * Method to get task by uniqueId value * @param id */ getTaskByUniqueID(id: string): IGanttData; /** * Method to get task by id value * @param id */ getRecordByID(id: string): IGanttData; /** * Method to set splitter position * @param value * @param valueType */ setSplitterPosition(value: string | number, valueType: string): void; /** * Expand the record by index value. * @return {void} * @public */ expandByIndex(index: number): void; /** * Expand the record by task id. * @return {void} * @public */ expandByID(id: string | number): void; /** * Collapse the record by index value. * @return {void} * @public */ collapseByIndex(index: number): void; /** * Collapse the record by ud value. * @return {void} * @public */ collapseByID(id: string | number): void; /** * Add record public method. * @return {void} * @public */ addRecord(data?: Object | IGanttData, rowPosition?: RowPosition, rowIndex?: number): void; /** * Add record public method. * @return {void} * @public */ updateRecordByID(data: Object): void; /** * To add dependency for Task * @return {void} * @public */ addPredecessor(ganttRecord: IGanttData, predecessorString: string): void; /** * To remove dependency from task * @return {void} * @public */ removePredecessor(ganttRecord: IGanttData): void; /** * To modify current dependency values of Task * @return {void} * @public */ updatePredecessor(ganttRecord: IGanttData, predecessorString: string): void; /** * Public method to open Add dialog. * @return {void} * @public */ openAddDialog(): void; /** * Public method to open Edit dialog. * @return {void} * @public */ openEditDialog(taskId: number | string | Object): void; /** * Changes the treegrid.TreeGrid column positions by field names. * @return {void} * @private */ private contructExpandCollapseArgs; /** * Method to get chart row value by index. * @return {HTMLElement} */ getRowByIndex(index: number): HTMLElement; /** * Method to get the row element by task id. * @return {HTMLElement} */ getRowByID(id: string | number): HTMLElement; /** * Method to get class name for unscheduled tasks * @param ganttProp * @private */ getUnscheduledTaskClass(ganttProp: ITaskData): string; private createGanttPopUpElement; /** * Method to get predecessor value as string. * @return {HTMLElement} * @private */ getPredecessorTextValue(type: string): string; /** * Method to perform search action in Gantt * @param keyVal - Search key string */ search(keyVal: string): void; /** * Method to get offset rect value * @param element * @hidden */ getOffsetRect(element: HTMLElement): { top: number; left: number; }; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/base/interface.d.ts /** * Specifies Gantt-chart interfaces * */ export interface IGanttData { childRecords?: Object[]; expanded?: boolean; ganttProperties?: ITaskData; hasChildRecords?: boolean; index?: number; level?: number; parentItem?: IParent; parentUniqueID?: number; taskData?: Object; uniqueID?: string; indicators?: IIndicator[]; isDelete?: boolean; } export interface IParent { uniqueID?: string; expanded?: boolean; level?: number; taskId?: string; index?: number; } export interface ITaskData { baselineLeft?: number; baselineStartDate?: Date; baselineEndDate?: Date; baselineWidth?: number; endDate?: Date; cssClass?: string; duration?: number; durationUnit?: string; isAutoSchedule?: boolean; isMilestone?: boolean; left?: number; progress?: number; progressWidth?: number; resourceInfo?: Object[]; resourceNames?: string; startDate?: Date; notes?: string; predecessorsName?: string | number | object[]; predecessor?: IPredecessor[]; taskId?: string; taskName?: string; width?: number; indicators?: IIndicator[]; uniqueID?: string; totalProgress?: number; totalDuration?: number; } export interface IGanttColumn { field?: string; headerText?: string; editType?: string; mappingName?: string; allowEditing: boolean; width: number; format: string; visible: boolean; } export interface IIndicator { date?: Date | string; iconClass?: string; name?: string; tooltip?: string; } export interface IWorkingTimeRange { from?: number; to?: number; isWorking?: boolean; color?: string; interval?: number; } export interface IQueryTaskbarInfoEventArgs { /** Defines the current HeatMap instance */ ganttModel: Gantt; data: IGanttData; rowElement: Element; taskbarElement: Element; taskbarBgColor?: string; taskbarBorderColor?: string; progressBarBgColor?: string; milestoneColor?: string; rightLabelColor?: string; leftLabelColor?: string; progressLabelColor?: string; baselineColor?: string; taskbarType: string; } export interface IGanttCellFormatter { getValue(column: Column, data: Object): Object; } export interface ITaskbarEditedEventArgs { editingFields?: ITaskData; data?: IGanttData; recordIndex?: number; previousData?: ITaskData; taskBarEditAction?: string; roundOffDuration?: boolean; cancel?: boolean; action?: string; } export interface ITaskDeletedEventArgs { deletedRecordCollection?: IGanttData[]; updatedRecordCollection?: IGanttData[]; cancel?: boolean; action?: string; } export interface IDependencyEditData { id?: string; text?: string; value?: string; } export interface IPredecessor { from?: string; to?: string; type?: string; offset?: number; offsetUnit?: string; isDrawn?: boolean; } export interface IValidateArgs { data?: IGanttData; recordIndex?: number; requestType?: string; cancel?: boolean; validateMode?: IValidateMode; editEventArgs?: object; } export interface IValidateMode { respectLink?: boolean; removeLink?: boolean; preserveLinkWithEditing?: boolean; } export interface ITimeSpanEventArgs { /** Defines the project start date. */ projectStartDate?: Date; /** Defines the project end date. */ ProjectEndDate?: Date; /** Defines the timeline roundoff state. */ isTimelineRoundOff?: boolean; /** Defines the request type. */ requestType?: string; /** Defines the event is cancel. */ cancel?: boolean; } export interface IValidateMode { respectLink?: boolean; removeLink?: boolean; preserveLinkWithEditing?: boolean; } export interface IActionBeginEventArgs { requestType?: string; data?: IGanttData | IGanttData[]; modifiedRecords?: IGanttData[]; modifiedTaskData?: object[]; cancel?: boolean; } export interface IValidateLinkedTaskArgs { editMode?: string; data?: IGanttData; requestType?: string; validateMode?: IValidateMode; cancel?: boolean; } export interface IConnectorLineObject { parentLeft?: number; childLeft?: number; parentWidth?: number; childWidth?: number; parentIndex?: number; childIndex?: number; rowHeight?: number; type?: string; connectorLineId?: string; milestoneParent?: boolean; milestoneChild?: boolean; } export interface ISplitterResizedEventArgs { element?: HTMLElement; event?: Event; paneSize?: number[]; pane?: HTMLElement[]; index?: number[]; separator?: HTMLElement; cancel?: boolean; } export interface PredecessorTooltip { fromId?: string; toId?: string; fromName?: string; toName?: string; linkType?: string; linkText?: string; offset?: number; offsetUnit?: string; offsetString?: string; } export interface BeforeTooltipRenderEventArgs { data?: IGanttData | PredecessorTooltip; args?: popups.TooltipEventArgs; content?: string | Element; } export interface IDependencyEventArgs { fromItem?: IGanttData; toItem?: IGanttData; newPredecessorString?: string; isValidLink?: boolean; requestType?: string; } export interface ITaskAddedEventArgs { data?: IGanttData; newTaskData?: object; modifiedRecords?: IGanttData[]; modifiedTaskData?: object[]; recordIndex?: number; cancel?: boolean; action?: string; } export type ITimelineFormatter = (date?: Date, format?: string, tier?: string, mode?: string) => string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/base/splitter.d.ts /** * Splitter related goes here */ export class Splitter { private parent; splitterObject: layouts.Splitter; splitterPreviousPositionGrid: string; splitterPreviousPositionChart: string; constructor(ganttObj?: Gantt); /** * @private */ renderSplitter(): void; /** * @private */ calculateSplitterPosition(splitter: SplitterSettingsModel, isDynamic?: boolean): string; /** * */ private getSpliterPositionInPercentage; /** * */ private getTotalColumnWidthByIndex; /** * @private */ updateSplitterPosition(): void; /** * @private */ triggerCustomResizedEvent(): void; private destroy; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/base/task-processor.d.ts /** * To calculate and update task related values */ export class TaskProcessor extends DateProcessor { private recordIndex; private dataArray; private taskIds; private hierarchyData; constructor(parent: Gantt); private addEventListener; /** * @private */ checkDataBinding(): void; private initDataSource; private constructDataSource; private cloneDataSource; /** * Function to manipulate data-source * @hidden */ private prepareDataSource; private prepareRecordCollection; /** * Method to update custom field values in gantt record */ private addCustomFieldValue; /** * To populate Gantt record * @param data * @param level * @param parentItem * @param isLoad * @private */ createRecord(data: Object, level: number, parentItem?: IGanttData, isLoad?: boolean): IGanttData; /** * * @param record * @param parent * @private */ getCloneParent(parent: IGanttData): IParent; private addTaskData; private updateExpandStateMappingValue; /** * * @param ganttData * @param data * @param isLoad * @private */ calculateScheduledValues(ganttData: IGanttData, data: Object, isLoad: boolean): void; private calculateDateFromEndDate; private calculateDateFromStartDate; /** * * @param parentWidth * @param percent * @private */ getProgressWidth(parentWidth: number, percent: number): number; /** * * @param ganttProp * @private */ calculateWidth(ganttProp: ITaskData): number; private getTaskbarHeight; /** * Method to calculate left * @param ganttProp * @private */ calculateLeft(ganttProp: ITaskData): number; /** * calculate the left margin of the baseline element * @param ganttData * @private */ calculateBaselineLeft(ganttProperties: ITaskData): number; /** * calculate the width between baseline start date and baseline end date. * @private */ calculateBaselineWidth(ganttProperties: ITaskData): number; /** * To get tasks width value * @param startDate * @param endDate * @private */ getTaskWidth(startDate: Date, endDate: Date): number; /** * Get task left value * @param startDate * @param isMilestone * @private */ getTaskLeft(startDate: Date, isMilestone: boolean): number; /** * * @param ganttData * @param fieldName * @private */ updateMappingData(ganttData: IGanttData, fieldName: string): void; private setRecordDate; private getDurationInDay; private setRecordDuration; /** * * @param ganttData * @private */ updateTaskData(ganttData: IGanttData): void; /** * To set resource value in Gantt record * @private */ setResourceInfo(data: Object): Object[]; private updateResourceName; private dataReorder; private validateDurationUnitMapping; /** * To update duration value in Task * @param duration * @param ganttProperties * @private */ updateDurationValue(duration: string, ganttProperties: ITaskData): void; /** * Update all gantt data collection width, progress width and left value * @private */ updateGanttData(): void; /** * @private */ reUpdateGanttDataPosition(): void; /** * method to update left, width, progress width in record * @param data * @private */ updateWidthLeft(data: IGanttData): void; /** * To calculate parent progress value * @private */ getParentProgress(childGanttRecord: IGanttData): Object; /** * @private */ updateParentItems(cloneParent: IParent): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/base/tree-grid.d.ts /** * TreeGrid related code goes here */ export class GanttTreeGrid { private parent; private treeGridElement; treeGridColumns: treegrid.ColumnModel[]; private currentEditRow; private previousScroll; constructor(parent: Gantt); private addEventListener; private createContainer; /** * Method to initiate TreeGrid */ renderTreeGrid(): void; private composeProperties; private getContentDiv; private ensureScrollBar; private bindEvents; private dataBound; private collapsing; private expanding; private collapsed; private expanded; private actionBegin; private created; private actionFailure; private queryCellInfo; private headerCellInfo; private rowDataBound; private columnMenuOpen; private columnMenuClick; private createExpandCollapseArgs; private treeActionComplete; private updateKeyConfigSettings; /** * Method to bind internal events on TreeGrid element */ private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; private scrollHandler; private validateGanttColumns; /** * * @param column * @param isDefined */ private createTreeGridColumn; /** * Compose Resource columns * @param column */ private composeResourceColumn; private getResourceIds; private getResourceEditor; /** * Create Id column * @param column */ private composeIDColumn; /** * Create progress column * @param column */ private composeProgressColumn; private initiateFiltering; /** * To get filter menu UI * @param column */ private getCustomFilterUi; private getDatePickerFilter; private getDateTimePickerFilter; private getDurationFilter; /** * */ private bindTreeGridColumnProperties; private durationValueAccessor; private resourceValueAccessor; private updateScrollTop; private removeEventListener; private destroy; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/base/utils.d.ts /** @hidden */ export function parentsUntil(elem: Element, selector: string, isID?: boolean): Element; export function isScheduledTask(ganttProp: ITaskData): boolean; export function getSwapKey(obj: Object): object; export function isRemoteData(dataSource: object): boolean; export function getTaskData(records: IGanttData[]): object[]; export function formatString(str: string, args: string[]): string; export function getIndex(value: any, key1: string, collection: any, key2?: string): number; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/index.d.ts /** * Gantt Component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/add-dialog-field-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class AddDialogFieldSettings */ export interface AddDialogFieldSettingsModel { /** * Defines types of tab which contains editor for columns * * `General` - Defines tab container type as general * * `Dependency` - Defines tab as dependency editor * * `Resources` - Defines tab as resources editor * * `Notes` - Defines tab as notes editor * * `Custom` - Defines tab as custom column editor * @default null */ type?: DialogFieldType; /** * Defines header text of tab item * @default null */ headerText?: string; /** * Defines edited column fields placed inside the tab * @default null */ fields?: string[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/add-dialog-field-settings.d.ts /** * Defines dialog fields of add dialog and edit dialog */ export class AddDialogFieldSettings extends base.ChildProperty<AddDialogFieldSettings> { /** * Defines types of tab which contains editor for columns * * `General` - Defines tab container type as general * * `Dependency` - Defines tab as dependency editor * * `Resources` - Defines tab as resources editor * * `Notes` - Defines tab as notes editor * * `Custom` - Defines tab as custom column editor * @default null */ type: DialogFieldType; /** * Defines header text of tab item * @default null */ headerText: string; /** * Defines edited column fields placed inside the tab * @default null */ fields: string[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/column.d.ts /** * Configures column collection in Gantt */ export class Column { /** * If `allowEditing` set to false, then it disables editing of a particular column. * By default all columns are editable. * @default true */ allowEditing: boolean; /** * If `allowReordering` set to false, then it disables reorder of a particular column. * By default all columns can be reorder. * @default true */ allowReordering: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` is set to false, it disables resize option of a particular column. * By default all the columns can be resized. * @default true */ allowResizing: boolean; /** * If `allowSorting` set to false, then it disables sorting option of a particular column. * By default all columns are sortable. * @default true */ allowSorting: boolean; /** * If `allowFiltering` set to false, then it disables filtering option and filter bar element of a particular column. * By default all columns are filterable. * @default true */ allowFiltering: boolean; /** * It is used to customize the default filter options for a specific columns. * * ui - to render custom component for specific column it has following functions. * * ui.create – It is used for creating custom components. * * ui.read - It is used for read the value from the component. * * ui.write - It is used to apply component model as dynamically. * @default null */ filter: grids.IFilter; /** * Defines the cell content's overflow mode. The available modes are * * `Clip` - Truncates the cell content when it overflows its area. * * `Ellipsis` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area. * * `EllipsisWithTooltip` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area * also it will display tooltip while hover on ellipsis applied cell. * @default EllipsisWithTooltip * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.ClipMode */ clipMode: grids.ClipMode; /** * The CSS styles and attributes of the content cells of a particular column can be customized. * @default null */ customAttributes: { [x: string]: Object; }; /** * If `disableHtmlEncode` is set to true, it encodes the HTML of the header and content cells. * @default false */ disableHtmlEncode: boolean; /** * If `displayAsCheckBox` is set to true, it displays the column value as a check box instead of Boolean value. * @default false */ displayAsCheckBox: boolean; /** * Defines the type of component for editing. * @default 'stringedit' */ editType: string; /** * Defines the field name of column which is mapped with mapping name of DataSource. * The `field` name must be a valid JavaScript identifier, * the first character must be an alphabet and should not contain spaces and special characters. */ field: string; /** * It is used to change display value with the given format and does not affect the original data. * Gets the format from the user which can be standard or custom * [`number`](../base/intl.html#number-formatter-and-parser) * and [`date`](../base/intl.html#date-formatter-and-parser) formats. * @default null * @aspType string */ format: string | base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions; /** * Defines the method which is used to achieve custom formatting from an external function. * This function triggers before rendering of each cell. * @default null */ formatter: { new (): IGanttCellFormatter; } | Function | IGanttCellFormatter; /** * Defines the header template as string or HTML element ID which is used to add customized element in the column header. * @default null */ headerTemplate: string; /** * Defines the header text of column which is used to display in column header. * If `headerText` is not defined, then field name value will be assigned to header text. * @default null */ headerText: string; /** * Define the alignment of column header which is used to align the text of column header. * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.TextAlign.Left * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.TextAlign */ headerTextAlign: grids.TextAlign; /** * Column visibility can change based on [`Media Queries`](http://cssmediaqueries.com/what-are-css-media-queries.html). * `hideAtMedia` accepts only valid Media Queries. * @default null */ hideAtMedia: string; /** * Defines the maximum width of the column in pixel or percentage, which will restrict resizing beyond this pixel or percentage. * @default null */ maxWidth: string | number; /** * Defines the minimum width of the column in pixels or percentage. * @default null */ minWidth: string | number; /** * Defines the column template that renders customized element in each cell of the column. * It accepts either [template string](../base/template-engine.html) or HTML element ID. * @default null */ template: string; /** * Defines the alignment of the column in both header and content cells. * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.TextAlign.Left * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.TextAlign */ textAlign: grids.TextAlign; /** * Defines the method used to apply custom cell values from external function and display this on each cell rendered. * @default null */ valueAccessor: grids.ValueAccessor | string; /** * If `visible` is set to false, hides the particular column. By default, columns are displayed. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Defines the width of the column in pixels or percentage. * @default null */ width: string | number; /** * If `isPrimaryKey` is set to true, considers this column as the primary key constraint. * @default false */ isPrimaryKey: boolean; /** * Defines the `grids.IEditCell` object to customize default edit cell. * @default {} */ edit: grids.IEditCell; constructor(options: ColumnModel); } /** * Interface for a class GanttColumn */ export interface ColumnModel { /** * If `allowEditing` set to false, then it disables editing of a particular column. * By default all columns are editable. * @default true */ allowEditing?: boolean; /** * If `allowReordering` set to false, then it disables reorder of a particular column. * By default all columns can be reorder. * @default true */ allowReordering?: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` is set to false, it disables resize option of a particular column. * By default all the columns can be resized. * @default true */ allowResizing?: boolean; /** * If `allowSorting` set to false, then it disables sorting option of a particular column. * By default all columns are sortable. * @default true */ allowSorting?: boolean; /** * If `allowFiltering` set to false, then it disables filtering option and filter bar element of a particular column. * By default all columns are filterable. * @default true */ allowFiltering?: boolean; /** * It is used to customize the default filter options for a specific columns. * * ui - to render custom component for specific column it has following functions. * * ui.create – It is used for creating custom components. * * ui.read - It is used for read the value from the component. * * ui.write - It is used to apply component model as dynamically. * @default null */ filter?: grids.IFilter; /** * Defines the cell content's overflow mode. The available modes are * * `Clip` - Truncates the cell content when it overflows its area. * * `Ellipsis` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area. * * `EllipsisWithTooltip` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area * also it will display tooltip while hover on ellipsis applied cell. * @default EllipsisWithTooltip * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.ClipMode */ clipMode?: grids.ClipMode; /** * The CSS styles and attributes of the content cells of a particular column can be customized. * @default null */ customAttributes?: { [x: string]: Object; }; /** * If `disableHtmlEncode` is set to true, it encodes the HTML of the header and content cells. * @default false */ disableHtmlEncode?: boolean; /** * If `displayAsCheckBox` is set to true, it displays the column value as a check box instead of Boolean value. * @default false */ displayAsCheckBox?: boolean; /** * Defines the field name of column which is mapped with mapping name of DataSource. * The `field` name must be a valid JavaScript identifier, * the first character must be an alphabet and should not contain spaces and special characters. * @default null */ field?: string; /** * Defines the type of component for editing. * @default 'stringedit' */ editType?: string; /** * It is used to change display value with the given format and does not affect the original data. * Gets the format from the user which can be standard or custom * [`number`](../base/intl.html#number-formatter-and-parser) * and [`date`](../base/intl.html#date-formatter-and-parser) formats. * @default null * @aspType string */ format?: string | base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions; /** * Defines the method which is used to achieve custom formatting from an external function. * This function triggers before rendering of each cell. * @default null */ formatter?: { new (): IGanttCellFormatter; } | Function | IGanttCellFormatter; /** * Defines the header template as string or HTML element ID which is used to add customized element in the column header. * @default null */ headerTemplate?: string; /** * Defines the header text of column which is used to display in column header. * If `headerText` is not defined, then field name value will be assigned to header text. * @default null */ headerText?: string; /** * Define the alignment of column header which is used to align the text of column header. * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.TextAlign.Left * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.TextAlign */ headerTextAlign?: grids.TextAlign; /** * Column visibility can change based on [`Media Queries`](http://cssmediaqueries.com/what-are-css-media-queries.html). * `hideAtMedia` accepts only valid Media Queries. * @default null */ hideAtMedia?: string; /** * Defines the maximum width of the column in pixel or percentage, which will restrict resizing beyond this pixel or percentage. * @default null */ maxWidth?: string | number; /** * Defines the minimum width of the column in pixels or percentage. * @default null */ minWidth?: string | number; /** * Defines the column template that renders customized element in each cell of the column. * It accepts either [template string](../base/template-engine.html) or HTML element ID. * @default null */ template?: string; /** * Defines the alignment of the column in both header and content cells. * @default Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.TextAlign.Left * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.TextAlign */ textAlign?: grids.TextAlign; /** * Defines the method used to apply custom cell values from external function and display this on each cell rendered. * @default null */ valueAccessor?: grids.ValueAccessor | string; /** * If `visible` is set to false, hides the particular column. By default, columns are displayed. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * Defines the width of the column in pixels or percentage. * @default null */ width?: string | number; /** * If `isPrimaryKey` is set to true, considers this column as the primary key constraint. * @default false */ isPrimaryKey?: boolean; /** * Defines the `grids.IEditCell` object to customize default edit cell. * @default {} */ edit?: grids.IEditCell; /** * To define column type * @private */ type?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/day-working-time-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class DayWorkingTime */ export interface DayWorkingTimeModel { /** * Defines start time of working time range * @default null */ from?: number; /** * Defines end time of working time range */ to?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/day-working-time.d.ts /** * Defines working time of day in project */ export class DayWorkingTime extends base.ChildProperty<DayWorkingTime> { /** * Defines start time of working time range * @default null */ from: number; /** * Defines end time of working time range */ to: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/edit-dialog-field-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class EditDialogFieldSettings */ export interface EditDialogFieldSettingsModel { /** * Defines types of tab which contains editor for columns * * `General` - Defines tab container type as general * * `Dependency` - Defines tab as dependency editor * * `Resources` - Defines tab as resources editor * * `Notes` - Defines tab as notes editor * * `Custom` - Defines tab as custom column editor * @default null */ type?: DialogFieldType; /** * Defines header text of tab item * @default null */ headerText?: string; /** * Defines edited column fields placed inside the tab * @default null */ fields?: string[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/edit-dialog-field-settings.d.ts /** * Defines dialog fields of add dialog and edit dialog */ export class EditDialogFieldSettings extends base.ChildProperty<EditDialogFieldSettings> { /** * Defines types of tab which contains editor for columns * * `General` - Defines tab container type as general * * `Dependency` - Defines tab as dependency editor * * `Resources` - Defines tab as resources editor * * `Notes` - Defines tab as notes editor * * `Custom` - Defines tab as custom column editor * @default null */ type: DialogFieldType; /** * Defines header text of tab item * @default null */ headerText: string; /** * Defines edited column fields placed inside the tab * @default null */ fields: string[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/edit-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class EditSettings */ export interface EditSettingsModel { /** * If `allowEditing` is set to true, values can be updated in the existing record. * @default false */ allowEditing?: boolean; /** * If `allowAdding` is set to true, new records can be added to the Gantt. * @default false */ allowAdding?: boolean; /** * If `allowDeleting` is set to true, existing record can be deleted from the Gantt. * @default false */ allowDeleting?: boolean; /** * Defines edit mode in Gantt. * * `Auto` - Defines cell edit mode in grid side and dialog mode in chart side. * * `Dialog` - Defines dialog edit mode on both sides. * @default Auto * @isEnumeration true */ mode?: EditMode; /** * Defines the row position for new records. The available row positions are: * * Top * * Bottom * * Above * * Below * * Child * @default Top */ newRowPosition?: RowPosition; /** * If `showDeleteConfirmDialog` is set to true, confirm dialog will show delete action. You can also cancel delete command. * @default false */ showDeleteConfirmDialog?: boolean; /** * Enabled or disables taskbar resizing, taskbar dragging, progress bar resizing and * predecessor draw action in chart side. * @default false */ allowTaskbarEditing?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/edit-settings.d.ts /** * Configures edit settings of Gantt */ export class EditSettings extends base.ChildProperty<EditSettings> { /** * If `allowEditing` is set to true, values can be updated in the existing record. * @default false */ allowEditing: boolean; /** * If `allowAdding` is set to true, new records can be added to the Gantt. * @default false */ allowAdding: boolean; /** * If `allowDeleting` is set to true, existing record can be deleted from the Gantt. * @default false */ allowDeleting: boolean; /** * Defines edit mode in Gantt. * * `Auto` - Defines cell edit mode in grid side and dialog mode in chart side. * * `Dialog` - Defines dialog edit mode on both sides. * @default Auto * @isEnumeration true */ mode: EditMode; /** * Defines the row position for new records. The available row positions are: * * Top * * Bottom * * Above * * Below * * Child * @default Top */ newRowPosition: RowPosition; /** * If `showDeleteConfirmDialog` is set to true, confirm dialog will show delete action. You can also cancel delete command. * @default false */ showDeleteConfirmDialog: boolean; /** * Enabled or disables taskbar resizing, taskbar dragging, progress bar resizing and * predecessor draw action in chart side. * @default false */ allowTaskbarEditing: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/event-marker-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class EventMarker */ export interface EventMarkerModel { /** * Defines day of event marker * @default null */ day?: Date | string; /** * Defines label of event marker * @default null */ label?: string; /** * Define custom css class for event marker to customize line and label * @default null */ cssClass?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/event-marker.d.ts /** * Defines event marker collection in Gantt */ export class EventMarker extends base.ChildProperty<EventMarker> { /** * Defines day of event marker * @default null */ day: Date | string; /** * Defines label of event marker * @default null */ label: string; /** * Define custom css class for event marker to customize line and label * @default null */ cssClass: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/filter-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class FilterSettings */ export interface FilterSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the columns to be filtered at initial rendering of the Gantt. * You can also get the columns that were currently filtered. * @default [] */ columns?: grids.PredicateModel[]; /** * Defines filter type of Gantt * * `Menu` - Enables menu filters in Grid. * @hidden */ type?: FilterType; /** * The `operators` is used to override the default operators in filter menu. This should be defined by type wise * (string, number, date and boolean). Based on the column type, this customize operator list will render in filter menu. * @default null */ operators?: grids.ICustomOptr; /** * If ignoreAccent set to true, then filter ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * @default false */ ignoreAccent?: boolean; /** * Defines the filter types. The available options are, * `Parent`: Shows the filtered record with parent record. * `Child`: Shows the filtered record with child record. * `Both` : shows the filtered record with both parent and child record. * `None` : Shows only filtered record. * @default Parent * @isEnumeration true */ hierarchyMode?: FilterHierarchyMode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/filter-settings.d.ts /** * Configures the filtering behavior of the Gantt. */ export class FilterSettings extends base.ChildProperty<FilterSettings> { /** * Specifies the columns to be filtered at initial rendering of the Gantt. * You can also get the columns that were currently filtered. * @default [] */ columns: grids.PredicateModel[]; /** * Defines filter type of Gantt * * `Menu` - Enables menu filters in Grid. * @hidden */ type: FilterType; /** * The `operators` is used to override the default operators in filter menu. This should be defined by type wise * (string, number, date and boolean). Based on the column type, this customize operator list will render in filter menu. * @default null */ operators: grids.ICustomOptr; /** * If ignoreAccent set to true, then filter ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * @default false */ ignoreAccent: boolean; /** * Defines the filter types. The available options are, * `Parent`: Shows the filtered record with parent record. * `Child`: Shows the filtered record with child record. * `Both` : shows the filtered record with both parent and child record. * `None` : Shows only filtered record. * @default Parent * @isEnumeration true */ hierarchyMode: FilterHierarchyMode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/holiday-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Holiday */ export interface HolidayModel { /** * Defines start date of holiday. * @default null */ from?: Date | string; /** * Defines end date of holiday. * @default null */ to?: Date | string; /** * Defines label of holiday. * @default null */ label?: string; /** * Defines custom css class of holiday to customize background and label. * @default null */ cssClass?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/holiday.d.ts /** * Defines holidays of project */ export class Holiday extends base.ChildProperty<Holiday> { /** * Defines start date of holiday. * @default null */ from: Date | string; /** * Defines end date of holiday. * @default null */ to: Date | string; /** * Defines label of holiday. * @default null */ label: string; /** * Defines custom css class of holiday to customize background and label. * @default null */ cssClass: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/label-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class LabelSettings */ export interface LabelSettingsModel { /** * Defines right side label of task. * @default null */ rightLabel?: string; /** * Defines left side label of task. * @default null */ leftLabel?: string; /** * Defines label which is placed inside the taskbar. * @default null */ taskLabel?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/label-settings.d.ts /** * Defines labels for task, this will be placed right, left and inner side of taskbar. */ export class LabelSettings extends base.ChildProperty<LabelSettings> { /** * Defines right side label of task. * @default null */ rightLabel: string; /** * Defines left side label of task. * @default null */ leftLabel: string; /** * Defines label which is placed inside the taskbar. * @default null */ taskLabel: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/models.d.ts /** * Export all generated models for complex settings */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/search-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SearchSettings */ export interface SearchSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the columns to be searched at initial rendering of the Gantt. * You can also get the columns that were currently filtered. * @default [] */ fields?: string[]; /** * If ignoreCase set to true, then search ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * @default false */ ignoreCase?: boolean; /** * Defines the operator to search records. The available operators are: * <table> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Operator<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * startswith<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string begins with the specified string.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * endswith<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string ends with the specified string.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * contains<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string contains the specified string. <br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * equal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string is equal to the specified string.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * notequal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks for strings not equal to the specified string. <br/></td></tr> * </table> * @default 'contains' */ operator?: string; /** * A key word for searching the Gantt content. */ key?: string; /** * Defines the search types. The available options are, * `Parent`: Shows the searched record with parent record. * `Child`: Shows the searched record with child record. * `Both` : shows the searched record with both parent and child record. * `None` : Shows only searched record. * @default Parent * @isEnumeration true */ hierarchyMode?: SearchHierarchyMode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/search-settings.d.ts /** * Configures the filtering behavior of the Grid. */ export class SearchSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SearchSettings> { /** * Specifies the columns to be searched at initial rendering of the Gantt. * You can also get the columns that were currently filtered. * @default [] */ fields: string[]; /** * If ignoreCase set to true, then search ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * @default false */ ignoreCase: boolean; /** * Defines the operator to search records. The available operators are: * <table> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Operator<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * startswith<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string begins with the specified string.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * endswith<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string ends with the specified string.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * contains<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string contains the specified string. <br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * equal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string is equal to the specified string.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * notequal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks for strings not equal to the specified string. <br/></td></tr> * </table> * @default 'contains' */ operator: string; /** * A key word for searching the Gantt content. */ key: string; /** * Defines the search types. The available options are, * `Parent`: Shows the searched record with parent record. * `Child`: Shows the searched record with child record. * `Both` : shows the searched record with both parent and child record. * `None` : Shows only searched record. * @default Parent * @isEnumeration true */ hierarchyMode: SearchHierarchyMode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/selection-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SelectionSettings */ export interface SelectionSettingsModel { /** * Gantt supports row, cell, and both (row and cell) selection mode. * @default Row * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.SelectionMode */ mode?: grids.SelectionMode; /** * To define selection mode of cell * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.CellSelectionMode */ cellSelectionMode?: grids.CellSelectionMode; /** * Defines options for selection type. They are * * `Single`: Allows selection of only a row or a cell. * * `Multiple`: Allows selection of multiple rows or cells. * @default Single * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.SelectionType */ type?: grids.SelectionType; /** * If 'persistSelection' set to true, then the Gantt selection is persisted on all operations. * @default false */ persistSelection?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/selection-settings.d.ts /** * Configures the selection behavior of the Gantt. */ export class SelectionSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SelectionSettings> { /** * Gantt supports row, cell, and both (row and cell) selection mode. * @default Row * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.SelectionMode */ mode: grids.SelectionMode; /** * To define selection mode of cell * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.CellSelectionMode */ cellSelectionMode: grids.CellSelectionMode; /** * Defines options for selection type. They are * * `Single`: Allows selection of only a row or a cell. * * `Multiple`: Allows selection of multiple rows or cells. * @default Single * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.SelectionType */ type: grids.SelectionType; /** * If 'persistSelection' set to true, then the Gantt selection is persisted on all operations. * @default false */ persistSelection: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/sort-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SortDescriptor */ export interface SortDescriptorModel { /** * Defines the field name of sort column. * @default '' */ field?: string; /** * Defines the direction of sort column. * @default '' * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true */ direction?: SortDirection; } /** * Interface for a class SortSettings */ export interface SortSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the columns to sort at initial rendering of Gantt. * Also user can get current sorted columns. * @default [] */ columns?: SortDescriptorModel[]; /** * If `allowUnsort` set to false the user can not get the Tree grid in unsorted state by clicking the sorted column header. * @default true */ allowUnsort?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/sort-settings.d.ts /** * Represents the field name and direction of sort column. */ export class SortDescriptor extends base.ChildProperty<SortDescriptor> { /** * Defines the field name of sort column. * @default '' */ field: string; /** * Defines the direction of sort column. * @default '' * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true */ direction: SortDirection; } /** * Configures the sorting behavior of Gantt */ export class SortSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SortSettings> { /** * Specifies the columns to sort at initial rendering of Gantt. * Also user can get current sorted columns. * @default [] */ columns: SortDescriptorModel[]; /** * If `allowUnsort` set to false the user can not get the Tree grid in unsorted state by clicking the sorted column header. * @default true */ allowUnsort: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/splitter-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SplitterSettings */ export interface SplitterSettingsModel { /** * Defines splitter position at initial load, it accepts values in pixels. * @default null */ position?: string; /** * Defines splitter position with respect to column index value. * If `columnIndex` set as `2` then splitter bar placed at third column of grid. * @default -1 */ columnIndex?: number; /** * Defines splitter bar size * @default 4 */ separatorSize?: number; /** * Defines minimum width of Grid part, splitter can't be moved less than this value on grid side. * @default null */ minimum?: string; /** * Defines predefined view of Gantt. * * `Default` - Shows grid side and side of Gantt * * `Grid` - Shows grid side alone in Gantt * * `Chart` - Shows chart side alone in Gantt * @default Default */ view?: SplitterView; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/splitter-settings.d.ts /** * Configures splitter position and splitter bar */ export class SplitterSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SplitterSettings> { /** * Defines splitter position at initial load, it accepts values in pixels. * @default null */ position: string; /** * Defines splitter position with respect to column index value. * If `columnIndex` set as `2` then splitter bar placed at third column of grid. * @default -1 */ columnIndex: number; /** * Defines splitter bar size * @default 4 */ separatorSize: number; /** * Defines minimum width of Grid part, splitter can't be moved less than this value on grid side. * @default null */ minimum: string; /** * Defines predefined view of Gantt. * * `Default` - Shows grid side and side of Gantt * * `Grid` - Shows grid side alone in Gantt * * `Chart` - Shows chart side alone in Gantt * @default Default */ view: SplitterView; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/task-fields-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class TaskFields */ export interface TaskFieldsModel { /** * Defines mapping property to get task id value from data source. * @default null */ id?: string; /** * Defines mapping property to get task name value from data source. * @default null */ name?: string; /** * Defines mapping property to get task's parent id value from data source. * @default null */ parentID?: string; /** * Defines mapping property to get task name value from data source. * @default null */ startDate?: string; /** * Define end date mapping in Gantt * @default null */ endDate?: string; /** * Define taskDependency mapping in Gantt * @default null */ dependency?: string; /** * Define progress mapping in Gantt * @default null */ progress?: string; /** * Define child mapping in Gantt * @default null */ child?: string; /** * Define Milestone mapping in Gantt * @default null */ milestone?: string; /** * Define Milestone mapping in Gantt * @default null */ duration?: string; /** * To map duration unit of task */ durationUnit?: string; /** * To map custom css class of task */ cssClass?: string; /** * To map baseline start date of task */ baselineStartDate?: string; /** * To map baseline end date of task */ baselineEndDate?: string; /** * To map assigned resources of task */ resourceInfo?: string; /** * To map expand status of parent record */ expandState?: string; /** * Define the Indicators of Gantt * @default null */ indicators?: string; /** * To map note of task * @default null */ notes?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/task-fields.d.ts /** * Defines mapping property to get task details from data source */ export class TaskFields extends base.ChildProperty<TaskFields> { /** * Defines mapping property to get task id value from data source. * @default null */ id: string; /** * Defines mapping property to get task name value from data source. * @default null */ name: string; /** * Defines mapping property to get task's parent id value from data source. * @default null */ parentID: string; /** * Defines mapping property to get task name value from data source. * @default null */ startDate: string; /** * Define end date mapping in Gantt * @default null */ endDate: string; /** * Define taskDependency mapping in Gantt * @default null */ dependency: string; /** * Define progress mapping in Gantt * @default null */ progress: string; /** * Define child mapping in Gantt * @default null */ child: string; /** * Define Milestone mapping in Gantt * @default null */ milestone: string; /** * Define Milestone mapping in Gantt * @default null */ duration: string; /** * To map duration unit of task */ durationUnit: string; /** * To map custom css class of task */ cssClass: string; /** * To map baseline start date of task */ baselineStartDate: string; /** * To map baseline end date of task */ baselineEndDate: string; /** * To map assigned resources of task */ resourceInfo: string; /** * To map expand status of parent record */ expandState: string; /** * Define the Indicators of Gantt * @default null */ indicators: string; /** * To map note of task * @default null */ notes: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/timeline-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class TimelineTierSettings */ export interface TimelineTierSettingsModel { /** * Defines timeline cell format * @default '' */ format?: string; /** * Defines timeline mode of Gantt header * * `None` - Default * * `Week` - Define the week mode header * * `Day` - Define the day mode header * * `Hour` - Define the hour mode header * * `Month` - Define the month mode header * * `Year` - Define the year mode header * * `Minutes` - Define the minutes mode header * @default 'None' */ unit?: TimelineViewMode; /** * Defines number timeline units combined for single cell * @default 1 */ count?: number; /** * Defines method to get custom formatted values of timeline cells * @default null */ formatter?: string | ITimelineFormatter; } /** * Interface for a class TimelineSettings */ export interface TimelineSettingsModel { /** * Defines timeline mode of Gantt header * * `None` - Default * * `Week` - Define the week mode header * * `Day` - Define the day mode header * * `Hour` - Define the hour mode header * * `Month` - Define the month mode header * * `Year` - Define the year mode header * * `Minutes` - Define the minutes mode header * @default 'None' */ timelineViewMode?: TimelineViewMode; /** * Defines top tier setting in timeline */ topTier?: TimelineTierSettingsModel; /** * Defines bottom tier settings in timeline */ bottomTier?: TimelineTierSettingsModel; /** * Defines width of timeline cell * @default 33 */ timelineUnitSize?: number; /** * Defines week start say in timeline * @default 0 */ weekStartDay?: number; /** * Defines background color of weekend cell in week - day timeline mode * @default null */ weekendBackground?: string; /** * Enables or disables tooltip for timeline cells */ showTooltip?: boolean; /** * Enables or disables timeline auto update on editing action */ updateTimescaleView?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/timeline-settings.d.ts /** * Configures timeline settings of Gantt */ export class TimelineTierSettings extends base.ChildProperty<TimelineTierSettings> { /** * Defines timeline cell format * @default '' */ format: string; /** * Defines timeline mode of Gantt header * * `None` - Default * * `Week` - Define the week mode header * * `Day` - Define the day mode header * * `Hour` - Define the hour mode header * * `Month` - Define the month mode header * * `Year` - Define the year mode header * * `Minutes` - Define the minutes mode header * @default 'None' */ unit: TimelineViewMode; /** * Defines number timeline units combined for single cell * @default 1 */ count: number; /** * Defines method to get custom formatted values of timeline cells * @default null */ formatter: string | ITimelineFormatter; } /** * Configures the timeline settings property in the Gantt */ export class TimelineSettings extends base.ChildProperty<TimelineSettings> { /** * Defines timeline mode of Gantt header * * `None` - Default * * `Week` - Define the week mode header * * `Day` - Define the day mode header * * `Hour` - Define the hour mode header * * `Month` - Define the month mode header * * `Year` - Define the year mode header * * `Minutes` - Define the minutes mode header * @default 'None' */ timelineViewMode: TimelineViewMode; /** * Defines top tier setting in timeline */ topTier: TimelineTierSettingsModel; /** * Defines bottom tier settings in timeline */ bottomTier: TimelineTierSettingsModel; /** * Defines width of timeline cell * @default 33 */ timelineUnitSize: number; /** * Defines week start say in timeline * @default 0 */ weekStartDay: number; /** * Defines background color of weekend cell in week - day timeline mode * @default null */ weekendBackground: string; /** * Enables or disables tooltip for timeline cells */ showTooltip: boolean; /** * Enables or disables timeline auto update on editing action */ updateTimescaleView: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/tooltip-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class TooltipSettings */ export interface TooltipSettingsModel { /** * Enables or disables tooltip of Gantt element * @default true */ showTooltip?: boolean; /** * Defines tooltip template for taskbar elements * @default null */ taskbar?: string; /** * Defines template for baseline tooltip element * @default null */ baseline?: string; /** * Defines template for dependency line tooltip * @default null */ connectorLine?: string; /** * Defines tooltip template for taskbar editing action * @default null */ editing?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/models/tooltip-settings.d.ts /** * Configures tooltip settings for Gantt */ export class TooltipSettings extends base.ChildProperty<TooltipSettings> { /** * Enables or disables tooltip of Gantt element * @default true */ showTooltip: boolean; /** * Defines tooltip template for taskbar elements * @default null */ taskbar: string; /** * Defines template for baseline tooltip element * @default null */ baseline: string; /** * Defines template for dependency line tooltip * @default null */ connectorLine: string; /** * Defines tooltip template for taskbar editing action * @default null */ editing: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/renderer/chart-rows.d.ts /** * To render the chart rows in Gantt */ export class ChartRows { ganttChartTableBody: Element; taskTable: HTMLElement; private parent; taskBarHeight: number; milestoneHeight: number; private milesStoneRadius; private baselineTop; baselineHeight: number; private baselineColor; private parentTemplateFunction; private leftTaskLabelTemplateFunction; private rightTaskLabelTemplateFunction; private childTaskbarTemplateFunction; private milestoneTemplateFunction; private templateData; private parentTrFunction; private leftLabelContainerFunction; private rightLabelContainerFunction; private taskbarContainerFunction; private childTaskbarLeftResizerFunction; private childTaskbarRightResizerFunction; private childTaskbarProgressResizerFunction; private taskBaselineTemplateFunction; private milestoneBaselineTemplateFunction; private taskIndicatorFunction; private touchLeftConnectorpoint; private touchRightConnectorpoint; connectorPointWidth: number; private connectorPointRadius; private connectorPointMargin; private connectorLineLeftFunction; private connectorLineRightFunction; taskBarMarginTop: number; milestoneMarginTop: number; constructor(ganttObj?: Gantt); /** * To initialize the public property. * @return {void} * @private */ private initPublicProp; private addEventListener; refreshChartByTimeline(): void; /** * To render chart rows. * @return {void} * @private */ private createChartTable; initiateTemplates(): void; /** * To render chart rows. * @return {void} * @private */ renderChartRows(): void; /** * To get left task label template string. * @return {string} * @private */ private getTaskbarLeftLabelString; /** * To get right task label template string. * @return {string} * @private */ private getTaskbarRightLabelString; /** * To get gantt Indicator. * @return {string} * @private */ private getIndicatorString; /** * To get gantt Indicator. * @return {number} * @private */ getIndicatorleft(date: Date): number; /** * To get parent taskbar template string. * @return {string} * @private */ private getParentTaskbarTemplateString; /** * To get child taskbar template string. * @return {string} * @private */ private getChildTaskbarTemplateString; /** * To get milestone template string. * @return {string} * @private */ private getMilestoneTemplateString; /** * To get task baseline template string. * @return {string} * @private */ private getTaskBaselineTemplateString; /** * To get milestone baseline template string. * @return {string} * @private */ private getMilestoneBaselineTemplateString; /** * To get taskbar row('TR') template string * @return {string} * @private */ private getTableTrTemplateString; /** * To initialize chart templates. * @return {void} * @private */ private initializeChartTemplate; /** * To initialize basic chart table templates. * @return {void} * @private */ private ganttChartTableTemplateInit; /** * To get task label. * @return {string} * @private */ private getTaskLabel; private getExpandDisplayProp; private getRowClassName; private getBorderRadius; private taskNameWidth; private getRightLabelLeft; private getExpandClass; private getFieldValue; private getResourceName; /** * To initialize private variable help to render task bars. * @return {void} * @private */ private initChartHelperPrivateVariable; /** * Function used to refresh Gantt rows. * @return {void} * @private */ refreshGanttRows(): void; /** * To render taskbars. * @return {void} * @private */ private createTaskbarTemplate; /** * To render taskbars. * @return {Node} * @private */ getGanttChartRow(i: number, tempTemplateData: IGanttData): Node; /** * To trigger query taskbar info event. * @return {void} * @private */ triggerQueryTaskbarInfo(): void; /** * * @param trElement * @param data * @private */ triggerQueryTaskbarInfoByIndex(trElement: Element, data: IGanttData): void; /** * To update query taskbar info args. * @return {void} * @private */ private updateQueryTaskbarInfoArgs; /** * To compile template string. * @return {Function} * @private */ templateCompiler(template: string): Function; /** * To refresh edited TR * @param index * @private */ refreshRow(index: number): void; /** * To refresh all edited records * @param items * @private */ refreshRecords(items: IGanttData[]): void; private removeEventListener; private destroy; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/renderer/connector-line.d.ts /** * To render the connector line in Gantt */ export class ConnectorLine { private parent; dependencyViewContainer: HTMLElement; private lineColor; private lineStroke; tooltipTable: HTMLElement; constructor(ganttObj?: Gantt); /** * To get connector line gap. * @return {number} * @private */ private getconnectorLineGap; /** * To initialize the public property. * @return {void} * @private */ private initPublicProp; private getTaskbarMidpoint; /** * To connector line object collection. * @return {void} * @private */ createConnectorLineObject(parentGanttData: IGanttData, childGanttData: IGanttData, predecessor: IPredecessor): IConnectorLineObject; /** * To render connector line. * @return {void} * @private */ renderConnectorLines(connectorLinesCollection: IConnectorLineObject[]): void; /** * To get parent position. * @return {void} * @private */ private getParentPosition; /** * To get line height. * @return {void} * @private */ private getHeightValue; /** * To get sstype2 inner element width. * @return {void} * @private */ private getInnerElementWidthSSType2; /** * To get sstype2 inner element left. * @return {void} * @private */ private getInnerElementLeftSSType2; /** * To get sstype2 inner child element width. * @return {void} * @private */ private getInnerChildWidthSSType2; private getBorderStyles; /** * To get connector line template. * @return {void} * @private */ getConnectorLineTemplate(data: IConnectorLineObject): string; /** * @private */ createConnectorLineTooltipTable(): void; /** * @param fromTaskName * @param fromPredecessorText * @param toTaskName * @param toPredecessorText * @private */ getConnectorLineTooltipInnerTd(fromTaskName: string, fromPredecessorText: string, toTaskName?: string, toPredecessorText?: string): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/renderer/edit-tooltip.d.ts /** * File for handling taskbar editing tooltip in Gantt. */ export class EditTooltip { parent: Gantt; toolTipObj: popups.Tooltip; taskbarTooltipContainer: HTMLElement; taskbarTooltipDiv: HTMLElement; private taskbarEdit; constructor(gantt: Gantt, taskbarEdit: TaskbarEdit); /** * To create tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ createTooltip(opensOn: string, mouseTrail: boolean, target?: string): void; /** * To show/hide taskbar edit tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ showHideTaskbarEditTooltip(bool: boolean): void; /** * To update tooltip content and position. * @return {void} * @private */ updateTooltip(): void; /** * To get updated tooltip text. * @return {void} * @private */ private getTooltipText; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/renderer/event-marker.d.ts /** * To render and update event markers in Gantt */ export class EventMarker1 { parent: Gantt; eventMarkersContainer: HTMLElement; constructor(gantt: Gantt); /** * @private */ renderEventMarkers(): void; /** * @private */ removeContainer(): void; /** * Method to get event markers as html string */ private getEventMarkersElements; /** * @private */ updateContainerHeight(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/renderer/nonworking-day.d.ts /** * To render holidays and weekends in Gantt */ export class NonWorkingDay { private parent; nonworkingContainer: HTMLElement; private holidayContainer; private weekendContainer; constructor(gantt: Gantt); /** * Method append nonworking container */ private createNonworkingContainer; /** * calculation for holidays rendering. * @private */ renderHolidays(): void; /** * Method to return holidays as html string */ private getHolidaysElement; /** * @private */ renderWeekends(): void; /** * Method to get weekend html string */ private getWeekendElements; private updateHolidayLabelHeight; /** * Method to update height for all internal containers * @private */ updateContainerHeight(): void; /** * Method to remove containers of holiday and weekend */ removeContainers(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/renderer/render.d.ts /** * Add renderer for all individual elements */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/renderer/timeline.d.ts /** * Configures the `Timeline` of the gantt. */ export class Timeline { private parent; timelineStartDate: Date; timelineEndDate: Date; private topTierCellWidth; bottomTierCellWidth: number; customTimelineSettings: TimelineSettingsModel; chartTimelineContainer: HTMLElement; topTier: string; bottomTier: string; isSingleTier: boolean; private previousIsSingleTier; timelineRoundOffEndDate: Date; totalTimelineWidth: number; constructor(ganttObj?: Gantt); /** * To initialize the public property. * @return {void} * @private */ private initProperties; /** * To render timeline header series. * @return {void} * @private */ validateTimelineProp(): void; /** * Function used to refresh Gantt rows. * @return {void} * @private */ refreshTimeline(): void; /** * Function used to refresh Gantt rows. * @return {void} * @private */ refreshTimelineByTimeSpan(): void; /** * Function used to refresh Gantt rows. * @return {void} * @private */ updateChartByNewTimeline(): void; /** * To validate time line unit. * @return {void} * @private */ processTimelineUnit(): void; /** * To validate timeline properties. * @return {void} * @private */ private processTimelineProperty; /** * To create timeline header template. * @return {void} * @private */ updateTimelineHeaderHeight(): void; /** * To create timeline header template. * @return {void} * @private */ createTimelineSeries(): void; /** * To validate timeline tier count. * @return {number} * @private */ private validateCount; /** * To validate bottom tier count. * @return {number} * @private */ private validateBottomTierCount; /** * To validate timeline tier format. * @return {string} * @private */ private validateFormat; /** * To perform extend operation. * @return {object} * @private */ extendFunction(cloneObj: Object, propertyCollection: string[], innerProperty?: Object): Object; /** * To format date. * @return {string} * @private */ private formatDateHeader; /** * Custom Formatting. * @return {string} * @private */ private customFormat; /** * To create timeline template . * @return {string} * @private */ private createTimelineTemplate; private getTimelineRoundOffEndDate; /** * * @param startDate * @param count * @param mode * @private */ getIncrement(startDate: Date, count: number, mode: String): number; /** * Method to find header cell was weekend or not * @param mode * @param tier * @param day */ private isWeekendHeaderCell; /** * To construct template string. * @return {string} * @private */ private getHeaterTemplateString; /** * To calculate last 'th' width. * @return {number} * @private */ private calculateWidthBetweenTwoDate; /** * To calculate timeline width. * @return {void} * @private */ private timelineWidthCalculation; /** * To validate per day width. * @return {number} * @private */ private getPerDayWidth; /** * To validate project start date and end date. * @return {void} * @private */ private roundOffDays; /** * To validate project start date and end date. * @return {void} * @private */ updateScheduleDatesByToolBar(mode: string, span: string, startDate: Date, endDate: Date): void; /** * To validate project start date and end date. * @return {void} * @private */ updateTimeLineOnEditing(tempArray: IGanttData[], action: string): void; /** * To validate project start date and end date on editing action * @return {void} * @private */ performTimeSpanAction(type: string, isFrom: string, startDate: Date, endDate: Date, mode?: string): void; /** * To validate project start date and end date. * @return {void} * @private */ timeSpanActionEvent(eventType: string, requestType?: string, isFrom?: string): ITimeSpanEventArgs; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/gantt/renderer/tooltip.d.ts /** * File for handling tooltip in Gantt. */ export class Tooltip { parent: Gantt; toolTipObj: popups.Tooltip; private predecessorTooltipData; private currentTarget; private tooltipMouseEvent; constructor(gantt: Gantt); /** * To create tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ createTooltip(): void; private tooltipBeforeRender; private tooltipCloseHandler; private mouseMoveHandler; /** * Method to update tooltip position * @param args */ private updateTooltipPosition; /** * Method to get mouse pointor position * @param e */ private getPointorPosition; /** * Getting tooltip content for different elements */ private getTooltipContent; /** * To get the details of an event marker. * @private */ private getMarkerTooltipData; /** * To get the details of a connector line. * @private */ private getPredecessorTooltipData; /** * @private * To compile template string. */ templateCompiler(template: string, parent: Gantt, data: IGanttData | PredecessorTooltip): NodeList; private destroy; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-gantt/src/index.d.ts /** * Gantt index file */ } export namespace grids { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/components.d.ts /** * Export Export Grid and Pager */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions.d.ts /** * Action export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/aggregate.d.ts /** * Summary Action controller. */ export class Aggregate implements IAction { private parent; private locator; private footerRenderer; constructor(parent: IGrid, locator?: ServiceLocator); getModuleName(): string; private initiateRender; private prepareSummaryInfo; private getFormatFromType; onPropertyChanged(e: NotifyArgs): void; addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; destroy(): void; refresh(data: Object): void; } /** * @private */ export function summaryIterator(aggregates: AggregateRowModel[], callback: Function): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/batch-edit.d.ts /** * `BatchEdit` module is used to handle batch editing actions. * @hidden */ export class BatchEdit { private parent; private serviceLocator; private form; formObj: inputs.FormValidator; private renderer; private focus; private dataBoundFunction; private removeSelectedData; private cellDetails; private isColored; private isAdded; constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator, renderer?: EditRender); /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; private dataBound; /** * @hidden */ destroy(): void; protected clickHandler(e: MouseEvent): void; protected dblClickHandler(e: MouseEvent): void; private onBeforeCellFocused; private onCellFocused; private isAddRow; private editCellFromIndex; closeEdit(): void; deleteRecord(fieldname?: string, data?: Object): void; addRecord(data?: Object): void; endEdit(data?: Object): void; private validateFormObj; batchSave(): void; getBatchChanges(): Object; private mergeBatchChanges; /** * @hidden */ removeRowObjectFromUID(uid: string): void; /** * @hidden */ addRowObject(row: Row<Column>): void; private bulkDelete; private refreshRowIdx; private getIndexFromData; private bulkAddRow; private renderMovable; private findNextEditableCell; private checkNPCell; private getDefaultData; private setCellIdx; editCell(index: number, field: string, isAdd?: boolean): void; updateCell(rowIndex: number, field: string, value: string | number | boolean | Date): void; private setChanges; updateRow(index: number, data: Object): void; private getCellIdx; private refreshTD; private getColIndex; private editNextValCell; saveCell(isForceSave?: boolean): void; protected getDataByIndex(index: number): Object; private keyDownHandler; /** * @hidden */ addCancelWhilePaging(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/checkbox-filter.d.ts /** * @hidden * `CheckBoxFilter` module is used to handle filtering action. */ export class CheckBoxFilter { protected sBox: HTMLElement; protected isExcel: boolean; protected id: string; protected colType: string; protected fullData: Object[]; protected filteredData: Object[]; protected isFiltered: boolean | number; protected dlg: Element; protected dialogObj: popups.Dialog; protected cBox: HTMLElement; protected spinner: HTMLElement; protected searchBox: Element; protected sInput: HTMLInputElement; protected sIcon: Element; protected options: IFilterArgs; protected filterSettings: FilterSettings; protected existingPredicate: { [key: string]: PredicateModel[]; }; protected foreignKeyData: Object[]; protected foreignKeyQuery: data.Query; protected filterState: boolean; protected values: Object; private cBoxTrue; private cBoxFalse; private itemsCnt; private result; protected renderEmpty: boolean; protected parent: IGrid; protected serviceLocator: ServiceLocator; protected localeObj: base.L10n; protected valueFormatter: ValueFormatter; private searchHandler; /** * Constructor for checkbox filtering module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, filterSettings?: FilterSettings, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); /** * To destroy the filter bar. * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; protected foreignKeyFilter(args: Object, fColl?: Object[], mPredicate?: data.Predicate): void; private foreignFilter; private searchBoxClick; private searchBoxKeyUp; private updateSearchIcon; /** * Gets the localized label by locale keyword. * @param {string} key * @return {string} */ getLocalizedLabel(key: string): string; private updateDataSource; protected updateModel(options: IFilterArgs): void; protected getAndSetChkElem(options: IFilterArgs): HTMLElement; protected showDialog(options: IFilterArgs): void; private dialogCreated; openDialog(options: IFilterArgs): void; closeDialog(): void; protected clearFilter(): void; private btnClick; private fltrBtnHandler; private initiateFilter; private refreshCheckboxes; protected search(args: FilterSearchBeginEventArgs, query: data.Query): void; private getPredicateFromCols; private getAllData; private addDistinct; private filterEvent; private eventPromise; getStateEventArgument(query: data.Query): Object; private processDataOperation; private dataSuccess; private processDataSource; private processSearch; private updateResult; private clickHandler; private updateAllCBoxes; private dialogOpen; private createCheckbox; private updateIndeterminatenBtn; private createFilterItems; private getCheckedState; static getDistinct(json: Object[], field: string, column?: Column, foreignKeyData?: Object[]): Object; static getPredicate(columns: PredicateModel[]): data.Predicate; private static generatePredicate; private static getCaseValue; private static updateDateFilter; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/clipboard.d.ts /** * The `Clipboard` module is used to handle clipboard copy action. */ export class Clipboard implements IAction { private activeElement; private clipBoardTextArea; private copyContent; private isSelect; private parent; /** * Constructor for the Grid clipboard module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid); /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; private clickHandler; private pasteHandler; /** * Paste data from clipboard to selected cells. * @param {boolean} data - Specifies the date for paste. * @param {boolean} rowIndex - Specifies the row index. * @param {boolean} colIndex - Specifies the column index. */ paste(data: string, rowIndex: number, colIndex: number): void; private initialEnd; private keyDownHandler; private setCopyData; private getCopyData; /** * Copy selected rows or cells data into clipboard. * @param {boolean} withHeader - Specifies whether the column header data need to be copied or not. */ copy(withHeader?: boolean): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the clipboard * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private checkBoxSelection; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/column-chooser.d.ts /** * The `ColumnChooser` module is used to show or hide columns dynamically. */ export class ColumnChooser implements IAction { private dataManager; private column; private parent; private serviceLocator; private l10n; private dlgObj; private searchValue; private flag; private timer; getShowHideService: ShowHide; private showColumn; private hideColumn; private mainDiv; private innerDiv; private ulElement; private isDlgOpen; private dlghide; private initialOpenDlg; private stateChangeColumns; private dlgDiv; private isInitialOpen; private isCustomizeOpenCC; private cBoxTrue; private cBoxFalse; private searchBoxObj; private searchOperator; private targetdlg; private prevShowedCols; /** * Constructor for the Grid ColumnChooser module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); private destroy; private rtlUpdate; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; private render; private clickHandler; private hideDialog; /** * To render columnChooser when showColumnChooser enabled. * @return {void} * @hidden */ renderColumnChooser(x?: number, y?: number, target?: Element): void; /** * Column chooser can be displayed on screen by given position(X and Y axis). * @param {number} X - Defines the X axis. * @param {number} Y - Defines the Y axis. * @return {void} */ openColumnChooser(X?: number, Y?: number): void; private enableAfterRenderEle; private customDialogOpen; private customDialogClose; private getColumns; private renderDlgContent; private renderChooserList; private confirmDlgBtnClick; private columnStateChange; private clearActions; private checkstatecolumn; private columnChooserSearch; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; private checkBoxClickHandler; private refreshCheckboxButton; private refreshCheckboxList; private refreshCheckboxState; private checkState; private createCheckBox; private renderCheckbox; private columnChooserManualSearch; private startTimer; private stopTimer; private addcancelIcon; private removeCancelIcon; private mOpenDlg; private getModuleName; private hideOpenedDialog; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/column-menu.d.ts /** * 'column menu module used to handle column menu actions' * @hidden */ export class ColumnMenu implements IAction { private element; private gridID; private parent; private serviceLocator; private columnMenu; private l10n; private defaultItems; private localeText; private targetColumn; private disableItems; private hiddenItems; private headerCell; private isOpen; private eventArgs; private GROUP; private UNGROUP; private ASCENDING; private DESCENDING; private ROOT; private FILTER; private POP; private WRAP; private CHOOSER; constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); private wireEvents; private unwireEvents; /** * To destroy the resize * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; columnMenuHandlerClick(e: Event): void; private openColumnMenu; private columnMenuHandlerDown; private getColumnMenuHandlers; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; private enableAfterRenderMenu; private render; private wireFilterEvents; private unwireFilterEvents; private beforeMenuItemRender; private columnMenuBeforeClose; private isChooserItem; private columnMenuBeforeOpen; private ensureDisabledStatus; private columnMenuItemClick; private columnMenuOnClose; private getDefaultItems; private getItems; private getDefaultItem; private getLocaleText; private generateID; private getKeyFromId; /** * @hidden */ getColumnMenu(): HTMLElement; private getModuleName; private setLocaleKey; private getHeaderCell; private getColumn; private createChooserItems; private appendFilter; private getFilter; private setPosition; private filterPosition; private getDefault; private isFilterPopupOpen; private getFilterPop; private isFilterItemAdded; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/command-column.d.ts /** * `CommandColumn` used to handle the command column actions. * @hidden */ export class CommandColumn { private parent; private previousClickedTD; private locator; private clickedButton; constructor(parent: IGrid, locator?: ServiceLocator); private initiateRender; private commandClickHandler; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; /** * To destroy CommandColumn. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ private destroy; private removeEventListener; private addEventListener; private keyPressHandler; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/context-menu.d.ts export const menuClass: CMenuClassList; export interface CMenuClassList { header: string; content: string; edit: string; batchEdit: string; editIcon: string; pager: string; cancel: string; save: string; delete: string; copy: string; pdf: string; group: string; ungroup: string; csv: string; excel: string; fPage: string; lPage: string; nPage: string; pPage: string; ascending: string; descending: string; groupHeader: string; touchPop: string; } /** * The `ContextMenu` module is used to handle context menu actions. */ export class ContextMenu implements IAction { private element; contextMenu: navigations.ContextMenu; private defaultItems; private disableItems; private hiddenItems; private gridID; private parent; private serviceLocator; private l10n; private localeText; private targetColumn; private eventArgs; isOpen: boolean; row: HTMLTableRowElement; cell: HTMLTableCellElement; private keyPressHandlerFunction; constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; private keyDownHandler; private render; private enableAfterRenderMenu; private getMenuItems; private getLastPage; private contextMenuOpen; private contextMenuItemClick; private contextMenuOnClose; private getLocaleText; private updateItemStatus; private contextMenuBeforeOpen; private ensureTarget; private ensureFrozenHeader; private ensureDisabledStatus; /** * Gets the context menu element from the Grid. * @return {Element} */ getContextMenu(): Element; /** * Destroys the context menu component in the Grid. * @method destroy * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private getModuleName; private generateID; private getKeyFromId; private buildDefaultItems; private getDefaultItems; private setLocaleKey; private getColumn; private selectRow; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/data.d.ts /** * Grid data module is used to generate query and data source. * @hidden */ export class Data implements IDataProcessor { dataManager: data.DataManager; protected parent: IGrid; protected serviceLocator: ServiceLocator; protected dataState: PendingState; /** * Constructor for data module. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); private reorderRows; protected getModuleName(): string; /** * The function used to initialize dataManager and external query * @return {void} */ private initDataManager; /** * The function is used to generate updated data.Query from Grid model. * @return {data.Query} * @hidden */ generateQuery(skipPage?: boolean): data.Query; protected aggregateQuery(query: data.Query, isForeign?: boolean): data.Query; protected virtualGroupPageQuery(query: data.Query): data.Query; protected pageQuery(query: data.Query, skipPage?: boolean): data.Query; protected groupQuery(query: data.Query): data.Query; protected sortQuery(query: data.Query): data.Query; protected searchQuery(query: data.Query): data.Query; protected filterQuery(query: data.Query, column?: PredicateModel[], skipFoerign?: boolean): data.Query; private fGeneratePredicate; /** * The function is used to get dataManager promise by executing given data.Query. * @param {data.Query} query - Defines the query which will execute along with data processing. * @return {Promise<Object>} * @hidden */ getData(args?: { requestType?: string; foreignKeyData?: string[]; data?: Object; index?: number; }, query?: data.Query): Promise<Object>; private insert; private executeQuery; private formatGroupColumn; private crudActions; /** @hidden */ saveChanges(changes: Object, key: string, original: Object): Promise<Object>; private getKey; /** @hidden */ isRemote(): boolean; private addRows; private removeRows; private getColumnByField; protected destroy(): void; getState(): PendingState; setState(state: PendingState): Object; getStateEventArgument(query: data.Query): PendingState; private eventPromise; /** * Gets the columns where searching needs to be performed from the Grid. * @return {string[]} */ private getSearchColumnFieldNames; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/detail-row.d.ts /** * The `DetailRow` module is used to handle detail template and hierarchy Grid operations. */ export class DetailRow { private aria; private parent; private focus; /** * Constructor for the Grid detail template module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, locator?: ServiceLocator); private clickHandler; private toogleExpandcollapse; /** * @hidden * @param gObj * @param rowObj */ getGridModel(gObj: IGrid, rowObj: Row<Column>, printMode: string): Object; private promiseResolve; private isDetailRow; private destroy; private getTDfromIndex; /** * Expands a detail row with the given target. * @param {Element} target - Defines the collapsed element to expand. * @return {void} */ expand(target: number | Element): void; /** * Collapses a detail row with the given target. * @param {Element} target - Defines the expanded element to collapse. * @return {void} */ collapse(target: number | Element): void; /** * Expands all the detail rows of the Grid. * @return {void} */ expandAll(): void; /** * Collapses all the detail rows of the Grid. * @return {void} */ collapseAll(): void; private expandCollapse; private keyPressHandler; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/dialog-edit.d.ts /** * `DialogEdit` module is used to handle dialog editing actions. * @hidden */ export class DialogEdit extends NormalEdit { protected parent: IGrid; protected serviceLocator: ServiceLocator; protected renderer: EditRender; constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator, renderer?: EditRender); closeEdit(): void; addRecord(data?: Object, index?: number): void; endEdit(): void; updateRow(index: number, data?: Object): void; deleteRecord(fieldname?: string, data?: Object): void; protected startEdit(tr?: Element): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/edit.d.ts /** * The `Edit` module is used to handle editing actions. */ export class Edit implements IAction { private edit; protected renderer: EditRender; private editModule; /** @hidden */ formObj: inputs.FormValidator; mFormObj: inputs.FormValidator; private editCellType; private editType; protected parent: IGrid; protected serviceLocator: ServiceLocator; protected l10n: base.L10n; private dialogObj; private alertDObj; private actionBeginFunction; private actionCompleteFunction; private preventObj; /** * Constructor for the Grid editing module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); private updateColTypeObj; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * @hidden */ onPropertyChanged(e: NotifyArgs): void; private updateEditObj; private initialEnd; private wireEvents; private unwireEvents; private tapEvent; private getUserAgent; /** * Edits any bound record in the Grid by TR element. * @param {HTMLTableRowElement} tr - Defines the table row to be edited. */ startEdit(tr?: HTMLTableRowElement): void; /** * Cancels edited state. */ closeEdit(): void; protected refreshToolbar(): void; /** * To adds a new row at the top with the given data. When data is not passed, it will add empty rows. * > `editSettings.allowEditing` should be true. * @param {Object} data - Defines the new add record data. * @param {number} index - Defines the row index to be added */ addRecord(data?: Object, index?: number): void; /** * Deletes a record with the given options. If fieldname and data are not given, the Grid will delete the selected record. * > `editSettings.allowDeleting` should be true. * @param {string} fieldname - Defines the primary key field name of the column. * @param {Object} data - Defines the JSON data record to be deleted. */ deleteRecord(fieldname?: string, data?: Object): void; /** * Deletes a visible row by TR element. * @param {HTMLTableRowElement} tr - Defines the table row element. */ deleteRow(tr: HTMLTableRowElement): void; /** * If Grid is in editable state, you can save a record by invoking endEdit. */ endEdit(): void; /** * To update the specified cell by given value without changing into edited state. * @param {number} rowIndex Defines the row index. * @param {string} field Defines the column field. * @param {string | number | boolean | Date} value - Defines the value to be changed. */ updateCell(rowIndex: number, field: string, value: string | number | boolean | Date): void; /** * To update the specified row by given values without changing into edited state. * @param {number} index Defines the row index. * @param {Object} data Defines the data object to be updated. */ updateRow(index: number, data: Object): void; /** * Resets added, edited, and deleted records in the batch mode. */ batchCancel(): void; /** * Bulk saves added, edited, and deleted records in the batch mode. */ batchSave(): void; /** * Changes a particular cell into edited state based on the row index and field name provided in the `batch` mode. * @param {number} index - Defines row index to edit a particular cell. * @param {string} field - Defines the field name of the column to perform batch edit. */ editCell(index: number, field: string): void; /** * Checks the status of validation at the time of editing. If validation is passed, it returns true. * @return {boolean} */ editFormValidate(): boolean; /** * Gets the added, edited,and deleted data before bulk save to the DataSource in batch mode. * @return {Object} */ getBatchChanges(): Object; /** * Gets the current value of the edited component. */ getCurrentEditCellData(): string; /** * Saves the cell that is currently edited. It does not save the value to the DataSource. */ saveCell(): void; private endEditing; private showDialog; getValueFromType(col: Column, value: string | Date | boolean): number | string | Date | boolean; private destroyToolTip; private createConfirmDlg; private createAlertDlg; private alertClick; private dlgWidget; private dlgCancel; private dlgOk; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; private actionComplete; /** * @hidden */ getCurrentEditedData(form: Element, editedData: Object): Object; private getValue; /** * @hidden */ onActionBegin(e: NotifyArgs): void; /** * @hidden */ destroyWidgets(cols?: Column[]): void; /** * @hidden */ destroyForm(): void; /** * To destroy the editing. * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private keyPressHandler; private preventBatch; private executeAction; /** * @hidden */ applyFormValidation(cols?: Column[]): void; private createFormObj; private valErrorPlacement; private getElemTable; private validationComplete; private createTooltip; /** * @hidden */ checkColumnIsGrouped(col: Column): boolean; } /** @hidden */ export namespace Global { let timer: Object; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/excel-export.d.ts /** * @hidden * `ExcelExport` module is used to handle the Excel export action. */ export class ExcelExport { private parent; private isExporting; private theme; private book; private workSheet; private rows; private columns; private styles; private data; private rowLength; private footer; private expType; private includeHiddenColumn; private isCsvExport; private isBlob; private blobPromise; private exportValueFormatter; private isElementIdChanged; private helper; private foreignKeyData; private groupedColLength; private globalResolve; private gridPool; private locator; private l10n; /** * Constructor for the Grid Excel Export module. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, locator?: ServiceLocator); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; private init; /** * Export Grid to Excel file. * @param {exportProperties} exportProperties - Defines the export properties of the Grid. * @param {isMultipleExport} isMultipleExport - Defines is multiple Grid's are exported. * @param {workbook} workbook - Defined the Workbook if multiple Grid is exported. * @param {isCsv} isCsv - true if export to CSV. * @return {Promise<any>} */ Map(grid: IGrid, exportProperties: ExcelExportProperties, isMultipleExport: boolean, workbook: any, isCsv: boolean, isBlob: boolean): Promise<any>; private exportingSuccess; private processRecords; private processInnerRecords; private organiseRows; private processGridExport; private processRecordContent; private processGroupedRows; private processRecordRows; private childGridCell; private processAggregates; private fillAggregates; private getAggreateValue; private mergeOptions; private getColumnStyle; private processHeaderContent; private getHeaderThemeStyle; private updateThemeStyle; private getCaptionThemeStyle; private getRecordThemeStyle; private processExcelHeader; private updatedCellIndex; private processExcelFooter; private getIndex; private parseStyles; /** * To destroy the excel export * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/excel-filter.d.ts /** * @hidden * `ExcelFilter` module is used to handle filtering action. */ export class ExcelFilter extends CheckBoxFilter { private datePicker; private dateTimePicker; private actObj; private numericTxtObj; private dlgDiv; private l10n; private dlgObj; private menuEle; private customFilterOperators; private dropOptr; private optrData; private menuItem; private menu; private cmenu; protected menuObj: navigations.ContextMenu; private isCMenuOpen; /** * Constructor for excel filtering module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, filterSettings?: FilterSettings, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator, customFltrOperators?: Object); private getCMenuDS; /** * To destroy the filter bar. * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private createMenu; private createMenuElem; private wireExEvents; private unwireExEvents; private clickExHandler; private destroyCMenu; private hoverHandler; private ensureTextFilter; private preventClose; private getContextBounds; private getCMenuYPosition; openDialog(options: IFilterArgs): void; closeDialog(): void; private selectHandler; private renderDialogue; private removeDialog; private createdDialog; private renderCustomFilter; private filterBtnClick; /** * Filters grid row by column name with given options. * @param {string} fieldName - Defines the field name of the filter column. * @param {string} firstOperator - Defines the first operator by how to filter records. * @param {string | number | Date | boolean} firstValue - Defines the first value which is used to filter records. * @param {string} predicate - Defines the relationship between one filter query with another by using AND or OR predicate. * @param {boolean} matchCase - If ignore case set to true, then filter records with exact match or else * filter records with case insensitive(uppercase and lowercase letters treated as same). * @param {boolean} ignoreAccent - If ignoreAccent set to true, then ignores the diacritic characters or accents when filtering. * @param {string} secondOperator - Defines the second operator by how to filter records. * @param {string | number | Date | boolean} secondValue - Defines the first value which is used to filter records. */ private filterByColumn; private renderOperatorUI; private dropDownOpen; private getSelectedValue; private dropSelectedVal; private getSelectedText; private renderFilterUI; private renderRadioButton; private removeObjects; private renderFlValueUI; private renderMatchCase; private renderDate; private renderDateTime; private completeAction; private renderNumericTextBox; private renderAutoComplete; private performComplexDataOperation; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/export-helper.d.ts /** * @hidden * `ExportHelper` for `PdfExport` & `ExcelExport` */ export class ExportHelper { parent: IGrid; private colDepth; private hideColumnInclude; private foreignKeyData; constructor(parent: IGrid); static getQuery(parent: IGrid, data: Data): data.Query; getFData(value: string, column: Column): Object; getGridRowModel(columns: Column[], dataSource: Object[], gObj: IGrid, startIndex?: number): Row<Column>[]; private generateCells; getColumnData(gridObj: Grid): Promise<Object>; getHeaders(columns: Column[], isHideColumnInclude?: boolean): { rows: Row<Column>[]; columns: Column[]; }; getConvertedWidth(input: string): number; private generateActualColumns; private processHeaderCells; private appendGridCells; private generateCell; private processColumns; private getCellCount; checkAndExport(gridPool: Object, globalResolve: Function): void; failureHandler(gridPool: Object, childGridObj: IGrid, resolve: Function): Function; createChildGrid(gObj: IGrid, row: any, exportType: string, gridPool: Object): { childGrid: IGrid; element: HTMLElement; }; } /** * @hidden * `ExportValueFormatter` for `PdfExport` & `ExcelExport` */ export class ExportValueFormatter { private internationalization; private valueFormatter; constructor(culture: string); private returnFormattedValue; formatCellValue(args: any): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/filter.d.ts /** * * The `Filter` module is used to handle filtering action. */ export class Filter implements IAction { private filterSettings; private element; private value; private predicate; private operator; private column; private fieldName; private matchCase; private ignoreAccent; private timer; private filterStatusMsg; private currentFilterObject; private isRemove; private contentRefresh; private initialLoad; private values; private cellText; private nextFlMenuOpen; private type; private filterModule; private filterOperators; private fltrDlgDetails; private customOperators; private parent; private serviceLocator; private l10n; private valueFormatter; private actualPredicate; /** * Constructor for Grid filtering module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, filterSettings?: FilterSettings, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); /** * To render filter bar when filtering enabled. * @return {void} * @hidden */ render(e?: NotifyArgs): void; /** * To destroy the filter bar. * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private generateRow; private generateCells; private generateCell; /** * To update filterSettings when applying filter. * @return {void} * @hidden */ updateModel(): void; private getFilteredColsIndexByField; /** * To trigger action complete event. * @return {void} * @hidden */ onActionComplete(e: NotifyArgs): void; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; private enableAfterRender; private initialEnd; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; private filterMenuClose; /** * Filters the Grid row by fieldName, filterOperator, and filterValue. * @param {string} fieldName - Defines the field name of the filter column. * @param {string} filterOperator - Defines the operator to filter records. * @param {string | number | Date | boolean} filterValue - Defines the value which is used to filter records. * @param {string} predicate - Defines the relationship of one filter query with another by using AND or OR predicate. * @param {boolean} matchCase - If match case is set to true, then the filter records * the exact match or <br> filters records that are case insensitive (uppercase and lowercase letters treated the same). * @param {boolean} ignoreAccent - If ignoreAccent set to true, then filter ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * @param {string} actualFilterValue - Defines the actual filter value for the filter column. * @param {string} actualOperator - Defines the actual filter operator for the filter column. * @return {void} */ filterByColumn(fieldName: string, filterOperator: string, filterValue: string | number | Date | boolean, predicate?: string, matchCase?: boolean, ignoreAccent?: boolean, actualFilterValue?: Object, actualOperator?: Object): void; private applyColumnFormat; private onPropertyChanged; private refreshFilterSettings; private getFilterBarElement; /** * @private */ refreshFilter(): void; /** * Clears all the filtered rows of the Grid. * @return {void} */ clearFiltering(): void; private checkAlreadyColFiltered; private columnMenuFilter; private filterDialogOpen; /** * Removes filtered column by field name. * @param {string} field - Defines column field name to remove filter. * @param {boolean} isClearFilterBar - Specifies whether the filter bar value needs to be cleared. * @return {void} * @hidden */ removeFilteredColsByField(field: string, isClearFilterBar?: boolean): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; private keyUpHandler; private updateCrossIcon; private updateFilterMsg; private setFormatForFlColumn; private checkForSkipInput; private processFilter; private startTimer; private stopTimer; private onTimerTick; private validateFilterValue; private getOperator; private columnPositionChanged; private getLocalizedCustomOperators; private filterIconClickHandler; private clickHandler; private filterHandler; private updateFilter; private refreshFilterIcon; private addFilteredClass; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/foreign-key.d.ts /** * `ForeignKey` module is used to handle foreign key column's actions. */ export class ForeignKey extends Data { constructor(parent: IGrid, serviceLocator: ServiceLocator); private initEvent; private initForeignKeyColumns; private getForeignKeyData; private generateQueryFormData; private genarateQuery; private genarateColumnQuery; private isFiltered; protected getModuleName(): string; protected destroy(): void; private destroyEvent; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/freeze.d.ts /** * `Freeze` module is used to handle Frozen rows and columns. * @hidden */ export class Freeze implements IAction { private locator; private parent; constructor(parent: IGrid, locator?: ServiceLocator); getModuleName(): string; addEventListener(): void; private wireEvents; private dblClickHandler; private instantiateRenderer; removeEventListener(): void; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/group.d.ts /** * * The `Group` module is used to handle group action. */ export class Group implements IAction { private groupSettings; private element; private colName; private column; private isAppliedGroup; private isAppliedUnGroup; private groupGenerator; private visualElement; private helper; private dragStart; private drag; private dragStop; private drop; private parent; private serviceLocator; private contentRefresh; private sortedColumns; private l10n; private aria; private focus; /** * Constructor for Grid group module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, groupSettings?: GroupSettingsModel, sortedColumns?: string[], serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); private columnDrag; private columnDragStart; private columnDrop; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; private initialEnd; private keyPressHandler; private clickHandler; private unGroupFromTarget; private toogleGroupFromHeader; private applySortFromTarget; /** * Expands or collapses grouped rows by target element. * @param {Element} target - Defines the target element of the grouped row. * @return {void} */ expandCollapseRows(target: Element): void; private updateVirtualRows; private expandCollapse; /** * Expands all the grouped rows of the Grid. * @return {void} */ expandAll(): void; /** * Collapses all the grouped rows of the Grid. * @return {void} */ collapseAll(): void; /** * The function is used to render grouping * @return {Element} * @hidden */ render(): void; private renderGroupDropArea; private updateGroupDropArea; private initDragAndDrop; private initializeGHeaderDrag; private initializeGHeaderDrop; /** * Groups a column by column name. * @param {string} columnName - Defines the column name to group. * @return {void} */ groupColumn(columnName: string): void; /** * Ungroups a column by column name. * @param {string} columnName - Defines the column name to ungroup. * @return {void} */ ungroupColumn(columnName: string): void; /** * The function used to update groupSettings * @return {void} * @hidden */ updateModel(): void; /** * The function used to trigger onActionComplete * @return {void} * @hidden */ onActionComplete(e: NotifyArgs): void; private groupAddSortingQuery; private addColToGroupDrop; private refreshToggleBtn; private removeColFromGroupDrop; private onPropertyChanged; private updateGroupedColumn; private updateButtonVisibility; private enableAfterRender; /** * To destroy the reorder * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; /** * Clears all the grouped columns of the Grid. * @return {void} */ clearGrouping(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; private refreshSortIcons; private getGHeaderCell; private onGroupAggregates; private iterateGroupAggregates; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/inline-edit.d.ts /** * `InlineEdit` module is used to handle inline editing actions. * @hidden */ export class InlineEdit extends NormalEdit { protected parent: IGrid; protected serviceLocator: ServiceLocator; protected renderer: EditRender; constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator, renderer?: EditRender); closeEdit(): void; addRecord(data?: Object, index?: number): void; endEdit(): void; updateRow(index: number, data?: Object): void; deleteRecord(fieldname?: string, data?: Object): void; protected startEdit(tr?: Element): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/logger.d.ts /** * * `Logger` class */ export interface ILogger { log: (type: string | string[], args: Object) => void; } export interface CheckOptions { success: boolean; options?: Object; } export interface ItemDetails { type: string; logType: string; message?: string; check: (args: Object, parent: IGrid) => CheckOptions; generateMessage: (args: Object, parent: IGrid, checkOptions?: Object) => string; } export class Logger implements ILogger { parent: IGrid; constructor(parent: IGrid); getModuleName(): string; log(types: string | string[], args: Object): void; patchadaptor(): void; destroy(): void; } export const detailLists: { [key: string]: ItemDetails; }; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/normal-edit.d.ts /** * `NormalEdit` module is used to handle normal('inline, dialog, external') editing actions. * @hidden */ export class NormalEdit { protected parent: IGrid; protected serviceLocator: ServiceLocator; protected renderer: EditRender; formObj: inputs.FormValidator; protected previousData: Object; private editRowIndex; private rowIndex; private addedRowIndex; private uid; private args; constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator, renderer?: EditRender); protected clickHandler(e: MouseEvent): void; protected dblClickHandler(e: MouseEvent): void; /** * The function used to trigger editComplete * @return {void} * @hidden */ editComplete(e: NotifyArgs): void; protected startEdit(tr: Element): void; protected updateRow(index: number, data: Object): void; private editFormValidate; protected endEdit(): void; private destroyElements; private editHandler; private edSucc; private edFail; private updateCurrentViewData; private requestSuccess; private editSuccess; private editFailure; private refreshRow; protected closeEdit(): void; protected addRecord(data?: Object, index?: number): void; protected deleteRecord(fieldname?: string, data?: Object): void; private stopEditStatus; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/page.d.ts /** * The `Page` module is used to render pager and handle paging action. */ export class Page implements IAction { private element; private pageSettings; private isForceCancel; private isInitialLoad; private parent; private pagerObj; private handlers; /** * Constructor for the Grid paging module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, pageSettings?: PageSettingsModel); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * The function used to render pager from grid pageSettings * @return {void} * @hidden */ render(): void; private onSelect; private addAriaAttr; private dataReady; /** * Refreshes the page count, pager information, and external message. * @return {void} */ refresh(): void; /** * Navigates to the target page according to the given number. * @param {number} pageNo - Defines the page number to navigate. * @return {void} */ goToPage(pageNo: number): void; /** * The function used to update pageSettings model * @return {void} * @hidden */ updateModel(e?: NotifyArgs): void; /** * The function used to trigger onActionComplete * @return {void} * @hidden */ onActionComplete(e: NotifyArgs): void; /** * @hidden */ onPropertyChanged(e: NotifyArgs): void; private clickHandler; private keyPressHandler; /** * Defines the text of the external message. * @param {string} message - Defines the message to update. * @return {void} */ updateExternalMessage(message: string): void; private appendToElement; private enableAfterRender; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the pager * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private pagerDestroy; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/pdf-export.d.ts /** * `PDF Export` module is used to handle the exportToPDF action. * @hidden */ export class PdfExport { private parent; private isExporting; private data; private pdfDocument; private hideColumnInclude; private currentViewData; private customDataSource; private exportValueFormatter; private gridTheme; private isGrouping; private helper; private isBlob; private blobPromise; private globalResolve; private gridPool; /** * Constructor for the Grid PDF Export module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; private init; private exportWithData; /** * Used to map the input data * @return {void} */ Map(parent?: IGrid, pdfExportProperties?: PdfExportProperties, isMultipleExport?: boolean, pdfDoc?: Object, isBlob?: boolean): Promise<Object>; private processExport; private processSectionExportProperties; private processGridExport; private getSummaryCaptionThemeStyle; private getHeaderThemeStyle; private processGroupedRecords; private processGridHeaders; private processExportProperties; private drawPageTemplate; private processContentValidation; private drawText; private drawPageNumber; private drawImage; private drawLine; private processAggregates; private getTemplateFunction; private getSummaryWithoutTemplate; /** * Set alignment, width and type of the values of the column */ private setColumnProperties; /** * set default style properties of each rows in exporting grid * @private */ private setRecordThemeStyle; /** * generate the formatted cell values * @private */ private processRecord; private childGridCell; private processCellStyle; /** * set text alignment of each columns in exporting grid * @private */ private getHorizontalAlignment; /** * set vertical alignment of each columns in exporting grid * @private */ private getVerticalAlignment; private getFontFamily; private getFont; private getPageNumberStyle; private setContentFormat; private getPageSize; private getDashStyle; private getPenFromContent; private getBrushFromContent; private hexToRgb; private getFontStyle; private getBorderStyle; /** * To destroy the pdf export * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/print.d.ts /** * @hidden */ export function getCloneProperties(): string[]; /** * * The `Print` module is used to handle print action. */ export class Print { private parent; private printWind; private scrollModule; private isAsyncPrint; static printGridProp: string[]; private defered; /** * Constructor for the Grid print module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, scrollModule?: Scroll); private isContentReady; private hierarchyPrint; /** * By default, prints all the Grid pages and hides the pager. * > You can customize print options using the * [`printMode`](./api-grid.html#printmode-string). * @return {void} */ print(): void; private onEmpty; private actionBegin; private renderPrintGrid; private contentReady; private printGrid; private printGridElement; private removeColGroup; private isPrintGrid; /** * To destroy the print * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/reorder.d.ts /** * * The `Reorder` module is used for reordering columns. */ export class Reorder implements IAction { private element; private upArrow; private downArrow; private x; private timer; private destElement; private parent; /** * Constructor for the Grid reorder module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid); private chkDropPosition; private chkDropAllCols; private findColParent; private getColumnsModel; private headerDrop; private isActionPrevent; private moveColumns; private targetParentContainerIndex; private getHeaderCells; private getColParent; private reorderSingleColumn; private reorderMultipleColumns; private moveTargetColumn; private reorderSingleColumnByTarget; private reorderMultipleColumnByTarget; /** * Changes the position of the Grid columns by field names. * @param {string | string[]} fromFName - Defines the origin field names. * @param {string} toFName - Defines the destination field name. * @return {void} */ reorderColumns(fromFName: string | string[], toFName: string): void; /** * Changes the position of the Grid columns by field index. * @param {number} fromIndex - Defines the origin field index. * @param {number} toIndex - Defines the destination field index. * @return {void} */ reorderColumnByIndex(fromIndex: number, toIndex: number): void; /** * Changes the position of the Grid columns by field index. * @param {string | string[]} fieldName - Defines the field name. * @param {number} toIndex - Defines the destination field index. * @return {void} */ reorderColumnByTargetIndex(fieldName: string | string[], toIndex: number): void; private enableAfterRender; private createReorderElement; /** * The function used to trigger onActionComplete * @return {void} * @hidden */ onActionComplete(e: NotifyArgs): void; /** * To destroy the reorder * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private drag; private updateScrollPostion; private setScrollLeft; private stopTimer; private updateArrowPosition; private dragStart; private dragStop; private setDisplay; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/resize.d.ts export const resizeClassList: ResizeClasses; export interface ResizeClasses { root: string; suppress: string; icon: string; helper: string; header: string; cursor: string; } /** * `Resize` module is used to handle Resize to fit for columns. * @hidden * @private */ export class Resize implements IAction { private content; private header; private pageX; private column; private element; private helper; private tapped; private isDblClk; private minMove; private parentElementWidth; isFrozenColResized: boolean; private parent; private widthService; /** * Constructor for the Grid resize module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid); /** * Resize by field names. * @param {string|string[]} fName - Defines the field name. * @return {void} */ autoFitColumns(fName?: string | string[]): void; private resizeColumn; /** * To destroy the resize * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; private findColumn; /** * To create table for autofit * @hidden */ protected createTable(table: Element, text: Element[], tag: string): number; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ render(): void; private refreshHeight; private wireEvents; private unwireEvents; private getResizeHandlers; private setHandlerHeight; private callAutoFit; private resizeStart; private cancelResizeAction; private getWidth; private getColData; private resizing; private calulateColumnsWidth; private getSubColumns; private resizeEnd; private getPointX; private refreshColumnWidth; private refreshStackedColumnWidth; private getStackedWidth; private getTargetColumn; private updateCursor; private refresh; private appendHelper; private setHelperHeight; private getScrollBarWidth; private removeHelper; private updateHelper; private calcPos; private doubleTapEvent; private getUserAgent; private timeoutHandler; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/row-reorder.d.ts /** * * Reorder module is used to handle row reordering. * @hidden */ export class RowDD { private isSingleRowDragDrop; private hoverState; private startedRow; private startedRowIndex; private dragTarget; private onDataBoundFn; private timer; private selectedRows; private isOverflowBorder; private selectedRowColls; private isRefresh; private rows; private rowData; private dragStartData; private helper; private dragStart; private drag; private dragStop; reorderRows(fromIndexes: number[], toIndex: number): void; private removeCell; private parent; /** * Constructor for the Grid print module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid); private stopTimer; private initializeDrag; private updateScrollPostion; private setScrollDown; private moveDragRows; private setBorder; private getScrollWidth; private removeFirstRowBorder; private removeLastRowBorder; private removeBorder; private getElementFromPosition; private onDataBound; private getTargetIdx; private singleRowDrop; private columnDrop; private reorderRow; private enableAfterRender; /** * To destroy the print * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; private processArgs; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/scroll.d.ts /** * The `Scroll` module is used to handle scrolling behaviour. */ export class Scroll implements IAction { private parent; private lastScrollTop; private previousValues; private oneTimeReady; private content; private header; private widthService; private pageXY; /** * Constructor for the Grid scrolling. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * @hidden */ setWidth(): void; /** * @hidden */ setHeight(): void; /** * @hidden */ setPadding(): void; /** * @hidden */ removePadding(rtl?: boolean): void; /** * Refresh makes the Grid adoptable with the height of parent container. * * > The [`height`](./api-grid.html#height) must be set to 100%. * @return */ refresh(): void; private getThreshold; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; private setScrollLeft; private onContentScroll; private onFreezeContentScroll; private onWheelScroll; private onTouchScroll; private setPageXY; private getPointXY; private wireEvents; /** * @hidden */ getCssProperties(rtl?: boolean): ScrollCss; private ensureOverflow; private onPropertyChanged; /** * @hidden */ destroy(): void; /** * Function to get the scrollbar width of the browser. * @return {number} * @hidden */ static getScrollBarWidth(): number; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ScrollCss { padding?: string; border?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/search.d.ts /** * The `Search` module is used to handle search action. */ export class Search implements IAction { private parent; private refreshSearch; private actionCompleteFunc; /** * Constructor for Grid search module. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid); /** * Searches Grid records by given key. * * > You can customize the default search action by using [`searchSettings`](./api-grid.html#searchsettings-searchsettingsmodel). * @param {string} searchString - Defines the key. * @return {void} */ search(searchString: string): void; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the print * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; /** * @hidden */ onPropertyChanged(e: NotifyArgs): void; /** * The function used to trigger onActionComplete * @return {void} * @hidden */ onSearchComplete(e: NotifyArgs): void; onActionComplete(e: NotifyArgs): void; private cancelBeginEvent; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/selection.d.ts /** * The `Selection` module is used to handle cell and row selection. */ export class Selection implements IAction { /** * @hidden */ selectedRowIndexes: number[]; /** * @hidden */ selectedRowCellIndexes: ISelectedCell[]; /** * @hidden */ selectedRecords: Element[]; /** * @hidden */ isRowSelected: boolean; /** * @hidden */ isCellSelected: boolean; /** * @hidden */ preventFocus: boolean; private selectionSettings; private prevRowIndex; private prevCIdxs; private prevECIdxs; private selectedRowIndex; private isMultiShiftRequest; private isMultiCtrlRequest; private enableSelectMultiTouch; private element; private autofill; private isAutoFillSel; private startCell; private endCell; private startAFCell; private endAFCell; private startIndex; private startCellIndex; private startDIndex; private startDCellIndex; private currentIndex; private isDragged; private isCellDrag; private x; private y; private target; private actualTarget; private preSelectedCellIndex; private factory; private contentRenderer; private checkedTarget; private primaryKey; private chkField; private selectedRowState; private totalRecordsCount; private chkAllCollec; private isCheckedOnAdd; private persistSelectedData; private onDataBoundFunction; private actionBeginFunction; private actionCompleteFunction; private actionCompleteFunc; private resizeEndFn; private mUPTarget; private bdrLeft; private bdrRight; private bdrTop; private bdrBottom; private bdrAFLeft; private bdrAFRight; private bdrAFTop; private bdrAFBottom; private parent; private focus; private isCancelDeSelect; private isPreventCellSelect; private disableUI; private isPersisted; private isInteracted; /** * Constructor for the Grid selection module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, selectionSettings?: SelectionSettings, locator?: ServiceLocator); private initializeSelection; /** * The function used to trigger onActionBegin * @return {void} * @hidden */ onActionBegin(args: Object, type: string): void; private fDataUpdate; /** * The function used to trigger onActionComplete * @return {void} * @hidden */ onActionComplete(args: Object, type: string): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the selection * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private isEditing; private getSelectedMovableRow; getCurrentBatchRecordChanges(): Object[]; /** * Selects a row by the given index. * @param {number} index - Defines the row index. * @param {boolean} isToggle - If set to true, then it toggles the selection. * @return {void} */ selectRow(index: number, isToggle?: boolean): void; private addMovableArgs; /** * Selects a range of rows from start and end row indexes. * @param {number} startIndex - Specifies the start row index. * @param {number} endIndex - Specifies the end row index. * @return {void} */ selectRowsByRange(startIndex: number, endIndex?: number): void; /** * Selects a collection of rows by index. * @param {number[]} rowIndexes - Specifies an array of row indexes. * @return {void} */ selectRows(rowIndexes: number[]): void; /** * Select rows with existing row selection by passing row indexes. * @param {number} startIndex - Specifies the row indexes. * @return {void} * @hidden */ addRowsToSelection(rowIndexes: number[]): void; private getCollectionFromIndexes; private clearRow; private clearSelectedRow; private updateRowProps; private updatePersistCollection; private updatePersistDelete; private updateCheckBoxes; private updateRowSelection; /** * Deselects the currently selected rows and cells. * @return {void} */ clearSelection(): void; /** * Deselects the currently selected rows. * @return {void} */ clearRowSelection(): void; private rowDeselect; private getRowObj; private getSelectedMovableCell; /** * Selects a cell by the given index. * @param {IIndex} cellIndex - Defines the row and column indexes. * @param {boolean} isToggle - If set to true, then it toggles the selection. * @return {void} */ selectCell(cellIndex: IIndex, isToggle?: boolean): void; private getCellIndex; /** * Selects a range of cells from start and end indexes. * @param {IIndex} startIndex - Specifies the row and column's start index. * @param {IIndex} endIndex - Specifies the row and column's end index. * @return {void} */ selectCellsByRange(startIndex: IIndex, endIndex?: IIndex): void; /** * Selects a collection of cells by row and column indexes. * @param {ISelectedCell[]} rowCellIndexes - Specifies the row and column indexes. * @return {void} */ selectCells(rowCellIndexes: ISelectedCell[]): void; /** * Select cells with existing cell selection by passing row and column index. * @param {IIndex} startIndex - Defines the collection of row and column index. * @return {void} * @hidden */ addCellsToSelection(cellIndexes: IIndex[]): void; private getColIndex; private getLastColIndex; private clearCell; private cellDeselect; private updateCellSelection; private addAttribute; private updateCellProps; private addRowCellIndex; /** * Deselects the currently selected cells. * @return {void} */ clearCellSelection(): void; private getSelectedCellsElement; private mouseMoveHandler; private selectLikeExcel; private drawBorders; private positionBorders; private createBorders; private showBorders; private hideBorders; private drawAFBorders; private positionAFBorders; private createAFBorders; private showAFBorders; private hideAFBorders; private updateValue; private selectLikeAutoFill; private mouseUpHandler; private hideAutoFill; /** * @hidden */ updateAutoFillPosition(): void; private mouseDownHandler; private updateStartEndCells; private updateStartCellsIndex; private enableDrag; private clearSelAfterRefresh; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; private columnPositionChanged; private refreshHeader; private rowsRemoved; beforeFragAppend(e: { requestType: string; }): void; private getCheckAllBox; private enableAfterRender; private render; private onPropertyChanged; private hidePopUp; private initialEnd; private checkBoxSelectionChanged; private initPerisistSelection; private ensureCheckboxFieldSelection; private dataSuccess; private setRowSelection; private getData; private refreshPersistSelection; private actionBegin; private actionComplete; private onDataBound; private updatePersistSelectedData; private checkSelectAllAction; private checkSelectAll; private getCheckAllStatus; private checkSelect; private moveIntoUncheckCollection; private triggerChkChangeEvent; private updateSelectedRowIndex; private setCheckAllState; private clickHandler; private popUpClickHandler; private showPopup; private rowCellSelectionHandler; private onCellFocused; /** * Apply ctrl + A key selection * @return {void} * @hidden */ ctrlPlusA(): void; private applySpaceSelection; private applyDownUpKey; private applyUpDown; private applyRightLeftKey; private applyHomeEndKey; /** * Apply shift+down key selection * @return {void} * @hidden */ shiftDownKey(rowIndex?: number, cellIndex?: number): void; private applyShiftLeftRightKey; private applyCtrlHomeEndKey; private addRemoveClassesForRow; private isRowType; private isCellType; private isSingleSel; private getRenderer; /** * Gets the collection of selected records. * @return {Object[]} */ getSelectedRecords(): Object[]; private addEventListener_checkbox; removeEventListener_checkbox(): void; dataReady(e: { requestType: string; }): void; private actionCompleteHandler; private selectRowIndex; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/show-hide.d.ts /** * The `ShowHide` module is used to control column visibility. */ export class ShowHide { private parent; /** * Constructor for the show hide module. * @hidden */ constructor(parent: IGrid); /** * Shows a column by column name. * @param {string|string[]} columnName - Defines a single or collection of column names to show. * @param {string} showBy - Defines the column key either as field name or header text. * @return {void} */ show(columnName: string | string[], showBy?: string): void; /** * Hides a column by column name. * @param {string|string[]} columnName - Defines a single or collection of column names to hide. * @param {string} hideBy - Defines the column key either as field name or header text. * @return {void} */ hide(columnName: string | string[], hideBy?: string): void; private getToggleFields; private getColumns; /** * Shows or hides columns by given column collection. * @private * @param {Column[]} columns - Specifies the columns. * @return {void} */ setVisible(columns?: Column[]): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/sort.d.ts /** * * The `Sort` module is used to handle sorting action. */ export class Sort implements IAction { private columnName; private direction; private isMultiSort; private lastSortedCol; private sortSettings; private enableSortMultiTouch; private contentRefresh; private isRemove; private sortedColumns; private isModelChanged; private aria; private focus; private lastSortedCols; private lastCols; private parent; private currentTarget; /** * Constructor for Grid sorting module * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, sortSettings?: SortSettings, sortedColumns?: string[], locator?: ServiceLocator); /** * The function used to update sortSettings * @return {void} * @hidden */ updateModel(): void; /** * The function used to trigger onActionComplete * @return {void} * @hidden */ onActionComplete(e: NotifyArgs): void; /** * Sorts a column with the given options. * @param {string} columnName - Defines the column name to sort. * @param {SortDirection} direction - Defines the direction of sorting field. * @param {boolean} isMultiSort - Specifies whether the previously sorted columns are to be maintained. * @return {void} */ sortColumn(columnName: string, direction: SortDirection, isMultiSort?: boolean): void; private backupSettings; private restoreSettings; private updateSortedCols; /** * @hidden */ onPropertyChanged(e: NotifyArgs): void; private refreshSortSettings; /** * Clears all the sorted columns of the Grid. * @return {void} */ clearSorting(): void; private isActionPrevent; /** * Remove sorted column by field name. * @param {string} field - Defines the column field name to remove sort. * @return {void} * @hidden */ removeSortColumn(field: string): void; private getSortedColsIndexByField; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; private initialEnd; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the sorting * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private cancelBeginEvent; private clickHandler; private keyPressed; private initiateSort; private showPopUp; private popUpClickHandler; private addSortIcons; private removeSortIcons; private getSortColumnFromField; private updateAriaAttr; private refreshSortIcons; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/toolbar.d.ts /** * The `Toolbar` module is used to handle ToolBar actions. * @hidden */ export class Toolbar { private element; private predefinedItems; toolbar: navigations.Toolbar; private searchElement; private gridID; private parent; private serviceLocator; private l10n; private items; private searchBoxObj; constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); private render; /** * Gets the toolbar of the Grid. * @return {Element} * @hidden */ getToolbar(): Element; /** * Destroys the ToolBar. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private createToolbar; private refreshToolbarItems; private getItems; private getItem; private getItemObject; /** * Enables or disables ToolBar items. * @param {string[]} items - Defines the collection of itemID of ToolBar items. * @param {boolean} isEnable - Defines the items to be enabled or disabled. * @return {void} * @hidden */ enableItems(items: string[], isEnable: boolean): void; private toolbarClickHandler; private modelChanged; protected onPropertyChanged(e: NotifyArgs): void; private keyUpHandler; private search; private updateSearchBox; private wireEvent; private unWireEvent; protected addEventListener(): void; protected removeEventListener(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/actions/virtual-scroll.d.ts /** * Virtual Scrolling class */ export class VirtualScroll implements IAction { private parent; private blockSize; private locator; constructor(parent: IGrid, locator?: ServiceLocator); getModuleName(): string; private instantiateRenderer; ensurePageSize(): void; addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; private refreshVirtualElement; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/aggregate.d.ts /** * Aggregate export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/base/constant.d.ts /** @hidden */ export const created: string; /** @hidden */ export const destroyed: string; /** @hidden */ export const load: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowDataBound: string; /** @hidden */ export const queryCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const headerCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const actionBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const actionComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const actionFailure: string; /** @hidden */ export const dataBound: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowSelecting: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowSelected: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowDeselecting: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowDeselected: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellSelecting: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellSelected: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellDeselecting: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellDeselected: string; /** @hidden */ export const columnDragStart: string; /** @hidden */ export const columnDrag: string; /** @hidden */ export const columnDrop: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowDragStartHelper: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowDragStart: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowDrag: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowDrop: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforePrint: string; /** @hidden */ export const printComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const detailDataBound: string; /** @hidden */ export const toolbarClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const batchAdd: string; /** @hidden */ export const batchCancel: string; /** @hidden */ export const batchDelete: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeBatchAdd: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeBatchDelete: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeBatchSave: string; /** @hidden */ export const beginEdit: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellEdit: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellSave: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellSaved: string; /** @hidden */ export const endAdd: string; /** @hidden */ export const endDelete: string; /** @hidden */ export const endEdit: string; /** @hidden */ export const recordDoubleClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const recordClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeDataBound: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeOpenColumnChooser: string; /** @hidden */ export const resizeStart: string; /** @hidden */ export const onResize: string; /** @hidden */ export const resizeStop: string; /** @hidden */ export const checkBoxChange: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeCopy: string; /** @hidden */ export const filterChoiceRequest: string; /** @hidden */ export const filterAfterOpen: string; /** @hidden */ export const filterBeforeOpen: string; /** @hidden */ export const filterSearchBegin: string; /** * Specifies grid internal events */ /** @hidden */ export const initialLoad: string; /** @hidden */ export const initialEnd: string; /** @hidden */ export const dataReady: string; /** @hidden */ export const contentReady: string; /** @hidden */ export const uiUpdate: string; /** @hidden */ export const onEmpty: string; /** @hidden */ export const inBoundModelChanged: string; /** @hidden */ export const modelChanged: string; /** @hidden */ export const colGroupRefresh: string; /** @hidden */ export const headerRefreshed: string; /** @hidden */ export const pageBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const pageComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const sortBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const sortComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const filterBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const filterComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const searchBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const searchComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const reorderBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const reorderComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowDragAndDropBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowDragAndDropComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const groupBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const groupComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const ungroupBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const ungroupComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const groupAggregates: string; /** @hidden */ export const refreshFooterRenderer: string; /** @hidden */ export const refreshAggregateCell: string; /** @hidden */ export const refreshAggregates: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowSelectionBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowSelectionComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const columnSelectionBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const columnSelectionComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellSelectionBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellSelectionComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeCellFocused: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellFocused: string; /** @hidden */ export const keyPressed: string; /** @hidden */ export const click: string; /** @hidden */ export const destroy: string; /** @hidden */ export const columnVisibilityChanged: string; /** @hidden */ export const scroll: string; /** @hidden */ export const columnWidthChanged: string; /** @hidden */ export const columnPositionChanged: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowDragAndDrop: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowsAdded: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowsRemoved: string; /** @hidden */ export const columnDragStop: string; /** @hidden */ export const headerDrop: string; /** @hidden */ export const dataSourceModified: string; /** @hidden */ export const refreshComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const refreshVirtualBlock: string; /** @hidden */ export const dblclick: string; /** @hidden */ export const toolbarRefresh: string; /** @hidden */ export const bulkSave: string; /** @hidden */ export const autoCol: string; /** @hidden */ export const tooltipDestroy: string; /** @hidden */ export const updateData: string; /** @hidden */ export const editBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const editComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const addBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const addComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const saveComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const deleteBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const deleteComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const preventBatch: string; /** @hidden */ export const dialogDestroy: string; /** @hidden */ export const crudAction: string; /** @hidden */ export const addDeleteAction: string; /** @hidden */ export const destroyForm: string; /** @hidden */ export const doubleTap: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeExcelExport: string; /** @hidden */ export const excelExportComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const excelQueryCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const excelHeaderQueryCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const exportDetailDataBound: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforePdfExport: string; /** @hidden */ export const pdfExportComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const pdfQueryCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const pdfHeaderQueryCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const accessPredicate: string; /** @hidden */ export const contextMenuClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const freezeRender: string; /** @hidden */ export const freezeRefresh: string; /** @hidden */ export const contextMenuOpen: string; /** @hidden */ export const columnMenuClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const columnMenuOpen: string; /** @hidden */ export const filterOpen: string; /** @hidden */ export const filterDialogCreated: string; /** @hidden */ export const filterMenuClose: string; /** @hidden */ export const initForeignKeyColumn: string; /** @hidden */ export const getForeignKeyData: string; /** @hidden */ export const generateQuery: string; /** @hidden */ export const showEmptyGrid: string; /** @hidden */ export const foreignKeyData: string; /** @hidden */ export const dataStateChange: string; /** @hidden */ export const dataSourceChanged: string; /** @hidden */ export const rtlUpdated: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeFragAppend: string; /** @hidden */ export const frozenHeight: string; /** @hidden */ export const recordAdded: string; /** @hidden */ export const cancelBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const editNextValCell: string; /** @hidden */ export const hierarchyPrint: string; /** @hidden */ export const expandChildGrid: string; /** @hidden */ export const printGridInit: string; /** @hidden */ export const exportRowDataBound: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowPositionChanged: string; /** @hidden */ export const batchForm: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeStartEdit: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeBatchCancel: string; /** @hidden */ export const batchEditFormRendered: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/base/enum.d.ts /** * Defines Actions of the Grid. They are * * paging * * refresh * * sorting * * filtering * * selection * * rowdraganddrop * * reorder * * grouping * * ungrouping */ export type Action = /** Defines current Action as Paging */ 'paging' | /** Defines current Action as Refresh */ 'refresh' | /** Defines current Action as Sorting */ 'sorting' | /** Defines current Action as Selection */ 'selection' | /** Defines current Action as Filtering */ 'filtering' | /** Defines current Action as Searching */ 'searching' | /** Defines current Action as Row Drag and Drop */ 'rowdraganddrop' | /** Defines current Action as Reorder */ 'reorder' | /** Defines current Action as Grouping */ 'grouping' | /** Defines current Action as UnGrouping */ 'ungrouping' | /** Defines current Action as Batch Save */ 'batchsave' | /** Defines current Action as Virtual Scroll */ 'virtualscroll' | /** Defines current Action as print */ 'print'; /** * Defines directions of Sorting. They are * * Ascending * * Descending */ export type SortDirection = /** Defines SortDirection as Ascending */ 'Ascending' | /** Defines SortDirection as Descending */ 'Descending'; /** * `columnQueryMode`provides options to retrive data from the datasource. They are * * All * * Schema * * ExcludeHidden */ export type ColumnQueryModeType = /** It Retrieves whole datasource */ 'All' | /** Retrives data for all the defined columns in grid from the datasource. */ 'Schema' | /** Retrives data only for visible columns of grid from the dataSource. */ 'ExcludeHidden'; /** * Defines types of Selection. They are * * Single - Allows user to select a row or cell. * * Multiple - Allows user to select multiple rows or cells. */ export type SelectionType = /** Defines Single selection in the Grid */ 'Single' | /** Defines multiple selections in the Grid */ 'Multiple'; /** * Defines modes of checkbox Selection. They are * * Default * * ResetOnRowClick */ export type CheckboxSelectionType = /** Allows the user to select multiple rows by clicking rows one by one */ 'Default' | /** Allows to reset the previously selected row when a row is clicked and multiple rows can be selected by using CTRL or SHIFT key */ 'ResetOnRowClick'; /** * Defines alignments of text, they are * * Left * * Right * * Center * * Justify */ export type TextAlign = /** Defines Left alignment */ 'Left' | /** Defines Right alignment */ 'Right' | /** Defines Center alignment */ 'Center' | /** Defines Justify alignment */ 'Justify'; /** * Defines types of Cell * @hidden */ export enum CellType { /** Defines CellType as Data */ Data = 0, /** Defines CellType as Header */ Header = 1, /** Defines CellType as Summary */ Summary = 2, /** Defines CellType as GroupSummary */ GroupSummary = 3, /** Defines CellType as CaptionSummary */ CaptionSummary = 4, /** Defines CellType as Filter */ Filter = 5, /** Defines CellType as Indent */ Indent = 6, /** Defines CellType as GroupCaption */ GroupCaption = 7, /** Defines CellType as GroupCaptionEmpty */ GroupCaptionEmpty = 8, /** Defines CellType as Expand */ Expand = 9, /** Defines CellType as HeaderIndent */ HeaderIndent = 10, /** Defines CellType as StackedHeader */ StackedHeader = 11, /** Defines CellType as DetailHeader */ DetailHeader = 12, /** Defines CellType as DetailExpand */ DetailExpand = 13, /** Defines CellType as CommandColumn */ CommandColumn = 14, /** Defines CellType as DetailFooterIntent */ DetailFooterIntent = 15, /** Defines CellType as RowDrag */ RowDragIcon = 16, /** Defines CellType as RowDragHeader */ RowDragHIcon = 17 } /** * Defines modes of GridLine, They are * * Both - Displays both the horizontal and vertical grid lines. * * None - No grid lines are displayed. * * Horizontal - Displays the horizontal grid lines only. * * Vertical - Displays the vertical grid lines only. * * Default - Displays grid lines based on the theme. */ export type GridLine = /** Show both the vertical and horizontal line in the Grid */ 'Both' | /** Hide both the vertical and horizontal line in the Grid */ 'None' | /** Shows the horizontal line only in the Grid */ 'Horizontal' | /** Shows the vertical line only in the Grid */ 'Vertical' | /** Shows the grid lines based on the theme */ 'Default'; /** * Defines types of Render * @hidden */ export enum RenderType { /** Defines RenderType as Header */ Header = 0, /** Defines RenderType as Content */ Content = 1, /** Defines RenderType as Summary */ Summary = 2 } /** * Defines modes of Selection, They are * * Row * * Cell * * Both */ export type SelectionMode = /** Defines SelectionMode as Cell */ 'Cell' | /** Defines SelectionMode as Row */ 'Row' | /** Defines SelectionMode as Both */ 'Both'; /** * Print mode options are * * AllPages - Print all pages records of the Grid. * * CurrentPage - Print current page records of the Grid. */ export type PrintMode = /** Defines PrintMode as AllPages */ 'AllPages' | /** Defines PrintMode as CurrentPage */ 'CurrentPage'; /** * Hierarchy Grid Print modes are * * `Expanded` - Prints the master grid with expanded child grids. * * `All` - Prints the master grid with all the child grids. * * `None` - Prints the master grid alone. */ export type HierarchyGridPrintMode = /** Defines Hierarchy PrintMode as Expanded */ 'Expanded' | /** Defines Hierarchy PrintMode as All */ 'All' | /** Defines Hierarchy PrintMode as None */ 'None'; /** * Defines types of Filter * * Menu - Specifies the filter type as menu. * * Excel - Specifies the filter type as excel. * * FilterBar - Specifies the filter type as filter bar. * * CheckBox - Specifies the filter type as check box. */ export type FilterType = /** Defines FilterType as filterbar */ 'FilterBar' | /** Defines FilterType as excel */ 'Excel' | /** Defines FilterType as menu */ 'Menu' | /** Defines FilterType as checkbox */ 'CheckBox'; /** * Filter bar mode options are * * OnEnter - Initiate filter operation after Enter key is pressed. * * Immediate - Initiate filter operation after certain time interval. By default time interval is 1500 ms. */ export type FilterBarMode = /** Defines FilterBarMode as onenter */ 'OnEnter' | /** Defines FilterBarMode as immediate */ 'Immediate'; /** * Defines the aggregate types. */ export type AggregateType = /** Defines sum aggregate type */ 'Sum' | /** Specifies average aggregate type */ 'Average' | /** Specifies maximum aggregate type */ 'Max' | /** Specifies minimum aggregate type */ 'Min' | /** Specifies count aggregate type */ 'Count' | /** Specifies true count aggregate type */ 'TrueCount' | /** Specifies false count aggregate type */ 'FalseCount' | /** Specifies custom aggregate type */ 'Custom'; /** * Defines the wrap mode. * * Both - Wraps both header and content. * * Header - Wraps header alone. * * Content - Wraps content alone. */ export type WrapMode = /** Wraps both header and content */ 'Both' | /** Wraps header alone */ 'Header' | /** Wraps content alone */ 'Content'; /** * Defines Multiple Export Type. */ export type MultipleExportType = /** Multiple Grids are exported to same Worksheet. */ 'AppendToSheet' | /** Multiple Grids are exported to separate Worksheet. */ 'NewSheet'; /** * Defines Predefined toolbar items. * @hidden */ export type ToolbarItems = /** Add new record */ 'Add' | /** Delete selected record */ 'Delete' | /** Update edited record */ 'Update' | /** Cancel the edited state */ 'Cancel' | /** Edit the selected record */ 'Edit' | /** Searches the grid records by given key */ 'Search' | /** ColumnChooser used show/gird columns */ 'ColumnChooser' | /** Print the Grid */ 'Print' | /** Export the Grid to PDF format */ 'PdfExport' | /** Export the Grid to Excel format */ 'ExcelExport' | /** Export the Grid to CSV format */ 'CsvExport' | /** Export the Grid to word fromat */ 'WordExport'; /** * Defines the cell content's overflow mode. The available modes are * * `Clip` - Truncates the cell content when it overflows its area. * * `Ellipsis` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area. * * `EllipsisWithTooltip` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area * also it will display tooltip while hover on ellipsis applied cell. */ export type ClipMode = /** Truncates the cell content when it overflows its area */ 'Clip' | /** Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area */ 'Ellipsis' | /** Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area also it will display tooltip while hover on ellipsis applied cell. */ 'EllipsisWithTooltip'; /** * Defines the Command Buttons type. * * Edit - Edit the current record. * * Delete - Delete the current record. * * Save - Save the current edited record. * * Cancel - Cancel the edited state. */ export type CommandButtonType = /** Edit the current row */ 'Edit' | /** Delete the current row */ 'Delete' | /** Save the current edited row */ 'Save' | /** Cancel the edited state */ 'Cancel'; /** * Defines the default items of context menu. */ export type ContextMenuItem = /** Auto fit the size of all columns */ 'AutoFitAll' | /** Auto fit the current column */ 'AutoFit' | /** Group by current column */ 'Group' | /** Ungroup by current column */ 'Ungroup' | /** Edit the current record */ 'Edit' | /** Delete the current record */ 'Delete' | /** Save the edited record */ 'Save' | /** Cancel the edited state */ 'Cancel' | /** Copy the selected records */ 'Copy' | /** Export the grid as Pdf format */ 'PdfExport' | /** Export the grid as Excel format */ 'ExcelExport' | /** Export the grid as CSV format */ 'CsvExport' | /** Sort the current column in ascending order */ 'SortAscending' | /** Sort the current column in descending order */ 'SortDescending' | /** Go to the first page */ 'FirstPage' | /** Go to the previous page */ 'PrevPage' | /** Go to the last page */ 'LastPage' | /** Go to the next page */ 'NextPage'; /** * Defines the default items of Column menu. */ export type ColumnMenuItem = /** Auto fit the size of all columns */ 'AutoFitAll' | /** Auto fit the current column */ 'AutoFit' | /** Group by current column */ 'Group' | /** Ungroup by current column */ 'Ungroup' | /** Sort the current column in ascending order */ 'SortAscending' | /** Sort the current column in descending order */ 'SortDescending' | /** show the column chooser */ 'ColumnChooser' | /** show the Filter popup */ 'Filter'; /** * Defines Predefined toolbar items. * @hidden */ export enum ToolbarItem { Add = 0, Edit = 1, Update = 2, Delete = 3, Cancel = 4, Print = 5, Search = 6, ColumnChooser = 7, PdfExport = 8, ExcelExport = 9, CsvExport = 10, WordExport = 11 } export type PdfPageSize = 'Letter' | 'Note' | 'Legal' | 'A0' | 'A1' | 'A2' | 'A3' | 'A4' | 'A5' | 'A6' | 'A7' | 'A8' | 'A9' | 'B0' | 'B1' | 'B2' | 'B3' | 'B4' | 'B5' | 'Archa' | 'Archb' | 'Archc' | 'Archd' | 'Arche' | 'Flsa' | 'HalfLetter' | 'Letter11x17' | 'Ledger'; export type PageOrientation = 'Landscape' | 'Portrait'; export type ContentType = 'Image' | 'Line' | 'PageNumber' | 'Text'; export type PdfPageNumberType = 'LowerLatin' | 'LowerRoman' | 'UpperLatin' | 'UpperRoman' | 'Numeric' | 'Arabic'; export type PdfDashStyle = 'Solid' | 'Dash' | 'Dot' | 'DashDot' | 'DashDotDot'; /** * Defines PDF horizontal alignment. */ export type PdfHAlign = /** left alignment */ 'Left' | /** right alignment */ 'Right' | /** center alignment */ 'Center' | /** justify alignment */ 'Justify'; /** * Defines PDF vertical alignment. */ export type PdfVAlign = /** top alignment */ 'Top' | /** bottom alignment */ 'Bottom' | /** middle alignment */ 'Middle'; /** * Defines Export Type. */ export type ExportType = /** Current page in grid is exported. */ 'CurrentPage' | /** All pages of the grid is exported. */ 'AllPages'; /** * Defines Excel horizontal alignment. */ export type ExcelHAlign = /** left alignment */ 'Left' | /** right alignment */ 'Right' | /** center alignment */ 'Center' | /** fill alignment */ 'Fill'; /** * Defines Excel vertical alignment. */ export type ExcelVAlign = /** top alignment */ 'Top' | /** bottom alignment */ 'Bottom' | /** center alignment */ 'Center' | /** justify alignment */ 'Justify'; /** * Defines border line style. */ export type BorderLineStyle = /** thin line style */ 'Thin' | /** thick line style */ 'Thick'; export type CheckState = 'Check' | 'Uncheck' | 'Intermediate' | 'None'; /** * Defines mode of cell selection. * * Flow * * Box */ export type CellSelectionMode = /** Defines CellSelectionMode as Flow */ 'Flow' | /** Defines CellSelectionMode as Box */ 'Box' | /** Defines CellSelectionMode as Box with border */ 'BoxWithBorder'; /** * Defines modes of editing. * * Normal * * Dialog * * Batch */ export type EditMode = /** Defines EditMode as Normal */ 'Normal' | /** Defines EditMode as Dialog */ 'Dialog' | /** Defines EditMode as Batch */ 'Batch'; /** * Defines adding new row position. * * Top * * Bottom */ export type NewRowPosition = /** Defines row adding position as Top */ 'Top' | /** Defines row adding position as Top */ 'Bottom'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/base/grid-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SortDescriptor */ export interface SortDescriptorModel { /** * Defines the field name of sort column. * @default '' */ field?: string; /** * Defines the direction of sort column. * @default '' */ direction?: SortDirection; } /** * Interface for a class SortSettings */ export interface SortSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the columns to sort at initial rendering of Grid. * Also user can get current sorted columns. * @default [] */ columns?: SortDescriptorModel[]; /** * If `allowUnsort` set to false the user can not get the grid in unsorted state by clicking the sorted column header. * @default true */ allowUnsort?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class Predicate */ export interface PredicateModel { /** * Defines the field name of the filter column. * @default '' */ field?: string; /** * Defines the operator to filter records. The available operators and its supported data types are: * <table> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Operator<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Description<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Supported Types<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * startswith<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value begins with the specified value.<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * String<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * endswith<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value ends with the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * <br/>String<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * contains<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value contains the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * <br/>String<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * equal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value is equal to the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * <br/>String | Number | Boolean | Date<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * notequal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks for values that are not equal to the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * <br/>String | Number | Boolean | Date<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * greaterthan<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value is greater than the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Number | Date<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * greaterthanorequal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value is greater than or equal to the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * <br/>Number | Date<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * lessthan<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value is less than the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * <br/>Number | Date<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * lessthanorequal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value is less than or equal to the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * <br/>Number | Date<br/></td></tr> * </table> * @default null */ operator?: string; /** * Defines the value used to filter records. * @default '' */ value?: string | number | Date | boolean; /**      * If match case set to true, then filter records with exact match or else * filter records with case insensitive(uppercase and lowercase letters treated as same). * @default null */ matchCase?: boolean; /** * If ignoreAccent is set to true, then filter ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * @default false */ ignoreAccent?: boolean; /** * Defines the relationship between one filter query and another by using AND or OR predicate. * @default null */ predicate?: string; /** * @hidden * Defines the actual filter value for the filter column. */ actualFilterValue?: Object; /** * @hidden * Defines the actual filter operator for the filter column. */ actualOperator?: Object; /** * @hidden * Defines the type of the filter column. */ type?: string; /** * @hidden * Defines the predicate of filter column. */ ejpredicate?: Object; } /** * Interface for a class FilterSettings */ export interface FilterSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the columns to be filtered at initial rendering of the Grid. You can also get the columns that were currently filtered. * @default [] */ columns?: PredicateModel[]; /** * Defines options for filtering type. The available options are * * `Menu` - Specifies the filter type as menu. * * `CheckBox` - Specifies the filter type as checkbox. * * `FilterBar` - Specifies the filter type as filterbar. * * `Excel` - Specifies the filter type as checkbox. * @default FilterBar */ type?: FilterType; /** * Defines the filter bar modes. The available options are, * * `OnEnter`: Initiates filter operation after Enter key is pressed. * * `Immediate`: Initiates filter operation after a certain time interval. By default, time interval is 1500 ms. * @default OnEnter */ mode?: FilterBarMode; /**      * Shows or hides the filtered status message on the pager. * @default true */ showFilterBarStatus?: boolean; /** * Defines the time delay (in milliseconds) in filtering records when the `Immediate` mode of filter bar is set. * @default 1500 */ immediateModeDelay?: number; /** * The `operators` is used to override the default operators in filter menu. This should be defined by type wise * (string, number, date and boolean). Based on the column type, this customize operator list will render in filter menu. * * > Check the [`Filter Menu Operator`](./how-to.html#customizing-filter-menu-operators-list) customization. * @default null */ operators?: ICustomOptr; /** * If ignoreAccent set to true, then filter ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * * > Check the [`Diacritics`](./filtering.html/#diacritics) filtering. * @default false */ ignoreAccent?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class SelectionSettings */ export interface SelectionSettingsModel { /** * Grid supports row, cell, and both (row and cell) selection mode. * @default Row */ mode?: SelectionMode; /** * The cell selection modes are flow and box. It requires the selection * [`mode`](./api-selectionSettings.html#mode-selectionmode) to be either cell or both. * * `Flow`: Selects the range of cells between start index and end index that also includes the other cells of the selected rows. * * `Box`: Selects the range of cells within the start and end column indexes that includes in between cells of rows within the range. * * `BoxWithBorder`: Selects the range of cells as like Box mode with borders. * @default Flow */ cellSelectionMode?: CellSelectionMode; /** * Defines options for selection type. They are * * `Single`: Allows selection of only a row or a cell. * * `Multiple`: Allows selection of multiple rows or cells. * @default Single */ type?: SelectionType; /** * If 'checkboxOnly' set to true, then the Grid selection is allowed only through checkbox. * * > To enable checkboxOnly selection, should specify the column type as`checkbox`. * @default false */ checkboxOnly?: boolean; /** * If 'persistSelection' set to true, then the Grid selection is persisted on all operations. * For persisting selection in the Grid, any one of the column should be enabled as a primary key. * @default false */ persistSelection?: boolean; /** * Defines options for checkbox selection Mode. They are * * `Default`: This is the default value of the checkboxMode. In this mode, user can select multiple rows by clicking rows one by one. * * `ResetOnRowClick`: In ResetOnRowClick mode, on clicking a row it will reset previously selected row and also multiple * rows can be selected by using CTRL or SHIFT key. * @default Default */ checkboxMode?: CheckboxSelectionType; /** * If 'enableSimpleMultiRowSelection' set to true, then the user can able to perform multiple row selection with single clicks. * @default false */ enableSimpleMultiRowSelection?: boolean; /** * If 'enableToggle' set to true, then the user can able to perform toggle for the selected row. * @default true */ enableToggle?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class SearchSettings */ export interface SearchSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the collection of fields included in search operation. By default, bounded columns of the Grid are included. * @default [] */ fields?: string[]; /** * Specifies the key value to search Grid records at initial rendering. * You can also get the current search key. * @default '' */ key?: string; /** * Defines the operator to search records. The available operators are: * <table> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Operator<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * startswith<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string begins with the specified string.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * endswith<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string ends with the specified string.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * contains<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string contains the specified string. <br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * equal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string is equal to the specified string.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * notequal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks for strings not equal to the specified string. <br/></td></tr> * </table> * @default 'contains' */ operator?: string; /**      * If `ignoreCase` is set to false, searches records that match exactly, else * searches records that are case insensitive(uppercase and lowercase letters treated the same). * @default true */ ignoreCase?: boolean; /** * If ignoreAccent set to true, then filter ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * * > Check the [`Diacritics`](./filtering.html/#diacritics) filtering. * @default false */ ignoreAccent?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class RowDropSettings */ export interface RowDropSettingsModel { /** * Defines the ID of droppable component on which row drop should occur. * @default null */ targetID?: string; } /** * Interface for a class TextWrapSettings */ export interface TextWrapSettingsModel { /** * Defines the `wrapMode` of the Grid. The available modes are: * * `Both`: Wraps both the header and content. * * `Content`: Wraps the header alone. * * `Header`: Wraps the content alone. * @default Both */ wrapMode?: WrapMode; } /** * Interface for a class GroupSettings */ export interface GroupSettingsModel { /** * If `showDropArea` is set to true, the group drop area element will be visible at the top of the Grid. * @default true */ showDropArea?: boolean; /** * If `showToggleButton` set to true, then the toggle button will be showed in the column headers which can be used to group * or ungroup columns by clicking them. * @default false */ showToggleButton?: boolean; /** * If `showGroupedColumn` is set to false, it hides the grouped column after grouping. * @default false */ showGroupedColumn?: boolean; /** * If `showUngroupButton` set to false, then ungroup button is hidden in dropped element. * It can be used to ungroup the grouped column when click on ungroup button. * @default true */ showUngroupButton?: boolean; /** * If `disablePageWiseAggregates` set to true, then the group aggregate value will * be calculated from the whole data instead of paged data and two requests will be made for each page * when Grid bound with remote service. * @default false */ disablePageWiseAggregates?: boolean; /** * Specifies the column names to group at initial rendering of the Grid. * You can also get the currently grouped columns. * @default [] */ columns?: string[]; /** * The Caption Template allows user to display the string or HTML element in group caption. * > It accepts either the * [template string](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/common/template-engine.html) or the HTML element ID. * @default '' */ captionTemplate?: string; } /** * Interface for a class EditSettings */ export interface EditSettingsModel { /** * If `allowAdding` is set to true, new records can be added to the Grid. * @default false */ allowAdding?: boolean; /** * If `allowEditing` is set to true, values can be updated in the existing record. * @default false */ allowEditing?: boolean; /** * If `allowDeleting` is set to true, existing record can be deleted from the Grid. * @default false */ allowDeleting?: boolean; /** * Defines the mode to edit. The available editing modes are: * * Normal * * Dialog * * Batch * @default Normal */ mode?: EditMode; /** * If `allowEditOnDblClick` is set to false, Grid will not allow editing of a record on double click. * @default true */ allowEditOnDblClick?: boolean; /** * if `showConfirmDialog` is set to false, confirm dialog does not show when batch changes are saved or discarded. * @default true */ showConfirmDialog?: boolean; /** * If `showDeleteConfirmDialog` is set to true, confirm dialog will show delete action. You can also cancel delete command. * @default false */ showDeleteConfirmDialog?: boolean; /** * Defines the custom edit elements for the dialog template. * @default '' */ template?: string; /** * Defines the position of adding a new row. The available position are: * * Top * * Bottom * @default Top */ newRowPosition?: NewRowPosition; /** * Defines the dialog params to edit. * @default {} */ dialog?: IDialogUI; /** * If allowNextRowEdit is set to true, editing is done to next row. By default allowNextRowEdit is set to false. * @default false */ allowNextRowEdit?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class Grid */ export interface GridModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /**      * Defines the schema of dataSource.      * If the `columns` declaration is empty or undefined then the `columns` are automatically generated from data source.          * @default []        */ columns?: Column[] | string[] | ColumnModel[]; /**      * If `enableAltRow` is set to true, the grid will render with `e-altrow` CSS class to the alternative tr elements.    * > Check the [`AltRow`](./row.html#styling-alternate-rows) to customize the styles of alternative rows. * @default true       */ enableAltRow?: boolean; /**      * If `enableHover` is set to true, the row hover is enabled in the Grid.      * @default true          */ enableHover?: boolean; /**      * If `enableAutoFill` is set to true, then the auto fill icon will displayed on cell selection for copy cells. * It requires the selection `mode` to be Cell and `cellSelectionMode` to be `Box`.      * @default false      */ enableAutoFill?: boolean; /**      * Enables or disables the key board interaction of Grid.     * @hidden * @default true      */ allowKeyboard?: boolean; /** * If `allowTextWrap` set to true, * then text content will wrap to the next line when its text content exceeds the width of the Column Cells. * @default false */ allowTextWrap?: boolean; /** * Configures the text wrap in the Grid. * @default {wrapMode:"Both"}      */ textWrapSettings?: TextWrapSettingsModel; /**      * If `allowPaging` is set to true, the pager renders at the footer of the Grid. It is used to handle page navigation in the Grid. * * > Check the [`Paging`](./paging.html) to configure the grid pager.      * @default false          */ allowPaging?: boolean; /** * Configures the pager in the Grid. * @default {currentPage: 1, pageSize: 12, pageCount: 8, enableQueryString: false, pageSizes: false, template: null}      */ pageSettings?: PageSettingsModel; /** * If `enableVirtualization` set to true, then the Grid will render only the rows visible within the view-port * and load subsequent rows on vertical scrolling. This helps to load large dataset in Grid. * @default false */ enableVirtualization?: boolean; /** * If `enableColumnVirtualization` set to true, then the Grid will render only the columns visible within the view-port * and load subsequent columns on horizontal scrolling. This helps to load large dataset of columns in Grid. * @default false */ enableColumnVirtualization?: boolean; /** * Configures the search behavior in the Grid. * @default { ignoreCase: true, fields: [], operator: 'contains', key: '' } */ searchSettings?: SearchSettingsModel; /** * If `allowSorting` is set to true, it allows sorting of grid records when column header is clicked. * * > Check the [`Sorting`](./sorting.html) to customize its default behavior. * @default false */ allowSorting?: boolean; /** * If `allowMultiSorting` set to true, then it will allow the user to sort multiple column in the grid. * > `allowSorting` should be true. * @default false */ allowMultiSorting?: boolean; /** * If `allowExcelExport` set to true, then it will allow the user to export grid to Excel file. * * > Check the [`ExcelExport`](./excel-exporting.html) to configure exporting document. * @default false */ allowExcelExport?: boolean; /** * If `allowPdfExport` set to true, then it will allow the user to export grid to Pdf file. * * > Check the [`Pdfexport`](./pdf-export.html) to configure the exporting document. * @default false */ allowPdfExport?: boolean; /** * Configures the sort settings. * @default {columns:[]} */ sortSettings?: SortSettingsModel; /** * If `allowSelection` is set to true, it allows selection of (highlight row) Grid records by clicking it. * @default true */ allowSelection?: boolean; /** * The `selectedRowIndex` allows you to select a row at initial rendering. * You can also get the currently selected row index. * @default -1 */ selectedRowIndex?: number; /** * Configures the selection settings. * @default {mode: 'Row', cellSelectionMode: 'Flow', type: 'Single'} */ selectionSettings?: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * If `allowFiltering` set to true the filter bar will be displayed. * If set to false the filter bar will not be displayed. * Filter bar allows the user to filter grid records with required criteria. * * > Check the [`Filtering`](./filtering.html) to customize its default behavior. * @default false */ allowFiltering?: boolean; /** * If `allowReordering` is set to true, Grid columns can be reordered. * Reordering can be done by drag and drop of a particular column from one index to another index. * > If Grid is rendered with stacked headers, reordering is allowed only at the same level as the column headers. * @default false */ allowReordering?: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` is set to true, Grid columns can be resized. * @default false */ allowResizing?: boolean; /** * If `allowRowDragAndDrop` is set to true, you can drag and drop grid rows at another grid. * @default false */ allowRowDragAndDrop?: boolean; /** * Configures the row drop settings. * @default {targetID: ''} */ rowDropSettings?: RowDropSettingsModel; /** * Configures the filter settings of the Grid. * @default {columns: [], type: 'FilterBar', mode: 'Immediate', showFilterBarStatus: true, immediateModeDelay: 1500 , operators: {}} */ filterSettings?: FilterSettingsModel; /** * If `allowGrouping` set to true, then it will allow the user to dynamically group or ungroup columns. * Grouping can be done by drag and drop columns from column header to group drop area. * * > Check the [`Grouping`](./grouping.html) to customize its default behavior. * @default false */ allowGrouping?: boolean; /** * If `showColumnMenu` set to true, then it will enable the column menu options in each columns. * * > Check the [`Column menu`](./columns.html#column-menu) for its configuration. * @default false */ showColumnMenu?: boolean; /** * Configures the group settings. * @default {showDropArea: true, showToggleButton: false, showGroupedColumn: false, showUngroupButton: true, columns: []} */ groupSettings?: GroupSettingsModel; /** * Configures the edit settings. * @default { allowAdding: false, allowEditing: false, allowDeleting: false, mode:'Normal', * allowEditOnDblClick: true, showConfirmDialog: true, showDeleteConfirmDialog: false } */ editSettings?: EditSettingsModel; /** * Configures the Grid aggregate rows. * > Check the [`Aggregates`](./aggregates.html) for its configuration. * @default [] */ aggregates?: AggregateRowModel[]; /** * If `showColumnChooser` is set to true, it allows you to dynamically show or hide columns. * * > Check the [`ColumnChooser`](./columns.html#column-chooser) for its configuration. * @default false */ showColumnChooser?: boolean; /** * Defines the scrollable height of the grid content. * @default 'auto' */ height?: string | number; /** * Defines the Grid width. * @default 'auto' */ width?: string | number; /** * Defines the mode of grid lines. The available modes are, * * `Both`: Displays both horizontal and vertical grid lines. * * `None`: No grid lines are displayed. * * `Horizontal`: Displays the horizontal grid lines only. * * `Vertical`: Displays the vertical grid lines only. * * `Default`: Displays grid lines based on the theme. * @default Default */ gridLines?: GridLine; /** * The row template that renders customized rows from the given template. * By default, Grid renders a table row for every data source item. * > * It accepts either [template string](../common/template-engine.html) or HTML element ID. * > * The row template must be a table row. * * > Check the [`Row Template`](./row.html) customization. */ rowTemplate?: string; /** * The detail template allows you to show or hide additional information about a particular row. * * > It accepts either the [template string](../common/template-engine.html) or the HTML element ID. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/detail-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} */ detailTemplate?: string; /** * Defines Grid options to render child Grid. * It requires the [`queryString`](./api-grid.html#querystring-string) for parent * and child relationship. * * > Check the [`Child Grid`](./hierarchy-grid.html) for its configuration. */ childGrid?: GridModel; /** * Defines the relationship between parent and child datasource. It acts as the foreign key for parent datasource. */ queryString?: string; /** * Defines the print modes. The available print modes are * * `AllPages`: Prints all pages of the Grid. * * `CurrentPage`: Prints the current page of the Grid. * @default AllPages */ printMode?: PrintMode; /** * Defines the hierarchy grid print modes. The available modes are * * `Expanded` - Prints the master grid with expanded child grids. * * `All` - Prints the master grid with all the child grids. * * `None` - Prints the master grid alone. * @default Expanded */ hierarchyPrintMode?: HierarchyGridPrintMode; /** * It is used to render grid table rows. * If the `dataSource` is an array of JavaScript objects, * then Grid will create instance of [`data.DataManager`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-dataManager.html) * from this `dataSource`. * If the `dataSource` is an existing [`data.DataManager`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-dataManager.html), * the Grid will not initialize a new one. * * > Check the available [`Adaptors`](../data/adaptors.html) to customize the data operation. * @default [] */ dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager | DataResult; /** * Defines the height of Grid rows. * @default null */ rowHeight?: number; /** * Defines the external [`data.Query`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-query.html) * that will be executed along with data processing. * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * Defines the currencyCode format of the Grid columns * @private */ currencyCode?: string; /** * `toolbar` defines the ToolBar items of the Grid. * It contains built-in and custom toolbar items. * If a string value is assigned to the `toolbar` option, it is considered as the template for the whole Grid ToolBar. * If an array value is assigned, it is considered as the list of built-in and custom toolbar items in the Grid's Toolbar. * <br><br> * The available built-in ToolBar items are: * * Add: Adds a new record. * * Edit: Edits the selected record. * * Update: Updates the edited record. * * Delete: Deletes the selected record. * * Cancel: Cancels the edit state. * * Search: Searches records by the given key. * * Print: Prints the Grid. * * ExcelExport - Export the Grid to Excel(excelExport() method manually to make export.) * * PdfExport - Export the Grid to PDF(pdfExport() method manually to make export.) * * CsvExport - Export the Grid to CSV(csvExport() method manually to make export.)<br><br> * The following code example implements the custom toolbar items. * * > Check the [`Toolbar`](./tool-bar.html#custom-toolbar-items) to customize its default items. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/toolbar-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ toolbar?: (ToolbarItems | string | navigations.ItemModel | ToolbarItem)[]; /** * `contextMenuItems` defines both built-in and custom context menu items. * <br><br> * The available built-in items are, * * `AutoFitAll` - Auto fit the size of all columns. * * `AutoFit` - Auto fit the current column. * * `Group` - Group by current column. * * `Ungroup` - Ungroup by current column. * * `Edit` - Edit the current record. * * `Delete` - Delete the current record. * * `Save` - Save the edited record. * * `Cancel` - Cancel the edited state. * * `Copy` - Copy the selected records. * * `PdfExport` - Export the grid as Pdf format. * * `ExcelExport` - Export the grid as Excel format. * * `CsvExport` - Export the grid as CSV format. * * `SortAscending` - Sort the current column in ascending order. * * `SortDescending` - Sort the current column in descending order. * * `FirstPage` - Go to the first page. * * `PrevPage` - Go to the previous page. * * `LastPage` - Go to the last page. * * `NextPage` - Go to the next page. * * @default null */ contextMenuItems?: ContextMenuItem[] | ContextMenuItemModel[]; /** * `columnMenuItems` defines both built-in and custom column menu items. * <br><br> * The available built-in items are, * * `AutoFitAll` - Auto fit the size of all columns. * * `AutoFit` - Auto fit the current column. * * `Group` - Group by current column. * * `Ungroup` - Ungroup by current column. * * `SortAscending` - Sort the current column in ascending order. * * `SortDescending` - Sort the current column in descending order. * * `Filter` - Filter options will show based on filterSettings property like checkbox filter, excel filter, menu filter. * @default null */ columnMenuItems?: ColumnMenuItem[] | ColumnMenuItemModel[]; /** * @hidden * It used to render toolbar template * @default null */ toolbarTemplate?: string; /** * @hidden * It used to render pager template * @default null */ pagerTemplate?: string; /** * Gets or sets the number of frozen rows. * @default 0 */ frozenRows?: number; /** * Gets or sets the number of frozen columns. * @default 0 */ frozenColumns?: number; /** * `columnQueryMode`provides options to retrive data from the datasource.Their types are * * `All`: It Retrives whole datasource. * * `Schema`: Retrives data for all the defined columns in grid from the datasource. * * `ExcludeHidden`: Retrives data only for visible columns of grid from the dataSource. * @default All */ columnQueryMode?: ColumnQueryModeType; /**      * Triggers when the component is created.      * @event      */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /**      * Triggers when the component is destroyed.      * @event      */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * This event allows customization of Grid properties before rendering.      * @event      */ load?: base.EmitType<Object>; /**      * Triggered every time a request is made to access row information, element, or data.      * This will be triggered before the row element is appended to the Grid element. * @event      */ rowDataBound?: base.EmitType<RowDataBoundEventArgs>; /**      * Triggered every time a request is made to access cell information, element, or data. * This will be triggered before the cell element is appended to the Grid element.      * @event      */ queryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<QueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /**      * Triggered for stacked header.      * @event      */ headerCellInfo?: base.EmitType<HeaderCellInfoEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when Grid actions such as sorting, filtering, paging, grouping etc., starts.      * @event      */ actionBegin?: base.EmitType<PageEventArgs | GroupEventArgs | FilterEventArgs | SearchEventArgs | SortEventArgs | AddEventArgs | SaveEventArgs | EditEventArgs | DeleteEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when Grid actions such as sorting, filtering, paging, grouping etc. are completed.      * @event      */ actionComplete?: base.EmitType<PageEventArgs | GroupEventArgs | FilterEventArgs | SearchEventArgs | SortEventArgs | AddEventArgs | SaveEventArgs | EditEventArgs | DeleteEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when any Grid action failed to achieve the desired results.      * @event      */ actionFailure?: base.EmitType<FailureEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when data source is populated in the Grid.      * @event      */ dataBound?: base.EmitType<Object>; /**      * Triggers when record is double clicked.      * @event      */ recordDoubleClick?: base.EmitType<RecordDoubleClickEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before row selection occurs.      * @event      */ rowSelecting?: base.EmitType<RowSelectingEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers after a row is selected.      * @event      */ rowSelected?: base.EmitType<RowSelectEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before deselecting the selected row.      * @event      */ rowDeselecting?: base.EmitType<RowDeselectEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when a selected row is deselected.      * @event      */ rowDeselected?: base.EmitType<RowDeselectEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before any cell selection occurs.      * @event      */ cellSelecting?: base.EmitType<CellSelectingEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers after a cell is selected.      * @event      */ cellSelected?: base.EmitType<CellSelectEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before the selected cell is deselecting.      * @event      */ cellDeselecting?: base.EmitType<CellDeselectEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when a particular selected cell is deselected.      * @event      */ cellDeselected?: base.EmitType<CellDeselectEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when column header element drag (move) starts.      * @event      */ columnDragStart?: base.EmitType<ColumnDragEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when column header element is dragged (moved) continuously.      * @event      */ columnDrag?: base.EmitType<ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a column header element is dropped on the target column.      * @event      */ columnDrop?: base.EmitType<ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after print action is completed.      * @event      */ printComplete?: base.EmitType<PrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the print action starts.      * @event      */ beforePrint?: base.EmitType<PrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each cell to PDF document. You can also customize the PDF cells.      * @event      */ pdfQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<PdfQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each header cell to PDF document. You can also customize the PDF cells.      * @event      */ pdfHeaderQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<PdfHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each detail Grid to PDF document.      * @event      */ exportDetailDataBound?: base.EmitType<ExportDetailDataBoundEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each cell to Excel file. * You can also customize the Excel cells. * @event */ excelQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<ExcelQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each header cell to Excel file. * You can also customize the Excel cells. * @event */ excelHeaderQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<ExcelHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before Grid data is exported to Excel file. * @event */ beforeExcelExport?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers after Grid data is exported to Excel file. * @event */ excelExportComplete?: base.EmitType<ExcelExportCompleteArgs>; /** * Triggers before Grid data is exported to PDF document. * @event */ beforePdfExport?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers after Grid data is exported to PDF document. * @event */ pdfExportComplete?: base.EmitType<PdfExportCompleteArgs>; /** * Triggers when row element's before drag(move). * @event      */ rowDragStartHelper?: base.EmitType<RowDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after detail row expands. * > This event triggers at initial expand.      * @event      */ detailDataBound?: base.EmitType<DetailDataBoundEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when row element's drag(move) starts.      * @event      */ rowDragStart?: base.EmitType<RowDragEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when row elements are dragged (moved) continuously.      * @event      */ rowDrag?: base.EmitType<RowDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when row elements are dropped on the target row.      * @event      */ rowDrop?: base.EmitType<RowDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when toolbar item is clicked. * @event */ toolbarClick?: base.EmitType<navigations.ClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the columnChooser open. * @event */ beforeOpenColumnChooser?: base.EmitType<ColumnChooserEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when records are added in batch mode. * @event */ batchAdd?: base.EmitType<BatchAddArgs>; /** * Triggers when records are deleted in batch mode. * @event */ batchDelete?: base.EmitType<BatchDeleteArgs>; /** * Triggers when cancel the batch edit changes batch mode. * @event */ batchCancel?: base.EmitType<BatchCancelArgs>; /** * Triggers before records are added in batch mode. * @event */ beforeBatchAdd?: base.EmitType<BeforeBatchAddArgs>; /** * Triggers before records are deleted in batch mode. * @event */ beforeBatchDelete?: base.EmitType<BeforeBatchDeleteArgs>; /** * Triggers before records are saved in batch mode. * @event */ beforeBatchSave?: base.EmitType<BeforeBatchSaveArgs>; /** * Triggers before the record is to be edit. * @event */ beginEdit?: base.EmitType<BeginEditArgs>; /** * Triggers when the cell is being edited. * @event */ cellEdit?: base.EmitType<CellEditArgs>; /** * Triggers when cell is saved. * @event */ cellSave?: base.EmitType<CellSaveArgs>; /** * Triggers when cell is saved. * @event */ cellSaved?: base.EmitType<CellSaveArgs>; /** * Triggers when column resize starts. * @event */ resizeStart?: base.EmitType<ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers on column resizing. * @event */ resizing?: base.EmitType<ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers when column resize ends. * @event */ resizeStop?: base.EmitType<ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers before data is bound to Grid. * @event */ beforeDataBound?: base.EmitType<BeforeDataBoundArgs>; /** * Triggers before context menu opens. * @event */ contextMenuOpen?: base.EmitType<navigations.BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when click on context menu. * @event */ contextMenuClick?: base.EmitType<navigations.MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before column menu opens. * @event */ columnMenuOpen?: base.EmitType<ColumnMenuOpenEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when click on column menu. * @event */ columnMenuClick?: base.EmitType<navigations.MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the check box state change in checkbox column. * @event */ checkBoxChange?: base.EmitType<CheckBoxChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before Grid copy action. * @event */ beforeCopy?: base.EmitType<BeforeCopyEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the grid actions such as Sorting, Paging, Grouping etc., are done. * In this event,the current view data and total record count should be assigned to the `dataSource` based on the action performed. * @event */ dataStateChange?: base.EmitType<DataStateChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the grid data is added, deleted and updated. * Invoke the done method from the argument to start render after edit operation. * @event */ dataSourceChanged?: base.EmitType<DataSourceChangedEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/base/grid.d.ts /** * Represents the field name and direction of sort column. */ export class SortDescriptor extends base.ChildProperty<SortDescriptor> { /** * Defines the field name of sort column. * @default '' */ field: string; /** * Defines the direction of sort column. * @default '' */ direction: SortDirection; } /** * Configures the sorting behavior of Grid. */ export class SortSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SortSettings> { /** * Specifies the columns to sort at initial rendering of Grid. * Also user can get current sorted columns. * @default [] */ columns: SortDescriptorModel[]; /** * If `allowUnsort` set to false the user can not get the grid in unsorted state by clicking the sorted column header. * @default true */ allowUnsort: boolean; } /** * Represents the predicate for the filter column. */ export class Predicate extends base.ChildProperty<Predicate> { /** * Defines the field name of the filter column. * @default '' */ field: string; /** * Defines the operator to filter records. The available operators and its supported data types are: * <table> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Operator<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Description<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Supported Types<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * startswith<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value begins with the specified value.<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * String<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * endswith<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value ends with the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * <br/>String<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * contains<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value contains the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * <br/>String<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * equal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value is equal to the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * <br/>String | Number | Boolean | Date<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * notequal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks for values that are not equal to the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * <br/>String | Number | Boolean | Date<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * greaterthan<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value is greater than the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Number | Date<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * greaterthanorequal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value is greater than or equal to the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * <br/>Number | Date<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * lessthan<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value is less than the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * <br/>Number | Date<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * lessthanorequal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the value is less than or equal to the specified value.<br/><br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * <br/>Number | Date<br/></td></tr> * </table> * @default null */ operator: string; /** * Defines the value used to filter records. * @default '' */ value: string | number | Date | boolean; /** * If match case set to true, then filter records with exact match or else * filter records with case insensitive(uppercase and lowercase letters treated as same). * @default null */ matchCase: boolean; /** * If ignoreAccent is set to true, then filter ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * @default false */ ignoreAccent: boolean; /** * Defines the relationship between one filter query and another by using AND or OR predicate. * @default null */ predicate: string; /** * @hidden * Defines the actual filter value for the filter column. */ actualFilterValue: Object; /** * @hidden * Defines the actual filter operator for the filter column. */ actualOperator: Object; /** * @hidden * Defines the type of the filter column. */ type: string; /** * @hidden * Defines the predicate of filter column. */ ejpredicate: Object; } /** * Configures the filtering behavior of the Grid. */ export class FilterSettings extends base.ChildProperty<FilterSettings> { /** * Specifies the columns to be filtered at initial rendering of the Grid. You can also get the columns that were currently filtered. * @default [] */ columns: PredicateModel[]; /** * Defines options for filtering type. The available options are * * `Menu` - Specifies the filter type as menu. * * `CheckBox` - Specifies the filter type as checkbox. * * `FilterBar` - Specifies the filter type as filterbar. * * `Excel` - Specifies the filter type as checkbox. * @default FilterBar */ type: FilterType; /** * Defines the filter bar modes. The available options are, * * `OnEnter`: Initiates filter operation after Enter key is pressed. * * `Immediate`: Initiates filter operation after a certain time interval. By default, time interval is 1500 ms. * @default OnEnter */ mode: FilterBarMode; /** * Shows or hides the filtered status message on the pager. * @default true */ showFilterBarStatus: boolean; /** * Defines the time delay (in milliseconds) in filtering records when the `Immediate` mode of filter bar is set. * @default 1500 */ immediateModeDelay: number; /** * The `operators` is used to override the default operators in filter menu. This should be defined by type wise * (string, number, date and boolean). Based on the column type, this customize operator list will render in filter menu. * * > Check the [`Filter Menu Operator`](./how-to.html#customizing-filter-menu-operators-list) customization. * @default null */ operators: ICustomOptr; /** * If ignoreAccent set to true, then filter ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * * > Check the [`Diacritics`](./filtering.html/#diacritics) filtering. * @default false */ ignoreAccent: boolean; } /** * Configures the selection behavior of the Grid. */ export class SelectionSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SelectionSettings> { /** * Grid supports row, cell, and both (row and cell) selection mode. * @default Row */ mode: SelectionMode; /** * The cell selection modes are flow and box. It requires the selection * [`mode`](./api-selectionSettings.html#mode-selectionmode) to be either cell or both. * * `Flow`: Selects the range of cells between start index and end index that also includes the other cells of the selected rows. * * `Box`: Selects the range of cells within the start and end column indexes that includes in between cells of rows within the range. * * `BoxWithBorder`: Selects the range of cells as like Box mode with borders. * @default Flow */ cellSelectionMode: CellSelectionMode; /** * Defines options for selection type. They are * * `Single`: Allows selection of only a row or a cell. * * `Multiple`: Allows selection of multiple rows or cells. * @default Single */ type: SelectionType; /** * If 'checkboxOnly' set to true, then the Grid selection is allowed only through checkbox. * * > To enable checkboxOnly selection, should specify the column type as`checkbox`. * @default false */ checkboxOnly: boolean; /** * If 'persistSelection' set to true, then the Grid selection is persisted on all operations. * For persisting selection in the Grid, any one of the column should be enabled as a primary key. * @default false */ persistSelection: boolean; /** * Defines options for checkbox selection Mode. They are * * `Default`: This is the default value of the checkboxMode. In this mode, user can select multiple rows by clicking rows one by one. * * `ResetOnRowClick`: In ResetOnRowClick mode, on clicking a row it will reset previously selected row and also multiple * rows can be selected by using CTRL or SHIFT key. * @default Default */ checkboxMode: CheckboxSelectionType; /** * If 'enableSimpleMultiRowSelection' set to true, then the user can able to perform multiple row selection with single clicks. * @default false */ enableSimpleMultiRowSelection: boolean; /** * If 'enableToggle' set to true, then the user can able to perform toggle for the selected row. * @default true */ enableToggle: boolean; } /** * Configures the search behavior of the Grid. */ export class SearchSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SearchSettings> { /** * Specifies the collection of fields included in search operation. By default, bounded columns of the Grid are included. * @default [] */ fields: string[]; /** * Specifies the key value to search Grid records at initial rendering. * You can also get the current search key. * @default '' */ key: string; /** * Defines the operator to search records. The available operators are: * <table> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Operator<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * startswith<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string begins with the specified string.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * endswith<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string ends with the specified string.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * contains<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string contains the specified string. <br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * equal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks whether the string is equal to the specified string.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * notequal<br/></td><td colspan=1 rowspan=1> * Checks for strings not equal to the specified string. <br/></td></tr> * </table> * @default 'contains' */ operator: string; /** * If `ignoreCase` is set to false, searches records that match exactly, else * searches records that are case insensitive(uppercase and lowercase letters treated the same). * @default true */ ignoreCase: boolean; /** * If ignoreAccent set to true, then filter ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * * > Check the [`Diacritics`](./filtering.html/#diacritics) filtering. * @default false */ ignoreAccent: boolean; } /** * Configures the row drop settings of the Grid. */ export class RowDropSettings extends base.ChildProperty<RowDropSettings> { /** * Defines the ID of droppable component on which row drop should occur. * @default null */ targetID: string; } /** * Configures the text wrap settings of the Grid. */ export class TextWrapSettings extends base.ChildProperty<TextWrapSettings> { /** * Defines the `wrapMode` of the Grid. The available modes are: * * `Both`: Wraps both the header and content. * * `Content`: Wraps the header alone. * * `Header`: Wraps the content alone. * @default Both */ wrapMode: WrapMode; } /** * Configures the group behavior of the Grid. */ export class GroupSettings extends base.ChildProperty<GroupSettings> { /** * If `showDropArea` is set to true, the group drop area element will be visible at the top of the Grid. * @default true */ showDropArea: boolean; /** * If `showToggleButton` set to true, then the toggle button will be showed in the column headers which can be used to group * or ungroup columns by clicking them. * @default false */ showToggleButton: boolean; /** * If `showGroupedColumn` is set to false, it hides the grouped column after grouping. * @default false */ showGroupedColumn: boolean; /** * If `showUngroupButton` set to false, then ungroup button is hidden in dropped element. * It can be used to ungroup the grouped column when click on ungroup button. * @default true */ showUngroupButton: boolean; /** * If `disablePageWiseAggregates` set to true, then the group aggregate value will * be calculated from the whole data instead of paged data and two requests will be made for each page * when Grid bound with remote service. * @default false */ disablePageWiseAggregates: boolean; /** * Specifies the column names to group at initial rendering of the Grid. * You can also get the currently grouped columns. * @default [] */ columns: string[]; /** * The Caption Template allows user to display the string or HTML element in group caption. * > It accepts either the * [template string](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/common/template-engine.html) or the HTML element ID. * @default '' */ captionTemplate: string; } /** * Configures the edit behavior of the Grid. */ export class EditSettings extends base.ChildProperty<EditSettings> { /** * If `allowAdding` is set to true, new records can be added to the Grid. * @default false */ allowAdding: boolean; /** * If `allowEditing` is set to true, values can be updated in the existing record. * @default false */ allowEditing: boolean; /** * If `allowDeleting` is set to true, existing record can be deleted from the Grid. * @default false */ allowDeleting: boolean; /** * Defines the mode to edit. The available editing modes are: * * Normal * * Dialog * * Batch * @default Normal */ mode: EditMode; /** * If `allowEditOnDblClick` is set to false, Grid will not allow editing of a record on double click. * @default true */ allowEditOnDblClick: boolean; /** * if `showConfirmDialog` is set to false, confirm dialog does not show when batch changes are saved or discarded. * @default true */ showConfirmDialog: boolean; /** * If `showDeleteConfirmDialog` is set to true, confirm dialog will show delete action. You can also cancel delete command. * @default false */ showDeleteConfirmDialog: boolean; /** * Defines the custom edit elements for the dialog template. * @default '' */ template: string; /** * Defines the position of adding a new row. The available position are: * * Top * * Bottom * @default Top */ newRowPosition: NewRowPosition; /** * Defines the dialog params to edit. * @default {} */ dialog: IDialogUI; /** * If allowNextRowEdit is set to true, editing is done to next row. By default allowNextRowEdit is set to false. * @default false */ allowNextRowEdit: boolean; } /** * Represents the Grid component. * ```html * <div id="grid"></div> * <script> * var gridObj = new Grid({ allowPaging: true }); * gridObj.appendTo("#grid"); * </script> * ``` */ export class Grid extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private gridPager; private isInitial; isPreventScrollEvent: boolean; private columnModel; private rowTemplateFn; private editTemplateFn; private detailTemplateFn; private sortedColumns; private footerElement; private inViewIndexes; private mediaCol; private getShowHideService; private mediaColumn; private dataBoundFunction; private freezeRefresh; /** @hidden */ recordsCount: number; /** @hidden */ isVirtualAdaptive: boolean; /** @hidden */ vRows: Row<Column>[]; /** @hidden */ vcRows: Row<Column>[]; /** @hidden */ vGroupOffsets: { [x: number]: number; }; /** @hidden */ isInitialLoad: boolean; /** * @hidden */ mergeCells: { [key: string]: number; }; /** * @hidden */ checkAllRows: CheckState; /** * @hidden */ isCheckBoxSelection: boolean; /** * @hidden */ isPersistSelection: boolean; /** * Gets the currently visible records of the Grid. */ currentViewData: Object[]; /** @hidden */ parentDetails: ParentDetails; /** @hidden */ currentAction: Action; /** @hidden */ isEdit: boolean; /** @hidden */ commonQuery: data.Query; /** @hidden */ isLastCellPrimaryKey: boolean; /** @hidden */ filterOperators: IFilterOperator; /** @hidden */ localeObj: base.L10n; isSelectedRowIndexUpdating: boolean; private defaultLocale; private keyConfigs; private keyPress; private toolTipObj; private prevElement; private stackedColumn; /** @hidden */ lockcolPositionCount: number; /** @hidden */ prevPageMoving: boolean; /** @hidden */ pageTemplateChange: boolean; /** * @hidden */ renderModule: Render; /** * @hidden */ headerModule: IRenderer; /** * @hidden */ contentModule: IRenderer; /** * @hidden */ valueFormatterService: IValueFormatter; /** * @hidden */ serviceLocator: ServiceLocator; /** * @hidden */ ariaService: AriaService; /** * The `keyboardModule` is used to manipulate keyboard interactions in the Grid. */ keyboardModule: base.KeyboardEvents; /** * @hidden */ widthService: ColumnWidthService; /** * The `rowDragAndDropModule` is used to manipulate row reordering in the Grid. */ rowDragAndDropModule: RowDD; /** * The `pagerModule` is used to manipulate paging in the Grid. */ pagerModule: Page; /** * The `sortModule` is used to manipulate sorting in the Grid. */ sortModule: Sort; /** * The `filterModule` is used to manipulate filtering in the Grid. */ filterModule: Filter; /** * The `selectionModule` is used to manipulate selection behavior in the Grid. */ selectionModule: Selection; /** * The `showHider` is used to manipulate column's show/hide operation in the Grid. */ showHider: ShowHide; /** * The `searchModule` is used to manipulate searching in the Grid. */ searchModule: Search; /** * The `scrollModule` is used to manipulate scrolling in the Grid. */ scrollModule: Scroll; /** * The `reorderModule` is used to manipulate reordering in the Grid. */ reorderModule: Reorder; /** * `resizeModule` is used to manipulate resizing in the Grid. * @hidden */ resizeModule: Resize; /** * The `groupModule` is used to manipulate grouping behavior in the Grid. */ groupModule: Group; /** * The `printModule` is used to handle the printing feature of the Grid. */ printModule: Print; /** * The `excelExportModule` is used to handle Excel exporting feature in the Grid. */ excelExportModule: ExcelExport; /** * The `pdfExportModule` is used to handle PDF exporting feature in the Grid. */ pdfExportModule: PdfExport; /** * `detailRowModule` is used to handle detail rows rendering in the Grid. * @hidden */ detailRowModule: DetailRow; /** * The `toolbarModule` is used to manipulate ToolBar items and its action in the Grid. */ toolbarModule: Toolbar; /** * The `contextMenuModule` is used to handle context menu items and its action in the Grid. */ contextMenuModule: ContextMenu; /** * The `columnMenuModule` is used to manipulate column menu items and its action in the Grid. */ columnMenuModule: ColumnMenu; /** * The `editModule` is used to handle Grid content manipulation. */ editModule: Edit; /** * `clipboardModule` is used to handle Grid copy action. */ clipboardModule: Clipboard; /** * `columnchooserModule` is used to dynamically show or hide the Grid columns. * @hidden */ columnChooserModule: ColumnChooser; /** * The `aggregateModule` is used to manipulate aggregate functionality in the Grid. * @hidden */ aggregateModule: Aggregate; private commandColumnModule; private loggerModule; private enableLogger; private focusModule; protected needsID: boolean; /** * Defines the schema of dataSource. * If the `columns` declaration is empty or undefined then the `columns` are automatically generated from data source. * @default [] */ columns: Column[] | string[] | ColumnModel[]; /** * If `enableAltRow` is set to true, the grid will render with `e-altrow` CSS class to the alternative tr elements. * > Check the [`AltRow`](./row.html#styling-alternate-rows) to customize the styles of alternative rows. * @default true */ enableAltRow: boolean; /** * If `enableHover` is set to true, the row hover is enabled in the Grid. * @default true */ enableHover: boolean; /** * If `enableAutoFill` is set to true, then the auto fill icon will displayed on cell selection for copy cells. * It requires the selection `mode` to be Cell and `cellSelectionMode` to be `Box`. * @default false */ enableAutoFill: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the key board interaction of Grid. * @hidden * @default true */ allowKeyboard: boolean; /** * If `allowTextWrap` set to true, * then text content will wrap to the next line when its text content exceeds the width of the Column Cells. * @default false */ allowTextWrap: boolean; /** * Configures the text wrap in the Grid. * @default {wrapMode:"Both"} */ textWrapSettings: TextWrapSettingsModel; /** * If `allowPaging` is set to true, the pager renders at the footer of the Grid. It is used to handle page navigation in the Grid. * * > Check the [`Paging`](./paging.html) to configure the grid pager. * @default false */ allowPaging: boolean; /** * Configures the pager in the Grid. * @default {currentPage: 1, pageSize: 12, pageCount: 8, enableQueryString: false, pageSizes: false, template: null} */ pageSettings: PageSettingsModel; /** * If `enableVirtualization` set to true, then the Grid will render only the rows visible within the view-port * and load subsequent rows on vertical scrolling. This helps to load large dataset in Grid. * @default false */ enableVirtualization: boolean; /** * If `enableColumnVirtualization` set to true, then the Grid will render only the columns visible within the view-port * and load subsequent columns on horizontal scrolling. This helps to load large dataset of columns in Grid. * @default false */ enableColumnVirtualization: boolean; /** * Configures the search behavior in the Grid. * @default { ignoreCase: true, fields: [], operator: 'contains', key: '' } */ searchSettings: SearchSettingsModel; /** * If `allowSorting` is set to true, it allows sorting of grid records when column header is clicked. * * > Check the [`Sorting`](./sorting.html) to customize its default behavior. * @default false */ allowSorting: boolean; /** * If `allowMultiSorting` set to true, then it will allow the user to sort multiple column in the grid. * > `allowSorting` should be true. * @default false */ allowMultiSorting: boolean; /** * If `allowExcelExport` set to true, then it will allow the user to export grid to Excel file. * * > Check the [`ExcelExport`](./excel-exporting.html) to configure exporting document. * @default false */ allowExcelExport: boolean; /** * If `allowPdfExport` set to true, then it will allow the user to export grid to Pdf file. * * > Check the [`Pdfexport`](./pdf-export.html) to configure the exporting document. * @default false */ allowPdfExport: boolean; /** * Configures the sort settings. * @default {columns:[]} */ sortSettings: SortSettingsModel; /** * If `allowSelection` is set to true, it allows selection of (highlight row) Grid records by clicking it. * @default true */ allowSelection: boolean; /** * The `selectedRowIndex` allows you to select a row at initial rendering. * You can also get the currently selected row index. * @default -1 */ selectedRowIndex: number; /** * Configures the selection settings. * @default {mode: 'Row', cellSelectionMode: 'Flow', type: 'Single'} */ selectionSettings: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * If `allowFiltering` set to true the filter bar will be displayed. * If set to false the filter bar will not be displayed. * Filter bar allows the user to filter grid records with required criteria. * * > Check the [`Filtering`](./filtering.html) to customize its default behavior. * @default false */ allowFiltering: boolean; /** * If `allowReordering` is set to true, Grid columns can be reordered. * Reordering can be done by drag and drop of a particular column from one index to another index. * > If Grid is rendered with stacked headers, reordering is allowed only at the same level as the column headers. * @default false */ allowReordering: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` is set to true, Grid columns can be resized. * @default false */ allowResizing: boolean; /** * If `allowRowDragAndDrop` is set to true, you can drag and drop grid rows at another grid. * @default false */ allowRowDragAndDrop: boolean; /** * Configures the row drop settings. * @default {targetID: ''} */ rowDropSettings: RowDropSettingsModel; /** * Configures the filter settings of the Grid. * @default {columns: [], type: 'FilterBar', mode: 'Immediate', showFilterBarStatus: true, immediateModeDelay: 1500 , operators: {}} */ filterSettings: FilterSettingsModel; /** * If `allowGrouping` set to true, then it will allow the user to dynamically group or ungroup columns. * Grouping can be done by drag and drop columns from column header to group drop area. * * > Check the [`Grouping`](./grouping.html) to customize its default behavior. * @default false */ allowGrouping: boolean; /** * If `showColumnMenu` set to true, then it will enable the column menu options in each columns. * * > Check the [`Column menu`](./columns.html#column-menu) for its configuration. * @default false */ showColumnMenu: boolean; /** * Configures the group settings. * @default {showDropArea: true, showToggleButton: false, showGroupedColumn: false, showUngroupButton: true, columns: []} */ groupSettings: GroupSettingsModel; /** * Configures the edit settings. * @default { allowAdding: false, allowEditing: false, allowDeleting: false, mode:'Normal', * allowEditOnDblClick: true, showConfirmDialog: true, showDeleteConfirmDialog: false } */ editSettings: EditSettingsModel; /** * Configures the Grid aggregate rows. * > Check the [`Aggregates`](./aggregates.html) for its configuration. * @default [] */ aggregates: AggregateRowModel[]; /** * If `showColumnChooser` is set to true, it allows you to dynamically show or hide columns. * * > Check the [`ColumnChooser`](./columns.html#column-chooser) for its configuration. * @default false */ showColumnChooser: boolean; /** * Defines the scrollable height of the grid content. * @default 'auto' */ height: string | number; /** * Defines the Grid width. * @default 'auto' */ width: string | number; /** * Defines the mode of grid lines. The available modes are, * * `Both`: Displays both horizontal and vertical grid lines. * * `None`: No grid lines are displayed. * * `Horizontal`: Displays the horizontal grid lines only. * * `Vertical`: Displays the vertical grid lines only. * * `Default`: Displays grid lines based on the theme. * @default Default */ gridLines: GridLine; /** * The row template that renders customized rows from the given template. * By default, Grid renders a table row for every data source item. * > * It accepts either [template string](../common/template-engine.html) or HTML element ID. * > * The row template must be a table row. * * > Check the [`Row Template`](./row.html) customization. */ rowTemplate: string; /** * The detail template allows you to show or hide additional information about a particular row. * * > It accepts either the [template string](../common/template-engine.html) or the HTML element ID. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/detail-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} */ detailTemplate: string; /** * Defines Grid options to render child Grid. * It requires the [`queryString`](./api-grid.html#querystring-string) for parent * and child relationship. * * > Check the [`Child Grid`](./hierarchy-grid.html) for its configuration. */ childGrid: GridModel; /** * Defines the relationship between parent and child datasource. It acts as the foreign key for parent datasource. */ queryString: string; /** * Defines the print modes. The available print modes are * * `AllPages`: Prints all pages of the Grid. * * `CurrentPage`: Prints the current page of the Grid. * @default AllPages */ printMode: PrintMode; /** * Defines the hierarchy grid print modes. The available modes are * * `Expanded` - Prints the master grid with expanded child grids. * * `All` - Prints the master grid with all the child grids. * * `None` - Prints the master grid alone. * @default Expanded */ hierarchyPrintMode: HierarchyGridPrintMode; /** * It is used to render grid table rows. * If the `dataSource` is an array of JavaScript objects, * then Grid will create instance of [`data.DataManager`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-dataManager.html) * from this `dataSource`. * If the `dataSource` is an existing [`data.DataManager`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-dataManager.html), * the Grid will not initialize a new one. * * > Check the available [`Adaptors`](../data/adaptors.html) to customize the data operation. * @default [] */ dataSource: Object | data.DataManager | DataResult; /** * Defines the height of Grid rows. * @default null */ rowHeight: number; /** * Defines the external [`data.Query`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-query.html) * that will be executed along with data processing. * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * Defines the currencyCode format of the Grid columns * @private */ private currencyCode; /** * `toolbar` defines the ToolBar items of the Grid. * It contains built-in and custom toolbar items. * If a string value is assigned to the `toolbar` option, it is considered as the template for the whole Grid ToolBar. * If an array value is assigned, it is considered as the list of built-in and custom toolbar items in the Grid's Toolbar. * <br><br> * The available built-in ToolBar items are: * * Add: Adds a new record. * * Edit: Edits the selected record. * * Update: Updates the edited record. * * Delete: Deletes the selected record. * * Cancel: Cancels the edit state. * * Search: Searches records by the given key. * * Print: Prints the Grid. * * ExcelExport - Export the Grid to Excel(excelExport() method manually to make export.) * * PdfExport - Export the Grid to PDF(pdfExport() method manually to make export.) * * CsvExport - Export the Grid to CSV(csvExport() method manually to make export.)<br><br> * The following code example implements the custom toolbar items. * * > Check the [`Toolbar`](./tool-bar.html#custom-toolbar-items) to customize its default items. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/toolbar-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ toolbar: (ToolbarItems | string | navigations.ItemModel | ToolbarItem)[]; /** * `contextMenuItems` defines both built-in and custom context menu items. * <br><br> * The available built-in items are, * * `AutoFitAll` - Auto fit the size of all columns. * * `AutoFit` - Auto fit the current column. * * `Group` - Group by current column. * * `Ungroup` - Ungroup by current column. * * `Edit` - Edit the current record. * * `Delete` - Delete the current record. * * `Save` - Save the edited record. * * `Cancel` - Cancel the edited state. * * `Copy` - Copy the selected records. * * `PdfExport` - Export the grid as Pdf format. * * `ExcelExport` - Export the grid as Excel format. * * `CsvExport` - Export the grid as CSV format. * * `SortAscending` - Sort the current column in ascending order. * * `SortDescending` - Sort the current column in descending order. * * `FirstPage` - Go to the first page. * * `PrevPage` - Go to the previous page. * * `LastPage` - Go to the last page. * * `NextPage` - Go to the next page. * * @default null */ contextMenuItems: ContextMenuItem[] | ContextMenuItemModel[]; /** * `columnMenuItems` defines both built-in and custom column menu items. * <br><br> * The available built-in items are, * * `AutoFitAll` - Auto fit the size of all columns. * * `AutoFit` - Auto fit the current column. * * `Group` - Group by current column. * * `Ungroup` - Ungroup by current column. * * `SortAscending` - Sort the current column in ascending order. * * `SortDescending` - Sort the current column in descending order. * * `Filter` - Filter options will show based on filterSettings property like checkbox filter, excel filter, menu filter. * @default null */ columnMenuItems: ColumnMenuItem[] | ColumnMenuItemModel[]; /** * @hidden * It used to render toolbar template * @default null */ toolbarTemplate: string; /** * @hidden * It used to render pager template * @default null */ pagerTemplate: string; /** * Gets or sets the number of frozen rows. * @default 0 */ frozenRows: number; /** * Gets or sets the number of frozen columns. * @default 0 */ frozenColumns: number; /** * `columnQueryMode`provides options to retrive data from the datasource.Their types are * * `All`: It Retrives whole datasource. * * `Schema`: Retrives data for all the defined columns in grid from the datasource. * * `ExcludeHidden`: Retrives data only for visible columns of grid from the dataSource. * @default All */ columnQueryMode: ColumnQueryModeType; /** * Triggers when the component is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * This event allows customization of Grid properties before rendering. * @event */ load: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggered every time a request is made to access row information, element, or data. * This will be triggered before the row element is appended to the Grid element. * @event */ rowDataBound: base.EmitType<RowDataBoundEventArgs>; /** * Triggered every time a request is made to access cell information, element, or data. * This will be triggered before the cell element is appended to the Grid element. * @event */ queryCellInfo: base.EmitType<QueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggered for stacked header. * @event */ headerCellInfo: base.EmitType<HeaderCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when Grid actions such as sorting, filtering, paging, grouping etc., starts. * @event */ actionBegin: base.EmitType<PageEventArgs | GroupEventArgs | FilterEventArgs | SearchEventArgs | SortEventArgs | AddEventArgs | SaveEventArgs | EditEventArgs | DeleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when Grid actions such as sorting, filtering, paging, grouping etc. are completed. * @event */ actionComplete: base.EmitType<PageEventArgs | GroupEventArgs | FilterEventArgs | SearchEventArgs | SortEventArgs | AddEventArgs | SaveEventArgs | EditEventArgs | DeleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when any Grid action failed to achieve the desired results. * @event */ actionFailure: base.EmitType<FailureEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when data source is populated in the Grid. * @event */ dataBound: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when record is double clicked. * @event */ recordDoubleClick: base.EmitType<RecordDoubleClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before row selection occurs. * @event */ rowSelecting: base.EmitType<RowSelectingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after a row is selected. * @event */ rowSelected: base.EmitType<RowSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before deselecting the selected row. * @event */ rowDeselecting: base.EmitType<RowDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a selected row is deselected. * @event */ rowDeselected: base.EmitType<RowDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before any cell selection occurs. * @event */ cellSelecting: base.EmitType<CellSelectingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after a cell is selected. * @event */ cellSelected: base.EmitType<CellSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the selected cell is deselecting. * @event */ cellDeselecting: base.EmitType<CellDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a particular selected cell is deselected. * @event */ cellDeselected: base.EmitType<CellDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when column header element drag (move) starts. * @event */ columnDragStart: base.EmitType<ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when column header element is dragged (moved) continuously. * @event */ columnDrag: base.EmitType<ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a column header element is dropped on the target column. * @event */ columnDrop: base.EmitType<ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after print action is completed. * @event */ printComplete: base.EmitType<PrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the print action starts. * @event */ beforePrint: base.EmitType<PrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each cell to PDF document. You can also customize the PDF cells. * @event */ pdfQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<PdfQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each header cell to PDF document. You can also customize the PDF cells. * @event */ pdfHeaderQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<PdfHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each detail Grid to PDF document. * @event */ exportDetailDataBound: base.EmitType<ExportDetailDataBoundEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each cell to Excel file. * You can also customize the Excel cells. * @event */ excelQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<ExcelQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each header cell to Excel file. * You can also customize the Excel cells. * @event */ excelHeaderQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<ExcelHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before Grid data is exported to Excel file. * @event */ beforeExcelExport: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers after Grid data is exported to Excel file. * @event */ excelExportComplete: base.EmitType<ExcelExportCompleteArgs>; /** * Triggers before Grid data is exported to PDF document. * @event */ beforePdfExport: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers after Grid data is exported to PDF document. * @event */ pdfExportComplete: base.EmitType<PdfExportCompleteArgs>; /** * Triggers when row element's before drag(move). * @event */ rowDragStartHelper: base.EmitType<RowDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after detail row expands. * > This event triggers at initial expand. * @event */ detailDataBound: base.EmitType<DetailDataBoundEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when row element's drag(move) starts. * @event */ rowDragStart: base.EmitType<RowDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when row elements are dragged (moved) continuously. * @event */ rowDrag: base.EmitType<RowDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when row elements are dropped on the target row. * @event */ rowDrop: base.EmitType<RowDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when toolbar item is clicked. * @event */ toolbarClick: base.EmitType<navigations.ClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the columnChooser open. * @event */ beforeOpenColumnChooser: base.EmitType<ColumnChooserEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when records are added in batch mode. * @event */ batchAdd: base.EmitType<BatchAddArgs>; /** * Triggers when records are deleted in batch mode. * @event */ batchDelete: base.EmitType<BatchDeleteArgs>; /** * Triggers when cancel the batch edit changes batch mode. * @event */ batchCancel: base.EmitType<BatchCancelArgs>; /** * Triggers before records are added in batch mode. * @event */ beforeBatchAdd: base.EmitType<BeforeBatchAddArgs>; /** * Triggers before records are deleted in batch mode. * @event */ beforeBatchDelete: base.EmitType<BeforeBatchDeleteArgs>; /** * Triggers before records are saved in batch mode. * @event */ beforeBatchSave: base.EmitType<BeforeBatchSaveArgs>; /** * Triggers before the record is to be edit. * @event */ beginEdit: base.EmitType<BeginEditArgs>; /** * Triggers when the cell is being edited. * @event */ cellEdit: base.EmitType<CellEditArgs>; /** * Triggers when cell is saved. * @event */ cellSave: base.EmitType<CellSaveArgs>; /** * Triggers when cell is saved. * @event */ cellSaved: base.EmitType<CellSaveArgs>; /** * Triggers when column resize starts. * @event */ resizeStart: base.EmitType<ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers on column resizing. * @event */ resizing: base.EmitType<ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers when column resize ends. * @event */ resizeStop: base.EmitType<ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers before data is bound to Grid. * @event */ beforeDataBound: base.EmitType<BeforeDataBoundArgs>; /** * Triggers before context menu opens. * @event */ contextMenuOpen: base.EmitType<navigations.BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when click on context menu. * @event */ contextMenuClick: base.EmitType<navigations.MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before column menu opens. * @event */ columnMenuOpen: base.EmitType<ColumnMenuOpenEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when click on column menu. * @event */ columnMenuClick: base.EmitType<navigations.MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the check box state change in checkbox column. * @event */ checkBoxChange: base.EmitType<CheckBoxChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before Grid copy action. * @event */ beforeCopy: base.EmitType<BeforeCopyEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the grid actions such as Sorting, Paging, Grouping etc., are done. * In this event,the current view data and total record count should be assigned to the `dataSource` based on the action performed. * @event */ dataStateChange: base.EmitType<DataStateChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the grid data is added, deleted and updated. * Invoke the done method from the argument to start render after edit operation. * @event */ dataSourceChanged: base.EmitType<DataSourceChangedEventArgs>; /** * Constructor for creating the component * @hidden */ constructor(options?: GridModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @return {string} * @hidden */ getPersistData(): string; private ignoreInArrays; private ignoreInColumn; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for component rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @hidden */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; extendRequiredModules(modules: base.ModuleDeclaration[]): void; /** * For internal use only - Initialize the event handler; * @private */ protected preRender(): void; private initProperties; /** * For internal use only - To Initialize the component rendering. * @private */ protected render(): void; /** * By default, grid shows the spinner for all its actions. You can use this method to show spinner at your needed time. */ showSpinner(): void; /** * Manually showed spinner needs to hide by `hideSpinnner`. */ hideSpinner(): void; private updateStackedFilter; private getMediaColumns; /** * @hidden */ mediaQueryUpdate(columnIndex: number, e?: MediaQueryList): void; private refreshMediaCol; /** * For internal use only - Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected eventInitializer(): void; /** * Destroys the component (detaches/removes all event handlers, attributes, classes, and empties the component element). * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private destroyDependentModules; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; private enableBoxSelection; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @hidden */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: GridModel, oldProp: GridModel): void; private extendedPropertyChange; private maintainSelection; /** * @private */ setProperties(prop: Object, muteOnChange?: boolean): void; /** * @hidden */ updateDefaultCursor(): void; private updateColumnModel; private updateFrozenColumns; private updateLockableColumns; private checkLockColumns; /** * Gets the columns from the Grid. * @return {Column[]} */ getColumns(isRefresh?: boolean): Column[]; /** * @private */ getStackedHeaderColumnByHeaderText(stackedHeader: string, col: Column[]): Column; /** * @private */ getColumnIndexesInView(): number[]; /** * @private */ getQuery(): data.Query; /** * @private */ getLocaleConstants(): Object; /** * @private */ setColumnIndexesInView(indexes: number[]): void; /** * Gets the visible columns from the Grid. * @return {Column[]} */ getVisibleColumns(): Column[]; /** * Gets the header div of the Grid. * @return {Element} */ getHeaderContent(): Element; /** * Sets the header div of the Grid to replace the old header. * @param {Element} element - Specifies the Grid header. * @return {void} */ setGridHeaderContent(element: Element): void; /** * Gets the content table of the Grid. * @return {Element} */ getContentTable(): Element; /** * Sets the content table of the Grid to replace the old content table. * @param {Element} element - Specifies the Grid content table. * @return {void} */ setGridContentTable(element: Element): void; /** * Gets the content div of the Grid. * @return {Element} */ getContent(): Element; /** * Sets the content div of the Grid to replace the old Grid content. * @param {Element} element - Specifies the Grid content. * @return {void} */ setGridContent(element: Element): void; /** * Gets the header table element of the Grid. * @return {Element} */ getHeaderTable(): Element; /** * Sets the header table of the Grid to replace the old one. * @param {Element} element - Specifies the Grid header table. * @return {void} */ setGridHeaderTable(element: Element): void; /** * Gets the footer div of the Grid. * @return {Element} */ getFooterContent(): Element; /** * Gets the footer table element of the Grid. * @return {Element} */ getFooterContentTable(): Element; /** * Gets the pager of the Grid. * @return {Element} */ getPager(): Element; /** * Sets the pager of the Grid to replace the old pager. * @param {Element} element - Specifies the Grid pager. * @return {void} */ setGridPager(element: Element): void; /** * Gets a row by index. * @param {number} index - Specifies the row index. * @return {Element} */ getRowByIndex(index: number): Element; /** * Gets a movable tables row by index. * @param {number} index - Specifies the row index. * @return {Element} */ getMovableRowByIndex(index: number): Element; /** * Gets all the data rows of the Grid. * @return {Element[]} */ getRows(): Element[]; /** * Get a row information based on cell * @param {Element} * @return RowInfo */ getRowInfo(target: Element | EventTarget): RowInfo; /** * Gets the Grid's movable content rows from frozen grid. * @return {Element[]} */ getMovableRows(): Element[]; /** * Gets all the Grid's data rows. * @return {Element[]} */ getDataRows(): Element[]; /** * @hidden */ addMovableRows(fRows: HTMLElement[], mrows: HTMLElement[]): HTMLElement[]; private generateDataRows; /** * Gets all the Grid's movable table data rows. * @return {Element[]} */ getMovableDataRows(): Element[]; /** * Updates particular cell value based on the given primary key value. * > Primary key column must be specified using `columns.isPrimaryKey` property. * @param {string| number} key - Specifies the PrimaryKey value of dataSource. * @param {string } field - Specifies the field name which you want to update. * @param {string | number | boolean | Date} value - To update new value for the particular cell. */ setCellValue(key: string | number, field: string, value: string | number | boolean | Date): void; /** * Updates and refresh the particular row values based on the given primary key value. * > Primary key column must be specified using `columns.isPrimaryKey` property. * @param {string| number} key - Specifies the PrimaryKey value of dataSource. * @param {Object} rowData - To update new data for the particular row. */ setRowData(key: string | number, rowData?: Object): void; /** * Gets a cell by row and column index. * @param {number} rowIndex - Specifies the row index. * @param {number} columnIndex - Specifies the column index. * @return {Element} */ getCellFromIndex(rowIndex: number, columnIndex: number): Element; /** * Gets a movable table cell by row and column index. * @param {number} rowIndex - Specifies the row index. * @param {number} columnIndex - Specifies the column index. * @return {Element} */ getMovableCellFromIndex(rowIndex: number, columnIndex: number): Element; /** * Gets a column header by column index. * @param {number} index - Specifies the column index. * @return {Element} */ getColumnHeaderByIndex(index: number): Element; /** * @hidden */ getRowObjectFromUID(uid: string): Row<Column>; private rowObject; /** * @hidden */ getRowsObject(): Row<Column>[]; /** * @hidden */ getMovableRowsObject(): Row<Column>[]; /** * Gets a column header by column name. * @param {string} field - Specifies the column name. * @return {Element} */ getColumnHeaderByField(field: string): Element; /** * Gets a column header by UID. * @param {string} field - Specifies the column uid. * @return {Element} */ getColumnHeaderByUid(uid: string): Element; /** * @hidden */ getColumnByIndex(index: number): Column; /** * Gets a Column by column name. * @param {string} field - Specifies the column name. * @return {Column} */ getColumnByField(field: string): Column; /** * Gets a column index by column name. * @param {string} field - Specifies the column name. * @return {number} */ getColumnIndexByField(field: string): number; /** * Gets a column by UID. * @param {string} uid - Specifies the column UID. * @return {Column} */ getColumnByUid(uid: string): Column; /** * @hidden */ getStackedColumns(columns: Column[], stackedColumn?: Column[]): Column[]; /** * Gets a column index by UID. * @param {string} uid - Specifies the column UID. * @return {number} */ getColumnIndexByUid(uid: string): number; /** * Gets UID by column name. * @param {string} field - Specifies the column name. * @return {string} */ getUidByColumnField(field: string): string; /** * Gets TH index by column uid value. * @private * @param {string} uid - Specifies the column uid. * @return {number} */ getNormalizedColumnIndex(uid: string): number; /** * Gets the collection of column fields. * @return {string[]} */ getColumnFieldNames(): string[]; /** * Gets a compiled row template. * @return {Function} * @private */ getRowTemplate(): Function; /** * Gets a compiled detail row template. * @private * @return {Function} */ getDetailTemplate(): Function; /** * Gets a compiled detail row template. * @private * @return {Function} */ getEditTemplate(): Function; /** * Get the names of the primary key columns of the Grid. * @return {string[]} */ getPrimaryKeyFieldNames(): string[]; /** * Refreshes the Grid header and content. */ refresh(): void; /** * Refreshes the Grid header. */ refreshHeader(): void; /** * Gets the collection of selected rows. * @return {Element[]} */ getSelectedRows(): Element[]; /** * Gets the collection of selected row indexes. * @return {number[]} */ getSelectedRowIndexes(): number[]; /** * Gets the collection of selected row and cell indexes. * @return {number[]} */ getSelectedRowCellIndexes(): ISelectedCell[]; /** * Gets the collection of selected records. * @return {Object[]} */ getSelectedRecords(): Object[]; /** * Gets the data module. * @return {Data} */ getDataModule(): Data; /** * Shows a column by its column name. * @param {string|string[]} keys - Defines a single or collection of column names. * @param {string} showBy - Defines the column key either as field name or header text. * @return {void} */ showColumns(keys: string | string[], showBy?: string): void; /** * Hides a column by column name. * @param {string|string[]} keys - Defines a single or collection of column names. * @param {string} hideBy - Defines the column key either as field name or header text. * @return {void} */ hideColumns(keys: string | string[], hideBy?: string): void; /** * @hidden */ getFrozenColumns(): number; /** * @hidden */ getVisibleFrozenColumns(): number; private getVisibleFrozenColumnsCount; private getVisibleFrozenCount; private getFrozenCount; /** * Navigates to the specified target page. * @param {number} pageNo - Defines the page number to navigate. * @return {void} */ goToPage(pageNo: number): void; /** * Defines the text of external message. * @param {string} message - Defines the message to update. * @return {void} */ updateExternalMessage(message: string): void; /** * Sorts a column with the given options. * @param {string} columnName - Defines the column name to be sorted. * @param {SortDirection} direction - Defines the direction of sorting field. * @param {boolean} isMultiSort - Specifies whether the previous sorted columns are to be maintained. * @return {void} */ sortColumn(columnName: string, direction: SortDirection, isMultiSort?: boolean): void; /** * Clears all the sorted columns of the Grid. * @return {void} */ clearSorting(): void; /** * Remove sorted column by field name. * @param {string} field - Defines the column field name to remove sort. * @return {void} * @hidden */ removeSortColumn(field: string): void; /** * Filters grid row by column name with the given options. * @param {string} fieldName - Defines the field name of the column. * @param {string} filterOperator - Defines the operator to filter records. * @param {string | number | Date | boolean} filterValue - Defines the value used to filter records. * @param {string} predicate - Defines the relationship between one filter query and another by using AND or OR predicate. * @param {boolean} matchCase - If match case is set to true, the grid filters the records with exact match. if false, it filters case * insensitive records (uppercase and lowercase letters treated the same). * @param {boolean} ignoreAccent - If ignoreAccent set to true, * then filter ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * @param {string} actualFilterValue - Defines the actual filter value for the filter column. * @param {string} actualOperator - Defines the actual filter operator for the filter column. * @return {void} */ filterByColumn(fieldName: string, filterOperator: string, filterValue: string | number | Date | boolean, predicate?: string, matchCase?: boolean, ignoreAccent?: boolean, actualFilterValue?: string, actualOperator?: string): void; /** * Clears all the filtered rows of the Grid. * @return {void} */ clearFiltering(): void; /** * Removes filtered column by field name. * @param {string} field - Defines column field name to remove filter. * @param {boolean} isClearFilterBar - Specifies whether the filter bar value needs to be cleared. * @return {void} * @hidden */ removeFilteredColsByField(field: string, isClearFilterBar?: boolean): void; /** * Selects a row by given index. * @param {number} index - Defines the row index. * @param {boolean} isToggle - If set to true, then it toggles the selection. * @return {void} */ selectRow(index: number, isToggle?: boolean): void; /** * Selects a collection of rows by indexes. * @param {number[]} rowIndexes - Specifies the row indexes. * @return {void} */ selectRows(rowIndexes: number[]): void; /** * Deselects the current selected rows and cells. * @return {void} */ clearSelection(): void; /** * Selects a cell by the given index. * @param {IIndex} cellIndex - Defines the row and column indexes. * @param {boolean} isToggle - If set to true, then it toggles the selection. * @return {void} */ selectCell(cellIndex: IIndex, isToggle?: boolean): void; /** * Selects a range of cells from start and end indexes. * @param {IIndex} startIndex - Specifies the row and column's start index. * @param {IIndex} endIndex - Specifies the row and column's end index. * @return {void} */ selectCellsByRange(startIndex: IIndex, endIndex?: IIndex): void; /** * Searches Grid records using the given key. * You can customize the default search option by using the * [`searchSettings`](./api-searchSettings.html). * @param {string} searchString - Defines the key. * @return {void} */ search(searchString: string): void; /** * By default, prints all the pages of the Grid and hides the pager. * > You can customize print options using the * [`printMode`](./api-grid.html#printmode-string). * @return {void} */ print(): void; /** * Delete a record with Given options. If fieldname and data is not given then grid will delete the selected record. * > `editSettings.allowDeleting` should be true. * @param {string} fieldname - Defines the primary key field, 'Name of the column'. * @param {Object} data - Defines the JSON data of the record to be deleted. */ deleteRecord(fieldname?: string, data?: Object): void; /** * To edit any particular row by TR element. * @param {HTMLTableRowElement} tr - Defines the table row to be edited. */ startEdit(): void; /** * If Grid is in editable state, you can save a record by invoking endEdit. */ endEdit(): void; /** * Cancels edited state. */ closeEdit(): void; /** * Adds a new record to the Grid. Without passing parameters, it adds empty rows. * > `editSettings.allowEditing` should be true. * @param {Object} data - Defines the new add record data. * @param {number} index - Defines the row index to be added */ addRecord(data?: Object, index?: number): void; /** * Delete any visible row by TR element. * @param {HTMLTableRowElement} tr - Defines the table row element. */ deleteRow(tr: HTMLTableRowElement): void; /** * Copy the selected rows or cells data into clipboard. * @param {boolean} withHeader - Specifies whether the column header text needs to be copied along with rows or cells. */ copy(withHeader?: boolean): void; /** * @hidden */ recalcIndentWidth(): void; /** * @hidden */ isRowDragable(): boolean; /** * Changes the Grid column positions by field names. * @param {string} fromFName - Defines the origin field name. * @param {string} toFName - Defines the destination field name. * @return {void} */ reorderColumns(fromFName: string | string[], toFName: string): void; /** * Changes the Grid column positions by field index. If you invoke reorderColumnByIndex multiple times, * then you won't get the same results every time. * @param {number} fromIndex - Defines the origin field index. * @param {number} toIndex - Defines the destination field index. * @return {void} */ reorderColumnByIndex(fromIndex: number, toIndex: number): void; /** * Changes the Grid column positions by field index. If you invoke reorderColumnByTargetIndex multiple times, * then you will get the same results every time. * @param {string} fieldName - Defines the field name. * @param {number} toIndex - Defines the destination field index. * @return {void} */ reorderColumnByTargetIndex(fieldName: string | string[], toIndex: number): void; /** * Changes the Grid Row position with given indexes. * @param {number} fromIndexes - Defines the origin Indexes. * @param {number} toIndex - Defines the destination Index. * @return {void} */ reorderRows(fromIndexes: number[], toIndex: number): void; /** * @hidden */ refreshDataSource(e: ReturnType, args: NotifyArgs): void; /** * @hidden */ disableRowDD(enable: boolean): void; /** * Changes the column width to automatically fit its content to ensure that the width shows the content without wrapping/hiding. * > * This method ignores the hidden columns. * > * Uses the `autoFitColumns` method in the `dataBound` event to resize at initial rendering. * @param {string |string[]} fieldNames - Defines the column names. * @return {void} * * * ```typescript * <div id="Grid"></div> * <script> * let gridObj: Grid = new Grid({ * dataSource: employeeData, * columns: [ * { field: 'OrderID', headerText: 'Order ID', width:100 }, * { field: 'EmployeeID', headerText: 'Employee ID' }], * dataBound: () => gridObj.autoFitColumns('EmployeeID') * }); * gridObj.appendTo('#Grid'); * </script> * ``` * */ autoFitColumns(fieldNames?: string | string[]): void; /** * @hidden */ createColumnchooser(x: number, y: number, target: Element): void; private initializeServices; private processModel; private initForeignColumn; private gridRender; private dataReady; private updateRTL; private createGridPopUpElement; private updateGridLines; private updateResizeLines; /** * The function is used to apply text wrap * @return {void} * @hidden */ applyTextWrap(): void; /** * The function is used to remove text wrap * @return {void} * @hidden */ removeTextWrap(): void; /** * The function is used to add Tooltip to the grid cell that has ellipsiswithtooltip clip mode. * @return {void} * @hidden */ createTooltip(): void; private getTooltipStatus; private mouseMoveHandler; private isEllipsisTooltip; private scrollHandler; /** * To create table for ellipsiswithtooltip * @hidden */ protected createTable(table: Element, tag: string, type: string): HTMLDivElement; private keyPressed; /** * Binding events to the element while component creation. * @hidden */ wireEvents(): void; /** * Unbinding events from the element while component destroy. * @hidden */ unwireEvents(): void; /** * @hidden */ addListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeListener(): void; /** * Get current visible data of grid. * @return {Object[]} * @hidden */ getCurrentViewRecords(): Object[]; private mouseClickHandler; private checkEdit; private dblClickHandler; private focusOutHandler; private isChildGrid; private mergePersistGridData; private mergeColumns; private isDetail; private isCommandColumn; private isForeignKeyEnabled; private keyActionHandler; /** * @hidden */ setInjectedModules(modules: Function[]): void; private updateColumnObject; /** * Gets the foreign columns from Grid. * @return {Column[]} */ getForeignKeyColumns(): Column[]; /** * @hidden */ getRowHeight(): number; /** * Refreshes the Grid column changes. */ refreshColumns(): void; /** * Export Grid data to Excel file(.xlsx). * @param {ExcelExportProperties} excelExportProperties - Defines the export properties of the Grid. * @param {boolean} isMultipleExport - Define to enable multiple export. * @param {workbook} workbook - Defines the Workbook if multiple export is enabled. * @param {boolean} isBlob - If 'isBlob' set to true, then it will be returned as blob data. * @return {Promise<any>} */ excelExport(excelExportProperties?: ExcelExportProperties, isMultipleExport?: boolean, workbook?: any, isBlob?: boolean): Promise<any>; /** * Export Grid data to CSV file. * @param {ExcelExportProperties} excelExportProperties - Defines the export properties of the Grid. * @param {boolean} isMultipleExport - Define to enable multiple export. * @param {workbook} workbook - Defines the Workbook if multiple export is enabled. * @param {boolean} isBlob - If 'isBlob' set to true, then it will be returned as blob data. * @return {Promise<any>} * */ csvExport(excelExportProperties?: ExcelExportProperties, isMultipleExport?: boolean, workbook?: any, isBlob?: boolean): Promise<any>; /** * Export Grid data to PDF document. * @param {pdfExportProperties} PdfExportProperties - Defines the export properties of the Grid. * @param {isMultipleExport} isMultipleExport - Define to enable multiple export. * @param {pdfDoc} pdfDoc - Defined the Pdf Document if multiple export is enabled. * @param {boolean} isBlob - If 'isBlob' set to true, then it will be returned as blob data. * @return {Promise<any>} * */ pdfExport(pdfExportProperties?: PdfExportProperties, isMultipleExport?: boolean, pdfDoc?: Object, isBlob?: boolean): Promise<Object>; /** * Groups a column by column name. * @param {string} columnName - Defines the column name to group. * @return {void} */ groupColumn(columnName: string): void; /** * Ungroups a column by column name. * @param {string} columnName - Defines the column name to ungroup. * @return {void} */ ungroupColumn(columnName: string): void; /** * @hidden */ isContextMenuOpen(): boolean; /** * @hidden */ ensureModuleInjected(module: Function): boolean; /** * Destroys the given template reference. * @param {string[]} propertyNames - Defines the collection of template name. */ destroyTemplate(propertyNames?: string[], index?: any): void; /** * @hidden * @private */ log(type: string | string[], args?: Object): void; /** * @hidden */ getPreviousRowData(): Object; hideScroll(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/base/interface.d.ts /** * Specifies grid interfaces. * @hidden */ export interface IGrid extends base.Component<HTMLElement> { currentViewData?: Object[]; /** * Specifies the columns for Grid. * @default [] */ columns?: Column[] | string[] | ColumnModel[]; /** * Specifies whether the enableAltRow is enable or not. * @default null */ enableAltRow?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the enable row hover is enable or not. * @default null */ enableHover?: boolean; /** * Specifies the allowKeyboard Navigation for the Grid. * @default null */ allowKeyboard?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the allowTextWrap is enabled or not. * @default null */ allowTextWrap?: boolean; /** * Specifies the 'textWrapSettings' for Grid. * @default [] */ textWrapSettings?: TextWrapSettingsModel; /** * Specifies whether the paging is enable or not. * @default null */ allowPaging?: boolean; /** * Specifies the 'enableAutoFill' for Grid. * @default [] */ enableAutoFill?: boolean; /** * Specifies the pageSettings for Grid. * @default PageSettings */ pageSettings?: PageSettingsModel; enableVirtualization: boolean; enableColumnVirtualization: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the sorting is enable or not. * @default null */ allowSorting?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the multi-sorting is enable or not. * @default null */ allowMultiSorting?: boolean; /** * Specifies the sortSettings for Grid. * @default [] */ sortSettings?: SortSettingsModel; /** * Specifies whether the Excel exporting is enable or not. * @default null */ allowExcelExport?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the Pdf exporting is enable or not. * @default null */ allowPdfExport?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the selection is enable or not. * @default null */ allowSelection?: boolean; /** * It is used to select the row while initializing the grid. * @default -1 */ selectedRowIndex?: number; /** * Specifies the selectionSettings for Grid. * @default [] */ selectionSettings?: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * Specifies whether the reordering is enable or not. * @default null */ allowReordering?: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` set to true, then the Grid columns can be resized. * @default false */ allowResizing?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the filtering is enable or not. * @default null */ allowFiltering?: boolean; /** * Specifies the filterSettings for Grid. * @default [] */ filterSettings?: FilterSettingsModel; /** * Specifies whether the grouping is enable or not. * @default null */ allowGrouping?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the column menu is show or not. * @default null */ showColumnMenu?: boolean; /** * Specifies the groupSettings for Grid. * @default [] */ groupSettings?: GroupSettingsModel; /** * if showColumnChooser is true, then column chooser will be enabled in Grid. * @default false */ showColumnChooser?: boolean; /** * Specifies the editSettings for Grid. * @default [] */ editSettings?: EditSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the summaryRows for Grid. * @default [] */ aggregates?: AggregateRowModel[]; /** * Specifies scrollable height of the grid content. * @default 'auto' */ height?: string | number; /** * Specifies scrollable width of the grid content. * @default 'auto' */ width?: string | number; /** * Specifies the searchSettings for Grid. * @default [] */ searchSettings?: SearchSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the rowDropSettings for Grid. * @default [] */ rowDropSettings?: RowDropSettingsModel; /** * Specifies whether the allowRowDragAndDrop is enable or not. * @default false */ allowRowDragAndDrop?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the gridLines mode * @default null */ gridLines?: GridLine; /** * Specifies rowTemplate */ rowTemplate?: string; /** * Specifies detailTemplate */ detailTemplate?: string; /** * Defines the child Grid to add inside the data rows of the parent Grid with expand/collapse options. */ childGrid?: GridModel; /** * Defines the relation between parent and child grid. */ queryString?: string; /** * Specifies the printMode */ printMode?: PrintMode; /** * Specifies the dataSource for Grid. * @default [] */ dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Defines the row height for Grid rows. * @default null */ rowHeight?: number; /** * Specifies the query for Grid. * @default [] */ query?: data.Query; /** * @hidden * `columnQueryMode`provides options to retrive data from the datasource. * @default All */ columnQueryMode?: ColumnQueryModeType; /** * @hidden * `vGroupOffsets`provides options to store the whole data objects block heights. * @default false */ isVirtualAdaptive?: boolean; /** * @hidden * `vGroupOffsets`provides options to store the whole data objects block heights. * @default {} */ vGroupOffsets?: { [x: number]: number; }; /** * @hidden * `vRows`provides options to store the whole row objects from the datasource. * @default [] */ vRows?: Row<Column>[]; /** * @hidden * `vcRows`provides options to store the whole row objects from the datasource. * @default [] */ vcRows?: Row<Column>[]; /** * @hidden * Specifies the toolbar for Grid. * @default null */ toolbar?: (ToolbarItems | string | navigations.ItemModel | ToolbarItem)[]; /** * Specifies the context menu items for Grid. * @default null */ contextMenuItems?: ContextMenuItem[] | ContextMenuItemModel[]; /** * Specifies the column menu items for Grid. * @default null */ columnMenuItems?: string[] | ContextMenuItemModel[]; /** * @hidden * It used to render toolbar template * @default null */ toolbarTemplate?: string; /** * @hidden * It used to render pager template * @default null */ pagerTemplate?: string; /** * @hidden * It used to indicate initial loading * @default false */ isInitialLoad?: boolean; /** * Defines the frozen rows for the grid content * @default 0 */ frozenRows?: number; /** * Defines the frozen columns for the grid content * @default 0 */ frozenColumns?: number; /** * Specifies whether the Searching for columns is enable or not. * @default true */ allowSearching?: boolean; isEdit?: boolean; commonQuery?: data.Query; isLastCellPrimaryKey?: boolean; editModule?: Edit; selectionModule?: Selection; resizeModule: Resize; mergeCells?: { [key: string]: number; }; checkAllRows?: CheckState; isCheckBoxSelection?: boolean; isPersistSelection?: boolean; localeObj?: base.L10n; prevPageMoving?: boolean; renderModule?: Render; isPreventScrollEvent?: boolean; hierarchyPrintMode?: HierarchyGridPrintMode; detailRowModule?: DetailRow; printModule?: Print; requestTypeAction?: string; expandedRows?: { [index: number]: IExpandedRow; }; registeredTemplate?: Object; lockcolPositionCount?: number; isPrinting?: boolean; id?: string; isSelectedRowIndexUpdating?: boolean; getHeaderContent?(): Element; isRowDragable(): boolean; setGridHeaderContent?(value: Element): void; getContentTable?(): Element; setGridContentTable?(value: Element): void; getContent?(): Element; setGridContent?(value: Element): void; getHeaderTable?(): Element; setGridHeaderTable?(value: Element): void; getFooterContent?(): Element; getFooterContentTable?(): Element; getPager?(): Element; setGridPager?(value: Element): void; getRowByIndex?(index: number): Element; getMovableRowByIndex?(index: number): Element; getRowInfo?(target: Element): RowInfo; selectRow?(index: number, isToggle?: boolean): void; getColumnHeaderByIndex?(index: number): Element; getColumnByField?(field: string): Column; getColumnIndexByField?(field: string): number; getColumnByUid?(uid: string): Column; getColumnIndexByUid?(uid: string): number; getColumnByIndex?(index: number): Column; getUidByColumnField?(field: string): string; getNormalizedColumnIndex?(uid: string): number; getColumnIndexesInView(): number[]; setColumnIndexesInView(indexes?: number[]): void; getRows?(): Element[]; getMovableRows?(): Element[]; getCellFromIndex?(rowIndex: number, columnIndex: number): Element; getMovableCellFromIndex?(rowIndex: number, columnIndex: number): Element; getColumnFieldNames?(): string[]; getSelectedRows?(): Element[]; getSelectedRecords?(): Object[]; getSelectedRowIndexes?(): number[]; getSelectedRowCellIndexes(): ISelectedCell[]; getCurrentViewRecords(): Object[]; selectRows?(indexes: number[]): void; clearSelection?(): void; updateExternalMessage?(message: string): void; getColumns?(isRefresh?: boolean): Column[]; getStackedHeaderColumnByHeaderText?(stackedHeader: string, col: Column[]): Column; getStackedColumns?(column: Column[]): Column[]; getRowTemplate?(): Function; getDetailTemplate?(): Function; getEditTemplate?(): Function; getFilterTemplate?(): Function; sortColumn?(columnName: string, sortDirection: SortDirection, isMultiSort?: boolean): void; removeSortColumn?(field: string): void; getColumnHeaderByUid?(uid: string): Element; getColumnHeaderByField?(field: string): Element; showColumns?(keys: string | string[], showBy?: string): void; hideColumns?(keys: string | string[], hideBy?: string): void; showSpinner?(): void; hideSpinner?(): void; updateDefaultCursor?(): void; getVisibleColumns?(): Column[]; refreshHeader?(): void; getDataRows?(): Element[]; getMovableDataRows?(): Element[]; addMovableRows?(fRows: HTMLElement[], mrows: HTMLElement[]): HTMLElement[]; getPrimaryKeyFieldNames?(): string[]; autoFitColumns(fieldNames?: string | string[]): void; groupColumn(columnName: string): void; ungroupColumn(columnName: string): void; ensureModuleInjected(module: Function): Boolean; isContextMenuOpen(): Boolean; goToPage(pageNo: number): void; getFrozenColumns(): number; getVisibleFrozenColumns(): number; print(): void; excelExport(exportProperties?: any, isMultipleExport?: boolean, workbook?: any): Promise<any>; csvExport(exportProperties?: any, isMultipleExport?: boolean, workbook?: any): Promise<any>; pdfExport(exportProperties?: any, isMultipleExport?: boolean, pdfDoc?: Object): Promise<Object>; search(searchString: string): void; deleteRecord?(fieldname?: string, data?: Object): void; startEdit?(): void; endEdit?(): void; closeEdit?(): void; addRecord?(data?: Object): void; deleteRow?(tr: HTMLTableRowElement): void; getRowObjectFromUID?(uid: string): Row<Column>; addFreezeRows?(fRows: Row<Column>[], mRows?: Row<Column>[]): Row<Column>[]; getRowsObject?(): Row<Column>[]; getMovableRowsObject?(): Row<Column>[]; createColumnchooser(x: number, y: number, target: Element): void; getDataModule?(): Data; refreshTooltip?(): void; copy?(withHeader?: boolean): void; getLocaleConstants?(): Object; getForeignKeyColumns?(): Column[]; getRowHeight?(): number; setCellValue(key: string | number, field: string, value: string | number | boolean | Date): void; setRowData(key: string | number, rowData?: Object): void; getState?(): Object; destroyTemplate?(templateName: string[], index?: any): void; getQuery?(): data.Query; log?(type: string | string[], args?: Object): void; } /** @hidden */ export interface IExpandedRow { index?: number; gridModel?: Object; isExpand?: boolean; } /** @hidden */ export interface IRenderer { renderPanel(): void; renderTable(): void; setPanel(panel: Element): void; setTable(table: Element): void; getPanel(): Element; getTable(): Element; getRows?(): Row<{}>[] | HTMLCollectionOf<HTMLTableRowElement>; getMovableRows?(): Row<{}>[] | HTMLCollectionOf<HTMLTableRowElement>; refreshUI?(): void; setVisible?(column?: Column[]): void; addEventListener?(): void; removeEventListener?(): void; getRowElements?(): Element[]; getMovableRowElements?(): Element[]; setSelection?(uid: string, set: boolean, clearAll: boolean): void; getRowByIndex?(index: number): Element; getVirtualRowIndex?(index: number): number; getMovableRowByIndex?(index: number): Element; getRowInfo?(target: Element): RowInfo; getState?(): Object; getMovableHeader?(): Element; destroyTemplate?(templateName: string[]): void; } /** * IAction interface * @hidden */ export interface IAction { updateModel?(): void; onActionBegin?(args?: Object, type?: string): void; onActionComplete?(args?: Object, type?: string): void; addEventListener?(): void; removeEventListener?(): void; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IDataProcessor { generateQuery(): data.Query; getData(args: Object, query: data.Query): Promise<Object>; processData?(): void; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IValueFormatter { fromView(value: string, format: Function, target?: string): string | number | Date; toView(value: number | Date, format: Function): string | Object; setCulture?(cultureName: string): void; getFormatFunction?(format: base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions): Function; getParserFunction?(format: base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions): Function; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ITemplateRender { compiled: { [x: string]: Function; }; compile(key: string, template: string): Function; render(key: string, data: Object, params?: { [p: string]: Object; }): string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IEditCell { create?: Element | Function | string; read?: Object | Function | string; write?: void | Function | string; params?: calendars.DatePickerModel | inputs.NumericTextBoxModel | dropdowns.DropDownListModel | buttons.CheckBoxModel; destroy?: Function | string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IDialogUI { params?: popups.DialogModel; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IFilterUI { create?: Element | Function | string; read?: Object | Function | string; write?: void | Function | string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IFilterMUI { create?: void | Function | string; read?: Object | Function | string; write?: void | Function | string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ICustomOptr { stringOperator?: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; numberOperator?: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; dateOperator?: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; dateTimeOperator?: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; booleanOperator?: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ICellRenderer<T> { element?: Element; getGui?(): string | Element; format?(column: T, value: Object, data: Object): string; evaluate?(node: Element, column: Cell<T>, data: Object, attributes?: Object): boolean; setStyleAndAttributes?(node: Element, attributes: { [key: string]: Object; }): void; render(cell: Cell<T>, data: Object, attributes?: { [x: string]: string; }, isExpand?: boolean): Element; appendHtml?(node: Element, innerHtml: string | Element): Element; refresh?(cell: Cell<T>, node: Element): Element; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IRowRenderer<T> { element?: Element; render(row: Row<T>, column: Column[], attributes?: { [x: string]: string; }, rowTemplate?: string): Element; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ICellFormatter { getValue(column: Column, data: Object): Object; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IIndex { rowIndex?: number; cellIndex?: number; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ISelectedCell { rowIndex: number; cellIndexes: number[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IFilterOperator { contains: string; endsWith: string; equal: string; greaterThan: string; greaterThanOrEqual: string; lessThan: string; lessThanOrEqual: string; notEqual: string; startsWith: string; } export interface NotifyArgs { records?: Object[]; count?: number; requestType?: Action; module?: string; enable?: boolean; properties?: Object; virtualInfo?: VirtualInfo; cancel?: boolean; rows?: Row<Column>[]; isFrozen?: boolean; args?: NotifyArgs; scrollTop?: Object; oldProperties?: string[]; focusElement?: HTMLElement; rowObject?: Row<Column>; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ICell<T> { colSpan?: number; rowSpan?: number; cellType?: CellType; visible?: boolean; isTemplate?: boolean; isDataCell?: boolean; column?: T; rowID?: string; index?: number; colIndex?: number; className?: string; commands?: CommandModel[]; isForeignKey?: boolean; foreignKeyData?: Object; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IRow<T> { uid?: string; parentGid?: number; childGid?: number; data?: Object; gSummary?: number; tIndex?: number; collapseRows?: Object[]; isSelected?: boolean; isReadOnly?: boolean; isAltRow?: boolean; isDataRow?: boolean; isExpand?: boolean; rowSpan?: number; cells?: Cell<T>[]; index?: number; indent?: number; subRowDetails?: Object; height?: string; cssClass?: string; foreignKeyData?: Object; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IModelGenerator<T> { generateRows(data: Object, args?: Object): Row<T>[]; refreshRows?(input?: Row<T>[]): Row<T>[]; } export interface RowInfo { /** returns particular cell element */ cell?: Element; /** returns particular cell index */ cellIndex?: number; /** returns particular row element */ row?: Element; /** returns particular rowIndex */ rowIndex?: number; /** returns particular row data */ rowData?: Object; /** return particular column information */ column?: Object; } export interface ActionEventArgs { /** Defines the current action. */ requestType?: Action; /** Defines the type of event. */ type?: string; } export interface FailureEventArgs { /** Defines the error information. */ error?: Error; } export interface FilterEventArgs extends ActionEventArgs { /** Defines the object that is currently filtered. */ currentFilterObject?: PredicateModel; /** Defines the column name that is currently filtered. */ currentFilteringColumn?: string; /** Defines the collection of filtered columns. */ columns?: PredicateModel[]; } export interface GroupEventArgs extends ActionEventArgs { /** Defines the field name of the currently grouped columns. */ columnName?: string; } export interface PageEventArgs extends ActionEventArgs { /** Defines the previous page number. */ previousPage?: string; /** Defines the current page number. */ currentPage?: string; } export interface SortEventArgs extends ActionEventArgs { /** Defines the field name of currently sorted column. */ columnName?: string; /** Defines the direction of sort column. */ direction?: SortDirection; } export interface SearchEventArgs extends ActionEventArgs { /** Defines the string value to search. */ searchString?: string; } export interface PrintEventArgs extends ActionEventArgs { /** Defines the Grid element. */ element?: Element; /** Defines the currently selected rows. */ selectedRows?: NodeListOf<Element>; /** Cancel the print action */ cancel?: boolean; /** Hierarchy Grid print mode */ hierarchyPrintMode?: HierarchyGridPrintMode; } export interface DetailDataBoundEventArgs { /** Defines the details row element. */ detailElement?: Element; /** Defines the selected row data. */ data?: Object; } export interface ColumnChooserEventArgs { /** Defines the parent element. */ element?: Element; /** Defines the display columns of column chooser. */ columns?: Column[]; /** Specifies the instance of column chooser dialog. */ dialogInstance?: Object; /** Defines the operator for column chooser search request */ searchOperator?: string; } export interface RowDeselectEventArgs { /** Defines the current selected/deselected row data. */ data?: Object; /** Defines the selected/deselected row index. */ rowIndex?: number; /** Defines the selected/deselected row. */ row?: Element; /** Define the foreignKey row data associated with this column */ foreignKeyData?: Object; /** Defines the cancel option value. */ cancel?: boolean; /** Defines the target element for row deselect. */ target?: Element; /** Defines whether event is triggered by interaction or not. */ isInteracted?: boolean; } export interface RowSelectEventArgs extends RowDeselectEventArgs { /** Defines the previously selected row index. */ previousRowIndex?: number; /** Defines the previously selected row. */ previousRow?: Element; /** Defines the target element for selection. */ target?: Element; /** Define the foreignKey row data associated with this column */ foreignKeyData?: Object; } export interface RecordDoubleClickEventArgs { /** Defines the target element. */ target?: Element; /** Defines the cell element. */ cell?: Element; /** Defines the cell index. */ cellIndex?: number; /** Defines the column object. */ column?: Column; /** Defines the name of the event. */ name?: string; /** Defines the row element. */ row?: Element; /** Defines the current row data. */ rowData?: Object; /** Defines the row index. */ rowIndex?: number; /** Define the foreignKey row data associated with this column */ foreignKeyData?: Object; } export interface RowSelectingEventArgs extends RowSelectEventArgs { /** Defines whether CTRL key is pressed. */ isCtrlPressed?: boolean; /** Defines whether SHIFT key is pressed. */ isShiftPressed?: boolean; } export interface CellDeselectEventArgs { /** Defines the currently selected/deselected row data. */ data?: Object; /** Defines the indexes of the current selected/deselected cells. */ cellIndexes?: ISelectedCell[]; /** Defines the currently selected/deselected cells. */ cells?: Element[]; /** Defines the cancel option value. */ cancel?: boolean; } export interface CellSelectEventArgs extends CellDeselectEventArgs { /** Defines the index of the current selected cell. */ cellIndex?: IIndex; /** Defines the previously selected cell index. */ previousRowCellIndex?: number; /** Defines the element. */ currentCell: Element; /** Defines the previously selected cell element. */ previousRowCell?: Element; } export interface CellSelectingEventArgs extends CellSelectEventArgs { /** Defines whether the CTRL key is pressed or not. */ isCtrlPressed?: boolean; /** Defines whether the SHIFT key is pressed or not. */ isShiftPressed?: boolean; } export interface ColumnDragEventArgs { /** Defines the target element from which the drag starts. */ target?: Element; /** Defines the type of the element dragged. */ draggableType?: string; /** Defines the column object that is dragged. */ column?: Column; } export interface RowDataBoundEventArgs { /** Defines the current row data. */ data?: Object; /** Defines the row element. */ row?: Element; /** Defines the row height */ rowHeight?: number; } export interface HeaderCellInfoEventArgs { /** Defines the cell. */ cell?: Cell<Column>; /** Defines the cell element. */ node?: Element; } export interface QueryCellInfoEventArgs { /** Defines the row data associated with this cell. */ data?: Object; /** Defines the cell element. */ cell?: Element; /** Defines the column object associated with this cell. */ column?: Column; /** Defines the no. of columns to be spanned */ colSpan?: number; /** Defines the no. of rows to be spanned */ rowSpan?: number; /** Defines the current action. */ requestType?: string; /** Define the foreignKey row data associated with this column */ foreignKeyData?: Object; } export interface PdfQueryCellInfoEventArgs { /** Defines the column of the current cell. */ column?: Column; /** Defines the style of the current cell. */ style?: PdfStyle; /** Defines the value of the current cell. */ value?: Date | string | number | boolean; /** Defines the no. of columns to be spanned */ colSpan?: number; /** Defines the data of the cell */ data?: Object; /** Defines the current PDF cell */ cell?: pdfExport.PdfGridCell; } export interface ExportDetailDataBoundEventArgs { /** Defines the child grid of the current row. */ childGrid?: IGrid; /** Defines the row object of the current data. */ row?: Row<Column>; /** Defines the PDF grid current cell. */ cell?: pdfExport.PdfGridCell; /** Defines the export properties */ exportProperties?: PdfExportProperties | ExcelExportProperties; } export interface PdfHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs { /** Defines the PDF grid current cell. */ cell?: object; /** Defines the style of the current cell. */ style?: PdfStyle; /** Defines the current cell with column */ gridCell?: object; } export interface ExcelQueryCellInfoEventArgs { /** Defines the row data associated with this cell. */ data?: Object; /** Defines the column of the current cell. */ column: Column; /** Defines the value of the current cell. */ value?: Date | string | number | boolean; /** Defines the style of the current cell. */ style?: ExcelStyle; /** Defines the number of columns to be spanned */ colSpan?: number; /** Defines the cell data */ cell?: number | ExcelStyle | { name: string; }; } export interface ExcelHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs { /** Defines the cell that contains colspan. */ cell?: Object; /** Defines the style of the current cell. */ style?: ExcelStyle; /** Defines the Grid cell instance */ gridCell?: Cell<Column>; } export interface FilterSearchBeginEventArgs { /** Defines the current action. */ requestType?: string; /** Defines the filter model. */ filterModel?: CheckBoxFilter; /** Defines the field name of current column */ columnName?: string; /** Defines the current Column objects */ column?: Column; /** Defines the operator for filter request */ operator?: string; /** Defines the matchCase for filter request */ matchCase?: boolean; /** Defines the ignoreAccent for filter request */ ignoreAccent?: boolean; /** Defines the custom query in before execute */ query: data.Query; /** Defines take number of data */ filterChoiceCount: number; } export interface MultipleExport { /** Indicates whether to append the multiple grid in same sheet or different sheet */ type?: MultipleExportType; /** Defines the number of blank rows between the multiple grid data */ blankRows?: number; } export interface ExcelRow { /** Defines the index for cells */ index?: number; /** Defines the cells in a row */ cells?: ExcelCell[]; /** Defines the group of rows to expand and collapse */ grouping?: Object; } export interface Border { /** Defines the color of border */ color?: string; /** Defines the line style of border */ lineStyle?: BorderLineStyle; } export interface ExcelStyle { /** Defines the color of font */ fontColor?: string; /** Defines the name of font */ fontName?: string; /** Defines the size of font */ fontSize?: number; /** Defines the horizontal alignment for cell style */ hAlign?: ExcelHAlign; /** Defines the vertical alignment for cell style */ vAlign?: ExcelVAlign; /** Defines the bold style for fonts */ bold?: boolean; /** Defines the indent for cell style */ indent?: number; /** Defines the italic style for fonts */ italic?: boolean; /** Defines the underline style for fonts */ underline?: boolean; /** Defines the background color for cell style */ backColor?: string; /** Defines the wrapText for cell style */ wrapText?: boolean; /** Defines the borders for cell style */ borders?: Border; /** Defines the format of the cell */ numberFormat?: string; /** Defines the type of the cell */ type?: string; } export interface PdfStyle { /** Defines the horizontal alignment */ textAlignment?: PdfHAlign; /** Defines the brush color of font */ textBrushColor?: string; /** Defines the pen color of font */ textPenColor?: string; /** Defines the font family */ fontFamily?: string; /** Defines the font size */ fontSize?: number; /** Defines the font bold */ bold?: boolean; /** Defines the indent alignment */ indent?: PdfHAlign; /** Defines the italic font */ italic?: boolean; /** Defines the underlined font */ underline?: boolean; /** Defines the strike-out font */ strikeout?: boolean; /** Defines the horizontal alignment */ verticalAlignment?: PdfVAlign; /** Defines the background color */ backgroundColor?: string; /** Defines the grid border */ border?: PdfBorder; /** Defines the cell indent */ paragraphIndent?: number; cellPadding?: pdfExport.PdfPaddings; } export interface PdfBorder { /** Defines the border color */ color?: string; /** Defines the border width */ width?: number; /** Defines the border dash style */ dashStyle?: PdfDashStyle; } export interface ExcelCell { /** Defines the index for the cell */ index?: number; /** Defines the column span for the cell */ colSpan?: number; /** Defines the value of the cell */ value?: string | boolean | number | Date; /** Defines the hyperlink of the cell */ hyperlink?: Hyperlink; /** Defines the style of the cell */ style?: ExcelStyle; /** Defines the row span for the cell */ rowSpan?: number; } export interface Hyperlink { /** Defines the Url for hyperlink */ target?: string; /** Defines the display text for hyperlink */ displayText?: string; } export interface ExcelHeader { /** Defines the number of rows between the header and grid data */ headerRows?: number; /** Defines the rows in header content */ rows?: ExcelRow[]; } export interface ExcelFooter { /** Defines the number of rows between the grid data and footer */ footerRows?: number; /** Defines the rows in footer content */ rows?: ExcelRow[]; } export interface ExcelExportProperties { /** Defines the data source dynamically before exporting */ dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager; /** Exports multiple grid into the excel document */ multipleExport?: MultipleExport; /** Defines the header content for exported document */ header?: ExcelHeader; /** Defines the footer content for exported document */ footer?: ExcelFooter; /** Indicates to export current page or all page */ exportType?: ExportType; /** Indicates whether to show the hidden columns in exported excel */ includeHiddenColumn?: boolean; /** Defines the theme for exported data */ theme?: ExcelTheme; /** Defines the file name for the exported file */ fileName?: string; /** Defines the hierarchy export mode for the pdf grid */ hierarchyExportMode?: 'Expanded' | 'All' | 'None'; } export interface RowDragEventArgs { /** Defines the selected row's element. */ rows?: Element[]; /** Defines the target element from which drag starts. */ target?: Element; /** Defines the type of the element to be dragged. * @hidden */ draggableType?: string; /** Defines the selected row data. */ data?: Object[]; /** Defines the drag element from index. */ fromIndex?: number; /** Defines the target element from index. */ dropIndex?: number; /** Define the mouse event */ originalEvent?: object; cancel?: boolean; } /** * @hidden */ export interface EJ2Intance extends HTMLElement { ej2_instances: Object | Object[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IPosition { x: number; y: number; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ParentDetails { parentID?: string; parentPrimaryKeys?: string[]; parentKeyField?: string; parentKeyFieldValue?: string; parentRowData?: Object; } /** * @hidden */ export interface VirtualInfo { data?: boolean; event?: string; block?: number; page?: number; currentPage?: number; direction?: string; blockIndexes?: number[]; columnIndexes?: number[]; columnBlocks?: number[]; loadSelf?: boolean; loadNext?: boolean; nextInfo?: { page?: number; }; sentinelInfo?: SentinelType; offsets?: Offsets; } /** * @hidden */ export interface InterSection { container?: HTMLElement; pageHeight?: number; debounceEvent?: boolean; axes?: string[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ICancel { /** Defines the cancel option value. */ cancel?: boolean; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IPrimaryKey { /** Defines the primaryKey. */ primaryKey?: string[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface BeforeBatchAddArgs extends ICancel, IPrimaryKey { /** Defines the default data object. */ defaultData?: Object; } /** * @hidden */ export interface BatchCancelArgs { /** Defines the rows. */ rows?: Row<Column>[]; /** Defines the request type. */ requestType?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface BatchDeleteArgs extends IPrimaryKey { /** Defines the deleted data. */ rowData?: Object; /** Defines the row index. */ rowIndex?: number; } /** * @hidden */ export interface BeforeBatchDeleteArgs extends BatchDeleteArgs, ICancel { /** Defines the row element. */ row?: Element; } /** * @hidden */ export interface BeforeBatchSaveArgs extends ICancel { /** Defines the changed record object. */ batchChanges?: Object; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ResizeArgs extends ICancel { /** Event argument of point or touch action. */ e?: MouseEvent | TouchEvent; /** Defines the resizing column details */ column?: Column; } /** * @hidden */ export interface BatchAddArgs extends ICancel, IPrimaryKey { /** Defines the added data. */ defaultData?: Object; /** Defines the column index. */ columnIndex?: number; /** Defines the row element. */ row?: Element; /** Defines the cell element. */ cell?: Element; /** Defines the column object. */ columnObject?: Column; } /** * @hidden */ export interface BeginEditArgs extends ICancel, IPrimaryKey { /** Defines the edited data. */ rowData?: Object; /** Defines the edited row index. */ rowIndex?: number; /** Defines the current edited row. */ row?: Element; /** Defines the name of the event. */ type?: string; /** Defines the primary key value. */ primaryKeyValue?: string[]; } export interface DeleteEventArgs { /** Defines the cancel option value. */ cancel?: boolean; /** Defines the request type. */ requestType?: string; /** Defines the foreign key record object (JSON). @hidden */ foreignKeyData?: Object; /** Defines the record objects. */ data?: Object[]; /** Defines the selected rows for delete. */ tr?: Element[]; /** Defines the name of the event. */ type?: string; } export interface AddEventArgs { /** If `cancel` is set to true, then the current action will stopped. */ cancel?: boolean; /** Defines the request type. */ requestType?: string; /** Defines the foreign key record object. * @hidden */ foreignKeyData?: Object; /** Defines the record objects. */ data?: Object; /** Defines the event name. */ type?: string; /** Defines the previous data. */ previousData?: Object; /** Defines the added row. */ row?: Object; /** Added row index */ index?: number; /** * @hidden * Defines the record objects. */ rowData?: Object; /** Defines the target for dialog */ target?: HTMLElement; } export interface SaveEventArgs extends AddEventArgs { /** Defines the previous data. */ previousData?: Object; /** Defines the selected row index. */ selectedRow?: number; /** Defines the current action. */ action?: string; /** Added row index */ index?: number; /** Defines the promise. */ promise?: Promise<Object>; } export interface EditEventArgs extends BeginEditArgs { /** Defines the request type. */ requestType?: string; /** Defines foreign data object. */ foreignKeyData?: Object; addRecord?(data?: Object, index?: number): void; /** Define the form element */ form?: HTMLFormElement; /** Define the movable table form element */ movableForm?: HTMLFormElement; /** Define the target for dialog */ target?: HTMLElement; } export interface DialogEditEventArgs extends EditEventArgs { /** Defines the dialog object */ dialog?: popups.DialogModel; } /** * @hidden */ export interface CellEditSameArgs extends ICancel { /** Defines the row data object. */ rowData?: Object; /** Defines the column name. */ columnName?: string; /** Defines the cell object. */ cell?: Element; /** Defines the column object. */ columnObject?: Column; /** Defines the cell value. */ value?: string; /** Defines isForeignKey option value. */ isForeignKey?: boolean; } /** * @hidden */ export interface CellEditArgs extends CellEditSameArgs, IPrimaryKey { /** Defines the current row. */ row?: Element; /** Defines the validation rules. */ validationRules?: Object; /** Defines the name of the event. */ type?: string; /** Defines foreign data object */ foreignKeyData?: Object; } export interface IFilterCreate { column?: Column; target?: HTMLElement; getOptrInstance?: FlMenuOptrUI; localizeText?: base.L10n; dialogObj?: popups.Dialog; } /** * @hidden */ export interface CellSaveArgs extends CellEditSameArgs { /** Defines the previous value of the cell. */ previousValue?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface BeforeDataBoundArgs { /** Defines the data. */ result?: Object[]; /** Defines the data count. */ count?: number; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IEdit { formObj?: inputs.FormValidator; destroy?: Function; closeEdit?(): void; deleteRecord?(fieldname?: string, data?: Object): void; startEdit?(tr?: Element): void; endEdit?(): void; closeEdit?(): void; addRecord?(data?: Object, index?: number): void; deleteRow?(tr: HTMLTableRowElement): void; endEdit?(data?: Object): void; batchSave?(): void; getBatchChanges?(): Object; removeRowObjectFromUID?(uid: string): void; addRowObject?(row: Row<Column>): void; editCell?(index: number, field: string, isAdd?: boolean): void; updateCell?(rowIndex: number, field: string, value: string | number | boolean | Date): void; updateRow?(index: number, data: Object): void; saveCell?(isForceSave?: boolean): void; addCancelWhilePaging?(): void; args?: { requestType?: string; }; isAdded?: boolean; } /** * @hidden */ export interface CheckBoxChangeEventArgs extends ICancel { /** Defines the checked state. */ checked?: boolean; /** Defines the selected row indexes. */ selectedRowIndexes?: number[]; /** Defines the target element for selection. */ target?: Element; } /** * @hidden */ export interface BeforeCopyEventArgs extends ICancel { /** Defines the grid copied data. */ data?: string; } /** * Defines options for custom command buttons. */ export interface CommandButtonOptions extends buttons.ButtonModel { /** * Defines handler for the click event. */ click?: base.EmitType<Event>; } /** * Define options for custom command buttons. */ export interface CommandModel { /** * Define the command Button tooltip */ title?: string; /** * Define the command Button type */ type?: CommandButtonType; /** * Define the button model */ buttonOption?: CommandButtonOptions; } /** * Defines the pending state for Custom Service Data */ export interface PendingState { /** * The function which resolves the current action's promise. */ resolver?: Function; /** * Defines the current state of the action. */ isPending?: Boolean; /** * Grouping property for Custom data service */ group?: string[]; /** * aggregate support for Custom data service */ aggregates?: Object[]; /** * DataSource changed through set model */ isDataChanged?: Boolean; } /** * Sorting property for Custom data Service */ export interface Sorts { /** Defines the field to be sorted */ name?: string; /** Defines the direction of sorting */ direction?: string; } /** Custom data service event types */ export interface DataStateChangeEventArgs { /** Defines the skip count in datasource record */ skip?: number; /** Defines the page size */ take?: number; /** Defines the filter criteria */ where?: PredicateModel[]; /** Defines the sorted field and direction */ sorted?: Sorts[]; /** Defines the grouped field names */ group?: string[]; /** Defines the aggregates object */ aggregates?: Object[]; /** Defines the search criteria */ search?: PredicateModel[]; /** Defines the grid action details performed by paging, grouping, filtering, searching, sorting */ action?: PageEventArgs | GroupEventArgs | FilterEventArgs | SearchEventArgs | SortEventArgs; /** Defines the remote table name */ table?: string; /** Defines the selected field names */ select?: string[]; /** If `count` is set true, then the remote service needs to return records and count */ count?: boolean; /** Defines the checkbox filter dataSource */ dataSource?: Function; } export interface DataSourceChangedEventArgs { /** Defines the current action type. */ requestType?: string; /** Defines the current action. */ action?: string; /** Defines the primary column field */ key?: string | string[]; /** Defines the state of the performed action */ state?: DataStateChangeEventArgs; /** Defines the selected row data. */ data?: Object | Object[]; /** Defines the primary key value */ primaryKeyValues?: Object[]; /** Defines the index value */ index?: number; /** Defines the end of editing function. */ endEdit?: Function; /** Defines the Cancel of editing process */ cancelEdit?: Function; /** Defines the changes made in batch editing */ changes?: Object; /** Defines the query */ query?: data.Query; } /** * @hidden */ export interface CheckBoxChangeEventArgs extends ICancel { /** Defines the checked state. */ checked?: boolean; /** Defines the selected row indexes. */ selectedRowIndexes?: number[]; /** Defines the target element for selection. */ target?: Element; } /** * @hidden */ export interface BeforeCopyEventArgs extends ICancel { /** Defines the grid copied data. */ data?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IFocus { matrix: Matrix; onKeyPress?: Function; onClick?: Function; onFocus?: Function; jump?: (action: string, current: number[]) => SwapInfo; getFocusInfo?: () => FocusInfo; getFocusable?: (element: HTMLElement) => HTMLElement; selector?: (row: Row<Column>, cell: Cell<Column>) => boolean; generateRows?: (rows: Row<Column>[], optionals?: Object) => void; getInfo?: (e?: base.KeyboardEventArgs) => FocusedContainer; validator?: () => Function; getNextCurrent?: (previous: number[], swap?: SwapInfo, active?: IFocus, action?: string) => number[]; preventDefault?: (e: base.KeyboardEventArgs, info: FocusInfo) => void; } /** * @hidden */ export interface FocusInfo { element?: HTMLElement; elementToFocus?: HTMLElement; outline?: boolean; class?: string; skipAction?: boolean; uid?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface CellFocusArgs { element?: HTMLElement; parent?: HTMLElement; indexes?: number[]; byKey?: boolean; byClick?: boolean; keyArgs?: base.KeyboardEventArgs; clickArgs?: Event; isJump?: boolean; container?: FocusedContainer; outline?: boolean; cancel?: boolean; } /** * @hidden */ export interface FocusedContainer { isContent?: boolean; isHeader?: boolean; isDataCell?: boolean; isFrozen?: boolean; isStacked?: boolean; isSelectable?: boolean; indexes?: number[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface SwapInfo { swap?: boolean; toHeader?: boolean; toFrozen?: boolean; current?: number[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface SwapInfo { swap?: boolean; toHeader?: boolean; toFrozen?: boolean; current?: number[]; } export interface ContextMenuItemModel extends navigations.MenuItemModel { target?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IFilter { type?: string; dataSource?: Object[] | data.DataManager; hideSearchbox?: boolean; itemTemplate?: string; ui?: IFilterMUI; params?: calendars.DatePickerModel | inputs.NumericTextBoxModel | dropdowns.DropDownListModel | dropdowns.AutoCompleteModel | calendars.DateTimePickerModel; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IFilterArgs { type?: string; field?: string; displayName?: string; query?: data.Query; dataSource?: Object[] | data.DataManager; format?: string; filteredColumns?: Object[]; sortedColumns?: string[]; localizedStrings?: Object; localeObj?: base.L10n; position?: { X: number; Y: number; }; formatFn?: Function; parserFn?: Function; hideSearchbox?: boolean; allowCaseSensitive?: boolean; handler?: Function; template?: Function; target?: Element; foreignKeyValue?: string; column?: Column; actualPredicate?: { [key: string]: PredicateModel[]; }; } export interface PdfExportProperties { /** Defines the Pdf orientation. */ pageOrientation?: PageOrientation; /** Defines the Pdf page size. */ pageSize?: PdfPageSize; /** Defines the Pdf header. */ header?: PdfHeader; /** Defines the Pdf footer. */ footer?: PdfFooter; /** Indicates whether to show the hidden columns in exported Pdf */ includeHiddenColumn?: boolean; /** Defines the data source dynamically before exporting */ dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager | Object[]; /** Indicates to export current page or all page */ exportType?: ExportType; /** Defines the theme for exported data */ theme?: PdfTheme; /** Defines the file name for the exported file */ fileName?: string; /** Defines the hierarchy export mode for the pdf grid */ hierarchyExportMode?: 'Expanded' | 'All' | 'None'; } export interface PdfTheme { /** Defines the style of header content. */ header?: PdfThemeStyle; /** Defines the theme style of record content. */ record?: PdfThemeStyle; /** Defines the theme style of caption content. */ caption?: PdfThemeStyle; } export interface ExcelTheme { /** Defines the style of header content. */ header?: ExcelStyle; /** Defines the theme style of record content. */ record?: ExcelStyle; /** Defines the theme style of caption content. */ caption?: ExcelStyle; } export interface PdfThemeStyle { /** Defines the font color of theme style. */ fontColor?: string; /** Defines the font name of theme style. */ fontName?: string; /** Defines the font size of theme style. */ fontSize?: number; /** Defines the bold of theme style. */ bold?: boolean; /** Defines the borders of theme style. */ border?: PdfBorder; /** Defines the font of the theme. */ font?: pdfExport.PdfStandardFont | pdfExport.PdfTrueTypeFont; /** Defines the italic of theme style. */ italic?: boolean; /** Defines the underline of theme style. */ underline?: boolean; /** Defines the strikeout of theme style. */ strikeout?: boolean; } export interface PdfHeader { /** Defines the header content distance from top. */ fromTop?: number; /** Defines the height of header content. */ height?: number; /** Defines the header contents. */ contents?: PdfHeaderFooterContent[]; } export interface PdfFooter { /** Defines the footer content distance from bottom. */ fromBottom?: number; /** Defines the height of footer content. */ height?: number; /** Defines the footer contents */ contents?: PdfHeaderFooterContent[]; } export interface PdfHeaderFooterContent { /** Defines the content type */ type: ContentType; /** Defines the page number type */ pageNumberType?: PdfPageNumberType; /** Defines the style of content */ style?: PdfContentStyle; /** Defines the pdf points for drawing line */ points?: PdfPoints; /** Defines the format for customizing page number */ format?: string; /** Defines the position of the content */ position?: PdfPosition; /** Defines the size of content */ size?: PdfSize; /** Defines the base64 string for image content type */ src?: string; /** Defines the value for content */ value?: any; /** Defines the font for the content */ font?: pdfExport.PdfStandardFont | pdfExport.PdfTrueTypeFont; } export interface PdfPosition { /** Defines the x position */ x: number; /** Defines the y position */ y: number; } export interface PdfSize { /** Defines the height */ height: number; /** Defines the width */ width: number; } export interface PdfPoints { /** Defines the x1 position */ x1: number; /** Defines the y1 position */ y1: number; /** Defines the x2 position */ x2: number; /** Defines the y2 position */ y2: number; } export interface PdfContentStyle { /** Defines the pen color. */ penColor?: string; /** Defines the pen size. */ penSize?: number; /** Defines the dash style. */ dashStyle?: PdfDashStyle; /** Defines the text brush color. */ textBrushColor?: string; /** Defines the text pen color. */ textPenColor?: string; /** Defines the font size. */ fontSize?: number; /** Defines the horizontal alignment. */ hAlign?: PdfHAlign; /** Defines the vertical alignment. */ vAlign?: PdfVAlign; } /** * Defines the context menu item model. */ export interface ContextMenuItemModel extends navigations.MenuItemModel { /** * Define the target to show the menu item. */ target?: string; } export interface ColumnMenuItemModel extends navigations.MenuItemModel { hide?: boolean; } export interface ColumnMenuOpenEventArgs extends navigations.BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs { column?: Column; } export interface ColumnMenuClickEventArgs extends navigations.MenuEventArgs { column?: Column; } export interface ContextMenuClickEventArgs extends navigations.MenuEventArgs { column?: Column; } export interface ContextMenuOpenEventArgs extends navigations.BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs { column?: Column; } export interface ExcelExportCompleteArgs { /** Defines the promise object for blob data. */ promise?: Promise<{ blobData: Blob; }>; } export interface PdfExportCompleteArgs { /** Defines the promise object for blob data. */ promise?: Promise<{ blobData: Blob; }>; } export interface SelectionNotifyArgs extends NotifyArgs { row?: HTMLElement; CheckState?: boolean; } /** * @hidden */ export interface DataResult { result: Object[] | data.Group[]; count: number; aggregates?: object; } export interface RowDropEventArgs extends RowDragEventArgs { cancel?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/base/type.d.ts /** * Exports types used by Grid. */ export type ValueType = number | string | Date | boolean; export type ValueAccessor = (field: string, data: Object, column: ColumnModel) => Object; export type SortComparer = (x: ValueType, y: ValueType) => number; export type CustomSummaryType = (data: Object[] | Object, column: AggregateColumnModel) => Object; export type ReturnType = { result: Object[]; count: number; aggregates?: Object; }; export type SentinelType = { check?: (rect: ClientRect, info: SentinelType) => boolean; top?: number; entered?: boolean; axis?: string; }; export type SentinelInfo = { up?: SentinelType; down?: SentinelType; right?: SentinelType; left?: SentinelType; }; export type Offsets = { top?: number; left?: number; }; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/base/util.d.ts /** * Function to check whether target object implement specific interface * @param {Object} target * @param {string} checkFor * @returns no * @hidden */ export function doesImplementInterface(target: Object, checkFor: string): boolean; /** * Function to get value from provided data * @param {string} field * @param {Object} data * @param {IColumn} column * @hidden */ export function valueAccessor(field: string, data: Object, column: ColumnModel): Object; /** * The function used to update Dom using requestAnimationFrame. * @param {Function} fn - Function that contains the actual action * @return {Promise<T>} * @hidden */ export function getUpdateUsingRaf<T>(updateFunction: Function, callBack: Function): void; /** * @hidden */ export function updatecloneRow(grid: IGrid): void; export function getCollapsedRowsCount(val: Row<Column>, grid: IGrid): number; /** * @hidden */ export function recursive(row: Object[]): void; /** * @hidden */ export function iterateArrayOrObject<T, U>(collection: U[], predicate: (item: Object, index: number) => T): T[]; /** @hidden */ export function iterateExtend(array: Object[]): Object[]; /** @hidden */ export function templateCompiler(template: string): Function; /** @hidden */ export function setStyleAndAttributes(node: Element, customAttributes: { [x: string]: Object; }): void; /** @hidden */ export function extend(copied: Object, first: Object, second?: Object, exclude?: string[]): Object; /** @hidden */ export function prepareColumns(columns: Column[] | string[] | ColumnModel[], autoWidth?: boolean): Column[]; /** @hidden */ export function setCssInGridPopUp(popUp: HTMLElement, e: MouseEvent | TouchEvent, className: string): void; /** @hidden */ export function getActualProperties<T>(obj: T): T; /** @hidden */ export function parentsUntil(elem: Element, selector: string, isID?: boolean): Element; /** @hidden */ export function getElementIndex(element: Element, elements: Element[]): number; /** @hidden */ export function inArray(value: Object, collection: Object[]): number; /** @hidden */ export function getActualPropFromColl(collection: Object[]): Object[]; /** @hidden */ export function removeElement(target: Element, selector: string): void; /** @hidden */ export function getPosition(e: MouseEvent | TouchEvent): IPosition; /** @hidden */ export function getUid(prefix: string): string; /** @hidden */ export function appendChildren(elem: Element | DocumentFragment, children: Element[] | NodeList): Element; /** @hidden */ export function parents(elem: Element, selector: string, isID?: boolean): Element[]; /** @hidden */ export function calculateAggregate(type: AggregateType | string, data: Object, column?: AggregateColumnModel, context?: Object): Object; /** @hidden */ export function getScrollBarWidth(): number; /** @hidden */ export function getRowHeight(element?: HTMLElement): number; /** @hidden */ export function isComplexField(field: string): boolean; /** @hidden */ export function getComplexFieldID(field?: string): string; /** @hidden */ export function setComplexFieldID(field?: string): string; /** @hidden */ export function isEditable(col: Column, type: string, elem: Element): boolean; /** @hidden */ export function isActionPrevent(inst: IGrid): boolean; /** @hidden */ export function wrap(elem: any, action: boolean): void; /** @hidden */ export function setFormatter(serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator, column?: Column): void; /** @hidden */ export function addRemoveActiveClasses(cells: Element[], add: boolean, ...args: string[]): void; /** @hidden */ export function distinctStringValues(result: string[]): string[]; /** @hidden */ export function getFilterMenuPostion(target: Element, dialogObj: popups.Dialog, grid: IGrid): void; /** @hidden */ export function getZIndexCalcualtion(args: { popup: popups.Popup; }, dialogObj: popups.Dialog): void; /** @hidden */ export function toogleCheckbox(elem: Element): void; /** @hidden */ export function createCboxWithWrap(uid: string, elem: Element, className?: string): Element; /** @hidden */ export function removeAddCboxClasses(elem: Element, checked: boolean): void; /** * Refresh the Row model's foreign data. * @param row - Grid Row model object. * @param columns - Foreign columns array. * @param data - Updated Row data. * @hidden */ export function refreshForeignData(row: IRow<Column>, columns: Column[], data: Object): void; /** * Get the foreign data for the corresponding cell value. * @param column - Foreign Key column * @param data - Row data. * @param lValue - cell value. * @param foreignData - foreign data source. * @hidden */ export function getForeignData(column: Column, data?: Object, lValue?: string | number, foreignKeyData?: Object[]): Object[]; /** * To use to get the column's object by the foreign key value. * @param foreignKeyValue - Defines ForeignKeyValue. * @param columns - Array of column object. * @hidden */ export function getColumnByForeignKeyValue(foreignKeyValue: string, columns: Column[]): Column; /** * @hidden * @param filterObject - Defines predicate model object */ export function getDatePredicate(filterObject: PredicateModel, type?: string): data.Predicate; /** * @hidden */ export function renderMovable(ele: Element, frzCols: number): Element; /** * @hidden */ export function isGroupAdaptive(grid: IGrid): boolean; /** * @hidden */ export function getObject(field?: string, object?: Object): any; /** * @hidden */ export function getCustomDateFormat(format: string | Object, colType: string): string; /** * @hidden */ export function getExpandedState(gObj: IGrid, hierarchyPrintMode: HierarchyGridPrintMode): { [index: number]: IExpandedRow; }; /** * @hidden */ export function getPrintGridModel(gObj: IGrid, hierarchyPrintMode?: HierarchyGridPrintMode): IGrid; /** * @hidden */ export function extendObjWithFn(copied: Object, first: Object, second?: Object, deep?: boolean): Object; /** * @hidden */ export function measureColumnDepth(column: Column[]): number; /** * @hidden */ export function checkDepth(col: Column, index: number): number; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/column-chooser.d.ts /** * Column chooser export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/column-menu.d.ts /** * Column menu export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/command-column.d.ts /** * Command column export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/common.d.ts /** * Base export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/context-menu.d.ts /** * Context menu export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/detail-row.d.ts /** * Detail row export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/edit.d.ts /** * Edit export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/excel-export.d.ts /** * Excel Export exports */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/filter.d.ts /** * Filter export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/foreign-key.d.ts /** * Foreign Key export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/freeze.d.ts /** * Freeze export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/group.d.ts /** * Group export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/index.d.ts /** * Grid component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/logger.d.ts /** * Logger export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/models.d.ts /** * Models */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/models/aggregate-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class AggregateColumn */ export interface AggregateColumnModel { /** * Defines the aggregate type of a particular column. * To use multiple aggregates for single column, specify the `type` as array. * Types of aggregate are, * * sum * * average * * max * * min * * count * * truecount * * falsecount * * custom * > Specify the `type` value as `custom` to use custom aggregation. * @aspType string * @default null */ type?: AggregateType | AggregateType[] | string; /** * Defines the column name to perform aggregation. * @default null */ field?: string; /** * Defines the column name to display the aggregate value. If `columnName` is not defined, * then `field` name value will be assigned to the `columnName` property. * @default null */ columnName?: string; /** * Format is applied to a calculated value before it is displayed. * Gets the format from the user, which can be standard or custom * [`number`](../common/intl.html#number-formatter-and-parser) * and [`date`](../common/intl.html#date-formatter-and-parser) formats. * @aspType string * @default null */ format?: string | base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions; /** * Defines the footer cell template as a string for the aggregate column. * The `type` name should be used to access aggregate values inside the template. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/footer-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ footerTemplate?: string; /** * Defines the group footer cell template as a string for the aggregate column. * The `type` name should be used to access aggregate values inside the template. * Additionally, the following fields can be accessed in the template. * * **field**: The current grouped field. * * **key**: The current grouped value. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/group-footer-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ groupFooterTemplate?: string; /** * Defines the group caption cell template as a string for the aggregate column. * The `type` name should be used to access aggregate values inside the template. * Additionally, the following fields can be accessed in the template. * * **field**: The current grouped field name. * * **key**: The current grouped field value. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/group-caption-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ groupCaptionTemplate?: string; /** * Defines a function to calculate custom aggregate value. The `type` value should be set to `custom`. * To use custom aggregate value in the template, use the key as `${custom}`. * **Total aggregation**: The custom function will be called with the whole data and the current `AggregateColumn` object. * **Group aggregation**: This will be called with the current group details and the `AggregateColumn` object. * * @default null */ customAggregate?: CustomSummaryType | string; } /** * Interface for a class AggregateRow */ export interface AggregateRowModel { /** * Configures the aggregate columns. * @default [] */ columns?: AggregateColumnModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/models/aggregate.d.ts /** * Configures the Grid's aggregate column. */ export class AggregateColumn extends base.ChildProperty<AggregateColumn> { private formatFn; private templateFn; /** * Defines the aggregate type of a particular column. * To use multiple aggregates for single column, specify the `type` as array. * Types of aggregate are, * * sum * * average * * max * * min * * count * * truecount * * falsecount * * custom * > Specify the `type` value as `custom` to use custom aggregation. * @aspType string * @default null */ type: AggregateType | AggregateType[] | string; /** * Defines the column name to perform aggregation. * @default null */ field: string; /** * Defines the column name to display the aggregate value. If `columnName` is not defined, * then `field` name value will be assigned to the `columnName` property. * @default null */ columnName: string; /** * Format is applied to a calculated value before it is displayed. * Gets the format from the user, which can be standard or custom * [`number`](../common/intl.html#number-formatter-and-parser) * and [`date`](../common/intl.html#date-formatter-and-parser) formats. * @aspType string * @default null */ format: string | base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions; /** * Defines the footer cell template as a string for the aggregate column. * The `type` name should be used to access aggregate values inside the template. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/footer-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ footerTemplate: string; /** * Defines the group footer cell template as a string for the aggregate column. * The `type` name should be used to access aggregate values inside the template. * Additionally, the following fields can be accessed in the template. * * **field**: The current grouped field. * * **key**: The current grouped value. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/group-footer-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ groupFooterTemplate: string; /** * Defines the group caption cell template as a string for the aggregate column. * The `type` name should be used to access aggregate values inside the template. * Additionally, the following fields can be accessed in the template. * * **field**: The current grouped field name. * * **key**: The current grouped field value. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/group-caption-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ groupCaptionTemplate: string; /** * Defines a function to calculate custom aggregate value. The `type` value should be set to `custom`. * To use custom aggregate value in the template, use the key as `${custom}`. * **Total aggregation**: The custom function will be called with the whole data and the current `AggregateColumn` object. * **Group aggregation**: This will be called with the current group details and the `AggregateColumn` object. * * @default null */ customAggregate: CustomSummaryType | string; /** * @hidden */ setFormatter(cultureName: string): void; /** * @hidden */ getFormatter(): Function; /** * @hidden */ setTemplate(helper?: Object): void; /** * @hidden */ getTemplate(type: CellType): { fn: Function; property: string; }; /** * @hidden */ setPropertiesSilent(prop: Object): void; } /** * Configures the aggregate rows. */ export class AggregateRow extends base.ChildProperty<AggregateRow> { /** * Configures the aggregate columns. * @default [] */ columns: AggregateColumnModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/models/cell.d.ts /** * Cell * @hidden */ export class Cell<T> { colSpan: number; rowSpan: number; cellType: CellType; visible: boolean; isTemplate: boolean; isDataCell: boolean; isSelected: boolean; column: T; rowID: string; index: number; colIndex: number; className: string; attributes: { [a: string]: Object; }; isSpanned: boolean; cellSpan: number; isRowSpanned: boolean; rowSpanRange: number; colSpanRange: number; spanText: string | number | boolean | Date; commands: CommandModel[]; isForeignKey: boolean; foreignKeyData: Object; constructor(options: { [x: string]: Object; }); clone(): Cell<T>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/models/column.d.ts /** * Represents Grid `Column` model class. */ export class Column { /** * Defines the field name of column which is mapped with mapping name of DataSource. * The bounded columns can be sort, filter and group etc., * The `field` name must be a valid JavaScript identifier, * the first character must be an alphabet and should not contain spaces and special characters. * @default '' */ field: string; /** * Gets the unique identifier value of the column. It is used to get the column object. * @default '' */ uid: string; /** * Defines the header text of column which is used to display in column header. * If `headerText` is not defined, then field name value will be assigned to header text. * @default '' */ headerText: string; /** * Defines the width of the column in pixels or percentage. * @default '' */ width: string | number; /** * Defines the minimum Width of the column in pixels or percentage. * @default '' */ minWidth: string | number; /** * Defines the maximum width of the column in pixel or percentage, which will restrict resizing beyond this pixel or percentage. * @default '' */ maxWidth: string | number; /** * Defines the alignment of the column in both header and content cells. * @default Left */ textAlign: TextAlign; /** * Defines the cell content's overflow mode. The available modes are * * `Clip` - Truncates the cell content when it overflows its area. * * `Ellipsis` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area. * * `EllipsisWithTooltip` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area * also it will display tooltip while hover on ellipsis applied cell. * @default Ellipsis */ clipMode: ClipMode; /** * Define the alignment of column header which is used to align the text of column header. * @default null */ headerTextAlign: TextAlign; /** * If `disableHtmlEncode` is set to true, it encodes the HTML of the header and content cells. * @default false */ disableHtmlEncode: boolean; /** * Defines the data type of the column. * @default null */ type: string; /** * It is used to change display value with the given format and does not affect the original data. * Gets the format from the user which can be standard or custom * [`number`](../common/intl.html#number-formatter-and-parser) * and [`date`](../common/intl.html#date-formatter-and-parser) formats. * @default null * @aspType string */ format: string | base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions; /** * If `visible` is set to false, hides the particular column. By default, columns are displayed. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Defines the column template that renders customized element in each cell of the column. * It accepts either [template string](../common/template-engine.html) or HTML element ID. * @default null */ template: string; /** * Defines the header template as string or HTML element ID which is used to add customized element in the column header. * @default null */ headerTemplate: string; /** * You can use this property to freeze selected columns in grid * @default false */ isFrozen: boolean; /** * If `allowSorting` set to false, then it disables sorting option of a particular column. * By default all columns are sortable. * @default true */ allowSorting: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` is set to false, it disables resize option of a particular column. * By default all the columns can be resized. * @default true */ allowResizing: boolean; /** * If `allowFiltering` set to false, then it disables filtering option and filter bar element of a particular column. * By default all columns are filterable. * @default true */ allowFiltering: boolean; /** * If `allowGrouping` set to false, then it disables grouping of a particular column. * By default all columns are groupable. * @default true */ allowGrouping: boolean; /** * If `allowReordering` set to false, then it disables reorder of a particular column. * By default all columns can be reorder. * @default true */ allowReordering: boolean; /** * If `showColumnMenu` set to false, then it disable the column menu of a particular column. * By default column menu will show for all columns * @default true */ showColumnMenu: boolean; /** * If `enableGroupByFormat` set to true, then it groups the particular column by formatted values. * @default true */ enableGroupByFormat: boolean; /** * If `allowEditing` set to false, then it disables editing of a particular column. * By default all columns are editable. * @default true */ allowEditing: boolean; /** * The CSS styles and attributes of the content cells of a particular column can be customized. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/custom-attribute-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ customAttributes: { [x: string]: Object; }; /** * If `displayAsCheckBox` is set to true, it displays the column value as a check box instead of Boolean value. * @default false */ displayAsCheckBox: boolean; /** * Defines the column data source which will act as foreign data source. * @default null */ dataSource: Object[] | data.DataManager; /** * Defines the method which is used to achieve custom formatting from an external function. * This function triggers before rendering of each cell. * {% codeBlock src="grid/formatter-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ formatter: { new (): ICellFormatter; } | ICellFormatter | Function; /** * Defines the method used to apply custom cell values from external function and display this on each cell rendered. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/value-accessor-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * @default null */ valueAccessor: ValueAccessor | string; /** * The `filterBarTemplate` is used to add a custom component instead of default input component for filter bar. * It have create and read functions. * * create: It is used for creating custom components. * * read: It is used to perform custom filter action. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/filter-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ filterBarTemplate: IFilterUI; /** * It is used to customize the default filter options for a specific columns. * * type - Specifies the filter type as menu or checkbox. * * ui - to render custom component for specific column it has following functions. * * ui.create – It is used for creating custom components. * * ui.read - It is used for read the value from the component. * * ui.write - It is used to apply component model as dynamically. * {% codeBlock src="grid/filter-menu-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * > Check the [`Filter UI`](./filtering.html#custom-component-in-filter-menu) for its customization. * @default null */ filter: IFilter; /** * Used to render multiple header rows(stacked headers) on the Grid header. * @default null */ columns: Column[] | string[] | ColumnModel[]; /** * Defines the tool tip text for stacked headers. * @default null * @hidden */ toolTip: string; /** * If `isPrimaryKey` is set to true, considers this column as the primary key constraint. * @default false */ isPrimaryKey: boolean; /** * Column visibility can change based on [`Media Queries`](http://cssmediaqueries.com/what-are-css-media-queries.html). * `hideAtMedia` accepts only valid Media Queries. * @default '' */ hideAtMedia?: string; /** * If `showInColumnChooser` set to false, then hide the particular column in column chooser. * By default all columns are displayed in column Chooser. * @default true */ showInColumnChooser?: boolean; /** * Defines the type of component for editable. * @default 'stringedit' */ editType: string; /** * Defines rules to validate data before creating and updating. * @default null */ validationRules: Object; /** * Defines default values for the component when adding a new record to the Grid. * @default null */ defaultValue: string; /** * Defines the `IEditCell` object to customize default edit cell. * @default {} */ edit: IEditCell; /** * If `isIdentity` is set to true, then this column is considered as identity column. * @default false */ isIdentity: boolean; /** * Defines the display column name from the foreign data source which will be obtained from comparing local and foreign data. * @default null */ foreignKeyValue: string; /** * Defines the mapping column name of the foreign data source. * If it is not defined then the `columns.field` will be considered as mapping column name * @default null */ foreignKeyField: string; /** * @hidden * Defines the commands column template as string or HTML element ID which is used to add * customized command buttons in each cells of the column. */ commandsTemplate: string; /** * `commands` provides an option to display command buttons in every cell. * The available built-in command buttons are * * Edit - Edit the record. * * Delete - Delete the record. * * Save - Save the record. * * Cancel - Cancel the edit state. * {% codeBlock src="grid/command-column-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ commands: CommandModel[]; /** * @hidden * Gets the current view foreign key data. * @default [] */ columnData: Object[]; /** * Defines the cell edit template that used as editor for a particular column. * It accepts either template string or HTML element ID. * @default null * @aspIgnore */ editTemplate: string; /** * Defines the filter template/UI that used as filter for a particular column. * It accepts either template string or HTML element ID. * @default null * @aspIgnore */ filterTemplate: string; /** @hidden */ toJSON: Function; /** * Defines the mapping column name of the foreign data source. * If it is not defined then the `columns.field` will be considered as mapping column name * @default false */ lockColumn: boolean; /** * If `allowSearching` set to false, then it disables Searching of a particular column. * By default all columns allow Searching. * @default true */ allowSearching: boolean; constructor(options: ColumnModel); private formatFn; private parserFn; private templateFn; private fltrTemplateFn; private headerTemplateFn; private editTemplateFn; private filterTemplateFn; private sortDirection; /** @hidden */ getEditTemplate: Function; /** @hidden */ getFilterTemplate: Function; /** @hidden */ getSortDirection(): string; /** @hidden */ setSortDirection(direction: string): void; /** @hidden */ setProperties(column: Column): void; /** * Defines the custom sort comparer function. * The sort comparer function has the same functionality like * [`Array.sort`](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Global_Objects/Array/sort) sort comparer. * {% codeBlock src="grid/sort-comparer-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} */ sortComparer: SortComparer | string; /** * @hidden * It defines the column is foreign key column or not. */ isForeignColumn(): boolean; /** @hidden */ getFormatter(): Function; /** @hidden */ setFormatter(value: Function): void; /** @hidden */ getParser(): Function; /** @hidden */ setParser(value: Function): void; /** @hidden */ getColumnTemplate(): Function; /** @hidden */ getHeaderTemplate(): Function; /** @hidden */ getFilterItemTemplate(): Function; /** @hidden */ getDomSetter(): string; } /** * Interface for a class Column */ export interface ColumnModel { /** * Defines the field name of column which is mapped with mapping name of DataSource. * The bounded columns can be sort, filter and group etc., * If the `field` name contains “dot”, then it is considered as complex binding. * The `field` name must be a valid JavaScript identifier, * the first character must be an alphabet and should not contain spaces and special characters. * @default '' */ field?: string; /** * Gets the unique identifier value of the column. It is used to get the object. * @default '' */ uid?: string; /** * Defines the header text of column which is used to display in column header. * If `headerText` is not defined, then field name value will be assigned to header text. * @default '' */ headerText?: string; /** * Defines the width of the column in pixels or percentage. * @default '' */ width?: string | number; /** * Defines the minimum width of the column in pixels or percentage. * @default '' */ minWidth?: string | number; /** * Defines the maximum width of the column in pixel or percentage, which will restrict resizing beyond this pixel or percentage. * @default '' */ maxWidth?: string | number; /** * Defines the alignment of the column in both header and content cells. * @default Left */ textAlign?: TextAlign; /** * Defines the cell content's overflow mode. The available modes are * * `Clip` - Truncates the cell content when it overflows its area. * * `Ellipsis` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area. * * `EllipsisWithTooltip` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area * also it will display tooltip while hover on ellipsis applied cell. * @default Ellipsis */ clipMode?: ClipMode; /** * Define the alignment of column header which is used to align the text of column header. * @aspdefaultvalueignore * @default null */ headerTextAlign?: TextAlign; /** * If `disableHtmlEncode` is set to true, it encodes the HTML of the header and content cells. * @default false */ disableHtmlEncode?: boolean; /** * Defines the data type of the column. * @default null */ type?: string; /** * It is used to change display value with the given format and does not affect the original data. * Gets the format from the user which can be standard or custom * [`number`](../common/intl.html#number-formatter-and-parser) * and [`date`](../common/intl.html#date-formatter-and-parser) formats. * @default null * @aspType string */ format?: string | base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions; /** * If `visible` is set to false, hides the particular column. By default, all columns are displayed. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * Defines the column template that renders customized element in each cell of the column. * It accepts either [template string](../common/template-engine.html) or HTML element ID. * @default null */ template?: string; /** * Defines the column template as string or HTML element ID which is used to add customized element in the column header. * @default null */ headerTemplate?: string; /** * You can use this property to freeze selected columns in grid. * @default false */ isFrozen?: boolean; /** * If `allowSorting` set to false, then it disables sorting option of a particular column. * By default all columns are sortable. * @default true */ allowSorting?: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` set to false, it disables resize option of a particular column. * @default true */ allowResizing?: boolean; /** * If `showColumnMenu` set to false, then it disable the column menu of a particular column. * By default column menu will show for all columns * @default true */ showColumnMenu?: boolean; /** * If `allowFiltering` set to false, then it disables filtering option and filter bar element of a particular column. * By default all columns are filterable. * @default true */ allowFiltering?: boolean; /** * If `allowGrouping` set to false, then it disables grouping of a particular column. * By default all columns are groupable. * @default true */ allowGrouping?: boolean; /** * If `allowReordering` set to false, then it disables reorder of a particular column. * By default all columns can be reorder. * @default true */ allowReordering?: boolean; /** * If `enableGroupByFormat` set to true, then it groups the particular column by formatted values. * By default no columns are group by format. * @default true */ enableGroupByFormat?: boolean; /** * If `allowEditing` set to false, then it disables editing of a particular column. * By default all columns are editable. * @default true */ allowEditing?: boolean; /** * The CSS styles and attributes of the content cells of a particular column can be customized. * * ```html * <div id="Grid"></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let gridObj$: Grid = new Grid({ * dataSource: filterData, * columns: [ * { field: 'OrderID', headerText: 'Order ID' }, * { * field: 'EmployeeID', headerText: 'Employee ID', customAttributes: { * class: 'employeeid', * type: 'employee-id-cell' * } * }] * }); * gridObj.appendTo('#Grid'); * ``` * * @default null */ customAttributes?: { [x: string]: Object; }; /** * If `displayAsCheckBox` is set to true, it displays the column value as a check box instead of Boolean value. * @default false */ displayAsCheckBox?: boolean; /** * Defines the column data source which will act as foreign data source. * @default null */ dataSource?: Object[] | data.DataManager; /** * Defines the method which is used to achieve custom formatting from an external function. * This function triggers before rendering of each cell. * * ```html * <div id="Grid"></div> * ``` * ```typescript * class ExtendedFormatter implements ICellFormatter { * public getValue(column: Column, data: Object): Object { * return '<span style="color:' + (data['Verified'] ? 'green' : 'red') + '"><i>' + data['Verified'] + '</i><span>'; * } * } * let gridObj$: Grid = new Grid({ * dataSource: filterData, * columns: [ * { field: 'ShipName', headerText: 'Ship Name' }, * { field: 'Verified', headerText: 'Verified Status', formatter: ExtendedFormatter }] * }); * gridObj.appendTo('#Grid'); * ``` * * @default null */ formatter?: { new (): ICellFormatter; } | ICellFormatter | Function; /** * Defines the method used to apply custom cell values from external function and display this on each cell rendered. * * ```html * <div id="Grid"></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let gridObj$: Grid = new Grid({ * dataSource: [{ EmployeeID: 1, EmployeeName: ['John', 'M'] }, { EmployeeID: 2, EmployeeName: ['Peter', 'A'] }], * columns: [ * { field: 'EmployeeID', headerText: 'Employee ID' }, * { field: 'EmployeeName', headerText: 'Employee First Name', * valueAccessor: (field: string, data: Object, column: Column) => { * return data['EmployeeName'][0]; * }, * }] * }); * ``` * * @default null */ valueAccessor?: ValueAccessor | string; /** * The `filterBarTemplate` is used to add a custom component instead of default input component for filter bar. * It have create and read functions. * * create: It is used for creating custom components. * * read: It is used to perform custom filter action. * * ```html * <div id="Grid"></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let gridObj$: Grid = new Grid({ * dataSource: filterData, * columns: [ * { field: 'OrderID', headerText: 'Order ID' }, * { * field: 'EmployeeID', filterBarTemplate: { * create: (args: { element: Element, column: Column }) => { * let input: HTMLInputElement = document.createElement('input'); * input.id = 'EmployeeID'; * input.type = 'text'; * return input; * }, * write: (args: { element: Element, column: Column }) => { * args.element.addEventListener('input', args.column.filterBarTemplate.read as EventListener); * }, * read: (args: { element: HTMLInputElement, columnIndex: number, column: Column }) => { * gridObj.filterByColumn(args.element.id, 'equal', args.element.value); * } * } * }], * allowFiltering: true * }); * gridObj.appendTo('#Grid'); * ``` * * @default null */ filterBarTemplate?: IFilterUI; /** * Defines the filter options to customize filtering for the particular column. * @default null */ filter?: IFilter; /** * Used to render multiple header rows(stacked headers) on the Grid header. * @default null */ columns?: Column[] | string[] | ColumnModel[]; /** * Defines the tool tip text for stacked headers. * @hidden * @default null */ toolTip?: string; /** * If `isPrimaryKey` is set to true, considers this column as the primary key constraint. * @default false */ isPrimaryKey?: boolean; /** * Defines the type of component for editing. * @default 'stringedit' */ editType?: string; /** * Defines rules to validate data before creating and updating. * @default null */ validationRules?: Object; /** * Defines default values for the component when adding a new record to the Grid. * @default null */ defaultValue?: string; /** * Defines the `IEditCell` object to customize default edit cell. * @default {} */ edit?: IEditCell; /** * If `isIdentity` is set to true, then this column is considered as identity column. * @default false */ isIdentity?: boolean; /** * Defines the mapping column name of the foreign data source. * If it is not defined then the `columns.field` will be considered as mapping column name * @default null */ foreignKeyField?: string; /** * Defines the display column name from the foreign data source which will be obtained from comparing local and foreign data * @default null */ foreignKeyValue?: string; /** * column visibility can change based on its [`Media Queries`](http://cssmediaqueries.com/what-are-css-media-queries.html). * `hideAtMedia` accepts only valid Media Queries. * @default '' */ hideAtMedia?: string; /** * If `showInColumnChooser` set to false, then hides the particular column in column chooser. * By default all columns are displayed in column Chooser. * @default true */ showInColumnChooser?: boolean; /** * @hidden * Defines the commands column template as string or HTML element ID which is used to add * customized command buttons in each cells of the column. */ commandsTemplate?: string; /** * `commands` provides an option to display command buttons in every cell. * The available built-in command buttons are * * Edit - Edit the record. * * Delete - Delete the record. * * Save - Save the record. * * Cancel - Cancel the edit state. * * The following code example implements the custom command column. * ```html * <style type="text/css" class="cssStyles"> * .details-icon:before * { * content:"\e74d"; * } * </style> * <div id="Grid"></div> * ``` * ```typescript * var gridObj = new Grid({ * datasource: window.gridData, * columns : [ * { field: 'CustomerID', headerText: 'Customer ID' }, * { field: 'CustomerName', headerText: 'Customer Name' }, * {commands: [{buttonOption:{content: 'Details', click: onClick, cssClass: details-icon}}], headerText: 'Customer Details'} * ] * gridObj.appendTo("#Grid"); * ``` * @default null */ commands?: CommandModel[]; /** * It defines the custom sort comparer function. */ sortComparer?: SortComparer | string; /** * @hidden * It defines the column is foreign key column or not. */ isForeignColumn?: () => boolean; /** * Defines the cell edit template that used as editor for a particular column. * It accepts either template string or HTML element ID. * @aspIgnore */ editTemplate?: string; /** * Defines the filter template/UI that used as filter for a particular column. * It accepts either template string or HTML element ID. * @aspIgnore */ filterTemplate?: string; /** * Defines the mapping column name of the foreign data source. * If it is not defined then the `columns.field` will be considered as mapping column name * @default false */ lockColumn?: boolean; /** * If `allowSearching` set to false, then it disables Searching of a particular column. * By default all columns allow Searching. * @default true */ allowSearching?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/models/models.d.ts /** * Export model files */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/models/page-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class PageSettings */ export interface PageSettingsModel { /** * Defines the number of records to be displayed per page. * @default 12 */ pageSize?: number; /** * Defines the number of pages to be displayed in the pager container. * @default 8 */ pageCount?: number; /** * Defines the current page number of the pager. * @default 1 */ currentPage?: number; /** * @hidden * Gets the total records count of the Grid. */ totalRecordsCount?: number; /** * If `enableQueryString` set to true, * then it pass current page information as a query string along with the URL while navigating to other page. * @default false */ enableQueryString?: boolean; /** * If `pageSizes` set to true or Array of values, * It renders DropDownList in the pager which allow us to select pageSize from DropDownList. * @default false */ pageSizes?: boolean | (number | string)[]; /** * Defines the template which renders customized elements in pager instead of default elements. * It accepts either [template string](../common/template-engine.html) or HTML element ID. * @default null */ template?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/models/page-settings.d.ts /** * Configures the paging behavior of the Grid. */ export class PageSettings extends base.ChildProperty<PageSettings> { /** * Defines the number of records to be displayed per page. * @default 12 */ pageSize: number; /** * Defines the number of pages to be displayed in the pager container. * @default 8 */ pageCount: number; /** * Defines the current page number of the pager. * @default 1 */ currentPage: number; /** * @hidden * Gets the total records count of the Grid. */ totalRecordsCount: number; /** * If `enableQueryString` set to true, * then it pass current page information as a query string along with the URL while navigating to other page. * @default false */ enableQueryString: boolean; /** * If `pageSizes` set to true or Array of values, * It renders DropDownList in the pager which allow us to select pageSize from DropDownList. * @default false */ pageSizes: boolean | (number | string)[]; /** * Defines the template which renders customized elements in pager instead of default elements. * It accepts either [template string](../common/template-engine.html) or HTML element ID. * @default null */ template: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/models/row.d.ts /** * Row * @hidden */ export class Row<T> { uid: string; data: Object; tIndex: number; changes: Object; isDirty: boolean; edit: string; isSelected: boolean; isReadOnly: boolean; isAltRow: boolean; isDataRow: boolean; isExpand: boolean; rowSpan: number; cells: Cell<T>[]; index: number; indent: number; subRowDetails: Object; height: string; visible: boolean; attributes: { [x: string]: Object; }; cssClass: string; foreignKeyData: Object; isDetailRow: boolean; childGrid: IGrid; constructor(options: { [x: string]: Object; }); clone(): Row<T>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/page.d.ts /** * Page export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/pdf-export.d.ts /** * Pdf Export exports */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer.d.ts /** * Models */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/batch-edit-renderer.d.ts /** * Edit render module is used to render grid edit row. * @hidden */ export class BatchEditRender { private parent; /** * Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent?: IGrid); update(elements: Element[], args: { columnObject?: Column; cell?: Element; row?: Element; }): void; private getEditElement; removeEventListener(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/boolean-edit-cell.d.ts /** * `BooleanEditCell` is used to handle boolean cell type editing. * @hidden */ export class BooleanEditCell implements IEditCell { private parent; private obj; private editRow; private editType; private activeClasses; constructor(parent?: IGrid); create(args: { column: Column; value: string; type: string; }): Element; read(element: Element): boolean; write(args: { rowData: Object; element: Element; column: Column; requestType: string; row: Element; }): void; private checkBoxChange; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/boolean-filter-ui.d.ts /** * `boolfilterui` render boolean column. * @hidden */ export class BooleanFilterUI implements IFilterMUI { private parent; protected serviceLocator: ServiceLocator; private elem; private value; private filterSettings; private dropInstance; private dialogObj; constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator, filterSettings?: FilterSettings); create(args: { column: Column; target: HTMLElement; getOptrInstance: FlMenuOptrUI; localizeText: base.L10n; dialogObj: popups.Dialog; }): void; write(args: { column: Column; target: Element; parent: IGrid; filteredValue: number | string | Date | boolean; }): void; read(element: Element, column: Column, filterOptr: string, filterObj: Filter): void; private openPopup; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/caption-cell-renderer.d.ts /** * GroupCaptionCellRenderer class which responsible for building group caption cell. * @hidden */ export class GroupCaptionCellRenderer extends CellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<Column> { element: HTMLElement; /** * Function to render the cell content based on Column object. * @param {Cell} cell * @param {Object} data */ render(cell: Cell<Column>, data: GroupedData): Element; } /** * GroupCaptionEmptyCellRenderer class which responsible for building group caption empty cell. * @hidden */ export class GroupCaptionEmptyCellRenderer extends CellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<Column> { element: HTMLElement; /** * Function to render the cell content based on Column object. * @param {Cell} cell * @param {Object} data */ render(cell: Cell<Column>, data: { field: string; key: string; count: number; }): Element; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/cell-merge-renderer.d.ts /** * `CellMergeRender` module. * @hidden */ export class CellMergeRender<T> { private serviceLocator; protected parent: IGrid; constructor(serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator, parent?: IGrid); render(cellArgs: QueryCellInfoEventArgs, row: Row<T>, i: number, td: Element): Element; private backupMergeCells; private generteKey; private splitKey; private containsKey; private getMergeCells; private setMergeCells; updateVirtualCells(rows: Row<Column>[]): Row<Column>[]; private getIndexFromAllColumns; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/cell-renderer.d.ts /** * CellRenderer class which responsible for building cell content. * @hidden */ export class CellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<Column> { element: HTMLElement; private rowChkBox; protected localizer: base.L10n; protected formatter: IValueFormatter; protected parent: IGrid; constructor(parent: IGrid, locator?: ServiceLocator); /** * Function to return the wrapper for the TD content * @returns string */ getGui(): string | Element; /** * Function to format the cell value. * @param {Column} column * @param {Object} value * @param {Object} data */ format(column: Column, value: Object, data?: Object): string; evaluate(node: Element, cell: Cell<Column>, data: Object, attributes?: Object, fData?: Object): boolean; /** * Function to invoke the custom formatter available in the column object. * @param {Column} column * @param {Object} value * @param {Object} data */ invokeFormatter(column: Column, value: Object, data: Object): Object; /** * Function to render the cell content based on Column object. * @param {Column} column * @param {Object} data * @param {{[x:string]:Object}} attributes? * @param {Element} */ render(cell: Cell<Column>, data: Object, attributes?: { [x: string]: Object; }): Element; /** * Function to refresh the cell content based on Column object. * @param {Column} column * @param {Object} data * @param {{[x:string]:Object}} attributes? * @param {Element} */ refreshTD(td: Element, cell: Cell<Column>, data: Object, attributes?: { [x: string]: Object; }): void; private refreshCell; /** * Function to specifies how the result content to be placed in the cell. * @param {Element} node * @param {string|Element} innerHtml * @returns Element */ appendHtml(node: Element, innerHtml: string | Element, property?: string): Element; /** * @hidden */ setAttributes(node: HTMLElement, cell: Cell<Column>, attributes?: { [x: string]: Object; }): void; buildAttributeFromCell<Column>(node: HTMLElement, cell: Cell<Column>, isCheckBoxType?: boolean): void; getValue(field: string, data: Object, column: Column): Object; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/command-column-renderer.d.ts /** * `CommandColumn` used to render command column in grid * @hidden */ export class CommandColumnRenderer extends CellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<Column> { private buttonElement; private unbounDiv; element: HTMLElement; constructor(parent: IGrid, locator?: ServiceLocator); /** * Function to render the cell content based on Column object. * @param {Column} column * @param {Object} data * @param {{[x:string]:Object}} attributes? * @param {Element} */ render(cell: Cell<Column>, data: Object, attributes?: { [x: string]: Object; }): Element; private renderButton; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/content-renderer.d.ts /** * Content module is used to render grid content * @hidden */ export class ContentRender implements IRenderer { private contentTable; private contentPanel; private rows; private freezeRows; private movableRows; private rowElements; private freezeRowElements; private index; colgroup: Element; private isLoaded; private tbody; private drop; private args; private rafCallback; protected parent: IGrid; private serviceLocator; private ariaService; protected generator: IModelGenerator<Column>; /** * Constructor for content renderer module */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); /** * The function is used to render grid content div */ renderPanel(): void; /** * The function is used to render grid content table */ renderTable(): void; /** * The function is used to create content table elements * @return {Element} * @hidden */ createContentTable(id: String): Element; private splitRows; /** * Refresh the content of the Grid. * @return {void} */ refreshContentRows(args?: NotifyArgs): void; appendContent(tbody: Element, frag: DocumentFragment, args: NotifyArgs): void; /** * Get the content div element of grid * @return {Element} */ getPanel(): Element; /** * Set the content div element of grid * @param {Element} panel */ setPanel(panel: Element): void; /** * Get the content table element of grid * @return {Element} */ getTable(): Element; /** * Set the content table element of grid * @param {Element} table */ setTable(table: Element): void; /** * Get the Row collection in the Grid. * @returns {Row[] | HTMLCollectionOf<HTMLTableRowElement>} */ getRows(): Row<Column>[] | HTMLCollectionOf<HTMLTableRowElement>; /** * Get the Movable Row collection in the Freeze pane Grid. * @returns {Row[] | HTMLCollectionOf<HTMLTableRowElement>} */ getMovableRows(): Row<Column>[] | HTMLCollectionOf<HTMLTableRowElement>; /** * Get the content table data row elements * @return {Element} */ getRowElements(): Element[]; /** * Get the Freeze pane movable content table data row elements * @return {Element} */ getMovableRowElements(): Element[]; /** * Get the content table data row elements * @return {Element} */ setRowElements(elements: Element[]): void; /** * Get the header colgroup element * @returns {Element} */ getColGroup(): Element; /** * Set the header colgroup element * @param {Element} colgroup * @returns {Element} */ setColGroup(colGroup: Element): Element; /** * Function to hide content table column based on visible property * @param {Column[]} columns? */ setVisible(columns?: Column[]): void; private colGroupRefresh; private initializeContentDrop; private canSkip; getModelGenerator(): IModelGenerator<Column>; renderEmpty(tbody: HTMLElement): void; setSelection(uid: string, set: boolean, clearAll?: boolean): void; getRowByIndex(index: number): Element; getVirtualRowIndex(index: number): number; getMovableRowByIndex(index: number): Element; private enableAfterRender; setRowObjects(rows: Row<Column>[]): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/date-filter-ui.d.ts /** * `datefilterui` render date column. * @hidden */ export class DateFilterUI implements IFilterMUI { private parent; protected locator: ServiceLocator; private inputElem; private value; private datePickerObj; private fltrSettings; private dialogObj; constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator, filterSettings?: FilterSettings); create(args: IFilterCreate): void; write(args: { column: Column; target: Element; parent: IGrid; filteredValue: number | string | Date | boolean; }): void; read(element: Element, column: Column, filterOptr: string, filterObj: Filter): void; private openPopup; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/datepicker-edit-cell.d.ts /** * `DatePickerEditCell` is used to handle datepicker cell type editing. * @hidden */ export class DatePickerEditCell implements IEditCell { private parent; private obj; constructor(parent?: IGrid); create(args: { column: Column; value: string; type: string; }): Element; read(element: Element): string | Date; write(args: { rowData: Object; element: Element; column: Column; type: string; row: HTMLElement; requestType: string; }): void; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/default-edit-cell.d.ts /** * `DefaultEditCell` is used to handle default cell type editing. * @hidden */ export class DefaultEditCell implements IEditCell { private parent; constructor(parent?: IGrid); create(args: { column: Column; value: string; requestType: string; }): Element; read(element: Element): string; write(args: { rowData: Object; element: Element; column: Column; requestType: string; }): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/detail-expand-cell-renderer.d.ts /** * ExpandCellRenderer class which responsible for building group expand cell. * @hidden */ export class DetailExpandCellRenderer extends CellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<Column> { element: HTMLElement; /** * Function to render the detail expand cell */ render(cell: Cell<Column>, data: Object, attributes?: Object): Element; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/detail-header-indent-renderer.d.ts /** * DetailHeaderIndentCellRenderer class which responsible for building detail header indent cell. * @hidden */ export class DetailHeaderIndentCellRenderer extends CellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<Column> { element: HTMLElement; /** * Function to render the detail indent cell * @param {Cell} cell * @param {Object} data */ render(cell: Cell<Column>, data: Object): Element; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/dialog-edit-renderer.d.ts /** * Edit render module is used to render grid edit row. * @hidden */ export class DialogEditRender { private parent; private l10n; private isEdit; private serviceLocator; private dialog; private dialogObj; /** * Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); private setLocaleObj; addNew(elements: Element[], args: { primaryKeyValue?: string[]; }): void; update(elements: Element[], args: { primaryKeyValue?: string[]; }): void; private createDialog; private btnClick; private dialogClose; private destroy; private getEditElement; removeEventListener(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/dropdown-edit-cell.d.ts /** * `DropDownEditCell` is used to handle dropdown cell type editing. * @hidden */ export class DropDownEditCell implements IEditCell { private parent; private obj; private column; constructor(parent?: IGrid); create(args: { column: Column; value: string; }): Element; write(args: { rowData: Object; element: Element; column: Column; row: HTMLElement; requestType: string; }): void; read(element: Element): string; private ddActionComplete; private dropDownOpen; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/edit-renderer.d.ts /** * Edit render module is used to render grid edit row. * @hidden */ export class EditRender { private editType; protected parent: IGrid; private renderer; protected serviceLocator: ServiceLocator; private focus; /** * Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); addNew(args: Object): void; update(args: Object): void; private convertWidget; private focusElement; private getEditElements; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/expand-cell-renderer.d.ts /** * ExpandCellRenderer class which responsible for building group expand cell. * @hidden */ export class ExpandCellRenderer extends IndentCellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<Column> { /** * Function to render the expand cell * @param {Cell} cell * @param {Object} data * @param {{ [x: string]: string }} attr * @param {boolean} isExpand */ render(cell: Cell<Column>, data: { field: string; key: string; }, attr?: { [x: string]: string; }, isExpand?: boolean): Element; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/filter-cell-renderer.d.ts /** * FilterCellRenderer class which responsible for building filter cell. * @hidden */ export class FilterCellRenderer extends CellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<Column> { element: HTMLElement; /** * Function to return the wrapper for the TH content. * @returns string */ getGui(): string | Element; /** * Function to render the cell content based on Column object. * @param {Cell} cell * @param {Object} data */ render(cell: Cell<Column>, data: Object): Element; /** * Function to specifies how the result content to be placed in the cell. * @param {Element} node * @param {string|Element} innerHTML * @returns Element */ appendHtml(node: Element, innerHtml: string | Element): Element; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/filter-menu-operator.d.ts /** * `filter operators` render boolean column. * @hidden */ export class FlMenuOptrUI { private parent; private customFilterOperators; private serviceLocator; private filterSettings; private dropOptr; private customOptr; private optrData; private dialogObj; constructor(parent?: IGrid, customFltrOperators?: Object, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator, filterSettings?: FilterSettings); /** * @hidden */ renderOperatorUI(dlgConetntEle: Element, target: Element, column: Column, dlgObj: popups.Dialog): void; private dropDownOpen; private dropSelectedVal; /** * @hidden */ getFlOperator(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/filter-menu-renderer.d.ts /** * `filter menu` render boolean column. * @hidden */ export class FilterMenuRenderer { private parent; private filterObj; private serviceLocator; private dlgDiv; private l10n; dlgObj: popups.Dialog; private valueFormatter; private filterSettings; private customFilterOperators; private dropOptr; private flMuiObj; private col; private isDialogOpen; private colTypes; constructor(parent?: IGrid, filterSettings?: FilterSettings, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator, customFltrOperators?: Object, fltrObj?: Filter); private openDialog; private closeDialog; private renderDlgContent; private dialogCreated; private renderFilterUI; private renderOperatorUI; private renderFlValueUI; private writeMethod; private filterBtnClick; private clearBtnClick; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/footer-renderer.d.ts /** * Footer module is used to render grid content * @hidden */ export class FooterRenderer extends ContentRender implements IRenderer { private locator; protected modelGenerator: SummaryModelGenerator; private aggregates; private freezeTable; private frozenContent; private movableContent; constructor(gridModule?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); /** * The function is used to render grid footer div */ renderPanel(): void; /** * The function is used to render grid footer table */ renderTable(): void; private renderSummaryContent; refresh(e?: { aggregates?: Object; }): void; refreshCol(): void; private onWidthChange; private onScroll; getColFromIndex(index?: number): HTMLElement; private columnVisibilityChanged; addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; private updateFooterTableWidth; refreshFooterRenderer(editedData: Object[]): void; onAggregates(editedData: Object[]): Object; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/freeze-renderer.d.ts /** * Freeze module is used to render grid content with frozen rows and columns * @hidden */ export class FreezeContentRender extends ContentRender implements IRenderer { private frozenContent; private movableContent; constructor(parent?: IGrid, locator?: ServiceLocator); renderPanel(): void; renderEmpty(tbody: HTMLElement): void; private setFrozenContent; private setMovableContent; getFrozenContent(): Element; getMovableContent(): Element; getModelGenerator(): IModelGenerator<Column>; renderTable(): void; } export class FreezeRender extends HeaderRender implements IRenderer { private frozenHeader; private movableHeader; constructor(parent?: IGrid, locator?: ServiceLocator); addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; renderTable(): void; renderPanel(): void; refreshUI(): void; private rfshMovable; private addMovableFirstCls; private refreshFreeze; private updateResizeHandler; private setWrapHeight; private setFrozenHeight; private refreshStackedHdrHgt; private getRowSpan; private updateStackedHdrRowHgt; private setFrozenHeader; private setMovableHeader; getFrozenHeader(): Element; getMovableHeader(): Element; private updateColgroup; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/header-cell-renderer.d.ts /** * HeaderCellRenderer class which responsible for building header cell content. * @hidden */ export class HeaderCellRenderer extends CellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<Column> { element: HTMLElement; private ariaService; private hTxtEle; private sortEle; private gui; private chkAllBox; /** * Function to return the wrapper for the TH content. * @returns string */ getGui(): string | Element; /** * Function to render the cell content based on Column object. * @param {Column} column * @param {Object} data * @param {Element} */ render(cell: Cell<Column>, data: Object, attributes?: { [x: string]: Object; }): Element; /** * Function to refresh the cell content based on Column object. * @param {Cell} cell * @param {Element} node */ refresh(cell: Cell<Column>, node: Element): Element; private clean; private prepareHeader; private extendPrepareHeader; /** * Function to specifies how the result content to be placed in the cell. * @param {Element} node * @param {string|Element} innerHtml * @returns Element */ appendHtml(node: Element, innerHtml: string | Element): Element; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/header-indent-renderer.d.ts /** * HeaderIndentCellRenderer class which responsible for building header indent cell. * @hidden */ export class HeaderIndentCellRenderer extends CellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<Column> { element: HTMLElement; /** * Function to render the indent cell * @param {Cell} cell * @param {Object} data */ render(cell: Cell<Column>, data: Object): Element; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/header-renderer.d.ts /** * Content module is used to render grid content * @hidden */ export class HeaderRender implements IRenderer { private headerTable; private headerPanel; private colgroup; private caption; protected colDepth: number; private column; protected rows: Row<Column>[]; private frzIdx; private notfrzIdx; private lockColsRendered; private helper; private dragStart; private drag; private dragStop; private drop; protected parent: IGrid; protected serviceLocator: ServiceLocator; protected widthService: ColumnWidthService; protected ariaService: AriaService; /** * Constructor for header renderer module */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); /** * The function is used to render grid header div */ renderPanel(): void; /** * The function is used to render grid header table */ renderTable(): void; /** * Get the header content div element of grid * @return {Element} */ getPanel(): Element; /** * Set the header content div element of grid * @param {Element} panel */ setPanel(panel: Element): void; /** * Get the header table element of grid * @return {Element} */ getTable(): Element; /** * Set the header table element of grid * @param {Element} table */ setTable(table: Element): void; /** * Get the header colgroup element * @returns {Element} */ getColGroup(): Element; /** * Set the header colgroup element * @param {Element} colgroup * @returns {Element} */ setColGroup(colGroup: Element): Element; /** * Get the header row element collection. * @return {Element[]} */ getRows(): Row<Column>[] | HTMLCollectionOf<HTMLTableRowElement>; /** * The function is used to create header table elements * @return {Element} * @hidden */ private createHeaderTable; /** * @hidden */ createTable(): Element; private createHeaderContent; private updateColGroup; private ensureColumns; private getHeaderCells; private appendCells; private getStackedLockColsCount; private refreshFrozenHdr; private getColSpan; private generateRow; private generateCell; /** * Function to hide header table column based on visible property * @param {Column[]} columns? */ setVisible(columns?: Column[]): void; private colPosRefresh; /** * Refresh the header of the Grid. * @returns {void} */ refreshUI(): void; appendContent(table?: Element): void; private getCellCnt; protected initializeHeaderDrag(): void; protected initializeHeaderDrop(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/indent-cell-renderer.d.ts /** * IndentCellRenderer class which responsible for building group indent cell. * @hidden */ export class IndentCellRenderer extends CellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<Column> { element: HTMLElement; /** * Function to render the indent cell * @param {Cell} cell * @param {Object} data */ render(cell: Cell<Column>, data: Object): Element; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/inline-edit-renderer.d.ts /** * Edit render module is used to render grid edit row. * @hidden */ export class InlineEditRender { private parent; private isEdit; /** * Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent?: IGrid); addNew(elements: Object, args: { row?: Element; rowData?: Object; }): void; private renderMovableform; private updateFreezeEdit; private getFreezeRow; update(elements: Object, args: { row?: Element; rowData?: Object; }): void; private refreshFreezeEdit; private updateFrozenCont; private renderMovable; private getEditElement; removeEventListener(): void; private appendChildren; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/number-filter-ui.d.ts /** * `numberfilterui` render number column. * @hidden */ export class NumberFilterUI implements IFilterMUI { private parent; protected serviceLocator: ServiceLocator; private instance; private value; private numericTxtObj; private filterSettings; private filter; constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator, filterSettings?: FilterSettings); create(args: IFilterCreate): void; write(args: { column: Column; target: Element; parent: IGrid; filteredValue: number | string | Date | boolean; }): void; read(element: Element, column: Column, filterOptr: string, filterObj: Filter): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/numeric-edit-cell.d.ts /** * `NumericEditCell` is used to handle numeric cell type editing. * @hidden */ export class NumericEditCell implements IEditCell { private parent; private obj; private instances; constructor(parent?: IGrid); create(args: { column: Column; value: string; }): Element; read(element: Element): number; write(args: { rowData: Object; element: Element; column: Column; row: HTMLElement; requestType: string; }): void; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/render.d.ts /** * Content module is used to render grid content * @hidden */ export class Render { private isColTypeDef; private parent; private locator; private headerRenderer; private contentRenderer; private l10n; data: Data; private ariaService; private renderer; private emptyGrid; private isLayoutRendered; /** * Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent?: IGrid, locator?: ServiceLocator); /** * To initialize grid header, content and footer rendering */ render(): void; /** * Refresh the entire Grid. * @return {void} */ refresh(e?: NotifyArgs): void; private refreshComplete; /** * The function is used to refresh the dataManager * @return {void} */ private refreshDataManager; private getFData; private isNeedForeignAction; private foreignKey; private sendBulkRequest; private dmSuccess; private dmFailure; /** * Render empty row to Grid which is used at the time to represent to no records. * @return {void} * @hidden */ renderEmptyRow(): void; private emptyRow; private dynamicColumnChange; private updateColumnType; /** @hidden */ dataManagerSuccess(e: ReturnType, args?: NotifyArgs): void; private dataManagerFailure; private updatesOnInitialRender; private buildColumns; private instantiateRenderer; private addEventListener; /** @hidden */ validateGroupRecords(e: ReturnType): Promise<Object>; private getPredicate; private updateGroupInfo; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/row-drag-drop-renderer.d.ts /** * ExpandCellRenderer class which responsible for building group expand cell. * @hidden */ export class RowDragDropRenderer extends CellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<Column> { element: HTMLElement; /** * Function to render the detail expand cell */ render(cell: Cell<Column>, data: Object): Element; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/row-drag-header-indent-render.d.ts /** * DetailHeaderIndentCellRenderer class which responsible for building detail header indent cell. * @hidden */ export class RowDragDropHeaderRenderer extends CellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<Column> { element: HTMLElement; /** * Function to render the detail indent cell * @param {Cell} cell * @param {Object} data */ render(cell: Cell<Column>, data: Object): Element; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/row-renderer.d.ts /** * RowRenderer class which responsible for building row content. * @hidden */ export class RowRenderer<T> implements IRowRenderer<T> { element: Element; private cellRenderer; private serviceLocator; private cellType; private isSpan; protected parent: IGrid; constructor(serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator, cellType?: CellType, parent?: IGrid); /** * Function to render the row content based on Column[] and data. * @param {Column[]} columns * @param {Object} data? * @param {{[x:string]:Object}} attributes? * @param {string} rowTemplate? */ render(row: Row<T>, columns: Column[], attributes?: { [x: string]: Object; }, rowTemplate?: string, cloneNode?: Element): Element; /** * Function to refresh the row content based on Column[] and data. * @param {Column[]} columns * @param {Object} data? * @param {{[x:string]:Object}} attributes? * @param {string} rowTemplate? */ refresh(row: Row<T>, columns: Column[], isChanged: boolean, attributes?: { [x: string]: Object; }, rowTemplate?: string): void; private refreshRow; private refreshMergeCells; /** * Function to check and add alternative row css class. * @param {Element} tr * @param {{[x:string]:Object}} attr */ buildAttributeFromRow(tr: Element, row: Row<T>): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/stacked-cell-renderer.d.ts /** * StackedHeaderCellRenderer class which responsible for building stacked header cell content. * @hidden */ export class StackedHeaderCellRenderer extends CellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<Column> { element: HTMLElement; /** * Function to render the cell content based on Column object. * @param {Column} column * @param {Object} data * @param {Element} */ render(cell: Cell<Column>, data: Object, attributes?: { [x: string]: Object; }): Element; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/string-filter-ui.d.ts /** * `string filterui` render string column. * @hidden */ export class StringFilterUI implements IFilterMUI { private parent; protected serLocator: ServiceLocator; private instance; private value; actObj: dropdowns.AutoComplete; private filterSettings; private filter; private dialogObj; constructor(parent?: IGrid, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator, filterSettings?: FilterSettings); create(args: IFilterCreate): void; private getAutoCompleteOptions; write(args: { column: Column; target: Element; parent: IGrid; filteredValue: number | string | Date | boolean; }): void; read(element: Element, column: Column, filterOptr: string, filterObj: Filter): void; private openPopup; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/summary-cell-renderer.d.ts /** * SummaryCellRenderer class which responsible for building summary cell content. * @hidden */ export class SummaryCellRenderer extends CellRenderer implements ICellRenderer<AggregateColumnModel> { element: HTMLElement; getValue(field: string, data: Object, column: AggregateColumnModel): Object; evaluate(node: Element, cell: Cell<AggregateColumnModel>, data: Object, attributes?: Object): boolean; refreshWithAggregate(node: Element, cell: Cell<AggregateColumnModel>): Function; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/template-edit-cell.d.ts /** * `TemplateEditCell` is used to handle template cell. * @hidden */ export class TemplateEditCell implements IEditCell { private parent; constructor(parent?: IGrid); read(element: Element, value: string): string; write(): void; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/renderer/virtual-content-renderer.d.ts /** * VirtualContentRenderer * @hidden */ export class VirtualContentRenderer extends ContentRender implements IRenderer { private count; private maxPage; private maxBlock; private prevHeight; private observer; private prevInfo; private currentInfo; private vgenerator; private header; private locator; private preventEvent; private actions; private content; private offsets; private tmpOffsets; private virtualEle; private offsetKeys; private isFocused; constructor(parent: IGrid, locator?: ServiceLocator); renderTable(): void; renderEmpty(tbody: HTMLElement): void; private scrollListener; private block; private getInfoFromView; ensureBlocks(info: VirtualInfo): number[]; appendContent(target: HTMLElement, newChild: DocumentFragment, e: NotifyArgs): void; private onDataReady; private setVirtualHeight; private getPageFromTop; private getTranslateY; getOffset(block: number): number; private onEntered; eventListener(action: string): void; getBlockSize(): number; getBlockHeight(): number; isEndBlock(index: number): boolean; getGroupedTotalBlocks(): number; getTotalBlocks(): number; getColumnOffset(block: number): number; getModelGenerator(): IModelGenerator<Column>; private resetScrollPosition; private onActionBegin; getRows(): Row<Column>[]; getRowByIndex(index: number): Element; getVirtualRowIndex(index: number): number; private refreshOffsets; refreshVirtualElement(): void; } /** * @hidden */ export class VirtualHeaderRenderer extends HeaderRender implements IRenderer { virtualEle: VirtualElementHandler; private gen; constructor(parent: IGrid, locator: ServiceLocator); renderTable(): void; appendContent(table: Element): void; refreshUI(): void; } /** * @hidden */ export class VirtualElementHandler { wrapper: HTMLElement; placeholder: HTMLElement; content: HTMLElement; table: HTMLElement; renderWrapper(height?: number): void; renderPlaceHolder(position?: string): void; adjustTable(xValue: number, yValue: number): void; setWrapperWidth(width: string, full?: boolean): void; setVirtualHeight(height?: number, width?: string): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/reorder.d.ts /** * Reorder export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/resize.d.ts /** * Resize export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/row-reorder.d.ts /** * Row reorder export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/selection.d.ts /** * Selection export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/services.d.ts /** * Services */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/services/aria-service.d.ts /** * AriaService * @hidden */ export class AriaService { setOptions(target: HTMLElement, options: IAriaOptions<boolean>): void; setExpand(target: HTMLElement, expand: boolean): void; setSort(target: HTMLElement, direction?: SortDirection | 'none' | boolean): void; setBusy(target: HTMLElement, isBusy: boolean): void; setGrabbed(target: HTMLElement, isGrabbed: boolean, remove?: boolean): void; setDropTarget(target: HTMLElement, isTarget: boolean): void; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IAriaOptions<T> { role?: string; expand?: T; collapse?: T; selected?: T; multiselectable?: T; sort?: T | 'none'; busy?: T; invalid?: T; grabbed?: T; dropeffect?: T; haspopup?: T; level?: T; colcount?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/services/cell-render-factory.d.ts /** * CellRendererFactory * @hidden */ export class CellRendererFactory { cellRenderMap: { [c: string]: ICellRenderer<{}>; }; addCellRenderer(name: string | CellType, type: ICellRenderer<{}>): void; getCellRenderer(name: string | CellType): ICellRenderer<{}>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/services/focus-strategy.d.ts /** * FocusStrategy class * @hidden */ export class FocusStrategy { parent: IGrid; currentInfo: FocusInfo; oneTime: boolean; swap: SwapInfo; content: IFocus; header: IFocus; active: IFocus; fContent: IFocus; fHeader: IFocus; private forget; private skipFocus; private focusByClick; private passiveHandler; private prevIndexes; private focusedColumnUid; constructor(parent: IGrid); protected focusCheck(e: Event): void; protected onFocus(): void; protected passiveFocus(e: FocusEvent): void; protected onBlur(e?: FocusEvent): void; onClick(e: Event | { target: Element; }, force?: boolean): void; protected onKeyPress(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; private skipOn; getFocusedElement(): HTMLElement; getContent(): IFocus; setActive(content: boolean, isFrozen?: boolean): void; setFocusedElement(element: HTMLElement): void; focus(e?: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected removeFocus(e?: FocusEvent): void; protected addFocus(info: FocusInfo, e?: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected refreshMatrix(content?: boolean): Function; addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; destroy(): void; restoreFocus(): void; clearOutline(): void; clearIndicator(): void; getPrevIndexes(): IIndex; forgetPrevious(): void; setActiveByKey(action: string, active: IFocus): void; internalCellFocus(e: CellFocusArgs): void; } /** * Create matrix from row collection which act as mental model for cell navigation * @hidden */ export class Matrix { matrix: number[][]; current: number[]; columns: number; rows: number; set(rowIndex: number, columnIndex: number, allow?: boolean): void; get(rowIndex: number, columnIndex: number, navigator: number[], action?: string, validator?: Function): number[]; first(vector: number[], index: number, navigator: number[], moveTo?: boolean, action?: string): number; select(rowIndex: number, columnIndex: number): void; generate(rows: Row<Column>[], selector: Function, isRowTemplate?: boolean): number[][]; inValid(value: number): boolean; } /** * @hidden */ export class ContentFocus implements IFocus { matrix: Matrix; parent: IGrid; keyActions: { [x: string]: number[]; }; indexesByKey: (action: string) => number[]; constructor(parent: IGrid); getTable(): HTMLTableElement; onKeyPress(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void | boolean; private editNextRow; getCurrentFromAction(action: string, navigator?: number[], isPresent?: boolean, e?: base.KeyboardEventArgs): number[]; onClick(e: Event, force?: boolean): void | boolean; getFocusInfo(): FocusInfo; getFocusable(element: HTMLElement): HTMLElement; selector(row: Row<Column>, cell: Cell<Column>, isRowTemplate?: boolean): boolean; jump(action: string, current: number[]): SwapInfo; getNextCurrent(previous?: number[], swap?: SwapInfo, active?: IFocus, action?: string): number[]; generateRows(rows?: Row<Column>[], optionals?: Object): void; getInfo(e?: base.KeyboardEventArgs): FocusedContainer; validator(): Function; protected shouldFocusChange(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): boolean; } /** * @hidden */ export class HeaderFocus extends ContentFocus implements IFocus { constructor(parent: IGrid); getTable(): HTMLTableElement; onClick(e: Event): void | boolean; getFocusInfo(): FocusInfo; selector(row: Row<Column>, cell: Cell<Column>): boolean; jump(action: string, current: number[]): SwapInfo; getNextCurrent(previous?: number[], swap?: SwapInfo, active?: IFocus, action?: string): number[]; generateRows(rows?: Row<Column>[]): void; getInfo(e?: base.KeyboardEventArgs): FocusedContainer; validator(): Function; protected shouldFocusChange(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): boolean; } export class FixedContentFocus extends ContentFocus { getTable(): HTMLTableElement; jump(action: string, current: number[]): SwapInfo; getNextCurrent(previous?: number[], swap?: SwapInfo, active?: IFocus, action?: string): number[]; } export class FixedHeaderFocus extends HeaderFocus { jump(action: string, current: number[]): SwapInfo; getTable(): HTMLTableElement; getNextCurrent(previous?: number[], swap?: SwapInfo, active?: IFocus, action?: string): number[]; } /** @hidden */ export class SearchBox { searchBox: HTMLElement; constructor(searchBox: HTMLElement); protected searchFocus(args: Event): void; protected searchBlur(args: Event): void; wireEvent(): void; unWireEvent(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/services/freeze-row-model-generator.d.ts /** * FreezeRowModelGenerator is used to generate grid data rows with freeze row and column. * @hidden */ export class FreezeRowModelGenerator implements IModelGenerator<Column> { private rowModelGenerator; private parent; private isFrzLoad; constructor(parent: IGrid); generateRows(data: Object, notifyArgs?: NotifyArgs): Row<Column>[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/services/group-model-generator.d.ts /** * GroupModelGenerator is used to generate group caption rows and data rows. * @hidden */ export class GroupModelGenerator extends RowModelGenerator implements IModelGenerator<Column> { private rows; private index; private summaryModelGen; private captionModelGen; constructor(parent?: IGrid); generateRows(data: { length: number; }, args?: { startIndex?: number; }): Row<Column>[]; private getGroupedRecords; private getCaptionRowCells; private generateCaptionRow; private getForeignKeyData; private generateDataRows; private generateIndentCell; refreshRows(input?: Row<Column>[]): Row<Column>[]; } export interface GroupedData { GroupGuid?: string; items?: GroupedData; field?: string; isDataRow?: boolean; level?: number; key?: string; foreignKey?: string; count?: number; headerText?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/services/intersection-observer.d.ts export type ScrollDirection = 'up' | 'down' | 'right' | 'left'; /** * InterSectionObserver - class watch whether it enters the viewport. * @hidden */ export class InterSectionObserver { private containerRect; private element; private fromWheel; private touchMove; private options; private sentinelInfo; constructor(element: HTMLElement, options: InterSection); observe(callback: Function, onEnterCallback: Function): void; check(direction: ScrollDirection): boolean; private virtualScrollHandler; setPageHeight(value: number): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/services/renderer-factory.d.ts /** * RendererFactory * @hidden */ export class RendererFactory { rendererMap: { [c: string]: IRenderer; }; addRenderer(name: RenderType, type: IRenderer): void; getRenderer(name: RenderType): IRenderer; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/services/row-model-generator.d.ts /** * RowModelGenerator is used to generate grid data rows. * @hidden */ export class RowModelGenerator implements IModelGenerator<Column> { protected parent: IGrid; /** * Constructor for header renderer module */ constructor(parent?: IGrid); generateRows(data: Object, args?: { startIndex?: number; }): Row<Column>[]; protected ensureColumns(): Cell<Column>[]; protected generateRow(data: Object, index: number, cssClass?: string, indent?: number, pid?: number, tIndex?: number): Row<Column>; protected refreshForeignKeyRow(options: IRow<Column>): void; protected generateCells(options: IRow<Column>): Cell<Column>[]; protected generateCell(column: Column, rowId?: string, cellType?: CellType, colSpan?: number, oIndex?: number, foreignKeyData?: Object): Cell<Column>; refreshRows(input?: Row<Column>[]): Row<Column>[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/services/service-locator.d.ts /** * ServiceLocator * @hidden */ export class ServiceLocator { private services; register<T>(name: string, type: T): void; getService<T>(name: string): T; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/services/summary-model-generator.d.ts /** * Summary row model generator * @hidden */ export class SummaryModelGenerator implements IModelGenerator<AggregateColumnModel> { protected parent: IGrid; /** * Constructor for Summary row model generator */ constructor(parent?: IGrid); getData(): Object; columnSelector(column: AggregateColumnModel): boolean; getColumns(start?: number, end?: number): Column[]; generateRows(input: Object[] | data.Group, args?: Object, start?: number, end?: number): Row<AggregateColumnModel>[]; getGeneratedRow(summaryRow: AggregateRowModel, data: Object, raw: number, start: number, end: number): Row<AggregateColumnModel>; getGeneratedCell(column: Column, summaryRow: AggregateRowModel, cellType?: CellType, indent?: string, isDetailGridAlone?: boolean): Cell<AggregateColumnModel>; private buildSummaryData; protected getIndentByLevel(data?: number): string[]; protected setTemplate(column: AggregateColumn, data: Object[], single: Object | data.Group): Object; protected getCellType(): CellType; } export class GroupSummaryModelGenerator extends SummaryModelGenerator implements IModelGenerator<AggregateColumnModel> { columnSelector(column: AggregateColumnModel): boolean; protected getIndentByLevel(level?: number): string[]; protected getCellType(): CellType; } export class CaptionSummaryModelGenerator extends SummaryModelGenerator implements IModelGenerator<AggregateColumnModel> { columnSelector(column: AggregateColumnModel): boolean; getData(): Object; isEmpty(): boolean; protected getCellType(): CellType; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/services/value-formatter.d.ts /** * ValueFormatter class to globalize the value. * @hidden */ export class ValueFormatter implements IValueFormatter { private intl; constructor(cultureName?: string); getFormatFunction(format: base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions): Function; getParserFunction(format: base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions): Function; fromView(value: string, format: Function, type?: string): string | number | Date; toView(value: number | Date, format: Function): string | Object; setCulture(cultureName: string): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/services/virtual-row-model-generator.d.ts /** * Content module is used to render grid content */ export class VirtualRowModelGenerator implements IModelGenerator<Column> { private model; rowModelGenerator: IModelGenerator<Column>; parent: IGrid; cOffsets: { [x: number]: number; }; cache: { [x: number]: Row<Column>[]; }; data: { [x: number]: Object[]; }; groups: { [x: number]: Object; }; constructor(parent: IGrid); generateRows(data: Object[], notifyArgs?: NotifyArgs): Row<Column>[]; getBlockIndexes(page: number): number[]; getPage(block: number): number; isBlockAvailable(value: number): boolean; getData(): VirtualInfo; private getStartIndex; getColumnIndexes(content?: HTMLElement): number[]; checkAndResetCache(action: string): boolean; refreshColOffsets(): void; updateGroupRow(current: Row<Column>[], block: number): Row<Column>[]; private iterateGroup; getRows(): Row<Column>[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/services/width-controller.d.ts /** * ColumnWidthService * @hidden */ export class ColumnWidthService { private parent; constructor(parent: IGrid); setWidthToColumns(): void; setColumnWidth(column: Column, index?: number, module?: string): void; private setWidth; getSiblingsHeight(element: HTMLElement): number; private getHeightFromDirection; getWidth(column: Column): string | number; getTableWidth(columns: Column[]): number; private calcMovableOrFreezeColWidth; private setWidthToFrozenTable; private setWidthToMovableTable; private setWidthToFrozenEditTable; private setWidthToMovableEditTable; setWidthToTable(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/sort.d.ts /** * Sort export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/toolbar.d.ts /** * Toolbar export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/grid/virtual-scroll.d.ts /** * Virtual scroll export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/index.d.ts /** * Export Grid components */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/pager/external-message.d.ts /** * `ExternalMessage` module is used to display user provided message. */ export class ExternalMessage implements IRender { private element; private pagerModule; /** * Constructor for externalMessage module * @param {Pager} pagerModule? * @returns defaultType * @hidden */ constructor(pagerModule?: Pager); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * The function is used to render pager externalMessage * @hidden */ render(): void; /** * Refreshes the external message of Pager. */ refresh(): void; /** * Hides the external message of Pager. */ hideMessage(): void; /** * Shows the external message of the Pager. */ showMessage(): void; /** * To destroy the PagerMessage * @method destroy * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/pager/index.d.ts /** * Pager component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/pager/numeric-container.d.ts /** * `NumericContainer` module handles rendering and refreshing numeric container. */ export class NumericContainer implements IRender { private element; private first; private prev; private PP; private NP; private next; private last; private links; private pagerElement; private pagerModule; /** * Constructor for numericContainer module * @hidden */ constructor(pagerModule?: Pager); /** * The function is used to render numericContainer * @hidden */ render(): void; /** * Refreshes the numeric container of Pager. */ refresh(): void; /** * The function is used to refresh refreshNumericLinks * @hidden */ refreshNumericLinks(): void; /** * Binding events to the element while component creation * @hidden */ wireEvents(): void; /** * Unbinding events from the element while component destroy * @hidden */ unwireEvents(): void; /** * To destroy the PagerMessage * @method destroy * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private renderNumericContainer; private renderFirstNPrev; private renderPrevPagerSet; private renderNextPagerSet; private renderNextNLast; private clickHandler; private updateLinksHtml; private updateStyles; private updateFirstNPrevStyles; private updatePrevPagerSetStyles; private updateNextPagerSetStyles; private updateNextNLastStyles; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/pager/pager-dropdown.d.ts /** * IPager interface * @hidden */ export interface IPager { newProp: { value: number | string | boolean; }; } /** * `PagerDropDown` module handles selected pageSize from DropDownList. */ export class PagerDropDown { private pagerCons; private dropDownListObject; private pagerDropDownDiv; private pagerModule; /** * Constructor for pager module * @hidden */ constructor(pagerModule?: Pager); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private * @hidden */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * The function is used to render pager dropdown * @hidden */ render(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the pagesize. * @private * @hidden */ private onChange; private beforeValueChange; private convertValue; setDropDownValue(prop: string, value: string | number | Object | boolean): void; addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the Pagerdropdown * @method destroy * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(args?: { requestType: string; }): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/pager/pager-message.d.ts /** * `PagerMessage` module is used to display pager information. */ export class PagerMessage implements IRender { private pageNoMsgElem; private pageCountMsgElem; private pagerModule; /** * Constructor for externalMessage module * @hidden */ constructor(pagerModule?: Pager); /** * The function is used to render pager message * @hidden */ render(): void; /** * Refreshes the pager information. */ refresh(): void; /** * Hides the Pager information. */ hideMessage(): void; /** * Shows the Pager information. */ showMessage(): void; /** * To destroy the PagerMessage * @method destroy * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private format; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/pager/pager-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Pager */ export interface PagerModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * If `enableQueryString` set to true, * then it pass current page information as a query string along with the URL while navigating to other page. * @default false */ enableQueryString?: boolean; /** * If `enableExternalMessage` set to true, then it adds the message to Pager. * @default false */ enableExternalMessage?: boolean; /** * If `enablePagerMessage` set to true, then it adds the pager information. * @default true */ enablePagerMessage?: boolean; /** * Defines the records count of visible page. * @default 12 */ pageSize?: number; /** * Defines the number of pages to display in pager container. * @default 10 */ pageCount?: number; /** * Defines the current page number of pager. * @default 1 */ currentPage?: number; /** * Gets or Sets the total records count which is used to render numeric container. * @default null */ totalRecordsCount?: number; /** * Defines the external message of Pager. * @default null */ externalMessage?: string; /** * If `pageSizes` set to true or Array of values, * It renders DropDownList in the pager which allow us to select pageSize from DropDownList. * @default false */ pageSizes?: boolean | (number | string)[]; /** * Defines the template as string or HTML element ID which renders customized elements in pager instead of default elements. * @default null */ template?: string; /** * Defines the customized text to append with numeric items. * @default null */ customText?: string; /** * Triggers when click on the numeric items. * @default null */ click?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers after pageSize is selected in DropDownList. * @default null */ dropDownChanged?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when Pager is created. * @default null */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-grids/src/pager/pager.d.ts /** @hidden */ export interface IRender { render(): void; refresh(): void; } /** * Represents the `Pager` component. * ```html * <div id="pager"/> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var pagerObj = new Pager({ totalRecordsCount: 50, pageSize:10 }); * pagerObj.appendTo("#pager"); * </script> * ``` */ export class Pager extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /*** @hidden */ totalPages: number; private templateFn; /*** @hidden */ previousPageNo: number; private defaultConstants; /*** @hidden */ localeObj: base.L10n; /** * `containerModule` is used to manipulate numeric container behavior of Pager. */ containerModule: NumericContainer; /** * `pagerMessageModule` is used to manipulate pager message of Pager. */ pagerMessageModule: PagerMessage; /** * `externalMessageModule` is used to manipulate external message of Pager. */ externalMessageModule: ExternalMessage; /** * `pagerdropdownModule` is used to manipulate pageSizes of Pager. * @hidden */ pagerdropdownModule: PagerDropDown; /** * If `enableQueryString` set to true, * then it pass current page information as a query string along with the URL while navigating to other page. * @default false */ enableQueryString: boolean; /** * If `enableExternalMessage` set to true, then it adds the message to Pager. * @default false */ enableExternalMessage: boolean; /** * If `enablePagerMessage` set to true, then it adds the pager information. * @default true */ enablePagerMessage: boolean; /** * Defines the records count of visible page. * @default 12 */ pageSize: number; /** * Defines the number of pages to display in pager container. * @default 10 */ pageCount: number; /** * Defines the current page number of pager. * @default 1 */ currentPage: number; /** * Gets or Sets the total records count which is used to render numeric container. * @default null */ totalRecordsCount: number; /** * Defines the external message of Pager. * @default null */ externalMessage: string; /** * If `pageSizes` set to true or Array of values, * It renders DropDownList in the pager which allow us to select pageSize from DropDownList. * @default false */ pageSizes: boolean | (number | string)[]; /** * Defines the template as string or HTML element ID which renders customized elements in pager instead of default elements. * @default null */ template: string; /** * Defines the customized text to append with numeric items. * @default null */ customText: string; /** * Triggers when click on the numeric items. * @default null */ click: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers after pageSize is selected in DropDownList. * @default null */ dropDownChanged: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when Pager is created. * @default null */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Constructor for creating the component. * @hidden */ constructor(options?: PagerModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * To provide the array of modules needed for component rendering * @hidden */ protected requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * Initialize the event handler * @hidden */ protected preRender(): void; /** * To Initialize the component rendering */ protected render(): void; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @hidden */ getPersistData(): string; /** * To destroy the Pager component. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @hidden */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: PagerModel, oldProp: PagerModel): void; /** * Gets the localized label by locale keyword. * @param {string} key * @return {string} */ getLocalizedLabel(key: string): string; /** * Navigate to target page by given number. * @param {number} pageNo - Defines page number. * @return {void} */ goToPage(pageNo: number): void; private checkpagesizes; private checkGoToPage; private currentPageChanged; private pagerTemplate; /** @hidden */ updateTotalPages(): void; /** @hidden */ getPagerTemplate(): Function; private compile; /** * Refreshes page count, pager information and external message. * @return {void} */ refresh(): void; private updateRTL; private initLocalization; private updateQueryString; private getUpdatedURL; private renderFirstPrevDivForDevice; private renderNextLastDivForDevice; private addAriaLabel; } } export namespace heatmap { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/components.d.ts /** * Export heat map */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/axis/axis-helpers.d.ts /** * HeatMap Axis-Helper file */ export class AxisHelper { private heatMap; private initialClipRect; private htmlObject; private element; private padding; private drawSvgCanvas; constructor(heatMap?: HeatMap); /** * To render the x and y axis. * @private */ renderAxes(): void; private drawXAxisLine; private drawYAxisLine; private drawXAxisTitle; private drawYAxisTitle; /** * Get the visible labels for both x and y axis * @private */ calculateVisibleLabels(): void; /** * Measure the title and labels rendering position for both X and Y axis. * @param rect * @private */ measureAxis(rect: Rect): void; /** * Calculate the X and Y axis line position * @param rect * @private */ calculateAxisSize(rect: Rect): void; private drawXAxisLabels; private drawYAxisLabels; private drawXAxisBorder; private drawYAxisBorder; /** * To create border element for axis. * @return {void} * @private */ private createAxisBorderElement; private drawMultiLevels; /** * render x axis multi level labels * @private * @return {void} */ renderXAxisMultiLevelLabels(axis: Axis, parent: Element, rect: Rect): void; /** * render x axis multi level labels border * @private * @return {void} */ private renderXAxisLabelBorder; /** * render y axis multi level labels * @private * @return {void} */ renderYAxisMultiLevelLabels(axis: Axis, parent: Element, rect: Rect): void; /** * render x axis multi level labels border * @private * @return {void} */ private renderYAxisLabelBorder; /** * create borer element * @return {void} * @private */ createBorderElement(borderIndex: number, axis: Axis, path: string, parent: Element): void; /** * calculate left position of border element * @private */ calculateLeftPosition(axis: Axis, start: number, label: number | Date | string, rect: Rect): number; /** * calculate width of border element * @private */ calculateWidth(axis: Axis, label: number | Date | string, end: number, rect: Rect): number; private calculateNumberOfDays; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/axis/axis-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Axis */ export interface AxisModel { /** * Title of heat map axis * @default '' */ title?: TitleModel; /** * If set to true, the axis will render at the opposite side of its default position. * @default false */ opposedPosition?: boolean; /** * Options for label assignment. */ labels?: string[]; /** * Options for customizing the label text. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * The angle to rotate the axis label * @default 0 */ labelRotation?: number; /** * It specifies whether the axis to be rendered in inversed manner or not. * @default false */ isInversed?: boolean; /** * Specifies the type of data the axis is handling. * * Numeric: Renders a numeric axis. * * DateTime: Renders a dateTime axis. * * Category: Renders a category axis. * @default 'Category' */ valueType?: ValueType; /** * Specifies the increment for an axis label. * @default 1 */ increment?: number; /** * Defines the axis label display type for date time axis. * * None: Axis labels displayed based on the value type. * * Years: Define the axis labels display in every year. * * Months: Define the axis labels display in every month. * * Days: Define the axis labels display in every day. * * Hours: Define the axis labels display in every hour. * @default 'None' */ showLabelOn?: LabelType; /** * Specifies the minimum range of an axis. * @default null */ minimum?: Object; /** * Specifies the maximum range of an axis. * @default null */ maximum?: Object; /** * Specifies the interval for an axis. * @default null */ interval?: number; /** * Used to format the axis label that accepts any global string format like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc. * It also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label, e.g, 20°C. * @default '' */ labelFormat?: string; /** * Specifies the types like `Years`, `Months`, `Days`, `Hours`, `Minutes` in date time axis.They are, * * Years: Defines the interval of the axis in years. * * Months: Defines the interval of the axis in months. * * Days: Defines the interval of the axis in days. * * Hours: Defines the interval of the axis in hours. * * Minutes: Defines the interval of the axis in minutes. * @default 'Days' */ intervalType?: IntervalType; /** * Specifies the actions like `Rotate45`, `None` and `Trim` when the axis labels intersect with each other.They are, * * None: Shows all the labels. * * Rotate45: Rotates the label to 45 degree when it intersects. * * Trim : Trim the label when label text width exceed the label width * @default Trim */ labelIntersectAction?: LabelIntersectAction; /** * Border of the axis labels. */ border?: AxisLabelBorderModel; /** * Specifies the multi level labels collection for the axis */ multiLevelLabels?: MultiLevelLabelsModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/axis/axis.d.ts /** * HeatMap Axis file */ export class Axis extends base.ChildProperty<Axis> { /** * Title of heat map axis * @default '' */ title: TitleModel; /** * If set to true, the axis will render at the opposite side of its default position. * @default false */ opposedPosition: boolean; /** * Options for label assignment. */ labels: string[]; /** * Options for customizing the label text. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * The angle to rotate the axis label * @default 0 */ labelRotation: number; /** * It specifies whether the axis to be rendered in inversed manner or not. * @default false */ isInversed: boolean; /** * Specifies the type of data the axis is handling. * * Numeric: Renders a numeric axis. * * DateTime: Renders a dateTime axis. * * Category: Renders a category axis. * @default 'Category' */ valueType: ValueType; /** * Specifies the increment for an axis label. * @default 1 */ increment: number; /** * Defines the axis label display type for date time axis. * * None: Axis labels displayed based on the value type. * * Years: Define the axis labels display in every year. * * Months: Define the axis labels display in every month. * * Days: Define the axis labels display in every day. * * Hours: Define the axis labels display in every hour. * @default 'None' */ showLabelOn: LabelType; /** * Specifies the minimum range of an axis. * @default null */ minimum: Object; /** * Specifies the maximum range of an axis. * @default null */ maximum: Object; /** * Specifies the interval for an axis. * @default null */ interval: number; /** * Used to format the axis label that accepts any global string format like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc. * It also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label, e.g, 20°C. * @default '' */ labelFormat: string; /** * Specifies the types like `Years`, `Months`, `Days`, `Hours`, `Minutes` in date time axis.They are, * * Years: Defines the interval of the axis in years. * * Months: Defines the interval of the axis in months. * * Days: Defines the interval of the axis in days. * * Hours: Defines the interval of the axis in hours. * * Minutes: Defines the interval of the axis in minutes. * @default 'Days' */ intervalType: IntervalType; /** * Specifies the actions like `Rotate45`, `None` and `Trim` when the axis labels intersect with each other.They are, * * None: Shows all the labels. * * Rotate45: Rotates the label to 45 degree when it intersects. * * Trim : Trim the label when label text width exceed the label width * @default Trim */ labelIntersectAction: LabelIntersectAction; /** * Border of the axis labels. */ border: AxisLabelBorderModel; /** * Specifies the multi level labels collection for the axis */ multiLevelLabels: MultiLevelLabelsModel[]; /** @private */ orientation: Orientation; /** @private */ rect: Rect; /** @private */ nearSizes: number[]; /** @private */ farSizes: number[]; /** @private */ maxLabelSize: Size; /** @private */ titleSize: Size; /** @private */ axisLabels: string[]; /** @private */ tooltipLabels: string[]; /** @private */ labelValue: (string | number | Date)[]; /** @private */ axisLabelSize: number; /** @private */ axisLabelInterval: number; /** @private */ dateTimeAxisLabelInterval: number[]; /** @private */ maxLength: number; /** @private */ min: number; /** @private */ max: number; /** @private */ format: Function; /** @private */ angle: number; /** @private */ isIntersect: boolean; /** @private */ jsonCellLabel: string[]; multiLevelSize: Size[]; /** @private */ xAxisMultiLabelHeight: number[]; /** @private */ yAxisMultiLabelHeight: number[]; /** @private */ multiLevelPosition: MultiLevelPosition[]; /** * measure the axis title and label size * @param axis * @param heatmap * @private */ computeSize(axis: Axis, heatmap: HeatMap, rect: Rect): void; /** * calculating x, y position of multi level labels * @private */ multiPosition(axis: Axis, index: number): MultiLevelPosition; private multiLevelLabelSize; private getMultilevelLabelsHeight; private getTitleSize; private getMaxLabelSize; /** * Generate the axis lables for numeric axis * @param heatmap * @private */ calculateNumericAxisLabels(heatmap: HeatMap): void; /** * Generate the axis lables for category axis * @private */ calculateCategoryAxisLabels(): void; /** * Generate the axis labels for date time axis. * @param heatmap * @private */ calculateDateTimeAxisLabel(heatmap: HeatMap): void; private calculateLabelInterval; /** * @private */ getSkeleton(): string; /** @private */ getTotalLabelLength(min: number, max: number): number; /** * Clear the axis label collection * @private */ clearAxisLabel(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/datasource/adaptor-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Data */ export interface DataModel { /** * base.Property to provide Datasource. * @default null */ data?: Object; /** * Specifies the provided datasource is an JSON data. * @default false */ isJsonData?: boolean; /** * specifies Adaptor type * @default cell */ adaptorType?: AdaptorType; /** * Specifies xAxis mapping. * @default '' */ xDataMapping?: string; /** * Specifies yAxis mapping. * @default '' */ yDataMapping?: string; /** * Specifies value mapping. * @default '' */ valueMapping?: string; /** * Specifies data mapping for size and color bubble type. */ bubbleDataMapping?: BubbleDataModel; } /** * Interface for a class AdaptiveMinMax */ export interface AdaptiveMinMaxModel { } /** * Interface for a class Adaptor */ export interface AdaptorModel { } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/datasource/adaptor.d.ts /** * HeatMap Adaptor file */ /** * Configures the Adaptor Property in the Heatmap. */ export class Data extends base.ChildProperty<Data> { /** * Property to provide Datasource. * @default null */ data: Object; /** * Specifies the provided datasource is an JSON data. * @default false */ isJsonData: boolean; /** * specifies Adaptor type * @default cell */ adaptorType: AdaptorType; /** * Specifies xAxis mapping. * @default '' */ xDataMapping: string; /** * Specifies yAxis mapping. * @default '' */ yDataMapping: string; /** * Specifies value mapping. * @default '' */ valueMapping: string; /** * Specifies data mapping for size and color bubble type. */ bubbleDataMapping: BubbleDataModel; } export class AdaptiveMinMax { min: Object; max: Object; } /** * * The `Adaptor` module is used to handle JSON and Table data. */ export class Adaptor { private heatMap; reconstructData: Object[][]; reconstructedXAxis: string[]; reconstructedYAxis: string[]; private tempSplitDataCollection; adaptiveXMinMax: AdaptiveMinMax; adaptiveYMinMax: AdaptiveMinMax; constructor(heatMap?: HeatMap); /** * Method to construct Two Dimentional Datasource. * @return {void} * @private */ constructDatasource(adaptData: DataModel): void; /** * Method to construct Axis Collection. * @return {void} * @private */ private constructAdaptiveAxis; /** * Method to calculate Numeric Axis Collection. * @return {string[]} * @private */ private getNumericAxisCollection; /** * Method to calculate DateTime Axis Collection. * @return {string[]} * @private */ private getDateAxisCollection; /** * Method to calculate Maximum and Minimum Value from datasource. * @return {void} * @private */ private getMinMaxValue; /** * Method to process Cell datasource. * @return {Object} * @private */ private processCellData; /** * Method to process JSON Cell datasource. * @return {Object} * @private */ private processJsonCellData; /** * Method to generate axis labels when labels are not given. * @return {string} * @private */ private generateAxisLabels; /** * Method to get data from complex mapping. * @return {number|string} * @private */ private getSplitDataValue; /** * Method to process JSON Table datasource. * @return {Object} * @private */ private processJsonTableData; /** * To destroy the Adaptor. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(heatMap: HeatMap): void; /** * To get Module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/datasource/twodimensional.d.ts /** * HeatMap TwoDimensional file */ export class TwoDimensional { private heatMap; private completeDataSource; private tempSizeArray; private tempColorArray; constructor(heatMap?: HeatMap); /** * To reconstruct proper two dimensional dataSource depends on min and max values. * @private */ processDataSource(dataSource: Object): void; /** * To process and create a proper data array. * @private */ private processDataArray; /** * To get minimum and maximum value * @private */ private getMinMaxValue; /** * To get minimum value * @private */ private getMinValue; /** * To get maximum value * @private */ private getMaxValue; /** * To perform sort operation. * @private */ private performSort; /** * To get minimum value * @private */ private checkmin; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/heatmap-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class HeatMap */ export interface HeatMapModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * The width of the heatmap as a string accepts input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, heatmap renders to the full width of its parent element. * @default null */ width?: string; /** * The height of the heatmap as a string accepts input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, heatmap renders to the full height of its parent element. * @default null */ height?: string; /** * Enable or disable the tool tip for heatmap * @default true */ showTooltip?: boolean; /** * Triggers when click the heat map cell. * @event */ tooltipRender?: base.EmitType<ITooltipEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after resizing of Heatmap. * @event */ resized?: base.EmitType<IResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after heatmap is loaded. * @event */ loaded?: base.EmitType<ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each heatmap cell renders. * @event */ cellRender?: base.EmitType<ICellEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when multiple cells gets selected. * @event */ cellSelected?: base.EmitType<ISelectedEventArgs>; /** * Specifies the rendering mode of heat map. * * SVG - Heat map is render using SVG draw mode. * * Canvas - Heat map is render using Canvas draw mode. * * Auto - Automatically switch the draw mode based on number of records in data source. * @default SVG */ renderingMode?: DrawType; /** * Specifies the datasource for the heat map. * @default null */ dataSource?: Object | DataModel; /** * Specifies the theme for heatmap. * @default 'Material' */ theme?: HeatMapTheme; /** * Enable or disable the selection of multiple cells in heatmap * @default false */ allowSelection?: boolean; /** * Options to customize left, right, top and bottom margins of the heat map. */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Title of heat map * @default '' */ titleSettings?: TitleModel; /** * Options to configure the horizontal axis. */ xAxis?: AxisModel; /** * Options for customizing the legend of the heat map * @default '' */ legendSettings?: LegendSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the cell color of the heat map */ paletteSettings?: PaletteSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the ToolTipSettings property of the heat map */ tooltipSettings?: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Options to configure the vertical axis. */ yAxis?: AxisModel; /** * Options to customize the heat map cell */ cellSettings?: CellSettingsModel; /** * Triggers after heat map rendered. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers before heat map load. * @event */ load?: base.EmitType<ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when click the heat map cell. * @event */ cellClick?: base.EmitType<ICellClickEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/heatmap.d.ts /** * Heat Map base.Component */ export class HeatMap extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * The width of the heatmap as a string accepts input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, heatmap renders to the full width of its parent element. * @default null */ width: string; /** * The height of the heatmap as a string accepts input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, heatmap renders to the full height of its parent element. * @default null */ height: string; /** * Enable or disable the tool tip for heatmap * @default true */ showTooltip: boolean; /** * Triggers when click the heat map cell. * @event */ tooltipRender: base.EmitType<ITooltipEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after resizing of Heatmap. * @event */ resized: base.EmitType<IResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after heatmap is loaded. * @event */ loaded: base.EmitType<ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each heatmap cell renders. * @event */ cellRender: base.EmitType<ICellEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when multiple cells gets selected. * @event */ cellSelected: base.EmitType<ISelectedEventArgs>; /** * Specifies the rendering mode of heat map. * * SVG - Heat map is render using SVG draw mode. * * Canvas - Heat map is render using Canvas draw mode. * * Auto - Automatically switch the draw mode based on number of records in data source. * @default SVG */ renderingMode: DrawType; /** * Specifies the datasource for the heat map. * @default null */ dataSource: Object | DataModel; /** * Specifies the theme for heatmap. * @default 'Material' */ theme: HeatMapTheme; /** * Enable or disable the selection of multiple cells in heatmap * @default false */ allowSelection: boolean; /** * Options to customize left, right, top and bottom margins of the heat map. */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Title of heat map * @default '' */ titleSettings: TitleModel; /** * Options to configure the horizontal axis. */ xAxis: AxisModel; /** * Options for customizing the legend of the heat map * @default '' */ legendSettings: LegendSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the cell color of the heat map */ paletteSettings: PaletteSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the ToolTipSettings property of the heat map */ tooltipSettings: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Options to configure the vertical axis. */ yAxis: AxisModel; /** * Options to customize the heat map cell */ cellSettings: CellSettingsModel; /** * Triggers after heat map rendered. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers before heat map load. * @event */ load: base.EmitType<ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when click the heat map cell. * @event */ cellClick: base.EmitType<ICellClickEventArgs>; /** @private */ enableCanvasRendering: boolean; /** @private */ renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer; /** @private */ canvasRenderer: svgBase.CanvasRenderer; /** @private */ secondaryCanvasRenderer: svgBase.CanvasRenderer; /** @private */ svgObject: Element; /** @private */ availableSize: Size; /** @private */ private elementSize; /** @private */ themeStyle: IThemeStyle; /** @private */ initialClipRect: Rect; heatMapAxis: AxisHelper; heatMapSeries: Series; private drawSvgCanvas; private twoDimensional; private cellColor; /** @private */ colorCollection: ColorCollection[]; /** @private */ legendColorCollection: LegendColorCollection[]; /** @private */ tempRectHoverClass: string; /** @private */ legendVisibilityByCellType: boolean; /** @private */ bubbleSizeWithColor: boolean; /** @private */ tempTooltipRectId: string; /** @private */ clonedDataSource: any[]; /** @private */ completeAdaptDataSource: Object; /** @private */ xLength: number; /** @private */ yLength: number; /** @private */ isCellTapHold: boolean; /** @private */ selectedCellCount: number; /** @private */ currentRect: CurrentRect; /** @private */ dataSourceMinValue: number; /** @private */ dataSourceMaxValue: number; /** @private */ minColorValue: number; /** @private */ maxColorValue: number; /** @private */ isColorValueExist: boolean; /** @private */ tooltipTimer: number; /** @private */ gradientTimer: number; /** @private */ legendTooltipTimer: number; /** @private */ resizeTimer: number; /** @private */ emptyPointColor: string; /** @private */ rangeSelection: boolean; /** @private */ toggleValue: ToggleVisibility[]; /** @private */ legendOnLoad: boolean; /** @private */ resizing: boolean; /** @private */ rendering: boolean; /** @private */ horizontalGradient: boolean; /** @private */ multiSelection: boolean; /** @private */ rectSelected: boolean; /** @private */ previousRect: CurrentRect; /** @private */ selectedCellsRect: Rect; /** @private */ previousSelectedCellsRect: Rect[]; /** @private */ canvasSelectedCells: Rect; /** @private */ multiCellCollection: SelectedCellDetails[]; /** @private */ selectedMultiCellCollection: SelectedCellDetails[]; /** @private */ tempMultiCellCollection: SelectedCellDetails[][]; /** @private */ titleRect: Rect; /** @private */ initialCellX: number; /** @private */ initialCellY: number; /** * @private */ tooltipCollection: CanvasTooltip[]; /** * @private */ isTouch: boolean; /** * @private */ private border; /** * Gets the axis of the HeatMap. * @hidden */ axisCollections: Axis[]; /** * @private */ intl: base.Internationalization; /** * @private */ isCellData: boolean; private titleCollection; /** * @private */ mouseX: number; /** * @private */ mouseY: number; /** * The `legendModule` is used to display the legend. * @private */ legendModule: Legend; /** * The `tooltipModule` is used to manipulate Tooltip item from base of heatmap. * @private */ tooltipModule: Tooltip; /** * The `adaptorModule` is used to manipulate Adaptor item from base of heatmap. * @private */ adaptorModule: Adaptor; protected preRender(): void; private initPrivateVariable; /** * Method to set culture for heatmap */ private setCulture; protected render(): void; /** * To re-calculate the datasource while changing datasource property dynamically. * @private */ private reRenderDatasource; /** * To process datasource property. * @private */ private processInitData; /** * To set render mode of heatmap as SVG or Canvas. * @private */ private setRenderMode; /** * To set bubble helper private property. * @private */ private updateBubbleHelperProperty; private renderElements; /** * Get component name */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; onPropertyChanged(newProp: HeatMapModel, oldProp: HeatMapModel): void; /** * create svg or canvas element * @private */ createSvg(): void; /** * To Remove the SVG. * @private */ removeSvg(): void; private renderSecondaryElement; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for control rendering * @return{base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @private */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * To destroy the widget * @method destroy * @return {void}. * @member of Heatmap */ destroy(): void; /** * Applies all the pending property changes and render the component again. * @method destroy * @return {void}. */ refresh(): void; /** * Appending svg object to the element * @private */ private appendSvgObject; private renderBorder; private calculateSize; private renderTitle; private titleTooltip; private axisTooltip; private isHeatmapRect; private setTheme; private calculateBounds; refreshBound(): void; private initAxis; /** * Method to bind events for HeatMap */ private wireEvents; /** * Applying styles for heatmap element */ private setStyle; /** * Method to unbind events for HeatMap */ private unWireEvents; /** * Handles the heatmap resize. * @return {boolean} * @private */ heatMapResize(e: Event): boolean; /** * Method to bind selection after window resize for HeatMap */ private updateCellSelection; private clearSVGSelection; /** * Get the maximum length of data source for both horizontal and vertical * @private */ private calculateMaxLength; /** * To find mouse x, y for aligned heatmap element svg position */ private setMouseXY; heatMapMouseClick(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse Move. * @return {boolean} * @private */ heatMapMouseMove(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Triggering cell selection */ private cellSelectionOnMouseMove; /** * Rendering tooltip on mouse move */ private tooltipOnMouseMove; /** * To select the multiple cells on mouse move action */ private highlightSelectedCells; /** * Method to get selected cell data collection for HeatMap */ private getDataCollection; /** * To get the selected datas. */ private getCellCollection; /** * To remove the selection on mouse click without ctrl key. */ private removeSelectedCellsBorder; /** * To highlight the selected multiple cells on mouse move action in canvas mode. */ private highlightSelectedAreaInCanvas; /** * To get the collection of selected cells. */ private getSelectedCellData; /** * To add class for selected cells * @private */ addSvgClass(element: Element): void; /** * To remove class for unselected cells * @private */ removeSvgClass(rectElement: Element, className: string): void; /** * To clear the multi cell selection */ clearSelection(): void; private renderMousePointer; /** * Handles the mouse end. * @return {boolean} * @private */ heatMapMouseLeave(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Method to Check for deselection of cell. */ private checkSelectedCells; /** * Method to remove opacity for text of selected cell for HeatMap */ private removeOpacity; /** * Method to set opacity for selected cell for HeatMap */ private setCellOpacity; /** * To create div container for rendering two layers of canvas. * @return {void} * @private */ createMultiCellDiv(onLoad: boolean): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/index.d.ts /** * Heatmap component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/legend/legend-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class LegendSettings */ export interface LegendSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the height of Legend. * @default '' */ height?: string; /** * Specifies the width of Legend. * @default '' */ width?: string; /** * Specifies the position of Legend to render. * @default 'Right' */ position?: LegendPosition; /** * Specifies whether the Legend should be visible or not. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * Specifies the alignment of the legend * @default 'Center' */ alignment?: Alignment; /** * Specifies whether the label should be visible or not. * @default true */ showLabel?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the gradient pointer should be visible or not. * @default true */ showGradientPointer?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether smart legend should be displayed or not when palette type is fixed. * @default false */ enableSmartLegend?: boolean; /** * Specifies the type of label display for smart legend. * * All: All labels are displayed. * * Edge: Labels will be displayed only at the edges of the legend. * * None: No labels are displayed. * @default 'All' */ labelDisplayType?: LabelDisplayType; /** * Specifies the legend label style. * @default '' */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Specifies the formatting options for the legend label. * @default '' */ labelFormat?: string; /** * To toggle the visibility of heatmap cells based on legend range selection * @default true */ toggleVisibility?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class Legend */ export interface LegendModel { } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/legend/legend.d.ts /** * Configures the Legend */ export class LegendSettings extends base.ChildProperty<LegendSettings> { /** * Specifies the height of Legend. * @default '' */ height: string; /** * Specifies the width of Legend. * @default '' */ width: string; /** * Specifies the position of Legend to render. * @default 'Right' */ position: LegendPosition; /** * Specifies whether the Legend should be visible or not. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Specifies the alignment of the legend * @default 'Center' */ alignment: Alignment; /** * Specifies whether the label should be visible or not. * @default true */ showLabel: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the gradient pointer should be visible or not. * @default true */ showGradientPointer: boolean; /** * Specifies whether smart legend should be displayed or not when palette type is fixed. * @default false */ enableSmartLegend: boolean; /** * Specifies the type of label display for smart legend. * * All: All labels are displayed. * * Edge: Labels will be displayed only at the edges of the legend. * * None: No labels are displayed. * @default 'All' */ labelDisplayType: LabelDisplayType; /** * Specifies the legend label style. * @default '' */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Specifies the formatting options for the legend label. * @default '' */ labelFormat: string; /** * To toggle the visibility of heatmap cells based on legend range selection * @default true */ toggleVisibility: boolean; } /** * * The `Legend` module is used to render legend for the heatmap. */ export class Legend { private heatMap; private drawSvgCanvas; private legend; legendGroup: Rect; legendRectScale: Rect; maxLegendLabelSize: Size; gradientPointer: HTMLElement; private legendHeight; private legendWidth; private height; private width; private legendRectPadding; private gradientScaleSize; private segmentCollections; private textWrapCollections; labelCollections: string[]; private legendMinValue; private legendMaxValue; private legendSize; previousOptions: GradientPointer; listPerPage: number; private numberOfPages; private listHeight; private listWidth; private legendScale; fillRect: Rect; private legendRect; currentPage: number; private lastList; navigationCollections: Rect[]; private pagingRect; private labelPadding; private paginggroup; private translategroup; private listInterval; legendLabelTooltip: CanvasTooltip[]; private numberOfRows; private labelXCollections; private labelYCollections; private legendXCollections; private legendYCollections; /** @private */ legendRectPositionCollection: CurrentLegendRect[]; /** @private */ legendRange: LegendRange[]; /** @private */ legendTextRange: LegendRange[]; /** @private */ visibilityCollections: boolean[]; /** @private */ tooltipObject: svgBase.Tooltip; /** @private */ format: Function; constructor(heatMap?: HeatMap); /** * Get module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the Legend. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(heatMap: HeatMap): void; /** * @private */ renderLegendItems(): void; private renderSmartLegend; private renderLegendLabel; /** * @private */ renderGradientPointer(e: PointerEvent, pageX: number, pageY: number): void; /** * @private */ removeGradientPointer(): void; /** * @private */ calculateLegendBounds(rect: Rect): void; private calculateListLegendBounds; private getMaxLabelSize; /** * @private */ calculateLegendSize(rect: Rect, legendTop: number): void; private measureListLegendBound; private renderPagingElements; private calculateGradientScale; private calculateColorAxisGrid; private renderColorAxisGrid; /** * @private */ renderLegendLabelTooltip(e: PointerEvent): void; private calculateListPerPage; private renderListLegendMode; /** * @private */ translatePage(heatMap: HeatMap, page: number, isNext: boolean): void; /** * To create div container for tooltip which appears on hovering the smart legend. * @param heatmap * @private */ createTooltipDiv(heatMap: HeatMap): void; /** * To render tooltip for smart legend. * @private */ renderTooltip(currentLegendRect: CurrentLegendRect): void; /** * To create tooltip for smart legend. * @private */ createTooltip(pageX: number, pageY: number): void; /** * Toggle the visibility of cells based on legend selection * @private */ legendRangeSelection(index: number): void; /** * update visibility collections of legend and series * @private */ updateLegendRangeCollections(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/model/base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Font */ export interface FontModel { /** * Font size for the text. * @default '16px' */ size?: string; /** * Color for the text. * @default '' */ color?: string; /** * FontFamily for the text. */ fontFamily?: string; /** * FontWeight for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontWeight?: string; /** * FontStyle for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontStyle?: string; /** * text alignment * @default 'Center' */ textAlignment?: Alignment; /** * Specifies the heat map text overflow * @default 'Trim' */ textOverflow?: TextOverflow; } /** * Interface for a class Margin */ export interface MarginModel { /** * Left margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ left?: number; /** * Right margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ right?: number; /** * Top margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ top?: number; /** * Bottom margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ bottom?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Border */ export interface BorderModel { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ color?: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * The radius of the border in pixels. * @default '' */ radius?: number; } /** * Interface for a class TooltipBorder */ export interface TooltipBorderModel { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ color?: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 0 */ width?: number; } /** * Interface for a class BubbleData */ export interface BubbleDataModel { /** * Mapping property to set size. * @default null */ size?: string; /** * Mapping property to set color. * @default null */ color?: string; } /** * Interface for a class Title */ export interface TitleModel { /** * Title text * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * Options for customizing the title. */ textStyle?: FontModel; } /** * Interface for a class PaletteCollection */ export interface PaletteCollectionModel { /** * Palette color value * @default null */ value?: number; /** * Palette color text * @default '' */ color?: string; /** * Palette color label * @default '' */ label?: string; } /** * Interface for a class AxisLabelBorder */ export interface AxisLabelBorderModel { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ color?: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * Border type for labels * * Rectangle * * Without Top Border * * Without Top/Bottom Border * * Without Border * * Without Bottom Border * * Brace * @default 'Rectangle' */ type?: BorderType; } /** * Interface for a class BubbleSize */ export interface BubbleSizeModel { /** * Specifies the minimum radius value of the cell in percentage. * @default '0%' */ minimum?: string; /** * Specifies the maximum radius value of the cell in percentage. * @default '100%' */ maximum?: string; } /** * Interface for a class MultiLevelCategories */ export interface MultiLevelCategoriesModel { /** * Start value of the multi level labels * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ start?: number | Date | string; /** * End value of the multi level labels * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ end?: number | Date | string; /** * multi level labels text. * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * Maximum width of the text for multi level labels. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ maximumTextWidth?: number; } /** * Interface for a class MultiLevelLabels */ export interface MultiLevelLabelsModel { /** * Defines the position of the multi level labels. They are, * * Near: Places the multi level labels at Near. * * Center: Places the multi level labels at Center. * * Far: Places the multi level labels at Far. * @default 'Center' */ alignment?: Alignment; /** * Defines the textOverFlow for multi level labels. They are, * * Trim: Trim textOverflow for multi level labels. * * Wrap: Wrap textOverflow for multi level labels. * * none: None textOverflow for multi level labels. * @default 'Wrap' */ overflow?: TextOverflow; /** * Options to customize the multi level labels. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Border of the multi level labels. */ border?: AxisLabelBorderModel; /** * multi level categories for multi level labels. */ categories?: MultiLevelCategoriesModel[]; } /** * Interface for a class ColorCollection */ export interface ColorCollectionModel { } /** * Interface for a class BubbleTooltipData */ export interface BubbleTooltipDataModel { } /** * Interface for a class LegendColorCollection */ export interface LegendColorCollectionModel { } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/model/base.d.ts /** * Configures the fonts in heat map. */ export class Font extends base.ChildProperty<Font> { /** * Font size for the text. * @default '16px' */ size: string; /** * Color for the text. * @default '' */ color: string; /** * FontFamily for the text. */ fontFamily: string; /** * FontWeight for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontWeight: string; /** * FontStyle for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontStyle: string; /** * text alignment * @default 'Center' */ textAlignment: Alignment; /** * Specifies the heat map text overflow * @default 'Trim' */ textOverflow: TextOverflow; } /** * Configures the heat map margins. */ export class Margin extends base.ChildProperty<Margin> { /** * Left margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ left: number; /** * Right margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ right: number; /** * Top margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ top: number; /** * Bottom margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ bottom: number; } /** * Configures the borders in the heat map. */ export class Border extends base.ChildProperty<Border> { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ color: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * The radius of the border in pixels. * @default '' */ radius: number; } /** * Configures the tooltip borders in the heat map. */ export class TooltipBorder extends base.ChildProperty<TooltipBorder> { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ color: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 0 */ width: number; } /** * Configures the mapping name for size and color in SizeAndColor type. */ export class BubbleData extends base.ChildProperty<BubbleData> { /** * Mapping property to set size. * @default null */ size: string; /** * Mapping property to set color. * @default null */ color: string; } /** * class used to maintain Title styles. */ export class Title extends base.ChildProperty<Title> { /** * Title text * @default '' */ text: string; /** * Options for customizing the title. */ textStyle: FontModel; } /** * class used to maintain palette information. */ export class PaletteCollection extends base.ChildProperty<PaletteCollection> { /** * Palette color value * @default null */ value: number; /** * Palette color text * @default '' */ color: string; /** * Palette color label * @default '' */ label: string; } /** * label border properties. */ export class AxisLabelBorder extends base.ChildProperty<AxisLabelBorder> { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ color: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * Border type for labels * * Rectangle * * Without Top Border * * Without Top/Bottom Border * * Without Border * * Without Bottom Border * * Brace * @default 'Rectangle' */ type: BorderType; } export class BubbleSize extends base.ChildProperty<BubbleSize> { /** * Specifies the minimum radius value of the cell in percentage. * @default '0%' */ minimum: string; /** * Specifies the maximum radius value of the cell in percentage. * @default '100%' */ maximum: string; } /** * categories for multi level labels */ export class MultiLevelCategories extends base.ChildProperty<MultiLevelCategories> { /** * Start value of the multi level labels * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ start: number | Date | string; /** * End value of the multi level labels * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ end: number | Date | string; /** * multi level labels text. * @default '' */ text: string; /** * Maximum width of the text for multi level labels. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ maximumTextWidth: number; } /** * MultiLevelLabels properties */ export class MultiLevelLabels extends base.ChildProperty<MultiLevelLabels[]> { /** * Defines the position of the multi level labels. They are, * * Near: Places the multi level labels at Near. * * Center: Places the multi level labels at Center. * * Far: Places the multi level labels at Far. * @default 'Center' */ alignment: Alignment; /** * Defines the textOverFlow for multi level labels. They are, * * Trim: Trim textOverflow for multi level labels. * * Wrap: Wrap textOverflow for multi level labels. * * none: None textOverflow for multi level labels. * @default 'Wrap' */ overflow: TextOverflow; /** * Options to customize the multi level labels. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Border of the multi level labels. */ border: AxisLabelBorderModel; /** * multi level categories for multi level labels. */ categories: MultiLevelCategoriesModel[]; } /** * Internal class used to maintain colorcollection. */ export class ColorCollection { value: number; color: string; label: string; constructor(value: number, color: string, label: string); } /** * class used to maintain color and value collection. */ export class BubbleTooltipData { mappingName: string; bubbleData: number; valueType: string; constructor(mappingName: string, bubbleData: number, valueType: string); } /** * Internal class used to maintain legend colorcollection. */ export class LegendColorCollection { value: number; color: string; label: string; isHidden: boolean; constructor(value: number, color: string, label: string, isHidden: boolean); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/model/interface.d.ts /** @private */ export interface IFontMapping { size?: string; color?: string; fontWeight?: string; fontStyle?: string; fontFamily?: string; textOverflow?: TextOverflow; } /** * Specifies the Theme style for heat map */ export interface IThemeStyle { heatMapTitle: string; axisTitle: string; axisLabel: string; legendLabel: string; background: string; cellBorder: string; cellTextColor: string; toggledColor: string; emptyCellColor: string; palette: PaletteCollectionModel[]; } export interface ILoadedEventArgs extends IHeatMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current heatmap instance */ heatmap: HeatMap; } export interface IHeatMapEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the event */ name: string; /** Defines the event cancel status */ cancel: boolean; } export interface ICellClickEventArgs extends IHeatMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current HeatMap instance */ heatmap: HeatMap; /** Defines current clicked cell element */ cellElement: Element; /** Defines current clicked cell value */ value: number; /** Defines x-axis label for current clicked cell */ xLabel: string; /** Defines y-axis label for current clicked cell */ yLabel: string; /** Defines x-axis value for current clicked cell */ xValue: string | number | Date; /** Defines y-axis value for current clicked cell */ yValue: string | number | Date; } export interface ITooltipEventArgs extends IHeatMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current HeatMap instance */ heatmap: HeatMap; /** Defines current hover cell value */ value: number | BubbleTooltipData[]; /** Defines x-axis label for current hover cell */ xLabel: string; /** Defines y-axis label for current hover cell */ yLabel: string; /** Defines x-axis value for current hover cell */ xValue: string | number | Date; /** Defines y-axis value for current hover cell */ yValue: string | number | Date; /** Defines tooltip text value */ content: string[]; } export interface ICellEventArgs extends IHeatMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current HeatMap instance */ heatmap: HeatMap; /** Defines current hover cell value */ value: number | BubbleTooltipData[]; /** Defines x-axis label */ xLabel: string; /** Defines y-axis label */ yLabel: string; /** Defines x-axis value */ xValue: string | number | Date; /** Defines y-axis value */ yValue: string | number | Date; /** Defines cell value */ displayText: string; } export interface ISelectedEventArgs extends IHeatMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current HeatMap instance */ heatmap: HeatMap; /** Defines details of a cell */ data: SelectedCellDetails[]; } export interface IResizeEventArgs extends IHeatMapEventArgs { /** Defines the previous size of the heatmap */ previousSize: Size; /** Defines the current size of the heatmap */ currentSize: Size; /** Defines the current HeatMap instance */ heatmap: HeatMap; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/model/theme.d.ts /** * Specifies HeatMaps Themes */ export namespace Theme { /** @private */ let heatMapTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let axisTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let axisLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let legendLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let rectLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let tooltipFont: IFontMapping; } /** @private */ export function getThemeColor(theme: HeatMapTheme): IThemeStyle; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/series/series-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class CellSettings */ export interface CellSettingsModel { /** * Toggles the visibility of data label over the heatmap cells. * @default true */ showLabel?: boolean; /** * Specifies the formatting options for the data label. * @default '' */ format?: string; /** * Enable or disable the cell highlighting on mouse hover * @default true */ enableCellHighlighting?: Boolean; /** * Specifies the minimum and maximum radius value of the cell in percentage. * @default '' */ bubbleSize?: BubbleSizeModel; /** * Specifies the cell border style. * @default '' */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the cell label style. * @default '' */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Defines cell Type. They are * * Rect: Render a HeatMap cells in rectangle shape. * * Bubble: Render a HeatMap cells in bubble shape. * @default 'Rect' */ tileType?: CellType; /** * Defines Bubble Type. They are * * Size: Define the bubble type is size. * * Color: Define the bubble type is color. * * Sector: Define the bubble type is sector. * * SizeAndColor: Define the bubble type is sizeandcolor. * @default 'Color' */ bubbleType?: BubbleType; /** * Enable or disable the bubble to display in inverse * @default true */ isInversedBubbleSize?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class Series */ export interface SeriesModel { } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/series/series.d.ts /** * Configures the CellSettings property in the Heatmap. */ export class CellSettings extends base.ChildProperty<CellSettings> { /** * Toggles the visibility of data label over the heatmap cells. * @default true */ showLabel: boolean; /** * Specifies the formatting options for the data label. * @default '' */ format: string; /** * Enable or disable the cell highlighting on mouse hover * @default true */ enableCellHighlighting: Boolean; /** * Specifies the minimum and maximum radius value of the cell in percentage. * @default '' */ bubbleSize: BubbleSizeModel; /** * Specifies the cell border style. * @default '' */ border: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the cell label style. * @default '' */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Defines cell Type. They are * * Rect: Render a HeatMap cells in rectangle shape. * * Bubble: Render a HeatMap cells in bubble shape. * @default 'Rect' */ tileType: CellType; /** * Defines Bubble Type. They are * * Size: Define the bubble type is size. * * Color: Define the bubble type is color. * * Sector: Define the bubble type is sector. * * SizeAndColor: Define the bubble type is sizeandcolor. * @default 'Color' */ bubbleType: BubbleType; /** * Enable or disable the bubble to display in inverse * @default true */ isInversedBubbleSize: boolean; } export class Series { private heatMap; private drawSvgCanvas; private cellColor; private text; private color; private bubbleColorValue; hoverXAxisLabel: string | number; hoverYAxisLabel: string | number; hoverXAxisValue: string | number | Date; hoverYAxisValue: string | number | Date; constructor(heatMap?: HeatMap); /** @private */ containerRectObject: Element; /** @private */ containerTextObject: Element; /** @private */ format: Function; checkLabelYDisplay: boolean; checkLabelXDisplay: boolean; rectPositionCollection: CurrentRect[][]; /** * To render rect series. * @return {void} * @private */ renderRectSeries(): void; /** * To toggle the cell text color based on legend selection. */ private isCellValueInRange; /** * To customize the cell. * @return {void} * @private */ cellRendering(rectPosition: CurrentRect, text: string): string; /** * To set color and text details. * @private */ private setTextAndColor; /** * To update rect details. * @private */ private createSeriesGroup; /** * To update rect details. * @private */ private updateRectDetails; /** * To Render Tile Cell. * @private */ private renderTileCell; /** * To get bubble radius. * @private */ private getBubbleRadius; /** * To Render Bubble Cell. * @private */ private renderSectorCell; /** * To Render sector Cell. * @private */ private calculateShapes; /** * To Render Bubble Cell. * @private */ private renderBubbleCell; /** * To find whether the X,Y Label need to display or not. * @private */ private updateLabelVisibleStatus; /** * To find percentage value. * @private */ private getRadiusBypercentage; /** * To find saturated color for datalabel. * @return {string} * @private */ private getSaturatedColor; /** * To highlight the mouse hovered rect cell. * @return {void} * @private */ highlightSvgRect(tempID: string): void; /** * To get the value depends to format. * @return {string} * @private */ getFormatedText(val: number, getFormat: string): string; /** * To get mouse hovered cell details. * @return {CurrentRect} * @private */ getCurrentRect(x: number, y: number): CurrentRect; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/utils/colorMapping-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class PaletteSettings */ export interface PaletteSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the color collection for heat map cell. * @default '' */ palette?: PaletteCollectionModel[]; /** * Specifies the color style * * Gradient - Render a HeatMap cells with linear gradient color. * * Fixed - Render a HeatMap cells with fixed color. * @default 'Gradient' */ type?: PaletteType; /** * Specifies the color for empty points in Heatmap. * @default '' */ emptyPointColor?: string; } /** * Interface for a class RgbColor */ export interface RgbColorModel { } /** * Interface for a class CellColor */ export interface CellColorModel { } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/utils/colorMapping.d.ts /** * Configures the color property in Heatmap. */ export class PaletteSettings extends base.ChildProperty<PaletteSettings> { /** * Specifies the color collection for heat map cell. * @default '' */ palette: PaletteCollectionModel[]; /** * Specifies the color style * * Gradient - Render a HeatMap cells with linear gradient color. * * Fixed - Render a HeatMap cells with fixed color. * @default 'Gradient' */ type: PaletteType; /** * Specifies the color for empty points in Heatmap. * @default '' */ emptyPointColor: string; } /** * Helper class for colormapping */ export class RgbColor { R: number; G: number; B: number; constructor(r: number, g: number, b: number); } export class CellColor { heatMap: HeatMap; constructor(heatMap?: HeatMap); /** * To convert hexa color to RGB. * @return {RGB} * @private */ convertToRGB(value: number, colorMapping: ColorCollection[]): RgbColor; /** * To convert RGB to HEX. * @return {string} * @private */ rgbToHex(r: number, g: number, b: number): string; /** * To convert Component to HEX. * @return {string} * @private */ protected componentToHex(c: number): string; /** * To get similar color. * @return {string} * @private */ protected getEqualColor(list: ColorCollection[], offset: number): string; /** * To convert RGB to HEX. * @return {string} * @private */ protected convertToHex(color: string): string; /** * To get RGB for percentage value. * @return {RGB} * @private */ protected getPercentageColor(percent: number, previous: string, next: string): RgbColor; /** * To convert numbet to percentage. * @return {RGB} * @private */ protected getPercentage(percent: number, previous: number, next: number): number; /** * To get complete color Collection. * @private */ getColorCollection(): void; /** * To update legend color Collection. * @private */ private updateLegendColorCollection; /** * To get ordered palette color collection. * @private */ private orderbyOffset; /** * To get color depends to value. * @private */ getColorByValue(text: number): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/utils/enum.d.ts /** * Defines the Alignment. They are * * near - Align the element to the left. * * center - Align the element to the center. * * far - Align the element to the right. * * */ export type Alignment = /** Define the left alignment. */ 'Near' | /** Define the center alignment. */ 'Center' | /** Define the right alignment. */ 'Far'; /** * Defines Theme of the heatmap. */ export type HeatMapTheme = /** Render a HeatMap with Material theme. */ 'Material' | /** Render a HeatMap with Fabric theme. */ 'Fabric' | /** Render a HeatMap with Bootstrap theme. */ 'Bootstrap' | /** Render a HeatMap with Bootstrap4 theme. */ 'Bootstrap4' | /** Render a HeatMap with Highcontrast Light theme. */ 'HighContrastLight' | /** Render a HeatMap with Material Dark theme. */ 'MaterialDark' | /** Render a HeatMap with Fabric Dark theme. */ 'FabricDark' | /** Render a HeatMap with Highcontrast theme. */ 'Highcontrast' | /** Render a HeatMap with HighContrast theme. */ 'HighContrast' | /** Render a HeatMap with Bootstrap Dark theme. */ 'BootstrapDark'; export type Orientation = /** Horizontal Axis. */ 'Horizontal' | /** Vertical Axis. */ 'Vertical'; /** * Defines the type of axis. They are * * double - Renders a numeric axis. * * dateTime - Renders a dateTime axis. * * category - Renders a category axis. */ export type ValueType = /** Define the numeric axis. */ 'Numeric' | /** Define the DateTime axis. */ 'DateTime' | /** Define the Category axis . */ 'Category'; /** * Defines Color type for heat map cell. * * Gradient - Render a HeatMap cells with linear gradient color. * * Fixed - Render a HeatMap cells with fixed color. */ export type PaletteType = /** Define the graident type color. */ 'Gradient' | /** Define the Fixed type color */ 'Fixed'; /** * Defines cell Type. They are * * Rect - Render a HeatMap cells in rectangle shape. * * Bubble - Render a HeatMap cells in bubble shape. */ export type CellType = /** Render a HeatMap cells in rectangle shape. */ 'Rect' | /** Render a HeatMap cells in bubble shape. */ 'Bubble'; /** * Defines Bubble Type. They are * * Size - Define the bubble type is size. * * Color - Define the bubble type is color. * * Sector - Define the bubble type is sector. * * SizeAndColor - Define the bubble type is sizeandcolor. */ export type BubbleType = /** Define the bubble type is size. */ 'Size' | /** Define the bubble type is color. */ 'Color' | /** Define the bubble type is sector. */ 'Sector' | /** SizeAndColor - Define the bubble type is sizeandcolor. */ 'SizeAndColor'; /** * Defines the interval type of datetime axis. They are * * years - Define the interval of the axis in years. * * months - Define the interval of the axis in months. * * days - Define the interval of the axis in days. * * hours - Define the interval of the axis in hours. * * minutes - Define the interval of the axis in minutes. */ export type IntervalType = /** Define the interval of the axis in years. */ 'Years' | /** Define the interval of the axis in months. */ 'Months' | /** Define the interval of the axis in days. */ 'Days' | /** Define the interval of the axis in hours. */ 'Hours' | /** Define the interval of the axis in minutes. */ 'Minutes'; /** * Defines the Legend position * Left - Legend in the left position * Right - Legend in the left right position * Up - Legend in the left up position * Down -Legend in the left down position */ export type LegendPosition = 'Left' | 'Right' | 'Top' | 'Bottom'; /** * Defines the text over flow * None - Used to show the heat map text with overlap to other element * Wrap - Used to show the heat map text with Wrap support * Trim - Used to show the heat map text with Trim */ export type TextOverflow = /** Used to show the heat map text with overlap to other element */ 'None' | /** Used to show the heat map text with Wrap support */ 'Wrap' | /** Used to show the heat map text with Wrap support */ 'Trim'; /** * specify the adapter type in heat map * Cell - Heat map is rendering using cell type data source * Table - Heat map is rendering using table type data source */ export type AdaptorType = /** Define the data soruce type is cell */ 'Cell' | /** Define the data soruce type is table */ 'Table'; /** * specify the rendering mode * SVG - Heat map is render using SVG draw mode. * Canvas - Heat map is render using Canvas draw mode. * Auto - Automatically switch the draw mode based on number of records in data source. */ export type DrawType = /** Heat map is render using SVG draw mode. */ 'SVG' | /** Heat map is render using Canvas draw mode */ 'Canvas' | /** Automatically switch the draw mode based on number of records in data source. */ 'Auto'; /** * specify the label intersect action for axis * None - Shows all the labels with overlap. * Trim - Trim the label when it intersect. * Rotate45 - Rotate the label to 45 degree when it intersect. */ export type LabelIntersectAction = /** Shows all the labels. */ 'None' | /** Trim the label when it intersect. */ 'Trim' | /** Rotate the label to 45 degree when it intersect. */ 'Rotate45'; /** * Specifies the type of label display for smart legend. * * All: All labels are displayed. * * Edge: Labels will be displayed only at the edges of the legend. * * None: No labels are displayed. */ export type LabelDisplayType = /** All labels are displayed */ 'All' | /** Labels will be displayed only at the edges of the legend */ 'Edge' | /** No labels are displayed */ 'None'; /** * Defines the axis label display type for date time axis. They are * * None: Axis labels displayed based on the value type * * years - Define the axis labels display in every year. * * months - Define the axis labels display in every month. * * days - Define the axis labels display in every days. * * hours - Define the axis labels display in every hours. */ export type LabelType = /** Axis labels displayed based on the value type */ 'None' | /** Define the axis labels display in every year. */ 'Years' | /** Define the axis labels display in every month. */ 'Months' | /** Define the axis labels display in every day. */ 'Days' | /** Define the axis labels display in every hour. */ 'Hours'; /** * Defines border type for multi level labels. * * Rectangle * * Brace * * WithoutBorder * * Without top Border * * Without top and bottom border * * Without bottom Border */ export type BorderType = /** Rectangle */ 'Rectangle' | /** WithoutTopBorder */ 'WithoutTopBorder' | /** WithoutBottomBorder */ 'WithoutBottomBorder' | /** WithoutBorder */ 'WithoutBorder' | /** WithoutTopandBottomBorder */ 'WithoutTopandBottomBorder' | /** CurlyBrace */ 'Brace'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/utils/helper.d.ts /** * Helper method for heatmap */ /** @private */ export function stringToNumber(value: string, containerSize: number): number; /** * Function to measure the height and width of the text. * @private */ export function measureText(text: string, font: FontModel): Size; /** @private */ export class TextElement { ['font-size']: string; ['font-style']: string; ['font-family']: string; ['font-weight']: string; fill: string; constructor(fontModel: FontModel, fontColor?: string); } export function titlePositionX(width: number, leftPadding: number, rightPadding: number, titleStyle: FontModel): number; /** * Internal class size for height and width * @private */ export class Size { /** * height of the size */ height: number; /** * width of the size */ width: number; constructor(width: number, height: number); } /** @private */ export class CustomizeOption { id: string; constructor(id?: string); } /** @private */ export class PathOption extends CustomizeOption { opacity: number; fill: string; stroke: string; ['stroke-width']: number; ['stroke-dasharray']: string; d: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, width: number, color?: string, opacity?: number, dashArray?: string, d?: string); } /** * Class to define currentRect private property. * @private */ export class CurrentRect { x: number; y: number; width: number; height: number; value: number | BubbleTooltipData[]; id: string; xIndex: number; yIndex: number; xValue: number; yValue: number; visible: boolean; displayText: string; textId: string; allowCollection: boolean; constructor(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number, value: number | BubbleTooltipData[], id: string, xIndex: number, yIndex: number, xValue: number, yValue: number, visible: boolean, displayText: string, textId: string, allowCollection: boolean); } /** * Class to define the details of selected cell. * @private */ export class SelectedCellDetails { value: number | BubbleTooltipData[]; xLabel: string; yLabel: string; xValue: string | number | Date; yValue: string | number | Date; cellElement: Element; /** @private */ xPosition: number; /** @private */ yPosition: number; /** @private */ width: number; /** @private */ height: number; /** @private */ x: number; /** @private */ y: number; constructor(value: number | BubbleTooltipData[], xLabel: string, yLabel: string, xValue: number, yValue: number, cellElement: Element, xPosition: number, yPosition: number, width: number, height: number, x: number, y: number); } /** * Class to define property to draw rectangle. * @private */ export class RectOption extends PathOption { x: number; y: number; height: number; width: number; rx: number; ry: number; transform: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, border: BorderModel, opacity: number, rect: Rect, borderColor?: string, rx?: number, ry?: number, transform?: string, dashArray?: string); } /** * Class to define property to draw circle. * @private */ export class CircleOption extends PathOption { cx: number; cy: number; r: number; constructor(id: string, fill: string, border: BorderModel, opacity: number, borderColor?: string, cx?: number, cy?: number, r?: number); } /** * Helper Class to define property to draw rectangle. * @private */ export class Rect { x: number; y: number; height: number; width: number; constructor(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number); } /** * Class to define property to draw text. * @private */ export class TextOption extends TextElement { id: string; ['text-anchor']: string; text: string | string[]; transform: string; x: number; y: number; ['dominant-baseline']: string; labelRotation: number; baseline: string; dy: string; constructor(id: string, basic: TextBasic, element: FontModel, fontColor?: string); } /** * Helper Class to define property to draw text. * @private */ export class TextBasic { ['text-anchor']: string; text: string | string[]; transform: string; x: number; y: number; ['dominant-baseline']: string; labelRotation: number; baseline: string; dy: string; constructor(x?: number, y?: number, anchor?: string, text?: string | string[], labelRotation?: number, transform?: string, baseLine?: string, dy?: string); } /** * Class to define property to draw line. * @private */ export class Line { x1: number; y1: number; x2: number; y2: number; constructor(x1: number, y1: number, x2: number, y2: number); } /** * Class to define property to draw line. * @private */ export class LineOption extends PathOption { x1: number; y1: number; x2: number; y2: number; constructor(id: string, line: Line, stroke: string, strokewidth: number, opacity?: number, dasharray?: string); } /** * Properties required to render path. * @private */ export class PathAttributes extends PathOption { d: string; x: number; y: number; constructor(id: string, path: Path, fill: string, border: BorderModel, borderWidth: number, opacity: number, borderColor?: string); } /** * Helper Class to define property to path. * @private */ export class Path { d: string; innerR: boolean; cx: number; cy: number; x: number; y: number; x1: number; y1: number; start: number; end: number; radius: number; counterClockWise: boolean; constructor(d: string, innerR: boolean, x: number, y: number, x1: number, y1: number, cx: number, cy: number, start: number, end: number, radius: number, counterClockWise: boolean); } /** @private */ export function sum(values: number[]): number; /** @private */ export function titlePositionY(heatmapSize: Size, topPadding: number, bottomPadding: number, titleStyle: FontModel): number; /** @private */ export function rotateTextSize(font: FontModel, text: string, angle: number): Size; /** * Class to draw SVG and Canvas Rectangle & Text. * @private */ export class DrawSvgCanvas { private heatMap; constructor(heatmap?: HeatMap); drawRectangle(properties: RectOption, parentElement: Element, isFromSeries?: Boolean): void; drawCircle(properties: CircleOption, parentElement: Element): void; drawPath(properties: PathAttributes, options: Path, parentElement: Element): void; createText(properties: TextOption, parentElement: Element, text: string | string[]): void; createWrapText(options: TextOption, font: FontModel, parentElement: Element): void; drawLine(properties: LineOption, parentElement: Element): void; canvasDrawText(options: TextOption, label: string, translateX?: number, translateY?: number): void; private getOptionValue; private setAttributes; drawCanvasRectangle(canvas: svgBase.CanvasRenderer, options: RectOption, isFromSeries?: Boolean): void; private drawCornerRadius; drawCanvasCircle(canvas: svgBase.CanvasRenderer, options: CircleOption): void; drawCanvasPath(canvas: svgBase.CanvasRenderer, properties: PathAttributes, options: Path): void; } export function getTitle(title: string, style: FontModel, width: number): string[]; export function textWrap(currentLabel: string, maximumWidth: number, font: FontModel): string[]; /** @private */ export function textTrim(maxWidth: number, text: string, font: FontModel): string; /** @private */ export function textNone(maxWidth: number, text: string, font: FontModel): string; /** @private */ export class Gradient { id: string; x1: string; x2: string; y1: string; y2: string; constructor(x: string, x1: string, x2: string, y1: string, y2: string); } export class GradientColor { color: string; colorStop: string; constructor(color: string, colorStop: string); } /** @private */ export function showTooltip(text: string, x: number, y: number, areaWidth: number, id: string, element: Element, isTouch?: boolean, heatmap?: HeatMap): void; /** @private */ export function removeElement(id: string): void; /** @private */ export function getElement(id: string): Element; /** @private */ export function increaseDateTimeInterval(value: number, interval: number, intervalType: string, increment: number): Date; export class CanvasTooltip { text: string; region: Rect; constructor(text: string, rect: Rect); } export function getTooltipText(tooltipCollection: CanvasTooltip[], xPosition: number, yPosition: number): string; /** * @private */ export class PaletterColor { isCompact: boolean; isLabel: boolean; offsets: PaletteCollectionModel[]; } /** * @private */ export class GradientPointer { pathX1: number; pathY1: number; pathX2: number; pathY2: number; pathX3: number; pathY3: number; constructor(pathX1: number, pathY1: number, pathX2: number, pathY2: number, pathX3: number, pathY3: number); } /** * Class to define currentRect private property. * @private */ export class CurrentLegendRect { x: number; y: number; width: number; height: number; label: string; id: string; constructor(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number, label: string, id: string); } /** @private */ export class LegendRange { x: number; y: number; width: number; height: number; value: number; visible: boolean; currentPage: number; constructor(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number, value: number, visible: boolean, currentPage: number); } /** @private */ export class ToggleVisibility { visible: boolean; value: number; constructor(visible: boolean, value: number); } /** @private */ export function colorNameToHex(color: string): string; /** @private */ export function convertToHexCode(value: RgbColor): string; /** @private */ export function componentToHex(value: number): string; /** @private */ export function convertHexToColor(hex: string): RgbColor; /** @private */ export function formatValue(isCustom: boolean, format: string, tempInterval: number, formatFun: Function): string; /** @private */ export class MultiLevelPosition { x: number; y: number; constructor(x: number, y: number); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/utils/tooltip-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class TooltipSettings */ export interface TooltipSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the color collection for heat map cell. * @default '' */ fill?: string; /** * Specifies the cell border style. * @default '' */ border?: TooltipBorderModel; /** * Specifies the cell label style. * @default '' */ textStyle?: FontModel; } /** * Interface for a class Tooltip */ export interface TooltipModel { } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/heatmap/utils/tooltip.d.ts /** * HeatMap svgBase.Tooltip tip file */ /** * Configures the color property in Heatmap. */ export class TooltipSettings extends base.ChildProperty<TooltipSettings> { /** * Specifies the color collection for heat map cell. * @default '' */ fill: string; /** * Specifies the cell border style. * @default '' */ border: TooltipBorderModel; /** * Specifies the cell label style. * @default '' */ textStyle: FontModel; } /** * * The `Tooltip` module is used to render the tooltip for heatmap series. */ export class Tooltip { private heatMap; private isFirst; isFadeout: boolean; tooltipObject: svgBase.Tooltip; constructor(heatMap?: HeatMap); /** * Get module name */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To show/hide Tooltip. * @private */ showHideTooltip(isShow: boolean, isFadeout?: boolean): void; /** * To destroy the Tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(heatMap: HeatMap): void; /** * To add Tooltip to the rect cell. * @return {void} * @private */ private createTooltip; /** * To create div container for tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ createTooltipDiv(heatMap: HeatMap): void; /** * To get default tooltip content. * @private */ private getTooltipContent; /** * To render tooltip. * @private */ renderTooltip(currentRect: CurrentRect): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-heatmap/src/index.d.ts /** * HeatMap index file */ } export namespace icons { } export namespace inplaceEditor { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/index.d.ts /** * */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/base/classes.d.ts /** * InPlace-Editor classes defined here. */ /** @hidden */ export const ROOT: string; /** @hidden */ export const ROOT_TIP: string; /** @hidden */ export const VALUE_WRAPPER: string; /** @hidden */ export const VALUE: string; /** @hidden */ export const OVERLAY_ICON: string; /** @hidden */ export const TIP_TITLE: string; /** @hidden */ export const TITLE: string; /** @hidden */ export const INLINE: string; /** @hidden */ export const POPUP: string; /** @hidden */ export const WRAPPER: string; /** @hidden */ export const LOADING: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORM: string; /** @hidden */ export const CTRL_GROUP: string; /** @hidden */ export const INPUT: string; /** @hidden */ export const BUTTONS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EDITABLE_ERROR: string; /** @hidden */ export const ELEMENTS: string; /** @hidden */ export const OPEN: string; /** @hidden */ export const BTN_SAVE: string; /** @hidden */ export const BTN_CANCEL: string; /** @hidden */ export const RTE_SPIN_WRAP: string; /** @hidden */ export const CTRL_OVERLAY: string; /** @hidden */ export const DISABLE: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICONS: string; /** @hidden */ export const PRIMARY: string; /** @hidden */ export const SHOW: string; /** @hidden */ export const HIDE: string; /** @hidden */ export const RTL: string; /** @hidden */ export const ERROR: string; /** @hidden */ export const LOAD: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/base/events.d.ts /** * InPlace-Editor events defined here. */ /** @hidden */ export const render: string; /** @hidden */ export const update: string; /** @hidden */ export const destroy: string; /** @hidden */ export const setFocus: string; /** @hidden */ export const accessValue: string; /** @hidden */ export const destroyModules: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/base/index.d.ts /** * Base modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/base/inplace-editor-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class InPlaceEditor */ export interface InPlaceEditorModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * * Specifies the name of the field which is used to map data to the server. * If name is not given, then component ID is taken as mapping field name. * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * Specifies the display value for input when original input value is empty. * @default null */ value?: string | number | Date | string[] | Date[] | number[]; /** * Specifies the HTML element ID as a string that can be added as a editable field. * @default '' */ template?: string | HTMLElement; /** * Defines single/multiple classes (separated by space) to be used for customization of In-place editor. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Defines the unique primary key of editable field which can be used for saving data in data-base. * @default '' */ primaryKey?: string | number; /** * Sets the text to be shown when an element has 'Empty' value. * @default 'Empty' */ emptyText?: string; /** * Gets the url for server submit action. * @default '' */ url?: string; /** * Specifies the mode to be render while editing. The possible modes are : * * - `Inline`: Editable content is displayed as inline text and ok/cancel buttons are displayed at right bottom corner of input. * - `Popup`: Editable content and ok/cancel buttons are displayed inside popup while editing. * @default 'Popup' */ mode?: RenderMode; /** * Specifies the adaptor type that are used data.DataManager to communicate with DataSource. The possible values are, * * - `data.UrlAdaptor`: Base adaptor for interacting with remote data services. * - `data.ODataV4Adaptor`: Used to interact with ODataV4 service. * - `data.WebApiAdaptor`: Used to interact with Web api created with OData endpoint. * @default 'data.UrlAdaptor' */ adaptor?: AdaptorType; /** * Specifies the type of components that integrated with In-place editor to make it as editable. * @default 'Text' */ type?: InputType; /** * Specifies the event action of input to enter edit mode instead of using edit icon. The possible values are: * * - `Click`: Do the single click action on input to enter into the edit mode. * - `DblClick`: Do the single double click action on input to enter into the edit mode. * - `EditIconClick`: Disables the editing of event action of input and allows user to edit only through edit icon. * @default 'Click' */ editableOn?: EditableType; /** * Specifies the action to be perform when user clicks outside the container, that is focus out of editable content. * The possible options are, * * - `Cancel`: Cancel's the editing and resets the old content. * - `Submit`: Submit the edited content to the server. * - `Ignore`: No action is perform with this type and allows to have many containers open. * @default 'Submit' */ actionOnBlur?: ActionBlur; /** * Specifies the direction of In-place editor. For cultures like Arabic, Hebrew, etc. direction can be switched to right to left. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. value * @default false */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to enable editing mode or not. * @default false */ disabled?: boolean; /** * Used to show/hide the ok/cancel buttons of In-place editor. * @default true */ showButtons?: boolean; /** * Specifies to show/hide the editing mode. * @default false */ enableEditMode?: boolean; /** * Sets to trigger the submit action with enter key pressing of input. * @default true */ submitOnEnter?: boolean; /** * Specifies the object to customize popup display settings like positions, animation etc. * @default {} */ popupSettings?: PopupSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the model object configuration for the integrated components like AutoComplete, calendars.DatePicker,inputs.NumericTextBox, etc. * @default null */ model?: dropdowns.AutoCompleteModel | inputs.ColorPickerModel | dropdowns.ComboBoxModel | calendars.DatePickerModel | calendars.DateRangePickerModel | calendars.DateTimePickerModel | dropdowns.DropDownListModel | inputs.MaskedTextBoxModel | dropdowns.MultiSelectModel | inputs.NumericTextBoxModel | richtexteditor.RichTextEditorModel | inputs.SliderModel | inputs.TextBoxModel | calendars.TimePickerModel; /** * Used to customize the "Save" button UI appearance by defining buttons.Button model configuration. * @default { iconCss: 'e-icons e-save-icon' } */ saveButton?: buttons.ButtonModel; /** * Used to customize the "Cancel" button UI appearance by defining buttons.Button model configuration. * @default { iconCss: 'e-icons e-cancel-icon' } */ cancelButton?: buttons.ButtonModel; /** * Maps the validation rules for the input. * @default null */ validationRules?: { [name: string]: { [rule: string]: Object } }; /** * The event will be fired once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * The event will be fired before the data submitted to the server. * @event */ actionBegin?: base.EmitType<ActionBeginEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired when data submitted successfully to the server. * @event */ actionSuccess?: base.EmitType<ActionEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired when data submission failed. * @event */ actionFailure?: base.EmitType<ActionEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired while validating current value. * @event */ validating?: base.EmitType<ValidateEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired when the component gets destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Event>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/base/inplace-editor.d.ts /** * Specifies the mode to be render while editing. */ export type RenderMode = 'Inline' | 'Popup'; /** * Specifies the action to be perform when user clicks outside the container, that is focus out of editable content. */ export type ActionBlur = 'Cancel' | 'Submit' | 'Ignore'; /** * Specifies the event action of input to enter edit mode instead of using edit icon. */ export type EditableType = 'Click' | 'DblClick' | 'EditIconClick'; /** * Specifies the adaptor type that are used DataManager to communicate with DataSource. */ export type AdaptorType = 'UrlAdaptor' | 'ODataV4Adaptor' | 'WebApiAdaptor'; /** * Specifies the type of components that integrated with In-place editor to make it as editable. */ export type InputType = 'AutoComplete' | 'Color' | 'ComboBox' | 'Date' | 'calendars.DateRange' | 'DateTime' | 'DropDownList' | 'Mask' | 'MultiSelect' | 'Numeric' | 'RTE' | 'Slider' | 'Text' | 'Time'; /** * ```html * * The In-place editor control is used to edit an element in a place and to update the value in server. * <div id='element' /> * <script> * var editorObj = new InPlaceEditor(); * editorObj.appendTo('#element'); * </script> * ``` */ export class InPlaceEditor extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private tipObj; private touchModule; private loaderWidth; private loader; private editEle; private spinObj; private formEle; private valueEle; private titleEle; private editIcon; private valueWrap; private templateEle; private containerEle; private initRender; private inlineWrapper; private isTemplate; private formValidate; private componentObj; private isExtModule; private submitBtn; private cancelBtn; private isClearTarget; private btnElements; private dataManager; private componentRoot; private dataAdaptor; private divComponents; private clearComponents; private dateType; private inputDataEle; private dropDownEle; private moduleList; private afterOpenEvent; /** * @hidden */ printValue: string; /** * @hidden */ needsID: boolean; /** * @hidden */ atcModule: AutoComplete; /** * @hidden */ colorModule: ColorPicker; /** * @hidden */ comboBoxModule: ComboBox; /** * @hidden */ dateRangeModule: DateRangePicker; /** * @hidden */ multiSelectModule: MultiSelect; /** * @hidden */ rteModule: Rte; /** * @hidden */ sliderModule: Slider; /** * @hidden */ timeModule: TimePicker; /** * * Specifies the name of the field which is used to map data to the server. * If name is not given, then component ID is taken as mapping field name. * @default '' */ name: string; /** * Specifies the display value for input when original input value is empty. * @default null */ value: string | number | Date | string[] | Date[] | number[]; /** * Specifies the HTML element ID as a string that can be added as a editable field. * @default '' */ template: string | HTMLElement; /** * Defines single/multiple classes (separated by space) to be used for customization of In-place editor. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Defines the unique primary key of editable field which can be used for saving data in data-base. * @default '' */ primaryKey: string | number; /** * Sets the text to be shown when an element has 'Empty' value. * @default 'Empty' */ emptyText: string; /** * Gets the url for server submit action. * @default '' */ url: string; /** * Specifies the mode to be render while editing. The possible modes are : * * - `Inline`: Editable content is displayed as inline text and ok/cancel buttons are displayed at right bottom corner of input. * - `Popup`: Editable content and ok/cancel buttons are displayed inside popup while editing. * @default 'Popup' */ mode: RenderMode; /** * Specifies the adaptor type that are used DataManager to communicate with DataSource. The possible values are, * * - `UrlAdaptor`: Base adaptor for interacting with remote data services. * - `ODataV4Adaptor`: Used to interact with ODataV4 service. * - `WebApiAdaptor`: Used to interact with Web api created with OData endpoint. * @default 'UrlAdaptor' */ adaptor: AdaptorType; /** * Specifies the type of components that integrated with In-place editor to make it as editable. * @default 'Text' */ type: InputType; /** * Specifies the event action of input to enter edit mode instead of using edit icon. The possible values are: * * - `Click`: Do the single click action on input to enter into the edit mode. * - `DblClick`: Do the single double click action on input to enter into the edit mode. * - `EditIconClick`: Disables the editing of event action of input and allows user to edit only through edit icon. * @default 'Click' */ editableOn: EditableType; /** * Specifies the action to be perform when user clicks outside the container, that is focus out of editable content. * The possible options are, * * - `Cancel`: Cancel's the editing and resets the old content. * - `Submit`: Submit the edited content to the server. * - `Ignore`: No action is perform with this type and allows to have many containers open. * @default 'Submit' */ actionOnBlur: ActionBlur; /** * Specifies the direction of In-place editor. For cultures like Arabic, Hebrew, etc. direction can be switched to right to left. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. value * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to enable editing mode or not. * @default false */ disabled: boolean; /** * Used to show/hide the ok/cancel buttons of In-place editor. * @default true */ showButtons: boolean; /** * Specifies to show/hide the editing mode. * @default false */ enableEditMode: boolean; /** * Sets to trigger the submit action with enter key pressing of input. * @default true */ submitOnEnter: boolean; /** * Specifies the object to customize popup display settings like positions, animation etc. * @default {} */ popupSettings: PopupSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the model object configuration for the integrated components like AutoComplete, DatePicker,NumericTextBox, etc. * @default null */ model: dropdowns.AutoCompleteModel | inputs.ColorPickerModel | dropdowns.ComboBoxModel | calendars.DatePickerModel | calendars.DateRangePickerModel | calendars.DateTimePickerModel | dropdowns.DropDownListModel | inputs.MaskedTextBoxModel | dropdowns.MultiSelectModel | inputs.NumericTextBoxModel | richtexteditor.RichTextEditorModel | inputs.SliderModel | inputs.TextBoxModel | calendars.TimePickerModel; /** * Used to customize the "Save" button UI appearance by defining Button model configuration. * @default { iconCss: 'e-icons e-save-icon' } */ saveButton: buttons.ButtonModel; /** * Used to customize the "Cancel" button UI appearance by defining Button model configuration. * @default { iconCss: 'e-icons e-cancel-icon' } */ cancelButton: buttons.ButtonModel; /** * Maps the validation rules for the input. * @default null */ validationRules: { [name: string]: { [rule: string]: Object; }; }; /** * The event will be fired once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * The event will be fired before the data submitted to the server. * @event */ actionBegin: base.EmitType<ActionBeginEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired when data submitted successfully to the server. * @event */ actionSuccess: base.EmitType<ActionEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired when data submission failed. * @event */ actionFailure: base.EmitType<ActionEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired while validating current value. * @event */ validating: base.EmitType<ValidateEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired when the component gets destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * To Initialize the In-place editor rendering * @private */ protected render(): void; /** * Initializes a new instance of the In-place editor class. * @param options - Specifies In-place editor model properties as options. * @param element - Specifies the element for which In-place editor applies. */ constructor(options?: InPlaceEditorModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); private setClass; private appendValueElement; private renderValue; private renderEditor; private setAttribute; private renderControl; private appendButtons; private renderButtons; private createButtons; private renderComponent; private updateAdaptor; private loadSpinner; private removeSpinner; private getEditElement; private getLocale; private checkValue; extendModelValue(val: string | number | boolean | Date | calendars.DateRange | string[] | Date[] | number[] | boolean[]): void; private updateValue; private updateModelValue; setValue(): void; private getDropDownsValue; private getSendValue; private getRenderValue; private setRtl; private setFocus; private removeEditor; private destroyComponents; private destroyButtons; private getQuery; private sendValue; private isEmpty; private checkIsTemplate; private templateCompile; private appendTemplate; private disable; private enableEditor; private checkValidation; private toggleErrorClass; private updateArrow; private triggerSuccess; private wireEvents; private wireDocEvent; private wireEditEvent; private wireEditorKeyDownEvent; private wireBtnEvents; private unWireEvents; private unWireDocEvent; private unWireEditEvent; private unWireEditorKeyDownEvent; private submitPrevent; private btnKeyDownHandler; private afterOpenHandler; private popMouseDown; private doubleTapHandler; private clickHandler; private submitHandler; private cancelHandler; private popClickHandler; private successHandler; private failureHandler; private enterKeyDownHandler; private valueKeyDownHandler; private mouseDownHandler; private scrollResizeHandler; private docClickHandler; /** * Validate current editor value. * @returns void */ validate(): void; /** * Submit the edited input value to the server. * @returns void */ save(): void; /** * Removes the control from the DOM and also removes all its related events. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @returns string */ protected getPersistData(): string; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for component rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @hidden */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * Returns the current module name. * @returns string * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Gets called when the model property changes.The data that describes the old and new values of property that changed. * @param {InPlaceEditorModel} newProp * @param {InPlaceEditorModel} oldProp * @returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: InPlaceEditorModel, oldProp: InPlaceEditorModel): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/base/interface.d.ts /** * InPlace-Editor interface defined here. */ export type Component = dropdowns.AutoComplete | inputs.ColorPicker | dropdowns.ComboBox | calendars.DateRangePicker | dropdowns.MultiSelect | richtexteditor.RichTextEditor | inputs.Slider | calendars.TimePicker; export interface NotifyParams { type?: string; module: string; target?: HTMLElement | HTMLInputElement; } export interface IComponent { compObj: Component; render(e: NotifyParams): void; focus(): void; updateValue(e: NotifyParams): void; refresh?(): void; getRenderValue?(): void; } export interface IButton { type: string; constant: string; title: Object; className: string; model: buttons.ButtonModel; container: HTMLElement; } export interface ActionBeginEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the field */ data: { [key: string]: string | number; }; } export interface ActionEventArgs { /** Defines the prevent action. */ cancel?: boolean; /** Defines the data manager action result. */ data: Object; /** Defines the current editor value */ value: string; } export interface FormEventArgs { inputName: string; message: string; element: HTMLInputElement; status?: string; errorElement?: HTMLElement; } export interface ValidateEventArgs extends ActionBeginEventArgs { /** Defines form validation error message. */ errorMessage: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/base/models-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class PopupSettings */ export interface PopupSettingsModel { /** * Specifies title for the editor popup. * @default '' */ title?: string; /** * Specifies model for editor popup customization like position, animation,etc. * @default null */ model?: popups.TooltipModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/base/models.d.ts /** * Configures the popup settings of the In-place editor. */ export class PopupSettings extends base.ChildProperty<PopupSettings> { /** * Specifies title for the editor popup. * @default '' */ title: string; /** * Specifies model for editor popup customization like position, animation,etc. * @default null */ model: popups.TooltipModel; } /** * @hidden */ export let modulesList: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * @hidden */ export let localeConstant: { [key: string]: object; }; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/base/util.d.ts type valueType = string | number | Date | string[] | Date[] | number[]; /** * @hidden */ export function parseValue(type: string, val: valueType): string; export function getCompValue(type: string, val: valueType): valueType; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/index.d.ts /** * */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/modules/auto-complete.d.ts /** * The `AutoComplete` module is used configure the properties of Auto complete type editor. */ export class AutoComplete implements IComponent { private base; protected parent: InPlaceEditor; compObj: dropdowns.AutoComplete; constructor(parent?: InPlaceEditor); render(e: NotifyParams): void; focus(): void; updateValue(e: NotifyParams): void; /** * Destroys the module. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/modules/base-module.d.ts /** * The `Base` module. */ export class Base { protected parent: InPlaceEditor; protected module: IComponent; constructor(parent: InPlaceEditor, module: IComponent); private render; private focus; private update; private getValue; private destroyComponent; destroy(): void; protected addEventListener(): void; protected removeEventListener(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/modules/color-picker.d.ts /** * The `ColorPicker` module is used configure the properties of Color picker type editor. */ export class ColorPicker implements IComponent { private base; protected parent: InPlaceEditor; compObj: inputs.ColorPicker; constructor(parent?: InPlaceEditor); render(e: NotifyParams): void; focus(): void; updateValue(e: NotifyParams): void; /** * Destroys the module. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/modules/combo-box.d.ts /** * The `ComboBox` module is used configure the properties of Combo box type editor. */ export class ComboBox implements IComponent { private base; protected parent: InPlaceEditor; compObj: dropdowns.ComboBox; constructor(parent?: InPlaceEditor); render(e: NotifyParams): void; focus(): void; updateValue(e: NotifyParams): void; /** * Destroys the module. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/modules/date-range-picker.d.ts /** * The `DateRangePicker` module is used configure the properties of Date range picker type editor. */ export class DateRangePicker implements IComponent { private base; compObj: calendars.DateRangePicker; protected parent: InPlaceEditor; constructor(parent?: InPlaceEditor); render(e: NotifyParams): void; focus(): void; updateValue(e: NotifyParams): void; /** * Destroys the module. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/modules/index.d.ts /** * */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/modules/multi-select.d.ts /** * The `MultiSelect` module is used configure the properties of Multi select type editor. */ export class MultiSelect implements IComponent { private base; protected parent: InPlaceEditor; compObj: dropdowns.MultiSelect; constructor(parent?: InPlaceEditor); render(e: NotifyParams): void; focus(): void; updateValue(e: NotifyParams): void; getRenderValue(): void; /** * Destroys the module. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/modules/rte.d.ts /** * The `RTE` module is used configure the properties of RTE type editor. */ export class Rte implements IComponent { private base; protected parent: InPlaceEditor; compObj: richtexteditor.RichTextEditor; constructor(parent?: InPlaceEditor); render(e: NotifyParams): void; focus(): void; updateValue(e: NotifyParams): void; refresh(): void; /** * Destroys the rte module. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/modules/slider.d.ts /** * The `Slider` module is used configure the properties of Slider type editor. */ export class Slider implements IComponent { private base; protected parent: InPlaceEditor; compObj: inputs.Slider; constructor(parent?: InPlaceEditor); render(e: NotifyParams): void; focus(): void; updateValue(e: NotifyParams): void; refresh(): void; /** * Destroys the slider module. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inplace-editor/src/inplace-editor/modules/time-picker.d.ts /** * The `TimePicker` module is used configure the properties of Time picker type editor. */ export class TimePicker implements IComponent { private base; protected parent: InPlaceEditor; compObj: calendars.TimePicker; constructor(parent?: InPlaceEditor); render(e: NotifyParams): void; focus(): void; updateValue(e: NotifyParams): void; /** * Destroys the module. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } } export namespace inputs { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/color-picker/color-picker-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class ColorPicker */ export interface ColorPickerModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * It is used to set the color value for ColorPicker. It should be specified as Hex code. * @default '#008000ff' */ value?: string; /** * This property sets the CSS classes to root element of the ColorPicker * which helps to customize the UI styles. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * It is used to enable / disable ColorPicker component. If it is disabled the ColorPicker popup won’t open. * @default false */ disabled?: boolean; /** * It is used to render the ColorPicker component from right to left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * It is used to render the ColorPicker with the specified mode. * @default 'Picker' */ mode?: ColorPickerMode; /** * It is used to show / hide the mode switcher button of ColorPicker component. * @default true */ modeSwitcher?: boolean; /** * It is used to load custom colors to palette. * @default null */ presetColors?: { [key: string]: string[] }; /** * It is used to show / hide the control buttons (apply / cancel) of ColorPicker component. * @default true */ showButtons?: boolean; /** * It is used to render the ColorPicker palette with specified columns. * @default 10 */ columns?: number; /** * It is used to render the ColorPicker component as inline. * @default false */ inline?: boolean; /** * It is used to enable / disable the no color option of ColorPicker component. * @default false */ noColor?: boolean; /** * To enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads and it is extended from component class. * @default false */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * It is used to enable / disable the opacity option of ColorPicker component. * @default true */ enableOpacity?: boolean; /** * Triggers while selecting the color in picker / palette, when showButtons property is enabled. * @event */ select?: base.EmitType<ColorPickerEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while changing the colors. It will be triggered based on the showButtons property. * If the property is false, the event will be triggered while selecting the colors. * If the property is true, the event will be triggered while apply the selected color. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType<ColorPickerEventArgs>; /**      * Trigger while rendering each palette tile.      * @event      */ beforeTileRender?: base.EmitType<PaletteTileEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before opening the ColorPicker popup.      * @event      */ beforeOpen?: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers while opening the ColorPicker popup.      * @event      */ open?: base.EmitType<OpenEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before closing the ColorPicker popup.      * @event      */ beforeClose?: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before Switching between ColorPicker mode.      * @event      */ beforeModeSwitch?: base.EmitType<ModeSwitchEventArgs>; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Event>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/color-picker/color-picker.d.ts /** * ColorPicker Mode */ export type ColorPickerMode = 'Picker' | 'Palette'; /** * ColorPicker component is a user interface to select and adjust color values. It provides supports for various * color specification like Red Green Blue, Hue Saturation Value and Hex codes. * ```html * <input type="color" id="color-picker"> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * let colorPickerObj: ColorPicker = new ColorPicker(null , "#color-picker"); * </script> * ``` */ export class ColorPicker extends base.Component<HTMLInputElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private splitBtn; private hueSlider; private opacitySlider; private tooltipEle; private container; private modal; private isRgb; private l10n; private tileRipple; private ctrlBtnRipple; private clientX; private clientY; private rgb; private hsv; private formElement; private initialInputValue; /** * It is used to set the color value for ColorPicker. It should be specified as Hex code. * @default '#008000ff' */ value: string; /** * This property sets the CSS classes to root element of the ColorPicker * which helps to customize the UI styles. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * It is used to enable / disable ColorPicker component. If it is disabled the ColorPicker popup won’t open. * @default false */ disabled: boolean; /** * It is used to render the ColorPicker component from right to left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * It is used to render the ColorPicker with the specified mode. * @default 'Picker' */ mode: ColorPickerMode; /** * It is used to show / hide the mode switcher button of ColorPicker component. * @default true */ modeSwitcher: boolean; /** * It is used to load custom colors to palette. * @default null */ presetColors: { [key: string]: string[]; }; /** * It is used to show / hide the control buttons (apply / cancel) of ColorPicker component. * @default true */ showButtons: boolean; /** * It is used to render the ColorPicker palette with specified columns. * @default 10 */ columns: number; /** * It is used to render the ColorPicker component as inline. * @default false */ inline: boolean; /** * It is used to enable / disable the no color option of ColorPicker component. * @default false */ noColor: boolean; /** * To enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads and it is extended from component class. * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * It is used to enable / disable the opacity option of ColorPicker component. * @default true */ enableOpacity: boolean; /** * Triggers while selecting the color in picker / palette, when showButtons property is enabled. * @event */ select: base.EmitType<ColorPickerEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while changing the colors. It will be triggered based on the showButtons property. * If the property is false, the event will be triggered while selecting the colors. * If the property is true, the event will be triggered while apply the selected color. * @event */ change: base.EmitType<ColorPickerEventArgs>; /** * Trigger while rendering each palette tile. * @event */ beforeTileRender: base.EmitType<PaletteTileEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before opening the ColorPicker popup. * @event */ beforeOpen: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while opening the ColorPicker popup. * @event */ open: base.EmitType<OpenEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before closing the ColorPicker popup. * @event */ beforeClose: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before Switching between ColorPicker mode. * @event */ beforeModeSwitch: base.EmitType<ModeSwitchEventArgs>; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Event>; constructor(options?: ColorPickerModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement); protected preRender(): void; /** * To Initialize the component rendering * @private */ render(): void; private initWrapper; private getWrapper; private createWidget; private createSplitBtn; private onOpen; private getPopupInst; private beforeOpenFn; private beforePopupClose; private onPopupClose; private createPalette; private firstPaletteFocus; private appendPalette; private setNoColor; private appendElement; private addTileSelection; private createPicker; private setHsvContainerBg; private getHsvContainer; private setHandlerPosition; private createSlider; private createOpacitySlider; private updateOpacitySliderBg; private hueChange; private opacityChange; private createPreview; private isPicker; private getPopupEle; private createNumericInput; private createInput; private appendOpacityValue; private appendValueSwitchBtn; private createCtrlBtn; private appendModeSwitchBtn; private createDragTooltip; private getTooltipInst; private setTooltipOffset; private toggleDisabled; private convertToRgbString; private convertToHsvString; private updateHsv; private convertToOtherFormat; private updateInput; private updatePreview; private getDragHandler; private removeTileSelection; private convertRgbToNumberArray; /** * To get color value in specified type. * @param value - Specify the color value. * @param type - Specify the type to which the specified color needs to be converted. * @method getValue * @return {string} */ getValue(value?: string, type?: string): string; /** * To show/hide ColorPicker popup based on current state of the SplitButton. * @method toggle * @return {void} */ toggle(): void; /** * Get component name. * @returns string * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Gets the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @return {string} */ getPersistData(): string; protected wireEvents(): void; private formResetHandler; private addCtrlSwitchEvent; private pickerKeyDown; private enterKeyHandler; private closePopup; private triggerChangeEvent; private handlerDragPosition; private handlerDown; private handlerMove; private setHsv; private handlerEnd; private btnClickHandler; private switchToPalette; private refreshPopupPos; private formatSwitchHandler; private updateValue; private previewHandler; private paletteClickHandler; private noColorTile; private switchToPicker; private ctrlBtnClick; private paletteKeyDown; private keySelectionChanges; private tilePosition; private inputHandler; private inputValueChange; private triggerEvent; /** * Removes the component from the DOM and detaches all its related event handlers. * Also it maintains the initial input element from the DOM. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private destroyOtherComp; private isPopupOpen; protected unWireEvents(): void; private roundValue; private hexToRgb; private rgbToHsv; private hsvToRgb; private rgbToHex; private hex; private changeModeSwitcherProp; private changeShowBtnProps; private changeValueProp; private setInputEleProps; private changeDisabledProp; private changeCssClassProps; private changeRtlProps; private changePaletteProps; private changeOpacityProps; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @param {ColorPickerModel} newProp * @param {ColorPickerModel} oldProp * @returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: ColorPickerModel, oldProp: ColorPickerModel): void; } /** * Interface for change / select event. */ export interface ColorPickerEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { currentValue: { hex: string; rgba: string; }; previousValue: { hex: string; rgba: string; }; } /** * Interface for before change event. */ export interface PaletteTileEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { element: HTMLElement; presetName: string; value: string; } /** * Interface for before open / close event. */ export interface BeforeOpenCloseEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { element: HTMLElement; event: Event; cancel: boolean; } /** * Interface for open event. */ export interface OpenEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { element: HTMLElement; } /** * Interface for mode switching event. */ export interface ModeSwitchEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { element: HTMLElement; mode: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/color-picker/index.d.ts /** * ColorPicker modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/form-validator/form-validator-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class FormValidator */ export interface FormValidatorModel { /** * default locale variable */ locale?: string; /** * Ignores input fields based on the class name * @default 'e-hidden'; */ ignore?: string; /** * Maps the input fields with validation rules * @default {}; */ rules?: { [name: string]: { [rule: string]: Object } }; /** * Sets the defined css class to error fields * @default 'e-error'; */ errorClass?: string; /** * Sets the defined css class to valid fields * @default : 'e-valid'; */ validClass?: string; /** * Specify HTML element for error * @default : 'label'; */ errorElement?: string; /** * Specify HTML element for error container * @default : 'div'; */ errorContainer?: string; /** * Option to display the error * @default : ErrorOption.Label; */ errorOption?: ErrorOption; /** * Triggers when a field's focused out * @event */ focusout?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Trigger when keyup is triggered in any fields * @event */ keyup?: base.EmitType<KeyboardEvent>; /** * Triggers when a check box field is clicked * @event */ click?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Trigger when a base.select/drop-down field is changed * @event */ change?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Triggers before form is being submitted * @event */ submit?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Triggers before validation starts * @event */ validationBegin?: base.EmitType<Object | ValidArgs>; /** * Triggers after validation is completed * @event */ validationComplete?: base.EmitType<Object | FormEventArgs>; /** * Assigns the custom function to place the error message in the page. * @event */ // tslint:disable customPlacement?: base.EmitType<HTMLElement | any>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/form-validator/form-validator.d.ts /** * global declarations */ export let regex: any; /** * ErrorOption values * @private */ export enum ErrorOption { Message = 0, Label = 1 } /** * FormValidator class enables you to validate the form fields based on your defined rules * ```html * <form id='formId'> * <input type='text' name='Name' /> * <input type='text' name='Age' /> * </form> * <script> * let formObject = new FormValidator('#formId', { * rules: { Name: { required: true }, Age: { range: [18, 30] } }; * }); * formObject.validate(); * </script> * ``` */ export class FormValidator extends base.Base<HTMLFormElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private validated; private errorRules; private allowSubmit; private required; private infoElement; private inputElement; private selectQuery; private inputElements; private l10n; private internationalization; private localyMessage; /** * default locale variable */ locale: string; /** * Ignores input fields based on the class name * @default 'e-hidden'; */ ignore: string; /** * Maps the input fields with validation rules * @default {}; */ rules: { [name: string]: { [rule: string]: Object; }; }; /** * Sets the defined css class to error fields * @default 'e-error'; */ errorClass: string; /** * Sets the defined css class to valid fields * @default : 'e-valid'; */ validClass: string; /** * Specify HTML element for error * @default : 'label'; */ errorElement: string; /** * Specify HTML element for error container * @default : 'div'; */ errorContainer: string; /** * Option to display the error * @default : ErrorOption.Label; */ errorOption: ErrorOption; /** * Triggers when a field's focused out * @event */ focusout: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Trigger when keyup is triggered in any fields * @event */ keyup: base.EmitType<KeyboardEvent>; /** * Triggers when a check box field is clicked * @event */ click: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Trigger when a select/drop-down field is changed * @event */ change: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Triggers before form is being submitted * @event */ submit: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Triggers before validation starts * @event */ validationBegin: base.EmitType<Object | ValidArgs>; /** * Triggers after validation is completed * @event */ validationComplete: base.EmitType<Object | FormEventArgs>; /** * Assigns the custom function to place the error message in the page. * @event */ customPlacement: base.EmitType<HTMLElement | any>; /** * Add validation rules to the corresponding input element based on `name` attribute. * @param {string} name `name` of form field. * @param {Object} rules Validation rules for the corresponding element. * @return {void} */ addRules(name: string, rules: Object): void; /** * Remove validation to the corresponding field based on name attribute. * When no parameter is passed, remove all the validations in the form. * @param {string} name Input name attribute value. * @param {string[]} rules List of validation rules need to be remove from the corresponding element. * @return {void} */ removeRules(name?: string, rules?: string[]): void; /** * Validate the current form values using defined rules. * Returns `true` when the form is valid otherwise `false` * @param {string} selected - Optional parameter to validate specified element. * @return {boolean} */ validate(selected?: string): boolean; /** * Reset the value of all the fields in form. * @return {void} */ reset(): void; /** * Get input element by name. * @param {string} name - Input element name attribute value. * @return {HTMLInputElement} */ getInputElement(name: string): HTMLInputElement; /** * Destroy the form validator object and error elements. * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * Specifies the default messages for validation rules. * @default : { List of validation message }; */ defaultMessages: { [rule: string]: string; }; /** * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: FormValidatorModel, oldProp?: FormValidatorModel): void; /** * @private */ localeFunc(): void; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * @private */ afterLocalization(args: any): void; constructor(element: string | HTMLFormElement, options?: FormValidatorModel); private clearForm; private createHTML5Rules; private annotationRule; private defRule; private wireEvents; private unwireEvents; private focusOutHandler; private keyUpHandler; private clickHandler; private changeHandler; private submitHandler; private resetHandler; private validateRules; private optionalValidationStatus; private isValid; private getErrorMessage; private createErrorElement; private getErrorElement; private removeErrorRules; private showMessage; private hideMessage; private checkRequired; private static checkValidator; private static isCheckable; } export interface ValidArgs { value: string; param?: Object; element?: HTMLElement; formElement?: HTMLFormElement; } export interface FormEventArgs { inputName: string; message: string; element: HTMLInputElement; status?: string; errorElement?: HTMLElement; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/form-validator/index.d.ts /** * Input box Component */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/index.d.ts /** * NumericTextBox all modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/input/index.d.ts /** * Input box Component */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/input/input.d.ts /** * Defines floating label type of the input and decides how the label should float on the input. */ export type FloatLabelType = 'Never' | 'Always' | 'Auto'; /** * Base for Input creation through util methods. */ export namespace Input { /** * Create a wrapper to input element with multiple span elements and set the basic properties to input based components. * ``` * E.g : Input.createInput({ element: element, floatLabelType : "Auto", properties: { placeholder: 'Search' } }); * ``` * @param args */ function createInput(args: InputArgs, internalCreateElement?: createElementParams): InputObject; /** * Sets the value to the input element. * ``` * E.g : Input.setValue('content', element, "Auto", true ); * ``` * @param value - Specify the value of the input element. * @param element - The element on which the specified value is updated. * @param floatLabelType - Specify the float label type of the input element. * @param clearButton - Boolean value to specify whether the clear icon is enabled / disabled on the input. */ function setValue(value: string, element: HTMLInputElement | HTMLTextAreaElement, floatLabelType?: string, clearButton?: boolean): void; /** * Sets the single or multiple cssClass to wrapper of input element. * ``` * E.g : Input.setCssClass('e-custom-class', [element]); * ``` * @param cssClass - Css class names which are needed to add. * @param elements - The elements which are needed to add / remove classes. * @param oldClass - Css class names which are needed to remove. If old classes are need to remove, can give this optional parameter. */ function setCssClass(cssClass: string, elements: Element[] | NodeList, oldClass?: string): void; /** * Set the placeholder attribute to the input element. * ``` * E.g : Input.setPlaceholder('Search here', element); * ``` * @param placeholder - Placeholder value which is need to add. * @param element - The element on which the placeholder is need to add. */ function setPlaceholder(placeholder: string, element: HTMLInputElement | HTMLTextAreaElement): void; /** * Set the read only attribute to the input element * ``` * E.g : Input.setReadonly(true, element); * ``` * @param isReadonly * - Boolean value to specify whether to set read only. Setting "True" value enables read only. * @param element * - The element which is need to enable read only. */ function setReadonly(isReadonly: boolean, element: HTMLInputElement | HTMLTextAreaElement, floatLabelType?: string): void; /** * Displays the element direction from right to left when its enabled. * ``` * E.g : Input.setEnableRtl(true, [inputObj.container]); * ``` * @param isRtl * - Boolean value to specify whether to set RTL. Setting "True" value enables the RTL mode. * @param elements * - The elements that are needed to enable/disable RTL. */ function setEnableRtl(isRtl: boolean, elements: Element[] | NodeList): void; /** * Enables or disables the given input element. * ``` * E.g : Input.setEnabled(false, element); * ``` * @param isEnable * - Boolean value to specify whether to enable or disable. * @param element * - Element to be enabled or disabled. */ function setEnabled(isEnable: boolean, element: HTMLInputElement | HTMLTextAreaElement, floatLabelType?: string, inputContainer?: HTMLElement): void; function setClearButton(isClear: boolean, element: HTMLInputElement | HTMLTextAreaElement, inputObject: InputObject, initial?: boolean, internalCreateElement?: createElementParams): void; /** * Removing the multiple attributes from the given element such as "disabled","id" , etc. * ``` * E.g : Input.removeAttributes({ 'disabled': 'disabled', 'aria-disabled': 'true' }, element); * ``` * @param attrs * - Array of attributes which are need to removed from the element. * @param element * - Element on which the attributes are needed to be removed. */ function removeAttributes(attrs: { [key: string]: string; }, element: HTMLInputElement | HTMLElement): void; /** * Adding the multiple attributes to the given element such as "disabled","id" , etc. * ``` * E.g : Input.addAttributes({ 'id': 'inputpopup' }, element); * ``` * @param attrs * - Array of attributes which is added to element. * @param element * - Element on which the attributes are needed to be added. */ function addAttributes(attrs: { [key: string]: string; }, element: HTMLInputElement | HTMLElement): void; function removeFloating(input: InputObject): void; function addFloating(input: HTMLInputElement | HTMLTextAreaElement, type: FloatLabelType | string, placeholder: string, internalCreateElement?: createElementParams): void; /** * Enable or Disable the ripple effect on the icons inside the Input. Ripple effect is only applicable for material theme. * ``` * E.g : Input.setRipple(true, [inputObjects]); * ``` * @param isRipple * - Boolean value to specify whether to enable the ripple effect. * @param inputObject * - Specify the collection of input objects. */ function setRipple(isRipple: boolean, inputObj: InputObject[]): void; /** * Creates a new span element with the given icons added and append it in container element. * ``` * E.g : Input.appendSpan('e-icon-spin', inputObj.container); * ``` * @param iconClass - Icon classes which are need to add to the span element which is going to created. * Span element acts as icon or button element for input. * @param container - The container on which created span element is going to append. */ function appendSpan(iconClass: string, container: HTMLElement, internalCreateElement?: createElementParams): HTMLElement; } export interface InputObject { container?: HTMLElement; buttons?: HTMLElement[]; clearButton?: HTMLElement; } /** * Arguments to create input element for input text boxes utility.These properties are optional. */ export interface InputArgs { /** * Element which is needed to add to the container. * ``` * E.g : Input.createInput({ element: element }); * ``` */ element: HTMLInputElement | HTMLTextAreaElement; /** * ``` * E.g : Input.createInput({ element: element, buttons: ['e-icon-up', 'e-icon-down'] }); * ``` * Specifies the icon classes for span element which will be append to the container. */ buttons?: string[]; /** * ``` * E.g : Input.createInput({ element: element, customTag: 'ej2-custom-input' }); * ``` * Specifies the custom tag which is acts as container to the input. */ customTag?: string; /** * ``` * E.g : Input.createInput({ element: element, floatLabelType : "Always" }); * ``` * Specifies how the floating label works. * Possible values are: * * Never - Never float the label in the input when the placeholder is available. * * Always - The floating label will always float above the input. * * Auto - The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. */ floatLabelType?: FloatLabelType | string; /** * ``` * E.g : Input.createInput({ element: element, properties: { readonly: true, placeholder: 'Search here' } }); * ``` * To specifies the properties such as readonly,enable rtl,etc. */ properties?: { readonly?: boolean; placeholder?: string; cssClass?: string; enableRtl?: boolean; enabled?: boolean; showClearButton?: boolean; }; } /** * Default required properties for input components. */ export interface IInput { /** * Sets the placeholder value to input. */ placeholder: string; /** * Sets the css class value to input. */ cssClass: string; /** * Sets the enabled value to input. */ enabled?: boolean; /** * Sets the readonly value to input. */ readonly: boolean; /** * Sets the enable rtl value to input. */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to display the Clear button in the input. */ showClearButton?: boolean; /** * Specifies how the floating label works. * Possible values are: * * Never - Never float the label in the input when the placeholder is available. * * Always - The floating label will always float above the input. * * Auto - The floating label will float above the input after focusing or entering a value in the input. */ floatLabelType?: FloatLabelType | string; /** * Sets the change event mapping function to input. */ change: Function; } export type createElementParams = (tag: string, prop?: { id?: string; className?: string; innerHTML?: string; styles?: string; attrs?: { [key: string]: string; }; }) => HTMLElement; /** * Defines the argument for the focus event. */ export interface FocusEventArgs { model?: Object; } /** * Defines the argument for the blur event. */ export interface BlurEventArgs { model?: Object; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/maskedtextbox/base/index.d.ts /** * MaskedTextbox base modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/maskedtextbox/base/mask-base.d.ts /** * @hidden * Built-in masking elements collection. */ export let regularExpressions: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * @hidden * Generate required masking elements to the MaskedTextBox from user mask input. */ export function createMask(): void; /** * @hidden * Apply mask ability with masking elements to the MaskedTextBox. */ export function applyMask(): void; /** * @hidden * To wire required events to the MaskedTextBox. */ export function wireEvents(): void; /** * @hidden * To unwire events attached to the MaskedTextBox. */ export function unwireEvents(): void; /** * @hidden * To bind required events to the MaskedTextBox clearButton. */ export function bindClearEvent(): void; /** * @hidden * To get masked value from the MaskedTextBox. */ export function unstrippedValue(element: HTMLInputElement): string; /** * @hidden * To extract raw value from the MaskedTextBox. */ export function strippedValue(element: HTMLInputElement, maskValues: string): string; export function maskInputFocusHandler(event: MouseEvent | FocusEvent | TouchEvent | KeyboardEvent): void; export function maskInputBlurHandler(event: MouseEvent | FocusEvent | TouchEvent | KeyboardEvent): void; export function maskInputDropHandler(event: MouseEvent): void; export function mobileRemoveFunction(): void; /** * @hidden * To set updated values in the MaskedTextBox. */ export function setMaskValue(val?: string): void; /** * @hidden * To set updated values in the input element. */ export function setElementValue(val: string, element?: HTMLInputElement): void; /** * @hidden * Provide mask support to input textbox through utility method. */ export function maskInput(args: MaskInputArgs): void; /** * @hidden * Gets raw value of the textbox which has been masked through utility method. */ export function getVal(args: GetValueInputArgs): string; /** * @hidden * Gets masked value of the textbox which has been masked through utility method. */ export function getMaskedVal(args: GetValueInputArgs): string; /** * @hidden * Arguments to get the raw and masked value of MaskedTextBox which has been masked through utility method. */ export interface GetValueInputArgs { element: HTMLInputElement; mask: string; promptChar?: string; customCharacters?: { [x: string]: Object; }; } /** * @hidden * Arguments to mask input textbox through utility method. */ export interface MaskInputArgs extends GetValueInputArgs { value?: string; } /** * @hidden * Arguments to perform undo and redo functionalities. */ export class MaskUndo { value: string; startIndex: Number; endIndex: Number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/maskedtextbox/index.d.ts /** * MaskedTextbox modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/maskedtextbox/maskedtextbox/index.d.ts /** * MaskedTextbox modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/maskedtextbox/maskedtextbox/maskedtextbox-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class MaskedTextBox */ export interface MaskedTextBoxModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Gets or sets the CSS classes to root element of the MaskedTextBox which helps to customize the * complete UI styles for the MaskedTextBox component. * @default null */ cssClass?: string; /** * Sets the width of the MaskedTextBox. * @default null */ width?: number | string; /** * Gets or sets the string shown as a hint/placeholder when the MaskedTextBox is empty. * It acts as a label and floats above the MaskedTextBox based on the * <b><a href="#floatlabeltype-string" target="_blank">floatLabelType.</a></b> * @default null */ placeholder?: string; /** * The <b><a href="#placeholder-string" target="_blank">placeholder</a></b> acts as a label * and floats above the MaskedTextBox based on the below values. * Possible values are: * * Never - The floating label will not be enable when the placeholder is available. * * Always - The floating label always floats above the MaskedTextBox. * * Auto - The floating label floats above the MaskedTextBox after focusing it or when enters the value in it. * @default Never */ floatLabelType?: FloatLabelType; /** * Sets a value that enables or disables the MaskedTextBox component. * @default true */ enabled?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon. * @default false */ showClearButton?: boolean; /** * Sets a value that enables or disables the persisting state of the MaskedTextBox after reloading the page. * If enabled, the 'value' state will be persisted. * @default false */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * Sets a value that enables or disables the RTL mode on the MaskedTextBox. If it is true, * MaskedTextBox will display the content in the right to left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Sets a value that masks the MaskedTextBox to allow/validate the user input. * * Mask allows <b><a href="../maskedtextbox/mask-configuration.html#standard-mask-elements" target="_blank">standard mask elements * </a></b>, <b><a href="../maskedtextbox/mask-configuration.html#custom-characters" target="_blank">custom characters</a></b> and * <b><a href="../maskedtextbox/mask-configuration.html#regular-expression" target="_blank">regular expression</a></b> as mask elements. * For more information on mask, refer to * [mask](../maskedtextbox/mask-configuration#standard-mask-elements/). * * If the mask value is empty, the MaskedTextBox will behave as an input element with text type. * @default null */ mask?: string; /** * Gets or sets a value that will be shown as a prompting symbol for the masked value. * The symbol used to show input positions in the MaskedTextBox. * For more information on prompt-character, refer to * [prompt-character](../maskedtextbox/mask-configuration#prompt-character/). * @default '_' */ promptChar?: string; /** * Gets or sets the value of the MaskedTextBox. It is a raw value of the MaskedTextBox excluding literals * and prompt characters. By using `getMaskedValue` property, you can get the value of MaskedTextBox with the masked format. * ```html * <input id="mask" type="text" /> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var maskObj = new MaskedTextBox({ mask: "(999) 9999-999", value: "8674321756" }); * maskObj.appendTo('#mask'); * </script> * ``` * @default null */ value?: string; /** * Sets the collection of values to be mapped for non-mask elements(literals) * which have been set in the mask of MaskedTextBox. * * In the below example, non-mask elements "P" accepts values * "P" , "A" , "p" , "a" and "M" accepts values "M", "m" mentioned in the custom characters collection. * ```html * <input id="mask" type="text" /> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var customChar = { P: 'P,A,p,a', M: 'M,m'}; * var maskObj = new MaskedTextBox({ mask: "99 : 99 PM", customCharacters: customChar }); * maskObj.appendTo('#mask'); * </script> * ``` * For more information on customCharacters, refer to * [customCharacters](../maskedtextbox/mask-configuration#custom-characters/). * @default null */ customCharacters?: { [x: string]: Object }; /** * Triggers when the MaskedTextBox component is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the MaskedTextBox component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the value of the MaskedTextBox changes. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType <MaskChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the MaskedTextBox got focus in. * @event */ focus?: base.EmitType<MaskFocusEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the MaskedTextBox got focus out. * @event */ blur?: base.EmitType<MaskBlurEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/maskedtextbox/maskedtextbox/maskedtextbox.d.ts /** * The MaskedTextBox allows the user to enter the valid input only based on the provided mask. * ```html * <input id="mask" type="text" /> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var maskObj = new MaskedTextBox({ mask: "(999) 9999-999" }); * maskObj.appendTo('#mask'); * </script> * ``` */ export class MaskedTextBox extends base.Component<HTMLInputElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private cloneElement; private promptMask; private hiddenMask; private escapeMaskValue; private regExpCollec; private customRegExpCollec; private inputObj; private undoCollec; private redoCollec; private changeEventArgs; private focusEventArgs; private blurEventArgs; private maskKeyPress; private angularTagName; private prevValue; private isFocus; private isInitial; private isIosInvalid; private preEleVal; private formElement; private initInputValue; /** * Gets or sets the CSS classes to root element of the MaskedTextBox which helps to customize the * complete UI styles for the MaskedTextBox component. * @default null */ cssClass: string; /** * Sets the width of the MaskedTextBox. * @default null */ width: number | string; /** * Gets or sets the string shown as a hint/placeholder when the MaskedTextBox is empty. * It acts as a label and floats above the MaskedTextBox based on the * <b><a href="#floatlabeltype-string" target="_blank">floatLabelType.</a></b> * @default null */ placeholder: string; /** * The <b><a href="#placeholder-string" target="_blank">placeholder</a></b> acts as a label * and floats above the MaskedTextBox based on the below values. * Possible values are: * * Never - The floating label will not be enable when the placeholder is available. * * Always - The floating label always floats above the MaskedTextBox. * * Auto - The floating label floats above the MaskedTextBox after focusing it or when enters the value in it. * @default Never */ floatLabelType: FloatLabelType; /** * Sets a value that enables or disables the MaskedTextBox component. * @default true */ enabled: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon. * @default false */ showClearButton: boolean; /** * Sets a value that enables or disables the persisting state of the MaskedTextBox after reloading the page. * If enabled, the 'value' state will be persisted. * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * Sets a value that enables or disables the RTL mode on the MaskedTextBox. If it is true, * MaskedTextBox will display the content in the right to left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Sets a value that masks the MaskedTextBox to allow/validate the user input. * * Mask allows <b><a href="../maskedtextbox/mask-configuration.html#standard-mask-elements" target="_blank">standard mask elements * </a></b>, <b><a href="../maskedtextbox/mask-configuration.html#custom-characters" target="_blank">custom characters</a></b> and * <b><a href="../maskedtextbox/mask-configuration.html#regular-expression" target="_blank">regular expression</a></b> as mask elements. * For more information on mask, refer to * [mask](../maskedtextbox/mask-configuration#standard-mask-elements/). * * If the mask value is empty, the MaskedTextBox will behave as an input element with text type. * @default null */ mask: string; /** * Gets or sets a value that will be shown as a prompting symbol for the masked value. * The symbol used to show input positions in the MaskedTextBox. * For more information on prompt-character, refer to * [prompt-character](../maskedtextbox/mask-configuration#prompt-character/). * @default '_' */ promptChar: string; /** * Gets or sets the value of the MaskedTextBox. It is a raw value of the MaskedTextBox excluding literals * and prompt characters. By using `getMaskedValue` property, you can get the value of MaskedTextBox with the masked format. * ```html * <input id="mask" type="text" /> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var maskObj = new MaskedTextBox({ mask: "(999) 9999-999", value: "8674321756" }); * maskObj.appendTo('#mask'); * </script> * ``` * @default null */ value: string; /** * Sets the collection of values to be mapped for non-mask elements(literals) * which have been set in the mask of MaskedTextBox. * * In the below example, non-mask elements "P" accepts values * "P" , "A" , "p" , "a" and "M" accepts values "M", "m" mentioned in the custom characters collection. * ```html * <input id="mask" type="text" /> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var customChar = { P: 'P,A,p,a', M: 'M,m'}; * var maskObj = new MaskedTextBox({ mask: "99 : 99 PM", customCharacters: customChar }); * maskObj.appendTo('#mask'); * </script> * ``` * For more information on customCharacters, refer to * [customCharacters](../maskedtextbox/mask-configuration#custom-characters/). * @default null */ customCharacters: { [x: string]: Object; }; /** * Triggers when the MaskedTextBox component is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the MaskedTextBox component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the value of the MaskedTextBox changes. * @event */ change: base.EmitType<MaskChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the MaskedTextBox got focus in. * @event */ focus: base.EmitType<MaskFocusEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the MaskedTextBox got focus out. * @event */ blur: base.EmitType<MaskBlurEventArgs>; constructor(options?: MaskedTextBoxModel, element?: string | HTMLElement | HTMLInputElement); /** * Gets the component name * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Initializes the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Gets the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @return {string} */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Initializes the component rendering. * @private */ render(): void; private resetMaskedTextBox; private setMaskPlaceholder; private setCssClass; private setWidth; private createWrapper; /** * Calls internally if any of the property value is changed. * @hidden */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: MaskedTextBoxModel, oldProp: MaskedTextBoxModel): void; private updateValue; /** * Gets the value of the MaskedTextBox with the masked format. * By using `value` property, you can get the raw value of maskedtextbox without literals and prompt characters. * @return {string} */ getMaskedValue(): string; /** * Removes the component from the DOM and detaches all its related event handlers. * Also it maintains the initial input element from the DOM. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; } export interface MaskChangeEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the value of the MaskedTextBox with the masked format. */ maskedValue?: string; /** Returns the raw value of MaskedTextBox by removing the prompt characters and literals(non-mask elements) * which have been set in the mask of MaskedTextBox. */ value?: string; /** Returns true when the value of MaskedTextBox is changed by user interaction. Otherwise, it returns false. * @private */ isInteraction?: boolean; /** Returns true when the value of MaskedTextBox is changed by user interaction. Otherwise, it returns false */ isInteracted?: boolean; /** Returns the original event arguments. */ event?: Event; } export interface MaskFocusEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns selectionStart value as zero by default */ selectionStart?: number; /** Returns selectionEnd value depends on mask length */ selectionEnd?: number; /** Returns the original event arguments. */ event?: MouseEvent | FocusEvent | TouchEvent | KeyboardEvent; /** Returns the value of MaskedTextBox. */ value?: string; /** Returns the maskedValue of MaskedTextBox. */ maskedValue?: string; /** Returns the MaskedTextBox container element */ container?: HTMLElement; } export interface MaskBlurEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the original event arguments. */ event?: MouseEvent | FocusEvent | TouchEvent | KeyboardEvent; /** Returns the value of MaskedTextBox. */ value?: string; /** Returns the maskedValue of MaskedTextBox. */ maskedValue?: string; /** Returns the MaskedTextBox container element */ container?: HTMLElement; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/numerictextbox/index.d.ts /** * NumericTextBox modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/numerictextbox/numerictextbox-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class NumericTextBox */ export interface NumericTextBoxModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Gets or Sets the CSS classes to root element of the NumericTextBox which helps to customize the * complete UI styles for the NumericTextBox component. * @default null */ cssClass?: string; /** * Sets the value of the NumericTextBox. * @default null * @aspType object */ value?: number; /** * Specifies a minimum value that is allowed a user can enter. * For more information on min, refer to * [min](../numerictextbox/getting-started#range-validation/). * @default null * @aspType object */ min?: number; /** * Specifies a maximum value that is allowed a user can enter. * For more information on max, refer to * [max](../numerictextbox/getting-started#range-validation/). * @default null * @aspType object */ max?: number; /** * Specifies the incremental or decremental step size for the NumericTextBox. * For more information on step, refer to * [step](../numerictextbox/getting-started#range-validation/). * @default 1 */ step?: number; /** * Specifies the width of the NumericTextBox. * @default null */ width?: number | string; /** * Gets or sets the string shown as a hint/placeholder when the NumericTextBox is empty. * It acts as a label and floats above the NumericTextBox based on the * <b><a href="#floatlabeltype-string" target="_blank">floatLabelType.</a></b> * @default null */ placeholder?: string; /** * Specifies whether the up and down spin buttons should be displayed in NumericTextBox. * @default true */ showSpinButton?: boolean; /** * Sets a value that enables or disables the readonly state on the NumericTextBox. If it is true, * NumericTextBox will not allow your input. * @default false */ readonly?: boolean; /** * Sets a value that enables or disables the NumericTextBox control. * @default true */ enabled?: boolean; /** * Sets a value that enables or disables the RTL mode on the NumericTextBox. If it is true, * NumericTextBox will display the content in the right to left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon. * @default false */ showClearButton?: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting NumericTextBox state between page reloads. If enabled, the `value` state will be persisted. * @default false */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * Specifies the number format that indicates the display format for the value of the NumericTextBox. * For more information on formats, refer to * [formats](../numerictextbox/formats#standard-formats/). * @default 'n2' */ format?: string; /** * Specifies the number precision applied to the textbox value when the NumericTextBox is focused. * For more information on decimals, refer to * [decimals](../numerictextbox/formats#precision-of-numbers/). * @default null */ decimals?: number; /** * Specifies the currency code to use in currency formatting. * Possible values are the ISO 4217 currency codes, such as 'USD' for the US dollar,'EUR' for the euro. * @default null */ currency?: string; /** * Specifies the currency code to use in currency formatting. * Possible values are the ISO 4217 currency codes, such as 'USD' for the US dollar,'EUR' for the euro. * @default null * @private */ currencyCode?: string; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the NumericTextBox control allows the value for the specified range. * * If it is true, the input value will be restricted between the min and max range. * The typed value gets modified to fit the range on focused out state. * ```html * <input type='text' id="numeric"/> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var numericObj = new NumericTextBox({ min: 10, max: 20, value: 15 }); * numericObj.appendTo("#numeric"); * </script> * ``` * * Else, it allows any value even out of range value, * At that time of wrong value entered, the error class will be added to the component to highlight the error. * ```html * <input type='text' id="numeric"/> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var numericObj = new NumericTextBox({ strictMode: false, min: 10, max: 20, value: 15 }); * numericObj.appendTo("#numeric"); * </script> * ``` * @default true */ strictMode?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the decimals length should be restricted during typing. * @default false */ validateDecimalOnType?: boolean; /** * The <b><a href="#placeholder-string" target="_blank">placeholder</a></b> acts as a label * and floats above the NumericTextBox based on the below values. * Possible values are: * * `Never` - Never floats the label in the NumericTextBox when the placeholder is available. * * `Always` - The floating label always floats above the NumericTextBox. * * `Auto` - The floating label floats above the NumericTextBox after focusing it or when enters the value in it. * @default Never */ floatLabelType?: FloatLabelType; /** * Triggers when the NumericTextBox component is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the NumericTextBox component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the value of the NumericTextBox changes. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType<ChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the NumericTextBox got focus in. * @event */ focus?: base.EmitType<NumericFocusEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the NumericTextBox got focus out. * @event */ blur?: base.EmitType<NumericBlurEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/numerictextbox/numerictextbox.d.ts /** * Represents the NumericTextBox component that allows the user to enter only numeric values. * ```html * <input type='text' id="numeric"/> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var numericObj = new NumericTextBox({ value: 10 }); * numericObj.appendTo("#numeric"); * </script> * ``` */ export class NumericTextBox extends base.Component<HTMLInputElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private container; private inputWrapper; private cloneElement; private hiddenInput; private spinUp; private spinDown; private formEle; private inputEleValue; private timeOut; private prevValue; private isValidState; private isFocused; private isPrevFocused; private instance; private cultureInfo; private inputStyle; private inputName; private decimalSeparator; private angularTagName; private intRegExp; private l10n; private isCalled; private prevVal; private nextEle; private cursorPosChanged; private changeEventArgs; private focusEventArgs; private blurEventArgs; private isInteract; /** * Gets or Sets the CSS classes to root element of the NumericTextBox which helps to customize the * complete UI styles for the NumericTextBox component. * @default null */ cssClass: string; /** * Sets the value of the NumericTextBox. * @default null * @aspType object */ value: number; /** * Specifies a minimum value that is allowed a user can enter. * For more information on min, refer to * [min](../numerictextbox/getting-started#range-validation/). * @default null * @aspType object */ min: number; /** * Specifies a maximum value that is allowed a user can enter. * For more information on max, refer to * [max](../numerictextbox/getting-started#range-validation/). * @default null * @aspType object */ max: number; /** * Specifies the incremental or decremental step size for the NumericTextBox. * For more information on step, refer to * [step](../numerictextbox/getting-started#range-validation/). * @default 1 */ step: number; /** * Specifies the width of the NumericTextBox. * @default null */ width: number | string; /** * Gets or sets the string shown as a hint/placeholder when the NumericTextBox is empty. * It acts as a label and floats above the NumericTextBox based on the * <b><a href="#floatlabeltype-string" target="_blank">floatLabelType.</a></b> * @default null */ placeholder: string; /** * Specifies whether the up and down spin buttons should be displayed in NumericTextBox. * @default true */ showSpinButton: boolean; /** * Sets a value that enables or disables the readonly state on the NumericTextBox. If it is true, * NumericTextBox will not allow your input. * @default false */ readonly: boolean; /** * Sets a value that enables or disables the NumericTextBox control. * @default true */ enabled: boolean; /** * Sets a value that enables or disables the RTL mode on the NumericTextBox. If it is true, * NumericTextBox will display the content in the right to left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to show or hide the clear icon. * @default false */ showClearButton: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting NumericTextBox state between page reloads. If enabled, the `value` state will be persisted. * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * Specifies the number format that indicates the display format for the value of the NumericTextBox. * For more information on formats, refer to * [formats](../numerictextbox/formats#standard-formats/). * @default 'n2' */ format: string; /** * Specifies the number precision applied to the textbox value when the NumericTextBox is focused. * For more information on decimals, refer to * [decimals](../numerictextbox/formats#precision-of-numbers/). * @default null */ decimals: number; /** * Specifies the currency code to use in currency formatting. * Possible values are the ISO 4217 currency codes, such as 'USD' for the US dollar,'EUR' for the euro. * @default null */ currency: string; /** * Specifies the currency code to use in currency formatting. * Possible values are the ISO 4217 currency codes, such as 'USD' for the US dollar,'EUR' for the euro. * @default null * @private */ private currencyCode; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the NumericTextBox control allows the value for the specified range. * * If it is true, the input value will be restricted between the min and max range. * The typed value gets modified to fit the range on focused out state. * ```html * <input type='text' id="numeric"/> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var numericObj = new NumericTextBox({ min: 10, max: 20, value: 15 }); * numericObj.appendTo("#numeric"); * </script> * ``` * * Else, it allows any value even out of range value, * At that time of wrong value entered, the error class will be added to the component to highlight the error. * ```html * <input type='text' id="numeric"/> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var numericObj = new NumericTextBox({ strictMode: false, min: 10, max: 20, value: 15 }); * numericObj.appendTo("#numeric"); * </script> * ``` * @default true */ strictMode: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the decimals length should be restricted during typing. * @default false */ validateDecimalOnType: boolean; /** * The <b><a href="#placeholder-string" target="_blank">placeholder</a></b> acts as a label * and floats above the NumericTextBox based on the below values. * Possible values are: * * `Never` - Never floats the label in the NumericTextBox when the placeholder is available. * * `Always` - The floating label always floats above the NumericTextBox. * * `Auto` - The floating label floats above the NumericTextBox after focusing it or when enters the value in it. * @default Never */ floatLabelType: FloatLabelType; /** * Triggers when the NumericTextBox component is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the NumericTextBox component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the value of the NumericTextBox changes. * @event */ change: base.EmitType<ChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the NumericTextBox got focus in. * @event */ focus: base.EmitType<NumericFocusEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the NumericTextBox got focus out. * @event */ blur: base.EmitType<NumericBlurEventArgs>; constructor(options?: NumericTextBoxModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement); protected preRender(): void; /** * To Initialize the control rendering * @private */ render(): void; private checkAttributes; private updatePlaceholder; private initCultureFunc; private initCultureInfo; private createWrapper; private spinBtnCreation; private validateMinMax; private formattedValue; private validateStep; private action; private checkErrorClass; private bindClearEvent; protected resetHandler(e?: MouseEvent): void; private clear; protected resetFormHandler(): void; private wireEvents; private wireSpinBtnEvents; private unwireEvents; private unwireSpinBtnEvents; private changeHandler; private raiseChangeEvent; private pasteHandler; private preventHandler; private keyUpHandler; private inputHandler; private keyDownHandler; private performAction; private correctRounding; private roundValue; private updateValue; private updateCurrency; private changeValue; private modifyText; private setElementValue; private validateState; private formatNumber; private trimValue; private roundNumber; private cancelEvent; private keyPressHandler; private numericRegex; private mouseWheel; private focusIn; private focusOut; private mouseDownOnSpinner; private touchMoveOnSpinner; private mouseUpOnSpinner; private getElementData; private floatLabelTypeUpdate; private mouseUpClick; /** * Increments the NumericTextBox value with the specified step value. * @param {number} step - Specifies the value used to increment the NumericTextBox value. * if its not given then numeric value will be incremented based on the step property value. */ increment(step?: number): void; /** * Decrements the NumericTextBox value with specified step value. * @param {number} step - Specifies the value used to decrement the NumericTextBox value. * if its not given then numeric value will be decremented based on the step property value. */ decrement(step?: number): void; /** * Removes the component from the DOM and detaches all its related event handlers. * Also it maintains the initial input element from the DOM. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * Returns the value of NumericTextBox with the format applied to the NumericTextBox. */ getText(): string; /** * Gets the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @return {string} */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Calls internally if any of the property value is changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: NumericTextBoxModel, oldProp: NumericTextBoxModel): void; /** * Gets the component name * @private */ getModuleName(): string; } export interface ChangeEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the entered value of the NumericTextBox. */ value?: number; /** Returns the previously entered value of the NumericTextBox. */ previousValue?: number; /** Returns the event parameters from NumericTextBox. */ event?: Event; /** Returns true when the value of NumericTextBox is changed by user interaction. Otherwise, it returns false * @private */ isInteraction?: boolean; /** Returns true when the value of NumericTextBox is changed by user interaction. Otherwise, it returns false */ isInteracted?: boolean; } export interface NumericFocusEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the original event arguments. */ event?: MouseEvent | FocusEvent | TouchEvent | KeyboardEvent; /** Returns the value of the NumericTextBox. */ value: number; /** Returns the NumericTextBox container element */ container?: HTMLElement; } export interface NumericBlurEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the original event arguments. */ event?: MouseEvent | FocusEvent | TouchEvent | KeyboardEvent; /** Returns the value of the NumericTextBox. */ value: number; /** Returns the NumericTextBox container element */ container?: HTMLElement; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/slider/index.d.ts /** * Slider modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/slider/slider-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class TicksData */ export interface TicksDataModel { /** * It is used to denote the position of the ticks in the Slider. The available options are: * * * before - Ticks are placed in the top of the horizontal slider bar or at the left of the vertical slider bar. * * after - Ticks are placed in the bottom of the horizontal slider bar or at the right of the vertical slider bar. * * both - Ticks are placed on the both side of the Slider bar. * * none - Ticks are not shown. * * @default 'None' */ placement?: Placement; /** * It is used to denote the distance between two major (large) ticks from the scale of the Slider. * @default 10 */ largeStep?: number; /** * It is used to denote the distance between two minor (small) ticks from the scale of the Slider. * @default 1 */ smallStep?: number; /** * We can show or hide the small ticks in the Slider, which will be appeared in between the largeTicks. * @default false */ showSmallTicks?: boolean; /** * It is used to customize the Slider scale value to the desired format using base.Internationalization or events(custom formatting). */ format?: string; } /** * Interface for a class LimitData */ export interface LimitDataModel { /** * It is used to enable the limit in the slider. * @default false */ enabled?: boolean; /** * It is used to set the minimum start limit value. * @default null */ minStart?: number; /** * It is used to set the minimum end limit value. * @default null */ minEnd?: number; /** * It is used to set the maximum start limit value. * @default null */ maxStart?: number; /** * It is used to set the maximum end limit value. * @default null */ maxEnd?: number; /** * It is used to lock the first handle. * @default false */ startHandleFixed?: boolean; /** * It is used to lock the second handle. * @default false */ endHandleFixed?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class TooltipData */ export interface TooltipDataModel { /** * It is used to customize the popups.Tooltip which accepts custom CSS class names that define * specific user-defined styles and themes to be applied on the popups.Tooltip element. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * It is used to denote the position for the tooltip element in the Slider. The available options are: * * * Before - popups.Tooltip is shown in the top of the horizontal slider bar or at the left of the vertical slider bar. * * After - popups.Tooltip is shown in the bottom of the horizontal slider bar or at the right of the vertical slider bar. */ placement?: TooltipPlacement; /** * It is used to determine the device mode to show the popups.Tooltip. * If it is in desktop, it will show the popups.Tooltip content when hovering on the target element. * If it is in touch device. It will show the popups.Tooltip content when tap and holding on the target element. * @default 'Auto' */ showOn?: TooltipShowOn; /** * It is used to show or hide the popups.Tooltip of Slider base.Component. */ isVisible?: boolean; /** * It is used to customize the popups.Tooltip content to the desired format * using internationalization or events (custom formatting). */ format?: string; } /** * Interface for a class Slider */ export interface SliderModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * It is used to denote the current value of the Slider. * The value should be specified in array of number when render Slider type as range. * * {% codeBlock src="slider/value-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ value?: number | number[]; /** * It is used to denote own array of slider values. * The value should be specified in array of number or string.The min,max and step value is not considered * @default null */ customValues?: string[] | number[]; /** * It is used to denote the step value of Slider component which is the amount of Slider value change * when increase / decrease button is clicked or press arrow keys or drag the thumb. * Refer the documentation [here](../../slider/ticks#step) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="slider/step-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 1 */ step?: number; /** * It sets the minimum value of Slider base.Component * * {% codeBlock src="slider/min-max-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 0 */ min?: number; /** * It sets the maximum value of Slider base.Component * * {% codeBlock src="slider/min-max-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 100 */ max?: number; /** * It is used to render the Slider component in read-only mode. * The slider rendered with user defined values and can’t be interacted with user actions. * @default false */ readonly?: boolean; /** * It is used to denote the type of the Slider. The available options are: * * default - Used to select a single value in the Slider. * * minRange - Used to select a single value in the Slider. It displays shadow from the start value to the current value. * * range - Used to select a range of values in the Slider. It displays shadow in-between the selection range. */ type?: SliderType; /** * It is used to render the slider ticks options such as placement and step values. * Refer the documentation [here](../../slider/ticks) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="slider/ticks-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default { placement: 'before' } */ ticks?: TicksDataModel; /** * It is used to limit the slider movement within certain limits. * Refer the documentation [here](../../slider/limits) * to know more about this property with demo * * {% codeBlock src="slider/limits-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default { enabled: false } */ limits?: LimitDataModel; /** * It is used to enable or disable the slider. * @default true */ enabled?: boolean; /** * It is used to render the Slider component from right to left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * It is used to denote the slider tooltip and it's position. * * {% codeBlock src="slider/tooltip-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default { placement: 'Before', isVisible: false, showOn: 'Focus', format: null } */ tooltip?: TooltipDataModel; /** * It is used to show or hide the increase and decrease button of Slider base.Component, * which is used to change the slider value. * Refer the documentation [here](../../slider/getting-started#buttons) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="slider/showButtons-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default false */ showButtons?: boolean; /** * It is used to enable or disable the Slider handle moving animation. * @default true */ enableAnimation?: boolean; /** * It is used to render Slider in either horizontal or vertical orientation. * Refer the documentation [here](../../slider/getting-started#orientation) * to know more about this property with demo. * @default 'Horizontal' */ orientation?: SliderOrientation; /** * This property sets the CSS classes to root element of the Slider * which helps to customize the UI styles. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * We can trigger created event when the Slider is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger change event whenever Slider value is changed. * In other term, this event will be triggered while drag the slider thumb. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger changed event when Slider component action is completed while we change the Slider value. * In other term, this event will be triggered, while drag the slider thumb completed. * @event */ changed?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger renderingTicks event when the ticks rendered on Slider, * which is used to customize the ticks labels dynamically. * @event */ renderingTicks?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger renderedTicks event when the ticks are rendered on the Slider. * @event */ renderedTicks?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger tooltipChange event when we change the Sider tooltip value. * @event */ tooltipChange?: base.EmitType<SliderTooltipEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/slider/slider.d.ts /** * Configures the ticks data of the Slider. */ export class TicksData extends base.ChildProperty<TicksData> { /** * It is used to denote the position of the ticks in the Slider. The available options are: * * * before - Ticks are placed in the top of the horizontal slider bar or at the left of the vertical slider bar. * * after - Ticks are placed in the bottom of the horizontal slider bar or at the right of the vertical slider bar. * * both - Ticks are placed on the both side of the Slider bar. * * none - Ticks are not shown. * * @default 'None' */ placement: Placement; /** * It is used to denote the distance between two major (large) ticks from the scale of the Slider. * @default 10 */ largeStep: number; /** * It is used to denote the distance between two minor (small) ticks from the scale of the Slider. * @default 1 */ smallStep: number; /** * We can show or hide the small ticks in the Slider, which will be appeared in between the largeTicks. * @default false */ showSmallTicks: boolean; /** * It is used to customize the Slider scale value to the desired format using Internationalization or events(custom formatting). */ format: string; } /** * It is used to denote the TooltipChange Event arguments. */ export interface SliderTooltipEventArgs { /** * It is used to get the value of the Slider. */ value: number | number[]; /** * It is used to get the text shown in the Slider tooltip. */ text: string; } /** * It is used to denote the Slider Change/Changed Event arguments. */ export interface SliderChangeEventArgs { /** * It is used to get the current value of the Slider. */ value: number | number[]; /** * It is used to get the previous value of the Slider. */ previousValue: number | number[]; /** * It is used to get the current text or formatted text of the Slider, which is placed in tooltip. */ text?: string; /** * It is used to get the action applied on the Slider. */ action: string; } /** * It is used to denote the TicksRender Event arguments. */ export interface SliderTickEventArgs { /** * It is used to get the value of the tick. */ value: number; /** * It is used to get the label text of the tick. */ text: string; /** * It is used to get the current tick element. */ tickElement: Element; } /** * It is used t denote the ticks rendered Event arguments. */ export interface SliderTickRenderedEventArgs { /** * It returns the wrapper of the ticks element. */ ticksWrapper: HTMLElement; /** * It returns the collection of tick elements. */ tickElements: HTMLElement[]; } /** * It illustrates the limit data in slider. */ export class LimitData extends base.ChildProperty<LimitData> { /** * It is used to enable the limit in the slider. * @default false */ enabled: boolean; /** * It is used to set the minimum start limit value. * @default null */ minStart: number; /** * It is used to set the minimum end limit value. * @default null */ minEnd: number; /** * It is used to set the maximum start limit value. * @default null */ maxStart: number; /** * It is used to set the maximum end limit value. * @default null */ maxEnd: number; /** * It is used to lock the first handle. * @default false */ startHandleFixed: boolean; /** * It is used to lock the second handle. * @default false */ endHandleFixed: boolean; } /** * It illustrates the tooltip data in slider. */ export class TooltipData extends base.ChildProperty<TooltipData> { /** * It is used to customize the Tooltip which accepts custom CSS class names that define * specific user-defined styles and themes to be applied on the Tooltip element. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * It is used to denote the position for the tooltip element in the Slider. The available options are: * * * Before - Tooltip is shown in the top of the horizontal slider bar or at the left of the vertical slider bar. * * After - Tooltip is shown in the bottom of the horizontal slider bar or at the right of the vertical slider bar. */ placement: TooltipPlacement; /** * It is used to determine the device mode to show the Tooltip. * If it is in desktop, it will show the Tooltip content when hovering on the target element. * If it is in touch device. It will show the Tooltip content when tap and holding on the target element. * @default 'Auto' */ showOn: TooltipShowOn; /** * It is used to show or hide the Tooltip of Slider base.Component. */ isVisible: boolean; /** * It is used to customize the Tooltip content to the desired format * using internationalization or events (custom formatting). */ format: string; } /** * Ticks Placement. */ export type Placement = 'Before' | 'After' | 'Both' | 'None'; /** * Tooltip Placement. */ export type TooltipPlacement = 'Before' | 'After'; /** * Tooltip ShowOn. */ export type TooltipShowOn = 'Focus' | 'Hover' | 'Always' | 'Auto'; /** * Slider type. */ export type SliderType = 'Default' | 'MinRange' | 'Range'; /** * Slider orientation. */ export type SliderOrientation = 'Horizontal' | 'Vertical'; /** * The Slider component allows the user to select a value or range * of values in-between a min and max range, by dragging the handle over the slider bar. * ```html * <div id='slider'></div> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var sliderObj = new Slider({ value: 10 }); * sliderObj.appendTo('#slider'); * </script> * ``` */ export class Slider extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private hiddenInput; private firstHandle; private sliderContainer; private secondHandle; private rangeBar; private onresize; private isElementFocused; private handlePos1; private handlePos2; private rtl; private preHandlePos1; private preHandlePos2; private handleVal1; private handleVal2; private val; private activeHandle; private sliderTrack; private materialHandle; private firstBtn; private tooltipObj; private tooltipElement; private isMaterialTooltip; private secondBtn; private ul; private firstChild; private tooltipCollidedPosition; private tooltipTarget; private lastChild; private previousTooltipClass; private horDir; private verDir; private transition; private transitionOnMaterialTooltip; private scaleTransform; private previousVal; private previousChanged; private repeatInterval; private isMaterial; private isBootstrap; private isBootstrap4; private zIndex; private l10n; private internationalization; private tooltipFormatInfo; private ticksFormatInfo; private customAriaText; private noOfDecimals; private tickElementCollection; private limitBarFirst; private limitBarSecond; private firstPartRemain; private secondPartRemain; private minDiff; private drag; private isForm; private formElement; private formResetValue; /** * It is used to denote the current value of the Slider. * The value should be specified in array of number when render Slider type as range. * * {% codeBlock src="slider/value-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ value: number | number[]; /** * It is used to denote own array of slider values. * The value should be specified in array of number or string.The min,max and step value is not considered * @default null */ customValues: string[] | number[]; /** * It is used to denote the step value of Slider component which is the amount of Slider value change * when increase / decrease button is clicked or press arrow keys or drag the thumb. * Refer the documentation [here](../../slider/ticks#step) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="slider/step-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 1 */ step: number; /** * It sets the minimum value of Slider base.Component * * {% codeBlock src="slider/min-max-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 0 */ min: number; /** * It sets the maximum value of Slider base.Component * * {% codeBlock src="slider/min-max-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 100 */ max: number; /** * It is used to render the Slider component in read-only mode. * The slider rendered with user defined values and can’t be interacted with user actions. * @default false */ readonly: boolean; /** * It is used to denote the type of the Slider. The available options are: * * default - Used to select a single value in the Slider. * * minRange - Used to select a single value in the Slider. It displays shadow from the start value to the current value. * * range - Used to select a range of values in the Slider. It displays shadow in-between the selection range. */ type: SliderType; /** * It is used to render the slider ticks options such as placement and step values. * Refer the documentation [here](../../slider/ticks) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="slider/ticks-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default { placement: 'before' } */ ticks: TicksDataModel; /** * It is used to limit the slider movement within certain limits. * Refer the documentation [here](../../slider/limits) * to know more about this property with demo * * {% codeBlock src="slider/limits-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default { enabled: false } */ limits: LimitDataModel; /** * It is used to enable or disable the slider. * @default true */ enabled: boolean; /** * It is used to render the Slider component from right to left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * It is used to denote the slider tooltip and it's position. * * {% codeBlock src="slider/tooltip-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default { placement: 'Before', isVisible: false, showOn: 'Focus', format: null } */ tooltip: TooltipDataModel; /** * It is used to show or hide the increase and decrease button of Slider base.Component, * which is used to change the slider value. * Refer the documentation [here](../../slider/getting-started#buttons) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="slider/showButtons-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default false */ showButtons: boolean; /** * It is used to enable or disable the Slider handle moving animation. * @default true */ enableAnimation: boolean; /** * It is used to render Slider in either horizontal or vertical orientation. * Refer the documentation [here](../../slider/getting-started#orientation) * to know more about this property with demo. * @default 'Horizontal' */ orientation: SliderOrientation; /** * This property sets the CSS classes to root element of the Slider * which helps to customize the UI styles. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * We can trigger created event when the Slider is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger change event whenever Slider value is changed. * In other term, this event will be triggered while drag the slider thumb. * @event */ change: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger changed event when Slider component action is completed while we change the Slider value. * In other term, this event will be triggered, while drag the slider thumb completed. * @event */ changed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger renderingTicks event when the ticks rendered on Slider, * which is used to customize the ticks labels dynamically. * @event */ renderingTicks: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger renderedTicks event when the ticks are rendered on the Slider. * @event */ renderedTicks: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger tooltipChange event when we change the Sider tooltip value. * @event */ tooltipChange: base.EmitType<SliderTooltipEventArgs>; constructor(options?: SliderModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); protected preRender(): void; private formChecker; private initCultureFunc; private initCultureInfo; private formatString; private formatNumber; private numberOfDecimals; private makeRoundNumber; private fractionalToInteger; /** * To Initialize the control rendering * @private */ render(): void; private initialize; private setCSSClass; private setEnabled; private getTheme; /** * Initialize the rendering * @private */ private initRender; private getThemeInitialization; private createRangeBar; private createLimitBar; private setOrientClass; private setAriaAttributes; private createSecondHandle; private createFirstHandle; private wireFirstHandleEvt; private wireSecondHandleEvt; private handleStart; private transitionEnd; private handleFocusOut; private handleFocus; private handleOver; private handleLeave; private setHandler; private setEnableRTL; private tooltipValue; private setTooltipContent; private formatContent; private addTooltipClass; private tooltipPlacement; private tooltipBeforeOpen; private tooltipCollision; private wireMaterialTooltipEvent; private tooltipPositionCalculation; private getTooltipTransformProperties; private openMaterialTooltip; private closeMaterialTooltip; private checkTooltipPosition; private setTooltipTransform; private renderTooltip; private initializeTooltipProps; private tooltipBeforeClose; private setButtons; private buttonTitle; private buttonFocusOut; private repeatButton; private repeatHandlerMouse; private materialChange; private repeatHandlerUp; private customTickCounter; private renderScale; private tickesAlignment; private createTick; private formatTicksValue; private scaleAlignment; private tickValuePosition; private setAriaAttrValue; private handleValueUpdate; private getLimitCorrectedValues; private focusSliderElement; private buttonClick; private tooltipToggle; private buttonUp; private setRangeBar; private checkValidValueAndPos; private setLimitBarPositions; private setLimitBar; private getLimitValueAndPosition; private setValue; private rangeValueUpdate; private validateRangeValue; private modifyZindex; private setHandlePosition; private getHandle; private setRangeValue; private changeEvent; private changeEventArgs; private setPreviousVal; private updateRangeValue; private checkHandlePosition; private checkHandleValue; /** * It is used to reposition slider. * @returns void */ reposition(): void; private changeHandleValue; private tempStartEnd; private xyToPosition; private stepValueCalculation; private add; private positionToValue; private sliderBarClick; private sliderDown; private handleValueAdjust; private dragRangeBarMove; private sliderBarUp; private sliderBarMove; private dragRangeBarUp; private checkRepeatedValue; private refreshTooltip; private openTooltip; private closeTooltip; private keyDown; private wireButtonEvt; private wireEvents; private unwireEvents; private formResetHandler; private keyUp; private hover; private sliderFocusOut; private removeElement; private changeSliderType; private changeRtl; private changeOrientation; private updateConfig; private limitsPropertyChange; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Prepares the slider for safe removal from the DOM. * Detaches all event handlers, attributes, and classes to avoid memory leaks. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * Calls internally if any of the property value is changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: SliderModel, oldProp: SliderModel): void; private setReadOnly; private setMinMaxValue; private setZindex; setTooltip(): void; /** * Gets the component name * @private */ getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/textbox/index.d.ts /** * Uploader modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/textbox/textbox-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class TextBox */ export interface TextBoxModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Specifies the behavior of the TextBox such as text, password, email, etc. * @default 'text' */ type?: string; /** * Specifies the boolean value whether the TextBox allows user to change the text. * @default false */ readonly?: boolean; /** * Sets the content of the TextBox. * @default null */ value?: string; /** * Specifies the floating label behavior of the TextBox that the placeholder text floats above the TextBox based on the below values. * Possible values are: * * `Never` - The placeholder text should not be float ever. * * `Always` - The placeholder text floats above the TextBox always. * * `Auto` - The placeholder text floats above the TextBox while focusing or enter a value in Textbox. * @default Never */ floatLabelType?: FloatLabelType; /** * Specifies the CSS class value that is appended to wrapper of Textbox. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies the text that is shown as a hint/placeholder until the user focus or enter a value in Textbox. * The property is depending on the floatLabelType property. * @default null */ placeholder?: string; /** * Specifies a Boolean value that enable or disable the RTL mode on the Textbox. The content of Textbox * display from right to left direction when enable this RTL mode. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Specifies a boolean value that enable or disable the multiline on the TextBox. * The TextBox changes from single line to multiline when enable this multiline mode. * @default false */ multiline?: boolean; /** * Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the TextBox allow user to interact with it. * @default true */ enabled?: boolean; /** * Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the clear button is displayed in Textbox. * @default false */ showClearButton?: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting TextBox state between page reloads. If enabled, the `value` state will be persisted. * @default false */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * Triggers when the TextBox component is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the TextBox component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the content of TextBox has changed and gets focus-out. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType<ChangedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TextBox has focus-out. * @event */ blur?: base.EmitType<FocusOutEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TextBox gets focus. * @event */ focus?: base.EmitType<FocusInEventArgs>; /** * Triggers each time when the value of TextBox has changed. * @event */ input?: base.EmitType<InputEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/textbox/textbox.d.ts export interface FocusInEventArgs { /** Returns the TextBox container element */ container?: HTMLElement; /** Returns the event parameters from TextBox. */ event?: Event; /** Returns the entered value of the TextBox. */ value?: string; } export interface FocusOutEventArgs { /** Returns the TextBox container element */ container?: HTMLElement; /** Returns the event parameters from TextBox. */ event?: Event; /** Returns the entered value of the TextBox. */ value?: string; } export interface ChangedEventArgs extends FocusInEventArgs { /** Returns the previously entered value of the TextBox. */ previousValue?: string; /** DEPRECATED-Returns the original event. */ isInteraction?: boolean; /** Returns the original event. */ isInteracted?: boolean; } export interface InputEventArgs extends FocusInEventArgs { /** Returns the previously updated value of the TextBox. */ previousValue?: string; } /** * Represents the TextBox component that allows the user to enter the values based on it's type. * ```html * <input name='images' id='textbox'/> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var textboxObj = new TextBox(); * textboxObj.appendTo('#textbox'); * </script> * ``` */ export class TextBox extends base.Component<HTMLInputElement | HTMLTextAreaElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private textboxWrapper; private l10n; private previousValue; private cloneElement; private globalize; private preventChange; private isAngular; private isHiddenInput; private textarea; private respectiveElement; private isForm; private formElement; private initialValue; /** * Specifies the behavior of the TextBox such as text, password, email, etc. * @default 'text' */ type: string; /** * Specifies the boolean value whether the TextBox allows user to change the text. * @default false */ readonly: boolean; /** * Sets the content of the TextBox. * @default null */ value: string; /** * Specifies the floating label behavior of the TextBox that the placeholder text floats above the TextBox based on the below values. * Possible values are: * * `Never` - The placeholder text should not be float ever. * * `Always` - The placeholder text floats above the TextBox always. * * `Auto` - The placeholder text floats above the TextBox while focusing or enter a value in Textbox. * @default Never */ floatLabelType: FloatLabelType; /** * Specifies the CSS class value that is appended to wrapper of Textbox. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies the text that is shown as a hint/placeholder until the user focus or enter a value in Textbox. * The property is depending on the floatLabelType property. * @default null */ placeholder: string; /** * Specifies a Boolean value that enable or disable the RTL mode on the Textbox. The content of Textbox * display from right to left direction when enable this RTL mode. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Specifies a boolean value that enable or disable the multiline on the TextBox. * The TextBox changes from single line to multiline when enable this multiline mode. * @default false */ multiline: boolean; /** * Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the TextBox allow user to interact with it. * @default true */ enabled: boolean; /** * Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the clear button is displayed in Textbox. * @default false */ showClearButton: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting TextBox state between page reloads. If enabled, the `value` state will be persisted. * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * Triggers when the TextBox component is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the TextBox component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the content of TextBox has changed and gets focus-out. * @event */ change: base.EmitType<ChangedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TextBox has focus-out. * @event */ blur: base.EmitType<FocusOutEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TextBox gets focus. * @event */ focus: base.EmitType<FocusInEventArgs>; /** * Triggers each time when the value of TextBox has changed. * @event */ input: base.EmitType<InputEventArgs>; constructor(options?: TextBoxModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement | HTMLTextAreaElement); /** * Calls internally if any of the property value is changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: TextBoxModel, oldProp: TextBoxModel): void; /** * Gets the component name * @private */ getModuleName(): string; private isBlank; protected preRender(): void; private checkAttributes; /** * To Initialize the control rendering * @private */ render(): void; private setInitialValue; private wireEvents; private resetValue; private resetForm; private focusHandler; private focusOutHandler; private inputHandler; private changeHandler; private raiseChangeEvent; private bindClearEvent; private resetInputHandler; private unWireEvents; /** * Removes the component from the DOM and detaches all its related event handlers. * Also, it maintains the initial TextBox element from the DOM. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * Gets the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @return {string} */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Adding the multiple attributes as key-value pair to the TextBox element. * @param { { [key: string]: string } } attributes - Specifies the attributes to be add to TextBox element. * @return {void} */ addAttributes(attributes: { [key: string]: string; }): void; /** * Removing the multiple attributes as key-value pair to the TextBox element. * @param { string[] } attributes - Specifies the attributes name to be removed from TextBox element. * @return {void} */ removeAttributes(attributes: string[]): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/uploader/index.d.ts /** * Uploader modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/uploader/uploader-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class FilesProp */ export interface FilesPropModel { /** * Specifies the name of the file * @default '' */ name?: string; /** * Specifies the size of the file * @default null */ size?: number; /** * Specifies the type of the file * @default '' */ type?: string; } /** * Interface for a class ButtonsProps */ export interface ButtonsPropsModel { /** * Specifies the text or html content to browse button * @default 'Browse...' */ browse?: string | HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the text or html content to upload button * @default 'Upload' */ upload?: string | HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the text or html content to clear button * @default 'Clear' */ clear?: string | HTMLElement; } /** * Interface for a class AsyncSettings */ export interface AsyncSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the URL of save action that will receive the upload files and save in the server. * The save action type must be POST request and define the argument as same input name used to render the component. * The upload operations could not perform without this property. * @default '' */ saveUrl?: string; /** * Specifies the URL of remove action that receives the file information and handle the remove operation in server. * The remove action type must be POST request and define “removeFileNames” attribute to get file information that will be removed. * This property is optional. * @default '' */ removeUrl?: string; /** * Specifies the chunk size to split the large file into chunks, and upload it to the server in a sequential order. * If the chunk size property has value, the uploader enables the chunk upload by default. * It must be specified in bytes value. * * > For more information, refer to the [chunk upload](../../uploader/chunk-upload/) section from the documentation. * * @default 0 */ chunkSize?: number; /** * Specifies the number of retries that the uploader can perform on the file failed to upload. * By default, the uploader set 3 as maximum retries. This property must be specified to prevent infinity looping. * @default 3 */ retryCount?: number; /** * Specifies the delay time in milliseconds that the automatic retry happens after the delay. * @default 500 */ retryAfterDelay?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Uploader */ export interface UploaderModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Configures the save and remove URL to perform the upload operations in the server asynchronously. * @default { saveUrl: '', removeUrl: '' } */ asyncSettings?: AsyncSettingsModel; /** * By default, the file uploader component is processing the multiple files simultaneously. * If sequentialUpload property is enabled, the file upload component performs the upload one after the other. * @default false */ sequentialUpload?: boolean; /** * When this property is enabled, the uploader component elements are aligned from right-to-left direction to support locales. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Specifies the CSS class name that can be appended with root element of the uploader. * One or more custom CSS classes can be added to a uploader. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies Boolean value that indicates whether the component is enabled or disabled. * The uploader component does not allow to interact when this property is disabled. * @default true */ enabled?: boolean; /** * Specifies the HTML string that used to customize the content of each file in the list. * * > For more information, refer to the [template](../../uploader/template/) section from the documentation. * * @default null */ template?: string; /** * Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the multiple files can be browsed or * dropped simultaneously in the uploader component. * @default true */ multiple?: boolean; /** * By default, the uploader component initiates automatic upload when the files are added in upload queue. * If you want to manipulate the files before uploading to server, disable the autoUpload property. * The buttons “upload” and “clear” will be hided from file list when autoUpload property is true. * @default true */ autoUpload?: boolean; /** * You can customize the default text of “browse, clear, and upload” buttons with plain text or HTML elements. * The buttons’ text can be customized from localization also. If you configured both locale and buttons property, * the uploader component considers the buttons property value. * @default { browse : 'Browse...', clear: 'Clear', upload: 'Upload' } */ buttons?: ButtonsPropsModel; /** * Specifies the extensions of the file types allowed in the uploader component and pass the extensions * with comma separators. For example, * if you want to upload specific image files, pass allowedExtensions as “.jpg,.png”. * @default '' */ allowedExtensions?: string; /** * Specifies the minimum file size to be uploaded in bytes. * The property used to make sure that you cannot upload empty files and small files. * @default 0 */ minFileSize?: number; /** * Specifies the maximum allowed file size to be uploaded in bytes. * The property used to make sure that you cannot upload too large files. * @default 30000000 */ maxFileSize?: number; /** * Specifies the drop target to handle the drag-and-drop upload. * By default, the component creates wrapper around file input that will act as drop target. * * > For more information, refer to the [drag-and-drop](../../uploader/file-source/#drag-and-drop) section from the documentation. * * @default null */ dropArea?: string | HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the list of files that will be preloaded on rendering of uploader component. * The property used to view and remove the uploaded files from server. By default, the files are configured with * uploaded successfully state. The following properties are mandatory to configure the preload files: * * Name * * Size * * Type * * {% codeBlock src="uploader/files-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="uploader/files-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default { name: '', size: null, type: '' } */ files?: FilesPropModel[]; /** * Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the default file list can be rendered. * The property used to prevent default file list and design own template for file list. * @default true */ showFileList?: boolean; /** * Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the folder of files can be browsed in the uploader component. * * > When enabled this property, it allows only files of folder to select or drop to upload and * it cannot be allowed to select or drop files. * * @default false */ directoryUpload?: boolean; /** * Triggers when the component is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers after all the selected files has processed to upload successfully or failed to server. * @event */ actionComplete?: base.EmitType<ActionCompleteEventArgs>; /** * DEPRECATED-Triggers before rendering each file item from the file list in a page. * It helps to customize specific file item structure. * @event */ rendering?: base.EmitType<RenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before rendering each file item from the file list in a page. * It helps to customize specific file item structure. * @event */ fileListRendering?: base.EmitType<FileListRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after selecting or dropping the files by adding the files in upload queue. * @event */ selected?: base.EmitType<SelectedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the upload process gets started. This event is used to add additional parameter with upload request. * @event */ uploading?: base.EmitType<UploadingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the AJAX request gets success on uploading files or removing files. * * <table> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * base.Event arguments<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * event<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * base.Ajax progress event arguments.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * file<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * File information which is uploaded/removed.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * name<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Name of the event<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * operation<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * It indicates the success of the operation whether its uploaded or removed<br/></td></tr> * </table> * * @event */ success?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the AJAX request fails on uploading or removing files. * * <table> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * base.Event arguments<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * event<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * base.Ajax progress event arguments.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * file<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * File information which is failed from upload/remove.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * name<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Name of the event<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * operation<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * It indicates the failure of the operation whether its upload or remove<br/></td></tr> * </table> * * @event */ failure?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers on removing the uploaded file. The event used to get confirm before removing the file from server. * @event */ removing?: base.EmitType<RemovingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before clearing the items in file list when clicking “clear”. * @event */ clearing?: base.EmitType<ClearingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when uploading a file to the server using the AJAX request. * * <table> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * base.Event arguments<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * event<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * base.Ajax progress event arguments.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * file<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * File information which is uploading to server.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * name<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Name of the event<br/></td></tr> * </table> * * @event */ progress?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when changes occur in uploaded file list by selecting or dropping files. * * <table> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * base.Event arguments<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * file<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * File information which is successfully uploaded to server or removed in server.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * name<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Name of the event<br/></td></tr> * </table> * * @event */ change?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Fires when the chunk file uploaded successfully. * * <table> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * base.Event arguments<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * chunkIndex<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Returns current chunk index.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * chunkSize<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Returns the size of the chunk file.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * file<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * File information which is uploading to server.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * name<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Name of the event<br/></td></tr> * </table> * * @event */ chunkSuccess?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Fires if the chunk file failed to upload. * * <table> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * base.Event arguments<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * chunkIndex<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Returns current chunk index.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * chunkSize<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Returns the size of the chunk file.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * file<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * File information which is uploading to server.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * name<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Name of the event<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * totalChunk<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Returns the total chunk count<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * cancel<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Prevent triggering of failure event when we pass true to this attribute<br/></td></tr> * </table> * * @event */ chunkFailure?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Fires when every chunk upload process gets started. This event is used to add additional parameter with upload request. * @event */ chunkUploading?: base.EmitType<UploadingEventArgs>; /** * Fires if cancel the chunk file uploading. * @event */ canceling?: base.EmitType<CancelEventArgs>; /** * Fires if pause the chunk file uploading. * @event */ pausing?: base.EmitType<PauseResumeEventArgs>; /** * Fires if resume the paused chunk file upload. * @event */ resuming?: base.EmitType<PauseResumeEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-inputs/src/uploader/uploader.d.ts export class FilesProp extends base.ChildProperty<FilesProp> { /** * Specifies the name of the file * @default '' */ name: string; /** * Specifies the size of the file * @default null */ size: number; /** * Specifies the type of the file * @default '' */ type: string; } export class ButtonsProps extends base.ChildProperty<ButtonsProps> { /** * Specifies the text or html content to browse button * @default 'Browse...' */ browse: string | HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the text or html content to upload button * @default 'Upload' */ upload: string | HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the text or html content to clear button * @default 'Clear' */ clear: string | HTMLElement; } export class AsyncSettings extends base.ChildProperty<AsyncSettings> { /** * Specifies the URL of save action that will receive the upload files and save in the server. * The save action type must be POST request and define the argument as same input name used to render the component. * The upload operations could not perform without this property. * @default '' */ saveUrl: string; /** * Specifies the URL of remove action that receives the file information and handle the remove operation in server. * The remove action type must be POST request and define “removeFileNames” attribute to get file information that will be removed. * This property is optional. * @default '' */ removeUrl: string; /** * Specifies the chunk size to split the large file into chunks, and upload it to the server in a sequential order. * If the chunk size property has value, the uploader enables the chunk upload by default. * It must be specified in bytes value. * * > For more information, refer to the [chunk upload](../../uploader/chunk-upload/) section from the documentation. * * @default 0 */ chunkSize: number; /** * Specifies the number of retries that the uploader can perform on the file failed to upload. * By default, the uploader set 3 as maximum retries. This property must be specified to prevent infinity looping. * @default 3 */ retryCount: number; /** * Specifies the delay time in milliseconds that the automatic retry happens after the delay. * @default 500 */ retryAfterDelay: number; } export interface FileInfo { /** * Returns the upload file name. */ name: string; /** * Returns the details about upload file. */ rawFile: string | Blob; /** * Returns the size of file in bytes. */ size: number; /** * Returns the status of the file. */ status: string; /** * Returns the MIME type of file as a string. Returns empty string if the file’s type is not determined. */ type: string; /** * Returns the list of validation errors (if any). */ validationMessages: ValidationMessages; /** * Returns the current state of the file such as Failed, Canceled, Selected, Uploaded, or Uploading. */ statusCode: string; /** * Returns where the file selected from, to upload. */ fileSource?: string; } export interface MetaData { chunkIndex: number; blob: Blob | string; file: FileInfo; start: number; end: number; retryCount: number; request: base.Ajax; } export interface ValidationMessages { /** * Returns the minimum file size validation message, if selected file size is less than specified minFileSize property. */ minSize?: string; /** * Returns the maximum file size validation message, if selected file size is less than specified maxFileSize property. */ maxSize?: string; } export interface SelectedEventArgs { /** * Returns the original event arguments. */ event: MouseEvent | TouchEvent | DragEvent | ClipboardEvent; /** * Defines whether the current action can be prevented. */ cancel: boolean; /** * Returns the list of selected files. */ filesData: FileInfo[]; /** * Determines whether the file list generates based on the modified data. */ isModified: boolean; /** * Specifies the modified files data to generate the file items. The argument depends on `isModified` argument. */ modifiedFilesData: FileInfo[]; /** * Specifies the step value to the progress bar. */ progressInterval: string; /** * Specifies whether the file selection has been canceled */ isCanceled?: boolean; } export interface RemovingEventArgs { /** * Defines whether the current action can be prevented. */ cancel: boolean; /** * Defines the additional data with key and value pair format that will be submitted to the remove action. */ customFormData: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** * Returns the original event arguments. */ event: MouseEvent | TouchEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs; /** * Returns the list of files’ details that will be removed. */ filesData: FileInfo[]; /** * Returns the XMLHttpRequest instance that is associated with remove action. */ currentRequest?: XMLHttpRequest; /** * Defines whether the selected raw file send to server remove action. * Set true to send raw file. * Set false to send file name only. */ postRawFile?: boolean; } export interface ClearingEventArgs { /** * Defines whether the current action can be prevented. */ cancel: boolean; /** * Returns the list of files that will be cleared from the FileList. */ filesData: FileInfo[]; } export interface UploadingEventArgs { /** * Returns the list of files that will be uploaded. */ fileData: FileInfo; /** * Defines the additional data in key and value pair format that will be submitted to the upload action. */ customFormData: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** * Defines whether the current action can be prevented. */ cancel: boolean; /** * Returns the chunk size in bytes if the chunk upload is enabled. */ chunkSize?: number; /** * Returns the index of current chunk if the chunk upload is enabled. */ currentChunkIndex?: number; /** * Returns the XMLHttpRequest instance that is associated with upload action. */ currentRequest?: XMLHttpRequest; } export interface CancelEventArgs { /** * Defines whether the current action can be prevented. */ cancel: boolean; /** * Returns the original event arguments. */ event: ProgressEventInit; /** * Returns the file details that will be canceled. */ fileData: FileInfo; } export interface PauseResumeEventArgs { /** * Returns the original event arguments. */ event: Event; /** * Returns the file data that is Paused or Resumed. */ file: FileInfo; /** * Returns the total number of chunks. */ chunkCount: number; /** * Returns the index of chunk that is Paused or Resumed. */ chunkIndex: number; /** * Returns the chunk size value in bytes. */ chunkSize: number; } export interface ActionCompleteEventArgs { /** * Return the selected file details. */ fileData: FileInfo[]; } export interface RenderingEventArgs { /** * Return the current file item element. */ element: HTMLElement; /** * Return the current rendering file item data as File object. */ fileInfo: FileInfo; /** * Return the index of the file item in the file list. */ index: number; /** * Return whether the file is preloaded */ isPreload: boolean; } export interface FileListRenderingEventArgs { /** * Return the current file item element. */ element: HTMLElement; /** * Return the current rendering file item data as File object. */ fileInfo: FileInfo; /** * Return the index of the file item in the file list. */ index: number; /** * Return whether the file is preloaded */ isPreload: boolean; } /** * The uploader component allows to upload images, documents, and other files from local to server. * ```html * <input type='file' name='images[]' id='upload'/> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var uploadObj = new Uploader(); * uploadObj.appendTo('#upload'); * </script> * ``` */ export class Uploader extends base.Component<HTMLInputElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private initialAttr; private uploadWrapper; private browseButton; private listParent; private cloneElement; private fileList; private actionButtons; private uploadButton; private clearButton; private pauseButton; private formElement; private dropAreaWrapper; private filesEntries; private filesData; private uploadedFilesData; private dropZoneElement; private currentStatus; private l10n; private preLocaleObj; private uploadTemplateFn; private keyboardModule; private progressInterval; private progressAnimation; private isForm; private allTypes; private keyConfigs; private localeText; private pausedData; private uploadMetaData; private tabIndex; private btnTabIndex; private disableKeyboardNavigation; private count; private actionCompleteCount; private flag; private selectedFiles; private browserName; /** * Configures the save and remove URL to perform the upload operations in the server asynchronously. * @default { saveUrl: '', removeUrl: '' } */ asyncSettings: AsyncSettingsModel; /** * By default, the file uploader component is processing the multiple files simultaneously. * If sequentialUpload property is enabled, the file upload component performs the upload one after the other. * @default false */ sequentialUpload: boolean; /** * When this property is enabled, the uploader component elements are aligned from right-to-left direction to support locales. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Specifies the CSS class name that can be appended with root element of the uploader. * One or more custom CSS classes can be added to a uploader. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies Boolean value that indicates whether the component is enabled or disabled. * The uploader component does not allow to interact when this property is disabled. * @default true */ enabled: boolean; /** * Specifies the HTML string that used to customize the content of each file in the list. * * > For more information, refer to the [template](../../uploader/template/) section from the documentation. * * @default null */ template: string; /** * Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the multiple files can be browsed or * dropped simultaneously in the uploader component. * @default true */ multiple: boolean; /** * By default, the uploader component initiates automatic upload when the files are added in upload queue. * If you want to manipulate the files before uploading to server, disable the autoUpload property. * The buttons “upload” and “clear” will be hided from file list when autoUpload property is true. * @default true */ autoUpload: boolean; /** * You can customize the default text of “browse, clear, and upload” buttons with plain text or HTML elements. * The buttons’ text can be customized from localization also. If you configured both locale and buttons property, * the uploader component considers the buttons property value. * @default { browse : 'Browse...', clear: 'Clear', upload: 'Upload' } */ buttons: ButtonsPropsModel; /** * Specifies the extensions of the file types allowed in the uploader component and pass the extensions * with comma separators. For example, * if you want to upload specific image files, pass allowedExtensions as “.jpg,.png”. * @default '' */ allowedExtensions: string; /** * Specifies the minimum file size to be uploaded in bytes. * The property used to make sure that you cannot upload empty files and small files. * @default 0 */ minFileSize: number; /** * Specifies the maximum allowed file size to be uploaded in bytes. * The property used to make sure that you cannot upload too large files. * @default 30000000 */ maxFileSize: number; /** * Specifies the drop target to handle the drag-and-drop upload. * By default, the component creates wrapper around file input that will act as drop target. * * > For more information, refer to the [drag-and-drop](../../uploader/file-source/#drag-and-drop) section from the documentation. * * @default null */ dropArea: string | HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the list of files that will be preloaded on rendering of uploader component. * The property used to view and remove the uploaded files from server. By default, the files are configured with * uploaded successfully state. The following properties are mandatory to configure the preload files: * * Name * * Size * * Type * * {% codeBlock src="uploader/files-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="uploader/files-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default { name: '', size: null, type: '' } */ files: FilesPropModel[]; /** * Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the default file list can be rendered. * The property used to prevent default file list and design own template for file list. * @default true */ showFileList: boolean; /** * Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the folder of files can be browsed in the uploader component. * * > When enabled this property, it allows only files of folder to select or drop to upload and * it cannot be allowed to select or drop files. * * @default false */ directoryUpload: boolean; /** * Triggers when the component is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers after all the selected files has processed to upload successfully or failed to server. * @event */ actionComplete: base.EmitType<ActionCompleteEventArgs>; /** * DEPRECATED-Triggers before rendering each file item from the file list in a page. * It helps to customize specific file item structure. * @event */ rendering: base.EmitType<RenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before rendering each file item from the file list in a page. * It helps to customize specific file item structure. * @event */ fileListRendering: base.EmitType<FileListRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after selecting or dropping the files by adding the files in upload queue. * @event */ selected: base.EmitType<SelectedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the upload process gets started. This event is used to add additional parameter with upload request. * @event */ uploading: base.EmitType<UploadingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the AJAX request gets success on uploading files or removing files. * * <table> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Event arguments<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * event<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * base.Ajax progress event arguments.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * file<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * File information which is uploaded/removed.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * name<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Name of the event<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * operation<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * It indicates the success of the operation whether its uploaded or removed<br/></td></tr> * </table> * * @event */ success: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the AJAX request fails on uploading or removing files. * * <table> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Event arguments<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * event<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * base.Ajax progress event arguments.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * file<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * File information which is failed from upload/remove.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * name<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Name of the event<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * operation<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * It indicates the failure of the operation whether its upload or remove<br/></td></tr> * </table> * * @event */ failure: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers on removing the uploaded file. The event used to get confirm before removing the file from server. * @event */ removing: base.EmitType<RemovingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before clearing the items in file list when clicking “clear”. * @event */ clearing: base.EmitType<ClearingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when uploading a file to the server using the AJAX request. * * <table> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Event arguments<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * event<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * base.Ajax progress event arguments.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * file<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * File information which is uploading to server.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * name<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Name of the event<br/></td></tr> * </table> * * @event */ progress: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when changes occur in uploaded file list by selecting or dropping files. * * <table> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Event arguments<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * file<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * File information which is successfully uploaded to server or removed in server.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * name<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Name of the event<br/></td></tr> * </table> * * @event */ change: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Fires when the chunk file uploaded successfully. * * <table> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Event arguments<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * chunkIndex<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Returns current chunk index.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * chunkSize<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Returns the size of the chunk file.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * file<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * File information which is uploading to server.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * name<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Name of the event<br/></td></tr> * </table> * * @event */ chunkSuccess: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Fires if the chunk file failed to upload. * * <table> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Event arguments<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Description<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * chunkIndex<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Returns current chunk index.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * chunkSize<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Returns the size of the chunk file.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * file<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * File information which is uploading to server.<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * name<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Name of the event<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * totalChunk<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Returns the total chunk count<br/></td></tr> * <tr> * <td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * cancel<br/></td><td colSpan=1 rowSpan=1> * Prevent triggering of failure event when we pass true to this attribute<br/></td></tr> * </table> * * @event */ chunkFailure: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Fires when every chunk upload process gets started. This event is used to add additional parameter with upload request. * @event */ chunkUploading: base.EmitType<UploadingEventArgs>; /** * Fires if cancel the chunk file uploading. * @event */ canceling: base.EmitType<CancelEventArgs>; /** * Fires if pause the chunk file uploading. * @event */ pausing: base.EmitType<PauseResumeEventArgs>; /** * Fires if resume the paused chunk file upload. * @event */ resuming: base.EmitType<PauseResumeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when change the Uploader value. */ constructor(options?: UploaderModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement); /** * Calls internally if any of the property value is changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: UploaderModel, oldProp: UploaderModel): void; private setLocalizedTexts; private getKeyValue; private updateFileList; private reRenderFileList; protected preRender(): void; protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Return the module name of the component. */ getModuleName(): string; private updateDirectoryAttributes; /** * To Initialize the control rendering * @private */ render(): void; private renderBrowseButton; private renderActionButtons; private wireActionButtonEvents; private unwireActionButtonEvents; private removeActionButtons; private renderButtonTemplates; private initializeUpload; private renderPreLoadFiles; private checkActionButtonStatus; private setDropArea; private setMultipleSelection; private checkAutoUpload; private sequenceUpload; private setCSSClass; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; private resetForm; private keyActionHandler; private getCurrentMetaData; private removeFocus; private browseButtonClick; private uploadButtonClick; private clearButtonClick; private bindDropEvents; private unBindDropEvents; private onDragLeave; private dragHover; private dropElement; private onPasteFile; private removeFiles; private removeFilesData; private removeUploadedFile; private updateFormData; private removeCompleted; private removeFailed; private getFilesFromFolder; private checkDirectoryUpload; traverseFileTree(item: any, event?: MouseEvent | TouchEvent | DragEvent | ClipboardEvent): void; private onSelectFiles; private renderSelectedFiles; private allowUpload; private clearData; private updateSortedFileList; private isBlank; private checkExtension; private validatedFileSize; private isPreLoadFile; private createCustomfileList; private createParentUL; private createFileList; private getSlicedName; private truncateName; private getFileType; private getFileNameOnly; private setInitialAttributes; private filterfileList; private updateStatus; private getLiElement; private createProgressBar; private updateProgressbar; private changeProgressValue; private uploadInProgress; private cancelUploadingFile; private removecanceledFile; private renderFailureState; private reloadcanceledFile; private uploadComplete; private getResponse; private raiseSuccessEvent; private uploadFailed; private uploadSequential; private checkActionComplete; private raiseActionComplete; private getSelectedFileStatus; private updateProgressBarClasses; private removeProgressbar; private animateProgressBar; private setExtensions; private templateComplier; private setRTL; private localizedTexts; private setControlStatus; private checkHTMLAttributes; private chunkUpload; private sendRequest; private eventCancelByArgs; private checkChunkUpload; private chunkUploadComplete; private sendNextRequest; private removeChunkFile; private pauseUpload; private abortUpload; private resumeUpload; private updateMetaData; private removeChunkProgressBar; private chunkUploadFailed; private retryRequest; private checkPausePlayAction; private retryUpload; private chunkUploadInProgress; /** * It is used to convert bytes value into kilobytes or megabytes depending on the size based * on [binary prefix](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Binary_prefix). * @param { number } bytes - specifies the file size in bytes. * @returns string */ bytesToSize(bytes: number): string; /** * Allows you to sort the file data alphabetically based on its file name clearly. * @param { FileList } filesData - specifies the files data for upload. * @returns File[] */ sortFileList(filesData: FileList): File[]; /** * Removes the component from the DOM and detaches all its related event handlers. Also it removes the attributes and classes. * @method destroy * @return {void}. */ destroy(): void; /** * Allows you to call the upload process manually by calling save URL action. * To process the selected files (added in upload queue), pass an empty argument otherwise * upload the specific file based on its argument. * @param { FileInfo | FileInfo[] } files - specifies the files data for upload. * @returns void */ upload(files: FileInfo | FileInfo[], custom?: boolean): void; private validateFileType; private uploadFiles; /** * Remove the uploaded file from server manually by calling the remove URL action. * If you pass an empty argument to this method, the complete file list can be cleared, * otherwise remove the specific file based on its argument (“file_data”). * @param { FileInfo | FileInfo[] } fileData - specifies the files data to remove from file list/server. * @param { boolean } customTemplate - Set true if the component rendering with customize template. * @param { boolean } removeDirectly - Set true if files remove without removing event. * @returns void */ remove(fileData?: FileInfo | FileInfo[], customTemplate?: boolean, removeDirectly?: boolean, args?: MouseEvent | TouchEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; /** * Clear all the file entries from list that can be uploaded files or added in upload queue. * @returns void */ clearAll(): void; /** * Get the data of files which are shown in file list. * @returns FileInfo[] */ getFilesData(): FileInfo[]; /** * Pauses the in-progress chunked upload based on the file data. * @param { FileInfo | FileInfo[] } fileData - specifies the files data to pause from uploading. * @param { boolean } custom - Set true if used custom UI. * @returns void */ pause(fileData: FileInfo | FileInfo[], custom?: boolean): void; private pauseUploading; private getFiles; /** * Resumes the chunked upload that is previously paused based on the file data. * @param { FileInfo | FileInfo[] } fileData - specifies the files data to resume the paused file. * @param { boolean } custom - Set true if used custom UI. * @returns void */ resume(fileData: FileInfo | FileInfo[], custom?: boolean): void; private resumeFiles; /** * Retries the canceled or failed file upload based on the file data. * @param { FileInfo | FileInfo[] } fileData - specifies the files data to retry the canceled or failed file. * @param { boolean } fromcanceledStage - Set true to retry from canceled stage and set false to retry from initial stage. * @returns void */ retry(fileData: FileInfo | FileInfo[], fromcanceledStage?: boolean, custom?: boolean): void; private retryFailedFiles; /** * Stops the in-progress chunked upload based on the file data. * When the file upload is canceled, the partially uploaded file is removed from server. * @param { FileInfo | FileInfo[] } fileData - specifies the files data to cancel the progressing file. * @returns void */ cancel(fileData: FileInfo[]): void; private cancelUpload; private showHideUploadSpinner; } } export namespace layouts { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-layouts/src/dashboardlayout/dashboardlayout-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Panel */ export interface PanelModel { /** * Defines the id of the panel. * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * Defines the CSS class name that can be appended with each panel element. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Defines the template value that should be displayed as the panel's header. */ header?: string | HTMLElement; /** * Defines the template value that should be displayed as the panel's content. */ content?: string | HTMLElement; /** * Defines whether to the panel should be enabled or not. * @default true */ enabled?: boolean; /** * Defines a row value where the panel should be placed. * @default 0 * @aspType int */ row?: number; /** * Defines the column value where the panel to be placed. * @default 0 * @aspType int */ col?: number; /** * Specifies the width of the panel in the layout in cells count. * * @default 1 */ sizeX?: number; /** * Specifies the height of the panel in the layout in cells count. * * @default 1 */ sizeY?: number; /** * Specifies the minimum height of the panel in cells count. * * @default 1 */ minSizeY?: number; /** * Specifies the minimum width of the panel in cells count. * * * @default 1 */ minSizeX?: number; /** * Specifies the maximum height of the panel in cells count. * * * @default null * @aspType int * */ maxSizeY?: number; /** * Specifies the maximum width of the panel in cells count. * * * @default null * @aspType int */ maxSizeX?: number; /** * Specifies the z-index of the panel * * * @default 1000 * @aspType int */ zIndex?: number; } /** * Interface for a class DashboardLayout */ export interface DashboardLayoutModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * If allowDragging is set to true, then the DashboardLayout allows you to drag and reorder the panels. * * * @default true */ allowDragging?: boolean; /** * If allowResizing is set to true, then the DashboardLayout allows you to resize the panels. * @default false */ allowResizing?: boolean; /** * If pushing is set to true, then the DashboardLayout allow to push the panels when panels collide * while dragging or resizing the panels. * * * @default true * @private */ allowPushing?: boolean; /** * If allowFloating is set to true, then the DashboardLayout automatically move the panels upwards to fill the empty available * cells while dragging or resizing the panels. * * * @default true */ allowFloating?: boolean; /** * Defines the cell aspect ratio of the panel. * @default 1 */ cellAspectRatio?: number; /** * Defines the spacing between the panels. * * * @default [5,5] */ cellSpacing?: number[]; /** * Defines the number of columns to be created in the DashboardLayout. * @default 1 */ columns?: number; /** * * * * @default false */ showGridLines?: boolean; /** * Defines the draggable handle selector which will act as dragging handler for the panels. * * * @default null */ draggableHandle?: string; /** * Enable or disable rendering component in right to left direction. * * * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Locale property. * This is not a dashboard layout property. * @default 'en-US' * @private */ locale?: string; /** * Defines the media query value where the dashboardlayout becomes stacked layout when the resolution meets. * @default 'max-width:600px' */ mediaQuery?: string; /** * * Defines the panels property of the DashboardLayout component. * * @default null */ panels?: PanelModel[]; /** * Defines the resizing handles directions used for resizing the panels. * @default 'e-south-east' * */ resizableHandles?: string[]; /** * Triggers whenever the panels positions are changed. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType<object>; /** * Triggers when a panel is about to drag. * @event */ dragStart?: base.EmitType<base.DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while a panel is dragged continuously. * @event */ drag?: base.EmitType<base.DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a dragged panel is dropped. * @event */ dragStop?: base.EmitType<base.DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a panel is about to resize. * @event */ resizeStart?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when a panel is being resized continuously. * @event */ resize?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when a panel resize ends. * @event */ resizeStop?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when Dashboard Layout is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /**      * Triggers when Dashboard Layout is destroyed.      * @event      */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-layouts/src/dashboardlayout/dashboardlayout.d.ts /** * Defines the panel of the DashboardLayout component. */ export class Panel extends base.ChildProperty<Panel> { /** * Defines the id of the panel. * @default '' */ id: string; /** * Defines the CSS class name that can be appended with each panel element. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Defines the template value that should be displayed as the panel's header. */ header: string | HTMLElement; /** * Defines the template value that should be displayed as the panel's content. */ content: string | HTMLElement; /** * Defines whether to the panel should be enabled or not. * @default true */ enabled: boolean; /** * Defines a row value where the panel should be placed. * @default 0 * @aspType int */ row: number; /** * Defines the column value where the panel to be placed. * @default 0 * @aspType int */ col: number; /** * Specifies the width of the panel in the layout in cells count. * * @default 1 */ sizeX: number; /** * Specifies the height of the panel in the layout in cells count. * * @default 1 */ sizeY: number; /** * Specifies the minimum height of the panel in cells count. * * @default 1 */ minSizeY: number; /** * Specifies the minimum width of the panel in cells count. * * * @default 1 */ minSizeX: number; /** * Specifies the maximum height of the panel in cells count. * * * @default null * @aspType int * */ maxSizeY: number; /** * Specifies the maximum width of the panel in cells count. * * * @default null * @aspType int */ maxSizeX: number; /** * Specifies the z-index of the panel * * * @default 1000 * @aspType int */ zIndex: number; } /** * The DashboardLayout is a grid structured layout control, that helps to create a dashboard with panels. * Panels hold the UI components or data to be visualized with flexible options like resize, reorder, drag-n-drop, remove and add, * that allows users to easily place the panels at a desired position within the grid layout. * ```html * <div id="default-layout"> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * let dashBoardObject : DashboardLayout = new DashboardLayout(); * dashBoardObject.appendTo('#default-layout'); * </script> * ``` */ export class DashboardLayout extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { protected panelCollection: HTMLElement[]; protected checkCollision: HTMLElement[]; protected mainElement: HTMLElement; protected rows: number; protected dragobj: base.Draggable; protected dragStartArgs: DragStartArgs; protected dragStopEventArgs: DragStopArgs; protected draggedEventArgs: DraggedEventArgs; protected updatedRows: number; protected tempObject: DashboardLayout; protected sortedArray: HTMLElement[][]; protected cloneArray: HTMLElement[][]; protected panelID: number; protected movePanelCalled: boolean; protected resizeCalled: boolean; protected gridPanelCollection: PanelModel[]; protected overlapElement: HTMLElement[]; protected shouldRestrict: boolean; protected shouldSubRestrict: boolean; protected overlapElementClone: HTMLElement[]; protected overlapSubElementClone: HTMLElement[]; protected dragCollection: base.Draggable[]; protected iterationValue: number; protected shadowEle: HTMLElement; protected elementRef: { top: string; left: string; height: string; width: string; }; protected allItems: HTMLElement[]; protected dimensions: (string | number)[]; protected oldRowCol: { [key: string]: { row: number; col: number; }; }; protected collisionChecker: { [key: string]: { ele: HTMLElement; row: number; srcEle: HTMLElement; }; }; protected availableClasses: string[]; protected addPanelCalled: boolean; protected isSubValue: boolean; protected direction: number; protected directionRow: number; protected lastMouseX: number; protected lastMouseY: number; protected elementX: number; protected elementY: number; protected elementWidth: number; protected elementHeight: number; protected originalWidth: number; protected originalHeight: number; protected handleClass: string; protected mOffX: number; protected mOffY: number; protected maxTop: number; protected maxRows: number; protected maxLeft: number; protected mouseX: number; protected mouseY: number; protected minTop: number; protected minLeft: number; protected moveTarget: HTMLElement; protected upTarget: HTMLElement; protected downTarget: HTMLElement; protected leftAdjustable: boolean; protected rightAdjustable: boolean; protected topAdjustable: boolean; protected spacedColumnValue: number; protected checkingElement: HTMLElement; protected panelContent: HTMLElement; protected panelHeaderElement: HTMLElement; protected panelBody: HTMLElement; protected startRow: number; protected startCol: number; protected maxColumnValue: number; protected checkColumnValue: number; protected spacedRowValue: number; protected cellSize: number[] | string[]; protected table: HTMLElement; protected cloneObject: { [key: string]: { row: number; col: number; }; }; private panelsInitialModel; protected isRenderComplete: boolean; /** * If allowDragging is set to true, then the DashboardLayout allows you to drag and reorder the panels. * * * @default true */ allowDragging: boolean; /** * If allowResizing is set to true, then the DashboardLayout allows you to resize the panels. * @default false */ allowResizing: boolean; /** * If pushing is set to true, then the DashboardLayout allow to push the panels when panels collide * while dragging or resizing the panels. * * * @default true * @private */ private allowPushing; /** * If allowFloating is set to true, then the DashboardLayout automatically move the panels upwards to fill the empty available * cells while dragging or resizing the panels. * * * @default true */ allowFloating: boolean; /** * Defines the cell aspect ratio of the panel. * @default 1 */ cellAspectRatio: number; /** * Defines the spacing between the panels. * * * @default [5,5] */ cellSpacing: number[]; /** * Defines the number of columns to be created in the DashboardLayout. * @default 1 */ columns: number; /** * * * * @default false */ showGridLines: boolean; /** * Defines the draggable handle selector which will act as dragging handler for the panels. * * * @default null */ draggableHandle: string; /** * Enable or disable rendering component in right to left direction. * * * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Locale property. * This is not a dashboard layout property. * @default 'en-US' * @private */ locale: string; /** * Defines the media query value where the dashboardlayout becomes stacked layout when the resolution meets. * @default 'max-width:600px' */ mediaQuery: string; /** * * Defines the panels property of the DashboardLayout component. * * @default null */ panels: PanelModel[]; /** * Defines the resizing handles directions used for resizing the panels. * @default 'e-south-east' * */ resizableHandles: string[]; /** * Triggers whenever the panels positions are changed. * @event */ change: base.EmitType<object>; /** * Triggers when a panel is about to drag. * @event */ dragStart: base.EmitType<base.DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while a panel is dragged continuously. * @event */ drag: base.EmitType<base.DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a dragged panel is dropped. * @event */ dragStop: base.EmitType<base.DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a panel is about to resize. * @event */ resizeStart: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when a panel is being resized continuously. * @event */ resize: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when a panel resize ends. * @event */ resizeStop: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when Dashboard Layout is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when Dashboard Layout is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; protected setOldRowCol(): void; protected createPanelElement(cssClass: string, idValue: string): HTMLElement; /** * To Initialize the control rendering. * @returns void * @private */ protected render(): void; private initGridLines; private initialize; protected checkMediaQuery(): boolean; protected calculateCellSize(): void; protected maxRow(): number; protected maxCol(): number; protected updateOldRowColumn(): void; protected createSubElement(cssClass: string, idValue: string, className: string): HTMLElement; private templateParser; protected renderTemplate(content: string, appendElement: HTMLElement): void; protected renderPanels(cellElement: HTMLElement, panelModel: PanelModel): HTMLElement; protected disablePanel(panelElement: HTMLElement): void; protected getInlinePanels(panelElement: HTMLElement): void; private resizeEvents; protected bindEvents(): void; protected downResizeHandler(e: MouseEvent): void; private getCellSize; protected moveResizeHandler(e: MouseEvent): void; protected upResizeHandler(e: MouseEvent): void; protected getResizeRowColumn(item: PanelModel, e: HTMLElement): PanelModel; protected pixelsToColumns(pixels: number, isCeil: boolean): number; protected pixelsToRows(pixels: number, isCeil: boolean): number; protected getMinWidth(item: PanelModel): number; protected getMinHeight(item: PanelModel): number; protected sortedPanel(): void; protected moveItemsUpwards(): void; protected moveItemUpwards(item: HTMLElement): void; private sortItem; protected updateLayout(element: HTMLElement, panelModel: PanelModel): void; protected onResize(): void; protected updateGridLines(): void; protected checkDragging(dragCollection: base.Draggable[]): void; protected sortPanels(): PanelModel[]; protected checkMediaQuerySizing(): void; protected panelResponsiveUpdate(): void; protected updateRowHeight(): void; protected setHeightWidth(): void; protected setHeightAndWidth(panelElement: HTMLElement, panelModel: PanelModel): void; protected renderCell(panel: PanelModel): HTMLElement; protected setPanelPosition(cellElement: HTMLElement, row: number, col: number): void; protected getRowColumn(): void; protected setMinMaxValues(panel: PanelModel): void; protected panelPropertyChange(panel: PanelModel, value: IChangePanel): void; protected renderDashBoardCells(cells: PanelModel[]): void; protected collisions(row: number, col: number, sizeX: number, sizeY: number, ignore: HTMLElement[] | HTMLElement): HTMLElement[]; protected rightWardsSpaceChecking(rowElements: HTMLElement[], col: number, ele: HTMLElement): number[]; protected getOccupiedColumns(element: HTMLElement, type: string): number[]; protected leftWardsSpaceChecking(rowElements: HTMLElement[], col: number, ele: HTMLElement): number[]; protected adjustmentAvailable(row: number, col: number, sizeY: number, sizeX: number, ele: HTMLElement): boolean; protected isXSpacingAvailable(spacing: number[], sizeX?: number): boolean; protected getRowElements(base: HTMLElement[]): HTMLElement[]; protected isLeftAdjustable(spaces: number[], ele: HTMLElement, row: number, col: number, sizeX: number, sizeY: number): boolean; protected isRightAdjustable(spacing: number[], ele: HTMLElement, row: number, col: number, sizeX: number, sizeY: number): boolean; protected replacable(spacing: number[], sizeX: number, row: number, sizeY: number, ele: HTMLElement): boolean; protected sortCollisionItems(collisionItems: HTMLElement[]): HTMLElement[]; protected updatedModels(collisionItems: HTMLElement[], panelModel: PanelModel, ele: HTMLElement): HTMLElement[]; protected resetLayout(model: PanelModel, element: HTMLElement): HTMLElement[]; protected swapAvailability(collisions: HTMLElement[], element: HTMLElement): boolean; protected checkForSwapping(collisions: HTMLElement[], element: HTMLElement, panelModel: PanelModel): boolean; protected swapItems(collisions: HTMLElement[], element: HTMLElement, panelModel: PanelModel): void; protected updatePanelLayout(element: HTMLElement, panelModel: PanelModel): void; protected checkForCompletePushing(): void; protected updateCollisionChecked(item: HTMLElement): void; protected updateRowColumn(row: number, ele: HTMLElement[], srcEle: HTMLElement): void; protected updatePanel(collisionModels: HTMLElement[], colValue: number, updatedRow: number, clone: HTMLElement): void; protected removeResizeClasses(panelElements: HTMLElement[]): void; protected setClasses(panelCollection: HTMLElement[]): void; protected setResizingClass(ele?: HTMLElement, container?: HTMLElement): void; protected setXYAttributes(element: HTMLElement, panelModel: PanelModel): void; protected setXYDimensions(panelModel: PanelModel): (string | number)[]; protected getRowColumnDragValues(args: base.DragEventArgs): number[]; protected enableDraggingContent(collections: HTMLElement[]): void; protected updatePanels(): void; private onDraggingStart; private cloneModels; private onDragStart; protected getPanelBase(args: HTMLElement | base.DragEventArgs | String): HTMLElement; protected getPanel(row: number, column: number, excludeItems: HTMLElement[] | HTMLElement): PanelModel; protected setHolderPosition(args: base.DragEventArgs): void; protected getCellInstance(idValue: string): PanelModel; /** * Allows to add a panel to the Dashboardlayout. */ addPanel(panel: PanelModel): void; protected updateCloneArrayObject(): void; /** * Returns the panels object of the DashboardLayout. */ serialize(): PanelModel[]; /** * Removes all the panels from the DashboardLayout. */ removeAll(): void; /** * Removes the panel from the DashboardLayout. */ removePanel(id: string): void; constructor(options?: DashboardLayoutModel, element?: string | HTMLInputElement); /** * Moves the panel in the DashboardLayout. */ movePanel(id: string, row: number, col: number): void; protected setAttributes(value: IAttributes, ele: HTMLElement): void; /** * Resize the panel in the DashboardLayout. */ resizePanel(id: string, sizeX: number, sizeY: number): void; /** * Destroys the DashboardLayout component */ destroy(): void; protected setEnableRtl(): void; protected getDragInstance(id: string): base.Draggable; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * returns void * @private */ private updateCellSizeAndSpacing; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: DashboardLayoutModel, oldProp: DashboardLayoutModel): void; /** * Gets the properties to be maintained upon browser refresh. * @returns string */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Returns the current module name. * @returns string * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; } /** * Defines the dragstart event arguments */ export interface DragStartArgs { /** * Specifies the original event. */ event: MouseEvent | TouchEvent; /** * Illustrates whether the current action needs to be prevented or not. */ cancel: boolean; /** * Specifies the cell element being dragged. */ element: HTMLElement; } /** * Defines the Drag event arguments */ export interface DraggedEventArgs { /** * Specifies the original event. */ event: MouseEvent | TouchEvent; /** * Specifies the cell element being dragged. */ element: HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the element below the cell element being dragged. */ target: HTMLElement; } /** * Defines the dragstop event arguments */ export interface DragStopArgs { /** * Specifies the original event. */ event: MouseEvent | TouchEvent; /** * Specifies the cell element being dragged. */ element: HTMLElement; } /** * Defines the resize event arguments */ export interface ResizeArgs { /** * Specifies the original event. */ event: MouseEvent; /** * Specifies the cell element being resized. */ element: HTMLElement; } interface IAttributes { [key: string]: { sizeX?: string | number; sizeY?: string | number; minSizeX?: string | number; minSizeY?: string | number; maxSizeX?: string | number; maxSizeY?: string | number; row?: string | number; col?: string | number; }; } interface IChangePanel { sizeX?: number; sizeY?: number; minSizeX?: number; minSizeY?: number; maxSizeX?: number; maxSizeY?: number; row?: number; col?: number; id?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-layouts/src/dashboardlayout/index.d.ts /** * portlet modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-layouts/src/index.d.ts /** * Layout all modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-layouts/src/splitter/index.d.ts /** * splitter modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-layouts/src/splitter/splitter-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class PaneProperties */ export interface PanePropertiesModel { /** * Configures the properties for each pane. * @default '' */ size?: string; /** * Specifies whether a pane is collapsible or not collapsible. * @default false */ collapsible?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether a pane is collapsed or not collapsed at the initial rendering of splitter. * @default false */ collapsed?: boolean; /** * Specifies the value whether a pane is resizable. By default, the Splitter is resizable in all panes. * You can disable this for any specific panes using this property. * @default true */ resizable?: boolean; /** * Specifies the minimum size of a pane. The pane cannot be resized if it is less than the specified minimum size. * @default null */ min?: string; /** * Specifies the maximum size of a pane. The pane cannot be resized if it is more than the specified maximum limit. * @default null */ max?: string; /** * Specifies the content of split pane as plain text, HTML markup, or any other JavaScript controls. * @default '' */ content?: string | HTMLElement; } /** * Interface for a class Splitter */ export interface SplitterModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Specifies the height of the Splitter component that accepts both string and number values. * @default '100%' */ height?: string; /** * Specifies the width of the Splitter control, which accepts both string and number values as width. * The string value can be either in pixel or percentage format. * @default '100%' */ width?: string; /** * Configures the individual pane behaviors such as content, size, resizable, minimum, maximum validation, collapsible and collapsed. * @default [] */ paneSettings?: PanePropertiesModel[]; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether to align the split panes horizontally or vertically. * * Set the orientation property as "Horizontal" to create a horizontal splitter that aligns the panes left-to-right. * * Set the orientation property as "Vertical" to create a vertical splitter that aligns the panes top-to-bottom. * @default Horizontal */ orientation?: Orientation; /** * Specifies the CSS class names that defines specific user-defined * styles and themes to be appended on the root element of the Splitter. * It is used to customize the Splitter control. * One or more custom CSS classes can be specified to the Splitter. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies boolean value that indicates whether the component is enabled or disabled. * The Splitter component does not allow to interact when this property is disabled. * @default true */ enabled?: boolean; /** * Enables or disables rendering of control from right-to-left (RTL) direction. * When it is set to true, the Splitter and its content will be displayed from right-to-left. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Specifies the size of the separator line for both horizontal or vertical orientation. * The separator is used to separate the panes by lines. * @default null */ separatorSize?: number; /** * Triggers after creating the splitter component with its panes. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<CreatedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the split pane is started to resize. * @event */ resizeStart?: base.EmitType<ResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a split pane is being resized. * @event */ resizing?: base.EmitType<ResizingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the resizing of split pane is stopped. * @event */ resizeStop?: base.EmitType<ResizingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when before panes get collapsed. * @event */ beforeCollapse?: base.EmitType<BeforeExpandEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when before panes get expanded. * @event */ beforeExpand?: base.EmitType<BeforeExpandEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when after panes get collapsed. * @event */ collapsed?: base.EmitType<ExpandedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when after panes get expanded. * @event */ expanded?: base.EmitType<ExpandedEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-layouts/src/splitter/splitter.d.ts /** * Interface to configure pane properties such as its content, size, min, max, resizable, collapsed and collapsible. */ export class PaneProperties extends base.ChildProperty<PaneProperties> { /** * Configures the properties for each pane. * @default '' */ size: string; /** * Specifies whether a pane is collapsible or not collapsible. * @default false */ collapsible: boolean; /** * Specifies whether a pane is collapsed or not collapsed at the initial rendering of splitter. * @default false */ collapsed: boolean; /** * Specifies the value whether a pane is resizable. By default, the Splitter is resizable in all panes. * You can disable this for any specific panes using this property. * @default true */ resizable: boolean; /** * Specifies the minimum size of a pane. The pane cannot be resized if it is less than the specified minimum size. * @default null */ min: string; /** * Specifies the maximum size of a pane. The pane cannot be resized if it is more than the specified maximum limit. * @default null */ max: string; /** * Specifies the content of split pane as plain text, HTML markup, or any other JavaScript controls. * @default '' */ content: string | HTMLElement; } /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether to align the split panes horizontally or vertically. */ export type Orientation = 'Horizontal' | 'Vertical'; /** * Splitter is a layout user interface (UI) control that has resizable and collapsible split panes. * The container can be split into multiple panes, which are oriented horizontally or vertically. * The separator (divider) splits the panes and resizes and expands/collapses the panes. * The splitter is placed inside the split pane to make a nested layout user interface. * * ```html * <div id="splitter"> * <div> Left Pane </div> * <div> Center Pane </div> * <div> Right Pane </div> * </div> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var splitterObj = new Splitter({ width: '300px', height: '200px'}); * splitterObj.appendTo('#splitter'); * </script> * ``` */ export class Splitter extends base.Component<HTMLElement> { private allPanes; private paneOrder; private separatorOrder; private currentSeparator; private allBars; private previousCoordinates; private currentCoordinates; private totalWidth; private totalPercent; private order; private previousPane; private nextPane; private prevPaneIndex; private previousPaneHeightWidth; private updatePrePaneInPercentage; private updateNextPaneInPercentage; private prePaneDimenson; private nextPaneDimension; private panesDimensions; private border; private wrapper; private wrapperParent; private sizeFlag; private prevPaneCurrentWidth; private nextPaneCurrentWidth; private nextPaneIndex; private nextPaneHeightWidth; private validDataAttributes; private validElementAttributes; private arrow; private currentBarIndex; private prevBar; private nextBar; private splitInstance; private leftArrow; private rightArrow; private iconsDelay; /** * Specifies the height of the Splitter component that accepts both string and number values. * @default '100%' */ height: string; /** * Specifies the width of the Splitter control, which accepts both string and number values as width. * The string value can be either in pixel or percentage format. * @default '100%' */ width: string; /** * Configures the individual pane behaviors such as content, size, resizable, minimum, maximum validation, collapsible and collapsed. * @default [] */ paneSettings: PanePropertiesModel[]; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether to align the split panes horizontally or vertically. * * Set the orientation property as "Horizontal" to create a horizontal splitter that aligns the panes left-to-right. * * Set the orientation property as "Vertical" to create a vertical splitter that aligns the panes top-to-bottom. * @default Horizontal */ orientation: Orientation; /** * Specifies the CSS class names that defines specific user-defined * styles and themes to be appended on the root element of the Splitter. * It is used to customize the Splitter control. * One or more custom CSS classes can be specified to the Splitter. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies boolean value that indicates whether the component is enabled or disabled. * The Splitter component does not allow to interact when this property is disabled. * @default true */ enabled: boolean; /** * Enables or disables rendering of control from right-to-left (RTL) direction. * When it is set to true, the Splitter and its content will be displayed from right-to-left. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Specifies the size of the separator line for both horizontal or vertical orientation. * The separator is used to separate the panes by lines. * @default null */ separatorSize: number; /** * Triggers after creating the splitter component with its panes. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<CreatedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the split pane is started to resize. * @event */ resizeStart: base.EmitType<ResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a split pane is being resized. * @event */ resizing: base.EmitType<ResizingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the resizing of split pane is stopped. * @event */ resizeStop: base.EmitType<ResizingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when before panes get collapsed. * @event */ beforeCollapse: base.EmitType<BeforeExpandEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when before panes get expanded. * @event */ beforeExpand: base.EmitType<BeforeExpandEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when after panes get collapsed. * @event */ collapsed: base.EmitType<ExpandedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when after panes get expanded. * @event */ expanded: base.EmitType<ExpandedEventArgs>; /** * Initializes a new instance of the Splitter class. * @param options - Specifies Splitter model properties as options. * @param element - Specifies the element that is rendered as an Splitter. */ constructor(options?: SplitterModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Gets called when the model property changes.The data that describes the old and new values of the property that changed. * @param {SplitterModel} newProp * @param {SplitterModel} oldProp * @returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: SplitterModel, oldProp: SplitterModel): void; protected preRender(): void; protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Returns the current module name. * @returns string * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To Initialize the control rendering * @private */ render(): void; private onDocumentClick; private checkDataAttributes; private destroyPaneSettings; private setPaneSettings; private checkArrow; private removeDataPrefix; private setRTL; private setSplitterSize; private getPanesDimensions; private setCssClass; private hideResizer; private showResizer; private resizableModel; private collapsibleModelUpdate; private collapseArrow; private updateIsCollapsed; private isCollapsed; private targetArrows; private collapsedOnchange; private isEnabled; private setSeparatorSize; private changeOrientation; private getPrevPane; private getNextPane; private addResizeHandler; private getHeight; private getWidth; private setDimension; private updateCollapseIcons; private createSeparator; private updateResizablePanes; private addSeparator; private isResizable; private addMouseActions; private getEventType; private updateCurrentSeparator; private isSeparator; private isMouseEvent; private updateCursorPosition; private changeCoordinates; private wireResizeEvents; private unwireResizeEvents; private wireClickEvents; private clickHandler; private expandAction; private hideTargetBarIcon; private showTargetBarIcon; private updateIconsOnCollapse; private collapseAction; private beforeAction; private splitterProperty; private showCurrentBarIcon; private updateIconsOnExpand; private afterAction; private currentIndex; private getSeparatorIndex; private getPrevBar; private getNextBar; private updateBars; private splitterDetails; private onMouseDown; private updatePaneFlexBasis; private removePercentageUnit; private convertPercentageToPixel; private convertPixelToPercentage; private convertPixelToNumber; private calcDragPosition; private getSeparatorPosition; private getMinMax; private getPreviousPaneIndex; private getNextPaneIndex; private getPaneDetails; private getPaneHeight; private isValidSize; private getPaneDimensions; private checkCoordinates; private isCursorMoved; private getBorder; private onMouseMove; private validateMinRange; private validateMaxRange; private validateMinMaxValues; private equatePaneWidths; private calculateCurrentDimensions; private addStaticPaneClass; private validateDraggedPosition; private onMouseUp; private panesDimension; private setTemplate; private templateCompile; private compileElement; private paneCollapsible; private createSplitPane; /** * expands corresponding pane based on the index is passed. * @param { number } index - Specifies the index value of the corresponding pane to be expanded at initial rendering of splitter. * @returns void */ expand(index: number): void; /** * collapses corresponding pane based on the index is passed. * @param { number } index - Specifies the index value of the corresponding pane to be collapsed at initial rendering of splitter. * @returns void */ collapse(index: number): void; /** * Removes the control from the DOM and also removes all its related events. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; private addPaneClass; private removePaneOrders; private setPaneOrder; private removeSeparator; private updatePanes; /** * Allows you to add a pane dynamically to the specified index position by passing the pane properties. * @param { PanePropertiesModel } paneProperties - Specifies the pane’s properties that apply to new pane. * @param { number } index - Specifies the index where the pane will be inserted. * @returns void */ addPane(paneProperties: PanePropertiesModel, index: number): void; /** * Allows you to remove the specified pane dynamically by passing its index value. * @param { number } index - Specifies the index value to remove the corresponding pane. * @returns void */ removePane(index: number): void; } export interface CreatedEventArgs { /** * Contains the root element of splitter. */ element?: HTMLElement; } export interface ResizeEventArgs { /** Contains the root element of resizing pane. */ element?: HTMLElement; /** Contains default event arguments. */ event?: Event; /** Contains the corresponding resizing pane. */ pane?: HTMLElement[]; /** Contains the index of resizing pane. */ index?: number[]; /** Contains the resizing pane’s separator element. */ separator?: HTMLElement; /** * Control the resize action whether the resize action happens continuously. * When you set this argument to true, resize process will be stopped. */ cancel?: boolean; } export interface ResizingEventArgs { /** Contains the root element of resizing pane. */ element?: HTMLElement; /** Contains default event arguments. */ event?: Event; /** Contains a pane size when it resizes. */ paneSize?: number[]; /** Contains the corresponding resizing pane. */ pane?: HTMLElement[]; /** Contains the index of resizing pane. */ index?: number[]; /** Contains the resizing pane’s separator element. */ separator?: HTMLElement; } export interface BeforeExpandEventArgs { /** * To access root element after control created */ element?: HTMLElement; /** * default event arguments */ event?: Event; /** * To get pane elements */ pane?: HTMLElement[]; /** * Index of pane */ index?: number[]; /** * Respective split-bar element */ separator?: HTMLElement; /** * cancel argument */ cancel?: boolean; } export interface ExpandedEventArgs { /** * To access root element after control created */ element?: HTMLElement; /** * default event arguments */ event?: Event; /** * To get pane elements */ pane?: HTMLElement[]; /** * Index of pane */ index?: number[]; /** * Respective split-bar element */ separator?: HTMLElement; } } export namespace lineargauge { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/index.d.ts /** * LinearGauge component exported. */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/annotations/annotations.d.ts /** * Represent the Annotation rendering for gauge */ export class Annotations { private gauge; constructor(gauge: LinearGauge); /** * To render annotation elements */ renderAnnotationElements(): void; /** * To create annotation elements */ createAnnotationTemplate(element: HTMLElement, annotationIndex: number): void; protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the annotation. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(gauge: LinearGauge): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/axes/animation.d.ts /** * @private * To handle the animation for gauge */ export class Animations { gauge: LinearGauge; constructor(gauge: LinearGauge); /** * To do the marker pointer animation. * @return {void} * @private */ performMarkerAnimation(element: Element, axis: Axis, pointer: Pointer): void; /** * Perform the bar pointer animation * @param element * @param axis * @param pointer */ performBarAnimation(element: Element, axis: Axis, pointer: Pointer): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/axes/axis-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Line */ export interface LineModel { /** * The dash array of the axis line. */ dashArray?: string; /** * Height of the axis line. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ height?: number; /** * Width of the axis line. * @default 2 */ width?: number; /** * Color of the axis line. */ color?: string; /** * Specifies to move the axis line. */ offset?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Label */ export interface LabelModel { /** * The font of the axis labels. */ font?: FontModel; /** * The color of the label, based on range color. * @default false */ useRangeColor?: boolean; /** * To format the axis label, which accepts any global format string like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc. * Also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label e.g. 20°C. */ format?: string; /** * To move the axis labels. * @default 0 */ offset?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Range */ export interface RangeModel { /** * Start of the axis range. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ start?: number; /** * End of the axis range. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ end?: number; /** * Specifies to position the axis range. * @default Outside */ position?: Position; /** * Color of the axis range. */ color?: string; /** * Starting width of axis range. * @default 10 */ startWidth?: number; /** * Ending width of axis range. * @default 10 */ endWidth?: number; /** * Specifies to move the axis range. * @default 0 */ offset?: number; /** * Specifies the border of axis range. */ border?: BorderModel; } /** * Interface for a class Tick */ export interface TickModel { /** * Height of the tick line. */ height?: number; /** * Width of the tick line. * @default 2 */ width?: number; /** * Specifies the interval for ticks. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ interval?: number; /** * The color of the major or minor tick line, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. */ color?: string; /** * Specifies to move the axis ticks. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ offset?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Pointer */ export interface PointerModel { /** * Specifies the type of pointer. * @default Marker */ type?: Point; /** * Specifies value of the pointer. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ value?: number; /** * Specifies the marker shape in pointer. * @default InvertedTriangle */ markerType?: MarkerType; /** * Specifies the path of image. * @default null */ imageUrl?: string; /** * Specifies the border of pointer. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the corner radius for rounded rectangle. * @default 10 */ roundedCornerRadius?: number; /** * Specifies the place of the pointer. * @default Far */ placement?: Placement; /** * Specifies the height of pointer. * @default 20 */ height?: number; /** * Specifies the width of pointer. * @default 20 */ width?: number; /** * Specifies the color of the pointer. */ color?: string; /** * Specifies the opacity for pointer. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * Specifies the animating duration of pointer in milliseconds. * @default 0 */ animationDuration?: number; /** * Specifies the enable or disable the pointer drag. * @default false */ enableDrag?: boolean; /** * Specifies to move the pointer. * @default 0 */ offset?: number; /** * Description of the pointer. * @default null */ description?: string; } /** * Interface for a class Axis * @private */ export interface AxisModel { /** * Specifies the minimum value of an axis. * @default 0 */ minimum?: number; /** * Specifies the maximum value of an axis. * @default 100 */ maximum?: number; /** * Specifies the axis rendering direction. */ isInversed?: boolean; /** * Specifies the axis rendering position. */ opposedPosition?: boolean; /** * Options for customizing the axis line. */ line?: LineModel; /** * Options for customizing the ranges of an axis */ ranges?: RangeModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the pointers of an axis */ pointers?: PointerModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the major tick lines. */ majorTicks?: TickModel; /** * Options for customizing the minor tick lines. */ minorTicks?: TickModel; /** * Options for customizing the axis label appearance. */ labelStyle?: LabelModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/axes/axis-panel.d.ts /** * @private * To calculate the overall axis bounds for gauge. */ export class AxisLayoutPanel { private gauge; private htmlObject; constructor(gauge: LinearGauge); /** * To calculate the axis bounds */ calculateAxesBounds(): void; /** * Calculate axis line bounds * @param axis * @param axisIndex */ calculateLineBounds(axis: Axis, axisIndex: number): void; /** * Calculate axis tick bounds * @param axis * @param axisIndex */ calculateTickBounds(axis: Axis, axisIndex: number): void; /** * To Calculate axis label bounds * @param axis * @param axisIndex */ calculateLabelBounds(axis: Axis, axisIndex: number): void; /** * Calculate pointer bounds * @param axis * @param axisIndex */ calculatePointerBounds(axis: Axis, axisIndex: number): void; /** * Calculate marker pointer bounds * @param axisIndex * @param axis * @param pointerIndex * @param pointer */ calculateMarkerBounds(axisIndex: number, axis: Axis, pointerIndex: number, pointer: Pointer): void; /** * Calculate bar pointer bounds * @param axisIndex * @param axis * @param pointerIndex * @param pointer */ calculateBarBounds(axisIndex: number, axis: Axis, pointerIndex: number, pointer: Pointer): void; /** * Calculate ranges bounds * @param axis * @param axisIndex */ calculateRangesBounds(axis: Axis, axisIndex: number): void; private checkPreviousAxes; /** * * @param axis To calculate the visible labels */ calculateVisibleLabels(axis: Axis): void; /** * Calculate maximum label width for the axis. * @return {void} * @private */ private getMaxLabelWidth; private checkThermometer; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/axes/axis-renderer.d.ts /** * @private * To render the axis elements */ export class AxisRenderer extends Animations { private htmlObject; private axisObject; private axisElements; constructor(gauge: LinearGauge); renderAxes(): void; axisAlign(axes: AxisModel[]): void; drawAxisLine(axis: Axis, axisObject: Element, axisIndex: number): void; drawTicks(axis: Axis, ticks: Tick, axisObject: Element, tickID: string, tickBounds: Rect): void; drawAxisLabels(axis: Axis, axisObject: Element): void; drawPointers(axis: Axis, axisObject: Element, axisIndex: number): void; drawMarkerPointer(axis: Axis, axisIndex: number, pointer: Pointer, pointerIndex: number, parentElement: Element): void; drawBarPointer(axis: Axis, axisIndex: number, pointer: Pointer, pointerIndex: number, parentElement: Element): void; drawRanges(axis: Axis, axisObject: Element, axisIndex: number): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/axes/axis.d.ts /** Options for customizing the axis line. */ export class Line extends base.ChildProperty<Line> { /** * The dash array of the axis line. */ dashArray: string; /** * Height of the axis line. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ height: number; /** * Width of the axis line. * @default 2 */ width: number; /** * Color of the axis line. */ color: string; /** * Specifies to move the axis line. */ offset: number; } /** * Options for customizing the axis labels appearance. */ export class Label extends base.ChildProperty<Label> { /** * The font of the axis labels. */ font: FontModel; /** * The color of the label, based on range color. * @default false */ useRangeColor: boolean; /** * To format the axis label, which accepts any global format string like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc. * Also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label e.g. 20°C. */ format: string; /** * To move the axis labels. * @default 0 */ offset: number; } /** * Options for customizing the ranges of an axis. */ export class Range extends base.ChildProperty<Range> { /** * Start of the axis range. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ start: number; /** * End of the axis range. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ end: number; /** * Specifies to position the axis range. * @default Outside */ position: Position; /** * Color of the axis range. */ color: string; /** * Starting width of axis range. * @default 10 */ startWidth: number; /** * Ending width of axis range. * @default 10 */ endWidth: number; /** * Specifies to move the axis range. * @default 0 */ offset: number; /** * Specifies the border of axis range. */ border: BorderModel; /** @private */ bounds: Rect; /** @private */ path: string; /** @private */ interior: string; } /** * Options for customizing the minor tick lines. */ export class Tick extends base.ChildProperty<Tick> { /** * Height of the tick line. */ height: number; /** * Width of the tick line. * @default 2 */ width: number; /** * Specifies the interval for ticks. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ interval: number; /** * The color of the major or minor tick line, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. */ color: string; /** * Specifies to move the axis ticks. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ offset: number; } /** * Options for customizing the pointers of an axis. */ export class Pointer extends base.ChildProperty<Pointer> { /** * Specifies the type of pointer. * @default Marker */ type: Point; /** * Specifies value of the pointer. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ value: number; /** * Specifies the marker shape in pointer. * @default InvertedTriangle */ markerType: MarkerType; /** * Specifies the path of image. * @default null */ imageUrl: string; /** * Specifies the border of pointer. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the corner radius for rounded rectangle. * @default 10 */ roundedCornerRadius: number; /** * Specifies the place of the pointer. * @default Far */ placement: Placement; /** * Specifies the height of pointer. * @default 20 */ height: number; /** * Specifies the width of pointer. * @default 20 */ width: number; /** * Specifies the color of the pointer. */ color: string; /** * Specifies the opacity for pointer. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * Specifies the animating duration of pointer in milliseconds. * @default 0 */ animationDuration: number; /** * Specifies the enable or disable the pointer drag. * @default false */ enableDrag: boolean; /** * Specifies to move the pointer. * @default 0 */ offset: number; /** * Description of the pointer. * @default null */ description: string; /** @private */ bounds: Rect; /** @private */ startValue: number; /** @private */ animationComplete: boolean; /** @private */ currentValue: number; } export class Axis extends base.ChildProperty<Axis> { /** * Specifies the minimum value of an axis. * @default 0 */ minimum: number; /** * Specifies the maximum value of an axis. * @default 100 */ maximum: number; /** * Specifies the axis rendering direction. */ isInversed: boolean; /** * Specifies the axis rendering position. */ opposedPosition: boolean; /** * Options for customizing the axis line. */ line: LineModel; /** * Options for customizing the ranges of an axis */ ranges: RangeModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the pointers of an axis */ pointers: PointerModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the major tick lines. */ majorTicks: TickModel; /** * Options for customizing the minor tick lines. */ minorTicks: TickModel; /** * Options for customizing the axis label appearance. */ labelStyle: LabelModel; /** @private */ visibleLabels: VisibleLabels[]; /** @private */ maxLabelSize: Size; /** @private */ visibleRange: VisibleRange; /** @private */ lineBounds: Rect; /** @private */ majorTickBounds: Rect; /** @private */ minorTickBounds: Rect; /** @private */ labelBounds: Rect; /** @private */ pointerBounds: Rect; /** @private */ bounds: Rect; /** @private */ maxTickLength: number; /** @private */ checkAlign: Align; /** @private */ majorInterval: number; /** @private */ minorInterval: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/index.d.ts /** * Linear gauge component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/linear-gauge-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class LinearGauge */ export interface LinearGaugeModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * The width of the Linear gauge as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, gauge will render to the full width of its parent element. * @default null */ width?: string; /** * The height of the Linear gauge as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, gauge will render to the full height of its parent element. * @default null */ height?: string; /** * Specifies the gauge will rendered either horizontal or vertical orientation. * @default Vertical */ orientation?: Orientation; /** * Options to customize the left, right, top and bottom margins of the gauge. */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the gauge border. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * The background color of the gauge, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 'transparent' */ background?: string; /** * Specifies the title for linear gauge. */ title?: string; /** * Options for customizing the title appearance of linear gauge. */ titleStyle?: FontModel; /** * Options for customizing the container linear gauge. */ container?: ContainerModel; /** * Options for customizing the axes of linear gauge. */ axes?: AxisModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the tooltip in linear gauge. */ tooltip?: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the annotation of linear gauge. */ annotations?: AnnotationModel[]; /** * Specifies color palette for axis ranges. * @default [] */ rangePalettes?: string[]; /** * Specifies whether a grouping separator should be used for a number. * @default false */ useGroupingSeparator?: boolean; /** * Specifies the description for linear gauge. * @default null */ description?: string; /** * TabIndex value for the gauge. * @default 1 */ tabIndex?: number; /** * To apply internationalization for gauge * @default null */ format?: string; /** * Specifies the theme for the maps. * @default Material */ theme?: LinearGaugeTheme; /** * Triggers after gauge loaded. * @event */ loaded?: base.EmitType<ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before gauge load. * @event */ load?: base.EmitType<ILoadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after complete the animation for pointer. * @event */ animationComplete?: base.EmitType<IAnimationCompleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each axis label gets rendered. * @event */ axisLabelRender?: base.EmitType<IAxisLabelRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each annotation gets rendered. * @event */ annotationRender?: base.EmitType<IAnnotationRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the tooltip get rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender?: base.EmitType<ITooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when mouse move on gauge area. * @event */ gaugeMouseMove?: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when mouse leave from the gauge area . * @event */ gaugeMouseLeave?: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when mouse down on gauge area. * @event */ gaugeMouseDown?: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when mouse up on gauge area. * @event */ gaugeMouseUp?: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while drag the pointer. * @event */ valueChange?: base.EmitType<IValueChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after window resize. * @event */ resized?: base.EmitType<IResizeEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/linear-gauge.d.ts /** * Represents the EJ2 Linear gauge control. * ```html * <div id="container"/> * <script> * var gaugeObj = new LinearGauge({ }); * gaugeObj.appendTo("#container"); * </script> * ``` */ export class LinearGauge extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * annotationModule is used to place the any text or images into the gauge. */ annotationsModule: Annotations; /** * tooltipModule is used to display the pointer value. */ tooltipModule: GaugeTooltip; /** * The width of the Linear gauge as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, gauge will render to the full width of its parent element. * @default null */ width: string; /** * The height of the Linear gauge as a string in order to provide input as both like '100px' or '100%'. * If specified as '100%, gauge will render to the full height of its parent element. * @default null */ height: string; /** * Specifies the gauge will rendered either horizontal or vertical orientation. * @default Vertical */ orientation: Orientation; /** * Options to customize the left, right, top and bottom margins of the gauge. */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the gauge border. */ border: BorderModel; /** * The background color of the gauge, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 'transparent' */ background: string; /** * Specifies the title for linear gauge. */ title: string; /** * Options for customizing the title appearance of linear gauge. */ titleStyle: FontModel; /** * Options for customizing the container linear gauge. */ container: ContainerModel; /** * Options for customizing the axes of linear gauge. */ axes: AxisModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the tooltip in linear gauge. */ tooltip: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the annotation of linear gauge. */ annotations: AnnotationModel[]; /** * Specifies color palette for axis ranges. * @default [] */ rangePalettes: string[]; /** * Specifies whether a grouping separator should be used for a number. * @default false */ useGroupingSeparator: boolean; /** * Specifies the description for linear gauge. * @default null */ description: string; /** * TabIndex value for the gauge. * @default 1 */ tabIndex: number; /** * To apply internationalization for gauge * @default null */ format: string; /** * Specifies the theme for the maps. * @default Material */ theme: LinearGaugeTheme; /** * Triggers after gauge loaded. * @event */ loaded: base.EmitType<ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before gauge load. * @event */ load: base.EmitType<ILoadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after complete the animation for pointer. * @event */ animationComplete: base.EmitType<IAnimationCompleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each axis label gets rendered. * @event */ axisLabelRender: base.EmitType<IAxisLabelRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each annotation gets rendered. * @event */ annotationRender: base.EmitType<IAnnotationRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the tooltip get rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender: base.EmitType<ITooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when mouse move on gauge area. * @event */ gaugeMouseMove: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when mouse leave from the gauge area . * @event */ gaugeMouseLeave: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when mouse down on gauge area. * @event */ gaugeMouseDown: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when mouse up on gauge area. * @event */ gaugeMouseUp: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while drag the pointer. * @event */ valueChange: base.EmitType<IValueChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after window resize. * @event */ resized: base.EmitType<IResizeEventArgs>; /** @private */ renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer; /** @private */ svgObject: Element; /** @private */ availableSize: Size; /** @private */ actualRect: Rect; /** @private */ intl: base.Internationalization; /** @private* */ containerBounds: Rect; /** * @private * Calculate the axes bounds for gauge. * @hidden */ gaugeAxisLayoutPanel: AxisLayoutPanel; /** * @private * Render the axis elements for gauge. * @hidden */ axisRenderer: AxisRenderer; /** @private */ private resizeTo; /** @private */ containerObject: Element; /** @private */ pointerDrag: boolean; /** @private */ mouseX: number; /** @private */ mouseY: number; /** @private */ mouseElement: Element; /** @private */ gaugeResized: boolean; /** @private */ nearSizes: number[]; /** @private */ farSizes: number[]; /** * @private */ themeStyle: IThemeStyle; /** * @private * Constructor for creating the widget * @hidden */ constructor(options?: LinearGaugeModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Initialize the preRender method. */ protected preRender(): void; private setTheme; private initPrivateVariable; /** * Method to set culture for chart */ private setCulture; /** * Methods to create svg element */ private createSvg; /** * To Remove the SVG. * @return {boolean} * @private */ removeSvg(): void; /** * Method to calculate the size of the gauge */ private calculateSize; /** * To Initialize the control rendering */ protected render(): void; /** * @private * To render the gauge elements */ renderGaugeElements(): void; private appendSecondaryElement; /** * Render the map area border */ private renderArea; /** * @private * To calculate axes bounds */ calculateBounds(): void; /** * @private * To render axis elements */ renderAxisElements(): void; private renderBorder; private renderTitle; private unWireEvents; private wireEvents; private setStyle; /** * Handles the gauge resize. * @return {boolean} * @private */ gaugeResize(e: Event): boolean; /** * To destroy the gauge element from the DOM. */ destroy(): void; /** * @private * To render the gauge container */ renderContainer(): void; /** * Handles the mouse down on gauge. * @return {boolean} * @private */ gaugeOnMouseDown(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse move. * @return {boolean} * @private */ mouseMove(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * To find the mouse move on pointer. * @param element */ private moveOnPointer; /** * @private * Handle the right click * @param event */ gaugeRightClick(event: MouseEvent | PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse leave. * @return {boolean} * @private */ mouseLeave(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse move on gauge. * @return {boolean} * @private */ gaugeOnMouseMove(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse up. * @return {boolean} * @private */ mouseEnd(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * Handles the mouse event arguments. * @return {IMouseEventArgs} * @private */ private getMouseArgs; /** * @private * @param axis * @param pointer */ markerDrag(axis: Axis, pointer: Pointer): void; /** * @private * @param axis * @param pointer */ barDrag(axis: Axis, pointer: Pointer): void; /** * Triggers when drag the pointer * @param activeElement */ private triggerDragEvent; /** * To set the pointer value using this method * @param axisIndex * @param pointerIndex * @param value */ setPointerValue(axisIndex: number, pointerIndex: number, value: number): void; /** * To set the annotation value using this method. * @param annotationIndex * @param content */ setAnnotationValue(annotationIndex: number, content: string, axisValue?: number): void; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for control rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @private */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Get component name */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: LinearGaugeModel, oldProp: LinearGaugeModel): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/model/base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Font */ export interface FontModel { /** * Font size for text. */ size?: string; /** * Color for text. */ color?: string; /** * FontFamily for text. */ fontFamily?: string; /** * FontWeight for text. */ fontWeight?: string; /** * FontStyle for text. */ fontStyle?: string; /** * Opacity for text. */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Margin */ export interface MarginModel { /** * Left margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ left?: number; /** * Right margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ right?: number; /** * Top margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ top?: number; /** * Bottom margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ bottom?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Border */ export interface BorderModel { /** * The color of the border, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. */ color?: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default '0' */ width?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Annotation */ export interface AnnotationModel { /** * Specifies the id of html element. */ content?: string; /** * Specifies the position of x. */ x?: number; /** * Specifies the position of y. */ y?: number; /** * Specifies the vertical alignment of annotation. * @default None */ verticalAlignment?: Placement; /** * Specifies the horizontal alignment of annotation. * @default None */ horizontalAlignment?: Placement; /** * Specifies the zIndex of the annotation. * @default '-1' */ zIndex?: string; /** * The font of the axis labels. */ font?: FontModel; /** * Specifies the index of axis. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ axisIndex?: number; /** * Specifies the value of axis. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ axisValue?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Container */ export interface ContainerModel { /** * Specifies the type of container. * @default Normal */ type?: ContainerType; /** * Specifies the height of the container. * @default 0 */ height?: number; /** * Specifies the width of the container. * @default 0 */ width?: number; /** * Specifies the corner radius for rounded rectangle. * @default 10 */ roundedCornerRadius?: number; /** * Specifies the background of the color. */ backgroundColor?: string; /** * Specifies the border of container. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Specifies to move the container. */ offset?: number; } /** * Interface for a class TooltipSettings */ export interface TooltipSettingsModel { /** * Enable / Disable the visibility of tooltip. * @default false */ enable?: boolean; /** * The fill color of the tooltip, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. */ fill?: string; /** * Options to customize the tooltip text. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Format of the tooltip content. * @default null */ format?: string; /** * Custom template to format the tooltip content. Use ${x} and ${y} as a placeholder text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null */ template?: string; /** * If set true, tooltip will animate, while moving from one point to another. * @default true */ enableAnimation?: boolean; /** * Options to customize the border for tooltip. */ border?: BorderModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/model/base.d.ts /** * Options for customizing the fonts. */ export class Font extends base.ChildProperty<Font> { /** * Font size for text. */ size: string; /** * Color for text. */ color: string; /** * FontFamily for text. */ fontFamily: string; /** * FontWeight for text. */ fontWeight: string; /** * FontStyle for text. */ fontStyle: string; /** * Opacity for text. */ opacity: number; } /** * Configures the margin of linear gauge. */ export class Margin extends base.ChildProperty<Margin> { /** * Left margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ left: number; /** * Right margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ right: number; /** * Top margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ top: number; /** * Bottom margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ bottom: number; } /** * Configures the border in linear gauge. */ export class Border extends base.ChildProperty<Border> { /** * The color of the border, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. */ color: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default '0' */ width: number; } /** * Options for customizing the annotation. */ export class Annotation extends base.ChildProperty<Annotation> { /** * Specifies the id of html element. */ content: string; /** * Specifies the position of x. */ x: number; /** * Specifies the position of y. */ y: number; /** * Specifies the vertical alignment of annotation. * @default None */ verticalAlignment: Placement; /** * Specifies the horizontal alignment of annotation. * @default None */ horizontalAlignment: Placement; /** * Specifies the zIndex of the annotation. * @default '-1' */ zIndex: string; /** * The font of the axis labels. */ font: FontModel; /** * Specifies the index of axis. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ axisIndex: number; /** * Specifies the value of axis. * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ axisValue: number; } /** * Options for customizing the container of linear gauge. */ export class Container extends base.ChildProperty<Container> { /** * Specifies the type of container. * @default Normal */ type: ContainerType; /** * Specifies the height of the container. * @default 0 */ height: number; /** * Specifies the width of the container. * @default 0 */ width: number; /** * Specifies the corner radius for rounded rectangle. * @default 10 */ roundedCornerRadius: number; /** * Specifies the background of the color. */ backgroundColor: string; /** * Specifies the border of container. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Specifies to move the container. */ offset: number; } /** * Options for customizing the tooltip in linear gauge. */ export class TooltipSettings extends base.ChildProperty<TooltipSettings> { /** * Enable / Disable the visibility of tooltip. * @default false */ enable: boolean; /** * The fill color of the tooltip, which accepts value in hex, rgba as a valid CSS color string. */ fill: string; /** * Options to customize the tooltip text. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Format of the tooltip content. * @default null */ format: string; /** * Custom template to format the tooltip content. Use ${x} and ${y} as a placeholder text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null */ template: string; /** * If set true, tooltip will animate, while moving from one point to another. * @default true */ enableAnimation: boolean; /** * Options to customize the border for tooltip. */ border: BorderModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/model/constant.d.ts /** * Specifies the linear gauge constant value */ /** @private */ export const loaded: string; /** @private */ export const load: string; /** @private */ export const animationComplete: string; /** @private */ export const axisLabelRender: string; /** @private */ export const tooltipRender: string; /** @private */ export const annotationRender: string; /** @private */ export const gaugeMouseMove: string; /** @private */ export const gaugeMouseLeave: string; /** @private */ export const gaugeMouseDown: string; /** @private */ export const gaugeMouseUp: string; /** @private */ export const valueChange: string; /** @private */ export const resized: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/model/interface.d.ts /** * @private * Specifies LienarGauge Events */ /** @private */ export interface ILinearGaugeEventArgs { name: string; cancel: boolean; } /** * Gauge Loaded event arguments */ export interface ILoadedEventArgs extends ILinearGaugeEventArgs { /** * event argument gauge */ gauge: LinearGauge; } /** * Gauge Load event arguments */ export interface ILoadEventArgs extends ILinearGaugeEventArgs { /** * event argument gauge */ gauge: LinearGauge; } /** * Gauge animation completed event arguments */ export interface IAnimationCompleteEventArgs extends ILinearGaugeEventArgs { /** * event argument axis */ axis: Axis; /** * event argument pointer */ pointer: Pointer; } /** * Gauge axis label rendering event arguments */ export interface IAxisLabelRenderEventArgs extends ILinearGaugeEventArgs { /** * event argument axis */ axis: Axis; /** * event argument text */ text: string; /** * event argument value */ value: number; } /** * Gauge tooltip event arguments */ export interface ITooltipRenderEventArgs extends ILinearGaugeEventArgs { /** * Instance of linear gauge component. */ gauge: LinearGauge; /** * Tooltip event */ event: PointerEvent; /** * Render the tooltip content */ content?: string; /** * Tooltip configuration */ tooltip?: TooltipSettings; /** * Render the tooltip location */ location?: GaugeLocation; /** * event argument axis */ axis: Axis; /** * event argument pointer */ pointer: Pointer; } /** * Gauge annotation render event arguments */ export interface IAnnotationRenderEventArgs extends ILinearGaugeEventArgs { /** * event argument content */ content?: string; /** * event argument text style */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * event argument annotation */ annotation: Annotation; } /** * Gauge mouse events args */ export interface IMouseEventArgs extends ILinearGaugeEventArgs { /** * event argument linear gauge model */ model: LinearGauge; /** * event argument target */ target: Element; /** * event argument x position */ x: number; /** * event argument y position */ y: number; } /** * Gauge resize event arguments */ export interface IResizeEventArgs { /** * event name */ name: string; /** * event argument previous size */ previousSize: Size; /** * event argument current size */ currentSize: Size; /** * event argument gauge */ gauge: LinearGauge; } /** * Gauge value change event arguments */ export interface IValueChangeEventArgs { /** * event name */ name: string; /** * event argument gauge */ gauge: LinearGauge; /** * event argument element */ element: Element; /** * event argument axis index */ axisIndex: number; /** * event argument axis */ axis: Axis; /** * event argument pointer index */ pointerIndex: number; /** * event argument pointer */ pointer: Pointer; /** * event argument value */ value: number; } /** @private */ export interface IVisiblePointer { axis?: Axis; axisIndex?: number; pointer?: Pointer; pointerIndex?: number; } /** @private */ export interface IMoveCursor { pointer?: boolean; style?: string; } export interface IThemeStyle { backgroundColor: string; titleFontColor: string; tooltipFillColor: string; tooltipFontColor: string; lineColor: string; labelColor: string; majorTickColor: string; minorTickColor: string; pointerColor: string; fontFamily?: string; fontSize?: string; labelFontFamily?: string; tooltipFillOpacity?: number; tooltipTextOpacity?: number; containerBackground?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/model/theme.d.ts /** * Gauge Themes doc */ /** @private */ export function getThemeStyle(theme: LinearGaugeTheme): IThemeStyle; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/user-interaction/tooltip.d.ts /** * Represent the tooltip rendering for gauge */ export class GaugeTooltip { private gauge; private element; private currentAxis; private axisIndex; private currentPointer; private isTouch; private svgTooltip; private textStyle; private borderStyle; private pointerElement; private tooltip; private clearTimeout; private tooltipId; constructor(gauge: LinearGauge); /** * Internal use for tooltip rendering * @param pointerElement */ renderTooltip(e: PointerEvent): void; private getTooltipPosition; private getTooltipLocation; removeTooltip(): void; mouseUpHandler(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To bind events for tooltip module */ addEventListener(): void; /** * To unbind events for tooltip module */ removeEventListener(): void; protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(gauge: LinearGauge): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/utils/enum.d.ts /** * Defines Position of axis. They are * * Inside * * Outside * @private */ export type Position = /** Inside of Axis. */ 'Inside' | /** Outside of Axis. */ 'Outside'; /** * Defines type of pointer. They are * * Marker * * Bar * @private */ export type Point = /** Marker pointer. */ 'Marker' | /** Bar pointer. */ 'Bar'; /** * Defines Theme of the gauge. They are * * Material * * Fabric * @private */ export type LinearGaugeTheme = /** Render a gauge with Material theme. */ 'Material' | /** Render a gauge with Bootstrap theme. */ 'Bootstrap' | /** Render a gauge with Highcontrast Light theme. */ 'HighContrastLight' | /** Render a gauge with Fabric theme. */ 'Fabric' | /** Render a gauge with Material Dark theme. */ 'MaterialDark' | /** Render a gauge with Fabric Dark theme. */ 'FabricDark' | /** Render a gauge with HighContrast Dark theme. */ 'Highcontrast' | /** Render a gauge with Highcontrast Dark theme. */ 'HighContrast' | /** Render a gauge with Bootstrap Dark theme. */ 'BootstrapDark' | /** Render a gauge with Bootstrap4 theme. */ 'Bootstrap4'; /** * Defines the type of marker. They are * Traingle * Diamond * Rectangle * Circle * Image * @private */ export type MarkerType = /** * Triangle marker */ 'Triangle' | /** * Inverted triangle */ 'InvertedTriangle' | /** * Diamond marker */ 'Diamond' | /** * Rectangle marker */ 'Rectangle' | /** * Circle marker */ 'Circle' | /** * Arrow marker */ 'Arrow' | /** * Inverted Arrow marker */ 'InvertedArrow' | /** * Image marker */ 'Image'; /** * Defines the place of the pointer. They are * None * Near * Center * Far * @private */ export type Placement = /** * Near */ 'Near' | /** * Center */ 'Center' | /** * Far */ 'Far' | /** * None */ 'None'; /** * Defines the type of gauge orientation. They are * Horizontal * Vertical * @private */ export type Orientation = /** * Horizontal */ 'Horizontal' | /** * Vertical */ 'Vertical'; /** * Defines the container type. They are * Normal * Thermometer * Rounded Rectangle */ export type ContainerType = /** To draw the normal rectangle box */ 'Normal' | /** * To draw the thermometer box */ 'Thermometer' | /** * To draw the rounded rectangle box */ 'RoundedRectangle'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lineargauge/src/linear-gauge/utils/helper.d.ts /** * Specifies Linear-Gauge Helper methods */ /** @private */ export function stringToNumber(value: string, containerSize: number): number; /** * Function to measure the height and width of the text. * @param {string} text * @param {FontModel} font * @param {string} id * @returns no * @private */ export function measureText(text: string, font: FontModel): Size; /** @private */ export function withInRange(value: number, start: number, end: number, max: number, min: number, type: string): boolean; export function convertPixelToValue(parentElement: HTMLElement, pointerElement: Element, orientation: Orientation, axis: Axis, type: string, location: GaugeLocation): number; export function getPathToRect(path: SVGPathElement, size: Size, parentElement: HTMLElement): Rect; /** @private */ export function getElement(id: string): HTMLElement; /** @private */ export function removeElement(id: string): void; /** @private */ export function isPointerDrag(axes: AxisModel[]): boolean; /** @private */ export function valueToCoefficient(value: number, axis: Axis, orientation: Orientation, range: VisibleRange): number; export function getFontStyle(font: FontModel): string; export function textFormatter(format: string, data: object, gauge: LinearGauge): string; export function formatValue(value: number, gauge: LinearGauge): string | number; /** @private */ export function getLabelFormat(format: string): string; /** @private */ export function getTemplateFunction(template: string): Function; /** @private */ export function getElementOffset(childElement: HTMLElement, parentElement: HTMLElement): Size; /** @private */ export class VisibleRange { min?: number; max?: number; interval?: number; delta?: number; constructor(min: number, max: number, interval: number, delta: number); } /** @private */ export class GaugeLocation { x: number; y: number; constructor(x: number, y: number); } /** * Internal class size for height and width */ export class Size { /** * height of the size */ height: number; /** * width of the size */ width: number; constructor(width: number, height: number); } /** @private */ export class Rect { x: number; y: number; height: number; width: number; constructor(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number); } /** @private */ export class CustomizeOption { id: string; constructor(id?: string); } /** @private */ export class PathOption extends CustomizeOption { opacity: number; fill: string; stroke: string; ['stroke-width']: number; ['stroke-dasharray']: string; d: string; transform: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, width: number, color: string, opacity?: number, dashArray?: string, d?: string, transform?: string); } /** @private */ export class RectOption { x: number; y: number; id: string; height: number; width: number; rx: number; ry: number; opacity: number; transform: string; stroke: string; fill: string; ['stroke-width']: number; constructor(id: string, fill: string, border: BorderModel, opacity: number, rect: Rect, transform?: string, dashArray?: string); } /** @private */ export class TextOption extends CustomizeOption { anchor: string; text: string; transform: string; x: number; y: number; baseLine: string; constructor(id?: string, x?: number, y?: number, anchor?: string, text?: string, transform?: string, baseLine?: string); } /** @private */ export class VisibleLabels { text: string; value: number; size: Size; angle: number; constructor(text: string, value: number, size: Size); } /** @private */ export class Align { axisIndex: number; align: string; constructor(axisIndex: number, align: string); } /** @private */ export function textElement(options: TextOption, font: FontModel, color: string, parent: HTMLElement | Element): Element; export function calculateNiceInterval(min: number, max: number, size: number, orientation: Orientation): number; export function getActualDesiredIntervalsCount(size: number, orientation: Orientation): number; /** @private */ export function getPointer(target: HTMLElement, gauge: LinearGauge): IVisiblePointer; /** @private */ export function getRangeColor(value: number, ranges: Range[]): string; /** @private */ export function getRangePalette(): string[]; /** @private */ export function calculateShapes(location: Rect, shape: MarkerType, size: Size, url: string, options: PathOption, orientation: Orientation, axis: Axis, pointer: Pointer): PathOption; /** @private */ export function getBox(location: Rect, boxName: string, orientation: Orientation, size: Size, type: string, containerWidth: number, axis: Axis, cornerRadius: number): string; } export namespace lists { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lists/src/common/index.d.ts /** * Listview Component */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lists/src/common/list-base.d.ts export let cssClass: ClassList; export interface ClassList { li: string; ul: string; group: string; icon: string; text: string; check: string; checked: string; selected: string; expanded: string; textContent: string; hasChild: string; level: string; url: string; collapsible: string; disabled: string; image: string; iconWrapper: string; } /** * Sorting Order */ export type SortOrder = 'None' | 'Ascending' | 'Descending'; /** * Base List Generator */ export namespace ListBase { /** * Default mapped fields. */ let defaultMappedFields: FieldsMapping; /** * Function helps to created and return the UL Li element based on your data. * @param {{[key:string]:Object}[]|string[]} dataSource - Specifies an array of JSON or String data. * @param {ListBaseOptions} options? - Specifies the list options that need to provide. */ function createList(createElement: createElementParams, dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | string[] | number[], options?: ListBaseOptions, isSingleLevel?: boolean): HTMLElement; /** * Function helps to created an element list based on string array input . * @param {string[]} dataSource - Specifies an array of string data */ function createListFromArray(createElement: createElementParams, dataSource: string[] | number[], isSingleLevel?: boolean, options?: ListBaseOptions): HTMLElement; /** * Function helps to created an element list based on string array input . * @param {string[]} dataSource - Specifies an array of string data */ function createListItemFromArray(createElement: createElementParams, dataSource: string[] | number[], isSingleLevel?: boolean, options?: ListBaseOptions): HTMLElement[]; /** * Function helps to created an element list based on array of JSON input . * @param {{[key:string]:Object}[]} dataSource - Specifies an array of JSON data. * @param {ListBaseOptions} options? - Specifies the list options that need to provide. */ function createListItemFromJson(createElement: createElementParams, dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[], options?: ListBaseOptions, level?: number, isSingleLevel?: boolean): HTMLElement[]; /** * Function helps to created an element list based on array of JSON input . * @param {{[key:string]:Object}[]} dataSource - Specifies an array of JSON data. * @param {ListBaseOptions} options? - Specifies the list options that need to provide. */ function createListFromJson(createElement: createElementParams, dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[], options?: ListBaseOptions, level?: number, isSingleLevel?: boolean): HTMLElement; /** * Return the next or previous visible element. * @param {Element[]|NodeList} elementArray - An element array to find next or previous element. * @param {Element} li - An element to find next or previous after this element. * @param {boolean} isPrevious? - Specify when the need get previous element from array. */ function getSiblingLI(elementArray: Element[] | NodeList, element: Element, isPrevious?: boolean): Element; /** * Return the index of the li element * @param {Element} item - An element to find next or previous after this element. * @param {Element[]|NodeList} elementArray - An element array to find index of given li. */ function indexOf(item: Element, elementArray: Element[] | NodeList): number; /** * Returns the grouped data from given dataSource. * @param {{[key:string]:Object}[]} dataSource - The JSON data which is necessary to process. * @param {FieldsMapping} fields - Fields that are mapped from the data source. * @param {SortOrder='None'} sortOrder- Specifies final result sort order. */ function groupDataSource(dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[], fields: FieldsMapping, sortOrder?: SortOrder): { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** * Returns a sorted query object. * @param {SortOrder} sortOrder - Specifies that sort order. * @param {string} sortBy - Specifies sortBy fields. * @param {data.Query=new data.Query()} query - Pass if any existing query. */ function addSorting(sortOrder: SortOrder, sortBy: string, query?: data.Query): data.Query; /** * Return an array of JSON Data that processed based on queries. * @param {{[key:string]:Object}[]} dataSource - Specifies local JSON data source. * @param {data.Query} query - Specifies query that need to process. */ function getDataSource(dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[], query: data.Query): { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** * Created JSON data based the UL and LI element * @param {HTMLElement|Element} element - UL element that need to convert as a JSON * @param {ListBaseOptions} options? - Specifies listbase option for fields. */ function createJsonFromElement(element: HTMLElement | Element, options?: ListBaseOptions): { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** * Created UL element from content template. * @param {string} template - that need to convert and generate li element. * @param {{[key:string]:Object}[]} dataSource - Specifies local JSON data source. * @param {ListBaseOptions} options? - Specifies listbase option for fields. */ function renderContentTemplate(createElement: createElementParams, template: string, dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[], fields?: FieldsMapping, options?: ListBaseOptions): HTMLElement; /** * Created header items from group template. * @param {string} template - that need to convert and generate li element. * @param {{[key:string]:Object}[]} dataSource - Specifies local JSON data source. * @param {FieldsMapping} fields - Specifies fields for mapping the dataSource. * @param {Element[]} headerItems? - Specifies listbase header items. */ function renderGroupTemplate(groupTemplate: string, groupDataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[], fields: FieldsMapping, headerItems: Element[]): Element[]; function generateId(): string; /** * Returns UL element based on the given LI element. * @param {HTMLElement[]} liElement - Specifies array of LI element. * @param {string} className? - Specifies class name that need to be added in UL element. * @param {ListBaseOptions} options? - Specifies ListBase options. */ function generateUL(createElement: createElementParams, liElement: HTMLElement[], className?: string, options?: ListBaseOptions): HTMLElement; /** * Returns LI element with additional DIV tag based on the given LI element. * @param {liElement} liElement - Specifies LI element. * @param {string} className? - Specifies class name that need to be added in created DIV element. * @param {ListBaseOptions} options? - Specifies ListBase options. */ function generateIcon(createElement: createElementParams, liElement: HTMLElement, className?: string, options?: ListBaseOptions): HTMLElement; } export type createElementParams = (tag: string, prop?: { id?: string; className?: string; innerHTML?: string; styles?: string; attrs?: { [key: string]: string; }; }) => HTMLElement; export interface FieldsMapping { id?: string; text?: string; value?: string; isChecked?: string; isVisible?: string; url?: string; enabled?: string; groupBy?: string; expanded?: string; selected?: string; iconCss?: string; child?: string; tooltip?: string; hasChildren?: string; htmlAttributes?: string; urlAttributes?: string; imageUrl?: string; imageAttributes?: string; } export type Position = 'Right' | 'Left'; export interface AriaAttributesMapping { level?: number; listRole?: string; itemRole?: string; groupItemRole?: string; itemText?: string; wrapperRole?: string; } /** * Basic ListBase Options */ export interface ListBaseOptions { /** * Specifies that fields that mapped in dataSource */ fields?: FieldsMapping; /** * Specifies the aria attributes */ ariaAttributes?: AriaAttributesMapping; /** * Specifies to show checkBox */ showCheckBox?: boolean; /** * Specifies to show icon */ showIcon?: boolean; /** * Specifies to show collapsible icon */ expandCollapse?: boolean; /** * Specifies when need to add additional UL list class */ listClass?: string; /** * Specifies when need to add additional LI item class */ itemClass?: string; /** * Enables when need process depth child processing. */ processSubChild?: boolean; /** * Specifies the sort order */ sortOrder?: SortOrder; /** * Specifies the item template */ template?: string; /** * Specifies the group header template */ groupTemplate?: string; /** * Specifies the ListView header template */ headerTemplate?: string; /** * Specifies the callback function that triggered before each list creation */ itemCreating?: Function; /** * Specifies the callback function that triggered after each list creation */ itemCreated?: Function; /** * Specifies the customizable expand icon class */ expandIconClass?: string; /** * Specifies the customized class name based on their module name */ moduleName?: string; /** * Specifies the expand/collapse icon position */ expandIconPosition?: Position; } /** * Used to get dataSource item from complex data using fields. * @param {{[key:string]:Object}|string[]|string} dataSource - Specifies an JSON or String data. * @param {FieldsMapping} fields - Fields that are mapped from the dataSource. */ export function getFieldValues(dataItem: { [key: string]: Object; } | string | number, fields: FieldsMapping): { [key: string]: Object; } | string | number; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lists/src/component.d.ts /** * Export ListView */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lists/src/index.d.ts /** * List Components */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lists/src/list-view/index.d.ts /** * Listview Component */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lists/src/list-view/list-view-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class FieldSettings */ export interface FieldSettingsModel { /** * ID attribute of specific list-item. */ id?: string; /** * It is used to map the text value of list item from the dataSource. */ text?: string; /** * This property used to check whether the list item is in checked state or not. */ isChecked?: string; /** * To check whether the visibility state of list item. */ isVisible?: string; /** * It is used to enable the list item */ enabled?: string; /** * It is used to customize the icon to the list items dynamically. * We can add specific image to the icons using iconCss property. */ iconCss?: string; /** * This property used for nested navigation of list-items. * Refer the documentation [here](./listview/nested-list) * to know more about this property with demo. */ child?: string; /** * It is used to display `tooltip content of text` while hovering on list items. */ tooltip?: string; /** * It wraps the list view element into a group based on the value of groupBy property. * Refer the documentation [here](./listview/grouping) * to know more about this property with demo. */ groupBy?: string; /** * It is used to enable the sorting of list items to be ascending or descending. */ sortBy?: string; /** * Defines the HTML base.attributes such as id, class, etc,. for the specific list item. */ htmlAttributes?: string; /** * It is used to fetch a specified named table data while using serviceUrl of data.DataManager * in dataSource property. * Refer the documentation [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/getting-started?lang=typescript) * to know more about this property with demo. */ tableName?: string; } /** * Interface for a class ListView */ export interface ListViewModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * This cssClass property helps to use custom skinning option for ListView component, * by adding the mentioned class name into root element of ListView. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * It enables UI virtualization which will increase ListView performance on loading large number of data. * * @default false */ enableVirtualization?: boolean; /** * Defines the HTML base.attributes such as id, class, etc., for the ListView. * @default {} */ htmlAttributes?: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * It specifies enabled state of ListView component. * @default true */ enable?: boolean; /** * It provides the data to render the ListView component which is mapped * with the fields of ListView. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/datasource-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default [] */ dataSource?: { [key: string]: Object }[] | string[] | number[] | data.DataManager; /** * It is used to fetch the specific data from dataSource by using where, select key words. * Refer the documentation [here] * (./data-binding#bind-to-remote-data) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/query-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * It is used to map keys from the dataSource which extracts the appropriate data from the dataSource * with specified mapped with the column fields to render the ListView. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/fields-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default ListBase.defaultMappedFields */ fields?: FieldSettingsModel; /** * It is used to apply the animation to sub list navigation of list items. * @default { effect: 'SlideLeft', duration: 400, easing: 'ease' } */ animation?: AnimationSettings; /** * It is used to enable the sorting of list items to be ascending or descending. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/sortorder-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 'None' */ sortOrder?: SortOrder; /** * Using this property, we can show or hide the icon of list item. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/showicon-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default false */ showIcon?: boolean; /** * Using this property, we can show or hide the `checkbox`. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/showcheckbox-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default false */ showCheckBox?: boolean; /** * It is used to set the position of check box in an item. * @default 'Left' */ checkBoxPosition?: checkBoxPosition; /** * It is used to set the title of ListView component. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/fields-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default "" */ headerTitle?: string; /** * Using this property, we can show or hide the header of ListView component. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/fields-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default false */ showHeader?: boolean; /** * It is used to set the height of the ListView component. * @default '' */ height?: number | string; /** * It sets the width to the ListView component. * @default '' */ width?: number | string; /** * The ListView supports to customize the content of each list items with the help of template property. * Refer the documentation [here](./listview/customizing-templates) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ template?: string; /** * The ListView has an option to custom design the ListView header title with the help of headerTemplate property. * Refer the documentation [here] * (./listview/customizing-templates#header-template) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/headertemplate-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ headerTemplate?: string; /** * The ListView has an option to custom design the group header title with the help of groupTemplate property. * Refer the documentation [here] * (./listview/customizing-templates#group-template) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/grouptemplate-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ groupTemplate?: string; /** * We can trigger the `select` event when we select the list item in the component. * @event */ select?: base.EmitType<SelectEventArgs>; /** * We can trigger `actionBegin` event before every ListView action starts. * @event */ actionBegin?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger `actionComplete` event for every ListView action success event * with the dataSource parameter. * @event */ actionComplete?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger `actionFailure` event for every ListView action failure event * with the dataSource parameter. * @event */ actionFailure?: base.EmitType<Object>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lists/src/list-view/list-view.d.ts export const classNames: ClassNames; export interface Fields { /** * ID attribute of specific list-item. */ id?: string | number; /** * It is used to map the text value of list item from the dataSource. */ text?: string | number; /** * It is used to map the custom field values of list item from the dataSource. */ [key: string]: Object | string | number | undefined; } export class FieldSettings extends base.ChildProperty<FieldSettings> { /** * ID attribute of specific list-item. */ id: string; /** * It is used to map the text value of list item from the dataSource. */ text: string; /** * This property used to check whether the list item is in checked state or not. */ isChecked: string; /** * To check whether the visibility state of list item. */ isVisible: string; /** * It is used to enable the list item */ enabled: string; /** * It is used to customize the icon to the list items dynamically. * We can add specific image to the icons using iconCss property. */ iconCss: string; /** * This property used for nested navigation of list-items. * Refer the documentation [here](./listview/nested-list) * to know more about this property with demo. */ child: string; /** * It is used to display `tooltip content of text` while hovering on list items. */ tooltip: string; /** * It wraps the list view element into a group based on the value of groupBy property. * Refer the documentation [here](./listview/grouping) * to know more about this property with demo. */ groupBy: string; /** * It is used to enable the sorting of list items to be ascending or descending. */ sortBy: string; /** * Defines the HTML attributes such as id, class, etc,. for the specific list item. */ htmlAttributes: string; /** * It is used to fetch a specified named table data while using serviceUrl of data.DataManager * in dataSource property. * Refer the documentation [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/getting-started?lang=typescript) * to know more about this property with demo. */ tableName: string; } /** * Animation configuration settings. */ export interface AnimationSettings { /** * It is used to specify the effect which is shown in sub list transform. */ effect?: ListViewEffect; /** * It is used to specify the time duration of transform object. */ duration?: number; /** * It is used to specify the easing effect applied while transform */ easing?: string; } /** * ListView animation effects */ export type ListViewEffect = 'None' | 'SlideLeft' | 'SlideDown' | 'Zoom' | 'Fade'; /** * ListView check box positions */ export type checkBoxPosition = 'Left' | 'Right'; /** * Represents the EJ2 ListView control. * ```html * <div id="listview"> * <ul> * <li>Favourite</li> * <li>Documents</li> * <li>Downloads</li> * </ul> * </div> * ``` * ```typescript * var lvObj = new ListView({}); * lvObj.appendTo("#listview"); * ``` */ export class ListView extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private ulElement; private selectedLI; private onUIScrolled; private curUL; private curDSLevel; private curViewDS; private curDSJSON; localData: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; private liCollection; private headerEle; private contentContainer; private touchModule; private listBaseOption; virtualizationModule: Virtualization; private animateOptions; private rippleFn; private isNestedList; private currentLiElements; private selectedData; private selectedId; private isWindow; private selectedItems; private aniObj; /** * This cssClass property helps to use custom skinning option for ListView component, * by adding the mentioned class name into root element of ListView. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * It enables UI virtualization which will increase ListView performance on loading large number of data. * * @default false */ enableVirtualization: boolean; /** * Defines the HTML attributes such as id, class, etc., for the ListView. * @default {} */ htmlAttributes: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * It specifies enabled state of ListView component. * @default true */ enable: boolean; /** * It provides the data to render the ListView component which is mapped * with the fields of ListView. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/datasource-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default [] */ dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; }[] | string[] | number[] | data.DataManager; /** * It is used to fetch the specific data from dataSource by using where, select key words. * Refer the documentation [here] * (./data-binding#bind-to-remote-data) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/query-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * It is used to map keys from the dataSource which extracts the appropriate data from the dataSource * with specified mapped with the column fields to render the ListView. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/fields-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default ListBase.defaultMappedFields */ fields: FieldSettingsModel; /** * It is used to apply the animation to sub list navigation of list items. * @default { effect: 'SlideLeft', duration: 400, easing: 'ease' } */ animation: AnimationSettings; /** * It is used to enable the sorting of list items to be ascending or descending. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/sortorder-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 'None' */ sortOrder: SortOrder; /** * Using this property, we can show or hide the icon of list item. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/showicon-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default false */ showIcon: boolean; /** * Using this property, we can show or hide the `checkbox`. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/showcheckbox-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default false */ showCheckBox: boolean; /** * It is used to set the position of check box in an item. * @default 'Left' */ checkBoxPosition: checkBoxPosition; /** * It is used to set the title of ListView component. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/fields-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default "" */ headerTitle: string; /** * Using this property, we can show or hide the header of ListView component. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/fields-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default false */ showHeader: boolean; /** * It is used to set the height of the ListView component. * @default '' */ height: number | string; /** * It sets the width to the ListView component. * @default '' */ width: number | string; /** * The ListView supports to customize the content of each list items with the help of template property. * Refer the documentation [here](./listview/customizing-templates) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ template: string; /** * The ListView has an option to custom design the ListView header title with the help of headerTemplate property. * Refer the documentation [here] * (./listview/customizing-templates#header-template) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/headertemplate-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ headerTemplate: string; /** * The ListView has an option to custom design the group header title with the help of groupTemplate property. * Refer the documentation [here] * (./listview/customizing-templates#group-template) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="listview/grouptemplate-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ groupTemplate: string; /** * We can trigger the `select` event when we select the list item in the component. * @event */ select: base.EmitType<SelectEventArgs>; /** * We can trigger `actionBegin` event before every ListView action starts. * @event */ actionBegin: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger `actionComplete` event for every ListView action success event * with the dataSource parameter. * @event */ actionComplete: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger `actionFailure` event for every ListView action failure event * with the dataSource parameter. * @event */ actionFailure: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Constructor for creating the widget */ constructor(options?: ListViewModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); onPropertyChanged(newProp: ListViewModel, oldProp: ListViewModel): void; private setHTMLAttribute; private setCSSClass; private setSize; private setEnable; private setEnableRTL; private enableElement; private header; private switchView; protected preRender(): void; private initialization; private renderCheckbox; private checkInternally; /** * It is used to check the checkbox of an item. * @param {Fields | HTMLElement | Element} item - It accepts Fields or HTML list element as an argument. */ checkItem(item: Fields | HTMLElement | Element): void; private toggleCheckBase; /** * It is used to uncheck the checkbox of an item. * @param {Fields | HTMLElement | Element} item - It accepts Fields or HTML list element as an argument. */ uncheckItem(item: Fields | HTMLElement | Element): void; /** * It is used to check all the items in ListView. */ checkAllItems(): void; /** * It is used to un-check all the items in ListView. */ uncheckAllItems(): void; private toggleAllCheckBase; private setCheckbox; /** * It is used to refresh the UI list item height */ refreshItemHeight(): void; private clickHandler; private removeElement; private hoverHandler; private leaveHandler; private homeKeyHandler; private onArrowKeyDown; private arrowKeyHandler; private enterKeyHandler; private spaceKeyHandler; private keyActionHandler; private swipeActionHandler; private focusout; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; private tabFocus; private removeFocus; private removeHover; private removeSelect; private isValidLI; private setCheckboxLI; private selectEventData; private setSelectedItemData; private setSelectLI; private setHoverLI; private getSubDS; private getItemData; private findItemFromDS; private getQuery; private setViewDataSource; private isInAnimation; private setLocalData; private reRender; private resetCurrentList; private createList; private renderSubList; private renderIntoDom; private renderList; private getElementUID; /** * It is used to Initialize the control rendering. */ render(): void; /** * It is used to destroy the ListView component. */ destroy(): void; /** * It helps to switch back from navigated sub list. */ back(): void; /** * It is used to select the list item from the ListView. * @param {Fields | HTMLElement | Element} obj - We can pass element Object or Fields as Object with ID and Text fields. */ selectItem(obj: Fields | HTMLElement | Element): void; private getLiFromObjOrElement; /** * It is used to select multiple list item from the ListView. * @param {Fields[] | HTMLElement[] | Element[]} obj - We can pass array of elements or array of field Object with ID and Text fields. */ selectMultipleItems(obj: Fields[] | HTMLElement[] | Element[]): void; private getParentId; /** * It is used to get the currently [here](./api-selectedItem) * item details from the list items. */ getSelectedItems(): SelectedItem | SelectedCollection | UISelectedItem | NestedListData; /** * It is used to find out an item details from the current list. * @param {Fields | HTMLElement | Element} obj - We can pass element Object or Fields as Object with ID and Text fields. */ findItem(obj: Fields | HTMLElement | Element): SelectedItem; /** * A function that used to enable the disabled list items based on passed element. * @param {Fields | HTMLElement | Element} obj - We can pass element Object or Fields as Object with ID and Text fields. */ enableItem(obj: Fields | HTMLElement | Element): void; /** * It is used to disable the list items based on passed element. * @param {Fields | HTMLElement | Element} obj - We can pass element Object or Fields as Object with ID and Text fields. */ disableItem(obj: Fields | HTMLElement | Element): void; private setItemState; /** * It is used to show an list item from the ListView. * @param {Fields | HTMLElement | Element} obj - We can pass element Object or Fields as Object with ID and Text fields. */ showItem(obj: Fields | HTMLElement | Element): void; /** * It is used to hide an item from the ListView. * @param {Fields | HTMLElement | Element} obj - We can pass element Object or Fields as Object with ID and Text fields. */ hideItem(obj: Fields | HTMLElement | Element): void; private showHideItem; /** * It adds new item to current ListView. * To add a new item in the list view, we need to pass ‘data’ as array or object and ‘fields’ as object. * For example fields: { text: 'Name', tooltip: 'Name', id:'id'} * @param {{[key:string]:Object}[]} data - Array JSON Data that need to add. * @param {Fields} fields - Fields as an Object with ID and Text fields. */ addItem(data: { [key: string]: Object; }[], fields?: Fields): void; private addListItem; /** * A function that removes the item from data source based on passed element like fields: { text: 'Name', tooltip: 'Name', id:'id'} * @param {Fields | HTMLElement | Element} obj - We can pass element Object or Fields as Object with ID and Text fields. */ removeItem(obj: Fields | HTMLElement | Element): void; private removeItemFromList; /** * A function that removes multiple item from list view based on given input. * @param {Fields[] | HTMLElement[] | Element[]} obj - We can pass array of elements or array of field Object with ID and Text fields. */ removeMultipleItems(obj: HTMLElement[] | Element[] | Fields[]): void; protected getModuleName(): string; requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. */ protected getPersistData(): string; } export interface ClassNames { root: string; hover: string; focused: string; selected: string; parentItem: string; listItem: string; hasChild: string; view: string; header: string; text: string; headerText: string; headerTemplateText: string; listItemText: string; listIcon: string; textContent: string; groupListItem: string; disable: string; content: string; backIcon: string; icon: string; checkboxWrapper: string; checkbox: string; checked: string; checkboxIcon: string; checklist: string; checkboxRight: string; checkboxLeft: string; listviewCheckbox: string; itemCheckList: string; } export interface SelectedItem { /** * It denotes the Selected Item text. */ text: string; /** * It denotes the Selected Item list element. */ item: HTMLElement | Element; /** * It denotes the Selected Item dataSource JSON object. */ data: { [key: string]: Object; } | string[] | number[]; } export interface SelectedCollection { /** * It denotes the Selected Item text data or collection. */ text: string | string[]; /** * It denotes the Selected Item list element or element collection. */ item: HTMLElement | Element[] | NodeList; /** * It denotes the Selected Item dataSource JSON object or object collection. */ data: { [key: string]: Object; } | { [key: string]: Object; }[] | string[] | number[]; } export interface UISelectedItem { /** * It denotes the Selected Item text data or collection. */ text: string | number | string[] | number[]; /** * It denotes the Selected Item list element or element collection. */ item?: HTMLElement | Element[] | NodeList; /** * It denotes the Selected Item dataSource JSON object or object collection. */ data: { [key: string]: Object; } | { [key: string]: Object; }[] | string | number | string[] | number[]; /** * It is used to denote the index of the selected element. */ index?: number | number[]; /** * It is used to check whether the element is checked or not. */ isChecked?: boolean; } export interface DataAndParent { /** * It denotes the Selected Item dataSource JSON object or object collection. */ data: { [key: string]: Object; } | { [key: string]: Object; }[] | string[]; /** * It denotes the Selected Item's parent id; */ parentId: string[]; } export interface NestedListData { /** * It denotes the Selected Item text data or collection. */ text: string | string[]; /** * It denotes the Selected Item list element or element collection. */ item: HTMLElement | Element[] | NodeList; /** * It denotes the Selected Item dataSource JSON object with it's parent ID. */ data: DataAndParent[]; } export interface SelectEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs, SelectedItem { /** * Specifies that event has triggered by user interaction. */ isInteracted: boolean; /** * Specifies that event argument when event raised by other event. */ event: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent; /** * It is used to denote the index of the selected element. */ index: number; /** * It is used to check whether the element is checked or not. */ isChecked?: boolean; } export interface ItemCreatedArgs { curData: { [key: string]: Object; }; dataSource: { [key: string]: Object; } | string[]; fields: FieldsMapping; item: HTMLElement; options: ListBaseOptions; text: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lists/src/list-view/virtualization.d.ts /** * ElementContext */ export interface ElementContext extends HTMLElement { context: { [key: string]: string | Object; }; } export class Virtualization { constructor(instance: ListView); private listViewInstance; private headerData; private templateData; private topElementHeight; private bottomElementHeight; listItemHeight: number; private domItemCount; private expectedDomItemCount; private scrollPosition; private onVirtualScroll; private checkListWrapper; private iconCssWrapper; uiFirstIndex: number; private uiLastIndex; private totalHeight; private topElement; private bottomElement; private activeIndex; private uiIndices; private listDiff; /** * For internal use only. * @private */ isNgTemplate(): boolean; /** * For internal use only. * @private */ uiVirtualization(): void; private wireScrollEvent; private ValidateItemCount; private uiIndicesInitialization; refreshItemHeight(): void; private getscrollerHeight; private onVirtualUiScroll; private onLongScroll; private onNormalScroll; private updateUiContent; private changeElementAttributes; private findDSAndIndexFromId; getSelectedItems(): UISelectedItem; selectItem(obj: Fields | HTMLElement | Element): void; enableItem(obj: Fields | HTMLElement | Element): void; disableItem(obj: Fields | HTMLElement | Element): void; showItem(obj: Fields | HTMLElement | Element): void; hideItem(obj: Fields | HTMLElement | Element): void; removeItem(obj: HTMLElement | Element | Fields): void; setCheckboxLI(li: HTMLElement | Element, e?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | FocusEvent): void; setSelectLI(li: HTMLElement | Element, e?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent | FocusEvent): void; checkedItem(checked: boolean): void; private addUiItem; private removeUiItem; private changeUiIndices; addItem(data: { [key: string]: Object; }[], fields: Fields): void; createUIItem(args: ItemCreatedArgs): void; private compileTemplate; private onChange; private updateContextData; private classProperty; private attributeProperty; private textProperty; reRenderUiVirtualization(): void; private updateUI; private onNgChange; getModuleName(): string; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lists/src/sortable/index.d.ts /** * Sortable Module */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lists/src/sortable/sortable-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Sortable */ export interface SortableModel { /** * It is used to enable or disable the built-in animations. The default value is `false` * @default false */ enableAnimation?: boolean; /** * Specifies the sortable item class. * @default null */ itemClass?: string; /** * Defines the scope value to group sets of sortable libraries. * More than one Sortable with same scope allows to transfer elements between different sortable libraries which has same scope value. */ scope?: string; /** * Defines the callback function for customizing the cloned element. */ helper?: Function; /** * Defines the callback function for customizing the placeHolder element. */ placeHolder?: Function; /** * Specifies the callback function for drag event. * @event */ drag?: Function; /** * Specifies the callback function for dragStart event. * @event */ dragStart?: Function; /** * Specifies the callback function for drop event. * @event */ drop?: Function; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-lists/src/sortable/sortable.d.ts /** * Sortable Module provides support to enable sortable functionality in Dom Elements. * ```html * <div id="sortable"> * <div>Item 1</div> * <div>Item 2</div> * <div>Item 3</div> * <div>Item 4</div> * <div>Item 5</div> * </div> * ``` * ```typescript * let ele: HTMLElement = document.getElementById('sortable'); * let sortObj: Sortable = new Sortable(ele, {}); * ``` */ export class Sortable extends base.Base<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private target; private curTarget; private placeHolderElement; /** * It is used to enable or disable the built-in animations. The default value is `false` * @default false */ enableAnimation: boolean; /** * Specifies the sortable item class. * @default null */ itemClass: string; /** * Defines the scope value to group sets of sortable libraries. * More than one Sortable with same scope allows to transfer elements between different sortable libraries which has same scope value. */ scope: string; /** * Defines the callback function for customizing the cloned element. */ helper: Function; /** * Defines the callback function for customizing the placeHolder element. */ placeHolder: Function; /** * Specifies the callback function for drag event. * @event */ drag: Function; /** * Specifies the callback function for dragStart event. * @event */ dragStart: Function; /** * Specifies the callback function for drop event. * @event */ drop: Function; constructor(element: HTMLElement, options?: SortableModel); protected bind(): void; private initializeDraggable; private getPlaceHolder; private getHelper; private isValidTarget; private onDrag; private removePlaceHolder; private updateItemClass; private getSortableInstance; private refreshDisabled; private getIndex; private getSortableElement; private onDragStart; private queryPositionInfo; private isPlaceHolderPresent; private onDragStop; /** * It is used to sort array of elements from source element to destination element. * @param destination - Defines the destination element to which the sortable elements needs to be appended. * If it is null, then the Sortable library element will be considered as destination. * @param targetIndexes - Specifies the sortable elements indexes which needs to be sorted. * @param insertBefore - Specifies the index before which the sortable elements needs to be appended. * If it is null, elements will be appended as last child. * @method moveTo * @return {void} */ moveTo(destination?: HTMLElement, targetIndexes?: number[], insertBefore?: number): void; /** * It is used to destroy the Sortable library. */ destroy(): void; getModuleName(): string; onPropertyChanged(newProp: SortableModel, oldProp: SortableModel): void; } /** * It is used to sort array of elements from source element to destination element. * @private */ export function moveTo(from: HTMLElement, to?: HTMLElement, targetIndexes?: number[], insertBefore?: number): void; } export namespace maps { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/index.d.ts /** * exporting all modules from maps index */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/index.d.ts /** * export all modules from maps component */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/layers/bing-map.d.ts /** * Bing map src doc */ export class BingMap { /** * map instance */ private maps; subDomains: string[]; imageUrl: string; maxZoom: string; constructor(maps: Maps); getBingMap(tile: Tile, key: string, type: BingMapType, language: string, imageUrl: string, subDomains: string[]): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/layers/bubble.d.ts /** * Bubble module class */ export class Bubble { private maps; bubbleCollection: Object[]; /** * Bubble Id for current layer */ id: string; constructor(maps: Maps); /** * To render bubble */ renderBubble(bubbleSettings: BubbleSettingsModel, shapeData: object, color: string, range: { min: number; max: number; }, bubbleIndex: number, dataIndex: number, layerIndex: number, layer: LayerSettings, group: Element): void; private getPoints; private getRatioOfBubble; /** * To check and trigger bubble click event */ bubbleClick(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To get bubble from target id */ private getbubble; /** * To check and trigger bubble move event */ bubbleMove(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the bubble. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(maps: Maps): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/layers/color-mapping.d.ts /** * ColorMapping class */ export class ColorMapping { private maps; constructor(maps: Maps); /** * To get color based on shape settings. * @private */ getShapeColorMapping(shapeSettings: ShapeSettingsModel, layerData: object, color: string): Object; /** * To color by value and color mapping */ getColorByValue(colorMapping: ColorMappingSettingsModel[], colorValue: number, equalValue: string): Object; deSaturationColor(colorMapping: ColorMappingSettingsModel, color: string, rangeValue: number, equalValue: string): number; rgbToHex(r: number, g: number, b: number): string; componentToHex(value: number): string; getColor(colorMap: ColorMappingSettingsModel, value: number): string; getGradientColor(value: number, colorMap: ColorMappingSettingsModel): ColorValue; getPercentageColor(percent: number, previous: string, next: string): ColorValue; getPercentage(percent: number, previous: number, next: number): number; _colorNameToHex(color: string): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/layers/data-label.d.ts /** * DataLabel Module used to render the maps datalabel */ export class DataLabel { private maps; private dataLabelObject; /** * Datalabel collections * @private */ dataLabelCollections: Object[]; private intersect; private value; constructor(maps: Maps); private getDataLabel; /** * To render label for maps * @param layer * @param layerIndex * @param shape * @param layerData * @param group * @param labelTemplateElement * @param index */ renderLabel(layer: LayerSettings, layerIndex: number, shape: object, layerData: object[], group: Element, labelTemplateElement: HTMLElement, index: number): void; private getPoint; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the layers. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(maps: Maps): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/layers/layer-panel.d.ts /** * To calculate and render the shape layer */ export class LayerPanel { private mapObject; private currentFactor; private groupElements; private layerObject; private currentLayer; private rectBounds; private tiles; private clipRectElement; private layerGroup; private tileTranslatePoint; private urlTemplate; private isMapCoordinates; private exactBounds; private tileSvgObject; private ajaxModule; private ajaxProcessCount; private ajaxResponse; private bing; constructor(map: Maps); measureLayerPanel(): void; protected renderTileLayer(panel: LayerPanel, layer: LayerSettings, layerIndex: number, bing?: BingMap): void; protected processLayers(layer: LayerSettings, layerIndex: number): void; private bubbleCalculation; calculatePathCollection(layerIndex: number, renderData: Object[]): void; /** * render datalabel */ private renderLabel; /** * To render path for multipolygon */ private generateMultiPolygonPath; /** * To render bubble */ private renderBubble; /** * To get the shape color from color mapping module */ private getShapeColorMapping; generatePoints(type: string, coordinates: Object[], data: Object, properties: Object): void; calculateFactor(layer: LayerSettings): number; translateLayerElements(layerElement: Element, index: number): void; calculateRectBounds(layerData: Object[]): void; calculatePolygonBox(coordinates: Object[], data: Object, properties: Object): Object; calculateRectBox(coordinates: Object[]): void; generateTiles(zoomLevel: number, tileTranslatePoint: Point, bing?: BingMap): void; arrangeTiles(): void; private templateCompiler; private panTileMap; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/layers/legend.d.ts /** * Legend module is used to render legend for the maps */ export class Legend { legendCollection: Object[]; legendRenderingCollections: Object[]; private translate; private legendBorderRect; private maps; private totalPages; private page; private currentPage; private legendItemRect; private heightIncrement; private widthIncrement; private textMaxWidth; private legendGroup; private shapeHighlightCollection; private shapeSelectionCollection; legendHighlightCollection: object[]; legendSelectionCollection: object[]; private legendLinearGradient; private defsElement; legendElement: Element; private shapeElement; oldShapeElement: Element; shapeSelection: boolean; legendSelection: boolean; constructor(maps: Maps); /** * To calculate legend bounds and draw the legend shape and text. */ renderLegend(): void; calculateLegendBounds(): void; /** * */ private getLegends; private getPageChanged; /** * To draw the legend shape and text. */ drawLegend(): void; private drawLegendItem; legendHighLightAndSelection(targetElement: Element, value: string): void; private setColor; private pushCollection; private removeLegend; removeLegendHighlightCollection(): void; removeLegendSelectionCollection(): void; removeShapeHighlightCollection(): void; shapeHighLightAndSelection(targetElement: Element, data: object, module: SelectionSettingsModel | HighlightSettingsModel, getValue: string, layerIndex: number): void; private isTargetSelected; private legendIndexOnShape; private shapeDataOnLegend; private renderLegendBorder; changeNextPage(e: PointerEvent): void; private getLegendAlignment; private getMarkersLegendCollections; private getRangeLegendCollection; private getOverallLegendItemsCollection; private removeDuplicates; private getEqualLegendCollection; private getDataLegendCollection; interactiveHandler(e: PointerEvent): void; private renderInteractivePointer; wireEvents(element: Element): void; addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; private getLegendData; legendGradientColor(colorMap: ColorMappingSettings, legendIndex: number): string; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the legend. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(maps: Maps): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/layers/marker.d.ts /** * Marker class */ export class Marker { private maps; private isMarkerExplode; private trackElements; private markerSVGObject; private previousExplodeId; constructor(maps: Maps); markerRender(layerElement: Element, layerIndex: number, factor: number, type: string): void; drawSymbol(shape: MarkerType, imageUrl: string, location: Point, markerID: string, shapeCustom: Object): Element; /** * To check and trigger marker click event */ markerClick(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To get marker from target id */ private getMarker; /** * To check and trigger marker move event */ markerMove(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the layers. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(maps: Maps): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/layers/navigation-selected-line.d.ts /** * navigation-selected-line */ export class NavigationLine { private maps; constructor(maps: Maps); /** * To render navigation line for maps */ renderNavigation(layer: LayerSettings, factor: number, layerIndex: number): Element; private convertRadius; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the layers. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(maps: Maps): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/maps-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Maps */ export interface MapsModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * To configure the background of the maps container. * @default null */ background?: string; /** * To enable the separator * @default false */ useGroupingSeparator?: boolean; /** * To apply internationalization for maps * @default null */ format?: string; /** * To configure width of maps. * @default null */ width?: string; /** * To configure height of maps. * @default null */ height?: string; /** * To configure the title settings of the maps. */ titleSettings?: TitleSettingsModel; /** * To configure the zoom settings of the maps. */ zoomSettings?: ZoomSettingsModel; /** * To configure the legend settings of the maps. */ legendSettings?: LegendSettingsModel; /** * To configure the layers settings of the maps. */ layers?: LayerSettingsModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the annotation of maps. */ annotations?: AnnotationModel[]; /** * Options to customize left, right, top and bottom margins of the maps. */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the maps border. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the theme for the maps. * @default Material */ theme?: MapsTheme; /** * Specifies the ProjectionType for the maps. * @default Mercator */ projectionType?: ProjectionType; /** * To configure baseMapIndex of maps. Option to select which layer to be visible. * @default 0 */ baseLayerIndex?: number; /** * Description for maps. * @default null */ description?: string; /** * TabIndex value for the maps. * @default 1 */ tabIndex?: number; /** * To configure the zoom level of maps. * @default { latitude: null, longitude: null} */ centerPosition?: { latitude: number, longitude: number }; /** * To customization Maps area */ mapsArea?: MapsAreaSettingsModel; /** * Triggers before maps rendered. * @event */ load?: base.EmitType<ILoadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the prints gets started. * @event */ beforePrint?: base.EmitType<IPrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after maps rendered. * @event */ loaded?: base.EmitType<ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on clicking the maps. * @event */ click?: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on double clicking the maps. * @event */ doubleClick?: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on right clicking the maps. * @event */ rightClick?: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on resizing the maps. * @event */ resize?: base.EmitType<IResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the maps tooltip rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender?: base.EmitType<ITooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while clicking the shape * @event */ shapeSelected?: base.EmitType<IShapeSelectedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before selection applied * @event */ itemSelection?: base.EmitType<ISelectionEventArgs>; /** * Trigger before highlight applied * @event */ itemHighlight?: base.EmitType<ISelectionEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before highlight applied for shape * @event */ shapeHighlight?: base.EmitType<IShapeSelectedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the maps layer rendered. * @event */ layerRendering?: base.EmitType<ILayerRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the maps shape rendered. * @event */ shapeRendering?: base.EmitType<IShapeRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the maps marker rendered. * @event */ markerRendering?: base.EmitType<IMarkerRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers event mouse clicking on the maps marker element. * @event */ markerClick?: base.EmitType<IMarkerClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers event mouse moving on the maps marker element. * @event */ markerMouseMove?: base.EmitType<IMarkerMoveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the data label get rendered. * @event */ dataLabelRendering?: base.EmitType<ILabelRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the maps bubble rendered. * @event */ bubbleRendering?: base.EmitType<IBubbleRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers event mouse clicking on the maps bubble element. * @event */ bubbleClick?: base.EmitType<IBubbleClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers event mouse moving on the maps bubble element. * @event */ bubbleMouseMove?: base.EmitType<IBubbleMoveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after the animation completed. * @event */ animationComplete?: base.EmitType<IAnimationCompleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before annotation rendering. * @event */ annotationRendering?: base.EmitType<IAnnotationRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before zoom in or zoom out. * @event */ zoom?: base.EmitType<IMapZoomEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before panning. * @event */ pan?: base.EmitType<IMapPanEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/maps.d.ts /** * Maps base.Component file */ /** * Represents the Maps control. * ```html * <div id="maps"/> * <script> * var maps = new Maps(); * maps.appendTo("#maps"); * </script> * ``` */ export class Maps extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * `bubbleModule` is used to add bubble to the maps. */ bubbleModule: Bubble; /** * `markerModule` is used to add marker to the maps. */ markerModule: Marker; /** * `dataLabelModule` is used to add datalabel to the maps. */ dataLabelModule: DataLabel; /** * `highlightModule` is used to add highlight to the maps. */ highlightModule: Highlight; /** * `navigationLineModule` is used to add navigationLine to the maps. */ navigationLineModule: NavigationLine; /** * `legendModule` is used to add legend to the maps. */ legendModule: Legend; /** * `selectionModule` is used to add selection to the maps. */ selectionModule: Selection; /** * `mapsTooltipModule` is used to add tooltip to the maps. */ mapsTooltipModule: MapsTooltip; /** * `zoomModule` is used to add zoom to the maps. */ zoomModule: Zoom; /** * annotationModule is used to place the any text or images into the maps. */ annotationsModule: Annotations; /** * To configure the background of the maps container. * @default null */ background: string; /** * To enable the separator * @default false */ useGroupingSeparator: boolean; /** * To apply internationalization for maps * @default null */ format: string; /** * To configure width of maps. * @default null */ width: string; /** * To configure height of maps. * @default null */ height: string; /** * To configure the title settings of the maps. */ titleSettings: TitleSettingsModel; /** * To configure the zoom settings of the maps. */ zoomSettings: ZoomSettingsModel; /** * To configure the legend settings of the maps. */ legendSettings: LegendSettingsModel; /** * To configure the layers settings of the maps. */ layers: LayerSettingsModel[]; /** * Options for customizing the annotation of maps. */ annotations: AnnotationModel[]; /** * Options to customize left, right, top and bottom margins of the maps. */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the maps border. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the theme for the maps. * @default Material */ theme: MapsTheme; /** * Specifies the ProjectionType for the maps. * @default Mercator */ projectionType: ProjectionType; /** * To configure baseMapIndex of maps. Option to select which layer to be visible. * @default 0 */ baseLayerIndex: number; /** * Description for maps. * @default null */ description: string; /** * TabIndex value for the maps. * @default 1 */ tabIndex: number; /** * To configure the zoom level of maps. * @default { latitude: null, longitude: null} */ centerPosition: { latitude: number; longitude: number; }; /** * To customization Maps area */ mapsArea: MapsAreaSettingsModel; /** * Triggers before maps rendered. * @event */ load: base.EmitType<ILoadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the prints gets started. * @event */ beforePrint: base.EmitType<IPrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after maps rendered. * @event */ loaded: base.EmitType<ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on clicking the maps. * @event */ click: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on double clicking the maps. * @event */ doubleClick: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on right clicking the maps. * @event */ rightClick: base.EmitType<IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on resizing the maps. * @event */ resize: base.EmitType<IResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the maps tooltip rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender: base.EmitType<ITooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while clicking the shape * @event */ shapeSelected: base.EmitType<IShapeSelectedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before selection applied * @event */ itemSelection: base.EmitType<ISelectionEventArgs>; /** * Trigger before highlight applied * @event */ itemHighlight: base.EmitType<ISelectionEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before highlight applied for shape * @event */ shapeHighlight: base.EmitType<IShapeSelectedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the maps layer rendered. * @event */ layerRendering: base.EmitType<ILayerRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the maps shape rendered. * @event */ shapeRendering: base.EmitType<IShapeRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the maps marker rendered. * @event */ markerRendering: base.EmitType<IMarkerRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers event mouse clicking on the maps marker element. * @event */ markerClick: base.EmitType<IMarkerClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers event mouse moving on the maps marker element. * @event */ markerMouseMove: base.EmitType<IMarkerMoveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the data label get rendered. * @event */ dataLabelRendering: base.EmitType<ILabelRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the maps bubble rendered. * @event */ bubbleRendering: base.EmitType<IBubbleRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers event mouse clicking on the maps bubble element. * @event */ bubbleClick: base.EmitType<IBubbleClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers event mouse moving on the maps bubble element. * @event */ bubbleMouseMove: base.EmitType<IBubbleMoveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after the animation completed. * @event */ animationComplete: base.EmitType<IAnimationCompleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before annotation rendering. * @event */ annotationRendering: base.EmitType<IAnnotationRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before zoom in or zoom out. * @event */ zoom: base.EmitType<IMapZoomEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before panning. * @event */ pan: base.EmitType<IMapPanEventArgs>; /** * Format method * @private */ formatFunction: Function; /** * svg renderer object. * @private */ renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer; /** * maps svg element's object * @private */ svgObject: Element; /** * Maps available height, width * @private */ availableSize: Size; /** * localization object * @private */ localeObject: base.L10n; /** * It contains default values of localization values */ private defaultLocalConstants; /** * Internal use of internationalization instance. * @private */ intl: base.Internationalization; /** * Check layer whether is normal or tile * @private */ isTileMap: boolean; /** * Resize the map */ private resizeTo; /** * @private * Stores the map area rect */ mapAreaRect: Rect; /** * @private * Stores layers collection for rendering */ layersCollection: LayerSettings[]; /** * @private * Calculate the axes bounds for map. * @hidden */ mapLayerPanel: LayerPanel; /** * @private * Render the data label. * @hidden */ /** * @private */ themeStyle: IThemeStyle; dataLabel: DataLabel; /** @private */ isTouch: boolean; /** @private */ baseSize: Size; /** @private */ scale: number; /** @private */ baseScale: number; /** @private */ baseMapBounds: GeoLocation; /** @private */ baseMapRectBounds: Object; /** @private */ translatePoint: Point; /** @private */ baseTranslatePoint: Point; /** @private */ tileTranslatePoint: Point; /** @private */ baseTileTranslatePoint: Point; /** @private */ isDevice: Boolean; /** @private */ tileZoomLevel: number; /** @private */ serverProcess: Object; /** @private */ previousScale: number; /** @private */ previousPoint: Point; /** * Constructor for creating the widget */ constructor(options?: MapsModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Gets the localized label by locale keyword. * @param {string} key * @return {string} */ getLocalizedLabel(key: string): string; /** * Initializing pre-required values. */ protected preRender(): void; /** * To Initialize the control rendering. */ protected render(): void; protected processRequestJsonData(): void; private processAjaxRequest; processResponseJsonData(processType: string, data?: object | string, layer?: LayerSettings, dataType?: string): void; private renderMap; /** * Render the map area border */ private renderArea; /** * To add tab index for map element */ private addTabIndex; private zoomingChange; private createSecondaryElement; private arrangeTemplate; private createTile; /** * To initilize the private varibales of maps. */ private initPrivateVariable; private findBaseAndSubLayers; /** * @private * Render the map border */ private renderBorder; /** * @private * Render the title and subtitle */ private renderTitle; /** * To create svg element for maps */ private createSVG; /** * To Remove the SVG */ private removeSvg; /** * To bind event handlers for maps. */ private wireEVents; /** * To unbind event handlers from maps. */ private unWireEVents; mouseLeaveOnMap(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To handle the click event for the maps. */ mapsOnClick(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * */ mouseEndOnMap(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * */ mouseDownOnMap(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To handle the double click event for the maps. */ mapsOnDoubleClick(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * */ mouseMoveOnMap(e: PointerEvent): void; onMouseMove(e: PointerEvent): boolean; private titleTooltip; mapsOnResize(e: Event): boolean; /** * To zoom the map by specifies the center position * @param centerPosition * @param zoomFactor */ zoomByPosition(centerPosition: { latitude: number; longitude: number; }, zoomFactor: number): void; /** * To pan the map by specifies the direction * @param direction */ panByDirection(direction: PanDirection): void; /** * To add layer * @param layer */ addLayer(layer: LayerSettingsModel): void; /** * To remove layer * @param index */ removeLayer(index: number): void; /** * To add marker * @param layerIndex * @param marker */ addMarker(layerIndex: number, markerCollection: MarkerSettingsModel[]): void; /** * Method to set culture for maps */ private setCulture; /** * Method to set locale constants */ private setLocaleConstants; /** * To destroy maps control. */ destroy(): void; /** * Get component name */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: MapsModel, oldProp: MapsModel): void; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for maps rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @private */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * To find marker visibility */ private isMarkersVisible; /** * To find DataLabel visibility */ private isDataLabelVisible; /** * To find navigation line visibility */ private isNavigationVisible; /** * To find marker visibility */ private isBubbleVisible; /** * To find the bubble visibility from layer * @private */ getBubbleVisible(layer: LayerSettingsModel): boolean; /** * Handles the print method for chart control. */ print(id?: string[] | string | Element): void; /** * Handles the export method for chart control. * @param type * @param fileName */ export(type: ExportType, fileName: string, orientation?: pdfExport.PdfPageOrientation): void; /** * To find visibility of layers and markers for required modules load. */ private findVisibleLayers; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/model/base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Annotation */ export interface AnnotationModel { /** * Specifies the id of html element. */ content?: string; /** * Specifies the position of x. */ x?: string; /** * Specifies the position of y. */ y?: string; /** * Specifies the vertical alignment of annotation. * @default None */ verticalAlignment?: AnnotationAlignment; /** * Specifies the horizontal alignment of annotation. * @default None */ horizontalAlignment?: AnnotationAlignment; /** * Specifies the zIndex of the annotation. * @default '-1' */ zIndex?: string; } /** * Interface for a class Arrow */ export interface ArrowModel { /** * arrowPosition */ position?: string; /** * show */ showArrow?: boolean; /** * size */ size?: number; /** * color */ color?: string; /** * offset the arrow in navigation line by specified pixels */ offSet?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Font */ export interface FontModel { /** * Font size for the text. */ size?: string; /** * Color for the text. */ color?: string; /** * FontFamily for the text. */ fontFamily?: string; /** * FontWeight for the text. */ fontWeight?: string; /** * FontStyle for the text. */ fontStyle?: string; /** * Opacity for the text. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Border */ export interface BorderModel { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. */ color?: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. */ width?: number; } /** * Interface for a class TooltipSettings */ export interface TooltipSettingsModel { /** * Toggle the tooltip visibility. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * To customize the tooltip template. * @default '' */ template?: string; /** * To customize the fill color of the tooltip. */ fill?: string; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the tooltip. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Options for customizing text styles of the tooltip. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * To customize the format of the tooltip. * @default null */ format?: string; /** * To customize the value of the tooltip. * @default null */ valuePath?: string; } /** * Interface for a class Margin */ export interface MarginModel { /** * Left margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ left?: number; /** * Right margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ right?: number; /** * Top margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ top?: number; /** * Bottom margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ bottom?: number; } /** * Interface for a class ColorMappingSettings */ export interface ColorMappingSettingsModel { /** * To configure from * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ from?: number; /** * To configure to * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ to?: number; /** * To configure value * @default null */ value?: string; /** * To configure color * @default null */ color?: string | string[]; /** * To configure min opacity * @default null */ minOpacity?: number; /** * To configure max opacity * @default null */ maxOpacity?: number; /** * To configure labels * @default null */ label?: string; /** * To enable or disable the legend * @default true */ showLegend?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class SelectionSettings */ export interface SelectionSettingsModel { /** * Toggle the selection settings. * @default false */ enable?: boolean; /** * To customize the fill color of the Selection. * @default '#D2691E' */ fill?: string; /** * To customize the opacity of the Selection. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * Toggle the multi selection. * @default false */ enableMultiSelect?: boolean; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the selection. */ border?: BorderModel; } /** * Interface for a class HighlightSettings */ export interface HighlightSettingsModel { /** * To customize the fill color of the highlight. * @default '#6B8E23' */ fill?: string; /** * Toggle the highlight settings. * @default false */ enable?: boolean; /** * To customize the opacity of the highlight. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the highlight. */ border?: BorderModel; } /** * Interface for a class NavigationLineSettings */ export interface NavigationLineSettingsModel { /** * NavigationSelectedLine visible * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * Configures the label border * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * NavigationSelectedLine longitude * @default [] */ longitude?: number[]; /** * NavigationSelectedLine latitude * @default [] */ latitude?: number[]; /** * dashArray * @default '' */ dashArray?: string; /** * NavigationSelectedLine color */ color?: string; /** * Specifies the angle of curve connecting different locations in map * @default 0 */ angle?: number; /** * arrow */ arrowSettings?: ArrowModel; /** * To configure the selection settings of the maps. */ selectionSettings?: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * To configure the highlight settings of the maps. */ highlightSettings?: HighlightSettingsModel; } /** * Interface for a class BubbleSettings */ export interface BubbleSettingsModel { /** * Configures the bubble border */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Toggle the visibility of bubble * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * Specifies the data source for bubble. * @default [] */ dataSource?: object[]; /** * To configure bubble animation duration * @default 1000 */ animationDuration?: number; /** * Animation duration * @default 0 */ animationDelay?: number; /** * To configure bubble fill color * @default '' */ fill?: string; /** * To configure bubble minRadius * @default 10 */ minRadius?: number; /** * To configure bubble maxRadius * @default 20 */ maxRadius?: number; /** * To configure bubble opacity * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * To configure bubble valuePath * @default null */ valuePath?: string; /** * To configure bubble shape type * @default Circle */ bubbleType?: BubbleType; /** * To configure bubble colorValuePath * @default null */ colorValuePath?: string; /** * To configure bubble colorMapping * @default [] */ colorMapping?: ColorMappingSettingsModel[]; /** * To configure the tooltip settings of the bubble . */ tooltipSettings?: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * To configure the selection settings of the maps. */ selectionSettings?: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * To configure the highlight settings of the maps. */ highlightSettings?: HighlightSettingsModel; } /** * Interface for a class CommonTitleSettings */ export interface CommonTitleSettingsModel { /** * To customize the text of the title. * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * To customize title description for the accessibility. * @default '' */ description?: string; } /** * Interface for a class SubTitleSettings */ export interface SubTitleSettingsModel extends CommonTitleSettingsModel{ /** * Options for customizing title styles of the Maps. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * text alignment * @default Center */ alignment?: Alignment; } /** * Interface for a class TitleSettings */ export interface TitleSettingsModel extends CommonTitleSettingsModel{ /** * Options for customizing title styles of the Maps. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * text alignment * @default Center */ alignment?: Alignment; /** * To configure sub title of maps. */ subtitleSettings?: SubTitleSettingsModel; } /** * Interface for a class ZoomSettings */ export interface ZoomSettingsModel { /** * Toggle the visibility of zooming. * @default false */ enable?: boolean; /** * Configures tool bar orientation * @default Horizontal */ toolBarOrientation?: Orientation; /** * Specifies the tool bar color. */ color?: string; /** * Specifies the tool bar highlight color. */ highlightColor?: string; /** * Specifies the tool bar selection color. * */ selectionColor?: string; /** * Configures vertical placement of tool bar * @default Far */ horizontalAlignment?: Alignment; /** * Configures vertical placement of tool bar * @default Near */ verticalAlignment?: Alignment; /** * To configure zooming items. */ toolbars?: string[]; /** * Toggle the mouse wheel zooming. * @default true */ mouseWheelZoom?: boolean; /** * Double tab zooming * @default false */ doubleClickZoom?: boolean; /** * Toggle the pinch zooming. * @default true */ pinchZooming?: boolean; /** * Toggle the selection on zooming. * @default false */ zoomOnClick?: boolean; /** * Configures zoom factor. * @default 1 */ zoomFactor?: number; /** * Configures max zooming. * @default 10 */ maxZoom?: number; /** * Configures minimum zooming. * @default 1 */ minZoom?: number; } /** * Interface for a class LegendSettings */ export interface LegendSettingsModel { /** * Toggle the legend selection * @default false */ toggleVisibility?: boolean; /** * Toggle the legend visibility. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * Customize the legend background * @default 'transparent' */ background?: string; /** * Type of the legend rendering * @default Layers */ type?: LegendType; /** * Inverted pointer for interactive legend */ invertedPointer?: boolean; /** * To place the label position for interactive legend. * @default After */ labelPosition?: LabelPosition; /** * Specifies the label intersect action. * @default None */ labelDisplayMode?: LabelIntersectAction; /** * Customize the legend shape of the maps. * @default Circle */ shape?: LegendShape; /** * Customize the legend width of the maps. * @default '' */ width?: string; /** * Customize the legend height of the maps. * @default '' */ height?: string; /** * Options for customizing text styles of the legend. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Customize the legend width of the maps. * @default 15 */ shapeWidth?: number; /** * Customize the legend height of the maps. * @default 15 */ shapeHeight?: number; /** * Customize the shape padding * @default 10 */ shapePadding?: number; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the legend border. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the shape border. */ shapeBorder?: BorderModel; /** * To configure the title of the legend. */ title?: CommonTitleSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing text styles of the legend. */ titleStyle?: FontModel; /** * Customize the legend position of the maps. * @default Bottom */ position?: LegendPosition; /** * Customize the legend alignment of the maps. * @default Center */ alignment?: Alignment; /** * Customize the legend items placed * @default None */ orientation?: LegendArrangement; /** * Customize the legend placed by given x and y values. */ location?: Point; /** * Specifies the legend shape color */ fill?: string; /** * Specifies the opacity of legend shape color * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * Customize the legend mode. * @default Default */ mode?: LegendMode; /** * Enable or disable the visibility of legend * @default null */ showLegendPath?: string; /** * Bind the dataSource field for legend * @default null */ valuePath?: string; /** * Removes the duplicate legend item * @default false */ removeDuplicateLegend?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class DataLabelSettings */ export interface DataLabelSettingsModel { /** * Toggle the data label visibility. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * Configures the label border */ border?: BorderModel; /** * configure the fill */ fill?: string; /** * configure the label opacity */ opacity?: number; /** * rectangle rx * @default 10 */ rx?: number; /** * ry value * @default 10 */ ry?: number; /** * Options for customizing text styles of the data label. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * To customize the label path values. * @default '' */ labelPath?: string; /** * To customize the smartLabels. * @default None */ smartLabelMode?: SmartLabelMode; /** * intersection action * @default None */ intersectionAction?: IntersectAction; /** * To customize the data label template. * @default '' */ template?: string; } /** * Interface for a class ShapeSettings */ export interface ShapeSettingsModel { /** * To customize the fill color of the shape. * @default '#A6A6A6' */ fill?: string; /** * To customize the palette of the shape. * @default [] */ palette?: string[]; /** * Customize the radius for points */ circleRadius?: number; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the shape. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Dash array of line */ dashArray?: string; /** * To customize the opacity of the shape. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * To customize the colorValuePath of the shape. * @default null */ colorValuePath?: string; /** * To customize the valuePath of the shape. * @default null */ valuePath?: string; /** * To configure shape colorMapping * @default [] */ colorMapping?: ColorMappingSettingsModel[]; /** * Toggle the auto fill. * @default false */ autofill?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class MarkerBase */ export interface MarkerBaseModel { /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the marker. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Options for customizing the dash array options */ dashArray?: string; /** * Toggle the visibility of the marker. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * To customize the fill color of the marker. * @default '#FF471A' */ fill?: string; /** * To customize the height of the marker. * @default 1 */ height?: number; /** * To customize the width of the marker. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * To customize the opacity of the marker. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * To customize the shape of the marker. * @default Balloon */ shape?: MarkerType; /** * To provide the dataSource field to display legend text * @default '' */ legendText?: string; /** * To move the marker by setting offset values */ offset?: Point; /** * To provide the image url for rendering marker image */ imageUrl?: string; /** * To customize the template of the marker. * @default null */ template?: string; /** * To configure the dataSource of the marker. * @default [] */ dataSource?: Object[]; /** * To configure the tooltip settings of the maps marker. */ tooltipSettings?: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Animation duration time * @default 1000 */ animationDuration?: number; /** * Animation delay time * @default 0 */ animationDelay?: number; /** * To configure the selection settings of the maps. */ selectionSettings?: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * To configure the highlight settings of the maps. */ highlightSettings?: HighlightSettingsModel; } /** * Interface for a class MarkerSettings */ export interface MarkerSettingsModel extends MarkerBaseModel{ } /** * Interface for a class LayerSettings */ export interface LayerSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the shape data for the layer. * @default null */ shapeData?: object | data.DataManager | MapAjax; /** * Specifies the query to select particular data from the shape data. * This property is applicable only when the DataSource is `ej.data.DataManager`. * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * Specifies the shape properties */ shapeSettings?: ShapeSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the data source for the layer. * @default [] */ dataSource?: object[] | data.DataManager | MapAjax; /** * Specifies the type for the layer. * @default Layer */ type?: Type; /** * Specifies the geometry type * @default Geographic */ geometryType?: GeometryType; /** * Specifies the type for the bing map. * @default Aerial */ bingMapType?: BingMapType; /** * Specifies the key for the layer. * @default '' */ key?: string; /** * Specifies the layerType for the layer. * @default Geometry */ layerType?: ShapeLayerType; /** * Specifies the urlTemplate for the layer. * @default 'https://a.tile.openstreetmap.org/level/tileX/tileY.png' */ urlTemplate?: string; /** * Toggle the visibility of the layers. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * Specifies the shapeDataPath for the layer. * @default 'name' */ shapeDataPath?: string; /** * Specifies the shapePropertyPath for the layer. * @default 'name' */ shapePropertyPath?: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the animation duration for the layer. * @default 0 */ animationDuration?: number; /** * To configure the marker settings. */ markerSettings?: MarkerSettingsModel[]; /** * To configure the datalabel settings of the maps. */ dataLabelSettings?: DataLabelSettingsModel; /** * To configure the bubble settings of the maps. */ bubbleSettings?: BubbleSettingsModel[]; /** * navigationLineSetting */ navigationLineSettings?: NavigationLineSettingsModel[]; /** * To configure the tooltip settings of the maps layer. */ tooltipSettings?: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * To configure the selection settings of the maps. */ selectionSettings?: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * To configure the highlight settings of the maps. */ highlightSettings?: HighlightSettingsModel; } /** * Interface for a class Tile */ export interface TileModel { } /** * Interface for a class MapsAreaSettings */ export interface MapsAreaSettingsModel { /** * To configure maps area background color */ background?: string; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of maps area. */ border?: BorderModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/model/base.d.ts /** * Maps base document */ /** * Options for customizing the annotation. */ export class Annotation extends base.ChildProperty<Annotation> { /** * Specifies the id of html element. */ content: string; /** * Specifies the position of x. */ x: string; /** * Specifies the position of y. */ y: string; /** * Specifies the vertical alignment of annotation. * @default None */ verticalAlignment: AnnotationAlignment; /** * Specifies the horizontal alignment of annotation. * @default None */ horizontalAlignment: AnnotationAlignment; /** * Specifies the zIndex of the annotation. * @default '-1' */ zIndex: string; } export class Arrow extends base.ChildProperty<Arrow> { /** * arrowPosition */ position: string; /** * show */ showArrow: boolean; /** * size */ size: number; /** * color */ color: string; /** * offset the arrow in navigation line by specified pixels */ offSet: number; } /** * Configures the fonts in maps. */ export class Font extends base.ChildProperty<Font> { /** * Font size for the text. */ size: string; /** * Color for the text. */ color: string; /** * FontFamily for the text. */ fontFamily: string; /** * FontWeight for the text. */ fontWeight: string; /** * FontStyle for the text. */ fontStyle: string; /** * Opacity for the text. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; } /** * Configures the borders in the maps. */ export class Border extends base.ChildProperty<Border> { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. */ color: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. */ width: number; } /** * To configure the tooltip settings of the maps. */ export class TooltipSettings extends base.ChildProperty<TooltipSettings> { /** * Toggle the tooltip visibility. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * To customize the tooltip template. * @default '' */ template: string; /** * To customize the fill color of the tooltip. */ fill: string; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the tooltip. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Options for customizing text styles of the tooltip. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * To customize the format of the tooltip. * @default null */ format: string; /** * To customize the value of the tooltip. * @default null */ valuePath: string; } /** * Configures the maps margins. */ export class Margin extends base.ChildProperty<Margin> { /** * Left margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ left: number; /** * Right margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ right: number; /** * Top margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ top: number; /** * Bottom margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ bottom: number; } /** * To configure ColorMapping in Maps */ export class ColorMappingSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ColorMappingSettings> { /** * To configure from * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ from: number; /** * To configure to * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @default null */ to: number; /** * To configure value * @default null */ value: string; /** * To configure color * @default null */ color: string | string[]; /** * To configure min opacity * @default null */ minOpacity: number; /** * To configure max opacity * @default null */ maxOpacity: number; /** * To configure labels * @default null */ label: string; /** * To enable or disable the legend * @default true */ showLegend: boolean; } /** * To configure the selection settings */ export class SelectionSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SelectionSettings> { /** * Toggle the selection settings. * @default false */ enable: boolean; /** * To customize the fill color of the Selection. * @default '#D2691E' */ fill: string; /** * To customize the opacity of the Selection. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * Toggle the multi selection. * @default false */ enableMultiSelect: boolean; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the selection. */ border: BorderModel; } /** * To configure the highlight settings */ export class HighlightSettings extends base.ChildProperty<HighlightSettings> { /** * To customize the fill color of the highlight. * @default '#6B8E23' */ fill: string; /** * Toggle the highlight settings. * @default false */ enable: boolean; /** * To customize the opacity of the highlight. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the highlight. */ border: BorderModel; } /** * NavigationSelectedLine */ export class NavigationLineSettings extends base.ChildProperty<NavigationLineSettings> { /** * NavigationSelectedLine visible * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * Configures the label border * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * NavigationSelectedLine longitude * @default [] */ longitude: number[]; /** * NavigationSelectedLine latitude * @default [] */ latitude: number[]; /** * dashArray * @default '' */ dashArray: string; /** * NavigationSelectedLine color */ color: string; /** * Specifies the angle of curve connecting different locations in map * @default 0 */ angle: number; /** * arrow */ arrowSettings: ArrowModel; /** * To configure the selection settings of the maps. */ selectionSettings: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * To configure the highlight settings of the maps. */ highlightSettings: HighlightSettingsModel; } /** * Bubble settings model class */ export class BubbleSettings extends base.ChildProperty<BubbleSettings> { /** * Configures the bubble border */ border: BorderModel; /** * Toggle the visibility of bubble * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * Specifies the data source for bubble. * @default [] */ dataSource: object[]; /** * To configure bubble animation duration * @default 1000 */ animationDuration: number; /** * Animation duration * @default 0 */ animationDelay: number; /** * To configure bubble fill color * @default '' */ fill: string; /** * To configure bubble minRadius * @default 10 */ minRadius: number; /** * To configure bubble maxRadius * @default 20 */ maxRadius: number; /** * To configure bubble opacity * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * To configure bubble valuePath * @default null */ valuePath: string; /** * To configure bubble shape type * @default Circle */ bubbleType: BubbleType; /** * To configure bubble colorValuePath * @default null */ colorValuePath: string; /** * To configure bubble colorMapping * @default [] */ colorMapping: ColorMappingSettingsModel[]; /** * To configure the tooltip settings of the bubble . */ tooltipSettings: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * To configure the selection settings of the maps. */ selectionSettings: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * To configure the highlight settings of the maps. */ highlightSettings: HighlightSettingsModel; } /** * To configure title of the maps. */ export class CommonTitleSettings extends base.ChildProperty<CommonTitleSettings> { /** * To customize the text of the title. * @default '' */ text: string; /** * To customize title description for the accessibility. * @default '' */ description: string; } /** * To configure subtitle of the maps. */ export class SubTitleSettings extends CommonTitleSettings { /** * Options for customizing title styles of the Maps. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * text alignment * @default Center */ alignment: Alignment; } /** * To configure title of the maps. */ export class TitleSettings extends CommonTitleSettings { /** * Options for customizing title styles of the Maps. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * text alignment * @default Center */ alignment: Alignment; /** * To configure sub title of maps. */ subtitleSettings: SubTitleSettingsModel; } /** * Options to configure maps Zooming Settings. */ export class ZoomSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ZoomSettings> { /** * Toggle the visibility of zooming. * @default false */ enable: boolean; /** * Configures tool bar orientation * @default Horizontal */ toolBarOrientation: Orientation; /** * Specifies the tool bar color. */ color: string; /** * Specifies the tool bar highlight color. */ highlightColor: string; /** * Specifies the tool bar selection color. * */ selectionColor: string; /** * Configures vertical placement of tool bar * @default Far */ horizontalAlignment: Alignment; /** * Configures vertical placement of tool bar * @default Near */ verticalAlignment: Alignment; /** * To configure zooming items. */ toolbars: string[]; /** * Toggle the mouse wheel zooming. * @default true */ mouseWheelZoom: boolean; /** * Double tab zooming * @default false */ doubleClickZoom: boolean; /** * Toggle the pinch zooming. * @default true */ pinchZooming: boolean; /** * Toggle the selection on zooming. * @default false */ zoomOnClick: boolean; /** * Configures zoom factor. * @default 1 */ zoomFactor: number; /** * Configures max zooming. * @default 10 */ maxZoom: number; /** * Configures minimum zooming. * @default 1 */ minZoom: number; } /** * Configures the legend settings. */ export class LegendSettings extends base.ChildProperty<LegendSettings> { /** * Toggle the legend selection * @default false */ toggleVisibility: boolean; /** * Toggle the legend visibility. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * Customize the legend background * @default 'transparent' */ background: string; /** * Type of the legend rendering * @default Layers */ type: LegendType; /** * Inverted pointer for interactive legend */ invertedPointer: boolean; /** * To place the label position for interactive legend. * @default After */ labelPosition: LabelPosition; /** * Specifies the label intersect action. * @default None */ labelDisplayMode: LabelIntersectAction; /** * Customize the legend shape of the maps. * @default Circle */ shape: LegendShape; /** * Customize the legend width of the maps. * @default '' */ width: string; /** * Customize the legend height of the maps. * @default '' */ height: string; /** * Options for customizing text styles of the legend. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Customize the legend width of the maps. * @default 15 */ shapeWidth: number; /** * Customize the legend height of the maps. * @default 15 */ shapeHeight: number; /** * Customize the shape padding * @default 10 */ shapePadding: number; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the legend border. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the shape border. */ shapeBorder: BorderModel; /** * To configure the title of the legend. */ title: CommonTitleSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing text styles of the legend. */ titleStyle: FontModel; /** * Customize the legend position of the maps. * @default Bottom */ position: LegendPosition; /** * Customize the legend alignment of the maps. * @default Center */ alignment: Alignment; /** * Customize the legend items placed * @default None */ orientation: LegendArrangement; /** * Customize the legend placed by given x and y values. */ location: Point; /** * Specifies the legend shape color */ fill: string; /** * Specifies the opacity of legend shape color * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * Customize the legend mode. * @default Default */ mode: LegendMode; /** * Enable or disable the visibility of legend * @default null */ showLegendPath: string; /** * Bind the dataSource field for legend * @default null */ valuePath: string; /** * Removes the duplicate legend item * @default false */ removeDuplicateLegend: boolean; } /** * Customization for Data label settings. */ export class DataLabelSettings extends base.ChildProperty<DataLabelSettings> { /** * Toggle the data label visibility. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * Configures the label border */ border: BorderModel; /** * configure the fill */ fill: string; /** * configure the label opacity */ opacity: number; /** * rectangle rx * @default 10 */ rx: number; /** * ry value * @default 10 */ ry: number; /** * Options for customizing text styles of the data label. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * To customize the label path values. * @default '' */ labelPath: string; /** * To customize the smartLabels. * @default None */ smartLabelMode: SmartLabelMode; /** * intersection action * @default None */ intersectionAction: IntersectAction; /** * To customize the data label template. * @default '' */ template: string; } /** * To configure the shapeSettings in the maps. */ export class ShapeSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ShapeSettings> { /** * To customize the fill color of the shape. * @default '#A6A6A6' */ fill: string; /** * To customize the palette of the shape. * @default [] */ palette: string[]; /** * Customize the radius for points */ circleRadius: number; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the shape. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Dash array of line */ dashArray: string; /** * To customize the opacity of the shape. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * To customize the colorValuePath of the shape. * @default null */ colorValuePath: string; /** * To customize the valuePath of the shape. * @default null */ valuePath: string; /** * To configure shape colorMapping * @default [] */ colorMapping: ColorMappingSettingsModel[]; /** * Toggle the auto fill. * @default false */ autofill: boolean; } /** * To configure the marker settings for the maps. */ export class MarkerBase extends base.ChildProperty<MarkerBase> { /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the marker. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Options for customizing the dash array options */ dashArray: string; /** * Toggle the visibility of the marker. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * To customize the fill color of the marker. * @default '#FF471A' */ fill: string; /** * To customize the height of the marker. * @default 1 */ height: number; /** * To customize the width of the marker. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * To customize the opacity of the marker. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * To customize the shape of the marker. * @default Balloon */ shape: MarkerType; /** * To provide the dataSource field to display legend text * @default '' */ legendText: string; /** * To move the marker by setting offset values */ offset: Point; /** * To provide the image url for rendering marker image */ imageUrl: string; /** * To customize the template of the marker. * @default null */ template: string; /** * To configure the dataSource of the marker. * @default [] */ dataSource: Object[]; /** * To configure the tooltip settings of the maps marker. */ tooltipSettings: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Animation duration time * @default 1000 */ animationDuration: number; /** * Animation delay time * @default 0 */ animationDelay: number; /** * To configure the selection settings of the maps. */ selectionSettings: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * To configure the highlight settings of the maps. */ highlightSettings: HighlightSettingsModel; } export class MarkerSettings extends MarkerBase { constructor(parent: any, propName: string, defaultValue: Object, isArray?: boolean); } /** * To configure the layers of the maps. */ export class LayerSettings extends base.ChildProperty<LayerSettings> { /** * Specifies the shape data for the layer. * @default null */ shapeData: object | data.DataManager | MapAjax; /** * Specifies the query to select particular data from the shape data. * This property is applicable only when the DataSource is `ej.data.DataManager`. * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * Specifies the shape properties */ shapeSettings: ShapeSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the data source for the layer. * @default [] */ dataSource: object[] | data.DataManager | MapAjax; /** * Specifies the type for the layer. * @default Layer */ type: Type; /** * Specifies the geometry type * @default Geographic */ geometryType: GeometryType; /** * Specifies the type for the bing map. * @default Aerial */ bingMapType: BingMapType; /** * Specifies the key for the layer. * @default '' */ key: string; /** * Specifies the layerType for the layer. * @default Geometry */ layerType: ShapeLayerType; /** * Specifies the urlTemplate for the layer. * @default 'https://a.tile.openstreetmap.org/level/tileX/tileY.png' */ urlTemplate: string; /** * Toggle the visibility of the layers. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Specifies the shapeDataPath for the layer. * @default 'name' */ shapeDataPath: string; /** * Specifies the shapePropertyPath for the layer. * @default 'name' */ shapePropertyPath: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the animation duration for the layer. * @default 0 */ animationDuration: number; /** * To configure the marker settings. */ markerSettings: MarkerSettingsModel[]; /** * To configure the datalabel settings of the maps. */ dataLabelSettings: DataLabelSettingsModel; /** * To configure the bubble settings of the maps. */ bubbleSettings: BubbleSettingsModel[]; /** * navigationLineSetting */ navigationLineSettings: NavigationLineSettingsModel[]; /** * To configure the tooltip settings of the maps layer. */ tooltipSettings: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * To configure the selection settings of the maps. */ selectionSettings: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * To configure the highlight settings of the maps. */ highlightSettings: HighlightSettingsModel; /** @private */ layerData: Object[]; /** * @private */ isBaseLayer: boolean; /** * @private */ factor: number; /** * @private * Stores the layer bounds */ layerBounds: GeoLocation; /** * @private * Stores the rect bounds */ rectBounds: Object; /** * @private */ translatePoint: Point; } /** * Internal use for bing type layer rendering */ export class Tile { x: number; y: number; top: number; left: number; height: number; width: number; src: string; constructor(x: number, y: number, height?: number, width?: number, top?: number, left?: number, src?: string); } /** * Maps area configuration */ export class MapsAreaSettings extends base.ChildProperty<MapsAreaSettings> { /** * To configure maps area background color */ background: string; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of maps area. */ border: BorderModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/model/constants.d.ts /** * Maps constants doc */ /** * Specifies maps load event name. * @private */ export const load: string; /** * Specifies maps loaded event name. * @private */ export const loaded: string; /** * Specifies maps click event name. * @private */ export const click: string; /** * Specifies maps loaded event name. * @private */ export const rightClick: string; /** * Specifies maps double click event name. * @private */ export const doubleClick: string; /** * Specifies maps resize event name. * @private */ export const resize: string; /** * Specifies the map tooltip render event */ export const tooltipRender: string; /** * Specifies the map shapeSelected event */ export const shapeSelected: string; /** * Specifies the map shapeHighlight event */ export const shapeHighlight: string; /** * Specifies maps mousemove event name. * @private */ export const mousemove: string; /** * Specifies maps mouseup event name. * @private */ export const mouseup: string; /** * Specifies maps mousedown event name. * @private */ export const mousedown: string; /** * Specifies maps layerRendering event name. * @private */ export const layerRendering: string; /** * Specifies maps shapeRendering event name. * @private */ export const shapeRendering: string; /** * Specifies maps markerRendering event name. * @private */ export const markerRendering: string; /** * Specifies maps markerClick event name. * @private */ export const markerClick: string; /** * Specifies maps markerMouseMove event name. * @private */ export const markerMouseMove: string; /** * Specifies maps dataLabelRendering event name. * @private */ export const dataLabelRendering: string; /** * Specifies maps bubbleRendering event name. * @private */ export const bubbleRendering: string; /** * Specifies maps bubbleClick event name. * @private */ export const bubbleClick: string; /** * Specifies maps bubbleMouseMove event name. * @private */ export const bubbleMouseMove: string; /** * Specifies maps animationComplete event name. * @private */ export const animationComplete: string; /** * Specifies maps legendRendering event name. * @private */ export const legendRendering: string; /** * Specifies maps annotationRendering event name. * @private */ export const annotationRendering: string; /** * Specifies maps itemSelection event name * @private */ export const itemSelection: string; /** * Specifies maps itemHighlight event name */ export const itemHighlight: string; /** * Specifies maps beforePrint event name */ export const beforePrint: string; /** * Specifies the map zoom in event name */ export const zoomIn: string; /** * Specifies the map zoom out event name */ export const zoomOut: string; /** * Specifies the map pan event name */ export const pan: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/model/interface.d.ts /** * Maps interfaces doc */ /** * Specifies Maps Events * @private */ export interface IMapsEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the event */ name: string; /** Defines the event cancel status */ cancel: boolean; } /** * specifies Print Events */ export interface IPrintEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { htmlContent: Element; } /** * Specifies the Loaded Event arguments. */ export interface ILoadedEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** Defines the current Maps instance */ maps: Maps; } /** * Specifies the Load Event arguments. */ export interface ILoadEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** Defines the current Maps instance */ maps: Maps; } /** * Specifies the data label Event arguments. */ export interface IDataLabelArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** Defines the current Maps instance */ maps: Maps; /** * define event */ dataLabel: DataLabelSettingsModel; } /** * Specifies the Chart Mouse Event arguments. */ export interface IMouseEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** Defines current mouse event target id */ target: string; /** Defines current mouse x location */ x: number; /** Defines current mouse y location */ y: number; } /** * Maps Resize event arguments. */ export interface IResizeEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the Event */ name: string; /** Defines the previous size of the maps */ previousSize: Size; /** Defines the current size of the maps */ currentSize: Size; /** Defines the Maps instance */ maps: Maps; } /** @private */ export interface IFontMapping { size?: string; color?: string; fontWeight?: string; fontStyle?: string; fontFamily?: string; } /** * Specifies TooltipRender event arguments for maps. */ export interface ITooltipRenderEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ maps: Maps; /** * Define the content */ content?: string | HTMLElement; /** * Define the tooltip options. */ options: Object; /** * textStyle event argument */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * border event argument */ border?: BorderModel; /** * fill color event argument */ fill?: string; /** * Define the current tooltip element. */ element: Element; /** * Define the mouse location. */ eventArgs: PointerEvent; } /** * Specifies itemSelection event arguments for maps. */ export interface ISelectionEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** * fill event argument */ fill?: string; /** * opacity event argument */ opacity?: number; /** * border event argument */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Defines current mouse event target id */ target?: string; /** * shape data event argument */ shapeData?: object; /** * data from data source */ data?: object; } /** * Specifies shapeSelected event arguments for maps. */ export interface IShapeSelectedEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** * fill event argument */ fill?: string; /** * opacity event argument */ opacity?: number; /** * border event argument */ border?: BorderModel; /** * shapeData event argument */ shapeData?: object; /** * data source event argument */ data?: object; /** Defines current mouse event target id */ target?: string; } /** @private */ export interface ITouches { pageX?: number; pageY?: number; pointerId?: number; } /** @private */ export interface IShapes { renderOption?: Object; functionName?: string; } /** * Specifies layerRendering event arguments for maps. */ export interface ILayerRenderingEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** * layer index event argument */ index?: number; /** * maps instance event argument */ maps?: Maps; /** * layer options event argument */ layer?: LayerSettingsModel; } /** * Specifies shapeRendering event arguments for maps. */ export interface IShapeRenderingEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** * shape index event argument */ index?: number; /** * maps instance event argument */ maps?: Maps; /** * current shape settings */ shape?: ShapeSettingsModel; /** * current shape fill */ fill?: string; /** * current shape border */ border?: BorderModel; /** * shape data source event argument */ data?: object; } /** * Specifies markerRendering event arguments for maps. */ export interface IMarkerRenderingEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** * maps instance event argument */ maps?: Maps; /** * marker instance. This is Read Only option. */ marker?: MarkerSettingsModel; /** * Marker fill. */ fill?: string; /** * To customize the height of the marker. */ height?: number; /** * To customize the width of the marker. */ width?: number; /** * To customize the shape of the marker. */ shape?: MarkerType; /** * To provide the image url for rendering marker image */ imageUrl?: string; /** * To customize the template of the marker. */ template?: string; /** * Configures the marker border */ border?: BorderModel; /** * marker data event argument */ data?: object; } /** * Specifies markerClick event arguments for maps. */ export interface IMarkerClickEventArgs extends IMouseEventArgs { /** * maps instance event argument */ maps?: Maps; /** * marker instance event argument */ marker?: MarkerSettingsModel; /** * marker data event argument */ data?: object; } /** * Specifies markerMove event arguments for maps. */ export interface IMarkerMoveEventArgs extends IMouseEventArgs { /** * maps instance event argument */ maps?: Maps; /** * marker data event argument. This is Read Only option. */ data?: object; } /** * Specifies labelRendering event arguments for maps. */ export interface ILabelRenderingEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** * maps instance event argument */ maps?: Maps; /** * data label text event argument */ text?: string; /** * Configures the label border */ border?: BorderModel; /** * configure the fill */ fill?: string; /** * To customize the data label template. */ template?: string; /** * label instance event argument */ datalabel?: DataLabelSettingsModel; } /** * Specifies bubbleRendering event arguments for maps. */ export interface IBubbleRenderingEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** * maps instance event argument */ maps?: Maps; /** * bubble fill event argument */ fill?: string; /** * bubble border event argument */ border?: BorderModel; /** * current bubble center x */ cx?: number; /** * current bubble center y */ cy?: number; /** * current bubble radius */ radius?: number; /** * current bubble data */ data?: object; } /** * Specifies bubbleClick event arguments for maps. */ export interface IBubbleClickEventArgs extends IMouseEventArgs { /** * maps instance event argument */ maps?: Maps; /** * bubble current data event argument */ data?: object; } /** * Specifies bubbleMove event arguments for maps. */ export interface IBubbleMoveEventArgs extends IMouseEventArgs { /** * maps instance event argument */ maps?: Maps; /** * bubble current data event argument */ data?: object; } /** * Specifies animationComplete event arguments for maps. */ export interface IAnimationCompleteEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** * maps instance event argument */ maps?: Maps; /** * animation element type event argument */ element: string; } /** * Specifies legendRendering event arguments for maps. */ export interface ILegendRenderingEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** * maps instance event argument */ maps?: Maps; /** * Specifies the legend shape color */ fill?: string; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the shape border. */ shapeBorder?: BorderModel; /** * Customize the legend shape of the maps. */ shape?: LegendShape; } /** * Specifies annotationRendering event arguments for maps. */ export interface IAnnotationRenderingEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** * maps instance event argument */ maps?: Maps; /** * Specifies the annotation content */ content?: string; /** * Specifies the annotation instance */ annotation?: Annotation; } /** * Specifies pan event arguments for maps. */ export interface IMapPanEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** * maps instance event argument. */ maps?: Maps; /** * tile translate point. */ tileTranslatePoint?: Object; /** * Geometry translate point. */ translatePoint?: Object; /** * Tile zoom level. */ tileZoomLevel?: number; /** * geometry layer scale. */ scale?: number; } /** * Specifies zoom event arguments for maps. */ export interface IMapZoomEventArgs extends IMapsEventArgs { /** * maps instance event argument. */ maps?: Maps; /** * Type of zoom interaction */ type: string; /** * tile translate point. */ tileTranslatePoint?: Object; /** * Geometry translate point. */ translatePoint?: Object; /** * Tile zoom level. */ tileZoomLevel?: Object; /** * geometry layer scale. */ scale?: Object; } /** @private */ /** * Specifies the Theme style for maps. */ export interface IThemeStyle { backgroundColor: string; areaBackgroundColor: string; titleFontColor: string; subTitleFontColor: string; legendTitleFontColor: string; legendTextColor: string; dataLabelFontColor: string; tooltipFontColor: string; tooltipFillColor: string; zoomFillColor: string; fontFamily?: string; titleFontSize?: string; tooltipFillOpacity?: number; tooltipTextOpacity?: number; legendFontSize?: string; labelFontFamily?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/model/theme.d.ts /** * Maps Themes doc */ /** * Specifies Maps Themes */ export namespace Theme { /** @private */ let mapsTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let mapsSubTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let tooltipLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let legendTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let legendLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let dataLabelFont: IFontMapping; } export namespace FabricTheme { /** @private */ let mapsTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let mapsSubTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let tooltipLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let legendTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let legendLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let dataLabelFont: IFontMapping; } export namespace BootstrapTheme { /** @private */ let mapsTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let mapsSubTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let tooltipLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let legendTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let legendLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let dataLabelFont: IFontMapping; } /** * Internal use of Method to getting colors based on themes. * @private * @param theme */ export function getShapeColor(theme: MapsTheme): string[]; /** * HighContrast Theme configuration */ export namespace HighContrastTheme { /** @private */ let mapsTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let mapsSubTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let tooltipLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let legendTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let legendLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let dataLabelFont: IFontMapping; } /** * Dark Theme configuration */ export namespace DarkTheme { /** @private */ let mapsTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let mapsSubTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let tooltipLabelFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let legendTitleFont: IFontMapping; /** @private */ let legendLabelFont: IFontMapping; } export function getThemeStyle(theme: MapsTheme): IThemeStyle; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/user-interaction/annotation.d.ts /** * Represent the annotation rendering for map */ export class Annotations { private map; constructor(map: Maps); renderAnnotationElements(): void; /** * To create annotation elements */ createAnnotationTemplate(parentElement: HTMLElement, annotation: Annotation, annotationIndex: number): void; protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the annotation. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(map: Maps): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/user-interaction/highlight.d.ts /** * Highlight module class */ export class Highlight { private maps; private highlightSettings; constructor(maps: Maps); /** * To bind events for highlight module */ private addEventListener; /** * To unbind events for highlight module */ private removeEventListener; /** * Public method for highlight module */ addHighlight(layerIndex: number, name: string, enable: boolean): void; private mouseMove; private mapHighlight; private highlightMap; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the highlight. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(maps: Maps): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/user-interaction/selection.d.ts /** * Selection module class */ export class Selection { private maps; private selectionsettings; private selectionType; constructor(maps: Maps); /** * For binding events to selection module */ private addEventListener; /** * For removing events from selection modue */ private removeEventListener; private mouseClick; /** * Public method for selection */ addSelection(layerIndex: number, name: string, enable: boolean): void; /** * Method for selection */ private selectMap; /** * Remove legend selection */ /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the selection. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(maps: Maps): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/user-interaction/tooltip.d.ts /** * Map Tooltip */ export class MapsTooltip { private maps; private tooltipSettings; private svgTooltip; private isTouch; private tooltipId; private currentTime; private clearTimeout; constructor(maps: Maps); renderTooltip(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To get content for the current toolitp */ private setTooltipContent; private formatValue; private formatter; mouseUpHandler(e: PointerEvent): void; removeTooltip(): void; /** * To bind events for tooltip module */ addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(maps: Maps): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/user-interaction/zoom.d.ts /** * Zoom module used to process the zoom for maps */ export class Zoom { private maps; toolBarGroup: Element; private groupElements; private currentToolbarEle; zoomingRect: Rect; selectionColor: string; private fillColor; private zoomInElements; private zoomOutElements; private zoomElements; private panElements; isPanning: boolean; mouseEnter: boolean; baseTranslatePoint: Point; private wheelEvent; private cancelEvent; currentScale: number; isTouch: boolean; rectZoomingStart: boolean; touchStartList: ITouches[] | TouchList; touchMoveList: ITouches[] | TouchList; previousTouchMoveList: ITouches[] | TouchList; private pinchRect; mouseDownPoints: Point; mouseMovePoints: Point; currentLayer: LayerSettings; private panColor; zoomColor: string; browserName: string; isPointer: Boolean; private handled; private fingers; firstMove: boolean; private interaction; private lastScale; private pinchFactor; private startTouches; private templateCount; private distanceX; private distanceY; /** @private */ layerCollectionEle: Element; constructor(maps: Maps); /** * To perform zooming for maps * @param position * @param newZoomFactor * @param type */ performZooming(position: Point, newZoomFactor: number, type: string): void; private triggerZoomEvent; private getTileTranslatePosition; performRectZooming(): void; private setInteraction; private updateInteraction; performPinchZooming(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): void; drawZoomRectangle(): void; /** * To animate the zooming process */ private animateTransform; applyTransform(animate?: boolean): void; /** * To translate the layer template elements * @private */ processTemplate(x: number, y: number, scale: number, maps: Maps): void; private dataLabelTranslate; private markerTranslate; panning(direction: PanDirection, xDifference: number, yDifference: number): void; private toAlignSublayer; toolBarZooming(zoomFactor: number, type: string): void; createZoomingToolbars(): void; performToolBarAction(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * * @private */ performZoomingByToolBar(type: string): void; private panningStyle; private applySelection; showTooltip(e: PointerEvent): void; removeTooltip(): void; alignToolBar(): void; /** * To bind events. * @return {void} * @private */ wireEvents(element: Element, process: Function): void; mapMouseWheel(e: WheelEvent): void; doubleClick(e: PointerEvent): void; mouseDownHandler(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): void; mouseMoveHandler(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): void; mouseUpHandler(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): void; mouseCancelHandler(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To handle the click event for maps. * @param e */ click(e: PointerEvent): void; getMousePosition(pageX: number, pageY: number): Point; addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the zoom. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(maps: Maps): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/utils/enum.d.ts /** * Maps enum doc */ /** * Defines the Alignment. They are * * near - Align the element to the left. * * center - Align the element to the center. * * far - Align the element to the right. * * */ export type Alignment = /** Define the left alignment. */ 'Near' | /** Define the center alignment. */ 'Center' | /** Define the right alignment. */ 'Far'; /** * Defines Theme of the maps. They are * * Material - Render a maps with Material theme. * * Fabric - Render a maps with Fabric theme * * Bootstrap - Render a maps with Bootstrap theme * * Dark - Render a maps with Dark theme */ export type MapsTheme = /** Render a maps with Material theme. */ 'Material' | /** Render a maps with Fabric theme. */ 'Fabric' | /** Render a maps with Highcontrast Light theme. */ 'HighContrastLight' | /** Render a maps with Bootstrap theme. */ 'Bootstrap' | /** Render a maps with Material Dark theme. */ 'MaterialDark' | /** Render a maps with Fabric Dark theme. */ 'FabricDark' | /** Render a maps with Highcontrast Dark theme. */ 'Highcontrast' | /** Render a maps with Highcontrast Dark theme. */ 'HighContrast' | /** Render a maps with Bootstrap Dark theme. */ 'BootstrapDark' | /** Render a maps with Bootstrap4 theme. */ 'Bootstrap4'; /** * Defines the position of the legend. They are * * top - Displays the legend on the top of maps. * * left - Displays the legend on the left of maps. * * bottom - Displays the legend on the bottom of maps. * * right - Displays the legend on the right of maps. * * float - Displays the legend based on given x and y value. */ export type LegendPosition = /** Places the legend on the top of maps. */ 'Top' | /** Places the legend on the left of maps. */ 'Left' | /** Places the legend on the bottom of maps. */ 'Bottom' | /** Places the legend on the right of maps. */ 'Right' | /** Places the legend based on given x and y. */ 'Float'; /** * Defines the Legend types. They are * * Layers - Legend applicable to Layers. * * Bubbles - Legend applicable to Bubbles. * * Markers - Legend applicable to Markers. */ export type LegendType = /** Legend applicable to Layers */ 'Layers' | /** Legend applicable to Bubbles. */ 'Bubbles' | /** Legend applicable to Markers */ 'Markers'; /** * Defines the smart label mode. They are * * Trim - Trims the datalabel which exceed the region * * None - Smart label mode is not applied * * hide - Hide the datalabel which exceeds the region */ export type SmartLabelMode = /** Trims the datalabel which exceed the region */ 'Trim' | /** Smart label mode is not applied */ 'None' | /** Hides the datalabel which exceeds the region */ 'Hide'; /** * Defines the arrow position in navigation line. They are * * Start - Arrow is positioned at the starting position of navigation line * * End - Arrow is positioned at the ending position of navigation line */ export type ArrowPosition = /** Arrow positioned at the start */ 'Start' | /** Arrow positioned at the end */ 'End'; /** * Defines the label intersect action. They are * * Trim - Trims the intersected datalabel * * None - Intersection action is not applied * * Hide - Hides the intersected datalabel */ export type IntersectAction = /** Trims the intersected datalabel */ 'Trim' | /** Intersection action is not applied */ 'None' | /** Hide the intersected datalabel */ 'Hide'; /** * Defines the Legend modes. They are * * Default - Specifies the Default mode. * * interactive - specifies the Interactive mode. */ export type LegendMode = /** Legend remains static */ 'Default' | /** Legend remains interactively */ 'Interactive'; /** * Defines the Layer types. * * Geometry - Specifies the geometry type. * * Bing - Specifies the Bing type. */ export type ShapeLayerType = /** * Draw the geometry shape */ 'Geometry' | /** * Draw the open street map */ 'OSM' | /** * Draw the bing map */ 'Bing'; /** * Defines the map layer types. * * Layer - Specifies the layer type. * * SubLayer - Specifies the sublayer type. */ export type Type = /** Layer - Used to render layer on maps */ 'Layer' | /** SubLayer - Used to render sublayer on maps */ 'SubLayer'; /** * Defines the marker types. * * Circle - Specifies the Circle type. * * Rectangle - Specifies the Rectangle type. * * Cross - Specifies the Cross type. * * Diamond - Specifies the Diamond type. * * Star - Specifies the Star type. * * Balloon - Specifies the Balloon type. * * Triangle - Specifies the Triangle type. * * HorizontalLine - Specifies the HorizontalLine type. * * VerticalLine - Specifies the VerticalLine type. */ export type MarkerType = /** Circle - Used to render marker shape as Circle on maps */ 'Circle' | /** Rectangle - Used to render marker shape as Rectangle on maps */ 'Rectangle' | /** Cross - Used to render marker shape as Cross on maps */ 'Cross' | /** Diamond - Used to render marker shape as Diamond on maps */ 'Diamond' | /** Star - Used to render marker shape as Star on maps */ 'Star' | /** Balloon - Used to render marker shape as Balloon on maps */ 'Balloon' | /** Triangle - Used to render marker shape as Triangle on maps */ 'Triangle' | /** HorizontalLine - Used to render marker shape as HorizontalLine on maps */ 'HorizontalLine' | /** VerticalLine - Used to render marker shape as VerticalLine on maps */ 'VerticalLine' | /** Image - Used to render marker shape as Image on maps */ 'Image'; /** * Defines the projection type of the maps. * * Mercator -Specifies the Mercator projection type. */ export type ProjectionType = /** Mercator - Used to render maps based on the Mercator type */ 'Mercator' | /** Winkel 3 is one of the projection for map rendering */ 'Winkel3' | /** Miller is one of the projection for map rendering */ 'Miller' | /** Eckert3 is one of the projection for map rendering */ 'Eckert3' | /** Eckert5 is one of the projection for map rendering */ 'Eckert5' | /** Eckert6 is one of the projection for map rendering */ 'Eckert6' | /** Aitoff is one of the projection for map rendering */ 'AitOff' | /** Equirectangular is one of the projection for map rendering */ 'Equirectangular'; /** * Defines bing map types * * Aerial - specifies the Aerial type * * AerialWithLabel - specifies the AerialWithLabel type * * Road - specifies the Road type */ export type BingMapType = /** Aerial - Used to draw bing map layer with Aerial type */ 'Aerial' | /** AerialWithLabel - Used to draw bing map layer with AerialWithLabel type */ 'AerialWithLabel' | /** Road - Used to draw bing map layer with Road type */ 'Road' | /** CanvasDark - A dark version of the road maps */ 'CanvasDark' | /** CanvasLight - A lighter version of the road maps */ 'CanvasLight' | /** CanvasGray - A grayscale version of the road maps */ 'CanvasGray'; /** * Defines the tool bar orientation */ export type Orientation = /** Horizontal - Toolbar drawing horizontal orientation */ 'Horizontal' | /** Vertical - Toolbar drawing vertical orientation */ 'Vertical'; /** * Defines the shape of legend. They are * * circle - Renders a circle. * * rectangle - Renders a rectangle. * * triangle - Renders a triangle. * * diamond - Renders a diamond. * * cross - Renders a cross. * * Star - Renders a star. * * horizontalLine - Renders a horizontalLine. * * verticalLine - Renders a verticalLine. * * pentagon - Renders a pentagon. * * invertedTriangle - Renders a invertedTriangle. */ export type LegendShape = /** Render a circle. */ 'Circle' | /** Render a Rectangle. */ 'Rectangle' | /** Render a Triangle. */ 'Triangle' | /** Render a Diamond. */ 'Diamond' | /** Render a Cross. */ 'Cross' | /** Render a Star. */ 'Star' | /** Render a HorizontalLine. */ 'HorizontalLine' | /** Render a VerticalLine. */ 'VerticalLine' | /** Render a Pentagon. */ 'Pentagon' | /** Render a InvertedTriangle. */ 'InvertedTriangle'; /** * Defines the legend arrangement */ export type LegendArrangement = /** Legend item placed default based on legend orientation */ 'None' | /** Legend items placed in row wise */ 'Horizontal' | /** Legend items place in column wise */ 'Vertical'; /** * Defines the Alignment. They are * * none - Default alignment as none * * near - Align the element to the left. * * center - Align the element to the center. * * far - Align the element to the right. * * */ export type AnnotationAlignment = /** Default alignement as none */ 'None' | /** Define the left alignment. */ 'Near' | /** Define the center alignment. */ 'Center' | /** Define the right alignment. */ 'Far'; /** * Defines the geometry type. They are * * Geographic - Default value of geometry layer. * * Normal - Normal rendering of geometry layer. * * */ export type GeometryType = /** Default value of geometry layer. */ 'Geographic' | /** Define the normal rendering . */ 'Normal'; /** * Defines the bubble type */ export type BubbleType = /** Specifies the bubble circle type */ 'Circle' | /** Specifies the bubble Square type */ 'Square'; /** * Defines the label placement type */ export type LabelPosition = /** Specifies the label placement as Before */ 'Before' | /** Specifies the label plcement as After */ 'After'; /** * Defines the label intersect action types */ export type LabelIntersectAction = /** Specifies the intersect action as None */ 'None' | /** Specifies the intersect action as Trim */ 'Trim' | /** Specifies the intersect action as Hide */ 'Hide'; /** * Export Type */ export type ExportType = /** Used to export a image as png format */ 'PNG' | /** Used to export a image as jpeg format */ 'JPEG' | /** Used to export a file as svg format */ 'SVG' | /** Used to export a file as pdf format */ 'PDF'; /** * Pan Direction */ export type PanDirection = /** Used to pan the left direction */ 'Left' | /** Used to pan the right direction */ 'Right' | /** Used to pan the top direction */ 'Top' | /** Used to pan the bottom direction */ 'Bottom' | /** Used to pan the map by mouse move */ 'None'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/utils/export.d.ts /** * Annotation Module handles the Annotation for Maps */ export class ExportUtils { private control; private printWindow; /** * Constructor for Maps * @param control */ constructor(control: Maps); /** * To print the Maps * @param elements */ print(elements?: string[] | string | Element): void; /** * To get the html string of the Maps * @param elements * @private */ getHTMLContent(elements?: string[] | string | Element): Element; /** * To export the file as image/svg format * @param type * @param fileName */ export(type: ExportType, fileName: string, orientation?: pdfExport.PdfPageOrientation): void; /** * To trigger the download element * @param fileName * @param type * @param url */ triggerDownload(fileName: string, type: ExportType, url: string, isDownload: boolean): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-maps/src/maps/utils/helper.d.ts /** * Maps internal use of `Size` type */ export class Size { /** * height value for size */ height: number; /** * width value for size */ width: number; constructor(width: number, height: number); } /** * To find number from string * @private */ export function stringToNumber(value: string, containerSize: number): number; /** * Method to calculate the width and height of the maps */ export function calculateSize(maps: Maps): void; /** * Method to create svg for maps. */ export function createSvg(maps: Maps): void; export function getMousePosition(pageX: number, pageY: number, element: Element): MapLocation; /** * Method to convert degrees to radians */ export function degreesToRadians(deg: number): number; /** * Convert radians to degrees method */ export function radiansToDegrees(radian: number): number; /** * Method for converting from latitude and longitude values to points */ export function convertGeoToPoint(latitude: number, longitude: number, factor: number, layer: LayerSettings, mapModel: Maps): Point; /** * Converting tile latitude and longitude to point */ export function convertTileLatLongToPoint(center: MapLocation, zoomLevel: number, tileTranslatePoint: MapLocation, isMapCoordinates: boolean): MapLocation; /** * Method for calculate x point */ export function xToCoordinate(mapObject: Maps, val: number): number; /** * Method for calculate y point */ export function yToCoordinate(mapObject: Maps, val: number): number; /** * Method for calculate aitoff projection */ export function aitoff(x: number, y: number): Point; /** * Method to round the number */ export function roundTo(a: number, b: number): number; export function sinci(x: number): number; export function acos(a: number): number; /** * Method to calculate bound */ export function calculateBound(value: number, min: number, max: number): number; /** * Map internal class for point */ export class Point { /** * Point x value */ x: number; /** * Point Y value */ y: number; constructor(x: number, y: number); } /** * Map internal class for min and max * */ export class MinMax { min: number; max: number; constructor(min: number, max: number); } /** * Map internal class locations */ export class GeoLocation { latitude: MinMax; longitude: MinMax; constructor(latitude: MinMax, longitude: MinMax); } /** * Function to measure the height and width of the text. * @param {string} text * @param {FontModel} font * @param {string} id * @returns no * @private */ export function measureText(text: string, font: FontModel): Size; /** * Internal use of text options * @private */ export class TextOption { anchor: string; id: string; transform: string; x: number; y: number; text: string | string[]; baseLine: string; constructor(id?: string, x?: number, y?: number, anchor?: string, text?: string | string[], transform?: string, baseLine?: string); } /** * Internal use of path options * @private */ export class PathOption { id: string; opacity: number; fill: string; stroke: string; ['stroke-width']: number; ['stroke-dasharray']: string; d: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, width: number, color: string, opacity?: number, dashArray?: string, d?: string); } /** @private */ export class ColorValue { r: number; g: number; b: number; constructor(r?: number, g?: number, b?: number); } /** * Internal use of rectangle options * @private */ export class RectOption extends PathOption { x: number; y: number; height: number; width: number; rx: number; ry: number; transform: string; ['stroke-dasharray']: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, border: BorderModel, opacity: number, rect: Rect, rx?: number, ry?: number, transform?: string, dashArray?: string); } /** * Internal use of circle options * @private */ export class CircleOption extends PathOption { cy: number; cx: number; r: number; ['stroke-dasharray']: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, border: BorderModel, opacity: number, cx: number, cy: number, r: number, dashArray: string); } /** * Internal use of polygon options * @private */ export class PolygonOption extends PathOption { points: string; constructor(id: string, points: string, fill: string, width: number, color: string, opacity?: number, dashArray?: string); } /** * Internal use of polyline options * @private */ export class PolylineOption extends PolygonOption { constructor(id: string, points: string, fill: string, width: number, color: string, opacity?: number, dashArray?: string); } /** * Internal use of line options * @private */ export class LineOption extends PathOption { x1: number; y1: number; x2: number; y2: number; constructor(id: string, line: Line, fill: string, width: number, color: string, opacity?: number, dashArray?: string); } /** * Internal use of line * @property */ export class Line { x1: number; y1: number; x2: number; y2: number; constructor(x1: number, y1: number, x2: number, y2: number); } /** * Internal use of map location type */ export class MapLocation { /** * To specify x value */ x: number; /** * To specify y value */ y: number; constructor(x: number, y: number); } /** * Internal use of type rect * @private */ export class Rect { x: number; y: number; height: number; width: number; constructor(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number); } /** * Internal use of pattern unit types enum. * @private */ export type patternUnits = 'userSpaceOnUse' | 'objectBoundingBox'; /** * Internal use for pattern creation. * @property */ export class PatternOptions { id: string; patternUnits: patternUnits; patternContentUnits: patternUnits; patternTransform: string; x: number; y: number; width: number; height: number; href: string; constructor(id: string, x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number, patternUnits?: patternUnits, patternContentUnits?: patternUnits, patternTransform?: string, href?: string); } /** * Internal rendering of text * @private */ export function renderTextElement(option: TextOption, style: FontModel, color: string, parent: HTMLElement | Element, isMinus?: boolean): Element; /** * @private */ export function convertElement(element: HTMLCollection, markerId: string, data: Object, index: number, mapObj: Maps): HTMLElement; export function convertElementFromLabel(element: Element, labelId: string, data: object, index: number, mapObj: Maps): HTMLElement; /** * Internal use of append shape element * @private */ export function appendShape(shape: Element, element: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of Circle * @private */ export function drawCircle(maps: Maps, options: CircleOption, element?: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of Rectangle * @private */ export function drawRectangle(maps: Maps, options: RectOption, element?: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of Path * @private */ export function drawPath(maps: Maps, options: PathOption, element?: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of Polygon * @private */ export function drawPolygon(maps: Maps, options: PolygonOption, element?: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of Polyline * @private */ export function drawPolyline(maps: Maps, options: PolylineOption, element?: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of Line * @private */ export function drawLine(maps: Maps, options: LineOption, element?: Element): Element; /** * @private * Calculate marker shapes */ export function calculateShapes(maps: Maps, shape: MarkerType, options: PathOption, size: Size, location: MapLocation, markerEle: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of Diamond * @private */ export function drawDiamond(maps: Maps, options: PathOption, size: Size, location: MapLocation, element?: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of Triangle * @private */ export function drawTriangle(maps: Maps, options: PathOption, size: Size, location: MapLocation, element?: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of Cross * @private */ export function drawCross(maps: Maps, options: PathOption, size: Size, location: MapLocation, element?: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of HorizontalLine * @private */ export function drawHorizontalLine(maps: Maps, options: PathOption, size: Size, location: MapLocation, element?: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of VerticalLine * @private */ export function drawVerticalLine(maps: Maps, options: PathOption, size: Size, location: MapLocation, element?: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of Star * @private */ export function drawStar(maps: Maps, options: PathOption, size: Size, location: MapLocation, element?: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of Balloon * @private */ export function drawBalloon(maps: Maps, options: PathOption, size: Size, location: MapLocation, element?: Element): Element; /** * Internal rendering of Pattern * @private */ export function drawPattern(maps: Maps, options: PatternOptions, elements: Element[], element?: Element): Element; /** * Method to get specific field and vaues from data. * @private */ export function getFieldData(dataSource: object[], fields: string[]): object[]; /** * To find the index of dataSource from shape properties */ export function checkShapeDataFields(dataSource: object[], properties: object, dataPath: string, propertyPath: string | string[]): number; export function checkPropertyPath(shapeData: string, shapePropertyPath: string | string[], shape: object): string; export function filter(points: MapLocation[], start: number, end: number): MapLocation[]; /** * To find the midpoint of the polygon from points */ export function findMidPointOfPolygon(points: MapLocation[]): object; /** * @private * Check custom path */ export function isCustomPath(layerData: Object[]): boolean; /** * @private * Trim the title text */ export function textTrim(maxWidth: number, text: string, font: FontModel): string; /** * Method to calculate x position of title */ export function findPosition(location: Rect, alignment: Alignment, textSize: Size, type: string): Point; /** * To remove element by id */ export function removeElement(id: string): void; /** * @private */ export function getTranslate(mapObject: Maps, layer: LayerSettings, animate?: boolean): Object; /** * To get the html element by specified id */ export function getElementByID(id: string): Element; /** * To apply internalization */ export function Internalize(maps: Maps, value: number): string; /** * Function to compile the template function for maps. * @returns Function * @private */ export function getTemplateFunction(template: string): Function; /** * Function to get element from id. * @returns Element * @private */ export function getElement(id: string): Element; /** * Function to get shape data using target id */ export function getShapeData(targetId: string, map: Maps): { shapeData: object; data: object; }; /** * Function to trigger shapeSelected event * @private */ export function triggerShapeEvent(targetId: string, selection: SelectionSettingsModel | HighlightSettingsModel, maps: Maps, eventName: string): IShapeSelectedEventArgs; /** * Function to get elements using class name */ export function getElementsByClassName(className: string): HTMLCollectionOf<Element>; /** * Function to get elements using querySelectorAll */ /** * Function to get elements using querySelector */ export function querySelector(args: string, elementSelector: string): Element; /** * Function to get the element for selection and highlight using public method */ export function getTargetElement(layerIndex: number, name: string, enable: boolean, map: Maps): Element; /** * Function to create style element for highlight and selection */ export function createStyle(id: string, className: string, eventArgs: IShapeSelectedEventArgs): Element; /** * Function to customize the style for highlight and selection */ export function customizeStyle(id: string, className: string, eventArgs: IShapeSelectedEventArgs): void; /** * Function to remove class from element */ export function removeClass(element: Element): void; /** * Animation Effect Calculation End * @private */ export function elementAnimate(element: Element, delay: number, duration: number, point: MapLocation, maps: Maps, ele?: string, radius?: number): void; export function timeout(id: string): void; export function showTooltip(text: string, size: string, x: number, y: number, areaWidth: number, areaHeight: number, id: string, element: Element, isTouch?: boolean): void; export function wordWrap(tooltip: HTMLElement, text: string, x: number, y: number, size1: string[], width: number, areaWidth: number, element: Element): void; /** @private */ export function createTooltip(id: string, text: string, top: number, left: number, fontSize: string): void; /** @private */ export function drawSymbol(location: Point, shape: string, size: Size, url: string, options: PathOption): Element; /** @private */ export function renderLegendShape(location: MapLocation, size: Size, shape: string, options: PathOption, url: string): IShapes; /** * Animation Effect Calculation End * @private */ /** @private */ export function getElementOffset(childElement: HTMLElement, parentElement: HTMLElement): Size; /** @private */ export function changeBorderWidth(element: Element, index: number, scale: number, maps: Maps): void; /** @private */ export function changeNavaigationLineWidth(element: Element, index: number, scale: number, maps: Maps): void; /** @private */ export function targetTouches(event: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): ITouches[]; /** @private */ export function calculateScale(startTouches: ITouches[], endTouches: ITouches[]): number; /** @private */ export function getDistance(a: ITouches, b: ITouches): number; /** @private */ export function getTouches(touches: ITouches[], maps: Maps): Object[]; /** @private */ export function getTouchCenter(touches: Object[]): Point; /** @private */ export function sum(a: number, b: number): number; /** * Animation Effect Calculation End * @private */ export function zoomAnimate(element: Element, delay: number, duration: number, point: MapLocation, scale: number, size: Size, maps: Maps): void; /** * To process custom animation */ export function animate(element: Element, delay: number, duration: number, process: Function, end: Function): void; /** * To get shape data file using Ajax. */ export class MapAjax { /** * MapAjax data options */ dataOptions: string | Object; /** * MapAjax type value */ type: string; /** * MapAjax async value */ async: boolean; /** * MapAjax contentType value */ contentType: string; /** * MapAjax sendData value */ sendData: string | Object; constructor(options: string | Object, type?: string, async?: boolean, contentType?: string, sendData?: string | Object); } /** * Animation Translate * @private */ export function smoothTranslate(element: Element, delay: number, duration: number, point: MapLocation): void; } export namespace navigations { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/accordion/accordion-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class AccordionActionSettings */ export interface AccordionActionSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the type of animation. * @default 'SlideDown' * @aspType string */ effect?: 'None' | base.Effect; /** * Specifies the duration to animate. * @default 400 */ duration?: number; /** * Specifies the animation timing function. * @default 'linear' */ easing?: string; } /** * Interface for a class AccordionAnimationSettings */ export interface AccordionAnimationSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the animation to appear while collapsing the Accordion item. * @default { effect: 'SlideDown', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' } */ collapse?: AccordionActionSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the animation to appear while expanding the Accordion item. * @default { effect: 'SlideDown', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' } */ expand?: AccordionActionSettingsModel; } /** * Interface for a class AccordionItem */ export interface AccordionItemModel { /** * Sets the text content to be displayed for the Accordion item. * You can set the content of the Accordion item using `content` property. * It also supports to include the title as `HTML element`, `string`, or `query selector`. * ```typescript * let accordionObj: Accordion = new Accordion( { * items: [ * { header: 'Accordion Header', content: 'Accordion Content' }, * { header: '<div>Accordion Header</div>', content: '<div>Accordion Content</div' }, * { header: '#headerContent', content: '#panelContent' }] * }); * accordionObj.appendTo('#accordion'); * ``` * @default null */ content?: string; /** * Sets the header text to be displayed for the Accordion item. * You can set the title of the Accordion item using `header` property. * It also supports to include the title as `HTML element`, `string`, or `query selector`. * ```typescript * let accordionObj: Accordion = new Accordion( { * items: [ * { header: 'Accordion Header', content: 'Accordion Content' }, * { header: '<div>Accordion Header</div>', content: '<div>Accordion Content</div' }, * { header: '#headerContent', content: '#panelContent' }] * }); * accordionObj.appendTo('#accordion'); * ``` * @default null */ header?: string; /** * Defines single/multiple classes (separated by a space) are to be used for Accordion item customization. * @default null */ cssClass?: string; /** * Defines an icon with the given custom CSS class that is to be rendered before the header text. * Add the css classes to the `iconCss` property and write the css styles to the defined class to set images/icons. * Adding icon is applicable only to the header. * ```typescript * let accordionObj: Accordion = new Accordion( { * items: [ * { header: 'Accordion Header', iconCss: 'e-app-icon' }] * }); * accordionObj.appendTo('#accordion'); * ``` * ```css * .e-app-icon::before { * content: "\e710"; * } * ``` * @default null */ iconCss?: string; /** * Sets the expand (true) or collapse (false) state of the Accordion item. By default, all the items are in a collapsed state. * @default false */ expanded?: Boolean; } /** * Interface for a class Accordion */ export interface AccordionModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * An array of item that is used to specify Accordion items. * ```typescript * let accordionObj: Accordion = new Accordion( { * items: [ * { header: 'Accordion Header', content: 'Accordion Content' }] * }); * accordionObj.appendTo('#accordion'); * ``` * @default [] */ items?: AccordionItemModel[]; /** * Specifies the width of the Accordion in pixels/number/percentage. Number value is considered as pixels. * @default '100%' */ width?: string | number; /** * Specifies the height of the Accordion in pixels/number/percentage. Number value is considered as pixels. * @default 'auto' */ height?: string | number; /** * Specifies the options to expand single or multiple panel at a time. * The possible values are: * - Single: Sets to expand only one Accordion item at a time. * - Multiple: Sets to expand more than one Accordion item at a time. * @default 'Multiple' */ expandMode?: ExpandMode; /** * Specifies the animation configuration settings for expanding and collapsing the panel. * @default { expand: { effect: 'SlideDown', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' }, * collapse: { effect: 'SlideUp', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' }} */ animation?: AccordionAnimationSettingsModel; /** * The event will be fired while clicking on the Accordion headers. * @event */ clicked?: base.EmitType<AccordionClickArgs>; /** * The event will be fired before the item gets collapsed/expanded. * @event */ expanding?: base.EmitType<ExpandEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired after the item gets collapsed/expanded. * @event */ expanded?: base.EmitType<ExpandEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired once the control rendering is completed. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * The event will be fired when the control gets destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Event>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/accordion/accordion.d.ts /** * Specifies the option to expand single or multiple panel at a time. */ export type ExpandMode = 'Single' | 'Multiple'; export interface AccordionClickArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Defines the current Accordion Item Object. */ item?: AccordionItemModel; /** Defines the current Event arguments. */ originalEvent?: Event; } export interface ExpandEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Defines the current Accordion Item Object. */ item?: AccordionItemModel; /** Defines the current Accordion Item Element. */ element?: HTMLElement; /** Defines the expand/collapse state. */ isExpanded?: boolean; /** Defines the prevent action. */ cancel?: boolean; /** Defines the Accordion Item Index */ index?: number; /** Defines the Accordion Item Content */ content?: HTMLElement; } export class AccordionActionSettings extends base.ChildProperty<AccordionActionSettings> { /** * Specifies the type of animation. * @default 'SlideDown' * @aspType string */ effect: 'None' | base.Effect; /** * Specifies the duration to animate. * @default 400 */ duration: number; /** * Specifies the animation timing function. * @default 'linear' */ easing: string; } export class AccordionAnimationSettings extends base.ChildProperty<AccordionAnimationSettings> { /** * Specifies the animation to appear while collapsing the Accordion item. * @default { effect: 'SlideDown', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' } */ collapse: AccordionActionSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the animation to appear while expanding the Accordion item. * @default { effect: 'SlideDown', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' } */ expand: AccordionActionSettingsModel; } /** * An item object that is used to configure Accordion items. */ export class AccordionItem extends base.ChildProperty<AccordionItem> { /** * Sets the text content to be displayed for the Accordion item. * You can set the content of the Accordion item using `content` property. * It also supports to include the title as `HTML element`, `string`, or `query selector`. * ```typescript * let accordionObj$: Accordion = new Accordion( { * items: [ * { header: 'Accordion Header', content: 'Accordion Content' }, * { header: '<div>Accordion Header</div>', content: '<div>Accordion Content</div' }, * { header: '#headerContent', content: '#panelContent' }] * }); * accordionObj.appendTo('#accordion'); * ``` * @default null */ content: string; /** * Sets the header text to be displayed for the Accordion item. * You can set the title of the Accordion item using `header` property. * It also supports to include the title as `HTML element`, `string`, or `query selector`. * ```typescript * let accordionObj$: Accordion = new Accordion( { * items: [ * { header: 'Accordion Header', content: 'Accordion Content' }, * { header: '<div>Accordion Header</div>', content: '<div>Accordion Content</div' }, * { header: '#headerContent', content: '#panelContent' }] * }); * accordionObj.appendTo('#accordion'); * ``` * @default null */ header: string; /** * Defines single/multiple classes (separated by a space) are to be used for Accordion item customization. * @default null */ cssClass: string; /** * Defines an icon with the given custom CSS class that is to be rendered before the header text. * Add the css classes to the `iconCss` property and write the css styles to the defined class to set images/icons. * Adding icon is applicable only to the header. * ```typescript * let accordionObj$: Accordion = new Accordion( { * items: [ * { header: 'Accordion Header', iconCss: 'e-app-icon' }] * }); * accordionObj.appendTo('#accordion'); * ``` * ```css * .e-app-icon::before { * content: "\e710"; * } * ``` * @default null */ iconCss: string; /** * Sets the expand (true) or collapse (false) state of the Accordion item. By default, all the items are in a collapsed state. * @default false */ expanded: Boolean; } /** * The Accordion is a vertically collapsible content panel that displays one or more panels at a time within the available space. * ```html * <div id='accordion'/> * <script> * var accordionObj = new Accordion(); * accordionObj.appendTo('#accordion'); * </script> * ``` */ export class Accordion extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private lastActiveItemId; private trgtEle; private ctrlTem; private keyModule; private expandedItems; private initExpand; private isNested; private isDestroy; private templateEle; private isAngular; /** * Contains the keyboard configuration of the Accordion. */ private keyConfigs; /** * An array of item that is used to specify Accordion items. * ```typescript * let accordionObj$: Accordion = new Accordion( { * items: [ * { header: 'Accordion Header', content: 'Accordion Content' }] * }); * accordionObj.appendTo('#accordion'); * ``` * @default [] */ items: AccordionItemModel[]; /** * Specifies the width of the Accordion in pixels/number/percentage. Number value is considered as pixels. * @default '100%' */ width: string | number; /** * Specifies the height of the Accordion in pixels/number/percentage. Number value is considered as pixels. * @default 'auto' */ height: string | number; /** * Specifies the options to expand single or multiple panel at a time. * The possible values are: * - Single: Sets to expand only one Accordion item at a time. * - Multiple: Sets to expand more than one Accordion item at a time. * @default 'Multiple' */ expandMode: ExpandMode; /** * Specifies the animation configuration settings for expanding and collapsing the panel. * @default { expand: { effect: 'SlideDown', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' }, * collapse: { effect: 'SlideUp', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' }} */ animation: AccordionAnimationSettingsModel; /** * The event will be fired while clicking on the Accordion headers. * @event */ clicked: base.EmitType<AccordionClickArgs>; /** * The event will be fired before the item gets collapsed/expanded. * @event */ expanding: base.EmitType<ExpandEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired after the item gets collapsed/expanded. * @event */ expanded: base.EmitType<ExpandEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired once the control rendering is completed. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * The event will be fired when the control gets destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Initializes a new instance of the Accordion class. * @param options - Specifies Accordion model properties as options. * @param element - Specifies the element that is rendered as an Accordion. */ constructor(options?: AccordionModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Removes the control from the DOM and also removes all its related events. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; protected preRender(): void; private add; private remove; /** * To initialize the control rendering * @private */ protected render(): void; private initialize; private renderControl; private unwireEvents; private wireEvents; private focusIn; private focusOut; private ctrlTemplate; private toggleIconGenerate; private initItemExpand; private renderItems; private clickHandler; private eleMoveFocus; private keyActionHandler; private headerEleGenerate; private renderInnerItem; private angularnativeCondiCheck; private fetchElement; private ariaAttrUpdate; private contentRendering; private expand; private expandAnimation; private expandProgress; private expandedItemsPush; private getIndexByItem; private expandedItemsPop; private collapse; private collapseAnimation; private collapseProgress; /** * Returns the current module name. * @returns string * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; private itemAttribUpdate; /** * Adds new item to the Accordion with the specified index of the Accordion. * @param {AccordionItemModel} item - Item array that is to be added to the Accordion. * @param {number} index - Number value that determines where the item should be added. * By default, item is added at the last index if the index is not specified. * @returns void */ addItem(item: AccordionItemModel, index?: number): void; private expandedItemRefresh; /** * Dynamically removes item from Accordion. * @param {number} index - Number value that determines which item should be removed. * @returns void. */ removeItem(index: number): void; /** * Sets focus to the specified index item header in Accordion. * @param {number} index - Number value that determines which item should be focused. * @returns void. */ select(index: number): void; /** * Shows or hides the specified item from Accordion. * @param {number} index - Number value that determines which item should be hidden/shown. * @param {Boolean} isHidden - Boolean value that determines the action either hide (true) or show (false). Default value is false. * If the `isHidden` value is false, the item is shown or else item it is hidden. * @returns void. */ hideItem(index: number, isHidden?: Boolean): void; /** * Enables/Disables the specified Accordion item. * @param {number} index - Number value that determines which item should be enabled/disabled. * @param {boolean} isEnable - Boolean value that determines the action as enable (true) or disable (false). * If the `isEnable` value is true, the item is enabled or else it is disabled. * @returns void. */ enableItem(index: number, isEnable: boolean): void; /** * Expands/Collapses the specified Accordion item. * @param {boolean} isExpand - Boolean value that determines the action as expand or collapse. * @param {number} index - Number value that determines which item should be expanded/collapsed.`index` is optional parameter. * Without Specifying index, based on the `isExpand` value all Accordion item can be expanded or collapsed. * @returns void. */ expandItem(isExpand: boolean, index?: number): void; private itemExpand; private destroyItems; private updateItem; protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Gets called when the model property changes.The data that describes the old and new values of the property that changed. * @param {AccordionModel} newProp * @param {AccordionModel} oldProp * @returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: AccordionModel, oldProp: AccordionModel): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/accordion/index.d.ts /** * Accordion all modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/common/h-scroll-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class HScroll */ export interface HScrollModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Specifies the left or right scrolling distance of the horizontal scrollbar moving. * @default null */ scrollStep?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/common/h-scroll.d.ts /** * HScroll module is introduces horizontal scroller when content exceeds the current viewing area. * It can be useful for the components like Toolbar, Tab which needs horizontal scrolling alone. * Hidden content can be view by touch moving or icon click. * ```html * <div id="scroll"/> * <script> * var scrollObj = new HScroll(); * scrollObj.appendTo("#scroll"); * </script> * ``` */ export class HScroll extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private touchModule; private scrollEle; private scrollItems; private uniqueId; private timeout; private keyTimeout; private keyTimer; private browser; private browserCheck; private ieCheck; private isDevice; private customStep; /** * Specifies the left or right scrolling distance of the horizontal scrollbar moving. * @default null */ scrollStep: number; /** * Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * To Initialize the horizontal scroll rendering * @private */ protected render(): void; /** * Initializes a new instance of the HScroll class. * @param options - Specifies HScroll model properties as options. * @param element - Specifies the element for which horizontal scrolling applies. */ constructor(options?: HScrollModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); private initialize; protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Returns the current module name. * @returns string * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Removes the control from the DOM and also removes all its related events. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; /** * Specifies the value to disable/enable the HScroll component. * When set to `true` , the component will be disabled. * @param {boolean} value - Based on this Boolean value, HScroll will be enabled (false) or disabled (true). * @returns void. */ disable(value: boolean): void; private createOverlay; private createNavIcon; private onKeyPress; private onKeyUp; private eventBinding; private repeatScroll; private tabHoldHandler; private contains; private eleScrolling; private clickEventHandler; private swipeHandler; private scrollUpdating; private frameScrollRequest; private touchHandler; private arrowDisabling; private scrollHandler; /** * Gets called when the model property changes.The data that describes the old and new values of property that changed. * @param {HScrollModel} newProp * @param {HScrollModel} oldProp * @returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: HScrollModel, oldProp: HScrollModel): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/common/index.d.ts /** * Navigation Common modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/common/menu-base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class FieldSettings */ export interface FieldSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the itemId field for Menu item. * @default 'id' */ itemId?: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the parentId field for Menu item. * @default 'parentId' */ parentId?: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the text field for Menu item. * @default 'text' */ text?: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the css icon field for Menu item. * @default 'iconCss' */ iconCss?: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the Url field for Menu item. * @default 'url' */ url?: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the separator field for Menu item. * @default 'separator' */ separator?: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the children field for Menu item. * @default 'items' */ children?: string | string[]; } /** * Interface for a class MenuItem */ export interface MenuItemModel { /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space for the menu Item that is used to include an icon. * Menu Item can include font icon and sprite image. * @default null */ iconCss?: string; /** * Specifies the id for menu item. * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * Specifies separator between the menu items. Separator are either horizontal or vertical lines used to group menu items. * @default false */ separator?: boolean; /** * Specifies the sub menu items that is the array of MenuItem model. * @default [] */ items?: MenuItemModel[]; /** * Specifies text for menu item. * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * Specifies url for menu item that creates the anchor link to navigate to the url provided. * @default '' */ url?: string; } /** * Interface for a class MenuAnimationSettings */ export interface MenuAnimationSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the effect that shown in the sub menu transform. * The possible effects are: * * None: Specifies the sub menu transform with no animation effect. * * SlideDown: Specifies the sub menu transform with slide down effect. * * ZoomIn: Specifies the sub menu transform with zoom in effect. * * FadeIn: Specifies the sub menu transform with fade in effect. * @default 'SlideDown' * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Navigations.MenuEffect * @isEnumeration true */ effect?: MenuEffect; /** * Specifies the time duration to transform object. * @default 400 */ duration?: number; /** * Specifies the easing effect applied while transform. * @default 'ease' */ easing?: string; } /** * Interface for a class MenuBase * @private */ export interface MenuBaseModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /**      * Triggers while rendering each menu item.      * @event      */ beforeItemRender?: base.EmitType<MenuEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before opening the menu item.      * @event      */ beforeOpen?: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers while opening the menu item.      * @event      */ onOpen?: base.EmitType<OpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before closing the menu.      * @event      */ beforeClose?: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers while closing the menu.      * @event      */ onClose?: base.EmitType<OpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers while selecting menu item.      * @event      */ select?: base.EmitType<MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the Menu wrapper. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies whether to show the sub menu or not on click. * When set to true, the sub menu will open only on mouse click. * @default false */ showItemOnClick?: boolean; /** * Specifies target element selector in which the ContextMenu should be opened. * Not applicable to Menu component. * @default '' * @private */ target?: string; /** * Specifies the filter selector for elements inside the target in that the context menu will be opened. * Not applicable to Menu component. * @default '' * @private */ filter?: string; /** * Specifies the template for Menu item. * Not applicable to ContextMenu component. * @default null * @private */ template?: string; /** * Specifies whether to enable / disable the scrollable option in Menu. * Not applicable to ContextMenu component. * @default false * @private */ enableScrolling?: boolean; /** * Specifies mapping fields from the dataSource. * Not applicable to ContextMenu component. * @default { itemId: "id", text: "text", parentId: "parentId", iconCss: "iconCss", url: "url", separator: "separator", * children: "items" } * @private */ fields?: FieldSettingsModel; /** * Specifies menu items with its properties which will be rendered as Menu. * @default [] */ items?: MenuItemModel[] | { [key: string]: Object }[]; /** * Specifies the animation settings for the sub menu open. * @default { duration: 400, easing: 'ease', effect: 'SlideDown' } */ animationSettings?: MenuAnimationSettingsModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/common/menu-base.d.ts /** * Menu animation effects */ export type MenuEffect = 'None' | 'SlideDown' | 'ZoomIn' | 'FadeIn'; /** * Configures the field options of the Menu. */ export class FieldSettings extends base.ChildProperty<FieldSettings> { /** * Specifies the itemId field for Menu item. * @default 'id' */ itemId: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the parentId field for Menu item. * @default 'parentId' */ parentId: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the text field for Menu item. * @default 'text' */ text: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the css icon field for Menu item. * @default 'iconCss' */ iconCss: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the Url field for Menu item. * @default 'url' */ url: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the separator field for Menu item. * @default 'separator' */ separator: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the children field for Menu item. * @default 'items' */ children: string | string[]; } /** * Specifies menu items. */ export class MenuItem extends base.ChildProperty<MenuItem> { /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space for the menu Item that is used to include an icon. * Menu Item can include font icon and sprite image. * @default null */ iconCss: string; /** * Specifies the id for menu item. * @default '' */ id: string; /** * Specifies separator between the menu items. Separator are either horizontal or vertical lines used to group menu items. * @default false */ separator: boolean; /** * Specifies the sub menu items that is the array of MenuItem model. * @default [] */ items: MenuItemModel[]; /** * Specifies text for menu item. * @default '' */ text: string; /** * Specifies url for menu item that creates the anchor link to navigate to the url provided. * @default '' */ url: string; } /** * Animation configuration settings. */ export class MenuAnimationSettings extends base.ChildProperty<MenuAnimationSettings> { /** * Specifies the effect that shown in the sub menu transform. * The possible effects are: * * None: Specifies the sub menu transform with no animation effect. * * SlideDown: Specifies the sub menu transform with slide down effect. * * ZoomIn: Specifies the sub menu transform with zoom in effect. * * FadeIn: Specifies the sub menu transform with fade in effect. * @default 'SlideDown' * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Navigations.MenuEffect * @isEnumeration true */ effect: MenuEffect; /** * Specifies the time duration to transform object. * @default 400 */ duration: number; /** * Specifies the easing effect applied while transform. * @default 'ease' */ easing: string; } /** * @private * Base class for Menu and ContextMenu components. */ export abstract class MenuBase extends base.Component<HTMLUListElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private clonedElement; private targetElement; private delegateClickHandler; private delegateMoverHandler; private delegateMouseDownHandler; private navIdx; private animation; private isTapHold; protected isMenu: boolean; private rippleFn; /** * Triggers while rendering each menu item. * @event */ beforeItemRender: base.EmitType<MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before opening the menu item. * @event */ beforeOpen: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while opening the menu item. * @event */ onOpen: base.EmitType<OpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before closing the menu. * @event */ beforeClose: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while closing the menu. * @event */ onClose: base.EmitType<OpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while selecting menu item. * @event */ select: base.EmitType<MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the Menu wrapper. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies whether to show the sub menu or not on click. * When set to true, the sub menu will open only on mouse click. * @default false */ showItemOnClick: boolean; /** * Specifies target element selector in which the ContextMenu should be opened. * Not applicable to Menu component. * @default '' * @private */ target: string; /** * Specifies the filter selector for elements inside the target in that the context menu will be opened. * Not applicable to Menu component. * @default '' * @private */ filter: string; /** * Specifies the template for Menu item. * Not applicable to ContextMenu component. * @default null * @private */ template: string; /** * Specifies whether to enable / disable the scrollable option in Menu. * Not applicable to ContextMenu component. * @default false * @private */ enableScrolling: boolean; /** * Specifies mapping fields from the dataSource. * Not applicable to ContextMenu component. * @default { itemId: "id", text: "text", parentId: "parentId", iconCss: "iconCss", url: "url", separator: "separator", * children: "items" } * @private */ fields: FieldSettingsModel; /** * Specifies menu items with its properties which will be rendered as Menu. * @default [] */ items: MenuItemModel[] | { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** * Specifies the animation settings for the sub menu open. * @default { duration: 400, easing: 'ease', effect: 'SlideDown' } */ animationSettings: MenuAnimationSettingsModel; /** * Constructor for creating the widget. * @private */ constructor(options?: MenuBaseModel, element?: string | HTMLUListElement); /** * Initialized third party configuration settings. * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Initialize the control rendering * @private */ protected render(): void; protected initialize(): void; private renderItems; protected wireEvents(): void; private wireKeyboardEvent; private mouseDownHandler; private keyBoardHandler; private upDownKeyHandler; private isValidLI; private getUlByNavIdx; private rightEnterKeyHandler; private leftEscKeyHandler; private scrollHandler; private touchHandler; private cmenuHandler; protected closeMenu(ulIndex?: number, e?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent): void; private destroyScrollObj; private getPopups; private isMenuVisible; private canOpen; protected openMenu(li: Element, item: MenuItemModel | { [key: string]: Object; }, top?: number, left?: number, e?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent, target?: HTMLElement): void; private callFit; private triggerBeforeOpen; private checkScrollOffset; private addScrolling; private setPosition; private toggleVisiblity; private createItems; private moverHandler; private removeLIStateByClass; protected getField(propName: string, level?: number): string; private getFields; private hasField; private clickHandler; private setLISelected; private getLIByClass; private getItem; private getItems; private getIdx; private getLI; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed * @private * @param {MenuBaseModel} newProp * @param {MenuBaseModel} oldProp * @returns void */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: MenuBaseModel, oldProp: MenuBaseModel): void; private getChangedItemIndex; private removeItem; /** * Used to unwire the bind events. * @private */ protected unWireEvents(targetSelctor?: string): void; private unWireKeyboardEvent; private toggleAnimation; private triggerOpen; private end; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @returns string */ protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Get wrapper element. * @returns Element * @private */ private getWrapper; protected getIndex(data: string, isUniqueId?: boolean, items?: MenuItemModel[] | { [key: string]: Object; }[], nIndex?: number[], isCallBack?: boolean, level?: number): number[]; /** * This method is used to enable or disable the menu items in the Menu based on the items and enable argument. * @param items Text items that needs to be enabled/disabled. * @param enable Set `true`/`false` to enable/disable the list items. * @param isUniqueId - Set `true` if it is a unique id. * @returns void */ enableItems(items: string[], enable?: boolean, isUniqueId?: boolean): void; /** * This method is used to show the menu items in the Menu based on the items text. * @param items Text items that needs to be shown. * @param isUniqueId - Set `true` if it is a unique id. * @returns void */ showItems(items: string[], isUniqueId?: boolean): void; /** * This method is used to hide the menu items in the Menu based on the items text. * @param items Text items that needs to be hidden. * @returns void */ hideItems(items: string[], isUniqueId?: boolean): void; private showHideItems; /** * It is used to remove the menu items from the Menu based on the items text. * @param items Text items that needs to be removed. * @returns void */ removeItems(items: string[], isUniqueId?: boolean): void; /** * It is used to insert the menu items after the specified menu item text. * @param items Items that needs to be inserted. * @param text Text item after that the element to be inserted. * @returns void */ insertAfter(items: MenuItemModel[], text: string, isUniqueId?: boolean): void; /** * It is used to insert the menu items before the specified menu item text. * @param items Items that needs to be inserted. * @param text Text item before that the element to be inserted. * @param isUniqueId - Set `true` if it is a unique id. * @returns void */ insertBefore(items: MenuItemModel[], text: string, isUniqueId?: boolean): void; private insertItems; private removeAttributes; /** * Destroys the widget. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; } /** * Interface for before item render/select event. */ export interface MenuEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { element: HTMLElement; item: MenuItemModel; event?: Event; } /** * Interface for before open/close event. */ export interface BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { element: HTMLElement; items: MenuItemModel[]; parentItem: MenuItemModel; event: Event; cancel: boolean; top?: number; left?: number; } /** * Interface for open/close event. */ export interface OpenCloseMenuEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { element: HTMLElement; items: MenuItemModel[] | { [key: string]: Object; }[]; parentItem: MenuItemModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/common/v-scroll-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class VScroll */ export interface VScrollModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Specifies the up or down scrolling distance of the vertical scrollbar moving. * @default null */ scrollStep?: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/common/v-scroll.d.ts /** * VScroll module is introduces vertical scroller when content exceeds the current viewing area. * It can be useful for the components like Toolbar, Tab which needs vertical scrolling alone. * Hidden content can be view by touch moving or icon click. * ```html * <div id="scroll"/> * <script> * var scrollObj = new VScroll(); * scrollObj.appendTo("#scroll"); * </script> * ``` */ export class VScroll extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private touchModule; private scrollEle; private scrollItems; private uniqueId; private timeout; private keyTimeout; private keyTimer; private browser; private browserCheck; private ieCheck; private isDevice; private customStep; /** * Specifies the up or down scrolling distance of the vertical scrollbar moving. * @default null */ scrollStep: number; /** * Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * To Initialize the vertical scroll rendering * @private */ protected render(): void; /** * Initializes a new instance of the VScroll class. * @param options - Specifies VScroll model properties as options. * @param element - Specifies the element for which vertical scrolling applies. */ constructor(options?: VScrollModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); private initialize; protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Returns the current module name. * @returns string * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Removes the control from the DOM and also removes all its related events. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; /** * Specifies the value to disable/enable the VScroll component. * When set to `true` , the component will be disabled. * @param {boolean} value - Based on this Boolean value, VScroll will be enabled (false) or disabled (true). * @returns void. */ disable(value: boolean): void; private createOverlayElement; private createNavIcon; private onKeyPress; private onKeyUp; private eventBinding; private repeatScroll; private tabHoldHandler; private contains; private eleScrolling; private clickEventHandler; private wheelEventHandler; private swipeHandler; private scrollUpdating; private frameScrollRequest; private touchHandler; private arrowDisabling; private scrollEventHandler; /** * Gets called when the model property changes.The data that describes the old and new values of property that changed. * @param {VScrollModel} newProp * @param {VScrollModel} oldProp * @returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: VScrollModel, oldProp: VScrollModel): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/context-menu/context-menu-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class ContextMenu */ export interface ContextMenuModel extends MenuBaseModel{ /** * Specifies target element selector in which the ContextMenu should be opened. * @default '' */ target?: string; /** * Specifies the filter selector for elements inside the target in that the context menu will be opened. * @default '' */ filter?: string; /** * Specifies menu items with its properties which will be rendered as ContextMenu. * @default [] * @aspType object */ items?: MenuItemModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/context-menu/context-menu.d.ts /** * The ContextMenu is a graphical user interface that appears on the user right click/touch hold operation. * ```html * <div id = 'target'></div> * <ul id = 'contextmenu'></ul> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var contextMenuObj = new ContextMenu({items: [{ text: 'Cut' }, { text: 'Copy' },{ text: 'Paste' }], target: '#target'}); * </script> * ``` */ export class ContextMenu extends MenuBase implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * Constructor for creating the widget. * @private */ constructor(options?: ContextMenuModel, element?: string | HTMLUListElement); /** * Specifies target element selector in which the ContextMenu should be opened. * @default '' */ target: string; /** * Specifies the filter selector for elements inside the target in that the context menu will be opened. * @default '' */ filter: string; /** * Specifies menu items with its properties which will be rendered as ContextMenu. * @default [] * @aspType object */ items: MenuItemModel[]; /** * For internal use only - prerender processing. * @private */ protected preRender(): void; protected initialize(): void; /** * This method is used to open the ContextMenu in specified position. * @param top - To specify ContextMenu vertical positioning. * @param left - To specify ContextMenu horizontal positioning. * @param target - To calculate z-index for ContextMenu based upon the specified target. * @method open * @returns void */ open(top: number, left: number, target?: HTMLElement): void; /** * Closes the ContextMenu if it is opened. */ close(): void; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed * @private * @param {ContextMenuModel} newProp * @param {ContextMenuModel} oldProp * @returns void */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: ContextMenuModel, oldProp: ContextMenuModel): void; /** * Get module name. * @returns string * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/context-menu/index.d.ts /** * ContextMenu modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/index.d.ts /** * Navigation all modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/menu/index.d.ts /** * Menu modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/menu/menu-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Menu */ export interface MenuModel extends MenuBaseModel{ /** * Specified the orientation of Menu whether it can be horizontal or vertical. * @default 'Horizontal' */ orientation?: Orientation; /** * Specifies the template for Menu item. * @default null */ template?: string; /** * Specifies whether to enable / disable the scrollable option in Menu. * @default false */ enableScrolling?: boolean; /** * Specifies mapping fields from the dataSource. * @default { itemId: "id", text: "text", parentId: "parentId", iconCss: "iconCss", url: "url", separator: "separator", * children: "items" } */ fields?: FieldSettingsModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/menu/menu.d.ts /** * Specifies the option for orientation mode of Menu. By default, component rendered in Horizontal orientation mode. */ export type Orientation = 'Horizontal' | 'Vertical'; /** * The Menu is a graphical user interface that serve as navigation headers for your application or site. * ```html * <ul id = 'menu'></ul> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var menuObj = new Menu({ items: [{ text: 'Home' }, { text: 'Contact Us' },{ text: 'Login' }]}); * menuObj.appendTo("#menu"); * </script> * ``` */ export class Menu extends MenuBase implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private tempItems; /** * Specified the orientation of Menu whether it can be horizontal or vertical. * @default 'Horizontal' */ orientation: Orientation; /** * Specifies the template for Menu item. * @default null */ template: string; /** * Specifies whether to enable / disable the scrollable option in Menu. * @default false */ enableScrolling: boolean; /** * Specifies mapping fields from the dataSource. * @default { itemId: "id", text: "text", parentId: "parentId", iconCss: "iconCss", url: "url", separator: "separator", * children: "items" } */ fields: FieldSettingsModel; /** * Constructor for creating the component. * @private */ constructor(options?: MenuModel, element?: string | HTMLUListElement); /** * Get module name. * @returns string * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * For internal use only - prerender processing. * @private */ protected preRender(): void; protected initialize(): void; private updateMenuItems; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed * @private * @param {MenuModel} newProp * @param {MenuModel} oldProp * @returns void */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: MenuModel, oldProp: MenuModel): void; private createMenuItems; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/sidebar/index.d.ts /** * Sidebar modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/sidebar/sidebar-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Sidebar */ export interface SidebarModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Specifies the size of the Sidebar in dock state. * > For more details about dockSize refer to * [`Dock`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/sidebar/docking-sidebar/) documentation. * @default 'auto' */ dockSize?: string | number; /** * Specifies the media query string for resolution, which when met opens the Sidebar. * ```typescript * let defaultSidebar: Sidebar = new Sidebar({ * mediaQuery:'(min-width: 600px)' * }); * ``` * > For more details about mediaQuery refer to * [`Auto Close`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/sidebar/auto-close/) documentation. * @default null * @aspType string */ mediaQuery?: string | MediaQueryList; /** * Specifies the docking state of the component. * > For more details about enableDock refer to * [`Dock`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/sidebar/docking-sidebar/) documentation. * @default false */ enableDock?: boolean; /** * Enables the expand or collapse while swiping in touch devices. * This is not a sidebar property. * @default 'en-US' * @private */ locale?: string; /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. Position * 2. Type * @default false */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * Enables the expand or collapse while swiping in touch devices. * @default true */ enableGestures?: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the Sidebar component is open or close. * @default false */ isOpen?: boolean; /** * Specifies the Sidebar in RTL mode that displays the content in the right-to-left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Enable or disable the animation transitions on expanding or collapsing the Sidebar. * @default true */ animate?: boolean; /** * Specifies the height of the Sidebar. * @default 'auto' * @private */ height?: string | number; /** * Specifies whether the Sidebar need to be closed or not when document area is clicked. * @default false */ closeOnDocumentClick?: boolean; /** * Specifies the position of the Sidebar (Left/Right) corresponding to the main content. * > For more details about SidebarPosition refer to * [`position`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/sidebar/getting-started/#position) documentation. * @default 'Left' */ position?: SidebarPosition; /** * Allows to place the sidebar inside the target element. * > For more details about target refer to * [`Custom Context`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/sidebar/custom-context/) documentation. * @default null */ target?: HTMLElement | string; /** * Specifies the whether to apply overlay options to main content when the Sidebar is in an open state. * > For more details about showBackdrop refer to * [`Backdrop`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/sidebar/getting-started/#enable-backdrop) documentation. * @default false */ showBackdrop?: boolean; /** * Specifies the expanding types of the Sidebar. * * `Over` - The sidebar floats over the main content area. * * `Push` - The sidebar pushes the main content area to appear side-by-side, and shrinks the main content within the screen width. * * `Slide` - The sidebar translates the x and y positions of main content area based on the sidebar width. * The main content area will not be adjusted within the screen width. * * `Auto` - Sidebar with `Over` type in mobile resolution and `Push` type in other higher resolutions. * > For more details about SidebarType refer to * [`SidebarType`](./variations.html#types) documentation. * @default 'Auto' */ type?: SidebarType; /** * Specifies the width of the Sidebar. By default, the width of the Sidebar sets based on the size of its content. * Width can also be set in pixel values. * @default 'auto' * @aspType string */ width?: string | number; /** * Specifies the z-index of the Sidebar. It is applicable only when sidebar act as overlay type. * @default '1000' * @aspType string */ zIndex?: string | number; /** * Triggers when component is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when component is closed. * @event */ close?: base.EmitType<EventArgs>; /** * Triggers when component is opened. * @event */ open?: base.EmitType<EventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the state(expand/collapse) of the component is changed. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType<ChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when component gets destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/sidebar/sidebar.d.ts /** * Specifies the Sidebar types. */ export type SidebarType = 'Slide' | 'Over' | 'Push' | 'Auto'; /** * Specifies the Sidebar positions. */ export type SidebarPosition = 'Left' | 'Right'; /** * Sidebar is an expandable or collapsible * component that typically act as a side container to place the primary or secondary content alongside of the main content. * ```html * <aside id="sidebar"> * </aside> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * let sidebarObject: Sidebar = new Sidebar(); * sidebarObject.appendTo("#sidebar"); * </script> * ``` */ export class Sidebar extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private modal; private mainContentEle; private sidebarEle; private sidebarEleCopy; protected tabIndex: string; /** * Specifies the size of the Sidebar in dock state. * > For more details about dockSize refer to * [`Dock`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/sidebar/docking-sidebar/) documentation. * @default 'auto' */ dockSize: string | number; /** * Specifies the media query string for resolution, which when met opens the Sidebar. * ```typescript * let defaultSidebar$: Sidebar = new Sidebar({ * mediaQuery:'(min-width: 600px)' * }); * ``` * > For more details about mediaQuery refer to * [`Auto Close`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/sidebar/auto-close/) documentation. * @default null * @aspType string */ mediaQuery: string | MediaQueryList; /** * Specifies the docking state of the component. * > For more details about enableDock refer to * [`Dock`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/sidebar/docking-sidebar/) documentation. * @default false */ enableDock: boolean; /** * Enables the expand or collapse while swiping in touch devices. * This is not a sidebar property. * @default 'en-US' * @private */ locale: string; /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. Position * 2. Type * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * Enables the expand or collapse while swiping in touch devices. * @default true */ enableGestures: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the Sidebar component is open or close. * @default false */ isOpen: boolean; /** * Specifies the Sidebar in RTL mode that displays the content in the right-to-left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Enable or disable the animation transitions on expanding or collapsing the Sidebar. * @default true */ animate: boolean; /** * Specifies the height of the Sidebar. * @default 'auto' * @private */ height: string | number; /** * Specifies whether the Sidebar need to be closed or not when document area is clicked. * @default false */ closeOnDocumentClick: boolean; /** * Specifies the position of the Sidebar (Left/Right) corresponding to the main content. * > For more details about SidebarPosition refer to * [`position`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/sidebar/getting-started/#position) documentation. * @default 'Left' */ position: SidebarPosition; /** * Allows to place the sidebar inside the target element. * > For more details about target refer to * [`Custom Context`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/sidebar/custom-context/) documentation. * @default null */ target: HTMLElement | string; /** * Specifies the whether to apply overlay options to main content when the Sidebar is in an open state. * > For more details about showBackdrop refer to * [`Backdrop`](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/sidebar/getting-started/#enable-backdrop) documentation. * @default false */ showBackdrop: boolean; /** * Specifies the expanding types of the Sidebar. * * `Over` - The sidebar floats over the main content area. * * `Push` - The sidebar pushes the main content area to appear side-by-side, and shrinks the main content within the screen width. * * `Slide` - The sidebar translates the x and y positions of main content area based on the sidebar width. * The main content area will not be adjusted within the screen width. * * `Auto` - Sidebar with `Over` type in mobile resolution and `Push` type in other higher resolutions. * > For more details about SidebarType refer to * [`SidebarType`](./variations.html#types) documentation. * @default 'Auto' */ type: SidebarType; /** * Specifies the width of the Sidebar. By default, the width of the Sidebar sets based on the size of its content. * Width can also be set in pixel values. * @default 'auto' * @aspType string */ width: string | number; /** * Specifies the z-index of the Sidebar. It is applicable only when sidebar act as overlay type. * @default '1000' * @aspType string */ zIndex: string | number; /** * Triggers when component is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when component is closed. * @event */ close: base.EmitType<EventArgs>; /** * Triggers when component is opened. * @event */ open: base.EmitType<EventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the state(expand/collapse) of the component is changed. * @event */ change: base.EmitType<ChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when component gets destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; constructor(options?: SidebarModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); protected preRender(): void; protected render(): void; protected initialize(): void; private setEnableRTL; private setTarget; private setCloseOnDocumentClick; private setWidth; private setDimension; private setZindex; private addClass; private destroyBackDrop; /** * Hide the Sidebar component, if it is in an open state. * @returns void */ hide(e?: Event): void; /** * Shows the Sidebar component, if it is in closed state. * @returns void */ show(e?: Event): void; private setAnimation; private setDock; private createBackDrop; protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Returns the current module name. * @returns string * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Shows or hides the Sidebar based on the current state. * @returns void */ toggle(e?: Event): void; protected getState(): boolean; private setMediaQuery; protected resize(e: Event): void; private documentclickHandler; private enableGestureHandler; private setEnableGestures; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; onPropertyChanged(newProp: SidebarModel, oldProp: SidebarModel): void; protected setType(type?: string): void; /** * Removes the control from the DOM and detaches all its related event handlers. Also it removes the attributes and classes. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; } /** * Defines the event arguments for the event. * @returns void */ export interface ChangeEventArgs { /** * Returns event name */ name: string; /** * Defines the element. */ element: HTMLElement; } export interface EventArgs { /** * Illustrates whether the current action needs to be prevented or not. */ cancel?: boolean; /** * Defines the Sidebar model. */ model?: SidebarModel; /** * Defines the element. */ element: HTMLElement; /** * Defines the boolean that returns true when the Sidebar is closed by user interaction, otherwise returns false. */ isInteracted?: boolean; /** * Defines the original event arguments. */ event?: MouseEvent | Event; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/tab/index.d.ts /** * Tab modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/tab/tab-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class TabActionSettings */ export interface TabActionSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the animation effect for displaying Tab content. * @default 'SlideLeftIn' * @aspType string */ effect?: 'None' | base.Effect; /** * Specifies the time duration to transform content. * @default 600 */ duration?: number; /** * Specifies easing effect applied while transforming content. * @default 'ease' */ easing?: string; } /** * Interface for a class TabAnimationSettings */ export interface TabAnimationSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the animation to appear while moving to previous Tab content. * @default { effect: 'SlideLeftIn', duration: 600, easing: 'ease' } */ previous?: TabActionSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the animation to appear while moving to next Tab content. * @default { effect: 'SlideRightIn', duration: 600, easing: 'ease' } */ next?: TabActionSettingsModel; } /** * Interface for a class Header */ export interface HeaderModel { /** * Specifies the display text of the Tab item header. * @default '' */ text?: string | HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the icon class that is used to render an icon in the Tab header. * @default '' */ iconCss?: string; /** * Options for positioning the icon in the Tab item header. This property depends on `iconCss` property. * The possible values are: * - Left: Places the icon to the `left` of the item. * - Top: Places the icon on the `top` of the item. * - Right: Places the icon to the `right` end of the item. * - Bottom: Places the icon at the `bottom` of the item. * @default 'left' */ iconPosition?: string; } /** * Interface for a class TabItem */ export interface TabItemModel { /** * The object used for configuring the Tab item header properties. * @default {} */ header?: HeaderModel; /** * Specifies the content of Tab item, that is displayed when concern item header is selected. * @default '' */ content?: string | HTMLElement; /** * Sets the CSS classes to the Tab item to customize its styles. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Sets true to disable user interactions of the Tab item. * @default false */ disabled?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class Tab */ export interface TabModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * An array of object that is used to configure the Tab component. * ```typescript * let tabObj: Tab = new Tab( { * items: [ * { header: { text: 'TabItem1' }, content: 'Tab Item1 Content' }, * { header: { text: 'TabItem2' }, content: 'Tab Item2 Content' } * ] * }); * tabObj.appendTo('#tab'); * ``` * @default [] */ items?: TabItemModel[]; /** * Specifies the width of the Tab component. Default, Tab width sets based on the width of its parent. * @default '100%' */ width?: string | number; /** * Specifies the height of the Tab component. By default, Tab height is set based on the height of its parent. * To use height property, heightAdjustMode must be set to 'None'. * @default 'auto' */ height?: string | number; /** * Sets the CSS classes to root element of the Tab that helps to customize component styles. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies the index for activating the current Tab item. * ```typescript * let tabObj: Tab = new Tab( { * selectedItem: 1, * items: [ * { header: { text: 'TabItem1' }, content: 'Tab Item1 Content' }, * { header: { text: 'TabItem2' }, content: 'Tab Item2 Content' } * ] * }); * tabObj.appendTo('#tab'); * ``` * @default 0 */ selectedItem?: number; /** * Specifies the orientation of Tab header. * The possible values are: * - Top: Places the Tab header on the top. * - Bottom: Places the Tab header at the bottom. * - Left: Places the Tab header on the left. * - Right: Places the Tab header at the right. * @default 'Top' */ headerPlacement?: HeaderPosition; /** * Specifies the height style for Tab content. * The possible values are: * - None: Based on the given height property, the content panel height is set. * - Auto: Tallest panel height of a given Tab content is set to all the other panels. * - Content: Based on the corresponding content height, the content panel height is set. * - Fill: Based on the parent height, the content panel height is set. * @default 'Content' */ heightAdjustMode?: HeightStyles; /** * Specifies the Tab display mode when Tab content exceeds the viewing area. * The possible modes are: * - Scrollable: All the elements are displayed in a single line with horizontal scrolling enabled. * - popups.Popup: Tab container holds the items that can be placed within the available space and rest of the items are moved to the popup. * If the popup content overflows the height of the page, the rest of the elements can be viewed by scrolling the popup. * @default 'Scrollable' */ overflowMode?: OverflowMode; /** * Specifies the direction of the Tab. For the culture like Arabic, direction can be switched as right-to-left. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. * If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. selectedItem * @default false */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to show the close button for header items to remove the item from the Tab. * @default false */ showCloseButton?: boolean; /** * Specifies the animation configuration settings while showing the content of the Tab. * @default * { previous: { effect: 'SlideLeftIn', duration: 600, easing: 'ease' }, * next: { effect: 'SlideRightIn', duration: 600, easing: 'ease' } } */ animation?: TabAnimationSettingsModel; /** * The event will be fired once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * The event will be fired before adding the item to the Tab. * @event */ adding?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * The event will be fired after adding the item to the Tab. * @event */ added?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * The event will be fired before the item gets selected. * @event */ selecting?: base.EmitType<SelectingEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired after the item gets selected. * @event */ selected?: base.EmitType<SelectEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired before removing the item from the Tab. * @event */ removing?: base.EmitType<RemoveEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired after removing the item from the Tab. * @event */ removed?: base.EmitType<RemoveEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired when the component gets destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Event>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/tab/tab.d.ts type HTEle = HTMLElement; /** * Options to set the orientation of Tab header. */ export type HeaderPosition = 'Top' | 'Bottom' | 'Left' | 'Right'; /** * Options to set the content element height adjust modes. */ export type HeightStyles = 'None' | 'Auto' | 'Content' | 'Fill'; export interface SelectEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Defines the previous Tab item element. */ previousItem: HTMLElement; /** Defines the previous Tab item index. */ previousIndex: number; /** Defines the selected Tab item element. */ selectedItem: HTMLElement; /** Defines the selected Tab item index. */ selectedIndex: number; /** Defines the content selection done through swiping. */ isSwiped: boolean; /** Defines the prevent action. */ cancel?: boolean; /** Defines the selected content. */ selectedContent: HTMLElement; } export interface SelectingEventArgs extends SelectEventArgs { /** Defines the selecting Tab item element. */ selectingItem: HTMLElement; /** Defines the selecting Tab item index. */ selectingIndex: number; /** Defines the selecting Tab item content. */ selectingContent: HTMLElement; } export interface RemoveEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Defines the removed Tab item element. */ removedItem: HTMLElement; /** Defines the removed Tab item index. */ removedIndex: number; } export class TabActionSettings extends base.ChildProperty<TabActionSettings> { /** * Specifies the animation effect for displaying Tab content. * @default 'SlideLeftIn' * @aspType string */ effect: 'None' | base.Effect; /** * Specifies the time duration to transform content. * @default 600 */ duration: number; /** * Specifies easing effect applied while transforming content. * @default 'ease' */ easing: string; } export class TabAnimationSettings extends base.ChildProperty<TabAnimationSettings> { /** * Specifies the animation to appear while moving to previous Tab content. * @default { effect: 'SlideLeftIn', duration: 600, easing: 'ease' } */ previous: TabActionSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the animation to appear while moving to next Tab content. * @default { effect: 'SlideRightIn', duration: 600, easing: 'ease' } */ next: TabActionSettingsModel; } /** * Objects used for configuring the Tab item header properties. */ export class Header extends base.ChildProperty<Header> { /** * Specifies the display text of the Tab item header. * @default '' */ text: string | HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the icon class that is used to render an icon in the Tab header. * @default '' */ iconCss: string; /** * Options for positioning the icon in the Tab item header. This property depends on `iconCss` property. * The possible values are: * - Left: Places the icon to the `left` of the item. * - Top: Places the icon on the `top` of the item. * - Right: Places the icon to the `right` end of the item. * - Bottom: Places the icon at the `bottom` of the item. * @default 'left' */ iconPosition: string; } /** * An array of object that is used to configure the Tab. */ export class TabItem extends base.ChildProperty<TabItem> { /** * The object used for configuring the Tab item header properties. * @default {} */ header: HeaderModel; /** * Specifies the content of Tab item, that is displayed when concern item header is selected. * @default '' */ content: string | HTMLElement; /** * Sets the CSS classes to the Tab item to customize its styles. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Sets true to disable user interactions of the Tab item. * @default false */ disabled: boolean; } /** * Tab is a content panel to show multiple contents in a single space, one at a time. * Each Tab item has an associated content, that will be displayed based on the active Tab header item. * ```html * <div id="tab"></div> * <script> * var tabObj = new Tab(); * tab.appendTo("#tab"); * </script> * ``` */ export class Tab extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private hdrEle; private cntEle; private tbObj; private tbItems; private tbItem; private tbPop; private isTemplate; private isPopup; private isReplace; private prevIndex; private prevItem; private popEle; private actEleId; private bdrLine; private popObj; private btnCls; private cnt; private show; private hide; private enableAnimation; private keyModule; private tabKeyModule; private touchModule; private animateOptions; private animObj; private maxHeight; private title; private initRender; private prevActiveEle; private lastIndex; private isSwipeed; private isNested; private itemIndexArray; private templateEle; private scrCntClass; private isAdd; private content; private selectedID; private selectingID; private isIconAlone; private resizeContext; /** * Contains the keyboard configuration of the Tab. */ private keyConfigs; /** * An array of object that is used to configure the Tab component. * ```typescript * let tabObj$: Tab = new Tab( { * items: [ * { header: { text: 'TabItem1' }, content: 'Tab Item1 Content' }, * { header: { text: 'TabItem2' }, content: 'Tab Item2 Content' } * ] * }); * tabObj.appendTo('#tab'); * ``` * @default [] */ items: TabItemModel[]; /** * Specifies the width of the Tab component. Default, Tab width sets based on the width of its parent. * @default '100%' */ width: string | number; /** * Specifies the height of the Tab component. By default, Tab height is set based on the height of its parent. * To use height property, heightAdjustMode must be set to 'None'. * @default 'auto' */ height: string | number; /** * Sets the CSS classes to root element of the Tab that helps to customize component styles. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies the index for activating the current Tab item. * ```typescript * let tabObj$: Tab = new Tab( { * selectedItem: 1, * items: [ * { header: { text: 'TabItem1' }, content: 'Tab Item1 Content' }, * { header: { text: 'TabItem2' }, content: 'Tab Item2 Content' } * ] * }); * tabObj.appendTo('#tab'); * ``` * @default 0 */ selectedItem: number; /** * Specifies the orientation of Tab header. * The possible values are: * - Top: Places the Tab header on the top. * - Bottom: Places the Tab header at the bottom. * - Left: Places the Tab header on the left. * - Right: Places the Tab header at the right. * @default 'Top' */ headerPlacement: HeaderPosition; /** * Specifies the height style for Tab content. * The possible values are: * - None: Based on the given height property, the content panel height is set. * - Auto: Tallest panel height of a given Tab content is set to all the other panels. * - Content: Based on the corresponding content height, the content panel height is set. * - Fill: Based on the parent height, the content panel height is set. * @default 'Content' */ heightAdjustMode: HeightStyles; /** * Specifies the Tab display mode when Tab content exceeds the viewing area. * The possible modes are: * - Scrollable: All the elements are displayed in a single line with horizontal scrolling enabled. * - Popup: Tab container holds the items that can be placed within the available space and rest of the items are moved to the popup. * If the popup content overflows the height of the page, the rest of the elements can be viewed by scrolling the popup. * @default 'Scrollable' */ overflowMode: OverflowMode; /** * Specifies the direction of the Tab. For the culture like Arabic, direction can be switched as right-to-left. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. * If enabled, following list of states will be persisted. * 1. selectedItem * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to show the close button for header items to remove the item from the Tab. * @default false */ showCloseButton: boolean; /** * Specifies the animation configuration settings while showing the content of the Tab. * @default * { previous: { effect: 'SlideLeftIn', duration: 600, easing: 'ease' }, * next: { effect: 'SlideRightIn', duration: 600, easing: 'ease' } } */ animation: TabAnimationSettingsModel; /** * The event will be fired once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * The event will be fired before adding the item to the Tab. * @event */ adding: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * The event will be fired after adding the item to the Tab. * @event */ added: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * The event will be fired before the item gets selected. * @event */ selecting: base.EmitType<SelectingEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired after the item gets selected. * @event */ selected: base.EmitType<SelectEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired before removing the item from the Tab. * @event */ removing: base.EmitType<RemoveEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired after removing the item from the Tab. * @event */ removed: base.EmitType<RemoveEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired when the component gets destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Removes the component from the DOM and detaches all its related event handlers, attributes and classes. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; /** * Initialize component * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Initializes a new instance of the Tab class. * @param options - Specifies Tab model properties as options. * @param element - Specifies the element that is rendered as a Tab. */ constructor(options?: TabModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Initialize the component rendering * @private */ protected render(): void; private renderContainer; private renderHeader; private renderContent; private reRenderItems; private parseObject; private removeActiveClass; private checkPopupOverflow; private popupHandler; private updateOrientationAttribute; private setCloseButton; private prevCtnAnimation; private triggerPrevAnimation; private triggerAnimation; private keyPressed; private getEleIndex; private extIndex; private expTemplateContent; private templateCompile; private compileElement; private headerTextCompile; private getContent; private getTrgContent; private findEle; private isVertical; private addVerticalClass; private updatePopAnimationConfig; private changeOrientation; private setOrientation; private setCssClass; private setContentHeight; private getHeight; private setActiveBorder; private setActive; private setItems; private setRTL; private refreshActiveBorder; private showPopup; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; private clickHandler; private swipeHandler; private spaceKeyDown; private keyHandler; private refreshActElePosition; private refreshItemVisibility; private hoverHandler; private evalOnPropertyChangeItems; /** * Enables or disables the specified Tab item. On passing value as `false`, the item will be disabled. * @param {number} index - Index value of target Tab item. * @param {boolean} value - Boolean value that determines whether the command should be enabled or disabled. * By default, isEnable is true. * @returns void. */ enableTab(index: number, value: boolean): void; /** * Adds new items to the Tab that accepts an array as Tab items. * @param {TabItemsModel[]} items - An array of item that is added to the Tab. * @param {number} index - Number value that determines where the items to be added. By default, index is 0. * @returns void. */ addTab(items: TabItemModel[], index?: number): void; /** * Removes the items in the Tab from the specified index. * @param {number} index - Index of target item that is going to be removed. * @returns void. */ removeTab(index: number): void; /** * Shows or hides the Tab that is in the specified index. * @param {number} index - Index value of target item. * @param {boolean} value - Based on this Boolean value, item will be hide (false) or show (true). By default, value is true. * @returns void. */ hideTab(index: number, value?: boolean): void; /** * Specifies the index or HTMLElement to select an item from the Tab. * @param {number | HTMLElement} args - Index or DOM element is used for selecting an item from the Tab. * @returns void. */ select(args: number | HTEle): void; /** * Specifies the value to disable/enable the Tab component. * When set to `true`, the component will be disabled. * @param {boolean} value - Based on this Boolean value, Tab will be enabled (false) or disabled (true). * @returns void. */ disable(value: boolean): void; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @returns string */ protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Returns the current module name. * @returns string * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Gets called when the model property changes.The data that describes the old and new values of the property that changed. * @param {TabModel} newProp * @param {TabModel} oldProp * @returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: TabModel, oldProp: TabModel): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/toolbar/index.d.ts /** * Toolbar modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/toolbar/toolbar-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Item */ export interface ItemModel { /** * Specifies the unique ID to be used with button or input element of Toolbar items. * @default "" */ id?: string; /** * Specifies the text to be displayed on the Toolbar button. * @default "" */ text?: string; /** * Specifies the width of the Toolbar button commands. * @default 'auto' */ width?: number | string; /** * Defines single/multiple classes (separated by space) to be used for customization of commands. * @default "" */ cssClass?: string; /** * Defines the priority of items to display it in popup always. * It allows to maintain toolbar item on popup always but it does not work for toolbar priority items. * @default false */ showAlwaysInPopup?: boolean; /** * Defines single/multiple classes separated by space used to specify an icon for the button. * The icon will be positioned before the text content if text is available, otherwise the icon alone will be rendered. * @default "" */ prefixIcon?: string; /** * Defines single/multiple classes separated by space used to specify an icon for the button. * The icon will be positioned after the text content if text is available. * @default "" */ suffixIcon?: string; /** * Specifies the Toolbar command display area when an element's content is too large to fit available space. * This is applicable only to `popup` mode. Possible values are: * - Show: Always shows the item as the primary priority on the *Toolbar*. * - Hide: Always shows the item as the secondary priority on the *popup*. * - None: No priority for display, and as per normal order moves to popup when content exceeds. * @default 'None' */ overflow?: OverflowOption; /** * Specifies the HTML element/element ID as a string that can be added as a Toolbar command. * ``` * E.g - items: [{ template: '<input placeholder="Search"/>' },{ template: '#checkbox1' }] * ``` * @default "" */ template?: string | Object; /** * Specifies the types of command to be rendered in the Toolbar. * Supported types are: * - buttons.Button: Creates the buttons.Button control with its given properties like text, prefixIcon, etc. * - Separator: Adds a horizontal line that separates the Toolbar commands. * - Input: Creates an input element that is applicable to template rendering with Syncfusion controls like DropDownList, * AutoComplete, etc. * @default 'buttons.Button' */ type?: ItemType; /** * Specifies where the button text will be displayed on *popup mode* of the Toolbar. * Possible values are: * - Toolbar: Text will be displayed on *Toolbar* only. * - Overflow: Text will be displayed only when content overflows to *popup*. * - Both: Text will be displayed on *popup* and *Toolbar*. * @default 'Both' */ showTextOn?: DisplayMode; /** * Defines htmlAttributes used to add custom base.attributes to Toolbar command. * Supports HTML base.attributes such as style, class, etc. * @default null */ htmlAttributes?: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Specifies the text to be displayed on the Toolbar button. * @default "" */ tooltipText?: string; /** * Specifies the location for aligning Toolbar items on the Toolbar. Each command will be aligned according to the `align` property. * Possible values are: * - Left: To align commands to the left side of the Toolbar. * - Center: To align commands at the center of the Toolbar. * - Right: To align commands to the right side of the Toolbar. * ```html * <div id="element"> </div> * ``` * ```typescript * let toolbar: Toolbar = new Toolbar({ * items: [ * { text: "Home" }, * { text: "My Home Page" , align: 'Center' }, * { text: "Search", align: 'Right' } * { text: "Settings", align: 'Right' } * ] * }); * toolbar.appendTo('#element'); * ``` * @default "Left" */ align?: ItemAlign; /** * base.Event triggers when `click` the toolbar item. * @event */ click?: base.EmitType<ClickEventArgs>; } /** * Interface for a class Toolbar */ export interface ToolbarModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * An array of items that is used to configure Toolbar commands. * @default [] */ items?: ItemModel[]; /** * Specifies the width of the Toolbar in pixels/numbers/percentage. Number value is considered as pixels. * @default 'auto' */ width?: string | number; /** * Specifies the height of the Toolbar in pixels/number/percentage. Number value is considered as pixels. * @default 'auto' */ height?: string | number; /** * Specifies the Toolbar display mode when Toolbar content exceeds the viewing area. * Possible modes are: * - Scrollable: All the elements are displayed in a single line with horizontal scrolling enabled. * - popups.Popup: Prioritized elements are displayed on the Toolbar and the rest of elements are moved to the *popup*. * - MultiRow: Displays the overflow toolbar items as an in-line of a toolbar. * - Extended: Hide the overflowing toolbar items in the next row. Show the overflowing toolbar items when you click the expand icons. * If the popup content overflows the height of the page, the rest of the elements will be hidden. * @default 'Scrollable' */ overflowMode?: OverflowMode; /** * Specifies the direction of the Toolbar commands. For cultures like Arabic, Hebrew, etc. direction can be switched to right to left. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * The event will be fired on clicking the Toolbar elements. * @event */ clicked?: base.EmitType<ClickEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired when the control is rendered. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * The event will be fired when the control gets destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * The event will be fired before the control is rendered on a page. * @event */ beforeCreate?: base.EmitType<BeforeCreateArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/toolbar/toolbar.d.ts /** * Specifies the options for supporting element types of Toolbar command. */ export type ItemType = 'Button' | 'Separator' | 'Input'; /** * Specifies the options of where the text will be displayed in popup mode of the Toolbar. */ export type DisplayMode = 'Both' | 'Overflow' | 'Toolbar'; /** * Specifies the options of the Toolbar item display area when the Toolbar content overflows to available space.Applicable to `popup` mode. */ export type OverflowOption = 'None' | 'Show' | 'Hide'; /** * Specifies the options of Toolbar display mode. Display option is considered when Toolbar content exceeds the available space. */ export type OverflowMode = 'Scrollable' | 'Popup' | 'MultiRow' | 'Extended'; export type ItemAlign = 'Left' | 'Center' | 'Right'; export interface ClickEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Defines the current Toolbar Item Object. */ item: ItemModel; /** Defines the current Event arguments. */ originalEvent: Event; /** Defines the prevent action. */ cancel?: boolean; } export interface BeforeCreateArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Enable or disable the popup collision. */ enableCollision: boolean; scrollStep: number; } /** * An item object that is used to configure Toolbar commands. */ export class Item extends base.ChildProperty<Item> { /** * Specifies the unique ID to be used with button or input element of Toolbar items. * @default "" */ id: string; /** * Specifies the text to be displayed on the Toolbar button. * @default "" */ text: string; /** * Specifies the width of the Toolbar button commands. * @default 'auto' */ width: number | string; /** * Defines single/multiple classes (separated by space) to be used for customization of commands. * @default "" */ cssClass: string; /** * Defines the priority of items to display it in popup always. * It allows to maintain toolbar item on popup always but it does not work for toolbar priority items. * @default false */ showAlwaysInPopup: boolean; /** * Defines single/multiple classes separated by space used to specify an icon for the button. * The icon will be positioned before the text content if text is available, otherwise the icon alone will be rendered. * @default "" */ prefixIcon: string; /** * Defines single/multiple classes separated by space used to specify an icon for the button. * The icon will be positioned after the text content if text is available. * @default "" */ suffixIcon: string; /** * Specifies the Toolbar command display area when an element's content is too large to fit available space. * This is applicable only to `popup` mode. Possible values are: * - Show: Always shows the item as the primary priority on the *Toolbar*. * - Hide: Always shows the item as the secondary priority on the *popup*. * - None: No priority for display, and as per normal order moves to popup when content exceeds. * @default 'None' */ overflow: OverflowOption; /** * Specifies the HTML element/element ID as a string that can be added as a Toolbar command. * ``` * E.g - items: [{ template: '<input placeholder="Search"/>' },{ template: '#checkbox1' }] * ``` * @default "" */ template: string | Object; /** * Specifies the types of command to be rendered in the Toolbar. * Supported types are: * - Button: Creates the Button control with its given properties like text, prefixIcon, etc. * - Separator: Adds a horizontal line that separates the Toolbar commands. * - Input: Creates an input element that is applicable to template rendering with Syncfusion controls like DropDownList, * AutoComplete, etc. * @default 'Button' */ type: ItemType; /** * Specifies where the button text will be displayed on *popup mode* of the Toolbar. * Possible values are: * - Toolbar: Text will be displayed on *Toolbar* only. * - Overflow: Text will be displayed only when content overflows to *popup*. * - Both: Text will be displayed on *popup* and *Toolbar*. * @default 'Both' */ showTextOn: DisplayMode; /** * Defines htmlAttributes used to add custom attributes to Toolbar command. * Supports HTML attributes such as style, class, etc. * @default null */ htmlAttributes: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Specifies the text to be displayed on the Toolbar button. * @default "" */ tooltipText: string; /** * Specifies the location for aligning Toolbar items on the Toolbar. Each command will be aligned according to the `align` property. * Possible values are: * - Left: To align commands to the left side of the Toolbar. * - Center: To align commands at the center of the Toolbar. * - Right: To align commands to the right side of the Toolbar. * ```html * <div id="element"> </div> * ``` * ```typescript * let toolbar$: Toolbar = new Toolbar({ * items: [ * { text: "Home" }, * { text: "My Home Page" , align: 'Center' }, * { text: "Search", align: 'Right' } * { text: "Settings", align: 'Right' } * ] * }); * toolbar.appendTo('#element'); * ``` * @default "Left" */ align: ItemAlign; /** * Event triggers when `click` the toolbar item. * @event */ click: base.EmitType<ClickEventArgs>; } /** * The Toolbar control contains a group of commands that are aligned horizontally. * ```html * <div id="toolbar"/> * <script> * var toolbarObj = new Toolbar(); * toolbarObj.appendTo("#toolbar"); * </script> * ``` */ export class Toolbar extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private trgtEle; private ctrlTem; /** @hidden */ private popObj; /** @hidden */ private tbarEle; /** @hidden */ private tbarAlgEle; /** @hidden */ private tbarAlign; /** @hidden */ private tbarEleMrgn; /** @hidden */ private tbResize; private offsetWid; private keyModule; private scrollModule; private activeEle; private popupPriCount; private tbarItemsCol; private enableCollision; private scrollStep; private isVertical; private tempId; private resizeContext; /** * Contains the keyboard configuration of the Toolbar. */ private keyConfigs; /** * An array of items that is used to configure Toolbar commands. * @default [] */ items: ItemModel[]; /** * Specifies the width of the Toolbar in pixels/numbers/percentage. Number value is considered as pixels. * @default 'auto' */ width: string | number; /** * Specifies the height of the Toolbar in pixels/number/percentage. Number value is considered as pixels. * @default 'auto' */ height: string | number; /** * Specifies the Toolbar display mode when Toolbar content exceeds the viewing area. * Possible modes are: * - Scrollable: All the elements are displayed in a single line with horizontal scrolling enabled. * - Popup: Prioritized elements are displayed on the Toolbar and the rest of elements are moved to the *popup*. * - MultiRow: Displays the overflow toolbar items as an in-line of a toolbar. * - Extended: Hide the overflowing toolbar items in the next row. Show the overflowing toolbar items when you click the expand icons. * If the popup content overflows the height of the page, the rest of the elements will be hidden. * @default 'Scrollable' */ overflowMode: OverflowMode; /** * Specifies the direction of the Toolbar commands. For cultures like Arabic, Hebrew, etc. direction can be switched to right to left. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * The event will be fired on clicking the Toolbar elements. * @event */ clicked: base.EmitType<ClickEventArgs>; /** * The event will be fired when the control is rendered. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * The event will be fired when the control gets destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * The event will be fired before the control is rendered on a page. * @event */ beforeCreate: base.EmitType<BeforeCreateArgs>; /** * Removes the control from the DOM and also removes all its related events. * @returns void. */ destroy(): void; /** * Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Initializes a new instance of the Toolbar class. * @param options - Specifies Toolbar model properties as options. * @param element - Specifies the element that is rendered as a Toolbar. */ constructor(options?: ToolbarModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); private wireEvents; private docKeyDown; private unwireEvents; private clearProperty; private docEvent; private destroyScroll; private destroyItems; private destroyMode; private add; private remove; private elementFocus; private clstElement; private keyHandling; private keyActionHandler; /** * Specifies the value to disable/enable the Toolbar component. * When set to `true`, the component will be disabled. * @param {boolean} value - Based on this Boolean value, Toolbar will be enabled (false) or disabled (true). * @returns void. */ disable(value: boolean): void; private eleFocus; private clickHandler; private popupClickHandler; /** * To Initialize the control rendering * @private */ protected render(): void; private initialize; private renderControl; /** @hidden */ changeOrientation(): void; private initScroll; private itemWidthCal; private getScrollCntEle; private checkOverflow; /** * Refresh the whole Toolbar component without re-rendering. * - It is used to manually refresh the Toolbar overflow modes such as scrollable, popup, multi row, and extended. * - It will refresh the Toolbar component after loading items dynamically. * @returns void. */ refreshOverflow(): void; private toolbarAlign; private renderOverflowMode; private separator; private createPopupEle; private pushingPoppedEle; private createPopup; private getElementOffsetY; private popupInit; private tbarPopupHandler; private popupOpen; private popupClose; private checkPriority; private createPopupIcon; private tbarPriRef; private popupRefresh; private ignoreEleFetch; private checkPopupRefresh; private popupEleWidth; private popupEleRefresh; private removePositioning; private refreshPositioning; private itemPositioning; private tbarItemAlign; private ctrlTemplate; private renderItems; private setAttr; /** * Enables or disables the specified Toolbar item. * @param {HTMLElement|NodeList} items - DOM element or an array of items to be enabled or disabled. * @param {boolean} isEnable - Boolean value that determines whether the command should be enabled or disabled. * By default, `isEnable` is set to true. * @returns void. */ enableItems(items: HTMLElement | NodeList, isEnable?: boolean): void; /** * Adds new items to the Toolbar that accepts an array as Toolbar items. * @param {ItemsModel[]} items - DOM element or an array of items to be added to the Toolbar. * @param {number} index - Number value that determines where the command is to be added. By default, index is 0. * @returns void. */ addItems(items: ItemModel[], index?: number): void; /** * Removes the items from the Toolbar. Acceptable arguments are index of item/HTMLElement/node list. * @param {number|HTMLElement|NodeList|HTMLElement[]} args * Index or DOM element or an Array of item which is to be removed from the Toolbar. * @returns void. */ removeItems(args: number | HTMLElement | NodeList | Element | HTMLElement[]): void; private removeItemByIndex; private templateRender; private buttonRendering; private renderSubComponent; private itemClick; private activeEleSwitch; private activeEleRemove; protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Returns the current module name. * @returns string * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; private itemsRerender; private resize; /** * Gets called when the model property changes.The data that describes the old and new values of the property that changed. * @param {ToolbarModel} newProp * @param {ToolbarModel} oldProp * @returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: ToolbarModel, oldProp: ToolbarModel): void; /** * Shows or hides the Toolbar item that is in the specified index. * @param {number | HTMLElement} index - Index value of target item or DOM element of items to be hidden or shown. * @param {boolean} value - Based on this Boolean value, item will be hide (true) or show (false). By default, value is false. * @returns void. */ hideItem(index: number | HTMLElement | Element, value?: boolean): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/treeview/index.d.ts /** * TreeView modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/treeview/treeview-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class FieldsSettings */ export interface FieldsSettingsModel { /** * Binds the field settings for child nodes or mapping field for nested nodes objects that contain array of JSON objects. */ child?: string | FieldsSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the array of JavaScript objects or instance of data.DataManager to populate the nodes. * @default [] * @aspDatasourceNullIgnore */ dataSource?: data.DataManager | { [key: string]: Object }[]; /** * Specifies the mapping field for expand state of the TreeView node. */ expanded?: string; /** * Specifies the mapping field for hasChildren to check whether a node has child nodes or not. */ hasChildren?: string; /** * Specifies the mapping field for htmlAttributes to be added to the TreeView node. */ htmlAttributes?: string; /** * Specifies the mapping field for icon class of each TreeView node that will be added before the text. */ iconCss?: string; /** * Specifies the ID field mapped in dataSource. */ id?: string; /** * Specifies the mapping field for image URL of each TreeView node where image will be added before the text. */ imageUrl?: string; /** * Specifies the field for checked state of the TreeView node. */ isChecked?: string; /** * Specifies the parent ID field mapped in dataSource. */ parentID?: string; /** * Defines the external [`data.Query`](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-query.html) * that will execute along with data processing. * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * Specifies the mapping field for selected state of the TreeView node. */ selected?: string; /** * Specifies the table name used to fetch data from a specific table in the server. */ tableName?: string; /** * Specifies the mapping field for text displayed as TreeView node's display text. */ text?: string; /** * Specifies the mapping field for tooltip that will be displayed as hovering text of the TreeView node. */ tooltip?: string; /** * Specifies the mapping field for navigateUrl to be added as hyper-link of the TreeView node. */ navigateUrl?: string; } /** * Interface for a class ActionSettings */ export interface ActionSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the type of animation. * @default 'SlideDown' */ effect?: base.Effect; /** * Specifies the duration to animate. * @default 400 */ duration?: number; /** * Specifies the animation timing function. * @default 'linear' */ easing?: string; } /** * Interface for a class NodeAnimationSettings */ export interface NodeAnimationSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the animation that applies on collapsing the nodes. * @default { effect: 'SlideUp', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' } */ collapse?: ActionSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the animation that applies on expanding the nodes. * @default { effect: 'SlideDown', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' } */ expand?: ActionSettingsModel; } /** * Interface for a class TreeView */ export interface TreeViewModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Indicates whether the TreeView allows drag and drop of nodes. To drag and drop a node in * desktop, hold the mouse on the node, drag it to the target node and drop the node by releasing * the mouse. For touch devices, drag and drop operation is performed by touch, touch move * and touch end. For more information on drag and drop nodes concept, refer to * [Drag and Drop](../treeview/drag-and-drop/). * @default false */ allowDragAndDrop?: boolean; /** * Enables or disables editing of the text in the TreeView node. When `allowEditing` property is set * to true, the TreeView allows you to edit the node by double clicking the node or by navigating to * the node and pressing **F2** key. For more information on node editing, refer * to [Node Editing](../treeview/node-editing/). * @default false */ allowEditing?: boolean; /** * Enables or disables multi-selection of nodes. To base.select multiple nodes: * * Select the nodes by holding down the CTRL key while clicking on the nodes. * * Select consecutive nodes by clicking the first node to base.select and hold down the **SHIFT** key * and click the last node to base.select. * * For more information on multi-selection, refer to * [Multi-Selection](../treeview/multiple-selection/). * @default false */ allowMultiSelection?: boolean; /** * Specifies the type of animation applied on expanding and collapsing the nodes along with duration. * @default {expand: { effect: 'SlideDown', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' }, * collapse: { effect: 'SlideUp', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' }} */ animation?: NodeAnimationSettingsModel; /** * The `checkedNodes` property is used to set the nodes that need to be checked or * get the ID of nodes that are currently checked in the TreeView component. * The `checkedNodes` property depends upon the value of `showCheckBox` property. * For more information on checkedNodes, refer to * [checkedNodes](../treeview/check-box#checked-nodes). * @default [] */ checkedNodes?: string[]; /** * Specifies the CSS classes to be added with root element of the TreeView to help customize the appearance of the component. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Enables or disables persisting TreeView state between page reloads. If enabled, following APIs will persist. * 1. `selectedNodes` - Represents the nodes that are selected in the TreeView component. * 2. `checkedNodes` - Represents the nodes that are checked in the TreeView component. * 3. `expandedNodes` - Represents the nodes that are expanded in the TreeView component. * @default false */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * Enables or disables RTL mode on the component that displays the content in the right to left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Represents the expanded nodes in the TreeView component. We can set the nodes that need to be * expanded or get the ID of the nodes that are currently expanded by using this property. * @default [] */ expandedNodes?: string[]; /** * Specifies the action on which the node expands or collapses. The available actions are, * * `Auto` - In desktop, the expand/collapse operation happens when you double-click the node, and in mobile devices it * happens on single-click. * * `Click` - The expand/collapse operation happens when you single-click the node in both desktop and mobile devices. * * `DblClick` - The expand/collapse operation happens when you double-click the node in both desktop and mobile devices. * * `None` - The expand/collapse operation will not happen when you single-click or double-click the node in both desktop * and mobile devices. * @default 'Auto' */ expandOn?: ExpandOnSettings; /** * Specifies the data source and mapping fields to render TreeView nodes. * @default {id: 'id', text: 'text', dataSource: [], child: 'child', parentID: 'parentID', hasChildren: 'hasChildren', * expanded: 'expanded', htmlAttributes: 'htmlAttributes', iconCss: 'iconCss', imageUrl: 'imageUrl', isChecked: 'isChecked', * query: null, selected: 'selected', tableName: null, tooltip: 'tooltip', navigateUrl: 'navigateUrl'} */ fields?: FieldsSettingsModel; /** * On enabling this property, the entire row of the TreeView node gets selected by clicking a node. * When disabled only the corresponding node's text gets selected. * For more information on Fields concept, refer to * [Fields](../treeview/data-binding#local-data). * @default true */ fullRowSelect?: boolean; /** * By default, the load on demand (Lazy load) is set to true. By disabling this property, all the tree nodes are rendered at the * beginning itself. * @default true */ loadOnDemand?: boolean; /** * Specifies a template to render customized content for all the nodes. If the `nodeTemplate` property * is set, the template content overrides the displayed node text. The property accepts template string * [template string](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/base/template-engine.html) * or HTML element ID holding the content. For more information on template concept, refer to * [Template](../treeview/template/). * @default null */ nodeTemplate?: string; /** * Represents the selected nodes in the TreeView component. We can set the nodes that need to be * selected or get the ID of the nodes that are currently selected by using this property. * On enabling `allowMultiSelection` property we can base.select multiple nodes and on disabling * it we can base.select only a single node. * For more information on selectedNodes, refer to * [selectedNodes](../treeview/multiple-selection#selected-nodes). * @default [] */ selectedNodes?: string[]; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the nodes are sorted in the ascending or descending order, * or are not sorted at all. The available types of sort order are, * * `None` - The nodes are not sorted. * * `Ascending` - The nodes are sorted in the ascending order. * * `Descending` - The nodes are sorted in the ascending order. * @default 'None' */ sortOrder?: SortOrder; /** * Indicates that the nodes will display CheckBoxes in the TreeView. * The CheckBox will be displayed next to the expand/collapse icon of the node. For more information on CheckBoxes, refer to * [CheckBox](../treeview/check-box/). * @default false */ showCheckBox?: boolean; /** * Allow us to specify the parent and child nodes to get auto check while we check or uncheck a node. * @default true */ autoCheck?: boolean; /** * Triggers when the TreeView control is created successfully. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /**      * Triggers when data source is populated in the TreeView.      * @event      */ dataBound?: base.EmitType<DataBoundEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when data source is changed in the TreeView. The data source will be changed after performing some operation like * drag and drop, node editing, adding and removing node.      * @event      */ dataSourceChanged?: base.EmitType<DataSourceChangedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the TreeView node is appended to the TreeView element. It helps to customize specific nodes. * @event */ drawNode?: base.EmitType<DrawNodeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeView control is destroyed successfully. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when key press is successful. It helps to customize the operations at key press. * @event */ keyPress?: base.EmitType<NodeKeyPressEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeView node is checked/unchecked successfully. * @event */ nodeChecked?: base.EmitType<NodeCheckEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the TreeView node is to be checked/unchecked. * @event */ nodeChecking?: base.EmitType<NodeCheckEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeView node is clicked successfully. * @event */ nodeClicked?: base.EmitType<NodeClickEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when the TreeView node collapses successfully.      * @event      */ nodeCollapsed?: base.EmitType<NodeExpandEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before the TreeView node collapses.      * @event      */ nodeCollapsing?: base.EmitType<NodeExpandEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when the TreeView node is dragged (moved) continuously.      * @event      */ nodeDragging?: base.EmitType<DragAndDropEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when the TreeView node drag (move) starts.      * @event      */ nodeDragStart?: base.EmitType<DragAndDropEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when the TreeView node drag (move) is stopped.      * @event      */ nodeDragStop?: base.EmitType<DragAndDropEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when the TreeView node is dropped on target element successfully.      * @event      */ nodeDropped?: base.EmitType<DragAndDropEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when the TreeView node is renamed successfully.      * @event      */ nodeEdited?: base.EmitType<NodeEditEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before the TreeView node is renamed.      * @event      */ nodeEditing?: base.EmitType<NodeEditEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when the TreeView node expands successfully.      * @event      */ nodeExpanded?: base.EmitType<NodeExpandEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before the TreeView node is to be expanded.      * @event      */ nodeExpanding?: base.EmitType<NodeExpandEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when the TreeView node is selected/unselected successfully.      * @event      */ nodeSelected?: base.EmitType<NodeSelectEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before the TreeView node is selected/unselected.      * @event      */ nodeSelecting?: base.EmitType<NodeSelectEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-navigations/src/treeview/treeview.d.ts export interface EJ2Instance extends HTMLElement { ej2_instances: Object[]; } export interface NodeExpandEventArgs { /** * If you want to cancel this event then, set cancel as true. Otherwise, false. */ cancel: boolean; /** * If the event is triggered by interaction, it returns true. Otherwise, it returns false. */ isInteracted: boolean; /** * Return the expanded/collapsed TreeView node. */ node: HTMLLIElement; /** * Return the expanded/collapsed node as JSON object from data source. */ nodeData: { [key: string]: Object; }; event: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs | base.TapEventArgs; } export interface NodeSelectEventArgs { /** * Return the name of action like select or un-select. */ action: string; /** * If you want to cancel this event then, set cancel as true. Otherwise, false. */ cancel: boolean; /** * If the event is triggered by interaction, it returns true. Otherwise, it returns false. */ isInteracted: boolean; /** * Return the currently selected TreeView node. */ node: HTMLLIElement; /** * Return the currently selected node as JSON object from data source. */ nodeData: { [key: string]: Object; }; } export interface NodeCheckEventArgs { /** * Return the name of action like check or un-check. */ action: string; /** * If you want to cancel this event then, set cancel as true. Otherwise, false. */ cancel: boolean; /** * If the event is triggered by interaction, it returns true. Otherwise, it returns false. */ isInteracted: boolean; /** * Return the currently checked TreeView node. */ node: HTMLLIElement; /** * Return the currently checked node as JSON object from data source. */ data: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; } export interface NodeEditEventArgs { /** * If you want to cancel this event then, set cancel as true. Otherwise, false. */ cancel: boolean; /** * Return the current TreeView node new text. */ newText: string; /** * Return the current TreeView node. */ node: HTMLLIElement; /** * Return the current node as JSON object from data source. */ nodeData: { [key: string]: Object; }; /** * Return the current TreeView node old text. */ oldText: string; /** * Gets or sets the inner HTML of TreeView node while editing. */ innerHtml: string; } export interface DragAndDropEventArgs { /** * If you want to cancel this event then, set cancel as true. Otherwise, false. */ cancel: boolean; /** * Return the cloned element */ clonedNode: HTMLElement; /** * Return the actual event. */ event: MouseEvent & TouchEvent; /** * Return the currently dragged TreeView node. */ draggedNode: HTMLLIElement; /** * Return the currently dragged node as array of JSON object from data source. */ draggedNodeData: { [key: string]: Object; }; /** * Returns the dragged/dropped element's target index position */ dropIndex: number; /** * Returns the dragged/dropped element's target level */ dropLevel: number; /** * Return the dragged element's source parent */ draggedParentNode: Element; /** * Return the dragged element's destination parent */ dropTarget: Element; /** * Return the cloned element's drop status icon while dragging */ dropIndicator: string; /** * Return the dropped TreeView node. */ droppedNode: HTMLLIElement; /** * Return the dropped node as array of JSON object from data source. */ droppedNodeData: { [key: string]: Object; }; /** * Return the target element from which drag starts/end. */ target: HTMLElement; /** * Return boolean value for preventing auto-expanding of parent node. */ preventTargetExpand?: boolean; } export interface DrawNodeEventArgs { /** * Return the current rendering node. */ node: HTMLLIElement; /** * Return the current rendering node as JSON object. */ nodeData: { [key: string]: Object; }; /** * Return the current rendering node text. */ text: string; } export interface NodeClickEventArgs { /** * Return the actual event. */ event: MouseEvent; /** * Return the current clicked TreeView node. */ node: HTMLLIElement; } export interface NodeKeyPressEventArgs { /** * If you want to cancel this event then, set cancel as true. Otherwise, false. */ cancel: boolean; /** * Return the actual event. */ event: base.KeyboardEventArgs; /** * Return the current active TreeView node. */ node: HTMLLIElement; } export interface DataBoundEventArgs { /** * Return the TreeView data. */ data: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; } export interface DataSourceChangedEventArgs { /** * Return the updated TreeView data. The data source will be updated after performing some operation like * drag and drop, node editing, adding and removing node. If you want to get updated data source after performing operation like * selecting/unSelecting, checking/unChecking, expanding/collapsing the node, then you can use getTreeData method. */ data: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; } export interface ItemCreatedArgs { curData: { [key: string]: Object; }; item: HTMLElement; options: lists.ListBaseOptions; text: string; fields: lists.FieldsMapping; } /** * Configures the fields to bind to the properties of node in the TreeView component. */ export class FieldsSettings extends base.ChildProperty<FieldsSettings> { /** * Binds the field settings for child nodes or mapping field for nested nodes objects that contain array of JSON objects. */ child: string | FieldsSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the array of JavaScript objects or instance of data.DataManager to populate the nodes. * @default [] * @aspDatasourceNullIgnore */ dataSource: data.DataManager | { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** * Specifies the mapping field for expand state of the TreeView node. */ expanded: string; /** * Specifies the mapping field for hasChildren to check whether a node has child nodes or not. */ hasChildren: string; /** * Specifies the mapping field for htmlAttributes to be added to the TreeView node. */ htmlAttributes: string; /** * Specifies the mapping field for icon class of each TreeView node that will be added before the text. */ iconCss: string; /** * Specifies the ID field mapped in dataSource. */ id: string; /** * Specifies the mapping field for image URL of each TreeView node where image will be added before the text. */ imageUrl: string; /** * Specifies the field for checked state of the TreeView node. */ isChecked: string; /** * Specifies the parent ID field mapped in dataSource. */ parentID: string; /** * Defines the external [`data.Query`](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-query.html) * that will execute along with data processing. * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * Specifies the mapping field for selected state of the TreeView node. */ selected: string; /** * Specifies the table name used to fetch data from a specific table in the server. */ tableName: string; /** * Specifies the mapping field for text displayed as TreeView node's display text. */ text: string; /** * Specifies the mapping field for tooltip that will be displayed as hovering text of the TreeView node. */ tooltip: string; /** * Specifies the mapping field for navigateUrl to be added as hyper-link of the TreeView node. */ navigateUrl: string; } export type ExpandOnSettings = 'Auto' | 'Click' | 'DblClick' | 'None'; export type SortOrder = 'None' | 'Ascending' | 'Descending'; /** * Configures animation settings for the TreeView component. */ export class ActionSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ActionSettings> { /** * Specifies the type of animation. * @default 'SlideDown' */ effect: base.Effect; /** * Specifies the duration to animate. * @default 400 */ duration: number; /** * Specifies the animation timing function. * @default 'linear' */ easing: string; } /** * Configures the animation settings for expanding and collapsing nodes in TreeView. */ export class NodeAnimationSettings extends base.ChildProperty<NodeAnimationSettings> { /** * Specifies the animation that applies on collapsing the nodes. * @default { effect: 'SlideUp', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' } */ collapse: ActionSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the animation that applies on expanding the nodes. * @default { effect: 'SlideDown', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' } */ expand: ActionSettingsModel; } /** * The TreeView component is used to represent hierarchical data in a tree like structure with advanced * functions to perform edit, drag and drop, selection with check-box, and more. * ```html * <div id="tree"></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let treeObj: TreeView = new TreeView(); * treeObj.appendTo('#tree'); * ``` */ export class TreeView extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private cloneElement; private initialRender; private treeData; private rootData; private groupedData; private ulElement; private listBaseOption; private dataType; private rippleFn; private rippleIconFn; private isNumberTypeId; private expandOnType; private keyboardModule; private liList; private aniObj; private treeList; private isLoaded; private expandArgs; private oldText; private dragObj; private dropObj; private dragTarget; private dragLi; private dragData; private startNode; private nodeTemplateFn; private currentLoadData; private checkActionNodes; private touchEditObj; private touchClickObj; private dragStartAction; private touchExpandObj; private inputObj; private isAnimate; private spinnerElement; private touchClass; private editData; private editFields; private keyConfigs; private isInitalExpand; private index; private preventExpand; private hasPid; private dragParent; private checkedElement; private ele; private disableNode; private onLoaded; private parentNodeCheck; private parentCheckData; private expandChildren; /** * Indicates whether the TreeView allows drag and drop of nodes. To drag and drop a node in * desktop, hold the mouse on the node, drag it to the target node and drop the node by releasing * the mouse. For touch devices, drag and drop operation is performed by touch, touch move * and touch end. For more information on drag and drop nodes concept, refer to * [Drag and Drop](../treeview/drag-and-drop/). * @default false */ allowDragAndDrop: boolean; /** * Enables or disables editing of the text in the TreeView node. When `allowEditing` property is set * to true, the TreeView allows you to edit the node by double clicking the node or by navigating to * the node and pressing **F2** key. For more information on node editing, refer * to [Node Editing](../treeview/node-editing/). * @default false */ allowEditing: boolean; /** * Enables or disables multi-selection of nodes. To select multiple nodes: * * Select the nodes by holding down the CTRL key while clicking on the nodes. * * Select consecutive nodes by clicking the first node to select and hold down the **SHIFT** key * and click the last node to select. * * For more information on multi-selection, refer to * [Multi-Selection](../treeview/multiple-selection/). * @default false */ allowMultiSelection: boolean; /** * Specifies the type of animation applied on expanding and collapsing the nodes along with duration. * @default {expand: { effect: 'SlideDown', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' }, * collapse: { effect: 'SlideUp', duration: 400, easing: 'linear' }} */ animation: NodeAnimationSettingsModel; /** * The `checkedNodes` property is used to set the nodes that need to be checked or * get the ID of nodes that are currently checked in the TreeView component. * The `checkedNodes` property depends upon the value of `showCheckBox` property. * For more information on checkedNodes, refer to * [checkedNodes](../treeview/check-box#checked-nodes). * @default [] */ checkedNodes: string[]; /** * Specifies the CSS classes to be added with root element of the TreeView to help customize the appearance of the component. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Enables or disables persisting TreeView state between page reloads. If enabled, following APIs will persist. * 1. `selectedNodes` - Represents the nodes that are selected in the TreeView component. * 2. `checkedNodes` - Represents the nodes that are checked in the TreeView component. * 3. `expandedNodes` - Represents the nodes that are expanded in the TreeView component. * @default false */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * Enables or disables RTL mode on the component that displays the content in the right to left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Represents the expanded nodes in the TreeView component. We can set the nodes that need to be * expanded or get the ID of the nodes that are currently expanded by using this property. * @default [] */ expandedNodes: string[]; /** * Specifies the action on which the node expands or collapses. The available actions are, * * `Auto` - In desktop, the expand/collapse operation happens when you double-click the node, and in mobile devices it * happens on single-click. * * `Click` - The expand/collapse operation happens when you single-click the node in both desktop and mobile devices. * * `DblClick` - The expand/collapse operation happens when you double-click the node in both desktop and mobile devices. * * `None` - The expand/collapse operation will not happen when you single-click or double-click the node in both desktop * and mobile devices. * @default 'Auto' */ expandOn: ExpandOnSettings; /** * Specifies the data source and mapping fields to render TreeView nodes. * @default {id: 'id', text: 'text', dataSource: [], child: 'child', parentID: 'parentID', hasChildren: 'hasChildren', * expanded: 'expanded', htmlAttributes: 'htmlAttributes', iconCss: 'iconCss', imageUrl: 'imageUrl', isChecked: 'isChecked', * query: null, selected: 'selected', tableName: null, tooltip: 'tooltip', navigateUrl: 'navigateUrl'} */ fields: FieldsSettingsModel; /** * On enabling this property, the entire row of the TreeView node gets selected by clicking a node. * When disabled only the corresponding node's text gets selected. * For more information on Fields concept, refer to * [Fields](../treeview/data-binding#local-data). * @default true */ fullRowSelect: boolean; /** * By default, the load on demand (Lazy load) is set to true. By disabling this property, all the tree nodes are rendered at the * beginning itself. * @default true */ loadOnDemand: boolean; /** * Specifies a template to render customized content for all the nodes. If the `nodeTemplate` property * is set, the template content overrides the displayed node text. The property accepts template string * [template string](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/base/template-engine.html) * or HTML element ID holding the content. For more information on template concept, refer to * [Template](../treeview/template/). * @default null */ nodeTemplate: string; /** * Represents the selected nodes in the TreeView component. We can set the nodes that need to be * selected or get the ID of the nodes that are currently selected by using this property. * On enabling `allowMultiSelection` property we can select multiple nodes and on disabling * it we can select only a single node. * For more information on selectedNodes, refer to * [selectedNodes](../treeview/multiple-selection#selected-nodes). * @default [] */ selectedNodes: string[]; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the nodes are sorted in the ascending or descending order, * or are not sorted at all. The available types of sort order are, * * `None` - The nodes are not sorted. * * `Ascending` - The nodes are sorted in the ascending order. * * `Descending` - The nodes are sorted in the ascending order. * @default 'None' */ sortOrder: SortOrder; /** * Indicates that the nodes will display CheckBoxes in the TreeView. * The CheckBox will be displayed next to the expand/collapse icon of the node. For more information on CheckBoxes, refer to * [CheckBox](../treeview/check-box/). * @default false */ showCheckBox: boolean; /** * Allow us to specify the parent and child nodes to get auto check while we check or uncheck a node. * @default true */ autoCheck: boolean; /** * Triggers when the TreeView control is created successfully. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when data source is populated in the TreeView. * @event */ dataBound: base.EmitType<DataBoundEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when data source is changed in the TreeView. The data source will be changed after performing some operation like * drag and drop, node editing, adding and removing node. * @event */ dataSourceChanged: base.EmitType<DataSourceChangedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the TreeView node is appended to the TreeView element. It helps to customize specific nodes. * @event */ drawNode: base.EmitType<DrawNodeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeView control is destroyed successfully. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when key press is successful. It helps to customize the operations at key press. * @event */ keyPress: base.EmitType<NodeKeyPressEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeView node is checked/unchecked successfully. * @event */ nodeChecked: base.EmitType<NodeCheckEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the TreeView node is to be checked/unchecked. * @event */ nodeChecking: base.EmitType<NodeCheckEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeView node is clicked successfully. * @event */ nodeClicked: base.EmitType<NodeClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeView node collapses successfully. * @event */ nodeCollapsed: base.EmitType<NodeExpandEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the TreeView node collapses. * @event */ nodeCollapsing: base.EmitType<NodeExpandEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeView node is dragged (moved) continuously. * @event */ nodeDragging: base.EmitType<DragAndDropEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeView node drag (move) starts. * @event */ nodeDragStart: base.EmitType<DragAndDropEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeView node drag (move) is stopped. * @event */ nodeDragStop: base.EmitType<DragAndDropEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeView node is dropped on target element successfully. * @event */ nodeDropped: base.EmitType<DragAndDropEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeView node is renamed successfully. * @event */ nodeEdited: base.EmitType<NodeEditEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the TreeView node is renamed. * @event */ nodeEditing: base.EmitType<NodeEditEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeView node expands successfully. * @event */ nodeExpanded: base.EmitType<NodeExpandEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the TreeView node is to be expanded. * @event */ nodeExpanding: base.EmitType<NodeExpandEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeView node is selected/unselected successfully. * @event */ nodeSelected: base.EmitType<NodeSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the TreeView node is selected/unselected. * @event */ nodeSelecting: base.EmitType<NodeSelectEventArgs>; constructor(options?: TreeViewModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Get component name. * @returns string * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Initialize the event handler */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @returns string * @hidden */ getPersistData(): string; /** * To Initialize the control rendering * @private */ protected render(): void; private initialize; private setEnableRtl; private setRipple; private setFullRow; private setMultiSelect; private templateComplier; private setDataBinding; private getQuery; private getType; private setRootData; private renderItems; /** * Update the checkedNodes from datasource at initial rendering */ private updateCheckedStateFromDS; /** * To check whether the list data has sub child and to change the parent check state accordingly */ private getCheckedNodeDetails; /** * Update the checkedNodes and parent state when all the child Nodes are in checkedstate at initial rendering */ private updateParentCheckState; /** * Change the parent to indeterminate state whenever the child is in checked state which is not rendered in DOM */ private checkIndeterminateState; /** * Update the checkedNodes for child and subchild from datasource (hierarchical datasource) at initial rendering */ private updateChildCheckState; private beforeNodeCreate; private frameMouseHandler; private addActionClass; private getDataType; private getGroupedData; private getSortedData; private finalizeNode; private updateCheckedProp; private ensureIndeterminate; private ensureParentCheckState; private ensureChildCheckState; private doCheckBoxAction; /** * Changes the parent and child check state while changing the checkedNodes via setmodel */ private dynamicCheckState; /** * updates the parent and child check state while changing the checkedNodes via setmodel for listData */ private updateIndeterminate; /** * updates the parent and child check state while changing the checkedNodes via setmodel for hierarchical data */ private updateChildIndeterminate; private changeState; private addCheck; private removeCheck; private getCheckEvent; private finalize; private doExpandAction; private expandGivenNodes; private expandCallback; private afterFinalized; private doSelectionAction; private selectGivenNodes; private clickHandler; private nodeCheckingEvent; private nodeCheckedEvent; private triggerClickEvent; private expandNode; private expandedNode; private addExpand; private collapseNode; private collapsedNode; private removeExpand; private disableExpandAttr; private setHeight; private animateHeight; private renderChildNodes; private loadChild; private disableTreeNodes; /** * Sets the child Item in selectedState while rendering the child node */ private setSelectionForChildNodes; private ensureCheckNode; private getFields; private getChildFields; private getChildMapper; private getChildNodes; private getChildGroup; private renderSubChild; private toggleSelect; private isActive; private selectNode; private unselectNode; private setFocusElement; private addSelect; private removeSelect; private removeSelectAll; private getSelectEvent; private setExpandOnType; private expandHandler; private expandCollapseAction; private expandAction; private keyActionHandler; private navigateToFocus; private isVisibleInViewport; private getScrollParent; private shiftKeySelect; private checkNode; private validateCheckNode; /** * Update checkedNodes when UI interaction happens before the child node renders in DOM */ private ensureStateChange; private getChildItems; /** * Update checkedNodes when UI interaction happens before the child node renders in DOM for hierarchical DS */ private childStateChange; private allCheckNode; private openNode; private navigateNode; private navigateRootNode; private getFocusedNode; private focusNextNode; private getNextNode; private getPrevNode; private getRootNode; private getEndNode; private setFocus; private updateIdAttr; private focusIn; private focusOut; private onMouseOver; private setHover; private onMouseLeave; private removeHover; private getNodeData; private getText; private getExpandEvent; private reRenderNodes; private setCssClass; private editingHandler; private createTextbox; private updateOldText; private inputFocusOut; private appendNewText; private getElement; private getId; private getEditEvent; private getNodeObject; private getChildNodeObject; private setDragAndDrop; private initializeDrag; private dragAction; private dropAction; private appendNode; private dropAsSiblingNode; private dropAsChildNode; private moveData; private expandParent; private updateElement; private updateAriaLevel; private updateChildAriaLevel; private renderVirtualEle; private removeVirtualEle; private destroyDrag; private getDragEvent; private addFullRow; private createFullRow; private addMultiSelect; private collapseByLevel; private collapseAllNodes; private expandByLevel; private expandAllNodes; private getVisibleNodes; private removeNode; private updateInstance; private updateList; private updateSelectedNodes; private updateExpandedNodes; private removeData; private removeChildNodes; private doGivenAction; private addGivenNodes; private updateMapper; private updateListProp; private getDataPos; private addChildData; private doDisableAction; private doEnableAction; private setTouchClass; private updatePersistProp; private removeField; private getMapperProp; private updateField; private updateChildField; private triggerEvent; private wireInputEvents; private wireEditingEvents; private wireClickEvent; private wireExpandOnEvent; private mouseDownStatus; private mouseDownHandler; private preventContextMenu; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; private parents; private isDescendant; protected showSpinner(element: HTMLElement): void; protected hideSpinner(element: HTMLElement): void; private setCheckedNodes; /** * Checks whether the checkedNodes entered are valid and sets the valid checkedNodes while changing via setmodel */ private setValidCheckedNode; /** * Checks whether the checkedNodes entered are valid and sets the valid checkedNodes while changing via setmodel(for hierarchical DS) */ private setChildCheckState; private setIndeterminate; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @param {TreeView} newProp * @param {TreeView} oldProp * @returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: TreeViewModel, oldProp: TreeViewModel): void; /** * Removes the component from the DOM and detaches all its related event handlers. It also removes the attributes and classes. */ destroy(): void; /** * Adds the collection of TreeView nodes based on target and index position. If target node is not specified, * then the nodes are added as children of the given parentID or in the root level of TreeView. * @param { { [key: string]: Object }[] } nodes - Specifies the array of JSON data that has to be added. * @param { string | Element } target - Specifies ID of TreeView node/TreeView node as target element. * @param { number } index - Specifies the index to place the newly added nodes in the target element. * @param { boolean } preventTargetExpand - If set to true, the target parent node will be prevented from auto expanding. */ addNodes(nodes: { [key: string]: Object; }[], target?: string | Element, index?: number, preventTargetExpand?: boolean): void; /** * Instead of clicking on the TreeView node for editing, we can enable it by using * `beginEdit` property. On passing the node ID or element through this property, the edit textBox * will be created for the particular node thus allowing us to edit it. * @param {string | Element} node - Specifies ID of TreeView node/TreeView node. */ beginEdit(node: string | Element): void; /** * Checks all the unchecked nodes. You can also check specific nodes by passing array of unchecked nodes * as argument to this method. * @param {string[] | Element[]} nodes - Specifies the array of TreeView nodes ID/array of TreeView node. */ checkAll(nodes?: string[] | Element[]): void; /** * Collapses all the expanded TreeView nodes. You can collapse specific nodes by passing array of nodes as argument to this method. * You can also collapse all the nodes excluding the hidden nodes by setting **excludeHiddenNodes** to true. If you want to collapse * a specific level of nodes, set **level** as argument to collapseAll method. * @param {string[] | Element[]} nodes - Specifies the array of TreeView nodes ID/ array of TreeView node. * @param {number} level - TreeView nodes will collapse up to the given level. * @param {boolean} excludeHiddenNodes - Whether or not to exclude hidden nodes of TreeView when collapsing all nodes. */ collapseAll(nodes?: string[] | Element[], level?: number, excludeHiddenNodes?: boolean): void; /** * Disables the collection of nodes by passing the ID of nodes or node elements in the array. * @param {string[] | Element[]} nodes - Specifies the array of TreeView nodes ID/array of TreeView nodes. */ disableNodes(nodes: string[] | Element[]): void; /** * Enables the collection of disabled nodes by passing the ID of nodes or node elements in the array. * @param {string[] | Element[]} nodes - Specifies the array of TreeView nodes ID/array of TreeView nodes. */ enableNodes(nodes: string[] | Element[]): void; /** * Ensures visibility of the TreeView node by using node ID or node element. * When many TreeView nodes are present and we need to find a particular node, `ensureVisible` property * helps bring the node to visibility by expanding the TreeView and scrolling to the specific node. * @param {string | Element} node - Specifies ID of TreeView node/TreeView nodes. */ ensureVisible(node: string | Element): void; /** * Expands all the collapsed TreeView nodes. You can expand the specific nodes by passing the array of collapsed nodes * as argument to this method. You can also expand all the collapsed nodes by excluding the hidden nodes by setting * **excludeHiddenNodes** to true to this method. To expand a specific level of nodes, set **level** as argument to expandAll method. * @param {string[] | Element[]} nodes - Specifies the array of TreeView nodes ID/array of TreeView nodes. * @param {number} level - TreeView nodes will expand up to the given level. * @param {boolean} excludeHiddenNodes - Whether or not to exclude hidden nodes when expanding all nodes. */ expandAll(nodes?: string[] | Element[], level?: number, excludeHiddenNodes?: boolean): void; /** * Gets all the checked nodes including child, whether it is loaded or not. */ getAllCheckedNodes(): string[]; /** * Get the node's data such as id, text, parentID, selected, isChecked, and expanded by passing the node element or it's ID. * @param {string | Element} node - Specifies ID of TreeView node/TreeView node. */ getNode(node: string | Element): { [key: string]: Object; }; /** * To get the updated data source of TreeView after performing some operation like drag and drop, node editing, * node selecting/unSelecting, node expanding/collapsing, node checking/unChecking, adding and removing node. * * If you pass the ID of TreeView node as arguments for this method then it will return the updated data source * of the corresponding node otherwise it will return the entire updated data source of TreeView. * * The updated data source also contains custom attributes if you specified in data source. * @param {string | Element} node - Specifies ID of TreeView node/TreeView node. */ getTreeData(node?: string | Element): { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** * Moves the collection of nodes within the same TreeView based on target or its index position. * @param {string[] | Element[]} sourceNodes - Specifies the array of TreeView nodes ID/array of TreeView node. * @param {string | Element} target - Specifies ID of TreeView node/TreeView node as target element. * @param {number} index - Specifies the index to place the moved nodes in the target element. * @param { boolean } preventTargetExpand - If set to true, the target parent node will be prevented from auto expanding. */ moveNodes(sourceNodes: string[] | Element[], target: string | Element, index: number, preventTargetExpand?: boolean): void; /** * Removes the collection of TreeView nodes by passing the array of node details as argument to this method. * @param {string[] | Element[]} nodes - Specifies the array of TreeView nodes ID/array of TreeView node. */ removeNodes(nodes: string[] | Element[]): void; /** * Replaces the text of the TreeView node with the given text. * @param {string | Element} target - Specifies ID of TreeView node/TreeView node as target element. * @param {string} newText - Specifies the new text of TreeView node. */ updateNode(target: string | Element, newText: string): void; /** * Unchecks all the checked nodes. You can also uncheck the specific nodes by passing array of checked nodes * as argument to this method. * @param {string[] | Element[]} nodes - Specifies the array of TreeView nodes ID/array of TreeView node. */ uncheckAll(nodes?: string[] | Element[]): void; } } export namespace notifications { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-notifications/src/index.d.ts /** * Notification Components */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-notifications/src/toast/index.d.ts /** * Toast modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-notifications/src/toast/toast-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class ToastPosition */ export interface ToastPositionModel { /** * Specifies the position of the Toast notification with respect to the target container's left edge. * @default 'Left' * @aspType string */ X?: PositionX | number | string; /** * Specifies the position of the Toast notification with respect to the target container's top edge. * @default 'Top' * @aspType string */ Y?: PositionY | number | string; } /** * Interface for a class ButtonModelProps */ export interface ButtonModelPropsModel { /** * Specifies the buttons.Button component model properties to render the Toast action buttons. * ```html * <div id="element"> </div> * ``` * ```typescript * let toast: Toast = new Toast({ * buttons: * [{ * model: { content:`Button1`, cssClass: `e-success` } * }] * }); * toast.appendTo('#element'); * ``` * * @default null */ model?: buttons.ButtonModel; /** * Specifies the click event binding of action buttons created within Toast. * @event */ click?: base.EmitType<Event>; } /** * Interface for a class ToastAnimations */ export interface ToastAnimationsModel { /** * Specifies the type of animation. * @default 'FadeIn' * @aspType string */ effect?: base.Effect; /** * Specifies the duration to animate. * @default 600 */ duration?: number; /** * Specifies the animation timing function. * @default 'ease' */ easing?: string; } /** * Interface for a class ToastAnimationSettings */ export interface ToastAnimationSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the animation to appear while showing the Toast. * @default { effect: 'FadeIn', duration: 600, easing: 'ease' } */ show?: ToastAnimationsModel; /** * Specifies the animation to appear while hiding the Toast. * @default { effect: 'FadeOut', duration: 600, easing: 'ease' } */ hide?: ToastAnimationsModel; } /** * Interface for a class Toast */ export interface ToastModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Specifies the width of the Toast in pixels/numbers/percentage. Number value is considered as pixels. * In mobile devices, default width is considered as `100%`. * @default '300' */ width?: string | number; /** * Specifies the height of the Toast in pixels/number/percentage. Number value is considered as pixels. * @default 'auto' */ height?: string | number; /** * Specifies the title to be displayed on the Toast. * @default null */ title?: string; /** * Specifies the content to be displayed on the Toast. * @default null */ content?: string | HTMLElement; /** * Defines CSS classes to specify an icon for the Toast which is to be displayed at top left corner of the Toast. * @default null */ icon?: string; /** * Defines single/multiple classes (separated by space) to be used for customization of Toast. * @default null */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies the HTML element/element ID as a string that can be displayed as a Toast. * The given template is taken as preference to render the Toast, even if the built-in properties such as title and content are defined. * @default null */ template?: string; /** * Specifies the newly created Toast message display order while multiple toast's are added to page one after another. * By default, newly added Toast will be added after old Toast's. * @default true */ newestOnTop?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to show the close button in Toast message to close the Toast. * @default false */ showCloseButton?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to show the progress bar to denote the Toast message display timeout. * @default false */ showProgressBar?: boolean; /** * Specifies the Toast display time duration on the page in milliseconds. * - Once the time expires, Toast message will be removed. * - Setting 0 as a time out value displays the Toast on the page until the user closes it manually. * @default 5000 */ timeOut?: number; /** * Specifies the Toast display time duration after interacting with the Toast. * @default 1000 */ extendedTimeout?: number; /** * Specifies the animation configuration settings for showing and hiding the Toast. * @default { show: { effect: 'FadeIn', duration: 600, easing: 'linear' }, * hide: { effect: 'FadeOut', duration: 600, easing: 'linear' }} */ animation?: ToastAnimationSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the position of the Toast message to be displayed within target container. * In the case of multiple Toast display, new Toast position will not update on dynamic change of property values * until the old Toast messages removed. * X values are: Left , Right ,Center * Y values are: Top , Bottom * @default { X: "Left", Y: "Top" } */ position?: ToastPositionModel; /** * Specifies the collection of Toast action `buttons` to be rendered with the given * buttons.Button model properties and its click action handler. * @default [{}] */ buttons?: ButtonModelPropsModel[]; /** * Specifies the target container where the Toast to be displayed. * Based on the target, the positions such as `Left`, `Top` will be applied to the Toast. * The default value is null, which refers the `document.body` element. * @default null * @aspType string */ target?: HTMLElement | Element | string; /** * Triggers the event after the Toast gets created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Triggers the event after the Toast gets destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Triggers the event after the Toast shown on the target container. * @event */ open?: base.EmitType<ToastOpenArgs>; /** * Triggers the event before the toast shown. * @event */ beforeOpen?: base.EmitType<ToastBeforeOpenArgs>; /** * Trigger the event after the Toast hides. * @event */ close?: base.EmitType<ToastCloseArgs>; /** * The event will be fired while clicking on the Toast. * @event */ click?: base.EmitType<ToastClickEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-notifications/src/toast/toast.d.ts /** * Specifies the options for positioning the Toast in Y axis. */ export type PositionY = 'Top' | 'Bottom'; /** * Specifies the options for positioning the Toast in X axis. */ export type PositionX = 'Left' | 'Right' | 'Center'; /** * Specifies the event arguments of Toast click. */ export interface ToastClickEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Defines the Toast element. */ element: HTMLElement; /** Defines the Toast object. */ toastObj: Toast; /** Defines the prevent action for Toast click event. */ cancel: boolean; /** Defines the close action for click or tab on the Toast. */ clickToClose: boolean; /** Defines the current event object. */ originalEvent: Event; } /** * Specifies the event arguments of Toast before open. */ export interface ToastBeforeOpenArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Defines the Toast element. */ element: HTMLElement; /** Defines the Toast object. */ toastObj: Toast; /** Defines the prevent action for before opening toast. */ cancel: boolean; } /** * Specifies the event arguments of Toast open. */ export interface ToastOpenArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Defines the Toast element. */ element: HTMLElement; /** Defines the Toast object. */ toastObj: Toast; } /** * Specifies the event arguments of Toast close. */ export interface ToastCloseArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Defines the Toast container element. */ toastContainer: HTMLElement; /** Defines the Toast object. */ toastObj: Toast; } /** * An object that is used to configure the Toast X Y positions. */ export class ToastPosition extends base.ChildProperty<ToastPosition> { /** * Specifies the position of the Toast notification with respect to the target container's left edge. * @default 'Left' * @aspType string */ X: PositionX | number | string; /** * Specifies the position of the Toast notification with respect to the target container's top edge. * @default 'Top' * @aspType string */ Y: PositionY | number | string; } /** * An object that is used to configure the action button model properties and event. */ export class ButtonModelProps extends base.ChildProperty<ButtonModelProps> { /** * Specifies the Button component model properties to render the Toast action buttons. * ```html * <div id="element"> </div> * ``` * ```typescript * let toast$: Toast = new Toast({ * buttons: * [{ * model: { content:`Button1`, cssClass: `e-success` } * }] * }); * toast.appendTo('#element'); * ``` * * @default null */ model: buttons.ButtonModel; /** * Specifies the click event binding of action buttons created within Toast. * @event */ click: base.EmitType<Event>; } /** * An object that is used to configure the animation object of Toast. */ export class ToastAnimations extends base.ChildProperty<ToastAnimations> { /** * Specifies the type of animation. * @default 'FadeIn' * @aspType string */ effect: base.Effect; /** * Specifies the duration to animate. * @default 600 */ duration: number; /** * Specifies the animation timing function. * @default 'ease' */ easing: string; } /** * An object that is used to configure the show/hide animation settings of Toast. */ export class ToastAnimationSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ToastAnimationSettings> { /** * Specifies the animation to appear while showing the Toast. * @default { effect: 'FadeIn', duration: 600, easing: 'ease' } */ show: ToastAnimationsModel; /** * Specifies the animation to appear while hiding the Toast. * @default { effect: 'FadeOut', duration: 600, easing: 'ease' } */ hide: ToastAnimationsModel; } /** * The Toast is a notification pop-up that showing on desired position which can provide an information to the user. * * ```html * <div id="toast"/> * <script> * var toastObj = new Toast(); * toastObj.appendTo("#toast"); * </script> * ``` */ export class Toast extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private toastContainer; private toastEle; private progressBarEle; private intervalId; private progressObj; private titleTemplate; private contentTemplate; private toastTemplate; private customPosition; private isDevice; private innerEle; /** * Initializes a new instance of the Toast class. * @param options - Specifies Toast model properties as options. * @param element - Specifies the element that is rendered as a Toast. */ constructor(options?: ToastModel, element?: HTMLElement); /** * Specifies the width of the Toast in pixels/numbers/percentage. Number value is considered as pixels. * In mobile devices, default width is considered as `100%`. * @default '300' */ width: string | number; /** * Specifies the height of the Toast in pixels/number/percentage. Number value is considered as pixels. * @default 'auto' */ height: string | number; /** * Specifies the title to be displayed on the Toast. * @default null */ title: string; /** * Specifies the content to be displayed on the Toast. * @default null */ content: string | HTMLElement; /** * Defines CSS classes to specify an icon for the Toast which is to be displayed at top left corner of the Toast. * @default null */ icon: string; /** * Defines single/multiple classes (separated by space) to be used for customization of Toast. * @default null */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies the HTML element/element ID as a string that can be displayed as a Toast. * The given template is taken as preference to render the Toast, even if the built-in properties such as title and content are defined. * @default null */ template: string; /** * Specifies the newly created Toast message display order while multiple toast's are added to page one after another. * By default, newly added Toast will be added after old Toast's. * @default true */ newestOnTop: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to show the close button in Toast message to close the Toast. * @default false */ showCloseButton: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to show the progress bar to denote the Toast message display timeout. * @default false */ showProgressBar: boolean; /** * Specifies the Toast display time duration on the page in milliseconds. * - Once the time expires, Toast message will be removed. * - Setting 0 as a time out value displays the Toast on the page until the user closes it manually. * @default 5000 */ timeOut: number; /** * Specifies the Toast display time duration after interacting with the Toast. * @default 1000 */ extendedTimeout: number; /** * Specifies the animation configuration settings for showing and hiding the Toast. * @default { show: { effect: 'FadeIn', duration: 600, easing: 'linear' }, * hide: { effect: 'FadeOut', duration: 600, easing: 'linear' }} */ animation: ToastAnimationSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the position of the Toast message to be displayed within target container. * In the case of multiple Toast display, new Toast position will not update on dynamic change of property values * until the old Toast messages removed. * X values are: Left , Right ,Center * Y values are: Top , Bottom * @default { X: "Left", Y: "Top" } */ position: ToastPositionModel; /** * Specifies the collection of Toast action `buttons` to be rendered with the given * Button model properties and its click action handler. * @default [{}] */ buttons: ButtonModelPropsModel[]; /** * Specifies the target container where the Toast to be displayed. * Based on the target, the positions such as `Left`, `Top` will be applied to the Toast. * The default value is null, which refers the `document.body` element. * @default null * @aspType string */ target: HTMLElement | Element | string; /** * Triggers the event after the Toast gets created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Triggers the event after the Toast gets destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Triggers the event after the Toast shown on the target container. * @event */ open: base.EmitType<ToastOpenArgs>; /** * Triggers the event before the toast shown. * @event */ beforeOpen: base.EmitType<ToastBeforeOpenArgs>; /** * Trigger the event after the Toast hides. * @event */ close: base.EmitType<ToastCloseArgs>; /** * The event will be fired while clicking on the Toast. * @event */ click: base.EmitType<ToastClickEventArgs>; /** * Gets the base.Component module name. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Gets the persisted state properties of the base.Component. */ protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Removes the component from the DOM and detaches all its related event handlers, attributes and classes. */ destroy(): void; /** * Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Initialize the component rendering * @private */ render(): void; /** * To show Toast element on a document with the relative position. * @param {ToastModel} toastObj? - To show Toast element on screen. * @returns void */ show(toastObj?: ToastModel): void; private swipeHandler; private templateChanges; private setCSSClass; private setWidthHeight; private templateRendering; /** * To Hide Toast element on a document. * To Hide all toast element when passing 'All'. * @param {HTMLElement| Element| string} element? - To Hide Toast element on screen. * @returns void */ hide(element?: HTMLElement | Element | string): void; private fetchEle; private clearProgress; private clearContainerPos; private clearTitleTemplate; private clearContentTemplate; private clearToastTemplate; private destroyToast; private personalizeToast; private setAria; private setPositioning; private setCloseButton; private setProgress; private toastHoverAction; private delayedToastProgress; private updateProgressBar; private setIcon; private setTitle; private setContent; private appendMessageContainer; private actionButtons; private appendToTarget; private clickHandler; private displayToast; private getContainer; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: ToastModel, oldProp: ToastModel): void; } } export namespace pdfExport { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/actions/action.d.ts /** * `PdfAction` class represents base class for all action types. * @private */ export abstract class PdfAction implements IPdfWrapper { /** * Specifies the Next `action` to perform. * @private */ private action; /** * Specifies the Internal variable to store `dictionary`. * @private */ private pdfDictionary; /** * Specifies the Internal variable to store `dictionary properties`. * @private */ protected dictionaryProperties: DictionaryProperties; /** * Initialize instance for `Action` class. * @private */ protected constructor(); /** * Gets and Sets the `Next` action to perform. * @private */ next: PdfAction; /** * Gets and Sets the instance of PdfDictionary class for `Dictionary`. * @private */ readonly dictionary: PdfDictionary; /** * `Initialize` the action type. * @private */ protected initialize(): void; /** * Gets the `Element` as IPdfPrimitive class. * @private */ readonly element: IPdfPrimitive; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/actions/index.d.ts /** * Actions classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/actions/uri-action.d.ts /** * `PdfUriAction` class for initialize the uri related internals. * @private */ export class PdfUriAction extends PdfAction { /** * Specifies the `uri` string. * @default ''. * @private */ private uniformResourceIdentifier; /** * Initialize instance of `PdfUriAction` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initialize instance of `PdfUriAction` class. * @private */ constructor(uri: string); /** * Gets and Sets the value of `Uri`. * @private */ uri: string; /** * `Initialize` the internals. * @private */ protected initialize(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/annotations/action-link-annotation.d.ts /** * Represents base class for `link annotations` with associated action. * @private */ export abstract class PdfActionLinkAnnotation extends PdfLinkAnnotation { /** * Internal variable to store annotation's `action`. * @default null * @private */ private pdfAction; /** * Internal variable to store annotation's `Action`. * @private */ abstract action: PdfAction; /** * Specifies the constructor for `ActionLinkAnnotation`. * @private */ constructor(rectangle: RectangleF); /** * get and set the `action`. * @hidden */ getSetAction(value?: PdfAction): PdfAction | void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/annotations/annotation-collection.d.ts /** * `PdfAnnotationCollection` class represents the collection of 'PdfAnnotation' objects. * @private */ export class PdfAnnotationCollection implements IPdfWrapper { /** * `Error` constant message. * @private */ private alreadyExistsAnnotationError; /** * `Error` constant message. * @private */ private missingAnnotationException; /** * Specifies the Internal variable to store fields of `PdfDictionaryProperties`. * @private */ protected dictionaryProperties: DictionaryProperties; /** * Parent `page` of the collection. * @private */ private page; /** * Array of the `annotations`. * @private */ private internalAnnotations; /** * privte `list` for the annotations. * @private */ lists: PdfAnnotation[]; /** * Gets the `PdfAnnotation` object at the specified index. Read-Only. * @private */ annotations: PdfArray; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfAnnotationCollection` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfAnnotationCollection` class with the specified page. * @private */ constructor(page: PdfPage); /** * `Adds` a new annotation to the collection. * @private */ add(annotation: PdfAnnotation): void | number; /** * `Adds` a Annotation to collection. * @private */ protected doAdd(annotation: PdfAnnotation): void | number; /** * `Set a color of an annotation`. * @private */ private setColor; /** * Gets the `Element` representing this object. * @private */ readonly element: IPdfPrimitive; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/annotations/annotation.d.ts /** * `PdfAnnotation` class represents the base class for annotation objects. * @private */ export abstract class PdfAnnotation implements IPdfWrapper { /** * Specifies the Internal variable to store fields of `PdfDictionaryProperties`. * @private */ protected dictionaryProperties: DictionaryProperties; /** * `Color` of the annotation * @private */ private pdfColor; /** * `Bounds` of the annotation. * @private */ private rectangle; /** * Parent `page` of the annotation. * @private */ private pdfPage; /** * `Brush of the text` of the annotation. * @default new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)) * @private */ private textBrush; /** * `Font of the text` of the annotation. * @default new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.TimesRoman, 10) * @private */ private textFont; /** * `StringFormat of the text` of the annotation. * @default new PdfStringFormat(PdfTextAlignment.Left) * @private */ private format; /** * `Text` of the annotation. * @private */ private content; /** * Internal variable to store `dictionary`. * @private */ private pdfDictionary; /** * To specifying the `Inner color` with which to fill the annotation * @private */ private internalColor; /** * `opacity or darkness` of the annotation. * @private * @default 1.0 */ private darkness; /** * `Color` of the annotation * @private */ color: PdfColor; /** * To specifying the `Inner color` with which to fill the annotation * @private */ innerColor: PdfColor; /** * `bounds` of the annotation. * @private */ bounds: RectangleF; /** * Parent `page` of the annotation. * @private */ readonly page: PdfPage; /** * To specifying the `Font of the text` in the annotation. * @private */ font: PdfFont; /** * To specifying the `StringFormat of the text` in the annotation. * @private */ stringFormat: PdfStringFormat; /** * To specifying the `Brush of the text` in the annotation. * @private */ brush: PdfBrush; /** * `Text` of the annotation. * @private */ text: string; /** * Internal variable to store `dictionary`. * @hidden */ dictionary: PdfDictionary; /** * Object initialization for `Annotation` class * @private */ constructor(); constructor(bounds: RectangleF); /** * `Initialize` the annotation event handler and specifies the type of the annotation. * @private */ protected initialize(): void; /** * Sets related `page` of the annotation. * @private */ setPage(page: PdfPageBase): void; /** * Handles the `BeginSave` event of the Dictionary. * @private */ beginSave(): void; /** * `Saves` an annotation. * @private */ protected save(): void; /** * Gets the `element`. * @private */ readonly element: IPdfPrimitive; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/annotations/document-link-annotation.d.ts /** * `PdfDocumentLinkAnnotation` class represents an annotation object with holds link on another location within a document. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create new pages * let page1 : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * let page2 : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create a new rectangle * let bounds : RectangleF = new RectangleF({x : 10, y : 200}, {width : 300, height : 25}); * // * // create a new document link annotation * let documentLinkAnnotation : PdfDocumentLinkAnnotation = new PdfDocumentLinkAnnotation(bounds); * // set the annotation text * documentLinkAnnotation.text = 'Document link annotation'; * // set the destination * documentLinkAnnotation.destination = new PdfDestination(page2); * // set the documentlink annotation location * documentLinkAnnotation.destination.location = new PointF(10, 0); * // add this annotation to a new page * page1.annotations.add(documentLinkAnnotation); * // * // save the document to disk * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ export class PdfDocumentLinkAnnotation extends PdfLinkAnnotation { /** * `Destination` of the annotation. * @default null * @private */ private pdfDestination; /** * Gets or sets the `destination` of the annotation. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create new pages * let page1 : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * let page2 : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create a new rectangle * let bounds : RectangleF = new RectangleF({x : 10, y : 200}, {width : 300, height : 25}); * // * // create a new document link annotation * let documentLinkAnnotation : PdfDocumentLinkAnnotation = new PdfDocumentLinkAnnotation(bounds); * // set the annotation text * documentLinkAnnotation.text = 'Document link annotation'; * // set the destination * documentLinkAnnotation.destination = new PdfDestination(page2); * // set the documentlink annotation location * documentLinkAnnotation.destination.location = new PointF(10, 0); * // add this annotation to a new page * page1.annotations.add(documentLinkAnnotation); * // * // save the document to disk * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @default null */ destination: PdfDestination; /** * Initializes new `PdfDocumentLinkAnnotation` instance with specified bounds. * @private */ constructor(rectangle: RectangleF); /** * Initializes new `PdfDocumentLinkAnnotation` instance with specified bounds and destination. * @private */ constructor(rectangle: RectangleF, destination: PdfDestination); /** * `Saves` annotation object. * @private */ save(): void; /** * `Clone` the document link annotation. * @private */ clone(): PdfDocumentLinkAnnotation; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/annotations/index.d.ts /** * Annotations classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/annotations/link-annotation.d.ts /** * `PdfLinkAnnotation` class represents the ink annotation class. * @private */ export abstract class PdfLinkAnnotation extends PdfAnnotation { /** * Initializes new instance of `PdfLineAnnotation` class with specified points. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes new instance of `PdfLineAnnotation` class with set of points and annotation text. * @private */ constructor(rectangle: RectangleF); /** * `Initializes` annotation object. * @private */ protected initialize(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/annotations/pdf-text-web-link.d.ts /** * `PdfTextWebLink` class represents the class for text web link annotation. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document. * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a page to the document. * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create the font * let font : PdfFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 12); * // * // create the Text Web Link * let textLink : PdfTextWebLink = new PdfTextWebLink(); * // set the hyperlink * textLink.url = 'http://www.google.com'; * // set the link text * textLink.text = 'Google'; * // set the font * textLink.font = font; * // draw the hyperlink in PDF page * textLink.draw(page1, new PointF(10, 40)); * // * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ export class PdfTextWebLink extends PdfTextElement { /** * Internal variable to store `Url`. * @default '' * @private */ private uniformResourceLocator; /** * Internal variable to store `Uri Annotation` object. * @default null * @private */ private uriAnnotation; /** * Checks whether the drawTextWebLink method with `PointF` overload is called or not. * If it set as true, then the start position of each lines excluding firest line is changed as (0, Y). * @private * @hidden */ private recalculateBounds; private defaultBorder; /** * Gets or sets the `Uri address`. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document. * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a page to the document. * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create the font * let font : PdfFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 12); * // create the Text Web Link * let textLink : PdfTextWebLink = new PdfTextWebLink(); * // * // set the hyperlink * textLink.url = 'http://www.google.com'; * // * // set the link text * textLink.text = 'Google'; * // set the font * textLink.font = font; * // draw the hyperlink in PDF page * textLink.draw(page1, new PointF(10, 40)); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ url: string; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfTextWebLink` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * `Draws` a Text Web Link on the Page with the specified location. * @private */ draw(page: PdfPage, location: PointF): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` a Text Web Link on the Page with the specified bounds. * @private */ draw(page: PdfPage, bounds: RectangleF): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draw` a Text Web Link on the Graphics with the specified location. * @private */ draw(graphics: PdfGraphics, location: PointF): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draw` a Text Web Link on the Graphics with the specified bounds. * @private */ draw(graphics: PdfGraphics, bounds: RectangleF): PdfLayoutResult; /** * Helper method `Draw` a Multiple Line Text Web Link on the Graphics with the specified location. * @private */ private drawMultipleLineWithPoint; /** * Helper method `Draw` a Multiple Line Text Web Link on the Graphics with the specified bounds. * @private */ private drawMultipleLineWithBounds; private calculateBounds; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/annotations/uri-annotation.d.ts /** * PdfUriAnnotation.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfUriAnnotation` class represents the Uri annotation. * @private */ export class PdfUriAnnotation extends PdfActionLinkAnnotation { /** * Internal variable to store `acton` for the annotation. * @private */ private pdfUriAction; /** * Get `action` of the annotation. * @private */ readonly uriAction: PdfUriAction; /** * Gets or sets the `Uri` address. * @private */ uri: string; /** * Gets or sets the `action`. * @private */ action: PdfAction; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfUriAnnotation` class with specified bounds. * @private */ constructor(rectangle: RectangleF); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfUriAnnotation` class with specified bounds and URI. * @private */ constructor(rectangle: RectangleF, uri: string); /** * `Initializes` annotation object. * @private */ protected initialize(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/collections/dictionary.d.ts /** * @private * @hidden */ export interface IDictionaryPair<K, V> { key: K; value: V; } /** * @private * @hidden */ export class Dictionary<K, V> { /** * @private * @hidden */ protected table: { [key: string]: IDictionaryPair<K, V>; }; /** * @private * @hidden */ protected nElements: number; /** * @private * @hidden */ protected toStr: (key: K) => string; /** * @private * @hidden */ constructor(toStringFunction?: (key: K) => string); /** * @private * @hidden */ getValue(key: K): V; /** * @private * @hidden */ setValue(key: K, value: V): V; /** * @private * @hidden */ remove(key: K): V; /** * @private * @hidden */ keys(): K[]; /** * @private * @hidden */ values(): V[]; /** * @private * @hidden */ containsKey(key: K): boolean; /** * @private * @hidden */ clear(): void; /** * @private * @hidden */ size(): number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/collections/index.d.ts /** * Collections classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/collections/object-object-pair/dictionary.d.ts /** * Dictionary class * @private * @hidden */ export class TemporaryDictionary<K, V> { /** * @hidden * @private */ private mKeys; /** * @hidden * @private */ private mValues; /** * @hidden * @private */ size(): number; /** * @hidden * @private */ add(key: K, value: V): number; /** * @hidden * @private */ keys(): K[]; /** * @hidden * @private */ values(): V[]; /** * @hidden * @private */ getValue(key: K): V; /** * @hidden * @private */ setValue(key: K, value: V): void; /** * @hidden * @private */ remove(key: K): boolean; /** * @hidden * @private */ containsKey(key: K): boolean; /** * @hidden * @private */ clear(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/collections/object-object-pair/index.d.ts /** * ObjectObjectPair classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/collections/utils.d.ts /** * Utils.ts class for EJ2-PDF * @private * @hidden */ export interface ICompareFunction<T> { (a: T, b: T): number; } /** * @private * @hidden */ export interface IEqualsFunction<T> { (a: T, b: T): boolean; } /** * @private * @hidden */ export interface ILoopFunction<T> { (a: T): boolean | void; } /** * @private * @hidden */ export function defaultToString(item: string | number | string[] | number[] | Object | Object[] | boolean): string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/automatic-fields/automatic-field-info-collection.d.ts /** * PdfAutomaticFieldInfoCollection.ts class for EJ2-PDF * @private */ /** * Represent a `collection of automatic fields information`. * @private */ export class PdfAutomaticFieldInfoCollection { /** * Internal variable to store instance of `pageNumberFields` class. * @private */ private automaticFieldsInformation; /** * Gets the `page number fields collection`. * @private */ readonly automaticFields: PdfAutomaticFieldInfo[]; /** * Initializes a new instance of the 'PdfPageNumberFieldInfoCollection' class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Add page number field into collection. * @private */ add(fieldInfo: PdfAutomaticFieldInfo): number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/automatic-fields/automatic-field-info.d.ts /** * PdfAutomaticFieldInfo.ts class for EJ2-PDF * @private */ /** * Represents information about the automatic field. * @private */ export class PdfAutomaticFieldInfo { /** * Internal variable to store location of the field. * @private */ private pageNumberFieldLocation; /** * Internal variable to store field. * @private */ private pageNumberField; /** * Internal variable to store x scaling factor. * @private */ private scaleX; /** * Internal variable to store y scaling factor. * @private */ private scaleY; /** * Initializes a new instance of the 'PdfAutomaticFieldInfo' class. * @private */ constructor(field: PdfAutomaticFieldInfo); /** * Initializes a new instance of the 'PdfAutomaticFieldInfo' class. * @private */ constructor(field: PdfAutomaticField, location: PointF); /** * Initializes a new instance of the 'PdfAutomaticFieldInfo' class. * @private */ constructor(field: PdfAutomaticField, location: PointF, scaleX: number, scaleY: number); /** * Gets or sets the location. * @private */ location: PointF; /** * Gets or sets the field. * @private */ field: PdfAutomaticField; /** * Gets or sets the scaling X factor. * @private */ scalingX: number; /** * Gets or sets the scaling Y factor. * @private */ scalingY: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/automatic-fields/automatic-field.d.ts /** * PdfAutomaticField.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Represents a fields which is calculated before the document saves. */ export abstract class PdfAutomaticField extends PdfGraphicsElement { private internalBounds; private internalFont; private internalBrush; private internalPen; private internalStringFormat; private internalTemplateSize; protected constructor(); bounds: RectangleF; size: SizeF; location: PointF; font: PdfFont; brush: PdfBrush; pen: PdfPen; stringFormat: PdfStringFormat; abstract getValue(graphics: PdfGraphics): string; abstract performDraw(graphics: PdfGraphics, location: PointF, scalingX: number, scalingY: number): void; performDrawHelper(graphics: PdfGraphics, location: PointF, scalingX: number, scalingY: number): void; draw(graphics: PdfGraphics): void; draw(graphics: PdfGraphics, location: PointF): void; draw(graphics: PdfGraphics, x: number, y: number): void; protected getSize(): SizeF; protected drawInternal(graphics: PdfGraphics): void; protected getBrush(): PdfBrush; protected getFont(): PdfFont; getPageFromGraphics(graphics: PdfGraphics): PdfPage; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/automatic-fields/composite-field.d.ts /** * PdfCompositeField.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Represents class which can concatenate multiple automatic fields into single string. */ export class PdfCompositeField extends PdfMultipleValueField { /** * Stores the array of automatic fields. * @private */ private internalAutomaticFields; /** * Stores the text value of the field. * @private */ private internalText; /** * Initialize a new instance of `PdfCompositeField` class. * @param font Font of the field. * @param brush Color of the field. * @param text Content of the field. * @param list List of the automatic fields in specific order based on the text content. */ constructor(font: PdfFont, brush: PdfBrush, text: string, ...list: PdfAutomaticField[]); /** * Gets and sets the content of the field. * @public */ text: string; /** * Gets and sets the list of the field to drawn. * @public */ automaticFields: PdfAutomaticField[]; /** * Return the actual value generated from the list of automatic fields. * @public */ getValue(graphics: PdfGraphics): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/automatic-fields/index.d.ts /** * Automatic fields classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/automatic-fields/multiple-value-field.d.ts /** * PdfAutomaticField.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Represents automatic field which has the same value within the `PdfGraphics`. */ export abstract class PdfMultipleValueField extends PdfAutomaticField { /** * Stores the instance of dictionary values of `graphics and template value pair`. * @private */ private list; constructor(); performDraw(graphics: PdfGraphics, location: PointF, scalingX: number, scalingY: number): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/automatic-fields/page-count-field.d.ts /** * PdfPageCountField.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Represents total PDF document page count automatic field. */ export class PdfPageCountField extends PdfSingleValueField { /** * Stores the number style of the field. * @private */ private internalNumberStyle; /** * Initialize a new instance for page number field. * @public */ constructor(font: PdfFont); /** * Initialize a new instance for page number field. * @public */ constructor(font: PdfFont, bounds: RectangleF); /** * Initialize a new instance for page number field. * @public */ constructor(font: PdfFont, brush: PdfBrush); /** * Gets and sets the number style of the field. * @public */ numberStyle: PdfNumberStyle; /** * Return the actual value of the content to drawn. * @public */ getValue(graphics: PdfGraphics): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/automatic-fields/pdf-numbers-convertor.d.ts /** * PdfNumbersConvertor.ts class for EJ2-PDF * @private */ /** * `PdfNumbersConvertor` for convert page number into numbers, roman letters, etc., * @private */ export class PdfNumbersConvertor { /** * numbers of letters in english [readonly]. * @default = 26.0 * @private */ private static readonly letterLimit; /** * Resturns `acsii start index` value. * @default 64 * @private */ private static readonly acsiiStartIndex; /** * Convert string value from page number with correct format. * @private */ static convert(intArabic: number, numberStyle: PdfNumberStyle): string; /** * Converts `arabic to roman` letters. * @private */ private static arabicToRoman; /** * Converts `arabic to normal letters`. * @private */ private static arabicToLetter; /** * Generate a string value of an input number. * @private */ private static generateNumber; /** * Convert a input number into letters. * @private */ private static convertToLetter; /** * Convert number to actual string value. * @private */ private static appendChar; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/automatic-fields/pdf-page-number-field.d.ts /** * PdfPageNumberField.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Represents PDF document `page number field`. * @public */ export class PdfPageNumberField extends PdfMultipleValueField { /** * Initialize a new instance for page number field. * @public */ constructor(font: PdfFont); /** * Initialize a new instance for page number field. * @public */ constructor(font: PdfFont, bounds: RectangleF); /** * Initialize a new instance for page number field. * @public */ constructor(font: PdfFont, brush: PdfBrush); /** * Stores the number style of the page number field. * @private */ private internalNumberStyle; /** * Gets and sets the number style of the page number field. * @private */ numberStyle: PdfNumberStyle; /** * Return the `string` value of page number field. * @public */ getValue(graphics: PdfGraphics): string; /** * Internal method to `get actual value of page number`. * @private */ protected internalGetValue(page: PdfPage): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/automatic-fields/pdf-template-value-pair.d.ts /** * PdfTemplateValuePair.ts class for EJ2-PDF * @private */ /** * Represent class to store information about `template and value pairs`. * @private */ export class PdfTemplateValuePair { /** * Internal variable to store template. * @default null * @private */ private pdfTemplate; /** * Intenal variable to store value. * @private */ private content; /** * Initializes a new instance of the 'PdfTemplateValuePair' class. * @private */ constructor(); constructor(template: PdfTemplate, value: string); /** * Gets or sets the template. * @private */ template: PdfTemplate; /** * Gets or sets the value. * @private */ value: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/automatic-fields/single-value-field.d.ts /** * PdfSingleValueField.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Represents automatic field which has the same value in the whole document. */ export abstract class PdfSingleValueField extends PdfAutomaticField { private list; private painterGraphics; constructor(); performDraw(graphics: PdfGraphics, location: PointF, scalingX: number, scalingY: number): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/index.d.ts /** * Document classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/pdf-catalog.d.ts /** * PdfCatalog.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfCatalog` class represents internal catalog of the Pdf document. * @private */ export class PdfCatalog extends PdfDictionary { /** * Internal variable to store collection of `sections`. * @default null * @private */ private sections; /** * Internal variable for accessing fields from `DictionryProperties` class. * @private */ private tempDictionaryProperties; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfCatalog` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Gets or sets the sections, which contain `pages`. * @private */ pages: PdfSectionCollection; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/pdf-document-base.d.ts /** * PdfDocumentBase.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfDocumentBase` class represent common properties of PdfDocument classes. * @private */ export class PdfDocumentBase { /** * Collection of the main `objects`. * @private */ private objects; /** * The `cross table`. * @private */ private pdfCrossTable; /** * `Object` that is saving currently. * @private */ private currentSavingObject; /** * Document `catlog`. * @private */ private pdfCatalog; /** * If the stream is copied, then it specifies true. * @private */ isStreamCopied: boolean; /** * Instance of parent `document`. * @private */ private document; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfDocumentBase` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfDocumentBase` class with instance of PdfDocument as argument. * @private */ constructor(document: PdfDocument); /** * Gets the `PDF objects` collection, which stores all objects and references to it.. * @private */ readonly pdfObjects: PdfMainObjectCollection; /** * Gets the `cross-reference` table. * @private */ readonly crossTable: PdfCrossTable; /** * Gets or sets the current saving `object number`. * @private */ currentSavingObj: PdfReference; /** * Gets the PDF document `catalog`. * @private */ catalog: PdfCatalog; /** * Sets the `main object collection`. * @private */ setMainObjectCollection(mainObjectCollection: PdfMainObjectCollection): void; /** * Sets the `cross table`. * @private */ setCrossTable(cTable: PdfCrossTable): void; /** * Sets the `catalog`. * @private */ setCatalog(catalog: PdfCatalog): void; /** * `Saves` the document to the specified filename. * @private */ save(): Promise<{ blobData: Blob; }>; /** * `Saves` the document to the specified filename. * @public * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a pages to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param filename Specifies the file name to save the output pdf document. */ save(filename: string): void; /** * `Clone` of parent object - PdfDocument. * @private */ clone(): PdfDocument; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/pdf-document-template.d.ts /** * PdfDocumentTemplate.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfDocumentTemplate` class encapsulates a page template for all the pages in the document. * @private */ export class PdfDocumentTemplate { /** * `Left` page template object. * @private */ private leftTemplate; /** * `Top` page template object. * @private */ private topTemplate; /** * `Right` page template object. * @private */ private rightTemplate; /** * `Bottom` page template object. * @private */ private bottomTemplate; /** * `EvenLeft` page template object. * @private */ private evenLeft; /** * `EvenTop` page template object. * @private */ private evenTop; /** * `EvenRight` page template object. * @private */ private evenRight; /** * `EventBottom` page template object. * @private */ private evenBottom; /** * `OddLeft` page template object. * @private */ private oddLeft; /** * `OddTop` page template object. * @private */ private oddTop; /** * `OddRight` page template object. * @private */ private oddRight; /** * `OddBottom` page template object. * @private */ private oddBottom; /** * `Left` page template object. * @public */ left: PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * `Top` page template object. * @public */ top: PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * `Right` page template object. * @public */ right: PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * `Bottom` page template object. * @public */ bottom: PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * `EvenLeft` page template object. * @public */ EvenLeft: PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * `EvenTop` page template object. * @public */ EvenTop: PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * `EvenRight` page template object. * @public */ EvenRight: PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * `EvenBottom` page template object. * @public */ EvenBottom: PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * `OddLeft` page template object. * @public */ OddLeft: PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * `OddTop` page template object. * @public */ OddTop: PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * `OddRight` page template object. * @public */ OddRight: PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * `OddBottom` page template object. * @public */ OddBottom: PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfDocumentTemplate` class. * @public */ constructor(); /** * Returns `left` template. * @public */ getLeft(page: PdfPage): PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * Returns `top` template. * @public */ getTop(page: PdfPage): PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * Returns `right` template. * @public */ getRight(page: PdfPage): PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * Returns `bottom` template. * @public */ getBottom(page: PdfPage): PdfPageTemplateElement; /** * Checks whether the page `is even`. * @private */ private isEven; /** * Checks a `template element`. * @private */ private checkElement; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/document/pdf-document.d.ts /** * Represents a PDF document and can be used to create a new PDF document from the scratch. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a new page to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set the font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // create black brush * let blackBrush : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(0, 0)); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ export class PdfDocument extends PdfDocumentBase { /** * `Cache` of the objects. * @private */ private static cacheCollection; /** * Default `margin` value. * @default 40.0 * @private */ readonly defaultMargin: number; /** * Default page `settings`. * @private */ private settings; /** * Internal variable to store document`s collection of `sections`. * @private */ private sectionCollection; /** * Internal variable to store document`s collection of `pages`. * @private */ private documentPageCollection; /** * Internal variable to store instance of `fileUtils.StreamWriter` classes.. * @default null * @private */ streamWriter: fileUtils.StreamWriter; /** * Defines the `color space` of the document * @private */ private pdfColorSpace; /** * Internal variable to store `template` which is applied to each page of the document. * @private */ private pageTemplate; /** * `Font` used in complex objects to draw strings and text when it is not defined explicitly. * @default null * @private */ private static defaultStandardFont; /** * Indicates whether enable cache or not * @default true * @private */ private static isCacheEnabled; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfDocument` class. * @public */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfDocument` class. * @private */ constructor(isMerging: boolean); /** * Gets the `default font`. It is used for complex objects when font is not explicitly defined. * @private */ static readonly defaultFont: PdfFont; /** * Gets the collection of the `sections` in the document. * @private */ readonly sections: PdfSectionCollection; /** * Gets the document's page setting. * @public */ /** * Sets the document's page setting. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * * // sets the right margin of the page * document.pageSettings.margins.right = 0; * // set the page size. * document.pageSettings.size = new SizeF(500, 500); * // change the page orientation to landscape * document.pageSettings.orientation = PdfPageOrientation.Landscape; * // apply 90 degree rotation on the page * document.pageSettings.rotate = PdfPageRotateAngle.RotateAngle90; * * // add a pages to the document * let page1 : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set font * let font : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // set brush * let blackBrush : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // set the specified Point * let point : PointF = new PointF(page1.getClientSize().width - 200, page1.getClientSize().height - 200); * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, point); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ pageSettings: PdfPageSettings; /** * Represents the collection of pages in the PDF document. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // * // get the collection of pages in the document * let pageCollection : PdfDocumentPageCollection = document.pages; * // * // add pages * let page1$ : PdfPage = pageCollection.add(); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ readonly pages: PdfDocumentPageCollection; /** * Gets collection of the `cached objects`. * @private */ /** * Sets collection of the `cached objects`. * @private */ static cache: PdfCacheCollection; /** * Gets the value of enable cache. * @private */ /** * Sets thie value of enable cache. * @private */ static enableCache: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `color space` of the document. This property can be used to create PDF document in RGB, Gray scale or CMYK color spaces. * @private */ colorSpace: PdfColorSpace; /** * Gets or sets a `template` to all pages in the document. * @private */ template: PdfDocumentTemplate; /** * Saves the document to the specified output stream and return the stream as Blob. * @private */ docSave(stream: fileUtils.StreamWriter, isBase: boolean): Blob; /** * Saves the document to the specified output stream. * @private */ docSave(stream: fileUtils.StreamWriter, filename: string, isBase: boolean): void; /** * Checks the pages `presence`. * @private */ private checkPagesPresence; /** * disposes the current instance of `PdfDocument` class. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a new page to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set the font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // create black brush * let blackBrush : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(0, 0)); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/drawing/index.d.ts /** * Drawing classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/drawing/pdf-drawing.d.ts /** * Coordinates of Position for `PointF`. * @private */ export class PointF { /** * Value of `X`. * @private */ x: number; /** * Value of `Y`. * @private */ y: number; /** * Instance of `PointF` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Instance of `PointF` class with X, Y co-ordinates. * @private */ constructor(x: number, y: number); } /** * Width and Height as `Size`. * @private */ export class SizeF { /** * Value of ``Height``. * @private */ height: number; /** * Value of `Width`. * @private */ width: number; /** * Instance of `SizeF` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Instance of `SizeF` class with Width and Height. * @private */ constructor(width: number, height: number); } /** * `RectangleF` with Position and size. * @private */ export class RectangleF { /** * Value of `X`. * @private */ x: number; /** * Value of `Y`. * @private */ y: number; /** * Value of `Height`. * @private */ height: number; /** * Value of `Width`. * @private */ width: number; /** * Instance of `RectangleF` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Instance of `RectangleF` class with X, Y, Width and Height. * @private */ constructor(x: number, y: number, height: number, width: number); /** * Instance of `RectangleF` class with PointF, SizeF. * @private */ constructor(pointF: PointF, sizeF: SizeF); } /** * `Rectangle` with left, right, top and bottom. * @private */ export class Rectangle { /** * Value of `left`. * @private */ left: number; /** * Value of `top`. * @private */ top: number; /** * Value of `right`. * @private */ right: number; /** * Value of `bottom`. * @private */ bottom: number; /** * Instance of `RectangleF` class with X, Y, Width and Height. * @private */ constructor(left: number, top: number, right: number, bottom: number); /** * Gets a value of width */ readonly width: number; /** * Gets a value of height */ readonly height: number; /** * Gets a value of Top and Left */ readonly topLeft: PointF; /** * Gets a value of size */ readonly size: SizeF; toString(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/general/enum.d.ts /** * public Enum for `PdfDestinationMode`. * @private */ export enum PdfDestinationMode { /** * Specifies the type of `Location`. * @private */ Location = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `FitToPage`. * @private */ FitToPage = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `FitR`. * @private */ FitR = 2 } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/general/index.d.ts /** * General classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/general/pdf-cache-collection.d.ts /** * `Collection of the cached objects`. * @private */ export class PdfCacheCollection { /** * Stores the similar `objects`. * @private */ private referenceObjects; /** * Stores the references of font with GUID `objects`. * @private */ private pdfFontCollection; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfCacheCollection` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * `Searches` for the similar cached object. If is not found - adds the object to the cache. * @private */ search(obj: IPdfCache): IPdfCache; /** * `Creates` a new group. * @private */ createNewGroup(): Object[]; /** * `Find and Return` a group. * @private */ getGroup(result: IPdfCache): Object[]; /** * Remove a group from the storage. */ removeGroup(group: Object[]): void; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/general/pdf-collection.d.ts /** * PdfCollection.ts class for EJ2-PDF * The class used to handle the collection of PdF objects. */ export class PdfCollection { /** * Stores the `objects` as array. * @private */ private collection; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `Collection` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Gets the `Count` of stored objects. * @private */ readonly count: number; /** * Gets the `list` of stored objects. * @private */ readonly list: Object[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/general/pdf-destination.d.ts /** * PdfDestination.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfDestination` class represents an anchor in the document * where bookmarks or annotations can direct when clicked. */ export class PdfDestination implements IPdfWrapper { /** * Internal variable for accessing fields from `DictionryProperties` class. * @private */ protected dictionaryProperties: DictionaryProperties; /** * Type of the `destination`. * @private */ private destinationMode; /** * `Zoom` factor. * @private * @default 0 */ private zoomFactor; /** * `Location` of the destination. * @default new PointF() with 0 ,0 as co-ordinates * @private */ private destinationLocation; /** * `Bounds` of the destination as RectangleF. * @default RectangleF.Empty * @private */ private bounds; /** * Parent `page` reference. * @private */ private pdfPage; /** * Pdf primitive representing `this` object. * @private */ private array; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfDestination` class with page object. * @private */ constructor(page: PdfPageBase); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfDestination` class with page object and location. * @private */ constructor(page: PdfPageBase, location: PointF); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfDestination` class with page object and bounds. * @private */ constructor(page: PdfPageBase, rectangle: RectangleF); /** * Gets and Sets the `zoom` factor. * @private */ zoom: number; /** * Gets and Sets the `page` object. * @private */ page: PdfPageBase; /** * Gets and Sets the destination `mode`. * @private */ mode: PdfDestinationMode; /** * Gets and Sets the `location`. * @private */ location: PointF; /** * `Translates` co-ordinates to PDF co-ordinate system (lower/left). * @private */ private pointToNativePdf; /** * `In fills` array by correct values. * @private */ private initializePrimitive; /** * Gets the `element` representing this object. * @private */ readonly element: IPdfPrimitive; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/brushes/index.d.ts /** * Collections classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/brushes/pdf-brush.d.ts /** * PdfBrush.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfBrush` class provides objects used to fill the interiors of graphical shapes such as rectangles, * ellipses, pies, polygons, and paths. * @private */ export abstract class PdfBrush { /** * Creates instanceof `PdfBrush` class. * @hidden * @private */ constructor(); /** * Stores the instance of `PdfColor` class. * @private */ color: PdfColor; /** * `MonitorChanges` abstract method overload. * @hidden * @private */ abstract monitorChanges(brush: PdfBrush, streamWriter: PdfStreamWriter, getResources: GetResourceEventHandler, saveChanges: boolean, currentColorSpace: PdfColorSpace): boolean; /** * `MonitorChanges` abstract method overload. * @hidden * @private */ abstract monitorChanges(brush: PdfBrush, streamWriter: PdfStreamWriter, getResources: GetResourceEventHandler, saveChanges: boolean, currentColorSpace: PdfColorSpace, check: boolean): boolean; /** * `MonitorChanges` abstract method overload. * @hidden * @private */ abstract monitorChanges(brush: PdfBrush, streamWriter: PdfStreamWriter, getResources: GetResourceEventHandler, saveChanges: boolean, currentColorSpace: PdfColorSpace, check: boolean, iccBased: boolean): boolean; /** * `MonitorChanges` abstract method overload. * @hidden * @private */ abstract monitorChanges(brush: PdfBrush, streamWriter: PdfStreamWriter, getResources: GetResourceEventHandler, saveChanges: boolean, currentColorSpace: PdfColorSpace, check: boolean, iccBased: boolean, indexed: boolean): boolean; /** * `MonitorChanges` abstract method overload. * @hidden * @private */ abstract resetChanges(streamWriter: PdfStreamWriter): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/brushes/pdf-solid-brush.d.ts /** * Represents a brush that fills any object with a solid color. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a pages to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // set brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(10, 10)); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ export class PdfSolidBrush extends PdfBrush { /** * The `colour` of the brush. * @private */ pdfColor: PdfColor; /** * Indicates if the brush is `immutable`. * @private */ private bImmutable; /** * The `color space` of the brush. * @private */ private colorSpace; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfSolidBrush` class. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a pages to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // set brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(10, 10)); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param color color of the brush */ constructor(color: PdfColor); /** * Gets or sets the `color` of the brush. * @private */ color: PdfColor; /** * `Monitors` the changes of the brush and modify PDF state respectively. * @private */ monitorChanges(brush: PdfBrush, streamWriter: PdfStreamWriter, getResources: GetResourceEventHandler, saveChanges: boolean, currentColorSpace: PdfColorSpace): boolean; /** * `Resets` the changes, which were made by the brush. * @private */ resetChanges(streamWriter: PdfStreamWriter): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/constants.d.ts /** * `constants.ts` class for EJ2-PDF * @private */ export class ProcedureSets { /** * Specifies the `PDF` procedure set. * @private */ readonly pdf: string; /** * Specifies the `Text` procedure set. * @private */ readonly text: string; /** * Specifies the `ImageB` procedure set. * @private */ readonly imageB: string; /** * Specifies the `ImageC` procedure set. * @private */ readonly imageC: string; /** * Specifies the `ImageI` procedure set. * @private */ readonly imageI: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/enum.d.ts /** * public Enum for `PdfHorizontalAlignment`. * @private */ export enum PdfHorizontalAlignment { /** * Specifies the type of `Left`. * @private */ Left = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Center`. * @private */ Center = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Right`. * @private */ Right = 2 } /** * public Enum for `PdfVerticalAlignment`. * @private */ export enum PdfVerticalAlignment { /** * Specifies the type of `Top`. * @private */ Top = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Middle`. * @private */ Middle = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Bottom`. * @private */ Bottom = 2 } /** * public Enum for `public`. * @private */ export enum PdfTextAlignment { /** * Specifies the type of `Left`. * @private */ Left = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Center`. * @private */ Center = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Right`. * @private */ Right = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `Justify`. * @private */ Justify = 3 } /** * public Enum for `TextRenderingMode`. * @private */ export enum TextRenderingMode { /** * Specifies the type of `Fill`. * @private */ Fill = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Stroke`. * @private */ Stroke = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `FillStroke`. * @private */ FillStroke = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `None`. * @private */ None = 3, /** * Specifies the type of `ClipFlag`. * @private */ ClipFlag = 4, /** * Specifies the type of `ClipFill`. * @private */ ClipFill = 4, /** * Specifies the type of `ClipStroke`. * @private */ ClipStroke = 5, /** * Specifies the type of `ClipFillStroke`. * @private */ ClipFillStroke = 6, /** * Specifies the type of `Clip`. * @private */ Clip = 7 } /** * public Enum for `PdfLineJoin`. * @private */ export enum PdfLineJoin { /** * Specifies the type of `Miter`. * @private */ Miter = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Round`. * @private */ Round = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Bevel`. * @private */ Bevel = 2 } /** * public Enum for `PdfLineCap`. * @private */ export enum PdfLineCap { /** * Specifies the type of `Flat`. * @private */ Flat = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Round`. * @private */ Round = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Square`. * @private */ Square = 2 } /** * public Enum for `PdfDashStyle`. * @private */ export enum PdfDashStyle { /** * Specifies the type of `Solid`. * @private */ Solid = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Dash`. * @private */ Dash = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Dot`. * @private */ Dot = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `DashDot`. * @private */ DashDot = 3, /** * Specifies the type of `DashDotDot`. * @private */ DashDotDot = 4, /** * Specifies the type of `Custom`. * @private */ Custom = 5 } /** * public Enum for `PdfFillMode`. * @private */ export enum PdfFillMode { /** * Specifies the type of `Winding`. * @private */ Winding = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Alternate`. * @private */ Alternate = 1 } /** * public Enum for `PdfColorSpace`. * @private */ export enum PdfColorSpace { /** * Specifies the type of `Rgb`. * @private */ Rgb = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Cmyk`. * @private */ Cmyk = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `GrayScale`. * @private */ GrayScale = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `Indexed`. * @private */ Indexed = 3 } /** * public Enum for `PdfBlendMode`. * @private */ export enum PdfBlendMode { /** * Specifies the type of `Normal`. * @private */ Normal = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Multiply`. * @private */ Multiply = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Screen`. * @private */ Screen = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `Overlay`. * @private */ Overlay = 3, /** * Specifies the type of `Darken`. * @private */ Darken = 4, /** * Specifies the type of `Lighten`. * @private */ Lighten = 5, /** * Specifies the type of `ColorDodge`. * @private */ ColorDodge = 6, /** * Specifies the type of `ColorBurn`. * @private */ ColorBurn = 7, /** * Specifies the type of `HardLight`. * @private */ HardLight = 8, /** * Specifies the type of `SoftLight`. * @private */ SoftLight = 9, /** * Specifies the type of `Difference`. * @private */ Difference = 10, /** * Specifies the type of `Exclusion`. * @private */ Exclusion = 11, /** * Specifies the type of `Hue`. * @private */ Hue = 12, /** * Specifies the type of `Saturation`. * @private */ Saturation = 13, /** * Specifies the type of `Color`. * @private */ Color = 14, /** * Specifies the type of `Luminosity`. * @private */ Luminosity = 15 } /** * public Enum for `PdfGraphicsUnit`. * @private */ export enum PdfGraphicsUnit { /** * Specifies the type of `Centimeter`. * @private */ Centimeter = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Pica`. * @private */ Pica = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Pixel`. * @private */ Pixel = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `Point`. * @private */ Point = 3, /** * Specifies the type of `Inch`. * @private */ Inch = 4, /** * Specifies the type of `Document`. * @private */ Document = 5, /** * Specifies the type of `Millimeter`. * @private */ Millimeter = 6 } /** * public Enum for `PdfGridImagePosition`. * @private */ export enum PdfGridImagePosition { /** * Specifies the type of `Fit`. * @private */ Fit = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Center`. * @private */ Center = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Stretch`. * @private */ Stretch = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `Tile`. * @private */ Tile = 3 } /** * public Enum for `the text rendering direction`. * @private */ export enum PdfTextDirection { /** * Specifies the type of `None`. * @private */ None = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `LeftToRight`. * @private */ LeftToRight = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `RightToLeft`. * @private */ RightToLeft = 2 } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/figures/base/element-layouter.d.ts /** * ElementLayouter.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Base class for `elements lay outing`. * @private */ export abstract class ElementLayouter { /** * Layout the `element`. * @private */ private layoutElement; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `ElementLayouter` class. * @private */ constructor(element: PdfLayoutElement); /** * Gets the `element`. * @private */ readonly elements: PdfLayoutElement; /** * Gets the `element`. * @private */ getElement(): PdfLayoutElement; /** * `Layouts` the element. * @private */ layout(param: PdfLayoutParams): PdfLayoutResult; Layouter(param: PdfLayoutParams): PdfLayoutResult; /** * Returns the `next page`. * @private */ getNextPage(currentPage: PdfPage): PdfPage; /** * `Layouts` the element. * @private */ protected abstract layoutInternal(param: PdfLayoutParams): PdfLayoutResult; } export class PdfLayoutFormat { /** * Indicates whether `PaginateBounds` were set and should be used or not. * @private */ private boundsSet; /** * `Bounds` for the paginating. * @private */ private layoutPaginateBounds; /** * `Layout` type of the element. * @private */ private layoutType; /** * `Break` type of the element. * @private */ private breakType; /** * Gets or sets `layout` type of the element. * @private */ layout: PdfLayoutType; /** * Gets or sets `break` type of the element. * @private */ break: PdfLayoutBreakType; /** * Gets or sets the `bounds` on the next page. * @private */ paginateBounds: RectangleF; /** * Gets a value indicating whether [`use paginate bounds`]. * @private */ readonly usePaginateBounds: boolean; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfLayoutFormat` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfLayoutFormat` class. * @private */ constructor(baseFormat: PdfLayoutFormat); } export class PdfLayoutParams { /** * The last `page` where the element was drawn. * @private */ private pdfPage; /** * The `bounds` of the element on the last page where it was drawn. * @private */ private layoutBounds; /** * Layout settings as `format`. * @private */ private layoutFormat; /** * Gets or sets the layout `page` for the element. * @private */ page: PdfPage; /** * Gets or sets layout `bounds` for the element. * @private */ bounds: RectangleF; /** * Gets or sets `layout settings` for the element. * @private */ format: PdfLayoutFormat; } export class PdfLayoutResult { /** * The last `page` where the element was drawn. * @private */ private pdfPage; /** * The `bounds` of the element on the last page where it was drawn. * @private */ private layoutBounds; /** * Gets the last `page` where the element was drawn. * @private */ readonly page: PdfPage; /** * Gets the `bounds` of the element on the last page where it was drawn. * @private */ readonly bounds: RectangleF; /** * Initializes the new instance of `PdfLayoutResult` class. * @private */ constructor(page: PdfPage, bounds: RectangleF); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/figures/base/graphics-element.d.ts /** * PdfGraphicsElement.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Represents a base class for all page graphics elements. */ export abstract class PdfGraphicsElement { protected constructor(); /** * `Draws` the page number field. * @public */ drawHelper(graphics: PdfGraphics, x: number, y: number): void; protected abstract drawInternal(graphics: PdfGraphics): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/figures/base/index.d.ts /** * Figures Base classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/figures/base/pdf-shape-element.d.ts /** * PdfShapeElement.ts class for EJ2-PDF * @private */ /** * Base class for the main shapes. * @private */ export abstract class PdfShapeElement extends PdfLayoutElement { /** * Gets the bounds. * @private */ getBounds(): RectangleF; /** * Returns a rectangle that bounds this element. * @private */ protected abstract getBoundsInternal(): RectangleF; /** * Layouts the element. * @private */ protected layout(param: PdfLayoutParams): PdfLayoutResult; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/figures/base/shape-layouter.d.ts /** * ShapeLayouter.ts class for EJ2-PDF * @private */ /** * ShapeLayouter class. * @private */ export class ShapeLayouter extends ElementLayouter { /** * Initializes the object to store `older form elements` of previous page. * @default 0 * @private */ olderPdfForm: number; /** * Initializes the offset `index`. * * @default 0 * @private */ private static index; /** * Initializes the `difference in page height`. * * @default 0 * @private */ private static splitDiff; /** * Determines the `end of Vertical offset` values. * * @default false * @private */ private static last; /** * Determines the document link annotation `border width`. * * @default 0 * @private */ private static readonly borderWidth; /** * Checks weather `is pdf grid` or not. * @private */ isPdfGrid: boolean; /** * The `bounds` of the shape element. * * @default new RectangleF() * @private */ shapeBounds: RectangleF; /** * The `bottom cell padding`. * @private */ bottomCellPadding: number; /** * Total Page size of the web page. * * @default 0 * @private */ private totalPageSize; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `ShapeLayouter` class. * @private */ constructor(element: PdfShapeElement); /** * Gets shape element. * @private */ readonly element: PdfShapeElement; /** * Layouts the element. * @private */ protected layoutInternal(param: PdfLayoutParams): PdfLayoutResult; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/figures/base/text-layouter.d.ts /** * TextLayouter.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Class that `layouts the text`. * @private */ export class TextLayouter extends ElementLayouter { /** * String `format`. * @private */ private format; /** * Gets the layout `element`. * @private */ readonly element: PdfTextElement; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `TextLayouter` class. * @private */ constructor(element: PdfTextElement); /** * `Layouts` the element. * @private */ protected layoutInternal(param: PdfLayoutParams): PdfLayoutResult; /** * Raises `PageLayout` event if needed. * @private */ private getLayoutResult; /** * `Layouts` the text on the page. * @private */ private layoutOnPage; /** * `Corrects current bounds` on the page. * @private */ private checkCorrectBounds; /** * Returns a `rectangle` where the text was printed on the page. * @private */ private getTextPageBounds; } export class TextPageLayoutResult { /** * The last `page` where the text was drawn. * @private */ page: PdfPage; /** * The `bounds` of the element on the last page where it was drawn. * @private */ bounds: RectangleF; /** * Indicates whether the lay outing has been finished [`end`]. * @private */ end: boolean; /** * The `text` that was not printed. * @private */ remainder: string; /** * Gets or sets a `bounds` of the last text line that was printed. * @private */ lastLineBounds: RectangleF; } export class PdfTextLayoutResult extends PdfLayoutResult { /** * The `text` that was not printed. * @private */ private remainderText; /** * The `bounds` of the last line that was printed. * @private */ private lastLineTextBounds; /** * Gets a value that contains the `text` that was not printed. * @private */ readonly remainder: string; /** * Gets a value that indicates the `bounds` of the last line that was printed on the page. * @private */ readonly lastLineBounds: RectangleF; /** * Initializes the new instance of `PdfTextLayoutResult` class. * @private */ constructor(page: PdfPage, bounds: RectangleF, remainder: string, lastLineBounds: RectangleF); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/figures/enum.d.ts /** * public Enum for `PdfLayoutType`. * @private */ export enum PdfLayoutType { /** * Specifies the type of `Paginate`. * @private */ Paginate = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `OnePage`. * @private */ OnePage = 1 } /** * public Enum for `PdfLayoutBreakType`. * @private */ export enum PdfLayoutBreakType { /** * Specifies the type of `FitPage`. * @private */ FitPage = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `FitElement`. * @private */ FitElement = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `FitColumnsToPage`. * @private */ FitColumnsToPage = 2 } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/figures/index.d.ts /** * Figures classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/figures/layout-element.d.ts /** * PdfLayoutElement.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfLayoutElement` class represents the base class for all elements that can be layout on the pages. * @private */ export abstract class PdfLayoutElement { /** * Indicating whether [`embed fonts`] * @private */ private bEmbedFonts; endPageLayout: Function; beginPageLayout: Function; /** * Gets a value indicating whether the `start page layout event` should be raised. * @private */ readonly raiseBeginPageLayout: boolean; /** * Gets a value indicating whether the `ending page layout event` should be raised. * @private */ readonly raiseEndPageLayout: boolean; onBeginPageLayout(args: PdfGridBeginPageLayoutEventArgs): void; onEndPageLayout(args: PdfGridEndPageLayoutEventArgs): void; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page and "PointF" class * @private */ drawHelper(page: PdfPage, location: PointF): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page and pair of coordinates * @private */ drawHelper(page: PdfPage, x: number, y: number): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page and "RectangleF" class * @private */ drawHelper(page: PdfPage, layoutRectangle: RectangleF): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page, "PointF" class and layout format * @private */ drawHelper(page: PdfPage, location: PointF, format: PdfLayoutFormat): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page, pair of coordinates and layout format * @private */ drawHelper(page: PdfPage, x: number, y: number, format: PdfLayoutFormat): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page. * @private */ drawHelper(page: PdfPage, layoutRectangle: RectangleF, embedFonts: boolean): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page, "RectangleF" class and layout format * @private */ drawHelper(page: PdfPage, layoutRectangle: RectangleF, format: PdfLayoutFormat): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Layouts` the specified param. * @private */ protected abstract layout(param: PdfLayoutParams): PdfLayoutResult; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/figures/pdf-template.d.ts /** * PdfTemplate.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Represents `Pdf Template` object. * @private */ export class PdfTemplate implements IPdfWrapper { /** * Stores the value of current `graphics`. * @private */ private pdfGraphics; /** * Stores the instance of `PdfResources` class. * @private */ private resources; /** * Stores the `size` of the 'PdfTemplate'. * @private */ private templateSize; /** * Initialize an instance for `DictionaryProperties` class. * @private * @hidden */ private dictionaryProperties; /** * Stores the `content` of the 'PdfTemplate'. * @private */ content: PdfStream; /** * Checks whether the transformation 'is performed'. * @default true * @private */ writeTransformation: boolean; /** * Gets the size of the 'PdfTemplate'. */ readonly size: SizeF; /** * Gets the width of the 'PdfTemplate'. */ readonly width: number; /** * Gets the height of the 'PdfTemplate'. */ readonly height: number; /** * Gets the `graphics` of the 'PdfTemplate'. */ readonly graphics: PdfGraphics; /** * Gets the resources and modifies the template dictionary. * @private */ getResources(): PdfResources; /** * Create the new instance for `PdfTemplate` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Create the new instance for `PdfTemplate` class with Size. * @private */ constructor(arg1: SizeF); /** * Create the new instance for `PdfTemplate` class with width and height. * @private */ constructor(arg1: number, arg2: number); /** * `Initialize` the type and subtype of the template. * @private */ private initialize; /** * `Adds type key`. * @private */ private addType; /** * `Adds SubType key`. * @private */ private addSubType; /** * `Reset` the size of the 'PdfTemplate'. */ reset(): void; reset(size: SizeF): void; /** * `Set the size` of the 'PdfTemplate'. * @private */ private setSize; /** * Gets the `content stream` of 'PdfTemplate' class. * @private */ readonly element: IPdfPrimitive; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/figures/text-element.d.ts /** * PdfTextElement.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfTextElement` class represents the text area with the ability to span several pages * and inherited from the 'PdfLayoutElement' class. * @private */ export class PdfTextElement extends PdfLayoutElement { /** * `Text` data. * @private */ private content; /** * `Value` of text data. * @private */ private elementValue; /** * `Pen` for text drawing. * @private */ private pdfPen; /** * `Brush` for text drawing. * @private */ private pdfBrush; /** * `Font` for text drawing. * @private */ private pdfFont; /** * Text `format`. * @private */ private format; /** * indicate whether the drawText with PointF overload is called or not. * @default false * @private */ private hasPointOverload; /** * indicate whether the PdfGridCell value is `PdfTextElement` * @default false * @private */ isPdfTextElement: boolean; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfTextElement` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfTextElement` class with text to draw into the PDF. * @private */ constructor(text: string); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfTextElement` class with the text and `PdfFont`. * @private */ constructor(text: string, font: PdfFont); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfTextElement` class with text,`PdfFont` and `PdfPen`. * @private */ constructor(text: string, font: PdfFont, pen: PdfPen); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfTextElement` class with text,`PdfFont` and `PdfBrush`. * @private */ constructor(text: string, font: PdfFont, brush: PdfBrush); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfTextElement` class with text,`PdfFont`,`PdfPen`,`PdfBrush` and `PdfStringFormat`. * @private */ constructor(text: string, font: PdfFont, pen: PdfPen, brush: PdfBrush, format: PdfStringFormat); /** * Gets or sets a value indicating the `text` that should be printed. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document. * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a page to the document. * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create the font * let font$ : PdfFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 12); * // create the Text Web Link * let textLink$ : PdfTextWebLink = new PdfTextWebLink(); * // set the hyperlink * textLink.url = 'http://www.google.com'; * // * // set the link text * textLink.text = 'Google'; * // * // set the font * textLink.font = font; * // draw the hyperlink in PDF page * textLink.draw(page1, new PointF(10, 40)); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ text: string; /** * Gets or sets a `value` indicating the text that should be printed. * @private */ readonly value: string; /** * Gets or sets a `PdfPen` that determines the color, width, and style of the text * @private */ pen: PdfPen; /** * Gets or sets the `PdfBrush` that will be used to draw the text with color and texture. * @private */ brush: PdfBrush; /** * Gets or sets a `PdfFont` that defines the text format. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document. * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a page to the document. * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create the font * let font$ : PdfFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 12); * // create the Text Web Link * let textLink$ : PdfTextWebLink = new PdfTextWebLink(); * // set the hyperlink * textLink.url = 'http://www.google.com'; * // set the link text * textLink.text = 'Google'; * // * // set the font * textLink.font = font; * // * // draw the hyperlink in PDF page * textLink.draw(page1, new PointF(10, 40)); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ font: PdfFont; /** * Gets or sets the `PdfStringFormat` that will be used to set the string format * @private */ stringFormat: PdfStringFormat; /** * Gets a `brush` for drawing. * @private */ getBrush(): PdfBrush; /** * `Layouts` the element. * @private */ protected layout(param: PdfLayoutParams): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page and "PointF" class * @private */ drawText(page: PdfPage, location: PointF): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page and pair of coordinates * @private */ drawText(page: PdfPage, x: number, y: number): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page and "RectangleF" class * @private */ drawText(page: PdfPage, layoutRectangle: RectangleF): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page, "PointF" class and layout format * @private */ drawText(page: PdfPage, location: PointF, format: PdfLayoutFormat): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page, pair of coordinates and layout format * @private */ drawText(page: PdfPage, x: number, y: number, format: PdfLayoutFormat): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page. * @private */ drawText(page: PdfPage, layoutRectangle: RectangleF, embedFonts: boolean): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page, "RectangleF" class and layout format * @private */ drawText(page: PdfPage, layoutRectangle: RectangleF, format: PdfLayoutFormat): PdfLayoutResult; private calculateResultBounds; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/enum.d.ts /** * public Enum for `PdfFontStyle`. * @private */ export enum PdfFontStyle { /** * Specifies the type of `Regular`. * @private */ Regular = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Bold`. * @private */ Bold = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Italic`. * @private */ Italic = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `Underline`. * @private */ Underline = 4, /** * Specifies the type of `Strikeout`. * @private */ Strikeout = 8 } /** * Specifies the font family from the standard font. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a new page to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create new standard font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // create black brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(0, 0)); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * ``` */ export enum PdfFontFamily { /** * Specifies the `Helvetica` font. */ Helvetica = 0, /** * Specifies the `Courier` font. */ Courier = 1, /** * Specifies the `TimesRoman` font. */ TimesRoman = 2, /** * Specifies the `Symbol` font. */ Symbol = 3, /** * Specifies the `ZapfDingbats` font. */ ZapfDingbats = 4 } /** * public Enum for `PdfFontType`. * @private */ export enum PdfFontType { /** * Specifies the type of `Standard`. * @private */ Standard = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `TrueType`. * @private */ TrueType = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `TrueTypeEmbedded`. * @private */ TrueTypeEmbedded = 2 } /** * public Enum for `PdfWordWrapType`. * @private */ export enum PdfWordWrapType { /** * Specifies the type of `None`. * @private */ None = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Word`. * @private */ Word = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `WordOnly`. * @private */ WordOnly = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `Character`. * @private */ Character = 3 } /** * public Enum for `PdfSubSuperScript`. * @private */ export enum PdfSubSuperScript { /** * Specifies the type of `None`. * @private */ None = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `SuperScript`. * @private */ SuperScript = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `SubScript`. * @private */ SubScript = 2 } /** * public Enum for `FontEncoding`. * @private */ export enum FontEncoding { /** * Specifies the type of `Unknown`. * @private */ Unknown = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `StandardEncoding`. * @private */ StandardEncoding = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `MacRomanEncoding`. * @private */ MacRomanEncoding = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `MacExpertEncoding`. * @private */ MacExpertEncoding = 3, /** * Specifies the type of `WinAnsiEncoding`. * @private */ WinAnsiEncoding = 4, /** * Specifies the type of `PdfDocEncoding`. * @private */ PdfDocEncoding = 5, /** * Specifies the type of `IdentityH`. * @private */ IdentityH = 6 } /** * public Enum for `TtfCmapFormat`. * @private */ export enum TtfCmapFormat { /** * This is the Apple standard character to glyph index mapping table. * @private */ Apple = 0, /** * This is the Microsoft standard character to glyph index mapping table. * @private */ Microsoft = 4, /** * Format 6: Trimmed table mapping. * @private */ Trimmed = 6 } /** * Enumerator that implements CMAP encodings. * @private */ export enum TtfCmapEncoding { /** * Unknown encoding. * @private */ Unknown = 0, /** * When building a symbol font for Windows. * @private */ Symbol = 1, /** * When building a Unicode font for Windows. * @private */ Unicode = 2, /** * For font that will be used on a Macintosh. * @private */ Macintosh = 3 } /** * Ttf platform ID. * @private */ export enum TtfPlatformID { /** * Apple platform. * @private */ AppleUnicode = 0, /** * Macintosh platform. * @private */ Macintosh = 1, /** * Iso platform. * @private */ Iso = 2, /** * Microsoft platform. * @private */ Microsoft = 3 } /** * Microsoft encoding ID. * @private */ export enum TtfMicrosoftEncodingID { /** * Undefined encoding. * @private */ Undefined = 0, /** * Unicode encoding. * @private */ Unicode = 1 } /** * Macintosh encoding ID. * @private */ export enum TtfMacintoshEncodingID { /** * Roman encoding. * @private */ Roman = 0, /** * Japanese encoding. * @private */ Japanese = 1, /** * Chinese encoding. * @private */ Chinese = 2 } /** * Enumerator that implements font descriptor flags. * @private */ export enum FontDescriptorFlags { /** * All glyphs have the same width (as opposed to proportional or variable-pitch fonts, which have different widths). * @private */ FixedPitch = 1, /** * Glyphs have serifs, which are short strokes drawn at an angle on the top and * bottom of glyph stems (as opposed to sans serif fonts, which do not). * @private */ Serif = 2, /** * Font contains glyphs outside the Adobe standard Latin character set. The * flag and the nonsymbolic flag cannot both be set or both be clear. * @private */ Symbolic = 4, /** * Glyphs resemble cursive handwriting. * @private */ Script = 8, /** * Font uses the Adobe standard Latin character set or a subset of it. * @private */ Nonsymbolic = 32, /** * Glyphs have dominant vertical strokes that are slanted. * @private */ Italic = 64, /** * Bold font. * @private */ ForceBold = 262144 } /** * true type font composite glyph flags. * @private */ export enum TtfCompositeGlyphFlags { /** * The Arg1And2AreWords. * @private */ Arg1And2AreWords = 1, /** * The ArgsAreXyValues. * @private */ ArgsAreXyValues = 2, /** * The RoundXyToGrid. * @private */ RoundXyToGrid = 4, /** * The WeHaveScale. * @private */ WeHaveScale = 8, /** * The Reserved. * @private */ Reserved = 16, /** * The MoreComponents. * @private */ MoreComponents = 32, /** * The WeHaveAnXyScale. * @private */ WeHaveAnXyScale = 64, /** * The WeHaveTwoByTwo */ WeHaveTwoByTwo = 128, /** * The WeHaveInstructions. */ WeHaveInstructions = 256, /** * The UseMyMetrics. */ UseMyMetrics = 512 } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/index.d.ts /** * Font classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/pdf-font-metrics.d.ts /** * PdfFontMetrics.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `Metrics` of the font. * @private */ export class PdfFontMetrics { /** * Gets `ascent` of the font. * @private */ ascent: number; /** * Gets `descent` of the font. * @private */ descent: number; /** * `Name` of the font. * @private */ name: string; /** * Gets `PostScript` Name of the font. * @private */ postScriptName: string; /** * Gets `size` of the font. * @private */ size: number; /** * Gets `height` of the font. * @private */ height: number; /** * `First char` of the font. * @private */ firstChar: number; /** * `Last char` of the font. * @private */ lastChar: number; /** * `Line gap`. * @private */ lineGap: number; /** * `Subscript` size factor. * @private */ subScriptSizeFactor: number; /** * `Superscript` size factor. * @private */ superscriptSizeFactor: number; /** * Gets `table` of glyphs` width. * @private */ internalWidthTable: WidthTable; /** * Checks whether is it `unicode font` or not. * @private */ isUnicodeFont: boolean; /** * Indicate whether the true type font reader font has bold style. */ isBold: boolean; /** * Returns `ascent` taking into consideration font`s size. * @private */ getAscent(format: PdfStringFormat): number; /** * Returns `descent` taking into consideration font`s size. * @private */ getDescent(format: PdfStringFormat): number; /** * Returns `Line gap` taking into consideration font`s size. * @private */ getLineGap(format: PdfStringFormat): number; /** * Returns `height` taking into consideration font`s size. * @private */ getHeight(format: PdfStringFormat): number; /** * Calculates `size` of the font depending on the subscript/superscript value. * @private */ getSize(format: PdfStringFormat): number; /** * `Clones` the metrics. * @private */ clone(): PdfFontMetrics; /** * Gets or sets the `width table`. * @private */ widthTable: WidthTable; } export abstract class WidthTable { /** * Returns the `width` of the specific index. * @private */ abstract items(index: number): number; /** * `Clones` this instance of the WidthTable class. * @private */ abstract clone(): WidthTable; /** * Static `clones` this instance of the WidthTable class. * @private */ static clone(): WidthTable; } export class StandardWidthTable extends WidthTable { /** * The `widths` of the supported characters. * @private */ private widths; /** * Gets the `32 bit number` at the specified index. * @private */ items(index: number): number; /** * Gets the `length` of the internal array. * @private */ readonly length: number; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `StandardWidthTable` class. * @private */ constructor(widths: number[]); /** * `Clones` this instance of the WidthTable class. * @private */ clone(): WidthTable; /** * Converts width table to a `PDF array`. * @private */ toArray(): PdfArray; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/pdf-font.d.ts /** * PdfFont.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Defines a particular format for text, including font face, size, and style attributes. * @private */ export abstract class PdfFont implements IPdfWrapper, IPdfCache { /** * `Multiplier` of the symbol width. * @default 0.001 * @private */ static readonly charSizeMultiplier: number; /** * `Synchronization` object. * @private */ protected static syncObject: Object; /** * `Size` of the font. * @private */ private fontSize; /** * `Style` of the font. * @private */ private fontStyle; /** * `Metrics` of the font. * @private */ private fontMetrics; /** * PDf `primitive` of the font. * @private */ private pdfFontInternals; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfFont` class. * @private */ protected constructor(size: number); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfFont` class. * @private */ protected constructor(size: number, style: PdfFontStyle); /** * Gets the face name of this Font. * @private */ readonly name: string; /** * Gets the size of this font. * @private */ readonly size: number; /** * Gets the height of the font in points. * @private */ readonly height: number; /** * Gets the style information for this font. * @private */ style: PdfFontStyle; /** * Gets a value indicating whether this `PdfFont` is `bold`. * @private */ readonly bold: boolean; /** * Gets a value indicating whether this `PdfFont` has the `italic` style applied. * @private */ readonly italic: boolean; /** * Gets a value indicating whether this `PdfFont` is `strikeout`. * @private */ readonly strikeout: boolean; /** * Gets a value indicating whether this `PdfFont` is `underline`. * @private */ readonly underline: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `metrics` for this font. * @private */ metrics: PdfFontMetrics; /** * Gets the `element` representing the font. * @private */ readonly element: IPdfPrimitive; /** * `Measures` a string by using this font. * @private */ measureString(text: string): SizeF; /** * `Measures` a string by using this font. * @private */ measureString(text: string, format: PdfStringFormat): SizeF; /** * `Measures` a string by using this font. * @private */ measureString(text: string, format: PdfStringFormat, charactersFitted: number, linesFilled: number): SizeF; /** * `Measures` a string by using this font. * @private */ measureString(text: string, width: number): SizeF; /** * `Measures` a string by using this font. * @private */ measureString(text: string, width: number, format: PdfStringFormat): SizeF; /** * `Measures` a string by using this font. * @private */ measureString(text: string, width: number, format: PdfStringFormat, charactersFitted: number, linesFilled: number): SizeF; /** * `Measures` a string by using this font. * @private */ measureString(text: string, layoutArea: SizeF): SizeF; /** * `Measures` a string by using this font. * @private */ measureString(text: string, layoutArea: SizeF, format: PdfStringFormat): SizeF; /** * `Measures` a string by using this font. * @private */ measureString(text: string, layoutArea: SizeF, format: PdfStringFormat, charactersFitted: number, linesFilled: number): SizeF; /** * `Checks` whether the object is similar to another object. * @private */ equalsTo(obj: IPdfCache): boolean; /** * Returns `internals` of the object. * @private */ getInternals(): IPdfPrimitive; /** * Sets `internals` to the object. * @private */ setInternals(internals: IPdfPrimitive): void; /** * `Checks` whether fonts are equals. * @private */ protected abstract equalsToFont(font: PdfFont): boolean; /** * Returns `width` of the line. * @private */ abstract getLineWidth(line: string, format: PdfStringFormat): number; /** * Sets the `style` of the font. * @private */ protected setStyle(style: PdfFontStyle): void; /** * Applies `settings` to the default line width. * @private */ protected applyFormatSettings(line: string, format: PdfStringFormat, width: number): number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/pdf-standard-font-metrics-factory.d.ts /** * PdfStandardFontMetricsFactory.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * @private * `Factory of the standard fonts metrics`. */ export class PdfStandardFontMetricsFactory { /** * `Multiplier` os subscript superscript. * @private */ private static readonly subSuperScriptFactor; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly helveticaAscent; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly helveticaDescent; /** * `Font type`. * @private */ private static readonly helveticaName; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly helveticaBoldAscent; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly helveticaBoldDescent; /** * `Font type`. * @private */ private static readonly helveticaBoldName; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly helveticaItalicAscent; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly helveticaItalicDescent; /** * `Font type`. * @private */ private static readonly helveticaItalicName; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly helveticaBoldItalicAscent; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly helveticaBoldItalicDescent; /** * `Font type`. * @private */ private static readonly helveticaBoldItalicName; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly courierAscent; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly courierDescent; /** * `Font type`. * @private */ private static readonly courierName; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly courierBoldAscent; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly courierBoldDescent; /** * `Font type`. * @private */ private static readonly courierBoldName; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly courierItalicAscent; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly courierItalicDescent; /** * `Font type`. * @private */ private static readonly courierItalicName; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly courierBoldItalicAscent; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly courierBoldItalicDescent; /** * `Font type`. * @private */ private static readonly courierBoldItalicName; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly timesAscent; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly timesDescent; /** * `Font type`. * @private */ private static readonly timesName; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly timesBoldAscent; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly timesBoldDescent; /** * `Font type`. * @private */ private static readonly timesBoldName; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly timesItalicAscent; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly timesItalicDescent; /** * `Font type`. * @private */ private static readonly timesItalicName; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly timesBoldItalicAscent; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly timesBoldItalicDescent; /** * `Font type`. * @private */ private static readonly timesBoldItalicName; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly symbolAscent; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly symbolDescent; /** * `Font type`. * @private */ private static readonly symbolName; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly zapfDingbatsAscent; /** * `Ascender` value for the font. * @private */ private static readonly zapfDingbatsDescent; /** * `Font type`. * @private */ private static readonly zapfDingbatsName; /** * `Arial` widths table. * @private */ private static arialWidth; /** * `Arial bold` widths table. * @private */ private static arialBoldWidth; /** * `Fixed` widths table. * @private */ private static fixedWidth; /** * `Times` widths table. * @private */ private static timesRomanWidth; /** * `Times bold` widths table. * @private */ private static timesRomanBoldWidth; /** * `Times italic` widths table. * @private */ private static timesRomanItalicWidth; /** * `Times bold italic` widths table. * @private */ static timesRomanBoldItalicWidths: number[]; /** * `Symbol` widths table. * @private */ private static symbolWidth; /** * `Zip dingbats` widths table. * @private */ private static zapfDingbatsWidth; /** * Returns `metrics` of the font. * @private */ static getMetrics(fontFamily: PdfFontFamily, fontStyle: PdfFontStyle, size: number): PdfFontMetrics; /** * Creates `Helvetica font metrics`. * @private */ private static getHelveticaMetrics; /** * Creates `Courier font metrics`. * @private */ private static getCourierMetrics; /** * Creates `Times font metrics`. * @private */ private static getTimesMetrics; /** * Creates `Symbol font metrics`. * @private */ private static getSymbolMetrics; /** * Creates `ZapfDingbats font metrics`. * @private */ private static getZapfDingbatsMetrics; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/pdf-standard-font.d.ts /** * Represents one of the 14 standard fonts. * It's used to create a standard PDF font to draw the text in to the PDF. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a new page to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // * // create new standard font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // * // create black brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(0, 0)); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ export class PdfStandardFont extends PdfFont { /** * First character `position`. * @private */ private static readonly charOffset; /** * `FontFamily` of the font. * @private */ private pdfFontFamily; /** * Gets `ascent` of the font. * @private */ private dictionaryProperties; /** * Gets `encodings` for internal class use. * @hidden * @private */ private encodings; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfStandardFont` class with font family and it`s size. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a new page to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create black brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // set the font with the font family and font size * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(0, 0)); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param fontFamily Represents the font family to be used. * @param size Represents the size of the font. */ constructor(fontFamily: PdfFontFamily, size: number); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfStandardFont` class with font family, size and font style. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a pages to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20, PdfFontStyle.Bold); * // set brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(10, 10)); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param fontFamily Represents the font family to be used. * @param size Represents the size of the font. * @param style Represents the font style. */ constructor(fontFamily: PdfFontFamily, size: number, style: PdfFontStyle); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfStandardFont` class with `PdfStandardFont` as prototype and font size. * @private */ constructor(prototype: PdfStandardFont, size: number); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfStandardFont` class with `PdfStandardFont` as prototype,font size and font style. * @private */ constructor(prototype: PdfStandardFont, size: number, style: PdfFontStyle); /** * Gets the `FontFamily`. * @private */ readonly fontFamily: PdfFontFamily; /** * Checks font `style` of the font. * @private */ private checkStyle; /** * Returns `width` of the line. * @public */ getLineWidth(line: string, format: PdfStringFormat): number; /** * Checks whether fonts are `equals`. * @private */ protected equalsToFont(font: PdfFont): boolean; /** * `Initializes` font internals.. * @private */ private initializeInternals; /** * `Creates` font`s dictionary. * @private */ private createInternals; /** * Returns `width` of the char. This methods doesn`t takes into consideration font`s size. * @private */ private getCharWidthInternal; /** * `Converts` the specified text. * @private */ static convert(text: string): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/pdf-string-format.d.ts /** * PdfStringFormat.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfStringFormat` class represents the text layout information on PDF. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a pages to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // set brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // set the format for string * let stringFormat : PdfStringFormat = new PdfStringFormat(); * // set the text alignment * stringFormat.alignment = PdfTextAlignment.Center; * // set the vertical alignment * stringFormat.lineAlignment = PdfVerticalAlignment.Middle; * // * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(10, 10), stringFormat); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ export class PdfStringFormat { /** * `Horizontal text alignment`. * @private */ private textAlignment; /** * `Vertical text alignment`. * @private */ private verticalAlignment; /** * Indicates whether `RTL` should be checked. * @private */ private isRightToLeft; /** * `Character spacing` value. * @private */ private internalCharacterSpacing; /** * `Word spacing` value. * @private */ private internalWordSpacing; /** * Text `leading`. * @private */ private leading; /** * Shows if the text should be a part of the current `clipping` path. * @private */ private clip; /** * Indicates whether the text is in `subscript or superscript` mode. * @private */ private pdfSubSuperScript; /** * The `scaling factor` of the text being drawn. * @private */ private scalingFactor; /** * Indent of the `first line` in the text. * @private */ private initialLineIndent; /** * Indent of the `first line` in the paragraph. * @private */ private internalParagraphIndent; /** * Indicates whether entire lines are laid out in the formatting rectangle only or not[`line limit`]. * @private */ private internalLineLimit; /** * Indicates whether spaces at the end of the line should be left or removed[`measure trailing spaces`]. * @private */ private trailingSpaces; /** * Indicates whether the text region should be `clipped` or not. * @private */ private isNoClip; /** * Indicates text `wrapping` type. * @private */ wordWrapType: PdfWordWrapType; private direction; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfStringFormat` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfStringFormat` class with horizontal alignment of a text. * @private */ constructor(alignment: PdfTextAlignment); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfStringFormat` class with column format. * @private */ constructor(columnFormat: string); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfStringFormat` class with horizontal and vertical alignment. * @private */ constructor(alignment: PdfTextAlignment, lineAlignment: PdfVerticalAlignment); /** * Gets or sets the `horizontal` text alignment * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a pages to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // set brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // set the format for string * let stringFormat : PdfStringFormat = new PdfStringFormat(); * // set the text alignment * stringFormat.alignment = PdfTextAlignment.Center; * // * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(10, 10), stringFormat); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ alignment: PdfTextAlignment; textDirection: PdfTextDirection; /** * Gets or sets the `vertical` text alignment. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a pages to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // set brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // set the format for string * let stringFormat : PdfStringFormat = new PdfStringFormat(); * // set the vertical alignment * stringFormat.lineAlignment = PdfVerticalAlignment.Middle; * // * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(10, 10), stringFormat); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ lineAlignment: PdfVerticalAlignment; /** * Gets or sets the value that indicates text `direction` mode. * @private */ rightToLeft: boolean; /** * Gets or sets value that indicates a `size` among the characters in the text. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a pages to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // set brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // set the format for string * let stringFormat : PdfStringFormat = new PdfStringFormat(); * // set character spacing * stringFormat.characterSpacing = 10; * // * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(10, 10), stringFormat); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ characterSpacing: number; /** * Gets or sets value that indicates a `size` among the words in the text. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a pages to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // set brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // set the format for string * let stringFormat : PdfStringFormat = new PdfStringFormat(); * // set word spacing * stringFormat.wordSpacing = 10; * // * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(10, 10), stringFormat); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ wordSpacing: number; /** * Gets or sets value that indicates the `vertical distance` between the baselines of adjacent lines of text. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a pages to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // set brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // set string * let text : string = 'Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor * incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitati'; * // set rectangle bounds * let rectangle : RectangleF = new RectangleF({x : 0, y : 0}, {width : 300, height : 100}) * // * // set the format for string * let stringFormat : PdfStringFormat = new PdfStringFormat(); * // set line spacing * stringFormat.lineSpacing = 10; * // * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString(text, font, blackBrush, rectangle, stringFormat); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ lineSpacing: number; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text is `clipped` or not. * @private */ clipPath: boolean; /** * Gets or sets value indicating whether the text is in `subscript or superscript` mode. * @private */ subSuperScript: PdfSubSuperScript; /** * Gets or sets the `indent` of the first line in the paragraph. * @private */ paragraphIndent: number; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether [`line limit`]. * @private */ lineLimit: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether [`measure trailing spaces`]. * @private */ measureTrailingSpaces: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether [`no clip`]. * @private */ noClip: boolean; /** * Gets or sets value indicating type of the text `wrapping`. * @private */ wordWrap: PdfWordWrapType; /** * Gets or sets the `scaling factor`. * @private */ horizontalScalingFactor: number; /** * Gets or sets the `indent` of the first line in the text. * @private */ firstLineIndent: number; /** * `Clones` the object. * @private */ clone(): Object; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/pdf-true-type-font.d.ts /** * PdfTrueTypeFont.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class PdfTrueTypeFont extends PdfFont { /** * Internal font object. * @private */ fontInternal: UnicodeTrueTypeFont; /** * Indicates whether the font is embedded or not. * @private */ isEmbedFont: boolean; /** * Indicates whether the font is unicoded or not. * @private */ isUnicode: boolean; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfTrueTypeFont` class. * @private */ constructor(base64String: string, size: number); constructor(base64String: string, size: number, style: PdfFontStyle); protected equalsToFont(font: PdfFont): boolean; getLineWidth(line: string, format: PdfStringFormat): number; /** * Returns width of the char. */ getCharWidth(charCode: string, format: PdfStringFormat): number; createFontInternal(base64String: string, style: PdfFontStyle): void; private calculateStyle; private initializeInternals; /** * Stores used symbols. */ setSymbols(text: string): void; /** * Property * */ readonly Unicode: boolean; private getUnicodeLineWidth; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/rtl-renderer.d.ts /** * RTL-Renderer.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `Metrics` of the font. * @private */ export class RtlRenderer { private readonly openBracket; private readonly closeBracket; layout(line: string, font: PdfTrueTypeFont, rtl: boolean, wordSpace: boolean, format: PdfStringFormat): string[]; splitLayout(line: string, font: PdfTrueTypeFont, rtl: boolean, wordSpace: boolean, format: PdfStringFormat): string[]; getGlyphIndex(line: string, font: PdfTrueTypeFont, rtl: boolean, /*out*/ glyphs: Uint16Array, custom?: boolean | null): { success: boolean; glyphs: Uint16Array; }; customLayout(line: string, rtl: boolean, format: PdfStringFormat): string; customLayout(line: string, rtl: boolean, format: PdfStringFormat, font: PdfTrueTypeFont, wordSpace: boolean): string[]; addChars(font: PdfTrueTypeFont, glyphs: string): string; customSplitLayout(line: string, font: PdfTrueTypeFont, rtl: boolean, wordSpace: boolean, format: PdfStringFormat): string[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/rtl/index.d.ts /** * Figures Base classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/rtl/rtl-bidirectional.d.ts /** * `Metrics` of the font. * @private */ export class Bidi { private indexes; private indexLevels; private mirroringShapeCharacters; constructor(); private doMirrorShaping; getLogicalToVisualString(inputText: string, isRtl: boolean): string; private setDefaultIndexLevel; private doOrder; private reArrange; private update; } export class RtlCharacters { private types; private textOrder; private length; private result; private levels; rtlCharacterTypes: number[]; private readonly L; private readonly LRE; private readonly LRO; private readonly R; private readonly AL; private readonly RLE; private readonly RLO; private readonly PDF; private readonly EN; private readonly ES; private readonly ET; private readonly AN; private readonly CS; private readonly NSM; private readonly BN; private readonly B; private readonly S; private readonly WS; private readonly ON; private readonly charTypes; constructor(); getVisualOrder(inputText: string, isRtl: boolean): number[]; private getCharacterCode; private setDefaultLevels; private setLevels; private updateLevels; private doVisualOrder; private getEmbeddedCharactersLength; private checkEmbeddedCharacters; private checkNSM; private checkEuropeanDigits; private checkArabicCharacters; private checkEuropeanNumberSeparator; private checkEuropeanNumberTerminator; private checkOtherNeutrals; private checkOtherCharacters; private getLength; private checkCommanCharacters; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/rtl/rtl-text-shape.d.ts export class ArabicShapeRenderer { private readonly arabicCharTable; private readonly alef; private readonly alefHamza; private readonly alefHamzaBelow; private readonly alefMadda; private readonly lam; private readonly hamza; private readonly zeroWidthJoiner; private readonly hamzaAbove; private readonly hamzaBelow; private readonly wawHamza; private readonly yehHamza; private readonly waw; private readonly alefMaksura; private readonly yeh; private readonly farsiYeh; private readonly shadda; private readonly madda; private readonly lwa; private readonly lwawh; private readonly lwawhb; private readonly lwawm; private readonly bwhb; private readonly fathatan; private readonly superScriptalef; private readonly vowel; private arabicMapTable; constructor(); private getCharacterShape; shape(text: string, level: number): string; private doShape; private append; private ligature; private getShapeCount; } export class ArabicShape { private shapeValue; private shapeType; private shapeVowel; private shapeLigature; private shapeShapes; /** * Gets or sets the values. * @private */ Value: string; /** * Gets or sets the values. * @private */ Type: string; /** * Gets or sets the values. * @private */ vowel: string; /** * Gets or sets the values. * @private */ Ligature: number; /** * Gets or sets the values. * @private */ Shapes: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/string-layouter.d.ts /** * PdfStringLayouter.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Class `lay outing the text`. */ export class PdfStringLayouter { /** * `Text` data. * @private */ private text; /** * Pdf `font`. * @private */ private font; /** * String `format`. * @private */ private format; /** * `Size` of the text. * @private */ private size; /** * `Bounds` of the text. * @private */ private rectangle; /** * Pdf page `height`. * @private */ private pageHeight; /** * String `tokenizer`. * @private */ private reader; /** * Specifies if [`isTabReplaced`]. * @private */ private isTabReplaced; /** * Count of tab `occurance`. * @private */ private tabOccuranceCount; /** * Checks whether the x co-ordinate is need to set as client size or not. * @hidden * @private */ private isOverloadWithPosition; /** * Stores client size of the page if the layout method invoked with `PointF` overload. * @hidden * @private */ private clientSize; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `StringLayouter` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * `Layouts` the text. * @private */ layout(text: string, font: PdfFont, format: PdfStringFormat, rectangle: RectangleF, pageHeight: number, recalculateBounds: boolean, clientSize: SizeF): PdfStringLayoutResult; layout(text: string, font: PdfFont, format: PdfStringFormat, size: SizeF, recalculateBounds: boolean, clientSize: SizeF): PdfStringLayoutResult; /** * `Initializes` internal data. * @private */ private initialize; /** * `Clear` all resources. * @private */ private clear; /** * `Layouts` the text. * @private */ private doLayout; /** * Returns `line indent` for the line. * @private */ private getLineIndent; /** * Calculates `height` of the line. * @private */ private getLineHeight; /** * Calculates `width` of the line. * @private */ private getLineWidth; /** * `Layouts` line. * @private */ private layoutLine; /** * `Adds` line to line result. * @private */ private addToLineResult; /** * `Copies` layout result from line result to entire result. Checks whether we can proceed lay outing or not. * @private */ private copyToResult; /** * `Finalizes` final result. * @private */ private finalizeResult; /** * `Trims` whitespaces at the line. * @private */ private trimLine; /** * Returns `wrap` type. * @private */ private getWrapType; } export class PdfStringLayoutResult { /** * Layout `lines`. * @private */ layoutLines: LineInfo[]; /** * The `text` wasn`t lay outed. * @private */ textRemainder: string; /** * Actual layout text `bounds`. * @private */ size: SizeF; /** * `Height` of the line. * @private */ layoutLineHeight: number; /** * Gets the `text` which is not lay outed. * @private */ readonly remainder: string; /** * Gets the actual layout text `bounds`. * @private */ readonly actualSize: SizeF; /** * Gets layout `lines` information. * @private */ readonly lines: LineInfo[]; /** * Gets the `height` of the line. * @private */ readonly lineHeight: number; /** * Gets value that indicates whether any layout text [`empty`]. * @private */ readonly empty: boolean; /** * Gets `number of` the layout lines. * @private */ readonly lineCount: number; } export class LineInfo { /** * Line `text`. * @private */ content: string; /** * `Width` of the text. * @private */ lineWidth: number; /** * `Breaking type` of the line. * @private */ type: LineType; /** * Gets the `type` of the line text. * @private */ lineType: LineType; /** * Gets the line `text`. * @private */ text: string; /** * Gets `width` of the line text. * @private */ width: number; } /** * Break type of the `line`. * @private */ export enum LineType { /** * Specifies the type of `None`. * @private */ None = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `NewLineBreak`. * @private */ NewLineBreak = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `LayoutBreak`. * @private */ LayoutBreak = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `FirstParagraphLine`. * @private */ FirstParagraphLine = 4, /** * Specifies the type of `LastParagraphLine`. * @private */ LastParagraphLine = 8 } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/string-tokenizer.d.ts /** * StringTokenizer.ts class for EJ2-PDF * Utility class for working with strings. * @private */ export class StringTokenizer { /** * `Whitespace` symbol. * @private */ static readonly whiteSpace: string; /** * `tab` symbol. * @private */ static readonly tab: string; /** * Array of `spaces`. * @private */ static readonly spaces: string[]; /** * `Pattern` for WhiteSpace. * @private */ private static readonly whiteSpacePattern; /** * `Text` data. * @private */ private text; /** * Current `position`. * @private */ private currentPosition; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `StringTokenizer` class. * @private */ constructor(textValue: string); /** * Gets text `length`. * @private */ readonly length: number; readonly end: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the position. * @private */ position: number; /** * Returns number of symbols occurred in the text. * @private */ static getCharsCount(text: string, symbols: string): number; /** * Returns number of symbols occurred in the text. * @private */ static getCharsCount(text: string, symbols: string[]): number; /** * Reads line of the text. * @private */ readLine(): string; /** * Reads line of the text. * @private */ peekLine(): string; /** * Reads a word from the text. * @private */ readWord(): string; /** * Peeks a word from the text. * @private */ peekWord(): string; /** * Reads char form the data. * @private */ read(): string; /** * Reads count of the symbols. * @private */ read(count: number): string; /** * Peeks char form the data. * @private */ peek(): string; /** * Closes a reader. * @private */ close(): void; readToEnd(): string; /** * Checks whether array contains a symbol. * @private */ private static contains; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-apple-cmap-sub-table.d.ts /** * TtfAppleCmapSubTable.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfAppleCmapSubTable { /** * Structure field. */ format: number; /** * Structure field. */ length: number; /** * Structure field. */ version: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-cmap-sub-table.d.ts /** * TtfCmapSubTable.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfCmapSubTable { /** * Structure field. */ platformID: number; /** * Structure field. */ encodingID: number; /** * Structure field. */ offset: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-cmap-table.d.ts /** * TtfCmapTable.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfCmapTable { /** * Structure field. */ version: number; /** * Structure field. */ tablesCount: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-glyph-header.d.ts /** * TtfLocaTable.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfGlyphHeader { /** * Structure field. */ numberOfContours: number; /** * Structure field. */ xMin: number; /** * Structure field. */ yMin: number; /** * Structure field. */ xMax: number; /** * Structure field. */ yMax: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-glyph-info.d.ts /** * TtfGlyphInfo.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfGlyphInfo { /** * Holds glyph index. */ index: number; /** * Holds character's width. */ width: number; /** * Code of the char symbol. */ charCode: number; /** * Gets a value indicating whether this TtfGlyphInfo is empty. */ readonly empty: boolean; /** * Compares two WidthDescriptor objects. */ compareTo(obj: Object): number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-head-table.d.ts /** * TtfHeadTable.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfHeadTable { /** * Modified: International date (8-byte field). */ modified: number; /** * Created: International date (8-byte field). */ created: number; /** * MagicNumber: Set to 0x5F0F3CF5. */ magicNumber: number; /** * CheckSumAdjustment: To compute: set it to 0, sum the entire font as U Long, * then store 0x B 1 B 0 A F B A - sum. */ checkSumAdjustment: number; /** * FontRevision: Set by font manufacturer. */ fontRevision: number; /** * Table version number: 0x00010000 for version 1.0. */ version: number; /** * Minimum x for all glyph bounding boxes. */ xMin: number; /** * Minimum y for all glyph bounding boxes. */ yMin: number; /** * Valid range is from 16 to 16384. */ unitsPerEm: number; /** * Maximum y for all glyph bounding boxes. */ yMax: number; /** * Maximum x for all glyph bounding boxes. */ xMax: number; /** * Regular: 0 * Bold: 1 * Italic: 2 * Bold Italic: 3 * Bit 0 - bold (if set to 1) * Bit 1 - italic (if set to 1) * Bits 2-15 - reserved (set to 0) * NOTE: * Note that macStyle bits must agree with the 'OS/2' table fsSelection bits. * The fsSelection bits are used over the macStyle bits in Microsoft Windows. * The PANOSE values and 'post' table values are ignored for determining bold or italic fonts. */ macStyle: number; /** * Bit 0 - baseline for font at y=0 * Bit 1 - left SideBearing at x=0 * Bit 2 - instructions may depend on point size * Bit 3 - force p p e m to integer values for all private scaler math; may use fractional p p e m sizes if this bit is clean * Bit 4 - instructions may alter advance width (the advance widths might not scale linearly) * Note: All other bits must be zero. */ flags: number; /** * lowestReadableSize: Smallest readable size in pixels. */ lowestReadableSize: number; /** * FontDirectionHint: * 0 Fully mixed directional glyphs * 1 Only strongly left to right * 2 Like 1 but also contains neutrals * -1 Only strongly right to left * -2 Like -1 but also contains neutrals. */ fontDirectionHint: number; /** * 0 for short offsets, 1 for long. */ indexToLocalFormat: number; /** * 0 for current format. */ glyphDataFormat: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-horizontal-header-table.d.ts /** * TtfHorizontalHeaderTable.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfHorizontalHeaderTable { /** * Version of the horizontal header table. */ version: number; /** * Typographic ascent. */ ascender: number; /** * Maximum advance width value in HTML table. */ advanceWidthMax: number; /** * Typographic descent. */ descender: number; /** * Number of hMetric entries in HTML table; * may be smaller than the total number of glyphs in the font. */ numberOfHMetrics: number; /** * Typographic line gap. Negative LineGap values are treated as DEF_TABLE_CHECKSUM * in Windows 3.1, System 6, and System 7. */ lineGap: number; /** * Minimum left SideBearing value in HTML table. */ minLeftSideBearing: number; /** * Minimum right SideBearing value; calculated as Min(aw - lsb - (xMax - xMin)). */ minRightSideBearing: number; /** * Max(lsb + (xMax - xMin)). */ xMaxExtent: number; /** * Used to calculate the slope of the cursor (rise/run); 1 for vertical. */ caretSlopeRise: number; /** * 0 for vertical. */ caretSlopeRun: number; /** * 0 for current format. */ metricDataFormat: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-loca-table.d.ts /** * TtfLocaTable.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfLocaTable { /** * Structure field. */ offsets: number[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-long-hor-metric.d.ts /** * TtfLongHorMetric.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfLongHorMetric { /** * Structure field. */ advanceWidth: number; /** * Structure field. */ lsb: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-metrics.d.ts /** * TtfMetrics.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfMetrics { /** * Typographic line gap. * Negative LineGap values are treated as DEF_TABLE_CHECKSUM. */ lineGap: number; /** * Gets or sets contains C F F. */ contains: boolean; /** * Gets or sets value indicating if Symbol font is used. */ isSymbol: boolean; /** * Gets or sets description font item. */ fontBox: Rectangle; /** * Gets or sets description font item. */ isFixedPitch: boolean; /** * Gets or sets description font item. */ italicAngle: number; /** * Gets or sets post-script font name. */ postScriptName: string; /** * Gets or sets font family name. */ fontFamily: string; /** * Gets or sets description font item. */ capHeight: number; /** * Gets or sets description font item. */ leading: number; /** * Gets or sets description font item. */ macAscent: number; /** * Gets or sets description font item. */ macDescent: number; /** * Gets or sets description font item. */ winDescent: number; /** * Gets or sets description font item. */ winAscent: number; /** * Gets or sets description font item. */ stemV: number; /** * Gets or sets widths table for the font. */ widthTable: number[]; /** * Regular: 0 * Bold: 1 * Italic: 2 * Bold Italic: 3 * Bit 0- bold (if set to 1) * Bit 1- italic (if set to 1) * Bits 2-15- reserved (set to 0). * NOTE: * Note that macStyle bits must agree with the 'OS/2' table fsSelection bits. * The fsSelection bits are used over the macStyle bits in Microsoft Windows. * The PANOSE values and 'post' table values are ignored for determining bold or italic fonts. */ macStyle: number; /** * Subscript size factor. */ subScriptSizeFactor: number; /** * Superscript size factor. */ superscriptSizeFactor: number; /** * Gets a value indicating whether this instance is italic. */ readonly isItalic: boolean; /** * Gets a value indicating whether this instance is bold. */ readonly isBold: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-microsoft-cmap-sub-table.d.ts /** * TtfMicrosoftCmapSubTable.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfMicrosoftCmapSubTable { /** * Structure field. */ format: number; /** * Structure field. */ length: number; /** * Structure field. */ version: number; /** * Structure field. */ segCountX2: number; /** * Structure field. */ searchRange: number; /** * Structure field. */ entrySelector: number; /** * Structure field. */ rangeShift: number; /** * Structure field. */ endCount: number[]; /** * Structure field. */ reservedPad: number; /** * Structure field. */ startCount: number[]; /** * Structure field. */ idDelta: number[]; /** * Structure field. */ idRangeOffset: number[]; /** * Structure field. */ glyphID: number[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-name-record.d.ts /** * TtfNameRecord.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfNameRecord { /** * The PlatformID. */ platformID: number; /** * The EncodingID. */ encodingID: number; /** * The LanguageID */ languageID: number; /** * The NameID. */ nameID: number; /** * The Length. */ length: number; /** * The Offset. */ offset: number; /** * The Name. */ name: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-name-table.d.ts /** * TtfNameTable.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfNameTable { /** * Local variable to store Format Selector. */ formatSelector: number; /** * Local variable to store Records Count. */ recordsCount: number; /** * Local variable to store Offset. */ offset: number; /** * Local variable to store Name Records. */ nameRecords: TtfNameRecord[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-OS2-Table.d.ts /** * TtfOS2Table.ts class for EJ2-PDF * The OS/2 table consists of a set of metrics that are required by Windows and OS/2. */ export class TtfOS2Table { /** * Structure field. */ version: number; /** * The Average Character Width parameter specifies * the arithmetic average of the escapement (width) * of all of the 26 lowercase letters a through z of the Latin alphabet * and the space character. If any of the 26 lowercase letters are not present, * this parameter should equal the weighted average of all glyphs in the font. * For non - U G L (platform 3, encoding 0) fonts, use the unweighted average. */ xAvgCharWidth: number; /** * Indicates the visual weight (degree of blackness or thickness of strokes) * of the characters in the font. */ usWeightClass: number; /** * Indicates a relative change from the normal aspect ratio (width to height ratio) * as specified by a font designer for the glyphs in a font. */ usWidthClass: number; /** * Indicates font embedding licensing rights for the font. * Embeddable fonts may be stored in a document. * When a document with embedded fonts is opened on a system that does not have the font installed * (the remote system), the embedded font may be loaded for temporary (and in some cases, permanent) * use on that system by an embedding-aware application. * Embedding licensing rights are granted by the vendor of the font. */ fsType: number; /** * The recommended horizontal size in font design units for subscripts for this font. */ ySubscriptXSize: number; /** * The recommended vertical size in font design units for subscripts for this font. */ ySubscriptYSize: number; /** * The recommended horizontal offset in font design units for subscripts for this font. */ ySubscriptXOffset: number; /** * The recommended vertical offset in font design units from the baseline for subscripts for this font. */ ySubscriptYOffset: number; /** * The recommended horizontal size in font design units for superscripts for this font. */ ySuperscriptXSize: number; /** * The recommended vertical size in font design units for superscripts for this font. */ ySuperscriptYSize: number; /** * The recommended horizontal offset in font design units for superscripts for this font. */ ySuperscriptXOffset: number; /** * The recommended vertical offset in font design units from the baseline for superscripts for this font. */ ySuperscriptYOffset: number; /** * Width of the strikeout stroke in font design units. */ yStrikeoutSize: number; /** * The position of the strikeout stroke relative to the baseline in font design units. */ yStrikeoutPosition: number; /** * This parameter is a classification of font-family design. */ sFamilyClass: number; /** * This 10 byte series of numbers are used to describe the visual characteristics * of a given typeface. These characteristics are then used to associate the font with * other fonts of similar appearance having different names. The variables for each digit are listed below. * The specifications for each variable can be obtained in the specification * PANOSE v2.0 Numerical Evaluation from Microsoft Corporation. */ panose: number[]; /** * Structure field. */ ulUnicodeRange1: number; /** * Structure field. */ ulUnicodeRange2: number; /** * Structure field. */ ulUnicodeRange3: number; /** * Structure field. */ ulUnicodeRange4: number; /** * The four character identifier for the vendor of the given type face. */ vendorIdentifier: number[]; /** * Information concerning the nature of the font patterns. */ fsSelection: number; /** * The minimum Unicode index (character code) in this font, * according to the cmap subtable for platform ID 3 and encoding ID 0 or 1. * For most fonts supporting Win-ANSI or other character sets, this value would be 0x0020. */ usFirstCharIndex: number; /** * usLastCharIndex: The maximum Unicode index (character code) in this font, * according to the cmap subtable for platform ID 3 and encoding ID 0 or 1. * This value depends on which character sets the font supports. */ usLastCharIndex: number; /** * The typographic ascender for this font. * Remember that this is not the same as the Ascender value in the 'h h e a' table, * which Apple defines in a far different manner. * DEF_TABLE_OFFSET good source for usTypoAscender is the Ascender value from an A F M file. */ sTypoAscender: number; /** * The typographic descender for this font. * Remember that this is not the same as the Descender value in the 'h h e a' table, * which Apple defines in a far different manner. * DEF_TABLE_OFFSET good source for usTypoDescender is the Descender value from an A F M file. */ sTypoDescender: number; /** * The typographic line gap for this font. * Remember that this is not the same as the LineGap value in the 'h h e a' table, * which Apple defines in a far different manner. */ sTypoLineGap: number; /** * The ascender metric for Windows. * This too is distinct from Apple's Ascender value and from the usTypoAscender values. * usWinAscent is computed as the yMax for all characters in the Windows ANSI character set. * usTypoAscent is used to compute the Windows font height and default line spacing. * For platform 3 encoding 0 fonts, it is the same as yMax. */ usWinAscent: number; /** * The descender metric for Windows. * This too is distinct from Apple's Descender value and from the usTypoDescender values. * usWinDescent is computed as the -yMin for all characters in the Windows ANSI character set. * usTypoAscent is used to compute the Windows font height and default line spacing. * For platform 3 encoding 0 fonts, it is the same as -yMin. */ usWinDescent: number; /** * This field is used to specify the code pages encompassed * by the font file in the 'cmap' subtable for platform 3, encoding ID 1 (Microsoft platform). * If the font file is encoding ID 0, then the Symbol Character Set bit should be set. * If the bit is set (1) then the code page is considered functional. * If the bit is clear (0) then the code page is not considered functional. * Each of the bits is treated as an independent flag and the bits can be set in any combination. * The determination of "functional" is left up to the font designer, * although character set selection should attempt to be functional by code pages if at all possible. */ ulCodePageRange1: number; /** * This field is used to specify the code pages encompassed * by the font file in the 'cmap' subtable for platform 3, encoding ID 1 (Microsoft platform). * If the font file is encoding ID 0, then the Symbol Character Set bit should be set. * If the bit is set (1) then the code page is considered functional. * If the bit is clear (0) then the code page is not considered functional. * Each of the bits is treated as an independent flag and the bits can be set in any combination. * The determination of "functional" is left up to the font designer, * although character set selection should attempt to be functional by code pages if at all possible. */ ulCodePageRange2: number; /** * Structure field. */ sxHeight: number; /** * Structure field. */ sCapHeight: number; /** * Structure field. */ usDefaultChar: number; /** * Structure field. */ usBreakChar: number; /** * Structure field. */ usMaxContext: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-post-table.d.ts /** * TtfPostTable.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfPostTable { /** * Structure field. */ formatType: number; /** * Structure field. */ italicAngle: number; /** * Structure field. */ underlinePosition: number; /** * Structure field. */ underlineThickness: number; /** * Structure field. */ isFixedPitch: number; /** * Structure field. */ minType42: number; /** * Structure field. */ maxType42: number; /** * Structure field. */ minType1: number; /** * Structure field. */ maxType1: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-reader.d.ts /** * TtfReader.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfReader { private fontData; private readonly int32Size; private offset; tableDirectory: Dictionary<string, TtfTableInfo>; private isTtcFont; private isMacTtf; private lowestPosition; private metricsName; metrics: TtfMetrics; private maxMacIndex; private isFontPresent; private isMacTTF; private missedGlyphs; private tableNames; private entrySelectors; /** * Width table. */ private width; /** * Indicates whether loca table is short. */ bIsLocaShort: boolean; /** * Glyphs for Macintosh or Symbol fonts. */ private macintoshDictionary; /** * Glyphs for Microsoft or Symbol fonts. */ private microsoftDictionary; /** * Glyphs for Macintosh or Symbol fonts (glyph index - key, glyph - value). */ private internalMacintoshGlyphs; /** * Glyphs for Microsoft or Symbol fonts (glyph index - key, glyph - value). */ private internalMicrosoftGlyphs; /** * Gets glyphs for Macintosh or Symbol fonts (char - key, glyph - value). */ private readonly macintosh; /** * Gets glyphs for Microsoft or Symbol fonts (char - key, glyph - value). */ private readonly microsoft; /** * Gets glyphs for Macintosh or Symbol fonts (glyph index - key, glyph - value). */ private readonly macintoshGlyphs; /** * Gets glyphs for Microsoft Unicode fonts (glyph index - key, glyph - value). */ private readonly microsoftGlyphs; constructor(fontData: Uint8Array); private initialize; private readFontDictionary; private fixOffsets; private checkPreambula; private readNameTable; private readHeadTable; private readHorizontalHeaderTable; private readOS2Table; private readPostTable; /** * Reads Width of the glyphs. */ private readWidthTable; /** * Reads the cmap table. */ private readCmapTable; /** * Reads the cmap sub table. */ private readCmapSubTable; /** * Reads Symbol cmap table. */ private readAppleCmapTable; /** * Reads Symbol cmap table. */ private readMicrosoftCmapTable; /** * Reads Trimed cmap table. */ private readTrimmedCmapTable; private initializeFontName; private getTable; /** * Returns width of the glyph. */ private getWidth; /** * Gets CMAP encoding based on platform ID and encoding ID. */ private getCmapEncoding; /** * Adds glyph to the collection. */ private addGlyph; /** * Initializes metrics. */ private initializeMetrics; /** * Updates chars structure which is used in the case of ansi encoding (256 bytes). */ private updateWidth; /** * Returns default glyph. */ private getDefaultGlyph; /** * Reads unicode string from byte array. */ private getString; /** * Reads loca table. */ private readLocaTable; /** * Updates hash table of used glyphs. */ private updateGlyphChars; /** * Checks if glyph is composite or not. */ private processCompositeGlyph; /** * Creates new glyph tables based on chars that are used for output. */ private generateGlyphTable; /** * Updates new Loca table. */ private updateLocaTable; /** * Aligns number to be divisible on 4. */ private align; /** * Returns font program data. */ private getFontProgram; private getFontProgramLength; /** * Writing to destination buffer - checksums and sizes of used tables. */ private writeCheckSums; /** * Gets checksum from source buffer. */ private calculateCheckSum; /** * Writing to destination buffer - used glyphs. */ private writeGlyphs; /** * Sets position value of font data. */ setOffset(offset: number): void; /** * Creates font Internals * @private */ createInternals(): void; /** * Gets glyph's info by char code. */ getGlyph(charCode: string): TtfGlyphInfo; getGlyph(charCode: number): TtfGlyphInfo; /** * Gets hash table with chars indexed by glyph index. */ getGlyphChars(chars: Dictionary<string, string>): Dictionary<number, number>; /** * Gets all glyphs. */ getAllGlyphs(): TtfGlyphInfo[]; /** * Reads a font's program. * @private */ readFontProgram(chars: Dictionary<string, string>): number[]; /** * Reconverts string to be in proper format saved into PDF file. */ convertString(text: string): string; /** * Gets char width. */ getCharWidth(code: string): number; private readString; private readFixed; private readInt32; private readUInt32; private readInt16; private readInt64; private readUInt16; /** * Reads ushort array. */ private readUshortArray; private readBytes; private readByte; /** * Reads bytes to array in BigEndian order. * @private */ read(buffer: number[], index: number, count: number): { buffer: number[]; written: number; }; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-table-info.d.ts /** * TtfTableInfo.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfTableInfo { /** * offset from beginning of true type font file. */ offset: number; /** * length of the table. */ length: number; /** * table checksum; */ checksum: number; /** * Gets a value indicating whether this table is empty. * @private */ readonly empty: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/ttf-trimmed-cmap-sub-table.d.ts /** * TtfTrimmedCmapSubTable.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class TtfTrimmedCmapSubTable { /** * Structure field. */ format: number; /** * Structure field. */ length: number; /** * Structure field. */ version: number; /** * Structure field. */ firstCode: number; /** * Structure field. */ entryCount: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/fonts/unicode-true-type-font.d.ts export class UnicodeTrueTypeFont { private readonly nameString; /** * Name of the font subset. */ private subsetName; /** * `Size` of the true type font. * @private */ private fontSize; /** * `Base64 string` of the true type font. * @private */ private fontString; /** * `font data` of the true type font. * @private */ private fontData; /** * `true type font` reader object. * @private */ ttfReader: TtfReader; /** * metrics of true type font. * @private */ ttfMetrics: TtfMetrics; /** * Indicates whether the font is embedded or not. * @private */ isEmbed: boolean; /** * Pdf primitive describing the font. */ private fontDictionary; /** * Descendant font. */ private descendantFont; /** * font descripter. */ private fontDescriptor; /** * Font program. */ private fontProgram; /** * Cmap stream. */ private cmap; /** * C i d stream. */ private cidStream; /** * Font metrics. */ metrics: PdfFontMetrics; /** * Specifies the Internal variable to store fields of `PdfDictionaryProperties`. * @private */ private dictionaryProperties; /** * Array of used chars. * @private */ private usedChars; /** * Indicates whether the font program is compressed or not. * @private */ private isCompress; /** * Indicates whether the font is embedded or not. */ private isEmbedFont; /** * Cmap table's start prefix. */ private readonly cmapPrefix; /** * Cmap table's start suffix. */ private readonly cmapEndCodespaceRange; /** * Cmap's begin range marker. */ private readonly cmapBeginRange; /** * Cmap's end range marker. */ private readonly cmapEndRange; /** * Cmap table's end */ private readonly cmapSuffix; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfTrueTypeFont` class. * @private */ constructor(base64String: string, size: number); /** * Returns width of the char symbol. */ getCharWidth(charCode: string): number; /** * Returns width of the text line. */ getLineWidth(line: string): number; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfTrueTypeFont` class. * @private */ private Initialize; createInternals(): void; getInternals(): IPdfPrimitive; /** * Initializes metrics. */ private initializeMetrics; /** * Gets random string. */ private getFontName; /** * Generates name of the font. */ private formatName; /** * Creates descendant font. */ private createDescendantFont; /** * Creates font descriptor. */ private createFontDescriptor; /** * Generates cmap. * @private */ private createCmap; /** * Generates font dictionary. */ private createFontDictionary; /** * Creates font program. */ private createFontProgram; /** * Creates system info dictionary for CID font. * @private */ private createSystemInfo; /** * Runs before font Dictionary will be saved. */ descendantFontBeginSave(): void; /** * Runs before font Dictionary will be saved. */ cmapBeginSave(): void; /** * Runs before font Dictionary will be saved. */ fontDictionaryBeginSave(): void; /** * Runs before font program stream save. */ fontProgramBeginSave(): void; /** * Gets width description pad array for c i d font. */ getDescendantWidth(): PdfArray; /** * Creates cmap. */ private generateCmap; /** * Generates font program. */ private generateFontProgram; /** * Calculates flags for the font descriptor. * @private */ getDescriptorFlags(): number; /** * Calculates BoundBox of the descriptor. * @private */ private getBoundBox; /** * Converts integer of decimal system to hex integer. */ private toHexString; /** * Stores used symbols. */ setSymbols(text: string): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/images/byte-array.d.ts /** * ByteArray class * Used to keep information about image stream as byte array. * @private */ export class ByteArray { /** * Current stream `position`. * @default 0 * @private */ private mPosition; /** * Uint8Array for returing `buffer`. * @hidden * @private */ private buffer; /** * Specifies the `data view`. * @hidden * @private */ private dataView; /** * Initialize the new instance for `byte-array` class * @hidden * @private */ constructor(length: number); /** * Gets and Sets a current `position` of byte array. * @hidden * @private */ position: number; /** * `Read` from current stream position. * @default 0 * @hidden * @private */ read(buffer: ByteArray, offset: number, count: number): void; /** * @hidden */ getBuffer(index: number): number; /** * @hidden */ writeFromBase64String(base64: string): void; /** * @hidden */ encodedString(input: string): Uint8Array; /** * @hidden */ readByte(offset: number): number; /** * @hidden */ readonly internalBuffer: Uint8Array; /** * @hidden */ readonly count: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/images/image-decoder.d.ts /** * ImageDecoder class */ /** * Specifies the image `format`. * @private */ export enum ImageFormat { /** * Specifies the type of `Unknown`. * @hidden * @private */ Unknown = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Bmp`. * @hidden * @private */ Bmp = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Emf`. * @hidden * @private */ Emf = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `Gif`. * @hidden * @private */ Gif = 3, /** * Specifies the type of `Jpeg`. * @hidden * @private */ Jpeg = 4, /** * Specifies the type of `Png`. * @hidden * @private */ Png = 5, /** * Specifies the type of `Wmf`. * @hidden * @private */ Wmf = 6, /** * Specifies the type of `Icon`. * @hidden * @private */ Icon = 7 } /** * `Decode the image stream`. * @private */ export class ImageDecoder { /** * Number array for `png header`. * @hidden * @private */ private static mPngHeader; /** * Number Array for `jpeg header`. * @hidden * @private */ private static mJpegHeader; /** * Number array for `gif header`. * @hidden * @private */ private static GIF_HEADER; /** * Number array for `bmp header.` * @hidden * @private */ private static BMP_HEADER; /** * `memory stream` to store image data. * @hidden * @private */ private mStream; /** * Specifies `format` of image. * @hidden * @private */ private mFormat; /** * `Height` of image. * @hidden * @private */ private mHeight; /** * `Width` of image. * @hidden * @private */ private mWidth; /** * `Bits per component`. * @default 8 * @hidden * @private */ private mbitsPerComponent; /** * ByteArray to store `image data`. * @hidden * @private */ private mImageData; /** * Store an instance of `PdfStream` for an image. * @hidden * @private */ private imageStream; /** * Internal variable for accessing fields from `DictionryProperties` class. * @hidden * @private */ private dictionaryProperties; /** * Initialize the new instance for `image-decoder` class. * @private */ constructor(stream: ByteArray); /** * Gets the `height` of image. * @hidden * @private */ readonly height: number; /** * Gets the `width` of image. * @hidden * @private */ readonly width: number; /** * Gets `bits per component`. * @hidden * @private */ readonly bitsPerComponent: number; /** * Gets the `size` of an image data. * @hidden * @private */ readonly size: number; /** * Gets the value of an `image data`. * @hidden * @private */ readonly imageData: ByteArray; /** * Gets the value of an `image data as number array`. * @hidden * @private */ readonly imageDataAsNumberArray: ArrayBuffer; /** * `Initialize` image data and image stream. * @hidden * @private */ private initialize; /** * `Reset` stream position into 0. * @hidden * @private */ private reset; /** * `Parse` Jpeg image. * @hidden * @private */ private parseJpegImage; /** * Gets the image `format`. * @private * @hidden */ readonly format: ImageFormat; /** * `Checks if JPG`. * @private * @hidden */ private checkIfJpeg; /** * Return image `dictionary`. * @hidden * @private */ getImageDictionary(): PdfStream; /** * Return `colorSpace` of an image. * @hidden * @private */ private getColorSpace; /** * Return `decode parameters` of an image. * @hidden * @private */ private getDecodeParams; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/images/index.d.ts /** * Images classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/images/pdf-bitmap.d.ts /** * PdfBitmap.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * The 'PdfBitmap' contains methods and properties to handle the Bitmap images. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document. * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a page to the document. * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // base64 string of an image * let imageString : string = '/9j/3+2w7em7HzY/KiijFw … 1OEYRUYrQ45yc5OUtz/9k='; * // load the image from the base64 string of original image. * let image : PdfBitmap = new PdfBitmap(imageString); * // draw the image * page1.graphics.drawImage(image, new RectangleF({x : 10, y : 10}, {width : 200, height : 200})); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ export class PdfBitmap extends PdfImage { /** * Specifies the `status` of an image. * @default true. * @hidden * @private */ private imageStatus; /** * Internal variable for accessing fields from `DictionryProperties` class. * @hidden * @private */ private dictionaryProperties; /** * `Type` of an image. * @hidden * @private */ checkImageType: number; /** * Object to store `decoder` of an image. * @hidden * @private */ decoder: ImageDecoder; /** * `Load image`. * @hidden * @private */ private loadImage; /** * Create an instance for `PdfBitmap` class. * @param encodedString Base64 string of an image. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document. * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a page to the document. * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // base64 string of an image * let imageString : string = '/9j/3+2w7em7HzY/KiijFw … 1OEYRUYrQ45yc5OUtz/9k='; * // * // load the image from the base64 string of original image. * let image : PdfBitmap = new PdfBitmap(imageString); * // * // draw the image * page1.graphics.drawImage(image, new RectangleF({x : 10, y : 10}, {width : 200, height : 200})); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ constructor(encodedString: string); /** * `Initialize` image parameters. * @private */ initializeAsync(encodedString: string): void; /** * `Saves` the image into stream. * @private */ save(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/images/pdf-image.d.ts /** * PdfImage.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfImage` class represents the base class for images and provides functionality for the 'PdfBitmap' class. * @private */ export abstract class PdfImage implements IPdfWrapper { /** * `Width` of an image. * @private */ private imageWidth; /** * `Height` of an image. * @private */ private imageHeight; /** * `Bits per component` of an image. * @hidden * @private */ bitsPerComponent: number; /** * `horizontal resolution` of an image. * @hidden * @private */ horizontalResolution: number; /** * `Vertical resolution` of an image. * @hidden * @private */ verticalResolution: number; /** * `physical dimension` of an image. * @hidden * @private */ private imagePhysicalDimension; /** * Gets and Sets the `width` of an image. * @private */ width: number; /** * Gets and Sets the `height` of an image. * @private */ height: number; /** * Gets or sets the size of the image. * @private */ size: SizeF; /** * Gets the `physical dimension` of an image. * @private */ readonly physicalDimension: SizeF; /** * return the stored `stream of an image`. * @private */ imageStream: PdfStream; /** * Gets the `element` image stream. * @private */ readonly element: IPdfPrimitive; /** * `Save` the image stream. * @private */ abstract save(): void; /** * Return the value of `width and height of an image` in points. * @private */ getPointSize(width: number, height: number): SizeF; getPointSize(width: number, height: number, horizontalResolution: number, verticalResolution: number): SizeF; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/index.d.ts /** * Graphics classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/pdf-color.d.ts /** * Implements structures and routines working with `color`. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a new page to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set the font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // * // set color * let brushColor : PdfColor = new PdfColor(0, 0, 0); * // * // create black brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(brushColor); * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(0, 0)); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @default black color */ export class PdfColor { /** * Holds `RGB colors` converted into strings. * @private */ private static rgbStrings; /** * Holds Gray scale colors converted into strings for `stroking`. * @private */ private static grayStringsSroke; /** * Holds Gray scale colors converted into strings for `filling`. * @private */ private static grayStringsFill; /** * Value of `Red` channel. * @private */ private redColor; /** * Value of `Cyan` channel. * @private */ private cyanColor; /** * Value of `Green` channel. * @private */ private greenColor; /** * Value of `Magenta` channel. * @private */ private magentaColor; /** * Value of `Blue` channel. * @private */ private blueColor; /** * Value of `Yellow` channel. * @private */ private yellowColor; /** * Value of `Black` channel. * @private */ private blackColor; /** * Value of `Gray` channel. * @private */ private grayColor; /** * `Alpha` channel. * @private */ private alpha; /** * Shows if the color `is empty`. * @private */ private filled; /** * `Max value` of color channel. * @private */ static readonly maxColourChannelValue: number; /** * Initialize a new instance for `PdfColor` class. */ constructor(); constructor(color1: PdfColor); constructor(color1: number, color2: number, color3: number); constructor(color1: number, color2: number, color3: number, color4: number); /** * `Calculate and assign` cyan, megenta, yellow colors from rgb values.. * @private */ private assignCMYK; /** * Gets or sets `Red` channel value. * @private */ r: number; /** * Gets the `Red` color * @private */ readonly red: number; /** * Gets or sets `Blue` channel value. * @private */ b: number; /** * Gets the `blue` color. * @private */ readonly blue: number; /** * Gets or sets `Green` channel value. * @private */ g: number; /** * Gets the `Green` color. * @private */ readonly green: number; /** * Gets or sets `Gray` channel value. * @private */ gray: number; /** * Gets whether the PDFColor `is Empty` or not. * @private */ readonly isEmpty: boolean; /** * Gets or sets `Alpha` channel value. * @private */ a: number; /** * Converts `PDFColor to PDF string` representation. * @private */ toString(colorSpace: PdfColorSpace, stroke: boolean): string; /** * Sets `RGB` color. * @private */ private rgbToString; /** * Converts `colour to a PDF array`. * @private */ toArray(colorSpace: PdfColorSpace): PdfArray; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/pdf-graphics.d.ts /** * PdfGraphics.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfGraphics` class represents a graphics context of the objects. * It's used for performing all the graphics operations. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a new page to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set the font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // create black brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * //graphics of the page * let page1Graphics : PdfGraphics = page1.graphics; * // draw the text on the page1 graphics * page1Graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(0, 0)); * // * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ export class PdfGraphics { /** * Specifies the mask of `path type values`. * @private */ private static readonly pathTypesValuesMask; /** * Represents the `Stream writer` object. * @private */ private pdfStreamWriter; /** * Represents the state, whether it `is saved or not`. * @private */ private bStateSaved; /** * Represents the `Current pen`. * @private */ private currentPen; /** * Represents the `Current brush`. * @private */ private currentBrush; /** * Represents the `Current font`. * @private */ private currentFont; /** * Represents the `Current font`. * @private */ currentPage: PdfPage; /** * Represents the `Current color space`. * @private */ private currentColorSpace; /** * The `transformation matrix` monitoring all changes with CTM. * @private */ private transformationMatrix; /** * Stores `previous rendering mode`. * @private */ private previousTextRenderingMode; /** * Previous `character spacing` value or 0. * @private */ private previousCharacterSpacing; /** * Previous `word spacing` value or 0. * @private */ private previousWordSpacing; /** * The `previously used text scaling` value. * @private */ private previousTextScaling; /** * Event handler object to store instance of `PdfResources` class. * @private */ private getResources; /** * Indicates whether `color space was initialized`. * @private */ private bCSInitialized; /** * Represents the `Size of the canvas`. * @private */ private canvasSize; /** * Represents the size of the canvas reduced by `margins and templates`. * @private */ clipBounds: RectangleF; /** * Current `string format`. * @private */ private currentStringFormat; /** * Instance of `ProcedureSets` class. * @private */ private procedureSets; /** * To check wihether it is a `direct text rendering`. * @default true * @private */ private isNormalRender; /** * check whether to `use font size` to calculate the shift. * @default false * @private */ private isUseFontSize; /** * check whether the font is in `italic type`. * @default false * @private */ private isItalic; /** * Check whether it is an `emf Text Matrix`. * @default false * @private */ isEmfTextScaled: boolean; /** * Check whether it is an `emf` call. * @default false * @private */ isEmf: boolean; /** * Check whether it is an `emf plus` call. * @default false * @private */ isEmfPlus: boolean; /** * Check whether it is in `base line format`. * @default true * @private */ isBaselineFormat: boolean; /** * Emf Text `Scaling Factor`. * @private */ emfScalingFactor: SizeF; /** * Internal variable to store `layout result` after drawing string. * @private */ private pdfStringLayoutResult; /** * Internal variable to store `layer` on which this graphics lays. * @private */ private pageLayer; /** * To check whether the `last color space` of document and garphics is saved. * @private */ private colorSpaceChanged; /** * Media box upper right `bound`. * @hidden * @private */ private internalMediaBoxUpperRightBound; /** * Holds instance of PdfArray as `cropBox`. * @private */ cropBox: PdfArray; /** * Checks whether the object is `transparencyObject`. * @hidden * @private */ private static transparencyObject; /** * Stores an instance of `DictionaryProperties`. * @private */ private dictionaryProperties; /** * `last document colorspace`. * @hidden * @private */ private lastDocumentCS; /** * `last graphics's colorspace`. * @hidden * @private */ private lastGraphicsCS; /** * Checks whether the x co-ordinate is need to set as client size or not. * @hidden * @private */ private isOverloadWithPosition; /** * Checks whether the x co-ordinate is need to set as client size or not. * @hidden * @private */ private isPointOverload; /** * Current colorspaces. * @hidden * @private */ private currentColorSpaces; /** * Checks the current image `is optimized` or not. * @default false. * @private */ isImageOptimized: boolean; /** * Returns the `current graphics state`. * @private */ private gState; /** * Stores the `graphics states`. * @private */ private graphicsState; /** * Stores the `trasparencies`. * @private */ private trasparencies; /** * Indicates whether the object `had trasparency`. * @default false * @private */ private istransparencySet; /** * Stores the instance of `PdfAutomaticFieldInfoCollection` class . * @default null * @private */ private internalAutomaticFields; /** * Stores shift value for draw string with `PointF` overload. * @private * @hidden */ private shift; /** * Stores the index of the start line that should draw with in the next page. * @private */ private startCutIndex; /** * Returns the `result` after drawing string. * @private */ readonly stringLayoutResult: PdfStringLayoutResult; /** * Gets the `size` of the canvas. * @private */ readonly size: SizeF; /** * Gets and Sets the value of `MediaBox upper right bound`. * @private */ mediaBoxUpperRightBound: number; /** * Gets the `size` of the canvas reduced by margins and page templates. * @private */ readonly clientSize: SizeF; /** * Gets or sets the current `color space` of the document * @private */ colorSpace: PdfColorSpace; /** * Gets the `stream writer`. * @private */ readonly streamWriter: PdfStreamWriter; /** * Gets the `transformation matrix` reflecting current transformation. * @private */ readonly matrix: PdfTransformationMatrix; /** * Gets the `layer` for the graphics, if exists. * @private */ readonly layer: PdfPageLayer; /** * Gets the `page` for this graphics, if exists. * @private */ readonly page: PdfPageBase; readonly automaticFields: PdfAutomaticFieldInfoCollection; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGraphics` class. * @private */ constructor(size: SizeF, resources: GetResourceEventHandler, writer: PdfStreamWriter); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGraphics` class. * @private */ constructor(size: SizeF, resources: GetResourceEventHandler, stream: PdfStream); /** * `Initializes` this instance. * @private */ initialize(): void; /** * `Draw the template`. * @private */ drawPdfTemplate(template: PdfTemplate, location: PointF): void; drawPdfTemplate(template: PdfTemplate, location: PointF, size: SizeF): void; /** * `Draws the specified text` at the specified location and size with string format. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a pages to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // set pen * let pen : PdfPen = new PdfPen(new PdfColor(255, 0, 0)); * // set brush * let brush : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // set rectangle bounds * let rectangle$ : RectangleF = new RectangleF({x : 10, y : 10}, {width : 200, height : 200}); * // set the format for string * let stringFormat$ : PdfStringFormat = new PdfStringFormat(); * // set the text alignment * stringFormat.alignment = PdfTextAlignment.Center; * // set the vertical alignment * stringFormat.lineAlignment = PdfVerticalAlignment.Middle; * // * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, pen, brush, rectangle, stringFormat); * // * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param s Input text. * @param font Font of the text. * @param pen Color of the text. * @param brush Color of the text. * @param layoutRectangle RectangleF structure that specifies the bounds of the drawn text. * @param format String formatting information. */ drawString(s: string, font: PdfFont, pen: PdfPen, brush: PdfBrush, x: number, y: number, format: PdfStringFormat): void; drawString(s: string, font: PdfFont, pen: PdfPen, brush: PdfBrush, x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number, format: PdfStringFormat): void; /** * `Draws a line` connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // * // draw the line * page1.graphics.drawLine(new PdfPen(new PdfColor(0, 0, 255)), new PointF(10, 20), new PointF(100, 200)); * // * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param pen Color of the line. * @param point1 PointF structure that represents the first point to connect. * @param point2 PointF structure that represents the second point to connect. */ drawLine(pen: PdfPen, point1: PointF, point2: PointF): void; /** * `Draws a line` connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // * // draw the line * page1.graphics.drawLine(new PdfPen(new PdfColor(0, 0, 255)), 10, 20, 100, 200); * // * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param pen Color of the line. * @param x1 The x-coordinate of the first point. * @param y1 The y-coordinate of the first point. * @param x2 The x-coordinate of the second point. * @param y2 The y-coordinate of the second point. */ drawLine(pen: PdfPen, x1: number, y1: number, x2: number, y2: number): void; /** * `Draws a rectangle` specified by a pen, a coordinate pair, a width, and a height. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document. * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create pen for draw rectangle * let pen : PdfPen = new PdfPen(new PdfColor(238, 130, 238)); * // * // draw rectangle * page1.graphics.drawRectangle(pen, 10, 10, 50, 100); * // * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param pen Color of the rectangle. * @param x The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. * @param y The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. * @param width Width of the rectangle to draw. * @param height Height of the rectangle to draw. */ drawRectangle(pen: PdfPen, x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number): void; /** * `Draws a rectangle` specified by a brush, coordinate pair, a width, and a height. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document. * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create brush for draw rectangle * let brush : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(238, 130, 238)); * // * // draw rectangle * page1.graphics.drawRectangle(brush, 10, 10, 50, 100); * // * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param brush Color of the rectangle. * @param x The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. * @param y The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. * @param width Width of the rectangle to draw. * @param height Height of the rectangle to draw. */ drawRectangle(brush: PdfBrush, x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number): void; /** * `Draws a rectangle` specified by a pen, a coordinate pair, a width, and a height. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document. * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create brush for draw rectangle * let brush : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(238, 130, 238)); * // set pen * let pen : PdfPen = new PdfPen(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // draw rectangle * page1.graphics.drawRectangle(pen, brush, 10, 10, 50, 100); * // * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param pen A Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. * @param brush Color of the rectangle. * @param x The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. * @param y The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. * @param width Width of the rectangle to draw. * @param height Height of the rectangle to draw. */ drawRectangle(pen: PdfPen, brush: PdfBrush, x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number): void; /** * `Draws the path`. * @private */ private drawPath; /** * `Draws the specified image`, using its original physical size, at the location specified by a coordinate pair. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document. * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a page to the document. * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // base64 string of an image * let imageString$ : string = '/9j/3+2w7em7HzY/KiijFw … 1OEYRUYrQ45yc5OUtz/9k='; * // load the image from the base64 string of original image. * let image$ : PdfBitmap = new PdfBitmap(imageString); * // * // draw the image * page1.graphics.drawImage(image, 10, 10); * // * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param image PdfImage to draw. * @param x The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. * @param y The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. */ drawImage(image: PdfImage, x: number, y: number): void; /** * `Draws the specified image`, using its original physical size, at the location specified by a coordinate pair. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document. * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a page to the document. * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // base64 string of an image * let imageString$ : string = '/9j/3+2w7em7HzY/KiijFw … 1OEYRUYrQ45yc5OUtz/9k='; * // load the image from the base64 string of original image. * let image$ : PdfBitmap = new PdfBitmap(imageString); * // * // draw the image * page1.graphics.drawImage(image, 0, 0, 100, 100); * // * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param image PdfImage to draw. * @param x The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. * @param y The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the drawn image. * @param width Width of the drawn image. * @param height Height of the drawn image. */ drawImage(image: PdfImage, x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number): void; /** * Returns `bounds` of the line info. * @private */ getLineBounds(lineIndex: number, result: PdfStringLayoutResult, font: PdfFont, layoutRectangle: RectangleF, format: PdfStringFormat): RectangleF; /** * Creates `lay outed rectangle` depending on the text settings. * @private */ checkCorrectLayoutRectangle(textSize: SizeF, x: number, y: number, format: PdfStringFormat): RectangleF; /** * Sets the `layer` for the graphics. * @private */ setLayer(layer: PdfPageLayer): void; /** * Adding page number field before page saving. * @private */ pageSave(page: PdfPage): void; /** * `Draws a layout result`. * @private */ drawStringLayoutResult(result: PdfStringLayoutResult, font: PdfFont, pen: PdfPen, brush: PdfBrush, layoutRectangle: RectangleF, format: PdfStringFormat): void; /** * Gets the `next page`. * @private */ getNextPage(): PdfPage; /** * `Sets the clipping` region of this Graphics to the rectangle specified by a RectangleF structure. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create PDF graphics for the page * let graphics : PdfGraphics = page1.graphics; * // set the font * let font$ : PdfFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.TimesRoman, 20); * // create black brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // set clipping with rectangle bounds * graphics.setClip(new RectangleF({x : 10, y : 80}, {width : 150 , height : 15})); * // * // draw the text after clipping * graphics.drawString('Text after clipping', font, blackBrush, new PointF(10, 80)); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param rectangle RectangleF structure that represents the new clip region. */ setClip(rectangle: RectangleF): void; /** * `Sets the clipping` region of this Graphics to the result of the specified operation combining the current clip region and the rectangle specified by a RectangleF structure. * @private */ setClip(rectangle: RectangleF, mode: PdfFillMode): void; /** * Applies all the `text settings`. * @private */ private applyStringSettings; /** * Calculates `shift value` if the text is vertically aligned. * @private */ getTextVerticalAlignShift(textHeight: number, boundsHeight: number, format: PdfStringFormat): number; /** * `Draws layout result`. * @private */ private drawLayoutResult; /** * `Draws Ascii line`. * @private */ private drawAsciiLine; /** * Draws unicode line. * @private */ private drawUnicodeLine; /** * Draws array of unicode tokens. */ private drawUnicodeBlocks; /** * Breakes the unicode line to the words and converts symbols to glyphs. */ private breakUnicodeLine; /** * Creates PdfString from the unicode text. */ private getUnicodeString; /** * Converts to unicode format. */ private convertToUnicode; /** * `Justifies` the line if needed. * @private */ private justifyLine; /** * `Reset` or reinitialize the current graphic value. * @private */ reset(size: SizeF): void; /** * Checks whether the line should be `justified`. * @private */ private shouldJustify; /** * Emulates `Underline, Strikeout` of the text if needed. * @private */ private underlineStrikeoutText; /** * `Creates a pen` for drawing lines in the text. * @private */ private createUnderlineStikeoutPen; /** * Return `text rendering mode`. * @private */ private getTextRenderingMode; /** * Returns `line indent` for the line. * @private */ private getLineIndent; /** * Calculates shift value if the line is `horizontaly aligned`. * @private */ private getHorizontalAlignShift; /** * Gets or sets the value that indicates `text direction` mode. * @private */ private rightToLeft; /** * Controls all `state modifications` and react repectively. * @private */ private stateControl; /** * Initializes the `current color space`. * @private */ private initCurrentColorSpace; /** * Controls the `pen state`. * @private */ private penControl; /** * Controls the `brush state`. * @private */ private brushControl; /** * Saves the font and other `font settings`. * @private */ private fontControl; /** * `Sets the transparency` of this Graphics with the specified value for pen. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create pen * let pen : PdfPen = new PdfPen(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // set transparency * page1.graphics.setTransparency(0.5); * // * // draw the rectangle after applying transparency * page1.graphics.drawRectangle(pen, new RectangleF({x : 0, y : 0}, {width : 100, height : 50})); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param alpha The alpha value for both pen and brush. */ setTransparency(alpha: number): void; /** * `Sets the transparency` of this Graphics with the specified value for pen and brush. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create pen * let pen : PdfPen = new PdfPen(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // set brush * let brush : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // set transparency * page1.graphics.setTransparency(0.8, 0.2); * // * // draw the rectangle after applying transparency * page1.graphics.drawRectangle(pen, brush, new RectangleF({x : 0, y : 0}, {width : 100, height : 50})); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param alphaPen The alpha value for pen. * @param alphaBrush The alpha value for brush. */ setTransparency(alphaPen: number, alphaBrush: number): void; /** * `Sets the transparency` of this Graphics with the specified PdfBlendMode. * @private */ setTransparency(alphaPen: number, alphaBrush: number, blendMode: PdfBlendMode): void; /** * Sets the `drawing area and translates origin`. * @private */ clipTranslateMargins(clipBounds: RectangleF): void; clipTranslateMargins(x: number, y: number, left: number, top: number, right: number, bottom: number): void; /** * `Updates y` co-ordinate. * @private */ updateY(y: number): number; /** * Used to `translate the transformation`. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set pen * let pen : PdfPen = new PdfPen(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // set translate transform * page1.graphics.translateTransform(100, 100); * // * // draw the rectangle after applying translate transform * page1.graphics.drawRectangle(pen, new RectangleF({x : 0, y : 0}, {width : 100, height : 50})); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param offsetX The x-coordinate of the translation. * @param offsetY The y-coordinate of the translation. */ translateTransform(offsetX: number, offsetY: number): void; /** * `Translates` coordinates of the input matrix. * @private */ private getTranslateTransform; /** * Applies the specified `scaling operation` to the transformation matrix of this Graphics by prepending it to the object's transformation matrix. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create pen * let pen : PdfPen = new PdfPen(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // apply scaling trasformation * page1.graphics.scaleTransform(1.5, 2); * // * // draw the rectangle after applying scaling transform * page1.graphics.drawRectangle(pen, new RectangleF({x : 100, y : 100}, {width : 100, height : 50})); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param scaleX Scale factor in the x direction. * @param scaleY Scale factor in the y direction. */ scaleTransform(scaleX: number, scaleY: number): void; /** * `Scales` coordinates of the input matrix. * @private */ private getScaleTransform; /** * Applies the specified `rotation` to the transformation matrix of this Graphics. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create pen * let pen : PdfPen = new PdfPen(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // set RotateTransform with 25 degree of angle * page1.graphics.rotateTransform(25); * // * // draw the rectangle after RotateTransformation * page1.graphics.drawRectangle(pen, new RectangleF({x : 100, y : 100}, {width : 100, height : 50})); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param angle Angle of rotation in degrees. */ rotateTransform(angle: number): void; /** * `Initializes coordinate system`. * @private */ initializeCoordinates(): void; /** * `Rotates` coordinates of the input matrix. * @private */ private getRotateTransform; /** * `Saves` the current state of this Graphics and identifies the saved state with a GraphicsState. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create pen * let pen : PdfPen = new PdfPen(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // save the graphics state * let state1 : PdfGraphicsState = page1.graphics.save(); * // * page1.graphics.scaleTransform(1.5, 2); * // draw the rectangle * page1.graphics.drawRectangle(pen, new RectangleF({x : 100, y : 100}, {width : 100, height : 50})); * // restore the graphics state * page1.graphics.restore(state1); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ save(): PdfGraphicsState; /** * `Restores the state` of this Graphics to the state represented by a GraphicsState. * @private */ restore(): void; /** * `Restores the state` of this Graphics to the state represented by a GraphicsState. * @private */ restore(state: PdfGraphicsState): void; /** * `Restores graphics state`. * @private */ private doRestoreState; } /** * `GetResourceEventHandler` class is alternate for event handlers and delegates. * @private * @hidden */ export class GetResourceEventHandler { /** * Return the instance of `PdfResources` class. * @private */ getResources(): PdfResources; /** * Variable to store instance of `PdfPageBase as sender`. * @hidden * @private */ sender: PdfPageBase | PdfTemplate; /** * Initialize instance of `GetResourceEventHandler` class. * Alternate for event handlers and delegates. * @private */ constructor(sender: PdfPageBase | PdfTemplate); } export class PdfGraphicsState { /** * `Parent graphics` object. * @private */ private pdfGraphics; /** * The current `transformation matrix`. * @private */ private transformationMatrix; /** * Stores `previous rendering mode`. * @default TextRenderingMode.Fill * @private */ private internalTextRenderingMode; /** * `Previous character spacing` value or 0. * @default 0.0 * @private */ private internalCharacterSpacing; /** * `Previous word spacing` value or 0. * @default 0.0 * @private */ private internalWordSpacing; /** * The previously used `text scaling value`. * @default 100.0 * @private */ private internalTextScaling; /** * `Current pen`. * @private */ private pdfPen; /** * `Current brush`. * @private */ private pdfBrush; /** * `Current font`. * @private */ private pdfFont; /** * `Current color space`. * @default PdfColorSpace.Rgb * @private */ private pdfColorSpace; /** * Gets the parent `graphics object`. * @private */ readonly graphics: PdfGraphics; /** * Gets the `current matrix`. * @private */ readonly matrix: PdfTransformationMatrix; /** * Gets or sets the `current character spacing`. * @private */ characterSpacing: number; /** * Gets or sets the `word spacing` value. * @private */ wordSpacing: number; /** * Gets or sets the `text scaling` value. * @private */ textScaling: number; /** * Gets or sets the `current pen` object. * @private */ pen: PdfPen; /** * Gets or sets the `brush`. * @private */ brush: PdfBrush; /** * Gets or sets the `current font` object. * @private */ font: PdfFont; /** * Gets or sets the `current color space` value. * @private */ colorSpace: PdfColorSpace; /** * Gets or sets the `text rendering mode`. * @private */ textRenderingMode: TextRenderingMode; /** * `default constructor`. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Creates new object for `PdfGraphicsState`. * @private */ constructor(graphics: PdfGraphics, matrix: PdfTransformationMatrix); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/pdf-margins.d.ts /** * PdfMargins.ts class for EJ2-PDF * A class representing PDF page margins. */ export class PdfMargins { /** * Represents the `Left margin` value. * @private */ private leftMargin; /** * Represents the `Top margin` value. * @private */ private topMargin; /** * Represents the `Right margin` value. * @private */ private rightMargin; /** * Represents the `Bottom margin` value. * @private */ private bottomMargin; /** * Represents the `Default Page Margin` value. * @default 0.0 * @private */ private readonly pdfMargin; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfMargins` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Gets or sets the `left margin` size. * @private */ left: number; /** * Gets or sets the `top margin` size. * @private */ top: number; /** * Gets or sets the `right margin` size. * @private */ right: number; /** * Gets or sets the `bottom margin` size. * @private */ bottom: number; /** * Sets the `margins`. * @private */ all: number; /** * Sets the `margins`. * @private */ setMargins(margin1: number): void; /** * Sets the `margins`. * @private */ setMargins(margin1: number, margin2: number): void; /** * Sets the `margins`. * @private */ setMargins(margin1: number, margin2: number, margin3: number, margin4: number): void; /** * `Clones` the object. * @private */ clone(): PdfMargins; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/pdf-pen.d.ts /** * PdfPen.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfPen` class defining settings for drawing operations, that determines the color, * width, and style of the drawing elements. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set pen * let pen$ : PdfPen = new PdfPen(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // draw rectangle * page1.graphics.drawRectangle(pen, new RectangleF({x : 0, y : 0}, {width : 100, height : 50})); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ export class PdfPen { /** * Specifies the `color of the pen`. * @default new PdfColor() * @private */ private pdfColor; /** * Specifies the `dash offset of the pen`. * @default 0 * @private */ private dashOffsetValue; /** * Specifies the `dash pattern of the pen`. * @default [0] * @private */ private penDashPattern; /** * Specifies the `dash style of the pen`. * @default Solid * @private */ private pdfDashStyle; /** * Specifies the `line cap of the pen`. * @default 0 * @private */ private pdfLineCap; /** * Specifies the `line join of the pen`. * @default 0 * @private */ private pdfLineJoin; /** * Specifies the `width of the pen`. * @default 1.0 * @private */ private penWidth; /** * Specifies the `brush of the pen`. * @private */ private pdfBrush; /** * Specifies the `mitter limit of the pen`. * @default 0.0 * @private */ private internalMiterLimit; /** * Stores the `colorspace` value. * @default Rgb * @private */ private colorSpace; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfPen` class with color. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // * // set pen * let pen$ : PdfPen = new PdfPen(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // draw rectangle * page1.graphics.drawRectangle(pen, new RectangleF({x : 0, y : 0}, {width : 100, height : 50})); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param color Color of the pen. */ constructor(color: PdfColor); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfPen` class with 'PdfBrush' class and width of the pen. * @private */ constructor(brush: PdfBrush, width: number); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfPen` class with color and width of the pen. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // * // set pen * let pen$ : PdfPen = new PdfPen(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0), 2); * // * // draw rectangle * page1.graphics.drawRectangle(pen, new RectangleF({x : 0, y : 0}, {width : 100, height : 50})); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` * @param color Color of the pen. * @param width Width of the pen's line. */ constructor(color: PdfColor, width: number); /** * Gets or sets the `color of the pen`. * @private */ color: PdfColor; /** * Gets or sets the `dash offset of the pen`. * @private */ dashOffset: number; /** * Gets or sets the `dash pattern of the pen`. * @private */ dashPattern: number[]; /** * Gets or sets the `dash style of the pen`. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set pen * let pen$ : PdfPen = new PdfPen(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // set pen style * pen.dashStyle = PdfDashStyle.DashDot; * // get pen style * let style : PdfDashStyle = pen.dashStyle; * // * // draw rectangle * page1.graphics.drawRectangle(pen, new RectangleF({x : 0, y : 0}, {width : 100, height : 50})); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ dashStyle: PdfDashStyle; /** * Gets or sets the `line cap of the pen`. * @private */ lineCap: PdfLineCap; /** * Gets or sets the `line join style of the pen`. * @private */ lineJoin: PdfLineJoin; /** * Gets or sets the `miter limit`. * @private */ miterLimit: number; /** * Gets or sets the `width of the pen`. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // create a new page * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // set pen * let pen$ : PdfPen = new PdfPen(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // set pen width * pen.width = 2; * // * // draw rectangle * page1.graphics.drawRectangle(pen, new RectangleF({x : 0, y : 0}, {width : 100, height : 50})); * // save the document. * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ width: number; /** * `Clones` this instance of PdfPen class. * @private */ clone(): PdfPen; /** * `Sets the brush`. * @private */ private setBrush; /** * `Monitors the changes`. * @private */ monitorChanges(currentPen: PdfPen, streamWriter: PdfStreamWriter, getResources: GetResourceEventHandler, saveState: boolean, currentColorSpace: PdfColorSpace, matrix: PdfTransformationMatrix): boolean; /** * `Controls the dash style` and behaviour of each line. * @private */ private dashControl; /** * `Gets the pattern` of PdfPen. * @private */ getPattern(): number[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/pdf-resources.d.ts /** * PdfResources.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfResources` class used to set resource contents like font, image. * @private */ export class PdfResources extends PdfDictionary { /** * Dictionary for the `objects names`. * @private */ private pdfNames; /** * Dictionary for the `properties names`. * @private */ private properties; /** * `Font name`. * @private */ private fontName; /** * Stores instance of `parent document`. * @private */ private pdfDocument; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfResources` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfResources` class. * @private */ constructor(baseDictionary: PdfDictionary); /** * Gets the `font names`. * @private */ private readonly names; /** * Get or set the `page document`. * @private */ document: PdfDocument; /** * `Generates name` for the object and adds to the resource if the object is new. * @private */ getName(obj: IPdfWrapper): PdfName; /** * Gets `resource names` to font dictionaries. * @private */ getNames(): TemporaryDictionary<IPdfPrimitive, PdfName>; /** * Add `RequireProcedureSet` into procset array. * @private */ requireProcedureSet(procedureSetName: string): void; /** * `Remove font` from array. * @private */ removeFont(name: string): void; /** * Generates `Unique string name`. * @private */ private generateName; /** * `Adds object` to the resources. * @private */ add(font: PdfFont, name: PdfName): void; /** * `Adds object` to the resources. * @private */ add(template: PdfTemplate, name: PdfName): void; /** * `Adds object` to the resources. * @private */ add(brush: PdfBrush, name: PdfName): void; /** * `Adds object` to the resources. * @private */ add(transparency: PdfTransparency, name: PdfName): void; /** * `Adds object` to the resources. * @private */ add(image: PdfImage | PdfBitmap, name: PdfName): void; } /** * Used to create new guid for resources. * @private */ export class Guid { /** * `String value of GUID`. * @private */ private stringValue; /** * static field to store `endding value of current GUID`. * @private */ private static guid; /** * Generate `Random number` for GUID. * @private */ private static readonly randomNumber; /** * Initialize an `instance of GUID` class. * @private */ constructor(stringValue?: string); /** * Return the value of `GUID as string`. * @private */ toString(): string; /** * Generate `new GUID`. * @private */ static getNewGuidString(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/pdf-transformation-matrix.d.ts /** * PdfTransformationMatrix.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Class for representing Root `transformation matrix`. */ export class PdfTransformationMatrix { /** * Value for `angle converting`. * @default Math.PI / 180.0 * @private */ private static readonly degRadFactor; /** * Value for `angle converting`. * @default 180.0 / Math.PI * @private */ private readonly radDegFactor; /** * `Transformation matrix`. * @private */ private transformationMatrix; /** * Gets or sets the `internal matrix object`. * @private */ matrix: Matrix; /** * Initializes object of `PdfTransformationMatrix` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes object of `PdfTransformationMatrix` class. * @private */ constructor(value: boolean); /** * `Translates` coordinates by specified coordinates. * @private */ translate(offsetX: number, offsetY: number): void; /** * `Scales` coordinates by specified coordinates. * @private */ scale(scaleX: number, scaleY: number): void; /** * `Rotates` coordinate system in counterclockwise direction. * @private */ rotate(angle: number): void; /** * Gets `PDF representation`. * @private */ toString(): string; /** * `Multiplies` matrices (changes coordinate system.) * @private */ multiply(matrix: PdfTransformationMatrix): void; /** * Converts `degrees to radians`. * @private */ static degreesToRadians(degreesX: number): number; /** * Converts `radians to degrees`. * @private */ radiansToDegrees(radians: number): number; /** * `Clones` this instance of PdfTransformationMatrix. * @private */ clone(): PdfTransformationMatrix; } export class Matrix { /** * `elements` in the matrix. * @private */ private metrixElements; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `Matrix` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `Matrix` class with number array. * @private */ constructor(elements: number[]); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `Matrix` class. * @private */ constructor(m11: number, m12: number, m21: number, m22: number, dx: number, dy: number); /** * Gets the `elements`. * @private */ readonly elements: number[]; /** * Gets the off set `X`. * @private */ readonly offsetX: number; /** * Gets the off set `Y`. * @private */ readonly offsetY: number; /** * `Translates` coordinates by specified coordinates. * @private */ translate(offsetX: number, offsetY: number): void; /** * `Translates` the specified offset X. * @private */ transform(point: PointF): PointF; /** * `Multiplies matrices` (changes coordinate system.) * @private */ multiply(matrix: Matrix): void; /** * `Dispose` this instance of PdfTransformationMatrix class. * @private */ dispose(): void; /** * `Clones` this instance of PdfTransformationMatrix class. * @private */ clone(): Object; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/pdf-transparency.d.ts /** * PdfTransparency.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Represents a simple `transparency`. * @private */ export class PdfTransparency implements IPdfWrapper { /** * Internal variable to store `dictionary`. * @default new PdfDictionary() * @private */ private dictionary; /** * Internal variable for accessing fields from `DictionryProperties` class. * @default new DictionaryProperties() * @private */ private dictionaryProperties; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `Transparency` class. * @private */ constructor(stroke: number, fill: number, mode: PdfBlendMode); /** * Gets the `element`. * @private */ readonly element: IPdfPrimitive; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/graphics/unit-convertor.d.ts /** * PdfUnitConverter.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Used to perform `convertion between pixels and points`. * @private */ export class PdfUnitConverter { /** * Indicates default `horizontal resolution`. * @default 96 * @private */ static readonly horizontalResolution: number; /** * Indicates default `vertical resolution`. * @default 96 * @private */ static readonly verticalResolution: number; /** * `Width, in millimeters`, of the physical screen. * @private */ static readonly horizontalSize: number; /** * `Height, in millimeters`, of the physical screen. * @private */ static readonly verticalSize: number; /** * `Width, in pixels`, of the screen. * @private */ static readonly pxHorizontalResolution: number; /** * `Height, in pixels`, of the screen. * @private */ static readonly pxVerticalResolution: number; /** * `Matrix` for conversations between different numeric systems. * @private */ private proportions; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `UnitConvertor` class with DPI value. * @private */ constructor(dpi: number); /** * `Converts` the value, from one graphics unit to another graphics unit. * @private */ convertUnits(value: number, from: PdfGraphicsUnit, to: PdfGraphicsUnit): number; /** * Converts the value `to pixel` from specified graphics unit. * @private */ convertToPixels(value: number, from: PdfGraphicsUnit): number; /** * Converts value, to specified graphics unit `from Pixel`. * @private */ convertFromPixels(value: number, to: PdfGraphicsUnit): number; /** * `Update proportions` matrix according to Graphics settings. * @private */ private updateProportionsHelper; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/index.d.ts /** * Pdf implementation all modules * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/input-output/big-endian-writer.d.ts /** * Writes data in BigEndian order. */ export class BigEndianWriter { /** * Size of Int32 type. */ readonly int32Size: number; /** * Size of Int16 type. */ readonly int16Size: number; /** * Size of long type. */ readonly int64Size: number; /** * Internal buffer. */ private buffer; /** * Internal buffer capacity. */ private bufferLength; /** * Current position. */ private internalPosition; /** * Gets data written to the writer. */ readonly data: number[]; readonly position: number; /** * Creates a new writer. */ constructor(capacity: number); /** * Writes short value. */ writeShort(value: number): void; /** * Writes int value. */ writeInt(value: number): void; /** * Writes u int value. */ writeUInt(value: number): void; /** * Writes string value. */ writeString(value: string): void; /** * Writes byte[] value. */ writeBytes(value: number[]): void; private flush; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/input-output/cross-table.d.ts /** * public Enum for `ObjectType`. * @private */ export enum ObjectType { /** * Specifies the type of `Free`. * @private */ Free = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Normal`. * @private */ Normal = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Packed`. * @private */ Packed = 2 } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/input-output/enum.d.ts /** * public Enum for `CompositeFontType`. * @private */ export enum ObjectStatus { /** * Specifies the type of `None`. * @private */ None = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Registered`. * @private */ Registered = 1 } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/input-output/index.d.ts /** * IO classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/input-output/pdf-cross-table.d.ts /** * `PdfCrossTable` is responsible for intermediate level parsing * and savingof a PDF document. * @private */ export class PdfCrossTable { /** * Parent `Document`. * @private */ private pdfDocument; /** * Internal variable to store primtive objects of `main object collection`. * @private */ private items; /** * The `mapped references`. * @private */ private mappedReferences; /** * The modified `objects` that should be saved. * @private */ private objects; /** * The `trailer` for a new document. * @private */ private internalTrailer; /** * Internal variable to store if document `is being merged`. * @private */ private merging; /** * `Flag` that forces an object to be 'a new'. * @private */ private bForceNew; /** * Holds `maximal generation number` or offset to object. * @default 0 * @private */ private maxGenNumIndex; /** * The `number of the objects`. * @default 0 * @private */ private objectCount; /** * Internal variable for accessing fields from `DictionryProperties` class. * @default new PdfDictionaryProperties() * @private */ private dictionaryProperties; /** * Gets or sets if the document `is merged`. * @private */ isMerging: boolean; /** * Gets the `trailer`. * @private */ readonly trailer: PdfDictionary; /** * Gets or sets the main `PdfDocument` class instance. * @private */ document: PdfDocumentBase; /** * Gets the catched `PDF object` main collection. * @private */ readonly pdfObjects: PdfMainObjectCollection; /** * Gets the `object collection`. * @private */ private readonly objectCollection; /** * Gets or sets the `number of the objects` within the document. * @private */ count: number; /** * Returns `next available object number`. * @private */ readonly nextObjNumber: number; /** * `Saves` the cross-reference table into the stream and return it as Blob. * @private */ save(writer: PdfWriter): Blob; /** * `Saves` the cross-reference table into the stream. * @private */ save(writer: PdfWriter, filename: string): void; /** * `Saves the endess` of the file. * @private */ private saveTheEndess; /** * `Saves the new trailer` dictionary. * @private */ private saveTrailer; /** * `Saves the xref section`. * @private */ private saveSections; /** * `Saves a subsection`. * @private */ private saveSubsection; /** * Generates string for `xref table item`. * @private */ getItem(offset: number, genNumber: number, isFree: boolean): string; /** * `Prepares a subsection` of the current section within the cross-reference table. * @private */ private prepareSubsection; /** * `Marks the trailer references` being saved. * @private */ private markTrailerReferences; /** * `Saves the head`. * @private */ private saveHead; /** * Generates the `version` of the file. * @private */ private generateFileVersion; /** * Retrieves the `reference` of the object given. * @private */ getReference(obj: IPdfPrimitive): PdfReference; /** * Retrieves the `reference` of the object given. * @private */ getReference(obj: IPdfPrimitive, bNew: boolean): PdfReference; /** * Retrieves the `reference` of the object given. * @private */ private getSubReference; /** * `Saves all objects` in the collection. * @private */ private saveObjects; /** * `Saves indirect object`. * @private */ saveIndirectObject(obj: IPdfPrimitive, writer: PdfWriter): void; /** * Performs `real saving` of the save object. * @private */ private doSaveObject; /** * `Registers` an archived object. * @private */ registerObject(offset: number, reference: PdfReference): void; /** * `Registers` the object in the cross reference table. * @private */ registerObject(offset: number, reference: PdfReference, free: boolean): void; /** * `Dereferences` the specified primitive object. * @private */ static dereference(obj: IPdfPrimitive): IPdfPrimitive; } export class RegisteredObject { /** * The `object number` of the indirect object. * @private */ private object; /** * The `generation number` of the indirect object. * @private */ generation: number; /** * The `offset` of the indirect object within the file. * @private */ private offsetNumber; /** * Shows if the object `is free`. * @private */ type: ObjectType; /** * Holds the current `cross-reference` table. * @private */ private xrefTable; /** * Gets the `object number`. * @private */ readonly objectNumber: number; /** * Gets the `offset`. * @private */ readonly offset: number; /** * Initialize the `structure` with the proper values. * @private */ constructor(offset: number, reference: PdfReference); /** * Initialize the `structure` with the proper values. * @private */ constructor(offset: number, reference: PdfReference, free: boolean); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/input-output/pdf-dictionary-properties.d.ts /** * dictionaryProperties.ts class for EJ2-PDF * PDF dictionary properties. * @private */ export class DictionaryProperties { /** * Specifies the value of `Pages`. * @private */ readonly pages: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Kids`. * @private */ readonly kids: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Count`. * @private */ readonly count: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Resources`. * @private */ readonly resources: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Type`. * @private */ readonly type: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Size`. * @private */ readonly size: string; /** * Specifies the value of `MediaBox`. * @private */ readonly mediaBox: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Parent`. * @private */ readonly parent: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Root`. * @private */ readonly root: string; /** * Specifies the value of `DecodeParms`. * @private */ readonly decodeParms: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Filter`. * @private */ readonly filter: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Font`. * @private */ readonly font: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Type1`. * @private */ readonly type1: string; /** * Specifies the value of `BaseFont`. * @private */ readonly baseFont: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Encoding`. * @private */ readonly encoding: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Subtype`. * @private */ readonly subtype: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Contents`. * @private */ readonly contents: string; /** * Specifies the value of `ProcSet`. * @private */ readonly procset: string; /** * Specifies the value of `ColorSpace`. * @private */ readonly colorSpace: string; /** * Specifies the value of `ExtGState`. * @private */ readonly extGState: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Pattern`. * @private */ readonly pattern: string; /** * Specifies the value of `XObject`. * @private */ readonly xObject: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Length`. * @private */ readonly length: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Width`. * @private */ readonly width: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Height`. * @private */ readonly height: string; /** * Specifies the value of `BitsPerComponent`. * @private */ readonly bitsPerComponent: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Image`. * @private */ readonly image: string; /** * Specifies the value of `dctdecode`. * @private */ readonly dctdecode: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Columns`. * @private */ readonly columns: string; /** * Specifies the value of `BlackIs1`. * @private */ readonly blackIs1: string; /** * Specifies the value of `K`. * @private */ readonly k: string; /** * Specifies the value of `S`. * @private */ readonly s: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Predictor`. * @private */ readonly predictor: string; /** * Specifies the value of `DeviceRGB`. * @private */ readonly deviceRgb: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Next`. * @private */ readonly next: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Action`. * @private */ readonly action: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Link`. * @private */ readonly link: string; /** * * Specifies the value of `A`. * @private */ readonly a: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Annot`. * @private */ readonly annot: string; /** * Specifies the value of `P`. * @private */ readonly p: string; /** * Specifies the value of `C`. * @private */ readonly c: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Rect`. * @private */ readonly rect: string; /** * Specifies the value of `URI`. * @private */ readonly uri: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Annots`. * @private */ readonly annots: string; /** * Specifies the value of `ca`. * @private */ readonly ca: string; /** * Specifies the value of `CA`. * @private */ readonly CA: string; /** * Specifies the value of `XYZ`. * @private */ readonly xyz: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Fit`. * @private */ readonly fit: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Dest`. * @private */ readonly dest: string; /** * Specifies the value of `BM`. * @private */ readonly BM: string; /** * Specifies the value of `flatedecode`. * @private */ readonly flatedecode: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Rotate`. * @private */ readonly rotate: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'bBox'. * @private */ readonly bBox: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'form'. * @private */ readonly form: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'w'. * @private */ readonly w: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'cIDFontType2'. * @private */ readonly cIDFontType2: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'cIDToGIDMap'. * @private */ readonly cIDToGIDMap: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'identity'. * @private */ readonly identity: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'dw'. * @private */ readonly dw: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'fontDescriptor'. * @private */ readonly fontDescriptor: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'cIDSystemInfo'. * @private */ readonly cIDSystemInfo: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'fontName'. * @private */ readonly fontName: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'flags'. * @private */ readonly flags: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'fontBBox'. * @private */ readonly fontBBox: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'missingWidth'. * @private */ readonly missingWidth: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'stemV'. * @private */ readonly stemV: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'italicAngle'. * @private */ readonly italicAngle: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'capHeight'. * @private */ readonly capHeight: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'ascent'. * @private */ readonly ascent: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'descent'. * @private */ readonly descent: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'leading'. * @private */ readonly leading: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'avgWidth'. * @private */ readonly avgWidth: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'fontFile2'. * @private */ readonly fontFile2: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'maxWidth'. * @private */ readonly maxWidth: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'xHeight'. * @private */ readonly xHeight: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'stemH'. * @private */ readonly stemH: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'registry'. * @private */ readonly registry: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'ordering'. * @private */ readonly ordering: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'supplement'. * @private */ readonly supplement: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'type0'. * @private */ readonly type0: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'identityH'. * @private */ readonly identityH: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'toUnicode'. * @private */ readonly toUnicode: string; /** * Specifies the value of 'descendantFonts'. * @private */ readonly descendantFonts: string; /** * Initialize an instance for `PdfDictionaryProperties` class. * @private */ constructor(); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/input-output/pdf-main-object-collection.d.ts /** * PdfMainObjectCollection.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * The collection of all `objects` within a PDF document. * @private */ export class PdfMainObjectCollection { /** * The collection of the `indirect objects`. * @default [] * @private */ objectCollections: ObjectInfo[]; /** * The collection of the `Indirect objects`. * @default new Dictionary<number, ObjectInfo>() * @private */ mainObjectCollection: Dictionary<number, ObjectInfo>; /** * The collection of `primitive objects`. * @private */ primitiveObjectCollection: Dictionary<IPdfPrimitive, number>; /** * Holds the `index of the object`. * @private */ private index; /** * Stores the value of `IsNew`. * @private */ private isNew; /** * Gets the `count`. * @private */ readonly count: number; /** * Gets the value of `ObjectInfo` from object collection. * @private */ items(index: number): ObjectInfo; /** * Specifies the value of `IsNew`. * @private */ readonly outIsNew: boolean; /** * `Adds` the specified element. * @private */ add(element: IPdfPrimitive): void; /** * `Looks` through the collection for the object specified. * @private */ private lookFor; /** * Gets the `reference of the object`. * @private */ getReference(index: IPdfPrimitive, isNew: boolean): { reference: PdfReference; wasNew: boolean; }; /** * Tries to set the `reference to the object`. * @private */ trySetReference(obj: IPdfPrimitive, reference: PdfReference, found: boolean): boolean; destroy(): void; } export class ObjectInfo { /** * The `PDF object`. * @private */ pdfObject: IPdfPrimitive; /** * `Object number and generation number` of the object. * @private */ private pdfReference; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `ObjectInfo` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `ObjectInfo` class. * @private */ constructor(obj: IPdfPrimitive); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `ObjectInfo` class. * @private */ constructor(obj: IPdfPrimitive, reference: PdfReference); /** * Gets the `object`. * @private */ object: IPdfPrimitive; /** * Gets the `reference`. * @private */ readonly reference: PdfReference; /** * Sets the `reference`. * @private */ setReference(reference: PdfReference): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/input-output/pdf-operators.d.ts /** * PdfOperators.ts class for EJ2-PDF * Class of string PDF common operators. * @private */ export class Operators { /** * Specifies the value of `obj`. * @private */ static readonly obj: string; /** * Specifies the value of `endObj`. * @private */ static readonly endObj: string; /** * Specifies the value of `R`. * @private */ static readonly r: string; /** * Specifies the value of ` `. * @private */ static readonly whiteSpace: string; /** * Specifies the value of `/`. * @private */ static readonly slash: string; /** * Specifies the value of `\r\n`. * @private */ static readonly newLine: string; /** * Specifies the value of `stream`. * @private */ static readonly stream: string; /** * Specifies the value of `endStream`. * @private */ static readonly endStream: string; /** * Specifies the value of `xref`. * @private */ static readonly xref: string; /** * Specifies the value of `f`. * @private */ static readonly f: string; /** * Specifies the value of `n`. * @private */ static readonly n: string; /** * Specifies the value of `trailer`. * @private */ static readonly trailer: string; /** * Specifies the value of `startxref`. * @private */ static readonly startxref: string; /** * Specifies the value of `eof`. * @private */ static readonly eof: string; /** * Specifies the value of `header`. * @private */ static readonly header: string; /** * Specifies the value of `beginText`. * @private */ static readonly beginText: string; /** * Specifies the value of `endText`. * @private */ static readonly endText: string; /** * Specifies the value of `m`. * @private */ static readonly beginPath: string; /** * Specifies the value of `l`. * @private */ static readonly appendLineSegment: string; /** * Specifies the value of `S`. * @private */ static readonly stroke: string; /** * Specifies the value of `f`. * @private */ static readonly fill: string; /** * Specifies the value of `f*`. * @private */ static readonly fillEvenOdd: string; /** * Specifies the value of `B`. * @private */ static readonly fillStroke: string; /** * Specifies the value of `B*`. * @private */ static readonly fillStrokeEvenOdd: string; /** * Specifies the value of `c`. * @private */ static readonly appendbeziercurve: string; /** * Specifies the value of `re`. * @private */ static readonly appendRectangle: string; /** * Specifies the value of `q`. * @private */ static readonly saveState: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Q`. * @private */ static readonly restoreState: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Do`. * @private */ static readonly paintXObject: string; /** * Specifies the value of `cm`. * @private */ static readonly modifyCtm: string; /** * Specifies the value of `Tm`. * @private */ static readonly modifyTM: string; /** * Specifies the value of `w`. * @private */ static readonly setLineWidth: string; /** * Specifies the value of `J`. * @private */ static readonly setLineCapStyle: string; /** * Specifies the value of `j`. * @private */ static readonly setLineJoinStyle: string; /** * Specifies the value of `d`. * @private */ static readonly setDashPattern: string; /** * Specifies the value of `i`. * @private */ static readonly setFlatnessTolerance: string; /** * Specifies the value of `h`. * @private */ static readonly closePath: string; /** * Specifies the value of `s`. * @private */ static readonly closeStrokePath: string; /** * Specifies the value of `b`. * @private */ static readonly closeFillStrokePath: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setCharacterSpace`. * @private */ static readonly setCharacterSpace: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setWordSpace`. * @private */ static readonly setWordSpace: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setHorizontalScaling`. * @private */ static readonly setHorizontalScaling: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setTextLeading`. * @private */ static readonly setTextLeading: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setFont`. * @private */ static readonly setFont: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setRenderingMode`. * @private */ static readonly setRenderingMode: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setTextRise`. * @private */ static readonly setTextRise: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setTextScaling`. * @private */ static readonly setTextScaling: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setCoords`. * @private */ static readonly setCoords: string; /** * Specifies the value of `goToNextLine`. * @private */ static readonly goToNextLine: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setText`. * @private */ static readonly setText: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setTextWithFormatting`. * @private */ static readonly setTextWithFormatting: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setTextOnNewLine`. * @private */ static readonly setTextOnNewLine: string; /** * Specifies the value of `selectcolorspaceforstroking`. * @private */ static readonly selectcolorspaceforstroking: string; /** * Specifies the value of `selectcolorspacefornonstroking`. * @private */ static readonly selectcolorspacefornonstroking: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setrbgcolorforstroking`. * @private */ static readonly setrbgcolorforstroking: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setrbgcolorfornonstroking`. * @private */ static readonly setrbgcolorfornonstroking: string; /** * Specifies the value of `K`. * @private */ static readonly setcmykcolorforstroking: string; /** * Specifies the value of `k`. * @private */ static readonly setcmykcolorfornonstroking: string; /** * Specifies the value of `G`. * @private */ static readonly setgraycolorforstroking: string; /** * Specifies the value of `g`. * @private */ static readonly setgraycolorfornonstroking: string; /** * Specifies the value of `W`. * @private */ static readonly clipPath: string; /** * Specifies the value of `clipPathEvenOdd`. * @private */ static readonly clipPathEvenOdd: string; /** * Specifies the value of `n`. * @private */ static readonly endPath: string; /** * Specifies the value of `setGraphicsState`. * @private */ static readonly setGraphicsState: string; /** * Specifies the value of `%`. * @private */ static readonly comment: string; /** * Specifies the value of `*`. * @private */ static readonly evenOdd: string; /** * Specifies the value of `M`. * @private */ static readonly setMiterLimit: string; /** * Specifies the value of `test`. * @private */ private forTest; /** * Create an instance of `PdfOperator` class. * @private */ constructor(); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/input-output/pdf-stream-writer.d.ts /** * PdfStreamWriter.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Helper class to `write PDF graphic streams` easily. * @private */ export class PdfStreamWriter implements IPdfWriter { /** * The PDF `stream` where the data should be write into. * @private */ private stream; /** * Initialize an instance of `PdfStreamWriter` class. * @private */ constructor(stream: PdfStream); /** * `Clear` the stream. * @public */ clear(): void; /** * Sets the `graphics state`. * @private */ setGraphicsState(dictionaryName: PdfName): void; /** * Sets the `graphics state`. * @private */ setGraphicsState(dictionaryName: string): void; /** * `Executes the XObject`. * @private */ executeObject(name: PdfName): void; /** * `Closes path object`. * @private */ closePath(): void; /** * `Clips the path`. * @private */ clipPath(useEvenOddRule: boolean): void; /** * `Closes, then fills and strokes the path`. * @private */ closeFillStrokePath(useEvenOddRule: boolean): void; /** * `Fills and strokes path`. * @private */ fillStrokePath(useEvenOddRule: boolean): void; /** * `Fills path`. * @private */ fillPath(useEvenOddRule: boolean): void; /** * `Ends the path`. * @private */ endPath(): void; /** * `Closes and fills the path`. * @private */ closeFillPath(useEvenOddRule: boolean): void; /** * `Closes and strokes the path`. * @private */ closeStrokePath(): void; /** * `Sets the text scaling`. * @private */ setTextScaling(textScaling: number): void; /** * `Strokes path`. * @private */ strokePath(): void; /** * `Restores` the graphics state. * @private */ restoreGraphicsState(): void; /** * `Saves` the graphics state. * @private */ saveGraphicsState(): void; /** * `Shifts the text to the point`. * @private */ startNextLine(): void; /** * `Shifts the text to the point`. * @private */ startNextLine(point: PointF): void; /** * `Shifts the text to the point`. * @private */ startNextLine(x: number, y: number): void; /** * Shows the `text`. * @private */ showText(text: PdfString): void; /** * Sets `text leading`. * @private */ setLeading(leading: number): void; /** * `Begins the path`. * @private */ beginPath(x: number, y: number): void; /** * `Begins text`. * @private */ beginText(): void; /** * `Ends text`. * @private */ endText(): void; /** * `Appends the rectangle`. * @private */ appendRectangle(rectangle: RectangleF): void; /** * `Appends the rectangle`. * @private */ appendRectangle(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number): void; /** * `Appends a line segment`. * @private */ appendLineSegment(point: PointF): void; /** * `Appends a line segment`. * @private */ appendLineSegment(x: number, y: number): void; /** * Sets the `text rendering mode`. * @private */ setTextRenderingMode(renderingMode: TextRenderingMode): void; /** * Sets the `character spacing`. * @private */ setCharacterSpacing(charSpacing: number): void; /** * Sets the `word spacing`. * @private */ setWordSpacing(wordSpacing: number): void; /** * Shows the `next line text`. * @private */ showNextLineText(text: string, hex: boolean): void; /** * Shows the `next line text`. * @private */ showNextLineText(text: PdfString): void; /** * Set the `color space`. * @private */ setColorSpace(name: string, forStroking: boolean): void; /** * Set the `color space`. * @private */ setColorSpace(name: PdfName, forStroking: boolean): void; /** * Modifies current `transformation matrix`. * @private */ modifyCtm(matrix: PdfTransformationMatrix): void; /** * Sets `font`. * @private */ setFont(font: PdfFont, name: string, size: number): void; /** * Sets `font`. * @private */ setFont(font: PdfFont, name: PdfName, size: number): void; /** * `Writes the operator`. * @private */ private writeOperator; /** * Checks the `text param`. * @private */ private checkTextParam; /** * `Writes the text`. * @private */ private writeText; /** * `Writes the point`. * @private */ private writePoint; /** * `Updates y` co-ordinate. * @private */ updateY(arg: number): number; /** * `Writes string` to the file. * @private */ write(string: string): void; /** * `Writes comment` to the file. * @private */ writeComment(comment: string): void; /** * Sets the `color and space`. * @private */ setColorAndSpace(color: PdfColor, colorSpace: PdfColorSpace, forStroking: boolean): void; /** * Sets the `line dash pattern`. * @private */ setLineDashPattern(pattern: number[], patternOffset: number): void; /** * Sets the `line dash pattern`. * @private */ private setLineDashPatternHelper; /** * Sets the `miter limit`. * @private */ setMiterLimit(miterLimit: number): void; /** * Sets the `width of the line`. * @private */ setLineWidth(width: number): void; /** * Sets the `line cap`. * @private */ setLineCap(lineCapStyle: PdfLineCap): void; /** * Sets the `line join`. * @private */ setLineJoin(lineJoinStyle: PdfLineJoin): void; /** * Gets or sets the current `position` within the stream. * @private */ readonly position: number; /** * Gets `stream length`. * @private */ readonly length: number; /** * Gets and Sets the `current document`. * @private */ readonly document: PdfDocument; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/input-output/pdf-writer.d.ts /** * PdfWriter.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Used to `write a string` into output file. * @private */ export class PdfWriter implements IPdfWriter { /** * Specifies the current `position`. * @private */ private currentPosition; /** * Specifies the `length` of the stream. * @private */ private streamLength; /** * Check wheather the stream `can seek` or not. * @private */ private cannotSeek; /** * Specifies the parent `document`. * @private */ private pdfDocument; /** * Specifies the `stream`. * @private */ private streamWriter; /** * Initialize an instance of `PdfWriter` class. * @private */ constructor(stream: fileUtils.StreamWriter); /** * Gets and Sets the `document`. * @private */ document: PdfDocumentBase; /** * Gets the `position`. * @private */ readonly position: number; /** * Gets the `length` of the stream'. * @private */ readonly length: number; /** * Gets the `stream`. * @private */ readonly stream: fileUtils.StreamWriter; /** * `Writes the specified data`. * @private */ write(overload: IPdfPrimitive | number | string | number[]): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/enum.d.ts /** * public Enum for `PdfPageOrientation`. * @private */ export enum PdfPageOrientation { /** * Specifies the type of `Portrait`. * @private */ Portrait = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Landscape`. * @private */ Landscape = 1 } /** * public Enum for `PdfPageRotateAngle`. * @private */ export enum PdfPageRotateAngle { /** * Specifies the type of `RotateAngle0`. * @private */ RotateAngle0 = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `RotateAngle90`. * @private */ RotateAngle90 = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `RotateAngle180`. * @private */ RotateAngle180 = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `RotateAngle270`. * @private */ RotateAngle270 = 3 } /** * public Enum for `PdfNumberStyle`. * @private */ export enum PdfNumberStyle { /** * Specifies the type of `None`. * @private */ None = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Numeric`. * @private */ Numeric = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `LowerLatin`. * @private */ LowerLatin = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `LowerRoman`. * @private */ LowerRoman = 3, /** * Specifies the type of `UpperLatin`. * @private */ UpperLatin = 4, /** * Specifies the type of `UpperRoman`. * @private */ UpperRoman = 5 } /** * public Enum for `PdfDockStyle`. * @private */ export enum PdfDockStyle { /** * Specifies the type of `None`. * @private */ None = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Bottom`. * @private */ Bottom = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Top`. * @private */ Top = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `Left`. * @private */ Left = 3, /** * Specifies the type of `Right`. * @private */ Right = 4, /** * Specifies the type of `Fill`. * @private */ Fill = 5 } /** * public Enum for `PdfAlignmentStyle`. * @private */ export enum PdfAlignmentStyle { /** * Specifies the type of `None`. * @private */ None = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `TopLeft`. * @private */ TopLeft = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `TopCenter`. * @private */ TopCenter = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `TopRight`. * @private */ TopRight = 3, /** * Specifies the type of `MiddleLeft`. * @private */ MiddleLeft = 4, /** * Specifies the type of `MiddleCenter`. * @private */ MiddleCenter = 5, /** * Specifies the type of `MiddleRight`. * @private */ MiddleRight = 6, /** * Specifies the type of `BottomLeft`. * @private */ BottomLeft = 7, /** * Specifies the type of `BottomCenter`. * @private */ BottomCenter = 8, /** * Specifies the type of `BottomRight`. * @private */ BottomRight = 9 } /** * public Enum for `TemplateType`. * @private */ export enum TemplateType { /** * Specifies the type of `None`. * @private */ None = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Top`. * @private */ Top = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Bottom`. * @private */ Bottom = 2, /** * Specifies the type of `Left`. * @private */ Left = 3, /** * Specifies the type of `Right`. * @private */ Right = 4 } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/index.d.ts /** * Pages classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/page-added-event-arguments.d.ts /** * PageAddedEventArguments.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Provides data for `PageAddedEventHandler` event. * This event raises when adding the new PDF page to the PDF document. */ export class PageAddedEventArgs { /** * Represents added `page`. * @private */ private pdfPage; /** * Gets the `newly added page`. * @private */ readonly page: PdfPage; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PageAddedEventArgs` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PageAddedEventArgs` class with 'PdfPage'. * @private */ constructor(page: PdfPage); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/pdf-document-page-collection.d.ts /** * Represents a virtual collection of all the pages in the document. * @private */ export class PdfDocumentPageCollection { /** * Parent `document`. * @private */ private document; /** * It holds the page collection with the `index`. * @private */ private pdfPageCollectionIndex; /** * Stores the previous pages's `orientation`. * @default PdfPageOrientation.Portrait * @private */ private previousPageOrientation; /** * Internal variable for `page added event`. * @private */ pageAdded: PageAddedEventArgs; /** * Gets the total `number of the pages`. * @private */ readonly count: number; /** * Gets a `page index` from the document. * @private */ readonly pageCollectionIndex: Dictionary<PdfPage, number>; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfPageCollection` class. * @private */ constructor(document: PdfDocument); /** * Creates a page and `adds` it to the last section in the document. * @private */ add(): PdfPage; /** * Creates a page and `adds` it to the last section in the document. * @private */ add(page: PdfPage): void; /** * Returns `last section` in the document. * @private */ private getLastSection; /** * Called when `new page has been added`. * @private */ onPageAdded(args: PageAddedEventArgs): void; /** * Gets the `total number of pages`. * @private */ private countPages; /** * Gets the `page object` from page index. * @private */ getPageByIndex(index: number): PdfPage; /** * Gets a page by its `index` in the document. * @private */ private getPage; /** * Gets the `index of` the page in the document. * @private */ indexOf(page: PdfPage): number; /** * `Removes` the specified page. * @private */ remove(page: PdfPage): PdfSection; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/pdf-page-base.d.ts /** * The abstract base class for all pages, * `PdfPageBase` class provides methods and properties to create PDF pages and its elements. * @private */ export abstract class PdfPageBase implements IPdfWrapper { /** * Collection of the `layers` of the page. * @private */ private layerCollection; /** * Stores the instance of `PdfDictionary` class. * @private */ private pageDictionary; /** * `Index` of the default layer. * @default -1. * @private */ private defLayerIndex; /** * Local variable to store if page `updated`. * @default false. * @private */ private modified; /** * Stores the instance of `PdfResources`. * @hidden * @private */ private resources; /** * Instance of `DictionaryProperties` class. * @hidden * @private */ protected dictionaryProperties: DictionaryProperties; /** * Specifies the current `section`. * @hidden * @private */ private pdfSection; /** * Gets the `section` of a page. * @private */ section: PdfSection; /** * Gets the page `dictionary`. * @private */ readonly dictionary: PdfDictionary; /** * Gets the wrapped `element`. * @private */ readonly element: IPdfPrimitive; /** * Gets the `default layer` of the page (Read only). * @private */ readonly defaultLayer: PdfPageLayer; /** * Gets or sets `index of the default layer`. * @private */ /** * Gets or sets` index of the default layer`. * @private */ defaultLayerIndex: number; /** * Gets the collection of the page's `layers` (Read only). * @private */ readonly layers: PdfPageLayerCollection; /** * Return an instance of `PdfResources` class. * @private */ getResources(): PdfResources; /** * Gets `array of page's content`. * @private */ readonly contents: PdfArray; /** * Sets the `resources`. * @private */ setResources(res: PdfResources): void; /** * Gets the `size of the page` (Read only). * @private */ abstract readonly size: SizeF; /** * Gets the `origin of the page`. * @private */ abstract readonly origin: PointF; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfPageBase` class. * @private */ constructor(dictionary: PdfDictionary); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/pdf-page-layer-collection.d.ts /** * PdfPageLayerCollection.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * The class provides methods and properties to handle the collections of `PdfPageLayer`. */ export class PdfPageLayerCollection extends PdfCollection { /** * Parent `page`. * @private */ private page; /** * Stores the `number of first level layers` in the document. * @default 0 * @private */ private parentLayerCount; /** * Indicates if `Sublayer` is present. * @default false * @private */ sublayer: boolean; /** * Stores the `optional content dictionary`. * @private */ optionalContent: PdfDictionary; /** * Return the `PdfLayer` from the layer collection by index. * @private */ items(index: number): PdfPageLayer; /** * Stores the `layer` into layer collection with specified index. * @private */ items(index: number, value: PdfPageLayer): void; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfPageLayerCollection` class * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfPageLayerCollection` class * @private */ constructor(page: PdfPageBase); /** * Creates a new `PdfPageLayer` and adds it to the end of the collection. * @private */ add(): PdfPageLayer; /** * Creates a new `PdfPageLayer` and adds it to the end of the collection. * @private */ add(layerName: string, visible: boolean): PdfPageLayer; /** * Creates a new `PdfPageLayer` and adds it to the end of the collection. * @private */ add(layerName: string): PdfPageLayer; /** * Creates a new `PdfPageLayer` and adds it to the end of the collection. * @private */ add(layer: PdfPageLayer): number; /** * Registers `layer` at the page. * @private */ private addLayer; /** * Inserts `PdfPageLayer` into the collection at specified index. * @private */ insert(index: number, layer: PdfPageLayer): void; /** * Registers layer at the page. * @private */ private insertLayer; /** * `Parses the layers`. * @private */ private parseLayers; /** * Returns `index of` the `PdfPageLayer` in the collection if exists, -1 otherwise. * @private */ indexOf(layer: PdfPageLayer): number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/pdf-page-layer.d.ts /** * PdfPageLayer.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * The `PdfPageLayer` used to create layers in PDF document. * @private */ export class PdfPageLayer implements IPdfWrapper { /** * Parent `page` of the layer. * @private */ private pdfPage; /** * `Graphics context` of the layer. * @private */ private pdfGraphics; /** * `Content` of the object. * @private */ private content; /** * Indicates whether the layer should `clip page template` dimensions or not. * @private */ private clipPageTemplates; /** * Local Variable to store the `color space` of the document. * @private */ private pdfColorSpace; /** * Local Variable to store the `layer id`. * @private */ private layerid; /** * Local Variable to store the `name`. * @private */ private layerName; /** * Local Variable to set `visibility`. * @default true * @private */ private isVisible; /** * Collection of the `layers` of the page. * @private */ private layer; /** * Indicates if `Sublayer` is present. * @default false * @private */ sublayer: boolean; /** * Local variable to store `length` of the graphics. * @default 0 * @private */ contentLength: number; /** * Stores the `print Option` dictionary. * @private */ printOption: PdfDictionary; /** * Stores the `usage` dictionary. * @private */ usage: PdfDictionary; /** * Instance for `PdfDictionaryProperties` Class. * @private */ private dictionaryProperties; /** * Get or set the `color space`. * @private */ colorSpace: PdfColorSpace; /** * Gets parent `page` of the layer. * @private */ readonly page: PdfPageBase; /** * Gets and Sets the `id of the layer`. * @private */ layerId: string; /** * Gets or sets the `name` of the layer. * @private */ name: string; /** * Gets or sets the `visibility` of the layer. * @private */ visible: boolean; /** * Gets `Graphics` context of the layer, used to draw various graphical content on layer. * @private */ readonly graphics: PdfGraphics; /** * Gets the collection of `PdfPageLayer`, this collection handle by the class 'PdfPageLayerCollection'. * @private */ readonly layers: PdfPageLayerCollection; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfPageLayer` class with specified PDF page. * @private */ constructor(page: PdfPageBase); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfPageLayer` class with specified PDF page and PDF stream. * @private */ constructor(page: PdfPageBase, stream: PdfStream); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfPageLayer` class. * @private */ constructor(page: PdfPageBase, clipPageTemplates: boolean); /** * `Adds` a new PDF Page layer. * @private */ add(): PdfPageLayer; /** * Returns a value indicating the `sign` of a single-precision floating-point number. * @private */ private sign; /** * `Initializes Graphics context` of the layer. * @private */ private initializeGraphics; /** * Gets the wrapped `element`. * @private */ readonly element: IPdfPrimitive; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/pdf-page-settings.d.ts /** * PdfPageSettings.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * The class provides various `setting` related with PDF pages. */ export class PdfPageSettings { /** * The page `margins`. * @private */ private pageMargins; /** * The page `size`. * @default a4 * @private */ private pageSize; /** * The page `rotation angle`. * @default PdfPageRotateAngle.RotateAngle0 * @private */ private rotateAngle; /** * The page `orientation`. * @default PdfPageOrientation.Portrait * @private */ private pageOrientation; /** * The page `origin`. * @default 0,0 * @private */ private pageOrigin; /** * Checks the Whether the `rotation` is applied or not. * @default false * @private */ isRotation: boolean; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfPageSettings` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfPageSettings` class. * @private */ constructor(margins: number); /** * Gets or sets the `size` of the page. * @private */ size: SizeF; /** * Gets or sets the page `orientation`. * @private */ orientation: PdfPageOrientation; /** * Gets or sets the `margins` of the page. * @private */ margins: PdfMargins; /** * Gets or sets the `width` of the page. * @private */ width: number; /** * Gets or sets the `height` of the page. * @private */ height: number; /** * Gets or sets the `origin` of the page. * @private */ origin: PointF; /** * Gets or sets the number of degrees by which the page should be `rotated` clockwise when displayed or printed. * @private */ rotate: PdfPageRotateAngle; /** * `Update page size` depending on orientation. * @private */ private updateSize; /** * Creates a `clone` of the object. * @private */ clone(): PdfPageSettings; /** * Returns `size`, shrinked by the margins. * @private */ getActualSize(): SizeF; /** * Sets `size` to the page aaccording to the orientation. * @private */ private setSize; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/pdf-page-size.d.ts /** * PdfPageSize.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Represents information about various predefined `page sizes`. */ export class PdfPageSize { /** * Specifies the size of `letter`. * @private */ static readonly letter: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `note`. * @private */ static readonly note: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `legal`. * @private */ static readonly legal: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `a0`. * @private */ static readonly a0: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `a1`. * @private */ static readonly a1: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `a2`. * @private */ static readonly a2: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `a3`. * @private */ static readonly a3: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `a4`. * @private */ static readonly a4: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `a5`. * @private */ static readonly a5: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `a6`. * @private */ static readonly a6: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `a7`. * @private */ static readonly a7: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `a8`. * @private */ static readonly a8: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `a9`. * @private */ static readonly a9: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `a10`. * @private */ static readonly a10: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `b0`. * @private */ static readonly b0: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `b1`. * @private */ static readonly b1: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `b2`. * @private */ static readonly b2: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `b3`. * @private */ static readonly b3: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `b4`. * @private */ static readonly b4: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `b5`. * @private */ static readonly b5: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `archE`. * @private */ static readonly archE: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `archD`. * @private */ static readonly archD: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `archC`. * @private */ static readonly archC: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `archB`. * @private */ static readonly archB: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `archA`. * @private */ static readonly archA: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `flsa`. * @private */ static readonly flsa: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `halfLetter`. * @private */ static readonly halfLetter: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `letter11x17`. * @private */ static readonly letter11x17: SizeF; /** * Specifies the size of `ledger`. * @private */ static readonly ledger: SizeF; /** * Initialize an instance for `PdfPageSize` class. * @private */ constructor(); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/pdf-page-template-element.d.ts /** * PdfPageTemplateElement.ts class for EJ2-Pdf */ /** * Describes a `page template` object that can be used as header/footer, watermark or stamp. */ export class PdfPageTemplateElement { /** * `Layer type` of the template. * @private */ private isForeground; /** * `Docking style`. * @private */ private dockStyle; /** * `Alignment style`. * @private */ private alignmentStyle; /** * `PdfTemplate` object. * @private */ private pdfTemplate; /** * Usage `type` of this template. * @private */ private templateType; /** * `Location` of the template on the page. * @private */ private currentLocation; /** * Gets or sets the `dock style` of the page template element. * @private */ dock: PdfDockStyle; /** * Gets or sets `alignment` of the page template element. * @private */ alignment: PdfAlignmentStyle; /** * Indicates whether the page template is located `in front of the page layers or behind of it`. * @private */ foreground: boolean; /** * Indicates whether the page template is located `behind of the page layers or in front of it`. * @private */ background: boolean; /** * Gets or sets `location` of the page template element. * @private */ location: PointF; /** * Gets or sets `X` co-ordinate of the template element on the page. * @private */ x: number; /** * Gets or sets `Y` co-ordinate of the template element on the page. * @private */ y: number; /** * Gets or sets `size` of the page template element. * @private */ size: SizeF; /** * Gets or sets `width` of the page template element. * @private */ width: number; /** * Gets or sets `height` of the page template element. * @private */ height: number; /** * Gets `graphics` context of the page template element. * @private */ readonly graphics: PdfGraphics; /** * Gets Pdf `template` object. * @private */ readonly template: PdfTemplate; /** * Gets or sets `type` of the usage of this page template. * @private */ type: TemplateType; /** * Gets or sets `bounds` of the page template. * @public */ bounds: RectangleF; /** * Creates a new page template. * @param bounds Bounds of the template. */ constructor(bounds: RectangleF); /** * Creates a new page template. * @param bounds Bounds of the template. * @param page Page of the template. */ constructor(bounds: RectangleF, page: PdfPage); /** * Creates a new page template. * @param location Location of the template. * @param size Size of the template. */ constructor(location: PointF, size: SizeF); /** * Creates a new page template. * @param location Location of the template. * @param size Size of the template. * @param page Page of the template. */ constructor(location: PointF, size: SizeF, page: PdfPage); /** * Creates a new page template. * @param size Size of the template. */ constructor(size: SizeF); /** * Creates a new page template. * @param width Width of the template. * @param height Height of the template. */ constructor(width: number, height: number); /** * Creates a new page template. * @param width Width of the template. * @param height Height of the template. * @param page The Current Page object. */ constructor(width: number, height: number, page: PdfPage); /** * Creates a new page template. * @param x X co-ordinate of the template. * @param y Y co-ordinate of the template. * @param width Width of the template. * @param height Height of the template. */ constructor(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number); /** * Creates a new page template. * @param x X co-ordinate of the template. * @param y Y co-ordinate of the template. * @param width Width of the template. * @param height Height of the template. * @param page The Current Page object. */ constructor(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number, page: PdfPage); /** * `Updates Dock` property if template is used as header/footer. * @private */ private updateDocking; /** * `Resets alignment` of the template. * @private */ private resetAlignment; /** * `Sets alignment` of the template. * @private */ private setAlignment; /** * Draws the template. * @private */ draw(layer: PdfPageLayer, document: PdfDocument): void; /** * Calculates bounds of the page template. * @private */ private calculateBounds; /** * Calculates bounds according to the alignment. * @private */ private getAlignmentBounds; /** * Calculates bounds according to the alignment. * @private */ private getSimpleAlignmentBounds; /** * Calculates bounds according to the alignment. * @private */ private getTemplateAlignmentBounds; /** * Calculates bounds according to the docking. * @private */ private getDockBounds; /** * Calculates bounds according to the docking. * @private */ private getSimpleDockBounds; /** * Calculates template bounds basing on docking if template is a page template. * @private */ private getTemplateDockBounds; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/pdf-page.d.ts /** * Provides methods and properties to create pages and its elements. * `PdfPage` class inherited from the `PdfPageBase` class. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // * // add a new page to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // * // set the font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // create black brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(0, 0)); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ export class PdfPage extends PdfPageBase { /** * Checks whether the `progress is on`. * @hidden * @private */ private isProgressOn; /** * Stores the instance of `PdfAnnotationCollection` class. * @hidden * @default null * @private */ private annotationCollection; /** * Stores the instance of `PageBeginSave` event for Page Number Field. * @default null * @private */ beginSave: Function; /** * Initialize the new instance for `PdfPage` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Gets current `document`. * @private */ readonly document: PdfDocument; /** * Get the current `graphics`. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document$ : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a new page to the document * let page1$ : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // * // get graphics * let graphics$ : PdfGraphics = page1.graphics; * // * // set the font * let font$ : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // create black brush * let blackBrush$ : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // draw the text * graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, new PointF(0, 0)); * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ readonly graphics: PdfGraphics; /** * Gets the `cross table`. * @private */ readonly crossTable: PdfCrossTable; /** * Gets the size of the PDF page- Read only. * @public */ readonly size: SizeF; /** * Gets the `origin` of the page. * @private */ readonly origin: PointF; /** * Gets a collection of the `annotations` of the page- Read only. * @private */ readonly annotations: PdfAnnotationCollection; /** * `Initializes` a page. * @private */ private initialize; /** * Sets parent `section` to the page. * @private */ setSection(section: PdfSection): void; /** * `Resets the progress`. * @private */ resetProgress(): void; /** * Get the page size reduced by page margins and page template dimensions. * ```typescript * // create a new PDF document * let document : PdfDocument = new PdfDocument(); * // add a pages to the document * let page1 : PdfPage = document.pages.add(); * // create new standard font * let font : PdfStandardFont = new PdfStandardFont(PdfFontFamily.Helvetica, 20); * // set brush * let blackBrush : PdfSolidBrush = new PdfSolidBrush(new PdfColor(0, 0, 0)); * // * // set the specified point using `getClientSize` method * let point : PointF = new PointF(page1.getClientSize().width - 200, page1.getClientSize().height - 200); * // draw the text * page1.graphics.drawString('Hello World', font, blackBrush, point); * // * // save the document * document.save('output.pdf'); * // destroy the document * document.destroy(); * ``` */ getClientSize(): SizeF; /** * Helper method to retrive the instance of `PageBeginSave` event for header and footer elements. * @private */ pageBeginSave(): void; /** * Helper method to draw template elements. * @private */ private drawPageTemplates; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/pdf-section-collection.d.ts /** * PdfSectionCollection.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Represents the `collection of the sections`. * @private */ export class PdfSectionCollection implements IPdfWrapper { /** * Rotate factor for page `rotation`. * @default 90 * @private */ static readonly rotateFactor: number; /** * the current `document`. * @private */ private pdfDocument; /** * `count` of the sections. * @private */ private sectionCount; /** * @hidden * @private */ private sections; /** * @hidden * @private */ private sectionCollection; /** * @hidden * @private */ private pages; /** * @hidden * @private */ private dictionaryProperties; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfSectionCollection` class. * @private */ constructor(document: PdfDocument); /** * Gets the `Section` collection. */ readonly section: PdfSection[]; /** * Gets a parent `document`. * @private */ readonly document: PdfDocument; /** * Gets the `number of sections` in a document. * @private */ readonly count: number; /** * Gets the wrapped `element`. * @private */ readonly element: IPdfPrimitive; /** * `Initializes the object`. * @private */ private initialize; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfSectionCollection` class. * @private */ pdfSectionCollection(index: number): PdfSection; /** * In fills dictionary by the data from `Page settings`. * @private */ private setPageSettings; /** * `Adds` the specified section. * @private */ add(section?: PdfSection): number | PdfSection; /** * `Checks` if the section is within the collection. * @private */ private checkSection; /** * Catches the Save event of the dictionary to `count the pages`. * @private */ countPages(): number; /** * Catches the Save event of the dictionary to `count the pages`. * @hidden * @private */ beginSave(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/pdf-section-page-collection.d.ts /** * PdfSectionPageCollection.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Represents the `collection of pages in a section`. * @private */ export class PdfSectionPageCollection { /** * @hidden * @private */ private pdfSection; /** * Gets the `PdfPage` at the specified index. * @private */ section: PdfSection; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfSectionPageCollection` class. * @private */ constructor(section: PdfSection); /** * `Determines` whether the specified page is within the collection. * @private */ contains(page: PdfPage): boolean; /** * `Removes` the specified page from collection. * @private */ remove(page: PdfPage): void; /** * `Adds` a new page from collection. * @private */ add(): PdfPage; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/pdf-section-templates.d.ts /** * PdfSectionTemplate.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Represents a `page template` for all the pages in the section. */ export class PdfSectionTemplate extends PdfDocumentTemplate { /** * `Left` settings. * @private */ private leftValue; /** * `Top` settings. * @private */ private topValue; /** * `Right` settings. * @private */ private rightValue; /** * `Bottom` settings. * @private */ private bottomValue; /** * `Other templates settings`. * @private */ private stampValue; /** * Gets or sets value indicating whether parent `Left page template should be used or not`. * @private */ applyDocumentLeftTemplate: boolean; /** * Gets or sets value indicating whether parent `Top page template should be used or not`. * @private */ applyDocumentTopTemplate: boolean; /** * Gets or sets value indicating whether parent `Right page template should be used or not`. * @private */ applyDocumentRightTemplate: boolean; /** * Gets or sets value indicating whether parent `Bottom page template should be used or not`. * @private */ applyDocumentBottomTemplate: boolean; /** * Gets or sets value indicating whether the `stamp value` is true or not. * @private */ applyDocumentStamps: boolean; /** * `Creates a new object`. * @private */ constructor(); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/pages/pdf-section.d.ts /** * PdfSection.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Represents a `section` entity. A section it's a set of the pages with similar page settings. */ export class PdfSection implements IPdfWrapper { /** * @hidden * @private */ private pageAdded; /** * the parent `document`. * @private */ private pdfDocument; /** * Page `settings` of the pages in the section. * @private */ private settings; /** * Internal variable to store `initial page settings`. * @private */ initialSettings: PdfPageSettings; /** * @hidden * @private */ pagesReferences: PdfArray; /** * @hidden * @private */ private section; /** * @hidden * @private */ private pageCount; /** * @hidden * @private */ private sectionCollection; /** * @hidden * @private */ private pdfPages; /** * Indicates if the `progress is turned on`. * @private */ private isProgressOn; /** * Page `template` for the section. * @private */ private pageTemplate; /** * @hidden * @private */ private dictionaryProperties; /** * A virtual `collection of pages`. * @private */ private pagesCollection; /** * Stores the information about the page settings of the current section. * @private */ private state; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfSection` class. * @private */ constructor(document: PdfDocument); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfSection` class. * @private */ constructor(document: PdfDocument, pageSettings: PdfPageSettings); /** * Gets or sets the `parent`. * @private */ parent: PdfSectionCollection; /** * Gets the `parent document`. * @private */ readonly parentDocument: PdfDocumentBase; /** * Gets or sets the `page settings` of the section. * @private */ pageSettings: PdfPageSettings; /** * Gets the wrapped `element`. * @private */ readonly element: IPdfPrimitive; /** * Gets the `count` of the pages in the section. * @private */ readonly count: number; /** * Gets or sets a `template` for the pages in the section. * @private */ template: PdfSectionTemplate; /** * Gets the `document`. * @private */ readonly document: PdfDocument; /** * Gets the collection of `pages` in a section (Read only) * @private */ readonly pages: PdfSectionPageCollection; /** * `Return the page collection` of current section. * @private */ getPages(): PdfPageBase[]; /** * `Translates` point into native coordinates of the page. * @private */ pointToNativePdf(page: PdfPage, point: PointF): PointF; /** * Sets the page setting of the current section. * @public * @param settings Instance of `PdfPageSettings` */ setPageSettings(settings: PdfPageSettings): void; /** * `Initializes` the object. * @private */ private initialize; /** * Checks whether any template should be printed on this layer. * @private * @param document The parent document. * @param page The parent page. * @param foreground Layer z-order. * @returns True - if some content should be printed on the layer, False otherwise. */ containsTemplates(document: PdfDocument, page: PdfPage, foreground: boolean): boolean; /** * Returns array of the document templates. * @private * @param document The parent document. * @param page The parent page. * @param headers If true - return headers/footers, if false - return simple templates. * @param foreground If true - return foreground templates, if false - return background templates. * @returns Returns array of the document templates. */ private getDocumentTemplates; /** * `Adds` the specified page. * @private */ add(page?: PdfPage): void | PdfPage; /** * `Checks the presence`. * @private */ private checkPresence; /** * `Determines` whether the page in within the section. * @private */ contains(page: PdfPage): boolean; /** * Get the `index of` the page. * @private */ indexOf(page: PdfPage): number; /** * Call two event's methods. * @hidden * @private */ private pageAddedMethod; /** * Called when the page has been added. * @hidden * @private */ protected onPageAdded(args: PageAddedEventArgs): void; /** * Calculates actual `bounds` of the page. * @private */ getActualBounds(page: PdfPage, includeMargins: boolean): RectangleF; /** * Calculates actual `bounds` of the page. * @private */ getActualBounds(document: PdfDocument, page: PdfPage, includeMargins: boolean): RectangleF; /** * Calculates width of the `left indent`. * @private */ getLeftIndentWidth(document: PdfDocument, page: PdfPage, includeMargins: boolean): number; /** * Calculates `Height` of the top indent. * @private */ getTopIndentHeight(document: PdfDocument, page: PdfPage, includeMargins: boolean): number; /** * Calculates `width` of the right indent. * @private */ getRightIndentWidth(document: PdfDocument, page: PdfPage, includeMargins: boolean): number; /** * Calculates `Height` of the bottom indent. * @private */ getBottomIndentHeight(document: PdfDocument, page: PdfPage, includeMargins: boolean): number; /** * `Removes` the page from the section. * @private */ remove(page: PdfPage): void; /** * In fills dictionary by the data from `Page settings`. * @private */ private applyPageSettings; /** * Catches the Save event of the dictionary. * @hidden * @private */ beginSave(state: PageSettingsState, writer: IPdfWriter): void; /** * Draws page templates on the page. * @private */ drawTemplates(page: PdfPage, layer: PdfPageLayer, document: PdfDocument, foreground: boolean): void; /** * Draws page templates on the page. * @private */ private drawTemplatesHelper; } export class PageSettingsState { /** * @hidden * @private */ private pageOrientation; /** * @hidden * @private */ private pageRotate; /** * @hidden * @private */ private pageSize; /** * @hidden * @private */ private pageOrigin; /** * @hidden * @private */ orientation: PdfPageOrientation; /** * @hidden * @private */ rotate: PdfPageRotateAngle; /** * @hidden * @private */ size: SizeF; /** * @hidden * @private */ origin: PointF; /** * New instance to store the `PageSettings`. * @private */ constructor(document: PdfDocument); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/primitives/index.d.ts /** * Primitives classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/primitives/pdf-array.d.ts /** * PdfArray.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfArray` class is used to perform array related primitive operations. * @private */ export class PdfArray implements IPdfPrimitive { /** * `startMark` - '[' * @private */ startMark: string; /** * `endMark` - ']'. * @private */ endMark: string; /** * The `elements` of the PDF array. * @private */ private internalElements; /** * Indicates if the array `was changed`. * @private */ private bChanged; /** * Shows the type of object `status` whether it is object registered or other status; * @private */ private status9; /** * Indicates if the object is currently in `saving state` or not. * @private */ private isSaving9; /** * Holds the `index` number of the object. * @private */ private index9; /** * Internal variable to store the `position`. * @default -1 * @private */ private position9; /** * Internal variable to hold `PdfCrossTable` reference. * @private */ private pdfCrossTable; /** * Internal variable to hold `cloned object`. * @default null * @private */ private clonedObject9; /** * Represents the Font dictionary. * @hidden * @private */ isFont: boolean; /** * Gets the `IPdfSavable` at the specified index. * @private */ items(index: number): IPdfPrimitive; /** * Gets the `count`. * @private */ readonly count: number; /** * Gets or sets the `Status` of the specified object. * @private */ status: ObjectStatus; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether this document `is saving` or not. * @private */ isSaving: boolean; /** * Returns `cloned object`. * @private */ readonly clonedObject: IPdfPrimitive; /** * Gets or sets the `position` of the object. * @private */ position: number; /** * Gets or sets the `index` value of the specified object. * @private */ objectCollectionIndex: number; /** * Returns `PdfCrossTable` associated with the object. * @private */ readonly CrossTable: PdfCrossTable; /** * Gets the `elements` of the Pdf Array. * @private */ readonly elements: IPdfPrimitive[]; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfArray` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfArray` class. * @private */ constructor(array: PdfArray | number[]); /** * `Adds` the specified element to the PDF array. * @private */ add(element: IPdfPrimitive): void; /** * `Marks` the object changed. * @private */ private markedChange; /** * `Determines` whether the specified element is within the array. * @private */ contains(element: IPdfPrimitive): boolean; /** * Returns the `primitive object` of input index. * @private */ getItems(index: number): IPdfPrimitive; /** * `Saves` the object using the specified writer. * @private */ save(writer: IPdfWriter): void; /** * Creates a `copy of PdfArray`. * @private */ clone(crossTable: PdfCrossTable): IPdfPrimitive; /** * Creates filled PDF array `from the rectangle`. * @private */ static fromRectangle(bounds: RectangleF): PdfArray; /** * `Inserts` the element into the array. * @private */ insert(index: number, element: IPdfPrimitive): void; /** * `Checks whether array contains the element`. * @private */ indexOf(element: IPdfPrimitive): number; /** * `Removes` element from the array. * @private */ remove(element: IPdfPrimitive): void; /** * `Remove` the element from the array by its index. * @private */ removeAt(index: number): void; /** * `Clear` the array. * @private */ clear(): void; /** * `Marks` the object changed. * @private */ markChanged(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/primitives/pdf-boolean.d.ts /** * PdfBoolean.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfBoolean` class is used to perform boolean related primitive operations. * @private */ export class PdfBoolean implements IPdfPrimitive { /** * Shows the type of object `status` whether it is object registered or other status; * @private */ private objectStatus; /** * Indicates if the object `is currently in saving state` or not. * @private */ private saving; /** * Holds the `index` number of the object. * @private */ private index; /** * The `value` of the PDF boolean. * @private */ private value; /** * Internal variable to store the `position`. * @default -1 * @private */ private currentPosition; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfBoolean` class. * @private */ constructor(value: boolean); /** * Gets or sets the `Status` of the specified object. * @private */ status: ObjectStatus; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether this document `is saving` or not. * @private */ isSaving: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `index` value of the specified object. * @private */ objectCollectionIndex: number; /** * Gets or sets the `position` of the object. * @private */ position: number; /** * Returns `cloned object`. * @private */ readonly clonedObject: IPdfPrimitive; /** * `Saves` the object using the specified writer. * @private */ save(writer: IPdfWriter): void; /** * Creates a `copy of PdfBoolean`. * @private */ clone(crossTable: PdfCrossTable): IPdfPrimitive; /** * Converts `boolean to string` - 0/1 'true'/'false'. * @private */ private boolToStr; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/primitives/pdf-dictionary.d.ts /** * PdfDictionary.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfDictionary` class is used to perform primitive operations. * @private */ export class PdfDictionary implements IPdfPrimitive { /** * Indicates if the object was `changed`. * @private */ private bChanged; /** * Internal variable to store the `position`. * @default -1 * @private */ private position7; /** * Flag is dictionary need to `encrypt`. * @private */ private encrypt; /** * The `IPdfSavable` with the specified key. * @private */ private primitiveItems; /** * `Start marker` for dictionary. * @private */ private readonly prefix; /** * `End marker` for dictionary. * @private */ private readonly suffix; /** * @hidden * @private */ private resources; /** * Shows the type of object `status` whether it is object registered or other status. * @private */ private status7; /** * Indicates if the object `is currently in saving state` or not. * @private */ private isSaving7; /** * Holds the `index` number of the object. * @private */ private index7; /** * Internal variable to hold `cloned object`. * @default null * @private */ private readonly object; /** * Flag for PDF file formar 1.5 is dictionary `archiving` needed. * @default true * @private */ private archive; /** * @hidden * @private */ private tempPageCount; /** * @hidden * @private */ protected dictionaryProperties: DictionaryProperties; /** * Event. Raise before the object saves. * @public */ pageBeginDrawTemplate: SaveTemplateEventHandler; /** * Event. Raise `before the object saves`. * @private */ beginSave: SaveSectionCollectionEventHandler; /** * Event. Raise `after the object saved`. * @private */ endSave: SaveSectionCollectionEventHandler; /** * @hidden * @private */ sectionBeginSave: SaveSectionEventHandler; /** * @hidden * @private */ annotationBeginSave: SaveAnnotationEventHandler; /** * @hidden * @private */ annotationEndSave: SaveAnnotationEventHandler; /** * Event. Raise `before the object saves`. * @private */ descendantFontBeginSave: SaveDescendantFontEventHandler; /** * Event. Raise `before the object saves`. * @private */ fontDictionaryBeginSave: SaveFontDictionaryEventHandler; /** * Represents the Font dictionary. * @hidden * @private */ isFont: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `IPdfSavable` with the specified key. * @private */ readonly items: Dictionary<string, IPdfPrimitive>; /** * Gets or sets the `Status` of the specified object. * @private */ status: ObjectStatus; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether this document `is saving` or not. * @private */ isSaving: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `index` value of the specified object. * @private */ objectCollectionIndex: number; /** * Returns `cloned object`. * @private */ readonly clonedObject: IPdfPrimitive; /** * Gets or sets the `position` of the object. * @private */ position: number; /** * Gets the `count`. * @private */ readonly Count: number; /** * Collection of `items` in the object. * @private */ readonly Dictionary: PdfDictionary; /** * Get flag if need to `archive` dictionary. * @private */ getArchive(): boolean; /** * Set flag if need to `archive` dictionary. * @private */ setArchive(value: boolean): void; /** * Sets flag if `encryption` is needed. * @private */ setEncrypt(value: boolean): void; /** * Gets flag if `encryption` is needed. * @private */ getEncrypt(): boolean; /** * Initializes a new empty instance of the `PdfDictionary` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new empty instance of the `PdfDictionary` class. * @private */ constructor(dictionary: PdfDictionary); /** * `Freezes` the changes. * @private */ freezeChanges(freezer: Object): void; /** * Creates a `copy of PdfDictionary`. * @private */ clone(crossTable: PdfCrossTable): IPdfPrimitive; /** * `Mark` this instance modified. * @private */ modify(): void; /** * `Removes` the specified key. * @private */ remove(key: PdfName | string): void; /** * `Determines` whether the dictionary contains the key. * @private */ containsKey(key: string | PdfName): boolean; /** * Raises event `BeginSave`. * @private */ protected onBeginSave(): void; /** * Raises event `Font Dictionary BeginSave`. * @private */ protected onFontDictionaryBeginSave(): void; /** * Raises event `Descendant Font BeginSave`. * @private */ protected onDescendantFontBeginSave(): void; /** * Raises event 'BeginSave'. * @private */ protected onTemplateBeginSave(): void; /** * Raises event `BeginSave`. * @private */ protected onBeginAnnotationSave(): void; /** * Raises event `BeginSave`. * @private */ protected onSectionBeginSave(writer: IPdfWriter): void; /** * `Saves` the object using the specified writer. * @private */ save(writer: IPdfWriter): void; /** * `Saves` the object using the specified writer. * @private */ save(writer: IPdfWriter, bRaiseEvent: boolean): void; /** * `Save dictionary items`. * @private */ private saveItems; } export class SaveSectionCollectionEventHandler { /** * @hidden * @private */ sender: PdfSectionCollection; /** * New instance for `save section collection event handler` class. * @private */ constructor(sender: PdfSectionCollection); } export class SaveDescendantFontEventHandler { /** * @hidden * @private */ sender: UnicodeTrueTypeFont; /** * New instance for `save section collection event handler` class. * @private */ constructor(sender: UnicodeTrueTypeFont); } export class SaveFontDictionaryEventHandler { /** * @hidden * @private */ sender: UnicodeTrueTypeFont; /** * New instance for `save section collection event handler` class. * @private */ constructor(sender: UnicodeTrueTypeFont); } export class SaveAnnotationEventHandler { /** * @hidden * @private */ sender: PdfAnnotation; /** * New instance for `save annotation event handler` class. * @private */ constructor(sender: PdfAnnotation); } export class SaveSectionEventHandler { /** * @hidden * @private */ sender: PdfSection; /** * @hidden * @private */ state: PageSettingsState; /** * New instance for `save section event handler` class. * @private */ constructor(sender: PdfSection, state: PageSettingsState); } /** * SaveTemplateEventHandler class used to store information about template elements. * @private * @hidden */ export class SaveTemplateEventHandler { /** * @public * @hidden */ sender: PdfPage; /** * New instance for save section collection event handler class. * @public */ constructor(sender: PdfPage); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/primitives/pdf-name.d.ts /** * PdfName.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfName` class is used to perform name (element names) related primitive operations. * @private */ export class PdfName implements IPdfPrimitive { /** * `Start symbol` of the name object. * @default / * @private */ readonly stringStartMark: string; /** * PDF `special characters`. * @private */ static delimiters: string; /** * The symbols that are not allowed in PDF names and `should be replaced`. * @private */ private static readonly replacements; /** * `Value` of the element. * @private */ private internalValue; /** * Shows the type of object `status` whether it is object registered or other status; * @private */ private status6; /** * Indicates if the object is currently in `saving state or not`. * @default false * @private */ private isSaving6; /** * Holds the `index` number of the object. * @private */ private index6; /** * Internal variable to store the `position`. * @default -1 * @private */ private position6; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfName` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfName` class. * @private */ constructor(value: string); /** * Gets or sets the `Status` of the specified object. * @private */ status: ObjectStatus; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether this document `is saving` or not. * @private */ isSaving: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `index` value of the specified object. * @private */ objectCollectionIndex: number; /** * Gets or sets the `position` of the object. * @private */ position: number; /** * Returns `cloned object`. * @private */ readonly clonedObject: IPdfPrimitive; /** * Gets or sets the `value` of the object. * @private */ value: string; /** * `Saves` the name using the specified writer. * @private */ save(writer: IPdfWriter): void; /** * Gets `string` representation of the primitive. * @private */ toString(): string; /** * Creates a `copy of PdfName`. * @private */ clone(crossTable: PdfCrossTable): IPdfPrimitive; /** * Replace some characters with its `escape sequences`. * @private */ escapeString(stringValue: string): string; /** * Replace a symbol with its code with the precedence of the `sharp sign`. * @private */ private normalizeValue; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/primitives/pdf-number.d.ts /** * PdfNumber.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfNumber` class is used to perform number related primitive operations. * @private */ export class PdfNumber implements IPdfPrimitive { /** * Shows the type of object `status` whether it is object registered or other status; * @private */ private status5; /** * Indicates if the object is currently in `saving state or not`. * @private */ private isSaving5; /** * Holds the `index` number of the object. * @private */ private index5; /** * Stores the `int` value. * @private */ private value; /** * Sotres the `position`. * @default -1 * @private */ private position5; /** * The `integer` value. * @private */ private integer; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfNumber` class. * @private */ constructor(value: number); /** * Gets or sets the `integer` value. * @private */ intValue: number; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance `is integer`. * @private */ isInteger: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `Status` of the specified object. * @private */ status: ObjectStatus; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether this document `is saving` or not. * @private */ isSaving: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `index` value of the specified object. * @private */ objectCollectionIndex: number; /** * Gets or sets the `position` of the object. * @private */ position: number; /** * Returns `cloned object`. * @private */ readonly clonedObject: IPdfPrimitive; /** * `Saves the object`. * @private */ save(writer: IPdfWriter): void; /** * Creates a `copy of PdfNumber`. * @private */ clone(crossTable: PdfCrossTable): IPdfPrimitive; /** * Converts a `float value to a string` using Adobe PDF rules. * @private */ static floatToString(number: number): string; /** * Determines the `minimum of the three values`. * @private */ static min(x: number, y: number, z: number): number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/primitives/pdf-reference.d.ts /** * PdfReference.ts and PdfReferenceHolder.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfReference` class is used to perform reference related primitive operations. * @private */ export class PdfReference implements IPdfPrimitive { /** * Indicates if the object is currently in `saving stat`e or not. * @private */ private isSaving3; /** * Shows the type of object `status` whether it is object registered or other status; * @private */ private status3; /** * Holds the `index` number of the object. * @default -1 * @private */ private index3; /** * Internal variable to store the `position`. * @default -1 * @private */ private position3; /** * Holds the `object number`. * @default 0 * @private */ readonly objNumber: number; /** * Holds the `generation number` of the object. * @default 0 * @private */ readonly genNumber: number; /** * Gets or sets the `Status` of the specified object. * @private */ status: ObjectStatus; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether this document `is saving` or not. * @private */ isSaving: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `index` value of the specified object. * @private */ objectCollectionIndex: number; /** * Gets or sets the `position` of the object. * @private */ position: number; /** * Returns `cloned object`. * @private */ readonly clonedObject: IPdfPrimitive; /** * `Saves` the object. * @private */ save(writer: IPdfWriter): void; /** * Initialize the `PdfReference` class. * @private */ constructor(objNumber: number, genNumber: number); /** * Initialize the `PdfReference` class. * @private */ constructor(objNumber: string, genNumber: string); /** * Returns a `string` representing the object. * @private */ toString(): string; /** * Creates a `deep copy` of the IPdfPrimitive object. * @private */ clone(crossTable: PdfCrossTable): IPdfPrimitive; } /** * `PdfReferenceHolder` class is used to perform reference holder related primitive operations. * @private */ export class PdfReferenceHolder implements IPdfPrimitive, IPdfWrapper { /** * Indicates if the object is currently in `saving state or not`. * @private */ private isSaving4; /** * Shows the type of object `status` whether it is object registered or other status; * @private */ private status4; /** * Holds the `index` number of the object. * @default -1 * @private */ private index4; /** * Internal variable to store the `position`. * @default -1 * @private */ private position4; /** * The `object` which the reference is of. * @private */ private primitiveObject; /** * The `reference` to the object, which was read from the PDF document. * @private */ private pdfReference; /** * The `cross-reference table`, which the object is within. * @private */ private crossTable; /** * The `index` of the object within the object collection. * @default -1 * @private */ private objectIndex; /** * @hidden * @private */ private dictionaryProperties; /** * Gets or sets the `Status` of the specified object. * @private */ status: ObjectStatus; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether this document `is saving` or not. * @private */ isSaving: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `index` value of the specified object. * @private */ objectCollectionIndex: number; /** * Gets or sets the `position` of the object. * @private */ position: number; /** * Returns `cloned object`. * @private */ readonly clonedObject: IPdfPrimitive; /** * Gets the `object` the reference is of. * @private */ readonly object: IPdfPrimitive; /** * Gets the `reference`. * @private */ readonly reference: PdfReference; /** * Gets the `index` of the object. * @private */ readonly index: number; /** * Gets the `element`. * @private */ readonly element: IPdfPrimitive; /** * Initializes the `PdfReferenceHolder` class instance with an object. * @private */ constructor(obj1: IPdfWrapper); /** * Initializes the `PdfReferenceHolder` class instance with an object. * @private */ constructor(obj1: IPdfPrimitive); /** * Initializes the `PdfReferenceHolder` class instance with an object. * @private */ constructor(obj1: PdfReference, obj2: PdfCrossTable); /** * `Writes` a reference into a PDF document. * @private */ save(writer: IPdfWriter): void; /** * Creates a `copy of PdfReferenceHolder`. * @private */ clone(crossTable: PdfCrossTable): IPdfPrimitive; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/primitives/pdf-stream.d.ts /** * PdfStream.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfStream` class is used to perform stream related primitive operations. * @private */ export class PdfStream extends PdfDictionary { /** * @hidden * @private */ private readonly dicPrefix; /** * @hidden * @private */ private readonly dicSuffix; /** * @hidden * @private */ private dataStream2; /** * @hidden * @private */ private blockEncryption2; /** * @hidden * @private */ private bDecrypted2; /** * @hidden * @private */ private bCompress2; /** * @hidden * @private */ private bEncrypted2; /** * Internal variable to hold `cloned object`. * @private */ private clonedObject2; /** * @hidden * @private */ private bCompress; /** * @hidden * @private */ private isImageStream; /** * @hidden * @private */ private isFontStream; /** * Event. Raise `before the object saves`. * @private */ cmapBeginSave: SaveCmapEventHandler; /** * Event. Raise `before the object saves`. * @private */ fontProgramBeginSave: SaveFontProgramEventHandler; /** * Initialize an instance for `PdfStream` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initialize an instance for `PdfStream` class. * @private */ constructor(dictionary: PdfDictionary, data: string[]); /** * Gets the `internal` stream. * @private */ internalStream: string[]; /** * Gets or sets 'is image' flag. * @private */ isImage: boolean; /** * Gets or sets 'is font' flag. * @private */ isFont: boolean; /** * Gets or sets `compression` flag. * @private */ compress: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `data`. * @private */ data: string[]; /** * `Clear` the internal stream. * @private */ clearStream(): void; /** * `Writes` the specified string. * @private */ write(text: string): void; /** * `Writes` the specified bytes. * @private */ writeBytes(data: number[]): void; /** * Raises event `Cmap BeginSave`. * @private */ onCmapBeginSave(): void; /** * Raises event `Font Program BeginSave`. * @private */ protected onFontProgramBeginSave(): void; /** * `Compresses the content` if it's required. * @private */ private compressContent; /** * `Adds a filter` to the filter array. * @private */ addFilter(filterName: string): void; /** * `Saves` the object using the specified writer. * @private */ save(writer: IPdfWriter): void; /** * Converts `bytes to string`. * @private */ static bytesToString(byteArray: number[]): string; } export class SaveCmapEventHandler { /** * @hidden * @private */ sender: UnicodeTrueTypeFont; /** * New instance for `save section collection event handler` class. * @private */ constructor(sender: UnicodeTrueTypeFont); } export class SaveFontProgramEventHandler { /** * @hidden * @private */ sender: UnicodeTrueTypeFont; /** * New instance for `save section collection event handler` class. * @private */ constructor(sender: UnicodeTrueTypeFont); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/primitives/pdf-string.d.ts /** * PdfString.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfString` class is used to perform string related primitive operations. * @private */ export namespace InternalEnum { /** * public Enum for `ForceEncoding`. * @private */ enum ForceEncoding { /** * Specifies the type of `None`. * @private */ None = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Ascii`. * @private */ Ascii = 1, /** * Specifies the type of `Unicode`. * @private */ Unicode = 2 } } export class PdfString implements IPdfPrimitive { /** * `General markers` for string. * @private */ static readonly stringMark: string; /** * `Hex markers` for string. * @private */ static readonly hexStringMark: string; /** * Format of password data. * @private */ private static readonly hexFormatPattern; /** * Value of the object. * @private */ private stringValue; /** * The byte data of the string. * @private */ private data; /** * Value indicating whether the string was converted to hex. * @default false * @private */ private bHex; /** * Shows the type of object `status` whether it is object registered or other status; * @private */ private status1; /** * Indicates if the object is currently in `saving state or not`. * @private */ private isSaving1; /** * Internal variable to store the `position`. * @default -1 * @private */ private position1; /** * Internal variable to hold `PdfCrossTable` reference. * @private */ private crossTable; /** * Internal variable to hold `cloned object`. * @default null * @private */ private clonedObject1; /** * Indicates whether to check if the value `has unicode characters`. * @private */ private bConverted; /** * Indicates whether we should convert `data to Unicode`. * @private */ private bForceEncoding; /** * `Shows` if the data of the stream was decrypted. * @default false * @private */ private bDecrypted; /** * Holds the `index` number of the object. * @private */ private index1; /** * Shows if the data of the stream `was decrypted`. * @default false * @private */ private isParentDecrypted; /** * Gets a value indicating whether the object is `packed or not`. * @default false * @private */ private isPacked; /** * @hidden * @private */ isFormField: boolean; /** * @hidden * @private */ isColorSpace: boolean; /** * @hidden * @private */ isHexString: boolean; /** * @hidden * @private */ private encodedBytes; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfString` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfString` class. * @private */ constructor(value: string); /** * Gets a value indicating whether string is in `hex`. * @private */ readonly hex: boolean; /** * Gets or sets string `value` of the object. * @private */ value: string; /** * Gets or sets the `Status` of the specified object. * @private */ status: ObjectStatus; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether this document `is saving` or not. * @private */ isSaving: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `index` value of the specified object. * @private */ objectCollectionIndex: number; /** * Returns `cloned object`. * @private */ readonly clonedObject: IPdfPrimitive; /** * Gets or sets the `position` of the object. * @private */ position: number; /** * Returns `PdfCrossTable` associated with the object. * @private */ readonly CrossTable: PdfCrossTable; /** * Gets a value indicating whether to check if the value has unicode characters. * @private */ /** * sets a value indicating whether to check if the value has unicode characters. * @private */ converted: boolean; /** * Gets value indicating whether we should convert data to Unicode. */ encode: InternalEnum.ForceEncoding; /** * Converts `bytes to string using hex format` for representing string. * @private */ static bytesToHex(bytes: number[]): string; /** * `Saves` the object using the specified writer. * @private */ save(writer: IPdfWriter): void; pdfEncode(): string; private escapeSymbols; /** * Creates a `copy of PdfString`. * @private */ clone(crossTable: PdfCrossTable): IPdfPrimitive; /** * Converts string to array of unicode symbols. */ static toUnicodeArray(value: string, bAddPrefix: boolean): number[]; /** * Converts byte data to string. */ static byteToString(data: number[]): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/structured-elements/grid/index.d.ts /** * Grid classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/structured-elements/grid/layout/grid-layouter.d.ts /** * Class `lay outing the text`. * */ export class PdfGridLayouter extends ElementLayouter { /** * `Text` data. * @private */ private text; /** * Pdf `font`. * @private */ private font; /** * String `format`. * @private */ private format; /** * `Size` of the text. * @private */ private gridColumns; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridRows; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridHeaders; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridInitialWidth; /** * @hidden * @private */ isComplete: boolean; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridSize; private parentCell; private parentCellIndex; tempWidth: number; private childheight; /** * The event raised on `starting cell drawing`. * @event * @private */ beginCellDraw: Function; /** * The event raised on `ending cell drawing`. * @event * @private */ endCellDraw: Function; /** * The event raised on `begin cell lay outing`. * @event * @private */ beginPageLayout: Function; /** * The event raised on `end cell lay outing`. * @event * @private */ endPageLayout: Function; /** * @hidden * @private */ /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridLocation; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridStyle; /** * @hidden * @private */ private pageWidth; /** * Check weather it is `child grid or not`. * @private */ private isChildGrid; /** * @hidden * @private */ rowLayoutBoundsWidth: number; /** * @hidden * @private */ hasRowSpanSpan: boolean; /** * @hidden * @private */ isRearranged: boolean; /** * @hidden * @private */ private bRepeatHeader; /** * @hidden * @private */ private pageBounds; /** * @hidden * @private */ private currentPage; /** * @hidden * @private */ private currentPageBounds; /** * @hidden * @private */ private currentBounds; /** * @hidden * @private */ private listOfNavigatePages; /** * @hidden * @private */ private startLocation; /** * @hidden * @private */ private hType; /** * @hidden * @private */ private flag; /** * @hidden * @private */ private columnRanges; /** * @hidden * @private */ private cellStartIndex; /** * @hidden * @private */ private cellEndIndex; /** * @hidden * @private */ private currentRowIndex; /** * @hidden * @private */ static repeatRowIndex: number; /** * @hidden * @private */ private isChanged; /** * @hidden * @private */ private currentLocation; /** * @hidden * @private */ private breakRow; /** * @hidden * @private */ private rowBreakPageHeightCellIndex; /** * Initialize a new instance for `PdfGrid` class. * @private */ constructor(baseFormat: PdfGrid); readonly Grid: PdfGrid; /** * `Bounds` of the text. * @private */ private rectangle; /** * Pdf page `height`. * @private */ private gridHeight; /** * Specifies if [`isTabReplaced`]. * @private */ private isTabReplaced; /** * `currentGraphics` of the text. * @private */ private currentGraphics; /** * Count of tab `occurance`. * @private */ private tabOccuranceCount; /** * Checks whether the x co-ordinate is need to set as client size or not. * @hidden * @private */ private isOverloadWithPosition; /** * Stores client size of the page if the layout method invoked with `PointF` overload. * @hidden * @private */ private clientSize; private gridLayoutFormat; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `StringLayouter` class. * @private */ /** * `Layouts` the text. * @private */ /** * `Layouts` the specified graphics. * @private */ /** * `Layouts` the specified graphics. * @private */ /** * Gets the `format`. * @private */ private getFormat; /** * `Layouts` the element. * @private */ protected layoutInternal(param: PdfLayoutParams): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Determines the column draw ranges`. * @private */ private determineColumnDrawRanges; /** * `Layouts the on page`. * @private */ private layoutOnPage; /** * Gets the `next page`. * @private */ getNextPageformat(format: PdfLayoutFormat): PdfPage; private CheckIfDefaultFormat; /** * `Raises BeforeCellDraw event`. * @private */ private RaiseBeforeCellDraw; /** * `Raises AfterCellDraw event`. * @private */ private raiseAfterCellDraw; private reArrangePages; /** * Gets the `layout result`. * @private */ private getLayoutResult; /** * `Recalculate row height` for the split cell to be drawn. * @private */ ReCalculateHeight(row: PdfGridRow, height: number): number; /** * `Raises BeforePageLayout event`. * @private */ private raiseBeforePageLayout; /** * `Raises PageLayout event` if needed. * @private */ private raisePageLayouted; private drawRow; /** * `Draws row` * @private */ private drawRowWithBreak; } /** * `Initializes` internal data. * @private */ export class PdfGridLayoutResult extends PdfLayoutResult { /** * Constructor * @private */ constructor(page: PdfPage, bounds: RectangleF); } /** * `PdfGridLayoutFormat` class represents a flexible grid that consists of columns and rows. */ export class PdfGridLayoutFormat extends PdfLayoutFormat { /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGridLayoutFormat` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGridLayoutFormat` class. * @private */ constructor(baseFormat: PdfLayoutFormat); } export abstract class GridCellEventArgs { /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridRowIndex; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridCellIndex; /** * @hidden * @private */ private internalValue; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridBounds; /** * @hidden * @private */ private pdfGraphics; /** * Gets the value of current `row index`. * @private */ readonly rowIndex: number; /** * Gets the value of current `cell index`. * @private */ readonly cellIndex: number; /** * Gets the actual `value` of current cell. * @private */ readonly value: string; /** * Gets the `bounds` of current cell. * @private */ readonly bounds: RectangleF; /** * Gets the instance of `current graphics`. * @private */ readonly graphics: PdfGraphics; /** * Initialize a new instance for `GridCellEventArgs` class. * @private */ constructor(graphics: PdfGraphics, rowIndex: number, cellIndex: number, bounds: RectangleF, value: string); } export class PdfGridBeginCellDrawEventArgs extends GridCellEventArgs { /** * @hidden * @private */ private bSkip; /** * @hidden * @private */ private cellStyle; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value of this cell should be `skipped`. * @private */ skip: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a `style` value of the cell. * @private */ style: PdfGridCellStyle; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `StartCellLayoutEventArgs` class. * @private */ constructor(graphics: PdfGraphics, rowIndex: number, cellIndex: number, bounds: RectangleF, value: string, style: PdfGridCellStyle); } export class PdfGridEndCellDrawEventArgs extends GridCellEventArgs { /** * @hidden * @private */ private cellStyle; /** * Get the `PdfGridCellStyle`. * @private */ readonly style: PdfGridCellStyle; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGridEndCellLayoutEventArgs` class. * @private */ constructor(graphics: PdfGraphics, rowIndex: number, cellIndex: number, bounds: RectangleF, value: string, style: PdfGridCellStyle); } export class PdfCancelEventArgs { /** * @hidden * @private */ private isCancel; /** * Gets and Sets the value of `cancel`. * @private */ cancel: boolean; } export class BeginPageLayoutEventArgs extends PdfCancelEventArgs { /** * The `bounds` of the lay outing on the page. * @private */ private cellBounds; /** * `Page` where the lay outing should start. * @private */ private pdfPage; /** * Gets or sets value that indicates the lay outing `bounds` on the page. * @private */ bounds: RectangleF; /** * Gets the `page` where the lay outing should start. * @private */ readonly page: PdfPage; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `BeginPageLayoutEventArgs` class with the specified rectangle and page. * @private */ constructor(bounds: RectangleF, page: PdfPage); } /** * `EndPageLayoutEventArgs` class is alternate for end page layout events. */ export class EndPageLayoutEventArgs extends PdfCancelEventArgs { /** * `Layout result`. * @private */ private layoutResult; /** * The `next page` for lay outing. * @private */ private nextPdfPage; /** * Gets the lay outing `result` of the page. * @private */ readonly result: PdfLayoutResult; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating the `next page` where the element should be layout. * @private */ nextPage: PdfPage; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `EndPageLayoutEventArgs` class. with the specified 'PdfLayoutResult'. * @private */ constructor(result: PdfLayoutResult); } /** * `PdfGridBeginPageLayoutEventArgs` class is alternate for begin page layout events. */ export class PdfGridBeginPageLayoutEventArgs extends BeginPageLayoutEventArgs { /** * @hidden * @private */ private startRow; /** * Gets the `start row index`. * @private */ readonly startRowIndex: number; /** * Initialize a new instance of `PdfGridBeginPageLayoutEventArgs` class. * @private */ constructor(bounds: RectangleF, page: PdfPage, startRow: number); } /** * `PdfGridEndPageLayoutEventArgs` class is alternate for begin page layout events. */ export class PdfGridEndPageLayoutEventArgs extends EndPageLayoutEventArgs { /** * Initialize a new instance of `PdfGridEndPageLayoutEventArgs` class. * @private */ constructor(result: PdfLayoutResult); } export class RowLayoutResult { /** * @hidden * @private */ private bIsFinished; /** * @hidden * @private */ private layoutedBounds; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance `is finish`. * @private */ isFinish: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `bounds`. * @private */ bounds: RectangleF; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `RowLayoutResult` class. * @private */ constructor(); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/structured-elements/grid/pdf-grid-cell.d.ts /** * `PdfGridCell.ts` class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfGridCell` class represents the schema of a cell in a 'PdfGrid'. */ export class PdfGridCell { /** * The `row span`. * @private */ private gridRowSpan; /** * The `column span`. * @private */ private colSpan; /** * Specifies the current `row`. * @private */ private gridRow; /** * The actual `value` of the cell. * @private */ private objectValue; /** * Current cell `style`. * @private */ private cellStyle; /** * `Width` of the cell. * @default 0 * @private */ private cellWidth; /** * `Height` of the cell. * @default 0 * @private */ private cellHeight; /** * `tempval`to stores current width . * @default 0 * @private */ private tempval; private fontSpilt; /** * The `remaining string`. * @private */ private remaining; /** * Specifies weather the `cell is drawn`. * @default true * @private */ private finsh; /** * 'parent ' of the grid cell. * @private */ private parent; /** * `StringFormat` of the cell. * @private */ private format; /** * The `remaining height` of row span. * @default 0 * @private */ rowSpanRemainingHeight: number; private internalIsCellMergeContinue; private internalIsRowMergeContinue; private internalIsCellMergeStart; private internalIsRowMergeStart; hasRowSpan: boolean; hasColSpan: boolean; /** * the 'isFinish' is set to page finish */ private isFinish; /** * The `present' to store the current cell. * @default false * @private */ present: boolean; /** * The `Count` of the page. * @private */ pageCount: number; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGridCell` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGridCell` class. * @private */ constructor(row: PdfGridRow); isCellMergeContinue: boolean; isRowMergeContinue: boolean; isCellMergeStart: boolean; isRowMergeStart: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `remaining string` after the row split between pages. * @private */ remainingString: string; /** * Gets or sets the `FinishedDrawingCell` . * @private */ FinishedDrawingCell: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `string format`. * @private */ stringFormat: PdfStringFormat; /** * Gets or sets the parent `row`. * @private */ row: PdfGridRow; /** * Gets or sets the `value` of the cell. * @private */ value: Object; /** * Gets or sets a value that indicates the total number of rows that cell `spans` within a PdfGrid. * @private */ rowSpan: number; /** * Gets or sets the cell `style`. * @private */ style: PdfGridCellStyle; /** * Gets the `height` of the PdfGrid cell.[Read-Only]. * @private */ height: number; /** * Gets or sets a value that indicates the total number of columns that cell `spans` within a PdfGrid. * @private */ columnSpan: number; /** * Gets the `width` of the PdfGrid cell.[Read-Only]. * @private */ width: number; /** * `Calculates the width`. * @private */ private measureWidth; /** * Draw the `cell background`. * @private */ drawCellBackground(graphics: PdfGraphics, bounds: RectangleF): void; /** * `Adjusts the text layout area`. * @private */ private adjustContentLayoutArea; /** * `Draws` the specified graphics. * @private */ draw(graphics: PdfGraphics, bounds: RectangleF, cancelSubsequentSpans: boolean): PdfStringLayoutResult; /** * Draws the `cell border` constructed by drawing lines. * @private */ drawCellBorders(graphics: PdfGraphics, bounds: RectangleF): void; /** * `Adjusts the outer layout area`. * @private */ private adjustOuterLayoutArea; /** * Gets the `text font`. * @private */ private getTextFont; /** * Gets the `text brush`. * @private */ private getTextBrush; /** * Gets the `text pen`. * @private */ private getTextPen; /** * Gets the `background brush`. * @private */ private getBackgroundBrush; /** * Gets the `background image`. * @private */ private getBackgroundImage; /** * Gets the current `StringFormat`. * @private */ private getStringFormat; /** * Calculates the `height`. * @private */ measureHeight(): number; /** * return the calculated `width` of the cell. * @private */ private calculateWidth; } /** * `PdfGridCellCollection` class provides access to an ordered, * strongly typed collection of 'PdfGridCell' objects. * @private */ export class PdfGridCellCollection { /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridRow; /** * @hidden * @private */ private cells; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGridCellCollection` class with the row. * @private */ constructor(row: PdfGridRow); /** * Gets the current `cell`. * @private */ getCell(index: number): PdfGridCell; /** * Gets the cells `count`.[Read-Only]. * @private */ readonly count: number; /** * `Adds` this instance. * @private */ add(): PdfGridCell; /** * `Adds` this instance. * @private */ add(cell: PdfGridCell): void; /** * Returns the `index of` a particular cell in the collection. * @private */ indexOf(cell: PdfGridCell): number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/structured-elements/grid/pdf-grid-column.d.ts /** * `PdfGridColumn.ts` class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfGridColumn` class represents the schema of a column in a 'PdfGrid'. */ export class PdfGridColumn { /** * The current `grid`. * @private */ private grid; /** * The `width` of the column. * @default 0 * @private */ columnWidth: number; /** * Represent the `custom width` of the column. * @private */ isCustomWidth: boolean; /** * The `string format` of the column. * @private */ private stringFormat; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGridColumn` class with the parent grid. * @private */ constructor(grid: PdfGrid); /** * Gets or sets the `width` of the 'PdfGridColumn'. * @private */ width: number; /** * Gets or sets the information about the text `formatting`. * @private */ format: PdfStringFormat; } /** * `PdfGridColumnCollection` class provides access to an ordered, * strongly typed collection of 'PdfGridColumn' objects. * @private */ export class PdfGridColumnCollection { /** * @hidden * @private */ private grid; /** * @hidden * @private */ private internalColumns; /** * @hidden * @private */ private columnWidth; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGridColumnCollection` class with the parent grid. * @private */ constructor(grid: PdfGrid); /** * `Add` a new column to the 'PdfGrid'. * @private */ add(count: number): void; /** * Gets the `number of columns` in the 'PdfGrid'.[Read-Only]. * @private */ readonly count: number; /** * Gets the `widths`. * @private */ readonly width: number; /** * Gets the `array of PdfGridColumn`.[Read-Only] * @private */ readonly columns: PdfGridColumn[]; /** * Gets the `PdfGridColumn` from the specified index.[Read-Only] * @private */ getColumn(index: number): PdfGridColumn; /** * `Calculates the column widths`. * @private */ measureColumnsWidth(): number; /** * Gets the `widths of the columns`. * @private */ getDefaultWidths(totalWidth: number): number[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/structured-elements/grid/pdf-grid-row.d.ts /** * PdfGridRow.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfGridRow` class provides customization of the settings for the particular row. */ export class PdfGridRow { /** * `Cell collecton` of the current row.. * @private */ private gridCells; /** * Stores the current `grid`. * @private */ private pdfGrid; /** * The grid row `style`. * @private */ private rowStyle; /** * Stores the row `break height`. * @private */ private gridRowBreakHeight; /** * Stores the index of the overflowing row. * @private */ private gridRowOverflowIndex; /** * The `height` of the row. * @private */ private rowHeight; /** * The `width` of the row. * @private */ private rowWidth; /** * The `isFinish` of the row. * @private */ isrowFinish: boolean; /** * Check whether the Row span row height `is set explicitly`. * @default false * @public */ isRowSpanRowHeightSet: boolean; /** * The grid row `Layout Result`. * @private */ private gridResult; /** * The `Maximum span` of the row. * @public */ maximumRowSpan: number; /** * The `page count` of the row. * @public */ noOfPageCount: number; /** * Check whether the row height `is set explicitly`. * @default false * @private */ isRowHeightSet: boolean; isRowBreaksNextPage: boolean; rowBreakHeightValue: number; isPageBreakRowSpanApplied: boolean; /** * Checks whether the `columns span is exist or not`. * @private */ private bColumnSpanExists; /** * Check weather the row merge `is completed` or not. * @default true * @private */ private isRowMergeComplete; /** * Checks whether the `row span is exist or not`. * @private */ private bRowSpanExists; repeatFlag: boolean; repeatRowNumber: number; rowFontSplit: boolean; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGridRow` class with the parent grid. * @private */ constructor(grid: PdfGrid); /** * Gets or sets a value indicating [`row span exists`]. * @private */ rowSpanExists: boolean; /** * Gets the `cells` from the selected row.[Read-Only]. * @private */ readonly cells: PdfGridCellCollection; /** * Gets or sets the parent `grid`. * @private */ grid: PdfGrid; /** * Gets or sets the row `style`. * @private */ style: PdfGridRowStyle; /** * `Height` of the row yet to be drawn after split. * @private */ rowBreakHeight: number; /** * `over flow index` of the row. * @private */ rowOverflowIndex: number; /** * Gets or sets the `height` of the row. * @private */ height: number; /** * Gets or sets the `width` of the row. * @private */ readonly width: number; /** * Gets or sets the row `Nested grid Layout Result`. * @private */ NestedGridLayoutResult: PdfLayoutResult; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating [`column span exists`]. * @private */ columnSpanExists: boolean; /** * Check whether the Row `has row span or row merge continue`. * @private */ rowMergeComplete: boolean; /** * Returns `index` of the row. * @private */ readonly rowIndex: number; /** * `Calculates the height`. * @private */ private measureHeight; private measureWidth; } /** * `PdfGridRowCollection` class provides access to an ordered, strongly typed collection of 'PdfGridRow' objects. * @private */ export class PdfGridRowCollection { /** * @hidden * @private */ private grid; /** * The row collection of the `grid`. * @private */ private rows; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGridRowCollection` class with the parent grid. * @private */ constructor(grid: PdfGrid); /** * Gets the number of header in the `PdfGrid`.[Read-Only]. * @private */ readonly count: number; /** * Return the row collection of the `grid`. * @private */ readonly rowCollection: PdfGridRow[]; /** * `Adds` the specified row. * @private */ addRow(): PdfGridRow; /** * `Adds` the specified row. * @private */ addRow(row: PdfGridRow): void; /** * Return the row by index. * @private */ getRow(index: number): PdfGridRow; } /** * `PdfGridHeaderCollection` class provides customization of the settings for the header. * @private */ export class PdfGridHeaderCollection { /** * The `grid`. * @private */ private grid; /** * The array to store the `rows` of the grid header. * @private */ private rows; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGridHeaderCollection` class with the parent grid. * @private */ constructor(grid: PdfGrid); /** * Gets a 'PdfGridRow' object that represents the `header` row in a 'PdfGridHeaderCollection' control.[Read-Only]. * @private */ getHeader(index: number): PdfGridRow; /** * Gets the `number of header` in the 'PdfGrid'.[Read-Only] * @private */ readonly count: number; /** * `Adds` the specified row. * @private */ add(row: PdfGridRow): void; /** * `Adds` the specified row. * @private */ add(count: number): PdfGridRow[]; indexOf(row: PdfGridRow): number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/structured-elements/grid/pdf-grid.d.ts /** * PdfGrid.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ export class PdfGrid extends PdfLayoutElement { /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridColumns; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridRows; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridHeaders; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridInitialWidth; /** * @hidden * @private */ isComplete: boolean; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridSize; /** * @hidden * @private */ private layoutFormat; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridLocation; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridStyle; /** * @hidden * @private */ private ispageWidth; /** * Check weather it is `child grid or not`. * @private */ private ischildGrid; /** * Check the child grid is ' split or not' */ isGridSplit: boolean; /** * @hidden * @private */ rowLayoutBoundsWidth: number; /** * @hidden * @private */ isRearranged: boolean; /** * @hidden * @private */ private bRepeatHeader; /** * @hidden * @private */ private pageBounds; /** * @hidden * @private */ private currentPage; /** * @hidden * @private */ private currentPageBounds; /** * @hidden * @private */ private currentBounds; /** * @hidden * @private */ private currentGraphics; /** * @hidden * @private */ listOfNavigatePages: number[]; /** * @hidden * @private */ private startLocation; /** * @hidden * @private */ parentCellIndex: number; tempWidth: number; /** * @hidden * @private */ private breakRow; splitChildRowIndex: number; private rowBreakPageHeightCellIndex; /** * The event raised on `starting cell drawing`. * @event * @private */ beginCellDraw: Function; /** * The event raised on `ending cell drawing`. * @event * @private */ endCellDraw: Function; /** * The event raised on `begin cell lay outing`. * @event * @private */ /** * The event raised on `end cell lay outing`. * @event * @private */ hasRowSpanSpan: boolean; hasColumnSpan: boolean; isSingleGrid: boolean; private parentCell; /** * Initialize a new instance for `PdfGrid` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Gets a value indicating whether the `start cell layout event` should be raised. * @private */ readonly raiseBeginCellDraw: boolean; /** * Gets a value indicating whether the `end cell layout event` should be raised. * @private */ readonly raiseEndCellDraw: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether to `repeat header`. * @private */ repeatHeader: boolean; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether to split or cut rows that `overflow a page`. * @private */ allowRowBreakAcrossPages: boolean; /** * Gets the `column` collection of the PdfGrid.[Read-Only] * @private */ readonly columns: PdfGridColumnCollection; /** * Gets the `row` collection from the PdfGrid.[Read-Only] * @private */ readonly rows: PdfGridRowCollection; /** * Gets the `headers` collection from the PdfGrid.[Read-Only] * @private */ readonly headers: PdfGridHeaderCollection; /** * Indicating `initial width` of the page. * @private */ initialWidth: number; /** * Gets or sets the `grid style`. * @private */ style: PdfGridStyle; /** * Gets a value indicating whether the grid column width is considered to be `page width`. * @private */ isPageWidth: boolean; /** * Gets or set if grid `is nested grid`. * @private */ isChildGrid: boolean; /** * Gets or set if grid ' is split or not' * @public */ /** * Gets the `size`. * @private */ size: SizeF; ParentCell: PdfGridCell; readonly LayoutFormat: PdfLayoutFormat; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page and 'PointF' class * @private */ draw(page: PdfPage, location: PointF): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page and pair of coordinates * @private */ draw(page: PdfPage, x: number, y: number): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page and 'RectangleF' class * @private */ draw(page: PdfPage, layoutRectangle: RectangleF): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page, 'PointF' class and layout format * @private */ draw(page: PdfPage, location: PointF, format: PdfLayoutFormat): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page, pair of coordinates and layout format * @private */ draw(page: PdfPage, x: number, y: number, format: PdfLayoutFormat): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page. * @private */ draw(page: PdfPage, layoutRectangle: RectangleF, embedFonts: boolean): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `Draws` the element on the page with the specified page, 'RectangleF' class and layout format * @private */ draw(page: PdfPage, layoutRectangle: RectangleF, format: PdfLayoutFormat): PdfLayoutResult; /** * `measures` this instance. * @private */ private measure; onBeginCellDraw(args: PdfGridBeginCellDrawEventArgs): void; onEndCellDraw(args: PdfGridEndCellDrawEventArgs): void; /** * `Layouts` the specified graphics. * @private */ protected layout(param: PdfLayoutParams): PdfLayoutResult; setSpan(): void; checkSpan(): void; /** * Calculates the `width` of the columns. * @private */ measureColumnsWidth(): void; /** * Calculates the `width` of the columns. * @private */ measureColumnsWidth(bounds: RectangleF): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/structured-elements/grid/styles/index.d.ts /** * Grid styles classes */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/structured-elements/grid/styles/pdf-borders.d.ts /** * PdfBorders.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * `PdfBorders` class used represents the cell border of the PDF grid. */ export class PdfBorders { /** * The `left` border. * @private */ private leftPen; /** * The `right` border. * @private */ private rightPen; /** * The `top` border. * @private */ private topPen; /** * The `bottom` border. * @private */ private bottomPen; /** * Gets or sets the `Left`. * @private */ left: PdfPen; /** * Gets or sets the `Right`. * @private */ right: PdfPen; /** * Gets or sets the `Top`. * @private */ top: PdfPen; /** * Gets or sets the `Bottom`. * @private */ bottom: PdfPen; /** * sets the `All`. * @private */ all: PdfPen; /** * Gets a value indicating whether this instance `is all`. * @private */ readonly isAll: boolean; /** * Gets the `default`. * @private */ static readonly default: PdfBorders; /** * Create a new instance for `PdfBorders` class. * @private */ constructor(); } export class PdfPaddings { /** * The `left` padding. * @private */ private leftPad; /** * The `right` padding. * @private */ private rightPad; /** * The `top` padding. * @private */ private topPad; /** * The `bottom` padding. * @private */ private bottomPad; /** * The 'left' border padding set. * @private */ hasLeftPad: boolean; /** * The 'right' border padding set. * @private */ hasRightPad: boolean; /** * The 'top' border padding set. * @private */ hasTopPad: boolean; /** * The 'bottom' border padding set. * @private */ hasBottomPad: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `left` value of the edge * @private */ left: number; /** * Gets or sets the `right` value of the edge. * @private */ right: number; /** * Gets or sets the `top` value of the edge * @private */ top: number; /** * Gets or sets the `bottom` value of the edge. * @private */ bottom: number; /** * Sets value to all sides `left,right,top and bottom`.s * @private */ all: number; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfPaddings` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfPaddings` class. * @private */ constructor(left: number, right: number, top: number, bottom: number); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/structured-elements/grid/styles/style.d.ts /** * PdfGridStyleBase.ts class for EJ2-PDF */ /** * Base class for the `grid style`, */ export abstract class PdfGridStyleBase { /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridBackgroundBrush; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridTextBrush; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridTextPen; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridFont; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridBackgroundImage; /** * Gets or sets the `background brush`. * @private */ backgroundBrush: PdfBrush; /** * Gets or sets the `text brush`. * @private */ textBrush: PdfBrush; /** * Gets or sets the `text pen`. * @private */ textPen: PdfPen; /** * Gets or sets the `font`. * @private */ font: PdfFont; /** * Gets or sets the `background Image`. * @private */ backgroundImage: PdfImage; } /** * `PdfGridStyle` class provides customization of the appearance for the 'PdfGrid'. */ export class PdfGridStyle extends PdfGridStyleBase { /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridBorderOverlapStyle; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridHorizontalOverflowType; /** * @hidden * @private */ private bAllowHorizontalOverflow; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridCellPadding; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridCellSpacing; /** * Initialize a new instance for `PdfGridStyle` class. * @private */ constructor(); /** * Gets or sets the `cell spacing` of the 'PdfGrid'. * @private */ cellSpacing: number; /** * Gets or sets the type of the `horizontal overflow` of the 'PdfGrid'. * @private */ horizontalOverflowType: PdfHorizontalOverflowType; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether to `allow horizontal overflow`. * @private */ allowHorizontalOverflow: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `cell padding`. * @private */ cellPadding: PdfPaddings; /** * Gets or sets the `border overlap style` of the 'PdfGrid'. * @private */ borderOverlapStyle: PdfBorderOverlapStyle; } /** * `PdfGridCellStyle` class provides customization of the appearance for the 'PdfGridCell'. */ export class PdfGridCellStyle extends PdfGridStyleBase { /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridCellBorders; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridCellPadding; /** * @hidden * @private */ private format; /** * Gets the `string format` of the 'PdfGridCell'. * @private */ stringFormat: PdfStringFormat; /** * Gets or sets the `border` of the 'PdfGridCell'. * @private */ borders: PdfBorders; /** * Gets or sets the `cell padding`. * @private */ cellPadding: PdfPaddings; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGridCellStyle` class. * @private */ constructor(); } /** * `PdfGridRowStyle` class provides customization of the appearance for the `PdfGridRow`. */ export class PdfGridRowStyle { /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridRowBackgroundBrush; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridRowTextBrush; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridRowTextPen; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridRowFont; /** * Specifies the `border` value of the current row. * @private */ private gridRowBorder; /** * Specifies the `parent row` of the current object. * @private */ private parent; /** * @hidden * @private */ private gridRowBackgroundImage; /** * Gets or sets the `background brush`. * @private */ readonly backgroundBrush: PdfBrush; setBackgroundBrush(value: PdfBrush): void; /** * Gets or sets the `text brush`. * @private */ readonly textBrush: PdfBrush; setTextBrush(value: PdfBrush): void; /** * Gets or sets the `text pen`. * @private */ readonly textPen: PdfPen; setTextPen(value: PdfPen): void; /** * Gets or sets the `font`. * @private */ readonly font: PdfFont; setFont(value: PdfFont): void; /** * Gets or sets the `border` of the current row. * @private */ readonly border: PdfBorders; setBorder(value: PdfBorders): void; /** * sets the `parent row` of the current object. * @private */ setParent(parent: PdfGridRow): void; /** * Gets or sets the `backgroundImage` of the 'PdfGridCell'. * @private */ readonly backgroundImage: PdfImage; /** * Initializes a new instance of the `PdfGridRowStyle` class. * @private */ constructor(); } /** * public Enum for `PdfHorizontalOverflowType`. * @private */ export enum PdfHorizontalOverflowType { /** * Specifies the type of `NextPage`. * @private */ NextPage = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `LastPage`. * @private */ LastPage = 1 } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/structured-elements/index.d.ts /** * StructuredElements classes * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/implementation/structured-elements/tables/light-tables/enum.d.ts /** * public Enum for `PdfBorderOverlapStyle`. * @private */ export enum PdfBorderOverlapStyle { /** * Specifies the type of `Overlap`. * @private */ Overlap = 0, /** * Specifies the type of `Inside`. * @private */ Inside = 1 } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/index.d.ts /** * Pdf all modules * @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/interfaces/i-pdf-cache.d.ts /** * `IPdfCache.ts` interface for EJ2-PDF * Interface of the objects that support caching of their internals. * @private */ export interface IPdfCache { /** * Checks whether the object `is similar to another object`. * @private */ equalsTo(obj: IPdfCache): boolean; /** * Returns `internals of the object`. * @private */ getInternals(): IPdfPrimitive; /** * Sets `internals of the object`. * @private */ setInternals(internals: IPdfPrimitive): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/interfaces/i-pdf-changable.d.ts /** * `IPdfChangable.ts` interface for EJ2-PDF * Interface of the objects that support Changable of their internals. * @private */ export interface IPdfChangable { /** * Gets a value indicating whether this 'IPdfChangable' `is changed`. * @private */ changed(): boolean; /** * `Freezes the changes`. * @private */ freezeChanges(freezer: Object): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/interfaces/i-pdf-primitives.d.ts /** * `IPdfPrimitive.ts` interface for EJ2-PDF * Defines the basic interace of the various Primitive. * @private */ export interface IPdfPrimitive { /** * Specifies the `status` of the IPdfPrimitive. Status is registered if it has a reference or else none. * @private */ status: ObjectStatus; /** * Gets or sets a value indicating whether this document `is saving` or not. * @private */ isSaving: boolean; /** * Gets or sets the `index` value of the specified object. * @private */ objectCollectionIndex: number; /** * Stores the `cloned object` for future use. * @private */ clonedObject: IPdfPrimitive; /** * `Saves` the object using the specified writer. * @private */ save(writer: IPdfWriter): void; /** * Creates a `deep copy` of the IPdfPrimitive object. * @private */ clone(crossTable: PdfCrossTable): IPdfPrimitive; /** * Gets or sets the `position` of the object. * @private */ position: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/interfaces/i-pdf-true-type-font.d.ts /** * `IPdfTrueTypeFont.ts` interface for EJ2-PDF * Defines the basic interace of the various Pdf True Type Font. * @private */ export interface IPdfTrueTypeFont { size: number; metrics: PdfFontMetrics; getInternals(): IPdfPrimitive; equalsToFont(font: PdfFont): boolean; createInternals(): void; getCharWidth(charCode: string): number; getLineWidth(line: string): number; close(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/interfaces/i-pdf-wrapper.d.ts /** * `IPdfWrapper.ts` interface for EJ2-PDF * Defines the basic interace of the various Wrapper. * @private */ export interface IPdfWrapper { /** * Gets the `element`. * @private */ element: IPdfPrimitive; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/interfaces/i-pdf-writer.d.ts /** * `IPdfWriter.ts` interface for EJ2-PDF * Defines the basic interace of the various writers. * @private */ export interface IPdfWriter { /** * Gets or sets the current `position` within the stream. * @private */ position: number; /** * Stream `length`. * @private */ length: number; /** * The `document` required for saving process. * @private */ document: PdfDocumentBase; /** * `Writes` the specified data. * @private */ write(overload: IPdfPrimitive | number | string): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdf-export/src/interfaces/index.d.ts /** * Interfaces * @hidden */ } export namespace pdfviewer { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/index.d.ts /** * export PDF viewer modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/annotation/annotation.d.ts /** * @hidden */ export interface IActionElements { pageIndex: number; index: number; annotation: any; action: string; modifiedProperty: string; } /** * The `Annotation` module is used to handle annotation actions of PDF viewer. */ export class Annotation { private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; /** * @private */ textMarkupAnnotationModule: TextMarkupAnnotation; private popupNote; private popupNoteAuthor; private popupNoteContent; private popupElement; private authorPopupElement; private noteContentElement; private modifiedDateElement; private currentAnnotPageNumber; private clientX; private clientY; private isPopupMenuMoved; /** * @private */ actionCollection: IActionElements[]; /** * @private */ redoCollection: IActionElements[]; /** * @private */ isPopupNoteVisible: boolean; /** * @private */ constructor(pdfViewer: PdfViewer, viewerBase: PdfViewerBase); /** * Set annotation type to be added in next user interaction in PDF Document. * @param type * @returns void */ setAnnotationMode(type: AnnotationType): void; private clearAnnotationMode; /** * @private */ deleteAnnotation(): void; /** * @private */ initializeCollection(): void; /** * @private */ addAction(pageNumber: number, index: number, annotation: any, actionString: string, property: string): void; /** * @private */ undo(): void; /** * @private */ redo(): void; private updateToolbar; private createNote; /** * @private */ showPopupNote(event: any, color: string, author: string, note: string, type: string): void; /** * @private */ hidePopupNote(): void; private createTextMarkupPopup; private onPopupElementMoveStart; private onPopupElementMove; private onPopupElementMoveEnd; private saveClosePopupMenu; /** * @private */ closePopupMenu(): void; /** * @private */ showAnnotationPopup(event: any): void; private getProperDate; /** * @private */ getEventPageNumber(event: any): number; /** * private */ clear(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/annotation/index.d.ts /** * export types */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/annotation/link-annotation.d.ts /** * The `LinkAnnotation` module is used to handle link annotation actions of PDF viewer. * @hidden */ export class LinkAnnotation { private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; /** * @private */ constructor(pdfViewer: PdfViewer, viewerBase: PdfViewerBase); /** * @private */ renderHyperlinkContent(data: any, pageIndex: number): void; private renderWebLink; private renderDocumentLink; private setHyperlinkProperties; /** * @private */ modifyZindexForTextSelection(pageNumber: number, isAdd: boolean): void; /** * @private */ modifyZindexForHyperlink(element: HTMLElement, isAdd: boolean): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/annotation/text-markup-annotation.d.ts /** * @hidden */ export interface ITextMarkupAnnotation { textMarkupAnnotationType: string; author: string; subject: string; modifiedDate: string; note: string; bounds: any; color: any; opacity: number; rect: any; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IPageAnnotations { pageIndex: number; annotations: ITextMarkupAnnotation[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IPageAnnotationBounds { pageIndex: number; bounds: IRectangle[]; rect: any; } /** * The `TextMarkupAnnotation` module is used to handle text markup annotation actions of PDF viewer. * @hidden */ export class TextMarkupAnnotation { private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; /** * @private */ isTextMarkupAnnotationMode: boolean; /** * @private */ currentTextMarkupAddMode: string; /** * @private */ highlightColor: string; /** * @private */ underlineColor: string; /** * @private */ strikethroughColor: string; /** * @private */ highlightOpacity: number; /** * @private */ underlineOpacity: number; /** * @private */ strikethroughOpacity: number; /** * @private */ selectTextMarkupCurrentPage: number; /** * @private */ currentTextMarkupAnnotation: ITextMarkupAnnotation; private currentAnnotationIndex; /** * @private */ constructor(pdfViewer: PdfViewer, viewerBase: PdfViewerBase); /** * @private */ createAnnotationLayer(pageDiv: HTMLElement, pageWidth: number, pageHeight: number, pageNumber: number, displayMode: string): HTMLElement; /** * @private */ renderTextMarkupAnnotationsInPage(textMarkupAnnotations: any, pageNumber: number): void; private renderTextMarkupAnnotations; /** * @private */ drawTextMarkupAnnotations(type: string): void; private convertSelectionToTextMarkup; private drawTextMarkups; private renderHighlightAnnotation; private renderStrikeoutAnnotation; private renderUnderlineAnnotation; private getProperBounds; private drawLine; /** * @private */ printTextMarkupAnnotations(textMarkupAnnotations: any, pageIndex: number): string; /** * @private */ saveTextMarkupAnnotations(): string; /** * @private */ deleteTextMarkupAnnotation(): void; /** * @private */ modifyColorProperty(color: string): void; /** * @private */ modifyOpacityProperty(args: inputs.ChangeEventArgs): void; private modifyAnnotationProperty; /** * @private */ undoTextMarkupAction(annotation: ITextMarkupAnnotation, pageNumber: number, index: number, action: string): void; /** * @private */ undoRedoPropertyChange(annotation: ITextMarkupAnnotation, pageNumber: number, index: number, property: string): ITextMarkupAnnotation; /** * @private */ redoTextMarkupAction(annotation: ITextMarkupAnnotation, pageNumber: number, index: number, action: string): void; /** * @private */ saveNoteContent(pageNumber: number, note: string): void; private clearCurrentAnnotation; private clearCurrentAnnotationSelection; private getBoundsForSave; private getRgbCode; private getDrawnBounds; /** * @private */ rerenderAnnotationsPinch(pageNumber: number): void; /** * @private */ rerenderAnnotations(pageNumber: number): void; /** * @private */ resizeAnnotations(width: number, height: number, pageNumber: number): void; /** * @private */ onTextMarkupAnnotationMouseUp(event: MouseEvent): void; /** * @private */ onTextMarkupAnnotationTouchEnd(event: TouchEvent): void; /** * @private */ onTextMarkupAnnotationMouseMove(event: MouseEvent): void; private showPopupNote; private getCurrentMarkupAnnotation; private compareCurrentAnnotations; /** * @private */ clearAnnotationSelection(pageNumber: number): void; private selectAnnotation; private drawAnnotationSelectRect; private enableAnnotationPropertiesTool; /** * @private */ maintainAnnotationSelection(): void; private storeAnnotations; private manageAnnotations; private getAnnotations; private getPageCollection; private getAddedAnnotation; private getPageContext; private getDefaultValue; private getMagnifiedValue; /** * @private */ clear(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/base/context-menu.d.ts /** * ContextMenu module is used to handle the context menus used in the control. * @hidden */ export class ContextMenu { /** * @private */ contextMenuObj: navigations.ContextMenu; /** * @private */ contextMenuElement: HTMLElement; private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; private copyContextMenu; /** * @private */ constructor(pdfViewer: PdfViewer, pdfViewerBase: PdfViewerBase); /** * @private */ createContextMenu(): void; private contextMenuOnCreated; private contextMenuOnBeforeOpen; private isClickWithinSelectionBounds; private getHorizontalClientValue; private getVerticalClientValue; private getHorizontalValue; private getVerticalValue; private onMenuItemSelect; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/base/events-helper.d.ts /** * Exports types used by PDF viewer. */ /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about document load event. */ export interface ILoadEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { documentName: string; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about document unload event. */ export interface IUnloadEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { documentName: string; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about document load failed event. */ export interface ILoadFailedEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { documentName: string; isPasswordRequired: boolean; password: string; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about ajax request failure event. */ export interface IAjaxRequestFailureEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { documentName: string; errorStatusCode: number; errorMessage: string; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about page click event. */ export interface IPageClickEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { documentName: string; pageNumber: number; x: number; y: number; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about page change event. */ export interface IPageChangeEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { documentName: string; currentPageNumber: number; previousPageNumber: number; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about zoom change event. */ export interface IZoomChangeEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { zoomValue: number; previousZoomValue: number; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about hyperlink click event. */ export interface IHyperlinkClickEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { hyperlink: string; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about annotation add event. */ export interface IAnnotationAddEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { annotationSettings: any; annotationBound: any; annotationId: number; pageIndex: number; annotationType: AnnotationType; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about annotation remove event. */ export interface IAnnotationRemoveEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { annotationId: number; pageIndex: number; annotationType: AnnotationType; } /** * This event arguments provides the necessary information about annotation properties change event. */ export interface IAnnotationPropertiesChangeEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { annotationId: number; pageIndex: number; annotationType: AnnotationType; isColorChanged: boolean; isOpacityChanged: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/base/index.d.ts /** * export types */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/base/navigation-pane.d.ts /** * The `NavigationPane` module is used to handle navigation pane for thumbnail and bookmark navigation of PDF viewer. * @hidden */ export class NavigationPane { private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; private sideBarResizer; private sideBarContentSplitter; private sideBarTitleContainer; private thumbnailWidthMin; private thumbnailButton; private bookmarkButton; private mainContainerWidth; private closeDiv; private resizeIcon; private isDown; private offset; private sideBarTitle; private contentContainerScrollWidth; private closeButtonLeft; private previousX; private toolbarElement; private toolbar; private searchInput; private toastObject; private isTooltipCreated; /** * @private */ isNavigationToolbarVisible: boolean; /** * @private */ isBookmarkListOpen: boolean; /** * @private */ isNavigationPaneResized: boolean; /** * @private */ sideBarToolbar: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ sideBarContent: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ sideBarContentContainer: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ sideBarToolbarSplitter: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ isBookmarkOpen: boolean; /** * @private */ isThumbnailOpen: boolean; constructor(viewer: PdfViewer, base: PdfViewerBase); /** * @private */ initializeNavigationPane(): void; private createNavigationPane; /** * @private */ adjustPane(): void; /** * @private */ createNavigationPaneMobile(option: string): void; private initiateSearchBox; private enableSearchItems; private initiateBookmarks; private initiateTextSearch; /** * @private */ goBackToToolbar(): void; private setSearchInputWidth; private getParentElementSearchBox; /** * @private */ createTooltipMobile(text: string): void; private onTooltipClose; /** * @private */ toolbarResize(): void; private createSidebarToolBar; private onTooltipBeforeOpen; /** * @private */ enableThumbnailButton(): void; /** * @private */ enableBookmarkButton(): void; private createSidebarTitleCloseButton; private createResizeIcon; /** * @private */ setResizeIconTop(): void; private resizeIconMouseOver; private resizePanelMouseDown; private resizeViewerMouseLeave; /** * @private */ readonly outerContainerWidth: number; /** * @private */ readonly sideToolbarWidth: number; /** * @private */ readonly sideBarContentContainerWidth: number; private resizePanelMouseMove; private sideToolbarOnClose; /** * @private */ updateViewerContainerOnClose(): void; private updateViewerContainerOnExpand; /** * @private */ getViewerContainerLeft(): number; /** * @private */ getViewerMainContainerWidth(): number; private sideToolbarOnClick; private setThumbnailSelectionIconTheme; private removeThumbnailSelectionIconTheme; private resetThumbnailIcon; /** * @private */ resetThumbnailView(): void; private bookmarkButtonOnClick; private setBookmarkSelectionIconTheme; private removeBookmarkSelectionIconTheme; private sideToolbarOnMouseup; private sideBarTitleOnMouseup; /** * @private */ disableBookmarkButton(): void; /** * @private */ clear(): void; getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/base/pdfviewer-base.d.ts /** * The `ISize` module is used to handle page size property of PDF viewer. * @hidden */ export interface ISize { width: number; height: number; top: number; } /** * The `IPinchZoomStorage` module is used to handle pinch zoom storage of PDF viewer. * @hidden */ export interface IPinchZoomStorage { index: number; pinchZoomStorage: object; } /** * The `PdfViewerBase` module is used to handle base methods of PDF viewer. * @hidden */ export class PdfViewerBase { /** * @private */ viewerContainer: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ contextMenuModule: ContextMenu; /** * @private */ pageSize: ISize[]; /** * @private */ pageCount: number; /** * @private */ currentPageNumber: number; /** * @private */ textLayer: TextLayer; private pdfViewer; private isDocumentLoaded; /** * @private */ isDocumentEdited: boolean; /** * @private */ documentId: string; /** * @private */ renderedPagesList: number[]; /** * @private */ pageGap: number; private pageLeft; private sessionLimit; private pageStopValue; /** * @private */ toolbarHeight: number; private pageLimit; private previousPage; private isViewerMouseDown; private isViewerMouseWheel; private scrollPosition; private sessionStorage; /** * @private */ pageContainer: HTMLElement; private scrollHoldTimer; private isFileName; private pointerCount; private pointersForTouch; private corruptPopup; private passwordPopup; private goToPagePopup; private isPasswordAvailable; private document; private waitingPopup; /** * @private */ reRenderedCount: number; private passwordInput; private promptElement; /** * @private */ navigationPane: NavigationPane; private mouseX; private mouseY; /** * @private */ hashId: string; private documentLiveCount; /** * @private */ mainContainer: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ viewerMainContainer: HTMLElement; private printMainContainer; private printWaitingPopup; /** * @private */ mobileScrollerContainer: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ mobilePageNoContainer: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ mobileSpanContainer: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ mobilecurrentPageContainer: HTMLElement; private mobilenumberContainer; private mobiletotalPageContainer; private touchClientX; private touchClientY; private previousTime; private currentTime; private isTouchScrolled; private goToPageInput; /** * @private */ pageNoContainer: HTMLElement; private goToPageElement; private isLongTouchPropagated; private longTouchTimer; private isViewerContainerDoubleClick; private dblClickTimer; /** * @private */ pinchZoomStorage: IPinchZoomStorage[]; private isPinchZoomStorage; /** * @private */ isTextSelectionDisabled: boolean; /** * @private */ isPanMode: boolean; private dragX; private dragY; private isScrollbarMouseDown; private scrollX; private scrollY; private ispageMoved; private isThumb; private isTapHidden; private singleTapTimer; private tapCount; constructor(viewer: PdfViewer); /** * @private */ initializeComponent(): void; private createMobilePageNumberContainer; /** * @private */ initiatePageRender(documentData: string, password: string): void; private mobileScrollContainerDown; private setMaximumHeight; private mobileScrollContainerEnd; private createAjaxRequest; /** * @private */ openNotificationPopup(): void; private requestSuccess; private pageRender; private renderPasswordPopup; private renderCorruptPopup; private constructJsonObject; private checkDocumentData; private setFileName; private saveDocumentInfo; private saveDocumentHashData; private updateWaitingPopup; private createWaitingPopup; private showLoadingIndicator; private showPageLoadingIndicator; /** * @private */ showPrintLoadingIndicator(isShow: boolean): void; private setLoaderProperties; /** * @private */ updateScrollTop(pageNumber: number): void; /** * @private */ getZoomFactor(): number; /** * @private */ getPinchZoomed(): boolean; /** * @private */ getMagnified(): boolean; private getPinchScrolled; private getPagesPinchZoomed; private getPagesZoomed; private getRerenderCanvasCreated; /** * @private */ getDocumentId(): string; /** * @private */ download(): void; /** * @private */ clear(isTriggerEvent: boolean): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * @private */ unloadDocument(e: any): void; /** * @private */ private windowSessionStorageClear; /** * @private */ focusViewerContainer(): void; private getScrollParent; private createCorruptedPopup; private closeCorruptPopup; private createPrintPopup; private createGoToPagePopup; private closeGoToPagePopUp; private EnableApplyButton; private DisableApplyButton; private GoToPageCancelClick; private GoToPageApplyClick; /** * @private */ updateMobileScrollerPosition(): void; private createPasswordPopup; private passwordCancel; private passwordCancelClick; private passwordDialogReset; private applyPassword; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; /** * @private */ onWindowResize: () => void; /** * @private */ updateZoomValue(): void; private viewerContainerOnMousedown; private viewerContainerOnMouseup; private viewerContainerOnMouseWheel; private viewerContainerOnKeyDown; private viewerContainerOnMousemove; private panOnMouseMove; /** * @private */ initiatePanning(): void; /** * @private */ initiateTextSelectMode(): void; private enableAnnotationAddTools; private viewerContainerOnMouseLeave; private viewerContainerOnMouseEnter; private viewerContainerOnMouseOver; private viewerContainerOnClick; private applySelection; private viewerContainerOnDragStart; private viewerContainerOnContextMenuClick; private onWindowMouseUp; private onWindowTouchEnd; private viewerContainerOnTouchStart; private handleTaps; private onSingleTap; private onDoubleTap; private viewerContainerOnLongTouch; private viewerContainerOnPointerDown; private preventTouchEvent; private viewerContainerOnTouchMove; private viewerContainerOnPointerMove; private viewerContainerOnTouchEnd; private viewerContainerOnPointerEnd; private initPageDiv; private renderElementsVirtualScroll; private renderPageElement; private renderPagesVirtually; private initiateRenderPagesVirtually; private renderPage; private renderTextContent; private renderPageContainer; private orderPageDivElements; /** * @private */ renderPageCanvas(pageDiv: HTMLElement, pageWidth: number, pageHeight: number, pageNumber: number, displayMode: string): HTMLElement; /** * @private */ updateLeftPosition(pageIndex: number): number; /** * @private */ applyLeftPosition(pageIndex: number): void; private updatePageHeight; private viewerContainerOnScroll; private initiatePageViewScrollChanged; private renderCountIncrement; /** * @private */ pageViewScrollChanged(currentPageNumber: number): void; private downloadDocument; private createRequestForDownload; private createRequestForRender; /** * @private */ getStoredData(pageIndex: number): any; /** * @private */ storeWinData(data: any, pageIndex: number): void; private getPinchZoomPage; private getWindowSessionStorage; private manageSessionStorage; private createBlobUrl; private getRandomNumber; private createGUID; /** * @private */ isClickedOnScrollBar(event: MouseEvent): boolean; private setScrollDownValue; /** * @private */ disableTextSelectionMode(): void; /** * @private */ getElement(idString: string): HTMLElement; /** * @private */ getPageWidth(pageIndex: number): number; /** * @private */ getPageHeight(pageIndex: number): number; /** * @private */ getPageTop(pageIndex: number): number; private isAnnotationToolbarHidden; /** * @private */ getTextMarkupAnnotationMode(): boolean; private getCurrentTextMarkupAnnotation; /** * @private */ getSelectTextMarkupCurrentPage(): number; /** * @private */ getAnnotationToolStatus(): boolean; /** * @private */ getPopupNoteVisibleStatus(): boolean; /** * @private */ isTextMarkupAnnotationModule(): TextMarkupAnnotation; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/base/text-layer.d.ts /** * TextLayer module is used to handle the text content on the control. * @hidden */ export class TextLayer { private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; private notifyDialog; private textBoundsArray; /** * @private */ constructor(pdfViewer: PdfViewer, pdfViewerBase: PdfViewerBase); /** * @private */ addTextLayer(pageNumber: number, pageWidth: number, pageHeight: number, pageDiv: HTMLElement): HTMLElement; /** * @private */ renderTextContents(pageNumber: number, textContents: any, textBounds: any, rotation: any): void; /** * @private */ resizeTextContents(pageNumber: number, textContents: any, textBounds: any, rotation: any): void; private applyTextRotation; private setTextElementProperties; /** * @private */ resizeTextContentsOnZoom(pageNumber: number): void; private resizeExcessDiv; /** * @private */ clearTextLayers(): void; /** * @private */ convertToSpan(pageNumber: number, divId: number, fromOffset: number, toOffset: number, textString: string, className: string): void; /** * @private */ applySpanForSelection(startPage: number, endPage: number, anchorOffsetDiv: number, focusOffsetDiv: number, anchorOffset: number, focusOffset: number): void; /** * @private */ clearDivSelection(): void; private setStyleToTextDiv; private getTextSelectionStatus; /** * @private */ modifyTextCursor(isAdd: boolean): void; /** * @private */ isBackWardSelection(selection: Selection): boolean; /** * @private */ getPageIndex(element: Node): number; /** * @private */ getTextIndex(element: Node, pageIndex: number): number; private getPreviousZoomFactor; /** * @private */ getTextSearchStatus(): boolean; /** * @private */ createNotificationPopup(text: string): void; private closeNotification; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/base/types.d.ts /** * Enum toolbarItem for toolbar settings */ export type ToolbarItem = 'OpenOption' | 'PageNavigationTool' | 'MagnificationTool' | 'PanTool' | 'SelectionTool' | 'SearchOption' | 'PrintOption' | 'DownloadOption' | 'UndoRedoTool' | 'AnnotationEditTool'; /** * Enum AnnotationToolbarItem for annotation toolbar settings */ export type AnnotationToolbarItem = 'HighlightTool' | 'UnderlineTool' | 'StrikethroughTool' | 'ColorEditTool' | 'OpacityEditTool' | 'AnnotationDeleteTool'; /** * Enum LinkTarget for hyperlink navigation */ export type LinkTarget = 'CurrentTab' | 'NewTab' | 'NewWindow'; /** * Enum InteractionMode for interaction mode */ export type InteractionMode = 'TextSelection' | 'Pan'; /** * Enum AnnotationType for specifying Annotations */ export type AnnotationType = 'None' | 'Highlight' | 'Underline' | 'Strikethrough'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/bookmark-view/bookmark-view.d.ts /** * BookmarkView module */ export class BookmarkView { private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; private bookmarkView; private isBookmarkViewDiv; private treeObj; bookmarks: any; bookmarksDestination: any; /** * @private */ childNavigateCount: number; /** * @private */ bookmarkList: lists.ListView; /** * @private */ constructor(pdfViewer: PdfViewer, pdfViewerBase: PdfViewerBase); /** * @private */ createRequestForBookmarks(): void; /** * @private */ renderBookmarkcontent(): void; /** * @private */ renderBookmarkContentMobile(): void; private bookmarkClick; private nodeClick; private setHeight; /** * @private */ setBookmarkContentHeight(): void; private navigateToBookmark; /** * Get Bookmarks of the PDF document being loaded in the ejPdfViewer control * @returns any */ getBookmarks(): any; /** * Navigate To current Bookmark location of the PDF document being loaded in the ejPdfViewer control. * @param {number} pageIndex - Specifies the pageIndex for Navigate * @param {number} y - Specifies the Y coordinates value of the Page * @returns void */ goToBookmark(pageIndex: number, y: number): boolean; /** * @private */ clear(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/bookmark-view/index.d.ts /** * export types */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/index.d.ts /** * PdfViewer component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/magnification/index.d.ts /** * export types */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/magnification/magnification.d.ts /** * Magnification module */ export class Magnification { /** * @private */ zoomFactor: number; /** * @private */ previousZoomFactor: number; private scrollWidth; private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; private zoomLevel; private higherZoomLevel; private lowerZoomLevel; private zoomPercentages; private isNotPredefinedZoom; private pinchStep; private reRenderPageNumber; private magnifyPageRerenderTimer; private rerenderOnScrollTimer; private rerenderInterval; private previousTouchDifference; private touchCenterX; private touchCenterY; private pageRerenderCount; private imageObjects; private topValue; private isTapToFitZoom; /** * @private */ fitType: string; /** * @private */ isInitialLoading: boolean; /** * @private */ isPinchZoomed: boolean; /** * @private */ isPagePinchZoomed: boolean; /** * @private */ isRerenderCanvasCreated: boolean; /** * @private */ isMagnified: boolean; /** * @private */ isPagesZoomed: boolean; /** * @private */ isPinchScrolled: boolean; /** * @private */ isAutoZoom: boolean; /** * @private */ constructor(pdfViewer: PdfViewer, viewerBase: PdfViewerBase); /** * Zoom the PDF document to the given zoom value * @param {number} zoomValue - Specifies the Zoom Value for magnify the PDF document * @returns void */ zoomTo(zoomValue: number): void; /** * Magnifies the page to the next value in the zoom drop down list. * @returns void */ zoomIn(): void; /** * Magnifies the page to the previous value in the zoom drop down list. * @returns void */ zoomOut(): void; /** * Scales the page to fit the page width to the width of the container in the control. * @returns void */ fitToWidth(): void; /** * @private */ fitToAuto(): void; /** * Scales the page to fit the page in the container in the control. * @param {number} zoomValue - Defines the Zoom Value for fit the page in the Container * @returns void */ fitToPage(): void; /** * Returns zoom factor for the fit zooms. */ private calculateFitZoomFactor; /** * Performs pinch in operation */ private pinchIn; /** * Performs pinch out operation */ private pinchOut; /** * returns zoom level for the zoom factor. */ private getZoomLevel; /** * @private */ checkZoomFactor(): boolean; /** * Executes when the zoom or pinch operation is performed */ private onZoomChanged; /** * @private */ setTouchPoints(clientX: number, clientY: number): void; /** * @private */ initiatePinchMove(pointX1: number, pointY1: number, pointX2: number, pointY2: number): void; private magnifyPages; private updatePageLocation; private clearRerenderTimer; /** * @private */ clearIntervalTimer(): void; /** * @private */ pushImageObjects(image: HTMLImageElement): void; private clearRendering; private rerenderMagnifiedPages; private renderInSeparateThread; private responsivePages; private calculateScrollValues; private rerenderOnScroll; /** * @private */ pinchMoveScroll(): void; private initiateRerender; private reRenderAfterPinch; private designNewCanvas; /** * @private */ pageRerenderOnMouseWheel(): void; /** * @private */ renderCountIncrement(): void; /** * @private */ rerenderCountIncrement(): void; private resizeCanvas; private zoomOverPages; /** * @private */ pinchMoveEnd(): void; /** * @private */ fitPageScrollMouseWheel(event: MouseWheelEvent): void; /** * @private */ magnifyBehaviorKeyDown(event: KeyboardEvent): void; private upwardScrollFitPage; /** * @private */ updatePagesForFitPage(currentPageIndex: number): void; /** * @private */ onDoubleTapMagnification(): void; private downwardScrollFitPage; private getMagnifiedValue; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * returns zoom factor when the zoom percent is passed. */ private getZoomFactor; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/navigation/index.d.ts /** * export types */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/navigation/page-navigation.d.ts /** * Navigation module */ export class Navigation { private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; private pageNumber; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: PdfViewer, viewerBase: PdfViewerBase); /** * Navigate to Next page of the PDF document * @returns void */ goToNextPage(): void; /** * Navigate to Previous page of the PDF document * @returns void */ goToPreviousPage(): void; /** * Navigate to given Page number * Note : In case if we have provided incorrect page number as argument it will retain the existing page * @param {number} pageNumber - Defines the page number to navigate * @returns void */ goToPage(pageNumber: number): void; /** * Navigate to First page of the PDF document * @returns void */ goToFirstPage(): void; /** * Navigate to Last page of the PDF document * @returns void */ goToLastPage(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/pdfviewer-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class ToolbarSettings */ export interface ToolbarSettingsModel { /** * Enable or disables the toolbar of PdfViewer. */ showTooltip?: boolean; /** * shows only the defined options in the PdfViewer. */ toolbarItem?: ToolbarItem[]; } /** * Interface for a class AnnotationToolbarSettings */ export interface AnnotationToolbarSettingsModel { /** * Enable or disables the tooltip of the toolbar. */ showTooltip?: boolean; /** * shows only the defined options in the PdfViewer. */ annotationToolbarItem?: AnnotationToolbarItem[]; } /** * Interface for a class ServerActionSettings */ export interface ServerActionSettingsModel { /** * specifies the load action of PdfViewer. */ load?: string; /** * specifies the unload action of PdfViewer. */ unload?: string; /** * specifies the render action of PdfViewer. */ renderPages?: string; /** * specifies the print action of PdfViewer. */ print?: string; /** * specifies the download action of PdfViewer. */ download?: string; /** * specifies the download action of PdfViewer. */ renderThumbnail?: string; } /** * Interface for a class StrikethroughSettings */ export interface StrikethroughSettingsModel { /** * specifies the opacity of the annotation. */ opacity?: number; /** * specifies the color of the annotation. */ color?: string; /** * specifies the author of the annotation. */ author?: string; /** * specifies the subject of the annotation. */ subject?: string; /** * specifies the modified date of the annotation. */ modifiedDate?: string; } /** * Interface for a class UnderlineSettings */ export interface UnderlineSettingsModel { /** * specifies the opacity of the annotation. */ opacity?: number; /** * specifies the color of the annotation. */ color?: string; /** * specifies the author of the annotation. */ author?: string; /** * specifies the subject of the annotation. */ subject?: string; /** * specifies the modified date of the annotation. */ modifiedDate?: string; } /** * Interface for a class HighlightSettings */ export interface HighlightSettingsModel { /** * specifies the opacity of the annotation. */ opacity?: number; /** * specifies the color of the annotation. */ color?: string; /** * specifies the author of the annotation. */ author?: string; /** * specifies the subject of the annotation. */ subject?: string; /** * specifies the modified date of the annotation. */ modifiedDate?: string; } /** * Interface for a class PdfViewer */ export interface PdfViewerModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Defines the service url of the PdfViewer control. */ serviceUrl?: string; /** * Sets the PDF document path for initial loading. */ documentPath?: string; /** * Defines the scrollable height of the PdfViewer control. * @default 'auto' */ height?: string | number; /** * Defines the scrollable width of the PdfViewer control. * @default 'auto' */ width?: string | number; /** * Enable or disables the toolbar of PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableToolbar?: boolean; /** * Enable or disables the Navigation toolbar of PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableNavigationToolbar?: boolean; /** * Enable or disables the download option of PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableDownload?: boolean; /** * Enable or disables the print option of PdfViewer. * @default true */ enablePrint?: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the thumbnail view in the PDF viewer * @default true */ enableThumbnail?: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the bookmark view in the PDF viewer * @default true */ enableBookmark?: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the hyperlinks in PDF document. * @default true */ enableHyperlink?: boolean; /** * Specifies the open state of the hyperlink in the PDF document. * @default CurrentTab */ hyperlinkOpenState?: LinkTarget; /** * Enable or disables the Navigation module of PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableNavigation?: boolean; /** * Enable or disables the Magnification module of PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableMagnification?: boolean; /** * Enable or disables the text selection in the PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableTextSelection?: boolean; /** * Enable or disables the text search in the PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableTextSearch?: boolean; /** * Enable or disable the annotation in the Pdfviewer. * @default true */ enableAnnotation?: boolean; /** * Enable or disables the text markup annotation in the PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableTextMarkupAnnotation?: boolean; /** * Sets the interaction mode of the PdfViewer * @default TextSelection */ interactionMode?: InteractionMode; /** * Defines the settings of the PdfViewer toolbar. */ // tslint:disable-next-line:max-line-length toolbarSettings?: ToolbarSettingsModel; /** * Defines the settings of the PdfViewer annotation toolbar. */ // tslint:disable-next-line:max-line-length annotationToolbarSettings?: AnnotationToolbarSettingsModel; /** * Defines the settings of the PdfViewer service. */ // tslint:disable-next-line:max-line-length serverActionSettings?: ServerActionSettingsModel; /** * Defines the settings of highlight annotation. */ highlightSettings?: HighlightSettingsModel; /** * Defines the settings of strikethrough annotation. */ strikethroughSettings?: StrikethroughSettingsModel; /** * Defines the settings of underline annotation. */ underlineSettings?: UnderlineSettingsModel; /** * Triggers while loading document into PdfViewer. * @event */ documentLoad?: base.EmitType<ILoadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while close the document * @event */ documentUnload?: base.EmitType<IUnloadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while loading document got failed in PdfViewer. * @event */ documentLoadFailed?: base.EmitType<ILoadFailedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the AJAX request is failed. * @event */ ajaxRequestFailed?: base.EmitType<IAjaxRequestFailureEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the mouse click is performed over the page of the PDF document. * @event */ pageClick?: base.EmitType<IPageClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when there is change in current page number. * @event */ pageChange?: base.EmitType<IPageChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when hyperlink in the PDF Document is clicked * @event */ hyperlinkClick?: base.EmitType<IHyperlinkClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when there is change in the magnification value. * @event */ zoomChange?: base.EmitType<IZoomChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when an annotation is added over the page of the PDF document. * @event */ annotationAdd?: base.EmitType<IAnnotationAddEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when an annotation is removed from the page of the PDF document. * @event */ annotationRemove?: base.EmitType<IAnnotationRemoveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the property of the annotation is changed in the page of the PDF document. * @event */ annotationPropertiesChange?: base.EmitType<IAnnotationPropertiesChangeEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/pdfviewer.d.ts /** * The `ToolbarSettings` module is used to provide the toolbar settings of PDF viewer. */ export class ToolbarSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ToolbarSettings> { /** * Enable or disables the toolbar of PdfViewer. */ showTooltip: boolean; /** * shows only the defined options in the PdfViewer. */ toolbarItem: ToolbarItem[]; } /** * The `AnnotationToolbarSettings` module is used to provide the annotation toolbar settings of the PDF viewer. */ export class AnnotationToolbarSettings extends base.ChildProperty<AnnotationToolbarSettings> { /** * Enable or disables the tooltip of the toolbar. */ showTooltip: boolean; /** * shows only the defined options in the PdfViewer. */ annotationToolbarItem: AnnotationToolbarItem[]; } /** * The `ServerActionSettings` module is used to provide the server action methods of PDF viewer. */ export class ServerActionSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ServerActionSettings> { /** * specifies the load action of PdfViewer. */ load: string; /** * specifies the unload action of PdfViewer. */ unload: string; /** * specifies the render action of PdfViewer. */ renderPages: string; /** * specifies the print action of PdfViewer. */ print: string; /** * specifies the download action of PdfViewer. */ download: string; /** * specifies the download action of PdfViewer. */ renderThumbnail: string; } /** * The `StrikethroughSettings` module is used to provide the properties to Strikethrough annotation. */ export class StrikethroughSettings extends base.ChildProperty<StrikethroughSettings> { /** * specifies the opacity of the annotation. */ opacity: number; /** * specifies the color of the annotation. */ color: string; /** * specifies the author of the annotation. */ author: string; /** * specifies the subject of the annotation. */ subject: string; /** * specifies the modified date of the annotation. */ modifiedDate: string; } /** * The `UnderlineSettings` module is used to provide the properties to Underline annotation. */ export class UnderlineSettings extends base.ChildProperty<UnderlineSettings> { /** * specifies the opacity of the annotation. */ opacity: number; /** * specifies the color of the annotation. */ color: string; /** * specifies the author of the annotation. */ author: string; /** * specifies the subject of the annotation. */ subject: string; /** * specifies the modified date of the annotation. */ modifiedDate: string; } /** * The `HighlightSettings` module is used to provide the properties to Highlight annotation. */ export class HighlightSettings extends base.ChildProperty<HighlightSettings> { /** * specifies the opacity of the annotation. */ opacity: number; /** * specifies the color of the annotation. */ color: string; /** * specifies the author of the annotation. */ author: string; /** * specifies the subject of the annotation. */ subject: string; /** * specifies the modified date of the annotation. */ modifiedDate: string; } /** * Represents the PDF viewer component. * ```html * <div id="pdfViewer"></div> * <script> * var pdfViewerObj = new PdfViewer(); * pdfViewerObj.appendTo("#pdfViewer"); * </script> * ``` */ export class PdfViewer extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * Defines the service url of the PdfViewer control. */ serviceUrl: string; /** * Returns the page count of the document loaded in the PdfViewer control. */ readonly pageCount: number; /** * Checks whether the PDF document is edited. */ readonly isDocumentEdited: boolean; /** * Returns the current page number of the document displayed in the PdfViewer control. */ readonly currentPageNumber: number; /** * Sets the PDF document path for initial loading. */ documentPath: string; /** * Returns the current zoom percentage of the PdfViewer control. */ readonly zoomPercentage: number; /** * Gets or sets the document name loaded in the PdfViewer control. */ fileName: string; /** * Defines the scrollable height of the PdfViewer control. * @default 'auto' */ height: string | number; /** * Defines the scrollable width of the PdfViewer control. * @default 'auto' */ width: string | number; /** * Enable or disables the toolbar of PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableToolbar: boolean; /** * Enable or disables the Navigation toolbar of PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableNavigationToolbar: boolean; /** * Enable or disables the download option of PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableDownload: boolean; /** * Enable or disables the print option of PdfViewer. * @default true */ enablePrint: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the thumbnail view in the PDF viewer * @default true */ enableThumbnail: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the bookmark view in the PDF viewer * @default true */ enableBookmark: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the hyperlinks in PDF document. * @default true */ enableHyperlink: boolean; /** * Specifies the open state of the hyperlink in the PDF document. * @default CurrentTab */ hyperlinkOpenState: LinkTarget; /** * Enable or disables the Navigation module of PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableNavigation: boolean; /** * Enable or disables the Magnification module of PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableMagnification: boolean; /** * Enable or disables the text selection in the PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableTextSelection: boolean; /** * Enable or disables the text search in the PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableTextSearch: boolean; /** * Enable or disable the annotation in the Pdfviewer. * @default true */ enableAnnotation: boolean; /** * Enable or disables the text markup annotation in the PdfViewer. * @default true */ enableTextMarkupAnnotation: boolean; /** * Sets the interaction mode of the PdfViewer * @default TextSelection */ interactionMode: InteractionMode; /** * Defines the settings of the PdfViewer toolbar. */ toolbarSettings: ToolbarSettingsModel; /** * Defines the settings of the PdfViewer annotation toolbar. */ annotationToolbarSettings: AnnotationToolbarSettingsModel; /** * Defines the settings of the PdfViewer service. */ serverActionSettings: ServerActionSettingsModel; /** * Defines the settings of highlight annotation. */ highlightSettings: HighlightSettingsModel; /** * Defines the settings of strikethrough annotation. */ strikethroughSettings: StrikethroughSettingsModel; /** * Defines the settings of underline annotation. */ underlineSettings: UnderlineSettingsModel; private viewerBase; /** * @private */ navigationModule: Navigation; /** * @private */ toolbarModule: Toolbar; /** * @private */ magnificationModule: Magnification; /** * @private */ linkAnnotationModule: LinkAnnotation; /** @hidden */ localeObj: base.L10n; /** * @private */ thumbnailViewModule: ThumbnailView; /** * @private */ bookmarkViewModule: BookmarkView; /** * @private */ textSelectionModule: TextSelection; /** * @private */ textSearchModule: TextSearch; /** * @private */ printModule: Print; /** * @private */ annotationModule: Annotation; /** * Gets the bookmark view object of the pdf viewer. * @returns { BookmarkView } */ readonly bookmark: BookmarkView; /** * Gets the print object of the pdf viewer. * @returns { Print } */ readonly print: Print; /** * Gets the magnification object of the pdf viewer. * @returns { Magnification } */ readonly magnification: Magnification; /** * Gets the navigation object of the pdf viewer. * @returns { Navigation } */ readonly navigation: Navigation; /** * Gets the text search object of the pdf viewer. * @returns { TextSearch } */ readonly textSearch: TextSearch; /** * Gets the toolbar object of the pdf viewer. * @returns { Toolbar } */ readonly toolbar: Toolbar; /** * Gets the annotation object of the pdf viewer. * @returns { Annotation } */ readonly annotation: Annotation; /** * Triggers while loading document into PdfViewer. * @event */ documentLoad: base.EmitType<ILoadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while close the document * @event */ documentUnload: base.EmitType<IUnloadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while loading document got failed in PdfViewer. * @event */ documentLoadFailed: base.EmitType<ILoadFailedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the AJAX request is failed. * @event */ ajaxRequestFailed: base.EmitType<IAjaxRequestFailureEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the mouse click is performed over the page of the PDF document. * @event */ pageClick: base.EmitType<IPageClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when there is change in current page number. * @event */ pageChange: base.EmitType<IPageChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when hyperlink in the PDF Document is clicked * @event */ hyperlinkClick: base.EmitType<IHyperlinkClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when there is change in the magnification value. * @event */ zoomChange: base.EmitType<IZoomChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when an annotation is added over the page of the PDF document. * @event */ annotationAdd: base.EmitType<IAnnotationAddEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when an annotation is removed from the page of the PDF document. * @event */ annotationRemove: base.EmitType<IAnnotationRemoveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the property of the annotation is changed in the page of the PDF document. * @event */ annotationPropertiesChange: base.EmitType<IAnnotationPropertiesChangeEventArgs>; constructor(options?: PdfViewerModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); protected preRender(): void; protected render(): void; getModuleName(): string; /** * @private */ getLocaleConstants(): Object; onPropertyChanged(newProp: PdfViewerModel, oldProp: PdfViewerModel): void; getPersistData(): string; requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** @hidden */ defaultLocale: Object; /** * Loads the given PDF document in the PDF viewer control * @param {string} document - Specifies the document name for load * @param {string} password - Specifies the Given document password * @returns void */ load(document: string, password: string): void; /** * Downloads the PDF document being loaded in the ejPdfViewer control. * @returns void */ download(): void; /** * Perform undo action for the edited annotations * @returns void */ undo(): void; /** * Perform redo action for the edited annotations * @returns void */ redo(): void; /** * Unloads the PDF document being displayed in the PDF viewer. * @returns void */ unload(): void; /** * Destroys all managed resources used by this object. */ destroy(): void; /** * @private */ fireDocumentLoad(): void; /** * @private */ fireDocumentUnload(fileName: string): void; /** * @private */ fireDocumentLoadFailed(isPasswordRequired: boolean, password: string): void; /** * @private */ fireAjaxRequestFailed(errorStatusCode: number, errorMessage: string): void; /** * @private */ firePageClick(x: number, y: number, pageNumber: number): void; /** * @private */ firePageChange(previousPageNumber: number): void; /** * @private */ fireZoomChange(): void; /** * @private */ fireHyperlinkClick(hyperlink: string): void; /** * @private */ fireAnnotationAdd(pageNumber: number, index: number, type: AnnotationType, bounds: any, settings: any): void; /** * @private */ fireAnnotationRemove(pageNumber: number, index: number, type: AnnotationType): void; /** * @private */ fireAnnotationPropertiesChange(pageNumber: number, index: number, type: AnnotationType, isColorChanged: boolean, isOpacityChanged: boolean): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/print/index.d.ts /** * export types */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/print/print.d.ts /** * Print module */ export class Print { private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; private printViewerContainer; private printCanvas; private frameDoc; private iframe; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: PdfViewer, base: PdfViewerBase); /** * Print the PDF document being loaded in the ejPdfViewer control. * @returns void */ print(): void; private createRequestForPrint; private printWindowOpen; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/text-search/index.d.ts /** * export types */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/text-search/text-search.d.ts /** * TextSearch module */ export class TextSearch { /** * @private */ isTextSearch: boolean; /** * @private */ searchBtn: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ searchInput: HTMLElement; private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; private searchBox; private nextSearchBtn; private prevSearchBtn; private checkBox; private searchIndex; private currentSearchIndex; private searchPageIndex; private searchString; private isMatchCase; private textContents; private searchMatches; private searchCollection; private searchedPages; private isPrevSearch; private tempElementStorage; /** * @private */ isMessagePopupOpened: boolean; /** * @private */ constructor(pdfViewer: PdfViewer, pdfViewerBase: PdfViewerBase); /** * @private */ createTextSearchBox(): void; /** * @private */ textSearchBoxOnResize(): void; /** * @private */ showSearchBox(isShow: boolean): void; /** * @private */ searchAfterSelection(): void; private initiateTextSearch; /** * @private */ initiateSearch(inputString: string): void; private textSearch; private nextSearch; private prevSearch; private initSearch; private getPossibleMatches; private getSearchPage; private convertMatches; private highlightSearchedTexts; private beginText; private addSpanForSearch; private isClassAvailable; private addSpan; private searchOnSelection; private getScrollElement; private scrollToSearchStr; /** * @private */ highlightOtherOccurrences(pageNumber: number): void; private highlightOthers; private clearAllOccurrences; /** * @private */ getIndexes(): any; private applyTextSelection; /** * @private */ resetTextSearch(): void; private onTextSearchClose; private createRequestForSearch; private createSearchBoxButtons; private enablePrevButton; private enableNextButton; private checkBoxOnChange; /** * @private */ resetVariables(): void; private searchKeypressHandler; private searchClickHandler; /** * @private */ searchButtonClick(element: HTMLElement, inputElement: HTMLElement): void; private updateSearchInputIcon; private nextButtonOnClick; private prevButtonOnClick; private onMessageBoxOpen; /** * Searches the target text in the PDF document and highlights the occurrences in the pages * @param {string} searchText - Specifies the searchText content * @param {boolean} isMatchCase - If set true , its highlights the MatchCase content * @returns void */ searchText(searchText: string, isMatchCase: boolean): void; /** * Searches the next occurrence of the searched text from the current occurrence of the PdfViewer. * @returns void */ searchNext(): void; /** * Searches the previous occurrence of the searched text from the current occurrence of the PdfViewer. * @returns void */ searchPrevious(): void; /** * Cancels the text search of the PdfViewer. * @returns void */ cancelTextSearch(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/text-selection/index.d.ts /** * export types */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/text-selection/text-selection.d.ts /** * The `IRectangle` module is used to handle rectangle property of PDF viewer. * @hidden */ export interface IRectangle { bottom: number; height: number; left: number; top: number; right: number; width: number; } /** * The `ISelection` module is used to handle selection property of PDF viewer. * @hidden */ export interface ISelection { isBackward: boolean; startNode: string; startOffset: number; endNode: string; endOffset: number; textContent: string; pageNumber: number; bound: IRectangle; rectangleBounds: IRectangle[]; } /** * The `TextSelection` module is used to handle the text selection of PDF viewer. * @hidden */ export class TextSelection { /** * @private */ isTextSelection: boolean; /** * @private */ selectionStartPage: number; private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; private isBackwardPropagatedSelection; private dropDivElementLeft; private dropDivElementRight; private dropElementLeft; private dropElementRight; private contextMenuHeight; /** * @private */ selectionRangeArray: ISelection[]; private selectionAnchorTouch; private selectionFocusTouch; private scrollMoveTimer; private isMouseLeaveSelection; private isTouchSelection; private previousScrollDifference; private topStoreLeft; private topStoreRight; /** * @private */ constructor(pdfViewer: PdfViewer, pdfViewerBase: PdfViewerBase); /** * @private */ textSelectionOnMouseMove(target: EventTarget, x: number, y: number): void; /** * @private */ textSelectionOnMouseLeave(event: MouseEvent): void; private scrollForwardOnSelection; private scrollBackwardOnSelection; /** * @private */ clear(): void; /** * @private */ selectAWord(element: any, x: number, y: number, isStoreSelection: boolean): void; private getSelectionRange; /** * @private */ selectEntireLine(event: MouseEvent): void; /** * @private */ enableTextSelectionMode(): void; /** * @private */ clearTextSelection(): void; /** * @private */ removeTouchElements(): void; /** * @private */ resizeTouchElements(): void; /** * @private */ textSelectionOnMouseup(): void; /** * @private */ maintainSelectionOnZoom(isMaintainSelection: boolean, isStich: boolean): void; /** * @private */ isSelectionAvailableOnScroll(pageNumber: number): boolean; /** * @private */ applySelectionRangeOnScroll(pageNumber: number): void; private getSelectionRangeFromArray; private applySelectionRange; private applySelectionMouseScroll; /** * @private */ maintainSelectionOnScroll(pageNumber: number, isStich: boolean): void; private maintainSelection; private getCorrectOffset; private pushSelectionRangeObject; private extendCurrentSelection; private stichSelection; /** * @private */ textSelectionOnMouseWheel(currentPageNumber: number): void; /** * @private */ stichSelectionOnScroll(currentPageNumber: number): void; private extendSelectionStich; /** * @private */ createRangeObjectOnScroll(pageNumber: number, anchorPageId: number, focusPageId: number): ISelection; private getSelectionRangeObject; private getSelectionBounds; private getSelectionRectangleBounds; private getTextId; private normalizeBounds; private getMagnifiedValue; /** * @private */ getCurrentSelectionBounds(pageNumber: number): IRectangle; private createRangeForSelection; private maintainSelectionArray; /** * @private */ applySpanForSelection(): void; /** * @private */ initiateTouchSelection(event: TouchEvent, x: number, y: number): void; private selectTextByTouch; private setTouchSelectionStartPosition; private getTouchAnchorElement; private getTouchFocusElement; private createTouchSelectElement; private calculateContextMenuPosition; private onLeftTouchSelectElementTouchStart; private onRightTouchSelectElementTouchStart; private onLeftTouchSelectElementTouchEnd; private onRightTouchSelectElementTouchEnd; private initiateSelectionByTouch; private terminateSelectionByTouch; private onLeftTouchSelectElementTouchMove; private onRightTouchSelectElementTouchMove; private getNodeElement; private isTouchedWithinContainer; private onTouchElementScroll; private isCloserTouchScroll; private getClientValueTop; private isScrolledOnScrollBar; private getTextLastLength; private getNodeElementFromNode; /** * @private */ copyText(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/thumbnail-view/index.d.ts /** * export types */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/thumbnail-view/thumbnail-view.d.ts /** * The `ThumbnailView` module is used to handle thumbnail view navigation of PDF viewer. * @hidden */ export class ThumbnailView { private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; private previousElement; private thumbnailSelectionRing; private thumbnailImage; private isThumbnailCompleted; private startIndex; private thumbnailLimit; private thumbnailThreshold; private thumbnailTopMargin; /** * @private */ isThumbnailClicked: boolean; /** * @private */ thumbnailView: HTMLElement; /** * @private */ constructor(pdfViewer: PdfViewer, pdfViewerBase: PdfViewerBase); /** * @private */ createThumbnailContainer(): void; /** * @private */ createRequestForThumbnails(): Promise<any>; private requestCreation; /** * @private */ gotoThumbnailImage(pageNumber: number): void; private checkThumbnailScroll; private getPageNumberFromID; private setFocusStyle; private renderThumbnailImage; private wireUpEvents; private unwireUpEvents; /** * @private */ thumbnailClick: (event: MouseEvent) => void; private goToThumbnailPage; private setSelectionStyle; /** * @private */ thumbnailMouseOver: (event: MouseEvent) => void; private setMouseOverStyle; /** * @private */ thumbnailMouseLeave: (event: MouseEvent) => void; private setMouseLeaveStyle; private setMouseFocusStyle; private setMouseFocusToFirstPage; /** * @private */ clear(): void; private getVisibleThumbs; private getVisibleElements; private binarySearchFirstItem; private backtrackBeforeAllVisibleElements; private getThumbnailElement; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; } /** * The `IVisibleThumbnailElement` module is used to handle visible thumbnail element collection of PDF viewer. * @hidden */ export interface IVisibleThumbnailElement { id: string; x: number; y: number; view: HTMLElement; percent: number; } /** * The `IVisibleThumbnail` module is used to handle visible thumbnail collection of PDF viewer. * @hidden */ export interface IVisibleThumbnail { first: IVisibleThumbnailElement; last: IVisibleThumbnailElement; views: Array<IVisibleThumbnailElement>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/toolbar/annotation-toolbar.d.ts /** * @hidden */ export class AnnotationToolbar { private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; private primaryToolbar; /** * @private */ toolbarElement: HTMLElement; private highlightItem; private underlineItem; private strikethroughItem; private deleteItem; /** * @private */ colorDropDownElement: HTMLElement; private opacityDropDownElement; private colorDropDown; private opacityDropDown; private closeItem; private opacityIndicator; private toolbar; private colorPalette; private opacitySlider; private toolbarBorderHeight; /** * @private */ isToolbarHidden: boolean; /** * @private */ isMobileAnnotEnabled: boolean; private isHighlightEnabled; private isUnderlineEnabled; private isStrikethroughEnabled; private isHighlightBtnVisible; private isUnderlineBtnVisible; private isStrikethroughBtnVisible; private isColorToolVisible; private isOpacityToolVisible; private isDeleteAnnotationToolVisible; private isCurrentAnnotationOpacitySet; constructor(viewer: PdfViewer, viewerBase: PdfViewerBase, toolbar: Toolbar); /** * @private */ initializeAnnotationToolbar(): void; createMobileAnnotationToolbar(isEnable: boolean): void; hideMobileAnnotationToolbar(): void; private createMobileToolbarItems; private goBackToToolbar; private createToolbarItems; private getTemplate; private createDropDowns; private opacityDropDownOpen; private onColorPickerCancelClick; private colorDropDownBeforeOpen; /** * @private */ setCurrentColorInPicker(): void; private colorDropDownOpen; private opacityChange; private opacityDropDownBeforeOpen; private createDropDownButton; private createColorPicker; private onColorPickerChange; /** * @private */ updateColorInIcon(element: HTMLElement, color: string): void; private updateOpacityIndicator; private createSlider; private afterToolbarCreation; private onToolbarClicked; /** * @private */ showAnnotationToolbar(element: HTMLElement): void; private enablePropertiesTool; private applyAnnotationToolbarSettings; private showSeparator; private showHighlightTool; private showUnderlineTool; private showStrikethroughTool; private showColorEditTool; private showOpacityEditTool; private showAnnotationDeleteTool; private applyHideToToolbar; private adjustViewer; private updateContentContainerHeight; private getToolbarHeight; private getHeight; private handleHighlight; private handleUnderline; private handleStrikethrough; private deselectAllItems; /** * @private */ selectAnnotationDeleteItem(isEnable: boolean): void; /** * @private */ enableAnnotationPropertiesTools(isEnable: boolean): void; /** * @private */ enableAnnotationAddTools(isEnable: boolean): void; /** * @private */ isAnnotationButtonsEnabled(): boolean; private updateToolbarItems; /** * @private */ resetToolbar(): void; /** * @private */ clear(): void; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; private getElementHeight; private updateViewerHeight; private resetViewerHeight; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/toolbar/index.d.ts /** * export types */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pdfviewer/src/pdfviewer/toolbar/toolbar.d.ts /** * Toolbar module */ export class Toolbar { private toolbar; private pdfViewer; private pdfViewerBase; private currentPageBox; private zoomDropDown; private currentPageBoxElement; /** * @private */ uploadedDocumentName: string; private toolbarElement; private itemsContainer; private openDocumentItem; private firstPageItem; private previousPageItem; private nextPageItem; private lastPageItem; private zoomInItem; private zoomOutItem; private totalPageItem; private downloadItem; private zoomDropdownItem; private fileInputElement; private textSelectItem; private panItem; private printItem; private textSearchItem; private undoItem; private redoItem; /** * @private */ annotationItem: HTMLElement; private moreOptionItem; /** * @private */ annotationToolbarModule: AnnotationToolbar; /** * @private */ moreDropDown: splitbuttons.DropDownButton; private isPageNavigationToolDisabled; private isMagnificationToolDisabled; private isSelectionToolDisabled; private isScrollingToolDisabled; private isOpenBtnVisible; private isNavigationToolVisible; private isMagnificationToolVisible; private isSelectionBtnVisible; private isScrollingBtnVisible; private isDownloadBtnVisible; private isPrintBtnVisible; private isSearchBtnVisible; private isTextSearchBoxDisplayed; private isUndoRedoBtnsVisible; private isAnnotationEditBtnVisible; /** * @private */ constructor(viewer: PdfViewer, viewerBase: PdfViewerBase); /** * @private */ intializeToolbar(width: string): HTMLElement; /** * Shows /hides the toolbar in the PdfViewer * @param {boolean} enableToolbar - If set true , its show the Toolbar * @returns void */ showToolbar(enableToolbar: boolean): void; /** * Shows/hides the Navigation toolbar in the PdfViewer * @param {boolean} enableNavigationToolbar - If set true , its show the Navigation Toolbar * @returns void */ showNavigationToolbar(enableNavigationToolbar: boolean): void; /** * Shows /hides the the toolbar items in the PdfViewer * @param {string[]} items - Defines the toolbar items in the toolbar * @param {boolean} isVisible - If set true, then its show the toolbar Items * @returns void */ showToolbarItem(items: ToolbarItem[], isVisible: boolean): void; /** * Enables /disables the the toolbar items in the PdfViewer * @param {string[]} items - Defines the toolbar items in the toolbar * @param {boolean} isEnable - If set true, then its Enable the toolbar Items * @returns void */ enableToolbarItem(items: ToolbarItem[], isEnable: boolean): void; private showOpenOption; private showPageNavigationTool; private showMagnificationTool; private showSelectionTool; private showScrollingTool; private showDownloadOption; private showPrintOption; private showSearchOption; private showUndoRedoTool; private showAnnotationEditTool; private enableOpenOption; private enablePageNavigationTool; private enableMagnificationTool; private enableSelectionTool; private enableScrollingTool; private enableDownloadOption; private enablePrintOption; private enableSearchOption; private enableUndoRedoTool; private enableAnnotationEditTool; /** * @private */ resetToolbar(): void; /** * @private */ updateToolbarItems(): void; /** * @private */ updateNavigationButtons(): void; /** * @private */ updateZoomButtons(): void; /** * @private */ updateUndoRedoButtons(): void; private enableCollectionAvailable; private disableUndoRedoButtons; /** * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * @private */ updateCurrentPage(pageIndex: number): void; /** * @private */ updateTotalPage(): void; /** * @private */ openFileDialogBox(event: Event): void; private createToolbar; private createToolbarItems; private afterToolbarCreation; /** * @private */ addClassToolbarItem(idString: string, className: string, tooltipText: string): HTMLElement; private addPropertiesToolItemContainer; private createZoomDropdownElement; private createZoomDropdown; private createCurrentPageInputTemplate; private createTotalPageTemplate; private createNumericTextBox; private onToolbarKeydown; private createToolbarItemsForMobile; private createMoreOption; private createToolbarItem; /** * @private */ createTooltip(toolbarItem: HTMLElement, tooltipText: string): void; private onTooltipBeforeOpen; private createFileElement; private wireEvent; private unWireEvent; /** * @private */ onToolbarResize(viewerWidth: number): void; private toolbarOnMouseup; private applyHideToToolbar; private toolbarClickHandler; private handleToolbarButtonClick; private loadDocument; private navigateToPage; private textBoxFocusOut; private onZoomDropDownInput; private onZoomDropDownInputClick; private zoomPercentSelect; private zoomDropDownChange; /** * @private */ updateZoomPercentage(zoomFactor: number): void; private updateInteractionItems; /** * @private */ textSearchButtonHandler(): void; private initiateAnnotationMode; /** * @private */ DisableInteractionTools(): void; /** * @private */ selectItem(element: HTMLElement): void; /** * @private */ deSelectItem(element: HTMLElement): void; /** * @private */ updateInteractionTools(isTextSelect: boolean): void; private initialEnableItems; private showSeparator; private applyToolbarSettings; /** * @private */ getModuleName(): string; } } export namespace pivotview { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/base/engine.d.ts /** * PivotEngine is used to manipulate the relational or Multi-Dimensional data as pivoting values. */ /** @hidden */ export class PivotEngine { /** @hidden */ globalize: base.Internationalization; /** @hidden */ fieldList: IFieldListOptions; /** @hidden */ pivotValues: IPivotValues; /** @hidden */ headerContent: IGridValues; /** @hidden */ valueContent: IGridValues; /** @hidden */ fields: string[]; /** @hidden */ rows: IFieldOptions[]; /** @hidden */ columns: IFieldOptions[]; /** @hidden */ values: IFieldOptions[]; /** @hidden */ filters: IFieldOptions[]; /** @hidden */ groups: IGroupSettings[]; /** @hidden */ isMutiMeasures: boolean; /** @hidden */ alwaysShowValueHeader: boolean; /** @hidden */ drilledMembers: IDrillOptions[]; /** @hidden */ formats: IFormatSettings[]; /** @hidden */ isExpandAll: boolean; /** @hidden */ enableSort: boolean; /** @hidden */ showSubTotals: boolean; /** @hidden */ showRowSubTotals: boolean; /** @hidden */ showColumnSubTotals: boolean; /** @hidden */ showGrandTotals: boolean; /** @hidden */ showRowGrandTotals: boolean; /** @hidden */ showColumnGrandTotals: boolean; /** @hidden */ pageSettings: IPageSettings; /** @hidden */ filterMembers: number[]; /** @hidden */ formatFields: { [key: string]: IFormatSettings; }; /** @hidden */ calculatedFieldSettings: ICalculatedFieldSettings[]; /** @hidden */ calculatedFields: { [key: string]: ICalculatedFields; }; /** @hidden */ calculatedFormulas: { [key: string]: Object; }; /** @hidden */ valueSortSettings: IValueSortSettings; /** @hidden */ isEngineUpdated: boolean; /** @hidden */ savedFieldList: IFieldListOptions; /** @hidden */ valueAxis: number; /** @hidden */ saveDataHeaders: { [key: string]: IAxisSet[]; }; /** @hidden */ columnCount: number; /** @hidden */ rowCount: number; /** @hidden */ colFirstLvl: number; /** @hidden */ rowFirstLvl: number; /** @hidden */ rowStartPos: number; /** @hidden */ colStartPos: number; /** @hidden */ enableValueSorting: boolean; /** @hidden */ headerCollection: HeaderCollection; /** @hidden */ isValueFilterEnabled: boolean; /** @hidden */ isEmptyData: boolean; /** @hidden */ emptyCellTextContent: string; /** @hidden */ isHeaderAvail: boolean; /** @hidden */ isDrillThrough: boolean; /** @hidden */ rMembers: IAxisSet[]; /** @hidden */ cMembers: IAxisSet[]; private allowValueFilter; private isValueFiltered; private isValueFiltersAvail; private valueSortData; private valueFilteredData; private filterFramedHeaders; private valueMatrix; private indexMatrix; private memberCnt; private pageInLimit; private endPos; private removeCount; private colHdrBufferCalculated; private colValuesLength; private rowValuesLength; private slicedHeaders; private fieldFilterMem; private filterPosObj; private selectedHeaders; private rawIndexObject; private isEditing; private data; private frameHeaderObjectsCollection; private headerObjectsCollection; private localeObj; renderEngine(dataSource?: IDataOptions, customProperties?: ICustomProperties): void; private getGroupData; private frameData; private getRange; private getFormattedFields; private getFieldList; private updateFieldList; private updateTreeViewData; private getCalculatedField; private validateFilters; private fillFieldMembers; private fillDrilledInfo; private generateValueMatrix; private updateSortSettings; private updateFilterMembers; private getFilters; private isValidFilterField; private applyLabelFilter; private getLabelFilterMembers; private getDateFilterMembers; private validateFilterValue; private frameFilterList; private updateFilter; private applyValueFiltering; private getFilteredData; private getParsedValue; private removefilteredData; private validateFilteredParentData; private updateFramedHeaders; private validateFilteredHeaders; private isEmptyDataAvail; /** @hidden */ updateGridData(dataSource: IDataOptions): void; generateGridData(dataSource: IDataOptions, headerCollection?: HeaderCollection): void; /** @hidden */ onDrill(drilledItem: IDrilledItem): void; /** @hidden */ onSort(sortItem: ISort): void; /** @hidden */ onFilter(filterItem: IFilter, dataSource: IDataOptions): void; /** @hidden */ onAggregation(field: IFieldOptions): void; /** @hidden */ onCalcOperation(field: ICalculatedFields): void; private performDrillOperation; private performSortOperation; private performFilterDeletion; private matchIndexes; private performFilterAddition; private performFilterCommonUpdate; private getHeadersInfo; /** @hidden */ updateEngine(): void; private getAxisByFieldName; private getFieldByName; private updateHeadersCount; private frameHeaderWithKeys; private getSortedHeaders; /** @hidden */ applyValueSorting(rMembers?: IAxisSet[], cMembers?: IAxisSet[]): ISortedHeaders; private getMember; private sortByValueRow; private insertAllMembersCommon; private insertSubTotals; private getIndexedHeaders; private getOrderedIndex; private insertPosition; private insertTotalPosition; private calculatePagingValues; private performSlicing; private removeChildMembers; private insertAllMember; private getTableData; private getAggregatedHeaders; private getAggregatedHeaderData; private updateSelectedHeaders; private applyAdvancedAggregate; private updateAggregates; private recursiveRowData; private updateRowData; private getHeaderData; private getAggregateValue; /** hidden */ getFormattedValue(value: number | string, fieldName: string): IAxisSet; private powerFunction; } /** @hidden */ export interface IDataOptions { data?: IDataSet[] | data.DataManager; rows?: IFieldOptions[]; columns?: IFieldOptions[]; values?: IFieldOptions[]; filters?: IFieldOptions[]; expandAll?: boolean; valueAxis?: string; filterSettings?: IFilter[]; sortSettings?: ISort[]; enableSorting?: boolean; formatSettings?: IFormatSettings[]; drilledMembers?: IDrillOptions[]; valueSortSettings?: IValueSortSettings; calculatedFieldSettings?: ICalculatedFieldSettings[]; allowLabelFilter?: boolean; allowValueFilter?: boolean; showSubTotals?: boolean; showRowSubTotals?: boolean; showColumnSubTotals?: boolean; showGrandTotals?: boolean; showRowGrandTotals?: boolean; showColumnGrandTotals?: boolean; alwaysShowValueHeader?: boolean; conditionalFormatSettings?: IConditionalFormatSettings[]; emptyCellsTextContent?: string; groupSettings?: IGroupSettings[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IConditionalFormatSettings { measure?: string; conditions?: Condition; value1?: number; value2?: number; style?: IStyle; label?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IStyle { backgroundColor?: string; color?: string; fontFamily?: string; fontSize?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IValueSortSettings { headerText?: string; headerDelimiter?: string; sortOrder?: Sorting; columnIndex?: number; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IPageSettings { columnSize?: number; rowSize?: number; columnCurrentPage?: number; rowCurrentPage?: number; } /** * @hidden */ interface ISortedHeaders { rMembers: IAxisSet[]; cMembers: IAxisSet[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IFilterObj { [key: string]: { memberObj: IStringIndex; }; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IIterator { [key: string]: { index: number[]; indexObject: INumberIndex; }; } /** * @hidden */ export interface INumberIndex { [key: string]: number; } /** * @hidden */ export interface INumberArrayIndex { [key: string]: number[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IStringIndex { [key: string]: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IPivotValues { [key: number]: IPivotRows; length: number; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IPivotRows { [key: number]: number | string | Object | IAxisSet; length: number; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IGridValues { [key: number]: IAxisSet[]; length: number; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ISelectedValues { [key: number]: IAxisSet; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IDataSet { [key: string]: string | number | Date; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IFieldOptions { name?: string; caption?: string; type?: SummaryTypes; axis?: string; showNoDataItems?: boolean; baseField?: string; baseItem?: string; showSubTotals?: boolean; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ISort { name?: string; order?: Sorting; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IFilter { name?: string; type?: FilterType; items?: string[]; condition?: Operators; value1?: string | Date; value2?: string | Date; showLabelFilter?: boolean; showDateFilter?: boolean; showNumberFilter?: boolean; measure?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IDrillOptions { name?: string; items?: string[]; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ICalculatedFieldSettings { name?: string; formula?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ICalculatedFields extends ICalculatedFieldSettings { actualFormula?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IFormatSettings extends base.NumberFormatOptions, base.DateFormatOptions { name?: string; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IMembers { [index: string]: { ordinal?: number; index?: number[]; name?: string; isDrilled?: boolean; }; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IFieldListOptions { [index: string]: IField; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IField { id?: string; caption?: string; type?: string; formatString?: string; index?: number; members?: IMembers; formattedMembers?: IMembers; dateMember?: IAxisSet[]; filter: string[]; sort: string; aggregateType?: string; baseField?: string; baseItem?: string; filterType?: string; format?: string; formula?: string; isSelected?: boolean; isExcelFilter?: boolean; showNoDataItems?: boolean; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IAxisSet { formattedText?: string; actualText?: number | string; type?: string; isDrilled?: boolean; hasChild?: boolean; members?: this[]; index?: number[]; indexObject?: INumberIndex; ordinal?: number; level?: number; axis?: string; value?: number; colSpan?: number; rowSpan?: number; valueSort?: IDataSet; colIndex?: number; rowIndex?: number; columnHeaders?: string | number | Date; rowHeaders?: string | number | Date; isSum?: boolean; isLevelFiltered?: boolean; cssClass?: string; style?: IStyle; enableHyperlink?: boolean; showSubTotals?: boolean; dateText?: number | string; } /** @hidden */ export interface IDrilledItem { fieldName: string; memberName: string; axis: string; action: string; } /** @hidden */ export interface ICustomProperties { mode?: string; savedFieldList?: IFieldListOptions; pageSettings?: IPageSettings; enableValueSorting?: boolean; isDrillThrough?: boolean; localeObj?: base.L10n; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IGroupSettings { name?: string; groupInterval?: DateGroup[]; startingAt?: Date | number; endingAt?: Date | number; rangeInterval?: number; type?: GroupType; } /** * @hidden */ export interface IGroupRange { range?: string; isNotInRange?: boolean; value?: Date | number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/base/index.d.ts /** * Data modules */ /** @hidden */ /** @hidden */ /** @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/base/types.d.ts /** * Defines directions of Sorting. They are * * Ascending * * Descending * * None */ export type Sorting = /** Defines sort direction as Ascending */ 'Ascending' | /** Defines sort direction as Descending */ 'Descending' | /** Defines sort direction as None */ 'None'; /** * Defines the aggregate types. */ export type SummaryTypes = /** Defines sum aggregate type */ 'Sum' | /** Defines product aggregate type */ 'Product' | /** Specifies count aggregate type */ 'Count' | /** Specifies distinct count aggregate type */ 'DistinctCount' | /** Specifies minimum aggregate type */ 'Min' | /** Specifies maximum aggregate type */ 'Max' | /** Specifies average aggregate type */ 'Avg' | /** Specifies index aggregate type */ 'Index' | /** Specifies percentage of grand totals of total aggregate type */ 'PercentageOfGrandTotal' | /** Specifies percentage of grand column total aggregate type */ 'PercentageOfColumnTotal' | /** Specifies percentage of grand row total aggregate type */ 'PercentageOfRowTotal' | /** Specifies percentage of grand parent row total aggregate type */ 'PercentageOfParentRowTotal' | /** Specifies percentage of grand parent column total aggregate type */ 'PercentageOfParentColumnTotal' | /** Specifies percentage of grand parent total aggregate type */ 'PercentageOfParentTotal' | /** Specifies running totals aggregate type */ 'RunningTotals' | /** Specifies standard deviation of population aggregate type */ 'PopulationStDev' | /** Specifies sample standard deviation aggregate type */ 'SampleStDev' | /** Specifies variance of population aggregate type */ 'PopulationVar' | /** Specifies sample variance aggregate type */ 'SampleVar' | /** Specifies difference from aggregate type */ 'DifferenceFrom' | /** Specifies % of difference from aggregate type */ 'PercentageOfDifferenceFrom' | /** Specifies 'CalculatedField' aggregate type for calculated fields */ 'CalculatedField'; /** * Defines types of Filter * * Include - Specifies the filter type as include. * * Exclude - Specifies the filter type as exclude. * * Label - Specifies the filter type as label. * * Date - Specifies the filter type as date. * * Number - Specifies the filter type as number. * * Value - Specifies the filter type as value. */ export type FilterType = /** Defines filter type as 'Include' for member filter */ 'Include' | /** Defines filter type as 'Exclude' for member filter */ 'Exclude' | /** Defines filter type as 'Label' for header filter */ 'Label' | /** Defines filter type as 'Label' for date based filter */ 'Date' | /** Defines filter type as 'Label' for number based filter */ 'Number' | /** Defines filter type as 'Label' for value based filter */ 'Value'; export type Operators = 'Equals' | 'DoesNotEquals' | 'BeginWith' | 'DoesNotBeginWith' | 'EndsWith' | 'DoesNotEndsWith' | 'Contains' | 'DoesNotContains' | 'GreaterThan' | 'GreaterThanOrEqualTo' | 'LessThan' | 'LessThanOrEqualTo' | 'Before' | 'BeforeOrEqualTo' | 'After' | 'AfterOrEqualTo' | 'Between' | 'NotBetween'; export type LabelOperators = 'Equals' | 'DoesNotEquals' | 'BeginWith' | 'DoesNotBeginWith' | 'EndsWith' | 'DoesNotEndsWith' | 'Contains' | 'DoesNotContains' | 'GreaterThan' | 'GreaterThanOrEqualTo' | 'LessThan' | 'LessThanOrEqualTo' | 'Between' | 'NotBetween'; export type ValueOperators = 'Equals' | 'DoesNotEquals' | 'GreaterThan' | 'GreaterThanOrEqualTo' | 'LessThan' | 'LessThanOrEqualTo' | 'Between' | 'NotBetween'; export type DateOperators = 'Equals' | 'DoesNotEquals' | 'Before' | 'BeforeOrEqualTo' | 'After' | 'AfterOrEqualTo' | 'Between' | 'NotBetween'; export type Condition = 'LessThan' | 'GreaterThan' | 'LessThanOrEqualTo' | 'GreaterThanOrEqualTo' | 'Equals' | 'NotEquals' | 'Between' | 'NotBetween'; /** * Defines group of date field * * Years - Specifies the group as years. * * Quarters - Specifies the group as quarters. * * Months - Specifies the group as months. * * Days - Specifies the group as days. * * Hours - Specifies the group as hours. * * Minutes - Specifies the group as minutes. * * Seconds - Specifies the group as seconds. */ export type DateGroup = /** Defines group as 'Years' of date field */ 'Years' | /** Defines group as 'Quarters' of date field */ 'Quarters' | /** Defines group as 'Months' of date field */ 'Months' | /** Defines group as 'Days' of date field */ 'Days' | /** Defines group as 'Hours' of date field */ 'Hours' | /** Defines group as 'Minutes' of date field */ 'Minutes' | /** Defines group as 'Seconds' of date field */ 'Seconds'; export type GroupType = /** Defines group type as 'Date' for date field */ 'Date' | /** Defines group type as 'Number' for numeric field */ 'Number'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/base/util.d.ts /** * This is a file to perform common utility for OLAP and Relational datasource * @hidden */ export class PivotUtil { static getType(value: Date): string; static resetTime(date: Date): Date; static getClonedData(data: IDataSet[]): IDataSet[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/actions/common.d.ts /** * Module for PivotCommon rendering */ /** @hidden */ export class Common implements IAction { /** * Module declarations */ private parent; private handlers; /** Constructor for Common module */ constructor(parent: PivotView); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; private initiateCommonModule; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the groupingbar * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/actions/dataSource-update.d.ts /** * `DataSourceUpdate` module is used to update the dataSource. */ /** @hidden */ export class DataSourceUpdate { parent: PivotCommon; /** @hidden */ btnElement: HTMLElement; /** @hidden */ control: any; /** * Constructor for the dialog action. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: PivotCommon); /** * Updates the dataSource by adding the given field along with field dropped position to the dataSource. * @param {string} fieldName - Defines dropped field name to update dataSource. * @param {string} droppedClass - Defines dropped field axis name to update dataSource. * @param {number} fieldCaption - Defines dropped position to the axis based on field position. * @method updateDataSource * @return {void} * @hidden */ updateDataSource(fieldName: string, droppedClass: string, droppedPosition: number): void; /** * Updates the dataSource by removing the given field from the dataSource. * @param {string} fieldName - Defines dropped field name to remove dataSource. * @method removeFieldFromReport * @return {void} * @hidden */ removeFieldFromReport(fieldName: string): IFieldOptions; /** * Creates new field object given field name from the field list data. * @param {string} fieldName - Defines dropped field name to add dataSource. * @method getNewField * @return {void} * @hidden */ getNewField(fieldName: string): IFieldOptions; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/actions/event-base.d.ts /** * `EventBase` for active fields action. */ /** @hidden */ export class EventBase { parent: PivotCommon; /** * Constructor for the dialog action. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: PivotCommon); /** * Updates sorting order for the selected field. * @method updateSorting * @param {Event} args - Contains clicked element information to update dataSource. * @return {void} * @hidden */ updateSorting(args: Event): void; /** * Updates sorting order for the selected field. * @method updateFiltering * @param {Event} args - Contains clicked element information to update dataSource. * @return {void} * @hidden */ updateFiltering(args: Event): void; /** * Gets sort object for the given field name from the dataSource. * @method getSortItemByName * @param {string} fieldName - Gets sort settings for the given field name. * @return {Sort} * @hidden */ getSortItemByName(fieldName: string): ISort; /** * Gets filter object for the given field name from the dataSource. * @method getFilterItemByName * @param {string} fieldName - Gets filter settings for the given field name. * @return {Sort} * @hidden */ getFilterItemByName(fieldName: string): IFilter; /** * Gets filter object for the given field name from the dataSource. * @method getFieldByName * @param {string} fieldName - Gets filter settings for the given field name. * @return {Sort} * @hidden */ getFieldByName(fieldName: string, fields: IFieldOptions[]): IFieldOptions; /** * Gets format object for the given field name from the dataSource. * @method getFilterItemByName * @param {string} fieldName - Gets format settings for the given field name. * @return {IFormatSettings} * @hidden */ getFormatItemByName(fieldName: string): IFormatSettings; /** * show tree nodes using search text. * @hidden */ searchTreeNodes(args: inputs.MaskChangeEventArgs, treeObj: navigations.TreeView, isFieldCollection: boolean): void; private getTreeData; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/actions/field-list.d.ts /** * Module for Field List rendering */ /** @hidden */ export class FieldList implements IAction { /** * Module declarations */ private parent; private element; private handlers; private timeOutObj; /** Constructor for Field List module */ constructor(parent: PivotView); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; private initiateModule; private updateControl; private update; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the Field List * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/actions/keyboard.d.ts /** * Keyboard interaction */ /** @hidden */ export class CommonKeyboardInteraction { private parent; private keyConfigs; private keyboardModule; /** * Constructor */ constructor(parent: PivotCommon); private keyActionHandler; private processOpenContextMenu; private processSort; private processFilter; private processDelete; /** * To destroy the keyboard module. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/actions/node-state-modified.d.ts /** * `DialogAction` module is used to handle field list dialog related behaviour. */ /** @hidden */ export class NodeStateModified { parent: PivotCommon; /** * Constructor for the dialog action. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: PivotCommon); /** * Updates the dataSource by drag and drop the selected field from either field list or axis table with dropped target position. * @method onStateModified * @param {base.DragEventArgs & navigations.DragAndDropEventArgs} args - Contains both pivot button and field list drag and drop information. * @param {string} fieldName - Defines dropped field name to update dataSource. * @return {void} * @hidden */ onStateModified(args: base.DragEventArgs & navigations.DragAndDropEventArgs, fieldName: string): boolean; private getButtonPosition; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/actions/pivot-button.d.ts /** * Module to render Pivot button */ /** @hidden */ export class PivotButton implements IAction { parent: PivotView | PivotFieldList; private parentElement; private dialogPopUp; private memberTreeView; private draggable; private handlers; menuOption: AggregateMenu; private axisField; private fieldName; private valueFiedDropDownList; /** Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent: PivotView | PivotFieldList); private renderPivotButton; private createButtonText; private getTypeStatus; private createSummaryType; private createMenuOption; private createDraggable; private createButtonDragIcon; private createSortOption; private createFilterOption; private createDragClone; private onDragStart; private onDragging; private onDragStop; private isButtonDropped; private updateSorting; private updateDataSource; private updateFiltering; private bindDialogEvents; private tabSelect; private updateDialogButtonEvents; private updateCustomFilter; private ClearFilter; private removeButton; private nodeStateModified; private checkedStateAll; private updateFilterState; private refreshPivotButtonState; private removeDataSourceSettings; private updateDropIndicator; private wireEvent; private unWireEvent; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the pivot button event listener * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private updateButtontext; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/base/constant.d.ts /** * Specifies pivot external events * @hidden */ /** @hidden */ export const load: string; /** @hidden */ export const enginePopulating: string; /** @hidden */ export const enginePopulated: string; /** @hidden */ export const onFieldDropped: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforePivotTableRender: string; /** @hidden */ export const afterPivotTableRender: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeExport: string; /** @hidden */ export const excelHeaderQueryCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const pdfHeaderQueryCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const excelQueryCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const pdfQueryCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const onPdfCellRender: string; /** @hidden */ export const dataBound: string; /** @hidden */ export const queryCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const headerCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const hyperlinkCellClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const resizing: string; /** @hidden */ export const resizeStop: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const drillThrough: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeColumnsRender: string; /** @hidden */ export const selected: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellSelected: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellDeselected: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowSelected: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowDeselected: string; /** @hidden */ export const beginDrillThrough: string; /** @hidden */ export const saveReport: string; /** @hidden */ export const fetchReport: string; /** @hidden */ export const loadReport: string; /** @hidden */ export const renameReport: string; /** @hidden */ export const removeReport: string; /** @hidden */ export const newReport: string; /** @hidden */ export const toolbarRender: string; /** @hidden */ export const toolbarClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const chartTooltipRender: string; /** @hidden */ export const chartLoaded: string; /** @hidden */ export const chartLoad: string; /** @hidden */ export const chartResized: string; /** @hidden */ export const chartAxisLabelRender: string; /** @hidden */ export const chartSeriesCreated: string; /** @hidden */ export const aggregateCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const contextMenuClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const contextMenuOpen: string; /** * Specifies pivot internal events */ /** @hidden */ export const initialLoad: string; /** @hidden */ export const uiUpdate: string; /** @hidden */ export const scroll: string; /** @hidden */ export const contentReady: string; /** @hidden */ export const dataReady: string; /** @hidden */ export const initSubComponent: string; /** @hidden */ export const treeViewUpdate: string; /** @hidden */ export const pivotButtonUpdate: string; /** @hidden */ export const initCalculatedField: string; /** @hidden */ export const click: string; /** @hidden */ export const initToolbar: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/base/css-constant.d.ts /** * CSS Constants * @hidden */ /** @hidden */ export const ROOT: string; /** @hidden */ export const RTL: string; /** @hidden */ export const DEVICE: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_DISABLE: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_HIDDEN: string; /** @hidden */ export const AXISFIELD_ICON_CLASS: string; export const WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTAINER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TOGGLE_FIELD_LIST_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const STATIC_FIELD_LIST_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TOGGLE_SELECT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FIELD_TABLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FIELD_LIST_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FIELD_LIST_TREE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FIELD_HEADER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FIELD_LIST_TITLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FIELD_LIST_TITLE_CONTENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FIELD_LIST_FOOTER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CALCULATED_FIELD_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FLAT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const OUTLINE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AXIS_TABLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const LEFT_AXIS_PANEL_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RIGHT_AXIS_PANEL_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AXIS_HEADER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AXIS_CONTENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AXIS_PROMPT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOT_BUTTON_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOT_BUTTON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOT_BUTTON_CONTENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DRAG_CLONE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const SORT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const SORT_DESCEND_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FILTER_COMMON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FILTER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FILTERED_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const REMOVE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DRAG_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DROP_INDICATOR_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const INDICATOR_HOVER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MEMBER_EDITOR_DIALOG_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EDITOR_TREE_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EDITOR_TREE_CONTAINER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DRILLTHROUGH_GRID_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DRILLTHROUGH_BODY_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DRILLTHROUGH_BODY_HEADER_CONTAINER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DRILLTHROUGH_BODY_HEADER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DRILLTHROUGH_BODY_HEADER_COMMON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DRILLTHROUGH_BODY_HEADER_VALUE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DRILLTHROUGH_DIALOG: string; /** @hidden */ export const EDITOR_LABEL_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EDITOR_LABEL_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CHECK_BOX_FRAME_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const NODE_CHECK_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const NODE_STOP_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const OK_BUTTON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CANCEL_BUTTON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ERROR_DIALOG_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DROPPABLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ROW_AXIS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const COLUMN_AXIS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const VALUE_AXIS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FILTER_AXIS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const GROUPING_BAR_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const VALUE_COLUMN_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const GROUP_ROW_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const GROUP_COLUMN_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const GROUP_FLEX_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const GROUP_VALUE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const GROUP_FILTER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DIALOG_CLOSE_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const NO_DRAG_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const SELECTED_NODE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TITLE_HEADER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TITLE_CONTENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TEXT_CONTENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FOOTER_CONTENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ADAPTIVE_CONTAINER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ADAPTIVE_FIELD_LIST_BUTTON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ADAPTIVE_CALCULATED_FIELD_BUTTON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const BUTTON_SMALL_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const BUTTON_ROUND_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ADD_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const BUTTON_FLAT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const STATIC_CENTER_DIV_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const STATIC_CENTER_HEADER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ADAPTIVE_FIELD_LIST_DIALOG_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const LIST_TEXT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const LIST_SELECT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const LIST_FRAME_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EXCEL_FILTER_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const SELECTED_MENU_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EMPTY_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const SUB_MENU_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FOCUSED_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const SELECTED_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MENU_ITEM_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FILTER_MENU_OPTIONS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const SELECTED_OPTION_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FILTER_DIV_CONTENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FILTER_TEXT_DIV_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const BETWEEN_TEXT_DIV_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const SEPARATOR_DIV_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FILTER_OPTION_WRAPPER_1_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FILTER_OPTION_WRAPPER_2_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FILTER_INPUT_DIV_1_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FILTER_INPUT_DIV_2_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const VALUE_OPTIONS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FILTER_OPERATOR_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const COLLAPSE: string; /** @hidden */ export const EXPAND: string; /** @hidden */ export const TABLE: string; /** @hidden */ export const BODY: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOTBODY: string; /** @hidden */ export const COLUMNSHEADER: string; /** @hidden */ export const ROWSHEADER: string; /** @hidden */ export const VALUESCONTENT: string; /** @hidden */ export const VALUECELL: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOTHEADER: string; /** @hidden */ export const PGHEADERS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TOPHEADER: string; /** @hidden */ export const HEADERCELL: string; /** @hidden */ export const SUMMARY: string; /** @hidden */ export const CELLVALUE: string; /** @hidden */ export const ROW: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOTTOOLTIP: string; /** @hidden */ export const TOOLTIP_HEADER: string; /** @hidden */ export const TOOLTIP_CONTENT: string; /** @hidden */ export const NEXTSPAN: string; /** @hidden */ export const LASTSPAN: string; /** @hidden */ export const EDITOR_SEARCH_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EDITOR_SEARCH_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const SELECT_ALL_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const SELECT_ALL_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOTCALC: string; /** @hidden */ export const CALCDIALOG: string; /** @hidden */ export const CALCRADIO: string; /** @hidden */ export const CALCCHECK: string; /** @hidden */ export const CALCINPUT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CALCINPUTDIV: string; /** @hidden */ export const CALCOUTERDIV: string; /** @hidden */ export const FLAT: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMULA: string; /** @hidden */ export const TREEVIEW: string; /** @hidden */ export const TREEVIEWOUTER: string; /** @hidden */ export const CALCCANCELBTN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CALCADDBTN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CALCOKBTN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CALCACCORD: string; /** @hidden */ export const CALCBUTTONDIV: string; /** @hidden */ export const AXIS_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AXIS_ROW_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AXIS_COLUMN_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AXIS_VALUE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AXIS_FILTER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AXIS_NAVIGATE_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const LEFT_NAVIGATE_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RIGHT_NAVIGATE_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const LEFT_NAVIGATE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RIGHT_NAVIGATE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOT_VIEW_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOT_ALL_FIELD_TITLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOT_FORMULA_TITLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOT_CONTEXT_MENU_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MENU_DISABLE: string; /** @hidden */ export const MENU_HIDE: string; /** @hidden */ export const EMPTY_MEMBER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CALC_EDIT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CALC_EDITED: string; /** @hidden */ export const EMPTY_FIELD: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_DIALOG: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_CONDITION_BUTTON: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_NEW: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_OUTER: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_INNER: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_TABLE: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_VALUE_LABEL: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_LABEL: string; /** @hidden */ export const INPUT: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_VALUE1: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_VALUE2: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_VALUE_SPAN: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_FONT_COLOR: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_BACK_COLOR: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_VALUE_PREVIEW: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_COLOR_PICKER: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_DELETE_ICON: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_DELETE_BUTTON: string; /** @hidden */ export const SELECTED_COLOR: string; /** @hidden */ export const DIALOG_HEADER: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_APPLY_BUTTON: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_CANCEL_BUTTON: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORMAT_ROUND_BUTTON: string; /** @hidden */ export const VIRTUALTRACK_DIV: string; /** @hidden */ export const MOVABLECONTENT_DIV: string; /** @hidden */ export const FROZENCONTENT_DIV: string; /** @hidden */ export const MOVABLEHEADER_DIV: string; /** @hidden */ export const FROZENHEADER_DIV: string; /** @hidden */ export const DEFER_APPLY_BUTTON: string; /** @hidden */ export const DEFER_CANCEL_BUTTON: string; /** @hidden */ export const LAYOUT_FOOTER: string; /** @hidden */ export const CELL_SELECTED_BGCOLOR: string; /** @hidden */ export const SELECTED_BGCOLOR: string; /** @hidden */ export const BUTTON_LAYOUT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CHECKBOX_LAYOUT: string; /** @hidden */ export const DEFER_UPDATE_BUTTON: string; /** @hidden */ export const HEADERCONTENT: string; /** @hidden */ export const BACK_ICON: string; /** @hidden */ export const TITLE_MOBILE_HEADER: string; /** @hidden */ export const TITLE_MOBILE_CONTENT: string; /** @hidden */ export const ROW_CELL_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CELL_ACTIVE_BGCOLOR: string; /** @hidden */ export const SPAN_CLICKED: string; /** @hidden */ export const ROW_SELECT: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_HEADER: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_EXPORT: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOTVIEW_EXPORT: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOTVIEW_GRID: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOTVIEW_EXPAND: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOTVIEW_COLLAPSE: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_PDF_EXPORT: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_EXCEL_EXPORT: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_CSV_EXPORT: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_LOAD: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_NEW: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_RENAME: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_REMOVE: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_SAVEAS: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_SAVE: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_SUB_TOTAL: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_GRAND_TOTAL: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_FORMATTING: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_TOOLBAR: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_REPORT_LABEL: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_REPORT_INPUT: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_REPORT_OUTER: string; /** @hidden */ export const GRID_REPORT_DIALOG: string; /** @hidden */ export const TOOLBAR_FIELDLIST: string; /** @hidden */ export const TOOLBAR_GRID: string; /** @hidden */ export const TOOLBAR_CHART: string; /** @hidden */ export const REPORT_LIST_DROP: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOTCHART: string; /** @hidden */ export const GROUP_CHART_ROW: string; /** @hidden */ export const GROUP_CHART_COLUMN: string; /** @hidden */ export const GROUP_CHART_VALUE: string; /** @hidden */ export const GROUP_CHART_MULTI_VALUE: string; /** @hidden */ export const GROUP_CHART_FILTER: string; /** @hidden */ export const GROUP_CHART_VALUE_DROPDOWN_DIV: string; /** @hidden */ export const GROUP_CHART_VALUE_DROPDOWN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CHART_GROUPING_BAR_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOT_DISABLE_ICON: string; /** @hidden */ export const PIVOT_SELECT_ICON: string; /** @hidden */ export const VALUESHEADER: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_ASC: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_DESC: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTEXT_EXPAND_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTEXT_COLLAPSE_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTEXT_DRILLTHROUGH_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTEXT_SORT_ASC_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTEXT_SORT_DESC_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTEXT_CALC_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTEXT_PDF_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTEXT_EXCEL_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTEXT_CSV_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTEXT_EXPORT_ID: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTEXT_AGGREGATE_ID: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/base/enum.d.ts /** * Specifies common enumerations */ /** * Defines mode of render. They are * * Fixed * * Popup */ export type Mode = /** Shows field list within a popup dialog */ 'Fixed' | /** Shows field list in a static position */ 'Popup'; export type EditMode = /** Defines EditMode as Normal */ 'Normal' | /** Defines EditMode as Dialog */ 'Dialog' | /** Defines EditMode as Batch */ 'Batch'; export type SelectionMode = /** Defines SelectionMode as Cell */ 'Cell' | /** Defines SelectionMode as Row */ 'Row' | /** Defines SelectionMode as Column */ 'Column' | /** Defines SelectionMode for both Row and Column */ 'Both'; export type PdfBorderStyle = 'Solid' | 'Dash' | 'Dot' | 'DashDot' | 'DashDotDot'; export type ToolbarItems = 'New' | 'Save' | 'SaveAs' | 'Load' | 'Rename' | 'Remove' | 'Grid' | 'Chart' | 'Export' | 'SubTotal' | 'GrandTotal' | 'FieldList' | 'ConditionalFormatting'; export type View = /** Defines the view port as both chart and table */ 'Both' | /** Defines the view port as chart */ 'Chart' | /** Defines the view port as table */ 'Table'; export type Primary = /** Defines the primary view as chart */ 'Chart' | /** Defines the primary view as table */ 'Table'; export type ChartSeriesType = /** Define the line series. */ 'Line' | /** Define the Column series. */ 'Column' | /** Define the Area series. */ 'Area' | /** Define the Bar series. */ 'Bar' | /** Define the StackingColumn series. */ 'StackingColumn' | /** Define the StackingArea series. */ 'StackingArea' | /** Define the StackingBar series. */ 'StackingBar' | /** Define the Stepline series. */ 'StepLine' | /** Define the Steparea series. */ 'StepArea' | /** Define the Steparea series. */ 'SplineArea' | /** Define the Scatter series. */ 'Scatter' | /** Define the Spline series. */ 'Spline' | /** Define the StackingColumn100 series */ 'StackingColumn100' | /** Define the StackingBar100 series */ 'StackingBar100' | /** Define the StackingArea100 series */ 'StackingArea100' | /** Define the Bubble Series */ 'Bubble' | /** Define the Pareto series */ 'Pareto' | /** Define the Polar series */ 'Polar' | /** Define the Radar series */ 'Radar'; export type ChartSelectionMode = /** Disable the selection. */ 'None' | /** To select a series. */ 'Series' | /** To select a point. */ 'Point' | /** To select a cluster of point. */ 'Cluster' | /** To select points, by dragging with respect to both horizontal and vertical axis. */ 'DragXY' | /** To select points, by dragging with respect to vertical axis. */ 'DragY' | /** To select points, by dragging with respect to horizontal axis. */ 'DragX'; /** * Defines the default items of context menu. */ export type PivotContextMenuItem = /** Enables drill through for the cell */ 'Drillthrough' | /** expands the cell */ 'Expand' | /** collapse the cell */ 'Collapse' | /** Enables calculated field for the pivot grid */ 'CalculatedField' | /** Export the grid as Pdf format */ 'Pdf Export' | /** Export the grid as Excel format */ 'Excel Export' | /** Export the grid as CSV format */ 'Csv Export' | /** Sort the current column in ascending order */ 'Sort Ascending' | /** Sort the current column in descending order */ 'Sort Descending' | /** Sets aggregate type to sum */ 'Aggregate'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/base/interface.d.ts /** * Interface */ export interface LoadEventArgs { /** Defines current dataSource */ dataSource?: IDataOptions; } export interface SaveReportArgs { /** Defines current dataSource */ report?: string; /** Defines report name to save */ reportName?: string; } export interface FetchReportArgs { /** returns the report names from storage */ reportName?: string[]; } export interface LoadReportArgs { /** Defines current dataSource */ report?: string; /** Defines report name to save */ reportName?: string; } export interface RenameReportArgs { /** Defines current dataSource */ report?: string; /** Defines rename of report */ rename?: string; /** Defines report name to save */ reportName?: string; } export interface RemoveReportArgs { /** Defines current dataSource */ report?: string; /** Defines report name to save */ reportName?: string; } export interface NewReportArgs { /** Defines current dataSource */ report?: string; } export interface ToolbarArgs { /** Defines current dataSource */ customToolbar?: navigations.ItemModel[]; } export interface EnginePopulatingEventArgs { /** Defines current dataSource */ dataSource?: IDataOptions; } export interface EnginePopulatedEventArgs { /** Defines populated pivotvalues */ dataSource?: IDataOptions; pivotFieldList?: IFieldListOptions; pivotValues?: IPivotValues; } export interface FieldDroppedEventArgs { /** Defines dropped field item */ droppedField?: IFieldOptions; /** Defines current dataSource */ dataSource?: IDataOptions; /** Defines dropped axis */ droppedAxis?: string; } export interface BeforeExportEventArgs { /** Defines exported file name */ fileName?: string; /** Defines header text */ header?: string; /** Defines footer text */ footer?: string; /** Defines pivotValues collections */ dataCollections?: IPivotValues[]; /** To disable repeat headers */ allowRepeatHeader?: boolean; /** Defines style */ style?: PdfTheme; } export interface PdfCellRenderArgs { /** Defines the style of the current cell. */ style?: PdfStyle; /** Defines the current PDF cell */ cell?: pdfExport.PdfGridCell; /** Defines the current PDF cell */ pivotCell?: IAxisSet; } export interface PdfStyle { /** Defines the font family */ fontFamily?: string; /** Defines the font size */ fontSize?: number; /** Defines the brush color of font */ textBrushColor?: string; /** Defines the pen color of font */ textPenColor?: string; /** Defines the font bold */ bold?: boolean; /** Defines the italic font */ italic?: boolean; /** Defines the strike-out font */ strikeout?: boolean; /** Defines the underlined font */ underline?: boolean; /** Defines the grid border */ border?: PdfBorder; /** Defines the background color */ backgroundColor?: string; } export interface CellClickEventArgs { currentCell: Element; data: Object; } export interface HyperCellClickEventArgs { currentCell: Element; data: Object; cancel: boolean; } export interface DrillThroughEventArgs { currentTarget: Element; currentCell: IAxisSet; rawData: IDataSet[]; rowHeaders: string; columnHeaders: string; value: string; } export interface CellSelectedObject { currentCell: IAxisSet; value: number | string; rowHeaders: string | number | Date; columnHeaders: string | number | Date; measure: string; } export interface PivotCellSelectedEventArgs { /** Defines the selected cells objects. */ selectedCellsInfo?: CellSelectedObject[]; pivotValues?: IPivotValues; } export interface PivotColumn { allowReordering: boolean; allowResizing: boolean; headerText: string; width: string | number; } export interface ColumnRenderEventArgs { columns: PivotColumn[]; dataSource: IDataOptions; } export interface BeginDrillThroughEventArgs { cellInfo: DrillThroughEventArgs; gridObj: grids.Grid; type: string; } export interface ChartSeriesCreatedEventArgs { series: charts.SeriesModel[]; cancel: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class SelectionSettings */ export interface SelectionSettings { /** * Pivot widget supports row, column, cell, and both (row and column) selection mode. * @default Row */ mode?: SelectionMode; /** * The cell selection modes are flow and box. It requires the selection * `mode` to be either cell or both. * * `Flow`: Selects the range of cells between start index and end index that also includes the other cells of the selected rows. * * `Box`: Selects the range of cells within the start and end column indexes that includes in between cells of rows within the range. * * `BoxWithBorder`: Selects the range of cells as like Box mode with borders. * @default Flow */ cellSelectionMode?: grids.CellSelectionMode; /** * Defines options for selection type. They are * * `Single`: Allows selection of only a row or a column or a cell. * * `Multiple`: Allows selection of multiple rows or columns or cells. * @default Single */ type?: grids.SelectionType; /** * If 'checkboxOnly' set to true, then the selection is allowed only through checkbox. * * > To enable checkboxOnly selection, should specify the column type as`checkbox`. * @default false */ checkboxOnly?: boolean; /** * If 'persistSelection' set to true, then the selection is persisted on all operations. * For persisting selection, any one of the column should be enabled as a primary key. * @default false */ persistSelection?: boolean; /** * Defines options for checkbox selection Mode. They are * * `Default`: This is the default value of the checkboxMode. In this mode, user can select multiple rows by clicking rows one by one. * * `ResetOnRowClick`: In ResetOnRowClick mode, on clicking a row it will reset previously selected row and also multiple * rows can be selected by using CTRL or SHIFT key. * @default Default */ checkboxMode?: grids.CheckboxSelectionType; /** * If 'enableSimpleMultiRowSelection' set to true, then the user can able to perform multiple row selection with single clicks. * @default false */ enableSimpleMultiRowSelection?: boolean; } /** * @hidden */ export interface CommonArgs { pivotEngine: PivotEngine; dataSource: IDataOptions; element: HTMLElement; id: string; moduleName: string; enableRtl: boolean; isAdaptive: boolean; renderMode: Mode; localeObj: base.L10n; } /** * @hidden */ export interface PivotButtonArgs { field: IFieldOptions[]; axis: string; } /** * IAction interface * @hidden */ export interface IAction { updateModel?(): void; onActionBegin?(args?: Object, type?: string): void; onActionComplete?(args?: Object, type?: string): void; addEventListener?(): void; removeEventListener?(): void; } export interface ExcelRow { /** Defines the index for cells */ index?: number; /** Defines the cells in a row */ cells?: ExcelCell[]; } export interface ExcelColumn { /** Defines the index for cells */ index?: number; /** Defines the width of each column */ width: number; } export interface ExcelStyles extends grids.ExcelStyle { /** Defines the cell number format */ numberFormat?: string; } export interface ExcelCell { /** Defines the index for the cell */ index?: number; /** Defines the column span for the cell */ colSpan?: number; /** Defines the column span for the cell */ rowSpan?: number; /** Defines the value of the cell */ value?: string | boolean | number | Date; /** Defines the style of the cell */ style?: ExcelStyles; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ResizeInfo { [key: string]: number; } /** * @hidden */ export interface ScrollInfo { vertical: number; horizontal: number; verticalSection: number; horizontalSection: number; top: number; left: number; scrollDirection: { direction: string; position: number; }; } /** * @hidden */ export interface HeaderCollection { rowHeaders: IAxisSet[]; rowHeadersCount: number; columnHeaders: IAxisSet[]; columnHeadersCount: number; } /** * @hidden */ export interface RowHeaderPositionGrouping { [key: number]: RowHeaderLevelGrouping; } /** * @hidden */ export interface RowHeaderLevelGrouping { [key: string]: { text: string; name: string; level: number; levelName: string; fieldName: string; span?: number; }; } export interface PdfTheme { /** Defines the style of header content. */ header?: PdfThemeStyle; /** Defines the theme style of record content. */ record?: PdfThemeStyle; } export interface PdfThemeStyle { /** Defines the font size of theme style. */ fontSize?: number; /** Defines the font of the theme. */ font?: pdfExport.PdfStandardFont | pdfExport.PdfTrueTypeFont; /** Defines the italic of theme style. */ italic?: boolean; /** Defines the font color of theme style. */ fontColor?: string; /** Defines the font name of theme style. */ fontName?: string; /** Defines the bold of theme style. */ bold?: boolean; /** Defines the borders of theme style. */ border?: PdfBorder; /** Defines the underline of theme style. */ underline?: boolean; /** Defines the strikeout of theme style. */ strikeout?: boolean; } export interface PdfBorder { /** Defines the border color */ color?: string; /** Defines the border width */ width?: number; /** Defines the border dash style */ dashStyle?: PdfBorderStyle; } export interface CellTemplateArgs { /** Defines the cell element */ targetCell?: HTMLElement; } export interface AggregateEventArgs { fieldName?: string; row?: IAxisSet; column?: IAxisSet; value?: number; cellSets?: IDataSet[]; rowCellType?: string; columnCellType?: string; aggregateType?: SummaryTypes; skipFormatting?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/base/pivot-common.d.ts /** * PivotCommon is used to manipulate the relational or Multi-Dimensional public methods by using their dataSource * @hidden */ /** @hidden */ export class PivotCommon { /** @hidden */ globalize: base.Internationalization; /** @hidden */ localeObj: base.L10n; /** @hidden */ engineModule: PivotEngine; /** @hidden */ dataSource: IDataOptions; /** @hidden */ element: HTMLElement; /** @hidden */ moduleName: string; /** @hidden */ enableRtl: boolean; /** @hidden */ isAdaptive: boolean; /** @hidden */ renderMode: Mode; /** @hidden */ parentID: string; /** @hidden */ control: PivotView | PivotFieldList; /** @hidden */ currentTreeItems: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** @hidden */ savedTreeFilterPos: { [key: number]: string; }; /** @hidden */ currentTreeItemsPos: { [key: string]: number; }; /** @hidden */ searchTreeItems: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** @hidden */ editorLabelElement: HTMLLabelElement; /** @hidden */ isDataOverflow: boolean; /** @hidden */ isDateField: boolean; /** @hidden */ nodeStateModified: NodeStateModified; /** @hidden */ dataSourceUpdate: DataSourceUpdate; /** @hidden */ eventBase: EventBase; /** @hidden */ errorDialog: ErrorDialog; /** @hidden */ filterDialog: FilterDialog; /** @hidden */ keyboardModule: CommonKeyboardInteraction; /** * Constructor for PivotEngine class * @param {PivotEngine} pivotEngine? * @param {DataOptions} dataSource? * @param {string} element? * @hidden */ constructor(control: CommonArgs); /** * To destroy the groupingbar * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/calculatedfield/calculated-field.d.ts /** @hidden */ export class CalculatedField implements IAction { parent: PivotView | PivotFieldList; /** * Internal variables. */ private dialog; private treeObj; private inputObj; private droppable; private menuObj; private newFields; private curMenu; private isFieldExist; private parentID; private existingReport; private formulaText; private fieldText; private keyboardEvents; private isEdit; private currentFieldName; private confirmPopUp; /** Constructor for calculatedfield module */ constructor(parent: PivotView | PivotFieldList); /** * To get module name. * @returns string */ protected getModuleName(): string; private keyActionHandler; /** * Trigger while click treeview icon. * @param {MouseEvent} e * @returns void */ private fieldClickHandler; /** * To display context menu. * @param {HTMLElement} node * @returns void */ private displayMenu; /** * To set position for context menu. * @returns void */ private openContextMenu; /** * Triggers while select menu. * @param {MenuEventArgs} menu * @returns void */ private selectContextMenu; /** * To create context menu. * @returns void */ private createMenu; /** * Triggers while click OK button. * @returns void */ private applyFormula; private addFormula; /** * To get treeview data * @param {PivotGrid|PivotFieldList} parent * @returns Object */ private getFieldListData; /** * Triggers before menu opens. * @param {BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs} args * @returns void */ private beforeMenuOpen; /** * Trigger while drop node in formula field. * @param {DragAndDropEventArgs} args * @returns void */ private fieldDropped; /** * To create dialog. * @returns void */ private createDialog; private cancelClick; private beforeOpen; private closeDialog; /** * To render dialog elements. * @returns void */ private renderDialogElements; /** * To create calculated field adaptive layout. * @returns void */ private renderAdaptiveLayout; /** * To create treeview. * @returns void */ private createTreeView; private nodeCollapsing; private dragStart; /** * Trigger before treeview text append. * @param {DrawNodeEventArgs} args * @returns void */ private drawTreeNode; /** * To create radio buttons. * @param {string} key * @returns HTMLElement */ private createTypeContainer; /** * To get Accordion Data. * @param {PivotView | PivotFieldList} parent * @returns AccordionItemModel */ private getAccordionData; /** * To render mobile layout. * @param {Tab} tabObj * @returns void */ private renderMobileLayout; private accordionExpand; private onChange; private updateType; /** * Trigger while click cancel button. * @returns void */ private cancelBtnClick; /** * Trigger while click add button. * @returns void */ private addBtnClick; /** * To create calculated field dialog elements. * @returns void * @hidden */ createCalculatedFieldDialog(): void; /** * To create calculated field desktop layout. * @returns void */ private renderDialogLayout; /** * Creates the error dialog for the unexpected action done. * @method createConfirmDialog * @return {void} * @hidden */ private createConfirmDialog; private replaceFormula; private removeErrorDialog; /** * To add event listener. * @returns void * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * To remove event listener. * @returns void * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the calculated field dialog * @returns void * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/conditionalformatting/conditional-formatting.d.ts /** * Module to render Conditional Formatting Dialog */ /** @hidden */ export class ConditionalFormatting { parent: PivotView; /** * Internal variables. */ private dialog; private parentID; private fieldsDropDown; private conditionsDropDown; private fontNameDropDown; private fontSizeDropDown; private fontColor; private backgroundColor; private newFormat; /** Constructor for conditionalformatting module */ constructor(parent: PivotView); /** * To get module name. * @returns string */ protected getModuleName(): string; private createDialog; private beforeOpen; private addButtonClick; private applyButtonClick; private cancelButtonClick; private refreshConditionValues; private addFormat; private createDialogElements; private renderDropDowns; private conditionChange; private fontNameChange; private fontSizeChange; private measureChange; private renderColorPicker; private backColorChange; private fontColorChange; private toggleButtonClick; /** * To check is Hex or not. * @returns boolean * @hidden */ isHex(h: string): boolean; /** * To convert hex to RGB. * @returns { r: number, g: number, b: number } | null * @hidden */ hexToRgb(hex: string): { r: number; g: number; b: number; } | null; /** * To convert color to hex. * @returns string * @hidden */ colourNameToHex(colour: string): string; /** * To create Conditional Formatting dialog. * @returns void */ showConditionalFormattingDialog(): void; /** * To destroy the Conditional Formatting dialog * @returns void * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/grouping-bar/axis-field-renderer.d.ts /** * Module to render Axis Fields */ /** @hidden */ export class AxisFields { parent: PivotView; private pivotButton; /** Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent: PivotView); /** * Initialize the pivot button rendering * @returns void * @private */ render(): void; private createPivotButtons; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/grouping-bar/grouping-bar.d.ts /** * Module for GroupingBar rendering */ /** @hidden */ export class GroupingBar implements IAction { /** * Internal variables */ private groupingTable; private groupingChartTable; private leftAxisPanel; private rightAxisPanel; private filterPanel; private rowPanel; private columnPanel; private valuePanel; private rowAxisPanel; private columnAxisPanel; private valueAxisPanel; private filterAxisPanel; private touchObj; private resColWidth; private timeOutObj; /** * Module declarations */ private parent; private handlers; /** Constructor for GroupingBar module */ constructor(parent: PivotView); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; private renderLayout; private appendToElement; /** * @hidden */ refreshUI(): void; /** @hidden */ alignIcon(): void; /** * @hidden */ setGridRowWidth(): void; private setColWidth; private wireEvent; private unWireEvent; private dropIndicatorUpdate; private tapHoldHandler; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the groupingbar * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/index.d.ts /** * common exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/popups/aggregate-menu.d.ts /** * `AggregateMenu` module to create aggregate type popup. */ /** @hidden */ export class AggregateMenu { parent: PivotView | PivotFieldList; private menuInfo; private parentElement; private currentMenu; private valueDialog; /** * Constructor for the rener action. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: PivotView | PivotFieldList); /** * Initialize the pivot table rendering * @returns void * @private */ render(args: base.MouseEventArgs, parentElement: HTMLElement): void; private openContextMenu; private createContextMenu; private beforeMenuOpen; /** @hidden */ createValueSettingsDialog(target: HTMLElement, parentElement: HTMLElement): void; private createFieldOptions; private selectOptionInContextMenu; private updateDataSource; private updateValueSettings; private removeDialog; /** * To destroy the pivot button event listener * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/popups/context-menu.d.ts /** * Module to render Pivot button */ /** @hidden */ export class PivotContextMenu { parent: PivotView | PivotFieldList; /** @hidden */ menuObj: navigations.ContextMenu; /** @hidden */ fieldElement: HTMLElement; /** Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent: PivotView | PivotFieldList); /** * Initialize the pivot table rendering * @returns void * @private */ render(): void; private renderContextMenu; private onBeforeMenuOpen; private onSelectContextMenu; /** * To destroy the pivot button event listener * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/popups/drillthrough-dialog.d.ts /** * `DrillThroughDialog` module to create drill-through dialog. */ /** @hidden */ export class DrillThroughDialog { parent: PivotView; /** @hidden */ dialogPopUp: popups.Dialog; /** @hidden */ drillThroughGrid: grids.Grid; private isUpdated; private gridIndexObjects; /** * Constructor for the dialog action. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: PivotView); /** @hidden */ showDrillThroughDialog(eventArgs: DrillThroughEventArgs): void; private removeDrillThroughDialog; private createDrillThroughGrid; private frameGridColumns; private dataWithPrimarykey; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/popups/error-dialog.d.ts /** * `ErrorDialog` module to create error dialog. */ /** @hidden */ export class ErrorDialog { parent: PivotCommon; /** @hidden */ errorPopUp: popups.Dialog; /** * Constructor for the dialog action. * @hidden */ constructor(parent: PivotCommon); /** * Creates the error dialog for the unexpected action done. * @method createErrorDialog * @return {void} * @hidden */ createErrorDialog(title: string, description: string): void; private closeErrorDialog; private removeErrorDialog; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/popups/filter-dialog.d.ts /** * `FilterDialog` module to create filter dialog. */ /** @hidden */ export class FilterDialog { parent: PivotCommon; /** @hidden */ memberTreeView: navigations.TreeView; /** @hidden */ allMemberSelect: navigations.TreeView; /** @hidden */ editorSearch: inputs.MaskedTextBox; /** @hidden */ dialogPopUp: popups.Dialog; /** @hidden */ tabObj: navigations.Tab; /** @hidden */ allowExcelLikeFilter: boolean; private filterObject; /** * Constructor for the dialog action. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: PivotCommon); /** * Creates the member filter dialog for the selected field. * @method createFilterDialog * @return {void} * @hidden */ createFilterDialog(treeData: { [key: string]: Object; }[], fieldName: string, fieldCaption: string, target: HTMLElement): void; private dialogOpen; private createTreeView; private createTabMenu; private createCustomFilter; private createElements; private updateInputValues; private validateTreeNode; /** * Update filter state while Member check/uncheck. * @hidden */ updateCheckedState(fieldCaption?: string): void; private getCheckedNodes; private getUnCheckedNodes; private isExcelFilter; private getFilterObject; private closeFilterDialog; private removeFilterDialog; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/common/popups/toolbar.d.ts /** * Module for Toolbar */ /** @hidden */ export class Toolbar { /** @hidden */ action: string; private parent; private toolbar; private dialog; private reportList; private currentReport; private confirmPopUp; private exportMenu; private subTotalMenu; private grandTotalMenu; private dropArgs; constructor(parent: PivotView); /** * It returns the Module name. * @returns string * @hidden */ getModuleName(): string; private createToolbar; private fetchReports; private getItems; private reportChange; private reportLoad; private saveReport; private dialogShow; private renameReport; private actionClick; private renderDialog; private okBtnClick; private createNewReport; private cancelBtnClick; private createConfirmDialog; private okButtonClick; private cancelButtonClick; private create; private updateSubtotalSelection; private updateGrandtotalSelection; private updateReportList; private grandTotalClick; private subTotalClick; private gridClick; private chartClick; private export; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * To refresh the toolbar * @return {void} * @hidden */ refreshToolbar(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the toolbar * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/index.d.ts /** * Export PivotGrid components */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotchart/base/pivotchart.d.ts export class PivotChart { private chartSeries; private dataSource; private chartSettings; private element; private measureList; private headerColl; private maxLevel; private columnGroupObject; private persistSettings; /** @hidden */ calculatedWidth: number; /** @hidden */ currentMeasure: string; /** @hidden */ engineModule: PivotEngine; /** @hidden */ parent: PivotView; /** * Get component name. * @returns string * @private */ getModuleName(): string; loadChart(parent: PivotView, chartSettings: ChartSettingsModel): void; /** * Refreshing chart based on the updated chartSettings. * @returns void */ refreshChart(): void; private frameObjectWithKeys; private bindChart; private frameAxesWithRows; private getColumnTotalIndex; private getZoomFactor; private configTooltipSettings; private configLegendSettings; private configXAxis; private configZoomSettings; private tooltipRender; private loaded; private axisLabelRender; private load; private resized; /** * To destroy the chart module * @returns void * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotchart/index.d.ts /** * Base export */ /** @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotfieldlist/base.d.ts /** * Base export */ /** @hidden */ /** @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotfieldlist/base/field-list-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class PivotFieldList */ export interface PivotFieldListModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * It allows to feed raw data, dataSource and properties to customize the data source */ dataSource?: DataSourceModel; /** * It allows to render Pivot Field List at fixed or popup mode. * The possible values are: * @default 'Popup' */ renderMode?: Mode; /** * Specifies the `target` element where the Pivot Field List dialog should be displayed. * If the user set the specific `target` element for Pivot Field List, it will be positioned based on the `target`. * The targetID should works only when the Pivot Field List is in 'Dynamic' mode. * @default null */ target?: HTMLElement | string; /** * Specifies the CSS class name to be added for Pivot Field List element. * User can add single or multiple CSS classes. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * It allows to enable calculated field in Pivot Field List. * @default false */ allowCalculatedField?: boolean; /** * It shows a common button for value fields to move together in column or row axis * @default false */ showValuesButton?: boolean; /** * If `allowDeferLayoutUpdate` is set to true, then it will enable defer layout update to pivotfieldlist. * @default false */ allowDeferLayoutUpdate?: boolean; /** * It allows to set the maximum number of nodes to be displayed in the member editor. * @default 1000 */ maxNodeLimitInMemberEditor?: number; /** * This allows any customization of Pivot Field List properties before rendering. * @event */ load?: base.EmitType<LoadEventArgs>; /** * This allows any customization of Pivot Field List properties before pivotengine populate. * @event */ enginePopulating?: base.EmitType<EnginePopulatingEventArgs>; /** * This allows any customization of Pivot Field List properties before pivotengine populate. * @event */ enginePopulated?: base.EmitType<EnginePopulatedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a field getting dropped into any axis. * @event */ onFieldDropped?: base.EmitType<FieldDroppedEventArgs>; /**     * Triggers when data source is populated in the Pivot Field List.      * @event      */ dataBound?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when data source is created in the Pivot Field List. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when data source is destroyed in the Pivot Field List. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotfieldlist/base/field-list.d.ts /** * Represents the PivotFieldList component. * ```html * <div id="pivotfieldlist"></div> * <script> * var pivotfieldlistObj = new PivotFieldList({ }); * pivotfieldlistObj.appendTo("#pivotfieldlist"); * </script> * ``` */ export class PivotFieldList extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** @hidden */ globalize: base.Internationalization; /** @hidden */ localeObj: base.L10n; /** @hidden */ isAdaptive: Boolean; /** @hidden */ pivotFieldList: IFieldListOptions; /** @hidden */ engineModule: PivotEngine; /** @hidden */ isDragging: boolean; /** @hidden */ fieldListSpinnerElement: Element; /** @hidden */ clonedDataSource: DataSourceModel; /** @hidden */ clonedFieldList: IFieldListOptions; /** @hidden */ isRequiredUpdate: boolean; /** @hidden */ clonedDataSet: IDataSet[]; /** @hidden */ clonedReport: IDataOptions; /** @hidden */ lastSortInfo: ISort; /** @hidden */ lastFilterInfo: IFilter; /** @hidden */ lastAggregationInfo: IFieldOptions; /** @hidden */ lastCalcFieldInfo: ICalculatedFields; private defaultLocale; private captionData; /** @hidden */ pivotGridModule: PivotView; /** @hidden */ renderModule: Render; /** @hidden */ dialogRenderer: DialogRenderer; /** @hidden */ treeViewModule: TreeViewRenderer; /** @hidden */ axisTableModule: AxisTableRenderer; /** @hidden */ pivotCommon: PivotCommon; /** @hidden */ axisFieldModule: AxisFieldRenderer; /** @hidden */ pivotButtonModule: PivotButton; /** @hidden */ calculatedFieldModule: CalculatedField; /** @hidden */ contextMenuModule: PivotContextMenu; /** * It allows to feed raw data, dataSource and properties to customize the data source */ dataSource: DataSourceModel; /** * It allows to render Pivot Field List at fixed or popup mode. * The possible values are: * @default 'Popup' */ renderMode: Mode; /** * Specifies the `target` element where the Pivot Field List dialog should be displayed. * If the user set the specific `target` element for Pivot Field List, it will be positioned based on the `target`. * The targetID should works only when the Pivot Field List is in 'Dynamic' mode. * @default null */ target: HTMLElement | string; /** * Specifies the CSS class name to be added for Pivot Field List element. * User can add single or multiple CSS classes. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * It allows to enable calculated field in Pivot Field List. * @default false */ allowCalculatedField: boolean; /** * It shows a common button for value fields to move together in column or row axis * @default false */ showValuesButton: boolean; /** * If `allowDeferLayoutUpdate` is set to true, then it will enable defer layout update to pivotfieldlist. * @default false */ allowDeferLayoutUpdate: boolean; /** * It allows to set the maximum number of nodes to be displayed in the member editor. * @default 1000 */ maxNodeLimitInMemberEditor: number; /** * This allows any customization of Pivot Field List properties before rendering. * @event */ load: base.EmitType<LoadEventArgs>; /** * This allows any customization of Pivot Field List properties before pivotengine populate. * @event */ enginePopulating: base.EmitType<EnginePopulatingEventArgs>; /** * This allows any customization of Pivot Field List properties before pivotengine populate. * @event */ enginePopulated: base.EmitType<EnginePopulatedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a field getting dropped into any axis. * @event */ onFieldDropped: base.EmitType<FieldDroppedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when data source is populated in the Pivot Field List. * @event */ dataBound: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when data source is created in the Pivot Field List. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when data source is destroyed in the Pivot Field List. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @param {PivotFieldListModel} options? * @param {string|HTMLButtonElement} element? */ constructor(options?: PivotFieldListModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * To provide the array of modules needed for control rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @hidden */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * For internal use only - Initialize the event handler; * @private */ protected preRender(): void; private frameCustomProperties; /** * Initialize the control rendering * @returns void * @private */ render(): void; /** * Binding events to the Pivot Field List element. * @hidden */ private wireEvent; /** * Unbinding events from the element on widget destroy. * @hidden */ private unWireEvent; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @return {string} * @hidden */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Get component name. * @returns string * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @hidden */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: PivotFieldListModel, oldProp: PivotFieldListModel): void; private generateData; private fieldListRender; private getFieldCaption; private getFields; /** * Updates the PivotEngine using dataSource from Pivot Field List component. * @method updateDataSource * @return {void} * @hidden */ updateDataSource(isTreeViewRefresh?: boolean, isEngineRefresh?: boolean): void; /** * Updates the Pivot Field List component using dataSource from PivotView component. * @method updateControl * @return {void} * @hidden */ update(control: PivotView): void; /** * Updates the PivotView component using dataSource from Pivot Field List component. * @method refreshTargetControl * @return {void} * @hidden */ updateView(control: PivotView): void; /** * Called internally to trigger populate event. * @hidden */ triggerPopulateEvent(): void; /** * Destroys the Field Table component. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotfieldlist/index.d.ts /** * PivotGrid component exported items */ /** @hidden */ /** @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotfieldlist/renderer.d.ts /** * Models */ /** @hidden */ /** @hidden */ /** @hidden */ /** @hidden */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotfieldlist/renderer/axis-field-renderer.d.ts /** * Module to render Axis Fields */ /** @hidden */ export class AxisFieldRenderer { parent: PivotFieldList; private pivotButton; /** Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent: PivotFieldList); /** * Initialize the pivot button rendering * @returns void * @private */ render(): void; private createPivotButtons; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotfieldlist/renderer/axis-table-renderer.d.ts /** * Module to render Axis Field Table */ /** @hidden */ export class AxisTableRenderer { parent: PivotFieldList; /** @hidden */ axisTable: Element; private leftAxisPanel; private rightAxisPanel; /** Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent: PivotFieldList); /** * Initialize the axis table rendering * @returns void * @private */ render(): void; private renderAxisTable; private getIconupdate; private wireEvent; private unWireEvent; private updateDropIndicator; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotfieldlist/renderer/dialog-renderer.d.ts /** * Module to render Pivot Field List popups.Dialog */ /** @hidden */ export class DialogRenderer { parent: PivotFieldList; /** @hidden */ parentElement: HTMLElement; /** @hidden */ fieldListDialog: popups.Dialog; /** @hidden */ deferUpdateCheckBox: buttons.CheckBox; /** @hidden */ adaptiveElement: navigations.Tab; private deferUpdateApplyButton; private deferUpdateCancelButton; /** Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent: PivotFieldList); /** * Initialize the field list layout rendering * @returns void * @private */ render(): void; private renderStaticLayout; private renderDeferUpdateButtons; private createDeferUpdateButtons; private onCheckChange; private applyButtonClick; private cancelButtonClick; private renderFieldListDialog; /** * Called internally if any of the field added to axis. * @hidden */ updateDataSource(selectedNodes: string[]): void; private onDeferUpdateClick; private renderAdaptiveLayout; private tabSelect; private createCalculatedButton; private createAddButton; private createAxisTable; private showCalculatedField; private showFieldListDialog; private onShowFieldList; private onCloseFieldList; private removeFieldListIcon; private keyPress; private wireDialogEvent; private unWireDialogEvent; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotfieldlist/renderer/renderer.d.ts /** * Module to render Pivot Table component */ /** @hidden */ export class Render { parent: PivotFieldList; /** Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent: PivotFieldList); /** * Initialize the pivot table rendering * @returns void * @private */ render(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotfieldlist/renderer/tree-renderer.d.ts /** * Module to render Field List */ /** @hidden */ export class TreeViewRenderer implements IAction { parent: PivotFieldList; /** @hidden */ fieldTable: navigations.TreeView; private parentElement; private treeViewElement; private fieldDialog; private editorSearch; private selectedNodes; /** Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent: PivotFieldList); /** * Initialize the field list tree rendering * @returns void * @private */ render(axis?: number): void; private renderTreeView; private renderTreeDialog; private dialogClose; private createTreeView; private textChange; private dragStart; private dragStop; private isNodeDropped; private getButton; private nodeStateChange; private updateDataSource; private addNode; private getTreeUpdate; private refreshTreeView; private getTreeData; private onFieldAdd; private closeTreeDialog; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the tree view event listener * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/actions.d.ts /** * Action export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/actions/drill-through.d.ts /** * `DrillThrough` module. */ export class DrillThrough { private parent; /** * @hidden */ drillThroughDialog: DrillThroughDialog; /** * Constructor. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: PivotView); /** * It returns the Module name. * @returns string * @hidden */ getModuleName(): string; private addInternalEvents; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; private mouseClickHandler; private executeDrillThrough; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/actions/excel-export.d.ts /** * @hidden * `ExcelExport` module is used to handle the Excel export action. */ export class ExcelExport { private parent; /** * Constructor for the PivotGrid Excel Export module. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: PivotView); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Method to perform excel export. * @hidden */ exportToExcel(type: string): void; /** * To destroy the excel export module * @returns void * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/actions/keyboard.d.ts /** * PivotView Keyboard interaction */ /** @hidden */ export class KeyboardInteraction { private parent; private keyConfigs; private pivotViewKeyboardModule; /** * Constructor */ constructor(parent: PivotView); private keyActionHandler; private getNextButton; private processTab; private processEnter; private clearSelection; private processSelection; private getParentElement; /** * To destroy the keyboard module. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/actions/pdf-export.d.ts /** * @hidden * `PDFExport` module1 is used to handle the PDF export action. */ export class PDFExport { private parent; private gridStyle; /** * Constructor for the PivotGrid PDF Export module. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: PivotView); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; private addPage; private hexDecToRgb; private getFontStyle; private getBorderStyle; private getDashStyle; private getStyle; private setRecordThemeStyle; /** * Method to perform pdf export. * @hidden */ exportToPDF(): void; private applyStyle; private getFontFamily; private getFont; private processCellStyle; private applyEvent; /** * To destroy1 the pdf export module * @returns void * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/actions/virtualscroll.d.ts /** * `VirtualScroll` module is used to handle scrolling behavior. */ export class VirtualScroll { private parent; private previousValues; private frozenPreviousValues; private pageXY; private eventType; /** @hidden */ direction: string; /** * Constructor for PivotView scrolling. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: PivotView); /** * It returns the Module name. * @returns string * @hidden */ getModuleName(): string; private addInternalEvents; private wireEvents; private onWheelScroll; private getPointXY; private onTouchScroll; private update; private setPageXY; private common; private onHorizondalScroll; private onVerticalScroll; /** * @hidden */ removeInternalEvents(): void; /** * To destroy the virtualscrolling event listener * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/base.d.ts /** * Base export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/base/pivotview-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class GroupingBarSettings */ export interface GroupingBarSettingsModel { /** * It allows to set the visibility of filter icon in GroupingBar button * @default true */ showFilterIcon?: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of sort icon in GroupingBar button * @default true */ showSortIcon?: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of base.remove icon in GroupingBar button * @default true */ showRemoveIcon?: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of drop down icon in GroupingBar button * @default true */ showValueTypeIcon?: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of grouping bar in desired view port * @default Both */ displayMode?: View; /** * It allows to enable/disable the drag and drop option to GroupingBar buttons. * @default true */ allowDragAndDrop?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class CellEditSettings */ export interface CellEditSettingsModel { /** * If `allowAdding` is set to true, new records can be added to the grids.Grid. * @default false */ allowAdding?: boolean; /** * If `allowEditing` is set to true, values can be updated in the existing record. * @default false */ allowEditing?: boolean; /** * If `allowDeleting` is set to true, existing record can be deleted from the grids.Grid. * @default false */ allowDeleting?: boolean; /** * If `allowCommandColumns` is set to true, an additional column appended to perform CRUD operations in grids.Grid. * @default false */ allowCommandColumns?: boolean; /** * Defines the mode to edit. The available editing modes are: * * Normal * * Dialog * * Batch * @default Normal */ mode?: EditMode; /** * If `allowEditOnDblClick` is set to false, grids.Grid will not allow editing of a record on double click. * @default true */ allowEditOnDblClick?: boolean; /** * if `showConfirmDialog` is set to false, confirm dialog does not show when batch changes are saved or discarded. * @default true */ showConfirmDialog?: boolean; /** * If `showDeleteConfirmDialog` is set to true, confirm dialog will show delete action. You can also cancel delete command. * @default false */ showDeleteConfirmDialog?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class ConditionalSettings */ export interface ConditionalSettingsModel { /** * It allows to set the field name to get visibility of hyperlink based on condition. */ measure?: string; /** * It allows to set the label name to get visibility of hyperlink based on condition. */ label?: string; /** * It allows to set the filter conditions to the field. * @default NotEquals */ conditions?: Condition; /** * It allows to set the value1 get visibility of hyperlink. */ value1?: number; /** * It allows to set the value2 to get visibility of hyperlink. */ value2?: number; } /** * Interface for a class HyperlinkSettings */ export interface HyperlinkSettingsModel { /** * It allows to set the visibility of hyperlink in all cells * @default false */ showHyperlink?: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of hyperlink in row headers * @default false */ showRowHeaderHyperlink?: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of hyperlink in column headers * @default true */ showColumnHeaderHyperlink?: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of hyperlink in value cells * @default false */ showValueCellHyperlink?: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of hyperlink in summary cells * @default true */ showSummaryCellHyperlink?: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of hyperlink based on condition * @default [] */ conditionalSettings?: ConditionalSettingsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the visibility of hyperlink based on header text */ headerText?: string; /** * It allows to set the custom class name for hyperlink options * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; } /** * Interface for a class DisplayOption */ export interface DisplayOptionModel { /** * It allows the user to switch the view port as table or chart or both * @default Table */ view?: View; /** * It allows the user to switch the primary view as table or chart * @default Table */ primary?: Primary; } /** * Interface for a class PivotView */ export interface PivotViewModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Defines the currencyCode format of the Pivot widget columns * @private */ currencyCode?: string; /** * It allows to render pivotfieldlist. * @default false */ showFieldList?: boolean; /** * Configures the features settings of Pivot widget. */ gridSettings?: GridSettingsModel; /** * Configures the features settings of Pivot widget. */ chartSettings?: ChartSettingsModel; /** * Configures the settings of GroupingBar. */ groupingBarSettings?: GroupingBarSettingsModel; /** * Configures the settings of hyperlink settings. */ hyperlinkSettings?: HyperlinkSettingsModel; /** * It allows the user to configure the pivot report as per the user need. */ dataSource?: DataSourceModel; /** * Configures the edit behavior of the Pivot grids.Grid. * @default { allowAdding: false, allowEditing: false, allowDeleting: false, allowCommandColumns: false, * mode:'Normal', allowEditOnDblClick: true, showConfirmDialog: true, showDeleteConfirmDialog: false } */ editSettings?: CellEditSettingsModel; /** * Configures the settings of displayOption. */ displayOption?: DisplayOptionModel; /** * It holds the pivot engine data which renders the Pivot widget. */ pivotValues?: IPivotValues; /** * Enables the display of GroupingBar allowing you to filter, sort, and base.remove fields obtained from the datasource. * @default false */ showGroupingBar?: boolean; /** * Allows to display the popups.Tooltip on hovering value cells in pivot grid. * @default true */ showTooltip?: boolean; /** * It allows to enable/disable toolbar in pivot table. * @default false */ showToolbar?: boolean; /** * It allows to set toolbar items in pivot table. * @default [] */ toolbar?: ToolbarItems[]; /** * It shows a common button for value fields to move together in column or row axis * @default false */ showValuesButton?: boolean; /** * It allows to enable calculated field in PivotView. * @default false */ allowCalculatedField?: boolean; /** * It allows to enable Value Sorting in PivotView. * @default false */ enableValueSorting?: boolean; /** * It allows to enable Conditional Formatting in PivotView. * @default false */ allowConditionalFormatting?: boolean; /** * Pivot widget. (Note change all occurrences) * @default 'auto' */ height?: string | number; /** * It allows to set the width of Pivot widget. * @default 'auto' */ width?: string | number; /** * If `allowExcelExport` is set to true, then it will allow the user to export pivotview to Excel file. * @default false */ allowExcelExport?: boolean; /** * If `enableVirtualization` set to true, then the grids.Grid will render only the rows and the columns visible within the view-port * and load subsequent rows and columns on vertical scrolling. This helps to load large dataset in Pivot grids.Grid. * @default false */ enableVirtualization?: boolean; /** * If `allowDrillThrough` set to true, then you can view the raw items that are used to create a * specified value cell in the pivot grid. * @default false */ allowDrillThrough?: boolean; /** * If `allowPdfExport` is set to true, then it will allow the user to export pivotview to Pdf file. * @default false */ allowPdfExport?: boolean; /** * If `allowDeferLayoutUpdate` is set to true, then it will enable defer layout update to pivotview. * @default false */ allowDeferLayoutUpdate?: boolean; /** * It allows to set the maximum number of nodes to be displayed in the member editor. * @default 1000 */ maxNodeLimitInMemberEditor?: number; /** * The template option which is used to render the pivot cells on the pivotview. Here, the template accepts either * the string or HTMLElement as template design and then the parsed design is displayed onto the pivot cells. * @default null */ cellTemplate?: string; /** queryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.QueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** headerCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.HeaderCellInfoEventArgs>; /** resizing?: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** resizeStop?: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** pdfHeaderQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.PdfHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** pdfQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.PdfQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** excelHeaderQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.ExcelHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** excelQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.ExcelQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** columnDragStart?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** columnDrag?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** columnDrop?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** beforeColumnsRender?: base.EmitType<ColumnRenderEventArgs>; /** selected?: base.EmitType<grids.CellSelectEventArgs>; /** cellDeselected?: base.EmitType<grids.CellDeselectEventArgs>; /** rowSelected?: base.EmitType<grids.RowSelectEventArgs>; /** rowDeselected?: base.EmitType<grids.RowDeselectEventArgs>; /** chartTooltipRender?: base.EmitType<charts.ITooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** chartLoaded?: base.EmitType<charts.ILoadedEventArgs>; /** chartLoad?: base.EmitType<charts.ILoadedEventArgs>; /** chartResized?: base.EmitType<charts.IResizeEventArgs>; /** chartAxisLabelRender?: base.EmitType<charts.IAxisLabelRenderEventArgs>; /** contextMenuClick?: base.EmitType<grids.ContextMenuClickEventArgs>; /** contextMenuOpen?: base.EmitType<navigations.BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * This allows any customization of Pivot cell style while PDF exporting. * @event */ onPdfCellRender?: base.EmitType<PdfCellRenderArgs>; /** * This allows to save the report in any storage. * @event */ saveReport?: base.EmitType<SaveReportArgs>; /** * This allows to fetch the report names from storage. * @event */ fetchReport?: base.EmitType<FetchReportArgs>; /** * This allows to load the report from storage. * @event */ loadReport?: base.EmitType<LoadReportArgs>; /** * This allows to rename the report. * @event */ renameReport?: base.EmitType<RenameReportArgs>; /** * This allows to base.remove the report from storage. * @event */ removeReport?: base.EmitType<RemoveReportArgs>; /** * This allows to set the new report. * @event */ newReport?: base.EmitType<NewReportArgs>; /** * This allows to change the toolbar items. * @event */ toolbarRender?: base.EmitType<ToolbarArgs>; /** * This allows to change the toolbar items. * @event */ toolbarClick?: base.EmitType<navigations.ClickEventArgs>; /** * This allows any customization of PivotView properties on initial rendering. * @event */ load?: base.EmitType<LoadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the pivot engine starts to populate and allows to customize the pivot datasource settings. * @event */ enginePopulating?: base.EmitType<EnginePopulatingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after the pivot engine populated and allows to customize the pivot widget. * @event */ enginePopulated?: base.EmitType<EnginePopulatedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a field getting dropped into any axis. * @event */ onFieldDropped?: base.EmitType<FieldDroppedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when data source is populated in the Pivot View. * @event */ dataBound?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when data source is created in the Pivot View. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when data source is destroyed in the Pivot View. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * This allows to set properties for exporting. * @event */ beforeExport?: base.EmitType<BeforeExportEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when cell is clicked in the Pivot widget. * @event */ cellClick?: base.EmitType<CellClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when value cell is clicked in the Pivot widget on Drill-Through. * @event */ drillThrough?: base.EmitType<DrillThroughEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when value cell is clicked in the Pivot widget on Editing. * @event */ beginDrillThrough?: base.EmitType<BeginDrillThroughEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when hyperlink cell is clicked in the Pivot widget. * @event */ hyperlinkCellClick?: base.EmitType<HyperCellClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when cell got selected in Pivot widget. * @event */ cellSelected?: base.EmitType<PivotCellSelectedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when chart series are created. * @event */ chartSeriesCreated?: base.EmitType<ChartSeriesCreatedEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/base/pivotview.d.ts /** * It holds the settings of Grouping Bar. */ export class GroupingBarSettings extends base.ChildProperty<GroupingBarSettings> { /** * It allows to set the visibility of filter icon in GroupingBar button * @default true */ showFilterIcon: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of sort icon in GroupingBar button * @default true */ showSortIcon: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of remove icon in GroupingBar button * @default true */ showRemoveIcon: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of drop down icon in GroupingBar button * @default true */ showValueTypeIcon: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of grouping bar in desired view port * @default Both */ displayMode: View; /** * It allows to enable/disable the drag and drop option to GroupingBar buttons. * @default true */ allowDragAndDrop: boolean; } /** * Configures the edit behavior of the grids.Grid. */ export class CellEditSettings extends base.ChildProperty<CellEditSettings> implements grids.EditSettingsModel { /** * If `allowAdding` is set to true, new records can be added to the grids.Grid. * @default false */ allowAdding: boolean; /** * If `allowEditing` is set to true, values can be updated in the existing record. * @default false */ allowEditing: boolean; /** * If `allowDeleting` is set to true, existing record can be deleted from the grids.Grid. * @default false */ allowDeleting: boolean; /** * If `allowCommandColumns` is set to true, an additional column appended to perform CRUD operations in grids.Grid. * @default false */ allowCommandColumns: boolean; /** * Defines the mode to edit. The available editing modes are: * * Normal * * Dialog * * Batch * @default Normal */ mode: EditMode; /** * If `allowEditOnDblClick` is set to false, grids.Grid will not allow editing of a record on double click. * @default true */ allowEditOnDblClick: boolean; /** * if `showConfirmDialog` is set to false, confirm dialog does not show when batch changes are saved or discarded. * @default true */ showConfirmDialog: boolean; /** * If `showDeleteConfirmDialog` is set to true, confirm dialog will show delete action. You can also cancel delete command. * @default false */ showDeleteConfirmDialog: boolean; } /** * Configures the conditional based hyper link settings. */ export class ConditionalSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ConditionalSettings> { /** * It allows to set the field name to get visibility of hyperlink based on condition. */ measure: string; /** * It allows to set the label name to get visibility of hyperlink based on condition. */ label: string; /** * It allows to set the filter conditions to the field. * @default NotEquals */ conditions: Condition; /** * It allows to set the value1 get visibility of hyperlink. */ value1: number; /** * It allows to set the value2 to get visibility of hyperlink. */ value2: number; } /** * It holds the settings of Hyperlink. */ export class HyperlinkSettings extends base.ChildProperty<HyperlinkSettings> { /** * It allows to set the visibility of hyperlink in all cells * @default false */ showHyperlink: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of hyperlink in row headers * @default false */ showRowHeaderHyperlink: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of hyperlink in column headers * @default true */ showColumnHeaderHyperlink: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of hyperlink in value cells * @default false */ showValueCellHyperlink: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of hyperlink in summary cells * @default true */ showSummaryCellHyperlink: boolean; /** * It allows to set the visibility of hyperlink based on condition * @default [] */ conditionalSettings: ConditionalSettingsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the visibility of hyperlink based on header text */ headerText: string; /** * It allows to set the custom class name for hyperlink options * @default '' */ cssClass: string; } /** * It holds the option for configure the chart and grid view. */ export class DisplayOption extends base.ChildProperty<DisplayOption> { /** * It allows the user to switch the view port as table or chart or both * @default Table */ view: View; /** * It allows the user to switch the primary view as table or chart * @default Table */ primary: Primary; } /** * Represents the PivotView component. * ```html * <div id="PivotView"></div> * <script> * var pivotviewObj = new PivotView({ enableGroupingBar: true }); * pivotviewObj.appendTo("#pivotview"); * </script> * ``` */ export class PivotView extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** @hidden */ globalize: base.Internationalization; /** @hidden */ localeObj: base.L10n; /** @hidden */ tooltip: popups.Tooltip; /** @hidden */ grid: grids.Grid; /** @hidden */ chart: charts.Chart; /** @hidden */ currentView: Primary; /** @hidden */ isChartLoaded: boolean; /** @hidden */ isDragging: boolean; /** @hidden */ isAdaptive: Boolean; /** @hidden */ fieldListSpinnerElement: HTMLElement; /** @hidden */ isRowCellHyperlink: Boolean; /** @hidden */ isColumnCellHyperlink: Boolean; /** @hidden */ isValueCellHyperlink: Boolean; /** @hidden */ isSummaryCellHyperlink: Boolean; /** @hidden */ clonedDataSet: IDataSet[]; /** @hidden */ clonedReport: DataSourceModel; /** @hidden */ verticalScrollScale: number; /** @hidden */ horizontalScrollScale: number; /** @hidden */ scrollerBrowserLimit: number; /** @hidden */ lastSortInfo: ISort; /** @hidden */ lastFilterInfo: IFilter; /** @hidden */ lastAggregationInfo: IFieldOptions; /** @hidden */ lastCalcFieldInfo: ICalculatedFields; /** @hidden */ lastCellClicked: Element; pivotView: PivotView; /** @hidden */ renderModule: Render; /** @hidden */ engineModule: PivotEngine; /** @hidden */ pivotCommon: PivotCommon; /** @hidden */ axisFieldModule: AxisFields; /** @hidden */ groupingBarModule: GroupingBar; /** @hidden */ pivotButtonModule: PivotButton; /** @hidden */ commonModule: Common; /** @hidden */ pivotFieldListModule: PivotFieldList; /** @hidden */ excelExportModule: ExcelExport; /** @hidden */ pdfExportModule: PDFExport; /** @hidden */ virtualscrollModule: VirtualScroll; /** @hidden */ drillThroughModule: DrillThrough; /** @hidden */ calculatedFieldModule: CalculatedField; /** @hidden */ conditionalFormattingModule: ConditionalFormatting; /** @hidden */ keyboardModule: KeyboardInteraction; /** @hidden */ contextMenuModule: PivotContextMenu; /** @hidden */ toolbarModule: Toolbar; /** @hidden */ chartModule: PivotChart; private defaultLocale; private timeOutObj; private isEmptyGrid; private shiftLockedPos; private savedSelectedCellsPos; private isPopupClicked; private isMouseDown; private isMouseUp; private lastSelectedElement; private defaultItems; private isCellBoxMultiSelection; /** @hidden */ gridHeaderCellInfo: CellTemplateArgs[]; /** @hidden */ rowRangeSelection: { enable: boolean; startIndex: number; endIndex: number; }; /** @hidden */ pageSettings: IPageSettings; /** @hidden */ virtualDiv: HTMLElement; /** @hidden */ virtualHeaderDiv: HTMLElement; /** @hidden */ resizeInfo: ResizeInfo; /** @hidden */ scrollPosObject: ScrollInfo; /** @hidden */ pivotColumns: PivotColumn[]; /** @hidden */ firstColWidth: number | string; /** @hidden */ totColWidth: number; /** @hidden */ posCount: number; /** @hidden */ isModified: boolean; protected needsID: boolean; private cellTemplateFn; /** * Defines the currencyCode format of the Pivot widget columns * @private */ private currencyCode; /** * It allows to render pivotfieldlist. * @default false */ showFieldList: boolean; /** * Configures the features settings of Pivot widget. */ gridSettings: GridSettingsModel; /** * Configures the features settings of Pivot widget. */ chartSettings: ChartSettingsModel; /** * Configures the settings of GroupingBar. */ groupingBarSettings: GroupingBarSettingsModel; /** * Configures the settings of hyperlink settings. */ hyperlinkSettings: HyperlinkSettingsModel; /** * It allows the user to configure the pivot report as per the user need. */ dataSource: DataSourceModel; /** * Configures the edit behavior of the Pivot grids.Grid. * @default { allowAdding: false, allowEditing: false, allowDeleting: false, allowCommandColumns: false, * mode:'Normal', allowEditOnDblClick: true, showConfirmDialog: true, showDeleteConfirmDialog: false } */ editSettings: CellEditSettingsModel; /** * Configures the settings of displayOption. */ displayOption: DisplayOptionModel; /** * It holds the pivot engine data which renders the Pivot widget. */ pivotValues: IPivotValues; /** * Enables the display of GroupingBar allowing you to filter, sort, and remove fields obtained from the datasource. * @default false */ showGroupingBar: boolean; /** * Allows to display the popups.Tooltip on hovering value cells in pivot grid. * @default true */ showTooltip: boolean; /** * It allows to enable/disable toolbar in pivot table. * @default false */ showToolbar: boolean; /** * It allows to set toolbar items in pivot table. * @default [] */ toolbar: ToolbarItems[]; /** * It shows a common button for value fields to move together in column or row axis * @default false */ showValuesButton: boolean; /** * It allows to enable calculated field in PivotView. * @default false */ allowCalculatedField: boolean; /** * It allows to enable Value Sorting in PivotView. * @default false */ enableValueSorting: boolean; /** * It allows to enable Conditional Formatting in PivotView. * @default false */ allowConditionalFormatting: boolean; /** * Pivot widget. (Note change all occurrences) * @default 'auto' */ height: string | number; /** * It allows to set the width of Pivot widget. * @default 'auto' */ width: string | number; /** * If `allowExcelExport` is set to true, then it will allow the user to export pivotview to Excel file. * @default false */ allowExcelExport: boolean; /** * If `enableVirtualization` set to true, then the grids.Grid will render only the rows and the columns visible within the view-port * and load subsequent rows and columns on vertical scrolling. This helps to load large dataset in Pivot grids.Grid. * @default false */ enableVirtualization: boolean; /** * If `allowDrillThrough` set to true, then you can view the raw items that are used to create a * specified value cell in the pivot grid. * @default false */ allowDrillThrough: boolean; /** * If `allowPdfExport` is set to true, then it will allow the user to export pivotview to Pdf file. * @default false */ allowPdfExport: boolean; /** * If `allowDeferLayoutUpdate` is set to true, then it will enable defer layout update to pivotview. * @default false */ allowDeferLayoutUpdate: boolean; /** * It allows to set the maximum number of nodes to be displayed in the member editor. * @default 1000 */ maxNodeLimitInMemberEditor: number; /** * The template option which is used to render the pivot cells on the pivotview. Here, the template accepts either * the string or HTMLElement as template design and then the parsed design is displayed onto the pivot cells. * @default null */ cellTemplate: string; /** @hidden */ protected queryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.QueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected headerCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.HeaderCellInfoEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected resizing: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected resizeStop: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected pdfHeaderQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.PdfHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected pdfQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.PdfQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected excelHeaderQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.ExcelHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected excelQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.ExcelQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected columnDragStart: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected columnDrag: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected columnDrop: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ beforeColumnsRender: base.EmitType<ColumnRenderEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ selected: base.EmitType<grids.CellSelectEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ cellDeselected: base.EmitType<grids.CellDeselectEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ rowSelected: base.EmitType<grids.RowSelectEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ rowDeselected: base.EmitType<grids.RowDeselectEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected chartTooltipRender: base.EmitType<charts.ITooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected chartLoaded: base.EmitType<charts.ILoadedEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected chartLoad: base.EmitType<charts.ILoadedEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected chartResized: base.EmitType<charts.IResizeEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ protected chartAxisLabelRender: base.EmitType<charts.IAxisLabelRenderEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ contextMenuClick: base.EmitType<grids.ContextMenuClickEventArgs>; /** @hidden */ contextMenuOpen: base.EmitType<navigations.BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * This allows any customization of Pivot cell style while PDF exporting. * @event */ onPdfCellRender: base.EmitType<PdfCellRenderArgs>; /** * This allows to save the report in any storage. * @event */ saveReport: base.EmitType<SaveReportArgs>; /** * This allows to fetch the report names from storage. * @event */ fetchReport: base.EmitType<FetchReportArgs>; /** * This allows to load the report from storage. * @event */ loadReport: base.EmitType<LoadReportArgs>; /** * This allows to rename the report. * @event */ renameReport: base.EmitType<RenameReportArgs>; /** * This allows to remove the report from storage. * @event */ removeReport: base.EmitType<RemoveReportArgs>; /** * This allows to set the new report. * @event */ newReport: base.EmitType<NewReportArgs>; /** * This allows to change the toolbar items. * @event */ toolbarRender: base.EmitType<ToolbarArgs>; /** * This allows to change the toolbar items. * @event */ toolbarClick: base.EmitType<navigations.ClickEventArgs>; /** * This allows any customization of PivotView properties on initial rendering. * @event */ load: base.EmitType<LoadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the pivot engine starts to populate and allows to customize the pivot datasource settings. * @event */ enginePopulating: base.EmitType<EnginePopulatingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after the pivot engine populated and allows to customize the pivot widget. * @event */ enginePopulated: base.EmitType<EnginePopulatedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a field getting dropped into any axis. * @event */ onFieldDropped: base.EmitType<FieldDroppedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when data source is populated in the Pivot View. * @event */ dataBound: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when data source is created in the Pivot View. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when data source is destroyed in the Pivot View. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * This allows to set properties for exporting. * @event */ beforeExport: base.EmitType<BeforeExportEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when cell is clicked in the Pivot widget. * @event */ cellClick: base.EmitType<CellClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when value cell is clicked in the Pivot widget on Drill-Through. * @event */ drillThrough: base.EmitType<DrillThroughEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when value cell is clicked in the Pivot widget on Editing. * @event */ beginDrillThrough: base.EmitType<BeginDrillThroughEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when hyperlink cell is clicked in the Pivot widget. * @event */ hyperlinkCellClick: base.EmitType<HyperCellClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when cell got selected in Pivot widget. * @event */ cellSelected: base.EmitType<PivotCellSelectedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when chart series are created. * @event */ chartSeriesCreated: base.EmitType<ChartSeriesCreatedEventArgs>; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @param {PivotViewModel} options? * @param {string|HTMLElement} element? */ constructor(options?: PivotViewModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * To provide the array of modules needed for control rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @hidden */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * For internal use only - Initializing internal properties; * @private */ protected preRender(): void; private onBeforeTooltipOpen; private renderToolTip; /** @hidden */ renderContextMenu(): void; private getDefaultItems; private buildDefaultItems; private initProperties; /** * Initialize the control rendering * @returns void * @hidden */ render(): void; /** * Register the internal events. * @returns void * @hidden */ addInternalEvents(): void; /** * De-Register the internal events. * @returns void * @hidden */ removeInternalEvents(): void; /** * Get the Pivot widget properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @returns {string} * @hidden */ getPersistData(): string; /** * It returns the Module name. * @returns string * @hidden */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Copy the selected rows or cells data into clipboard. * @param {boolean} withHeader - Specifies whether the column header text needs to be copied along with rows or cells. * @returns {void} * @hidden */ copy(withHeader?: boolean): void; /** * By default, prints all the pages of the grids.Grid and hides the pager. * > You can customize print options using the * [`printMode`](./api-pivotgrid.html#printmode-string). * @returns {void} * @hidden */ /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @returns void * @hidden */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: PivotViewModel, oldProp: PivotViewModel): void; templateParser(template: string): Function; getCellTemplate(): Function; /** * Render the UI section of PivotView. * @returns void * @hidden */ renderPivotGrid(): void; /** * Updates the PivotEngine using dataSource from Pivot View component. * @method updateDataSource * @return {void} * @hidden */ updateDataSource(isRefreshGrid?: boolean): void; /** * To destroy the PivotView elements. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; /** * Export Pivot widget data to Excel file(.xlsx). * @param {grids.ExcelExportProperties} excelExportProperties - Defines the export properties of the grids.Grid. * @param {boolean} isMultipleExport - Define to enable multiple export. * @param {workbook} workbook - Defines the Workbook if multiple export is enabled. * @param {boolean} isBlob - If 'isBlob' set to true, then it will be returned as blob data. * @returns void */ excelExport(excelExportProperties?: grids.ExcelExportProperties, isMultipleExport?: boolean, workbook?: any, isBlob?: boolean): void; /** * Export PivotGrid data to CSV file. * @param {grids.ExcelExportProperties} excelExportProperties - Defines the export properties of the grids.Grid. * @param {boolean} isMultipleExport - Define to enable multiple export. * @param {workbook} workbook - Defines the Workbook if multiple export is enabled. * @param {boolean} isBlob - If 'isBlob' set to true, then it will be returned as blob data. * @returns void */ csvExport(excelExportProperties?: grids.ExcelExportProperties, isMultipleExport?: boolean, workbook?: any, isBlob?: boolean): void; /** * Export Pivot widget data to PDF document. * @param {pdfExportProperties} grids.PdfExportProperties - Defines the export properties of the grids.Grid. * @param {isMultipleExport} isMultipleExport - Define to enable multiple export. * @param {pdfDoc} pdfDoc - Defined the Pdf Document if multiple export is enabled. * @param {boolean} isBlob - If 'isBlob' set to true, then it will be returned as blob data. * @returns void */ pdfExport(pdfExportProperties?: grids.PdfExportProperties, isMultipleExport?: boolean, pdfDoc?: Object, isBlob?: boolean): void; /** * Export method for the chart. * @param type - Defines the export type. * @param fileName - Defines file name of export document. * @param orientation - Defines the page orientation on pdf export(0 for Portrait mode, 1 for Landscape mode). * @param width - Defines width of the export document. * @param height - Defines height of the export document. */ chartExport(type: charts.ExportType, fileName: string, orientation?: pdfExport.PdfPageOrientation, width?: number, height?: number): void; /** * Print method for the chart. */ printChart(): void; /** @hidden */ onDrill(target: Element): void; private onContentReady; private setToolTip; private getRowText; private getColText; private updateClass; private wireEvents; private mouseRclickHandler; private mouseDownHandler; private mouseMoveHandler; private mouseUpHandler; private parentAt; private mouseClickHandler; private framePivotColumns; /** @hidden */ setGridColumns(gridcolumns: grids.ColumnModel[]): void; /** @hidden */ triggerColumnRenderEvent(gridcolumns: grids.ColumnModel[]): void; /** @hidden */ setCommonColumnsWidth(columns: grids.ColumnModel[], width: number): void; /** @hidden */ onWindowResize(): void; private windowResize; private CellClicked; /** @hidden */ clearSelection(ele: Element, e: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs, colIndex: number, rowIndex: number): void; /** @hidden */ applyRowSelection(colIndex: number, rowIndex: number): void; /** @hidden */ applyColumnSelection(e: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs, target: Element, colStart: number, colEnd: number, rowStart: number): void; private getSelectedCellsPos; private setSavedSelectedCells; private unwireEvents; private renderEmptyGrid; private initEngine; private generateData; private getData; private executeQuery; private applyFormatting; private createStyleSheet; private applyHyperlinkSettings; private checkCondition; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/index.d.ts /** * PivotGrid component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/model/chartsettings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class PivotSeries */ export interface PivotSeriesModel { /** * The fill color for the series that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * Options to customizing animation for the series. * @default null */ animation?: charts.AnimationModel; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and gaps to stroke the lines in `Line` type series. * @default '0' */ dashArray?: string; /** * The stroke width for the series that is applicable only for `Line` type series. * @default 1 */ width?: number; /** * Defines the axis, based on which the line series will be split. */ segmentAxis?: charts.Segment; /** * Type of series to be drawn in radar or polar series. They are * 'Line' * 'Column' * 'Area' * 'Scatter' * 'Spline' * 'StackingColumn' * 'StackingArea' * 'RangeColumn' * 'SplineArea' * @default 'Line' */ drawType?: charts.ChartDrawType; /** * Specifies whether to join start and end point of a line/area series used in polar/radar chart to form a closed path. * @default true */ isClosed?: boolean; /** * Defines the collection of regions that helps to differentiate a line series. */ segments?: charts.ChartSegmentModel[]; /** * This property allows grouping series in `stacked column / bar` charts. * Any string value can be provided to the stackingGroup property. * If any two or above series have the same value, those series will be grouped together. * @default '' */ stackingGroup?: string; /** * Options to customizing the border of the series. This is applicable only for `Column` and `Bar` type series. */ border?: charts.BorderModel; /** * Specifies the visibility of series. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * The opacity of the series. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * The type of the series are * * StackingColumn * * StackingArea * * StackingBar * * StepLine * * Line * * Column * * Area * * Bar * * StepArea * * Pareto * * Bubble * * Scatter * * Spline * * SplineArea * * StackingColumn100 * * StackingBar100 * * StackingArea100 * * Polar * * Radar * @default 'Line' */ type?: ChartSeriesType; /** * Options for displaying and customizing markers for individual points in a series. */ marker?: charts.MarkerSettingsModel; /** * Options for displaying and customizing error bar for individual point in a series. */ errorBar?: charts.ErrorBarSettingsModel; /** * If set true, the Tooltip for series will be visible. * @default true */ enableTooltip?: boolean; /** * Defines the collection of trendlines that are used to predict the trend */ trendlines?: charts.TrendlineModel[]; /** * The provided value will be considered as a Tooltip name * @default '' */ tooltipMappingName?: string; /** * The shape of the legend. Each series has its own legend shape. They are, * * Circle * * Rectangle * * VerticalLine * * Pentagon * * InvertedTriangle * * SeriesType * * Triangle * * Diamond * * Cross * * HorizontalLine * @default 'SeriesType' */ legendShape?: charts.LegendShape; /** * Minimum radius * @default 1 */ minRadius?: number; /** * Custom style for the selected series or points. * @default null */ selectionStyle?: string; /** * Defines type of spline to be rendered. * @default 'Natural' */ splineType?: charts.SplineType; /** * Maximum radius * @default 3 */ maxRadius?: number; /** * It defines tension of cardinal spline types * @default 0.5 */ cardinalSplineTension?: number; /** * To render the column series points with particular column width. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ columnWidth?: number; /** * options to customize the empty points in series */ emptyPointSettings?: charts.EmptyPointSettingsModel; /** * To render the column series points with particular rounded corner. */ cornerRadius?: charts.CornerRadiusModel; /** * To render the column series points with particular column spacing. It takes value from 0 - 1. * @default 0 */ columnSpacing?: number; } /** * Interface for a class PivotAxis */ export interface PivotAxisModel { /** * Specifies the actions like `Hide`, `Rotate45`, and `Rotate90` when the axis labels intersect with each other.They are, * * Rotate45: Rotates the label to 45 degree when it intersects. * * Rotate90: Rotates the label to 90 degree when it intersects. * * None: Shows all the labels. * * Hide: Hides the label when it intersects. * @default Rotate45 */ labelIntersectAction?: charts.LabelIntersectAction; /** * Options to customize the axis label. */ labelStyle?: charts.FontModel; /** * Specifies the title of an axis. * @default '' */ title?: string; /** * Options to customize the crosshair ToolTip. */ crosshairTooltip?: charts.CrosshairTooltipModel; /** * Used to format the axis label that accepts any global string format like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc. * It also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label, e.g, 20°C. * @default '' */ labelFormat?: string; /** * Options for customizing the axis title. */ titleStyle?: charts.FontModel; /** * Specifies indexed category axis. * @default false */ isIndexed?: boolean; /** * Left and right padding for the plot area in pixels. * @default 0 */ plotOffset?: number; /** * Specifies the position of labels at the edge of the axis.They are, * * Shift: Shifts the edge labels. * * None: No action will be performed. * * Hide: Edge label will be hidden. * @default 'None' */ edgeLabelPlacement?: charts.EdgeLabelPlacement; /** * Specifies the placement of a label for category axis. They are, * * onTicks: Renders the label on the ticks. * * betweenTicks: Renders the label between the ticks. * @default 'BetweenTicks' */ labelPlacement?: charts.LabelPlacement; /** * Specifies the placement of a ticks to the axis line. They are, * * outside: Renders the ticks outside to the axis line. * * inside: Renders the ticks inside to the axis line. * @default 'Outside' */ tickPosition?: charts.AxisPosition; /** * If set to true, the axis will render at the opposite side of its default position. * @default false */ opposedPosition?: boolean; /** * If set to true, axis label will be visible. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * Specifies the placement of a labels to the axis line. They are, * * outside: Renders the labels outside to the axis line. * * inside: Renders the labels inside to the axis line. * @default 'Outside' */ labelPosition?: charts.AxisPosition; /** * The angle to which the axis label gets rotated. * @default 0 */ labelRotation?: number; /** * Specifies the number of minor ticks per interval. * @default 0 */ minorTicksPerInterval?: number; /** * Specifies the maximum range of an axis. * @default null */ maximum?: Object; /** * Specifies the minimum range of an axis. * @default null */ minimum?: Object; /** * Specifies the maximum width of an axis label. * @default 34. */ maximumLabelWidth?: number; /** * Specifies the interval for an axis. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ interval?: number; /** * Options for customizing major tick lines. */ majorTickLines?: charts.MajorTickLinesModel; /** * Specifies the Trim property for an axis. * @default false */ enableTrim?: boolean; /** * Options for customizing major grid lines. */ majorGridLines?: charts.MajorGridLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing minor tick lines. */ minorTickLines?: charts.MinorTickLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing axis lines. */ lineStyle?: charts.AxisLineModel; /** * Options for customizing minor grid lines. */ minorGridLines?: charts.MinorGridLinesModel; /** * It specifies whether the axis to be rendered in inversed manner or not. * @default false */ isInversed?: boolean; /** * Description for axis and its element. * @default null */ description?: string; /** * The start angle for the series. * @default 0 */ startAngle?: number; /** * The polar radar radius position. * @default 100 */ coefficient?: number; /** * Specifies the stripLine collection for the axis */ stripLines?: charts.StripLineSettingsModel[]; /** * TabIndex value for the axis. * @default 2 */ tabIndex?: number; /** * charts.Border of the multi level labels. */ border?: charts.LabelBorderModel; } /** * Interface for a class PivotTooltipSettings */ export interface PivotTooltipSettingsModel { /** * Enables / Disables the visibility of the marker. * @default false. */ enableMarker?: boolean; /** * Enables / Disables the visibility of the tooltip. * @default true. */ enable?: boolean; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * If set to true, a single ToolTip will be displayed for every index. * @default false. */ shared?: boolean; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 0.75 */ opacity?: number; /** * Header for tooltip. * @default null */ header?: string; /** * Format the ToolTip content. * @default null. */ format?: string; /** * Options to customize the ToolTip text. */ textStyle?: charts.FontModel; /** * Custom template to format the ToolTip content. Use ${x} and ${y} as the placeholder text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null. */ template?: string; /** * Options to customize tooltip borders. */ border?: charts.BorderModel; /** * If set to true, ToolTip will animate while moving from one point to another. * @default true. */ enableAnimation?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class PivotZoomSettings */ export interface PivotZoomSettingsModel { /** * If to true, chart can be pinched to zoom in / zoom out. * @default false */ enablePinchZooming?: boolean; /** * If set to true, chart can be zoomed by a rectangular selecting region on the plot area. * @default true */ enableSelectionZooming?: boolean; /** * If set to true, zooming will be performed on mouse up. It requires `enableSelectionZooming` to be true. * ... * zoomSettings: { * enableSelectionZooming: true, * enableDeferredZooming: false * } * ... * @default false */ enableDeferredZooming?: boolean; /** * If set to true, chart can be zoomed by using mouse wheel. * @default false */ enableMouseWheelZooming?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to allow zooming vertically or horizontally or in both ways. They are, * * x: Chart can be zoomed horizontally. * * y: Chart can be zoomed vertically. * * x,y: Chart can be zoomed both vertically and horizontally. * It requires `enableSelectionZooming` to be true. * * ... * zoomSettings: { * enableSelectionZooming: true, * mode: 'XY' * } * ... * @default 'XY' */ mode?: charts.ZoomMode; /** * Specifies the toolkit options for the zooming as follows: * * ZoomIn * * ZoomOut * * Pan * * Zoom * * Reset * @default '["Zoom", "ZoomIn", "ZoomOut", "Pan", "Reset"]' */ toolbarItems?: charts.ToolbarItems[]; /** * Specifies whether axis needs to have scrollbar. * @default true. */ enableScrollbar?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether chart needs to be panned by default. * @default false. */ enablePan?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class ChartSettings */ export interface ChartSettingsModel { /** * Options to configures the series of chart. */ chartSeries?: PivotSeriesModel; /** * Options to configure the horizontal axis of chart. */ primaryXAxis?: PivotAxisModel; /** * Options to configure the vertical axis of chart. */ primaryYAxis?: PivotAxisModel; /** * Defines the measure to load in chart * @default '' */ value?: string; /** * Defines the measure to load in chart * @default false */ enableMultiAxis?: boolean; /** * Options for customizing the title of the Chart. */ titleStyle?: charts.FontModel; /** * Title of the chart * @default '' */ title?: string; /** * Options for customizing the Subtitle of the Chart. */ subTitleStyle?: charts.FontModel; /** * SubTitle of the chart * @default '' */ subTitle?: string; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the chart border. */ border?: charts.BorderModel; /** * Options to customize left, right, top and bottom margins of the chart. */ margin?: charts.MarginModel; /** * Options for configuring the border and background of the chart area. */ chartArea?: charts.ChartAreaModel; /** * The background color of the chart that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ background?: string; /** * Specifies the theme for the chart. * @default 'Material' */ theme?: charts.ChartTheme; /** * Palette for the chart series. * @default [] */ palettes?: string[]; /** * Options for customizing the crosshair of the chart. */ crosshair?: charts.CrosshairSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the tooltip of the chart. */ tooltip?: PivotTooltipSettingsModel; /** * Options to enable the zooming feature in the chart. */ zoomSettings?: PivotZoomSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the legend of the chart. */ legendSettings?: charts.LegendSettingsModel; /** * Specifies whether series or data point has to be selected. They are, * * none: Disables the selection. * * series: selects a series. * * dragXY: selects points by dragging with respect to both horizontal and vertical axes * * dragX: selects points by dragging with respect to horizontal axis. * * dragY: selects points by dragging with respect to vertical axis. * * point: selects a point. * * cluster: selects a cluster of point * @default 'None' */ selectionMode?: ChartSelectionMode; /** * To enable export feature in chart. * @default true */ enableExport?: boolean; /** * If set true, enables the multi selection in chart. It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series` | or `Cluster`. * @default false */ isMultiSelect?: boolean; /** * Specifies the point indexes to be selected while loading a chart. * It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series`. * ... * selectionMode: 'Point', * selectedDataIndexes: [ { series: 0, point: 1}, * { series: 2, point: 3} ], * ... * @default [] */ selectedDataIndexes?: charts.IndexesModel[]; /** * If set true, charts.Animation process will be executed. * @default true */ enableAnimation?: boolean; /** * It specifies whether the chart should be render in transposed manner or not. * @default false */ isTransposed?: boolean; /** * TabIndex value for the chart. * @default 1 */ tabIndex?: number; /** * Description for chart. * @default null */ description?: string; /** * Triggers after resizing of chart * @event */ resized?: base.EmitType<charts.IResizeEventArgs>; /** * To enable the side by side placing the points for column type series. * @default true */ enableSideBySidePlacement?: boolean; /** * Triggers after chart load. * @event */ loaded?: base.EmitType<charts.ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the prints gets started. * @event */ beforePrint?: base.EmitType<charts.IPrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after animation is completed for the series. * @event */ animationComplete?: base.EmitType<charts.IAnimationCompleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before chart load. * @event */ load?: base.EmitType<charts.ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the data label for series is rendered. * @event */ textRender?: base.EmitType<charts.ITextRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the legend is rendered. * @event */ legendRender?: base.EmitType<charts.ILegendRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the series is rendered. * @event */ seriesRender?: base.EmitType<charts.ISeriesRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each points for the series is rendered. * @event */ pointRender?: base.EmitType<charts.IPointRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the tooltip for series is rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender?: base.EmitType<charts.ITooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each axis label is rendered. * @event */ axisLabelRender?: base.EmitType<charts.IAxisLabelRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on clicking the chart. * @event */ chartMouseClick?: base.EmitType<charts.IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on hovering the chart. * @event */ chartMouseMove?: base.EmitType<charts.IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on point move. * @event */ pointMove?: base.EmitType<charts.IPointEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on point click. * @event */ pointClick?: base.EmitType<charts.IPointEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on mouse down. * @event */ chartMouseDown?: base.EmitType<charts.IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when cursor leaves the chart. * @event */ chartMouseLeave?: base.EmitType<charts.IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after the drag selection is completed. * @event */ dragComplete?: base.EmitType<charts.IDragCompleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on mouse up. * @event */ chartMouseUp?: base.EmitType<charts.IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when start the scroll. * @event */ scrollStart?: base.EmitType<charts.IScrollEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after the zoom selection is completed. * @event */ zoomComplete?: base.EmitType<charts.IZoomCompleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when change the scroll. * @event */ scrollChanged?: base.EmitType<charts.IScrollEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after the scroll end. * @event */ scrollEnd?: base.EmitType<charts.IScrollEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/model/chartsettings.d.ts /** * Configures the series in charts. */ export class PivotSeries extends base.ChildProperty<PivotSeries> { /** * The fill color for the series that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * Options to customizing animation for the series. * @default null */ animation: charts.AnimationModel; /** * Defines the pattern of dashes and gaps to stroke the lines in `Line` type series. * @default '0' */ dashArray: string; /** * The stroke width for the series that is applicable only for `Line` type series. * @default 1 */ width: number; /** * Defines the axis, based on which the line series will be split. */ segmentAxis: charts.Segment; /** * Type of series to be drawn in radar or polar series. They are * 'Line' * 'Column' * 'Area' * 'Scatter' * 'Spline' * 'StackingColumn' * 'StackingArea' * 'RangeColumn' * 'SplineArea' * @default 'Line' */ drawType: charts.ChartDrawType; /** * Specifies whether to join start and end point of a line/area series used in polar/radar chart to form a closed path. * @default true */ isClosed: boolean; /** * Defines the collection of regions that helps to differentiate a line series. */ segments: charts.ChartSegmentModel[]; /** * This property allows grouping series in `stacked column / bar` charts. * Any string value can be provided to the stackingGroup property. * If any two or above series have the same value, those series will be grouped together. * @default '' */ stackingGroup: string; /** * Options to customizing the border of the series. This is applicable only for `Column` and `Bar` type series. */ border: charts.BorderModel; /** * Specifies the visibility of series. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * The opacity of the series. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * The type of the series are * * StackingColumn * * StackingArea * * StackingBar * * StepLine * * Line * * Column * * Area * * Bar * * StepArea * * Pareto * * Bubble * * Scatter * * Spline * * SplineArea * * StackingColumn100 * * StackingBar100 * * StackingArea100 * * Polar * * Radar * @default 'Line' */ type: ChartSeriesType; /** * Options for displaying and customizing markers for individual points in a series. */ marker: charts.MarkerSettingsModel; /** * Options for displaying and customizing error bar for individual point in a series. */ errorBar: charts.ErrorBarSettingsModel; /** * If set true, the Tooltip for series will be visible. * @default true */ enableTooltip: boolean; /** * Defines the collection of trendlines that are used to predict the trend */ trendlines: charts.TrendlineModel[]; /** * The provided value will be considered as a Tooltip name * @default '' */ tooltipMappingName: string; /** * The shape of the legend. Each series has its own legend shape. They are, * * Circle * * Rectangle * * VerticalLine * * Pentagon * * InvertedTriangle * * SeriesType * * Triangle * * Diamond * * Cross * * HorizontalLine * @default 'SeriesType' */ legendShape: charts.LegendShape; /** * Minimum radius * @default 1 */ minRadius: number; /** * Custom style for the selected series or points. * @default null */ selectionStyle: string; /** * Defines type of spline to be rendered. * @default 'Natural' */ splineType: charts.SplineType; /** * Maximum radius * @default 3 */ maxRadius: number; /** * It defines tension of cardinal spline types * @default 0.5 */ cardinalSplineTension: number; /** * To render the column series points with particular column width. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ columnWidth: number; /** * options to customize the empty points in series */ emptyPointSettings: charts.EmptyPointSettingsModel; /** * To render the column series points with particular rounded corner. */ cornerRadius: charts.CornerRadiusModel; /** * To render the column series points with particular column spacing. It takes value from 0 - 1. * @default 0 */ columnSpacing: number; } /** * Configures the axes in charts. */ export class PivotAxis extends base.ChildProperty<PivotAxis> { /** * Specifies the actions like `Hide`, `Rotate45`, and `Rotate90` when the axis labels intersect with each other.They are, * * Rotate45: Rotates the label to 45 degree when it intersects. * * Rotate90: Rotates the label to 90 degree when it intersects. * * None: Shows all the labels. * * Hide: Hides the label when it intersects. * @default Rotate45 */ labelIntersectAction: charts.LabelIntersectAction; /** * Options to customize the axis label. */ labelStyle: charts.FontModel; /** * Specifies the title of an axis. * @default '' */ title: string; /** * Options to customize the crosshair ToolTip. */ crosshairTooltip: charts.CrosshairTooltipModel; /** * Used to format the axis label that accepts any global string format like 'C', 'n1', 'P' etc. * It also accepts placeholder like '{value}°C' in which value represent the axis label, e.g, 20°C. * @default '' */ labelFormat: string; /** * Options for customizing the axis title. */ titleStyle: charts.FontModel; /** * Specifies indexed category axis. * @default false */ isIndexed: boolean; /** * Left and right padding for the plot area in pixels. * @default 0 */ plotOffset: number; /** * Specifies the position of labels at the edge of the axis.They are, * * Shift: Shifts the edge labels. * * None: No action will be performed. * * Hide: Edge label will be hidden. * @default 'None' */ edgeLabelPlacement: charts.EdgeLabelPlacement; /** * Specifies the placement of a label for category axis. They are, * * onTicks: Renders the label on the ticks. * * betweenTicks: Renders the label between the ticks. * @default 'BetweenTicks' */ labelPlacement: charts.LabelPlacement; /** * Specifies the placement of a ticks to the axis line. They are, * * outside: Renders the ticks outside to the axis line. * * inside: Renders the ticks inside to the axis line. * @default 'Outside' */ tickPosition: charts.AxisPosition; /** * If set to true, the axis will render at the opposite side of its default position. * @default false */ opposedPosition: boolean; /** * If set to true, axis label will be visible. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Specifies the placement of a labels to the axis line. They are, * * outside: Renders the labels outside to the axis line. * * inside: Renders the labels inside to the axis line. * @default 'Outside' */ labelPosition: charts.AxisPosition; /** * The angle to which the axis label gets rotated. * @default 0 */ labelRotation: number; /** * Specifies the number of minor ticks per interval. * @default 0 */ minorTicksPerInterval: number; /** * Specifies the maximum range of an axis. * @default null */ maximum: Object; /** * Specifies the minimum range of an axis. * @default null */ minimum: Object; /** * Specifies the maximum width of an axis label. * @default 34. */ maximumLabelWidth: number; /** * Specifies the interval for an axis. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore */ interval: number; /** * Options for customizing major tick lines. */ majorTickLines: charts.MajorTickLinesModel; /** * Specifies the Trim property for an axis. * @default false */ enableTrim: boolean; /** * Options for customizing major grid lines. */ majorGridLines: charts.MajorGridLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing minor tick lines. */ minorTickLines: charts.MinorTickLinesModel; /** * Options for customizing axis lines. */ lineStyle: charts.AxisLineModel; /** * Options for customizing minor grid lines. */ minorGridLines: charts.MinorGridLinesModel; /** * It specifies whether the axis to be rendered in inversed manner or not. * @default false */ isInversed: boolean; /** * Description for axis and its element. * @default null */ description: string; /** * The start angle for the series. * @default 0 */ startAngle: number; /** * The polar radar radius position. * @default 100 */ coefficient: number; /** * Specifies the stripLine collection for the axis */ stripLines: charts.StripLineSettingsModel[]; /** * TabIndex value for the axis. * @default 2 */ tabIndex: number; /** * Border of the multi level labels. */ border: charts.LabelBorderModel; } /** * Configures the ToolTips in the chart. */ export class PivotTooltipSettings extends base.ChildProperty<PivotTooltipSettings> { /** * Enables / Disables the visibility of the marker. * @default false. */ enableMarker: boolean; /** * Enables / Disables the visibility of the tooltip. * @default true. */ enable: boolean; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ fill: string; /** * If set to true, a single ToolTip will be displayed for every index. * @default false. */ shared: boolean; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default 0.75 */ opacity: number; /** * Header for tooltip. * @default null */ header: string; /** * Format the ToolTip content. * @default null. */ format: string; /** * Options to customize the ToolTip text. */ textStyle: charts.FontModel; /** * Custom template to format the ToolTip content. Use ${x} and ${y} as the placeholder text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null. */ template: string; /** * Options to customize tooltip borders. */ border: charts.BorderModel; /** * If set to true, ToolTip will animate while moving from one point to another. * @default true. */ enableAnimation: boolean; } /** * Configures the zooming behavior for the chart. */ export class PivotZoomSettings extends base.ChildProperty<PivotZoomSettings> { /** * If to true, chart can be pinched to zoom in / zoom out. * @default false */ enablePinchZooming: boolean; /** * If set to true, chart can be zoomed by a rectangular selecting region on the plot area. * @default true */ enableSelectionZooming: boolean; /** * If set to true, zooming will be performed on mouse up. It requires `enableSelectionZooming` to be true. * ... * zoomSettings: { * enableSelectionZooming: true, * enableDeferredZooming: false * } * ... * @default false */ enableDeferredZooming: boolean; /** * If set to true, chart can be zoomed by using mouse wheel. * @default false */ enableMouseWheelZooming: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to allow zooming vertically or horizontally or in both ways. They are, * * x: Chart can be zoomed horizontally. * * y: Chart can be zoomed vertically. * * x,y: Chart can be zoomed both vertically and horizontally. * It requires `enableSelectionZooming` to be true. * * ... * zoomSettings: { * enableSelectionZooming: true, * mode: 'XY' * } * ... * @default 'XY' */ mode: charts.ZoomMode; /** * Specifies the toolkit options for the zooming as follows: * * ZoomIn * * ZoomOut * * Pan * * Zoom * * Reset * @default '["Zoom", "ZoomIn", "ZoomOut", "Pan", "Reset"]' */ toolbarItems: charts.ToolbarItems[]; /** * Specifies whether axis needs to have scrollbar. * @default true. */ enableScrollbar: boolean; /** * Specifies whether chart needs to be panned by default. * @default false. */ enablePan: boolean; } /** * Configures the chart settings. */ export class ChartSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ChartSettings> { /** * Options to configures the series of chart. */ chartSeries: PivotSeriesModel; /** * Options to configure the horizontal axis of chart. */ primaryXAxis: PivotAxisModel; /** * Options to configure the vertical axis of chart. */ primaryYAxis: PivotAxisModel; /** * Defines the measure to load in chart * @default '' */ value: string; /** * Defines the measure to load in chart * @default false */ enableMultiAxis: boolean; /** * Options for customizing the title of the Chart. */ titleStyle: charts.FontModel; /** * Title of the chart * @default '' */ title: string; /** * Options for customizing the Subtitle of the Chart. */ subTitleStyle: charts.FontModel; /** * SubTitle of the chart * @default '' */ subTitle: string; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the chart border. */ border: charts.BorderModel; /** * Options to customize left, right, top and bottom margins of the chart. */ margin: charts.MarginModel; /** * Options for configuring the border and background of the chart area. */ chartArea: charts.ChartAreaModel; /** * The background color of the chart that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default null */ background: string; /** * Specifies the theme for the chart. * @default 'Material' */ theme: charts.ChartTheme; /** * Palette for the chart series. * @default [] */ palettes: string[]; /** * Options for customizing the crosshair of the chart. */ crosshair: charts.CrosshairSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the tooltip of the chart. */ tooltip: PivotTooltipSettingsModel; /** * Options to enable the zooming feature in the chart. */ zoomSettings: PivotZoomSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing the legend of the chart. */ legendSettings: charts.LegendSettingsModel; /** * Specifies whether series or data point has to be selected. They are, * * none: Disables the selection. * * series: selects a series. * * dragXY: selects points by dragging with respect to both horizontal and vertical axes * * dragX: selects points by dragging with respect to horizontal axis. * * dragY: selects points by dragging with respect to vertical axis. * * point: selects a point. * * cluster: selects a cluster of point * @default 'None' */ selectionMode: ChartSelectionMode; /** * To enable1 export feature in chart. * @default true */ enableExport: boolean; /** * If set true, enables the multi selection in chart. It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series` | or `Cluster`. * @default false */ isMultiSelect: boolean; /** * Specifies the point indexes to be selected while loading a chart. * It requires `selectionMode` to be `Point` | `Series`. * ... * selectionMode: 'Point', * selectedDataIndexes: [ { series: 0, point: 1}, * { series: 2, point: 3} ], * ... * @default [] */ selectedDataIndexes: charts.IndexesModel[]; /** * If set true, Animation process will be executed. * @default true */ enableAnimation: boolean; /** * It specifies whether the chart should be render in transposed manner or not. * @default false */ isTransposed: boolean; /** * TabIndex value for the chart. * @default 1 */ tabIndex: number; /** * Description for chart. * @default null */ description: string; /** * Triggers after resizing of chart * @event */ resized: base.EmitType<charts.IResizeEventArgs>; /** * To enable the side by side placing the points for column type series. * @default true */ enableSideBySidePlacement: boolean; /** * Triggers after chart load. * @event */ loaded: base.EmitType<charts.ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the prints gets started. * @event */ beforePrint: base.EmitType<charts.IPrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after animation is completed for the series. * @event */ animationComplete: base.EmitType<charts.IAnimationCompleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before chart load. * @event */ load: base.EmitType<charts.ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the data label for series is rendered. * @event */ textRender: base.EmitType<charts.ITextRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the legend is rendered. * @event */ legendRender: base.EmitType<charts.ILegendRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the series is rendered. * @event */ seriesRender: base.EmitType<charts.ISeriesRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each points for the series is rendered. * @event */ pointRender: base.EmitType<charts.IPointRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the tooltip for series is rendered. * @event */ tooltipRender: base.EmitType<charts.ITooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each axis label is rendered. * @event */ axisLabelRender: base.EmitType<charts.IAxisLabelRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on clicking the chart. * @event */ chartMouseClick: base.EmitType<charts.IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on hovering the chart. * @event */ chartMouseMove: base.EmitType<charts.IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on point move. * @event */ pointMove: base.EmitType<charts.IPointEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on point click. * @event */ pointClick: base.EmitType<charts.IPointEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on mouse down. * @event */ chartMouseDown: base.EmitType<charts.IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when cursor leaves the chart. * @event */ chartMouseLeave: base.EmitType<charts.IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after the drag selection is completed. * @event */ dragComplete: base.EmitType<charts.IDragCompleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on mouse up. * @event */ chartMouseUp: base.EmitType<charts.IMouseEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when start the scroll. * @event */ scrollStart: base.EmitType<charts.IScrollEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after the zoom selection is completed. * @event */ zoomComplete: base.EmitType<charts.IZoomCompleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when change the scroll. * @event */ scrollChanged: base.EmitType<charts.IScrollEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after the scroll end. * @event */ scrollEnd: base.EmitType<charts.IScrollEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/model/dataSource-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class FieldOptions */ export interface FieldOptionsModel { /** * It allows to set field name. */ name?: string; /** * It allows to set field caption. */ caption?: string; /** * It allows to set the summary type of the field. The available types are, * * `Sum`: The summary cells calculated by the sum of its cells. * * `Count`: The summary cells calculated by the count of its cells. * * `Min`: The summary cells shows the value which is the minimum value of its cells. * * `Max`: The summary cells shows the value which is the maximum value of its cells. * * `Percentage`: The summary cells displays in percentage format. * * `Avg`: The summary cells calculated by the average of its cells. * * `CalculatedField`: It should set to include calculated fields. * @default Sum */ type?: SummaryTypes; /** * It allows to set the axis to render the field in it. */ axis?: string; /** * It allows to display all the items of its field even any items haven't data in its row/column intersection in data source. * @default false */ showNoDataItems?: boolean; /** * It allows to set the base field to aggregate the values. */ baseField?: string; /** * It allows to set the base item to aggregate the values. */ baseItem?: string; /** * It allows to disable or enable sub totals in row/column axis. * @default true */ showSubTotals?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class FieldListFieldOptions */ export interface FieldListFieldOptionsModel extends FieldOptionsModel{ } /** * Interface for a class Style */ export interface StyleModel { /** * It allows to set the background color. */ backgroundColor?: string; /** * It allows to set the color. */ color?: string; /** * It allows to set the font family. */ fontFamily?: string; /** * It allows to set the font size. */ fontSize?: string; } /** * Interface for a class Filter */ export interface FilterModel { /** * It allows to set the field name. */ name?: string; /** * It allows to set the filter type. * @default Include */ type?: FilterType; /** * It allows to set the filter items. */ items?: string[]; /** * It allows to set the filter conditions to the field. * @default DoesNotEquals */ condition?: Operators; /** * It allows to set filter operand value for condition evaluation with single label. */ value1?: string | Date; /** * It allows to set filter operand value for between condition evaluation. */ value2?: string | Date; /** * It allows to set value field for evaluation using conditions and operands. */ measure?: string; } /** * Interface for a class ConditionalFormatSettings */ export interface ConditionalFormatSettingsModel { /** * It allows to set the field name to apply conditional format. */ measure?: string; /** * It allows to set the label name to apply conditional format. */ label?: string; /** * It allows to set the conditions to apply format. */ conditions?: Condition; /** * It allows to set the value1 to apply format. */ value1?: number; /** * It allows to set the value2 to apply format. */ value2?: number; /** * It allows to set the style to apply. */ style?: IStyle; } /** * Interface for a class Sort */ export interface SortModel { /** * It allows to set the field name to sort. */ name?: string; /** * It allows to set the sort order. The types are, * * `Ascending`: It allows to display the field members in ascending order. * * `Descending`: It allows to display the field members in descending order. * * `None`: It allows to display the field members based on JSON order. * @default Ascending */ order?: Sorting; } /** * Interface for a class FormatSettings */ export interface FormatSettingsModel { /** * It allows to set the field name to apply format settings. */ name?: string; /** * It allows to specify minimum fraction digits in formatted value. */ minimumFractionDigits?: number; /** * It allows to specify maximum fraction digits in formatted value. */ maximumFractionDigits?: number; /** * It allows to specify minimum significant digits in formatted value. */ minimumSignificantDigits?: number; /** * It allows to specify maximum significant digits in formatted value. */ maximumSignificantDigits?: number; /** * It allows to specify whether to use grouping or not in formatted value, * @default true */ useGrouping?: boolean; /** * It allows to specify the skeleton for perform formatting. */ skeleton?: string; /** * It allows to specify the type of date formatting either date, dateTime or time. */ type?: string; /** * It allows to specify the currency code to be used for formatting. */ currency?: string; /** * It allows to specify minimum integer digits in formatted value. */ minimumIntegerDigits?: number; /** * It allows to specify custom number format for formatting. */ format?: string; } /** * Interface for a class GroupSettings */ export interface GroupSettingsModel { /** * It allows to set the field name to apply group settings. */ name?: string; /** * It allows to set the group interval for group field. */ groupInterval?: DateGroup[]; /** * It allows to set the start time of group field. */ startingAt?: Date | number; /** * It allows to set the end time of group field. */ endingAt?: Date | number; /** * It allows to set the type of field. * @default Date */ type?: GroupType; /** * It allows to set the interval range of group field. */ rangeInterval?: number; } /** * Interface for a class CalculatedFieldSettings */ export interface CalculatedFieldSettingsModel { /** * It allows to set the field name to sort. */ name?: string; /** * It allows to set the formula for calculated fields. */ formula?: string; } /** * Interface for a class DrillOptions */ export interface DrillOptionsModel { /** * It allows to set the field name whose members to be drilled. */ name?: string; /** * It allows to set the members to be drilled. */ items?: string[]; } /** * Interface for a class ValueSortSettings */ export interface ValueSortSettingsModel { /** * It allows to set the members name to achieve value sorting based on this. */ headerText?: string; /** * It allows to set the delimiters to separate the members. * @default '.' */ headerDelimiter?: string; /** * It allows to set the sort order. The types are, * * `Ascending`: It allows to display the field members in ascending order. * * `Descending`: It allows to display the field members in descending order. * @default None */ sortOrder?: Sorting; } /** * Interface for a class DataSource */ export interface DataSourceModel { /** * It allows to set the data source. */ data?: IDataSet[] | data.DataManager; /** * It allows to set the row fields. * @default [] */ rows?: FieldOptionsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the column fields. * @default [] */ columns?: FieldOptionsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the value fields. * @default [] */ values?: FieldOptionsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the filter fields. * @default [] */ filters?: FieldOptionsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the expanded state of headers. * @default false */ expandAll?: boolean; /** * It allows to set the value fields in both column and row axis. * @default 'column' */ valueAxis?: string; /** * It allows to set the settings of filtering operation. * @default [] */ filterSettings?: FilterModel[]; /** * It allows to set the settings of sorting operation. * @default [] */ sortSettings?: SortModel[]; /** * It allows sorting operation UI. * @default true */ enableSorting?: boolean; /** * It allows excel-like label filtering operation. * @default false */ allowLabelFilter?: boolean; /** * It allows excel-like value filtering operation. * @default false */ allowValueFilter?: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable sub total in pivot table. * @default true */ showSubTotals?: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable row sub total in pivot table. * @default true */ showRowSubTotals?: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable column sub total in pivot table. * @default true */ showColumnSubTotals?: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable grand total in pivot table. * @default true */ showGrandTotals?: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable row grand total in pivot table. * @default true */ showRowGrandTotals?: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable column grand total in pivot table. * @default true */ showColumnGrandTotals?: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable single measure headers in pivot table. * @default false */ alwaysShowValueHeader?: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable show aggregation on PivotButton. * @default true */ showAggregationOnValueField?: boolean; /** * It allows to set the settings of number formatting. * @default [] */ formatSettings?: FormatSettingsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the drilled state for desired field members. * @default [] */ drilledMembers?: DrillOptionsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the settings of value sorting operation. */ valueSortSettings?: ValueSortSettingsModel; /** * It allows to set the settings of calculated field operation. * @default [] */ calculatedFieldSettings?: CalculatedFieldSettingsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the settings of Conditional Format operation. * @default [] */ conditionalFormatSettings?: ConditionalFormatSettingsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the custom values to empty value cells . */ emptyCellsTextContent?: string; /** * It allows to set the settings for grouping the date. * @default [] */ groupSettings?: GroupSettingsModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/model/dataSource.d.ts /** * Configures the fields in dataSource. */ export class FieldOptions extends base.ChildProperty<FieldOptions> implements IFieldOptions { /** * It allows to set field name. */ name: string; /** * It allows to set field caption. */ caption: string; /** * It allows to set the summary type of the field. The available types are, * * `Sum`: The summary cells calculated by the sum of its cells. * * `Count`: The summary cells calculated by the count of its cells. * * `Min`: The summary cells shows the value which is the minimum value of its cells. * * `Max`: The summary cells shows the value which is the maximum value of its cells. * * `Percentage`: The summary cells displays in percentage format. * * `Avg`: The summary cells calculated by the average of its cells. * * `CalculatedField`: It should set to include calculated fields. * @default Sum */ type: SummaryTypes; /** * It allows to set the axis to render the field in it. */ axis: string; /** * It allows to display all the items of its field even any items haven't data in its row/column intersection in data source. * @default false */ showNoDataItems: boolean; /** * It allows to set the base field to aggregate the values. */ baseField: string; /** * It allows to set the base item to aggregate the values. */ baseItem: string; /** * It allows to disable or enable sub totals in row/column axis. * @default true */ showSubTotals: boolean; } export class FieldListFieldOptions extends FieldOptions { } /** * Configures the style settings. */ export class Style extends base.ChildProperty<Style> implements IStyle { /** * It allows to set the background color. */ backgroundColor: string; /** * It allows to set the color. */ color: string; /** * It allows to set the font family. */ fontFamily: string; /** * It allows to set the font size. */ fontSize: string; } /** * Configures the filter settings. */ export class Filter extends base.ChildProperty<Filter> implements IFilter { /** * It allows to set the field name. */ name: string; /** * It allows to set the filter type. * @default Include */ type: FilterType; /** * It allows to set the filter items. */ items: string[]; /** * It allows to set the filter conditions to the field. * @default DoesNotEquals */ condition: Operators; /** * It allows to set filter operand value for condition evaluation with single label. */ value1: string | Date; /** * It allows to set filter operand value for between condition evaluation. */ value2: string | Date; /** * It allows to set value field for evaluation using conditions and operands. */ measure: string; } /** * Configures the conditional format settings. */ export class ConditionalFormatSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ConditionalFormatSettings> implements IConditionalFormatSettings { /** * It allows to set the field name to apply conditional format. */ measure: string; /** * It allows to set the label name to apply conditional format. */ label: string; /** * It allows to set the conditions to apply format. */ conditions: Condition; /** * It allows to set the value1 to apply format. */ value1: number; /** * It allows to set the value2 to apply format. */ value2: number; /** * It allows to set the style to apply. */ style: IStyle; } /** * Configures the sort settings. */ export class Sort extends base.ChildProperty<Sort> implements ISort { /** * It allows to set the field name to sort. */ name: string; /** * It allows to set the sort order. The types are, * * `Ascending`: It allows to display the field members in ascending order. * * `Descending`: It allows to display the field members in descending order. * * `None`: It allows to display the field members based on JSON order. * @default Ascending */ order: Sorting; } /** * Configures the format settings of value fields. */ export class FormatSettings extends base.ChildProperty<FormatSettings> implements base.NumberFormatOptions, base.DateFormatOptions, IFormatSettings { /** * It allows to set the field name to apply format settings. */ name: string; /** * It allows to specify minimum fraction digits in formatted value. */ minimumFractionDigits: number; /** * It allows to specify maximum fraction digits in formatted value. */ maximumFractionDigits: number; /** * It allows to specify minimum significant digits in formatted value. */ minimumSignificantDigits: number; /** * It allows to specify maximum significant digits in formatted value. */ maximumSignificantDigits: number; /** * It allows to specify whether to use grouping or not in formatted value, * @default true */ useGrouping: boolean; /** * It allows to specify the skeleton for perform formatting. */ skeleton: string; /** * It allows to specify the type of date formatting either date, dateTime or time. */ type: string; /** * It allows to specify the currency code to be used for formatting. */ currency: string; /** * It allows to specify minimum integer digits in formatted value. */ minimumIntegerDigits: number; /** * It allows to specify custom number format for formatting. */ format: string; } /** * Configures the group settings of fields. */ export class GroupSettings extends base.ChildProperty<GroupSettings> implements IGroupSettings { /** * It allows to set the field name to apply group settings. */ name: string; /** * It allows to set the group interval for group field. */ groupInterval: DateGroup[]; /** * It allows to set the start time of group field. */ startingAt: Date | number; /** * It allows to set the end time of group field. */ endingAt: Date | number; /** * It allows to set the type of field. * @default Date */ type: GroupType; /** * It allows to set the interval range of group field. */ rangeInterval: number; } /** * Configures the calculatedfields settings. */ export class CalculatedFieldSettings extends base.ChildProperty<CalculatedFieldSettings> implements ICalculatedFieldSettings { /** * It allows to set the field name to sort. */ name: string; /** * It allows to set the formula for calculated fields. */ formula: string; } /** * Configures drilled state of field members. */ export class DrillOptions extends base.ChildProperty<DrillOptions> implements IDrillOptions { /** * It allows to set the field name whose members to be drilled. */ name: string; /** * It allows to set the members to be drilled. */ items: string[]; } /** * Configures value sort settings. */ export class ValueSortSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ValueSortSettings> implements IValueSortSettings { /** * It allows to set the members name to achieve value sorting based on this. */ headerText: string; /** * It allows to set the delimiters to separate the members. * @default '.' */ headerDelimiter: string; /** * It allows to set the sort order. The types are, * * `Ascending`: It allows to display the field members in ascending order. * * `Descending`: It allows to display the field members in descending order. * @default None */ sortOrder: Sorting; /** @hidden */ columnIndex: number; } /** * Configures the settings of dataSource. */ export class DataSource extends base.ChildProperty<DataSource> implements IDataOptions { /** * It allows to set the data source. */ data: IDataSet[] | data.DataManager; /** * It allows to set the row fields. * @default [] */ rows: FieldOptionsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the column fields. * @default [] */ columns: FieldOptionsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the value fields. * @default [] */ values: FieldOptionsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the filter fields. * @default [] */ filters: FieldOptionsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the expanded state of headers. * @default false */ expandAll: boolean; /** * It allows to set the value fields in both column and row axis. * @default 'column' */ valueAxis: string; /** * It allows to set the settings of filtering operation. * @default [] */ filterSettings: FilterModel[]; /** * It allows to set the settings of sorting operation. * @default [] */ sortSettings: SortModel[]; /** * It allows sorting operation UI. * @default true */ enableSorting: boolean; /** * It allows excel-like label filtering operation. * @default false */ allowLabelFilter: boolean; /** * It allows excel-like value filtering operation. * @default false */ allowValueFilter: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable sub total in pivot table. * @default true */ showSubTotals: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable row sub total in pivot table. * @default true */ showRowSubTotals: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable column sub total in pivot table. * @default true */ showColumnSubTotals: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable grand total in pivot table. * @default true */ showGrandTotals: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable row grand total in pivot table. * @default true */ showRowGrandTotals: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable column grand total in pivot table. * @default true */ showColumnGrandTotals: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable single measure headers in pivot table. * @default false */ alwaysShowValueHeader: boolean; /** * It allows enable/disable show aggregation on PivotButton. * @default true */ showAggregationOnValueField: boolean; /** * It allows to set the settings of number formatting. * @default [] */ formatSettings: FormatSettingsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the drilled state for desired field members. * @default [] */ drilledMembers: DrillOptionsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the settings of value sorting operation. */ valueSortSettings: ValueSortSettingsModel; /** * It allows to set the settings of calculated field operation. * @default [] */ calculatedFieldSettings: CalculatedFieldSettingsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the settings of Conditional Format operation. * @default [] */ conditionalFormatSettings: ConditionalFormatSettingsModel[]; /** * It allows to set the custom values to empty value cells . */ emptyCellsTextContent: string; /** * It allows to set the settings for grouping the date. * @default [] */ groupSettings: GroupSettingsModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/model/gridsettings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class GridSettings */ export interface GridSettingsModel { /** * Defines the mode of grid lines. The available modes are, * * `Both`: Displays both horizontal and vertical grid lines. * * `None`: No grid lines are displayed. * * `Horizontal`: Displays the horizontal grid lines only. * * `Vertical`: Displays the vertical grid lines only. * * `Default`: Displays grid lines based on the theme. * @default Both */ gridLines?: grids.GridLine; /** * If `allowTextWrap` set to true, * then text content will wrap to the next line when its text content exceeds the width of the Column Cells. * @default false */ allowTextWrap?: boolean; /** * If `allowReordering` is set to true, Grid columns can be reordered. * Reordering can be done by drag and drop of a particular column from one index to another index. * > If Grid is rendered with stacked headers, reordering is allowed only at the same level as the column headers. * @default false */ allowReordering?: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` is set to true, Grid columns can be resized. * @default true */ allowResizing?: boolean; /** * Defines the height of Grid rows. * @default null */ rowHeight?: number; /** * Defines the height of Grid rows. * @default 110 */ columnWidth?: number; /** * Defines the cell content's overflow mode. The available modes are * * `Clip` - Truncates the cell content when it overflows its area. * * `Ellipsis` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area. * * `EllipsisWithTooltip` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area * also it will display tooltip while hover on ellipsis applied cell. * @default Ellipsis */ clipMode?: grids.ClipMode; /** * If `allowSelection` is set to true, it allows selection of (highlight row) Grid records by clicking it. * @default false */ allowSelection?: boolean; /** * The `selectedRowIndex` allows you to select a row at initial rendering. * You can also get the currently selected row index. * @default -1 */ selectedRowIndex?: number; /** * Configures the selection settings. * @default {mode: 'Row', cellSelectionMode: 'Flow', type: 'Single'} */ selectionSettings?: grids.SelectionSettingsModel | SelectionSettings; /** * Defines the print modes. The available print modes are * * `AllPages`: Prints all pages of the Grid. * * `CurrentPage`: Prints the current page of the Grid. * @default AllPages */ printMode?: grids.PrintMode; /** * `contextMenuItems` defines both built-in and custom context menu items. * @default null */ contextMenuItems?: PivotContextMenuItem[] | grids.ContextMenuItemModel[]; /** * Triggers before Grid copy action. * @event */ beforeCopy?: base.EmitType<grids.BeforeCopyEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after print action is completed. * @event */ printComplete?: base.EmitType<grids.PrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the print action starts. * @event */ beforePrint?: base.EmitType<grids.PrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before context menu opens. * @event */ contextMenuOpen?: base.EmitType<navigations.BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when click on context menu. * @event */ contextMenuClick?: base.EmitType<navigations.MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggered every time a request is made to access cell information, element, or data. * This will be triggered before the cell element is appended to the Grid element. * @event */ queryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.QueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggered for column header. * This will be triggered before the cell element is appended to the Grid element. * @event */ headerCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.HeaderCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before row selection occurs. * @event */ rowSelecting?: base.EmitType<grids.RowSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after a row is selected. * @event */ rowSelected?: base.EmitType<grids.RowSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before deselecting the selected row. * @event */ rowDeselecting?: base.EmitType<grids.RowDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a selected row is deselected. * @event */ rowDeselected?: base.EmitType<grids.RowDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before any cell selection occurs. * @event */ cellSelecting?: base.EmitType<grids.CellSelectingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after a cell is selected. * @event */ cellSelected?: base.EmitType<grids.CellSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the selected cell is deselecting. * @event */ cellDeselecting?: base.EmitType<grids.CellDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a particular selected cell is deselected. * @event */ cellDeselected?: base.EmitType<grids.CellDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when column resize starts. * @event */ resizeStart?: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers on column resizing. * @event */ resizing?: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers when column resize ends. * @event */ resizeStop?: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each header cell to PDF document. You can also customize the PDF cells. * @event */ pdfHeaderQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.PdfHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each cell to PDF document. You can also customize the PDF cells.      * @event      */ pdfQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.PdfQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each header cell to Excel file. * You can also customize the Excel cells. * @event */ excelHeaderQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.ExcelHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each cell to Excel file. * You can also customize the Excel cells. * @event */ excelQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.ExcelQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when column header element drag (move) starts. * @event */ columnDragStart?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers when column header element is dragged (moved) continuously.      * @event      */ columnDrag?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a column header element is dropped on the target column. * @event */ columnDrop?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * This allows to configure the column before it renders. * @event */ columnRender?: base.EmitType<ColumnRenderEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/model/gridsettings.d.ts /** * Represents Pivot widget model class. */ export class GridSettings extends base.ChildProperty<GridSettings> { /** * Defines the mode of grid lines. The available modes are, * * `Both`: Displays both horizontal and vertical grid lines. * * `None`: No grid lines are displayed. * * `Horizontal`: Displays the horizontal grid lines only. * * `Vertical`: Displays the vertical grid lines only. * * `Default`: Displays grid lines based on the theme. * @default Both */ gridLines: grids.GridLine; /** * If `allowTextWrap` set to true, * then text content will wrap to the next line when its text content exceeds the width of the Column Cells. * @default false */ allowTextWrap: boolean; /** * If `allowReordering` is set to true, Grid columns can be reordered. * Reordering can be done by drag and drop of a particular column from one index to another index. * > If Grid is rendered with stacked headers, reordering is allowed only at the same level as the column headers. * @default false */ allowReordering: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` is set to true, Grid columns can be resized. * @default true */ allowResizing: boolean; /** * Defines the height of Grid rows. * @default null */ rowHeight: number; /** * Defines the height of Grid rows. * @default 110 */ columnWidth: number; /** * Defines the cell content's overflow mode. The available modes are * * `Clip` - Truncates the cell content when it overflows its area. * * `Ellipsis` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area. * * `EllipsisWithTooltip` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area * also it will display tooltip while hover on ellipsis applied cell. * @default Ellipsis */ clipMode: grids.ClipMode; /** * If `allowSelection` is set to true, it allows selection of (highlight row) Grid records by clicking it. * @default false */ allowSelection: boolean; /** * The `selectedRowIndex` allows you to select a row at initial rendering. * You can also get the currently selected row index. * @default -1 */ selectedRowIndex: number; /** * Configures the selection settings. * @default {mode: 'Row', cellSelectionMode: 'Flow', type: 'Single'} */ selectionSettings: grids.SelectionSettingsModel | SelectionSettings; /** * Defines the print modes. The available print modes are * * `AllPages`: Prints all pages of the Grid. * * `CurrentPage`: Prints the current page of the Grid. * @default AllPages */ printMode: grids.PrintMode; /** * `contextMenuItems` defines both built-in and custom context menu items. * @default null */ contextMenuItems: PivotContextMenuItem[] | grids.ContextMenuItemModel[]; /** * Triggers before Grid copy action. * @event */ beforeCopy: base.EmitType<grids.BeforeCopyEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after print action is completed. * @event */ printComplete: base.EmitType<grids.PrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the print action starts. * @event */ beforePrint: base.EmitType<grids.PrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before context menu opens. * @event */ contextMenuOpen: base.EmitType<navigations.BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when click on context menu. * @event */ contextMenuClick: base.EmitType<navigations.MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggered every time a request is made to access cell information, element, or data. * This will be triggered before the cell element is appended to the Grid element. * @event */ queryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.QueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggered for column header. * This will be triggered before the cell element is appended to the Grid element. * @event */ headerCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.HeaderCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before row selection occurs. * @event */ rowSelecting: base.EmitType<grids.RowSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after a row is selected. * @event */ rowSelected: base.EmitType<grids.RowSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before deselecting the selected row. * @event */ rowDeselecting: base.EmitType<grids.RowDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a selected row is deselected. * @event */ rowDeselected: base.EmitType<grids.RowDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before any cell selection occurs. * @event */ cellSelecting: base.EmitType<grids.CellSelectingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after a cell is selected. * @event */ cellSelected: base.EmitType<grids.CellSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the selected cell is deselecting. * @event */ cellDeselecting: base.EmitType<grids.CellDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a particular selected cell is deselected. * @event */ cellDeselected: base.EmitType<grids.CellDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when column resize starts. * @event */ resizeStart: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers on column resizing. * @event */ resizing: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers when column resize ends. * @event */ resizeStop: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each header cell to PDF document. You can also customize the PDF cells. * @event */ pdfHeaderQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.PdfHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each cell to PDF document. You can also customize the PDF cells. * @event */ pdfQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.PdfQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each header cell to Excel file. * You can also customize the Excel cells. * @event */ excelHeaderQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.ExcelHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each cell to Excel file. * You can also customize the Excel cells. * @event */ excelQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.ExcelQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when column header element drag (move) starts. * @event */ columnDragStart: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when column header element is dragged (moved) continuously. * @event */ columnDrag: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a column header element is dropped on the target column. * @event */ columnDrop: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * This allows to configure the column before it renders. * @event */ columnRender: base.EmitType<ColumnRenderEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/model/pivotvalues-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class AxisSet */ export interface AxisSetModel { /** * Specifies header name. */ formattedText?: string; /** * Specifies header type. */ type?: string; /** * Specifies the drilled state of the header. */ isDrilled?: boolean; /** * Specifies the field whether it has child or not. */ hasChild?: boolean; /** * Specifies its child members. */ members?: this[]; /** * Specifies its position collections in data source. */ index?: number[]; /** * Specifies its position collections in data source with indexed object. */ indexObject?: INumberIndex; /** * Specifies its position in its field. */ ordinal?: number; /** * Specifies its level. */ level?: number; /** * Specifies its axis where it is plotted. */ axis?: string; /** * Specifies its value. */ value?: number; /** * Specifies its column span. */ colSpan?: number; /** * Specifies its row span. */ rowSpan?: number; /** * Specifies the data collection which is to be framed for value sorted members. */ valueSort?: IDataSet; /** * Specifies whether the cell is summary or not. */ isSum?: boolean; /** * Specifies the column header of a value cell. */ columnHeaders?: string | number | Date; /** * Specifies the row header of a value cell. */ rowHeaders?: string | number | Date; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/model/pivotvalues.d.ts /** * Configures the properties in pivotvalues fields. */ /** @hidden */ export class AxisSet extends base.ChildProperty<AxisSet> implements IAxisSet { /** * Specifies header name. */ formattedText: string; /** * Specifies header type. */ type: string; /** * Specifies the drilled state of the header. */ isDrilled: boolean; /** * Specifies the field whether it has child or not. */ hasChild: boolean; /** * Specifies its child members. */ members: this[]; /** * Specifies its position collections in data source. */ index: number[]; /** * Specifies its position collections in data source with indexed object. */ indexObject: INumberIndex; /** * Specifies its position in its field. */ ordinal: number; /** * Specifies its level. */ level: number; /** * Specifies its axis where it is plotted. */ axis: string; /** * Specifies its value. */ value: number; /** * Specifies its column span. */ colSpan: number; /** * Specifies its row span. */ rowSpan: number; /** * Specifies the data collection which is to be framed for value sorted members. */ valueSort: IDataSet; /** * Specifies whether the cell is summary or not. */ isSum: boolean; /** * Specifies the column header of a value cell. */ columnHeaders: string | number | Date; /** * Specifies the row header of a value cell. */ rowHeaders: string | number | Date; } /** * @hidden */ export interface PivotValues extends IPivotValues { [key: number]: { [key: number]: number | string | Object | AxisSetModel; length: number; }; length: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/renderer.d.ts /** * Renderer Export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-pivotview/src/pivotview/renderer/render.d.ts /** * Module to render PivotGrid control */ /** @hidden */ export class Render1 { /** @hidden */ parent: PivotView; /** @hidden */ engine: PivotEngine; /** @hidden */ gridSettings: GridSettingsModel; /** @hidden */ rowStartPos: number; private formatList; private colPos; private lastSpan; private resColWidth; private aggMenu; private field; private timeOutObj; /** Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent: PivotView); /** @hidden */ render(): void; private refreshHeader; /** @hidden */ bindGrid(parent: PivotView, isEmpty: boolean): void; private rowSelected; private rowDeselected; private cellSelected; private cellDeselected; private queryCellInfo; private headerCellInfo; private excelHeaderQueryCellInfo; private pdfQueryCellInfo; private excelQueryCellInfo; private pdfHeaderQueryCellInfo; private dataBound; private contextMenuOpen; private contextMenuClick; private updateAggregate; private injectGridModules; /** @hidden */ updateGridSettings(): void; private clearColumnSelection; private appendValueSortIcon; private onResizeStop; private setGroupWidth; /** @hidden */ selected(): void; private onSelect; private rowCellBoundEvent; private columnCellBoundEvent; private onHyperCellClick; private getRowStartPos; private frameDataSource; /** @hidden */ frameEmptyData(): any[]; calculateColWidth(colCount: number): number; resizeColWidth(colCount: number): number; calculateGridWidth(): number | string; frameStackedHeaders(): grids.ColumnModel[]; /** @hidden */ setSavedWidth(column: string, width: number): number; /** @hidden */ frameEmptyColumns(): grids.ColumnModel[]; /** @hidden */ getFormatList(): string[]; private excelColumnEvent; private pdfColumnEvent; private excelRowEvent; private pdfRowEvent; private exportHeaderEvent; private exportContentEvent; private unWireEvents; private wireEvents; } } export namespace popups { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/common/collision.d.ts /** * Collision module. */ export interface CollisionCoordinates { X: boolean; Y: boolean; } export function fit(element: HTMLElement, viewPortElement?: HTMLElement, axis?: CollisionCoordinates, position?: OffsetPosition): OffsetPosition; export function isCollide(element: HTMLElement, viewPortElement?: HTMLElement, x?: number, y?: number): string[]; export function flip(element: HTMLElement, target: HTMLElement, offsetX: number, offsetY: number, positionX: string, positionY: string, viewPortElement?: HTMLElement, axis?: CollisionCoordinates, fixedParent?: Boolean): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/common/index.d.ts /** * Popup Components */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/common/position.d.ts export function calculateRelativeBasedPosition(anchor: HTMLElement, element: HTMLElement): OffsetPosition; export function calculatePosition(currentElement: Element, positionX?: string, positionY?: string, parentElement?: Boolean, targetValues?: ClientRect): OffsetPosition; export interface OffsetPosition { left: number; top: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/common/resize.d.ts export interface ResizeArgs { element: HTMLElement | string; direction: string; minHeight: number; minWidth: number; maxHeight?: number; maxWidth?: number; boundary?: HTMLElement | string; resizeBegin(e: MouseEvent): void; resizing(e: MouseEvent): void; resizeComplete(e: MouseEvent): void; } export function createResize(args: ResizeArgs): void; export function setMinHeight(minimumHeight: number): void; export function removeResize(): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/dialog/dialog-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class ButtonProps */ export interface ButtonPropsModel { /** * Specifies the button component properties to render the dialog buttons. */ buttonModel?: buttons.ButtonModel; /** * Specify the type of the button. * Possible values are buttons.Button, Submit and Reset. * @default 'buttons.Button' * @aspType string */ type?: ButtonType | string; /** * base.Event triggers when `click` the dialog button. * @event */ click?: base.EmitType<Object>; } /** * Interface for a class AnimationSettings */ export interface AnimationSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the animation name that should be applied on open and close the dialog. * If user sets Fade animation, the dialog will open with `FadeIn` effect and close with `FadeOut` effect. * The following are the list of animation effects available to configure to the dialog: * 1. Fade * 2. FadeZoom * 3. FlipLeftDown * 4. FlipLeftUp * 5. FlipRightDown * 6. FlipRightUp * 7. FlipXDown * 8. FlipXUp * 9. FlipYLeft * 10. FlipYRight * 11. SlideBottom * 12. SlideLeft * 13. SlideRight * 14. SlideTop * 15. Zoom * 16. None * @default 'Fade' */ effect?: DialogEffect; /** * Specifies the duration in milliseconds that the animation takes to open or close the dialog. * @default 400 */ duration?: number; /** * Specifies the delay in milliseconds to start animation. * @default 0 */ delay?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Dialog */ export interface DialogModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Specifies the value that can be displayed in dialog's content area. * It can be information, list, or other HTML elements. * The content of dialog can be loaded with dynamic data such as database, AJAX content, and more. * * {% codeBlock src="dialog/content-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dialog/content-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default '' */ content?: string | HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the value that represents whether the close icon is shown in the dialog component. * @default false */ showCloseIcon?: boolean; /** * Specifies the Boolean value whether the dialog can be displayed as modal or non-modal. * * `Modal`: It creates overlay that disable interaction with the parent application and user should * respond with modal before continuing with other applications. * * `Modeless`: It does not prevent user interaction with parent application. * @default false */ isModal?: boolean; /** * Specifies the value that can be displayed in the dialog's title area that can be configured with plain text or HTML elements. * This is optional property and the dialog can be displayed without header, if the header property is null. * @default '' */ header?: string; /** * Specifies the value that represents whether the dialog component is visible. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * Specifies the value whether the dialog component can be resized by the end-user. * If enableResize is true, the dialog component creates grip to resize it diagonal direction. * @default false */ enableResize?: boolean; /** * Specifies the height of the dialog component. * @default 'auto' */ height?: string | number; /** * Specifies the width of the dialog. * @default '100%' */ width?: string | number; /** * Specifies the CSS class name that can be appended with root element of the dialog. * One or more custom CSS classes can be added to a dialog. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies the z-order for rendering that determines whether the dialog is displayed in front or behind of another component. */ zIndex?: number; /** * Specifies the target element in which to display the dialog. * The default value is null, which refers the `document.body` element. * @default null */ target?: HTMLElement | string; /** * Specifies the template value that can be displayed with dialog's footer area. * This is optional property and can be used only when the footer is occupied with information or custom components. * By default, the footer is configured with action [buttons](#buttons). * If footer template is configured to dialog, the action buttons property will be disabled. * * > More information on the footer template configuration can be found on this [documentation](../../dialog/template/#footer) section. * * @default '' */ footerTemplate?: string; /** * Specifies the value whether the dialog component can be dragged by the end-user. * The dialog allows to drag by selecting the header and dragging it for re-position the dialog. * * > More information on the draggable behavior can be found on this [documentation](../../dialog/getting-started/#draggable) section. * * @default false */ allowDragging?: boolean; /** * Configures the action `buttons` that contains button properties with primary base.attributes and click events. * One or more action buttons can be configured to the dialog. * * > More information on the button configuration can be found on this * [documentation](../../dialog/getting-started/#enable-footer) section. * * {% codeBlock src="dialog/buttons-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dialog/buttons-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default [{}] */ buttons?: ButtonPropsModel[]; /** * Specifies the boolean value whether the dialog can be closed with the escape key * that is used to control the dialog's closing behavior. * @default true */ closeOnEscape?: boolean; /** * Specifies the animation settings of the dialog component. * The animation effect can be applied on open and close the dialog with duration and delay. * * > More information on the animation settings in dialog can be found on this [documentation](../../dialog/animation/) section. * * {% codeBlock src="dialog/animation-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dialog/animation-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default { effect: 'Fade', duration: 400, delay:0 } */ animationSettings?: AnimationSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the value where the dialog can be positioned within the document or target. * The position can be represented with pre-configured positions or specific X and Y values. * * `X value`: left, center, right, or offset value. * * `Y value`: top, center, bottom, or offset value. * @default {X:'center', Y:'center'} */ position?: PositionDataModel; /** * base.Event triggers when the dialog is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * base.Event triggers when a dialog is opened. * @event */ open?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * base.Event triggers when the dialog is being opened. * If you cancel this event, the dialog remains closed. * Set the cancel argument to true to cancel the open of a dialog. * @event */ beforeOpen?: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenEventArgs>; /** * base.Event triggers after the dialog has been closed. * @event */ close?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * base.Event triggers before the dialog is closed. * If you cancel this event, the dialog remains opened. * Set the cancel argument to true to cancel the closure of a dialog. * @event */ beforeClose?: base.EmitType<BeforeCloseEventArgs>; /** * base.Event triggers when the user begins dragging the dialog. * @event */ dragStart?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * base.Event triggers when the user stop dragging the dialog. * @event */ dragStop?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * base.Event triggers when the user drags the dialog. * @event */ drag?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * base.Event triggers when the overlay of dialog is clicked. * @event */ overlayClick?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * base.Event triggers when the user begins to resize a dialog. * @event */ resizeStart?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * base.Event triggers when the user resize the dialog. * @event */ resizing?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * base.Event triggers when the user stop to resize a dialog. * @event */ resizeStop?: base.EmitType<Object>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/dialog/dialog.d.ts export type ButtonType = 'buttons.Button' | 'Submit' | 'Reset'; export class ButtonProps extends base.ChildProperty<ButtonProps> { /** * Specifies the button component properties to render the dialog buttons. */ buttonModel: buttons.ButtonModel; /** * Specify the type of the button. * Possible values are buttons.Button, Submit and Reset. * @default 'buttons.Button' * @aspType string */ type: ButtonType | string; /** * Event triggers when `click` the dialog button. * @event */ click: base.EmitType<Object>; } /** * Configures the animation properties for both open and close the dialog. */ export class AnimationSettings extends base.ChildProperty<AnimationSettings> { /** * Specifies the animation name that should be applied on open and close the dialog. * If user sets Fade animation, the dialog will open with `FadeIn` effect and close with `FadeOut` effect. * The following are the list of animation effects available to configure to the dialog: * 1. Fade * 2. FadeZoom * 3. FlipLeftDown * 4. FlipLeftUp * 5. FlipRightDown * 6. FlipRightUp * 7. FlipXDown * 8. FlipXUp * 9. FlipYLeft * 10. FlipYRight * 11. SlideBottom * 12. SlideLeft * 13. SlideRight * 14. SlideTop * 15. Zoom * 16. None * @default 'Fade' */ effect: DialogEffect; /** * Specifies the duration in milliseconds that the animation takes to open or close the dialog. * @default 400 */ duration: number; /** * Specifies the delay in milliseconds to start animation. * @default 0 */ delay: number; } /** * Specifies the Dialog animation effects. */ export type DialogEffect = 'Fade' | 'FadeZoom' | 'FlipLeftDown' | 'FlipLeftUp' | 'FlipRightDown' | 'FlipRightUp' | 'FlipXDown' | 'FlipXUp' | 'FlipYLeft' | 'FlipYRight' | 'SlideBottom' | 'SlideLeft' | 'SlideRight' | 'SlideTop' | 'Zoom' | 'None'; export interface BeforeOpenEventArgs { /** * Specify the value to override max-height value of dialog. */ maxHeight: string; /** * Defines whether the current action can be prevented. */ cancel: boolean; /** * Returns the root container element of the dialog. */ container: HTMLElement; /** * Returns the element of the dialog. */ element: Element; /** * Returns the target element of the dialog. */ target: HTMLElement | String; } export interface BeforeCloseEventArgs { /** * Defines whether the current action can be prevented. */ cancel: boolean; /** * DEPRECATED-Determines whether the event is triggered by interaction. */ isInteraction: boolean; /** * Determines whether the event is triggered by interaction. */ isInteracted: boolean; /** * Returns the root container element of the dialog. */ container: HTMLElement; /** * Returns the element of the dialog. */ element: Element; /** * Returns the target element of the dialog. */ target: HTMLElement | String; /** * Returns the original event arguments. */ event: Event; } /** * Represents the dialog component that displays the information and get input from the user. * Two types of dialog components are `Modal and Modeless (non-modal)` depending on its interaction with parent application. * ```html * <div id="dialog"></div> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var dialogObj = new Dialog({ header: 'Dialog' }); * dialogObj.appendTo("#dialog"); * </script> * ``` */ export class Dialog extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private closeIconClickEventHandler; private dlgOverlayClickEventHandler; private createEventHandler; private contentEle; private dlgOverlay; private dlgContainer; private headerEle; private buttonContent; private ftrTemplateContent; private headerContent; private closeIcon; private popupObj; private btnObj; private closeIconBtnObj; private dragObj; private primaryButtonEle; private targetEle; private dialogOpen; private initialRender; private innerContentElement; private storeActiveElement; private focusElements; private focusIndex; private l10n; private clonedEle; private closeArgs; private calculatezIndex; private allowMaxHeight; /** * Specifies the value that can be displayed in dialog's content area. * It can be information, list, or other HTML elements. * The content of dialog can be loaded with dynamic data such as database, AJAX content, and more. * * {% codeBlock src="dialog/content-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dialog/content-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default '' */ content: string | HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the value that represents whether the close icon is shown in the dialog component. * @default false */ showCloseIcon: boolean; /** * Specifies the Boolean value whether the dialog can be displayed as modal or non-modal. * * `Modal`: It creates overlay that disable interaction with the parent application and user should * respond with modal before continuing with other applications. * * `Modeless`: It does not prevent user interaction with parent application. * @default false */ isModal: boolean; /** * Specifies the value that can be displayed in the dialog's title area that can be configured with plain text or HTML elements. * This is optional property and the dialog can be displayed without header, if the header property is null. * @default '' */ header: string; /** * Specifies the value that represents whether the dialog component is visible. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Specifies the value whether the dialog component can be resized by the end-user. * If enableResize is true, the dialog component creates grip to resize it diagonal direction. * @default false */ enableResize: boolean; /** * Specifies the height of the dialog component. * @default 'auto' */ height: string | number; /** * Specifies the width of the dialog. * @default '100%' */ width: string | number; /** * Specifies the CSS class name that can be appended with root element of the dialog. * One or more custom CSS classes can be added to a dialog. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies the z-order for rendering that determines whether the dialog is displayed in front or behind of another component. */ zIndex: number; /** * Specifies the target element in which to display the dialog. * The default value is null, which refers the `document.body` element. * @default null */ target: HTMLElement | string; /** * Specifies the template value that can be displayed with dialog's footer area. * This is optional property and can be used only when the footer is occupied with information or custom components. * By default, the footer is configured with action [buttons](#buttons). * If footer template is configured to dialog, the action buttons property will be disabled. * * > More information on the footer template configuration can be found on this [documentation](../../dialog/template/#footer) section. * * @default '' */ footerTemplate: string; /** * Specifies the value whether the dialog component can be dragged by the end-user. * The dialog allows to drag by selecting the header and dragging it for re-position the dialog. * * > More information on the draggable behavior can be found on this [documentation](../../dialog/getting-started/#draggable) section. * * @default false */ allowDragging: boolean; /** * Configures the action `buttons` that contains button properties with primary attributes and click events. * One or more action buttons can be configured to the dialog. * * > More information on the button configuration can be found on this * [documentation](../../dialog/getting-started/#enable-footer) section. * * {% codeBlock src="dialog/buttons-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dialog/buttons-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default [{}] */ buttons: ButtonPropsModel[]; /** * Specifies the boolean value whether the dialog can be closed with the escape key * that is used to control the dialog's closing behavior. * @default true */ closeOnEscape: boolean; /** * Specifies the animation settings of the dialog component. * The animation effect can be applied on open and close the dialog with duration and delay. * * > More information on the animation settings in dialog can be found on this [documentation](../../dialog/animation/) section. * * {% codeBlock src="dialog/animation-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * * {% codeBlock src="dialog/animation-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default { effect: 'Fade', duration: 400, delay:0 } */ animationSettings: AnimationSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the value where the dialog can be positioned within the document or target. * The position can be represented with pre-configured positions or specific X and Y values. * * `X value`: left, center, right, or offset value. * * `Y value`: top, center, bottom, or offset value. * @default {X:'center', Y:'center'} */ position: PositionDataModel; /** * Event triggers when the dialog is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Event triggers when a dialog is opened. * @event */ open: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Event triggers when the dialog is being opened. * If you cancel this event, the dialog remains closed. * Set the cancel argument to true to cancel the open of a dialog. * @event */ beforeOpen: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenEventArgs>; /** * Event triggers after the dialog has been closed. * @event */ close: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Event triggers before the dialog is closed. * If you cancel this event, the dialog remains opened. * Set the cancel argument to true to cancel the closure of a dialog. * @event */ beforeClose: base.EmitType<BeforeCloseEventArgs>; /** * Event triggers when the user begins dragging the dialog. * @event */ dragStart: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Event triggers when the user stop dragging the dialog. * @event */ dragStop: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Event triggers when the user drags the dialog. * @event */ drag: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Event triggers when the overlay of dialog is clicked. * @event */ overlayClick: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Event triggers when the user begins to resize a dialog. * @event */ resizeStart: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Event triggers when the user resize the dialog. * @event */ resizing: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Event triggers when the user stop to resize a dialog. * @event */ resizeStop: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @hidden */ constructor(options?: DialogModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Initialize the control rendering * @private */ render(): void; /** * Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; private isNumberValue; private checkPositionData; private getMinHeight; private onResizeStart; private onResizing; private onResizeComplete; private setResize; private keyDown; /** * Initialize the control rendering * @private */ private initialize; /** * Initialize the rendering * @private */ private initRender; private setOverlayZindex; private positionChange; private setPopupPosition; private setAllowDragging; private setButton; private setContent; private setTemplate; private setMaxHeight; private setEnableRTL; private setTargetContent; private setHeader; private setFooterTemplate; private createHeaderContent; private renderCloseIcon; private closeIconTitle; private setCSSClass; private setIsModal; private getValidFocusNode; private focusableElements; private getAutoFocusNode; private disableElement; private focusContent; private bindEvent; private unBindEvent; /** * Module required function * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: DialogModel, oldProp: DialogModel): void; private updateIsModal; private setzIndex; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ protected getPersistData(): string; /** * To destroy the widget * @method destroy * @return {void} * @memberof dialog */ destroy(): void; /** * Binding event to the element while widget creation * @hidden */ private wireEvents; /** * Unbinding event to the element while widget destroy * @hidden */ private unWireEvents; /** * Refreshes the dialog's position when the user changes its header and footer height/width dynamically. * @return {void} */ refreshPosition(): void; /** * Opens the dialog if it is in hidden state. * To open the dialog with full screen width, set the parameter to true. * @param { boolean } isFullScreen - Enable the fullScreen Dialog. * @return {void} */ show(isFullScreen?: boolean): void; /** * Closes the dialog if it is in visible state. * @return {void} */ hide(event?: Event): void; /** * Specifies to view the Full screen Dialog. * @private */ private fullScreen; /** * Returns the dialog button instances. * Based on that, you can dynamically change the button states. * @param { number } index - Index of the button. * @return {buttons.Button} */ getButtons(index?: number): buttons.Button[] | buttons.Button; } /** * Base for creating Alert and Confirmation Dialog through util method. */ export namespace DialogUtility { /** * An alert dialog box is used to display warning like messages to the users. * ``` * Eg : DialogUtility.alert('Alert message'); * * ``` */ function alert(args?: AlertDialogArgs | string): Dialog; /** * A confirm dialog displays a specified message along with ‘OK’ and ‘Cancel’ button. * ``` * Eg : DialogUtility.confirm('Confirm dialog message'); * * ``` */ function confirm(args?: ConfirmDialogArgs | string): Dialog; } export interface ButtonArgs { icon?: string; cssClass?: string; click?: base.EmitType<Object>; text?: string; } export interface AlertDialogArgs { title?: string; content?: string | HTMLElement; isModal?: boolean; isDraggable?: boolean; showCloseIcon?: boolean; closeOnEscape?: boolean; position?: PositionDataModel; okButton?: ButtonArgs; animationSettings?: AnimationSettingsModel; cssClass?: string; zIndex?: number; open?: base.EmitType<Object>; close?: base.EmitType<Object>; } export interface ConfirmDialogArgs { title?: string; content?: string | HTMLElement; isModal?: boolean; isDraggable?: boolean; showCloseIcon?: boolean; closeOnEscape?: boolean; position?: PositionDataModel; okButton?: ButtonArgs; cancelButton?: ButtonArgs; animationSettings?: AnimationSettingsModel; cssClass?: string; zIndex?: number; open?: base.EmitType<Object>; close?: base.EmitType<Object>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/dialog/index.d.ts /** * Dialog Component */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/index.d.ts /** * Popup Components */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/popup/index.d.ts /** * Popup Components */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/popup/popup-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class PositionData */ export interface PositionDataModel { /** * specify the offset left value */ X?: string | number; /** * specify the offset top value. */ Y?: string | number; } /** * Interface for a class Popup */ export interface PopupModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Specifies the height of the popup element. * @default 'auto' */ height?: string | number; /** * Specifies the height of the popup element. * @default 'auto' */ width?: string | number; /** * Specifies the content of the popup element, it can be string or HTMLElement. * @default null */ content?: string | HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the relative element type of the component. * @default 'container' */ targetType?: TargetType; /** * Specifies the collision detectable container element of the component. * @default null */ viewPortElement?: HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the collision handler settings of the component. * @default { X: 'none',Y: 'none' } */ collision?: CollisionAxis; /** * Specifies the relative container element of the popup element.Based on the relative element, popup element will be positioned. * * @default 'body' */ relateTo?: HTMLElement | string; /** * Specifies the popup element position, respective to the relative element. * @default {X:"left", Y:"top"} */ position?: PositionDataModel; /** * specifies the popup element offset-x value, respective to the relative element. * @default 0 */ offsetX?: number; /** * specifies the popup element offset-y value, respective to the relative element. * @default 0 */ offsetY?: number; /** * specifies the z-index value of the popup element. * @default 1000 */ zIndex?: number; /** * specifies the rtl direction state of the popup element. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * specifies the action that should happen when scroll the target-parent container. * This property should define either `reposition` or `hide`. * when set `reposition` to this property, the popup position will refresh when scroll any parent container. * when set `hide` to this property, the popup will be closed when scroll any parent container. * @default 'reposition' */ actionOnScroll?: ActionOnScrollType; /** * specifies the animation that should happen when popup open. * @default 'null' */ showAnimation?: base.AnimationModel; /** * specifies the animation that should happen when popup closes. * @default 'null' */ hideAnimation?: base.AnimationModel; /** * Triggers the event once opened the popup. * @event */ open?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Trigger the event once closed the popup. * @event */ close?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers the event when target element hide from view port on scroll. * @event */ targetExitViewport?: base.EmitType<Object>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/popup/popup.d.ts /** * Specifies the offset position values. */ export class PositionData extends base.ChildProperty<PositionData> { /** * specify the offset left value */ X: string | number; /** * specify the offset top value. */ Y: string | number; } export interface CollisionAxis { /** * specify the collision handler for a X-Axis. * @default : "none" */ X?: CollisionType; /** * specify the collision handler for a Y-Axis. * @default : "none" */ Y?: CollisionType; } /** * Collision type. */ export type CollisionType = 'none' | 'flip' | 'fit'; /** * action on scroll type. */ export type ActionOnScrollType = 'reposition' | 'hide' | 'none'; /** * Target element type. */ export type TargetType = 'relative' | 'container'; /** * Represents the Popup base.Component * ```html * <div id="popup" style="position:absolute; height:100px; width:100px; "> * <div style="margin:35px 25px; ">Popup Content</div></div> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var popupObj = new Popup(); * popupObj.appendTo("#popup"); * </script> * ``` */ export class Popup extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private fixedParent; /** * Specifies the height of the popup element. * @default 'auto' */ height: string | number; /** * Specifies the height of the popup element. * @default 'auto' */ width: string | number; /** * Specifies the content of the popup element, it can be string or HTMLElement. * @default null */ content: string | HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the relative element type of the component. * @default 'container' */ targetType: TargetType; /** * Specifies the collision detectable container element of the component. * @default null */ viewPortElement: HTMLElement; /** * Specifies the collision handler settings of the component. * @default { X: 'none',Y: 'none' } */ collision: CollisionAxis; /** * Specifies the relative container element of the popup element.Based on the relative element, popup element will be positioned. * * @default 'body' */ relateTo: HTMLElement | string; /** * Specifies the popup element position, respective to the relative element. * @default {X:"left", Y:"top"} */ position: PositionDataModel; /** * specifies the popup element offset-x value, respective to the relative element. * @default 0 */ offsetX: number; /** * specifies the popup element offset-y value, respective to the relative element. * @default 0 */ offsetY: number; /** * specifies the z-index value of the popup element. * @default 1000 */ zIndex: number; /** * specifies the rtl direction state of the popup element. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * specifies the action that should happen when scroll the target-parent container. * This property should define either `reposition` or `hide`. * when set `reposition` to this property, the popup position will refresh when scroll any parent container. * when set `hide` to this property, the popup will be closed when scroll any parent container. * @default 'reposition' */ actionOnScroll: ActionOnScrollType; /** * specifies the animation that should happen when popup open. * @default 'null' */ showAnimation: base.AnimationModel; /** * specifies the animation that should happen when popup closes. * @default 'null' */ hideAnimation: base.AnimationModel; /** * Triggers the event once opened the popup. * @event */ open: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Trigger the event once closed the popup. * @event */ close: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * * Constructor for creating the widget */ /** * Triggers the event when target element hide from view port on scroll. * @event */ targetExitViewport: base.EmitType<Object>; private targetInvisibleStatus; constructor(element?: HTMLElement, options?: PopupModel); /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: PopupModel, oldProp: PopupModel): void; /** * gets the base.Component module name. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * gets the persisted state properties of the base.Component. */ protected getPersistData(): string; /** * To destroy the control. */ destroy(): void; /** * To Initialize the control rendering * @private */ render(): void; private wireEvents; wireScrollEvents(): void; private unwireEvents; unwireScrollEvents(): void; private getRelateToElement; private scrollRefresh; /** * This method is to get the element visibility on viewport when scroll * the page. This method will returns true even though 1 px of element * part is in visible. */ private isElementOnViewport; private isElementVisible; /** * Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected preRender(): void; private setEnableRtl; private setContent; private orientationOnChange; /** * Based on the `relative` element and `offset` values, `Popup` element position will refreshed. */ refreshPosition(target?: HTMLElement, collision?: boolean): void; private reposition; private checkGetBoundingClientRect; private getAnchorPosition; private callFlip; private callFit; private checkCollision; /** * Shows the popup element from screen. * @param { base.AnimationModel | Function } collisionOrAnimationOptions? - To pass animation options or collision function. * @param { Function } collision? - To pass the collision function. * @param { HTMLElement } relativeElement? - To calculate the zIndex value dynamically. */ show(animationOptions?: base.AnimationModel, relativeElement?: HTMLElement): void; /** * Hides the popup element from screen. * @param { base.AnimationModel } animationOptions? - To give the animation options. */ hide(animationOptions?: base.AnimationModel): void; /** * Gets scrollable parent elements for the given element. * @param { HTMLElement } element - Specify the element to get the scrollable parents of it. */ getScrollableParent(element: HTMLElement): HTMLElement[]; private checkFixedParent; } /** * Gets scrollable parent elements for the given element. * @param { HTMLElement } element - Specify the element to get the scrollable parents of it. * @private */ export function getScrollableParent(element: HTMLElement, fixedParent?: Boolean): HTMLElement[]; /** * Gets the maximum z-index of the given element. * @param { HTMLElement } element - Specify the element to get the maximum z-index of it. * @private */ export function getZindexPartial(element: HTMLElement): number; /** * Gets the maximum z-index of the page. * @param { HTMLElement } tagName - Specify the tagName to get the maximum z-index of it. * @private */ export function getMaxZindex(tagName?: string[]): number; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/spinner/index.d.ts /** * spinner modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/spinner/spinner.d.ts export type createElementParams = (tag: string, prop?: { id?: string; className?: string; innerHTML?: string; styles?: string; attrs?: { [key: string]: string; }; }) => HTMLElement; /** * Defines the type of spinner. */ export type SpinnerType = 'Material' | 'Fabric' | 'Bootstrap' | 'HighContrast' | 'Bootstrap4'; /** * Create a spinner for the specified target element. * ``` * E.g : createSpinner({ target: targetElement, width: '34px', label: 'Loading..' }); * ``` * @param args * @private */ export function createSpinner(args: SpinnerArgs, internalCreateElement?: createElementParams): void; /** * Function to show the Spinner. * @param container - Specify the target of the Spinner. * @private */ export function showSpinner(container: HTMLElement): void; /** * Function to hide the Spinner. * @param container - Specify the target of the Spinner. * @private */ export function hideSpinner(container: HTMLElement): void; /** * Function to change the Spinners in a page globally from application end. * ``` * E.g : setSpinner({ cssClass: 'custom-css'; type: 'Material' }); * ``` * @param args * @private */ export function setSpinner(args: SetSpinnerArgs, internalCreateElement?: createElementParams): void; /** * Arguments to create a spinner for the target.These properties are optional. */ export interface SpinnerArgs { /** * Target element to the Spinner. * ``` * E.g : createSpinner({ target: element }); * ``` */ target: HTMLElement; /** * To set the width of the Spinner. */ width?: string | number; /** * To set the label to the Spinner element. */ label?: string; /** * Sets the CSS classes to root element of the Spinner which helps to customize the complete UI styles. */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specify the template content to be displayed in the Spinner. */ template?: string; /** * Specify the type of the Spinner. */ type?: SpinnerType; } /** * Arguments to change the Spinners in a page globally from application end. */ export interface SetSpinnerArgs { /** * Specify the template content to be displayed in the Spinner. */ template?: string; /** * Sets the CSS classes to root element of the Spinner which helps to customize the complete UI styles. */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specify the type of the Spinner. */ type?: SpinnerType; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/tooltip/index.d.ts /** * Tooltip modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/tooltip/tooltip-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Animation */ export interface AnimationModel { /** * Animation settings to be applied on the Tooltip, while it is being shown over the target. */ open?: TooltipAnimationSettings; /** * Animation settings to be applied on the Tooltip, when it is closed. */ close?: TooltipAnimationSettings; } /** * Interface for a class Tooltip */ export interface TooltipModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * It is used to set the width of Tooltip component which accepts both string and number values. * When set to auto, the Tooltip width gets auto adjusted to display its content within the viewable screen. * @default 'auto' */ width?: string | number; /** * It is used to set the height of Tooltip component which accepts both string and number values. * When Tooltip content gets overflow due to height value then the scroll mode will be enabled. * Refer the documentation [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/tooltip/setting-dimension.html?lang=typescript) * to know more about this property with demo. * @default 'auto' */ height?: string | number; /** * It is used to display the content of Tooltip which can be both string and HTML Elements. * Refer the documentation [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/tooltip/content.html?lang=typescript) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/content-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} */ content?: string | HTMLElement; /** * It is used to denote the target selector where the Tooltip need to be displayed. * The target element is considered as parent container. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/target-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} */ target?: string; /** * It is used to set the position of Tooltip element, with respect to Target element. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/position-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 'TopCenter' */ position?: Position; /** * It sets the space between the target and Tooltip element in X axis. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/offsetX-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 0 */ offsetX?: number; /** * It sets the space between the target and Tooltip element in Y axis. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/offsetX-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 0 */ offsetY?: number; /** * It is used to show or hide the tip pointer of Tooltip. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/offsetX-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default true */ showTipPointer?: boolean; /** * It is used to set the position of tip pointer on tooltip. * When it sets to auto, the tip pointer auto adjusts within the space of target's length * and does not point outside. * Refer the documentation * [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/tooltip/position.html?lang=typescript#tip-pointer-positioning) * to know more about this property with demo. * @default 'Auto' */ tipPointerPosition?: TipPointerPosition; /** * It is used to determine the device mode to display the Tooltip content. * If it is in desktop, it will show the Tooltip content when hovering on the target element. * If it is in touch device, it will show the Tooltip content when tap and holding on the target element. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/opensOn-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 'Auto' */ opensOn?: string; /** * It allows the Tooltip to follow the mouse pointer movement over the specified target element. * Refer the documentation [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/tooltip/position.html?lang=typescript#mouse-trailing) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/offsetX-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default false */ mouseTrail?: boolean; /** * It is used to display the Tooltip in an open state until closed by manually. * Refer the documentation [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/tooltip/open-mode.html?lang=typescript#sticky-mode) * to know more about this property with demo. * @default false */ isSticky?: boolean; /** * We can set the same or different animation option to Tooltip while it is in open or close state. * Refer the documentation [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/tooltip/animation.html?lang=typescript) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/animation-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default { open: { effect: 'FadeIn', duration: 150, delay: 0 }, close: { effect: 'FadeOut', duration: 150, delay: 0 } } */ animation?: AnimationModel; /** * It is used to open the Tooltip after the specified delay in milliseconds. * @default 0 */ openDelay?: number; /** * It is used to close the Tooltip after a specified delay in milliseconds. * @default 0 */ closeDelay?: number; /** * It is used to customize the Tooltip which accepts custom CSS class names that * defines specific user-defined styles and themes to be applied on the Tooltip element. * @default null */ cssClass?: string; /** * It is used to display the Tooltip and content of Tooltip from right to left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * We can trigger `beforeRender` event before the Tooltip and its contents are added to the DOM. * When one of its arguments `cancel` is set to true, the Tooltip can be prevented from rendering on the page. * This event is mainly used for the purpose of customizing the Tooltip before it shows up on the screen. * For example, to load the AJAX content or to set new animation effects on the Tooltip, this event can be opted. * Refer the documentation * [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/tooltip/content.html?lang=typescript#dynamic-content-via-ajax) * to know more about this property with demo. * @event */ beforeRender?: base.EmitType<TooltipEventArgs>; /** * We can trigger `beforeOpen` event before the Tooltip is displayed over the target element. * When one of its arguments `cancel` is set to true, the Tooltip display can be prevented. * This event is mainly used for the purpose of refreshing the Tooltip positions dynamically or to * set customized styles in it and so on. * @event */ beforeOpen?: base.EmitType<TooltipEventArgs>; /** * We can trigger `afterOpen` event after the Tooltip base.Component gets opened. * @event */ afterOpen?: base.EmitType<TooltipEventArgs>; /** * We can trigger `beforeClose` event before the Tooltip hides from the screen. If returned false, then the Tooltip is no more hidden. * @event */ beforeClose?: base.EmitType<TooltipEventArgs>; /** * We can trigger `afterClose` event when the Tooltip base.Component gets closed. * @event */ afterClose?: base.EmitType<TooltipEventArgs>; /** * We can trigger `beforeCollision` event for every collision fit calculation. * @event */ beforeCollision?: base.EmitType<TooltipEventArgs>; /** * We can trigger `created` event after the Tooltip component is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger `destroyed` event when the Tooltip component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-popups/src/tooltip/tooltip.d.ts /** * Set of open modes available for Tooltip. */ export type OpenMode = 'Auto' | 'Hover' | 'Click' | 'Focus' | 'Custom'; /** * Applicable positions where the Tooltip can be displayed over specific target elements. */ export type Position = 'TopLeft' | 'TopCenter' | 'TopRight' | 'BottomLeft' | 'BottomCenter' | 'BottomRight' | 'LeftTop' | 'LeftCenter' | 'LeftBottom' | 'RightTop' | 'RightCenter' | 'RightBottom'; /** * Applicable tip positions attached to the Tooltip. */ export type TipPointerPosition = 'Auto' | 'Start' | 'Middle' | 'End'; /** * Animation effects that are applicable for Tooltip. */ export type Effect = 'FadeIn' | 'FadeOut' | 'FadeZoomIn' | 'FadeZoomOut' | 'FlipXDownIn' | 'FlipXDownOut' | 'FlipXUpIn' | 'FlipXUpOut' | 'FlipYLeftIn' | 'FlipYLeftOut' | 'FlipYRightIn' | 'FlipYRightOut' | 'ZoomIn' | 'ZoomOut' | 'None'; /** * Interface for Tooltip event arguments. */ export interface TooltipEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** * It is used to denote the type of the triggered event. */ type: String; /** * It illustrates whether the current action needs to be prevented or not. */ cancel: boolean; /** * It is used to specify the current event object. */ event: Event; /** * It is used to denote the current target element where the Tooltip is to be displayed. */ target: HTMLElement; /** * It is used to denote the Tooltip element */ element: HTMLElement; /** * It is used to denote the Collided Tooltip position */ collidedPosition?: string; } /** * Animation options that are common for both open and close actions of the Tooltip. */ export interface TooltipAnimationSettings { /** * It is used to apply the Animation effect on the Tooltip, during open and close actions. */ effect?: Effect; /** * It is used to denote the duration of the animation that is completed per animation cycle. */ duration?: number; /** * It is used to denote the delay value in milliseconds and indicating the waiting time before animation begins. */ delay?: number; } export class Animation extends base.ChildProperty<Animation> { /** * Animation settings to be applied on the Tooltip, while it is being shown over the target. */ open: TooltipAnimationSettings; /** * Animation settings to be applied on the Tooltip, when it is closed. */ close: TooltipAnimationSettings; } /** * Represents the Tooltip component that displays a piece of information about the target element on mouse hover. * ```html * <div id="tooltip">Show Tooltip</div> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var tooltipObj = new Tooltip({ content: 'Tooltip text' }); * tooltipObj.appendTo("#tooltip"); * </script> * ``` */ export class Tooltip extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private popupObj; private tooltipEle; private ctrlId; private tipClass; private tooltipPositionX; private tooltipPositionY; private tooltipEventArgs; private isHidden; private showTimer; private hideTimer; private tipWidth; private touchModule; private tipHeight; private autoCloseTimer; /** * It is used to set the width of Tooltip component which accepts both string and number values. * When set to auto, the Tooltip width gets auto adjusted to display its content within the viewable screen. * @default 'auto' */ width: string | number; /** * It is used to set the height of Tooltip component which accepts both string and number values. * When Tooltip content gets overflow due to height value then the scroll mode will be enabled. * Refer the documentation [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/tooltip/setting-dimension.html?lang=typescript) * to know more about this property with demo. * @default 'auto' */ height: string | number; /** * It is used to display the content of Tooltip which can be both string and HTML Elements. * Refer the documentation [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/tooltip/content.html?lang=typescript) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/content-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} */ content: string | HTMLElement; /** * It is used to denote the target selector where the Tooltip need to be displayed. * The target element is considered as parent container. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/target-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} */ target: string; /** * It is used to set the position of Tooltip element, with respect to Target element. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/position-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 'TopCenter' */ position: Position; /** * It sets the space between the target and Tooltip element in X axis. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/offsetX-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 0 */ offsetX: number; /** * It sets the space between the target and Tooltip element in Y axis. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/offsetX-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 0 */ offsetY: number; /** * It is used to show or hide the tip pointer of Tooltip. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/offsetX-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default true */ showTipPointer: boolean; /** * It is used to set the position of tip pointer on tooltip. * When it sets to auto, the tip pointer auto adjusts within the space of target's length * and does not point outside. * Refer the documentation * [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/tooltip/position.html?lang=typescript#tip-pointer-positioning) * to know more about this property with demo. * @default 'Auto' */ tipPointerPosition: TipPointerPosition; /** * It is used to determine the device mode to display the Tooltip content. * If it is in desktop, it will show the Tooltip content when hovering on the target element. * If it is in touch device, it will show the Tooltip content when tap and holding on the target element. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/opensOn-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default 'Auto' */ opensOn: string; /** * It allows the Tooltip to follow the mouse pointer movement over the specified target element. * Refer the documentation [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/tooltip/position.html?lang=typescript#mouse-trailing) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/offsetX-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default false */ mouseTrail: boolean; /** * It is used to display the Tooltip in an open state until closed by manually. * Refer the documentation [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/tooltip/open-mode.html?lang=typescript#sticky-mode) * to know more about this property with demo. * @default false */ isSticky: boolean; /** * We can set the same or different animation option to Tooltip while it is in open or close state. * Refer the documentation [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/tooltip/animation.html?lang=typescript) * to know more about this property with demo. * * {% codeBlock src="tooltip/animation-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default { open: { effect: 'FadeIn', duration: 150, delay: 0 }, close: { effect: 'FadeOut', duration: 150, delay: 0 } } */ animation: AnimationModel; /** * It is used to open the Tooltip after the specified delay in milliseconds. * @default 0 */ openDelay: number; /** * It is used to close the Tooltip after a specified delay in milliseconds. * @default 0 */ closeDelay: number; /** * It is used to customize the Tooltip which accepts custom CSS class names that * defines specific user-defined styles and themes to be applied on the Tooltip element. * @default null */ cssClass: string; /** * It is used to display the Tooltip and content of Tooltip from right to left direction. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * We can trigger `beforeRender` event before the Tooltip and its contents are added to the DOM. * When one of its arguments `cancel` is set to true, the Tooltip can be prevented from rendering on the page. * This event is mainly used for the purpose of customizing the Tooltip before it shows up on the screen. * For example, to load the AJAX content or to set new animation effects on the Tooltip, this event can be opted. * Refer the documentation * [here](https://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/tooltip/content.html?lang=typescript#dynamic-content-via-ajax) * to know more about this property with demo. * @event */ beforeRender: base.EmitType<TooltipEventArgs>; /** * We can trigger `beforeOpen` event before the Tooltip is displayed over the target element. * When one of its arguments `cancel` is set to true, the Tooltip display can be prevented. * This event is mainly used for the purpose of refreshing the Tooltip positions dynamically or to * set customized styles in it and so on. * @event */ beforeOpen: base.EmitType<TooltipEventArgs>; /** * We can trigger `afterOpen` event after the Tooltip base.Component gets opened. * @event */ afterOpen: base.EmitType<TooltipEventArgs>; /** * We can trigger `beforeClose` event before the Tooltip hides from the screen. If returned false, then the Tooltip is no more hidden. * @event */ beforeClose: base.EmitType<TooltipEventArgs>; /** * We can trigger `afterClose` event when the Tooltip base.Component gets closed. * @event */ afterClose: base.EmitType<TooltipEventArgs>; /** * We can trigger `beforeCollision` event for every collision fit calculation. * @event */ beforeCollision: base.EmitType<TooltipEventArgs>; /** * We can trigger `created` event after the Tooltip component is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * We can trigger `destroyed` event when the Tooltip component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Constructor for creating the Tooltip base.Component */ constructor(options?: TooltipModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); private initialize; private formatPosition; private renderArrow; private setTipClass; private renderPopup; private getTooltipPosition; private reposition; private openPopupHandler; private closePopupHandler; private calculateTooltipOffset; private updateTipPosition; private adjustArrow; private renderContent; private renderCloseIcon; private addDescribedBy; private removeDescribedBy; private tapHoldHandler; private touchEndHandler; private targetClick; private targetHover; private showTooltip; private checkCollision; private collisionFlipFit; private hideTooltip; private restoreElement; private clear; private onMouseOut; private onStickyClose; private onMouseMove; private keyDown; private touchEnd; private scrollHandler; /** * Core method that initializes the control rendering. * @private */ render(): void; /** * Initializes the values of private members. * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Binding events to the Tooltip element. * @hidden */ private wireEvents; private getTriggerList; private wireFocusEvents; private wireMouseEvents; /** * Unbinding events from the element on widget destroy. * @hidden */ private unwireEvents; private unwireFocusEvents; private unwireMouseEvents; private findTarget; /** * Core method to return the component name. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Returns the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Called internally, if any of the property value changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: TooltipModel, oldProp: TooltipModel): void; /** * It is used to show the Tooltip on the specified target with specific animation settings. * @param element Target element where the Tooltip is to be displayed. * @param animation Sets the specific animation, while showing the Tooltip on the screen. * @return {void} */ open(element: HTMLElement, animation?: TooltipAnimationSettings): void; /** * It is used to hide the Tooltip with specific animation effect. * @param animation Sets the specific animation when hiding Tooltip from the screen. * @return {void} */ close(animation?: TooltipAnimationSettings): void; /** * It is used to refresh the Tooltip content and its position. * @param target Target element where the Tooltip content or position needs to be refreshed. * @return {void} */ refresh(target?: HTMLElement): void; /** * It is used to destroy the Tooltip component. * @method destroy * @return {void} * @memberof Tooltip */ destroy(): void; } } export namespace querybuilder { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-querybuilder/src/index.d.ts /** * QueryBuilder all modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-querybuilder/src/query-builder/index.d.ts /** * QueryBuilder modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-querybuilder/src/query-builder/query-builder-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Columns */ export interface ColumnsModel { /** * Specifies the fields in columns. * @default null */ field?: string; /** * Specifies the labels name in columns * @default null */ label?: string; /** * Specifies the types in columns field * @default null */ type?: string; /** * Specifies the values in columns or bind the values from sub controls. * @default null */ values?: string[] | number[] | boolean[]; /** * Specifies the operators in columns. * @default null */ operators?: { [key: string]: Object }[]; /** * Specifies the template for value field such as slider or any other widgets. * @default null */ template?: TemplateColumn; /** * Specifies the validation for columns (text, number and date). * @default { isRequired: true , min: 0, max: Number.MAX_VALUE } */ validation?: Validation; /** * Specifies the date format for columns. * @default null */ format?: string; /** * Specifies the step value(numeric textbox) for columns. * @default null */ step?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Rule */ export interface RuleModel { /** * Specifies the condition value in group. * @default 'and' */ condition?: string; /** * Specifies the rules in group. * @default [] */ rules?: RuleModel[]; /** * Specifies the field value in group. * @default null */ field?: string; /** * Specifies the label value in group. * @default null */ label?: string; /** * Specifies the type value in group. * @default null */ type?: string; /** * Specifies the operator value in group. * @default null */ operator?: string; /** * Specifies the sub controls value in group. * @default null */ value?: string[] | number[] | string | number | boolean; } /** * Interface for a class ShowButtons */ export interface ShowButtonsModel { /** * Specifies the boolean value in ruleDelete that the enable/disable the buttons in rule. * @default true */ ruleDelete?: boolean; /** * Specifies the boolean value in groupInsert that the enable/disable the buttons in group. * @default true */ groupInsert?: boolean; /** * Specifies the boolean value in groupDelete that the enable/disable the buttons in group. * @default true */ groupDelete?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class QueryBuilder */ export interface QueryBuilderModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /**      * Triggers when the component is created.      * @event      */ created?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Triggers before the condition (And/Or), field, operator, value is changed. * @event */ beforeChange?: base.EmitType<ChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when changing the condition(AND/OR), field, value, operator is changed * @event */ change?: base.EmitType<ChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when changing the condition(AND/OR), field, value, operator is changed * @event */ ruleChange?: base.EmitType<RuleChangeEventArgs>; /** * Specifies the showButtons settings of the query builder component. * The showButtons can be enable Enables or disables the ruleDelete, groupInsert, and groupDelete buttons. * @default { ruleDelete: true , groupInsert: true, groupDelete: true } */ showButtons?: ShowButtonsModel; /** * Shows or hides the filtered query. * @default false */ summaryView?: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the validation. * @default false */ allowValidation?: boolean; /** * Specifies columns to create filters. * @default {} */ columns?: ColumnsModel[]; /** * Defines class or multiple classes, which are separated by a space in the QueryBuilder element. * You can add custom styles to the QueryBuilder using the cssClass property. * @default '' */ cssClass?: string; /** * Binds the column name from data source in query-builder. * The `dataSource` is an array of JavaScript objects. * @default [] */ dataSource?: Object[] | Object | data.DataManager; /** * Specifies the displayMode as Horizontal or Vertical. * @default 'Horizontal' */ displayMode?: DisplayMode; /** * Enables or disables the RTL support it is extended from the component class. * @default false. */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. * If enabled, filter states will be persisted. * @default false. */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * Specifies the sort direction of the field names. * @default 'Default' */ sortDirection?: SortDirection; /** * Specifies the maximum group count or restricts the group count. * @default 5 */ maxGroupCount?: number; /** * Specifies the height of the query builder. * @default 'auto' */ height?: string; /** * Specifies the width of the query builder. * @default 'auto' */ width?: string; /** * Defines rules in the QueryBuilder. * Specifies the initial rule, which is JSON data. * @default {} */ rule?: RuleModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-querybuilder/src/query-builder/query-builder.d.ts /** * data.Query Builder Source */ export class Columns extends base.ChildProperty<Columns> { /** * Specifies the fields in columns. * @default null */ field: string; /** * Specifies the labels name in columns * @default null */ label: string; /** * Specifies the types in columns field * @default null */ type: string; /** * Specifies the values in columns or bind the values from sub controls. * @default null */ values: string[] | number[] | boolean[]; /** * Specifies the operators in columns. * @default null */ operators: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** * Specifies the template for value field such as slider or any other widgets. * @default null */ template: TemplateColumn; /** * Specifies the validation for columns (text, number and date). * @default { isRequired: true , min: 0, max: Number.MAX_VALUE } */ validation: Validation; /** * Specifies the date format for columns. * @default null */ format: string; /** * Specifies the step value(numeric textbox) for columns. * @default null */ step: number; } export class Rule extends base.ChildProperty<Rule> { /** * Specifies the condition value in group. * @default 'and' */ condition: string; /** * Specifies the rules in group. * @default [] */ rules: RuleModel[]; /** * Specifies the field value in group. * @default null */ field: string; /** * Specifies the label value in group. * @default null */ label: string; /** * Specifies the type value in group. * @default null */ type: string; /** * Specifies the operator value in group. * @default null */ operator: string; /** * Specifies the sub controls value in group. * @default null */ value: string[] | number[] | string | number | boolean; } export class ShowButtons extends base.ChildProperty<ShowButtons> { /** * Specifies the boolean value in ruleDelete that the enable/disable the buttons in rule. * @default true */ ruleDelete: boolean; /** * Specifies the boolean value in groupInsert that the enable/disable the buttons in group. * @default true */ groupInsert: boolean; /** * Specifies the boolean value in groupDelete that the enable/disable the buttons in group. * @default true */ groupDelete: boolean; } /** * Specify Specifies the displayMode as Horizontal or Vertical. */ export type DisplayMode = /** Display the Horizontal UI */ 'Horizontal' | /** Display the Vertical UI */ 'Vertical'; /** * Specifies the sort direction of the field names. They are * * Default * * Ascending * * Descending */ export type SortDirection = /** Show the field names in default */ 'Default' | /** Show the field names in Ascending */ 'Ascending' | /** Show the field names in Descending */ 'Descending'; export class QueryBuilder extends base.Component<HTMLDivElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private groupIdCounter; private ruleIdCounter; private btnGroupId; private levelColl; private isImportRules; private filterIndex; private parser; private defaultLocale; private l10n; private intl; private items; private customOperators; private operators; private operatorValue; private ruleElem; private groupElem; private dataColl; private dataManager; /** * Triggers when the component is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Triggers before the condition (And/Or), field, operator, value is changed. * @event */ beforeChange: base.EmitType<ChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when changing the condition(AND/OR), field, value, operator is changed * @event */ change: base.EmitType<ChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when changing the condition(AND/OR), field, value, operator is changed * @event */ ruleChange: base.EmitType<RuleChangeEventArgs>; /** * Specifies the showButtons settings of the query builder component. * The showButtons can be enable Enables or disables the ruleDelete, groupInsert, and groupDelete buttons. * @default { ruleDelete: true , groupInsert: true, groupDelete: true } */ showButtons: ShowButtonsModel; /** * Shows or hides the filtered query. * @default false */ summaryView: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the validation. * @default false */ allowValidation: boolean; /** * Specifies columns to create filters. * @default {} */ columns: ColumnsModel[]; /** * Defines class or multiple classes, which are separated by a space in the QueryBuilder element. * You can add custom styles to the QueryBuilder using the cssClass property. * @default '' */ cssClass: string; /** * Binds the column name from data source in query-builder. * The `dataSource` is an array of JavaScript objects. * @default [] */ dataSource: Object[] | Object | data.DataManager; /** * Specifies the displayMode as Horizontal or Vertical. * @default 'Horizontal' */ displayMode: DisplayMode; /** * Enables or disables the RTL support it is extended from the component class. * @default false. */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Enable or disable persisting component's state between page reloads. * If enabled, filter states will be persisted. * @default false. */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * Specifies the sort direction of the field names. * @default 'Default' */ sortDirection: SortDirection; /** * Specifies the maximum group count or restricts the group count. * @default 5 */ maxGroupCount: number; /** * Specifies the height of the query builder. * @default 'auto' */ height: string; /** * Specifies the width of the query builder. * @default 'auto' */ width: string; /** * Defines rules in the QueryBuilder. * Specifies the initial rule, which is JSON data. * @default {} */ rule: RuleModel; constructor(options?: QueryBuilderModel, element?: string | HTMLDivElement); protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Clears the rules without root rule. * @returns void. */ reset(): void; private getWrapper; protected getModuleName(): string; private initialize; private triggerEvents; private clickEventHandler; private selectBtn; private addRuleElement; private renderToolTip; /** * Validate the conditions and it display errors for invalid fields. * @returns boolean. */ validateFields(): boolean; private refreshLevelColl; private refreshLevel; private groupTemplate; private ruleTemplate; private addGroupElement; notifyChange(value: string | number | boolean | Date | string[] | number[] | Date[], element: Element): void; private changeValue; private changeField; private changeRule; private destroyControls; private templateDestroy; private getDistinctValues; private renderMultiSelect; private multiSelectOpen; private createSpinner; private closePopup; private processTemplate; private renderStringValue; private renderNumberValue; private processValueString; private renderControls; private renderValues; private updateValues; private updateRules; private filterRules; private ruleValueUpdate; private validatValue; private findGroupByIdx; /** * Removes the component from the DOM and detaches all its related event handlers. * Also it maintains the initial input element from the DOM. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * Adds single or multiple rules. * @returns void. */ addRules(rule: RuleModel[], groupID: string): void; /** * Adds single or multiple groups, which contains the collection of rules. * @returns void. */ addGroups(groups: RuleModel[], groupID: string): void; private initWrapper; private renderSummary; private renderSummaryCollapse; private columnSort; onPropertyChanged(newProp: QueryBuilderModel, oldProp: QueryBuilderModel): void; protected preRender(): void; protected render(): void; private executeDataManager; private initControl; protected wireEvents(): void; protected unWireEvents(): void; private getGroup; private deleteGroup; private deleteRule; private setGroupRules; /** * return the valid rule or rules collection. * @returns RuleModel. */ getValidRules(currentRule: RuleModel): RuleModel; private getRuleCollection; /** * Set the rule or rules collection. * @returns void. */ setRules(rule: RuleModel): void; /** * Gets the rule or rule collection. * @returns object. */ getRules(): RuleModel; /** * Deletes the group or groups based on the group ID. * @returns void. */ deleteGroups(groupIdColl: string[]): void; /** * return the data.Query from current rules collection. * @returns Promise. */ getFilteredRecords(): Promise<Object>; /** * Deletes the rule or rules based on the rule ID. * @returns void. */ deleteRules(ruleIdColl: string[]): void; /** * Gets the query for Data Manager. * @returns string. */ getDataManagerQuery(rule: RuleModel): data.Query; /** * Get the predicate from collection of rules. * @returns null */ getPredicate(rule: RuleModel): data.Predicate; private getColumn; private arrayPredicate; private renderGroup; private renderRule; private getSqlString; /** * Sets the rules from the sql query. */ setRulesFromSql(sqlString: string): void; /** * Get the rules from SQL query. * @returns object. */ getRulesFromSql(sqlString: string): RuleModel; /** * Gets the sql query from rules. * @returns object. */ getSqlFromRules(rule: RuleModel): string; private sqlParser; private parseSqlStrings; private getOperator; private processParser; } export interface Level { [key: string]: number[]; } export interface TemplateColumn { /** * Creates the custom component. * @default null */ create?: Element | Function | string; /** * Wire events for the custom component. * @default null */ write?: void | Function | string; /** * Destroy the custom component. * @default null */ destroy?: Function | string; } export interface Validation { /** * Specifies the minimum value in textbox validation. * @default 2 */ min?: number; /** * Specifies the maximum value in textbox validation. * @default 10 */ max?: number; /** * Specifies whether the value is required or not * @default true */ isRequired: boolean; } /** * Interface for change event. */ export interface ChangeEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { groupID: string; ruleID?: string; value?: string | number | Date | boolean | string[]; selectedIndex?: number; cancel?: boolean; type?: string; } export interface RuleChangeEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { previousRule?: RuleModel; rule: RuleModel; type?: string; } } export namespace richtexteditor { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/common/config.d.ts /** * Default Markdown formats config for adapter */ export const markdownFormatTags: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Default selection formats config for adapter */ export const markdownSelectionTags: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Default Markdown lists config for adapter */ export const markdownListsTags: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Default html key config for adapter */ export const htmlKeyConfig: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Default markdown key config for adapter */ export const markdownKeyConfig: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * PasteCleanup Grouping of similar functionality tags */ export const pasteCleanupGroupingTags: { [key: string]: string[]; }; /** * PasteCleanup Grouping of similar functionality tags */ export const listConversionFilters: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Dom-Node Grouping of self closing tags * @hidden */ export const selfClosingTags: string[]; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/common/constant.d.ts /** * Constant values for Common */ export const KEY_DOWN: string; export const ACTION: string; export const FORMAT_TYPE: string; export const KEY_DOWN_HANDLER: string; export const LIST_TYPE: string; export const KEY_UP_HANDLER: string; export const KEY_UP: string; export const MODEL_CHANGED_PLUGIN: string; export const MODEL_CHANGED: string; export const MS_WORD_CLEANUP_PLUGIN: string; export const MS_WORD_CLEANUP: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/common/index.d.ts /** * Export the common module */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/common/interface.d.ts /** * Specifies common models interfaces. * @hidden */ export interface IMarkdownFormatterCallBack { selectedText?: string; editorMode?: EditorMode; action?: string; event?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent; requestType?: string; } export interface IHtmlFormatterCallBack { selectedNode?: Element; requestType?: string; range?: Range; editorMode?: EditorMode; action?: string; elements?: Element | Element[]; event?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent; } export interface IMarkdownToolbarStatus { OrderedList: boolean; UnorderedList: boolean; Formats: string; } export interface IUndoCallBack { callBack?: Function; event?: Object; } export interface IToolbarStatus { bold?: boolean; italic?: boolean; underline?: boolean; strikethrough?: boolean; superscript?: boolean; subscript?: boolean; fontcolor?: string; fontname?: string; fontsize?: string; backgroundcolor?: string; formats?: string; alignments?: string; orderedlist?: boolean; unorderedlist?: boolean; inlinecode?: boolean; uppercase?: boolean; createlink?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/common/types.d.ts /** * Exports types used by RichTextEditor. */ export type EditorMode = 'HTML' | 'Markdown'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/components.d.ts /** * RichTextEditor component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/base.d.ts /** * Base export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/base/classes.d.ts /** * RichTextEditor classes defined here. */ /** @hidden */ export const CLASS_IMAGE_RIGHT: string; export const CLASS_IMAGE_LEFT: string; export const CLASS_IMAGE_CENTER: string; export const CLASS_IMAGE_BREAK: string; export const CLASS_CAPTION: string; export const CLASS_CAPTION_INLINE: string; export const CLASS_IMAGE_INLINE: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/base/constant.d.ts /** * Constant values for EditorManager */ export const IMAGE: string; export const TABLE: string; export const LINK: string; export const INSERT_ROW: string; export const INSERT_COLUMN: string; export const DELETEROW: string; export const DELETECOLUMN: string; export const REMOVETABLE: string; export const TABLEHEADER: string; export const TABLE_VERTICAL_ALIGN: string; export const ALIGNMENT_TYPE: string; export const INDENT_TYPE: string; /** @hidden */ export const DEFAULT_TAG: string; /** @hidden */ export const BLOCK_TAGS: string[]; /** @hidden */ export const IGNORE_BLOCK_TAGS: string[]; /** @hidden */ export const TABLE_BLOCK_TAGS: string[]; export const SELECTION_TYPE: string; export const INSERTHTML_TYPE: string; export const INSERT_TEXT_TYPE: string; export const CLEAR_TYPE: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/base/editor-manager.d.ts /** * EditorManager internal component * @hidden */ export class EditorManager { currentDocument: HTMLDocument; observer: base.Observer; listObj: Lists; nodeSelection: NodeSelection; domNode: DOMNode; formatObj: Formats; linkObj: LinkCommand; alignmentObj: Alignments; indentsObj: Indents; imgObj: ImageCommand; tableObj: TableCommand; selectionObj: SelectionBasedExec; inserthtmlObj: InsertHtmlExec; insertTextObj: InsertTextExec; clearObj: ClearFormatExec; undoRedoManager: UndoRedoManager; msWordPaste: MsWordPaste; editableElement: Element; /** * Constructor for creating the component * @hidden */ constructor(options: ICommandModel); private wireEvents; private onWordPaste; private onPropertyChanged; private editorKeyDown; private editorKeyUp; execCommand<T>(command: EditorExecCommand, value: T, event?: Event, callBack?: Function, text?: string | Node, exeValue?: T): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/base/enum.d.ts /** * Enum values for EditorManager */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/base/interface.d.ts /** * Specifies Command models interfaces. * @hidden */ export interface ICommandModel { /** * Specifies the current document. */ document: HTMLDocument; /** * Specifies the current window. */ editableElement: Element; options?: { [key: string]: number; }; } /** * Specifies IHtmlSubCommands interfaces. * @hidden */ export interface IHtmlSubCommands { /** * Specifies the subCommand. */ subCommand: string; /** * Specifies the callBack. */ callBack(args: IHtmlFormatterCallBack): () => void; /** * Specifies the callBack. */ value?: string | Node; /** * Specifies the originalEvent. */ event?: MouseEvent; } /** * Specifies IKeyboardActionArgs interfaces for command line. * @hidden */ export interface IKeyboardActionArgs extends KeyboardEvent { /** * action of the KeyboardEvent */ action: string; } export interface IHtmlItem { module?: string; event?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent; selection?: NodeSelection; link?: HTMLInputElement; selectNode?: Node[]; selectParent?: Node[]; item: IHtmlItemArgs; subCommand: string; value: string; callBack(args: IHtmlFormatterCallBack): () => void; } export interface IHtmlItemArgs { selection?: NodeSelection; selectNode?: Node[]; selectParent?: Node[]; url?: string; text?: string; title?: string; target?: string; width?: { minWidth?: string | number; maxWidth?: string | number; width?: string | number; }; height?: { minHeight?: string | number; maxHeight?: string | number; height?: string | number; }; altText?: string; row?: number; columns?: number; subCommand?: string; tableCell?: HTMLElement; cssClass?: string; insertElement?: Element; captionClass?: string; action?: string; } export interface IHtmlUndoRedoData { text?: string; range?: NodeSelection; } /** * Specifies IHtmlKeyboardEvent interfaces. * @hidden */ export interface IHtmlKeyboardEvent { /** * Specifies the callBack. */ callBack(args?: IHtmlFormatterCallBack): () => void; /** * Specifies the event. */ event: base.KeyboardEventArgs; /** * Specifies the ignoreDefault. */ ignoreDefault?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/base/types.d.ts /** * Types type for EditorManager */ export type EditorExecCommand = 'Indents' | 'Lists' | 'Formats' | 'Alignments' | 'Links' | 'Images' | 'Font' | 'Style' | 'Clear' | 'Effects' | 'Casing' | 'InsertHtml' | 'InsertText' | 'Actions'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/index.d.ts /** * Base export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin.d.ts /** * Base export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/alignments.d.ts /** * Formats internal component * @hidden */ export class Alignments { private parent; private alignments; /** * Constructor for creating the Formats plugin * @hidden */ constructor(parent: EditorManager); private addEventListener; private onKeyDown; private applyAlignment; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/clearformat-exec.d.ts /** * Clear Format EXEC internal component * @hidden */ export class ClearFormatExec { private parent; /** * Constructor for creating the Formats plugin * @hidden */ constructor(parent: EditorManager); private addEventListener; private onKeyDown; private applyClear; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/clearformat.d.ts export class ClearFormat { private static BLOCK_TAGS; private static NONVALID_PARENT_TAGS; private static NONVALID_TAGS; static clear(docElement: Document, endNode: Node): void; private static reSelection; private static clearBlocks; private static spliceParent; private static removeChild; private static removeParent; private static unWrap; private static clearInlines; private static removeInlineParent; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/dom-node.d.ts export const markerClassName: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * DOMNode internal plugin * @hidden */ export class DOMNode { private parent; private currentDocument; private nodeSelection; /** * Constructor for creating the DOMNode plugin * @hidden */ constructor(parent: Element, currentDocument: Document); contents(element: Element): Node[]; isBlockNode(element: Element): boolean; isLink(element: Element): boolean; blockParentNode(element: Element): Element; rawAttributes(element: Element): { [key: string]: string; }; attributes(element?: Element): string; clearAttributes(element: Element): void; openTagString(element: Element): string; closeTagString(element: Element): string; createTagString(tagName: string, relativeElement: Element, innerHTML: string): string; isList(element: Element): boolean; isElement(element: Element): boolean; isEditable(element: Element): boolean; hasClass(element: Element, className: string): boolean; replaceWith(element: Element, value: string): void; parseHTMLFragment(value: string): Element; wrap(element: Element, wrapper: Element): Element; insertAfter(newNode: Element, referenceNode: Element): void; wrapInner(parent: Element, wrapper: Element): Element; unWrap(element: Element): Element[]; getSelectedNode(element: Element, index: number): Element; nodeFinds(element: Element, elements: Element[]): Element[]; isEditorArea(): boolean; getRangePoint(point?: number): Range | Range[]; getSelection(): Selection; getPreviousNode(element: Element): Element; encode(value: string): string; saveMarker(save: NodeSelection, action?: string): NodeSelection; private marker; setMarker(save: NodeSelection): void; createTempNode(element: Element): Element; blockNodes(): Node[]; private ignoreTableTag; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/formats.d.ts /** * Formats internal component * @hidden */ export class Formats { private parent; /** * Constructor for creating the Formats plugin * @hidden */ constructor(parent: EditorManager); private addEventListener; private getParentNode; private applyFormats; private cleanFormats; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/image.d.ts /** * Link internal component * @hidden */ export class ImageCommand { private parent; /** * Constructor for creating the Formats plugin * @hidden */ constructor(parent: EditorManager); private addEventListener; private imageCommand; private createImage; private insertImageLink; private openImageLink; private removeImageLink; private editImageLink; private removeImage; private insertAltTextImage; private imageDimension; private imageCaption; private imageJustifyLeft; private imageJustifyCenter; private imageJustifyRight; private imageInline; private imageBreak; private callBack; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/indents.d.ts /** * Indents internal component * @hidden */ export class Indents { private parent; private indentValue; /** * Constructor for creating the Formats plugin * @hidden */ constructor(parent: EditorManager); private addEventListener; private onKeyDown; private applyIndents; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/insert-methods.d.ts /** * Node appending methods. * @hidden */ export class InsertMethods { static WrapBefore(textNode: Text, parentNode: HTMLElement, isAfter?: boolean): Text; static Wrap(childNode: HTMLElement, parentNode: HTMLElement): HTMLElement; static unwrap(node: Node | HTMLElement): Node[]; static AppendBefore(textNode: HTMLElement | Text | DocumentFragment, parentNode: HTMLElement | Text | DocumentFragment, isAfter?: boolean): HTMLElement | Text | DocumentFragment; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/insert-text.d.ts /** * Insert a Text Node or Text * @hidden */ export class InsertTextExec { private parent; /** * Constructor for creating the InsertText plugin * @hidden */ constructor(parent: EditorManager); private addEventListener; private insertText; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/inserthtml-exec.d.ts /** * Selection EXEC internal component * @hidden */ export class InsertHtmlExec { private parent; /** * Constructor for creating the Formats plugin * @hidden */ constructor(parent: EditorManager); private addEventListener; private applyHtml; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/inserthtml.d.ts /** * Insert a HTML Node or Text * @hidden */ export class InsertHtml { static Insert(docElement: Document, insertNode: Node | string, editNode?: Element): void; private static closestEle; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/isformatted.d.ts /** * Is formatted or not. * @hidden */ export class IsFormatted { static inlineTags: string[]; getFormattedNode(node: Node, format: string, endNode: Node): Node; private getFormatParent; private isFormattedNode; static isBold(node: Node): boolean; static isItalic(node: Node): boolean; static isUnderline(node: Node): boolean; static isStrikethrough(node: Node): boolean; static isSuperscript(node: Node): boolean; static isSubscript(node: Node): boolean; private isFontColor; private isBackgroundColor; private isFontSize; private isFontName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/link.d.ts /** * Link internal component * @hidden */ export class LinkCommand { private parent; /** * Constructor for creating the Formats plugin * @hidden */ constructor(parent: EditorManager); private addEventListener; private linkCommand; private createLink; private removeText; private openLink; private removeLink; private callBack; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/lists.d.ts /** * Lists internal component * @hidden */ export class Lists { private parent; private startContainer; private endContainer; private saveSelection; private domNode; private currentAction; /** * Constructor for creating the Lists plugin * @hidden */ constructor(parent: EditorManager); private addEventListener; private keyDownHandler; private getAction; private revertClean; private noPreviousElement; private nestedList; private applyListsHandler; private applyLists; private isRevert; private checkLists; private cleanNode; private findUnSelected; private revertList; private openTag; private closeTag; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/ms-word-clean-up.d.ts /** * PasteCleanup for MsWord content * @hidden */ export class MsWordPaste { parent: EditorManager; constructor(parent?: EditorManager); olData: string[]; ulData: string[]; ignorableNodes: string[]; blockNode: string[]; listContents: string[]; addEventListener(): void; wordCleanup(e: NotifyArgs): void; cleanUp(node: HTMLElement, listNodes: Element[]): Element[]; listConverter(listNodes: Element[]): void; makeConversion(collection: { listType: string; content: string[]; nestedLevel: number; }[]): HTMLElement; getListStyle(listType: string, nestedLevel: number): string; getListContent(elem: Element): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/nodecutter.d.ts /** * Split the Node based on selection * @hidden */ export class NodeCutter { position: number; private nodeSelection; GetSpliceNode(range: Range, node: HTMLElement): Node; private SplitNode; private spliceEmptyNode; private GetCursorStart; GetCursorRange(docElement: Document, range: Range, node: Node): Range; GetCursorNode(docElement: Document, range: Range, node: Node): Node; TrimLineBreak(line: string): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/selection-commands.d.ts export class SelectionCommands { static applyFormat(docElement: Document, format: string, endNode: Node, value?: string): void; private static insertCursorNode; private static removeFormat; private static insertFormat; private static getInsertNode; private static getChildNode; private static applySelection; private static GetFormatNode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/selection-exec.d.ts /** * Selection EXEC internal component * @hidden */ export class SelectionBasedExec { private parent; /** * Constructor for creating the Formats plugin * @hidden */ constructor(parent: EditorManager); private addEventListener; private keyDownHandler; private applySelection; private callBack; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/table.d.ts /** * Link internal component * @hidden */ export class TableCommand { private parent; /** * Constructor for creating the Formats plugin * @hidden */ constructor(parent: EditorManager); private addEventListener; private createTable; private removeEmptyNode; private insertAfter; private insertRow; private insertColumn; private deleteColumn; private deleteRow; private removeTable; private tableHeader; private tableVerticalAlign; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/toolbar-status.d.ts /** * Update Toolbar Status * @hidden */ export const statusCollection: IToolbarStatus; export class ToolbarStatus { static get(docElement: Document, targetNode: Node, formatNode?: string[], fontSize?: string[], fontName?: string[], documentNode?: Node): IToolbarStatus; private static getFormatParent; private static isFormattedNode; private static isFontColor; private static isLink; private static isBackgroundColor; private static isFontSize; private static isFontName; private static isOrderedList; private static isUnorderedList; private static isAlignment; private static isFormats; private static getComputedStyle; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/editor-manager/plugin/undo.d.ts /** * `Undo` module is used to handle undo actions. */ export class UndoRedoManager { element: HTMLElement; private parent; steps: number; undoRedoStack: IHtmlUndoRedoData[]; undoRedoSteps: number; undoRedoTimer: number; constructor(parent?: EditorManager, options?: { [key: string]: number; }); protected addEventListener(): void; private onPropertyChanged; protected removeEventListener(): void; onAction(e: IHtmlSubCommands): void; /** * Destroys the ToolBar. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private keyDown; private keyUp; /** * RTE collection stored html format. * @method saveData * @return {void} */ saveData(e?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent | IUndoCallBack): void; /** * Undo the editable text. * @method undo * @return {void} */ undo(e?: IHtmlSubCommands | IHtmlKeyboardEvent): void; /** * Redo the editable text. * @method redo * @return {void} */ redo(e?: IHtmlSubCommands | IHtmlKeyboardEvent): void; getUndoStatus(): { [key: string]: boolean; }; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/index.d.ts /** * RichTextEditor component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/base.d.ts /** * Base export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/base/constant.d.ts /** * Constant values for Markdown Parser */ export const LISTS_COMMAND: string; export const selectionCommand: string; export const LINK_COMMAND: string; export const CLEAR_COMMAND: string; export const MD_TABLE: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/base/interface.d.ts /** * Specifies IMDFormats interfaces. * @hidden */ export interface IMDFormats { /** * Specifies the formatTags. */ syntax?: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Specifies the parent. */ parent?: MarkdownParser; } /** * Specifies IMTable interfaces. * @hidden */ export interface IMDTable { syntaxTag?: { [key in MarkdownTableFormat]: { [key: string]: string; }; }; /** * Specifies the parent. */ parent?: MarkdownParser; } export type MarkdownTableFormat = 'Formats' | 'List'; /** * Specifies ISelectedLines interfaces. * @hidden */ export interface ISelectedLines { /** * Specifies the parentLinePoints. */ parentLinePoints: { [key: string]: string | number; }[]; /** * Specifies the textarea selection start point. */ start: number; /** * Specifies the textarea selection end point. */ end: number; } /** * Specifies MarkdownParserModel interfaces. * @hidden */ export interface IMarkdownParserModel { /** * Specifies the element. */ element: Element; /** * Specifies the formatTags. */ formatTags?: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Specifies the formatTags. */ listTags?: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Specifies the selectionTags. */ selectionTags?: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Specifies the options. */ options?: { [key: string]: number; }; } /** * Specifies ISubCommands interfaces. * @hidden */ export interface IMarkdownSubCommands { /** * Specifies the subCommand. */ subCommand: string; /** * Specifies the callBack. */ callBack(args?: IMarkdownFormatterCallBack): () => void; /** * Specifies the originalEvent. */ event?: MouseEvent; } export interface MarkdownUndoRedoData { text?: string; start?: number; end?: number; } export interface IMarkdownItem { module?: string; event?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent; item: IMarkdownItemArgs; value?: IMarkdownItemArgs; subCommand: string; callBack(args: IMarkdownFormatterCallBack): () => void; } export interface IMarkdownItemArgs { url?: string; text?: string; target?: string; width?: number | string; height?: number | string; headingText?: string; colText?: string; } /** * Specifies IMDKeyboardEvent interfaces. * @hidden */ export interface IMDKeyboardEvent { /** * Specifies the callBack. */ callBack(args?: IMarkdownFormatterCallBack): () => void; /** * Specifies the event. */ event: base.KeyboardEventArgs; } export interface ITextArea extends HTMLTextAreaElement { selectionDirection: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/base/markdown-parser.d.ts /** * MarkdownParser internal component * @hidden */ export class MarkdownParser { observer: base.Observer; listObj: MDLists; formatObj: MDFormats; formatTags: { [key: string]: string; }; listTags: { [key: string]: string; }; selectionTags: { [key: string]: string; }; element: Element; undoRedoManager: UndoRedoCommands; mdSelectionFormats: MDSelectionFormats; markdownSelection: MarkdownSelection; linkObj: MDLink; tableObj: MDTable; clearObj: ClearFormat; /** * Constructor for creating the component * @hidden */ constructor(options: IMarkdownParserModel); private initialize; private wireEvents; private onPropertyChanged; private editorKeyDown; private editorKeyUp; execCommand<T>(command: MarkdownExecCommand, value: T, event?: Event, callBack?: Function, text?: string, exeValue?: T): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/base/types.d.ts /** * Types type for Markdown parser */ export type MarkdownExecCommand = 'Indents' | 'Lists' | 'Formats' | 'Alignments' | 'Style' | 'Effects' | 'Casing' | 'Actions' | 'table' | 'Links' | 'Images' | 'Clear'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/index.d.ts /** * Base export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/plugin.d.ts /** * Export all markdown plugins */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/plugin/clearformat.d.ts /** * Link internal component * @hidden */ export class ClearFormat1 { private parent; private selection; /** * Constructor for creating the clear format plugin * @hidden */ constructor(parent: MarkdownParser); private addEventListener; private replaceRegex; private clearSelectionTags; private clearFormatTags; private clearFormatLines; private clear; private restore; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/plugin/formats.d.ts /** * MDFormats internal plugin * @hidden */ export class MDFormats { private parent; private selection; syntax: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Constructor for creating the Formats plugin * @hidden */ constructor(options: IMDFormats); private addEventListener; private applyFormats; private clearRegex; private cleanFormat; private applyCodeBlock; private replaceAt; private restore; private isAppliedFormat; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/plugin/link.d.ts /** * Link internal component * @hidden */ export class MDLink { private parent; private selection; /** * Constructor for creating the Formats plugin * @hidden */ constructor(parent: MarkdownParser); private addEventListener; private createLink; private restore; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/plugin/lists.d.ts /** * Lists internal component * @hidden */ export class MDLists { private parent; private startContainer; private endContainer; private selection; private syntax; private currentAction; /** * Constructor for creating the Lists plugin * @hidden */ constructor(options: IMDFormats); private addEventListener; private keyDownHandler; private keyUpHandler; private tabKey; private getTabSpace; private isNotFirstLine; private getAction; private enterKey; private applyListsHandler; private appliedLine; private restore; private getListRegex; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/plugin/markdown-selection.d.ts /** * MarkdownSelection internal module * @hidden */ export class MarkdownSelection { selectionStart: number; selectionEnd: number; getLineNumber(textarea: HTMLTextAreaElement, point: number): number; getSelectedText(textarea: HTMLTextAreaElement): string; getAllParents(value: string): string[]; getSelectedLine(textarea: HTMLTextAreaElement): string; getLine(textarea: HTMLTextAreaElement, index: number): string; getSelectedParentPoints(textarea: HTMLTextAreaElement): { [key: string]: string | number; }[]; setSelection(textarea: HTMLTextAreaElement, start: number, end: number): void; save(start: number, end: number): void; restore(textArea: HTMLTextAreaElement): void; isStartWith(line: string, command: string): boolean; replaceSpecialChar(value: string): string; isClear(parents: { [key: string]: string | number; }[], regex: string): boolean; getRegex(syntax: string): RegExp; getSelectedInlinePoints(textarea: HTMLTextAreaElement): { [key: string]: string | number; }; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/plugin/md-selection-formats.d.ts /** * SelectionCommands internal component * @hidden */ export class MDSelectionFormats { private parent; private selection; syntax: { [key: string]: string; }; private currentAction; constructor(parent: IMDFormats); private addEventListener; private keyDownHandler; private isBold; private isItalic; private isMatch; private multiCharRegx; private singleCharRegx; isAppliedCommand(cmd?: string): boolean; private applyCommands; private replaceAt; private restore; private textReplace; private isApplied; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/plugin/table.d.ts /** * Link internal component * @hidden */ export class MDTable { private parent; private selection; private syntaxTag; private element; private locale; /** * Constructor for creating the Formats plugin * @hidden */ constructor(options: IMDTable); private addEventListener; private removeEventListener; destroy(): void; private onKeyDown; private createTable; private getTable; private tableHeader; private tableCell; private insertLine; private insertTable; private makeSelection; private getFormatTag; private ensureFormatApply; private ensureStartValid; private ensureEndValid; private updateValueWithFormat; private updateValue; private checkValid; private convertToLetters; private textNonEmpty; private isCursorBased; private isSelectionBased; private restore; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/markdown-parser/plugin/undo.d.ts /** * `Undo` module is used to handle undo actions. */ export class UndoRedoCommands { steps: number; undoRedoStack: MarkdownUndoRedoData[]; private parent; private selection; private currentAction; undoRedoSteps: number; undoRedoTimer: number; constructor(parent?: MarkdownParser, options?: { [key: string]: number; }); protected addEventListener(): void; private onPropertyChanged; protected removeEventListener(): void; /** * Destroys the ToolBar. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; onAction(e: IMarkdownSubCommands): void; private keyDown; private keyUp; /** * MD collection stored string format. * @method saveData * @return {void} */ saveData(e?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent | IUndoCallBack): void; /** * Undo the editable text. * @method undo * @return {void} */ undo(e?: IMarkdownSubCommands | IMDKeyboardEvent): void; /** * Redo the editable text. * @method redo * @return {void} */ redo(e?: IMarkdownSubCommands | IMDKeyboardEvent): void; private restore; getUndoStatus(): { [key: string]: boolean; }; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor.d.ts /** * RichTextEditor component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions.d.ts /** * Action export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/base-quick-toolbar.d.ts /** * `Quick toolbar` module is used to handle Quick toolbar actions. */ export class BaseQuickToolbar { popupObj: popups.Popup; element: HTMLElement; private isDOMElement; quickTBarObj: BaseToolbar; private stringItems; private dropDownButtons; private colorPickerObj; private locator; private parent; private contentRenderer; private popupRenderer; toolbarElement: HTMLElement; private renderFactory; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, locator?: ServiceLocator); private appendPopupContent; render(args: IQuickToolbarOptions): void; private createToolbar; private setPosition; private checkCollision; showPopup(x: number, y: number, target: Element): void; hidePopup(): void; /** * @hidden */ addQTBarItem(item: (string | IToolbarItems)[], index: number): void; /** * @hidden */ removeQTBarItem(index: number | HTMLElement[] | Element[]): void; private removeEleFromDOM; private updateStatus; /** * Destroys the Quick toolbar. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; addEventListener(): void; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @hidden */ protected onPropertyChanged(e: { [key: string]: RichTextEditorModel; }): void; removeEventListener(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/base-toolbar.d.ts /** * `Toolbar` module is used to handle Toolbar actions. */ export class BaseToolbar { toolbarObj: navigations.Toolbar; protected parent: IRichTextEditor; protected locator: ServiceLocator; protected toolbarRenderer: IRenderer; protected renderFactory: RendererFactory; private tools; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); private addEventListener; private removeEventListener; private setRtl; private getTemplateObject; getObject(item: string, container: string): IToolbarItemModel; /** * @hidden */ getItems(tbItems: (string | IToolbarItems)[], container: string): navigations.ItemModel[]; private getToolbarOptions; render(args: IToolbarRenderOptions): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/color-picker.d.ts /** * `Color Picker` module is used to handle ColorPicker actions. */ export class ColorPickerInput { private fontColorPicker; private backgroundColorPicker; private fontColorDropDown; private backgroundColorDropDown; protected parent: IRichTextEditor; protected locator: ServiceLocator; protected toolbarRenderer: IRenderer; protected renderFactory: RendererFactory; private tools; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); private initializeInstance; renderColorPickerInput(args: IColorPickerRenderArgs): void; private destroy; destroyColorPicker(): void; private setRtl; protected addEventListener(): void; private onPropertyChanged; protected removeEventListener(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/count.d.ts /** * `Count` module is used to handle Count actions. */ export class Count { protected parent: IRichTextEditor; protected maxLength: number; protected htmlLength: number; protected locator: ServiceLocator; protected renderFactory: RendererFactory; private editPanel; private contentModule; private contentRenderer; private args; private element; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); private initializeInstance; renderCount(): void; private appendCount; private charCountBackground; /** * @hidden */ refresh(): void; private restrict; /** * Destroys the Count. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private toggle; protected addEventListener(): void; protected removeEventListener(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/dropdown-buttons.d.ts /** * `Toolbar` module is used to handle Toolbar actions. */ export class DropDownButtons { formatDropDown: splitbuttons.DropDownButton; fontNameDropDown: splitbuttons.DropDownButton; fontSizeDropDown: splitbuttons.DropDownButton; alignDropDown: splitbuttons.DropDownButton; imageAlignDropDown: splitbuttons.DropDownButton; displayDropDown: splitbuttons.DropDownButton; tableRowsDropDown: splitbuttons.DropDownButton; tableColumnsDropDown: splitbuttons.DropDownButton; tableCellVerticalAlignDropDown: splitbuttons.DropDownButton; protected parent: IRichTextEditor; protected locator: ServiceLocator; protected toolbarRenderer: IRenderer; protected renderFactory: RendererFactory; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); private initializeInstance; private beforeRender; private dropdownContent; renderDropDowns(args: IDropDownRenderArgs): void; private getUpdateItems; private onPropertyChanged; private getEditNode; private rowDropDown; private columnDropDown; private verticalAlignDropDown; private imageDisplayDropDown; private imageAlignmentDropDown; private tableStylesDropDown; private removeDropDownClasses; destroyDropDowns(): void; private setRtl; protected addEventListener(): void; private onIframeMouseDown; protected removeEventListener(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/execute-command-callback.d.ts /** * `ExecCommandCallBack` module is used to run the editor manager command */ export class ExecCommandCallBack { protected parent: IRichTextEditor; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor); private addEventListener; private commandCallBack; private removeEventListener; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/full-screen.d.ts /** * `FullScreen` module is used to maximize and minimize screen */ export class FullScreen { private overflowData; protected parent: IRichTextEditor; private scrollableParent; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor); showFullScreen(event?: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; hideFullScreen(event?: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; private toggleParentOverflow; private onKeyDown; protected addEventListener(): void; protected removeEventListener(): void; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/html-attributes.d.ts /** * Used to set the HTML Attributes for RTE container */ export function setAttributes(htmlAttributes: { [key: string]: string; }, rte: IRichTextEditor, isFrame: boolean, initial: boolean): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/html-editor.d.ts /** * `HtmlEditor` module is used to HTML editor */ export class HtmlEditor { private parent; private locator; private contentRenderer; private renderFactory; private toolbarUpdate; private colorPickerModule; private nodeSelectionObj; private rangeCollection; private saveSelection; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); /** * Destroys the Markdown. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private addEventListener; private updateReadOnly; private onSelectionSave; private onSelectionRestore; private onKeyDown; private onPaste; private spaceLink; private onToolbarClick; private renderColorPicker; private instantiateRenderer; private removeEventListener; private render; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @hidden */ protected onPropertyChanged(e: NotifyArgs): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; /** * For selecting all content in RTE * @private */ private selectAll; /** * For selecting all content in RTE * @private */ private selectRange; /** * For get a selected text in RTE * @private */ private getSelectedHtml; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/html-toolbar-status.d.ts /** * HtmlToolbarStatus module for refresh the toolbar status */ export class HtmlToolbarStatus { parent: IRichTextEditor; toolbarStatus: IToolbarStatus; constructor(parent: IRichTextEditor); private addEventListener; private removeEventListener; private onRefreshHandler; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/keyboard-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class KeyboardEvents */ export interface KeyboardEventsModel { /** * Specifies key combination and it respective action name. * @default null */ keyConfigs?: { [key: string]: string }; /** * Specifies on which event keyboardEvents class should listen for key press. For ex., `keyup`, `keydown` or `keypress` * @default keyup */ eventName?: string; /** * Specifies the listener when keyboard actions is performed. * @event */ keyAction?: base.EmitType<KeyboardEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/keyboard.d.ts /** * KeyboardEvents */ export interface KeyboardEventArgs extends KeyboardEvent { /** * action of the KeyboardEvent */ action: string; } /** * KeyboardEvents class enables you to bind key action desired key combinations for ex., Ctrl+A, Delete, Alt+Space etc. * ```html * <div id='testEle'> </div>; * <script> * let node: HTMLElement = document.querySelector('#testEle'); * let kbInstance = new KeyboardEvents({ * element: node, * keyConfigs:{ selectAll : 'ctrl+a' }, * keyAction: function (e:KeyboardEvent, action:string) { * // handler function code * } * }); * </script> * ``` */ export class KeyboardEvents extends base.Base<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * Specifies key combination and it respective action name. * @default null */ keyConfigs: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Specifies on which event keyboardEvents class should listen for key press. For ex., `keyup`, `keydown` or `keypress` * @default keyup */ eventName: string; /** * Specifies the listener when keyboard actions is performed. * @event */ keyAction: base.EmitType<KeyboardEventArgs>; /** * Initializes the KeyboardEvents * @param {HTMLElement} element * @param {base.KeyboardEventsModel} options */ constructor(element: HTMLElement, options?: base.KeyboardEventsModel); /** * Unwire bound events and destroy the instance. * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * Function can be used to specify certain action if a property is changed * @param newProp * @param oldProp * @returns {void} * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: base.KeyboardEventsModel, oldProp?: base.KeyboardEventsModel): void; protected bind(): void; /** * To get the module name, returns 'keyboard'. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Wiring event handlers to events */ private wireEvents; /** * Unwiring event handlers to events */ private unwireEvents; /** * To handle a key press event returns null */ private keyPressHandler; private static configCache; /** * To get the key configuration data * @param {string} config - configuration data * returns {KeyData} */ private static getKeyConfigData; private static getKeyCode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/markdown-editor.d.ts /** * `MarkdownEditor` module is used to markdown editor */ export class MarkdownEditor { private parent; private locator; private contentRenderer; private renderFactory; private toolbarUpdate; private saveSelection; private mdSelection; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); /** * Destroys the Markdown. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private addEventListener; private updateReadOnly; private onSelectionSave; private onSelectionRestore; private onToolbarClick; private instantiateRenderer; private removeEventListener; private render; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @hidden */ protected onPropertyChanged(e: NotifyArgs): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; /** * For selecting all content in RTE * @private */ private selectAll; /** * For get a selected text in RTE * @private */ private getSelectedHtml; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/markdown-toolbar-status.d.ts /** * MarkdownToolbarStatus module for refresh the toolbar status */ export class MarkdownToolbarStatus { selection: MarkdownSelection; parent: IRichTextEditor; element: HTMLTextAreaElement; toolbarStatus: IToolbarStatus; constructor(parent: IRichTextEditor); private addEventListener; private removeEventListener; private onRefreshHandler; private isListsApplied; private currentFormat; } export interface ITextAreaElement extends HTMLTextAreaElement { selectionDirection: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/paste-clean-up.d.ts /** * PasteCleanup module called when pasting content in RichTextEditor */ export class PasteCleanup { private parent; private renderFactory; private locator; private contentRenderer; private i10n; private saveSelection; private nodeSelectionObj; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); private addEventListener; private destroy; private removeEventListener; private pasteClean; private radioRender; private selectFormatting; private pasteDialog; private destroyDialog; private formatting; private plainFormatting; private getTextContent; private tagGrouping; private attributesfilter; private deniedTags; private deniedAttributes; private allowedStyle; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/quick-toolbar.d.ts /** * `Quick toolbar` module is used to handle Quick toolbar actions. */ export class QuickToolbar { private offsetX; private offsetY; private deBouncer; private target; private locator; private parent; private contentRenderer; linkQTBar: BaseQuickToolbar; textQTBar: BaseQuickToolbar; imageQTBar: BaseQuickToolbar; tableQTBar: BaseQuickToolbar; inlineQTBar: BaseQuickToolbar; private renderFactory; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, locator?: ServiceLocator); private formatItems; private getQTBarOptions; createQTBar(popupType: string, mode: string, items: (string | IToolbarItems)[], type: RenderType): BaseQuickToolbar; private initializeQuickToolbars; private onMouseDown; private renderQuickToolbars; private renderInlineQuickToolbar; private showInlineQTBar; private hideInlineQTBar; private hideQuickToolbars; private deBounce; private mouseUpHandler; private keyDownHandler; private inlineQTBarMouseDownHandler; private keyUpHandler; getInlineBaseToolbar(): BaseToolbar; /** * Destroys the ToolBar. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private wireInlineQTBarEvents; private unWireInlineQTBarEvents; private toolbarUpdated; addEventListener(): void; private onKeyDown; private onIframeMouseDown; private setRtl; removeEventListener(): void; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @hidden */ protected onPropertyChanged(e: { [key: string]: RichTextEditorModel; }): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/toolbar-action.d.ts /** * `ToolbarAction` module is used to toolbar click action */ export class ToolbarAction { protected parent: IRichTextEditor; private serviceLocator; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor); private addEventListener; private toolbarClick; private dropDownSelect; private renderSelection; private removeEventListener; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/actions/toolbar.d.ts /** * `Toolbar` module is used to handle Toolbar actions. */ export class Toolbar { toolbarObj: navigations.Toolbar; private editPanel; private isToolbar; private editableElement; private tbItems; baseToolbar: BaseToolbar; private tbElement; private tbWrapper; protected parent: IRichTextEditor; protected locator: ServiceLocator; private isTransformChild; private contentRenderer; protected toolbarRenderer: IRenderer; private dropDownModule; private toolbarActionModule; protected renderFactory: RendererFactory; private keyBoardModule; private tools; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); private initializeInstance; private toolbarBindEvent; private toolBarKeyDown; private createToolbarElement; private getToolbarMode; private checkToolbarResponsive; private checkIsTransformChild; private toggleFloatClass; private renderToolbar; addFixedTBarClass(): void; removeFixedTBarClass(): void; private showFixedTBar; private hideFixedTBar; updateItem(args: IUpdateItemsModel): void; private updateToolbarStatus; private fullScreen; private hideScreen; getBaseToolbar(): BaseToolbar; addTBarItem(args: IUpdateItemsModel, index: number): void; enableTBarItems(baseToolbar: BaseToolbar, items: string | string[], isEnable: boolean): void; removeTBarItems(items: string | string[]): void; getExpandTBarPopHeight(): number; getToolbarHeight(): number; getToolbarElement(): Element; refreshToolbarOverflow(): void; private isToolbarDestroyed; private destroyToolbar; /** * Destroys the ToolBar. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private scrollHandler; private mouseDownHandler; private focusChangeHandler; private dropDownBeforeOpenHandler; private toolbarMouseDownHandler; protected wireEvents(): void; protected unWireEvents(): void; protected addEventListener(): void; protected removeEventListener(): void; private onRefresh; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @hidden */ protected onPropertyChanged(e: { [key: string]: RichTextEditorModel; }): void; private refreshToolbar; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/base.d.ts /** * Base export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/base/classes.d.ts /** * RichTextEditor classes defined here. */ /** @hidden */ export const CLS_RTE: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_RTL: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_CONTENT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_DISABLED: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_SCRIPT_SHEET: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_STYLE_SHEET: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TOOLBAR: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_FIXED: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_FLOAT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_ABS_FLOAT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_INLINE: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_INLINE: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_RTE_EXPAND_TB: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_FULL_SCREEN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_QUICK_TB: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_POP: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_QUICK_POP: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_QUICK_DROPDOWN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_IMAGE_POP: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_INLINE_POP: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_INLINE_DROPDOWN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_DROPDOWN_POPUP: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_DROPDOWN_ICONS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_DROPDOWN_ITEMS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_DROPDOWN_BTN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_RTE_CONTENT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_ITEM: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_EXTENDED: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_WRAP: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_POPUP: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_SEPARATOR: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_MINIMIZE: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_MAXIMIZE: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_BACK: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_SHOW: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_HIDE: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_VISIBLE: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_FOCUS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_RM_WHITE_SPACE: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_IMGRIGHT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_IMGLEFT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_IMGCENTER: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_IMGBREAK: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_CAPTION: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_CAPINLINE: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_IMGINLINE: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_COUNT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_WARNING: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_ERROR: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_ICONS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_ACTIVE: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_EXPAND_OPEN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_RTE_ELEMENTS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_BTN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_HR_SEPARATOR: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_IOS_FIX: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_STATIC: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_FORMATS_TB_BTN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_FONT_NAME_TB_BTN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_FONT_SIZE_TB_BTN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_FONT_COLOR_TARGET: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_BACKGROUND_COLOR_TARGET: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_COLOR_CONTENT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_FONT_COLOR_DROPDOWN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_BACKGROUND_COLOR_DROPDOWN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_COLOR_PALETTE: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_FONT_COLOR_PICKER: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_BACKGROUND_COLOR_PICKER: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_RTE_READONLY: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TABLE_SEL: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_DASH_BOR: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_ALT_BOR: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_COL_RES: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_ROW_RES: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_TB_BOX_RES: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_RTE_HIDDEN: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_RTE_PASTE_KEEP_FORMAT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_RTE_PASTE_REMOVE_FORMAT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_RTE_PASTE_PLAIN_FORMAT: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_RTE_PASTE_OK: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_RTE_PASTE_CANCEL: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLS_RTE_DIALOG_MIN_HEIGHT: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/base/constant.d.ts /** @hidden */ export const created: string; /** @hidden */ export const destroyed: string; /** @hidden */ export const load: string; /** * Specifies RichTextEditor internal events */ /** @hidden */ export const initialLoad: string; /** @hidden */ export const initialEnd: string; /** @hidden */ export const iframeMouseDown: string; /** @hidden */ export const destroy: string; /** @hidden */ export const toolbarClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const toolbarRefresh: string; /** @hidden */ export const refreshBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const toolbarUpdated: string; /** @hidden */ export const bindOnEnd: string; /** @hidden */ export const renderColorPicker: string; /** @hidden */ export const htmlToolbarClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const markdownToolbarClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const destroyColorPicker: string; /** @hidden */ export const modelChanged: string; /** @hidden */ export const keyUp: string; /** @hidden */ export const keyDown: string; /** @hidden */ export const mouseUp: string; /** @hidden */ export const toolbarCreated: string; /** @hidden */ export const toolbarRenderComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const enableFullScreen: string; /** @hidden */ export const disableFullScreen: string; /** @hidden */ export const dropDownSelect: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeDropDownItemRender: string; /** @hidden */ export const execCommandCallBack: string; /** @hidden */ export const imageToolbarAction: string; /** @hidden */ export const linkToolbarAction: string; /** @hidden */ export const resizeStart: string; /** @hidden */ export const onResize: string; /** @hidden */ export const resizeStop: string; /** @hidden */ export const undo: string; /** @hidden */ export const redo: string; /** @hidden */ export const insertLink: string; /** @hidden */ export const unLink: string; /** @hidden */ export const editLink: string; /** @hidden */ export const openLink: string; /** @hidden */ export const actionBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const actionComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const actionSuccess: string; /** @hidden */ export const popupOpen: string; /** @hidden */ export const updateToolbarItem: string; /** @hidden */ export const insertImage: string; /** @hidden */ export const insertCompleted: string; /** @hidden */ export const imageLeft: string; /** @hidden */ export const imageRight: string; /** @hidden */ export const imageCenter: string; /** @hidden */ export const imageBreak: string; /** @hidden */ export const imageInline: string; /** @hidden */ export const imageLink: string; /** @hidden */ export const imageAlt: string; /** @hidden */ export const imageDelete: string; /** @hidden */ export const imageCaption: string; /** @hidden */ export const imageSize: string; /** @hidden */ export const sourceCode: string; /** @hidden */ export const updateSource: string; /** @hidden */ export const toolbarOpen: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeDropDownOpen: string; /** @hidden */ export const selectionSave: string; /** @hidden */ export const selectionRestore: string; /** @hidden */ export const expandPopupClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const count: string; /** @hidden */ export const contentFocus: string; /** @hidden */ export const contentBlur: string; /** @hidden */ export const mouseDown: string; /** @hidden */ export const sourceCodeMouseDown: string; /** @hidden */ export const editAreaClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const scroll: string; /** @hidden */ export const colorPickerChanged: string; /** @hidden */ export const tableColorPickerChanged: string; /** @hidden */ export const focusChange: string; /** @hidden */ export const selectAll: string; /** @hidden */ export const selectRange: string; /** @hidden */ export const getSelectedHtml: string; /** @hidden */ export const renderInlineToolbar: string; /** @hidden */ export const paste: string; /** @hidden */ export const imgModule: string; /** @hidden */ export const rtlMode: string; /** @hidden */ export const createTable: string; /** @hidden */ export const docClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const tableToolbarAction: string; /** @hidden */ export const checkUndo: string; /** @hidden */ export const readOnlyMode: string; /** @hidden */ export const pasteClean: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/base/enum.d.ts /** * Defines types of Render * @hidden */ export enum RenderType { /** Defines RenderType as Toolbar */ Toolbar = 0, /** Defines RenderType as Content */ Content = 1, /** Defines RenderType as Content */ Popup = 2, /** Defines RenderType as LinkToolbar */ LinkToolbar = 3, /** Defines RenderType as TextToolbar */ TextToolbar = 4, /** Defines RenderType as ImageToolbar */ ImageToolbar = 5, /** Defines RenderType as ImageToolbar */ InlineToolbar = 6, TableToolbar = 7 } export type Action = /** Defines current Action as Refresh */ 'refresh' | /** Defines current Action as Print */ 'print' | 'Undo' | 'Redo'; export type ActionOnScroll = 'hide' | 'none'; export enum ToolbarType { /** Defines ToolbarType as Standard */ Expand = "Expand", /** Defines ToolbarType as MultiRow */ MultiRow = "MultiRow" } export type ToolbarItems = 'alignments' | 'justifyLeft' | 'justifyCenter' | 'justifyRight' | 'justifyFull' | 'fontName' | 'fontSize' | 'fontColor' | 'backgroundColor' | 'bold' | 'italic' | 'underline' | 'strikeThrough' | 'clearFormat' | 'clearAll' | 'cut' | 'copy' | 'paste' | 'unorderedList' | 'orderedList' | 'indent' | 'outdent' | 'undo' | 'redo' | 'superScript' | 'subScript' | 'createLink' | 'openLink' | 'editLink' | 'image' | 'createTable' | 'removeTable' | 'replace' | 'align' | 'caption' | 'remove' | 'openImageLink' | 'editImageLink' | 'removeImageLink' | 'insertLink' | 'display' | 'altText' | 'dimension' | 'fullScreen' | 'maximize' | 'minimize' | 'lowerCase' | 'upperCase' | 'print' | 'formats' | 'sourceCode' | 'preview' | 'viewSide' | 'insertCode' | 'tableHeader' | 'tableRemove' | 'tableRows' | 'tableColumns' | 'tableCellBackground' | 'tableCellHorizontalAlign' | 'tableCellVerticalAlign' | 'tableEditProperties' | 'styles' | 'removeLink'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/base/interface.d.ts /** * Specifies RichTextEditor interfaces. * @hidden */ export interface IRichTextEditor extends base.Component<HTMLElement> { toolbarSettings?: ToolbarSettingsModel; quickToolbarSettings?: QuickToolbarSettingsModel; iframeSettings?: IFrameSettingsModel; /** * Configures the image settings of the RTE. * @default * { * allowedTypes: ['jpeg', 'jpg', 'png'], * display: 'inline', width: '200px', * height: '200px', saveUrl:null, path: null, resize: false * } */ insertImageSettings: ImageSettingsModel; tableSettings: TableSettingsModel; pasteCleanupSettings: PasteCleanupSettingsModel; floatingToolbarOffset?: number; showCharCount?: boolean; enableTabKey?: boolean; maxLength?: number; inlineMode?: InlineModeModel; width?: string | number; fontFamily?: IFontProperties; fontSize?: IFontProperties; fontColor?: IColorProperties; backgroundColor?: IColorProperties; format?: IFormatProperties; value?: string; isBlur?: boolean; isRTE?: boolean; contentModule?: IRenderer; enabled?: boolean; readonly?: boolean; placeholder?: string; valueContainer?: HTMLTextAreaElement; editorMode?: EditorMode; formatter?: IFormatter; inputElement?: HTMLElement; toolbarModule?: Toolbar; sourceCodeModule?: ViewSource; getToolbarElement?(): Element; fullScreenModule?: FullScreen; pasteCleanupModule?: PasteCleanup; undoRedoModule?: UndoRedoManager; quickToolbarModule?: QuickToolbar; undoRedoSteps?: number; markdownEditorModule: MarkdownEditor; htmlEditorModule: HtmlEditor; countModule?: Count; serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator; setEnable?(): void; setReadOnly?(isInit?: boolean): void; setPlaceHolder?(): void; updateValue?(): void; print(): void; getContent?(): Element; setRTEContent?(value: Element): void; ensureModuleInjected(module: Function): Boolean; getToolbar(): HTMLElement; getTBarItemsIndex?(items: string[]): number[]; getCollection?(items: string | string[]): string[]; getRange(): Range; getID(): string; updateValueData?(): void; getBaseToolbarObject(): BaseToolbar; setContentHeight(target?: string, isExpand?: boolean): void; keyConfig?: { [key: string]: string; }; undoRedoTimer?: number; sourceCode?(): void; enableToolbarItem?(items: string | string[]): void; disableToolbarItem?(items: string | string[]): void; wireScrollElementsEvents?(): void; unWireScrollElementsEvents?(): void; keyDown?(e?: KeyboardEvent): void; keyboardModule?: KeyboardEvents; onCopy?(): void; onCut?(): void; onPaste?(): void; clipboardAction?: Function; localeObj?: base.L10n; invokeChangeEvent?(): void; preventDefaultResize?(e?: FocusEvent | MouseEvent): void; autoResize?(): void; executeCommand?(commandName: CommandName, value?: string | HTMLElement): void; } export interface IRenderer { linkQTBar?: BaseQuickToolbar; imageQTBar?: BaseQuickToolbar; tableQTBar?: BaseQuickToolbar; textQTBar?: BaseQuickToolbar; inlineQTBar?: BaseQuickToolbar; renderPanel?(): void; setPanel?(panel: Element): void; getPanel?(): Element; getEditPanel?(): Element; getText?(): string; getDocument?(): Document; addEventListener?(): void; removeEventListener?(): void; renderToolbar?(args: IToolbarOptions): void; renderPopup?(args: BaseQuickToolbar): void; renderDropDownButton?(args: splitbuttons.ItemModel): splitbuttons.DropDownButton; renderColorPicker?(args: IColorPickerModel, item?: string): inputs.ColorPicker; renderColorPickerDropDown?(args?: IColorPickerModel, item?: string, colorPicker?: inputs.ColorPicker): splitbuttons.DropDownButton; } export interface NotifyArgs { module?: string; args?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent | navigations.ClickEventArgs | ClipboardEvent; cancel?: boolean; requestType?: Action; enable?: boolean; properties?: Object; selection?: NodeSelection; selfLink?: Link; link?: HTMLInputElement; selectNode?: Node[]; selectParent?: Node[]; url?: string; text?: string; title?: string; target?: string; member?: string; name?: string; range?: Range; action?: string; callBack?(args?: string): void; file?: Blob; insertElement?: Element; } export interface IColorPickerModel extends inputs.ColorPickerModel { element?: HTMLElement; value?: string; command?: string; subCommand?: string; target?: string; iconCss?: string; } export interface IColorPickerEventArgs extends inputs.ColorPickerEventArgs { item?: IColorPickerModel; originalEvent: string; cancel?: boolean; } export interface IDropDownItem extends navigations.ItemModel { command?: string; subCommand?: string; } export interface IDropDownClickArgs extends navigations.ClickEventArgs { item: IDropDownItem; } export interface IColorPickerRenderArgs { items?: string[]; containerType?: string; container?: HTMLElement; } export interface IImageNotifyArgs { module?: string; args?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent | navigations.ClickEventArgs | IToolbarItemModel | ClipboardEvent; cancel?: boolean; requestType?: Action; enable?: boolean; properties?: Object; selection?: NodeSelection; selfImage?: Image; link?: HTMLInputElement | HTMLElement; selectNode?: Node[]; selectParent?: Node[]; target?: string; alt?: HTMLInputElement | HTMLElement; text?: string; member?: string; name?: string; cssClass?: string; } export interface IImageCommandsArgs { url?: string; selection?: NodeSelection; width?: { minWidth?: string | number; maxWidth?: string | number; width?: string | number; }; height?: { minHeight?: string | number; maxHeight?: string | number; height?: string | number; }; altText?: string; selectParent?: Node[]; cssClass?: string; selectNode?: Node[]; } export interface ITableArgs { row?: number; columns?: number; width?: { minWidth?: string | number; maxWidth?: string | number; width?: string | number; }; selection?: NodeSelection; selectNode?: Node[]; selectParent?: Node[]; subCommand?: string; } export interface ITableNotifyArgs { module?: string; args?: navigations.ClickEventArgs | MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs; selection?: NodeSelection; selectNode?: Node[]; selectParent?: Node[]; cancel?: boolean; requestType?: Action; enable?: boolean; properties?: Object; self?: Table; } export interface IEditorModel { execCommand?: Function; observer?: base.Observer; markdownSelection?: MarkdownSelection; undoRedoManager?: UndoRedoManager | UndoRedoCommands; nodeSelection?: NodeSelection; mdSelectionFormats?: MDSelectionFormats; } export interface IToolbarItems { template?: string; tooltipText?: string; } export interface IToolbarItemModel extends navigations.ItemModel { command?: string; subCommand?: string; } export interface IToolbarOptions { enableRtl: boolean; target: HTMLElement; items?: navigations.ItemModel[]; rteToolbarObj: BaseToolbar; enablePersistence: boolean; overflowMode?: navigations.OverflowMode; } export interface IToolbarSettings { enable?: boolean; items?: (string | IToolbarItems)[]; target?: HTMLElement; type?: ToolbarType; } export interface IToolbarRenderOptions { target: HTMLElement; items?: (string | IToolbarItems)[]; mode?: navigations.OverflowMode; container?: string; } export interface IDropDownModel { content?: string; items: IDropDownItemModel[]; iconCss?: string; itemName: string; cssClass: string; element: HTMLElement; } export interface IToolsItems { id: string; icon?: string; tooltip?: string; command?: string; subCommand?: string; value?: string; } export interface IToolsItemConfigs { icon?: string; tooltip?: string; command?: string; subCommand?: string; value?: string; } export interface IDropDownItemModel extends splitbuttons.ItemModel { cssClass?: string; command?: string; subCommand?: string; value?: string; text?: string; } export interface ActionCompleteEventArgs { /** Defines the current action. */ requestType?: Action; /** Defines the event name. */ name?: string; /** Defines the editor mode. */ editorMode?: string; /** Defines the selected elements. */ elements?: Node[]; /** Defines the event item. */ event?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent; /** Defines the selected range. */ range?: Range; } export interface ActionBeginEventArgs { /** Defines the current action. */ requestType?: Action; /** Cancel the print action */ cancel?: boolean; /** Defines the current item. */ item?: IToolbarItemModel | IDropDownItemModel; /** Defines the current item. */ originalEvent?: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent; /** Defines the event name. */ name?: string; /** Defines the url action details. */ itemCollection?: NotifyArgs; } export interface PrintEventArgs extends ActionBeginEventArgs { /** Defines the RTE element. */ element?: Element; } export interface IShowPopupArgs { args?: MouseEvent | TouchEvent | KeyboardEvent; type?: string; isNotify: boolean; elements?: Element | Element[]; } export interface IUpdateItemsModel { targetItem: string; updateItem: string; baseToolbar: BaseToolbar; } export interface IDropDownRenderArgs { items?: string[]; containerType?: string; container?: HTMLElement; } export interface IShowQuickTBarOptions { x: number; y: number; target: HTMLElement; editTop: number; editHeight: number; popup: HTMLElement; parentElement: HTMLElement; tBarElementHeight: number; parentData: ClientRect; windowY: number; windowHeight: number; windowWidth: number; popWidth: number; popHeight: number; bodyRightSpace: number; } export interface IQuickToolbarOptions { popupType: string; mode: navigations.OverflowMode; renderType: RenderType; toolbarItems: (string | IToolbarItems)[]; } export interface IAdapterProcess { text: string; range: Range; actionName: string; } export interface IFormatter { formatTags?: { [key: string]: string; }; listTags?: { [key: string]: string; }; keyConfig?: { [key: string]: string; }; process?: Function; onKeyHandler?: Function; editorManager?: IEditorModel; getUndoRedoStack?: Function; onSuccess?: Function; saveData?: Function; undoRedoRefresh?: Function; disableToolbarItem?(items: string | string[]): void; enableUndo?: Function; setDocument?: Function; getDocument?: Function; setEditPanel?: Function; getEditPanel?: Function; updateFormatter?: Function; initializePlugin?: Function; isAppliedCommand?(e?: MouseEvent): string; mdSelectionFormat?: MDSelectionFormats; } export interface IHtmlFormatterModel { currentDocument?: Document; element?: Element; keyConfig?: { [key: string]: string; }; options?: { [key: string]: number; }; } export interface IMarkdownFormatterModel { element?: Element; formatTags?: { [key: string]: string; }; listTags?: { [key: string]: string; }; keyConfig?: { [key: string]: string; }; options?: { [key: string]: number; }; selectionTags?: { [key: string]: string; }; } export interface IFontProperties { default?: string; items?: IDropDownItemModel[]; width?: string; } export interface IFormatProperties { default?: string; types?: IDropDownItemModel[]; width?: string; } export interface OffsetPosition { left: number; top: number; } export interface ResizeArgs { event?: MouseEvent | TouchEvent; requestType?: string; cancel?: boolean; } export interface ISetToolbarStatusArgs { args: IToolbarStatus; parent: IRichTextEditor; tbElements: HTMLElement[]; tbItems: IToolbarItemModel[]; dropDownModule: DropDownButtons; } export type ColorModeType = 'Picker' | 'Palette'; export interface IColorProperties { default?: string; mode?: ColorModeType; columns?: number; colorCode?: { [key: string]: string[]; }; modeSwitcher?: boolean; } export interface IExecutionGroup { command: string; subCommand?: string; value?: string; } /** @hidden */ export const executeGroup: { [key: string]: IExecutionGroup; }; export type CommandName = 'bold' | 'italic' | 'underline' | 'strikeThrough' | 'superscript' | 'subscript' | 'uppercase' | 'lowercase' | 'fontColor' | 'fontName' | 'fontSize' | 'backColor' | 'justifyCenter' | 'justifyFull' | 'justifyLeft' | 'justifyRight' | 'undo' | 'createLink' | 'formatBlock' | 'heading' | 'indent' | 'insertHTML' | 'insertOrderedList' | 'insertUnorderedList' | 'insertParagraph' | 'outdent' | 'redo' | 'removeFormat' | 'insertText' | 'insertImage' | 'insertHorizontalRule' | 'insertBrOnReturn'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/base/rich-text-editor-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class RichTextEditor */ export interface RichTextEditorModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Specifies the group of items aligned horizontally in the toolbar as well as defined the toolbar rendering type. * By default, toolbar is float at the top of the RichTextEditor. * When you scroll down, the toolbar will scroll along with the page on RichTextEditor with the specified offset value. * * enable: set boolean value to show or hide the toolbar. * * enableFloating: Set Boolean value to enable or disable the floating toolbar. * Preserves the toolbar at top of the RichTextEditor on scrolling. * * type: it has two possible options * 1. Expand: Hide the overflowing toolbar items in the next row. Click the expand arrow to view overflowing toolbar items * 2. MultiRow: The toolbar overflowing items wrapped in the next row. * * items: Specifies the array of items aligned horizontally in the toolbar. * > | and - can insert a vertical and horizontal separator lines in the toolbar. * * itemConfigs: Modify the default toolbar item configuration like icon class. * @default * { * enable: true, * enableFloating: true, * type: ToolbarType.Expand, * items: ['Bold', 'Italic', 'Underline', '|', 'Formats', 'Alignments', 'OrderedList', * 'UnorderedList', '|', 'CreateLink', 'Image', '|', 'SourceCode', 'Undo', 'Redo'], * itemConfigs: {} * } */ toolbarSettings?: ToolbarSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the items to be rendered in quick toolbar based on the target element. * * It has following fields: * * enable - set boolean value to show or hide the quick toolbar * * actionOnScroll - it has two possible options * 1. hide: The quickToolbar is closed when the parent element is scrolled. * 2. none: The quickToolbar cannot be closed even the parent element is scrolled. * * link - Specifies the items to be rendered in quick toolbar based on link element such as `Open`, `Edit`, and `UnLink`. * * image - Specifies the items to be rendered in quick toolbar based on image element such as 'Replace', * 'Align', 'Caption', 'Remove', 'InsertLink', 'Display', 'AltText', 'Dimension'. * * text - Specifies the items to be rendered in quick toolbar based on text element such as 'Cut', 'Copy', 'Paste'. * @default * { * enable: true, * actionOnScroll: 'hide', * link: ['Open', 'Edit', 'UnLink'], * image: ['Replace', 'Align', 'Caption', 'Remove', '-', 'InsertLink', 'Display', 'AltText', 'Dimension'], * text: ['Cut', 'Copy', 'Paste'] * } */ quickToolbarSettings?: QuickToolbarSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the pasting options in RichTextEditor component and control with the following properties. * * prompt - Set boolean value to enable or disable the prompt when pasting. * * deniedAttrs - Specifies the base.attributes to restrict when pasting in RTE. * * allowedStyleProps - Specifies the allowed style properties when pasting in RTE. * * deniedTags - Specifies the tags to restrict when pasting in RTE. * * keepFormat - Set boolean value to keep or remove the from when pasting. * * plainText - Set boolean value to paste as plain text or not. * @default * { * prompt: false, * deniedAttrs: null, * allowedStyleProps: null, * deniedTags: null, * keepFormat: true, * plainText: false * } */ pasteCleanupSettings?: PasteCleanupSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the items to be rendered in an iframe mode, and it has the following properties. * * enable - Set Boolean value to enable, the editors content is placed in an iframe and isolated from the rest of the page. * * base.attributes - Custom style to be used inside the iframe to display content. This style is added to the iframe body. * * resources - we can add both styles and scripts to the iframe. * 1. styles[] - An array of CSS style files to inject inside the iframe to display content * 2. scripts[] - An array of JS script files to inject inside the iframe * @default * { * enable: false, * base.attributes: null, * resources: { styles: [], scripts: [] } * } */ iframeSettings?: IFrameSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the image insert options in RichTextEditor component and control with the following properties. * * allowedTypes - Specifies the extensions of the image types allowed to insert on bowering and * passing the extensions with comma separators. For example, pass allowedTypes as .jpg and .png. * * display - Sets the default display for an image when it is inserted in to the RichTextEditor. * Possible options are: 'inline' and 'block'. * * width - Sets the default width of the image when it is inserted in the RichTextEditor. * * height - Sets the default height of the image when it is inserted in the RichTextEditor. * * saveUrl - Provides URL to map the action result method to save the image. * * path - Specifies the location to store the image. * @default * { * allowedTypes: ['.jpeg', '.jpg', '.png'], * display: 'inline', * width: 'auto', * height: 'auto', * saveUrl: null, * path: null, * } */ insertImageSettings?: ImageSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the table insert options in RichTextEditor component and control with the following properties. * * styles - Class name should be appended by default in table element. * It helps to design the table in specific CSS styles always when inserting in editor. * * width - Sets the default width of the table when it is inserted in the RichTextEditor. * * minWidth - Sets the default minWidth of the table when it is inserted in the RichTextEditor. * * maxWidth - Sets the default maxWidth of the table when it is inserted in the RichTextEditor. * * resize - To enable resize the table. * @default * { * width: '100%', * styles: [{ text: 'Dashed Borders', class: 'e-dashed-borders', command: 'Table', subCommand: 'Dashed' }, * { text: 'Alternate Rows', class: 'e-alternate-rows', command: 'Table', subCommand: 'Alternate' }], * resize: true, * minWidth: 0, * maxWidth: null, * } */ tableSettings?: TableSettingsModel; /** * Preserves the toolbar at the top of the RichTextEditor on scrolling and * specifies the offset of the floating toolbar from documents top position * @default 0 */ floatingToolbarOffset?: number; /** * Enable or disable the inline edit mode. * * enable - set boolean value to enable or disable the inline edit mode. * * onSelection - If its set to true, upon selecting the text, the toolbar is opened in inline. * If its set to false, upon clicking to the target element, the toolbar is opened. * @default * { * enable: false, * onSelection: true * } */ inlineMode?: InlineModeModel; /** * Specifies the width of the RichTextEditor. * @default '100%' */ width?: string | number; /** * Enables or disables the persisting component's state between page reloads. * If enabled, the value of RichTextEditor is persisted * @default false. */ enablePersistence?: boolean; /** * Specifies the direction of the RichTextEditor component. * For cultures like Arabic, Hebrew, etc. direction can be switched to right to left * @default false. */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Allows additional HTML base.attributes such as title, name, etc., and * It will be accepts n number of base.attributes in a key-value pair format. * @default {}. */ htmlAttributes?: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Specifies the placeholder for the RichTextEditor’s content used when the RichTextEditor body is empty. * @default null. */ placeholder?: string; /** * The user interactions on the component are disabled, when set to true. * @default false. */ readonly?: boolean; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the component is enabled or not. * @default true. */ enabled?: boolean; /** * specifies the value whether the source code is displayed with encoded format. * @default false. */ enableHtmlEncode?: boolean; /** * Specifies the height of the RichTextEditor component. * @default "auto" */ height?: string | number; /** * Specifies the CSS class name appended with the root element of the RichTextEditor. * One or more custom CSS classes can be added to a RichTextEditor. * @default null */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies the value displayed in the RichTextEditor's content area and it should be string. * The content of RichTextEditor can be loaded with dynamic data such as database, AJAX content, and more. * @default null */ value?: string; /** * Specifies the count of undo history which is stored in undoRedoManager. * @default 30 */ undoRedoSteps?: number; /** * Specifies the interval value in milliseconds that store actions in undoRedoManager. The minimum value is 300 milliseconds. * @default 300 */ undoRedoTimer?: number; /** * Specifies the editing mode of the RichTextEditor. * * - `HTML` - Render RichTextEditor as HTML editor using < IFRAME> element or content editable < div> element * or < textarea> element. * * - `Markdown` - Render RichTextEditor as markdown editor using < textarea> . * * @default 'HTML' */ editorMode?: EditorMode; /** * Customizes the key actions in RichTextEditor. * For example, when using German keyboard, the key actions can be customized using these shortcuts. * @default null */ keyConfig?: { [key: string]: string }; /** * Sets Boolean value to enable or disable the display of the character counter. * @default false */ showCharCount?: boolean; /** * Allows the tab key action in the RichTextEditor content. * @default false */ enableTabKey?: boolean; /** * Specifies the maximum number of characters allowed in the RichTextEditor component. * @default -1 */ maxLength?: number; /** * Predefine the collection of paragraph styles along with quote and code style that populate in format dropdown from the toolbar. * @default * { * default: 'Paragraph', * width: '65px', * types: [ * { text: 'Paragraph' }, * { text: 'Code' }, * { text: 'Quotation' }, * { text: 'Heading 1' }, * { text: 'Heading 2' }, * { text: 'Heading 3' }, * { text: 'Heading 4' }, * { text: 'Heading 5' }, * { text: 'Heading 6' } * ] * } */ format?: IFormatProperties; /** * Predefine the font families that populate in font family dropdown list from the toolbar. * @default * { * default: 'Segoe UI', * width: '65px', * items: [ * { text: 'Segoe UI', value: 'Segoe UI' }, * { text: 'Arial', value: 'Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif' }, * { text: 'Courier New', value: 'Courier New,Courier,monospace' }, * { text: 'Georgia', value: 'Georgia,serif' }, * { text: 'Impact', value: 'Impact,Charcoal,sans-serif' }, * { text: 'Lucida Console', value: 'Lucida Console,Monaco,monospace' }, * { text: 'Tahoma', value: 'Tahoma,Geneva,sans-serif' }, * { text: 'Times New Roman', value: 'Times New Roman,Times,serif' }, * { text: 'Trebuchet MS', value: 'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif' }, * { text: 'Verdana', value: 'Verdana,Geneva,sans-serif' } * ] * } */ fontFamily?: IFontProperties; /** * Predefine the font sizes that populate in font size dropdown list from the toolbar. * @default * { * default: '10', * width: '35px', * items: [ * { text: '8', value: '8pt' }, * { text: '10', value: '10pt' }, * { text: '12', value: '12pt' }, * { text: '14', value: '14pt' }, * { text: '18', value: '18pt' }, * { text: '24', value: '24pt' }, * { text: '36', value: '36pt' } * ] * } */ fontSize?: IFontProperties; /** * Predefine the color palette that can be rendered for font color toolbar command . * @default * { * columns: 10, * colorCode: { * 'Custom': [ * '', '#000000', '#e7e6e6', '#44546a', '#4472c4', '#ed7d31', '#a5a5a5', '#ffc000', '#70ad47', '#ff0000', * '#f2f2f2', '#808080', '#cfcdcd', '#d5dce4', '#d9e2f3', '#fbe4d5', '#ededed', '#fff2cc', '#e2efd9', '#ffcccc', * '#d9d9d9', '#595959', '#aeaaaa', '#acb9ca', '#b4c6e7', '#f7caac', '#dbdbdb', '#ffe599', '#c5e0b3', '#ff8080', * '#bfbfbf', '#404040', '#747070', '#8496b0', '#8eaadb', '#f4b083', '#c9c9c9', '#ffd966', '#a8d08d', '#ff3333', * '#a6a6a6', '#262626', '#3b3838', '#323e4f', '#2f5496', '#c45911', '#7b7b7b', '#bf8f00', '#538135', '#b30000', * '#7f7f7f', '#0d0d0d', '#161616', '#212934', '#1f3763', '#823b0b', '#525252', '#7f5f00', '#375623', '#660000'] * } * } */ fontColor?: IColorProperties; /** * Predefine the color palette that can be rendered for background color (text highlighted color) toolbar command. * @default * { * columns: 5, * colorCode: { * 'Custom': ['#ffff00', '#00ff00', '#00ffff', '#ff00ff', '#0000ff', '#ff0000', * '#000080', '#008080', '#008000', '#800080', '#800000', '#808000', * '#c0c0c0', '#000000', ''] * } * } */ backgroundColor?: IColorProperties; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it as RichTextEditor’s content. * The built-in template engine which provides options to base.compile template string into a executable function. * For EX: We have expression evolution as like ES6 expression string literals * @default null */ valueTemplate?: string; /** * Specifies the saveInterval in milliseconds for autosave the value. * The change event will be triggered if the content was changed from the last saved interval. * @default 10000 */ saveInterval?: number; /** * Triggers before command execution using toolbar items or executeCommand method. * If you cancel this event, the command cannot be executed. * Set the cancel argument to true to cancel the command execution. * @event */ actionBegin?: base.EmitType<ActionBeginEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after command execution using toolbar items or executeCommand method. * @event */ actionComplete?: base.EmitType<ActionCompleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the RichTextEditor is rendered. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the RichTextEditor is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when RichTextEditor is focused out. * @event */ blur?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when RichTextEditor Toolbar items is clicked. * @event */ toolbarClick?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when RichTextEditor is focused in * @event */ focus?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers only when RichTextEditor is blurred and changes are done to the content. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType<ChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers only when resizing the image. * @event */ resizing?: base.EmitType<ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers only when start resize the image. * @event */ resizeStart?: base.EmitType<ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers only when stop resize the image. * @event */ resizeStop?: base.EmitType<ResizeArgs>; /** * Customize keyCode to change the key value. * @default null */ formatter?: IFormatter; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/base/rich-text-editor.d.ts export interface ChangeEventArgs { /** * Returns value of RichTextEditor */ value: string; /** Defines the event name. */ name?: string; } /** * Represents the RichTextEditor component. * ```html * <textarea id="rte"></textarea> * <script> * var rteObj = new RichTextEditor(); * rteObj.appendTo("#rte"); * </script> * ``` */ export class RichTextEditor extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private placeHolderWrapper; private scrollParentElements; private cloneValue; private onFocusHandler; private onBlurHandler; private onResizeHandler; private timeInterval; /** * @hidden */ isFocusOut: boolean; /** * @hidden */ inputElement: HTMLElement; /** * @hidden */ isRTE: boolean; /** * @hidden */ isBlur: boolean; /** * @hidden */ renderModule: Render; /** * @hidden */ contentModule: IRenderer; /** * @hidden */ serviceLocator: ServiceLocator; /** * The `toolbarModule` is used to manipulate ToolBar items and its action in the RichTextEditor. * @hidden */ toolbarModule: Toolbar; /** * @hidden */ imageModule: Image; /** * @hidden */ tableModule: Table; /** * @hidden */ fullScreenModule: FullScreen; /** * @hidden */ pasteCleanupModule: PasteCleanup; /** * @hidden */ sourceCodeModule: ViewSource; /** * @hidden */ linkModule: Link; /** * @hidden */ markdownEditorModule: MarkdownEditor; /** * @hidden */ htmlEditorModule: HtmlEditor; /** * @hidden */ quickToolbarModule: QuickToolbar; /** * @hidden */ countModule: Count; needsID: boolean; /** * Specifies the group of items aligned horizontally in the toolbar as well as defined the toolbar rendering type. * By default, toolbar is float at the top of the RichTextEditor. * When you scroll down, the toolbar will scroll along with the page on RichTextEditor with the specified offset value. * * enable: set boolean value to show or hide the toolbar. * * enableFloating: Set Boolean value to enable or disable the floating toolbar. * Preserves the toolbar at top of the RichTextEditor on scrolling. * * type: it has two possible options * 1. Expand: Hide the overflowing toolbar items in the next row. Click the expand arrow to view overflowing toolbar items * 2. MultiRow: The toolbar overflowing items wrapped in the next row. * * items: Specifies the array of items aligned horizontally in the toolbar. * > | and - can insert a vertical and horizontal separator lines in the toolbar. * * itemConfigs: Modify the default toolbar item configuration like icon class. * @default * { * enable: true, * enableFloating: true, * type: ToolbarType.Expand, * items: ['Bold', 'Italic', 'Underline', '|', 'Formats', 'Alignments', 'OrderedList', * 'UnorderedList', '|', 'CreateLink', 'Image', '|', 'SourceCode', 'Undo', 'Redo'], * itemConfigs: {} * } */ toolbarSettings: ToolbarSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the items to be rendered in quick toolbar based on the target element. * * It has following fields: * * enable - set boolean value to show or hide the quick toolbar * * actionOnScroll - it has two possible options * 1. hide: The quickToolbar is closed when the parent element is scrolled. * 2. none: The quickToolbar cannot be closed even the parent element is scrolled. * * link - Specifies the items to be rendered in quick toolbar based on link element such as `Open`, `Edit`, and `UnLink`. * * image - Specifies the items to be rendered in quick toolbar based on image element such as 'Replace', * 'Align', 'Caption', 'Remove', 'InsertLink', 'Display', 'AltText', 'Dimension'. * * text - Specifies the items to be rendered in quick toolbar based on text element such as 'Cut', 'Copy', 'Paste'. * @default * { * enable: true, * actionOnScroll: 'hide', * link: ['Open', 'Edit', 'UnLink'], * image: ['Replace', 'Align', 'Caption', 'Remove', '-', 'InsertLink', 'Display', 'AltText', 'Dimension'], * text: ['Cut', 'Copy', 'Paste'] * } */ quickToolbarSettings: QuickToolbarSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the pasting options in RichTextEditor component and control with the following properties. * * prompt - Set boolean value to enable or disable the prompt when pasting. * * deniedAttrs - Specifies the attributes to restrict when pasting in RTE. * * allowedStyleProps - Specifies the allowed style properties when pasting in RTE. * * deniedTags - Specifies the tags to restrict when pasting in RTE. * * keepFormat - Set boolean value to keep or remove the from when pasting. * * plainText - Set boolean value to paste as plain text or not. * @default * { * prompt: false, * deniedAttrs: null, * allowedStyleProps: null, * deniedTags: null, * keepFormat: true, * plainText: false * } */ pasteCleanupSettings: PasteCleanupSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the items to be rendered in an iframe mode, and it has the following properties. * * enable - Set Boolean value to enable, the editors content is placed in an iframe and isolated from the rest of the page. * * attributes - Custom style to be used inside the iframe to display content. This style is added to the iframe body. * * resources - we can add both styles and scripts to the iframe. * 1. styles[] - An array of CSS style files to inject inside the iframe to display content * 2. scripts[] - An array of JS script files to inject inside the iframe * @default * { * enable: false, * attributes: null, * resources: { styles: [], scripts: [] } * } */ iframeSettings: IFrameSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the image insert options in RichTextEditor component and control with the following properties. * * allowedTypes - Specifies the extensions of the image types allowed to insert on bowering and * passing the extensions with comma separators. For example, pass allowedTypes as .jpg and .png. * * display - Sets the default display for an image when it is inserted in to the RichTextEditor. * Possible options are: 'inline' and 'block'. * * width - Sets the default width of the image when it is inserted in the RichTextEditor. * * height - Sets the default height of the image when it is inserted in the RichTextEditor. * * saveUrl - Provides URL to map the action result method to save the image. * * path - Specifies the location to store the image. * @default * { * allowedTypes: ['.jpeg', '.jpg', '.png'], * display: 'inline', * width: 'auto', * height: 'auto', * saveUrl: null, * path: null, * } */ insertImageSettings: ImageSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the table insert options in RichTextEditor component and control with the following properties. * * styles - Class name should be appended by default in table element. * It helps to design the table in specific CSS styles always when inserting in editor. * * width - Sets the default width of the table when it is inserted in the RichTextEditor. * * minWidth - Sets the default minWidth of the table when it is inserted in the RichTextEditor. * * maxWidth - Sets the default maxWidth of the table when it is inserted in the RichTextEditor. * * resize - To enable resize the table. * @default * { * width: '100%', * styles: [{ text: 'Dashed Borders', class: 'e-dashed-borders', command: 'Table', subCommand: 'Dashed' }, * { text: 'Alternate Rows', class: 'e-alternate-rows', command: 'Table', subCommand: 'Alternate' }], * resize: true, * minWidth: 0, * maxWidth: null, * } */ tableSettings: TableSettingsModel; /** * Preserves the toolbar at the top of the RichTextEditor on scrolling and * specifies the offset of the floating toolbar from documents top position * @default 0 */ floatingToolbarOffset: number; /** * Enable or disable the inline edit mode. * * enable - set boolean value to enable or disable the inline edit mode. * * onSelection - If its set to true, upon selecting the text, the toolbar is opened in inline. * If its set to false, upon clicking to the target element, the toolbar is opened. * @default * { * enable: false, * onSelection: true * } */ inlineMode: InlineModeModel; /** * Specifies the width of the RichTextEditor. * @default '100%' */ width: string | number; /** * Enables or disables the persisting component's state between page reloads. * If enabled, the value of RichTextEditor is persisted * @default false. */ enablePersistence: boolean; /** * Specifies the direction of the RichTextEditor component. * For cultures like Arabic, Hebrew, etc. direction can be switched to right to left * @default false. */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Allows additional HTML attributes such as title, name, etc., and * It will be accepts n number of attributes in a key-value pair format. * @default {}. */ htmlAttributes: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Specifies the placeholder for the RichTextEditor’s content used when the RichTextEditor body is empty. * @default null. */ placeholder: string; /** * The user interactions on the component are disabled, when set to true. * @default false. */ readonly: boolean; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the component is enabled or not. * @default true. */ enabled: boolean; /** * specifies the value whether the source code is displayed with encoded format. * @default false. */ enableHtmlEncode: boolean; /** * Specifies the height of the RichTextEditor component. * @default "auto" */ height: string | number; /** * Specifies the CSS class name appended with the root element of the RichTextEditor. * One or more custom CSS classes can be added to a RichTextEditor. * @default null */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies the value displayed in the RichTextEditor's content area and it should be string. * The content of RichTextEditor can be loaded with dynamic data such as database, AJAX content, and more. * @default null */ value: string; /** * Specifies the count of undo history which is stored in undoRedoManager. * @default 30 */ undoRedoSteps: number; /** * Specifies the interval value in milliseconds that store actions in undoRedoManager. The minimum value is 300 milliseconds. * @default 300 */ undoRedoTimer: number; /** * Specifies the editing mode of the RichTextEditor. * * - `HTML` - Render RichTextEditor as HTML editor using < IFRAME> element or content editable < div> element * or < textarea> element. * * - `Markdown` - Render RichTextEditor as markdown editor using < textarea> . * * @default 'HTML' */ editorMode: EditorMode; /** * Customizes the key actions in RichTextEditor. * For example, when using German keyboard, the key actions can be customized using these shortcuts. * @default null */ keyConfig: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * Sets Boolean value to enable or disable the display of the character counter. * @default false */ showCharCount: boolean; /** * Allows the tab key action in the RichTextEditor content. * @default false */ enableTabKey: boolean; /** * Specifies the maximum number of characters allowed in the RichTextEditor component. * @default -1 */ maxLength: number; /** * Predefine the collection of paragraph styles along with quote and code style that populate in format dropdown from the toolbar. * @default * { * default: 'Paragraph', * width: '65px', * types: [ * { text: 'Paragraph' }, * { text: 'Code' }, * { text: 'Quotation' }, * { text: 'Heading 1' }, * { text: 'Heading 2' }, * { text: 'Heading 3' }, * { text: 'Heading 4' }, * { text: 'Heading 5' }, * { text: 'Heading 6' } * ] * } */ format: IFormatProperties; /** * Predefine the font families that populate in font family dropdown list from the toolbar. * @default * { * default: 'Segoe UI', * width: '65px', * items: [ * { text: 'Segoe UI', value: 'Segoe UI' }, * { text: 'Arial', value: 'Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif' }, * { text: 'Courier New', value: 'Courier New,Courier,monospace' }, * { text: 'Georgia', value: 'Georgia,serif' }, * { text: 'Impact', value: 'Impact,Charcoal,sans-serif' }, * { text: 'Lucida Console', value: 'Lucida Console,Monaco,monospace' }, * { text: 'Tahoma', value: 'Tahoma,Geneva,sans-serif' }, * { text: 'Times New Roman', value: 'Times New Roman,Times,serif' }, * { text: 'Trebuchet MS', value: 'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif' }, * { text: 'Verdana', value: 'Verdana,Geneva,sans-serif' } * ] * } */ fontFamily: IFontProperties; /** * Predefine the font sizes that populate in font size dropdown list from the toolbar. * @default * { * default: '10', * width: '35px', * items: [ * { text: '8', value: '8pt' }, * { text: '10', value: '10pt' }, * { text: '12', value: '12pt' }, * { text: '14', value: '14pt' }, * { text: '18', value: '18pt' }, * { text: '24', value: '24pt' }, * { text: '36', value: '36pt' } * ] * } */ fontSize: IFontProperties; /** * Predefine the color palette that can be rendered for font color toolbar command . * @default * { * columns: 10, * colorCode: { * 'Custom': [ * '', '#000000', '#e7e6e6', '#44546a', '#4472c4', '#ed7d31', '#a5a5a5', '#ffc000', '#70ad47', '#ff0000', * '#f2f2f2', '#808080', '#cfcdcd', '#d5dce4', '#d9e2f3', '#fbe4d5', '#ededed', '#fff2cc', '#e2efd9', '#ffcccc', * '#d9d9d9', '#595959', '#aeaaaa', '#acb9ca', '#b4c6e7', '#f7caac', '#dbdbdb', '#ffe599', '#c5e0b3', '#ff8080', * '#bfbfbf', '#404040', '#747070', '#8496b0', '#8eaadb', '#f4b083', '#c9c9c9', '#ffd966', '#a8d08d', '#ff3333', * '#a6a6a6', '#262626', '#3b3838', '#323e4f', '#2f5496', '#c45911', '#7b7b7b', '#bf8f00', '#538135', '#b30000', * '#7f7f7f', '#0d0d0d', '#161616', '#212934', '#1f3763', '#823b0b', '#525252', '#7f5f00', '#375623', '#660000'] * } * } */ fontColor: IColorProperties; /** * Predefine the color palette that can be rendered for background color (text highlighted color) toolbar command. * @default * { * columns: 5, * colorCode: { * 'Custom': ['#ffff00', '#00ff00', '#00ffff', '#ff00ff', '#0000ff', '#ff0000', * '#000080', '#008080', '#008000', '#800080', '#800000', '#808000', * '#c0c0c0', '#000000', ''] * } * } */ backgroundColor: IColorProperties; /** * Accepts the template design and assigns it as RichTextEditor’s content. * The built-in template engine which provides options to compile template string into a executable function. * For EX: We have expression evolution as like ES6 expression string literals * @default null */ valueTemplate: string; /** * Specifies the saveInterval in milliseconds for autosave the value. * The change event will be triggered if the content was changed from the last saved interval. * @default 10000 */ saveInterval: number; /** * Triggers before command execution using toolbar items or executeCommand method. * If you cancel this event, the command cannot be executed. * Set the cancel argument to true to cancel the command execution. * @event */ actionBegin: base.EmitType<ActionBeginEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after command execution using toolbar items or executeCommand method. * @event */ actionComplete: base.EmitType<ActionCompleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the RichTextEditor is rendered. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the RichTextEditor is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when RichTextEditor is focused out. * @event */ blur: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when RichTextEditor Toolbar items is clicked. * @event */ toolbarClick: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when RichTextEditor is focused in * @event */ focus: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers only when RichTextEditor is blurred and changes are done to the content. * @event */ change: base.EmitType<ChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers only when resizing the image. * @event */ resizing: base.EmitType<ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers only when start resize the image. * @event */ resizeStart: base.EmitType<ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers only when stop resize the image. * @event */ resizeStop: base.EmitType<ResizeArgs>; /** * Customize keyCode to change the key value. * @default null */ formatter: IFormatter; keyboardModule: KeyboardEvents; localeObj: base.L10n; valueContainer: HTMLTextAreaElement; private originalElement; private clickPoints; private initialValue; constructor(options?: RichTextEditorModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * To provide the array of modules needed for component rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @hidden */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; private updateEnable; setEnable(): void; /** * For internal use only - Initialize the event handler; * @private */ protected preRender(): void; private setContainer; getPersistData(): string; /** * Focuses the RichTextEditor component * @public */ focusIn(): void; /** * Blurs the RichTextEditor component * @public */ focusOut(): void; /** * Selects all the content in RichTextEditor * @public */ selectAll(): void; /** * Selects a content range or an element * @public */ selectRange(range: Range): void; /** * Retrieves the HTML markup content from currently selected content of RichTextEditor. * @public */ getSelection(): string; /** * Executes the commands * CommandName - Specifies the name of the command to be executed. * value - Specifies the sub command. * @public */ executeCommand(commandName: CommandName, value?: string | HTMLElement): void; private encode; private decode; /** * For internal use only - To Initialize the component rendering. * @private */ protected render(): void; /** * For internal use only - Initialize the event handler * @private */ protected eventInitializer(): void; /** * For internal use only - keydown the event handler; * @private */ keyDown(e: KeyboardEvent): void; private keyUp; updateValue(value?: string): void; private mouseUp; /** * @hidden */ ensureModuleInjected(module: Function): boolean; onCopy(): void; onCut(): void; onPaste(e?: KeyboardEvent | ClipboardEvent): void; /** * @hidden */ clipboardAction(action: string, event: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent): void; /** * Destroys the component (detaches/removes all event handlers, attributes, classes, and empties the component element). * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private removeHtmlAttributes; private removeAttributes; private destroyDependentModules; /** * Returns the HTML or Text inside the RichTextEditor. * @return {Element} */ getContent(): Element; /** * Returns the text content as string. * @return {string} */ getText(): string; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @hidden */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: RichTextEditorModel, oldProp: RichTextEditorModel): void; /** * @hidden */ updateValueData(): void; private removeSheets; private updatePanelValue; private setHeight; setPlaceHolder(): void; private setWidth; private setCssClass; private updateRTL; private updateReadOnly; setReadOnly(initial?: boolean): void; /** * By default, prints all the pages of the RichTextEditor. * @return {void} */ print(): void; /** * Applies all the pending property changes and render the component again. * @public */ refresh(): void; /** * Shows the RichTextEditor component in full-screen mode. */ showFullScreen(): void; /** * Enables the give toolbar items in the RichTextEditor component. * @public */ enableToolbarItem(items: string | string[]): void; /** * Disables the given toolbar items in the RichTextEditor component. * @public */ disableToolbarItem(items: string | string[]): void; /** * Removes the give toolbar items from the RichTextEditor component. * @public */ removeToolbarItem(items: string | string[]): void; /** * Get the selected range from the RichTextEditor's content. * @public */ getRange(): Range; private initializeServices; private RTERender; private setIframeSettings; private InjectSheet; private createScriptElement; private createStyleElement; private setValue; setContentHeight(target?: string, isExpand?: boolean): void; /** * Retrieves the HTML from RichTextEditor. * @public */ getHtml(): string; /** * Shows the source HTML/MD markup. * @public */ showSourceCode(): void; /** * @hidden */ getBaseToolbarObject(): BaseToolbar; /** * @hidden */ getToolbar(): HTMLElement; /** * @hidden */ getToolbarElement(): Element; getID(): string; private mouseDownHandler; private preventImgResize; preventDefaultResize(e: FocusEvent | MouseEvent): void; private defaultResize; private resizeHandler; private scrollHandler; private focusHandler; private getUpdatedValue; private updateIntervalValue; private onDocumentClick; private blurHandler; invokeChangeEvent(): void; /** * @hidden */ wireScrollElementsEvents(): void; /** * @hidden */ unWireScrollElementsEvents(): void; private resetHandler; /** * @hidden */ autoResize(): void; private setAutoHeight; private wireEvents; private bindEvents; private onIframeMouseDown; private editorKeyDown; private unWireEvents; private unbindEvents; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/base/util.d.ts export function getIndex(val: string, items: (string | IToolbarItems)[]): number; export function hasClass(element: Element | HTMLElement, className: string): boolean; export function getDropDownValue(items: IDropDownItemModel[], value: string, type: string, returnType: string): string; export function isIDevice(): boolean; export function getFormattedFontSize(value: string): string; export function pageYOffset(e: MouseEvent, parentElement: HTMLElement, isIFrame: boolean): number; export function getTooltipText(item: string, serviceLocator: ServiceLocator): string; export function setToolbarStatus(e: ISetToolbarStatusArgs, isPopToolbar: boolean): void; export function getCollection(items: string | string[]): string[]; export function getTBarItemsIndex(items: string[], toolbarItems: IToolbarItemModel[]): number[]; export function updateUndoRedoStatus(baseToolbar: BaseToolbar, undoRedoStatus: { [key: string]: boolean; }): void; /** * To dispatch the event manually */ export function dispatchEvent(element: Element | HTMLDocument, type: string): void; export function parseHtml(value: string): DocumentFragment; export function getTextNodesUnder(docElement: Document, node: Element): Node[]; export function toObjectLowerCase(obj: { [key: string]: IToolsItemConfigs; }): { [key: string]: IToolsItemConfigs; }; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/formatter.d.ts /** * Formatter */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/formatter/formatter.d.ts /** * Formatter * @hidden */ export class Formatter { editorManager: IEditorModel; /** * To execute the command * @param {IRichTextEditor} self * @param {ActionBeginEventArgs} args * @param {MouseEvent|KeyboardEvent} event * @param {NotifyArgs} value */ process(self: IRichTextEditor, args: ActionBeginEventArgs, event: MouseEvent | KeyboardEvent, value: NotifyArgs): void; private getAncestorNode; onKeyHandler(self: IRichTextEditor, e: KeyboardEvent): void; onSuccess(self: IRichTextEditor, events: IMarkdownFormatterCallBack | IHtmlFormatterCallBack): void; /** * Save the data for undo and redo action. */ saveData(e?: KeyboardEvent | MouseEvent | IUndoCallBack): void; getUndoStatus(): { [key: string]: boolean; }; getUndoRedoStack(): IHtmlUndoRedoData[] | MarkdownUndoRedoData[]; enableUndo(self: IRichTextEditor): void; undoRedoRefresh(iRichTextEditor: IRichTextEditor): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/formatter/html-formatter.d.ts /** * HTML adapter * @hidden */ export class HTMLFormatter extends Formatter { keyConfig: { [key: string]: string; }; currentDocument: Document; element: Element; editorManager: IEditorModel; private toolbarUpdate; constructor(options?: IHtmlFormatterModel); private initialize; /** * Update the formatter of RichTextEditor * @param {Element} editElement * @param {Document} doc */ updateFormatter(editElement: Element, doc?: Document, options?: { [key: string]: number; }): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/formatter/markdown-formatter.d.ts /** * Markdown adapter * @hidden */ export class MarkdownFormatter extends Formatter { keyConfig: { [key: string]: string; }; formatTags: { [key: string]: string; }; listTags: { [key: string]: string; }; selectionTags: { [key: string]: string; }; editorManager: IEditorModel; private element; constructor(options?: IMarkdownFormatterModel); private initialize; /** * Update the formatter of RichTextEditor * @param {Element} editElement * @param {Document} doc */ updateFormatter(editElement: Element, doc?: Document, options?: { [key: string]: number; }): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/html-editor.d.ts /** * HtmlEditor */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/image.d.ts /** * Image */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/index.d.ts /** * RichTextEditor component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/link.d.ts /** * Link */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/markdown-editor.d.ts /** * MarkdownEditor */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/models.d.ts /** * Models */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/models/default-locale.d.ts /** * Export default locale */ export let defaultLocale: { [key: string]: string; }; export let toolsLocale: { [key: string]: string; }; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/models/iframe-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Resources */ export interface ResourcesModel { /** * Specifies styles that inject into iframe. * @default [] */ styles?: string[]; /** * Specifies scripts that inject into iframe. * @default [] */ scripts?: string[]; } /** * Interface for a class IFrameSettings */ export interface IFrameSettingsModel { /** * Specifies whether to render iframe based editable element in RTE. * @default false */ enable?: boolean; /** * Defines additional attributes to render iframe. * @default 'null' */ attributes?: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * The object used for inject styles and scripts. * @default {} */ resources?: ResourcesModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/models/iframe-settings.d.ts /** * Objects used for configuring the iframe resources properties. */ export class Resources extends base.ChildProperty<Resources> { /** * Specifies styles that inject into iframe. * @default [] */ styles: string[]; /** * Specifies scripts that inject into iframe. * @default [] */ scripts: string[]; } /** * Configures the iframe settings of the RTE. */ export class IFrameSettings extends base.ChildProperty<IFrameSettings> { /** * Specifies whether to render iframe based editable element in RTE. * @default false */ enable: boolean; /** * Defines additional attributes to render iframe. * @default 'null' */ attributes: { [key: string]: string; }; /** * The object used for inject styles and scripts. * @default {} */ resources: ResourcesModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/models/inline-mode-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class InlineMode */ export interface InlineModeModel { /** * Specifies whether enable/disable inline toolbar in RTE. * @default false */ enable?: boolean; /** * Specifies the inline toolbar render based on with or without selection. * @default true */ onSelection?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/models/inline-mode.d.ts /** * Configures the inlineMode property of the RTE. */ export class InlineMode extends base.ChildProperty<InlineMode> { /** * Specifies whether enable/disable inline toolbar in RTE. * @default false */ enable: boolean; /** * Specifies the inline toolbar render based on with or without selection. * @default true */ onSelection: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/models/items.d.ts /** * Export items model */ export let templateItems: string[]; export let tools: { [key: string]: IToolsItems; }; export let alignmentItems: IDropDownItemModel[]; export let imageAlignItems: IDropDownItemModel[]; export let imageDisplayItems: IDropDownItemModel[]; export let tableRowsItems: IDropDownItemModel[]; export let tableColumnsItems: IDropDownItemModel[]; export let TableCellVerticalAlignItems: IDropDownItemModel[]; export let TableStyleItems: IDropDownItemModel[]; export function updateDropDownLocale(self: IRichTextEditor): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/models/models.d.ts /** * Export model files */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/models/toolbar-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class ToolbarSettings */ export interface ToolbarSettingsModel { /** * Specifies whether to render toolbar in RichTextEditor. * @default true */ enable?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to enable/disable floating toolbar. * @default true */ enableFloating?: boolean; /** * Specifies the Toolbar display types. * The possible types are: * - Expand: Toolbar items placed within the available space and rest of the items are placed to the extended menu section. * - MultiRow: Toolbar which placed at top of RichTextEditor editing area. * @default Expand */ type?: ToolbarType; /** * An array of string or object that is used to configure items. * @default ['Bold', 'Italic', 'Underline', '|', 'Formats', 'Alignments', 'OrderedList', * 'UnorderedList', '|', 'CreateLink', 'Image', '|', 'SourceCode', 'Undo', 'Redo'] */ items?: (string | IToolbarItems)[]; /** * Using this property, Modify the default toolbar item configuration like icon class. * @default {} */ itemConfigs?: { [key in ToolbarItems]?: IToolsItemConfigs }; } /** * Interface for a class ImageSettings */ export interface ImageSettingsModel { /** * Specifies whether to allowType based file select * @default ['.jpeg', '.jpg', '.png'] */ allowedTypes?: string[]; /** * Specifies whether insert image inline or break * @default 'inline' */ display?: string; /** * Specifies whether image width * @default 'auto' */ width?: string; /** * Specifies whether image height * @default 'auto' */ height?: string; /** * Specifies the URL of save action that will receive the upload files and save in the server. * @default 'null' */ saveUrl?: string; /** * Specifies the URL of save action that will receive the upload files and save in the server. * @default 'null' */ path?: string; /** * To enable resizing for image element. * @default 'true' */ resize?: boolean; /** * Defines the minimum Width of the image. * @default '0' */ minWidth?: string | number; /** * Defines the maximum Width of the image. * @default null */ maxWidth?: string | number; /** * Defines the minimum Height of the image. * @default '0' */ minHeight?: string | number; /** * Defines the maximum Height of the image. * @default null */ maxHeight?: string | number; /** * image resizing should be done by percentage calculation. * @default false */ resizeByPercent?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class TableSettings */ export interface TableSettingsModel { /** * To specify the width of table * @default '100%' */ width?: string | number; /** * Class name should be appended by default in table element. * It helps to design the table in specific CSS styles always when inserting in editor. * @default TableStyleItems; */ styles?: IDropDownItemModel[]; /** * To enable resizing for table element. * @default 'true' */ resize?: boolean; /** * Defines the minimum Width of the table. * @default 0 */ minWidth?: string | number; /** * Defines the maximum Width of the table. * @default null */ maxWidth?: string | number; } /** * Interface for a class QuickToolbarSettings */ export interface QuickToolbarSettingsModel { /** * Specifies whether to enable quick toolbar in RichTextEditor. * @default true */ enable?: boolean; /** * specifies the action that should happen when scroll the target-parent container. * @default 'hide' */ actionOnScroll?: ActionOnScroll; /** * Specifies the items to render in quick toolbar, when link selected. * @default ['Open', 'Edit', 'UnLink'] */ link?: (string | IToolbarItems)[]; /** * Specifies the items to render in quick toolbar, when image selected. * @default ['Replace', 'Align', 'Caption', 'Remove', '-', 'InsertLink','OpenImageLink', 'EditImageLink', 'RemoveImageLink', 'Display', 'AltText', 'Dimension'] */ // tslint:disable image?: (string | IToolbarItems)[]; /** * Specifies the items to render in quick toolbar, when text selected. * @default ['Cut', 'Copy', 'Paste'] */ text?: (string | IToolbarItems)[]; /** * Specifies the items to render in quick toolbar, when table selected. * @default ['TableHeader', 'TableRows', 'TableColumns', 'BackgroundColor', '-', 'TableRemove', 'Alignments', 'TableCellVerticalAlign', 'Styles'] */ table?: (string | IToolbarItems)[]; } /** * Interface for a class PasteCleanupSettings */ export interface PasteCleanupSettingsModel { /** * Specifies whether to enable the prompt for paste in RichTextEditor. * @default false */ prompt?: boolean; /** * Specifies the attributes to restrict when pasting in RichTextEditor. * @default null */ deniedAttrs?: string[]; /** * Specifies the allowed style properties when pasting in RichTextEditor. * @default null */ allowedStyleProps?: string[]; /** * Specifies the tags to restrict when pasting in RichTextEditor. * @default null */ deniedTags?: string[]; /** * Specifies whether to keep or remove the format when pasting in RichTextEditor. * @default true */ keepFormat?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to paste as plain text or not in RichTextEditor. * @default false */ plainText?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class FontFamily */ export interface FontFamilyModel { /** * Specifies default font family selection * @default 'null' */ default?: string; /** * Specifies content width * @default '65px' */ width?: string; /** * Specifies default font family items * @default fontFamily */ items?: IDropDownItemModel[]; } /** * Interface for a class FontSize */ export interface FontSizeModel { /** * Specifies default font size selection * @default 'null' */ default?: string; /** * Specifies content width * @default '35px' */ width?: string; /** * Specifies default font size items * @default fontSize */ items?: IDropDownItemModel[]; } /** * Interface for a class Format */ export interface FormatModel { /** * Specifies default format * @default 'null' */ default?: string; /** * Specifies content width * @default '65px' */ width?: string; /** * Specifies default font size items * @default formatItems */ types?: IDropDownItemModel[]; } /** * Interface for a class FontColor */ export interface FontColorModel { /** * Specifies default font color * @default '#ff0000' */ default?: string; /** * Specifies mode * @default 'Palette' */ mode?: ColorModeType; /** * Specifies columns * @default 10 */ columns?: number; /** * Specifies color code customization * @default fontColor */ colorCode?: { [key: string]: string[] }; /** * Specifies modeSwitcher button * @default false */ modeSwitcher?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class BackgroundColor */ export interface BackgroundColorModel { /** * Specifies default font color * @default '#ffff00' */ default?: string; /** * Specifies mode * @default 'Palette' */ mode?: ColorModeType; /** * Specifies columns * @default 10 */ columns?: number; /** * Specifies color code customization * @default backgroundColor */ colorCode?: { [key: string]: string[] }; /** * Specifies a modeSwitcher button * @default false */ modeSwitcher?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/models/toolbar-settings.d.ts export const predefinedItems: string[]; export const fontFamily: IDropDownItemModel[]; export const fontSize: IDropDownItemModel[]; export const formatItems: IDropDownItemModel[]; export const fontColor: { [key: string]: string[]; }; export const backgroundColor: { [key: string]: string[]; }; /** * Configures the toolbar settings of the RichTextEditor. */ export class ToolbarSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ToolbarSettings> { /** * Specifies whether to render toolbar in RichTextEditor. * @default true */ enable: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to enable/disable floating toolbar. * @default true */ enableFloating: boolean; /** * Specifies the Toolbar display types. * The possible types are: * - Expand: Toolbar items placed within the available space and rest of the items are placed to the extended menu section. * - MultiRow: Toolbar which placed at top of RichTextEditor editing area. * @default Expand */ type: ToolbarType; /** * An array of string or object that is used to configure items. * @default ['Bold', 'Italic', 'Underline', '|', 'Formats', 'Alignments', 'OrderedList', * 'UnorderedList', '|', 'CreateLink', 'Image', '|', 'SourceCode', 'Undo', 'Redo'] */ items: (string | IToolbarItems)[]; /** * Using this property, Modify the default toolbar item configuration like icon class. * @default {} */ itemConfigs: { [key in ToolbarItems]?: IToolsItemConfigs; }; } /** * Configures the image settings of the RichTextEditor. */ export class ImageSettings extends base.ChildProperty<ImageSettings> { /** * Specifies whether to allowType based file select * @default ['.jpeg', '.jpg', '.png'] */ allowedTypes: string[]; /** * Specifies whether insert image inline or break * @default 'inline' */ display: string; /** * Specifies whether image width * @default 'auto' */ width: string; /** * Specifies whether image height * @default 'auto' */ height: string; /** * Specifies the URL of save action that will receive the upload files and save in the server. * @default 'null' */ saveUrl: string; /** * Specifies the URL of save action that will receive the upload files and save in the server. * @default 'null' */ path: string; /** * To enable resizing for image element. * @default 'true' */ resize: boolean; /** * Defines the minimum Width of the image. * @default '0' */ minWidth: string | number; /** * Defines the maximum Width of the image. * @default null */ maxWidth: string | number; /** * Defines the minimum Height of the image. * @default '0' */ minHeight: string | number; /** * Defines the maximum Height of the image. * @default null */ maxHeight: string | number; /** * image resizing should be done by percentage calculation. * @default false */ resizeByPercent: boolean; } export class TableSettings extends base.ChildProperty<TableSettings> { /** * To specify the width of table * @default '100%' */ width: string | number; /** * Class name should be appended by default in table element. * It helps to design the table in specific CSS styles always when inserting in editor. * @default TableStyleItems; */ styles: IDropDownItemModel[]; /** * To enable resizing for table element. * @default 'true' */ resize: boolean; /** * Defines the minimum Width of the table. * @default 0 */ minWidth: string | number; /** * Defines the maximum Width of the table. * @default null */ maxWidth: string | number; } /** * Configures the quick toolbar settings of the RichTextEditor. */ export class QuickToolbarSettings extends base.ChildProperty<QuickToolbarSettings> { /** * Specifies whether to enable quick toolbar in RichTextEditor. * @default true */ enable: boolean; /** * specifies the action that should happen when scroll the target-parent container. * @default 'hide' */ actionOnScroll: ActionOnScroll; /** * Specifies the items to render in quick toolbar, when link selected. * @default ['Open', 'Edit', 'UnLink'] */ link: (string | IToolbarItems)[]; /** * Specifies the items to render in quick toolbar, when image selected. * @default ['Replace', 'Align', 'Caption', 'Remove', '-', 'InsertLink','OpenImageLink', 'EditImageLink', 'RemoveImageLink', 'Display', 'AltText', 'Dimension'] */ image: (string | IToolbarItems)[]; /** * Specifies the items to render in quick toolbar, when text selected. * @default ['Cut', 'Copy', 'Paste'] */ text: (string | IToolbarItems)[]; /** * Specifies the items to render in quick toolbar, when table selected. * @default ['TableHeader', 'TableRows', 'TableColumns', 'BackgroundColor', '-', 'TableRemove', 'Alignments', 'TableCellVerticalAlign', 'Styles'] */ table: (string | IToolbarItems)[]; } /** * Configures the Paste Cleanup settings of the RichTextEditor. */ export class PasteCleanupSettings extends base.ChildProperty<PasteCleanupSettings> { /** * Specifies whether to enable the prompt for paste in RichTextEditor. * @default false */ prompt: boolean; /** * Specifies the attributes to restrict when pasting in RichTextEditor. * @default null */ deniedAttrs: string[]; /** * Specifies the allowed style properties when pasting in RichTextEditor. * @default null */ allowedStyleProps: string[]; /** * Specifies the tags to restrict when pasting in RichTextEditor. * @default null */ deniedTags: string[]; /** * Specifies whether to keep or remove the format when pasting in RichTextEditor. * @default true */ keepFormat: boolean; /** * Specifies whether to paste as plain text or not in RichTextEditor. * @default false */ plainText: boolean; } /** * Configures the font family settings of the RichTextEditor. */ export class FontFamily extends base.ChildProperty<FontFamily> { /** * Specifies default font family selection * @default 'null' */ default: string; /** * Specifies content width * @default '65px' */ width: string; /** * Specifies default font family items * @default fontFamily */ items: IDropDownItemModel[]; } /** * Configures the font size settings of the RichTextEditor. */ export class FontSize extends base.ChildProperty<FontSize> { /** * Specifies default font size selection * @default 'null' */ default: string; /** * Specifies content width * @default '35px' */ width: string; /** * Specifies default font size items * @default fontSize */ items: IDropDownItemModel[]; } /** * Configures the format settings of the RichTextEditor. */ export class Format extends base.ChildProperty<Format> { /** * Specifies default format * @default 'null' */ default: string; /** * Specifies content width * @default '65px' */ width: string; /** * Specifies default font size items * @default formatItems */ types: IDropDownItemModel[]; } /** * Configures the font Color settings of the RichTextEditor. */ export class FontColor extends base.ChildProperty<FontColor> { /** * Specifies default font color * @default '#ff0000' */ default: string; /** * Specifies mode * @default 'Palette' */ mode: ColorModeType; /** * Specifies columns * @default 10 */ columns: number; /** * Specifies color code customization * @default fontColor */ colorCode: { [key: string]: string[]; }; /** * Specifies modeSwitcher button * @default false */ modeSwitcher: boolean; } /** * Configures the background Color settings of the RichTextEditor. */ export class BackgroundColor extends base.ChildProperty<BackgroundColor> { /** * Specifies default font color * @default '#ffff00' */ default: string; /** * Specifies mode * @default 'Palette' */ mode: ColorModeType; /** * Specifies columns * @default 10 */ columns: number; /** * Specifies color code customization * @default backgroundColor */ colorCode: { [key: string]: string[]; }; /** * Specifies a modeSwitcher button * @default false */ modeSwitcher: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/quick-toolbar.d.ts /** * QuickToolbar */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/renderer.d.ts /** * Models */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/renderer/content-renderer.d.ts /** * Content module is used to render RichTextEditor content * @hidden */ export class ContentRender implements IRenderer { protected contentPanel: Element; protected parent: IRichTextEditor; protected editableElement: Element; private serviceLocator; /** * Constructor for content renderer module */ constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); /** * The function is used to render RichTextEditor content div */ renderPanel(): void; /** * Get the content div element of RichTextEditor * @return {Element} */ getPanel(): Element; /** * Get the editable element of RichTextEditor * @return {Element} */ getEditPanel(): Element; /** * Returns the text content as string. * @return {string} */ getText(): string; /** * Set the content div element of RichTextEditor * @param {Element} panel */ setPanel(panel: Element): void; /** * Get the document of RichTextEditor * @return {Document} */ getDocument(): Document; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/renderer/iframe-content-renderer.d.ts /** * Content module is used to render RichTextEditor content * @hidden */ export class IframeContentRender extends ContentRender { /** * The function is used to render RichTextEditor iframe */ renderPanel(): void; private setThemeColor; /** * Get the editable element of RichTextEditor * @return {Element} */ getEditPanel(): Element; /** * Get the document of RichTextEditor * @param {Document} */ getDocument(): Document; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/renderer/image-module.d.ts /** * `Image` module is used to handle image actions. */ export class Image { element: HTMLElement; private rteID; private parent; dialogObj: popups.Dialog; uploadObj: inputs.Uploader; private i10n; private inputUrl; private captionEle; private checkBoxObj; private uploadUrl; private contentModule; private rendererFactory; private quickToolObj; private imgResizeDiv; private imgDupPos; private resizeBtnStat; private imgEle; private pageX; private pageY; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); protected addEventListener(): void; protected removeEventListener(): void; private onIframeMouseDown; private afterRender; private undoStack; private resizeEnd; private resizeStart; private imageClick; private imageResize; private getPointX; private getPointY; private imgResizePos; private calcPos; private setAspectRatio; private pixToPerc; private imgDupMouseMove; private resizing; private cancelResizeAction; private resizeImgDupPos; private resizeBtnInit; private onToolbarAction; private openImgLink; private editImgLink; private removeImgLink; private onKeyDown; private alignmentSelect; private imageWithLinkQTBarItemUpdate; private showImageQuickToolbar; private hideImageQuickToolbar; private editAreaClickHandler; private insertImgLink; private insertAltText; private insertAlt; private insertlink; private isUrl; private deleteImg; private caption; private imageSize; private break; private inline; private justifyImageLeft; private justifyImageRight; private justifyImageCenter; private imagDialog; private cancelDialog; private onDocumentClick; private remvoeResizEle; private imageUrlPopup; private insertImageUrl; private imgsizeInput; private insertSize; private insertImage; private imgUpload; private fileSelect; private imagePaste; private url; /** * Destroys the ToolBar. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/renderer/link-module.d.ts /** * `Link` module is used to handle undo actions. */ export class Link { private rteID; private i10n; private parent; contentModule: IRenderer; private dialogObj; private checkBoxObj; serviceLocator: ServiceLocator; private rendererFactory; private quickToolObj; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); protected addEventListener(): void; private onToolbarAction; protected removeEventListener(): void; private onIframeMouseDown; private showLinkQuickToolbar; private hideLinkQuickToolbar; private editAreaClickHandler; private onKeyDown; private linkDialog; private insertlink; private isUrl; private checkUrl; private removeLink; private openLink; private getAnchorNode; private editLink; private cancelDialog; private onDocumentClick; /** * Destroys the ToolBar. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/renderer/markdown-renderer.d.ts /** * Markdown module is used to render RichTextEditor as Markdown editor content * @hidden */ export class MarkdownRender implements IRenderer { private contentPanel; protected parent: IRichTextEditor; protected editableElement: Element; /** * Constructor for content renderer module */ constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor); /** * The function is used to render RichTextEditor content div */ renderPanel(): void; /** * Get the content div element of RichTextEditor * @return {Element} */ getPanel(): Element; /** * Get the editable element of RichTextEditor * @return {Element} */ getEditPanel(): Element; /** * Returns the text content as string. * @return {string} */ getText(): string; /** * Set the content div element of RichTextEditor * @param {Element} panel */ setPanel(panel: Element): void; /** * Get the document of RichTextEditor * @param {Document} */ getDocument(): Document; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/renderer/popup-renderer.d.ts /** * `Popup renderer` module is used to render popup in RichTextEditor. * @hidden */ export class PopupRenderer implements IRenderer { private popupObj; private popupPanel; protected parent: IRichTextEditor; /** * Constructor for popup renderer module */ constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor); private popupOpen; renderPopup(args: BaseQuickToolbar): void; /** * The function is used to add popup class in Quick Toolbar */ renderPanel(): void; /** * Get the popup element of RichTextEditor * @return {Element} */ getPanel(): Element; /** * Set the popup element of RichTextEditor * @param {Element} panel */ setPanel(panel: Element): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/renderer/render.d.ts /** * Content module is used to render RichTextEditor content * @hidden */ export class Render { private parent; private locator; private contentRenderer; private renderer; /** * Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, locator?: ServiceLocator); /** * To initialize RichTextEditor header, content and footer rendering */ render(): void; /** * Refresh the entire RichTextEditor. * @return {void} */ refresh(e?: NotifyArgs): void; /** * Destroy the entire RichTextEditor. * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; private addEventListener; private removeEventListener; private keyUp; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/renderer/table-module.d.ts /** * `Table` module is used to handle table actions. */ export class Table { element: HTMLElement; private rteID; private parent; private dlgDiv; private tblHeader; popupObj: popups.Popup; editdlgObj: popups.Dialog; private contentModule; private rendererFactory; private quickToolObj; private resizeBtnStat; private pageX; private pageY; private curTable; private colIndex; private columnEle; private rowTextBox; private columnTextBox; private rowEle; private l10n; private moveEle; private helper; constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, serviceLocator?: ServiceLocator); protected addEventListener(): void; protected removeEventListener(): void; private afterRender; private dropdownSelect; private keyDown; private onToolbarAction; private verticalAlign; private tableStyles; private insideList; private tabSelection; private tableArrowNavigation; private setBGColor; private hideTableQuickToolbar; private tableHeader; private editAreaClickHandler; private tableCellSelect; private tableCellLeave; private tableCellClick; private tableInsert; private cellSelect; private resizeHelper; private tableResizeEleCreation; private removeResizeEle; private calcPos; private getPointX; private getPointY; private resizeStart; private removeHelper; private appendHelper; private setHelperHeight; private updateHelper; private resizing; private cancelResizeAction; private resizeEnd; private resizeBtnInit; private addRow; private addColumn; private removeRowColumn; private removeTable; private renderDlgContent; private docClick; private drawTable; private editTable; private insertTableDialog; private tableCellDlgContent; private createDialog; private customTable; private cancelDialog; private applyProperties; private tableDlgContent; /** * Destroys the ToolBar. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/renderer/toolbar-renderer.d.ts /** * `Toolbar renderer` module is used to render toolbar in RichTextEditor. * @hidden */ export class ToolbarRenderer implements IRenderer { private mode; private toolbarPanel; protected parent: IRichTextEditor; private currentElement; private currentDropdown; private popupOverlay; private colorPicker; /** * Constructor for toolbar renderer module */ constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor); private wireEvent; private unWireEvent; private toolbarBeforeCreate; private toolbarCreated; private toolbarClicked; private dropDownSelected; private beforeDropDownItemRender; private dropDownOpen; private dropDownClose; renderToolbar(args: IToolbarOptions): void; renderDropDownButton(args: IDropDownModel): splitbuttons.DropDownButton; private onPopupOverlay; private setIsModel; private paletteSelection; renderColorPickerDropDown(args: IColorPickerModel, item: string, colorPicker: inputs.ColorPicker): splitbuttons.DropDownButton; private popupModal; private setColorPickerContentWidth; renderColorPicker(args: IColorPickerModel, item: string): inputs.ColorPicker; /** * The function is used to render RichTextEditor toolbar */ renderPanel(): void; /** * Get the toolbar element of RichTextEditor * @return {Element} */ getPanel(): Element; /** * Set the toolbar element of RichTextEditor * @param {Element} panel */ setPanel(panel: Element): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/renderer/view-source.d.ts /** * Content module is used to render RichTextEditor content * @hidden */ export class ViewSource { private parent; private contentModule; private rendererFactory; private keyboardModule; private previewElement; /** * Constructor for view source module */ constructor(parent?: IRichTextEditor, locator?: ServiceLocator); private addEventListener; private onInitialEnd; private removeEventListener; private getSourceCode; private wireEvent; private unWireEvent; private wireBaseKeyDown; private unWireBaseKeyDown; private mouseDownHandler; private previewKeyDown; private onKeyDown; sourceCode(args?: navigations.ClickEventArgs | IHtmlKeyboardEvent): void; updateSourceCode(args?: navigations.ClickEventArgs | base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; getPanel(): HTMLTextAreaElement | Element; getViewPanel(): HTMLTextAreaElement | Element; /** * Destroy the entire RichTextEditor. * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/services.d.ts /** * Services */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/services/renderer-factory.d.ts /** * RendererFactory * @hidden */ export class RendererFactory { rendererMap: { [c: string]: IRenderer; }; addRenderer(name: RenderType, type: IRenderer): void; getRenderer(name: RenderType): IRenderer; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/services/service-locator.d.ts /** * ServiceLocator * @hidden */ export class ServiceLocator { private services; register<T>(name: string, type: T): void; getService<T>(name: string): T; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/rich-text-editor/toolbar.d.ts /** * Actions */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/selection/index.d.ts /** * `Selection` module is used to handle RTE Selections. */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-richtexteditor/src/selection/selection.d.ts /** * `Selection` module is used to handle RTE Selections. */ export class NodeSelection { range: Range; rootNode: Node; body: HTMLBodyElement; html: string; startContainer: number[]; endContainer: number[]; startOffset: number; endOffset: number; startNodeName: string[]; endNodeName: string[]; private saveInstance; private documentFromRange; getRange(docElement: Document): Range; get(docElement: Document): Selection; save(range: Range, docElement: Document): NodeSelection; getIndex(node: Node): number; private isChildNode; private getNode; getNodeCollection(range: Range): Node[]; getParentNodeCollection(range: Range): Node[]; getParentNodes(nodeCollection: Node[], range: Range): Node[]; getSelectionNodeCollection(range: Range): Node[]; getSelectionNodes(nodeCollection: Node[]): Node[]; getInsertNodeCollection(range: Range): Node[]; getInsertNodes(nodeCollection: Node[]): Node[]; getNodeArray(node: Node, isStart: boolean, root?: Document): number[]; private setRangePoint; restore(): Range; selectRange(docElement: Document, range: Range): void; setRange(docElement: Document, range: Range): void; setSelectionText(docElement: Document, startNode: Node, endNode: Node, startIndex: number, endIndex: number): void; setSelectionContents(docElement: Document, element: Node): void; setSelectionNode(docElement: Document, element: Node): void; getSelectedNodes(docElement: Document): Node[]; Clear(docElement: Document): void; insertParentNode(docElement: Document, newNode: Node, range: Range): void; setCursorPoint(docElement: Document, element: Element, point: number): void; } } export namespace schedule { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/common/calendar-util.d.ts /** * Calendar functionalities */ export type CalendarType = 'Islamic' | 'Gregorian'; export interface CalendarUtil { firstDateOfMonth(date: Date): Date; lastDateOfMonth(date: Date): Date; isMonthStart(date: Date): boolean; getLeapYearDaysCount(): number; getYearDaysCount(date: Date, interval: number): number; getMonthDaysCount(date: Date): number; getDate(date: Date): number; getMonth(date: Date): number; getFullYear(date: Date): number; getYearLastDate(date: Date, interval: number): Date; getMonthStartDate(date: Date): Date; getMonthEndDate(date: Date): Date; getExpectedDays(date: Date, days: number[]): number[]; setDate(dateObj: Date, date: number): void; setValidDate(date1: Date, interval: number, startDate: number, month?: number, date2?: Date): void; setMonth(date: Date, interval: number, startDate: number): void; addYears(date: Date, interval: number, month: number): void; isSameMonth(date1: Date, date2: Date): boolean; checkMonth(date: Date, months: Number[]): boolean; compareMonth(date1: Date, date2: Date): boolean; isSameYear(date1: Date, date2: Date): boolean; isLastMonth(date: Date): boolean; isLeapYear(year: number, interval: number): boolean; } export class Gregorian implements CalendarUtil { firstDateOfMonth(date: Date): Date; lastDateOfMonth(dt: Date): Date; isMonthStart(date: Date): boolean; getLeapYearDaysCount(): number; getYearDaysCount(date: Date, interval: number): number; getDate(date: Date): number; getMonth(date: Date): number; getFullYear(date: Date): number; getYearLastDate(date: Date, interval: number): Date; getMonthDaysCount(date: Date): number; getMonthStartDate(date: Date): Date; getMonthEndDate(date: Date): Date; getExpectedDays(date: Date, days: number[]): number[]; setDate(dateObj: Date, date: number): void; setValidDate(date: Date, interval: number, startDate: number, monthValue?: number, beginDate?: Date): void; setMonth(date: Date, interval: number, startDate: number): void; addYears(date: Date, interval: number): void; isSameMonth(date1: Date, date2: Date): boolean; checkMonth(date: Date, months: Number[]): boolean; compareMonth(date1: Date, date2: Date): boolean; isSameYear(date1: Date, date2: Date): boolean; isLastMonth(date: Date): boolean; isLeapYear(year: number, interval: number): boolean; } export class Islamic implements CalendarUtil { firstDateOfMonth(date: Date): Date; lastDateOfMonth(date: Date): Date; isMonthStart(date: Date): boolean; getLeapYearDaysCount(): number; getYearDaysCount(date: Date, interval: number): number; getDate(date: Date): number; getMonth(date: Date): number; getFullYear(date: Date): number; getYearLastDate(date: Date, interval: number): Date; getMonthDaysCount(date: Date): number; getMonthStartDate(date: Date): Date; getMonthEndDate(date: Date): Date; getExpectedDays(date: Date, days: number[]): number[]; setDate(dateObj: Date, date: number): void; setValidDate(date: Date, interval: number, startDate: number, monthValue?: number, beginDate?: Date): void; setMonth(date: Date, interval: number, startDate: number): void; addYears(date: Date, interval: number, monthValue: number): void; isSameMonth(date1: Date, date2: Date): boolean; checkMonth(date: Date, months: Number[]): boolean; compareMonth(date1: Date, date2: Date): boolean; isSameYear(date1: Date, date2: Date): boolean; isLastMonth(date: Date): boolean; private updateDateObj; isLeapYear(year: number, interval: number): boolean; private getDaysInMonth; private getHijriDate; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/common/index.d.ts /** * Calendar util exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/components.d.ts /** * Export Schedule and Recurrence Editor */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/index.d.ts /** * Export Schedule components */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/recurrence-editor/date-generator.d.ts /** * Date Generator from Recurrence Rule */ export function generateSummary(rule: string, localeObject: base.L10n, locale: string, calendarType?: CalendarType): string; export function generate(startDate: Date, rule: string, excludeDate: string, startDayOfWeek: number, maximumCount?: number, viewDate?: Date, calendarMode?: CalendarType): number[]; export function getDateFromRecurrenceDateString(recDateString: string): Date; export function extractObjectFromRule(rules: String): RecRule; export function getCalendarUtil(calendarMode: CalendarType): CalendarUtil; export interface RecRule { freq: FreqType; interval: number; count: Number; until: Date; day: string[]; wkst: string; month: number[]; weekNo: number[]; monthDay: number[]; yearDay: number[]; setPosition: number; validRules: string[]; } export type FreqType = 'DAILY' | 'WEEKLY' | 'MONTHLY' | 'YEARLY'; export function getRecurrenceStringFromDate(date: Date): string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/recurrence-editor/index.d.ts /** * Recurrence-Editor component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/recurrence-editor/recurrence-editor-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class RecurrenceEditor */ export interface RecurrenceEditorModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Sets the recurrence pattern on the editor. * @default ['none', 'daily', 'weekly', 'monthly', 'yearly'] */ frequencies?: RepeatType[]; /** * Sets the first day of the week. * @default 0 */ firstDayOfWeek?: number; /** * Sets the start date on recurrence editor. * @default new Date() */ startDate?: Date; /** * Sets the user specific date format on recurrence editor. * @default null */ dateFormat?: string; /** * Sets the specific calendar type to be applied on recurrence editor. * @default 'Gregorian' */ calendarMode?: CalendarType; /** * Allows styling with custom class names. * @default null */ cssClass?: string; /** * Allows recurrence editor to render in RTL mode. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * Sets the recurrence rule as its output values. * @default null */ value?: String; /** * Sets the minimum date on recurrence editor. * @default new Date(1900, 1, 1) */ minDate?: Date; /** * Sets the maximum date on recurrence editor. * @default new Date(2099, 12, 31) */ maxDate?: Date; /** * Sets the current repeat type to be set on the recurrence editor. * @default 0 */ selectedType?: Number; /** * Triggers for value changes on every sub-controls rendered within the recurrence editor. * @event */ change?: base.EmitType<RecurrenceEditorChangeEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/recurrence-editor/recurrence-editor.d.ts /** * Represents the RecurrenceEditor component. * ```html * <div id="recurrence"></div> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var recObj = new RecurrenceEditor(); * recObj.appendTo("#recurrence"); * </script> * ``` */ export class RecurrenceEditor extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * Sets the recurrence pattern on the editor. * @default ['none', 'daily', 'weekly', 'monthly', 'yearly'] */ frequencies: RepeatType[]; /** * Sets the first day of the week. * @default 0 */ firstDayOfWeek: number; /** * Sets the start date on recurrence editor. * @default new Date() */ startDate: Date; /** * Sets the user specific date format on recurrence editor. * @default null */ dateFormat: string; /** * Sets the specific calendar type to be applied on recurrence editor. * @default 'Gregorian' */ calendarMode: CalendarType; /** * Allows styling with custom class names. * @default null */ cssClass: string; /** * Allows recurrence editor to render in RTL mode. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * Sets the recurrence rule as its output values. * @default null */ value: String; /** * Sets the minimum date on recurrence editor. * @default new Date(1900, 1, 1) */ minDate: Date; /** * Sets the maximum date on recurrence editor. * @default new Date(2099, 12, 31) */ maxDate: Date; /** * Sets the current repeat type to be set on the recurrence editor. * @default 0 */ selectedType: Number; /** * Triggers for value changes on every sub-controls rendered within the recurrence editor. * @event */ change: base.EmitType<RecurrenceEditorChangeEventArgs>; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @param {object} options? */ constructor(options?: RecurrenceEditorModel, element?: string | HTMLButtonElement); localeObj: base.L10n; private defaultLocale; private renderStatus; private ruleObject; private recurrenceCount; private monthDate; private repeatInterval; private untilDateObj; private repeatType; private endType; private monthWeekPos; private monthWeekDays; private monthValue; private onMonthDay; private onWeekDay; private dayButtons; private monthButtons; private calendarUtil; private startState; protected preRender(): void; private applyCustomClass; private initialize; private triggerChangeEvent; private resetDayButton; private daySelection; private rtlClass; private updateUntilDate; private selectMonthDay; private updateForm; private updateEndOnForm; private freshOnEndForm; private showFormElement; private renderDropdowns; private setDefaultValue; private resetFormValues; private getPopupWidth; private renderDatePickers; private dayButtonRender; private radioButtonRender; private numericTextboxRender; private renderComponent; private rotateArray; private getEndData; private getDayPosition; private getRepeatData; private getMonthPosData; private getDayData; private getMonthData; private setTemplate; private getSelectedDaysData; private getSelectedMonthData; private getIntervalData; private getEndOnCount; private getYearMonthRuleData; private updateWeekButton; private updateMonthUI; private updateUI; private getUntilData; private destroyComponents; resetFields(): void; getCalendarMode(): string; getRuleSummary(rule?: string): string; getRecurrenceDates(startDate: Date, rule: string, excludeDate?: string, maximumCount?: number, viewDate?: Date): number[]; getRecurrenceRule(): string; setRecurrenceRule(rule: string, startDate?: Date): void; /** * Destroys the widget. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; /** * Get component name. * @returns string * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @returns string */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Initialize the control rendering * @returns void * @private */ render(): void; /** * Called internally, if any of the property value changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: RecurrenceEditorModel, oldProp: RecurrenceEditorModel): void; } export interface RecurrenceEditorChangeEventArgs { value: string; } export type RepeatType = 'none' | 'daily' | 'weekly' | 'monthly' | 'yearly'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/actions/action-base.d.ts /** * Base class for the common drag and resize related actions */ export class ActionBase { parent: Schedule; actionObj: ActionBaseArgs; resizeEdges: ResizeEdges; scrollArgs: ActionBaseArgs; scrollEdges: ResizeEdges; constructor(parent: Schedule); getChangedData(): { [key: string]: Object; }; saveChangedData(eventArgs: DragEventArgs | ResizeEventArgs): void; calculateIntervalTime(date: Date): Date; getContentAreaDimension(): { [key: string]: Object; }; getPageCoordinates(e: MouseEvent & TouchEvent): (MouseEvent & TouchEvent) | Touch; getIndex(index: number): number; updateTimePosition(date: Date): void; getResourceElements(table: HTMLTableCellElement[]): HTMLTableCellElement[]; getOriginalElement(element: HTMLElement): HTMLElement[]; createCloneElement(element: HTMLElement): HTMLElement; removeCloneElement(): void; getCursorElement(e: MouseEvent & TouchEvent): HTMLElement; autoScroll(): void; autoScrollValidation(e: MouseEvent & TouchEvent): boolean; actionClass(type: string): void; updateScrollPosition(e: MouseEvent & TouchEvent): void; /** * To destroy the action base module. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/actions/crud.d.ts /** * Schedule CRUD operations */ export class Crud { parent: Schedule; timezone: Timezone; constructor(parent: Schedule); private getQuery; private getTable; private refreshData; addEvent(eventData: Object | Object[]): void; saveEvent(event: Object | Object[], action?: CurrentAction): void; deleteEvent(id: string | number | Object | Object[], action?: CurrentAction): void; private getParentEvent; private processCrudTimezone; private excludeDateCheck; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/actions/data.d.ts /** * data module is used to generate query and data source. * @hidden */ export class Data { dataManager: data.DataManager; private query; /** * Constructor for data module * @private */ constructor(dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager, query?: data.Query); /** * The function used to initialize dataManager and query * @return {void} * @private */ initDataManager(dataSource: Object | data.DataManager, query: data.Query): void; /** * The function used to generate updated data.Query from schedule model * @return {void} * @private */ generateQuery(startDate?: Date, endDate?: Date): data.Query; /** * The function used to get dataSource by executing given data.Query * @param {data.Query} query - A data.Query that specifies to generate dataSource * @return {void} * @private */ getData(query: data.Query): Promise<Object>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/actions/drag.d.ts /** * Schedule events drag actions */ export class DragAndDrop extends ActionBase { wireDragEvent(element: HTMLElement, isAllDay: boolean): void; private dragHelper; private dragPosition; private setDragActionDefaultValues; private dragStart; private drag; private dragStop; updateNavigatingPosition(e: MouseEvent & TouchEvent): void; updateDraggingDateTime(e: MouseEvent & TouchEvent): void; navigationWrapper(): void; private viewNavigation; private morePopupEventDragging; private calculateVerticalTime; private swapDragging; private calculateVerticalDate; private calculateTimelineTime; private calculateTimelineDate; private calculateResourceGroupingPosition; private appendCloneElement; private getEventWrapper; private getAllDayEventHeight; private isAllowDrop; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/actions/keyboard.d.ts /** * Keyboard interaction */ export class KeyboardInteraction { /** * Constructor */ private parent; private initialTarget; private selectedCells; private keyConfigs; private keyboardModule; constructor(parent: Schedule); private keyActionHandler; private addEventListener; private removeEventListener; private onCellMouseDown; onMouseSelection(e: MouseEvent): void; private getClosestCell; private onMoveup; private processEnter; private getCells; private focusFirstCell; private isInverseTableSelect; /** @hidden */ selectCells(isMultiple: boolean, targetCell: HTMLTableCellElement): void; private selectAppointment; private selectAppointmentElementFromWorkCell; private getAllDayCells; private getAppointmentElements; private getAppointmentElementsByGuid; private getUniqueAppointmentElements; private getWorkCellFromAppointmentElement; private processViewNavigation; private processUp; private processDown; private processLeftRight; private getQuickPopupElement; private isCancelLeftRightAction; private processRight; private processLeft; private calculateNextPrevDate; private getFocusableElements; private processTabOnPopup; private processTab; private processDelete; private processEscape; private isPreventAction; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the keyboard module. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/actions/resize.d.ts /** * Schedule events resize actions */ export class Resize extends ActionBase { wireResizeEvent(element: HTMLElement): void; private resizeHelper; private resizeStart; private resizing; updateResizingDirection(e: MouseEvent & TouchEvent): void; private resizeStop; private verticalResizing; private horizontalResizing; private getTopBottomStyles; private getLeftRightStyles; private resizeValidation; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/actions/scroll.d.ts /** * `Scroll` module */ export class Scroll { private parent; /** * Constructor for the scrolling. * @hidden */ constructor(parent?: Schedule); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * @hidden */ setWidth(): void; /** * @hidden */ setHeight(): void; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ private setDimensions; /** * @hidden */ private onPropertyChanged; /** * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/actions/touch.d.ts /** * `touch` module is used to handle touch interactions. */ export class ScheduleTouch { private element; private currentPanel; private previousPanel; private nextPanel; private parent; private touchObj; private timeStampStart; private isScrollTriggered; private touchLeftDirection; private touchRightDirection; constructor(parent: Schedule); private scrollHandler; private swipeHandler; private tapHoldHandler; private renderPanel; private swapPanels; private confirmSwipe; private cancelSwipe; private onTransitionEnd; private getTranslateX; private setDimensions; resetValues(): void; /** * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/actions/virtual-scroll.d.ts /** * Virtual Scroll */ export class VirtualScroll { private parent; private translateY; private itemSize; private bufferCount; private renderedLength; private averageRowHeight; constructor(parent: Schedule); private addEventListener; private removeEventListener; getRenderedCount(): number; renderVirtualTrack(contentWrap: Element): void; updateVirtualScrollHeight(): void; updateVirtualTrackHeight(wrap: HTMLElement): void; setItemSize(): void; private virtualScrolling; private upScroll; private downScroll; updateContent(resWrap: HTMLElement, conWrap: HTMLElement, eventWrap: HTMLElement, resCollection: TdData[]): void; private getBufferCollection; private setTranslate; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/actions/work-cells.d.ts /** * Work cell interactions */ export class WorkCellInteraction { private parent; constructor(parent: Schedule); cellMouseDown(e: Event): void; cellClick(e: Event & MouseEvent): void; cellDblClick(e: Event): void; private isPreventAction; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/base/constant.d.ts /** * Constants */ /** @hidden */ export const cellClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellDoubleClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const select: string; /** @hidden */ export const actionBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const actionComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const actionFailure: string; /** @hidden */ export const navigating: string; /** @hidden */ export const renderCell: string; /** @hidden */ export const eventClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const eventRendered: string; /** @hidden */ export const dataBinding: string; /** @hidden */ export const dataBound: string; /** @hidden */ export const popupOpen: string; /** @hidden */ export const dragStart: string; /** @hidden */ export const drag: string; /** @hidden */ export const dragStop: string; /** @hidden */ export const resizeStart: string; /** @hidden */ export const resizing: string; /** @hidden */ export const resizeStop: string; /** * Specifies schedule internal events */ /** @hidden */ export const initialLoad: string; /** @hidden */ export const initialEnd: string; /** @hidden */ export const dataReady: string; /** @hidden */ export const contentReady: string; /** @hidden */ export const scroll: string; /** @hidden */ export const virtualScroll: string; /** @hidden */ export const scrollUiUpdate: string; /** @hidden */ export const uiUpdate: string; /** @hidden */ export const documentClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellMouseDown: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/base/css-constant.d.ts /** * CSS Constants */ /** @hidden */ export const ROOT: string; /** @hidden */ export const RTL: string; /** @hidden */ export const DEVICE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON: string; /** @hidden */ export const ENABLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DISABLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TABLE_CONTAINER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const SCHEDULE_TABLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ALLDAY_CELLS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const HEADER_POPUP_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const HEADER_CALENDAR_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ALLDAY_ROW_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTENT_TABLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const WORK_CELLS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const WORK_HOURS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const POPUP_OPEN: string; /** @hidden */ export const DATE_HEADER_WRAP_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DATE_HEADER_CONTAINER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const HEADER_CELLS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const WORKDAY_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const OTHERMONTH_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CURRENT_DAY_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CURRENTDATE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CURRENT_PANEL_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const PREVIOUS_PANEL_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const NEXT_PANEL_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TRANSLATE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const LEFT_INDENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const LEFT_INDENT_WRAP_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_TABLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_LEFT_TD_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_GROUP_CELLS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_TEXT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_COLUMN_WRAP_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_COLUMN_TABLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_CHILD_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_PARENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_EXPAND_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_COLLAPSE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_TREE_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_CELLS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TIME_CELLS_WRAP_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TIME_CELLS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ALTERNATE_CELLS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CURRENT_TIME_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CURRENT_TIMELINE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const PREVIOUS_TIMELINE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const HIDE_CHILDS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const SCROLL_CONTAINER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TIMELINE_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const APPOINTMENT_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DAY_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TOOLBAR_CONTAINER: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_TOOLBAR_CONTAINER: string; /** @hidden */ export const HEADER_TOOLBAR: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_HEADER_TOOLBAR: string; /** @hidden */ export const SELECTED_CELL_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const WEEK_NUMBER_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const WEEK_NUMBER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const APPOINTMENT_WRAP_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const WRAPPER_CONTAINER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const APPOINTMENT_CONTAINER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const APPOINTMENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const BLOCK_APPOINTMENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const BLOCK_INDICATOR_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const APPOINTMENT_BORDER: string; /** @hidden */ export const APPOINTMENT_DETAILS: string; /** @hidden */ export const SUBJECT_WRAP: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_NAME: string; /** @hidden */ export const APPOINTMENT_TIME: string; /** @hidden */ export const TABLE_WRAP_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const OUTER_TABLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CONTENT_WRAP_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const VIRTUAL_TRACK_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AGENDA_CELLS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AGENDA_CURRENT_DAY_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AGENDA_SELECTED_CELL: string; /** @hidden */ export const AGENDA_MONTH_HEADER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AGENDA_HEADER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AGENDA_RESOURCE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AGENDA_DATE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const NAVIGATE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DATE_HEADER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AGENDA_DAY_BORDER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DATE_BORDER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AGENDA_DAY_PADDING_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DATE_TIME_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DATE_TIME_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AGENDA_EMPTY_EVENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AGENDA_NO_EVENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const APPOINTMENT_INDICATOR_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_INDICATOR_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_ICON_UP_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_ICON_DOWN_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_ICON_LEFT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_ICON_RIGHT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_ACTION_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const NEW_EVENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLONE_ELEMENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MONTH_CLONE_ELEMENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLONE_TIME_INDICATOR_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DRAG_CLONE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_RESIZE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESIZE_CLONE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const LEFT_RESIZE_HANDLER: string; /** @hidden */ export const RIGHT_RESIZE_HANDLER: string; /** @hidden */ export const TOP_RESIZE_HANDLER: string; /** @hidden */ export const BOTTOM_RESIZE_HANDLER: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_RECURRENCE_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_RECURRENCE_EDIT_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const HEADER_ROW_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ALLDAY_APPOINTMENT_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ALLDAY_APPOINTMENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_COUNT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ROW_COUNT_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ALLDAY_APPOINTMENT_SECTION_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const APPOINTMENT_ROW_EXPAND_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const APPOINTMENT_ROW_COLLAPSE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MORE_INDICATOR_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CELL_POPUP_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_POPUP_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MULTIPLE_EVENT_POPUP_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const POPUP_HEADER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const POPUP_HEADER_ICON_WRAPPER: string; /** @hidden */ export const POPUP_CONTENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const POPUP_FOOTER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DATE_TIME_DETAILS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RECURRENCE_SUMMARY_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const QUICK_POPUP_EVENT_DETAILS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_CREATE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EDIT_EVENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DELETE_EVENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TEXT_ELLIPSIS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MORE_POPUP_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MORE_EVENT_POPUP_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MORE_EVENT_HEADER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MORE_EVENT_DATE_HEADER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MORE_EVENT_HEADER_DAY_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MORE_EVENT_HEADER_DATE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MORE_EVENT_CLOSE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MORE_EVENT_CONTENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const MORE_EVENT_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const QUICK_DIALOG_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const QUICK_DIALOG_OCCURRENCE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const QUICK_DIALOG_SERIES_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const QUICK_DIALOG_DELETE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const QUICK_DIALOG_CANCEL_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const QUICK_DIALOG_ALERT_OK: string; /** @hidden */ export const QUICK_DIALOG_ALERT_CANCEL: string; /** @hidden */ export const QUICK_DIALOG_ALERT_BTN_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_DIALOG_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORM_CONTAINER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const FORM_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_ALLDAY_TZ_DIV_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_ALL_DAY_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TIME_ZONE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TIME_ZONE_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TIME_ZONE_DETAILS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_REPEAT_DIV_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_REPEAT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_TITLE_LOCATION_DIV_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const SUBJECT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const LOCATION_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const LOCATION_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const LOCATION_DETAILS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_START_END_DIV_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_START_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_END_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_RESOURCES_DIV_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DESCRIPTION_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DESCRIPTION_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DESCRIPTION_DETAILS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_TIME_ZONE_DIV_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_START_TZ_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_END_TZ_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_BACK_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_SAVE_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_DELETE_BUTTON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_CANCEL_BUTTON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_SAVE_BUTTON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_DIALOG_PARENT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_TITLE_TEXT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_WINDOW_ICON_DISABLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EDIT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EDIT_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DELETE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DELETE_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLOSE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const CLOSE_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ERROR_VALIDATION_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const EVENT_TOOLTIP_ROOT_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ALLDAY_ROW_ANIMATE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const TIMESCALE_DISABLE: string; /** @hidden */ export const DISABLE_DATE: string; /** @hidden */ export const HIDDEN_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const POPUP_WRAPPER_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const POPUP_TABLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_MENU: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_MENU_ICON: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_LEVEL_TITLE: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_TREE: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_TREE_POPUP_OVERLAY: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_TREE_POPUP: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const RESOURCE_DETAILS_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const DATE_TIME_ICON_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const VIRTUAL_SCROLL_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const ICON_DISABLE_CLASS: string; /** @hidden */ export const AUTO_HEIGHT: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/base/interface.d.ts /** * Interface */ export interface ActionEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the request type of the current action. */ requestType: string; /** Defines the type of the event. */ event?: Event; /** Defines the cancel option for the action taking place. */ cancel: boolean; /** Returns the appropriate data based on the action. */ data?: Object; /** Returns the clicked resource row index. */ groupIndex?: number; } export interface ToolbarActionArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the request type of the current action. */ requestType: string; /** Returns the toolbar items present in the Schedule header bar. */ items: navigations.ItemModel[]; } export interface CellClickEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the start time of the cell. */ startTime: Date; /** Returns the end time of the cell. */ endTime: Date; /** Returns true or false, based on whether the clicked cell is all-day or not. */ isAllDay: boolean; /** Returns the single or collection of HTML element(s). */ element?: HTMLElement | HTMLElement[]; /** Defines the cancel option. */ cancel?: boolean; /** Defines the type of the event. */ event?: Event; /** Returns the group index of the cell. */ groupIndex?: number; } export interface SelectEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the request type of the current action. */ requestType: string; /** Defines the type of the event. */ event?: Event; /** Returns the single or collection of HTML element(s). */ element: HTMLElement | HTMLElement[]; /** Determines whether to open the quick popup on multiple cell selection. */ showQuickPopup?: boolean; /** Return the appropriate cell or event data based on the action. */ data?: { [key: string]: Object; } | { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** Returns the clicked resource row index. */ groupIndex?: number; } export interface EventClickArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the date of the event. */ date?: Date; /** Returns a single or collection of selected or clicked events. */ event: { [key: string]: Object; } | { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** Returns the single or collection of HTML element(s). */ element: HTMLElement | HTMLElement[]; /** Defines the cancel option. */ cancel?: boolean; } export interface EventRenderedArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the event data. */ data: { [key: string]: Object; }; /** Returns the event element which is currently being rendered on the UI. */ element: HTMLElement; /** Defines the cancel option. */ cancel: boolean; /** Returns the type of the event element which is currently being rendered on the Scheduler. */ type?: string; } export interface PopupOpenEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the type of the popup which is currently being opted to open. */ type: PopupType; /** Returns the cell or event data. */ data: Object; /** Returns the target element on which the popup is getting opened. */ target?: Element; /** Returns the popup wrapper element. */ element: Element; /** Defines the cancel option. */ cancel: boolean; /** Allows to specify the time duration to be used on editor window, * based on which the start and end time fields will display the time values. By default, it * will be processed based on the `interval` value within the `timeScale` property. */ duration?: number; } export interface NavigatingEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the action type either as `date` or `view` due to which the navigation takes place. */ action: string; /** Defines the cancel option. */ cancel: boolean; /** Returns the date value before date navigation takes place. */ previousDate?: Date; /** Returns the current date value after navigation takes place. */ currentDate?: Date; /** Returns the view name before the view navigation takes place. */ previousView?: string; /** Returns the active view name after the view navigation takes place. */ currentView?: string; } export interface RenderCellEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the type of the elements which is currently being rendered on the UI. */ elementType: string; /** Returns the actual HTML element on which the required custom styling can be applied. */ element: Element; /** Returns the date value of the cell that is currently rendering on UI. */ date?: Date; /** Returns the group index of the cell. */ groupIndex?: number; } export interface ResizeEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the resize element. */ element: HTMLElement; /** Returns the resize event data. */ data: { [key: string]: Object; }; /** Returns the mouse event. */ event: MouseEvent; /** Defines the cancel option. */ cancel?: boolean; /** Returns the start time. */ startTime?: Date; /** Returns the end time. */ endTime?: Date; /** Allows to define the interval in minutes for resizing the appointments. */ interval?: number; /** Allows to define the scroll related actions while resizing to the edges of scheduler. */ scroll?: ScrollOptions; } export interface DragEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** Returns the drag element. */ element: HTMLElement; /** Returns the dragged event data. */ data: { [key: string]: Object; }; /** Returns the mouse event. */ event: MouseEvent; /** Defines the cancel option. */ cancel?: boolean; /** Defines the selectors to cancel the drop on selector target. */ excludeSelectors?: string; /** Returns the start time. */ startTime?: Date; /** Returns the end time. */ endTime?: Date; /** Allows to define the interval in minutes for dragging the appointments. */ interval?: number; /** Allows to define the scroll related actions while dragging to the edges of scheduler. */ scroll?: ScrollOptions; /** Defines the date range navigation action while dragging. */ navigation?: NavigateOptions; } /** An interface that holds options to control the navigation, while performing drag action on appointments. */ export interface NavigateOptions { /** Allows to enable or disable the auto navigation while performing drag action on appointments. */ enable: boolean; /** Allows to define the time delay value while navigating. */ timeDelay: number; } /** An interface that holds options to control the scrolling action while performing drag and resizing action on appointments. */ export interface ScrollOptions { /** Allows to enable or disable the auto scrolling while performing drag and resizing action on appointments. */ enable: boolean; /** Allows to define the scroll step value. */ scrollBy: number; /** Allows to define the time delay value while scrolling. */ timeDelay: number; } /** @hidden */ export interface TdData { date?: Date; renderDates?: Date[]; groupOrder?: string[]; groupIndex?: number; className?: string[]; colSpan?: number; rowSpan?: number; type: string; resourceLevelIndex?: number; resource?: ResourcesModel; resourceData?: { [key: string]: Object; }; startHour?: Date; endHour?: Date; workDays?: number[]; cssClass?: string; template?: NodeList | Element[]; } /** @hidden */ export interface TimeSlotData extends TdData { first: boolean; middle: boolean; last: boolean; } /** @hidden */ export interface KeyEventArgs { element: HTMLTableElement; rowIndex: number; columnIndex: number; maxIndex: number; } /** @hidden */ export interface CellTemplateArgs { date: Date; type: string; groupIndex?: number; } export interface ResourceDetails { /** Returns the resource model data such as the field mapping options used within it. */ resource: ResourcesModel; /** Returns the child resource data. */ resourceData: { [key: string]: Object; }; /** Returns the respective resource fields data. */ groupData?: { [key: string]: Object; }; } /** @hidden */ export interface CrudArgs extends ActionEventArgs { promise?: Promise<Object>; } /** @hidden */ export interface IRenderer { element: HTMLElement; renderDates: Date[]; viewClass: string; isInverseTableSelect: boolean; isCurrentDate(date: Date): boolean; startDate(): Date; endDate(): Date; scrollToHour?(hour: string): void; highlightCurrentTime?(): void; getStartHour(): Date; getEndHour(): Date; getLabelText(view: string): string; getDateRangeText(): string; getEndDateFromStartDate(date: Date): Date; addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; getRenderDates(workDays?: number[]): Date[]; getContentRows(): Element[]; getEventRows(trCount: number): Element[]; getDateSlots(renderDates: Date[], workDays: number[]): TdData[]; getNextPreviousDate(type: string): Date; renderLayout(type: string): void; renderResourceMobileLayout(): void; setPanel(panel: HTMLElement): void; getPanel(): HTMLElement; generateColumnLevels(): TdData[][]; getColumnLevels(): TdData[][]; createTableLayout(className?: string): Element; setResourceHeaderContent(tdElement: Element, tdData: TdData, className: string): void; destroy(): void; isTimelineView(): boolean; } /** @hidden */ export interface EJ2Instance extends HTMLElement { ej2_instances: Object[]; } /** @hidden */ export interface ScrollCss { padding?: string; border?: string; } /** @hidden */ export interface NotifyEventArgs { module?: string; cssProperties?: ScrollCss; processedData?: Object[]; isPreventScrollUpdate?: boolean; } /** @hidden */ export interface LayoutData { element: HTMLElement; selectedDate: Date; } /** @hidden */ export interface PopupEventArgs { classList?: string[]; data?: string[] | { [key: string]: Object; }[]; fields?: EventFieldsMapping; id?: string; l10n?: { [key: string]: Object; }; } /** @hidden */ export interface EventFieldsMapping { id?: string; isBlock?: string; subject?: string; startTime?: string; endTime?: string; startTimezone?: string; endTimezone?: string; location?: string; description?: string; isAllDay?: string; recurrenceID?: string; recurrenceRule?: string; recurrenceException?: string; isReadonly?: string; } /** @hidden */ export interface ElementData { index: number; left: string; width: string; day: number; dayIndex: number; record: { [key: string]: Object; }; resource: number; } /** @hidden */ export interface SaveChanges { addedRecords: Object[]; changedRecords: Object[]; deletedRecords: Object[]; } /** @hidden */ export interface UIStateArgs { expand?: boolean; isInitial?: boolean; left?: number; top?: number; isGroupAdaptive?: boolean; isIgnoreOccurrence?: boolean; groupIndex?: number; action?: boolean; isBlock?: boolean; } /** @hidden */ export interface TreeViewArgs { resourceChild?: TreeViewArgs[]; resourceId?: string; resourceName?: string; } /** @hidden */ export interface ResizeEdges { left: boolean; right: boolean; top: boolean; bottom: boolean; } /** @hidden */ export interface ActionBaseArgs { X?: number; Y?: number; pageX?: number; pageY?: number; target?: EventTarget; scrollInterval?: number; start?: Date; end?: Date; isAllDay?: boolean; action?: string; navigationInterval?: number; index?: number; height?: number; width?: number; interval?: number; cellWidth?: number; cellHeight?: number; groupIndex?: number; actionIndex?: number; slotInterval?: number; clone?: HTMLElement; element?: HTMLElement; cloneElement?: HTMLElement[]; originalElement?: HTMLElement[]; event?: { [key: string]: Object; }; excludeSelectors?: string; scroll?: ScrollOptions; navigation?: NavigateOptions; } /** @hidden */ export interface StateArgs { isRefresh: boolean; isResource: boolean; isView: boolean; isDate: boolean; isLayout: boolean; isDataManager: boolean; } export interface ExportOptions { /** The fileName denotes the name to be given for the exported file. */ fileName?: string; /** The exportType allows you to set the format of an Excel file to be exported either as .xlsx or .csv. */ exportType?: ExcelFormat; /** The custom or specific field collection of event dataSource to be exported can be provided through fields option. */ fields?: string[]; /** The custom data collection can be exported by passing them through the customData option. */ customData?: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; /** There also exists option to export each individual instances of the recurring events to an Excel file, * by setting true or false to the `includeOccurrences` option, denoting either to include or exclude * the occurrences as separate instances on an exported Excel file. */ includeOccurrences?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/base/resource.d.ts export class ResourceBase { private parent; resourceCollection: ResourcesModel[]; lastResourceLevel: TdData[]; renderedResources: TdData[]; expandedResources: TdData[]; private colorIndex; private resourceTreeLevel; private treeViewObj; private treePopup; private popupOverlay; private leftPixel; constructor(parent: Schedule); renderResourceHeaderIndent(tr: Element): void; hideResourceRows(tBody: Element): void; createResourceColumn(): Element; setExpandedResources(): void; getContentRows(resData: TdData[]): Element[]; private setMargin; private countCalculation; onTreeIconClick(e: Event): void; updateContent(index: number, hide: boolean): void; updateVirtualContent(index: number, expand: boolean): void; renderResourceHeader(): void; renderResourceTree(): void; private generateTreeData; private renderResourceHeaderText; private menuClick; private resourceClick; private documentClick; bindResourcesData(isSetModel: boolean): void; private dataManagerSuccess; setResourceCollection(): void; generateResourceLevels(innerDates: TdData[], isTimeLine?: boolean): TdData[][]; generateCustomHours(renderDates: TdData[], startHour: string, endHour: string, groupOrder?: string[]): TdData[]; private generateHeaderLevels; setResourceValues(eventObj: { [key: string]: Object; }, isCrud: boolean, groupIndex?: number): void; getResourceColor(eventObj: { [key: string]: Object; }, groupOrder?: string[]): string; getCssClass(eventObj: { [key: string]: Object; }): string; private filterData; private dataManagerFailure; getResourceData(eventObj: { [key: string]: Object; }, index: number, groupEditIndex: number[]): void; addResource(resources: Object, name: string, index: number): void; removeResource(resourceId: string | number, name: string): void; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/base/schedule-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Schedule */ export interface ScheduleModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Sets the `width` of the Schedule component, accepting both string and number values. * The string value can be either pixel or percentage format. * When set to `auto`, the Schedule width gets auto-adjusted and display its content related to the viewable screen size. * @default 'auto' */ width?: string | number; /** * Sets the `height` of the Schedule component, accepting both string and number values. * The string type includes either pixel or percentage values. * When `height` is set with specific pixel value, then the Schedule will be rendered to that specified space. * In case, if `auto` value is set, then the height of the Schedule gets auto-adjusted within the given container. * @default 'auto' */ height?: string | number; /** * When set to `false`, hides the header bar of the Schedule from UI. By default, * the header bar holds the date and view navigation options, to which the user can add their own custom items onto it. * @default true */ showHeaderBar?: boolean; /** * When set to `false`, hides the current time indicator from the Schedule. Otherwise, * it visually depicts the live current system time appropriately on the user interface. * @default true */ showTimeIndicator?: boolean; /** * To set the active view on scheduler, the `currentView` property can be used and it usually accepts either of the following available * view options. The view option specified in this property will be initially loaded on the schedule. * * Day * * Week * * WorkWeek * * Month * * Agenda * * MonthAgenda * * TimelineDay * * TimelineWeek * * TimelineWorkWeek * * TimelineMonth * @default 'Week' */ currentView?: View; /** * This property holds the views collection and its configurations. It accepts either the array of view names or the array of view * objects that holds different configurations for each views. By default, * Schedule displays all the views namely `Day`, `Week`, `Work Week`, `Month` and `Agenda`. * Example for array of views: * {% codeBlock src="schedule/view-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * Example for array of view objects: * {% codeBlock src="schedule/view-api/array.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default '['Day', 'Week', 'WorkWeek', 'Month', 'Agenda']' */ views?: View[] | ViewsModel[]; /** * To mark the active (current) date on the Schedule, `selectedDate` property can be defined. * Usually, it defaults to the current System date. * @default 'new Date()' */ selectedDate?: Date; /** * By default, Schedule follows the date-format as per the default culture assigned to it. * It is also possible to manually set specific date format by using the `dateFormat` property. * The format of the date range label in the header bar depends on the `dateFormat` value or else based on the * locale assigned to the Schedule. * @default null */ dateFormat?: string; /** * It allows the Scheduler to display in other calendar modes. * By default, Scheduler is displayed in `Gregorian` calendar mode. * To change the mode, you can set either `Gregorian` or `Islamic` as a value to this `calendarMode` property. * @default 'Gregorian' */ calendarMode?: CalendarType; /** * When set to `false`, it hides the weekend days of a week from the Schedule. The days which are not defined in the working days * collection are usually treated as weekend days. * Note: By default, this option is not applicable on `Work Week` view. * For example, if the working days are defined as [1, 2, 3, 4], then the remaining days of that week will be considered as * the weekend days and will be hidden on all the views. * @default true */ showWeekend?: boolean; /** * This option allows the user to set the first day of a week on Schedule. It should be based on the locale set to it and each culture * defines its own first day of week values. If needed, the user can set it manually on his own by defining the value through * this property. It usually accepts the integer values, whereby 0 is always denoted as Sunday, 1 as Monday and so on. * @default 0 */ firstDayOfWeek?: number; /** * It is used to set the working days on Schedule. The only days that are defined in this collection will be rendered on the `workWeek` * view whereas on other views, it will display all the usual days and simply highlights the working days with different shade. * @default '[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]' * @aspType int[] */ workDays?: number[]; /** * It is used to specify the starting hour, from which the Schedule starts to display. It accepts the time string in a short skeleton * format and also, hides the time beyond the specified start time. * @default '00:00' */ startHour?: string; /** * It is used to specify the end hour, at which the Schedule ends. It too accepts the time string in a short skeleton format. * @default '24:00' */ endHour?: string; /** * When set to `true`, allows the resizing of appointments. It allows the rescheduling of appointments either by changing the * start or end time by dragging the event resize handlers. * @default true */ allowResizing?: boolean; /** * The working hours should be highlighted on Schedule with different color shade and an additional option must be provided to * highlight it or not. This functionality is handled through `workHours` property and the start work hour should be 9 AM by default * and end work hour should point to 6 PM. The start and end working hours needs to be provided as Time value of short skeleton type. * @default { highlight: true, start: '09:00', end: '18:00' } */ workHours?: WorkHoursModel; /** * Allows to set different time duration on Schedule along with the customized grid count. It also has template option to * customize the time slots with required time values in its own format. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/timescale-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default { enable: true, interval: 60, slotCount: 2, majorSlotTemplate: null, minorSlotTemplate: null } */ timeScale?: TimeScaleModel; /** * When set to `true`, allows the keyboard interaction to take place on Schedule. * @default true */ allowKeyboardInteraction?: boolean; /** * When set to `true`, allows the appointments to move over the time slots. When an appointment is dragged, both its start * and end time tends to change simultaneously allowing it to reschedule the appointment on some other time. * @default true */ allowDragAndDrop?: boolean; /** * It accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design content and parse it appropriately before displaying it onto * the date header cells. The field that can be accessed via this template is `date`. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/date-header-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ dateHeaderTemplate?: string; /** * The template option which is used to render the customized work cells on the Schedule. Here, the template accepts either * the string or HTMLElement as template design and then the parsed design is displayed onto the work cells. * The fields accessible via template are as follows. * * date * * groupIndex * * type * {% codeBlock src="schedule/cell-template-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * {% codeBlock src="schedule/cell-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ cellTemplate?: string; /** * When set to `true`, makes the Schedule to render in a read only mode. No CRUD actions will be allowed at this time. * @default false */ readonly?: boolean; /** * When set to `true`, displays a quick popup with cell or event details on single clicking over the cells or on events. * By default, it is set to `true`. * @default true */ showQuickInfo?: boolean; /** * When set to `true`, displays the week number of the current view date range. * By default, it is set to `false`. * @default false */ showWeekNumber?: boolean; /** * when set to `true`, allows the height of the work-cells to adjust automatically * based on the number of appointments present in those time ranges. * @default false */ rowAutoHeight?: boolean; /** * The template option to render the customized editor window. The form elements defined within this template should be accompanied * with `e-field` class, so as to fetch and process it from internally. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/editor-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * {% codeBlock src="schedule/editor-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ editorTemplate?: string; /** * The template option to customize the quick window. The three sections of the quick popup whereas the header, content, * and footer can be easily customized with individual template option. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/quick-info-template-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * {% codeBlock src="schedule/quick-info-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ quickInfoTemplates?: QuickInfoTemplatesModel; /** * Sets the number of days to be displayed by default in Agenda View and in case of virtual scrolling, * the number of days will be fetched on each scroll-end based on this count. * @default 7 */ agendaDaysCount?: number; /** * The days which does not has even a single event to display will be hidden from the UI of Agenda View by default. * When this property is set to `false`, the empty dates will also be displayed on the Schedule. * @default true */ hideEmptyAgendaDays?: boolean; /** * Schedule will be assigned with specific timezone, so as to display the events in it accordingly. By default, * Schedule dates are processed with System timezone, as no timezone will be assigned specifically to the Schedule at the initial time. * Whenever the Schedule is bound to remote data services, it is always recommended to set specific timezone to Schedule to make the * events on it to display on the same time irrespective of the system timezone. It usually accepts * the valid [IANA](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones) timezone names. * @default null */ timezone?: string; /** * Complete set of settings related to Schedule events to bind it to local or remote dataSource, map applicable database fields and * other validation to be carried out on the available fields. * @default null */ eventSettings?: EventSettingsModel; /** * Template option to customize the resource header bar. Here, the template accepts either * the string or HTMLElement as template design and then the parsed design is displayed onto the resource header cells. * The following can be accessible via template. * * resource - All the resource fields. * * resourceData - object collection of current resource. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/resource-header-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * {% codeBlock src="schedule/resource-header-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ resourceHeaderTemplate?: string; /** * Allows defining the group related settings of multiple resources. When this property is non-empty, it means * that the resources will be grouped on the schedule layout based on the provided resource names. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/group-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default {} */ group?: GroupModel; /** * Allows defining the collection of resources to be displayed on the Schedule. The resource collection needs to be defined * with unique resource names to identify it along with the respective dataSource and field mapping options. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/resources-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default [] */ resources?: ResourcesModel[]; /** * Allows defining the collection of custom header rows to display the year, month, week, date and hour label as an individual row * on the timeline view of the scheduler. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/header-rows-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default [] */ headerRows?: HeaderRowsModel[]; /** * It is used to customize the Schedule which accepts custom CSS class names that defines specific user-defined styles and themes * to be applied on the Schedule element. * @default null */ cssClass?: string; /** * When set to `true`, enables the RTL mode on the Schedule, so that the Schedule and its content displays in the direction * from right to left. * @default false */ enableRtl?: boolean; /** * It enables the external drag and drop support for appointments on scheduler, to be able to move them out of the scheduler layout. * When the drag area is explicitly set with specific DOM element name, * the appointments can be dragged anywhere within the specified drag area location. * @default null */ eventDragArea?: string; /** * Triggers after the scheduler component is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the scheduler component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the scheduler cells are single clicked or on single tap on the same cells in mobile devices. * @event */ cellClick?: base.EmitType<CellClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the scheduler cells are double clicked. * @event */ cellDoubleClick?: base.EmitType<CellClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when multiple cells or events are selected on the Scheduler. * @event */ select?: base.EmitType<SelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on beginning of every scheduler action. * @event */ actionBegin?: base.EmitType<ActionEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on successful completion of the scheduler actions. * @event */ actionComplete?: base.EmitType<ActionEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a scheduler action gets failed or interrupted and an error information will be returned. * @event */ actionFailure?: base.EmitType<ActionEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the date or view navigation takes place on scheduler. * @event */ navigating?: base.EmitType<NavigatingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each element of the schedule rendering on the page. * @event */ renderCell?: base.EmitType<RenderCellEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the events are single clicked or on single tapping the events on the mobile devices. * @event */ eventClick?: base.EmitType<EventClickArgs>; /** * Triggers before each of the event getting rendered on the scheduler user interface. * @event */ eventRendered?: base.EmitType<EventRenderedArgs>; /** * Triggers before the data binds to the scheduler. * @event */ dataBinding?: base.EmitType<ReturnType>; /** * Triggers before any of the scheduler popups opens on the page. * @event */ popupOpen?: base.EmitType<PopupOpenEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when an appointment is started to drag. * @event */ dragStart?: base.EmitType<DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when an appointment is being in a dragged state. * @event */ drag?: base.EmitType<DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the dragging of appointment is stopped. * @event */ dragStop?: base.EmitType<DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when an appointment is started to resize. * @event */ resizeStart?: base.EmitType<ResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when an appointment is being in a resizing action. * @event */ resizing?: base.EmitType<ResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the resizing of appointment is stopped. * @event */ resizeStop?: base.EmitType<ResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers once the event data is bound to the scheduler. * @event */ dataBound?: base.EmitType<ReturnType>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/base/schedule.d.ts /** * Represents the Schedule component that displays a list of events scheduled against specific date and timings, * thus helping us to plan and manage it properly. * ```html * <div id="schedule"></div> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var scheduleObj = new Schedule(); * scheduleObj.appendTo("#schedule"); * </script> * ``` */ export class Schedule extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { globalize: base.Internationalization; localeObj: base.L10n; isAdaptive: Boolean; dataModule: Data; eventTooltip: EventTooltip; eventWindow: EventWindow; renderModule: Render; headerModule: HeaderRenderer; scrollModule: Scroll; virtualScrollModule: VirtualScroll; iCalendarExportModule: ICalendarExport; iCalendarImportModule: ICalendarImport; crudModule: Crud; scheduleTouchModule: ScheduleTouch; keyboardInteractionModule: KeyboardInteraction; activeView: IRenderer; activeCellsData: CellClickEventArgs; activeEventData: EventClickArgs; eventBase: EventBase; resourceBase: ResourceBase; private cellTemplateFn; private dateHeaderTemplateFn; private majorSlotTemplateFn; private minorSlotTemplateFn; private appointmentTemplateFn; private eventTooltipTemplateFn; private headerTooltipTemplateFn; private editorTemplateFn; private quickInfoTemplatesHeaderFn; private quickInfoTemplatesContentFn; private quickInfoTemplatesFooterFn; private resourceHeaderTemplateFn; private defaultLocale; dayModule: Day; weekModule: Week; workWeekModule: WorkWeek; monthAgendaModule: MonthAgenda; monthModule: Month; agendaModule: Agenda; timelineViewsModule: TimelineViews; timelineMonthModule: TimelineMonth; resizeModule: Resize; dragAndDropModule: DragAndDrop; excelExportModule: ExcelExport; viewOptions: { [key: string]: ViewsModel[]; }; viewCollections: ViewsModel[]; viewIndex: number; activeViewOptions: ViewsModel; eventFields: EventFieldsMapping; editorTitles: EventFieldsMapping; eventsData: Object[]; eventsProcessed: Object[]; blockData: Object[]; blockProcessed: Object[]; currentAction: CurrentAction; quickPopup: QuickPopups; selectedElements: Element[]; uiStateValues: UIStateArgs; timeFormat: string; calendarUtil: CalendarUtil; /** * Sets the `width` of the Schedule component, accepting both string and number values. * The string value can be either pixel or percentage format. * When set to `auto`, the Schedule width gets auto-adjusted and display its content related to the viewable screen size. * @default 'auto' */ width: string | number; /** * Sets the `height` of the Schedule component, accepting both string and number values. * The string type includes either pixel or percentage values. * When `height` is set with specific pixel value, then the Schedule will be rendered to that specified space. * In case, if `auto` value is set, then the height of the Schedule gets auto-adjusted within the given container. * @default 'auto' */ height: string | number; /** * When set to `false`, hides the header bar of the Schedule from UI. By default, * the header bar holds the date and view navigation options, to which the user can add their own custom items onto it. * @default true */ showHeaderBar: boolean; /** * When set to `false`, hides the current time indicator from the Schedule. Otherwise, * it visually depicts the live current system time appropriately on the user interface. * @default true */ showTimeIndicator: boolean; /** * To set the active view on scheduler, the `currentView` property can be used and it usually accepts either of the following available * view options. The view option specified in this property will be initially loaded on the schedule. * * Day * * Week * * WorkWeek * * Month * * Agenda * * MonthAgenda * * TimelineDay * * TimelineWeek * * TimelineWorkWeek * * TimelineMonth * @default 'Week' */ currentView: View; /** * This property holds the views collection and its configurations. It accepts either the array of view names or the array of view * objects that holds different configurations for each views. By default, * Schedule displays all the views namely `Day`, `Week`, `Work Week`, `Month` and `Agenda`. * Example for array of views: * {% codeBlock src="schedule/view-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * Example for array of view objects: * {% codeBlock src="schedule/view-api/array.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default '['Day', 'Week', 'WorkWeek', 'Month', 'Agenda']' */ views: View[] | ViewsModel[]; /** * To mark the active (current) date on the Schedule, `selectedDate` property can be defined. * Usually, it defaults to the current System date. * @default 'new Date()' */ selectedDate: Date; /** * By default, Schedule follows the date-format as per the default culture assigned to it. * It is also possible to manually set specific date format by using the `dateFormat` property. * The format of the date range label in the header bar depends on the `dateFormat` value or else based on the * locale assigned to the Schedule. * @default null */ dateFormat: string; /** * It allows the Scheduler to display in other calendar modes. * By default, Scheduler is displayed in `Gregorian` calendar mode. * To change the mode, you can set either `Gregorian` or `Islamic` as a value to this `calendarMode` property. * @default 'Gregorian' */ calendarMode: CalendarType; /** * When set to `false`, it hides the weekend days of a week from the Schedule. The days which are not defined in the working days * collection are usually treated as weekend days. * Note: By default, this option is not applicable on `Work Week` view. * For example, if the working days are defined as [1, 2, 3, 4], then the remaining days of that week will be considered as * the weekend days and will be hidden on all the views. * @default true */ showWeekend: boolean; /** * This option allows the user to set the first day of a week on Schedule. It should be based on the locale set to it and each culture * defines its own first day of week values. If needed, the user can set it manually on his own by defining the value through * this property. It usually accepts the integer values, whereby 0 is always denoted as Sunday, 1 as Monday and so on. * @default 0 */ firstDayOfWeek: number; /** * It is used to set the working days on Schedule. The only days that are defined in this collection will be rendered on the `workWeek` * view whereas on other views, it will display all the usual days and simply highlights the working days with different shade. * @default '[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]' * @aspType int[] */ workDays: number[]; /** * It is used to specify the starting hour, from which the Schedule starts to display. It accepts the time string in a short skeleton * format and also, hides the time beyond the specified start time. * @default '00:00' */ startHour: string; /** * It is used to specify the end hour, at which the Schedule ends. It too accepts the time string in a short skeleton format. * @default '24:00' */ endHour: string; /** * When set to `true`, allows the resizing of appointments. It allows the rescheduling of appointments either by changing the * start or end time by dragging the event resize handlers. * @default true */ allowResizing: boolean; /** * The working hours should be highlighted on Schedule with different color shade and an additional option must be provided to * highlight it or not. This functionality is handled through `workHours` property and the start work hour should be 9 AM by default * and end work hour should point to 6 PM. The start and end working hours needs to be provided as Time value of short skeleton type. * @default { highlight: true, start: '09:00', end: '18:00' } */ workHours: WorkHoursModel; /** * Allows to set different time duration on Schedule along with the customized grid count. It also has template option to * customize the time slots with required time values in its own format. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/timescale-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default { enable: true, interval: 60, slotCount: 2, majorSlotTemplate: null, minorSlotTemplate: null } */ timeScale: TimeScaleModel; /** * When set to `true`, allows the keyboard interaction to take place on Schedule. * @default true */ allowKeyboardInteraction: boolean; /** * When set to `true`, allows the appointments to move over the time slots. When an appointment is dragged, both its start * and end time tends to change simultaneously allowing it to reschedule the appointment on some other time. * @default true */ allowDragAndDrop: boolean; /** * It accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design content and parse it appropriately before displaying it onto * the date header cells. The field that can be accessed via this template is `date`. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/date-header-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ dateHeaderTemplate: string; /** * The template option which is used to render the customized work cells on the Schedule. Here, the template accepts either * the string or HTMLElement as template design and then the parsed design is displayed onto the work cells. * The fields accessible via template are as follows. * * date * * groupIndex * * type * {% codeBlock src="schedule/cell-template-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * {% codeBlock src="schedule/cell-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ cellTemplate: string; /** * When set to `true`, makes the Schedule to render in a read only mode. No CRUD actions will be allowed at this time. * @default false */ readonly: boolean; /** * When set to `true`, displays a quick popup with cell or event details on single clicking over the cells or on events. * By default, it is set to `true`. * @default true */ showQuickInfo: boolean; /** * When set to `true`, displays the week number of the current view date range. * By default, it is set to `false`. * @default false */ showWeekNumber: boolean; /** * when set to `true`, allows the height of the work-cells to adjust automatically * based on the number of appointments present in those time ranges. * @default false */ rowAutoHeight: boolean; /** * The template option to render the customized editor window. The form elements defined within this template should be accompanied * with `e-field` class, so as to fetch and process it from internally. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/editor-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * {% codeBlock src="schedule/editor-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ editorTemplate: string; /** * The template option to customize the quick window. The three sections of the quick popup whereas the header, content, * and footer can be easily customized with individual template option. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/quick-info-template-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * {% codeBlock src="schedule/quick-info-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ quickInfoTemplates: QuickInfoTemplatesModel; /** * Sets the number of days to be displayed by default in Agenda View and in case of virtual scrolling, * the number of days will be fetched on each scroll-end based on this count. * @default 7 */ agendaDaysCount: number; /** * The days which does not has even a single event to display will be hidden from the UI of Agenda View by default. * When this property is set to `false`, the empty dates will also be displayed on the Schedule. * @default true */ hideEmptyAgendaDays: boolean; /** * Schedule will be assigned with specific timezone, so as to display the events in it accordingly. By default, * Schedule dates are processed with System timezone, as no timezone will be assigned specifically to the Schedule at the initial time. * Whenever the Schedule is bound to remote data services, it is always recommended to set specific timezone to Schedule to make the * events on it to display on the same time irrespective of the system timezone. It usually accepts * the valid [IANA](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones) timezone names. * @default null */ timezone: string; /** * Complete set of settings related to Schedule events to bind it to local or remote dataSource, map applicable database fields and * other validation to be carried out on the available fields. * @default null */ eventSettings: EventSettingsModel; /** * Template option to customize the resource header bar. Here, the template accepts either * the string or HTMLElement as template design and then the parsed design is displayed onto the resource header cells. * The following can be accessible via template. * * resource - All the resource fields. * * resourceData - object collection of current resource. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/resource-header-api/index.html" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * {% codeBlock src="schedule/resource-header-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ resourceHeaderTemplate: string; /** * Allows defining the group related settings of multiple resources. When this property is non-empty, it means * that the resources will be grouped on the schedule layout based on the provided resource names. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/group-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default {} */ group: GroupModel; /** * Allows defining the collection of resources to be displayed on the Schedule. The resource collection needs to be defined * with unique resource names to identify it along with the respective dataSource and field mapping options. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/resources-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default [] */ resources: ResourcesModel[]; /** * Allows defining the collection of custom header rows to display the year, month, week, date and hour label as an individual row * on the timeline view of the scheduler. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/header-rows-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default [] */ headerRows: HeaderRowsModel[]; /** * It is used to customize the Schedule which accepts custom CSS class names that defines specific user-defined styles and themes * to be applied on the Schedule element. * @default null */ cssClass: string; /** * When set to `true`, enables the RTL mode on the Schedule, so that the Schedule and its content displays in the direction * from right to left. * @default false */ enableRtl: boolean; /** * It enables the external drag and drop support for appointments on scheduler, to be able to move them out of the scheduler layout. * When the drag area is explicitly set with specific DOM element name, * the appointments can be dragged anywhere within the specified drag area location. * @default null */ eventDragArea: string; /** * Triggers after the scheduler component is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the scheduler component is destroyed. * @event */ destroyed: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the scheduler cells are single clicked or on single tap on the same cells in mobile devices. * @event */ cellClick: base.EmitType<CellClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the scheduler cells are double clicked. * @event */ cellDoubleClick: base.EmitType<CellClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when multiple cells or events are selected on the Scheduler. * @event */ select: base.EmitType<SelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on beginning of every scheduler action. * @event */ actionBegin: base.EmitType<ActionEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on successful completion of the scheduler actions. * @event */ actionComplete: base.EmitType<ActionEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a scheduler action gets failed or interrupted and an error information will be returned. * @event */ actionFailure: base.EmitType<ActionEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the date or view navigation takes place on scheduler. * @event */ navigating: base.EmitType<NavigatingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before each element of the schedule rendering on the page. * @event */ renderCell: base.EmitType<RenderCellEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the events are single clicked or on single tapping the events on the mobile devices. * @event */ eventClick: base.EmitType<EventClickArgs>; /** * Triggers before each of the event getting rendered on the scheduler user interface. * @event */ eventRendered: base.EmitType<EventRenderedArgs>; /** * Triggers before the data binds to the scheduler. * @event */ dataBinding: base.EmitType<ReturnType>; /** * Triggers before any of the scheduler popups opens on the page. * @event */ popupOpen: base.EmitType<PopupOpenEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when an appointment is started to drag. * @event */ dragStart: base.EmitType<DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when an appointment is being in a dragged state. * @event */ drag: base.EmitType<DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the dragging of appointment is stopped. * @event */ dragStop: base.EmitType<DragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when an appointment is started to resize. * @event */ resizeStart: base.EmitType<ResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when an appointment is being in a resizing action. * @event */ resizing: base.EmitType<ResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the resizing of appointment is stopped. * @event */ resizeStop: base.EmitType<ResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers once the event data is bound to the scheduler. * @event */ dataBound: base.EmitType<ReturnType>; /** * Constructor for creating the Schedule widget * @hidden */ constructor(options?: ScheduleModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Core method that initializes the control rendering. * @private */ render(): void; private initializeResources; renderElements(isLayoutOnly: boolean): void; private validateDate; private getViewIndex; private setViewOptions; private getActiveViewOptions; private initializeDataModule; private initializeView; private initializeTemplates; private initializePopups; getDayNames(type: string): string[]; private setCldrTimeFormat; getCalendarMode(): string; getTimeString(date: Date): string; private setCalendarMode; changeView(view: View, event?: Event, muteOnChange?: boolean, index?: number): void; changeDate(selectedDate: Date, event?: Event): void; isSelectedDate(date: Date): boolean; getNavigateView(): View; private animateLayout; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for control rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @hidden */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; /** * Initializes the values of private members. * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Binding events to the Schedule element. * @hidden */ private wireEvents; removeSelectedClass(): void; addSelectedClass(cells: HTMLTableCellElement[], focusCell: HTMLTableCellElement): void; selectCell(element: HTMLElement & HTMLTableCellElement): void; getSelectedElements(): Element[]; getAllDayRow(): Element; getContentTable(): HTMLElement; getTableRows(): HTMLElement[]; getWorkCellElements(): Element[]; getIndexOfDate(collection: Date[], date: Date): number; isAllDayCell(td: Element): boolean; getDateFromElement(td: Element): Date; getCellTemplate(): Function; getDateHeaderTemplate(): Function; getMajorSlotTemplate(): Function; getMinorSlotTemplate(): Function; getAppointmentTemplate(): Function; getEventTooltipTemplate(): Function; getHeaderTooltipTemplate(): Function; getEditorTemplate(): Function; getQuickInfoTemplatesHeader(): Function; getQuickInfoTemplatesContent(): Function; getQuickInfoTemplatesFooter(): Function; getResourceHeaderTemplate(): Function; getCssProperties(): ScrollCss; removeNewEventElement(): void; private onDocumentClick; private onScheduleResize; templateParser(template: string): Function; boundaryValidation(pageY: number, pageX: number): ResizeEdges; /** * Unbinding events from the element on widget destroy. * @hidden */ private unwireEvents; /** * Core method to return the component name. * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Returns the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ protected getPersistData(): string; /** * Called internally, if any of the property value changed. * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: ScheduleModel, oldProp: ScheduleModel): void; private propertyChangeAction; private extendedPropertyChange; private onGroupSettingsPropertyChanged; private onEventSettingsPropertyChanged; private destroyHeaderModule; private destroyPopups; /** * Allows to show the spinner on schedule at the required scenarios. */ showSpinner(): void; /** * When the spinner is shown manually using `showSpinner` method, it can be hidden using this `hideSpinner` method. */ hideSpinner(): void; /** * Sets different working hours on the required working days by accepting the required start and end time as well as the date collection * as its parameters. * @method setWorkHours * @param {date} dates Collection of dates on which the given start and end hour range needs to be applied. * @param {string} start Defines the work start hour. * @param {string} end Defines the work end hour. * @param {number} groupIndex Defines the resource index from last level. * @returns {void} */ setWorkHours(dates: Date[], start: string, end: string, groupIndex?: number): void; /** * Retrieves the start and end time information of the specific cell element. * @method getCellDetails * @param {Element} td The cell element whose start and end time details are to be retrieved. * @returns {CellClickEventArgs} Object An object holding the startTime, endTime and all-day information along with the target HTML * element will be returned. */ getCellDetails(tdCol: Element | Element[]): CellClickEventArgs; /** * Retrieves the resource details based on the provided resource index. * @param {number} index index of the resources at the last level. * @returns {ResourceDetails} Object An object holding the details of resource and resourceData. */ getResourcesByIndex(index: number): ResourceDetails; /** * Scrolls the Schedule content area to the specified time. * @method scrollTo * @param {string} hour Accepts the time value in the skeleton format of 'Hm'. * @returns {void} */ scrollTo(hour: string): void; /** * Exports the Scheduler events to a calendar (.ics) file. By default, the calendar is exported with a file name `Calendar.ics`. * To change this file name on export, pass the custom string value as `fileName` to get the file downloaded with this provided name. * @method exportToICalendar * @param {string} fileName Accepts the string value. * @returns {void} */ exportToICalendar(fileName?: string): void; /** * Imports the events from an .ics file downloaded from any of the calendars like Google or Outlook into the Scheduler. * @param {Blob} fileContent Accepts the file object. * @returns {void} */ /** * Adds the newly created event into the Schedule dataSource. * @method addEvent * @param {Object | Object[]} data Single or collection of event objects to be added into Schedule. * @returns {void} */ addEvent(data: Object | Object[]): void; /** * Allows the Scheduler events data to be exported as an Excel file either in .xlsx or .csv file formats. * By default, the whole event collection bound to the Scheduler gets exported as an Excel file. * To export only the specific events of Scheduler, you need to pass the custom data collection as * a parameter to this `exportToExcel` method. This method accepts the export options as arguments such as fileName, * exportType, fields, customData, and includeOccurrences. The `fileName` denotes the name to be given for the exported * file and the `exportType` allows you to set the format of an Excel file to be exported either as .xlsx or .csv. * The custom or specific field collection of event dataSource to be exported can be provided through `fields` option * and the custom data collection can be exported by passing them through the `customData` option. There also exists * option to export each individual instances of the recurring events to an Excel file, by setting true or false to the * `includeOccurrences` option, denoting either to include or exclude the occurrences as separate instances on an exported Excel file. * @method exportToExcel * @param {ExportOptions} excelExportOptions The export options to be set before start with * exporting the Scheduler events to an Excel file. * @return {void} */ exportToExcel(excelExportOptions?: ExportOptions): void; /** * Updates the changes made in the event object by passing it as an parameter into the dataSource. * @method saveEvent * @param {[key: string]: Object} data Single or collection of event objects to be saved into Schedule. * @param {CurrentAction} currentAction Denotes the action that takes place either for editing occurrence or series. * The valid current action names are `EditOccurrence` or `EditSeries`. * @returns {void} */ saveEvent(data: { [key: string]: Object; } | { [key: string]: Object; }[], currentAction?: CurrentAction): void; /** * Deletes the events based on the provided ID or event collection in the argument list. * @method deleteEvent * @param {{[key: string]: Object}} id Single event objects to be removed from the Schedule. * @param {{[key: string]: Object }[]} id Collection of event objects to be removed from the Schedule. * @param {string | number} id Accepts the ID of the event object which needs to be removed from the Schedule. * @param {CurrentAction} currentAction Denotes the delete action that takes place either on occurrence or series events. * The valid current action names are `Delete`, `DeleteOccurrence` or `DeleteSeries`. * @returns {void} */ deleteEvent(id: string | number | { [key: string]: Object; } | { [key: string]: Object; }[], currentAction?: CurrentAction): void; /** * Retrieves the entire collection of events bound to the Schedule. * @method getEvents * @returns {Object[]} Returns the collection of event objects from the Schedule. */ getEvents(startDate?: Date, endDate?: Date, includeOccurrences?: boolean): Object[]; /** * Retrieves the occurrences of a single recurrence event based on the provided parent ID. * @method getOccurrencesByID * @param {number} eventID ID of the parent recurrence data from which the occurrences are fetched. * @returns {Object[]} Returns the collection of occurrence event objects. */ getOccurrencesByID(eventID: number | string): Object[]; /** * Retrieves all the occurrences that lies between the specific start and end time range. * @method getOccurrencesByRange * @param {Date} startTime Denotes the start time range. * @param {Date} endTime Denotes the end time range. * @returns {Object[]} Returns the collection of occurrence event objects that lies between the provided start and end time. */ getOccurrencesByRange(startTime: Date, endTime: Date): Object[]; /** * Retrieves the dates that lies on active view of Schedule. * @method getCurrentViewDates * @returns {Date[]} Returns the collection of dates. */ getCurrentViewDates(): Object[]; /** * Retrieves the events that lies on the current date range of the active view of Schedule. * @method getCurrentViewEvents * @returns {Object[]} Returns the collection of events. */ getCurrentViewEvents(): Object[]; /** * Refreshes the event dataSource. This method may be useful when the events alone in the schedule needs to be re-rendered. * @method refreshEvents * @returns {void} */ refreshEvents(): void; /** * To retrieve the appointment object from element. * @method getEventDetails * @param {Element} element Denotes the event UI element on the Schedule. * @returns {Object} Returns the event details. */ getEventDetails(element: Element): Object; /** * To check whether the given time range slots are available for event creation or already occupied by other events. * @method isSlotAvailable * @param {Date} startTime Denotes the start time of the slot. * @param {Date} endTime Denotes the end time of the slot. * @param {number} groupIndex Defines the resource index from last level. * @returns {boolean} Returns true, if the slot that lies in the provided time range does not contain any other events. */ isSlotAvailable(startTime: Date, endTime: Date, groupIndex?: number): boolean; /** * To manually open the event editor on specific time or on certain events. * @method openEditor * @param {Object} data It can be either cell data or event data. * @param {CurrentAction} action Defines the action for which the editor needs to be opened such as either for new event creation or * for editing of existing events. The applicable action names that can be used here are `Add`, `Save`, `EditOccurrence` * and `EditSeries`. * @param {boolean} isEventData It allows to decide whether the editor needs to be opened with the clicked cell details or with the * passed event details. * @param {number} repeatType It opens the editor with the recurrence options based on the provided repeat type. * @returns {void} */ openEditor(data: Object, action: CurrentAction, isEventData?: boolean, repeatType?: number): void; /** * Adds the resources to the specified index. * @param resources * @param {string} name Name of the resource defined in resources collection. * @param {number} index Index or position where the resource should be added. */ addResource(resources: Object, name: string, index: number): void; /** * Removes the specified resource. * @param resourceId Specifies the resource id to be removed. * @param name Specifies the resource name from which the id should be referred. */ removeResource(resourceId: string | number, name: string): void; /** * Destroys the Schedule component. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/base/type.d.ts /** * types */ /** * An enum type that denotes the view mode of the schedule. Available options are as follows * * Day * * Week * * WorkWeek * * Month * * Agenda * * MonthAgenda * * TimelineDay * * TimelineWeek * * TimelineWorkWeek * * TimelineMonth */ export type View = 'Day' | 'Week' | 'WorkWeek' | 'Month' | 'Agenda' | 'MonthAgenda' | 'TimelineDay' | 'TimelineWeek' | 'TimelineWorkWeek' | 'TimelineMonth'; export type CurrentAction = 'Add' | 'Save' | 'Delete' | 'DeleteOccurrence' | 'DeleteSeries' | 'EditOccurrence' | 'EditSeries'; export type ReturnType = { result: Object[]; count: number; aggregates?: Object; }; export type PopupType = 'Editor' | 'EventContainer' | 'QuickInfo' | 'RecurrenceAlert' | 'DeleteAlert' | 'ViewEventInfo' | 'EditEventInfo' | 'ValidationAlert' | 'RecurrenceValidationAlert'; export type HeaderRowType = 'Year' | 'Month' | 'Week' | 'Date' | 'Hour'; export type ExcelFormat = 'csv' | 'xlsx'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/base/util.d.ts /** * Schedule common utilities */ export const WEEK_LENGTH: number; export const MS_PER_DAY: number; export const MS_PER_MINUTE: number; export function getElementHeightFromClass(container: Element, elementClass: string): number; export function getTranslateY(element: HTMLElement | Element): number; export function getWeekFirstDate(date1: Date, firstDayOfWeek: number): Date; export function firstDateOfMonth(date: Date): Date; export function lastDateOfMonth(dt: Date): Date; export function getWeekNumber(dt: Date): number; export function setTime(date: Date, time: number): Date; export function resetTime(date: Date): Date; export function getDateInMs(date: Date): number; export function addDays(date: Date, i: number): Date; export function addMonths(date: Date, i: number): Date; export function addYears(date: Date, i: number): Date; export function getStartEndHours(date: Date, startHour: Date, endHour: Date): { [key: string]: Date; }; export function getMaxDays(d: Date): number; export function getDaysCount(startDate: number, endDate: number): number; export function getDateFromString(date: string): Date; /** @hidden */ export function getScrollBarWidth(): number; export function findIndexInData(data: { [key: string]: Object; }[], property: string, value: string): number; export function getOuterHeight(element: HTMLElement): number; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/event-renderer/agenda-base.d.ts export class AgendaBase { parent: Schedule; viewBase: ViewBase; /** * Constructor for AgendaBase */ constructor(parent: Schedule); createAgendaContentElement(type: string, listData: { [key: string]: Object; }[], aTd: Element, groupOrder?: string[], groupIndex?: number): Element; createAppointment(event: { [key: string]: Object; }): HTMLElement[]; processAgendaEvents(events: Object[]): Object[]; wireEventActions(): void; calculateResourceTableElement(tBody: Element, noOfDays: number, agendaDate: Date): void; private createResourceTableRow; createDateHeaderElement(date: Date): Element; renderEmptyContent(tBody: Element, agendaDate: Date): void; createTableRowElement(date: Date, type: string): Element; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/event-renderer/event-base.d.ts /** * EventBase for appointment rendering */ export class EventBase { parent: Schedule; timezone: Timezone; slots: Object[]; cssClass: string; groupOrder: string[]; /** * Constructor for EventBase */ constructor(parent: Schedule); processData(events: { [key: string]: Object; }[], timeZonePropChanged?: boolean, oldTimezone?: string): Object[]; getProcessedEvents(eventCollection?: Object[]): Object[]; timezonePropertyChange(oldTimezone: string): void; /** @private */ timezoneConvert(eventData: { [key: string]: Object; }): void; private processTimezoneChange; private processTimezone; filterBlockEvents(eventObj: { [key: string]: Object; }): Object[]; filterEvents(startDate: Date, endDate: Date, appointments?: Object[], resourceTdData?: TdData): Object[]; filterEventsByRange(eventCollection: Object[], startDate?: Date, endDate?: Date): Object[]; filterEventsByResource(resourceTdData: TdData, appointments?: Object[]): Object[]; sortByTime(appointments: Object[]): Object[]; sortByDateTime(appointments: Object[]): Object[]; getSmallestMissingNumber(array: Object[]): number; splitEventByDay(event: { [key: string]: Object; }): Object[]; splitEvent(event: { [key: string]: Object; }, dateRender: Date[]): { [key: string]: Object; }[]; private cloneEventObject; private dateInRange; getSelectedEventElements(target: Element): Element[]; getSelectedEvents(): EventClickArgs; removeSelectedAppointmentClass(): void; addSelectedAppointments(cells: Element[]): void; getSelectedAppointments(): Element[]; focusElement(): void; selectWorkCellByTime(eventsData: Object[]): Element; getGroupIndexFromEvent(eventData: { [key: string]: Object; }): number; isAllDayAppointment(event: { [key: string]: Object; }): boolean; addEventListener(): void; private appointmentBorderRemove; wireAppointmentEvents(element: HTMLElement, isAllDay?: boolean, event?: { [key: string]: Object; }): void; renderResizeHandler(element: HTMLElement, spanEvent: { [key: string]: Object; }, isReadOnly: boolean): void; private eventClick; private eventDoubleClick; getEventByGuid(guid: string): Object; generateGuid(): string; getEventIDType(): string; getEventMaxID(resourceId?: number): number | string; private activeEventData; generateOccurrence(event: { [key: string]: Object; }, viewDate?: Date): Object[]; getRecurrenceEvent(eventData: { [key: string]: Object; }): { [key: string]: Object; }; getOccurrencesByID(id: number | string): Object[]; getOccurrencesByRange(startTime: Date, endTime: Date): Object[]; applyResourceColor(element: HTMLElement, eventData: { [key: string]: Object; }, type: string, groupOrder?: string[], alpha?: string): void; createBlockAppointmentElement(record: { [key: string]: Object; }, resIndex: number): HTMLElement; setWrapperAttributes(appointmentWrapper: HTMLElement, resIndex: number): void; getReadonlyAttribute(event: { [key: string]: Object; }): string; isBlockRange(eventData: Object | Object[]): boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/event-renderer/month.d.ts /** * Month view events render */ export class MonthEvent extends EventBase { element: HTMLElement; fields: EventFieldsMapping; dateRender: Date[]; renderedEvents: Object[]; eventHeight: number; private monthHeaderHeight; workCells: HTMLElement[]; cellWidth: number; cellHeight: number; moreIndicatorHeight: number; renderType: string; /** * Constructor for month events */ constructor(parent: Schedule); renderAppointments(): void; renderEventsHandler(dateRender: Date[], workDays: number[], resData?: TdData): void; private processBlockEvents; private isSameDate; renderBlockEvents(event: { [key: string]: Object; }, resIndex: number, isIcon: boolean): void; renderBlockIndicator(cellTd: HTMLElement, position: number, resIndex: number): void; getStartTime(event: { [key: string]: Object; }, eventData: { [key: string]: Object; }): Date; getEndTime(event: { [key: string]: Object; }, eventData: { [key: string]: Object; }): Date; getCellTd(day: number): HTMLElement; getEventWidth(startDate: Date, endDate: Date, isAllDay: boolean, count: number): number; getPosition(startTime: Date, endTime: Date, isAllDay: boolean, day: number): number; getRowTop(resIndex: number): number; updateIndicatorIcon(event: { [key: string]: Object; }): void; renderResourceEvents(): void; getSlotDates(workDays?: number[]): void; createAppointmentElement(record: { [key: string]: Object; }, resIndex: number): HTMLElement; private appendEventIcons; renderEvents(event: { [key: string]: Object; }, resIndex: number): void; updateCellHeight(cell: HTMLElement, height: number): void; updateBlockElements(): void; getFilteredEvents(startDate: Date, endDate: Date, groupIndex: string): Object[]; getOverlapEvents(date: Date, appointments: { [key: string]: Object; }[]): Object[]; getIndex(date: Date): number; moreIndicatorClick(event: Event): void; renderEventElement(event: { [key: string]: Object; }, appointmentElement: HTMLElement, cellTd: Element): void; renderElement(cellTd: HTMLElement | Element, element: HTMLElement): void; getMoreIndicatorElement(count: number, startDate: Date, endDate: Date): HTMLElement; removeHeightProperty(selector: string): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/event-renderer/timeline-view.d.ts /** * Timeline view events render */ export class TimelineEvent extends MonthEvent { private startHour; private endHour; private slotCount; private interval; private day; private appContainers; private dayLength; private slotsPerDay; private content; private rowIndex; /** * Constructor for timeline views */ constructor(parent: Schedule, type: string); getSlotDates(): void; getOverlapEvents(date: Date, appointments: { [key: string]: Object; }[]): Object[]; renderResourceEvents(): void; renderEvents(event: { [key: string]: Object; }, resIndex: number): void; updateCellHeight(cell: HTMLElement, height: number): void; private getFirstChild; updateBlockElements(): void; getStartTime(event: { [key: string]: Object; }, eventData: { [key: string]: Object; }): Date; private getNextDay; getEndTime(event: { [key: string]: Object; }, eventData: { [key: string]: Object; }): Date; getEventWidth(startDate: Date, endDate: Date, isAllDay: boolean, count: number): number; private getSameDayEventsWidth; private getSpannedEventsWidth; private isSameDay; private getAppointmentLeft; getPosition(startTime: Date, endTime: Date, isAllDay: boolean, day: number): number; private getFilterEvents; private isAlreadyAvail; getRowTop(resIndex: number): number; getCellTd(): HTMLElement; renderBlockIndicator(cellTd: HTMLElement, position: number, resIndex: number): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/event-renderer/vertical-view.d.ts /** * Vertical view appointment rendering */ export class VerticalEvent extends EventBase { private dateRender; private renderedEvents; private renderedAllDayEvents; private overlapEvents; private moreEvents; private overlapList; private allDayEvents; private slotCount; private interval; private allDayLevel; private startHour; private endHour; private element; private allDayElement; private animation; private fields; private cellHeight; private resources; /** * Constructor for vertical view */ constructor(parent: Schedule); renderAppointments(): void; private initializeValues; private isValidEvent; private getHeight; private appendEvent; private processBlockEvents; private renderBlockEvents; private renderEvents; private setValues; private getResourceList; private createAppointmentElement; private createMoreIndicator; private renderSpannedIcon; private isSpannedEvent; private renderAllDayEvents; private renderNormalEvents; private getTopValue; private getOverlapIndex; private adjustOverlapElements; private setAllDayRowHeight; private addOrRemoveClass; private getEventHeight; private rowExpandCollapse; private animationUiUpdate; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/exports/calendar-export.d.ts /** * ICalendar Export Module */ export class ICalendarExport { private parent; private timezone; constructor(parent: Schedule); initializeCalendarExport(fileName?: string): void; private customFieldFilter; private convertDateToString; private download; private filterEvents; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the ICalendarExport. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } /** * ICalendar Import Module */ export class ICalendarImport { private parent; private allDay; constructor(parent: Schedule); initializeCalendarImport(fileContent: Blob): void; private iCalendarParser; private processOccurrence; private getDateString; private dateParsing; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the ICalendarImport. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/exports/excel-export.d.ts /** * Excel Export Module */ export class ExcelExport { private parent; constructor(parent: Schedule); initializeExcelExport(excelExportOptions: ExportOptions): void; private processWorkbook; protected getModuleName(): string; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/index.d.ts /** * Schedule component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/event-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class EventSettings */ export interface EventSettingsModel { /** * It accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design content and parse it appropriately before displaying * it onto the event background. All the event fields mapped to Schedule from dataSource can be accessed within this template code. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/event-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ template?: string; /** * With this property, the event data will be bound to Schedule. * The event data can be passed either as an array of JavaScript objects, * or else can create an instance of [`data.DataManager`](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-dataManager.html) * in case of processing remote data and can be assigned to the `dataSource` property. * With the remote data assigned to dataSource, check the available * [adaptors](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/adaptors.html) to customize the data processing. * @default [] */ dataSource?: Object[] | data.DataManager; /** * Defines the external [`query`](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-query.html) * that will be executed along with the data processing. * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * Defines the collection of default event fields to be bind to the Schedule. * @default null */ fields?: FieldModel; /** * When set to `true` will display the normal tooltip over the events with its subject, location, start and end time. * @default false */ enableTooltip?: boolean; /** * It accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design content and parse it appropriately before displaying it onto tooltip. * All the event fields mapped with Schedule dataSource can be accessed within this template code. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/tooltip-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ tooltipTemplate?: string; /** * Defines the resource name, to decides the color of which particular resource level is to be applied on appointments, when * grouping is enabled on scheduler. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/resource-color-field-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ resourceColorField?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/event-settings.d.ts /** * Holds the configuration of event related options and dataSource binding to Schedule. */ export class EventSettings extends base.ChildProperty<EventSettings> { /** * It accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design content and parse it appropriately before displaying * it onto the event background. All the event fields mapped to Schedule from dataSource can be accessed within this template code. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/event-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ template: string; /** * With this property, the event data will be bound to Schedule. * The event data can be passed either as an array of JavaScript objects, * or else can create an instance of [`data.DataManager`](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-dataManager.html) * in case of processing remote data and can be assigned to the `dataSource` property. * With the remote data assigned to dataSource, check the available * [adaptors](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/adaptors.html) to customize the data processing. * @default [] */ dataSource: Object[] | data.DataManager; /** * Defines the external [`query`](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-query.html) * that will be executed along with the data processing. * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * Defines the collection of default event fields to be bind to the Schedule. * @default null */ fields: FieldModel; /** * When set to `true` will display the normal tooltip over the events with its subject, location, start and end time. * @default false */ enableTooltip: boolean; /** * It accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design content and parse it appropriately before displaying it onto tooltip. * All the event fields mapped with Schedule dataSource can be accessed within this template code. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/tooltip-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ tooltipTemplate: string; /** * Defines the resource name, to decides the color of which particular resource level is to be applied on appointments, when * grouping is enabled on scheduler. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/resource-color-field-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ resourceColorField: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/field-options-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class FieldOptions */ export interface FieldOptionsModel { /** * Denotes the field name to be mapped from the dataSource for every event fields. * @default null */ name?: string; /** * Assigns the specific default value to the fields, when no values are provided to those fields from dataSource. * @default null */ default?: string; /** * Assigns the label values to be displayed for the event editor fields. * @default null */ title?: string; /** * Defines the validation rules to be applied on the event fields within the event editor. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/validation-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default {} */ validation?: Object; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/field-options.d.ts /** * Configuration that applies on each appointment field options of scheduler. */ export class FieldOptions extends base.ChildProperty<FieldOptions> { /** * Denotes the field name to be mapped from the dataSource for every event fields. * @default null */ name: string; /** * Assigns the specific default value to the fields, when no values are provided to those fields from dataSource. * @default null */ default: string; /** * Assigns the label values to be displayed for the event editor fields. * @default null */ title: string; /** * Defines the validation rules to be applied on the event fields within the event editor. * {% codeBlock src="schedule/validation-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default {} */ validation: Object; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/fields-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Field */ export interface FieldModel { /** * The `id` field needs to be defined as mandatory, when the Schedule is bound to remote data and * it is optional, if the same is bound with JSON data. This field usually assigns ID value to each of the events. * @default null */ id?: string; /** * The `isBlock` field allows you to block certain time interval on the Scheduler. * It is a boolean type property accepting either true or false values. * When set to true, creates a block range for the specified time interval and disables the event scheduling actions on that time range. * @default null */ isBlock?: string; /** * The `subject` field is optional, and usually assigns the subject text to each of the events. * @default { name: null, default: 'Add title', title: null, validation: {} } */ subject?: FieldOptionsModel; /** * The `startTime` field defines the start time of an event and it is mandatory to provide it for any of the valid event objects. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ startTime?: FieldOptionsModel; /** * The `endTime` field defines the end time of an event and it is mandatory to provide the end time for any of the valid event objects. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ endTime?: FieldOptionsModel; /** * It maps the `startTimezone` field from the dataSource and usually accepts the valid IANA timezone names. * It is assumed that the value provided for this field is taken into consideration while processing * the `startTime` field. When this field is not mapped with any timezone names, * then the events will be processed based on the timezone assigned to the Schedule. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ startTimezone?: FieldOptionsModel; /** * It maps the `endTimezone` field from the dataSource and usually accepts the valid IANA timezone names. * It is assumed that the value provided for this field is taken into consideration while processing the `endTime` field. * When this field is not mapped with any timezone names, then the events will be processed based on the timezone assigned * to the Schedule. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ endTimezone?: FieldOptionsModel; /** * It maps the `location` field from the dataSource and the location field value will be displayed over * events, while given it for an event object. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ location?: FieldOptionsModel; /** * It maps the `description` field from the dataSource and denotes the event description which is optional. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ description?: FieldOptionsModel; /** * The `isAllDay` field is mapped from the dataSource and is used to denote whether an event is created * for an entire day or for specific time alone. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ isAllDay?: FieldOptionsModel; /** * It maps the `recurrenceID` field from dataSource and usually holds the ID value of the parent * recurrence event. It is applicable only for the edited occurrence events. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ recurrenceID?: FieldOptionsModel; /** * It maps the `recurrenceRule` field from dataSource and is used to uniquely identify whether the * event belongs to a recurring event type or normal ones. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ recurrenceRule?: FieldOptionsModel; /** * It maps the `recurrenceException` field from dataSource and is used to hold the exception dates * which needs to be excluded from recurring type. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ recurrenceException?: FieldOptionsModel; /** * The `isReadonly` field is mapped from the dataSource and is used to prevent the CRUD actions on specific events. * @default null */ isReadonly?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/fields.d.ts /** * A Class that holds the collection of event fields that requires to be mapped with the dataSource * fields along with its available configuration settings. Each field in it accepts both string and Object * data type. When each of the field is assigned with simple `string` value, it is assumed that the dataSource field * name is mapped with it. If the `object` type is defined on each fields, then the validation related settings and mapping of * those fields with dataSource can be given altogether within it. */ export class Field extends base.ChildProperty<Field> { /** * The `id` field needs to be defined as mandatory, when the Schedule is bound to remote data and * it is optional, if the same is bound with JSON data. This field usually assigns ID value to each of the events. * @default null */ id: string; /** * The `isBlock` field allows you to block certain time interval on the Scheduler. * It is a boolean type property accepting either true or false values. * When set to true, creates a block range for the specified time interval and disables the event scheduling actions on that time range. * @default null */ isBlock: string; /** * The `subject` field is optional, and usually assigns the subject text to each of the events. * @default { name: null, default: 'Add title', title: null, validation: {} } */ subject: FieldOptionsModel; /** * The `startTime` field defines the start time of an event and it is mandatory to provide it for any of the valid event objects. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ startTime: FieldOptionsModel; /** * The `endTime` field defines the end time of an event and it is mandatory to provide the end time for any of the valid event objects. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ endTime: FieldOptionsModel; /** * It maps the `startTimezone` field from the dataSource and usually accepts the valid IANA timezone names. * It is assumed that the value provided for this field is taken into consideration while processing * the `startTime` field. When this field is not mapped with any timezone names, * then the events will be processed based on the timezone assigned to the Schedule. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ startTimezone: FieldOptionsModel; /** * It maps the `endTimezone` field from the dataSource and usually accepts the valid IANA timezone names. * It is assumed that the value provided for this field is taken into consideration while processing the `endTime` field. * When this field is not mapped with any timezone names, then the events will be processed based on the timezone assigned * to the Schedule. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ endTimezone: FieldOptionsModel; /** * It maps the `location` field from the dataSource and the location field value will be displayed over * events, while given it for an event object. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ location: FieldOptionsModel; /** * It maps the `description` field from the dataSource and denotes the event description which is optional. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ description: FieldOptionsModel; /** * The `isAllDay` field is mapped from the dataSource and is used to denote whether an event is created * for an entire day or for specific time alone. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ isAllDay: FieldOptionsModel; /** * It maps the `recurrenceID` field from dataSource and usually holds the ID value of the parent * recurrence event. It is applicable only for the edited occurrence events. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ recurrenceID: FieldOptionsModel; /** * It maps the `recurrenceRule` field from dataSource and is used to uniquely identify whether the * event belongs to a recurring event type or normal ones. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ recurrenceRule: FieldOptionsModel; /** * It maps the `recurrenceException` field from dataSource and is used to hold the exception dates * which needs to be excluded from recurring type. * @default { name: null, default: null, title: null, validation: {} } */ recurrenceException: FieldOptionsModel; /** * The `isReadonly` field is mapped from the dataSource and is used to prevent the CRUD actions on specific events. * @default null */ isReadonly: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/group-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Group */ export interface GroupModel { /** * When set to `true`, groups the resources by date where each day renders all the resource names under it. * @default false */ byDate?: boolean; /** * Decides whether to allow the resource hierarchy to group by ID. It is set to `true` by default and when set to false, * all the resources under child collection will be mapped against each available parent. * @default true */ byGroupID?: boolean; /** * Allows creation and editing of linked appointments assigned to multiple resources. When set to `true`, * a single appointment object instance will be maintained in schedule dataSource that are created for * multiple resources, whereas displayed individually on UI. * @default false */ allowGroupEdit?: boolean; /** * Accepts the collection of resource names assigned to each resources and allows the grouping order on schedule based on it. * @default [] */ resources?: string[]; /** * Decides whether to display the resource grouping layout in normal or compact mode in mobile devices. When set to `false`, * the default grouping layout on desktop will be displayed on mobile devices with scrolling enabled. * @default true */ enableCompactView?: boolean; /** * Template option to customize the tooltip that displays over the resource header bar. By default, no tooltip will be * displayed on resource header bar. It accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design content and * parse it appropriately before displaying it onto the tooltip. All the resource fields mapped for resource dataSource * can be accessed within this template code. * @default null */ headerTooltipTemplate?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/group.d.ts /** * A class that holds the resource grouping related configurations on Schedule. */ export class Group extends base.ChildProperty<Group> { /** * When set to `true`, groups the resources by date where each day renders all the resource names under it. * @default false */ byDate: boolean; /** * Decides whether to allow the resource hierarchy to group by ID. It is set to `true` by default and when set to false, * all the resources under child collection will be mapped against each available parent. * @default true */ byGroupID: boolean; /** * Allows creation and editing of linked appointments assigned to multiple resources. When set to `true`, * a single appointment object instance will be maintained in schedule dataSource that are created for * multiple resources, whereas displayed individually on UI. * @default false */ allowGroupEdit: boolean; /** * Accepts the collection of resource names assigned to each resources and allows the grouping order on schedule based on it. * @default [] */ resources: string[]; /** * Decides whether to display the resource grouping layout in normal or compact mode in mobile devices. When set to `false`, * the default grouping layout on desktop will be displayed on mobile devices with scrolling enabled. * @default true */ enableCompactView: boolean; /** * Template option to customize the tooltip that displays over the resource header bar. By default, no tooltip will be * displayed on resource header bar. It accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design content and * parse it appropriately before displaying it onto the tooltip. All the resource fields mapped for resource dataSource * can be accessed within this template code. * @default null */ headerTooltipTemplate: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/header-rows-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class HeaderRows */ export interface HeaderRowsModel { /** * It defines the header row type, which accepts either of the following values. * * Year * * Month * * Week * * Date * * Hour * @default null */ option?: HeaderRowType; /** * Template option to customize the individual header rows. It accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design * content and parse it appropriately before displaying it onto the header cells. The field that * can be accessed via this template is `date`. * @default null */ template?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/header-rows.d.ts /** * A class that represents the header rows related configurations on timeline views. */ export class HeaderRows extends base.ChildProperty<HeaderRows> { /** * It defines the header row type, which accepts either of the following values. * * Year * * Month * * Week * * Date * * Hour * @default null */ option: HeaderRowType; /** * Template option to customize the individual header rows. It accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design * content and parse it appropriately before displaying it onto the header cells. The field that * can be accessed via this template is `date`. * @default null */ template: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/models.d.ts /** * Export model files */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/quick-info-templates-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class QuickInfoTemplates */ export interface QuickInfoTemplatesModel { /** * Template option to customize the header section of quick popup. * @default null */ header?: string; /** * Template option to customize the content area of the quick popup. * @default null */ content?: string; /** * Template option to customize the footer section of quick popup. * @default null */ footer?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/quick-info-templates.d.ts /** * A class that defines the template options available to customize the quick popup of scheduler. */ export class QuickInfoTemplates extends base.ChildProperty<QuickInfoTemplates> { /** * Template option to customize the header section of quick popup. * @default null */ header: string; /** * Template option to customize the content area of the quick popup. * @default null */ content: string; /** * Template option to customize the footer section of quick popup. * @default null */ footer: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/resources-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Resources */ export interface ResourcesModel { /** * A value that binds to the resource field of event object. * @default null */ field?: string; /** * It holds the title of the resource field to be displayed on the schedule event editor window. * @default null */ title?: string; /** * It represents a unique resource name for differentiating various resource objects while grouping. * @default null */ name?: string; /** * When set to true, allows multiple selection of resource names, thus creating multiple instances of same appointment for the * selected resources. * @default false */ allowMultiple?: boolean; /** * Assigns the resource dataSource * The data can be passed either as an array of JavaScript objects, * or else can create an instance of [`data.DataManager`](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-dataManager.html) * in case of processing remote data and can be assigned to the `dataSource` property. * With the remote data assigned to dataSource, check the available * [adaptors](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/adaptors.html) to customize the data processing. * @default [] */ dataSource?: Object[] | data.DataManager; /** * Defines the external [`query`](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-query.html) * that will be executed along with the data processing. * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * It maps the `id` field from the dataSource and is used to uniquely identify the resources. * @default 'Id' */ idField?: string; /** * It maps the `text` field from the dataSource, which is used to specify the resource names. * @default 'Text' */ textField?: string; /** * It maps the `expanded` field from the dataSource, which is used to specify whether each resource levels * in timeline view needs to be maintained in an expanded or collapsed state by default. * @default 'Expanded' */ expandedField?: string; /** * It maps the `groupID` field from the dataSource, which is used to specify under which parent resource, * the child should be grouped. * @default 'GroupID' */ groupIDField?: string; /** * It maps the `color` field from the dataSource, which is used to specify colors for the resources. * @default 'Color' */ colorField?: string; /** * It maps the `startHour` field from the dataSource, which is used to specify different work start hour for each resources. * @default 'StartHour' */ startHourField?: string; /** * It maps the `endHour` field from the dataSource, which is used to specify different work end hour for each resources. * @default 'EndHour' */ endHourField?: string; /** * It maps the working days field from the dataSource, which is used to specify different working days for each resources. * @default 'WorkDays' */ workDaysField?: string; /** * It maps the `cssClass` field from the dataSource, which is used to specify different styles to each resource appointments. * @default 'CssClass' */ cssClassField?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/resources.d.ts /** * A class that represents the resource related configurations and its data binding options. */ export class Resources extends base.ChildProperty<Resources> { /** * A value that binds to the resource field of event object. * @default null */ field: string; /** * It holds the title of the resource field to be displayed on the schedule event editor window. * @default null */ title: string; /** * It represents a unique resource name for differentiating various resource objects while grouping. * @default null */ name: string; /** * When set to true, allows multiple selection of resource names, thus creating multiple instances of same appointment for the * selected resources. * @default false */ allowMultiple: boolean; /** * Assigns the resource dataSource * The data can be passed either as an array of JavaScript objects, * or else can create an instance of [`data.DataManager`](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-dataManager.html) * in case of processing remote data and can be assigned to the `dataSource` property. * With the remote data assigned to dataSource, check the available * [adaptors](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/adaptors.html) to customize the data processing. * @default [] */ dataSource: Object[] | data.DataManager; /** * Defines the external [`query`](http://ej2.syncfusion.com/documentation/data/api-query.html) * that will be executed along with the data processing. * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * It maps the `id` field from the dataSource and is used to uniquely identify the resources. * @default 'Id' */ idField: string; /** * It maps the `text` field from the dataSource, which is used to specify the resource names. * @default 'Text' */ textField: string; /** * It maps the `expanded` field from the dataSource, which is used to specify whether each resource levels * in timeline view needs to be maintained in an expanded or collapsed state by default. * @default 'Expanded' */ expandedField: string; /** * It maps the `groupID` field from the dataSource, which is used to specify under which parent resource, * the child should be grouped. * @default 'GroupID' */ groupIDField: string; /** * It maps the `color` field from the dataSource, which is used to specify colors for the resources. * @default 'Color' */ colorField: string; /** * It maps the `startHour` field from the dataSource, which is used to specify different work start hour for each resources. * @default 'StartHour' */ startHourField: string; /** * It maps the `endHour` field from the dataSource, which is used to specify different work end hour for each resources. * @default 'EndHour' */ endHourField: string; /** * It maps the working days field from the dataSource, which is used to specify different working days for each resources. * @default 'WorkDays' */ workDaysField: string; /** * It maps the `cssClass` field from the dataSource, which is used to specify different styles to each resource appointments. * @default 'CssClass' */ cssClassField: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/time-scale-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class TimeScale */ export interface TimeScaleModel { /** * When set to `true`, allows the schedule to display the appointments accurately against the exact time duration. * If set to `false`, all the appointments of a day will be displayed one below the other. * @default true */ enable?: boolean; /** * Defines the time duration on which the time axis to be displayed either in 1 hour or 30 minutes interval and so on. * It accepts the values in minutes. * @default 60 */ interval?: number; /** * Decides the number of slot count to be split for the specified time interval duration. * @default 2 */ slotCount?: number; /** * The template option to be applied for minor time slot. Here, the * template accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design and then the parsed design is displayed * onto the time cells. The time details can be accessed within this template. * @default null */ minorSlotTemplate?: string; /** * The template option to be applied for major time slot. Here, the * template accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design and then the parsed design is displayed * onto the time cells. The time details can be accessed within this template. * @default null */ majorSlotTemplate?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/time-scale.d.ts /** * A class that represents the configuration of options related to timescale on scheduler. */ export class TimeScale extends base.ChildProperty<TimeScale> { /** * When set to `true`, allows the schedule to display the appointments accurately against the exact time duration. * If set to `false`, all the appointments of a day will be displayed one below the other. * @default true */ enable: boolean; /** * Defines the time duration on which the time axis to be displayed either in 1 hour or 30 minutes interval and so on. * It accepts the values in minutes. * @default 60 */ interval: number; /** * Decides the number of slot count to be split for the specified time interval duration. * @default 2 */ slotCount: number; /** * The template option to be applied for minor time slot. Here, the * template accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design and then the parsed design is displayed * onto the time cells. The time details can be accessed within this template. * @default null */ minorSlotTemplate: string; /** * The template option to be applied for major time slot. Here, the * template accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design and then the parsed design is displayed * onto the time cells. The time details can be accessed within this template. * @default null */ majorSlotTemplate: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/views-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Views */ export interface ViewsModel { /** * It accepts the schedule view name, based on which we can define with its related properties in a single object. * The applicable view names are, * * Day * * Week * * WorkWeek * * Month * * Agenda * * MonthAgenda * * TimelineDay * * TimelineWeek * * TimelineWorkWeek * * TimelineMonth * @default null */ option?: View; /** * To denote whether the view name given on the `option` is active or not. * It acts similar to the `currentView` property and defines the active view of Schedule. * @default false */ isSelected?: boolean; /** * By default, Schedule follows the date-format as per the default culture assigned to it. It is also possible to manually set * specific date format by using the `dateFormat` property. The format of the date range label in the header bar depends on * the `dateFormat` value or else based on the locale assigned to the Schedule. * It gets applied only to the view objects on which it is defined. * @default null */ dateFormat?: string; /** * When set to `true`, displays a quick popup with cell or event details on single clicking over the cells or on events. * By default, it is set to `true`. It gets applied only to the view objects on which it is defined. * @default false */ readonly?: boolean; /** * It is used to specify the starting hour, from which the Schedule starts to display. * It accepts the time string in a short skeleton format and also, hides the time beyond the specified start time. * @default '00:00' */ startHour?: string; /** * It is used to specify the end hour, at which the Schedule ends. It too accepts the time string in a short skeleton format. * @default '24:00' */ endHour?: string; /** * It is used to allow or disallow the virtual scrolling functionality on Agenda View. This is applicable only on Agenda view. * @default false */ allowVirtualScrolling?: boolean; /** * It accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design content and parse it appropriately before displaying it onto the * date header cells. The field that can be accessed via this template is `date`. * It gets applied only to the view objects on which it is defined. * @default null */ dateHeaderTemplate?: string; /** * The template option which is used to render the customized work cells on the Schedule. Here, the * template accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design and then the parsed design is displayed onto the work cells. * The field accessible via template is `date`. It gets applied only to the view objects on which it is defined. * @default null */ cellTemplate?: string; /** * It accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design content and parse it appropriately before displaying it onto * the event background. All the event fields mapped to Schedule from dataSource can be accessed within this template code. * It is similar to that of the `template` option available within the `eventSettings` property, * whereas it will get applied only on the events of the view to which it is currently being defined. * @default null */ eventTemplate?: string; /** * When set to `false`, it hides the weekend days of a week from the Schedule. * The days which are not defined in the working days collection are usually treated as weekend days. * Note: By default, this option is not applicable on `Work Week` view. * For example, if the working days are defined as [1, 2, 3, 4], then the remaining days of that week will be considered as the * weekend days and will be hidden on all the views. * @default true */ showWeekend?: boolean; /** * When set to `true`, displays the week number of the current view date range. * @default false */ showWeekNumber?: boolean; /** * When the same view is customized with different intervals, this property allows the user to set different display name * for those views. * @default null */ displayName?: string; /** * It accepts the number value denoting to include the number of days, weeks, workweeks or months on the defined view type. * @default 1 */ interval?: number; /** * It is used to set the working days on schedule. The only days that are defined in this collection will be rendered on the * `workWeek` view whereas on other views, it will display all the usual days and simply highlights the working days with different * shade. * @default '[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]' * @aspType int[] */ workDays?: number[]; /** * The template option which is used to render the customized header cells on the schedule. Here, the * template accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design and then the parsed design is displayed onto the header cells. * All the resource fields mapped within resources can be accessed within this template code. * It gets applied only to the view objects on which it is defined. * @default null */ resourceHeaderTemplate?: string; /** * Allows to set different timescale configuration on each applicable view modes such as day, week and work week. * @default { enable: true, interval: 60, slotCount: 2, majorSlotTemplate: null, minorSlotTemplate: null } */ timeScale?: TimeScaleModel; /** * Allows to set different resource grouping options on all available schedule view modes. * @default { byDate: false, byGroupID: true, allowGroupEdit: false, resources:[]} */ group?: GroupModel; /** * Allows defining the collection of custom header rows to display the year, month, week, date and hour label as an individual row * on the timeline view of the scheduler. * @default [] */ headerRows?: HeaderRowsModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/views.d.ts /** * A class that represents the configuration of view-specific settings on scheduler. */ export class Views extends base.ChildProperty<Views> { /** * It accepts the schedule view name, based on which we can define with its related properties in a single object. * The applicable view names are, * * Day * * Week * * WorkWeek * * Month * * Agenda * * MonthAgenda * * TimelineDay * * TimelineWeek * * TimelineWorkWeek * * TimelineMonth * @default null */ option: View; /** * To denote whether the view name given on the `option` is active or not. * It acts similar to the `currentView` property and defines the active view of Schedule. * @default false */ isSelected: boolean; /** * By default, Schedule follows the date-format as per the default culture assigned to it. It is also possible to manually set * specific date format by using the `dateFormat` property. The format of the date range label in the header bar depends on * the `dateFormat` value or else based on the locale assigned to the Schedule. * It gets applied only to the view objects on which it is defined. * @default null */ dateFormat: string; /** * When set to `true`, displays a quick popup with cell or event details on single clicking over the cells or on events. * By default, it is set to `true`. It gets applied only to the view objects on which it is defined. * @default false */ readonly: boolean; /** * It is used to specify the starting hour, from which the Schedule starts to display. * It accepts the time string in a short skeleton format and also, hides the time beyond the specified start time. * @default '00:00' */ startHour: string; /** * It is used to specify the end hour, at which the Schedule ends. It too accepts the time string in a short skeleton format. * @default '24:00' */ endHour: string; /** * It is used to allow or disallow the virtual scrolling functionality on Agenda View. This is applicable only on Agenda view. * @default false */ allowVirtualScrolling: boolean; /** * It accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design content and parse it appropriately before displaying it onto the * date header cells. The field that can be accessed via this template is `date`. * It gets applied only to the view objects on which it is defined. * @default null */ dateHeaderTemplate: string; /** * The template option which is used to render the customized work cells on the Schedule. Here, the * template accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design and then the parsed design is displayed onto the work cells. * The field accessible via template is `date`. It gets applied only to the view objects on which it is defined. * @default null */ cellTemplate: string; /** * It accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design content and parse it appropriately before displaying it onto * the event background. All the event fields mapped to Schedule from dataSource can be accessed within this template code. * It is similar to that of the `template` option available within the `eventSettings` property, * whereas it will get applied only on the events of the view to which it is currently being defined. * @default null */ eventTemplate: string; /** * When set to `false`, it hides the weekend days of a week from the Schedule. * The days which are not defined in the working days collection are usually treated as weekend days. * Note: By default, this option is not applicable on `Work Week` view. * For example, if the working days are defined as [1, 2, 3, 4], then the remaining days of that week will be considered as the * weekend days and will be hidden on all the views. * @default true */ showWeekend: boolean; /** * When set to `true`, displays the week number of the current view date range. * @default false */ showWeekNumber: boolean; /** * When the same view is customized with different intervals, this property allows the user to set different display name * for those views. * @default null */ displayName: string; /** * It accepts the number value denoting to include the number of days, weeks, workweeks or months on the defined view type. * @default 1 */ interval: number; /** * It is used to set the working days on schedule. The only days that are defined in this collection will be rendered on the * `workWeek` view whereas on other views, it will display all the usual days and simply highlights the working days with different * shade. * @default '[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]' * @aspType int[] */ workDays: number[]; /** * The template option which is used to render the customized header cells on the schedule. Here, the * template accepts either the string or HTMLElement as template design and then the parsed design is displayed onto the header cells. * All the resource fields mapped within resources can be accessed within this template code. * It gets applied only to the view objects on which it is defined. * @default null */ resourceHeaderTemplate: string; /** * Allows to set different timescale configuration on each applicable view modes such as day, week and work week. * @default { enable: true, interval: 60, slotCount: 2, majorSlotTemplate: null, minorSlotTemplate: null } */ timeScale: TimeScaleModel; /** * Allows to set different resource grouping options on all available schedule view modes. * @default { byDate: false, byGroupID: true, allowGroupEdit: false, resources:[]} */ group: GroupModel; /** * Allows defining the collection of custom header rows to display the year, month, week, date and hour label as an individual row * on the timeline view of the scheduler. * @default [] */ headerRows: HeaderRowsModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/work-hours-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class WorkHours */ export interface WorkHoursModel { /** * When set to `true`, highlights the cells of working hour range with an active color. * @default true */ highlight?: boolean; /** * It accepts the time string in short skeleton format `Hm` and usually denotes the start of the working hour range. * @default '09:00' */ start?: string; /** * It accepts the time string in short skeleton format `Hm` and usually denotes the end of the working hour range. * @default '18:00' */ end?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/models/work-hours.d.ts /** * A class that represents the configuration of working hours related options of scheduler. */ export class WorkHours extends base.ChildProperty<WorkHours> { /** * When set to `true`, highlights the cells of working hour range with an active color. * @default true */ highlight: boolean; /** * It accepts the time string in short skeleton format `Hm` and usually denotes the start of the working hour range. * @default '09:00' */ start: string; /** * It accepts the time string in short skeleton format `Hm` and usually denotes the end of the working hour range. * @default '18:00' */ end: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/popups/event-tooltip.d.ts /** * Tooltip for Schedule */ export class EventTooltip { private parent; private tooltipObj; constructor(parent: Schedule); private getTargets; private onBeforeRender; private setContent; close(): void; /** * To destroy the event tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/popups/event-window.d.ts /** * Event editor window */ export class EventWindow { private parent; dialogObject: popups.Dialog; private element; private fields; private l10n; private eventData; private fieldValidator; private recurrenceEditor; private repeatDialogObject; private repeatTempRule; private repeatRule; private repeatStatus; private buttonObj; private repeatStartDate; private cellClickAction; private localTimezoneName; private duration; /** * Constructor for event window */ constructor(parent: Schedule); private renderEventWindow; refresh(): void; refreshRecurrenceEditor(): void; openEditor(data: Object, type: CurrentAction, isEventData?: boolean, repeatType?: number): void; setDialogContent(): void; private onBeforeOpen; private onBeforeClose; private getEventWindowContent; private getDefaultEventWindowContent; private createRecurrenceEditor; private createDivElement; private createInputElement; private getSlotDuration; private renderDateTimePicker; refreshDateTimePicker(duration?: number): void; private onTimeChange; private renderResourceDetails; private renderDropDown; private onMultiselectResourceChange; private createInstance; private onDropdownResourceChange; private filterDatasource; private onTimezoneChange; private renderCheckBox; private renderTextBox; private getFieldName; private getFieldLabel; private onChange; private renderRepeatDialog; private loadRecurrenceEditor; private onRepeatChange; private repeatSaveDialog; private closeRepeatDialog; private repeatCancelDialog; private repeatOpenDialog; private onCellDetailsUpdate; convertToEventData(cellsData: { [key: string]: Object; }, eventObj: { [key: string]: Object; }): void; private applyFormValidation; private showDetails; private getColumnName; private onAllDayChange; private updateDateTime; private getFormat; private onEventDetailsUpdate; private disableButton; private renderRecurrenceEditor; private updateRepeatLabel; private dialogClose; private resetForm; private timezoneChangeStyle; private resetFormFields; eventSave(alert?: string): void; getObjectFromFormData(className: string): { [key: string]: Object; }; setDefaultValueToObject(eventObj: { [key: string]: Object; }): void; private recurrenceValidation; private getRecurrenceIndex; private trimAllDay; editOccurrenceValidation(eventId: string | number, currentData: { [key: string]: Object; }, editData?: { [key: string]: Object; }): boolean; private resourceSaveEvent; private getEventIdFromForm; private getFormElements; private getValueFromElement; private setValueToElement; private setDefaultValueToElement; private getInstance; private eventDelete; getRecurrenceEditorInstance(): RecurrenceEditor; private destroyComponents; /** * To destroy the event window. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/popups/form-validator.d.ts /** * Appointment window field validation */ export class FieldValidator { private formObj; private element; renderFormValidator(form: HTMLFormElement, rules: { [key: string]: Object; }, element: HTMLElement): void; private validationComplete; private errorPlacement; private createTooltip; destroyToolTip(): void; /** * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/popups/quick-popups.d.ts /** * Quick Popups interactions */ export class QuickPopups { private l10n; private parent; private crudAction; private isMultipleEventSelect; quickDialog: popups.Dialog; quickPopup: popups.Popup; morePopup: popups.Popup; private fieldValidator; /** * Constructor for QuickPopups */ constructor(parent: Schedule); private render; private renderQuickPopup; private renderMorePopup; private renderQuickDialog; private renderButton; private quickDialogClass; private applyFormValidation; openRecurrenceAlert(): void; openRecurrenceValidationAlert(type: string): void; openDeleteAlert(): void; openValidationError(type: string): void; private showQuickDialog; private createMoreEventList; tapHoldEventPopup(e: Event): void; private isCellBlocked; private cellClick; private isSameEventClick; private eventClick; private getResourceText; private getFormattedString; moreEventClick(data: EventClickArgs, endDate: Date, groupIndex?: string): void; private saveClick; private detailsClick; private editClick; deleteClick(): void; private updateMoreEventContent; private closeClick; private dialogButtonClick; private updateTapHoldEventPopup; private getTimezone; private getRecurrenceSummary; private getDateFormat; private getDataFromTarget; private beforeQuickDialogClose; private beforeQuickPopupOpen; private applyEventColor; private quickPopupOpen; private quickPopupClose; private morePopupOpen; private morePopupClose; quickPopupHide(hideAnimation?: Boolean): void; private navigationClick; private documentClick; onClosePopup(): void; private addEventListener; private removeEventListner; private destroyButtons; destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/renderer/agenda.d.ts /** * agenda view */ export class Agenda extends ViewBase implements IRenderer { viewClass: string; isInverseTableSelect: boolean; agendaDates: { [key: string]: Date; }; virtualScrollTop: number; minDate: Date; maxDate: Date; agendaBase: AgendaBase; dataSource: Object[]; /** * Constructor for agenda view */ constructor(parent: Schedule); /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; renderLayout(): void; private eventLoad; private refreshEvent; renderContent(tBody: Element, agendaDate: Date): void; private agendaScrolling; private virtualScrolling; private getElementFromScrollerPosition; private updateHeaderText; private getPreviousNextDate; private appointmentFiltering; getStartDateFromEndDate(endDate: Date): Date; getEndDateFromStartDate(startDate: Date): Date; getNextPreviousDate(type: string): Date; startDate(): Date; endDate(): Date; getDateRangeText(date?: Date): string; dayNavigationClick(e: Event): void; private wireEvents; private unWireEvents; addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; private onAgendaScrollUiUpdate; /** * To destroy the agenda. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/renderer/day.d.ts /** * day view */ export class Day extends VerticalView { viewClass: string; /** * Constructor for day view */ constructor(parent: Schedule); /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/renderer/header-renderer.d.ts /** * Header module */ export class HeaderRenderer { element: HTMLElement; private parent; private l10n; private toolbarObj; private headerPopup; private headerCalendar; /** * Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent: Schedule); addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; private closeHeaderPopup; /** @hidden */ hideHeaderPopup(): void; renderHeader(): void; private renderToolbar; updateItems(): void; getPopUpRelativeElement(): HTMLElement; setDayOfWeek(index: number): void; setCalendarDate(date: Date): void; getCalendarView(): calendars.CalendarView; setCalendarView(): void; updateActiveView(): void; updateDateRange(text: string): void; private getDateRangeText; private getItems; private getItemObject; private renderHeaderPopup; private calendarChange; private calculateViewIndex; private toolbarClickHandler; getHeaderElement(): HTMLElement; updateHeaderItems(classType: string): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the headerbar. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/renderer/month-agenda.d.ts /** * month agenda view */ export class MonthAgenda extends Month { dayNameFormat: string; viewClass: string; agendaDates: { [key: string]: Date; }; agendaBase: AgendaBase; /** * Constructor */ constructor(parent: Schedule); renderAppointmentContainer(): void; getDayNameFormat(): string; private setEventWrapperHeight; onDataReady(args: NotifyEventArgs): void; onCellClick(event: CellClickEventArgs): void; private onEventRender; private appointmentFiltering; private clearElements; private appendAppContainer; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/renderer/month.d.ts /** * month view */ export class Month extends ViewBase implements IRenderer { dayNameFormat: string; viewClass: string; isInverseTableSelect: boolean; private workCellAction; private monthDates; /** * Constructor for month view */ constructor(parent: Schedule); addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; onDataReady(args: NotifyEventArgs): void; onCellClick(event: CellClickEventArgs): void; onContentScroll(e: Event): void; scrollLeftPanel(target: HTMLElement): void; getLeftPanelElement(): HTMLElement; onScrollUIUpdate(args: NotifyEventArgs): void; setContentHeight(content: HTMLElement, leftPanelElement: HTMLElement, height: number): void; generateColumnLevels(): TdData[][]; getDateSlots(renderDates: Date[], workDays: number[]): TdData[]; getDayNameFormat(): string; renderLayout(type: string): void; private wireCellEvents; renderHeader(): void; renderLeftIndent(tr: Element): void; renderContent(): void; private renderWeekNumberContent; renderAppointmentContainer(): void; renderDatesHeader(): Element; private createHeaderCell; getContentSlots(): TdData[][]; updateClassList(data: TdData): void; private isOtherMonth; renderContentArea(): Element; getContentRows(): Element[]; createContentTd(data: TdData, td: Element): Element; getContentAreaElement(): HTMLElement; private renderDateHeaderElement; getMonthStart(currentDate: Date): Date; getMonthEnd(currentDate: Date): Date; getRenderDates(workDays?: number[]): Date[]; getNextPreviousDate(type: string): Date; getEndDateFromStartDate(start: Date): Date; getDateRangeText(): string; getLabelText(view: string): string; private createWeekNumberElement; unwireEvents(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the month. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/renderer/renderer.d.ts /** * Schedule DOM rendering */ export class Render { parent: Schedule; /** * Constructor for render */ constructor(parent: Schedule); render(viewName: View, isDataRefresh?: boolean): void; private initializeLayout; updateLabelText(view: string): void; refreshDataManager(): void; private dataManagerSuccess; private dataManagerFailure; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/renderer/timeline-header-row.d.ts /** * timeline header */ export class TimelineHeaderRow { parent: Schedule; renderDates: Date[]; constructor(parent: Schedule, renderDates: Date[]); private groupByYear; private groupByMonth; private groupByWeek; private generateSlots; generateColumnLevels(dateSlots: TdData[], hourSlots: TdData[]): TdData[][]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/renderer/timeline-month.d.ts /** * timeline month view */ export class TimelineMonth extends Month { viewClass: string; isInverseTableSelect: boolean; /** * Constructor for timeline month view */ constructor(parent: Schedule); /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; onDataReady(args: NotifyEventArgs): void; getLeftPanelElement(): HTMLElement; scrollTopPanel(target: HTMLElement): void; setContentHeight(content: HTMLElement, leftPanelElement: HTMLElement, height: number): void; getDateSlots(renderDates: Date[], workDays: number[]): TdData[]; renderLeftIndent(tr: Element): void; renderContent(): void; private getRowCount; getContentSlots(): TdData[][]; updateClassList(): void; unwireEvents(): void; getMonthStart(currentDate: Date): Date; getMonthEnd(currentDate: Date): Date; generateColumnLevels(): TdData[][]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/renderer/timeline-view.d.ts /** * timeline view */ export class TimelineViews extends VerticalView { dateHeaderTemplate: string; constructor(parent: Schedule); getLeftPanelElement(): HTMLElement; scrollTopPanel(target: HTMLElement): void; scrollToWorkHour(): void; scrollToHour(hour: string): void; generateColumnLevels(): TdData[][]; private generateTimeSlots; changeCurrentTimePosition(): void; private getLeftFromDateTime; private getWorkCellWidth; renderHeader(): void; createAllDayRow(table: Element, tdData: TdData[]): void; getCurrentTimeIndicatorIndex(): number[]; renderContent(): void; private getRowCount; private getResourceTdData; renderContentTable(table: Element): void; getContentRows(): Element[]; getContentTdClass(r: TimeSlotData): string[]; renderEvents(): void; protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/renderer/vertical-view.d.ts /** * vertical view */ export class VerticalView extends ViewBase implements IRenderer { currentTimeIndicatorTimer: number; viewClass: string; isInverseTableSelect: boolean; baseCssClass: string; workCellAction: WorkCellInteraction; dateHeaderTemplate: string; /** * Constructor for vertical view */ constructor(parent: Schedule); addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; renderEvents(): void; private onContentScroll; private onApaptiveMove; private onApaptiveScroll; scrollLeftPanel(target: HTMLElement): void; private scrollUiUpdate; setContentHeight(element: HTMLElement, leftPanelElement: HTMLElement, height: number): void; scrollToWorkHour(): void; scrollToHour(hour: string): void; generateColumnLevels(): TdData[][]; getDateSlots(renderDates: Date[], workDays: number[], workStartHour?: string, workEndHour?: string): TdData[]; private isWorkHourRange; highlightCurrentTime(): void; getCurrentTimeIndicatorIndex(): number[]; private clearCurrentTimeIndicatorTimer; removeCurrentTimeIndicatorElements(): void; changeCurrentTimePosition(): void; getTopFromDateTime(date: Date): number; private getWorkCellHeight; private getTdContent; renderLayout(type: string): void; renderHeader(): void; renderContent(): void; private renderLeftIndent; renderDatesHeader(): Element; createAllDayRow(table: Element, tdData: TdData[]): void; createTd(td: TdData): Element; private wireCellEvents; private wireMouseEvents; private renderTimeCells; renderContentArea(): Element; renderContentTable(table: Element): void; createContentTd(tdData: TdData, r: TimeSlotData, td: Element): Element; getContentTdClass(r: TimeSlotData): string[]; private renderContentTableHeader; private createEventWrapper; getScrollableElement(): Element; getLeftPanelElement(): HTMLElement; getContentAreaElement(): HTMLElement; getEndDateFromStartDate(start: Date): Date; getTimeSlotRows(handler?: Function): TimeSlotData[]; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the vertical view. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/renderer/view-base.d.ts /** * view base */ export class ViewBase { element: HTMLElement; parent: Schedule; renderDates: Date[]; colLevels: TdData[][]; customHelper: Object; /** * Constructor */ constructor(parent: Schedule); isTimelineView(): boolean; getContentRows(): Element[]; createEventTable(trCount: number): Element; getEventRows(trCount: number): Element[]; collapseRows(wrap: Element): void; createTableLayout(className?: string): Element; createColGroup(table: Element, lastRow: TdData[]): void; getScrollXIndent(content: HTMLElement): number; scrollTopPanel(target: HTMLElement): void; scrollHeaderLabels(target: HTMLElement): void; addAttributes(td: TdData, element: Element): void; getHeaderBarHeight(): number; renderPanel(type: string): void; setPanel(panel: HTMLElement): void; getPanel(): HTMLElement; getDatesHeaderElement(): HTMLElement; getDateSlots(renderDates: Date[], workDays: number[]): TdData[]; generateColumnLevels(): TdData[][]; getColumnLevels(): TdData[][]; highlightCurrentTime(): void; startDate(): Date; endDate(): Date; getStartHour(): Date; getEndHour(): Date; isCurrentDate(date: Date): boolean; isCurrentMonth(date: Date): boolean; isWorkDay(date: Date, workDays?: number[]): boolean; isWorkHour(date: Date, startHour: Date, endHour: Date, workDays: number[]): boolean; getRenderDates(workDays?: number[]): Date[]; getNextPreviousDate(type: string): Date; getLabelText(view: string): string; getDateRangeText(): string; formatDateRange(startDate: Date, endDate?: Date): string; getMobileDateElement(date: Date, className?: string): Element; setResourceHeaderContent(tdElement: Element, tdData: TdData, className?: string): void; renderResourceMobileLayout(): void; addAutoHeightClass(element: Element): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/renderer/week.d.ts /** * week view */ export class Week extends VerticalView { viewClass: string; /** * Constructor for week view */ constructor(parent: Schedule); /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/renderer/work-week.d.ts /** * work week view */ export class WorkWeek extends VerticalView { viewClass: string; /** * Constructor for work week view */ constructor(par: Schedule); /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-schedule/src/schedule/timezone/timezone.d.ts /** * Time zone */ export class Timezone { offset(date: Date, timezone: string): number; convert(date: Date, fromOffset: number & string, toOffset: number & string): Date; add(date: Date, timezone: string): Date; remove(date: Date, timezone: string): Date; removeLocalOffset(date: Date): Date; getLocalTimezoneName(): string; } export let timezoneData: { [key: string]: Object; }[]; } export namespace splitbuttons { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/button-group/button-group.d.ts /** * Initialize ButtonGroup CSS component with specified properties. * ```html * <div id='buttongroup'> * <button></button> * <button></button> * <button></button> * </div> * ``` * ```typescript * createButtonGroup('#buttongroup', { * cssClass: 'e-outline', * buttons: [ * { content: 'Day' }, * { content: 'Week' }, * { content: 'Work Week'} * ] * }); * ``` * @param {string} selector * @param {CreateButtonGroupModel} options * @returns HTMLElement */ export function createButtonGroup(selector: string, options?: CreateButtonGroupModel, createElement?: Function): HTMLElement; export interface CreateButtonGroupModel { cssClass?: string; buttons?: (buttons.ButtonModel | null)[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/button-group/index.d.ts /** * ButtonGroup modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/common/common-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Item */ export interface ItemModel { /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space for the item that is used to include an icon. * Action item can include font icon and sprite image. * @default '' */ iconCss?: string; /** * Specifies the id for item. * @default '' */ id?: string; /** * Specifies separator between the items. Separator are horizontal lines used to group action items. * @default false */ separator?: boolean; /** * Specifies text for item. * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * Specifies url for item that creates the anchor link to navigate to the url provided. * @default '' */ url?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/common/common.d.ts export type SplitButtonIconPosition = 'Left' | 'Top'; /** * @param props * @param model */ export function getModel(props: Object, model: string[]): Object; export class Item extends base.ChildProperty<Item> { /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space for the item that is used to include an icon. * Action item can include font icon and sprite image. * @default '' */ iconCss: string; /** * Specifies the id for item. * @default '' */ id: string; /** * Specifies separator between the items. Separator are horizontal lines used to group action items. * @default false */ separator: boolean; /** * Specifies text for item. * @default '' */ text: string; /** * Specifies url for item that creates the anchor link to navigate to the url provided. * @default '' */ url: string; } /** * Interface for before item render / select event. */ export interface MenuEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { element: HTMLElement; item: ItemModel; } /** * Interface for before open / close event. */ export interface BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { element: HTMLElement; items: ItemModel[]; event: Event; cancel?: boolean; } /** * Interface for open/close event. */ export interface OpenCloseMenuEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { element: HTMLElement; items: ItemModel[]; parentItem?: ItemModel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/common/index.d.ts /** * Common modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/drop-down-button/drop-down-button-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class DropDownButton */ export interface DropDownButtonModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Defines the content of the DropDownButton element that can either be a text or HTML elements. * @default "" */ content?: string; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the DropDownButton element. The * DropDownButton size and styles can be customized by using this. * @default "" */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the DropDownButton is `disabled` or not. * @default false. */ disabled?: boolean; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space for the DropDownButton that is used to * include an icon. DropDownButton can also include font icon and sprite image. * @default "" */ iconCss?: string; /** * Positions the icon before/top of the text content in the DropDownButton. The possible values are: * * Left: The icon will be positioned to the left of the text content. * * Top: The icon will be positioned to the top of the text content. * @default "Left" */ iconPosition?: SplitButtonIconPosition; /** * Specifies action items with its properties which will be rendered as DropDownButton popup. * @default [] */ items?: ItemModel[]; /** * Allows to specify the DropDownButton popup item element. * @default "" */ target?: string | Element; /**      * Triggers while rendering each popups.Popup item of DropDownButton.      * @event      */ beforeItemRender?: base.EmitType<MenuEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before opening the DropDownButton popup.      * @event      */ beforeOpen?: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before closing the DropDownButton popup.      * @event      */ beforeClose?: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while closing the DropDownButton popup. * @event */ close?: base.EmitType<OpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while opening the DropDownButton popup. * @event */ open?: base.EmitType<OpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while selecting action item in DropDownButton popup. * @event */ select?: base.EmitType<MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Event>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/drop-down-button/drop-down-button.d.ts /** * DropDownButton component is used to toggle contextual overlays for displaying list of action items. * It can contain both text and images. * ```html * <button id="element">DropDownButton</button> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var dropDownButtonObj = new DropDownButton({items: [{ text: 'Action1' }, { text: 'Action2' },{ text: 'Action3' }]); * dropDownButtonObj.appendTo("#element"); * </script> * ``` */ export class DropDownButton extends base.Component<HTMLButtonElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { protected dropDown: popups.Popup; protected button: buttons.Button; protected activeElem: HTMLElement[]; private rippleFn; private delegateMousedownHandler; /** * Defines the content of the DropDownButton element that can either be a text or HTML elements. * @default "" */ content: string; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the DropDownButton element. The * DropDownButton size and styles can be customized by using this. * @default "" */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the DropDownButton is `disabled` or not. * @default false. */ disabled: boolean; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space for the DropDownButton that is used to * include an icon. DropDownButton can also include font icon and sprite image. * @default "" */ iconCss: string; /** * Positions the icon before/top of the text content in the DropDownButton. The possible values are: * * Left: The icon will be positioned to the left of the text content. * * Top: The icon will be positioned to the top of the text content. * @default "Left" */ iconPosition: SplitButtonIconPosition; /** * Specifies action items with its properties which will be rendered as DropDownButton popup. * @default [] */ items: ItemModel[]; /** * Allows to specify the DropDownButton popup item element. * @default "" */ target: string | Element; /** * Triggers while rendering each popups.Popup item of DropDownButton. * @event */ beforeItemRender: base.EmitType<MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before opening the DropDownButton popup. * @event */ beforeOpen: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before closing the DropDownButton popup. * @event */ beforeClose: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while closing the DropDownButton popup. * @event */ close: base.EmitType<OpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while opening the DropDownButton popup. * @event */ open: base.EmitType<OpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while selecting action item in DropDownButton popup. * @event */ select: base.EmitType<MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @param {DropDownButtonModel} options? * @param {string|HTMLButtonElement} element? */ constructor(options?: DropDownButtonModel, element?: string | HTMLButtonElement); protected preRender(): void; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @returns string */ getPersistData(): string; /** * To open/close DropDownButton popup based on current state of the DropDownButton. * @returns void */ toggle(): void; /** * Initialize the base.Component rendering * @returns void * @private */ render(): void; private createPopup; private getTargetElement; private createItems; private hasIcon; private createAnchor; private initialize; private appendArrowSpan; protected setActiveElem(elem: HTMLElement[]): void; /** * Get component name. * @returns string * @private */ getModuleName(): string; private canOpen; /** * Destroys the widget. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; protected getPopUpElement(): HTMLElement; protected getULElement(): HTMLElement; protected wireEvents(): void; protected keyBoardHandler(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; protected upDownKeyHandler(e: base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; private removeCustomSelection; private isValidLI; private keyEventHandler; private getLI; private mousedownHandler; protected clickHandler(e: MouseEvent | base.KeyboardEventArgs): void; private openPopUp; private closePopup; protected unWireEvents(): void; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @param {DropDownButtonModel} newProp * @param {DropDownButtonModel} oldProp * @returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: DropDownButtonModel, oldProp: DropDownButtonModel): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/drop-down-button/index.d.ts /** * DropDownButton modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/index.d.ts /** * SplitButton all module */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/progress-button/index.d.ts /** * ProgressButton modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/progress-button/progress-button-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SpinSettings */ export interface SpinSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the template content to be displayed in a spinner. * @default null */ template?: string; /** * Sets the width of a spinner. * @default '16' */ width?: string | number; /** * Specifies the position of a spinner in the progress button. The possible values are: * * Left: The spinner will be positioned to the left of the text content. * * Right: The spinner will be positioned to the right of the text content. * * Top: The spinner will be positioned at the top of the text content. * * Bottom: The spinner will be positioned at the bottom of the text content. * * Center: The spinner will be positioned at the center of the progress button. * @default 'Left' * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.SplitButtons.SpinPosition * @isEnumeration true */ position?: SpinPosition; } /** * Interface for a class AnimationSettings */ export interface AnimationSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the duration taken to animate. * @default 400 */ duration?: number; /** * Specifies the effect of animation. * @default 'None' * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.SplitButtons.AnimationEffect * @isEnumeration true */ effect?: AnimationEffect; /** * Specifies the animation timing function. * @default 'ease' */ easing?: string; } /** * Interface for a class ProgressButton */ export interface ProgressButtonModel { /** * Enables or disables the background filler UI in the progress button. * @default false */ enableProgress?: boolean; /** * Specifies the duration of progression in the progress button. * @default 2000 */ duration?: number; /** * Positions an icon in the progress button. The possible values are: * * Left: The icon will be positioned to the left of the text content. * * Right: The icon will be positioned to the right of the text content. * * Top: The icon will be positioned at the top of the text content. * * Bottom: The icon will be positioned at the bottom of the text content. * @default "Left" */ iconPosition?: buttons.IconPosition; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space for the progress button that is used to include an icon. * Progress button can also include font icon and sprite image. * @default "" */ iconCss?: string; /** * Enables or disables the progress button. * @default false. */ disabled?: boolean; /** * Allows the appearance of the progress button to be enhanced and visually appealing when set to `true`. * @default false */ isPrimary?: boolean; /** * Specifies the root CSS class of the progress button that allows customization of component’s appearance. * The progress button types, styles, and size can be achieved by using this property. * @default "" */ cssClass?: string; /** * Defines the text `content` of the progress button element. * @default "" */ content?: string; /** * Makes the progress button toggle, when set to `true`. When you click it, the state changes from normal to active. * @default false */ isToggle?: boolean; /** * Specifies a spinner and its related properties. */ spinSettings?: SpinSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the animation settings. */ animationSettings?: AnimationSettingsModel; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Triggers when the progress starts. * @event */ begin?: base.EmitType<ProgressEventArgs>; /** * Triggers in specified intervals. * @event */ progress?: base.EmitType<ProgressEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the progress is completed. * @event */ end?: base.EmitType<ProgressEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the progress is incomplete. * @event */ fail?: base.EmitType<Event>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/progress-button/progress-button.d.ts export class SpinSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SpinSettings> { /** * Specifies the template content to be displayed in a spinner. * @default null */ template: string; /** * Sets the width of a spinner. * @default '16' */ width: string | number; /** * Specifies the position of a spinner in the progress button. The possible values are: * * Left: The spinner will be positioned to the left of the text content. * * Right: The spinner will be positioned to the right of the text content. * * Top: The spinner will be positioned at the top of the text content. * * Bottom: The spinner will be positioned at the bottom of the text content. * * Center: The spinner will be positioned at the center of the progress button. * @default 'Left' * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.SplitButtons.SpinPosition * @isEnumeration true */ position: SpinPosition; } export class AnimationSettings extends base.ChildProperty<AnimationSettings> { /** * Specifies the duration taken to animate. * @default 400 */ duration: number; /** * Specifies the effect of animation. * @default 'None' * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.SplitButtons.AnimationEffect * @isEnumeration true */ effect: AnimationEffect; /** * Specifies the animation timing function. * @default 'ease' */ easing: string; } /** * The ProgressButton visualizes the progression of an operation to indicate the user * that a process is happening in the background with visual representation. * ```html * <button id="element"></button> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var progressButtonObj = new ProgressButton({ content: 'Progress buttons.Button' }); * progressButtonObj.appendTo("#element"); * </script> * ``` */ export class ProgressButton extends buttons.Button implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private progressTime; private percent; private isPaused; private timerId; private step; /** * Enables or disables the background filler UI in the progress button. * @default false */ enableProgress: boolean; /** * Specifies the duration of progression in the progress button. * @default 2000 */ duration: number; /** * Positions an icon in the progress button. The possible values are: * * Left: The icon will be positioned to the left of the text content. * * Right: The icon will be positioned to the right of the text content. * * Top: The icon will be positioned at the top of the text content. * * Bottom: The icon will be positioned at the bottom of the text content. * @default "Left" */ iconPosition: buttons.IconPosition; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space for the progress button that is used to include an icon. * Progress button can also include font icon and sprite image. * @default "" */ iconCss: string; /** * Enables or disables the progress button. * @default false. */ disabled: boolean; /** * Allows the appearance of the progress button to be enhanced and visually appealing when set to `true`. * @default false */ isPrimary: boolean; /** * Specifies the root CSS class of the progress button that allows customization of component’s appearance. * The progress button types, styles, and size can be achieved by using this property. * @default "" */ cssClass: string; /** * Defines the text `content` of the progress button element. * @default "" */ content: string; /** * Makes the progress button toggle, when set to `true`. When you click it, the state changes from normal to active. * @default false */ isToggle: boolean; /** * Specifies a spinner and its related properties. */ spinSettings: SpinSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the animation settings. */ animationSettings: AnimationSettingsModel; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Triggers when the progress starts. * @event */ begin: base.EmitType<ProgressEventArgs>; /** * Triggers in specified intervals. * @event */ progress: base.EmitType<ProgressEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the progress is completed. * @event */ end: base.EmitType<ProgressEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the progress is incomplete. * @event */ fail: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @param {ProgressButtonModel} options? * @param {string|HTMLButtonElement} element? */ constructor(options?: ProgressButtonModel, element?: string | HTMLButtonElement); protected preRender(): void; /** * Initialize the Component rendering * @returns void * @private */ render(): void; /** * Starts the button progress at the specified percent. * @param percent Starts the button progress at this percent. * @returns void */ start(percent?: number): void; /** * Stops the button progress. * @returns void */ stop(): void; /** * Get component name. * @returns string * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * Destroys the widget. * @returns void */ destroy(): void; private init; private createSpinner; private getSpinner; private getProgress; private setSpinPosition; private createProgress; private setContent; private clickHandler; private startProgress; private startAnimate; private startContAnimate; private setSpinnerSize; private hideSpin; private setIconSpan; private setAria; protected wireEvents(): void; protected unWireEvents(): void; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @param {ProgressButtonModel} newProp * @param {ProgressButtonModel} oldProp * @returns void * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: ProgressButtonModel, oldProp: ProgressButtonModel): void; } export type SpinPosition = 'Left' | 'Right' | 'Top' | 'Bottom' | 'Center'; export type AnimationEffect = 'None' | 'SlideLeft' | 'SlideRight' | 'SlideUp' | 'SlideDown' | 'ZoomIn' | 'ZoomOut'; export interface ProgressEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { /** * Indicates the current state of progress in percentage. */ percent: number; /** * Indicates the current duration of the progress. */ currentDuration: number; /** * Specifies the interval. * @default 1 */ step: number; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/split-button/index.d.ts /** * Split Button modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/split-button/split-button-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SplitButton */ export interface SplitButtonModel extends DropDownButtonModel{ /** * Defines the content of the SplitButton primary action button can either be a text or HTML elements. * @default "" */ content?: string; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the SplitButton element. The SplitButton * size and styles can be customized by using this. * @default "" */ cssClass?: string; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the SplitButton is disabled or not. * @default false. */ disabled?: boolean; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space for the SplitButton that is used to include an * icon. SplitButton can also include font icon and sprite image. * @default "" */ iconCss?: string; /** * Positions the icon before/top of the text content in the SplitButton. The possible values are * * Left: The icon will be positioned to the left of the text content. * * Top: The icon will be positioned to the top of the text content. * @default "Left" */ iconPosition?: SplitButtonIconPosition; /** * Specifies action items with its properties which will be rendered as SplitButton secondary button popup. * @default [] */ items?: ItemModel[]; /** * Allows to specify the SplitButton popup item element. * @default "" */ target?: string | Element; /**      * Triggers while rendering each Popup item of SplitButton.      * @event      */ beforeItemRender?: base.EmitType<MenuEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before opening the SplitButton popup.      * @event      */ beforeOpen?: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /**      * Triggers before closing the SplitButton popup.      * @event      */ beforeClose?: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the primary button of SplitButton has been clicked. * @event */ click?: base.EmitType<ClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while closing the SplitButton popup. * @event */ close?: base.EmitType<OpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while opening the SplitButton popup. * @event */ open?: base.EmitType<OpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while selecting action item of SplitButton popup. * @event */ select?: base.EmitType<MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Event>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-splitbuttons/src/split-button/split-button.d.ts /** * SplitButton component has primary and secondary button. Primary button is used to select * default action and secondary button is used to toggle contextual overlays for displaying list of * action items. It can contain both text and images. * ```html * <button id="element"></button> * ``` * ```typescript * <script> * var splitBtnObj = new SplitButton({content: 'SplitButton'}); * splitBtnObj.appendTo("#element"); * </script> * ``` */ export class SplitButton extends DropDownButton implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { private wrapper; private primaryBtnObj; private secondaryBtnObj; /** * Defines the content of the SplitButton primary action button can either be a text or HTML elements. * @default "" */ content: string; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space in the SplitButton element. The SplitButton * size and styles can be customized by using this. * @default "" */ cssClass: string; /** * Specifies a value that indicates whether the SplitButton is disabled or not. * @default false. */ disabled: boolean; /** * Defines class/multiple classes separated by a space for the SplitButton that is used to include an * icon. SplitButton can also include font icon and sprite image. * @default "" */ iconCss: string; /** * Positions the icon before/top of the text content in the SplitButton. The possible values are * * Left: The icon will be positioned to the left of the text content. * * Top: The icon will be positioned to the top of the text content. * @default "Left" */ iconPosition: SplitButtonIconPosition; /** * Specifies action items with its properties which will be rendered as SplitButton secondary button popup. * @default [] */ items: ItemModel[]; /** * Allows to specify the SplitButton popup item element. * @default "" */ target: string | Element; /** * Triggers while rendering each Popup item of SplitButton. * @event */ beforeItemRender: base.EmitType<MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before opening the SplitButton popup. * @event */ beforeOpen: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before closing the SplitButton popup. * @event */ beforeClose: base.EmitType<BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the primary button of SplitButton has been clicked. * @event */ click: base.EmitType<ClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while closing the SplitButton popup. * @event */ close: base.EmitType<OpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while opening the SplitButton popup. * @event */ open: base.EmitType<OpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while selecting action item of SplitButton popup. * @event */ select: base.EmitType<MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers once the component rendering is completed. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Event>; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @param {SplitButtonModel} options? * @param {string|HTMLButtonElement} element? */ constructor(options?: SplitButtonModel, element?: string | HTMLButtonElement); /** * Initialize Angular support. * @private */ protected preRender(): void; render(): void; private initWrapper; private createPrimaryButton; private createSecondaryButton; private setAria; /** * Get component name. * @returns string * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * To open/close SplitButton popup based on current state of the SplitButton. * @returns void */ toggle(): void; destroy(): void; protected wireEvents(): void; protected unWireEvents(): void; private primaryBtnClickHandler; private btnKeyBoardHandler; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @param {SplitButtonModel} newProp * @param {SplitButtonModel} oldProp * @returns void */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: SplitButtonModel, oldProp: SplitButtonModel): void; } export interface ClickEventArgs extends base.BaseEventArgs { element: Element; } } export namespace svgBase { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-svg-base/src/index.d.ts /** * Chart components exported. */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-svg-base/src/svg-render/canvas-renderer.d.ts /** * @private */ export class CanvasRenderer { private canvasObj; /** * Specifies root id of the canvas element * @default null */ private rootId; /** * Specifies the height of the canvas element. * @default null */ height: number; /** * Specifies the width of the canvas element. * @default null */ width: number; /** * Specifies the context of the canvas. * @default null */ ctx: CanvasRenderingContext2D; /** * Holds the context of the rendered canvas as string. * @default null */ dataUrl: string; constructor(rootID: string); private getOptionValue; /** * To create a Html5 canvas element * @param {BaseAttibutes} options - Options to create canvas * @return {HTMLCanvasElement} */ createCanvas(options: BaseAttibutes): HTMLCanvasElement; /** * To set the width and height for the Html5 canvas element * @param {number} width - width of the canvas * @param {number} height - height of the canvas * @return {void} */ setCanvasSize(width: number, height: number): void; private setAttributes; /** * To draw a line * @param {LineAttributes} options - required options to draw a line on the canvas * @return {void} */ drawLine(options: LineAttributes): void; /** * To draw a rectangle * @param {RectAttributes} options - required options to draw a rectangle on the canvas * @return {void} */ drawRectangle(options: RectAttributes): void; private drawCornerRadius; /** * To draw a path on the canvas * @param {PathAttributes} options - options needed to draw path * @param {Int32Array} canvasTranslate - Array of numbers to translate the canvas * @return {void} */ drawPath(options: PathAttributes, canvasTranslate: Int32Array): void; /** * To draw a text * @param {TextAttributes} options - options required to draw text * @param {string} label - Specifies the text which has to be drawn on the canvas * @return {void} */ drawText(options: TextAttributes, label: string): void; /** * To draw circle on the canvas * @param {CircleAttributes} options - required options to draw the circle * @return {void} */ drawCircle(options: CircleAttributes): void; /** * To draw polyline * @param {PolylineAttributes} options - options needed to draw polyline * @return {void} */ drawPolyline(options: PolylineAttributes): void; /** * To draw an ellipse on the canvas * @param {EllipseAttributes} options - options needed to draw ellipse * @return {void} */ drawEllipse(options: EllipseAttributes): void; /** * To draw an image * @param {ImageAttributes} options - options required to draw an image on the canvas * @return {void} */ drawImage(options: ImageAttributes): void; /** * To create a linear gradient * @param {string[]} colors - Specifies the colors required to create linear gradient * @return {string} */ createLinearGradient(colors: GradientColor[]): string; /** * To create a radial gradient * @param {string[]} colors - Specifies the colors required to create linear gradient * @return {string} */ createRadialGradient(colors: GradientColor[]): string; private setGradientValues; /** * To set the attributes to the element * @param {SVGCanvasAttributes} options - Attributes to set for the element * @param {HTMLElement} element - The element to which the attributes need to be set * @return {HTMLElement} */ setElementAttributes(options: SVGCanvasAttributes, element: HTMLElement): HTMLElement; /** * To update the values of the canvas element attributes * @param {SVGCanvasAttributes} options - Specifies the colors required to create gradient * @return {void} */ updateCanvasAttributes(options: SVGCanvasAttributes): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-svg-base/src/svg-render/index.d.ts /** * Base modules */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-svg-base/src/svg-render/svg-canvas-interface.d.ts /** * This has the basic properties required for SvgRenderer and CanvasRenderer * @private */ export interface BaseAttibutes { /** * Specifies the ID of an element */ id?: string; /** * Specifies the fill color value */ fill?: string; /** * Specifies the border color value */ stroke?: string; /** * Specifies the width of the border */ 'stroke-width'?: number; /** * Specifies the opacity value of an element */ opacity?: number; /** * Height of the element */ height?: number; /** * Width of the element */ width?: number; /** * X value of the element */ x?: number; /** * Y value of the element */ y?: number; /** * Specifies the dash array value of an element */ 'stroke-dasharray'?: string; /** * Property to specify CSS styles for the elements */ style?: string; /** * Color of the element */ color?: string; /** * Specifies the name of the class */ className?: string; /** * Specifies the transformation value */ transform?: string; /** * Specifies the fill opacity of a shape/element */ 'fill-opacity'?: number; /** * Type of pointer for an element */ pointer?: string; /** * Specifies the plot value */ plot?: string; /** * Visibility of an element */ visibility?: string; /** * Specifies the clip path of an element */ 'clip-path'?: string; } /** * This has the properties for a SVG element * @private */ export interface SVGAttributes extends BaseAttibutes { /** * View box property of an element */ viewBox?: string; /** * Specifies the xmlns link property of a SVG element */ xmlns?: string; } /** * Properties required to render a circle * @private */ export interface CircleAttributes extends BaseAttibutes { /** * Center x value of a circle */ cx?: number; /** * Center y value of a circle */ cy?: number; /** * Radius value of a circle */ r?: number; } /** * Properties required to render a line * @private */ export interface LineAttributes extends BaseAttibutes { /** * Specifies the value of x1 */ x1?: number; /** * Specifies the value of x2 */ x2?: number; /** * Specifies the value of y1 */ y1?: number; /** * Specifies the value of y2 */ y2?: number; } /** * Properties required to render a rectangle * @private */ export interface RectAttributes extends BaseAttibutes { /** * Corner radius value of a rectangle */ rx?: number; } /** * Properties required to render path * @private */ export interface PathAttributes extends BaseAttibutes { /** * Specifies the d value of a path */ d?: string; /** * Inner radius value of a path */ innerR?: number; /** * Value of cx in path */ cx?: number; /** * Value of cy in path */ cy?: number; /** * Radius value of a path */ r?: number; /** * Specifies the start value */ start?: number; /** * Specifies the end value */ end?: number; /** * Specifies the radius value */ radius?: number; /** * Specifies the direction of path */ counterClockWise?: boolean; } /** * Properties required to render a polyline * @private */ export interface PolylineAttributes extends BaseAttibutes { /** * Points required to draw a polyline */ points?: string; } /** * Properties required to render ellipse * @private */ export interface EllipseAttributes extends CircleAttributes { /** * Specifies the rx value */ rx?: number; /** * Specifies the ry value */ ry?: number; } /** * Properties required to render a pattern * @private */ export interface PatternAttributes extends BaseAttibutes { /** * Units to render a pattern */ patternUnits?: string; } /** * Properties required to render an image * @private */ export interface ImageAttributes extends BaseAttibutes { /** * Specifies the link to render it as image */ href?: string; /** * Ratio value to render an image */ preserveAspectRatio?: string; } /** * Properties required to render text * @private */ export interface TextAttributes extends BaseAttibutes { /** * Size of the text */ 'font-size'?: string; /** * Font family of the text */ 'font-family'?: string; /** * Font style of the text */ 'font-style'?: string; /** * Weight of the text */ 'font-weight'?: string; /** * Specifies the text anchor value */ 'text-anchor'?: string; /** * Specifies the baseline value */ 'baseline'?: string; /** * Angle of rotation */ 'labelRotation'?: number; } /** * Properties required to render radial gradient * @private */ export interface RadialGradient { /** * Specifies the id of the radial gradient */ id?: string; /** * Specifies the cx value */ cx?: string; /** * Specifies the cy value */ cy?: string; /** * Specifies the radius value */ r?: string; /** * Specifies the fx value */ fx?: string; /** * Specifies the fy value */ fy?: string; } /** * Properties required to render linear gradient * @private */ export interface LinearGradient { /** * Id of the linear gradient */ id?: string; /** * Specifies the x1 value */ x1?: string; /** * Specifies the x2 value */ x2?: string; /** * Specifies the y1 value */ y1?: string; /** * Specifies the y2 value */ y2?: string; } /** * Properties required to render a circle */ export interface SVGCanvasAttributes { /** * To specify a new property */ [key: string]: string; } /** * Properties required to render a gradient * @private */ export interface GradientColor { /** * Specifies the color value of the gradient */ color?: string; /** * Specifies the colorstop value of the gradient */ colorStop?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-svg-base/src/svg-render/svg-renderer.d.ts export class SvgRenderer { private svgLink; private svgObj; private rootId; /** * Specifies the height of the canvas element. * @default null */ height: number; /** * Specifies the width of the canvas element. * @default null */ width: number; constructor(rootID: string); private getOptionValue; /** * To create a Html5 SVG element * @param {SVGAttributes} options - Options to create SVG * @return {Element} */ createSvg(options: SVGAttributes): Element; private setSVGSize; /** * To draw a path * @param {PathAttributes} options - Options to draw a path in SVG * @return {Element} */ drawPath(options: PathAttributes): Element; /** * To draw a line * @param {LineAttributes} options - Options to draw a line in SVG * @return {Element} */ drawLine(options: LineAttributes): Element; /** * To draw a rectangle * @param {BaseAttibutes} options - Required options to draw a rectangle in SVG * @return {Element} */ drawRectangle(options: RectAttributes): Element; /** * To draw a circle * @param {CircleAttributes} options - Required options to draw a circle in SVG * @return {Element} */ drawCircle(options: CircleAttributes): Element; /** * To draw a polyline * @param {PolylineAttributes} options - Options required to draw a polyline * @return {Element} */ drawPolyline(options: PolylineAttributes): Element; /** * To draw an ellipse * @param {EllipseAttributes} options - Options required to draw an ellipse * @return {Element} */ drawEllipse(options: EllipseAttributes): Element; /** * To draw a polygon * @param {PolylineAttributes} options - Options needed to draw a polygon in SVG * @return {Element} */ drawPolygon(options: PolylineAttributes): Element; /** * To draw an image * @param {ImageAttributes} options - Required options to draw an image in SVG * @return {Element} */ drawImage(options: ImageAttributes): Element; /** * To draw a text * @param {TextAttributes} options - Options needed to draw a text in SVG * @return {Element} */ createText(options: TextAttributes, label: string): Element; /** * To create a tSpan * @param {TextAttributes} options - Options to create tSpan * @param {string} label - The text content which is to be rendered in the tSpan * @return {Element} */ createTSpan(options: TextAttributes, label: string): Element; /** * To create a title * @param {string} text - The text content which is to be rendered in the title * @return {Element} */ createTitle(text: string): Element; /** * To create defs element in SVG * @return {Element} */ createDefs(): Element; /** * To create clip path in SVG * @param {BaseAttibutes} options - Options needed to create clip path * @return {Element} */ createClipPath(options: BaseAttibutes): Element; /** * To create foreign object in SVG * @param {BaseAttibutes} options - Options needed to create foreign object * @return {Element} */ createForeignObject(options: BaseAttibutes): Element; /** * To create group element in SVG * @param {BaseAttibutes} options - Options needed to create group * @return {Element} */ createGroup(options: BaseAttibutes): Element; /** * To create pattern in SVG * @param {PatternAttributes} options - Required options to create pattern in SVG * @param {string} type - Specifies the name of the pattern * @return {Element} */ createPattern(options: PatternAttributes, element: string): Element; /** * To create radial gradient in SVG * @param {string[]} colors - Specifies the colors required to create radial gradient * @param {string[]} colorStop - Specifies the colorstop required to create radial gradient * @param {string} name - Specifies the name of the gradient * @param {RadialGradient} options - value for radial gradient * @return {string} */ createRadialGradient(colors: GradientColor[], name: string, options: RadialGradient): string; /** * To create linear gradient in SVG * @param {string[]} colors - Array of string specifies the values for color * @param {string[]} colors - Array of string specifies the values for colorStop * @param {string} name - Specifies the name of the gradient * @param {LinearGradient} options - Specifies the options for gradient * @return {string} */ createLinearGradient(colors: GradientColor[], name: string, options: LinearGradient): string; /** * To render the gradient element in SVG * @param {string} gradientType - Specifies the type of the gradient * @param {RadialGradient | LinearGradient} options - Options required to render a gradient * @param {string[]} colors - Array of string specifies the values for color * @param {string[]} colorStop - Array of string specifies the values for colorStop * @return {Element} */ drawGradient(gradientType: string, options: RadialGradient | LinearGradient, colors: GradientColor[]): Element; /** * To render a clip path * @param {BaseAttibutes} options - Options required to render a clip path * @return {Element} */ drawClipPath(options: BaseAttibutes): Element; /** * To create circular clip path in SVG * @param {CircleAttributes} options - Options required to create circular clip path * @return {Element} */ drawCircularClipPath(options: CircleAttributes): Element; /** * To set the attributes to the element * @param {SVGCanvasAttributes} options - Attributes to set for the element * @param {Element} element - The element to which the attributes need to be set * @return {Element} */ setElementAttributes(options: SVGCanvasAttributes, element: Element): Element; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-svg-base/src/tooltip/enum.d.ts /** * Defines the shape of the marker. They are * * circle - Renders a circle. * * rectangle - Renders a rectangle. * * triangle - Renders a triangle. * * diamond - Renders a diamond. * * cross - Renders a cross. * * horizontalLine - Renders a horizontalLine. * * verticalLine - Renders a verticalLine. * * pentagon- Renders a pentagon. * * invertedTriangle - Renders a invertedTriangle. * * image - Renders a image. */ export type TooltipShape = /** Render a circle. */ 'Circle' | /** Render a Rectangle. */ 'Rectangle' | /** Render a Triangle. */ 'Triangle' | /** Render a Diamond. */ 'Diamond' | /** Render a Cross. */ 'Cross' | /** Render a HorizontalLine. */ 'HorizontalLine' | /** Render a VerticalLine. */ 'VerticalLine' | /** Render a Pentagon. */ 'Pentagon' | /** Render a InvertedTriangle. */ 'InvertedTriangle' | /** Render a Image. */ 'Image'; /** * Defines Theme of the chart. They are * * Material - Render a chart with Material theme. * * Fabric - Render a chart with Fabric theme */ export type TooltipTheme = /** Render a chart with Material theme. */ 'Material' | /** Render a chart with Fabric theme. */ 'Fabric' | /** Render a chart with Bootstrap theme. */ 'Bootstrap' | /** Render a chart with Highcontrast theme. */ 'HighContrastLight' | /** Render a chart with Material Dark theme. */ 'MaterialDark' | /** Render a chart with Fabric Dark theme. */ 'FabricDark' | /** Render a chart with Highcontrast Dark theme. */ 'Highcontrast' | /** Render a chart with Highcontrast Dark theme. */ 'HighContrast' | /** Render a chart with Bootstrap Dark theme. */ 'BootstrapDark' | /** Render a chart with Bootstrap4 theme. */ 'Bootstrap4'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-svg-base/src/tooltip/helper.d.ts /** * Function to measure the height and width of the text. * @param {string} text * @param {FontModel} font * @param {string} id * @returns no * @private */ export function measureText(text: string, font: TextStyleModel): Size; /** @private */ export function findDirection(rX: number, rY: number, rect: Rect, arrowLocation: TooltipLocation, arrowPadding: number, top: boolean, bottom: boolean, left: boolean, tipX: number, tipY: number, tipRadius?: number): string; /** @private */ export class Size { height: number; width: number; constructor(width: number, height: number); } /** @private */ export class Rect { x: number; y: number; height: number; width: number; constructor(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number); } export class Side { isRight: boolean; isBottom: boolean; constructor(bottom: boolean, right: boolean); } /** @private */ export class CustomizeOption { id: string; constructor(id?: string); } /** @private */ export class TextOption extends CustomizeOption { anchor: string; text: string | string[]; transform: string; x: number; y: number; baseLine: string; constructor(id?: string, x?: number, y?: number, anchor?: string, text?: string | string[], transform?: string, baseLine?: string); } /** @private */ export function getElement(id: string): Element; /** @private */ export function removeElement(id: string): void; /** @private */ export interface IShapes { renderOption?: Object; functionName?: string; } /** @private */ export function drawSymbol(location: TooltipLocation, shape: string, size: Size, url: string, options: PathOption, label: string): Element; /** @private */ export function calculateShapes(location: TooltipLocation, size: Size, shape: string, options: PathOption, url: string): IShapes; /** @private */ export class PathOption extends CustomizeOption { opacity: number; fill: string; stroke: string; ['stroke-width']: number; ['stroke-dasharray']: string; d: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, width: number, color: string, opacity?: number, dashArray?: string, d?: string); } /** @private */ export function textElement(options: TextOption, font: TextStyleModel, color: string, parent: HTMLElement | Element): Element; export class TooltipLocation { x: number; y: number; constructor(x: number, y: number); } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-svg-base/src/tooltip/index.d.ts /** * Chart component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-svg-base/src/tooltip/interface.d.ts /** * Specifies the Theme style for chart and accumulation. */ export interface ITooltipThemeStyle { tooltipFill: string; tooltipBoldLabel: string; tooltipLightLabel: string; tooltipHeaderLine: string; } export interface ITooltipEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the event */ name: string; /** Defines the event cancel status */ cancel: boolean; } export interface ITooltipRenderingEventArgs extends ITooltipEventArgs { /** Defines tooltip text collections */ text?: string; /** Defines tooltip text style */ textStyle?: TextStyleModel; /** Defines the current Tooltip instance */ tooltip: Tooltip; } export interface ITooltipAnimationCompleteArgs extends ITooltipEventArgs { /** Defines the current Tooltip instance */ tooltip: Tooltip; } export interface ITooltipLoadedEventArgs extends ITooltipEventArgs { /** Defines the current Tooltip instance */ tooltip: Tooltip; } /** @private */ export function getTooltipThemeColor(theme: TooltipTheme): ITooltipThemeStyle; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-svg-base/src/tooltip/tooltip-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class TextStyle * @private */ export interface TextStyleModel { /** * Font size for the text. * @default null */ size?: string; /** * Color for the text. * @default '' */ color?: string; /** * FontFamily for the text. */ fontFamily?: string; /** * FontWeight for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontWeight?: string; /** * FontStyle for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontStyle?: string; /** * Opacity for the text. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class TooltipBorder * @private */ export interface TooltipBorderModel { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ color?: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ width?: number; } /** * Interface for a class AreaBounds * @private */ export interface AreaBoundsModel { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ x?: number; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ y?: number; /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ width?: number; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ height?: number; } /** * Interface for a class ToolLocation * @private */ export interface ToolLocationModel { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ x?: number; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ y?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Tooltip * @private */ export interface TooltipModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Enables / Disables the visibility of the tooltip. * @default false. * @private. */ enable?: boolean; /** * If set to true, a single ToolTip will be displayed for every index. * @default false. * @private. */ shared?: boolean; /** * To enable shadow for the tooltip. * @default true. * @private. */ enableShadow?: boolean; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @private. */ fill?: string; /** * Header for tooltip. * @private. */ header?: string; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @private. */ opacity?: number; /** * Options to customize the ToolTip text. * @private. */ textStyle?: TextStyleModel; /** * Custom template to format the ToolTip content. Use ${x} and ${y} as the placeholder text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null. * @private. */ template?: string; /** * If set to true, ToolTip will animate while moving from one point to another. * @default true. * @private. */ enableAnimation?: boolean; /** * To rotate the tooltip. * @default false. * @private. */ inverted?: boolean; /** * Negative value of the tooltip. * @default true. * @private. */ isNegative?: boolean; /** * Options to customize tooltip borders. * @private. */ border?: TooltipBorderModel; /** * Content for the tooltip. * @private. */ content?: string[]; /** * Content for the tooltip. * @private. */ markerSize?: number; /** * Clip location. * @private. */ clipBounds?: ToolLocationModel; /** * Palette for marker. * @private. */ palette?: string[]; /** * Shapes for marker. * @private. */ shapes?: TooltipShape[]; /** * Location for Tooltip. * @private. */ location?: ToolLocationModel; /** * Location for Tooltip. * @private. */ offset?: number; /** * Rounded corner for x. * @private. */ rx?: number; /** * Rounded corner for y. * @private. */ ry?: number; /** * Margin for left and right. * @private. */ marginX?: number; /** * Margin for top and bottom. * @private. */ marginY?: number; /** * Padding for arrow. * @private. */ arrowPadding?: number; /** * Data for template. * @private. */ data?: Object; /** * Specifies the theme for the chart. * @default 'Material' * @private. */ theme?: TooltipTheme; /** * Bounds for the rect. * @private. */ areaBounds?: AreaBoundsModel; /** * Triggers before each axis range is rendered. * @event * @private. */ tooltipRender?: base.EmitType<ITooltipRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after chart load. * @event * @private. */ loaded?: base.EmitType<ITooltipLoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after chart load. * @event * @private. */ animationComplete?: base.EmitType<ITooltipAnimationCompleteArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-svg-base/src/tooltip/tooltip.d.ts /** * Configures the fonts in charts. * @private */ export class TextStyle extends base.ChildProperty<TextStyle> { /** * Font size for the text. * @default null */ size: string; /** * Color for the text. * @default '' */ color: string; /** * FontFamily for the text. */ fontFamily: string; /** * FontWeight for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontWeight: string; /** * FontStyle for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontStyle: string; /** * Opacity for the text. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; } /** * Configures the borders in the chart. * @private */ export class TooltipBorder extends base.ChildProperty<TooltipBorder> { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ color: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ width: number; } /** * Configures the borders in the chart. * @private */ export class AreaBounds extends base.ChildProperty<AreaBounds> { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ x: number; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ y: number; /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ width: number; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ height: number; } /** * Configures the borders in the chart. * @private */ export class ToolLocation extends base.ChildProperty<ToolLocation> { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '' */ x: number; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 1 */ y: number; } /** * Represents the Tooltip control. * ```html * <div id="tooltip"/> * <script> * var tooltipObj = new Tooltip({ isResponsive : true }); * tooltipObj.appendTo("#tooltip"); * </script> * ``` * @private */ export class Tooltip extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * Enables / Disables the visibility of the tooltip. * @default false. * @private. */ enable: boolean; /** * If set to true, a single ToolTip will be displayed for every index. * @default false. * @private. */ shared: boolean; /** * To enable shadow for the tooltip. * @default true. * @private. */ enableShadow: boolean; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @private. */ fill: string; /** * Header for tooltip. * @private. */ header: string; /** * The fill color of the tooltip that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @private. */ opacity: number; /** * Options to customize the ToolTip text. * @private. */ textStyle: TextStyleModel; /** * Custom template to format the ToolTip content. Use ${x} and ${y} as the placeholder text to display the corresponding data point. * @default null. * @private. */ template: string; /** * If set to true, ToolTip will animate while moving from one point to another. * @default true. * @private. */ enableAnimation: boolean; /** * To rotate the tooltip. * @default false. * @private. */ inverted: boolean; /** * Negative value of the tooltip. * @default true. * @private. */ isNegative: boolean; /** * Options to customize tooltip borders. * @private. */ border: TooltipBorderModel; /** * Content for the tooltip. * @private. */ content: string[]; /** * Content for the tooltip. * @private. */ markerSize: number; /** * Clip location. * @private. */ clipBounds: ToolLocationModel; /** * Palette for marker. * @private. */ palette: string[]; /** * Shapes for marker. * @private. */ shapes: TooltipShape[]; /** * Location for Tooltip. * @private. */ location: ToolLocationModel; /** * Location for Tooltip. * @private. */ offset: number; /** * Rounded corner for x. * @private. */ rx: number; /** * Rounded corner for y. * @private. */ ry: number; /** * Margin for left and right. * @private. */ marginX: number; /** * Margin for top and bottom. * @private. */ marginY: number; /** * Padding for arrow. * @private. */ arrowPadding: number; /** * Data for template. * @private. */ data: Object; /** * Specifies the theme for the chart. * @default 'Material' * @private. */ theme: TooltipTheme; /** * Bounds for the rect. * @private. */ areaBounds: AreaBoundsModel; /** * Triggers before each axis range is rendered. * @event * @private. */ tooltipRender: base.EmitType<ITooltipRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after chart load. * @event * @private. */ loaded: base.EmitType<ITooltipLoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after chart load. * @event * @private. */ animationComplete: base.EmitType<ITooltipAnimationCompleteArgs>; private elementSize; private toolTipInterval; private padding; private textElements; private templateFn; private formattedText; private markerPoint; /** @private */ private valueX; /** @private */ private valueY; private tipRadius; fadeOuted: boolean; /** @private */ private renderer; /** @private */ private themeStyle; private isFirst; /** * Constructor for creating the widget * @hidden */ constructor(options?: TooltipModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); /** * Initialize the event handler. * @private. */ protected preRender(): void; private initPrivateVariable; private removeSVG; /** * To Initialize the control rendering. */ protected render(): void; private createTooltipElement; private drawMarker; private renderTooltipElement; private changeText; private findFormattedText; private renderText; private createTemplate; private sharedTooltipLocation; private tooltipLocation; private animateTooltipDiv; private updateDiv; private updateTemplateFn; /** @private */ fadeOut(): void; private progressAnimation; private endAnimation; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; /** * Get component name * @private */ getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the accumulationcharts * @private */ destroy(): void; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @return {void} * @private */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: TooltipModel, oldProp: TooltipModel): void; } } export namespace treegrid { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/index.d.ts /** * Export TreeGrid component */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/column-menu.d.ts /** * TreeGrid ColumnMenu module * @hidden */ export class ColumnMenu { private parent; /** * Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent?: TreeGrid); getColumnMenu(): HTMLElement; destroy(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/command-column.d.ts /** * Command Column Module for TreeGrid * @hidden */ export class CommandColumn { private parent; constructor(parent: TreeGrid); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Destroys the ContextMenu. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/context-menu.d.ts /** * ContextMenu Module for TreeGrid * @hidden */ export class ContextMenu { private parent; constructor(parent: TreeGrid); /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; private contextMenuOpen; private contextMenuClick; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Destroys the ContextMenu. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * Gets the context menu element from the TreeGrid. * @return {Element} */ getContextMenu(): Element; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/crud-actions.d.ts /** * crud-actions.ts file */ export function editAction(details: { value: ITreeData; action: string; }, control: TreeGrid, isSelfReference: boolean, addRowIndex: number, selectedIndex: number, columnName?: string): void; export function addAction(details: { value: ITreeData; action: string; }, treeData: Object[], control: TreeGrid, isSelfReference: boolean, addRowIndex: number, selectedIndex: number): { value: Object; isSkip: boolean; }; export function removeChildRecords(childRecords: ITreeData[], modifiedData: object, action: string, key: string, control: TreeGrid, isSelfReference: boolean, originalData?: ITreeData, columnName?: string): boolean; export function updateParentRow(key: string, record: ITreeData, action: string, control: TreeGrid, isSelfReference: boolean, child?: ITreeData): void; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/edit.d.ts /** * TreeGrid Edit Module * The `Edit` module is used to handle editing actions. */ export class Edit { private parent; private isSelfReference; private addRowIndex; private isOnBatch; private keyPress; private selectedIndex; private doubleClickTarget; private previousNewRowPosition; /** * Constructor for Edit module */ constructor(parent: TreeGrid); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; private beforeStartEdit; private beforeBatchCancel; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the editModule * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; /** * @hidden */ applyFormValidation(cols?: grids.Column[]): void; private recordDoubleClick; private updateGridEditMode; private keyPressed; private deleteUniqueID; private cellEdit; private enableToolbarItems; private batchCancel; private cellSave; private crudAction; private beginAdd; private beginEdit; private savePreviousRowPosition; private beginAddEdit; /** * Checks the status of validation at the time of editing. If validation is passed, it returns true. * @return {boolean} */ editFormValidate(): boolean; /** * @hidden */ destroyForm(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/excel-export.d.ts /** * TreeGrid Excel Export module * @hidden */ export class ExcelExport { private parent; private dataResults; /** * Constructor for Excel Export module */ constructor(parent?: TreeGrid); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the Excel Export * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; private updateExcelResultModel; Map(excelExportProperties?: grids.ExcelExportProperties, isMultipleExport?: boolean, workbook?: any, isBlob?: boolean, isCsv?: boolean): Promise<Object>; protected generateQuery(query: data.Query, property?: grids.ExcelExportProperties): data.Query; protected manipulateExportProperties(property?: grids.ExcelExportProperties, dtSrc?: Object[], queryResult?: base.Ajax): Object; /** * TreeGrid Excel Export cell modifier * @hidden */ private excelQueryCellInfo; private isLocal; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/filter.d.ts /** * TreeGrid Filter module will handle filtering action * @hidden */ export class Filter { private parent; filteredResult: Object[]; private flatFilteredData; private filteredParentRecs; private isHierarchyFilter; /** * Constructor for Filter module */ constructor(parent?: TreeGrid); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the Filter module * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * Function to update filtered records * @hidden */ private updatedFilteredRecord; private addParentRecord; private checkChildExsist; private updateFilterLevel; private clearFilterLevel; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/index.d.ts /** * actions export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/page.d.ts /** * The `Page` module is used to render pager and handle paging action. * @hidden */ export class Page { private parent; constructor(parent: TreeGrid); /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * Refreshes the page count, pager information, and external message. * @return {void} */ refresh(): void; /** * To destroy the pager * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; /** * Navigates to the target page according to the given number. * @param {number} pageNo - Defines the page number to navigate. * @return {void} */ goToPage(pageNo: number): void; /** * Defines the text of the external message. * @param {string} message - Defines the message to update. * @return {void} */ updateExternalMessage(message: string): void; /** * @hidden */ private collapseExpandPagedchilds; private pageRoot; private pageAction; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/pdf-export.d.ts /** * TreeGrid PDF Export module * @hidden */ export class PdfExport { private parent; private dataResults; /** * Constructor for PDF export module */ constructor(parent?: TreeGrid); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the PDF Export * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private updatePdfResultModel; Map(pdfExportProperties?: grids.PdfExportProperties, isMultipleExport?: boolean, pdfDoc?: Object, isBlob?: boolean): Promise<Object>; protected generateQuery(query: data.Query, prop?: grids.PdfExportProperties): data.Query; protected manipulatePdfProperties(prop?: grids.PdfExportProperties, dtSrc?: Object[], queryResult?: base.Ajax): Object; /** * TreeGrid PDF Export cell modifier * @hidden */ private pdfQueryCellInfo; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/print.d.ts /** * TreeGrid Print module * @hidden */ export class Print { private parent; /** * Constructor for Print module */ constructor(parent?: TreeGrid); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; private printTreeGrid; print(): void; /** * To destroy the Print * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/reorder.d.ts /** * TreeGrid Reorder module * @hidden */ export class Reorder { private parent; private treeColumn; /** * Constructor for Reorder module */ constructor(parent?: TreeGrid, treeColumn?: Column | string | ColumnModel); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the Reorder * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private getTreeColumn; private setTreeColumnIndex; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/resize.d.ts /** * TreeGrid Resize module * @hidden */ export class Resize { private parent; /** * Constructor for Resize module */ constructor(parent?: TreeGrid); /** * Resize by field names. * @param {string|string[]} fName - Defines the field name. * @return {void} */ autoFitColumns(fName?: string | string[]): void; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; /** * Destroys the Resize. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/selection.d.ts /** * TreeGrid Selection module * @hidden */ export class Selection { private parent; private columnIndex; private selectedItems; private selectedIndexes; /** * Constructor for Selection module */ constructor(parent: TreeGrid); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; addEventListener(): void; removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the Selection * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; private checkboxSelection; private triggerChkChangeEvent; private getCheckboxcolumnIndex; private headerCheckbox; private renderColumnCheckbox; private columnCheckbox; selectCheckboxes(rowIndexes: number[]): void; private traverSelection; private getFilteredChildRecords; private updateParentSelection; private headerSelection; private updateSelectedItems; private updateGridActions; getCheckedrecords(): Object[]; getCheckedRowIndexes(): number[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/sort.d.ts /** * Internal dataoperations for TreeGrid * @hidden */ export class Sort { private flatSortedData; private taskIds; private storedIndex; private parent; private isSelfReference; constructor(grid: TreeGrid); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; private createdSortedRecords; private iterateSort; /** * Sorts a column with the given options. * @param {string} columnName - Defines the column name to be sorted. * @param {grids.SortDirection} direction - Defines the direction of sorting field. * @param {boolean} isMultiSort - Specifies whether the previous sorted columns are to be maintained. * @return {void} */ sortColumn(columnName: string, direction: grids.SortDirection, isMultiSort?: boolean): void; removeSortColumn(field: string): void; /** * The function used to update sortSettings of TreeGrid. * @return {void} * @hidden */ private updateModel; /** * Clears all the sorted columns of the TreeGrid. * @return {void} */ clearSorting(): void; /** * Destroys the Sorting of TreeGrid. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/summary.d.ts /** * TreeGrid Aggregate module * @hidden */ export class Aggregate { private parent; private flatChildRecords; private summaryQuery; /** * Constructor for Aggregate module */ constructor(parent?: TreeGrid); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; removeEventListener(): void; /** * Function to calculate summary values * @hidden */ calculateSummaryValue(summaryQuery: data.QueryOptions[], filteredData: Object[], isSort: boolean): Object[]; private getChildRecordsLength; private createSummaryItem; private getSummaryValues; private getFormatFromType; /** * To destroy the Aggregate module * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/actions/toolbar.d.ts /** * Toolbar Module for TreeGrid * @hidden */ export class Toolbar { private parent; constructor(parent: TreeGrid); /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ private getModuleName; /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; private toolbarClickHandler; /** * Gets the toolbar of the TreeGrid. * @return {Element} * @hidden */ getToolbar(): Element; /** * Enables or disables ToolBar items. * @param {string[]} items - Defines the collection of itemID of ToolBar items. * @param {boolean} isEnable - Defines the items to be enabled or disabled. * @return {void} * @hidden */ enableItems(items: string[], isEnable: boolean): void; /** * Destroys the ToolBar. * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/base/constant.d.ts /** * @hidden */ export const load: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowDataBound: string; /** @hidden */ export const dataBound: string; /** @hidden */ export const queryCellInfo: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeDataBound: string; /** @hidden */ export const actionBegin: string; /** @hidden */ export const actionComplete: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowSelecting: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowSelected: string; /** @hidden */ export const checkboxChange: string; /** @hidden */ export const rowDeselected: string; /** @hidden */ export const toolbarClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeExcelExport: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforePdfExport: string; /** @hidden */ export const resizeStop: string; /** @hidden */ export const expanded: string; /** @hidden */ export const expanding: string; /** @hidden */ export const collapsed: string; /** @hidden */ export const collapsing: string; /** @hidden */ export const remoteExpand: string; /** @hidden */ export const localPagedExpandCollapse: string; /** @hidden */ export const pagingActions: string; /** @hidden */ export const printGridInit: string; /** @hidden */ export const contextMenuOpen: string; /** @hidden */ export const contextMenuClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const savePreviousRowPosition: string; /** @hidden */ export const crudAction: string; /** @hidden */ export const beginEdit: string; /** @hidden */ export const beginAdd: string; /** @hidden */ export const recordDoubleClick: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellSave: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellSaved: string; /** @hidden */ export const cellEdit: string; /** @hidden */ export const batchDelete: string; /** @hidden */ export const batchCancel: string; /** @hidden */ export const batchAdd: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeBatchAdd: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeBatchSave: string; /** @hidden */ export const batchSave: string; /** @hidden */ export const keyPressed: string; /** @hidden */ export const updateData: string; /** @hidden */ export const doubleTap: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeStartEdit: string; /** @hidden */ export const beforeBatchCancel: string; /** @hidden */ export const batchEditFormRendered: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/base/data.d.ts /** * Internal dataoperations for tree grid * @hidden */ export class DataManipulation { private taskIds; private parentItems; private zerothLevelData; private storedIndex; private parent; private dataResults; private sortedData; private hierarchyData; private isSelfReference; private isSortAction; constructor(grid: TreeGrid); /** * @hidden */ addEventListener(): void; /** * @hidden */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * To destroy the dataModule * @return {void} * @hidden */ destroy(): void; /** @hidden */ isRemote(): boolean; /** * Function to manipulate datasource * @hidden */ convertToFlatData(data: Object): void; private selfReferenceUpdate; /** * Function to update the zeroth level parent records in remote binding * @hidden */ private updateParentRemoteData; /** * Function to manipulate datasource * @hidden */ private collectExpandingRecs; private beginSorting; private createRecords; /** * Function to perform filtering/sorting action for local data * @hidden */ dataProcessor(args?: grids.BeforeDataBoundArgs): void; /** * update for datasource */ private updateData; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/base/index.d.ts /** * Base export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/base/interface.d.ts /** * Specifies FlatData interfaces. * @hidden */ export interface ITreeData { /** * Specifies the childRecords of a parentData */ childRecords?: ITreeData[]; /** * Specifies whether the record contains child records */ hasChildRecords?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the record contains filtered child records */ hasFilteredChildRecords?: boolean; /** * Specifies whether the child records are expanded */ expanded?: boolean; /** * Specifies the parentItem of childRecords */ parentItem?: ITreeData; /** * Specifies the index of current record */ index?: number; /** * Specifies the hierarchy level of record */ level?: number; /** * Specifies the hierarchy level of filtered record */ filterLevel?: number; /** * Specifies the parentID */ /** * Specifies the unique ID of a record */ uniqueID?: string; /** * Specifies the parent Unique ID of a record */ parentUniqueID?: string; /** * Specifies the checkbox state of a record */ checkboxState?: string; /** * Specifies the summary of a record */ isSummaryRow?: boolean; } export interface ITreeGridCellFormatter { getValue(column: Column, data: Object): Object; } export interface RowExpandedEventArgs { /** Defines the parent row data. */ data?: Object; /** Defines the parent row element. */ row?: HTMLTableRowElement; } export interface RowExpandingEventArgs { /** Defines the parent row data. */ data?: Object; /** Defines the parent row element. */ row?: HTMLTableRowElement; /** Cancel the row expanding action */ cancel?: boolean; } export interface RowCollapsedEventArgs { /** Defines the parent row data. */ data?: Object; /** Defines the parent row element. */ row?: HTMLTableRowElement; } export interface RowCollapsingEventArgs { /** Defines the parent row data. */ data?: Object; /** Defines the parent row element. */ row?: HTMLTableRowElement; /** Cancel the row collapsing action */ cancel?: boolean; } export interface CellSaveEventArgs extends grids.SaveEventArgs { /** Defines edited column */ column?: Column; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/base/treegrid-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class TreeGrid */ export interface TreeGridModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /**    * Defines the schema of dataSource.    * If the `columns` declaration is empty or undefined then the `columns` are automatically generated from data source.        * @default []    */ columns?: ColumnModel[] | string[] | Column[]; /** * Specifies the mapping property path for sub tasks in data source * @default null */ childMapping?: string; /** * Specifies whether record is parent or not for the remote data binding * @default null */ hasChildMapping?: string; /** * Specifies the index of the column that needs to have the expander button. * @default 0 */ treeColumnIndex?: number; /** * Specifies the name of the field in the dataSource, which contains the id of that row. * @default null */ idMapping?: string; /** * Specifies the name of the field in the dataSource, which contains the parent’s id * @default null */ parentIdMapping?: string; /** * Specifies whether to load all the rows in collapsed state when the TreeGrid is rendered for the first time. * @default false */ enableCollapseAll?: boolean; /** * Specifies the mapping property path for the expand status of a record in data source. * @default null */ expandStateMapping?: string; /** * It is used to render TreeGrid table rows. * @default [] */ dataSource?: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Defines the external [`data.Query`](../data/api-query.html) * that will be executed along with data processing. * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * @hidden */ cloneQuery?: data.Query; /** * Defines the print modes. The available print modes are * * `AllPages`: Prints all pages of the TreeGrid. * * `CurrentPage`: Prints the current page of the TreeGrid. * @default AllPages * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.PrintMode */ printMode?: grids.PrintMode; /** * If `allowPaging` is set to true, pager renders. * @default false */ allowPaging?: boolean; /** * If `allowTextWrap` set to true, * then text content will wrap to the next line when its text content exceeds the width of the Column Cells. * @default false */ allowTextWrap?: boolean; /** * Configures the text wrap in the TreeGrid. * @default {wrapMode:"Both"}   */ textWrapSettings?: grids.TextWrapSettingsModel; /** * If `allowReordering` is set to true, TreeGrid columns can be reordered. * Reordering can be done by drag and drop of a particular column from one index to another index. * > If TreeGrid is rendered with stacked headers, reordering is allowed only at the same level as the column headers. * @default false */ allowReordering?: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` is set to true, TreeGrid columns can be resized. * @default false */ allowResizing?: boolean; /** * If `autoCheckHierarchy` is set to true, hierarchy checkbox selection has been enabled in TreeGrid. * @default false */ autoCheckHierarchy?: boolean; /** * Configures the pager in the TreeGrid. * @default {currentPage: 1, pageSize: 12, pageCount: 8, enableQueryString: false, pageSizes: false, template: null}    */ pageSettings?: PageSettingsModel; /** * @hidden * It used to render pager template * @default null */ pagerTemplate?: string; /** * If `showColumnMenu` set to true, then it will enable the column menu options in each columns. * * > Check the [`Column menu`](./columns.html#column-menu) for its configuration. * @default false */ showColumnMenu?: boolean; /** * If `allowSorting` is set to true, it allows sorting of treegrid records when column header is clicked. * @default false */ allowSorting?: boolean; /** * If `allowMultiSorting` set to true, then it will allow the user to sort multiple column in the treegrid. * > `allowSorting` should be true. * @default true */ allowMultiSorting?: boolean; /** * Configures the sort settings of the TreeGrid. * @default {columns:[]} */ sortSettings?: SortSettingsModel; /** * Configures the TreeGrid aggregate rows. * > Check the [`Aggregates`](./aggregates.html) for its configuration. * @default [] */ aggregates?: AggregateRowModel[]; /** * Configures the edit settings. * @default { allowAdding: false, allowEditing: false, allowDeleting: false, mode:'Normal', * allowEditOnDblClick: true, showConfirmDialog: true, showDeleteConfirmDialog: false } */ editSettings?: EditSettingsModel; /** * If `allowFiltering` is set to true, pager renders. * @default false */ allowFiltering?: boolean; /** * Configures the filter settings of the TreeGrid. * @default {columns: [], type: 'FilterBar', mode: 'Immediate', showFilterBarStatus: true, immediateModeDelay: 1500 , operators: {}} */ filterSettings?: FilterSettingsModel; /** * Configures the search settings of the TreeGrid. * @default {search: [] , operators: {}} */ searchSettings?: SearchSettingsModel; /** * `toolbar` defines the ToolBar items of the TreeGrid. * It contains built-in and custom toolbar items. * If a string value is assigned to the `toolbar` option, it is considered as the template for the whole TreeGrid ToolBar. * If an array value is assigned, it is considered as the list of built-in and custom toolbar items in the TreeGrid's Toolbar. * <br><br> * The available built-in ToolBar items are: * * Search: Searches records by the given key. * * ExpandAll: Expands all the rows in TreeGrid * * CollapseAll: Collapses all the rows in TreeGrid * * ExcelExport - Export the TreeGrid to Excel(excelExport() method manually to make export.) * * PdfExport - Export the TreeGrid to PDF(pdfExport() method manually to make export.) * * CsvExport - Export the TreeGrid to CSV(csvExport() method manually to make export.)<br><br> * The following code example implements the custom toolbar items. * @default null */ toolbar?: (ToolbarItems | string| navigations.ItemModel | ToolbarItem)[]; /** * @hidden * It used to render toolbar template * @default null */ toolbarTemplate?: string; /** * Defines the mode of TreeGrid lines. The available modes are, * * `Both`: Displays both horizontal and vertical TreeGrid lines. * * `None`: No TreeGrid lines are displayed. * * `Horizontal`: Displays the horizontal TreeGrid lines only. * * `Vertical`: Displays the vertical TreeGrid lines only. * * `Default`: Displays TreeGrid lines based on the theme. * @default Default * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.GridLine */ gridLines?: grids.GridLine; /** * `contextMenuItems` defines both built-in and custom context menu items. * <br><br> * The available built-in items are, * * `AutoFitAll` - Auto fit the size of all columns. * * `AutoFit` - Auto fit the current column. * * `Edit` - Edit the current record. * * `Delete` - Delete the current record. * * `Save` - Save the edited record. * * `Cancel` - Cancel the edited state. * * `PdfExport` - Export the grid as Pdf format. * * `ExcelExport` - Export the grid as Excel format. * * `CsvExport` - Export the grid as CSV format. * * `SortAscending` - Sort the current column in ascending order. * * `SortDescending` - Sort the current column in descending order. * * `FirstPage` - Go to the first page. * * `PrevPage` - Go to the previous page. * * `LastPage` - Go to the last page. * * `NextPage` - Go to the next page. * * @default null */ contextMenuItems?: ContextMenuItem[] | grids.ContextMenuItemModel[]; /** * `columnMenuItems` defines both built-in and custom column menu items. * <br><br> * The available built-in items are, * * `AutoFitAll` - Auto fit the size of all columns. * * `AutoFit` - Auto fit the current column. * * `SortAscending` - Sort the current column in ascending order. * * `SortDescending` - Sort the current column in descending order. * * `Filter` - Filter options will show based on filterSettings property like filterbar, menu filter. * @default null */ columnMenuItems?: grids.ColumnMenuItem[] | grids.ColumnMenuItemModel[]; /** * Defines the height of TreeGrid rows. * @default null */ rowHeight?: number; /**    * If `enableAltRow` is set to true, the TreeGrid will render with `e-altrow` CSS class to the alternative tr elements.    * > Check the [`AltRow`](./row.html#styling-alternate-rows) to customize the styles of alternative rows. * @default true     */ enableAltRow?: boolean; /**    * Enables or disables the key board interaction of TreeGrid.     * @hidden * @default true    */ allowKeyboard?: boolean; /**    * If `enableHover` is set to true, the row hover is enabled in the TreeGrid.    * @default true        */ enableHover?: boolean; /** * Defines the scrollable height of the TreeGrid content. * @default 'auto' */ height?: string | number; /** * Defines the TreeGrid width. * @default 'auto' */ width?: string | number; /** * `columnQueryMode`provides options to retrieves data from the data source.Their types are * * `All`: It retrieves whole data source. * * `Schema`: retrieves data for all the defined columns in TreeGrid from the data source. * * `ExcludeHidden`: retrieves data only for visible columns of TreeGrid from the data Source. * @default All */ columnQueryMode?: grids.ColumnQueryModeType; /** * Triggers when the component is created. * @event */ created?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * This event allows customization of TreeGrid properties before rendering. * @event */ load?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers while expanding the TreeGrid record * @event */ expanding?: base.EmitType<RowExpandingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after expand the record * @event */ expanded?: base.EmitType<RowExpandedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while collapsing the TreeGrid record * @event */ collapsing?: base.EmitType<RowExpandingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after collapse the TreeGrid record * @event */ collapsed?: base.EmitType<RowExpandingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when TreeGrid actions such as sorting, filtering, paging etc., starts. * @event */ actionBegin?: base.EmitType<grids.PageEventArgs | grids.FilterEventArgs | grids.SortEventArgs | grids.SearchEventArgs | grids.AddEventArgs | grids.SaveEventArgs | grids.EditEventArgs | grids.DeleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when TreeGrid actions such as sorting, filtering, paging etc. are completed. * @event */ actionComplete?: base.EmitType<grids.PageEventArgs | grids.FilterEventArgs | grids.SortEventArgs| grids.SearchEventArgs | grids.AddEventArgs | grids.SaveEventArgs | grids.EditEventArgs | grids.DeleteEventArgs | CellSaveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the record is to be edit. * @event */ beginEdit?: base.EmitType<grids.BeginEditArgs>; /** * Triggers when the cell is being edited. * @event */ cellEdit?: base.EmitType<grids.CellEditArgs>; /** * Triggers when any TreeGrid action failed to achieve the desired results. * @event */ actionFailure?: base.EmitType<grids.FailureEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when data source is populated in the TreeGrid. * @event */ dataBound?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the TreeGrid data is added, deleted and updated. * Invoke the done method from the argument to start render after edit operation. * @event */ dataSourceChanged?: base.EmitType<grids.DataSourceChangedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeGrid actions such as Sorting, Paging etc., are done. * In this event,the current view data and total record count should be assigned to the `dataSource` based on the action performed. * @event */ dataStateChange?: base.EmitType<grids.DataStateChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when record is double clicked.    * @event    */ recordDoubleClick?: base.EmitType<grids.RecordDoubleClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggered every time a request is made to access row information, element, or data. * This will be triggered before the row element is appended to the TreeGrid element. * @event */ rowDataBound?: base.EmitType<grids.RowDataBoundEventArgs>; /** * Triggered every time a request is made to access cell information, element, or data. * This will be triggered before the cell element is appended to the TreeGrid element. * @event */ queryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.QueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * If `allowSelection` is set to true, it allows selection of (highlight row) TreeGrid records by clicking it. * @default true */ allowSelection?: boolean; /**     * Triggers before row selection occurs.      * @event      */ rowSelecting?: base.EmitType<grids.RowSelectingEventArgs>; /**     * Triggers after a row is selected.      * @event      */ rowSelected?: base.EmitType<grids.RowSelectEventArgs>; /**     * Triggers before deselecting the selected row.      * @event      */ rowDeselecting?: base.EmitType<grids.RowDeselectEventArgs>; /**     * Triggers when a selected row is deselected.      * @event      */ rowDeselected?: base.EmitType<grids.RowDeselectEventArgs>; /**      * Triggered for stacked header.      * @event      */ headerCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.HeaderCellInfoEventArgs>; /**     * Triggers before any cell selection occurs.      * @event      */ cellSelecting?: base.EmitType<grids.CellSelectingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before column menu opens. * @event */ columnMenuOpen?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnMenuOpenEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when click on column menu. * @event */ columnMenuClick?: base.EmitType<navigations.MenuEventArgs>; /**     * Triggers after a cell is selected.      * @event      */ cellSelected?: base.EmitType<grids.CellSelectEventArgs>; /**     * Triggers before the selected cell is deselecting.      * @event      */ cellDeselecting?: base.EmitType<grids.CellDeselectEventArgs>; /**   * Triggers when a particular selected cell is deselected.    * @event    */ cellDeselected?: base.EmitType<grids.CellDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when column resize starts. * @event */ resizeStart?: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers on column resizing. * @event */ resizing?: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers when column resize ends. * @event */ resizeStop?: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /**    * Triggers when column header element drag (move) starts.    * @event    */ columnDragStart?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /**    * Triggers when column header element is dragged (moved) continuously.    * @event    */ columnDrag?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a column header element is dropped on the target column.   * @event   */ columnDrop?: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the check box state change in checkbox column. * @event */ checkboxChange?: base.EmitType<grids.CheckBoxChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after print action is completed.   * @event   */ printComplete?: base.EmitType<grids.PrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the print action starts.   * @event   */ beforePrint?: base.EmitType<grids.PrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when toolbar item is clicked. * @event */ toolbarClick?: base.EmitType<navigations.ClickEventArgs>; /**   * Triggers when a particular selected cell is deselected.    * @event    */ beforeDataBound?: base.EmitType<grids.BeforeDataBoundArgs>; /** * Triggers before context menu opens. * @event */ contextMenuOpen?: base.EmitType<navigations.BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when click on context menu. * @event */ contextMenuClick?: base.EmitType<navigations.MenuEventArgs>; /** * The `selectedRowIndex` allows you to select a row at initial rendering. * You can also get the currently selected row index. * @default -1 */ selectedRowIndex?: number; /** * Configures the selection settings. * @default {mode: 'Row', cellSelectionMode: 'Flow', type: 'Single'} */ selectionSettings?: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * If `allowExcelExport` set to true, then it will allow the user to export treegrid to Excel file. * * > Check the [`ExcelExport`](./excel-exporting.html) to configure exporting document. * @default false */ allowExcelExport?: boolean; /** * If `allowPdfExport` set to true, then it will allow the user to export treegrid to Pdf file. * * > Check the [`Pdfexport`](./pdf-exporting.html) to configure the exporting document. * @default false */ allowPdfExport?: boolean; /** * Triggers before exporting each cell to PDF document. * You can also customize the PDF cells.      * @event      */ pdfQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.PdfQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each header cell to PDF document. * You can also customize the PDF cells.  * @event  */ pdfHeaderQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.PdfHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each cell to Excel file. * You can also customize the Excel cells. * @event */ excelQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.ExcelQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each header cell to Excel file. * You can also customize the Excel cells. * @event */ excelHeaderQueryCellInfo?: base.EmitType<grids.ExcelHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before TreeGrid data is exported to Excel file. * @event */ beforeExcelExport?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers after TreeGrid data is exported to Excel file. * @event */ excelExportComplete?: base.EmitType<grids.ExcelExportCompleteArgs>; /** * Triggers before TreeGrid data is exported to PDF document. * @event */ beforePdfExport?: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers after TreeGrid data is exported to PDF document. * @event */ pdfExportComplete?: base.EmitType<grids.PdfExportCompleteArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/base/treegrid.d.ts /** * Represents the TreeGrid component. * ```html * <div id='treegrid'></div> * <script> * var treegridObj = new TreeGrid({ allowPaging: true }); * treegridObj.appendTo('#treegrid'); * </script> * ``` */ export class TreeGrid extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { constructor(options?: TreeGridModel, element?: Element); private defaultLocale; private dataResults; private l10n; dataModule: DataManipulation; private registeredTemplate; private uniqueIDCollection; private uniqueIDFilterCollection; /** * The `sortModule` is used to manipulate sorting in TreeGrid. */ sortModule: Sort; private isSelfReference; private columnModel; private isExpandAll; private gridSettings; /** @hidden */ initialRender: boolean; /** @hidden */ flatData: Object[]; /** @hidden */ isLocalData: boolean; /** @hidden */ parentData: Object[]; /** * @hidden */ renderModule: Render; /** @hidden */ summaryModule: Aggregate; /** * The `reorderModule` is used to manipulate reordering in TreeGrid. */ reorderModule: Reorder; /** * The `columnMenuModule` is used to manipulate column menu items and its action in TreeGrid. */ columnMenuModule: ColumnMenu; /** * The `contextMenuModule` is used to handle context menu items and its action in the TreeGrid. */ contextMenuModule: ContextMenu; /** * `resizeModule` is used to manipulate resizing in the TreeGrid. * @hidden */ resizeModule: Resize; /** * The `keyboardModule` is used to manipulate keyboard interactions in TreeGrid. */ keyboardModule: base.KeyboardEvents; /** * The `printModule` is used to handle the printing feature of the TreeGrid. */ printModule: Print; private keyConfigs; /** @hidden */ filterModule: Filter; excelExportModule: ExcelExport; pdfExportModule: PdfExport; selectionModule: Selection; /** @hidden */ /** @hidden */ grid: grids.Grid; /** * Defines the schema of dataSource. * If the `columns` declaration is empty or undefined then the `columns` are automatically generated from data source. * @default [] */ columns: ColumnModel[] | string[] | Column[]; /** * Specifies the mapping property path for sub tasks in data source * @default null */ childMapping: string; /** * Specifies whether record is parent or not for the remote data binding * @default null */ hasChildMapping: string; /** * Specifies the index of the column that needs to have the expander button. * @default 0 */ treeColumnIndex: number; /** * Specifies the name of the field in the dataSource, which contains the id of that row. * @default null */ idMapping: string; /** * Specifies the name of the field in the dataSource, which contains the parent’s id * @default null */ parentIdMapping: string; /** * Specifies whether to load all the rows in collapsed state when the TreeGrid is rendered for the first time. * @default false */ enableCollapseAll: boolean; /** * Specifies the mapping property path for the expand status of a record in data source. * @default null */ expandStateMapping: string; /** * It is used to render TreeGrid table rows. * @default [] */ dataSource: Object | data.DataManager; /** * Defines the external [`data.Query`](../data/api-query.html) * that will be executed along with data processing. * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * @hidden */ cloneQuery: data.Query; /** * Defines the print modes. The available print modes are * * `AllPages`: Prints all pages of the TreeGrid. * * `CurrentPage`: Prints the current page of the TreeGrid. * @default AllPages * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.PrintMode */ printMode: grids.PrintMode; /** * If `allowPaging` is set to true, pager renders. * @default false */ allowPaging: boolean; /** * If `allowTextWrap` set to true, * then text content will wrap to the next line when its text content exceeds the width of the Column Cells. * @default false */ allowTextWrap: boolean; /** * Configures the text wrap in the TreeGrid. * @default {wrapMode:"Both"} */ textWrapSettings: grids.TextWrapSettingsModel; /** * If `allowReordering` is set to true, TreeGrid columns can be reordered. * Reordering can be done by drag and drop of a particular column from one index to another index. * > If TreeGrid is rendered with stacked headers, reordering is allowed only at the same level as the column headers. * @default false */ allowReordering: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` is set to true, TreeGrid columns can be resized. * @default false */ allowResizing: boolean; /** * If `autoCheckHierarchy` is set to true, hierarchy checkbox selection has been enabled in TreeGrid. * @default false */ autoCheckHierarchy: boolean; /** * Configures the pager in the TreeGrid. * @default {currentPage: 1, pageSize: 12, pageCount: 8, enableQueryString: false, pageSizes: false, template: null} */ pageSettings: PageSettingsModel; /** * @hidden * It used to render pager template * @default null */ pagerTemplate: string; /** * If `showColumnMenu` set to true, then it will enable the column menu options in each columns. * * > Check the [`Column menu`](./columns.html#column-menu) for its configuration. * @default false */ showColumnMenu: boolean; /** * If `allowSorting` is set to true, it allows sorting of treegrid records when column header is clicked. * @default false */ allowSorting: boolean; /** * If `allowMultiSorting` set to true, then it will allow the user to sort multiple column in the treegrid. * > `allowSorting` should be true. * @default true */ allowMultiSorting: boolean; /** * Configures the sort settings of the TreeGrid. * @default {columns:[]} */ sortSettings: SortSettingsModel; /** * Configures the TreeGrid aggregate rows. * > Check the [`Aggregates`](./aggregates.html) for its configuration. * @default [] */ aggregates: AggregateRowModel[]; /** * Configures the edit settings. * @default { allowAdding: false, allowEditing: false, allowDeleting: false, mode:'Normal', * allowEditOnDblClick: true, showConfirmDialog: true, showDeleteConfirmDialog: false } */ editSettings: EditSettingsModel; /** * If `allowFiltering` is set to true, pager renders. * @default false */ allowFiltering: boolean; /** * Configures the filter settings of the TreeGrid. * @default {columns: [], type: 'FilterBar', mode: 'Immediate', showFilterBarStatus: true, immediateModeDelay: 1500 , operators: {}} */ filterSettings: FilterSettingsModel; /** * Configures the search settings of the TreeGrid. * @default {search: [] , operators: {}} */ searchSettings: SearchSettingsModel; /** * `toolbar` defines the ToolBar items of the TreeGrid. * It contains built-in and custom toolbar items. * If a string value is assigned to the `toolbar` option, it is considered as the template for the whole TreeGrid ToolBar. * If an array value is assigned, it is considered as the list of built-in and custom toolbar items in the TreeGrid's Toolbar. * <br><br> * The available built-in ToolBar items are: * * Search: Searches records by the given key. * * ExpandAll: Expands all the rows in TreeGrid * * CollapseAll: Collapses all the rows in TreeGrid * * ExcelExport - Export the TreeGrid to Excel(excelExport() method manually to make export.) * * PdfExport - Export the TreeGrid to PDF(pdfExport() method manually to make export.) * * CsvExport - Export the TreeGrid to CSV(csvExport() method manually to make export.)<br><br> * The following code example implements the custom toolbar items. * @default null */ toolbar: (ToolbarItems | string | navigations.ItemModel | ToolbarItem)[]; /** * @hidden * It used to render toolbar template * @default null */ toolbarTemplate: string; /** * Defines the mode of TreeGrid lines. The available modes are, * * `Both`: Displays both horizontal and vertical TreeGrid lines. * * `None`: No TreeGrid lines are displayed. * * `Horizontal`: Displays the horizontal TreeGrid lines only. * * `Vertical`: Displays the vertical TreeGrid lines only. * * `Default`: Displays TreeGrid lines based on the theme. * @default Default * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.GridLine */ gridLines: grids.GridLine; /** * `contextMenuItems` defines both built-in and custom context menu items. * <br><br> * The available built-in items are, * * `AutoFitAll` - Auto fit the size of all columns. * * `AutoFit` - Auto fit the current column. * * `Edit` - Edit the current record. * * `Delete` - Delete the current record. * * `Save` - Save the edited record. * * `Cancel` - Cancel the edited state. * * `PdfExport` - Export the grid as Pdf format. * * `ExcelExport` - Export the grid as Excel format. * * `CsvExport` - Export the grid as CSV format. * * `SortAscending` - Sort the current column in ascending order. * * `SortDescending` - Sort the current column in descending order. * * `FirstPage` - Go to the first page. * * `PrevPage` - Go to the previous page. * * `LastPage` - Go to the last page. * * `NextPage` - Go to the next page. * * @default null */ contextMenuItems: ContextMenuItem[] | grids.ContextMenuItemModel[]; /** * `columnMenuItems` defines both built-in and custom column menu items. * <br><br> * The available built-in items are, * * `AutoFitAll` - Auto fit the size of all columns. * * `AutoFit` - Auto fit the current column. * * `SortAscending` - Sort the current column in ascending order. * * `SortDescending` - Sort the current column in descending order. * * `Filter` - Filter options will show based on filterSettings property like filterbar, menu filter. * @default null */ columnMenuItems: grids.ColumnMenuItem[] | grids.ColumnMenuItemModel[]; /** * Defines the height of TreeGrid rows. * @default null */ rowHeight: number; /** * If `enableAltRow` is set to true, the TreeGrid will render with `e-altrow` CSS class to the alternative tr elements. * > Check the [`AltRow`](./row.html#styling-alternate-rows) to customize the styles of alternative rows. * @default true */ enableAltRow: boolean; /** * Enables or disables the key board interaction of TreeGrid. * @hidden * @default true */ allowKeyboard: boolean; /** * If `enableHover` is set to true, the row hover is enabled in the TreeGrid. * @default true */ enableHover: boolean; /** * Defines the scrollable height of the TreeGrid content. * @default 'auto' */ height: string | number; /** * Defines the TreeGrid width. * @default 'auto' */ width: string | number; /** * `columnQueryMode`provides options to retrieves data from the data source.Their types are * * `All`: It retrieves whole data source. * * `Schema`: retrieves data for all the defined columns in TreeGrid from the data source. * * `ExcludeHidden`: retrieves data only for visible columns of TreeGrid from the data Source. * @default All */ columnQueryMode: grids.ColumnQueryModeType; /** * Triggers when the component is created. * @event */ created: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * This event allows customization of TreeGrid properties before rendering. * @event */ load: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers while expanding the TreeGrid record * @event */ expanding: base.EmitType<RowExpandingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after expand the record * @event */ expanded: base.EmitType<RowExpandedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers while collapsing the TreeGrid record * @event */ collapsing: base.EmitType<RowExpandingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after collapse the TreeGrid record * @event */ collapsed: base.EmitType<RowExpandingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when TreeGrid actions such as sorting, filtering, paging etc., starts. * @event */ actionBegin: base.EmitType<grids.PageEventArgs | grids.FilterEventArgs | grids.SortEventArgs | grids.SearchEventArgs | grids.AddEventArgs | grids.SaveEventArgs | grids.EditEventArgs | grids.DeleteEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when TreeGrid actions such as sorting, filtering, paging etc. are completed. * @event */ actionComplete: base.EmitType<grids.PageEventArgs | grids.FilterEventArgs | grids.SortEventArgs | grids.SearchEventArgs | grids.AddEventArgs | grids.SaveEventArgs | grids.EditEventArgs | grids.DeleteEventArgs | CellSaveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the record is to be edit. * @event */ beginEdit: base.EmitType<grids.BeginEditArgs>; /** * Triggers when the cell is being edited. * @event */ cellEdit: base.EmitType<grids.CellEditArgs>; /** * Triggers when any TreeGrid action failed to achieve the desired results. * @event */ actionFailure: base.EmitType<grids.FailureEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when data source is populated in the TreeGrid. * @event */ dataBound: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers when the TreeGrid data is added, deleted and updated. * Invoke the done method from the argument to start render after edit operation. * @event */ dataSourceChanged: base.EmitType<grids.DataSourceChangedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the TreeGrid actions such as Sorting, Paging etc., are done. * In this event,the current view data and total record count should be assigned to the `dataSource` based on the action performed. * @event */ dataStateChange: base.EmitType<grids.DataStateChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when record is double clicked. * @event */ recordDoubleClick: base.EmitType<grids.RecordDoubleClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggered every time a request is made to access row information, element, or data. * This will be triggered before the row element is appended to the TreeGrid element. * @event */ rowDataBound: base.EmitType<grids.RowDataBoundEventArgs>; /** * Triggered every time a request is made to access cell information, element, or data. * This will be triggered before the cell element is appended to the TreeGrid element. * @event */ queryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.QueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * If `allowSelection` is set to true, it allows selection of (highlight row) TreeGrid records by clicking it. * @default true */ allowSelection: boolean; /** * Triggers before row selection occurs. * @event */ rowSelecting: base.EmitType<grids.RowSelectingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after a row is selected. * @event */ rowSelected: base.EmitType<grids.RowSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before deselecting the selected row. * @event */ rowDeselecting: base.EmitType<grids.RowDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a selected row is deselected. * @event */ rowDeselected: base.EmitType<grids.RowDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggered for stacked header. * @event */ headerCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.HeaderCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before any cell selection occurs. * @event */ cellSelecting: base.EmitType<grids.CellSelectingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before column menu opens. * @event */ columnMenuOpen: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnMenuOpenEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when click on column menu. * @event */ columnMenuClick: base.EmitType<navigations.MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after a cell is selected. * @event */ cellSelected: base.EmitType<grids.CellSelectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the selected cell is deselecting. * @event */ cellDeselecting: base.EmitType<grids.CellDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a particular selected cell is deselected. * @event */ cellDeselected: base.EmitType<grids.CellDeselectEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when column resize starts. * @event */ resizeStart: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers on column resizing. * @event */ resizing: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers when column resize ends. * @event */ resizeStop: base.EmitType<grids.ResizeArgs>; /** * Triggers when column header element drag (move) starts. * @event */ columnDragStart: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when column header element is dragged (moved) continuously. * @event */ columnDrag: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a column header element is dropped on the target column. * @event */ columnDrop: base.EmitType<grids.ColumnDragEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when the check box state change in checkbox column. * @event */ checkboxChange: base.EmitType<grids.CheckBoxChangeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after print action is completed. * @event */ printComplete: base.EmitType<grids.PrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the print action starts. * @event */ beforePrint: base.EmitType<grids.PrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when toolbar item is clicked. * @event */ toolbarClick: base.EmitType<navigations.ClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when a particular selected cell is deselected. * @event */ beforeDataBound: base.EmitType<grids.BeforeDataBoundArgs>; /** * Triggers before context menu opens. * @event */ contextMenuOpen: base.EmitType<navigations.BeforeOpenCloseMenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when click on context menu. * @event */ contextMenuClick: base.EmitType<navigations.MenuEventArgs>; /** * Triggers when row elements are dragged (moved) continuously. * @event */ /** * The `selectedRowIndex` allows you to select a row at initial rendering. * You can also get the currently selected row index. * @default -1 */ selectedRowIndex: number; /** * Configures the selection settings. * @default {mode: 'Row', cellSelectionMode: 'Flow', type: 'Single'} */ selectionSettings: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * If `allowExcelExport` set to true, then it will allow the user to export treegrid to Excel file. * * > Check the [`ExcelExport`](./excel-exporting.html) to configure exporting document. * @default false */ allowExcelExport: boolean; /** * If `allowPdfExport` set to true, then it will allow the user to export treegrid to Pdf file. * * > Check the [`Pdfexport`](./pdf-exporting.html) to configure the exporting document. * @default false */ allowPdfExport: boolean; /** * Triggers before exporting each cell to PDF document. * You can also customize the PDF cells. * @event */ pdfQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.PdfQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each header cell to PDF document. * You can also customize the PDF cells. * @event */ pdfHeaderQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.PdfHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each cell to Excel file. * You can also customize the Excel cells. * @event */ excelQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.ExcelQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before exporting each header cell to Excel file. * You can also customize the Excel cells. * @event */ excelHeaderQueryCellInfo: base.EmitType<grids.ExcelHeaderQueryCellInfoEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before TreeGrid data is exported to Excel file. * @event */ beforeExcelExport: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers after TreeGrid data is exported to Excel file. * @event */ excelExportComplete: base.EmitType<grids.ExcelExportCompleteArgs>; /** * Triggers before TreeGrid data is exported to PDF document. * @event */ beforePdfExport: base.EmitType<Object>; /** * Triggers after TreeGrid data is exported to PDF document. * @event */ pdfExportComplete: base.EmitType<grids.PdfExportCompleteArgs>; /** * Export TreeGrid data to Excel file(.xlsx). * @param {grids.ExcelExportProperties} excelExportProperties - Defines the export properties of the TreeGrid. * @param {boolean} isMultipleExport - Define to enable multiple export. * @param {workbook} workbook - Defines the Workbook if multiple export is enabled. * @param {boolean} isBlob - If 'isBlob' set to true, then it will be returned as blob data. * @return {Promise<any>} */ excelExport(excelExportProperties?: grids.ExcelExportProperties, isMultipleExport?: boolean, workbook?: any, isBlob?: boolean): Promise<any>; /** * Export TreeGrid data to CSV file. * @param {grids.ExcelExportProperties} excelExportProperties - Defines the export properties of the TreeGrid. * @param {boolean} isMultipleExport - Define to enable multiple export. * @param {workbook} workbook - Defines the Workbook if multiple export is enabled. * @param {boolean} isBlob - If 'isBlob' set to true, then it will be returned as blob data. * @return {Promise<any>} * */ csvExport(excelExportProperties?: grids.ExcelExportProperties, isMultipleExport?: boolean, workbook?: any, isBlob?: boolean): Promise<any>; /** * Export TreeGrid data to PDF document. * @param {pdfExportProperties} grids.PdfExportProperties - Defines the export properties of the grids.Grid. * @param {isMultipleExport} isMultipleExport - Define to enable multiple export. * @param {pdfDoc} pdfDoc - Defined the Pdf Document if multiple export is enabled. * @param {boolean} isBlob - If 'isBlob' set to true, then it will be returned as blob data. * @return {Promise<any>} * */ pdfExport(pdfExportProperties?: grids.PdfExportProperties, isMultipleExport?: boolean, pdfDoc?: Object, isBlob?: boolean): Promise<Object>; /** * For internal use only - Get the module name. * @private */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * For internal use only - Initialize the event handler; * @private */ protected preRender(): void; /** * Sorts a column with the given options. * @param {string} columnName - Defines the column name to be sorted. * @param {grids.SortDirection} direction - Defines the direction of sorting field. * @param {boolean} isMultiSort - Specifies whether the previous sorted columns are to be maintained. * @return {void} */ sortByColumn(columnName: string, direction: grids.SortDirection, isMultiSort?: boolean): void; /** * Clears all the sorted columns of the TreeGrid. * @return {void} */ clearSorting(): void; /** * Remove sorted column by field name. * @param {string} field - Defines the column field name to remove sort. * @return {void} * @hidden */ removeSortColumn(field: string): void; /** * Searches TreeGrid records using the given key. * You can customize the default search option by using the * [`searchSettings`](./api-searchSettings.html). * @param {string} searchString - Defines the key. * @return {void} */ search(searchString: string): void; /** * Changes the column width to automatically fit its content to ensure that the width shows the content without wrapping/hiding. * > * This method ignores the hidden columns. * > * Uses the `autoFitColumns` method in the `dataBound` event to resize at initial rendering. * @param {string |string[]} fieldNames - Defines the column names. * @return {void} * * * */ autoFitColumns(fieldNames?: string | string[]): void; /** * Changes the TreeGrid column positions by field names. * @param {string} fromFName - Defines the origin field name. * @param {string} toFName - Defines the destination field name. * @return {void} */ reorderColumns(fromFName: string, toFName: string): void; private TreeGridLocale; /** * By default, prints all the pages of the TreeGrid and hides the pager. * > You can customize print options using the * [`printMode`](./api-treegrid.html#printmode-string). * @return {void} */ print(): void; private treeGridkeyActionHandler; private findnextRowElement; private findPreviousRowElement; private initProperties; /** * Binding events to the element while component creation. * @hidden */ wireEvents(): void; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for component rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @hidden */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; private isCommandColumn; /** * Unbinding events from the element while component destroy. * @hidden */ unwireEvents(): void; /** * For internal use only - To Initialize the component rendering. * @private */ protected render(): void; private convertTreeData; private bindGridProperties; private triggerEvents; private bindGridEvents; private extendedGridEditEvents; private extendedGridEvents; /** * Renders TreeGrid component * @private */ protected loadGrid(): void; /** * AutoGenerate TreeGrid columns from first record * @hidden */ private autoGenerateColumns; private getGridEditSettings; /** * Defines grid toolbar from treegrid toolbar model * @hidden */ private getContextMenu; /** * Defines grid toolbar from treegrid toolbar model * @hidden */ private getGridToolbar; /** * Convert TreeGrid ColumnModel to grids.Grid Column * @hidden */ private getGridColumns; /** * Called internally if any of the property value changed. * @hidden */ onPropertyChanged(newProp: TreeGridModel, oldProp: TreeGridModel): void; /** * Destroys the component (detaches/removes all event handlers, attributes, classes, and empties the component element). * @method destroy * @return {void} */ destroy(): void; /** * Update the TreeGrid model * @method dataBind * @return {void} */ dataBind(): void; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @return {string} * @hidden */ getPersistData(): string; private ignoreInArrays; private ignoreInColumn; private mouseClickHandler; /** * Returns TreeGrid rows * @return {HTMLTableRowElement[]} */ getRows(): HTMLTableRowElement[]; /** * Gets the pager of the TreeGrid. * @return {Element} */ getPager(): Element; /** * Adds a new record to the TreeGrid. Without passing parameters, it adds empty rows. * > `editSettings.allowEditing` should be true. * @param {Object} data - Defines the new add record data. * @param {number} index - Defines the row index to be added */ addRecord(data?: Object, index?: number): void; /** * Cancels edited state. */ closeEdit(): void; /** * Delete a record with Given options. If fieldName and data is not given then TreeGrid will delete the selected record. * > `editSettings.allowDeleting` should be true. * @param {string} fieldName - Defines the primary key field, 'Name of the column'. * @param {Object} data - Defines the JSON data of the record to be deleted. */ deleteRecord(fieldName?: string, data?: Object): void; /** * To edit any particular row by TR element. * @param {HTMLTableRowElement} tr - Defines the table row to be edited. */ startEdit(): void; /** * If TreeGrid is in editable state, you can save a record by invoking endEdit. */ endEdit(): void; /** * Delete any visible row by TR element. * @param {HTMLTableRowElement} tr - Defines the table row element. */ deleteRow(tr: HTMLTableRowElement): void; /** * Get the names of the primary key columns of the TreeGrid. * @return {string[]} */ getPrimaryKeyFieldNames(): string[]; /** * Updates particular cell value based on the given primary key value. * > Primary key column must be specified using `columns.isPrimaryKey` property. * @param {string| number} key - Specifies the PrimaryKey value of dataSource. * @param {string } field - Specifies the field name which you want to update. * @param {string | number | boolean | Date} value - To update new value for the particular cell. */ setCellValue(key: string | number, field: string, value: string | number | boolean | Date): void; /** * Updates and refresh the particular row values based on the given primary key value. * > Primary key column must be specified using `columns.isPrimaryKey` property. * @param {string| number} key - Specifies the PrimaryKey value of dataSource. * @param {Object} rowData - To update new data for the particular row. */ setRowData(key: string | number, rowData?: Object): void; /** * Navigates to the specified target page. * @param {number} pageNo - Defines the page number to navigate. * @return {void} */ goToPage(pageNo: number): void; /** * Gets a cell by row and column index. * @param {number} rowIndex - Specifies the row index. * @param {number} columnIndex - Specifies the column index. * @return {Element} */ getCellFromIndex(rowIndex: number, columnIndex: number): Element; /** * Gets a Column by column name. * @param {string} field - Specifies the column name. * @return {Column} */ getColumnByField(field: string): Column; /** * Gets a column by UID. * @param {string} uid - Specifies the column UID. * @return {Column} */ getColumnByUid(uid: string): Column; /** * Gets the collection of column fields. * @return {string[]} */ getColumnFieldNames(): string[]; /** * Gets the footer div of the TreeGrid. * @return {Element} */ getFooterContent(): Element; /** * Gets the footer table element of the TreeGrid. * @return {Element} */ getFooterContentTable(): Element; /** * Shows a column by its column name. * @param {string|string[]} keys - Defines a single or collection of column names. * @param {string} showBy - Defines the column key either as field name or header text. * @return {void} */ showColumns(keys: string | string[], showBy?: string): void; /** * Hides a column by column name. * @param {string|string[]} keys - Defines a single or collection of column names. * @param {string} hideBy - Defines the column key either as field name or header text. * @return {void} */ hideColumns(keys: string | string[], hideBy?: string): void; /** * Gets a column header by column name. * @param {string} field - Specifies the column name. * @return {Element} */ getColumnHeaderByField(field: string): Element; /** * Gets a column header by column index. * @param {number} index - Specifies the column index. * @return {Element} */ getColumnHeaderByIndex(index: number): Element; /** * Gets a column header by UID. * @param {string} field - Specifies the column uid. * @return {Element} */ getColumnHeaderByUid(uid: string): Element; /** * Gets a column index by column name. * @param {string} field - Specifies the column name. * @return {number} */ getColumnIndexByField(field: string): number; /** * Gets a column index by UID. * @param {string} uid - Specifies the column UID. * @return {number} */ getColumnIndexByUid(uid: string): number; /** * Gets the columns from the TreeGrid. * @return {Column[]} */ getColumns(isRefresh?: boolean): Column[]; private updateColumnModel; /** * Gets the content div of the TreeGrid. * @return {Element} */ getContent(): Element; /** * Gets the content table of the TreeGrid. * @return {Element} */ getContentTable(): Element; /** * Gets all the TreeGrid's data rows. * @return {Element[]} */ getDataRows(): Element[]; /** * Get current visible data of TreeGrid. * @return {Object[]} * @hidden */ getCurrentViewRecords(): Object[]; /** * Gets the header div of the TreeGrid. * @return {Element} */ getHeaderContent(): Element; /** * Gets the header table element of the TreeGrid. * @return {Element} */ getHeaderTable(): Element; /** * Gets a row by index. * @param {number} index - Specifies the row index. * @return {Element} */ getRowByIndex(index: number): Element; /** * Get a row information based on cell * @param {Element} * @return grids.RowInfo */ getRowInfo(target: Element | EventTarget): grids.RowInfo; /** * Gets UID by column name. * @param {string} field - Specifies the column name. * @return {string} */ getUidByColumnField(field: string): string; /** * Gets the visible columns from the TreeGrid. * @return {Column[]} */ getVisibleColumns(): Column[]; /** * By default, TreeGrid shows the spinner for all its actions. You can use this method to show spinner at your needed time. */ showSpinner(): void; /** * Manually shown spinner needs to hide by `hideSpinnner`. */ hideSpinner(): void; /** * Refreshes the TreeGrid header and content. */ refresh(): void; /** * Get the records of checked rows. * @return {Object[]} * @hidden */ getCheckedRecords(): Object[]; /** * Get the indexes of checked rows. * @return {number[]} */ getCheckedRowIndexes(): number[]; /** * Checked the checkboxes using rowIndexes. */ selectCheckboxes(indexes: number[]): void; /** * Refreshes the TreeGrid column changes. */ refreshColumns(): void; /** * Refreshes the TreeGrid header. */ refreshHeader(): void; /** * Expands or collapse child records * @return {string} * @hidden */ private expandCollapseRequest; /** * Expands child rows * @return {void} */ expandRow(row: HTMLTableRowElement, record?: Object): void; private getCollapseExpandRecords; /** * Collapses child rows * @return {void} */ collapseRow(row: HTMLTableRowElement, record?: Object): void; /** * Expands the records at specific hierarchical level * @return {void} */ expandAtLevel(level: number): void; private getRecordDetails; /** * Collapses the records at specific hierarchical level * @return {void} */ collapseAtLevel(level: number): void; /** * Expands All the rows * @return {void} */ expandAll(): void; /** * Collapses All the rows * @return {void} */ collapseAll(): void; private expandCollapseAll; private expandCollapse; private collapseRemoteChild; /** * @hidden */ addListener(): void; private updateResultModel; /** * @hidden */ private removeListener; /** * Filters TreeGrid row by column name with the given options. * @param {string} fieldName - Defines the field name of the column. * @param {string} filterOperator - Defines the operator to filter records. * @param {string | number | Date | boolean} filterValue - Defines the value used to filter records. * @param {string} predicate - Defines the relationship between one filter query and another by using AND or OR predicate. * @param {boolean} matchCase - If match case is set to true, TreeGrid filters the records with exact match. if false, it filters case * insensitive records (uppercase and lowercase letters treated the same). * @param {boolean} ignoreAccent - If ignoreAccent set to true, * then filter ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * @param {string} actualFilterValue - Defines the actual filter value for the filter column. * @param {string} actualOperator - Defines the actual filter operator for the filter column. * @return {void} */ filterByColumn(fieldName: string, filterOperator: string, filterValue: string | number | Date | boolean, predicate?: string, matchCase?: boolean, ignoreAccent?: boolean, actualFilterValue?: string, actualOperator?: string): void; /** * Clears all the filtered rows of the TreeGrid. * @return {void} */ clearFiltering(): void; /** * Removes filtered column by field name. * @param {string} field - Defines column field name to remove filter. * @param {boolean} isClearFilterBar - Specifies whether the filter bar value needs to be cleared. * @return {void} * @hidden */ removeFilteredColsByField(field: string, isClearFilterBar?: boolean): void; /** * Selects a row by given index. * @param {number} index - Defines the row index. * @param {boolean} isToggle - If set to true, then it toggles the selection. * @return {void} */ selectRow(index: number, isToggle?: boolean): void; /** * Selects a collection of rows by indexes. * @param {number[]} rowIndexes - Specifies the row indexes. * @return {void} */ selectRows(rowIndexes: number[]): void; /** * Deselects the current selected rows and cells. * @return {void} */ clearSelection(): void; /** * Selects a cell by the given index. * @param {grids.IIndex} cellIndex - Defines the row and column indexes. * @param {boolean} isToggle - If set to true, then it toggles the selection. * @return {void} */ selectCell(cellIndex: grids.IIndex, isToggle?: boolean): void; /** * Gets the collection of selected rows. * @return {Element[]} */ getSelectedRows(): Element[]; /** * Gets the collection of selected row indexes. * @return {number[]} */ getSelectedRowIndexes(): number[]; /** * Gets the collection of selected row and cell indexes. * @return {number[]} */ getSelectedRowCellIndexes(): grids.ISelectedCell[]; /** * Gets the collection of selected records. * @return {Object[]} */ getSelectedRecords(): Object[]; /** * Gets the data module. * @return {grids.Data} */ getDataModule(): { baseModule: grids.Data; treeModule: DataManipulation; }; /** * The `toolbarModule` is used to manipulate ToolBar items and its action in the TreeGrid. */ toolbarModule: Toolbar; /** * The `editModule` is used to handle TreeGrid content manipulation. */ editModule: Edit; /** * The `pagerModule` is used to manipulate paging in the TreeGrid. */ pagerModule: Page; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/enum.d.ts /** * Defines types of Filter Hierarchy * * Parent - Specifies the filter type as Parent. * * Child - Specifies the filter type as excel. * * Both - Specifies the filter type as filter bar * * None - Specifies the filter type as check box. */ export type FilterHierarchyMode = /** Defines FilterHiearchyMode as Parent */ 'Parent' | 'Child' | 'Both' | 'None'; /** * Defines Predefined toolbar items. * @hidden */ export type ToolbarItems = /** Add new record */ 'Add' | /** Delete selected record */ 'Delete' | /** Update edited record */ 'Update' | /** Cancel the edited state */ 'Cancel' | /** Edit the selected record */ 'Edit' | /** Searches the TreeGrid records by given key */ 'Search' | /** Expands all the rows in TreeGrid */ 'ExpandAll' | /** Collapses all the rows in TreeGrid */ 'CollapseAll' | /** Export the TreeGrid to Excel */ 'ExcelExport' | /** Export the TreeGrid to Pdf */ 'PdfExport' | /** Export the TreeGrid to Csv */ 'CsvExport' | /** Print the TreeGrid */ 'Print'; /** * Defines Predefined toolbar items. * @hidden */ export enum ToolbarItem { Add = 0, Edit = 1, Update = 2, Delete = 3, Cancel = 4, Search = 5, ExpandAll = 6, CollapseAll = 7, ExcelExport = 8, PdfExport = 9, CsvExport = 10, Print = 11, RowIndent = 12, RowOutdent = 13 } /** * Defines different PageSizeMode * * All - Specifies the PageSizeMode as All * * Root - Specifies the PageSizeMode as Root */ export type PageSizeMode = 'All' | 'Root'; /** * Defines predefined contextmenu items. * @hidden */ export type ContextMenuItem = /** `AutoFitAll` - Auto fit the size of all columns. */ 'AutoFitAll' | /** `AutoFit` - Auto fit the current column. */ 'AutoFit' | /** `SortAscending` - Sort the current column in ascending order. */ 'SortAscending' | /** `SortDescending` - Sort the current column in descending order. */ 'SortDescending' | /** `Edit` - Edit the current record. */ 'Edit' | /** `Delete` - Delete the current record. */ 'Delete' | /** `Save` - Save the edited record. */ 'Save' | /** `Cancel` - Cancel the edited state. */ 'Cancel' | /** `PdfExport` - Export the TreeGrid as Pdf format. */ 'PdfExport' | /** `ExcelExport` - Export the TreeGrid as Excel format. */ 'ExcelExport' | /** `CsvExport` - Export the TreeGrid as CSV format. */ 'CsvExport' | /** `FirstPage` - Go to the first page. */ 'FirstPage' | /** `PrevPage` - Go to the previous page. */ 'PrevPage' | /** `LastPage` - Go to the last page. */ 'LastPage' | /** `NextPage` - Go to the next page. */ 'NextPage' | /** AddRow to the TreeGrid */ 'AddRow'; /** * Defines predefined contextmenu items. * @hidden */ export enum ContextMenuItems { AutoFit = 0, AutoFitAll = 1, SortAscending = 2, SortDescending = 3, Edit = 4, Delete = 5, Save = 6, Cancel = 7, PdfExport = 8, ExcelExport = 9, CsvExport = 10, FirstPage = 11, PrevPage = 12, LastPage = 13, NextPage = 14, AddRow = 15 } /** * Defines modes of editing. */ export type EditMode = /** Defines EditMode as Cell */ 'Cell' | /** Defines EditMode as Row */ 'Row' | /** Defines EditMode as Dialog */ 'Dialog'; /** * Defines the position where the new row has to be added. */ export type RowPosition = /** Defines new row position as top of all rows */ 'Top' | /** Defines new row position as bottom of all rows */ 'Bottom' | /** Defines new row position as above the selected row */ 'Above' | /** Defines new row position as below the selected row */ 'Below' | /** Defines new row position as child to the selected row */ 'Child'; /** * Defines types of Filter * * Menu - Specifies the filter type as menu. * * Excel - Specifies the filter type as excel. * * FilterBar - Specifies the filter type as filter bar. */ export type FilterType = /** Defines FilterType as filterbar */ 'FilterBar' | /** Defines FilterType as excel */ 'Excel' | /** Defines FilterType as menu */ 'Menu'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/index.d.ts /** * TreeGrid component exported items */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/column.d.ts /** * Represents TreeGrid `Column` model class. */ export class Column { /** * Defines the field name of column which is mapped with mapping name of DataSource. * The bounded columns can be sort, filter etc., * The `field` name must be a valid JavaScript identifier, * the first character must be an alphabet and should not contain spaces and special characters. * @default 'undefined' */ field: string; /** * Defines the header text of column which is used to display in column header. * If `headerText` is not defined, then field name value will be assigned to header text. * @default 'undefined' */ headerText: string; /** * Gets the unique identifier value of the column. It is used to get the column object. * @default 'undefined' */ uid: string; /** * If `allowEditing` set to false, then it disables editing of a particular column. * By default all columns are editable. * @default true */ allowEditing: boolean; /** * If `showCheckbox` set to true, then the checkboxes will be displayed in particular column. * @default false */ showCheckbox: boolean; /** * Defines the custom sort comparer function. * The sort comparer function has the same functionality like * [`Array.sort`](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Global_Objects/Array/sort) sort comparer. * {% codeBlock src="grid/sort-comparer-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} */ sortComparer: grids.SortComparer | string; /** * If `isPrimaryKey` is set to true, considers this column as the primary key constraint. * @default false */ isPrimaryKey: boolean; /** * @hidden * Defines the commands column template as string or HTML element ID which is used to add * customized command buttons in each cells of the column. */ commandsTemplate: string; /** * `commands` provides an option to display command buttons in every cell. * The available built-in command buttons are * * Edit - Edit the record. * * Delete - Delete the record. * * Save - Save the record. * * Cancel - Cancel the edit state. * @default null */ commands: grids.CommandModel[]; /** * Defines the width of the column in pixels or percentage. * @default 'undefined' */ width: string | number; /** * Defines the type of component for editable. * @default 'stringedit' */ editType: string; /** * Defines rules to validate data before creating and updating. * @default null */ validationRules: Object; /** * Defines default values for the component when adding a new record to the TreeGrid. * @default null */ defaultValue: string; /** * Defines the `grids.IEditCell` object to customize default edit cell. * @default {} */ edit: grids.IEditCell; /** * Defines the cell edit template that used as editor for a particular column. * It accepts either template string or HTML element ID. * @default null * @aspIgnore */ editTemplate: string; /** * If `isIdentity` is set to true, then this column is considered as identity column. * @default false */ isIdentity: boolean; /** * Defines the minimum Width of the column in pixels or percentage. * @default 'undefined' */ minWidth: string | number; /** * Defines the maximum width of the column in pixel or percentage, which will restrict resizing beyond this pixel or percentage. * @default 'undefined' */ maxWidth: string | number; /** * Defines the alignment of the column in both header and content cells. * @default Left */ textAlign: grids.TextAlign; /** * Defines the cell content's overflow mode. The available modes are * * `Clip` - Truncates the cell content when it overflows its area. * * `Ellipsis` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area. * * `EllipsisWithTooltip` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area * also it will display tooltip while hover on ellipsis applied cell. * @default Ellipsis */ clipMode: grids.ClipMode; /** * Define the alignment of column header which is used to align the text of column header. * @default null */ headerTextAlign: grids.TextAlign; /** * If `disableHtmlEncode` is set to true, it encodes the HTML of the header and content cells. * @default false */ disableHtmlEncode: boolean; /** * Defines the data type of the column. * @default null */ type: string; /** * It is used to change display value with the given format and does not affect the original data. * Gets the format from the user which can be standard or custom * [`number`](../base/intl.html#number-formatter-and-parser) * and [`date`](../base/intl.html#date-formatter-and-parser) formats. * @default null * @aspType string */ format: string | base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions; /** * If `visible` is set to false, hides the particular column. By default, columns are displayed. * @default true */ visible: boolean; /** * Defines the column template that renders customized element in each cell of the column. * It accepts either [template string](../base/template-engine.html) or HTML element ID. * @default null */ template: string; /** * Defines the header template as string or HTML element ID which is used to add customized element in the column header. * @default null */ headerTemplate: string; /** * The CSS styles and attributes of the content cells of a particular column can be customized. * @default null */ customAttributes: { [x: string]: Object; }; /** * If `displayAsCheckBox` is set to true, it displays the column value as a check box instead of Boolean value. * @default false */ displayAsCheckBox: boolean; /** * If `allowReordering` set to false, then it disables reorder of a particular column. * By default all columns can be reorder. * @default true */ allowReordering: boolean; /** * If `showColumnMenu` set to false, then it disable the column menu of a particular column. * By default column menu will show for all columns * @default true */ showColumnMenu: boolean; /** * If `allowFiltering` set to false, then it disables filtering option and filter bar element of a particular column. * By default all columns are filterable. * @default true */ allowFiltering: boolean; /** * If `allowSorting` set to false, then it disables sorting option of a particular column. * By default all columns are sortable. * @default true */ allowSorting: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` is set to false, it disables resize option of a particular column. * By default all the columns can be resized. * @default true */ allowResizing: boolean; /** * Defines the method which is used to achieve custom formatting from an external function. * This function triggers before rendering of each cell. * @default null */ formatter: { new (): ITreeGridCellFormatter; } | ITreeGridCellFormatter | Function; /** * Defines the method used to apply custom cell values from external function and display this on each cell rendered. * @default null */ valueAccessor: grids.ValueAccessor | string; /** * Used to render multiple header rows(stacked headers) on the TreeGrid header. * @default null */ columns: Column[] | string[] | ColumnModel[]; /** * Column visibility can change based on [`Media Queries`](http://cssmediaqueries.com/what-are-css-media-queries.html). * `hideAtMedia` accepts only valid Media Queries. * @default 'undefined' */ hideAtMedia: string; /** * The `filterBarTemplate` is used to add a custom component instead of default input component for filter bar. * It have create and read functions. * * create: It is used for creating custom components. * * read: It is used to perform custom filter action. * * @default null */ filterBarTemplate: grids.IFilterUI; /** * It is used to customize the default filter options for a specific columns. * * type - Specifies the filter type as menu. * * ui - to render custom component for specific column it has following functions. * * ui.create – It is used for creating custom components. * * ui.read - It is used for read the value from the component. * * ui.write - It is used to apply component model as dynamically. * * @default null */ filter: grids.IFilter; /** * If `lockColumn` set to true, then it disables Reordering of a particular column. * The locked column will be moved to first position. * @default false */ lockColumn: boolean; constructor(options: ColumnModel); } /** * Interface for a TreeGrid class Column */ export interface ColumnModel { /** * Defines the field name of column which is mapped with mapping name of DataSource. * The bounded columns can be sort, filter etc., * The `field` name must be a valid JavaScript identifier, * the first character must be an alphabet and should not contain spaces and special characters. * @default 'undefined' */ field?: string; /** * Gets the unique identifier value of the column. It is used to get the object. * @default 'undefined' */ uid?: string; /** * Defines the header text of column which is used to display in column header. * If `headerText` is not defined, then field name value will be assigned to header text. * @default 'undefined' */ headerText?: string; /** * Defines the width of the column in pixels or percentage. * @default 'undefined' */ width?: string | number; /** * Defines the minimum width of the column in pixels or percentage. * @default 'undefined' */ minWidth?: string | number; /** * Defines the sort comparer property. * @default 'undefined' */ sortComparer?: grids.SortComparer | string; /** * Defines the maximum width of the column in pixels or percentage, which will restrict resizing beyond this pixels or percentage. * @default 'undefined' */ maxWidth?: string | number; /** * Defines the alignment of the column in both header and content cells. * @default Left * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.TextAlign */ textAlign?: grids.TextAlign; /** * Used to render multiple header rows(stacked headers) on TreeGrid header. * @default null */ columns?: Column[] | string[] | ColumnModel[]; /** * Defines the cell content's overflow mode. The available modes are * * `Clip` - Truncates the cell content when it overflows its area. * * `Ellipsis` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area. * * `EllipsisWithTooltip` - Displays ellipsis when the cell content overflows its area * also it will display tooltip while hover on ellipsis applied cell. * @default Ellipsis * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.ClipMode */ clipMode?: grids.ClipMode; /** * Define the alignment of column header which is used to align the text of column header. * @default null * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.TextAlign */ headerTextAlign?: grids.TextAlign; /** * If `disableHtmlEncode` is set to true, it encodes the HTML of the header and content cells. * @default false */ disableHtmlEncode?: boolean; /** * Defines the data type of the column. * @default null */ type?: string; /** * If `allowReordering` set to false, then it disables reorder of a particular column. * By default all columns can be reorder. * @default true */ allowReordering?: boolean; /** * If `allowFiltering` set to false, then it disables filtering option and filter bar element of a particular column. * By default all columns are filterable. * @default true */ allowFiltering?: boolean; /** * If `allowSorting` set to false, then it disables sorting option of a particular column. * By default all columns are sortable. * @default true */ allowSorting?: boolean; /** * If `showColumnMenu` set to false, then it disable the column menu of a particular column. * By default column menu will show for all columns * @default true */ showColumnMenu?: boolean; /** * If `allowResizing` set to false, it disables resize option of a particular column. * @default true */ allowResizing?: boolean; /** * It is used to change display value with the given format and does not affect the original data. * Gets the format from the user which can be standard or custom * [`number`](../base/intl.html#number-formatter-and-parser) * and [`date`](../base/intl.html#date-formatter-and-parser) formats. * @default null * @aspType string */ format?: string | base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions; /** * If `visible` is set to false, hides the particular column. By default, columns are displayed. * @default true */ visible?: boolean; /** * @hidden * Defines the commands column template as string or HTML element ID which is used to add * customized command buttons in each cells of the column. */ commandsTemplate?: string; /** * `commands` provides an option to display command buttons in every cell. * The available built-in command buttons are * * Edit - Edit the record. * * Delete - Delete the record. * * Save - Save the record. * * Cancel - Cancel the edit state. * * The following code example implements the custom command column. * ```html * <style type="text/css" class="cssStyles"> * .details-icon:before * { * content:"\e74d"; * } * </style> * <div id="TreeGrid"></div> * ``` * ```typescript * var gridObj = new TreeGrid({ * datasource: window.gridData, * columns : [ * { field: 'CustomerID', headerText: 'Customer ID' }, * { field: 'CustomerName', headerText: 'Customer Name' }, * {commands: [{buttonOption:{content: 'Details', click: onClick, cssClass: details-icon}}], headerText: 'Customer Details'} * ] * gridObj.appendTo("#TreeGrid"); * ``` * @default null */ commands?: grids.CommandModel[]; /** * Defines the column template that renders customized element in each cell of the column. * It accepts either [template string](../base/template-engine.html) or HTML element ID. * @default null */ template?: string; /** * Defines the header template as string or HTML element ID which is used to add customized element in the column header. * @default null */ headerTemplate?: string; /** * The CSS styles and attributes of the content cells of a particular column can be customized. * @default null */ customAttributes?: { [x: string]: Object; }; /** * If `displayAsCheckBox` is set to true, it displays the column value as a check box instead of Boolean value. * @default false */ displayAsCheckBox?: boolean; /** * Defines the method which is used to achieve custom formatting from an external function. * This function triggers before rendering of each cell. * @default null */ formatter?: { new (): ITreeGridCellFormatter; } | ITreeGridCellFormatter | Function; /** * Defines the method used to apply custom cell values from external function and display this on each cell rendered. * * @default null */ valueAccessor?: grids.ValueAccessor | string; /** * Column visibility can change based on [`Media Queries`](http://cssmediaqueries.com/what-are-css-media-queries.html). * `hideAtMedia` accepts only valid Media Queries. * @default 'undefined' */ hideAtMedia?: string; /** * The `filterBarTemplate` is used to add a custom component instead of default input component for filter bar. * It have create and read functions. * * create: It is used for creating custom components. * * read: It is used to perform custom filter action. * * ```html * <div id="TreeGrid"></div> * ``` * ```typescript * let gridObj: TreeGrid = new TreeGrid({ * dataSource: filterData, * columns: [ * { field: 'OrderID', headerText: 'Order ID' }, * { * field: 'EmployeeID', filterBarTemplate: { * create: (args: { element: Element, column: Column }) => { * let input: HTMLInputElement = document.createElement('input'); * input.id = 'EmployeeID'; * input.type = 'text'; * return input; * }, * write: (args: { element: Element, column: Column }) => { * args.element.addEventListener('input', args.column.filterBarTemplate.read as EventListener); * }, * read: (args: { element: HTMLInputElement, columnIndex: number, column: Column }) => { * gridObj.filterByColumn(args.element.id, 'equal', args.element.value); * } * } * }], * allowFiltering: true * }); * gridObj.appendTo('#TreeGrid'); * ``` * * @default null */ filterBarTemplate?: grids.IFilterUI; /** * Defines the filter options to customize filtering for the particular column. * @default null */ filter?: grids.IFilter; /** * If `isPrimaryKey` is set to true, considers this column as the primary key constraint. * @default false */ isPrimaryKey?: boolean; /** * If `showCheckbox` set to true, then the checkboxes will be displayed in particular column. * @default false */ showCheckbox?: boolean; /** * Defines the type of component for editing. * @default 'stringedit' */ editType?: string; /** * Defines default values for the component when adding a new record to the TreeGrid. * @default null */ defaultValue?: string; /** * Defines the `grids.IEditCell` object to customize default edit cell. * @default {} */ edit?: grids.IEditCell; /** * Defines the cell edit template that used as editor for a particular column. * It accepts either template string or HTML element ID. * @aspIgnore */ editTemplate?: string; /** * If `isIdentity` is set to true, then this column is considered as identity column. * @default false */ isIdentity?: boolean; /** * Defines rules to validate data before creating and updating. * @default null */ validationRules?: Object; /** * If `allowEditing` set to false, then it disables editing of a particular column. * By default all columns are editable. * @default true */ allowEditing?: boolean; /** * If `lockColumn` set to true, then it disables Reordering of a particular column. * The locked column will be moved to first position. * @default false */ lockColumn?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/edit-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class EditSettings */ export interface EditSettingsModel { /** * If `allowAdding` is set to true, new records can be added to the TreeGrid. * @default false */ allowAdding?: boolean; /** * If `allowEditing` is set to true, values can be updated in the existing record. * @default false */ allowEditing?: boolean; /** * If `allowDeleting` is set to true, existing record can be deleted from the TreeGrid. * @default false */ allowDeleting?: boolean; /** * Defines the mode to edit. The available editing modes are: * * Cell * * Row * * Dialog * * Batch * @default Cell * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true */ mode?: EditMode; /** * Defines the row position for new records. The available row positions are: * * Top * * Bottom * * Above * * Below * * Child * @default Top */ newRowPosition?: RowPosition; /** * If `allowEditOnDblClick` is set to false, TreeGrid will not allow editing of a record on double click. * @default true */ allowEditOnDblClick?: boolean; /** * if `showConfirmDialog` is set to false, confirm dialog does not show when batch changes are saved or discarded. * @default true */ showConfirmDialog?: boolean; /** * If `showDeleteConfirmDialog` is set to true, confirm dialog will show delete action. You can also cancel delete command. * @default false */ showDeleteConfirmDialog?: boolean; /** * Defines the custom edit elements for the dialog template. * @default '' */ template?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/edit-settings.d.ts /** * Configures the edit behavior of the TreeGrid. */ export class EditSettings extends base.ChildProperty<EditSettings> { /** * If `allowAdding` is set to true, new records can be added to the TreeGrid. * @default false */ allowAdding: boolean; /** * If `allowEditing` is set to true, values can be updated in the existing record. * @default false */ allowEditing: boolean; /** * If `allowDeleting` is set to true, existing record can be deleted from the TreeGrid. * @default false */ allowDeleting: boolean; /** * Defines the mode to edit. The available editing modes are: * * Cell * * Row * * Dialog * * Batch * @default Cell * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true */ mode: EditMode; /** * Defines the row position for new records. The available row positions are: * * Top * * Bottom * * Above * * Below * * Child * @default Top */ newRowPosition: RowPosition; /** * If `allowEditOnDblClick` is set to false, TreeGrid will not allow editing of a record on double click. * @default true */ allowEditOnDblClick: boolean; /** * if `showConfirmDialog` is set to false, confirm dialog does not show when batch changes are saved or discarded. * @default true */ showConfirmDialog: boolean; /** * If `showDeleteConfirmDialog` is set to true, confirm dialog will show delete action. You can also cancel delete command. * @default false */ showDeleteConfirmDialog: boolean; /** * Defines the custom edit elements for the dialog template. * @default '' */ template: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/filter-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class FilterSettings */ export interface FilterSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the columns to be filtered at initial rendering of the TreeGrid. You can also get the columns that were currently filtered. * @default [] */ columns?: grids.PredicateModel[]; /** * Defines options for filtering type. The available options are * * `Menu` - Specifies the filter type as menu. * * `FilterBar` - Specifies the filter type as filterbar. * @default FilterBar */ type?: grids.FilterType; /** * Defines the filter bar modes. The available options are, * * `OnEnter`: Initiates filter operation after Enter key is pressed. * * `Immediate`: Initiates filter operation after a certain time interval. By default, time interval is 1500 ms. * @default OnEnter * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.FilterBarMode */ mode?: grids.FilterBarMode; /** * Shows or hides the filtered status message on the pager. * @default true */ showFilterBarStatus?: boolean; /** * Defines the time delay (in milliseconds) in filtering records when the `Immediate` mode of filter bar is set. * @default 1500 */ immediateModeDelay?: number; /** * The `operators` is used to override the default operators in filter menu. This should be defined by type wise * (string, number, date and boolean). Based on the column type, this customize operator list will render in filter menu. * * > Check the [`Filter Menu Operator`](./how-to.html#customizing-filter-menu-operators-list) customization. * @default null */ operators?: grids.ICustomOptr; /** * If ignoreAccent set to true, then filter ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * * > Check the [`Diacritics`](./filtering.html/#diacritics) filtering. * @default false */ ignoreAccent?: boolean; /** * Defines the filter types. The available options are, * `Parent`: Shows the filtered record with parent record. * `Child`: Shows the filtered record with child record. * `Both` : shows the filtered record with both parent and child record. * `None` : Shows only filtered record. * @default Parent */ hierarchyMode?: FilterHierarchyMode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/filter-settings.d.ts /** * Configures the filtering behavior of the TreeGrid. */ export class FilterSettings extends base.ChildProperty<FilterSettings> { /** * Specifies the columns to be filtered at initial rendering of the TreeGrid. You can also get the columns that were currently filtered. * @default [] */ columns: grids.PredicateModel[]; /** * Defines options for filtering type. The available options are * * `Menu` - Specifies the filter type as menu. * * `FilterBar` - Specifies the filter type as filterbar. * @default FilterBar */ type: grids.FilterType; /** * Defines the filter bar modes. The available options are, * * `OnEnter`: Initiates filter operation after Enter key is pressed. * * `Immediate`: Initiates filter operation after a certain time interval. By default, time interval is 1500 ms. * @default OnEnter * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.FilterBarMode */ mode: grids.FilterBarMode; /** * Shows or hides the filtered status message on the pager. * @default true */ showFilterBarStatus: boolean; /** * Defines the time delay (in milliseconds) in filtering records when the `Immediate` mode of filter bar is set. * @default 1500 */ immediateModeDelay: number; /** * The `operators` is used to override the default operators in filter menu. This should be defined by type wise * (string, number, date and boolean). Based on the column type, this customize operator list will render in filter menu. * * > Check the [`Filter Menu Operator`](./how-to.html#customizing-filter-menu-operators-list) customization. * @default null */ operators: grids.ICustomOptr; /** * If ignoreAccent set to true, then filter ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * * > Check the [`Diacritics`](./filtering.html/#diacritics) filtering. * @default false */ ignoreAccent: boolean; /** * Defines the filter types. The available options are, * `Parent`: Shows the filtered record with parent record. * `Child`: Shows the filtered record with child record. * `Both` : shows the filtered record with both parent and child record. * `None` : Shows only filtered record. * @default Parent */ hierarchyMode: FilterHierarchyMode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/index.d.ts /** * Models export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/page-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class PageSettings */ export interface PageSettingsModel { /** * Defines the number of records to be displayed in TreeGrid per page. * @default 12 */ pageSize?: number; /** * Defines the number of pages to be displayed in the TreeGrid pager container. * @default 8 */ pageCount?: number; /** * Defines the current page number of the pager in TreeGrid. * @default 1 */ currentPage?: number; /** * @hidden * Gets the total records count of the TreeGrid. */ totalRecordsCount?: number; /** * If `enableQueryString` set to true, * then it pass current page information as a query string along with the URL while navigating to other page in TreeGrid. * @default false */ enableQueryString?: boolean; /** * If `pageSizes` set to true or Array of values, * It renders DropDownList in the pager of TreeGrid which allow us to select pageSize from DropDownList. * @default false */ pageSizes?: boolean | (number | string)[]; /** * Defines the template which renders customized elements in pager of TreeGrid instead of default elements. * It accepts either [template string](../base/template-engine.html) or HTML element ID. * @default null */ template?: string; /** * Specifies the mode of record count in a page. The options are, * * `All`: Count all the records. * * `Root`: Count only zeroth level parent records. * @default All */ pageSizeMode?: PageSizeMode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/page-settings.d.ts /** * Configures the paging behavior of the TreeGrid. */ export class PageSettings extends base.ChildProperty<PageSettings> { /** * Defines the number of records to be displayed in TreeGrid per page. * @default 12 */ pageSize: number; /** * Defines the number of pages to be displayed in the TreeGrid pager container. * @default 8 */ pageCount: number; /** * Defines the current page number of the pager in TreeGrid. * @default 1 */ currentPage: number; /** * @hidden * Gets the total records count of the TreeGrid. */ totalRecordsCount: number; /** * If `enableQueryString` set to true, * then it pass current page information as a query string along with the URL while navigating to other page in TreeGrid. * @default false */ enableQueryString: boolean; /** * If `pageSizes` set to true or Array of values, * It renders DropDownList in the pager of TreeGrid which allow us to select pageSize from DropDownList. * @default false */ pageSizes: boolean | (number | string)[]; /** * Defines the template which renders customized elements in pager of TreeGrid instead of default elements. * It accepts either [template string](../base/template-engine.html) or HTML element ID. * @default null */ template: string; /** * Specifies the mode of record count in a page. The options are, * * `All`: Count all the records. * * `Root`: Count only zeroth level parent records. * @default All */ pageSizeMode: PageSizeMode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/search-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SearchSettings */ export interface SearchSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the columns to be searched at initial rendering of the TreeGrid. You can also get the columns that were currently filtered. * @default [] */ fields?: string[]; /** * If ignoreCase set to true, then search ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * * > Check the [`Diacritics`](./filtering.html/#diacritics) filtering. * @default false */ ignoreCase?: boolean; /** * The `operators` is used to override the default operators in filter menu. This should be defined by type wise * (string, number, date and boolean). Based on the column type, this customize operator list will render in filter menu. * * > Check the [`Filter Menu Operator`](./how-to.html#customizing-filter-menu-operators-list) customization. * @default null */ operators?: grids.ICustomOptr; /** * A key word for searching the TreeGrid content. */ key?: string; /** * Defines the filter types. The available options are, * * `Parent`: Initiates filter operation after Enter key is pressed. * * `Child`: Initiates filter operation after a certain time interval. By default, time interval is 1500 ms. * @default Parent */ hierarchyMode?: FilterHierarchyMode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/search-settings.d.ts /** * Configures the filtering behavior of the TreeGrid. */ export class SearchSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SearchSettings> { /** * Specifies the columns to be searched at initial rendering of the TreeGrid. You can also get the columns that were currently filtered. * @default [] */ fields: string[]; /** * If ignoreCase set to true, then search ignores the diacritic characters or accents while filtering. * * > Check the [`Diacritics`](./filtering.html/#diacritics) filtering. * @default false */ ignoreCase: boolean; /** * The `operators` is used to override the default operators in filter menu. This should be defined by type wise * (string, number, date and boolean). Based on the column type, this customize operator list will render in filter menu. * * > Check the [`Filter Menu Operator`](./how-to.html#customizing-filter-menu-operators-list) customization. * @default null */ operators: grids.ICustomOptr; /** * A key word for searching the TreeGrid content. */ key: string; /** * Defines the filter types. The available options are, * * `Parent`: Initiates filter operation after Enter key is pressed. * * `Child`: Initiates filter operation after a certain time interval. By default, time interval is 1500 ms. * @default Parent */ hierarchyMode: FilterHierarchyMode; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/selection-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SelectionSettings */ export interface SelectionSettingsModel { /** * TreeGrid supports row, cell, and both (row and cell) selection mode. * @default Row * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.SelectionMode */ mode?: grids.SelectionMode; /** * The cell selection modes are flow and box. It requires the selection * [`mode`](./api-selectionSettings.html#mode-selectionmode) to be either cell or both. * * `Flow`: Selects the range of cells between start index and end index that also includes the other cells of the selected rows. * * `Box`: Selects the range of cells within the start and end column indexes that includes in between cells of rows within the range. * @default Flow * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.CellSelectionMode */ cellSelectionMode?: grids.CellSelectionMode; /** * Defines options for selection type. They are * * `Single`: Allows selection of only a row or a cell. * * `Multiple`: Allows selection of multiple rows or cells. * @default Single * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.SelectionType */ type?: grids.SelectionType; /** * If 'persistSelection' set to true, then the TreeGrid selection is persisted on all operations. * For persisting selection in the TreeGrid, any one of the column should be enabled as a primary key. * @default false */ persistSelection?: boolean; /** * Defines options for checkbox selection Mode. They are * * `Default`: This is the default value of the checkboxMode. In this mode, user can select multiple rows by clicking rows one by one. * * `ResetOnRowClick`: In ResetOnRowClick mode, on clicking a row it will reset previously selected row and also multiple * rows can be selected by using CTRL or SHIFT key. * @default Default */ checkboxMode?: grids.CheckboxSelectionType; /** * If 'checkboxOnly' set to true, then the TreeGrid selection is allowed only through checkbox. * * > To enable checkboxOnly selection, should specify the column type as `checkbox`. * @default false */ checkboxOnly?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/selection-settings.d.ts /** * Configures the selection behavior of the TreeGrid. */ export class SelectionSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SelectionSettings> { /** * TreeGrid supports row, cell, and both (row and cell) selection mode. * @default Row * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.SelectionMode */ mode: grids.SelectionMode; /** * The cell selection modes are flow and box. It requires the selection * [`mode`](./api-selectionSettings.html#mode-selectionmode) to be either cell or both. * * `Flow`: Selects the range of cells between start index and end index that also includes the other cells of the selected rows. * * `Box`: Selects the range of cells within the start and end column indexes that includes in between cells of rows within the range. * @default Flow * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.CellSelectionMode */ cellSelectionMode: grids.CellSelectionMode; /** * Defines options for selection type. They are * * `Single`: Allows selection of only a row or a cell. * * `Multiple`: Allows selection of multiple rows or cells. * @default Single * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.SelectionType */ type: grids.SelectionType; /** * If 'persistSelection' set to true, then the TreeGrid selection is persisted on all operations. * For persisting selection in the TreeGrid, any one of the column should be enabled as a primary key. * @default false */ persistSelection: boolean; /** * Defines options for checkbox selection Mode. They are * * `Default`: This is the default value of the checkboxMode. In this mode, user can select multiple rows by clicking rows one by one. * * `ResetOnRowClick`: In ResetOnRowClick mode, on clicking a row it will reset previously selected row and also multiple * rows can be selected by using CTRL or SHIFT key. * @default Default */ checkboxMode: grids.CheckboxSelectionType; /** * If 'checkboxOnly' set to true, then the TreeGrid selection is allowed only through checkbox. * * > To enable checkboxOnly selection, should specify the column type as `checkbox`. * @default false */ checkboxOnly: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/sort-settings-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class SortDescriptor */ export interface SortDescriptorModel { /** * Defines the field name of sort column. * @default '' */ field?: string; /** * Defines the direction of sort column. * @default '' * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.SortDirection */ direction?: grids.SortDirection; } /** * Interface for a class SortSettings */ export interface SortSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the columns to sort at initial rendering of TreeGrid. * Also user can get current sorted columns. * @default [] */ columns?: SortDescriptorModel[]; /** * If `allowUnsort` set to false the user can not get the TreeGrid in unsorted state by clicking the sorted column header. * @default true */ allowUnsort?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/sort-settings.d.ts /** * Represents the field name and direction of sort column. */ export class SortDescriptor extends base.ChildProperty<SortDescriptor> { /** * Defines the field name of sort column. * @default '' */ field: string; /** * Defines the direction of sort column. * @default '' * @aspDefaultValueIgnore * @isEnumeration true * @aspType Syncfusion.EJ2.Grids.grids.SortDirection */ direction: grids.SortDirection; } /** * Configures the sorting behavior of TreeGrid. */ export class SortSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SortSettings> { /** * Specifies the columns to sort at initial rendering of TreeGrid. * Also user can get current sorted columns. * @default [] */ columns: SortDescriptorModel[]; /** * If `allowUnsort` set to false the user can not get the TreeGrid in unsorted state by clicking the sorted column header. * @default true */ allowUnsort: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/summary-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class AggregateColumn */ export interface AggregateColumnModel { /** * Defines the aggregate type of a particular column. * To use multiple aggregates for single column, specify the `type` as array. * Types of aggregate are, * * sum * * average * * max * * min * * count * * falsecount * * truecount * * custom * > Specify the `type` value as `custom` to use custom aggregation. * @aspType string * @default null */ type?: grids.AggregateType | grids.AggregateType[] | string; /** * Defines the footer cell template as a string for the aggregate column. * The `type` name should be used to access aggregate values inside the template. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/footer-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ footerTemplate?: string; /** * Defines the column name to perform aggregation. * @default null */ field?: string; /** * Format is applied to a calculated value before it is displayed. * Gets the format from the user, which can be standard or custom * [`number`](../common/intl.html#number-formatter-and-parser) * and [`date`](../common/intl.html#date-formatter-and-parser) formats. * @aspType string * @default null */ format?: string | base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions; /** * Defines the column name to display the aggregate value. If `columnName` is not defined, * then `field` name value will be assigned to the `columnName` property. * @default null */ columnName?: string; /** * Defines a function to calculate custom aggregate value. The `type` value should be set to `custom`. * To use custom aggregate value in the template, use the key as `${custom}`. * **Total aggregation**: The custom function will be called with the whole data and the current `AggregateColumn` object. * **Group aggregation**: This will be called with the current group details and the `AggregateColumn` object. * * @default null */ customAggregate?: grids.CustomSummaryType | string; } /** * Interface for a class AggregateRow */ export interface AggregateRowModel { /** * Configures the aggregate columns. * @default [] */ columns?: AggregateColumnModel[]; /** * Display the childSummary for each parent. */ showChildSummary?: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/models/summary.d.ts /** * Configures the TreeGrid's aggregate column. */ export class AggregateColumn extends base.ChildProperty<AggregateColumn> { private formatFn; private intl; private templateFn; /** * Defines the aggregate type of a particular column. * To use multiple aggregates for single column, specify the `type` as array. * Types of aggregate are, * * sum * * average * * max * * min * * count * * falsecount * * truecount * * custom * > Specify the `type` value as `custom` to use custom aggregation. * @aspType string * @default null */ type: grids.AggregateType | grids.AggregateType[] | string; /** * Defines the footer cell template as a string for the aggregate column. * The `type` name should be used to access aggregate values inside the template. * * {% codeBlock src="grid/footer-template-api/index.ts" %}{% endcodeBlock %} * @default null */ footerTemplate: string; /** * Defines the column name to perform aggregation. * @default null */ field: string; /** * Format is applied to a calculated value before it is displayed. * Gets the format from the user, which can be standard or custom * [`number`](../common/intl.html#number-formatter-and-parser) * and [`date`](../common/intl.html#date-formatter-and-parser) formats. * @aspType string * @default null */ format: string | base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions; /** * Defines the column name to display the aggregate value. If `columnName` is not defined, * then `field` name value will be assigned to the `columnName` property. * @default null */ columnName: string; /** * Defines a function to calculate custom aggregate value. The `type` value should be set to `custom`. * To use custom aggregate value in the template, use the key as `${custom}`. * **Total aggregation**: The custom function will be called with the whole data and the current `AggregateColumn` object. * **Group aggregation**: This will be called with the current group details and the `AggregateColumn` object. * * @default null */ customAggregate: grids.CustomSummaryType | string; /** * @hidden */ setFormatter(cultureName: string): void; /** * @hidden */ getFormatFunction(format: base.NumberFormatOptions | base.DateFormatOptions): Function; /** * @hidden */ getFormatter(): Function; /** * @hidden */ setTemplate(helper?: Object): void; /** * @hidden */ getTemplate(type: grids.CellType): { fn: Function; property: string; }; /** * @hidden */ setPropertiesSilent(prop: Object): void; } export class AggregateRow extends base.ChildProperty<AggregateRow> { /** * Configures the aggregate columns. * @default [] */ columns: AggregateColumnModel[]; /** * Display the childSummary for each parent. */ showChildSummary: boolean; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/renderer/index.d.ts /** * Renderer export */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/renderer/render.d.ts /** * TreeGrid render module * @hidden */ export class Render { private parent; /** * Constructor for render module */ constructor(parent?: TreeGrid); /** * Updated row elements for TreeGrid */ RowModifier(args: grids.RowDataBoundEventArgs): void; /** * cell renderer for tree column index cell */ cellRender(args: grids.QueryCellInfoEventArgs): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treegrid/src/treegrid/utils.d.ts export function isRemoteData(parent: TreeGrid): boolean; /** * @hidden */ export function findParentRecords(records: Object): Object; /** * @hidden */ export function getExpandStatus(parent: TreeGrid, record: ITreeData, parents: ITreeData[]): boolean; /** * @hidden */ export function findChildrenRecords(records: ITreeData): Object[]; export function isOffline(parent: TreeGrid): boolean; export function extendArray(array: Object[]): Object[]; export function getPlainData(value: ITreeData): ITreeData; export function getParentData(parent: TreeGrid, value: string, requireFilter?: Boolean): ITreeData; } export namespace treemap { //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/index.d.ts /** * exporting all modules from tree map index */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/index.d.ts /** * export all modules from treemap component */ //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/layout/legend.d.ts /** * Legend module class */ export class TreeMapLegend { private treemap; /** collection of rendering legends */ legendRenderingCollections: Object[]; /** collection of legends */ legendCollections: Object[]; outOfRangeLegend: Object; private legendHeight; private legendWidth; private totalPages; private page; private translate; legendBorderRect: Rect; private currentPage; heightIncrement: number; widthIncrement: number; private textMaxWidth; /** group of legend */ legendGroup: Element; private legendNames; private defsElement; private gradientCount; private legendLinearGradient; private legendInteractiveGradient; private clearTimeout; private legendItemRect; constructor(treemap: TreeMap); /** * method for legend */ renderLegend(): void; calculateLegendBounds(): void; private getPageChanged; private findColorMappingLegendItems; private findPaletteLegendItems; private calculateLegendItems; private removeDuplicates; private isAddNewLegendData; /** * To draw the legend */ drawLegend(): void; private defaultLegendRtlLocation; private drawLegendItem; private renderLegendBorder; private renderLegendTitle; /** * To rendered the interactive pointer */ renderInteractivePointer(e: PointerEvent | TouchEvent): void; private drawInteractivePointer; private getLegendAlignment; mouseUpHandler(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To remove the interactive pointer */ removeInteractivePointer(): void; /** * To change the next page */ changeNextPage(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * Wire events for event handler */ wireEvents(element: Element): void; /** * To add the event listener */ addEventListener(): void; /** * To remove the event listener */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the legend. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(treemap: TreeMap): void; /** * Get the gradient color for interactive legend. */ legendGradientColor(colorMap: ColorMappingModel, legendIndex: number): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/layout/render-panel.d.ts /** * To calculate and render the shape layer */ export class LayoutPanel { private treemap; private currentRect; layoutGroup: Element; private renderer; renderItems: Object[]; private parentData; constructor(treemap: TreeMap); processLayoutPanel(): void; private getDrilldownData; calculateLayoutItems(data: Object, rect: Rect): void; private computeSliceAndDiceDimensional; private sliceAndDiceProcess; private computeSquarifyDimensional; private calculateChildrenLayout; private performRowsLayout; private aspectRatio; private findMaxAspectRatio; private cutArea; private getCoordinates; private computeTotalArea; onDemandProcess(childItems: Object): void; renderLayoutItems(renderData: Object): void; private renderItemText; private getItemColor; /** * To find saturated color for datalabel */ private getSaturatedColor; private renderTemplate; private labelInterSectAction; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/model/base-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class Border */ export interface BorderModel { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '#808080' */ color?: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 0 */ width?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Margin */ export interface MarginModel { /** * Left margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ left?: number; /** * Right margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ right?: number; /** * Top margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ top?: number; /** * Bottom margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ bottom?: number; } /** * Interface for a class Font */ export interface FontModel { /** * Font size for the text. * @default null */ size?: string; /** * Color for the text. * @default null */ color?: string; /** * fontFamily for the text. * @default '' */ fontFamily?: string; /** * FontWeight for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontWeight?: string; /** * FontStyle for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontStyle?: string; /** * Opacity for the text. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; } /** * Interface for a class CommonTitleSettings */ export interface CommonTitleSettingsModel { /** * To customize the text of the title. * @default '' */ text?: string; /** * To customize title description for the accessibility. * @default '' */ description?: string; } /** * Interface for a class SubTitleSettings */ export interface SubTitleSettingsModel extends CommonTitleSettingsModel{ /** * Options for customizing title styles of the Maps. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Options for customize the text alignment. * @default 'Center' */ alignment?: Alignment; } /** * Interface for a class TitleSettings */ export interface TitleSettingsModel extends CommonTitleSettingsModel{ /** * Options for customizing title styles of the Maps. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Options for customize the text alignment. * @default 'Center' */ alignment?: Alignment; /** * To configure sub title of maps. */ subtitleSettings?: SubTitleSettingsModel; } /** * Interface for a class ColorMapping */ export interface ColorMappingModel { /** * Specifies the from * @default null */ from?: number; /** * Specifies the to * @default null */ to?: number; /** * specifies the color * @default null */ color?: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the label text. * @default null */ label?: string; /** * Specifies the value * @default null */ value?: string | number; /** * Specifies the minOpacity * @default null */ minOpacity?: number; /** * maxOpacity * @default null */ maxOpacity?: number; /** * Specifies the visibility of the legend for color mapping * @default true */ showLegend?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class LegendSettings */ export interface LegendSettingsModel { /** * Toggle the legend visibility. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * Customize the legend mode. * @default 'Default' */ mode?: LegendMode; /** * Customize the legend background * @default 'transparent' */ background?: string; /** * Customize the legend shape. * @default 'Circle' */ shape?: LegendShape; /** * Customize the legend width. * @default '' */ width?: string; /** * Customize the legend height. * @default '' */ height?: string; /** * Options for customize the legend text. */ textStyle?: FontModel; /** * Specifies the legend shape color * @default null */ fill?: string; /** * Specifies the legend opacity of shape color * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * Customize the shape width. * @default 15 */ shapeWidth?: number; /** * Customize the shape height. * @default 15 */ shapeHeight?: number; /** * Customize the shape padding * @default 10 */ shapePadding?: number; /** * Specifies the images url. * @default null */ imageUrl?: string; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the legend border. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the shape border. */ shapeBorder?: BorderModel; /** * To configure the title of the legend. */ title?: CommonTitleSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing text styles of the legend. */ titleStyle?: FontModel; /** * Customize the legend position of the maps. * @default 'Bottom' */ position?: LegendPosition; /** * Customize the legend items placed * @default 'None' */ orientation?: LegendOrientation; /** * Inverted pointer for interactive legend * @default false */ invertedPointer?: boolean; /** * To place the label position for interactive legend. * @default 'After' */ labelPosition?: LabelPlacement; /** * Specifies the label intersect action. * @default 'None' */ labelDisplayMode?: LabelIntersectAction; /** * Customize the legend alignment. * @default 'Center' */ alignment?: Alignment; /** * Customize the legend placed by given x and y values. */ location?: Location; /** * Enable or disable the visibility of the legend. * @default null */ showLegendPath?: string; /** * Used to render particular field in dataSource as legend. * @default null */ valuePath?: string; /** * Used to remove duplicate of the legend items. * @default false */ removeDuplicateLegend?: boolean; } /** * Interface for a class InitialDrillSettings */ export interface InitialDrillSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the initial rendering level. * @default null */ groupIndex?: number; /** * Specifies the initial rendering name. * @default null */ groupName?: string; } /** * Interface for a class LeafItemSettings */ export interface LeafItemSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the fill color for leaf items. * @default '#808080' */ fill?: string; /** * Items rendering with random colors. * @default false */ autoFill?: boolean; /** * Specifies the border */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the item gap. * @default 0 */ gap?: number; /** * Specifies the padding. * @default 10 */ padding?: number; /** * Specifies the opacity for color. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * To show or hide the labels * @default true */ showLabels?: boolean; /** * Specifies the field name from the dataSource. * @default null */ labelPath?: string; /** * Specifies the label format. * @default null */ labelFormat?: string; /** * Specifies the alignment of label. * @default 'TopLeft' */ labelPosition?: LabelPosition; /** * Customize the label style. */ labelStyle?: FontModel; /** * Specifies the label template. * @default null */ labelTemplate?: string; /** * Specifies the alignment of template. * @default 'Center' */ templatePosition?: LabelPosition; /** * Specifies the label intersect action. * @default 'Trim' */ interSectAction?: LabelAlignment; /** * Specifies the colorMapping */ colorMapping?: ColorMappingModel[]; } /** * Interface for a class TooltipSettings */ export interface TooltipSettingsModel { /** * To enable or disable the Tooltip. * @default false */ visible?: boolean; /** * To specifies the template for tooltip. * @default '' */ template?: string; /** * Specifies the format by given ${data} * @default null */ format?: string; /** * To fill the tooltip background. * @default '#000816' */ fill?: string; /** * Specifies the opacity for fill. * @default 0.75 */ opacity?: number; /** * Specifies the marker shapes. * @default '[Circle]' */ markerShapes?: MarkerShape[]; /** * Specifies the tooltip border. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the text style. */ textStyle?: FontModel; } /** * Interface for a class SelectionSettings */ export interface SelectionSettingsModel { /** * To enable or disable the selection * @default false */ enable?: boolean; /** * To specifies the selection color * @default '#808080' */ fill?: string; /** * To specified the opacity of color. * @default '0.5' */ opacity?: string; /** * To specifies the border */ border?: BorderModel; /** * To specifies the selection mode. * @default 'Item' */ mode?: SelectionMode; } /** * Interface for a class HighlightSettings */ export interface HighlightSettingsModel { /** * To enable or disable the highlight. * @default false */ enable?: boolean; /** * To specifies the highlight color. * @default '#808080' */ fill?: string; /** * To specified the opacity of color. * @default '0.5' */ opacity?: string; /** * To specifies the border */ border?: BorderModel; /** * To specifies the highlight mode. * @default 'Item' */ mode?: HighLightMode; } /** * Interface for a class LevelSettings */ export interface LevelSettingsModel { /** * Specifies the field name from the dataSource. * @default null */ groupPath?: string; /** * Specifies the padding. * @default 0 */ groupGap?: number; /** * Specifies the padding. * @default 10 */ groupPadding?: number; /** * Specifies the border */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the background of level. * @default '#808080' */ fill?: string; /** * Items rendering with random colors. * @default false */ autoFill?: boolean; /** * Specifies the opacity for color. * @default 1 */ opacity?: number; /** * To Show or hide the header in level. * @default true */ showHeader?: boolean; /** * To specifies the height of header. * @default 20 */ headerHeight?: number; /** * Specifies the template for header rendering. * @default null */ headerTemplate?: string; /** * Specifies the header format. * @default null */ headerFormat?: string; /** * Customize the text alignment * @default 'Near' */ headerAlignment?: Alignment; /** * Customize the header style. */ headerStyle?: FontModel; /** * Specifies the label position in level. * @default 'TopLeft' */ templatePosition?: LabelPosition; /** * Specifies the colorMapping */ colorMapping?: ColorMappingModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/model/base.d.ts /** * Maps base doc */ /** * Configures the borders in the maps. */ export type MarkerShape = 'Circle' | 'Rectangle' | 'Triangle' | 'Diamond' | 'Cross' | 'HorizontalLine' | 'VerticalLine' | 'Pentagon' | 'InvertedTriangle' | 'Image'; export class Border extends base.ChildProperty<Border> { /** * The color of the border that accepts value in hex and rgba as a valid CSS color string. * @default '#808080' */ color: string; /** * The width of the border in pixels. * @default 0 */ width: number; } /** * Configures the treemap margin. */ export class Margin extends base.ChildProperty<Margin> { /** * Left margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ left: number; /** * Right margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ right: number; /** * Top margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ top: number; /** * Bottom margin in pixels. * @default 10 */ bottom: number; } /** * Configures the fonts in treemap. */ export class Font extends base.ChildProperty<Font> { /** * Font size for the text. * @default null */ size: string; /** * Color for the text. * @default null */ color: string; /** * fontFamily for the text. * @default '' */ fontFamily: string; /** * FontWeight for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontWeight: string; /** * FontStyle for the text. * @default 'Normal' */ fontStyle: string; /** * Opacity for the text. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; } /** * To configure title of the maps. */ export class CommonTitleSettings extends base.ChildProperty<CommonTitleSettings> { /** * To customize the text of the title. * @default '' */ text: string; /** * To customize title description for the accessibility. * @default '' */ description: string; } /** * To configure subtitle of the maps. */ export class SubTitleSettings extends CommonTitleSettings { /** * Options for customizing title styles of the Maps. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Options for customize the text alignment. * @default 'Center' */ alignment: Alignment; } /** * To configure title of the maps. */ export class TitleSettings extends CommonTitleSettings { /** * Options for customizing title styles of the Maps. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Options for customize the text alignment. * @default 'Center' */ alignment: Alignment; /** * To configure sub title of maps. */ subtitleSettings: SubTitleSettingsModel; } export class ColorMapping extends base.ChildProperty<ColorMapping> { /** * Specifies the from * @default null */ from: number; /** * Specifies the to * @default null */ to: number; /** * specifies the color * @default null */ color: string | string[]; /** * Specifies the label text. * @default null */ label: string; /** * Specifies the value * @default null */ value: string | number; /** * Specifies the minOpacity * @default null */ minOpacity: number; /** * maxOpacity * @default null */ maxOpacity: number; /** * Specifies the visibility of the legend for color mapping * @default true */ showLegend: boolean; } /** * Configures the legend settings. */ export class LegendSettings extends base.ChildProperty<LegendSettings> { /** * Toggle the legend visibility. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * Customize the legend mode. * @default 'Default' */ mode: LegendMode; /** * Customize the legend background * @default 'transparent' */ background: string; /** * Customize the legend shape. * @default 'Circle' */ shape: LegendShape; /** * Customize the legend width. * @default '' */ width: string; /** * Customize the legend height. * @default '' */ height: string; /** * Options for customize the legend text. */ textStyle: FontModel; /** * Specifies the legend shape color * @default null */ fill: string; /** * Specifies the legend opacity of shape color * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * Customize the shape width. * @default 15 */ shapeWidth: number; /** * Customize the shape height. * @default 15 */ shapeHeight: number; /** * Customize the shape padding * @default 10 */ shapePadding: number; /** * Specifies the images url. * @default null */ imageUrl: string; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the legend border. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the shape border. */ shapeBorder: BorderModel; /** * To configure the title of the legend. */ title: CommonTitleSettingsModel; /** * Options for customizing text styles of the legend. */ titleStyle: FontModel; /** * Customize the legend position of the maps. * @default 'Bottom' */ position: LegendPosition; /** * Customize the legend items placed * @default 'None' */ orientation: LegendOrientation; /** * Inverted pointer for interactive legend * @default false */ invertedPointer: boolean; /** * To place the label position for interactive legend. * @default 'After' */ labelPosition: LabelPlacement; /** * Specifies the label intersect action. * @default 'None' */ labelDisplayMode: LabelIntersectAction; /** * Customize the legend alignment. * @default 'Center' */ alignment: Alignment; /** * Customize the legend placed by given x and y values. */ location: Location; /** * Enable or disable the visibility of the legend. * @default null */ showLegendPath: string; /** * Used to render particular field in dataSource as legend. * @default null */ valuePath: string; /** * Used to remove duplicate of the legend items. * @default false */ removeDuplicateLegend: boolean; } export class InitialDrillSettings extends base.ChildProperty<InitialDrillSettings> { /** * Specifies the initial rendering level. * @default null */ groupIndex: number; /** * Specifies the initial rendering name. * @default null */ groupName: string; } export class LeafItemSettings extends base.ChildProperty<LeafItemSettings> { /** * Specifies the fill color for leaf items. * @default '#808080' */ fill: string; /** * Items rendering with random colors. * @default false */ autoFill: boolean; /** * Specifies the border */ border: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the item gap. * @default 0 */ gap: number; /** * Specifies the padding. * @default 10 */ padding: number; /** * Specifies the opacity for color. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * To show or hide the labels * @default true */ showLabels: boolean; /** * Specifies the field name from the dataSource. * @default null */ labelPath: string; /** * Specifies the label format. * @default null */ labelFormat: string; /** * Specifies the alignment of label. * @default 'TopLeft' */ labelPosition: LabelPosition; /** * Customize the label style. */ labelStyle: FontModel; /** * Specifies the label template. * @default null */ labelTemplate: string; /** * Specifies the alignment of template. * @default 'Center' */ templatePosition: LabelPosition; /** * Specifies the label intersect action. * @default 'Trim' */ interSectAction: LabelAlignment; /** * Specifies the colorMapping */ colorMapping: ColorMappingModel[]; } export class TooltipSettings extends base.ChildProperty<TooltipSettings> { /** * To enable or disable the Tooltip. * @default false */ visible: boolean; /** * To specifies the template for tooltip. * @default '' */ template: string; /** * Specifies the format by given ${data} * @default null */ format: string; /** * To fill the tooltip background. * @default '#000816' */ fill: string; /** * Specifies the opacity for fill. * @default 0.75 */ opacity: number; /** * Specifies the marker shapes. * @default '[Circle]' */ markerShapes: MarkerShape[]; /** * Specifies the tooltip border. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the text style. */ textStyle: FontModel; } export class SelectionSettings extends base.ChildProperty<SelectionSettings> { /** * To enable or disable the selection * @default false */ enable: boolean; /** * To specifies the selection color * @default '#808080' */ fill: string; /** * To specified the opacity of color. * @default '0.5' */ opacity: string; /** * To specifies the border */ border: BorderModel; /** * To specifies the selection mode. * @default 'Item' */ mode: SelectionMode; } export class HighlightSettings extends base.ChildProperty<HighlightSettings> { /** * To enable or disable the highlight. * @default false */ enable: boolean; /** * To specifies the highlight color. * @default '#808080' */ fill: string; /** * To specified the opacity of color. * @default '0.5' */ opacity: string; /** * To specifies the border */ border: BorderModel; /** * To specifies the highlight mode. * @default 'Item' */ mode: HighLightMode; } /** * Options for customizing the tree map levels. */ export class LevelSettings extends base.ChildProperty<LevelSettings> { /** * Specifies the field name from the dataSource. * @default null */ groupPath: string; /** * Specifies the padding. * @default 0 */ groupGap: number; /** * Specifies the padding. * @default 10 */ groupPadding: number; /** * Specifies the border */ border: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the background of level. * @default '#808080' */ fill: string; /** * Items rendering with random colors. * @default false */ autoFill: boolean; /** * Specifies the opacity for color. * @default 1 */ opacity: number; /** * To Show or hide the header in level. * @default true */ showHeader: boolean; /** * To specifies the height of header. * @default 20 */ headerHeight: number; /** * Specifies the template for header rendering. * @default null */ headerTemplate: string; /** * Specifies the header format. * @default null */ headerFormat: string; /** * Customize the text alignment * @default 'Near' */ headerAlignment: Alignment; /** * Customize the header style. */ headerStyle: FontModel; /** * Specifies the label position in level. * @default 'TopLeft' */ templatePosition: LabelPosition; /** * Specifies the colorMapping */ colorMapping: ColorMappingModel[]; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/model/constants.d.ts /** * TreeMap constants doc */ /** * Specifies TreeMap load event name. * @private */ export const load: string; /** * Specifies TreeMap loaded event name. * @private */ export const loaded: string; /** * Specifies TreeMap beforePrint event name. * @private */ export const beforePrint: string; /** * Specifies the itemRendering event name. * @private */ export const itemRendering: string; /** * Specifies the drilldown start event name. * @private */ export const drillStart: string; /** * Specifies the drilldown end event name. * @private */ export const drillEnd: string; /** * Specifies the item selected event name. * @private */ export const itemSelected: string; /** * Specifies the item highlight event name. * @private */ export const itemHighlight: string; /** * Specifies the tooltip rendering event name. * @private */ export const tooltipRendering: string; /** * Specifies the item click event name. * @private */ export const itemClick: string; /** * Specifies the item move event name. * @private */ export const itemMove: string; /** * Specifies the mouse click event name. * @private */ export const click: string; /** * Specifies maps double click event name. * @private */ export const doubleClick: string; /** * Specifies maps right click event name. * @private */ export const rightClick: string; /** * Specifies the mouse move event name. * @private */ export const mouseMove: string; /** * Specifies legend item rendering event name. * @private */ export const legendItemRendering: string; /** * Specifies legend rendering event name. * @private */ export const legendRendering: string; /** * Specifies treemap resize event name. * @private */ export const resize: string; /** * Specifies the font family * @private */ export const defaultFont: string; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/model/interface.d.ts /** * Specifies TreeMap Events * @private */ export interface ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the name of the event */ name: string; /** Defines the event cancel status */ cancel: boolean; } export interface IPrintEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { htmlContent: Element; } /** * Specifies the Load Event arguments. */ export interface ILoadEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; } /** * Specifies the Loaded Event arguments. */ export interface ILoadedEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; } export interface IItemRenderingEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; /** * Define the current rendering item. */ currentItem: Object; /** * Define the all render items */ RenderItems: Object[]; /** * Define the options. */ options: Object; } export interface IDrillStartEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; /** * Define the current drillDown item. */ item: Object; /** * Define the current element of drillDown. */ element: Element; /** * Defines the level of the treemap item. */ groupIndex: number; /** * Defines the parent name of the treemap item. */ groupName: string; /** * return the boolean value whether it is right or not. */ rightClick: boolean; /** * return the child values to process the onDemand support. */ childItems: Object; } export interface IDrillEndEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; /** * Define the rendering all items. */ renderItems: Object[]; } export interface IItemClickEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; /** * Define the current item click. */ item: Object; /** * Define the mouse event. */ mouseEvent: PointerEvent; /** * Defines the level of the treemap item. */ groupIndex: number; /** * Defines the parent name of the treemap item. */ groupName: string; } export interface IItemMoveEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; /** * Define the current item move. */ item: Object; /** * Define the mouse event. */ mouseEvent: PointerEvent; } export interface IClickEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; /** * Define the mouse event. */ mouseEvent: PointerEvent; } export interface IDoubleClickEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; /** * Define the mouse event. */ mouseEvent: PointerEvent; } export interface IRightClickEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; /** * Define the mouse event. */ mouseEvent: PointerEvent; } export interface IMouseMoveEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; /** * Define the mouse event. */ mouseEvent: PointerEvent; } export interface IItemSelectedEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; /** * Define the current item selected. */ items: Object[]; /** * Define the current element of selected. */ elements: Element[]; } export interface IItemHighlightEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; /** * Define the current item highlight. */ items: Object[]; /** * Define the current element of highlight. */ elements: Element[]; } export interface ITreeMapTooltipRenderEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the current TreeMap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; /** * Define the current tooltip item. */ item: Object; /** * Define the tooltip options. */ options: Object; /** * Define the current tooltip element. */ element: Element; /** * Define the mouse location. */ eventArgs: PointerEvent; } /** * Specifies legendRendering event arguments for maps. */ export interface ILegendItemRenderingEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** * maps instance event argument */ treemap?: TreeMap; /** * Specifies the legend shape color */ fill?: string; /** * Options for customizing the color and width of the shape border. */ shapeBorder?: BorderModel; /** * Customize the legend shape of the maps. */ shape?: LegendShape; /** * Customize the image url. */ imageUrl: string; } /** * Specifies legendRendering event arguments for maps. */ export interface ILegendRenderingEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** * maps instance event argument */ treemap?: TreeMap; /** * Customize the legend position of the maps. */ position?: LegendPosition; /** * Customize the legend position of the maps. */ _changePosition?: LegendPosition; } /** * TreeMap Resize event arguments. */ export interface IResizeEventArgs extends ITreeMapEventArgs { /** Defines the previous size of the treemap */ previousSize: Size; /** Defines the current size of the treemap */ currentSize: Size; /** Defines the treemap instance */ treemap: TreeMap; } /** @private */ export interface IFontMapping { size?: string; color?: string; fontWeight?: string; fontStyle?: string; fontFamily?: string; } /** @private */ export interface IShapes { renderOption?: Object; functionName?: string; } /** * Specifies the theme style interface. */ export interface IThemeStyle { backgroundColor: string; titleFontColor: string; subTitleFontColor: string; tooltipFillColor: string; tooltipFontColor: string; tooltipFillOpacity?: number; tooltipTextOpacity?: number; legendTitleColor: string; legendTextColor: string; fontFamily?: string; fontSize?: string; legendFontSize?: string; labelFontFamily?: string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/model/theme.d.ts /** * Maps Themes doc */ export namespace Theme { /** @private */ let mapsTitleFont: IFontMapping; } /** * @private * To get the theme style based on treemap theme. */ export function getThemeStyle(theme: TreeMapTheme): IThemeStyle; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/treemap-model.d.ts /** * Interface for a class TreeMap */ export interface TreeMapModel extends base.ComponentModel{ /** * Specifies the width by given pixel or percentage. * @default null */ width?: string; /** * Specifies the height by given pixel or percentage. * @default null */ height?: string; /** * Specifies the border of tree map. */ border?: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the margin to move the render area. */ margin?: MarginModel; /** * Specifies the background. */ background?: string; /** * Specifies the theme. */ theme?: TreeMapTheme; /** * Specifies the title for tree map. */ titleSettings?: TitleSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the rendering of layout type. */ layoutType?: LayoutMode; /** * Specifies the dataSource. * @default null */ dataSource?: data.DataManager | TreeMapAjax | Object[]; /** * Specifies the query for filter the data. * @default null */ query?: data.Query; /** * Specifies the weight value path */ weightValuePath?: string; /** * Specifies the colorValuePath */ rangeColorValuePath?: string; /** * Specifies the colorValuePath */ equalColorValuePath?: string; /** * Specifies the colorValuePath from dataSource */ colorValuePath?: string; /** * Specifies the palette colors. */ palette?: string[]; /** * Specifies the rendering of layout of the treemap items. * @default TopLeftBottomRight */ renderDirection?: RenderingMode; /** * To enable or disable the drillDown. */ enableDrillDown?: boolean; /** * To render the text from right to left. */ enableBreadcrumb?: boolean; /** * To add the breadCrumb connector. */ breadcrumbConnector?: string; /** * To control the drillDown view. */ drillDownView?: boolean; /** * Specifies the initial drillDown. */ initialDrillDown?: InitialDrillSettingsModel; /** * Specifies to access all leaf items in levels. */ leafItemSettings?: LeafItemSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the item levels. */ levels?: LevelSettingsModel[]; /** * To specifies the highlight settings. */ highlightSettings?: HighlightSettingsModel; /** * To specifies the selection settings. */ selectionSettings?: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the tooltip settings. */ tooltipSettings?: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the legend settings. */ legendSettings?: LegendSettingsModel; /** * To enable the separator * @default false */ useGroupingSeparator?: boolean; /** * Description for maps. * @default null */ description?: string; /** * TabIndex value for treemap. * @default 1 */ tabIndex?: number; /** * To apply internationalization for treemap * @default null */ format?: string; /** * Triggers before treemap rendered. * @event */ load?: base.EmitType<ILoadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the prints gets started. * @event */ beforePrint?: base.EmitType<IPrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after treemap rendered. * @event */ loaded?: base.EmitType<ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before item rendering. * @event */ itemRendering?: base.EmitType<IItemRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the drillDown start. * @event */ drillStart?: base.EmitType<IDrillStartEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the drillDown end. * @event */ drillEnd?: base.EmitType<IDrillEndEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the item selected. * @event */ itemSelected?: base.EmitType<IItemSelectedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the item highlight. * @event */ itemHighlight?: base.EmitType<IItemHighlightEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the tooltip rendering. * @event */ tooltipRendering?: base.EmitType<ITreeMapTooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the item click. * @event */ itemClick?: base.EmitType<IItemClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the item move. * @event */ itemMove?: base.EmitType<IItemMoveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the click event. * @event */ click?: base.EmitType<IItemClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on double clicking the maps. * @event */ doubleClick?: base.EmitType<IDoubleClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on right clicking the maps. * @event */ rightClick?: base.EmitType<IMouseMoveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the mouse move event. * @event */ mouseMove?: base.EmitType<IMouseMoveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the resize event. * @event */ resize?: base.EmitType<IResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the legend item rendering. * @event */ legendItemRendering?: base.EmitType<ILegendItemRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the legend rendering event. * @event */ legendRendering?: base.EmitType<ILegendRenderingEventArgs>; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/treemap.d.ts /** * Tree Map base.Component */ /** * Represents the TreeMap control. * ```html * <div id="container"/> * <script> * var treemap = new TreeMap(); * treemap.appendTo("#container"); * </script> * ``` */ export class TreeMap extends base.Component<HTMLElement> implements base.INotifyPropertyChanged { /** * `tooltipModule` is used to render the treemap tooltip. */ treeMapTooltipModule: TreeMapTooltip; /** * `highlightModule` is used for highlight the items. */ treeMapHighlightModule: TreeMapHighlight; /** * `selectionModule` is used for select the items. */ treeMapSelectionModule: TreeMapSelection; /** * `legendModule` is used for render the legend items. */ treeMapLegendModule: TreeMapLegend; /** * Specifies the width by given pixel or percentage. * @default null */ width: string; /** * Specifies the height by given pixel or percentage. * @default null */ height: string; /** * Specifies the border of tree map. */ border: BorderModel; /** * Specifies the margin to move the render area. */ margin: MarginModel; /** * Specifies the background. */ background: string; /** * Specifies the theme. */ theme: TreeMapTheme; /** * Specifies the title for tree map. */ titleSettings: TitleSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the rendering of layout type. */ layoutType: LayoutMode; /** * Specifies the dataSource. * @default null */ dataSource: data.DataManager | TreeMapAjax | Object[]; /** * Specifies the query for filter the data. * @default null */ query: data.Query; /** * Specifies the weight value path */ weightValuePath: string; /** * Specifies the colorValuePath */ rangeColorValuePath: string; /** * Specifies the colorValuePath */ equalColorValuePath: string; /** * Specifies the colorValuePath from dataSource */ colorValuePath: string; /** * Specifies the palette colors. */ palette: string[]; /** * Specifies the rendering of layout of the treemap items. * @default TopLeftBottomRight */ renderDirection: RenderingMode; /** * To enable or disable the drillDown. */ enableDrillDown: boolean; /** * To render the text from right to left. */ enableBreadcrumb: boolean; /** * To add the breadCrumb connector. */ breadcrumbConnector: string; /** * To control the drillDown view. */ drillDownView: boolean; /** * Specifies the initial drillDown. */ initialDrillDown: InitialDrillSettingsModel; /** * Specifies to access all leaf items in levels. */ leafItemSettings: LeafItemSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the item levels. */ levels: LevelSettingsModel[]; /** * To specifies the highlight settings. */ highlightSettings: HighlightSettingsModel; /** * To specifies the selection settings. */ selectionSettings: SelectionSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the tooltip settings. */ tooltipSettings: TooltipSettingsModel; /** * Specifies the legend settings. */ legendSettings: LegendSettingsModel; /** * To enable the separator * @default false */ useGroupingSeparator: boolean; /** * Description for maps. * @default null */ description: string; /** * TabIndex value for treemap. * @default 1 */ tabIndex: number; /** * To apply internationalization for treemap * @default null */ format: string; /** * Triggers before treemap rendered. * @event */ load: base.EmitType<ILoadEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before the prints gets started. * @event */ beforePrint: base.EmitType<IPrintEventArgs>; /** * Triggers after treemap rendered. * @event */ loaded: base.EmitType<ILoadedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers before item rendering. * @event */ itemRendering: base.EmitType<IItemRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the drillDown start. * @event */ drillStart: base.EmitType<IDrillStartEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the drillDown end. * @event */ drillEnd: base.EmitType<IDrillEndEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the item selected. * @event */ itemSelected: base.EmitType<IItemSelectedEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the item highlight. * @event */ itemHighlight: base.EmitType<IItemHighlightEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the tooltip rendering. * @event */ tooltipRendering: base.EmitType<ITreeMapTooltipRenderEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the item click. * @event */ itemClick: base.EmitType<IItemClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the item move. * @event */ itemMove: base.EmitType<IItemMoveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the click event. * @event */ click: base.EmitType<IItemClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on double clicking the maps. * @event */ doubleClick: base.EmitType<IDoubleClickEventArgs>; /** * Triggers on right clicking the maps. * @event */ rightClick: base.EmitType<IMouseMoveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the mouse move event. * @event */ mouseMove: base.EmitType<IMouseMoveEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the resize event. * @event */ resize: base.EmitType<IResizeEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the legend item rendering. * @event */ legendItemRendering: base.EmitType<ILegendItemRenderingEventArgs>; /** * Triggers the legend rendering event. * @event */ legendRendering: base.EmitType<ILegendRenderingEventArgs>; /** * svg renderer object. * @private */ renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer; /** * treemap svg element object * @private */ svgObject: Element; /** * Stores the exact size of treemap. * @private */ availableSize: Size; /** * Internal use of internationalization instance. * @private */ intl: base.Internationalization; /** * @private * Stores the area bounds. */ areaRect: Rect; /** * @private */ themeStyle: IThemeStyle; /** * @private * Stores the legend bounds. */ totalRect: Rect; /** @private */ levelsOfData: Object[]; /** @private */ layout: LayoutPanel; /** @private */ orientation: string; /** @private */ drilledItems: Object[]; /** @private */ drilledLegendItems: Object; /** @private */ currentLevel: number; /** @private */ defaultLevelData: Object[]; /** @private */ isHierarchicalData: boolean; /** @private */ private resizeTo; /** @private */ private hierarchyData; /** @private */ private mouseDown; /** @private */ private drillMouseMove; /** @private */ doubleTapTimer: Object; /**s * Constructor for TreeMap component. */ constructor(options?: TreeMapModel, element?: string | HTMLElement); protected preRender(): void; protected render(): void; private processDataManager; private renderTreeMapElements; protected createSvg(): void; /** * To initilize the private varibales of treemap. */ private initPrivateVariable; private createSecondaryElement; private elementChange; /** * @private * Render the treemap border */ private renderBorder; private renderTitle; protected processingData(): void; private checkIsHierarchicalData; private processHierarchicalData; /** * Handles the print method for chart control. */ print(id?: string[] | string | Element): void; /** * Handles the export method for chart control. * @param type * @param fileName */ export(type: ExportType, fileName: string, orientation?: pdfExport.PdfPageOrientation): void; private processFlatJsonData; reOrderLevelData(start: number): void; findTotalWeight(processData: Object[], type: string): void; /** * To unbind event handlers for treemap. */ private unWireEVents; /** * To bind event handlers for treemap. */ private wireEVents; /** * Method to set culture for maps */ private setCulture; /** * To add tab index for treemap element */ private addTabIndex; /** * To handle the window resize event on treemap. */ resizeOnTreeMap(e: Event): void; clickOnTreeMap(e: PointerEvent): void; doubleClickOnTreeMap(e: PointerEvent): void; rightClickOnTreeMap(e: PointerEvent): void; mouseDownOnTreeMap(e: PointerEvent): void; mouseMoveOnTreeMap(e: PointerEvent): void; calculateSelectedTextLevels(labelText: String, item: Object): Object; calculatePreviousLevelChildItems(labelText: String, drillLevelValues: Object, item: Object, directLevel: boolean): boolean; compareSelectedLabelWithDrillDownItems(drillLevelValues: Object, item: Object, i: number): Object; mouseEndOnTreeMap(e: PointerEvent): void; mouseLeaveOnTreeMap(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To provide the array of modules needed for maps rendering * @return {base.ModuleDeclaration[]} * @private */ requiredModules(): base.ModuleDeclaration[]; onPropertyChanged(newProp: TreeMapModel, oldProp: TreeMapModel): void; /** * Get component name */ getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the treemap control. */ destroy(): void; /** * Get the properties to be maintained in the persisted state. * @private */ getPersistData(): string; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/user-interaction/highlight-selection.d.ts /** * Performing treemap highlight */ export class TreeMapHighlight { private treemap; highLightId: string; private target; shapeTarget: string; private shapeElement; shapeHighlightCollection: object[]; legendHighlightCollection: object[]; currentElement: object[]; constructor(treeMap: TreeMap); mouseMove(e: PointerEvent): boolean; /** * To bind events for highlight */ private addEventListener; /** * To unbind events for highlight */ private removeEventListener; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the hightlight. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(treeMap: TreeMap): void; } /** * Performing treemap selection */ export class TreeMapSelection { private treemap; selectionId: string; legendSelectId: string; shapeSelectId: string; shapeElement: Element; shapeSelectionCollection: object[]; legendSelectionCollection: object[]; shapeSelect: boolean; legendSelect: boolean; constructor(treeMap: TreeMap); /** * Mouse down event in selection */ mouseDown(e: PointerEvent): void; /** * To bind events for selection */ private addEventListener; /** * To unbind events for selection */ private removeEventListener; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the selection. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(treeMap: TreeMap): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/user-interaction/tooltip.d.ts /** * Render Tooltip */ export class TreeMapTooltip { private treemap; private tooltipSettings; private svgTooltip; private isTouch; private tooltipId; private clearTimeout; constructor(treeMap: TreeMap); renderTooltip(e: PointerEvent): void; mouseUpHandler(e: PointerEvent): void; removeTooltip(): void; /** * To bind events for tooltip module */ addEventListener(): void; /** * To unbind events for tooltip module */ removeEventListener(): void; /** * Get module name. */ protected getModuleName(): string; /** * To destroy the tooltip. * @return {void} * @private */ destroy(treeMap: TreeMap): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/utils/enum.d.ts /** * Specifies the enum values for tree map components. */ /** * Specifies the types of label position. */ export type LabelPosition = /** Specifies the top left */ 'TopLeft' | /** Specifies the top center */ 'TopCenter' | /** Specifies the top right */ 'TopRight' | /** Specifies the center left */ 'CenterLeft' | /** Specifies the center */ 'Center' | /** Specifies the center right */ 'CenterRight' | /** Specifies the bottom left */ 'BottomLeft' | /** Specifies the bottom center */ 'BottomCenter' | /** Specifies the bottom right */ 'BottomRight'; /** * Specifies the types of layout rendering modes. */ export type LayoutMode = /** Specifies the squarified */ 'Squarified' | /** Specifies the horizontal */ 'SliceAndDiceHorizontal' | /** Specifies the vertical */ 'SliceAndDiceVertical' | /** Specifies the auto */ 'SliceAndDiceAuto'; /** * Defines the Alignment. */ export type Alignment = /** Define the left alignment. */ 'Near' | /** Define the center alignment. */ 'Center' | /** Define the right alignment. */ 'Far'; /** * Defines the highlight mode. */ export type HighLightMode = /** Define the item. */ 'Item' | /** Define the child. */ 'Child' | /** Define the parent. */ 'Parent' | /** Define the all. */ 'All'; /** * Defines the highlight mode. */ export type SelectionMode = /** Define the item. */ 'Item' | /** Define the child. */ 'Child' | /** Define the parent. */ 'Parent' | /** Define the all. */ 'All'; export type ExportType = /** Used to export a image as png format */ 'PNG' | /** Used to export a image as jpeg format */ 'JPEG' | /** Used to export a file as svg format */ 'SVG' | /** Used to export a file as pdf format */ 'PDF'; /** * labelAlignment */ export type LabelAlignment = /** Trim */ 'Trim' | /** Hide */ 'Hide' | /** WordByWrap */ 'WrapByWord' | /** WordByText */ 'Wrap'; /** * Defines the shape of legend. */ export type LegendShape = /** Render a circle. */ 'Circle' | /** Render a Rectangle. */ 'Rectangle' | /** Render a Triangle. */ 'Triangle' | /** Render a Diamond. */ 'Diamond' | /** Render a Cross. */ 'Cross' | /** Render a Star. */ 'Star' | /** Render a HorizontalLine. */ 'HorizontalLine' | /** Render a VerticalLine. */ 'VerticalLine' | /** Render a Pentagon. */ 'Pentagon' | /** Render a InvertedTriangle. */ 'InvertedTriangle' | /** Render a image */ 'Image'; /** * Defines the position of the legend. They are * * top - Displays the legend on the top. * * left - Displays the legend on the left. * * bottom - Displays the legend on the bottom. * * right - Displays the legend on the right. * * float - Displays the legend based on given x and y value. */ export type LegendPosition = /** Places the legend on the top. */ 'Top' | /** Places the legend on the left. */ 'Left' | /** Places the legend on the bottom. */ 'Bottom' | /** Places the legend on the right. */ 'Right' | /** Places the legend based on given x and y. */ 'Float' | /** Places the legend based on width and height. */ 'Auto'; /** * Defines the Legend modes. They are * * Default - Specifies the Default mode. * * interactive - specifies the Interactive mode. */ export type LegendMode = /** Legend remains static */ 'Default' | /** Legend remains interactively */ 'Interactive'; /** * Defines the legend arrangement */ export type LegendOrientation = /** Legend item placed default based on legend orientation */ 'None' | /** Legend items placed in row wise */ 'Horizontal' | /** Legend items place in column wise */ 'Vertical'; /** * Defines the label intersect action types */ export type LabelIntersectAction = /** Specifies the intersect action as None */ 'None' | /** Specifies the intersect action as Trim */ 'Trim' | /** Specifies the intersect action as Hide */ 'Hide'; /** * Defines the label placement type */ export type LabelPlacement = /** Specifies the label placement as Before */ 'Before' | /** Specifies the label plcement as After */ 'After'; /** * Defines Theme. They are * * Material - Render a treemap with Material theme. * * Fabric - Render a treemap with Fabric theme * * Bootstrap - Render a treemap with Bootstrap theme */ export type TreeMapTheme = /** Render a treemap with Material theme. */ 'Material' | /** Render a treemap with Fabric theme. */ 'Fabric' | /** Render a treemap with HighContrast ligh theme. */ 'HighContrastLight' | /** Render a treemap with Bootstrap theme. */ 'Bootstrap' | /** Render a treemap with Material Dark theme. */ 'MaterialDark' | /** Render a treemap with Fabric Dark theme. */ 'FabricDark' | /** Render a treemap with HighContrast Dark theme. */ 'Highcontrast' | /** Render a treemap with HighContrast Dark theme. */ 'HighContrast' | /** Render a treemap with Bootstrap Dark theme. */ 'BootstrapDark' | /** Render a treemap with Bootstrap4 theme. */ 'Bootstrap4'; /** * Defines the Rtl Directions */ export type RenderingMode = /** Render treemap item from top right to bottom left direction */ 'TopRightBottomLeft' | /** Render treemap item from bottom left to top right direction */ 'BottomLeftTopRight' | /** Render treemap item from bottom right to top left direction */ 'BottomRightTopLeft' | /** Render treemap item from top left to bottom right direction */ 'TopLeftBottomRight'; //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/utils/export.d.ts /** * Annotation Module handles the Annotation for Maps */ export class ExportUtils { private control; private printWindow; /** * Constructor for Maps * @param control */ constructor(control: TreeMap); /** * To print the Maps * @param elements */ print(elements?: string[] | string | Element): void; /** * To get the html string of the Maps * @param elements * @private */ getHTMLContent(elements?: string[] | string | Element): Element; /** * To export the file as image/svg format * @param type * @param fileName */ export(type: ExportType, fileName: string, orientation?: pdfExport.PdfPageOrientation): void; /** * To trigger the download element * @param fileName * @param type * @param url */ triggerDownload(fileName: string, type: ExportType, url: string, isDownload: boolean): void; } //node_modules/@syncfusion/ej2-treemap/src/treemap/utils/helper.d.ts /** * Create the class for size */ export class Size { /** * height of the size */ height: number; /** * width of the size */ width: number; constructor(width: number, height: number); } export function stringToNumber(value: string, containerSize: number): number; /** * Internal use of type rect * @private */ export class Rect { x: number; y: number; height: number; width: number; constructor(x: number, y: number, width: number, height: number); } /** * Internal use of rectangle options * @private */ export class RectOption { id: string; fill: string; x: number; y: number; height: number; width: number; opacity: number; stroke: string; ['stroke-width']: number; ['stroke-dasharray']: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, border: BorderModel, opacity: number, rect: Rect, dashArray?: string); } export class PathOption { id: string; opacity: number; fill: string; stroke: string; ['stroke-width']: number; ['stroke-dasharray']: string; d: string; constructor(id: string, fill: string, width: number, color: string, opacity?: number, dashArray?: string, d?: string); } /** * Function to measure the height and width of the text. * @param {string} text * @param {FontModel} font * @param {string} id * @returns no * @private */ export function measureText(text: string, font: FontModel): Size; /** * Internal use of text options * @private */ export class TextOption { anchor: string; id: string; transform: string; x: number; y: number; text: string | string[]; baseLine: string; connectorText: string; constructor(id?: string, x?: number, y?: number, anchor?: string, text?: string | string[], transform?: string, baseLine?: string, connectorText?: string); } /** * @private * Trim the title text */ export function textTrim(maxWidth: number, text: string, font: FontModel): string; /** * Map internal class for Point */ export class Location { /** * To calculate x value for location */ x: number; /** * To calculate y value for location */ y: number; constructor(x: number, y: number); } /** * Method to calculate x position of title */ export function findPosition(location: Rect, alignment: Alignment, textSize: Size, type: string): Location; export function createTextStyle(renderer: svgBase.SvgRenderer, renderOptions: Object, text: string): HTMLElement; /** * Internal rendering of text * @private */ export function renderTextElement(options: TextOption, font: FontModel, color: string, parent: HTMLElement | Element, isMinus?: boolean): Element; export function getElement(id: string): Element; export function itemsToOrder(a: Object, b: Object): number; export function isContainsData(source: string[], pathName: string, processData: Object, treemap: TreeMap): boolean; export function findChildren(data: Object): Object; export function findHightLightItems(data: Object, items: string[], mode: string, treeMap: TreeMap): string[]; /** * Function to compile the template function for maps. * @returns Function * @private */ export function getTemplateFunction(template: string): Function; /** * @private */ export function convertElement(element: HTMLCollection, labelId: string, data: Object): HTMLElement; export function findLabelLocation(rect: Rect, position: LabelPosition, labelSize: Size, type: string, treemap: TreeMap): Location; export function measureElement(element: HTMLElement, parentElement: HTMLElement): Size; export function getArea(rect: Rect): number; export function getShortestEdge(input: Rect): number; export function convertToContainer(rect: Rect): Rect; export function convertToRect(container: Rect): Rect; export function getMousePosition(pageX: number, pageY: number, element: Element): Location; export function colorMap(colorMapping: ColorMappingModel[], equalValue: string, value: number | string, weightValuePath: number): object; export function deSaturationColor(weightValuePath: number, colorMapping: ColorMappingModel, color: string, rangeValue: number): string; export function colorCollections(colorMap: ColorMappingModel, value: number): string; export function rgbToHex(r: number, g: number, b: number): string; export function getColorByValue(colorMap: ColorMappingModel, value: number): string; export function getGradientColor(value: number, colorMap: ColorMappingModel): ColorValue; export function getPercentageColor(percent: number, previous: string, next: string): ColorValue; export function getPercentage(percent: number, previous: number, next: number): number; export function wordWrap(maximumWidth: number, dataLabel: string, font: FontModel): string[]; export function textWrap(maxWidth: number, label: string, font: FontModel): string[]; /** * hide function */ export function hide(maxWidth: number, maxHeight: number, text: string, font: FontModel): string; export function orderByArea(a: number, b: number): number; export function removeClassNames(elements: HTMLCollection, type: string, treemap: TreeMap): void; export function applyOptions(element: SVGPathElement, options: Object): void; export function textFormatter(format: string, data: object, treemap: TreeMap): string; export function formatValue(value: number, treemap: TreeMap): string | number; /** @private */ export class ColorValue { r: number; g: number; b: number; constructor(r?: number, g?: number, b?: number); } /** @private */ export function convertToHexCode(value: ColorValue): string; /** @private */ export function componentToHex(value: number): string; /** @private */ export function convertHexToColor(hex: string): ColorValue; /** @private */ export function colorNameToHex(color: string): string; /** @private */ export function drawSymbol(location: Location, shape: string, size: Size, url: string, options: PathOption, label: string): Element; /** @private */ export function renderLegendShape(location: Location, size: Size, shape: string, options: PathOption, url: string): IShapes; export function isParentItem(data: Object[], item: Object): boolean; /** * Ajax support for treemap */ export class TreeMapAjax { /** options for data */ dataOptions: string | Object; /** type of data */ type: string; /** async value */ async: boolean; /** type of the content */ contentType: string; /** sending data */ sendData: string | Object; constructor(options: string | Object, type?: string, async?: boolean, contentType?: string, sendData?: string | Object); } export function removeShape(collection: object[], value: string): void; export function removeLegend(collection: object[], value: string): void; export function setColor(element: Element, fill: string, opacity: string, borderColor: string, borderWidth: string): void; export function removeSelectionWithHighlight(collection: object[], element: object[], treemap: TreeMap): void; export function getLegendIndex(length: number, item: object, treemap: TreeMap): number; export function pushCollection(collection: object[], index: number, number: number, legendElement: Element, shapeElement: Element, renderItems: object[], legendCollection: object[]): void; } }